CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN HORTICULTURE COMPRISING SUGGESTIONS FOR CULTIVATION OF HORTI- CULTURAL PLANTS, DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES OF FRUITS, VEGETABLES, FLOWERS AND ORNAMENTAL PLANTS SOLD IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA, TOGETHER WITH GEOGRAPHICAL AND BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES BY L. H. BAILEY Professor of Horticulture in Cornell University t ASSISTED BY WILHELM MILLER, PH.D. Associate Editor AND MANY EXPERT CULTIVATORS AND BOTANISTS IN FOUR VOLUMES VOL. IV — R-Z OF THE UNIVERSITY Of SIXTH EDITION jfteto gork THE MACMILLAN COMPANY LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., LTD 19C9 Th.fi rights of reproduction and of translation are strictly reservtd COPYRIGHT, 1902 BY THE MACMILLAN COMPANY Set np and electrotyped, 1902 Printed February, 1902; reprinted January, 1903, and May, 1904 January, 19uO, April, 1909 ?J9ount IPIeajsant J. HORACE MOFARLAND COMPANY HARRISBURG « PENNSYLVANIA O W THAT THE CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN HORTICULTURE is completed, it is due the reader that some information be given him of the methods by which it has been made and of the resources that have been at command. It is due to the Editor that he be allowed to state his own point of view in respect to the meaning of the work. These remarks are made in no feeling of personal pride, for the writer is keenly aware of the many shortcomings of the book; but they may acquaint the reader with some of the difficulties with which such work is attended, and they may be suggestive to those who may desire to prosecute similar studies. RETROSPECT /. THE PROJECT The most difficult part of the making of a cyclopedia is to project it. Its scope and point of view must be determined before a stroke of actual work is done. This much done, the remainder is labor rather than difficulty. The lay-out of the enter- prise cannot be made in a day. It is a matter of slow growth. One must have a mental picture of the entire field and must calculate the resources. The plan once perfected, it remains only to work out detail after detail, taking up the tasks as they come, not caring nor even daring to look forward to the work that piles mountain high farther down the alphabet. So far as the Cyclopedia of American Horticulture is concerned, the Editor had resolved and reviewed the enterprise for more than ten years. The first suggestion was a vague idea that a comprehensive work was needed. There were several hundred special works on American horticulture. Some subjects were well worked ; others were untouched. There was no means of determining the extent of our wealth in cultivated plants. There were no suggestions, even, as to what that wealth might be. No survey had been made. Only a full inventory can tell us whether we are rich or poor ; it gives us a scale by which to measure progress. The first tangible result of this desire for some comprehensive view of American horticulture was the publication of "Annals of Horticulture for 1889." Some years before this time an endeavor had been made to interest a publisher in the project, but without success. This annual volume was designed to be "a witness of passing events' and a record of progress." Five years these annual volumes were issued, the last one containing a summary sketch of horticulture at the World's Fair, at which was made the greatest single effort to display our horticultural achievements and possibilities. In these annual volumes all the new plants and tools and movements of the year were intended to be recorded. Special investigations were made for some of the volumes. The issue for 1889 contained a list of all the kitchen-garden vegetables sold in North America in that year ; that for 1891 contained a census of all the native plants which had been introduced into cultivation, showing that 2,416 species had become known to the horticulturist in Europe or America, although (v) 205620 VI RETROSPECT many of these probably were not then in cultivation; that for 1892 made an annotated inventory of the varieties of apples that had been and were in cultivation in North America, showing that 878 varieties were actually offered for sale by American nur- serymen'in that year. But these volumes were isolated; they picked up the work piece by piece. An inventory of the whole field, critically and laboriously made, was needed before mere annals of yearly progress could signify much. We needed to know our status; thereafter chronicles would have a meaning. From 1893, attention was given to the larger and comprehensive effort. A gar- den herbarium had to be made, for there was none in the country. The first plant had been put into this herbarium in 1889 ; it was a mere sprig of the greenhouse shrub Boronia megastigma. There are difficulties in making a garden herbarium : there are no professional collectors and one cannot buy specimens ; many cultivated plants are too valuable to allow of specimens to be made. This herbarium now has more than 12,000 mounted specimens. Although small, nevertheless it has been in- valuable. If it does not show nearly all the species, it shows the range of variation in some, and thereby suggests what may take place in all. It also shows what is actually cultivated under a given name, whether that name be correct or not. Trial excursions were made into the evolution of various perplexed garden plants. Some of these essays have been published. Out of these efforts grew the volume, "Sketch of the Evolution of Our Native Fruits." The study of garden plants is a different subject from the study of wild plants. Mere descriptions are often of little value. The plant may have been bred away from the description within a decade. Specific descriptions of many of the common garden plants do not exist in books : the plants are not species in the book sense. American horticultural books must be collected, for the comprehensive work, if it came, must contain American advice. One must know the range of New World ex- perience and the occidental point of view. It has been the misfortune of many Ameri- can writings that they have drawn too heavily from the experience of the Old World. Once this was necessary, but now it is time to break away. Fifty authors have written on viticulture in America, yet scarcely one has caught the spirit of the American grape- growing. Nearly twenty years of collecting by the Editor has brought together the completest library of American horticultural books. The details entering into any comprehensive cyclopedia of horticulture are astonish- ing in number and variety. Consider some of the items: More than 10,000 species of plants in cultivation; almost every important species phenomenally variable, sometimes running into thousands of forms; every species requiring its own soil and treatment, and sometimes even minor varieties differing in these requirements; limitless differences in soils and climates in our great domain, every difference modifying the plants or their requirements; a different ideal in plant -growing and plant -breeding in the mind of every good plant-grower; as many different kinds of experience as there are men; many of these men not facile with the pen, although full of wholesome fact and experience; the species described in books which deal with the four corners of the earth; very few botanists who have given much attention to the domestic flora. It was desired that the Cyclopedia be new — brand-new from start to finish. The illustrations were to be newly made ; the cultural suggestions written directly for the occasion from American experience, and often presented from more than one point 01 view ; few of the precedents of former cyclopedias to be followed ; all matters to be worked up by experts and from sources as nearly as possible original. Of course it RETROSPECT vii has been impossible to reach the ideals. There are limitations of expense and time as well as of capability : for it is yet a question whether our new country is ready for such a laborious work. In America there has been but one cyclopedic work on horticulture, Henderson's "Handbook of Plants," 1881; second edition, 1890. This is in one volume. The most complete similar recent work in the English language is Nicholson's "Illustrated Dic- tionary of Gardening," four volumes, 1884-87. It is the work of the talented ex-Curator of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew, England. Mottet's French edition of Nicholson, five volumes, 1892-99, is the largest modern cyclopedia of horticulture, and .the only one which excels in size the present American venture. Another popular English work in one volume is Wright & Dewar's revision of "Johnson's Gardener's Dictionary," 1894. Another recent French work, also in one volume, is Bois' "Dictionnaire d' Horticulture," 1893-99, with colored pictures printed in the text. In German is Riimpler's "Illus- triertes Gartenbau-Lexikon," in one volume, with a recent new edition; also Siebert & Voss' "Vilmorin's Blumengartnere," one volume of text and one of plates, 1896, the most critical of all similar works. In -judging the American work, the reader must bear in mind that there is really no critical horticultural -botanical writing in this coun- try back of the present decade. The present Cyclopedia reflects the imperfection of our literature as well as the shortcomings of the Editor. II. THE OFFICE DETAILS Before the actual writing was begun, other cyclopedias were searched for sugges- tions of subjects to be inserted. Also, a card index was made to portraits of plants in the leading horticultural and botanical serials, to descriptions of plants in current publi- cations, to monographs, and to the names of leading horticultural varieties in some of the larger groups. This card index grew during the progress of the work, and it now comprises about 35,000 cards. The "trade lists" were also made. These lists were intended to afford a record of the plants actually in cultivation in North America north of Mexico. Catalogues of more than one hundred leading seedsmen, florists, and nurserymen were cut up, and all the information respecting the various genera pasted on yellow sheets of standard letter- paper size. Thus, on one sheet, or one set of sheets, would be all the entries on Abies, Bocconia, Saxifraga, and the like. On these "trade lists" were made notes respecting persons who are skilled in the culture of the particular plants, together with extracts from letters, items of experience, and other incidental information. The name of the catalogue from which the cuttings were made was preserved, in order that doubtful questions might be traced. In special groups, it has been impossible to determine just what species are in cultivation because they are not all recorded in printed cata- logues and they are known chiefly to a few fanciers or collectors. This limitation is particularly apparent in orchids; also in such large special genera as Acacia and Eu- calyptus. In such cases it is practically impossible to make complete lists, and it is probably scarcely worth while to make the effort; but all the species that are generally known are almost sure to have been recorded. Since the Cyclopedia is designed as a permanent work of reference, mere horticultural varieties have been omitted, as a rule; but an effort has been made to indicate the dominant types or races, the evolution of garden favorites, the good and bad "points" of important variations, and to sug- gest possible lines of progress. viii RETROSPECT These trade lists were "standardized " in order to determine the proper nomenclature for the various entries; for Virgil ia had to be brought forward to Cladrastis and Amian- thium placed with Zygadeuus. This preliminary work had to be done with care. It necessitated, also, the adoption of some one work as a standard ; and the only work which covered the field and answered other requirements is Index Kewensis. This work has been followed in the main, although every contributor has been free to express his own ideas of genera and species, and the recent monographs have been followed for special groups. The work for a whole letter— as the letter A— was laid out in advance. The gen- eral theory was to assign every article to an authoritative writer. Articles that could not be assigned, or for which no person would hold himself responsible, fell to the editors. It therefore happened that many of the most critical puzzles fell to the office. On very important subjects, two to six persons were asked to contribute. If these persons wrote from experience, no effort was made to cause their statements to be uniform, although it was desired that they should harmonize whenever possible. It was desired that the work have personality, for this is vitality. In horticultural ( matters there is no final opinion. The articles have been written by busy men. Serious delays have resulted in securing the manuscripts; and yet the Editor must express his gratification with the general promptness of the contributors. With scarcely an exception, the collaborators have seemed to feel a personal responsibility in the success of the undertaking. The manuscripts have been much edited, yet they have not been copied. Not a single par- cel is known to have been lost in the express or mails. The Cyclopedia has had a patient printer. On all kinds and sizes of paper, and in every style of script, with cabalistic editorial marks in pencil and in inks of various colors, these manuscripts have gone to the compositor. Returning from the printer, they have been sorted and filed, and finally tied in bundles, in which condition they now constitute a part of the archives of the Cyclopedia. Usually the printer received copy for one letter at a time. In large letters, as C, P, S, one section — as Ca, Po, St — comprised one sending, for it has been impossible to keep far ahead of the compositors. When all the manuscript was received from the various writers, cyclopedic works were consulted to see that no entries were omitted. The titles of all entries were copied when the manuscripts went to the printer, and the entries were checked off when they appeared in galleys and pages. Failure to check up entries in the letter A resulted in the loss of the article "Aubrietia," and the plate had to be recast in order to insert it. The type-matter was first seen in "galleys" on green paper, with the cuts separate, known in the office as "the long green." Six proofs were received by the Editor, who sent four or five of them to specialists on the various subjects. Every line in the work has been read in the proof by experts. It requires from a week to ten days to get back the proofs from the various readers. The matter is then made up into pages, and read again. It is then cast, and the final proofs are placed on file. The galley proofs are gone over several times by the Editor, aside from the regular reading, each time for a specific purpose: once for alphabetic order of the entries; once for spelling of names; once for accent marks; once for signatures to the articles; once for references to the cuts; once for legends to the cuts; once for general style. A full page of the Cyclopedia contains 14,000 pieces of metal. The reader will be lenient when he finds a misplaced letter. A clerk was employed to verify all references by hunting up the references themselves RETROSPECT IX In the "make-up" it is an inviolable rule that wherever the book opens, an en- graving will be seen. Adherence to this rule has made trouble in some cases. In one instance it was necessary to have a new cut made after the forms were made up, and to renumber the legends of more than one hundred pictures. The mechanical make-up was in the hands of I. B. Kraybill, foreman of the composing-room of the Mt. Pleasant Press, who gave the work loving and thoughtful care until, in the letter T, he was called to lay down his labors. The Editor hopes that the reader will regard his memory whenever the arrangement of the pictures is a source of satisfaction and pleasure. The Cyclopedia has been edited in a room eighteen feet square, kindly allowed for this use by Cornell University. In this room were two long tables, which allowed of the disposition of manuscripts and pictures in delightful abandon; the garden herbarium of Cornell University; and a large collection of books, mostly loaned from the Library of Cornell University. Aside from monographs, botanical manuals, local floras, horticultural handbooks, dictionaries, the following works were on the shelves : Index Kewensis (intended to contain all species of flowering plants down to 1885 — about 125,000 names) ; Bentham and Hooker's Genera Plantarum ; Eugler and Prantl's Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ; DeCandolle's Prodromus (17 vol- umes), and his Monographic Phanerogamarum (9 volumes thus far); the Kew List of new species introduced into cultivation between 1876 and 1896. Next in import- ance were the periodicals, containing perhaps 50,000 pictures of plants, many of them colored and mostly authentic. First rank must be accorded the peerless Curtis' Bo- tanical Magazine, with its 125 volumes, containing over 7,600 colored plates. Edwards' Botanical Register, Loddiges' Botanical Cabinet, L'lllustration Horticole, Flore des Serres, Paxton's Magazine, Revue Horticole and The Garden are extensive works provided with colored plates, for details of which the reader may consult Vol. I, pp. xvii and xviii. Less extended periodicals containing colored plates have been used, as The Botanist by Maund, The Florist and Pomologist, Knowles & Westcott's Floral Cabinet, Meehan's Monthly and an incomplete set of Gartenflora and Revue d'Horticulture Beige. Of horticultural periodicals not containing colored plates, the Gardeners' Chronicle is a great store of botanical knowledge, being published since 1841. It is full of botanical monographs of garden genera, and is a rich repository of description of new species. A complete set of the Journal of Horticulture has been available and all the pictures in its third series have been indexed. Of American periodicals, Garden and Forest, American Gardening, American Florist, Florists' Exchange, Florists' Review and Gardening have been very helpful. The three most useful bibliographical works on botany have been Pritzel's Thesau- rus, Jackson's Guide to the Literature of Botany, and the Catalogue of the Kew Library. About two dozen cyclopedic works were thoroughly examined and kept at hand for various periods, as those of Nicholson, Mottet, Siebert and Voss; the Bois' Diction- naire d'Horticulture, Johnson's Gardener's Dictionary, Paxton's Botanical Dictionary, Riimpler's Illustriertes Gartenbau - Lexikon, Loudon's Encyclopaedia of Gardening, Lindley and Moore's Treasury of Botany and various editions of the prototype of all such undertakings, — Philip Miller's Gardener's Dictionary. The floras of foreign countries have been as indispensable as those of America. Flora Capensis (4 vols. thus far), Flora Australiensis (7 vols.) and the Flora of British India (7 vols.), have been used the most. On European plants, Koch's Synopsis Florae Germanicee et Helvetic®, Grenier & Gordon's Flore de France, Ledebour's Flora Rossica, and Bentham's Illustrated Handbook of the British Flora, and others, have been constantly at hand. x RETROSPECT On Asiatic plants the following have been studied: Boissier's Flora Orientalis, Post's Flora of Syria, Palestine and Sinai, Siebold and Zuccarini's Flora Japonica, Franchet & Savatier's Enumeratio Plantarum Japonicarum, Maximowicz's Diagnoses Plantarura Asiaticarum and Diagnoses Plantarum Japonic®, Bentham's Flora Hong- kongensis, Forbes & Hemsley's Flora of China in vol. 23 of the Journal of the Linnean Soc., Blanco's sumptuous Flora de Filipinas, Baker's Flora of Mauritius and the Sey- chelles, and Hooker's Flora of British India. The office force consisted of the Editor and Associate Editor, the latter giving all his time to the work for four years. For a time, Alfred Rehder was employed at the Ar- nold Arboretum, near Boston, to work on the hardy trees and shrubs. For two months F. W. Barclay, a former student at the Massachusetts Agricultural College and now gardener for C. A. Griscom, Haverford, Pennsylvania, joined the office at Ithaca, giving most of his attention to herbaceous plants. Heinrich Hasselbring, graduate of Cornell University and trained as a florist, joined the office force for a time, devoting his attention mostly to orchids. No other writers have been employed otherwise than as contributors. The Associate Editor has had particular charge of indexes, trade 'lists, bibliographical matters, and editing of manuscripts. Aside from constructive and ad- ministrative matters, the Editor has had special charge of illustrations, proof-reading, arrangements with contributors and the make-up of the galleys into pages. He has read every line of the work, much of it several times over. The Editor desires to express his appreciation of the aid which the Associate Editor, Wilhelm Miller, has rendered to him and to the Cyclopedia. With unbounded zeal, persistent industry and painstaking thoroughness, he has given his best effort to the work from start to finish. The pictures have been made by a score and more of artists. With the exception of the fifty half-tone full-page plates, they are all line drawings. The greater part of these drawings have been made from the living plants or other objects. Many have been drawn from photographs, of which a large collection was made. Some have been composed from combined suggestions of authoritative prints, botanical specimens, and other information. Some of the pictures are from the American Garden, having been made for that journal in the years 1890 to 1893, under the supervision of the present Editor. These engravings passed into the hands of the J. Horace McFarland Company, and by this company have been used for the present publishers. A number of the cuts have been borrowed from the Cornell University Experiment Station. Some of the illustrations are those used in the books in which the Editor is interested and' which are published by The Macmillan Company. The pictures are intended to represent the average excellence of the plants, and, therefore, they are not idealized. The artists who have made the largest number of illustrations directly for the Cyclopedia are: Charles W. Furlong and W. C. Baker, Instructors in Drawing in Cornell University; E. N. Fischer and C. H. L. Gebfert, Jamaica Plain, Mass., who had access to the Arnold Arboretum; Miss H. A. Wood, Kingston, Jamaica, West Indies, who has drawn tropical economic plants; G. R. Chamberlain, who has drawn many plants, particularly annuals, in the gardens of Cornell University; Miss R. M. Huntington, who had access to the gardens at 'Smith College, Northampton, Mass.; Mrs. K. C. Davis and Miss Marie L. Robertson (now Mrs. B. M. Duggar), then at Ithaca' N. Y. The artistic work has been aided at almost every point by the personal interest of J. Horace McFarland, proprietor of the Mt. Pleasant Press, Harrisburg, Pa., where the type-setting and presswork have been done. Himself an expert photographer. RETROSPECT xi Mr. McFarland has given freely of photographs and advice; and he has also overseen the mechanical construction of the Cyclopedia with rare devotion and skill. ///. HOW A GENUS IS WRITTEN UP The method of writing up a genus differs with the various writers. The Editor can speak only for himself, but the frequency with which persons ask for a specific method of procedure suggests that a brief narrative may be useful to students. • The first question that arises when a new genus is to be written up is the num- ber of species to be accounted for. The "trade list" and the card index are con- sulted, and a list is made of all the species that are to be included in the account. The writer first standardizes the names with Index Kewensis as a working basis, and then consults some analytic account of the genus itself, as Bentham and Hooker's Genera Plautarum, and Engler and Prantl's Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien. Herbarium specimens are examined. A characterization is made of the genus. All available works are consulted for suggestions as to its horticultural and economic importance. Then follows the really important part of the undertaking — the accounting for all the species. All monographs of the genus are consulted ; herbarium specimens are studied in detail; horticultural cyclopedias and handbooks are searched for descrip- tive notes of the species. Every effort is made to understand the species as a whole before any one species is actually described, for in this cyclopedia the species are com- pared and contrasted, not arranged alphabetically. A key to all the species must be outlined before the work of description can be undertaken. This means that every species must be studied and properly classified. This making of the key or classifi- cation comprises more than half the average work of writing up the various genera. Cultivated plants come from many parts of the world. In many cases no single account of the genus contains all the species. One or two species from outlying regions may not fit into any scheme of classification made in the books. The descriptions of them may be inadequate. Often a whole day will be spent in the endeavor to find characters that will allow these outlying species to be included in a common key. Moreover, botanical keys are often too minute and technical to be used in a horticultural work. The key-scheme once made, the description of the species is drawn from every available source; — from specimens and personal experience when possible; from authoritative monographs; from horticultural journals and treatises; from notes sent by correspond- ents; from the information contained in trade catalogues. On doubtful points corre- spondence is opened with persons who know the plants, particularly with those who advertise the given kinds. The fulness of the descriptions will depend on how difficult the plants are to distinguish anC how important the group is to the cultivator. It has been the custom with the Editor to work mostly with bare outlines at first, afterwards filling in the matters of secondary and 'incidental importance from subsequent reading and investigation. It has been the custom of the Associate Editor to devour and digest all the incidentals, as well as the fundamentals, before beginning the writing. In the editing of manuscripts, the first effort is to determine whether the author has accounted for all the names in the trade. Too often the troublesome names have been omitted, although he worked from lists sent from the Cyclopedia office. These omitted names must be inserted, often necessitating the entire reconstruction of the classificatory scheme. The second attention is given to the scheme itself, to see that it xii PROSPECT is properly coordinated or balanced; for a scheme is of no value unless the coordinate parts are 'contrasts of similar characters. Yet the failure to coordinate the keys was common, particularly in the earlier part of the work. For example, there is no servic in the key that runs A. Lvs. long -lanceolate, entire AA. Fls. blue, in long racemes and yet it has been constantly necessary to eliminate examples of this type. The third effort in the editing of manuscripts is the revision of nomenclature, for uniformity in this matter is of the utmost editorial importance. The fourth effort is to look up and insert all references to portraits of the plants. Beyond these efforts, the editing of the manuscripts had to do chiefly with matters of literary form. To the looker-on, the actual writing of the articles may appear to be the large,' part of the work. As a matter of fact, however, it has required more labor to secure articles from correspondents than it would have required to have written them ourselves. This is not because correspondents have been negligent, but because of the inherent difficulties of doing work at long range. The value of the material, however, is vastly improved and broadened because of the number of persons who have been engaged in preparing it. It is probable that two -thirds of the labor in preparing the Cyclo- pedia has been of a character that is not directly productive of written articles,— as correspondence, keeping of accounts, filing of material, securing illustrations, proof- reading. PROSPECT The Editor hopes that this Cyclopedia will never be revised. If new issues are called for, mere errors should be corrected; but beyond this, the plates should be left as they are, for it is the purpose of the book to make a record of North American horti- culture as it exists at the opening of the twentieth century. It is hoped that subsequent progress may be recorded in annual supplemental volumes. It is planned to issue each year a supplement of say 75 to 100 pages, in the same size of page as the present book, with cumulative index, in paper covers; every five years these supplements may be com- pleted into a volume. They should record the introductions of new plants and methods, contain revisions of important genera, encourage historical studies, and make reviews of the tendencies of plant culture in North America. The manuscript for the first two proposed supplements is already prepared. The first is a complete key to all the fami- lies and genera in the Cyclopedia, designed to enable the student to run down any species that he may have in hand. It was hoped that this key could be printed as a supplement to Volume IV, but the size of the volume forbids it. The second manu- script is a bibliography of the North American book writings on horticulture. These supplements are not definitely promised, but they will be made if there is sufficient demand for them. It may not be out of place for the Editor to indicate what he conceives to be the most important features of the general plan of the Cyclopedia. (1) The book represents a living horticulture. It has attempted to account for the species that are actually in cultivation in the country, rather than those that chance to have been described or pictured in other cyclopedias or in periodical publications. The best way of determining what plants are actually in cultivation is to make a list of PROSPECT xiii those that are offered for sale within a space of ten or fifteen years, supplemented with lists submitted by actual cultivators. It is not the fact that these plants are bought and sold that is important, but the fact that they are in cultivation at the present time in this country. These lists give us a census of our horticultural resources. A species- name which occurs in trade lists must be run down and inserted. Not knowingly has any been omitted. (2) The species are compared and contrasted, as well as described. In all genera containing several species, keys or classificatory schemes have been devised. This makes it incumbent upon the writer that he understand each species, not merely copy a description of it. It enables the reader to name the species he has in hand. It is an analytic rather than a compilatory method. The reader will be surprised to know how much labor the mere introduction of keys has added to the making of the book. It. has certainly more than doubled the labor. The Editor believes that he could make the entire Cyclopedia in two years' time if all the species were to be arranged alphabetically under the genus and without introductory keys. (3) The leading articles are signed with the name of the writer. Thereby is responsibility fixed and due credit given. The chief value of the signed article, how- ever, is the fact that it gives personality to the writings and presents a wide range of experience and achievement. It is singularly gratifying that horticulturists and botan- ists have responded with the greatest good will to the repeated calls for help. Their inspiration has saved the book. The botany of large and difficult groups has been placed bodily in the hands of specialists. The number of contributors is large and has grown with each volume. More than 450 persons have aided in the making of the Cyclopedia. The great number of signed articles gives the work a somewhat hetero- geneous character, and this may be considered by some persons to be a disadvantage; but the Editor has not accepted the current idea that a cyclopedia must necessarily be uniform and consistent in its treatment of various and unlike subjects. (4) The book is primarily a cyclopedia of horticulture, rather than of gardening. It has endeavored to catch the large -area and commercial spirit of North American plant culture, while still holding to the many and varied amateur interests. Not all the entries are names of plants. (5) It has attempted to represent plants as living and growing things that are still undergoing evolution. It has tried to indicate the range and extent of variation, rather than to treat plant-names as representing entities in nature. Whenever possible it has been the purpose to suggest the general lines of evolution in the important groups. This has introduced the historical method of treatment. Of course only the merest touch can be had with these subjects, because knowledge of them is yet to come; but it is hoped that the sympathetic reader will feel the drift of an evolutionary motive. Other points of view that seem to the Editor to be important are: The effort to present a new set of horticultural pictures; to give biographies of persons who have had an important influence on the trend of American horticulture; to present geo- graphical and historical subjects; to give special attention to tropical and subtropical economic plants ; to cite freely references to literature. It must be admitted that the foregoing categories are ideals. At all points, it is feared, the accomplishment has fallen far short of the purpose. The Editor would like to do the work all over again, so many are the improvements that might be made. One must make a book in order to learn how to make it. The work has grown as it xiv PROSPECT has progressed. At first it was intended to make a three-volume cyclopedia, but before the first volume was half written it was found that a fourth volume must be added in order to present the subject adequately. The observant reader will discover that the letter A is treated on the three- volume basis. The article "Apple" is wholly inade- quate, but partial penance is done under "Pomology." The article "Asparagus" is the first that began to feel the fuller and larger treatment. Whatever usefulness the Cyclopedia may have has been rendered possible by the liberal policy of the publishers with whom it has been a joy and an inspiration to work. The actual writing on the Cyclopedia was begun in January, 1899. A year had then been spent in making indexes and collecting data. The proof of the letter Z was received December 31, 1901. On the 8th of January, 1902, the Cyclopedia office was vacated. It was a sad parting. The pleasantest associations of a pleasant life had come to a finish. We knew that it was a turning-point. Hundreds of books had be- come familiar friends. We would never see them all together again. Like a child, the Cyclopedia had grown. Like the mature youth, it had left us. It was no longer ours. L. H. BAILEY. ITHACA, NEW YORK, January 11, 1BOS, STATISTICS I. THE NUMBER OF ARTICLES. Total number of entries or articles, including cr is s -references: Volume 1 1270 Volume II 1263 Volume III 659 Volume IV 1165 4357 II. THE NUMBER OF PLANTS. The number of genera described: Volume 1 820 Volume II 623 Volume III 351 Volume IV 461 2255 Total number of species fully described (in black-faced type) : Volume 1 2924 Volume II 2675 Volume III 1405 Volume IV 1789 8793 Total number of varieties (of species) of all grades: Volume 1 1187 Volume II 982 Volume III 628 Volume IV 838 3635 Total number of synonyms (in Italic type): Volume I , 2446 Volume II 2104 Volume III 1243 Volume IV 1689 7482 Total number of species in supplementary lists (in Italic type) : Volume 1 9351 Volume II 864 Volume III 576 Volume IV 733 4524 Total number of Latin binomial and trinomial plant names accounted for (approximate) 24434 III. THE NUMBER OF SPECIES (IN BLACK -FACED TYPE) NATIVE TO NORTH AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO : Volume 1 668 Volume II (}3i Volume III 416 Volume IV , 704 2419 IV THE DATES OF PUBLICATION: Volume I February 14, 1900 Volume II July 18, 1900 Volume III April 23, 1901 Volume IV February 26, 1902 (xv) COLLABORATORS I. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS TO THE CYCLOPEDIA "The asterisk designates the contributors to the fourth volume. Many of the contributors have also assisted in reading prooft and in other ways. *ADAMS, GEO. E., Asst. Horticulturist, R. I. Exp. Sta., Kingston, R. I. (Rhode Island. Rhubarb.) *ADAMS, J. W., Nurseryman, Springfield, Mass. ( Stephanandra. Viburnum. ) *ALLEN, C. L., Author of "Bulbs and Tuberous - rooted Plants," Floral Park, N. Y. (Tulipa.) AMES, OAKES, Asst. Dir. Botanic Garden, and Instructor in Botany in Harvard Univ., Cam- bridge, Mass. (Several genera of orchids.) ANDREWS, D. M., Nurseryman, Boulder, Colo. ((Enothera. Opuntia. Help on native western plants, especially hardy cacti.) ARCHDEACON & Co., Commission merchants, New York, N. Y. (Mushroom.) ARNOLD, Jr., GEO., Gardener (formerly grower of aster seed), Rochester, N. Y. (China Aster.) ATKINS, F. L., Florist, Rutherford, N. J. (Platy- cerium . ) ATKINSON, GEO. P., Prof, of Botany, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Mushroom.) *BALMER, Prof. J. A., formerly Horticulturist, Wash. Exp. Sta. (Washington.) *BARCLAY, F. W., Gardener, Haverford, Pa. (Herbaceous Perennials, Rhexia, Sanguinaria, SUphium, Sisyrinchium, Smilacina, Statice, and many others, mostly hardy herbs.) *BARKER, MICHAEL, Editor of "Gardening" and "American Florist," Chicago, 111. (Solandra. Vallota. Many suggestions.) *BARNES, CHARLES R., Prof, of Plant Physiology, Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, 111. (Fertilization. Flower. Teratology. lias read proofs of physio- logical subjects.) BARNES, WILLIAM H., Secretary Kans. State Hort. Soc., Topeka, Kans. (Kansas.) *BARRON, LEONARD, Editor "American Garden- ing," New York, N. Y. (Rose. ) BAYERSDORFER, H., Dealer in florists' supplies, Philadelphia, Pa. (Everlasting Flowers.) *BEACH, Prof. S. A., Horticulturist, N. Y. Exp. Sta., Geneva, N. Y. (Corn. Thinning Fruit.) BEADLE, C. D., Botanist and horticulturist, Bilt- more, N. C. (Bamboo.) BEAL, W. J., Prof, of Botany. Mich. Agric. Col- lege, Agricultural College, Mich. (Grass. Has read proofs of many genera of grasses.) BECKERT, THEO. P., Florist, Allegheny City, Pa. (Bougainvillcea.) *BERCKMANS, P. J., Pomologist and nurseryman, Augusta, Ga. (Lawns for the South . Magnolia. Melia. Michelia. Persimmon. Pomegranate. Trees. Vines. Has read proof of many groups of importance in the South.) *BESSEY, CHARLES E., Prof, of Botany, Univ of Nebr., Lincoln, Nebr. (Plant. Trees for the Plains. Has read several articles on grasses and native plants.) BLAIR, Prof. J. C., Horticulturist, 111. Exp. Sta., Champaign, 111. (Greenhouse Glass. Illi- nois. ) *BRANDEGEE, Mrs. KATHARINE, Botanist, editor of Zo§, San Diego, Calif. (Several genera of cacti, as Mammillaria, Melocactus, Pelecyphora, Pereskia, Phyllocactus, Pilocereus, Rhipsalis.) BRANDEGEE, T. S., Botanist, San Diego, Calif. (Nolina.) *BRAUNTON, ERNEST, Landscape gardener, and editor of "California Floriculturist," Los Angeles, Calif. (Nerium, Palms, Phoenix, Pittosporum, Richardia, Rose, Schinus, Trees, Fines, and other plants cultivated in southern California.) *BRUCKNER, NICHOL N., Dreer's Xursery, River ton, N. J. (The article "Fern." Many groupa of tender ferns. Selaginella .) *BUDD, J. L., Prof. Emeritus of Horticulture, Iowa Agric. Coll., Ames, la. (Roses for the Prairie States. Has read proof of Iowa and of articles on important fruits .) *BUFFUM, Prof. B. C., Horticulturist, Wyo. Exp. Sta., Laramie, Wyo. ( Wyoming.) BURBANK, LUTHER, Plant -breeder, Santa Rosa, Calif. (Nicotunia. Has read proofs of Gladi- olus, etc.) BURNETTE, Prof. F. H., Horticulturist, La. Exp. Sta., Baton Rouge, La. (Louisiana.) BURRILL, T. J., Prof, of Botany and Horticulture, Univ. of 111., Urbana, 111. (Protoplasm.) (xvii; XVI 11 COLLABORATORS BUTZ, Prof. GEO. C., Horticulturist, Pa. Exp. Sta., State College, Pa. (Carnation. Penn- sylvania.) *CAMERON, ROBERT, Gardener, Botanic Garden of Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. (Various articles and much help on rare plants. Alpinia, Campanula, Echinocactus, Nemophila, Primula, Ramonda, Urceolina, etc.) *CANNING, EDWARD J., Gardener, Smith College, Botanic Gardens, Northampton, Mass. (Many articles and much help on rare and difficult plants. Anthurium. Echinocactus. EpiphyUion. Gloxinia. Peat. Puya. Soil. Stocks. Stove Plants. Vines. Zingiber.) *CARD, Prof. FRED W., Horticulturist, R. I. Exp. Sta. Kingston, R. I. (Nebraska. Botany and culture of bush -fruits, as Amelanchier, Berberis, Blackberry, Buffalo Berry, Currant, Loganberry, Raspberry, Bibes.) CLINKABERRY, HENRY T., Gardener, Trenton, N. J. (Certain orchids, as Lalia.) *CLINTON, L. A., Asst. Agriculturist, Cornell Exp. Sta., Ithaca, N. Y. (Soy Bean. Spurry.) *CLOSE, C. P., Horticulturist, Del. Exp. Sta. (for- merly Horticulturist Utah Exp. Sta.), Newark, Del. (Utah.) COATES, LEONARD, Fruit-grower, Napa, Calif. (Olive. Orange. Has helped on other fruits.) COCKERELL, T. D. A., Entomologist, East Las Vegas, N. M. (Neio Mexico.) - COLLINS, JOHN S., Fruit-grower, Moorestown, N. J. (Pear.) *CONARD, HENRY S. , Senior Fellow in Botany, Univ. of Pa., Philadelphia, Pa. (Nymplma. Victoria.) COOK, O. F., Botanist in charge of investigations in Tropical Agriculture, Div. of Botany, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Coffee. Pa- ritium. Help on Porto Rico, Sechium, Zingiber, and tropical plants. ) *CORBETT, Prof. L. C., Horticulturist, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. Agric., formerly Horticulturist, W. Va. Exp. Sta., Morgantown, W. Va. (Storage. West Virginia.) *COULSTON, Mrs. M. B., Formerly assistant editor of "Garden and Forest," Ithaca, N. Y. (Va- rious native plants. Stiles.) COULTER, JOHN M., Professor and Head of the Dept. of Botany, Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, 111. (Echinocactus.) *COWELL, Prof. JOHN F., Dir. Buffalo Botanic Gar- den, West Seneca, N. Y. (Odontoglossum. Phormium. Rhus. Robinia. Sambucus. Sym- phoricarpos. Tilia.) *CowEN, J. H., formerly Assistant in Horticulture, Colo. Exp. Sta., died 1900. (Certain Colorado plants, as Lepachys, Leucocrinum . Verbena.) See personal note under "Verbena." *CRAIG, JOHN, Prof, of Extension Teaching in Ag- ric., Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Canada. Gooseberry. Kale. Kohlrabi. Pomology. Quince. Rape. Spraying. TJiinning Fruit.} CRAIO, ROBERT, Florist, Philadelphia, Pa. (Arau- caria. Ardisia. Codiceum.) CRAIG, W. N., Gardener, North Easton, Mass. (Mushroom.) CRANDALL, Prof. C. S., Div. of Forestry, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Colo- rado.) *CROPP, CARL, Seedsman, Vaughan's Seed Store, Chicago, 111. (Stocks.) CULBERTSON, H., El Cajon Packing Company, El Cajon, Calif. (Peach.) CUSHMAN, E. H., Gladiolus specialist, Sylvania, •Ohio. (Gladiolus.) *DARLINGTON, E. D., Superintendent of Trials, Fordhook Experimental Farm, Doylestown, Pa. (Sweet Pea. Helped on Pea.) DARLINGTON, H. D. , Wholesale florist, specialist in heaths and hard-wooded plants, Flushing, N. Y. (Epacris. Leptospermum. Pimelea. Has read proof of many articles on hard-wooded ^plants ) *DAVIS, K. C., Horticulturist, W. Va. Exp. Sta., Morgantown, W. Va. (All genera in Ranuncu- lacece, e. g., Clematis, Nigella, Pceonia, Ranun- culus. Help on West Virginia. ) *DAVY, J. BURTT, Asst. Botanist, Univ. of Calif. Exp. Sta., Berkeley, Calif. (Trees and Vines of California, various Myrtacece, and many important subtropical subjects, as Acacia, Callistemon, Eu- genia, Eucalyptus, Maytenus, Pittosporum, Psid- ium, Romneya, Schinus, Sollya, Streptosolen, Tristcni i, Umbellularia. Washingtonia, Wind- breaks, and others.) *DAWSON, JACKSON, Gardener, Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Rose.) DEAN, JAMES, Florist, Bay Ridge, N. Y. (Nephrol- epis. ) DEANE, WALTER, Botanist, Cambridge, Mass. (Herbarium. Has read many proofs and helped on various botanical problems. ) DEWEY, LYSTER H., Office of Botanical Investiga- tions, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Mentha Pliytolacca.) DORNER, FRED, Carnation specialist, Lafayette, Ind. (Carnation.) *DORSETT, P. H. , Associate Physiologist and Pathol- ogist, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. ( Violet ) DOUGLAS, THOS. H., of R. Douglas' Sons, nursery- men and specialists in conifers, Waukegan, 111. ( Larix. Picea . Pseudotsuga . ) DREW, E. P., Manager Rocky River Nursery, Clif- ton, Park, O. (Picea.) COLLABORATORS xix DUGGAR, B. M., Div. Veg. Phys. & Path., U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Photosynthe- sis. Physiology of Plants. Pollen.) DUNNING, D. M., Amateur, Auburn, N. Y. (Grapes under Glass.) DUFUY, Louis, Wholesale florist and specialist in hard-wooded plants, Whitestone, N. Y. (Erica. Has read other articles on heath-like plants.) *EARLE, Prof. F. S., Botanist at N. Y., Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y., formerly Horticul- turist, Ala. Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala. (Alabama. Packing. Storage.) EARLE, PARKER, Horticulturist, Roswell, N. M. (New Mexico.) *EGAN, W. C., Amateur, Highland Park, 111. (Ere- murus. Rose. Budbeckia. Winter Protection. Has helped on hardy plants.} EISELE, JACOB D., Manager of Dreer's Nursery, Eiverton, N. J. (Cordyline. Pandanus. Has read proofs of several important subjects ) ELLIOTT, WILLIAM H., Florist, Brighton, Mass. (Asparagus plumosus. ) EMERY, S. M., Dir. Mont. Exp. Sta., Manhattan, Mont. (Montana.) ENDICOTT, JOHN, Bulb - grower, Canton, Mass (Littonia.) ENDICOTT, W. E., Teacher, Canton, Mass. (Achim- enes. Acidanthera. Ixia. Has made important corrections in many articles on bulbs.) *EVANS, J. C., Pres. Olden Fruit Co., Kansas City, Mo. (Storage.) EVANS, WALTER H., Office of Exp. Stations, U. S. Dept. Agrie., Washington, D. C. (Alaska.) "FALCONER, WILLIAM, Supt. Bureau of Parks, Pitts- burg, Pa. (Romneya.) *FAWCETT, WM., Director Dept. Public Gardens and Plantations, Kingston, Jamaica. (The article "Tropical Fruits;" also Cherimoya, Cin- chona, Marmalade Plum, Egg Fruit, Mango, Mangosteen, and others. FERNOW, Prof. B. E., Director College of Fores- try, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Conifers. Forestry. Pine.) FINLAYSON, KENNETH, Gardener, Brookline, Mass. (Diosma. ) FLETCHER, Prof. S. W., Horticulturist, Wash. Exp. Sta., Pullman, Wash. (Ipomcea and va- rious other Convolvulacece . Helianthus and re- lated genera. Nemophila. Nier ember gia. Nolana. Pollination. ) FOORD, J. A., Asst. in Dairy Husbandry, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (New Hampshire.) FRANCESCHI, Dr. F , Manager S. Calif. Acclima- tizing Ass'n, Santa Barbara, Calif. (Rare plants grown in S. Calif., as Dasylirion, Fla- courtia, Fouquiera, Furcrcea, Hasardia, Park- insonia, etc. Has corrected many proofs. GALLOWAY, B. T., Dir. of Bureau of Plant Indus- try, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Floriculture. Has read various important articles , including Violet.) GANNETT, FRANK E., Editor, "The News," Ithaca, N. Y. ; formerly Sec'y to President of the U. S. Philippine Commission. (Philippine Islands . ) GARCIA, PROF. FABIAN, Horticulturist New Mex. Exp. Sta., Mesilla Park, N. M. (New Mexico). GARFIELD, CHAS. W., Horticulturist, Grand Rap- ids, Mich. (Michigan.) GERARD, J. N., Amateur, Elizabeth, N. J. (Various articles, especially on bulbous plants, as Crocus, Iris, Muscari, Narcissus. ) GILLETT, EDWARD, Nurseryman, Southwick, Mass. (Hardy Ferns. Liparis. Has read numerous proofs on native plants, especially hardy orchids.) *GOFF, Prof. E. S., Horticulturist, Wis. Exp. Sta., Madison, Wis. ( Wisconsin.) *Gooo, JESSIE M., Organizer, American League for Civic Improvement, Springfield, O. ( Village Improvement.) GOULD, H. P., Div. of Pomology, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Brussels Sprouts. Celeriac.) GOULD, Mrs. THOS., Petunia specialist, Ventura, Calif. (Petunia.) GREEN, Prof. S. B., Horticulturist, Minnesota, Exp. Sta., St. Anthony Park, Minn. (Minne- sota.) GREEN, WM. J. Horticulturist, Ohio Exp. Sta., Wooster, Ohio. (Ohio. Greenhouse sub-irriga- tion.) GREENE, EDWARD L., Prof, of Botany, Catholic Univ. of America, Washington, D. C. (Dode- catheon. Help on Viola.) GREENLEE, Miss LENNIE, Bulb - grower, Garden City, N. C. (Ixia.) *GREINER, T., Specialist in Vegetables, La Salle, N. Y. (Garden vegetables, as ArticJioke, Aspara- gus, Sean, Cress, Corn Salad, Kohlrabi, Lettuce, Onion, Parsley, Parsnip, Rhubarb.) *GREY, ROBERT M., Gardener, North Easton, Mass. (Numerous important orchid groups, as Cypripe- dium, Epidendrum, Lycaste, Maxillaria, Masde- vallia, Odontoglossom, Oncidium, Orchid, Phalce- nopsis, Saccolabium, Stanhopea, Zygopetalum.) GROFF, H. H., Gladiolus specialist, Simcoe, Ont. (Gladiolus.) GURNEY, JAMES, Gardener, Mo. Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (Cacti.) *HALE, J. H., Nurseryman and pomologist, South Glastonbury, Conn. (Connecticut. Peach. Storage.) HALSTED, Prof. B. D., N. J. Exp. Sta., New Brunswick, N. J. (Diseases. Fungus.) XX COLLABORATORS HANSEN, GEO., Landscape Architect and botanist, Berkeley, Calif . ( Epidendrum .) *HANSEN, Prof. N. E., Horticulturist, S. Dak. Exp. Sta., Brookings, S. Dak. (South Da- kota. ) HARRIS, FREDERICK L., Gardener, Wellesley, Mass. (Lisianthus. Medinilla.) "HARRIS, W., Supt. of Hope Gardens, Kingston, Jamaica. (Certain tropical fruits, as Mammee Apple, Persea, Pomelo, Tamarind, etc.) HARRIS, W. K., Florist, Philadelphia, Pa. (Ficus elastica. Help on Lilium Harrisii.) HARRISON, C. S.. Pres. Park and Forest Soc. of Neb., York, Neb. (Pseudotsuga.) *HARSHBERGER, J. W., Instructor in Botany, Univ. of Penn., Philadelphia, Pa. (Bust. Sapro- phyte. Scilla. Smut. Symbiosis.) *HART, J. H., Supt. Botanical Department, Trini- dad, W. I. (Theobroma. Tropical Fruits.) *HASSELBRING, HEINRICH, Asst. Pathologist, 111. Exp. Sta., Urbana, 111. (Iris. The article •" Orchids," and botany of most orchid genera from Gongora to Zygopetalum. Several acan- thads, as Schaueria and Thunbergia. Also Bust, and has helped on plant diseases.) HASTINGS, G. T., formerly Asst. in Botany, Cor- nell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. ; now Science Teacher, Santiago, Chile. (Some tropical plants, as Bcr- ria, Bertholletia. A few grasses, as Hierocliloc, Holcus, Hordeum.) *HATFIELD, T. D., Gardener, Wellesley, Mass. (Numerous and varied contributions, as Gesnera, Gloxinia, Lachenalia, Leea, Macrozamia, (Enoth- era, Oxalis, Pelargonium, Reinwardtia, Rliexia, Bichardia, Bondeletia. Has read many proofs. ) HEDRICK, U. P., Asst. Prof, of Horticulture, Agri- cultural College, Mich. (Evaporation of Fruit. Prune. Help on Utah.) *HEINZ Co., H. J., Manufacturers of pickles and canned goods, Pittsburg, Pa. (Tomato.) HENDERSON & Co., PETER, Seedsmen, New York, N. Y. (Bulbs. Eccremocarpus . Polianthes. Much help on proofs and many suggestions.) HENDERSON, Prof. L. F., Botanist, Idaho Exp. Sta., Moscow, Idaho. (Phacelia.) HERRINGTON, A., Gardener, Florham Farms, Madison, N. J. (Chrysanthemum coccineum. Hollyhock. ) HEWS, A. H., Manufacturer of earthenware, North Cambridge, Mass. (Pots.) *HEXAMER, Dr. F. M., "American Agriculturist," New York, N. Y. (Several biographical sketches, as Fuller, Harris, Thurber.) *HICKS, G. H., late of U. S. Dept. Agric., Wash- ington, D. C. (deceased). (Seed -testing.) *HiCKS, HENRY, Nurseryman, Westport, L. I. (Li- gustrum. Transplanting.) HIGGINS, J. E., Horticulturist and teacher Hono- lulu, H. T. (Hawaiian Islands.) HILL, E. G., Florist, Richmond, Ind. (Begonia.) *HITCHCOCK, A. S., Agrostologist, U. S. Dept. Agrie., Washington D. C. (Most of the genera cf grasses from E to Z.) HOLLISTER, E. J., Celery cultivator, Holley, Colo. (Celery.) HOOPES, JOSIAH, Nurseryman, West Chester, Pa. (Hedges.) HORSFORD, FRED H., Nurseryman, and specialist in lilies, Charlotte, Vt. (Alpine Gardens. Lilium. Has read proof of many articles on native plants and hardy herbaceous peren- nials.) *HUEY, ROBERT, Amateur rosarian, Philadelphia, Pa. (Bose.) *HUNN, CHARLES E., Gardener, Cornell Exp. Sta. Ithaca, N. Y. (Forcing of Vegetables. Mign- onette. Strawberry . ) HUNTLEY, Prof. F. A., Horticulturist, Idaho Exp. Sta., Moscow, Idaho. (Idaho.) *HUTCHINS, Rev. W. T., Sweet Pea specialist, Springfield, Mass. (Sweet Pea.) *!RISH, H. C., Horticulturist, Mo. Botanical Gar- den, St. Louis, Mo. (Capsicum. Lactuca. Pepper . Tetragonia . ) *JACOB CHAS. W., & ALLISON, Importers, New York, N. Y. (Raffia.) *JACKSON & PERKINS Co., Nurserymen and spe- cialists in Clematis, Newark, N. Y. (Clem- atis. Rose.) JAENICKE, ADOLPH, Manager propagating dept., J. L. Childs, Floral Park, N. Y. (Primula.) JEFFERS, A., Editor "Cornucopia," Norfolk, Va. (Kale. Potato.) JORDAN, A. T., Asst. Horticulturist, New Bruns- wick, N. J. (New Jersey.) *JUNGHANNS, R. L., San Juan, Porto Rico. (Re- seda. Help on Mignonette.) *KAINS, M. G., Horticulturist, School of Practical Agric. and Hort., Briar Cliff Manor, N. Y. (Minor vegetables, as Horse-Badish, Okra and Roquette. The article Sweet Herbs, also Sage, Savory, Scurvy Grass, Tansy, and other sweet, pot or medicinal herbs. Also Chicory, Ginseng and Glycyrrhiza.) KEARNEY, T. H., Div. of Veg. Phys. and Path., U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Three orchid genera, Grammangis, Gramma tophyllum, Habenaria.) *KELLER, J. B., Florist, Rochester, N. Y. (Many- groups of hardy herbaceous perennials. Article on Herbaceous Perennials.) KELSEY, HARLAN P., Nurseryman, Boston, Mass. (North Carolina plants, as Galax, Leucothoe and Paronychia. Help on proofs.) COLLABORATORS xxi KENNEDY, P. BEVERIDGE, Horticulturist, Nev. Exp. Sta., Reno, Nev. (Many genera of grasses in Voh. I and II. Begonia.} KERR, J. W., Nurseryman, Denton, Md. (Mary- land. Help on Plum.) KIFT, ROBERT, Florist, Philadelphia, Pa. (Cut- Jlmcers.) KINNEY, L. F., Horticulturist, Kingston, R. I. (Celery.) KNAPP, S. A., Special commissioner U. S. Dept. Agric., Lake Charles, La. (Philippine Islands.) LAGER & HURRELL, Orchid cultivators, Summit, N. J. (Cattleya.) LAGER, JOHN E., Orchid specialist, Summit, N. J. (Oncidium.) LAKE, Prof. E. R., Horticulturist, Ore. Exp. Sta., Corvallis, Ore. (Oregon.) LANDRETH, BURNET, Seedsman, Philadelphia, Pa. (David Landreth.) LAUMAN, G. N., Instructor in Hort., Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Geranium. Impatiens.) *LE MOYNE, F. J., Amateur in orchids, Chicago, 111. (Sobralia.) LEWERS, Ross, Fruit-grower, Franktown, Nev. (Nevada.) *LINTON, S. H., Nurseryman, Des Moines, la. (Rhubarb.) LONSDALE, EDWIN, Florist, Wyndmoor, Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia, Pa. (Conservatory.) LORD & BURNHAM Co., Horticultural architects and builders, Irvington-on-Hudson, N. Y. (Greenhouse Construction.) LOTHROP & HIGGINS, Dahlia specialists, East Bridgewater, Mass. (Dahlia.) LYON, T. T., Pomologist, South Haven, Mich. (Died 1900.) (Pear.} *MACDOUGAL, D. T., Dir. of the Laboratories, N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. (Sap. Transpiration.) MACOMBER, J. T., Fruit-grower, Grand Isle, Vt. (Peach.) MACPHERSON, JAMES, Landscape gardener, Tren- ton, N. J. (Euphorbia. Has read proofs of several orchid genera.) MCFARLAND, J. HORACE, Horticultural printer and expert in photography, Harrisburg, Pa. (Bor- (!>')•. Photography. Help on illustrations .) McKAY, Prof. A. B., Horticulturist, Miss. Exp. Sta., Agricultural College, Miss. (Potato. Strawberry .) McMiLLEN, ROBERT, Wholesale grower of migno- nette, Pearl River. N. Y. (Mignonette.) McWiLLiAM, GEO., Gardener, Whitinsville. Mass. (Dipladenia. Luculia.) *MAXXING, J. WOODWARD, Landscape Architect, Boston, Mass. (Pachysandra. Pyrethrum. Rho- dodendron. Hardy herbs. Many proofs.) *MANNING, WARREN H., Landscape Architect, Boston, Mass. (Herbaceous Perennials. Rock Gardens.) MASON, Prof. S. C., Dept. of Horticulture and Forestry, Berea College, Berea, Ky. (Labeling. Layering.) MASSEY, Prof. W. F., Horticulturist, N. C. Exp. Sta., Raleigh, N. C. (Fig. North Carolina.) MATHEWS, Pro... C. \\ , Horticulturist, Ky. Exp. Sta., Lexington, Ky. (Kentucky.) MATHEWS, F. SCHUYLER, Artist, Boston, Mass. (Color.) *MATHEWS, WM., Florist and orchid grower, Utica, N. Y. ( Various orchids, as Gongora, Grammato- phyllum, lonopsis, Limatodcs, Miltonia, Pholi- dota, Selenipedium, Sophronitis. Has read many proofs on orchids. ) *MAY, JOHN N., Wholesale florist, Summit, N. J (Hose. Help on florists1 flowers.) MAYNARD, Prof. S. T., Horticulturist, Mass. Hatch. Exp. Sta., Amherst, Mass. (Mas- sachusetts. ) MEAD, T. L., Horticulturist, Oviedo, Fla. (Cri- num. Orange. Has helped in matters of southern horticulture.) *MEEHAN, JOSEPH, Nurseryman, Germantown, Philadelphia, Pa. (Idesia. Toxylon.) MEREDITH, A. P., Gardener, South Lancaster, Mass. (Humea.) *MILLS, Rt. Rev. EDMUND M. , Amateur rosarian, Elmira, N. Y. (Rose.) *MISCHE, EMIL, Asst. to Olmsted Bros., Landscape Architects, Brookline, Mass. (Quisqualis. Toxy- lon.) MOON, SAMUEL C., Nurseryman, Morrisville, Pa. ( Oak. ) MORRILL, ROLAND, Fruit-grower, Benton Harbor, Mich. (Peach.) MORRIS, O. M., Horticulturist, Okla. Exp. Sta., Stillwater, Okla. (Indian Territory. Okla- homa.) *MOTT, Jr., SAMUEL R., Manager of Genesee Fruit Co.'s Freezing and Cold Storage Dept., Roch- ester, N. Y. (Storage.) *MuNSON, T. V., Nurseryman and grape hybridist, Denison, Tex. ( Grape culture in the South. Texas. ) *MUNSON, Prof. W. M., Horticulturist, Me. Exp. Sta., Orono, Me. (Maine. Vacdnium.) *MURRELL, GEO. E., Fruit-grower, Fontella, Va. ( Virginia.) *NEHRLING, H., Milwaukee, Wis. (Phcenix, Sabal, Serencea, Taberncemontana, Tecoma, Thunbergia and other plants cultivated in his garden at Gotha, Fla.) NEWBURY, H. E., Specialist in tuberose culture, Magnolia, N. C. (Polianthes.) XX11 COLLABORATORS NEWELL, A. J., Gardener, Wellesley, Mass. (Certain orchids, e.g., Odontoglossum.) *NEWMAN, J. S., Vice Dir. S. C. Exp. Sta., Clemson College, S. C. (South Carolina.) *NORTON, Prof. J. B. S., Pathologist Md. Exp. Sta., College Park, Md. (Genera of Euphor- biacea. Phyllanthus. Numerous botanical puzzles.) OGSTON, COLIN, Gardener, Kimball orchid collec- tion, Rochester, N. Y. (DendroUum .) *OLIVEK, G. W., Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Many articles on palms, aroids, succulents and rare plants, and much help on proofs. Alstrcemeria. Amaryllis. Nepenthes. Ochna. Pennisetum. Petrea. Sarracenia.) OLMSTED, Jr., F. L., Landscape Architect, Brook- line, Mass. (Park. Help on Landscape and Railroad Gardening.) O'MARA, PATRICK, of Peter Henderson & Co., New York, N. Y. (Potting. Has read various important articles, suggested contributors and given other aid.) ORPET, EDWARD O., Gardener, So. Lancaster, Mass. (Border. Cyclamen. Dianthus, and certain orchids. ) PARSONS, Jr., SAMUEL, Landscape architect, New York, N. Y. (Lawn. Help on Park.) PEACOCK, LAWRENCE K., Dahlia specialist, Atco, N. J. (Dahlia.) PENNOCK, F. M., Horticulturist, San Juan, Porto Kico. (Porto Rico. ) *PETERSON, WM. A., of the firm of P. S. Peterson & Son, Nurserymen, Chicago, 111. (Pceonia. Transplanting of large trees.) *PIERCE, NEWTON B., Pathologist Pacific Coast Laboratory, Div. of Veg. Phys. and Path., U. S. Dept. Agric., Santa Ana, Calif. ( Walnut.) *PIETERS, A. J., Botanist in charge of Seed Labora- tory, Bureau of Plant Industry. U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Seed Testing.) POWELL, Prof. G. HAROLD, Div. of Pomology, U. S. Dept. Agric. (Washington, D. C. (Cherry. Delaware. Help on Peach, etc.) POWELL, GEORGE T., Dir. School of Practical Ag- riculture and Horticulture, Briar Cliff Manor, N. Y. (Pear. Has read proofs of other impor- tant fruits.) *PRICE, Prof. E. H., Horticulturist, Texas Exp. ~ Sta., College Station, Texas. (Texas.) PRINCE, L. B., Pres. Board of Eegents, New Mexico Agric. College, Santa Fe, N. M. (The article "Prince.") *PURDY, CARL, Specialist in California bulbs, Ukiah, Calif. ( California native plants, as Brodi(ea, Calochortus, Erylhronium, Fritillaria, Stropho- lirion. Help on Lilium.) BANE, F. W., Horticulturist and Prof, of Horti- culture, N. H. College, Durham, N. H. (New Hampshire.) EAWSON, GROVE P., Florist, Elmira, N. Y. (Lan- tana.) EAWSON, W. W., Seedsman and market-gardener, Boston, Mass. (Cucumber. Lettuce.) *EEASONER, E. N., Nurseryman and horticulturist, Oneco, Fla. (Many articles, and much help on extreme southern horticulture. Cozsalpinia. Co- cos. Guava. Kumquat. Lemon. Lime. Mango. Musa. Orange. Sabal. Tamarindus.) *EEHDER, ALFRED, Asst. at the Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Botany and culture of most of the hardy trees and shrubs. The article "Trees.") EGBERTS, Prof. I. P., Dir. College of Agric., Cor- nell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Drainage. Fertility. Manure . Potato.) EOLFS, Prof. P. H., Botanist, S. C. Exp. Sta., Clemson College, S. C. (Eggplant. Florida. Okra. Onion. Pineapple.) EOSE, J. N., Asst. Curator, U. S. Nat. Herb., Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. (Agave. Prochnyanthes . ) EOSE, N. JONSSON, Landscape Gardener, Dept. of Parks, New York, N. Y. (Various exotics.), EOTH, FILIBERT, Chief of Div. of Forestry, De- partment of the Interior, Washington, D. C. (Fagus.) *EOWLEE, Prof. W. W., Asst. Prof, of Bot- any, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Liatris. Salix.) EOYLE, Mrs. EMILY TAPLIN, Asst. Ed. "Eural New-Yorker," New York, N. Y. (Nepenthes.) *SANDSTEN, Prof. E. P., Horticulturist Md. Exp. Sta., College Park, Md. (Self -sterility.) SARGENT, Prof. C. S., Dir. Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Abies. Has read proofs of Picea. Prunus, etc. ) *ScoTT, WM., Florist, Buffalo, N. Y. (Important florists' plants and flowers, as Acacia, Conval- laria, Cyclamen, Cytisus, Smilax, Metrosideros, Peperomia, Perilla, Piqueria, Stcphanotis, Syringa, Verbena, etc. Also Packing Flowers.) SCOTT, WM., Gardener, Tarrytown, N. Y. (Ber- tolonia and other tender foliage plants. ) *SCRIBNER, F. LAMSON, Dir. Dept. of Agric., Philippine Islands, formerly Chief Div. of Ag- rostology, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Teosinte.) *SEARS, Prof. F. C , Dir. Nova Scotia School of Horticulture, Wolfville, N. S., formerly Horti- culturist Utah Exp. Sta. (Utah. Help on Canada.) *SEAVEY, Mrs. FRANCES COPLEY, Landscape Gar- dener, Chicago, 111. (Railroad Gardening.) COLLABORATORS xxni SEMPLE, JAMES, Specialist in China asters, Bellevue, Pa. (Aster.) SEXTON, JOSEPH, Founder of the pampas grass industry, Goleta, Calif. (Gynerium.) *SHEPARD, CHARLES U., Special agent U. S. Dept. Agric. in charge of experiments in tea culture, Summerville, S. C. (Tea.) *SHINN, CHARLES H., Inspector of Experiment Stations, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif. (California, Fig, Loganberry, Sequoia, etc.) *SHORE, ROBERT, Gardener, Botanical Dept., Cor- nell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. ( Various articles, as Acalyplia, Bedding, Dichorisandra, Episcea, Fittonia, Hymenophyllum, Thyrsacanthus, Tra- chelospermum , Fuses . ) *SIEBRECHT, HENRY A., Florist and nurseryman, New York and Eose Hill Nurseries, New Ro- ohelle, N. Y. (Much help on rare greenhouse plants, particularly orchids and palms. Dracaena. Ficus. Fuchsia. Gardenia. Ixora. Lapageria. Laurus. Nerium. Nepenthes. Puya. Sonerila. Tococa, and others.) *SIMONDS, O. C., Landscape Gardener, Buena Ave., Chicago, 111. (Landscape Cemeteries . Shrubbery.) SLINGERLAND, Prof. M. V., Entomologist Cornell Exp. Sta., Ithaca, N. Y. (Insecticides. Insects.) SMITH, A. W., Grower of cosmos and moonflower seed, Americus, Ga. (Cosmos.) SMITH, ELMER D., Chrysanthemum specialist, Adrian, Mich. (Chrysanthemum.) SMITH, IRVING C., Market-gardener, Green Bay, Wis. (Onion. Help on Kohl-Rabi and Strawberry.) *SMITH, JARED G., Dir. Hawaii Exp. Sta., Hono- lulu, H. Terr. (Nearly all palms, some aroids and various other genera, as Centaurea, Cerastium, Cotyledon. ) *SMITH, J. M. (deceased), Fruit-grower and market- gardener, Green Bay, Wis. (Strawberry.) SPENCER, JOHN W. , Fruit- grower, Westfield, Chau- tauqua Co., N. Y. (Grapes in the North. Help on important fruits.) *STALEY, ARTHUR, Walnut- grower, Fullerton, Calif. ( Walnut.) *STARNES, HUGH N., Prof, of Agriculture and Horticulture, Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga. (Georgia. Sweet Potato. Tomato. Watermelon. STEELE, E. S., Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Perfumery Gardening . ) *STEELE, W. C., Fruit-grower, Switzerland, Fla. ( Talinum. Help on floriculture in Florida. ) STINSON, Prof. JOHN T., Dir. Mo. Fruit Exp. Sta., Mountain Grove, Mo. (Arkansas.) STRONG, WM. C., Nurseryman, Waban, Mass. (Kenrick.) STUBBS, W. C., Dir. La. Exp. Sta., Baton Rouge, La. (Orange.) *STUBENRAUCH, ARNOLD V., Instructor in Hort., Univ. of 111., Urbana, 111., formerly Calif. Exp. Sta. (Olive, Plum and Raisin in Calif. Pilo- carpus. Pimelea. Platycodon. Sequoia. Tulipa.) TABER, G. L., Nurseryman, Glen St. Mary, Fla. (Persimmon.) TAFT, Prof. L. R., Horticulturist, Mich. Agric. College, Agricultural College, Mich. (Green- house hi.^ting. Hotbeds.) *TAPLIN, W. H., Specialist in palms and ferns, Holrnesburg, Philadelphia, Pa. (Culture of many palms, ferns and foliage plants.) TAYLOR, FREDERIC W., Dir. Dept. of Horticul- ture, Pan-American Exposition, Buffalo, N. Y. (Nebraska.) TAYLOR, WM. A., Asst. Pomologist, Div. of Po- mology, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Articles on nuts, as Hickory, Pecan.) THILOW, J. OTTO, of H. A. Dreer, Inc., Philadel- phia, Pa. (Leek. Muskmelon.) THOMPSON, C. H., formerly Asst. Botanist, Mo. Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (Some genera of cacti, as Echinocereus, Epiphyllum.) *THORBURN & Co., J. M., Seedsmen, New York, N. Y. (Hyacinth. Seed Trade. Have read many proofs of bulbs, annuals, vegetables, herbs, etc.) *TOUMEY, Prof. J. W., Yale Forestry School, New Haven, Mass. (Arizona. Date. Opuntia. Boot- Galls.) TRACY, S. M., Horticulturist, Biloxi, Miss. (Mis- sissippi.) *TRACY, W. W., Seedsman, D. M. Ferry & Co., Detroit, Mich. (Cabbage. Lettuce. Michi- gan. Pea. Sadish. Seedage. Help on many vegetables.) *TRELEASE, Dr. WM., Dir. Mo. Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (Certain desert plants of the lily family, as Aloe, Apicra, Gasteria, Haworthia, Tucca. Shaw. Sturtevant. Oxalis.) *TRICKER, WM., Specialist in aquatics, Dreer's Nursery, Riverton, N. J. (Aquarium. Aquatics. Most aquatics, as Limnanthemum, Limnocharis, Nymphcea, Nelumbo, Ouvirandra, Victoria.) TROOP, Prof. JAMES, Horticulturist, Ind. Exp. Sta., Lafayette, Ind. (Indiana. Persimmon.) *TUCKER, GILBERT M., Publisher and editor of "The Country Gentleman," Albany, N. Y. (J. J. Thomas. Luther Tucker.) TURNER, WM., Gardener, Oceanic, N. J. (Forc- ing of Fruits. Mushroom.) TUTTLE, H. B., Cranberry -grower, Valley Junc- tion, Wis. (Cranberry.) *UNDERWOOD, Prof. L. M., Columbia University, New York, N. Y. (Botany of all ferns. Selag- inella and some other flow erless plants.) *VAN DEMAN, H. E., Pomologist, Parksley, Va. (Dale. Nut Culture. Strawberry.) XXIV COLLABORATORS VAUGHAN, J. C., Seedsman and florist, Chicago and New York. (Christmas Greens.) VICK, JAMES, D. Landreth's Sons, Philadelphia, Pa. (Malvaviscus. Melothria.) VOORHEES, Prof. EDWARD B., Dir. N. J. Exp. Sta., New Brunswick, N. J. (Fertilizers.) WALDRON, Prof. C. B., Horticulturist, N. Dak. Exp. Sta., Fargo, N. Dak. (North Dakota.) *WALKER, Prof. ERNEST, Horticulturist, Ark. Exp. Sta., Fayetteville, Ark. (Annuals. Basket Plants. Heliotrope. Watering.) WARD, C. W., Wholesale florist, Queens, L. I. (Pelargonium. Help on Carnation.) *WARDER, R. H., Supt. Lincoln Park, Chicago, 111. ( Warder. ) *WATROUS, C. L., Nurseryman and pomologist, Des Moines, lo. (Iowa. Pear. Trees on Plains.) *WATSON, B. M., Instructor in Horticulture, Bus- sey Inst., Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Colchicum. Cuttage. Forcing Hardy Plants. House Plants. Rhododendron. Eose. Winter Protection. ) *WATTS, E. L., formerly Horticulturist of Tennes- see Exp. Sta., Scalp Level, Pa. (Tennessee.) *WAUGH, Prof. F. A., Horticulturist, Vt. Exp. Sta., Burlington, Vt. (Beet. Carrot. Cucumber. Greens. Lilium. Plum. Salad Plants. Vermont.) *WEBBER, HERBERT J., In charge of Plant Breed- ing Laboratory, Veg. Phys. and Path. Inves- gations, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Citrus. Pomelo. Murraya, Triphasia, and other citrous genera. Plant -Breeding. Help on Zamia.) WELLHOUSE, FRED, Fruit-grower, Fairmount, Kans. (Kansas.) WHEELER, C. F., Asst. Prof, of Botany, Michigan Agric. College, Mich. (Pyrola.) WHEELER, H. J.. Chemist, R. I. Exp. Sta., Kingston, R. I. (Lime.) *WHITNEY, MILTON, Chief. Div. of Soils, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Irrigation. Soils.) WRITTEN, Prof. J. C., Horticulturist, Mo. Exp. Sta., Columbia, Mo. (Missouri.) WHYTE, R. B., Amateur, Ottawa, Ont. (Hemero- callis. Lilium. Narcissus. Papaver. Help on Tagetes, Tulipa, Zinnia, etc.) *WICKSON, EDWARD J., Prof, of Agricultural Prac- tice, Univ. of Calif., an,' Horticulturist, Calif. Exp. Sta., Berkeley, Calif. (Almond, Apricot, Cherry, Grape, Lemon, Lime, Nectarine, Pear, Strawberry, Walnut and Vegetable Gardening in California.) *WIEGAND, K. M., Instructor in Botany, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Coreopsis. Cordyline. Cyperus. Dracaena. Juncus. Lysimachia. Musa. Myosotis. Potentilla. Seisms. Steironema.) *WOODS, ALBERT F., Chief of Office of Veg. Phys. Investigations, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washing- ton, D. C. (Variegation.) WOOLSON, G. C., Nurseryman, Specialist in hardy herbaceous perennials, Passaic, N. J. (Mer- tensia. Has read numerous proofs. ) WORTMAN, S. W., Mushroom -grower, Iselin, N. J. (Mushroom.) WRIGHT, CHARLES, Fruit-grower, Seaford, Del. (Peach. Help on Delaware.) *WYMAN, A. P., Asst. to Olmsted Bros., Land- scape Architects, Brookline, Mass. (Dirca, Epigcea, Exochorda, Halesia, Hypericum, Kerria, Liquidambar, and other hardy trees and shrubs. Also Lathyrus, Lupinus, Ver- onica.) *YEOMANS, L. T., Fruit-grower, Walworth, N. Y. (Pear. Help on Evaporation of Fruits. Rasp- berry.) ZIRNGIEBEL, DENTS, Florist, Needham, Mass. (Pansy.) II. LIST OF THOSE WHO HAVE ASSISTED BY BEADING PROOF, AND IN OTHER WAYS ABRAHAM, CHARLES, Nurseryman, San Francisco, Calif. (Trees in Calif.) ALLEN, R. C., Fruit-grower, Bonita, Calif. (Olive.) ALVERSON, A. H., Growe* of cacti, San Ber- nardino, Calif. (Cacti.) APGAR, AUSTIN C., Prof, of Botany, N. J. State Normal School, author of "Trees of the North- ern U. S.," Trenton, N. J. (Trees.) BAILEY, W. W., Prof, of Botany, Brown Univ., Providence, R. I. (Rhode Island.) BALL, C. D., Wholesale florist, Holmesburg, Phila- delphia, Pa. (Palms and decorative plants.) BARKER, CHARLES, Fruit-grower, Milford, Del. (Peach.) BASSETT & SON, Win. F., Nurserymen, Hammon- ton, N. J. (Native plants, as Hibiscus.) BEAL, W. H., Office of Experiment Stations, U. S Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Vigna.) BERGER & Co., H. H., Importers, New York, N. Y. (Japanese and Calif ornian plants.) BETSCHER, C., Florist, nurseryman and seeds- man, Canal Dover, Ohio. (Gladiolus.) BLANC, A., Seedsman and plantsman, Philadel- phia, Pa. (Cacti. Canna. Novelties.) BOARDMAN, S. L., Sec. Maine Hort. Soc., Augusta, Me. (Maine.) BRACKETT, G., B., Pomologist, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Hicoria. Hickory. Jug- lans.) COLLABORATORS XXV BRECK & SONS, JOSEPH (Corporation), Seeds- men, Boston, Mass. ( Portrait of Joseph Breck. ) BREESE, J. S., Nurseryman, Fayetteville, N. C. North Carolina.} BROTHERTON, WILFRED, Mich. Wild Flower Co., Rochester, Mich. (Native hardy herbaceous perennials. ) BROWN, O. H., Amateur, Bordentown, N. J. ( Aquatics.) BUDLONG & SON Co., J. A., Manufacturers of pickles and vinegar, market -gardeners, Provi- dence, R. I. (Cucumber. Martynia.) BRUGGERHOF, F. W., Seedsman, Pres. J. M. Thorburn & Co. , New York, N. Y. (Seed Trade. Various suggestions.) BURPEE, W. ATLEE, Seedsman, Philadelphia, Pa. (Seed Testing.) BUSH & SONS, Viticulturists, Bushberg, Mo. ( Grapes.) CALDWELL, GEO. C., Prof, of Agric. Chemistry, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Fertility. Ferti- lizers. Lime.) CHAMBERLIN, JOHN, Journalist, Buffalo, N. Y. (Native plants. Ranunculus. ) CLARK, Miss JOSEPHINE A., Librarian, U. S. Dept. Agric., and author of a card index of new species of North American plants, Washington, D. C. (Information as to species after the date of Index Keicensis.) CLARK, J. C., Dreer's nursery, Riverton, N. J. ( Pansy.) COVILLE, FREDERICK V., Botanist, Dept. of Agric. Washington, D. C. (Juniperus. Suggestions on rarious matters. ) CRANEFIELD, FREDERIC, Asst. Horticulturist, Wisconsin Exp. Sta., Madison, Wis. (Irri- gation.) DAILLEDOUZE BROS., Wholesale florists, Flatbush, Brooklyn, N. Y. (Mignonette.) DAILEY, CHARLES L., Fruit-grower, Salem, Ore. (Prune. ) DANBY, CHARLES E., Prune-grower, Salem, Ore. (Prune.) DAXDRIDGE, Mrs. DANSKE, Amateur, Shepherds- town, W. Va. (Hardy plants.) DAVENPORT, GEO. E., Botanist, specialist in ferns, Medford, Mass. (Several ge-i.:ra of ferns.) DAY, Miss MARY A., Librarian, Gray Herbarium of Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. (Bare books.) DEVOL, W. S., Editor and agriculturist, Redlands, Calif. (Vegetables in California.) DEVRON, Dr. G., Amateur of bamboos, New Or- leans, La. (Bamboo.) DOCK, Miss M. L., Lecturer on plant life, for- estry and village improvement, Harrisburg, Pa. (Bartram. Village Improvement.) DOSCH, H. E., Sec'y. State Board of Hort., Hills- dale, Ore. (Oregon.) DOWNER'S SONS, J. S., Fruit-growers, Fairport, Ky. (Kentucky.) DREER, HENRY A. (Inc.), Seedsmen and Plants- men, Philadelphia, Pa. (Many and varied ser- vices, especially in aquatics, ferns, foliage plants and rare annuals.) EISEN, GUSTAV, Author of Gov't. bulletins on figs and raisins, San Francisco, Calif. (Fig. Raisin.) ELLIOT, J. WILKINSON, Landscape Architect, Pittsburg, Pa. (Kochia, Oak, and some herba- ceous perennials.) ELLWANGER & BARRY, Nurseryman, Rochester, N. Y. (Hardy plants. ) EMERSON, Prof. R. H., Horticulturist, Neb. Exp. Sta., Lincoln, Neb. (Nebraska.) FARNHAM, J. E. C., Ex-Pres. R. I. Hort. Soc., Providence, R. I. (Rhode Island.) FERNALD, M. L., Asst. in Gray Herbarium, Cambridge, Mass. (Salvia.) FIELDS, JOHN, Dir. Agr. Exp. Sta., Stillwater, Okla. (Oklahoma.) FISHER, Dr. JABEZ, Fruit-grower, Fitchburg, Mass. (Massachusetts.) GANONG, W. F., Prof, of Botany, Smith College, Northampton, Mass. (Cacti, and many proofs of physiological subjects.) GIFFORD, JOHN C., Asst. Prof, of Forestry, Col- lege of Forestry, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Poinciana.) GOODMAN, L. A., Fruit-grower, Kansas City, Mo. (Missouri.) GREENMAN, J. M., University Museum, Cam- bridge, Mass. (Zinnia.) HALLIDAY, ROBT. J., Florist, Baltimore, Md. (Azalea. Camellia.) HARRIS, J. S., Fruit-grower, La Crescent, Minn. (Minnesota.) HAYS, WILLET M., Prof, of Agric., Univ. of Minn., Minneapolis, Minn. (Plant- Breeding.) HEIGES, S. B., Pomologist, York, Pa. (Penn- sylvania.) HEISS, J. B., Florist, Dayton, Ohio. (Palms.) HELLER, A. A., Botanist, Lancaster, Pa. (Porto Rico.) HERBST, J. L., Fruit-grower, Sparta, Wis. (Strawberry.) HEWSON, WM., Orchid-grower for Wm. Scott, Buffalo, N. Y. (Odontoglossum. Oncidiutn.) HICKS, D. C., Fruit-grower, No. Clarendon, Vt. ( Vermont.) HILL, ROBERT T., U. S. Dept. Agric., Washing- ton, D. C. (Porto Rico.) HOSMER, A. W., Botanist, Concord, Mass. (Po- lygala, and same other native plants. ) XXVI COLLABORATORS HOWARD, A. B., Seed-grower, Belchertown, Mass. C Verbena . Zinnia . ) HUTT, H. L., Prof, of Horticulture, Ont. Agrie. College, Guelph, Ont. (Kale. Kohlrabi.} JACK, Mrs. ANNIE L., Chateauguay Basin, Prov. Que. (Native Plants.) JEPSON, WILLIS L., Botanical Dept., Univ. Calif., Berkeley, Calif. (A few Californian sub- jects.) JENNINGS, E. B., Specialist in pansies, South- port, Conn. (Pansy.) JONES, Eev. C. J. K., Los Angeles, Calif. ( Vari- ous Californian plants.) JORDAN, W. H., Dir. N. Y. Exp. Sta., Geneva, N. Y. (Fertility. Fertilisers.) KATZENSTEIN, OTTO, Manager Pinehurst Nurser- ies, Pinehurst, N. C. (Stillingia .) KEDZIE, Dr. E. C., Prof, of Chemistry, Mich. Agric. College, Agricultural College, Mich. (Fertility. Fertilisers. Lime.) KELLOGG, GEO. J., Pomologist, Lake Mills, Wis. (Wisconsin.) KERMAN, JOHN, Market-gardener, Grimsby, Ont. (Tomato). KINNEY, T. L., Fruit-grower, South Hero, Vt. (Vermont.) KING, F. H., Div. of Soils, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Irrigation, Mulching, etc.) LADD, E. F., Prof, of Chemistry, N. D. Agric. Coll., Agricultural College, N. D. (North Dakota.) LAKE, D. S., Nurseryman, Shenandoah, Iowa. (Trees on Plains. ) LATHAM, A. W., Sec. Minn. Hort. Soc., Minne- apolis, Minn. (Minnesota.) LEIB, S. F., Prune-grower, San Jos6, Calif. (Prune. ) LINDLEY, J. VAN, Nurseryman, Pomona, N. C. (North Carolina.) LUKE, FRED K., Gardener, Mo. Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (South Dakota.) LIIPTON, J. M., Market-gardener, Gregory, L. I. (Cabbage. ) LYON, WM. S., Census Bureau, Washington, D. C. (Palms.) MACDOWELL, J. A., Nurseryman, City of Mexico, Mex. (Cacti.) MACFARLANE, Prof. J. M., Dir. U. of P. Botanic Garden, Philadelphia, Pa. (Hybridisation. Nepenthes. Pinguicula.) MACKENZIE, R. E., Sec. J. M. Thorburn & Co., New York, N. Y. (Many important bulbs. ) MAKEPEACE, A. D., Cranberry -grower, West Barnstable, Mass. (Cranberry.) MANDA, W. A., Horticultural expert, South Orange, N. J. (Orchid pictures.) MANNING, C. H., Sheridan, Wyo. (Wyoming.) MANNING, JACOB W., Nurseryman, Eeading, Mass. (Dried specimens of herbaceous perennial plants.) MANNING, EGBERT, Sec. Mass. Hort. Soc., Boston, Mass. (Biographical sketches. Horticulture.) MAXWELL BROS., Fruit-growers, Geneva, N. Y. (Quince.) MCDOWELL, Prof. E. H., Agriculturist and horti- culturist, Nev. Exp. Sta., Eeno, Nev. (Nevada.) McTEAR, JOHN, Gardener, Montecito, Calif. (Some plants cult, in Calif.) MEAD, Prof. ELWOOD, Cheyenne, Wyoming. ( Wyoming . ) MEEHAN, THOS., Nurseryman, Germantown, Pa. (deceased). (The article *• Horticulture.") MERIAM, DR. HORATIO C., Salem, Mass. (Pceonia. Papaver.) MERRILL, L. H., Prof, of Chemistry, Me. Agric. Coll., Orono, Me. (Maine.) MILLER, E. S., Specialist in Bulbs, Floral Park, L. I. (Many articles on bulbs.) MILLER, H. H , Paw Paw., W. Va. v West Virginia.) MOON, WM. H., Nurseryman, Morrisville, Pa. (Pennsylvania.) MOORHEAD, JAMES E., Grower of Cacti, Cactus Farm, Moorhead, Texas. (Cacti.) MOSES, WALLACE E., Fruit-grower, West Palm Beach, Fla. (Orange. Pineapple.) MUDGE, W. S., Fruit-grower and melon raiser, Hartland, N. Y. (Muskmelon.) NANZ & NEUNER, Florists, seedsmen, and nursery- men, Louisville, Ky. (Kentucky.) NASH, GEO. V., Gardener, N. Y. Bot. Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. (Genera of grasses .) NICKELS, Miss ANNA B., Grower of Cacti, Laredo, Texas. (Certain genera of Cacti.) OHMER, NICHOLAS, Fruit-grower, Dayton, Ohio. (Ohio.) OSTERHOUT, W. J. V., Botanical Dept., Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif. ( Variegation.) PARSONS, SAMUEL B., Nurseryman, Flushing, L. I. (The articles "Horticulture" and "Po- mology." PENDERGAST, W. W., Pres. Minn. Hort. Soc., Hutchinson, Minn. (Minnesota.) PENNOCK, C. J., Florist and Gardener, Kennet Square, Pa. (Tomato.) PERICAT, ALPHONSE, Gardener, West Philadel- phia, Pa. (Lceliocattleya.) PIERSON, F. E., Nurseryman, Tarrytown-on- Hudson, N. Y. (Bulbs.) EAGAN, W. H., Div. of Pomology, U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. (Indiana.) EAMSAY, F. T., Nurseryman, Austin, Tex. (Texas.) EEA, FREDERIC J., Nurseryman, Norwood, Mass. (Polemonium.) COLLABORATORS XXVll EEBMANN, JEREMIAH, Lincoln, Neb. (Philippine Islands.) KICHARDSON, E. A., Landscape gardener, Boston and Albany, 40 Austin St., Newtonville, Mass. ( Railroad Gardening . ) EIDER, Prof. A. J., Philadelphia, Pa. (Cran- ROBINSON, Prof. B. L., Curator, Gray Herbarium of Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. (Various articles on native plants.} KOBINSON, CHARLES MULFORD, Author of "The Improvement of Towns and Cities." Roches- ter, N. Y. ( Village Improvement. ) ROBINSON, JOHN, Author of " Ferns in their Homes and Ours," Salem, Mass. (Several articles on ferns.) ROCK, JOHN, Fruit-grower and nurseryman, Niles, Calif. (Plum. Prune.) ROHNERT, WALDO, Specialist in sweet peas, Sar- gent, Calif. (Sweet Pea.) ROOT, A. I., Dealer in bee-keepers' supplies, Medina, Ohio. (Tomato.) Ross, J. J., Fruit-grower, Seaford, Del. (Peach.) ROTHROCK, J. T., Commissioner of Forestry, West Chester, Pa. (Rothrockia.) RYALS, G. M., Market-gardener, Savannah, Ga. (Tomato.) SALTFORD, WM. G., Florist and specialist in violets, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. (Violet.) SANDER & Co., Nurserymen of St. Albans, Eng. (A. Dimmock, New York agent). (Recent im- portations, particularly orchids and palms.) SANDIFORD, ROBERT, Specialist in pelargoniums, Mansfield, Ohio. (Pelargonium.) SCHNECK, JACOB, Amateur botanist, Mt. Carmel, 111. (Vitis.) SCHULTHEIS, ANTON, Florist, College Point, N. Y. (Woody plants from Australia and the Cape, as Erica.) SCOON, C. K., Fruit-grower, Geneva, N. Y. (Cherry.) SCOTT, ALEX. B., of Robert Scott & Son, Sharon Hill, Pa. (Rose.) SHADY HILL NURSERY Co., Boston, Mass. (Herba- ceous perennials.) SHAW, THOS., Prof, of Animal Husbandry, Univ. of Minn., St. Anthony Park, Minn. (Medicago. Mclilotus.) SHINN, J. C., Fruit-grower, Niles, Calif. (Pear.) SIEVERS, JOHN H., Specialist in pelargoniums, San Francisco, Calif. (Pelargonium.) SIMPSON, J. H., Botanist, Braidentown, Fla. (Vitis, Zamia and some Florida subjects.) SLAYMAKER, A. W., Fruit-grower, Camden, Del. (Delaware.) SMALL, JOHN K., N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. (Polygonum.) SMITH, ARCHIBALD, Manager Joseph Breck & Sons Corporation, Boston, Mass. (Seeds.) STEWART, W. J., Sec. Soc. American Florists, Boston, Mass. (Syringa.) SOLTAU, CHRIS, Grower of pansy seed, Jersey City, N. J. (Pansy.) STANTON, GEO., Ginseng specialist, Apulia Station, N. Y. (Ginseng.) STOCKBRIDGE, Prof. H. E., Dir. Fla. Exp. Sta., Lake City, Fla. (Tomato.) STORRS & HARRISON, Nurserymen, Painesville, Ohio. ( Various plants. ) STURTEVANT, EDMUND D., Specialist in aquatics, Station E., Los Angeles, Calif. (Victoria and other aquatics.) SUZUKI & IIDA, Yokohama Nursery Co., New York, N. Y. (Japanese plants.) THOMPSON, Mrs. J. S. R., Spartanburg, S. C. (Perfumery Gardening.) THURLOW, T. C., Nurseryman and specialist in peonies, West Newbury, Mass. (P&onia.) TODD, FREDERICK G., Landscape Architect. Mon- treal, P. Q. (Hardy trees and shrubs.) TROTH, HENRY, Photographer of plants and land- scapes, Philadelphia, Pa. (Photography.) VICK'S SONS, JAMES, Seedsmen, Rochester, N. Y. ( Various plants. ) WATSON, H. D., Farmer and fruit-grower, Kearney, Neb. (Trees for the Plains.) WEBB, Prof. WESLEY, Dover, Del. (Delaware.) WEDGE, CLARENCE, Fruit-grower, Albert Lea, Minn. ( Minnesota. ) WHILLDIN POTTERY Co., Philadelphia, Pa. (Pots.) WHITE, J. J., Cranberry -grower, New Lisbon. N. J. (Cranberry.) WILLARD, S. D., Nurseryman, Geneva, N. Y. (Important fruits, as Cherry.) WITTBOLD Co., The GEO., Florists, Chicago, 111. (Palms and ferns. Nephrolepis JVittboldi.) YOUNG, B. M., Specialist in nut culture, Morgan City, La. (Pecan.) ABBREVIATIONS /. OF GENERAL EXPRESSIONS cult cultivated, etc. diatn diameter. E east. // "feet. in inches N north. S south. tr<>)> tropics, tropical. ;r west. //. OF BOTANICAL TERMS fl flower. fls flowers. fld flowered. /r fruit. h height. // leaf. Ift leaflet. Ivs leaves. st stem. sts stems. syn synonym. var variety. ///. OF BOOKS AND PERIODICALS To aid the student in the verification of the work, and to introduce him to the literature of the various subjects, citations are made to the por- traits of plants in the leading periodicals to which the American is most likely to have access. These references to pictures have been verified as far as possible, both in the MS. and in the proof. A uniform method of citation is much to be de- sired, but is extremely difficult, because periodi- cals rarely agree in methods. With great reluc- tance it was decided to omit the year in most cases, because of the pressure for space, but the student who lacks access to the original volumes may generally ascertain the year by consulting the bibliographical notes below An arbitrary and brief method of citation has been chosen. At the outset it seemed best to indv cate whether the cited picture is colored or not. This accounts for the two ways of citing certain publications containing both kinds of pictures, as The Garden, Revue Horticole, and Gartenflora. The figures given below explain the method of citation, and incidentally give some hints as to the number of volumes to date, and of the number of pages or plates in one of the latest volumes. A few works of the greatest importance are mentioned elsewhere by way of acknowledgment (p. xv). The standard works on the bibliography of botany are Pritzel's Thesaurus and Jackson's Guide to the Literature of Botany ; also, Jackson's Catalogue of the Library of the Eoyal Botanic Gardens, Kew. A.F. A.G. B.B. B.F. B.H. B.M. B.R. Em. F.C. The American Florist. Chicago. A trade paper founded August 15, 1885. The vol- umes end with July. Many pictures re- peated in" Gng." (14: 1524=vol. and page.) American Gardening. New York. Represents 14 extinct horticultural periodicals, includ- ing The American Garden (1888-1890). Founded 1879(?) (20:896— vol. and page.) The Botanist. Edited by Maund. No years on title pages. Founded 1839. 8 vols., 50 colored plates in each vol. (8:400= vol. and col. plate.) Cumulative index. Britton & Brown. An illustrated Flora of the Northern U. S., etc. New York. 1896-1898. (3:588=vol. and page.) See F. La Belgique Horticole. Ghent. 35 vols. (1851-1885.) Curtis' Botanical Magazine. London. Founded 1787. The oldest current peri- odical devoted to garden plants. The vol. for 1899 is vol. 125 of the whole work. Index to first 107 volumes by E. Tonks. London. (7690=col. plate.) Botanical Register (1815^-1847). Vols. 1-H edited by Edwards: vols. 15-33 by Lind- ley. In vols. 1-23 the plates are num- bered from 1-2014. In vols. 24-33 they are numbered independently in each vol. There are 688 plates in vols. 24-33. "An Appendix to the First Twenty-three Vol- umes" (bound separately or with the 25th vol.) contains an index to the first 23 vols. An index to vols. 24-31 may be found in vol. 31. (33:70=vol. and col. plate. ) Dana. How to Know the Wild Flowers. New York. 1893. (298=page.) , Emerson, G. B. Trees and Shrubs of Mas- sachusetts. Boston. 2 vols. 149 plates. , The Florist. London. 1840-1 R«4. (i«84: i92=year and page opp. col. plate. (EdiJ cors and title pages changed many times. Known as the Florist, Florist's Journal and Florist and Pomologist. Sometimes improperly called British Florist. Floral Cabinet. Knowles & Westcott. Lon- don. 1837-1840. (3:137 vol. and col. plate). (xxix) XXX ABBREVIATIONS F.E. . . . The Florists' Exchange. New York. A trade paper, whose pictures sometimes are repeated in "A.G." Founded Dec. 8, 1888. (ll:1298=vol. and page.) F.J. . . .See F. F.M. . . . Floral Magazine. London. Series I. 1861- 1871, 8vo. Series II. 1872-1881, 4to. (1881:450=year and col. plate.) F.P. ... See F. F.R. . . . Florists' Review. Chicago. A trade paper. Vol. 1, Dec. 2, 1897, to May 26, 1898. Two vols. a year. (4:660=vol. and page.) F. S. . . . Flore des Serres. Ghent. (1845-1880.) Inconsistent in numbering, but the plate numbers are always found on the plate itself or on the page opposite. Valuable but perplexing indexes in vols. 15 and 19. (23:2481= vol. and col. plate.) G. C. . . .The Gardeners' Chronicle. London. Se- ries I. (1841-1873) is cited by year and page. Series II. or "New Series" (1874- 1886), is cited thus: II. 26:824=series, volume and page. Series III. is cited thus: III. 26:416. Two vols. a year, be- ginning 1874. A select index is scattered through 1879 and 1880. Consult II. 12:viii (1879), and similar places in sub- sequent vols. G. F. . . . Garden and Forest. New York. 1888-1897. (10: 518= vol. and page.) G.M. . . . Gardeners' Magazine. London. Ed. by Shirley Hibberd. Founded 1860. Vols. 31-42 are cited. (42:872= vol. and page.) Gn. . . . The Garden. London. Founded 1871. Two vols. a year. (56:1254=vol. and col. plate. 56, p. 458=vol. and page contain- ing black figure.) An Index of the first 20 vols. was separately published. Com- plete Index of Colored Plates to end of 1888 in vol. 54, p. 334. Gng. . . . Gardening. Chicago. Founded Sept. 15, 1892. Vols. end Sept. 1. (7:384=vol. and page.) Gt Gartenflora. Berlin. Founded 1852. (Gt. 48:1470=vol. and col. plate. Gt. 48, p. 670=vol. and page containing black figure. ) G.W.F. . . Goodale's Wild Flowers of America. Bos- ton, 1886. (50= col. plate.) HBK. . . Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth. Nova Genera et Species, etc. Paris. 1815-25. 7 vols. Folio. 1. H. . . . L'lllustration Horticole. Ghent. (1854-1896.) (43: 72= vol. and col. plate.) The volumes were numbered continuously, but there were 6 series. Series I. =1854-63. Se- ries II. =1864-69. Series 1II.=1870-80. Series IV. = 1881-86. Series V. = 1887- 93. Series VI. =1894-96. The plates were numbered continuously in the first 16 vols. from 1 to 614: in vols. 17-33 they run from 1 to 619: in series V. from 1 to 190: in Series VI. they begin anew with each vol. Valuable indexes in vols. 10 and 20. Series V. in 4to, the rest 8vo. J.H. . . . Journal of Horticulture. London. Founded in 1848 as The Cottage Gardener. Series III. only is cited, beginning 1880. (III. 39:504=series, vol., page.) K.W. . . .See F. C. L In vol. 1 of this work, sometimes means Lindenia, sometimes Lowe's Beautiful Leaved Plants. See"Lind." and "Lowe." L.B.C. . . The Botanical Cabinet. Loddiges. 1817- 33. 100 plates in each vol. Complete index in last vol. (20:2000=vol. and col. plate.) Lind. . . . Lindenia, Ghent. Founded 1885. Folio. Devoted to orchids. Lowe . . . Beautiful Leaved Plants. E. J. Lowe and Howard. London. 1864. (60=col. plate./ M A. B. Freeman-Mitford. The Bamboo Gar- den. London. 1896. (224=page.) M.D.G. . . Moller's Deutsche Gartner-Zeitung. Erfurt. Founded 1886. ( 1897 :425=year and page.) Mn. . . . Meehan's Monthlv. Germantown, Phila- delphia. Founded 1891. (9: 192 = vol. and page opposite col. plate.) N Nicholson. Dictionary of Gardening. Vols. 1-4 (1884-1887). Vol. 5 in preparation. P.F.G. . . Lindley & Paxton. Flower Garden. Lon- don. 1851-53. 3 vols. 4to. P.G. . . . Popular Gardening. Buffalo. 1885-90. (5:270= vol. and page.) P.M. . . . Paxton's Magazine of Botany. London. 1834-49. (16:376 = vol. and page oppo- site col. plate.) Vol. 15 has index of first 15 vols. R Reicheubachia. Ed. by Fred. Sander. Lon- don. Founded 1886. Folio. R.B. . . . Revue de 1'Horticulture Beige et Etrangere Ghent. Founded 1875? (23:288=vol. and page opposite col. plate.) In the first vol. of the CYCLOPEDIA "R.B." sometimes means Belgique Horticole, but the confusion is corrected in later vols., where Belgique Horticole is abbreviated to "B.H." R.H. . . . Revue Horticole. Dates from 1826, but is now considered to have been founded in 1829. ( 1899 :596=year and page opposite col. plate. 1899, p. 596=year and page opposite black figure. ) S Schneider. The Book of Choice Ferns. London. In 3 vols. Vol. 1, 1892. Vol.2, 1893. S.B.F.G. . Sweet British Flower Garden. London. Series I., 1823-29, 3 vols. Series II., 1831-38, 4 vols. S.H. . . . Semaine Horticole. Ghent. Founded 1897 (3:548=year and page.) S.M. . . . Semaine Horticole. Erroneously cited in this fashion a few times in first vol. S.S. . . . Sargent. The Silva of North America. 13 vols. Vol. 1, 1891. Vol. 12, 1898. (12:620= vol. and plate, not colored.) S.Z. . . . Siebold & Zuccarini. Flora Japonica. Vol. 1, 1835-44. Vol. 2 by Miquel, 1870. (2:150=vol. and plate.) V. or V. M. Vick's Magazine. Rochester, N. Y. Founded 1878. Vols. numbered continuously through the 3 series. Vols. begin with Nov. (23:250=vol. and page.) Some- times cited as "Vick." Additional abbreviations and explanations will be found in the introductory pages of Vol. I. Cyclopedia of American Horticulture RADISH (Raphanus sativus). Plate XXXI. The Radish is one of the most popular of garden vegetables. It is of quick growth, and the product is secured at the time of the year when fresh vegetables are in demand. In order that Radishes may be of tne best quality, they should have made a rapid growth. The soil should be rich, light and loose, — one that drains readily and does not bake with heavy rains. Radishes fit for the table may be had in three to six weeks from the sowing, de- pending on the variety and the "quickness" of the soil. They are often grown as a catch-crop with other vege- tables. They may be sown in the rows with early beets, peas or other crops, and they are usually mature enough for use before they seriously interfere with the main crop. Sometimes seeds of Radishes are sown in the rows of slow-germinating things, like carrots and par- snips, in order that the seedlings may mark the row and thereby facilitate tillage. Many of the Radishes may be allowed to remain long enough to produce an edible tuber. Aside from the root-maggot, the Radish is rela- tively free from insects and diseases. When the root- maggot appears in any place, it is usually best to discon- tinue the growing of Radishes in that area for two or three years, until the insects have been starved out. The maggots may be killed by an injection of bisulfide of carbon into the earth about the plants; but this is usually more expense than the product is worth. Early Radishes may be grown in hotbeds or coldframes with the greatest ease, and in these places they are usually • less subject to the attacks of the cabbage maggot, since the crop is matured in advance of the maggot season. Radishes are readily forced in the winter months. It is necessary that the house be light. The soil should be a sandy loam, free from silt and clay. It is best to grow Radishes in solid beds rather than on benches. They thrive best in a low temperature. The temperature during the day should not exceed 65° to 75° in the shade, and at night it may drop to 45° to 50°. If the tempera- ture is too high, and particularly if the plants are given bottom heat, the plants tend to run to top rather than to root. The seed is visually sown in rows from 5-8 inches apart, and they are thinned in the row until they stand 2 or 3 inches apart. In order that the crop shall be uni- form and mature simultaneously, it is advisable either to sift the seed or to transplant the young Radishes. Galloway has found by experiment that Radish seeds mens. In a certain experiment, he secured from two pounds of commercial seed 19% ounces of large seed, 10% ounces small seed, the remainder being bits of gravel, sticks and other impurities. The chief value of this sorting lies in the greater uniformity of the crop 2060. Lone Scarlet Radish (X two-twenty-fifths of an inch in diameter are too small to give a satisfactory and uniform crop. He therefore advises that seeds be run through sieves with a mesh of that diameter in order to separate the small speci- 2061. A dainty bunch of Radishes (X %). Almost every plant can then be relied upon to reach maturity. It is the practice in some houses to trans- plant the young Radishes. The seed may be sown in flats or in beds at one end of the house, and when the Radishes have made two or three leaves, they are trans- planted into permanent quarters. In this operation, all the small and weak plants are discarded and the crop is therefore more uniform. It is supposed by some grow- ers, also, that the breaking of the tap-root in the process of transplanting tends to make the tuber shorter and thicker and to induce an earlier maturity. By means of transplanting, the use of the house may be economized. Whilst one crop is growing, another may be started in a seed-bed or in flats. As soon as the first crop is re- moved, the ground may be thoroughly raked, fertilized, and the new plants put in. In some cases the new crop is transplanted between the rows of the old crop a few days before the latter is removed; but, unless the soil is rich and in good condition, it is better to wait until the crop is removed in order that the land may be thoroughly fitted for the new plants. Rad- ishes are often forced in connection with let- tuce, and they thrive well in the same tem- perature. The varieties most used for forc- ing, as also for the early spring crop in the garden, are the globular or half-long kirds. With these varieties, a depth of soil of 4 inches is sufficient for good results. The Radish is variable in size, shape, color and consistency of root and in season of ma- turity. Varieties may be classified as spring, summer and winter Radishes; or as globu- lar, half-long and long Radishes; or as red, white, gray and black Radishes. Figs. 2060- 2062 show some of the forms. The origin and nativity of the Radish are questions of dispute. For geographical rea- sons, it is supposed that the Radish is wild in temper- ate Asia, probably in the oriental part, although truly indigenous Radishes are not yet known. Not infre- quently the Radish runs wild about gardens, and In 94 (1487) 1488 RADISH RADISH 2062. French Breakfast and Olive-shaped Radishes, two of the early or spring Rad- ish class (X %). that case the root soon deteriorates into a small, slen- der, woody and more or less fibrous member. It has been thought by some that the Radish is only a modi- fled form of the wild charlock, or Raphanus Raphanistrum. In fact, experiments were made on the charlock by Carriere, who was able in a few years to produce edible Radishes from the wild plant. While these investigations seem to be con- clusive that the Radish can be produced from the charlock, they nevertheless do not prove that such was the actual origin of the garden Radish. DeCan- dolle, whilst accepting Car- riere's experiments, was unable to understand how the Rad- ishes of India, China and Japan could have originated from the charlock, since that plant is un- known in those countries and the Radish has been grown there for centuries. It is pos- sible that the Radish was car- ried eastward from western Asia and Europe, but such has not been the general course of the migration of plants. It is possible that the Radishes of the Orient are a different species from those in Europe, although they are generally regarded as the same spe- cies. See Raphanus. The experiments of E. A. Carriere with the wild Rad- ish (Journ. d'Agric. Prat., 1869, also separately printed) form a classical example of the possibilities of plant- breeding. In five years by means of cultivation and selection alone he was able to produce from a trouble- some weed practically all the important type-forms of Radish in cultivation. Carriere began by gathering seeds of the wild Raphanus Raphanistrum (Fig. 2063), which he collected as far as possible away from all cultivated plants of the same family. Duplicate sowings were made in light, dry soil at Paris and in strong clay soil in the country. The roots at Paris were mostly white or rose and the long form dominated; in the country all the colors and all possible forms were obtained. The roots of the wild plant were very slender, dry, fibrous, always the same shape, always white, hard, woody and inedible. The roots of the same species after four gen- erations of seed were large, various in form and color, fleshy, the flesh white, yellowish, rosy or violet, succu- lent, and good to eat. Figs. 2064, 2065. Carriere gives three pictures of the wild type with which he began, and eight pictures of various types produced after five years of intelligent cultivation and selection. The original root was about 7 inches long, but it was half an inch thick for a distance of barely an inch and a half. Taking extreme cases, the length of root was increased from 1%-10 inches, the thickness from %-5 inches, the weight from 22 to 651 grams. In terms of percentage the length was increased 666 per cent, the thickness 1,000 per cent, the weight 338 per cent. Among the forms pictured by Carriere were the common long, the carrot shape, the turnip shape, the beet shape and others, — in all 8 types, the length and diameter of which are given in every instance. All these roots had the characteristic flavor of the Radish well developed. There were others which in flavor ap- proached turnips and other root crops of the mustard family. The Rat-tail Radish, Fig. 2066, is grown for its much- developed soft pods, which may be used as Radishes are and in the making of pickles. It is rarely grown in American gardens, although it is well worth raising as a curiosity. It is annual, and its cultivation presents no difficulties. L4 jj_ g GARDEN NOTES ON RADISH.— A very small area will furnish an abundance of Radishes for a family. Rad- ishes are of easy culture, and as they are at their best when not more than an hour out of the ground they make one of the most desirable vegetables for the home garden. In order to secure high quality it is essential to use well-bred seed, secure a quick growth, and use the product when in prime condition. Spring Radishes.— The earlier quick - growing sorts will reach a usable size in 20-40 days from planting, and become pithy and worthless within 10-12 days later. Therefore repeated sowings are necessary to insure a continuous supply. The plant is very hardy, and the first sowing should be made as soon as the ground can be worked. The richer and more friable the soil can be made the better, and there is little danger of over-ma- nuring provided that the manure is fine ; and the older and better decomposed it is the more satisfactory will be the results. Having mixed the fertilizer with the soil and made it as fine and smooth as possible, form drills about 1 in. deep and 10-18 in. apart, and drop 15-30 seeds to the foot, covering with about % in. of soil well firmed down with the hand or hoe. From 2 to 4 feet of drill will furnish an abundant supply for one person during the time those from a single sowing are usable, and sowings should be repeated once in 10 or 12 days. Early Radishes are often ruined by "maggots." We know of no certain preventive other than covering the soil just after planting with a heavy dressing of un- leached wood ashes. A still thicker dressing of tobacco dust will often enable one to get good roots when other- wise the crop would be a failure. Market-gardeners 2063. Root of the wild Radish, with which Carriere began his experiments (X %). often scatter a few seeds of early Radish in their rows of onions and beets. The Radishes start quickly and enable the gardener to see and cultivate the rows sooner; and the Radish crop is matured and pulled before the space is all needed for the more permanent crops. Petite Cote, Ontario, is a little hamlet of French set- RADISH RAILROAD GARDENING 1489 tiers on the Detroit river, in which nearly every cottage ha* M K'udish garden, ranging from a few rods to an acre. On the product of these gardens the owners depend for ;i large share of their income. The soil is rich, black. sandy and alluvial with permanent water at a depth of 0 ft. or less, though the surface is by no means wet or marshy. The gardens are heavily manured, not only in the spring but before each cr.»p is started. They make at least two. and sometimes as many as five crops during the season. The beds are manured, spaded and replanted within a day or two af't<-r the roots have been pulled. Weeds an never seen in a Petite Cote Radish gar- den. The only tools used are a spading fork, a steel rake, a marker (made by fixing a row of pegs %-% in. in diameter and %- I '.. in. long, 1 in. apart in the rounded edge of a narrow board), and a standing board 8-12 in. wide and as long as the beds are wide. Having made the soil as fine and smooth as possible, they lay the board across the bed and, standing on it, they make a row of holes by pressing the marker into the soil along its inner edge. They then drop one or two seeds into each hole, cov- ering them with soil with the edge of the standing board as they turn it over and re- peat the process. Only a small part of the garden is planted at once, but sow- ings are made once or twice a week throughout the season, so that there is a constant succession of roots in prime J condition. The variety used is the Long Scarlet. There is a large list of varieties of these spring or forcing Radishes, all of them tracing back to the Scarlet Turnip, Scarlet Half-Long or Long Scarlet type. Summer Radishes. — These are a little slower in growth than the preceding but re- main longer in condition. The Long Scar- let type appears in both summer and win- ter Radishes, but the Chartier, Celestial, Stuttgart, etc., are used only for summer or late fall supply. The culture of the sum- mer sorts is the same as that of the spring sorts, except that they should be given more room. Winter Radishes. — These are of still slower growth and firmer flesh and can lie held in good condition almost as read- ily as turnips. The seed may be sown from the last of July till the middle of September, and at the approach of severe freezing weather the roots should be gathered, packed in sandy soil and either buried out of doors or stored in a cool, damp cellar, where they will remain in good condition all winter. Si i 'il-(,'riticim/. — In growing seed the s\immer sorts are treated as annuals. The seeds are sown in early spring, and as soon as the plants reach usable si/e they are taken up, topped, care- fully sorted and the best ones reset, whereupon they will speedily take root and throw up seed-stalks. Sometimes seed is grown without transplanting tlie roots, but as there can be no selec- tion nor even rogueing, the seed so grown is necessarily unreliable. The seed requires a long time to mature, and is not thoroughly ripe until long after the pods have turned brown, and growers are in the habit of cutting and partially dry- ing the stalks and allowing them to stand in the stack or mow for some time before threshing. The later sorts are treated as biennials, the roots being stored during the winter. Most of the Radish seed used in this country is imported, though there is no reason, unless it >>•• the question of cheap labor, to prevent its being grown to advantage here. W. W. TRACY. RAFFIA is the Malagasy name of a palm which fur- nishes a staple article of commerce called raffia fiber, It is indigenous to Madagascar, where it grows without cultivation or attention of any kind. One palm leaf, or frond, produces 80-100 long green divisions 2-5 ft. in length, like the leaves of the sugar cane, but of a dark lustrous green color and thicker and stiffen. The under part of this green leaf is of a pale greenish yellow color, and from that side the inner skin is peeled off in the same manner as the skin on the outside of a pea pod, ex- cept that it peels off straight to the tip without breaking. It is then of the pal- est green, and after being dried in the sun assumes a light straw color. This is the raffia fiber of commerce. Raffia fiber is extensively used by the natives for making cloths called silk lambas and rebannas, which bring fancy prices in Europe and America, where it is used in the manufacture of various kinds of hats, etc. A large trade is also done in raffia fiber in Europe for use in the manufacture of fancy baskets, but in America, while raffia fiber has been used to a limited extent in the manufacture of hats, its principal use is for tying \ vines, flowers, asparagus and celery I bunches and for grafting. It is soft as silk and not affected by moisture or ! change in temperature so as to risk cut- -. . — Us \ *in& or wounding the most delicate __JT-lLoJH \ tissues, and it does not break or ravel jj| ) when folded or knotted. These qualities ^:.r"—-^^S I bring it into general use in Europe, JL, — --^jjfl ( especially in the vineyards of France, ] where it is extensively used, and conse- quently maintain its price. It is virtu- ally inexhaustible in Madagascar, the supply being limited only by the scar- city of labor. For export, the fiber is collected in large skeins, twisted or plaited, and then packed in compressed bales of about 100 kilograms (220 Ibs.) each. About 20,000 bales are exported annually. CHAS. W. JACOB & ALLISON. BAGGED LADY. cena. BAGGED BOBIN. cuculi. Nigella Damas- Lychnis Flos- BAG GOUBD. Luff a. BAILBOAD GABDENING. Plate XXXII. This expression usually refers to the formal use of flower beds about railroad stations. Such work is ornamen- tal gardening, not landscape gardening, the latter being the art of arranging plants so as to make nature-like pictures. Most of the so-called landscape garden- ing that is done at railroad stations is really ornamental gardening. Carpet Ameliorated Rad- beds are relatively costly as compared ish at the end of witn nar 2064. (XX). while the best hardy trees and shrubs After Carriere. skilfully arranged are interesting all the year round. This making of nature- like pictures with relatively simple, inexpensive and permanent materials is a much higher art than that involved in creating and maintaining formal flower beds. However, both things have their places. Many a tired traveler is cheered by the bright colors of a neatly kept railroad station. Such displays are suitable at the stations if anywhere along the line. They are always preferable to dirt, ugliness and a general air of in- difference. 1490 RAILROAD GARDENING It may be well to begin an account of railroad garden- ing with an historical sketch. The Movement in Jgngland. — Planting has been done on the station-grounds of some English railways for many years, but it is almost exclusively limited to 2065. Ameliorated Radishes, fourth generation (X %). After Oarriere. (See Radish, page 1488.) purely ornamental gardening. The corporations do little beyond offering prizes to station-masters and their as- sistants. This system has been in operation for about twenty-five years on the Great Eastern, since 1885 on the Midland, and for a shorter time on the Great West- ern railway. The prizes range from 5s. to £5, and in 1900 aggregated £300 on the Midland railway. The little planting that is done by the railway companies themselves is confined to a few trees of low growth near stations, to a background of shrubs for some of the so- called "platform gardens," and to sowing broom and gorse on certain slopes of the permanent way between stations. The "allotment gardens " that attract attention on English roads are small tracts near stations that are rented to employees of the roads, who use them as vege- table, fruit, and, to some extent, as flower gardens. The Railway Banks Floral Association is a new and interesting factor in the improvement of English rail- way rights of way. Lord Grey was the originator of the novel and excellent scheme. The society is an organi- zation for interesting owners of adjacent property, and for collecting money and materials for sowing and planting railway "banks" (downward slopes) and "cut- tings" (upward slopes) of the permanent way, to the end of making them more attractive. The results have been eminently satisfactory. Denmark's Progress. — In Denmark the railways be- long almost without exception to the government, and improvements are begun when the roads are constructed. These consist of five classes of work: (1) planting of station-grounds; (2) hedges as a substitute for fences; (3) snow shelters; (4) vegetation on embankments as a protection against erosion; (5) allotment gardens near block signal stations. Planting on station-grounds is purely for esthetic purposes; the other features, while possessing some attractions, are maintained chiefly for their economic advantages. The materials for planting are obtained from nurseries ("planteskoler" ) owned by the roads and consist for the most part of shrubs, largely coniferous. These nurseries, as well as the entire planting, are underthe supervision of a"plantoer," i.e., a chief botanical instructor. The allotment gar- dens, like their English namesakes, are tracts near the block signal stations where railway employees conduct vegetable and fruit gardens for their own use, and sometimes care for a few flowering plants. Conditions in Sweden. — Ornamental planting has been universal on government railways, as well as on RAILROAD GARDENING the majority of private railways in Sweden since 1862. According to the Royal Administration of the Swedish State Railways, the following distinctions are made: (1) decorative and fire protective plantings on station- grounds; (2) mixed plantings (decorative and economic) on "habitation grounds"; (3) plantings along the railway lines as hedges or for protection against snow. Station planting consists of trees selected to suit the climate of various parts of the country, of shrubs, and of peren- nials and annuals (flowering as well as bedding plants). At the largest stations (only about 75) annuals are exclusively used for "modern or elegant combinations." The planting at habitation grounds consists of fruit trees, small fruits, a few ornamental shrubs, some flowering plants, and a small kitchen-garden. The state railways yearly plant out about 40,000 hard-wooded plants (trees and shrubs), and 400,000 soft-wooded plants (perennials and annuals), which are nearly all grown at five greenhouses, hotbeds and nurseries situated in different parts of the country. About 20,000 fruit trees and 500,000 gooseberries and currants are at present planted out on the habitation grounds. On private rail- ways the same scheme is followed on a smaller scale. (See G.F. 2:36 for further facts regarding railway planting in Sweden.) In various other countries there are scattered in- stances of ornamental, economic and protective plant- ing on railways, including the cultivation of fruits along the rights of way of certain railways of Germany and of France. The Canadian Pacific Railway Company has planted a considerable part of its right of way to tamarack and other suitable trees to supply the tie ma- aterial of the future. The director of the association called Het National Belang, at Utrecht, says that the association has contracts with the State Railway Com- pany and the Holland Railway to plant the dykes of their roads. Different kinds of willows, low apple and pear trees (half- stam appel en peeren- bloomen) and wild prune trees are used, the fruit of the last be- ing "used for jams." The common quince is used to a limited extent in Uruguay for binding earth on em- bankments, and the Paradise tree for shading station plat- forms. "The Ombu is the national tree of Uruguay,— useless as fuel or as timber, use- less as food, but as welcome as Jonah's gourd at midday at certain seasons." The Royal Railway De- partment of Si am reports through M. Kloke, acting Director General of Rail- ways, that efforts have for- merly been made to estab- lish protective Tamarind hedges along embankments in the Korat section, which were destroyed by cattle ; Eucalyptus trees grown from seed received from quickly into "stately trees"; and good success has also resulted from the introduction of a tree from Manila which is said to l strongly resemble the cherry 2066. Rat-tailed Radish (X %). Grown for its enormous pods. (See Radish, page 1488.) Australia have developed FAILROAD GARDENING RAILROAD GARDENING 1491 tree, and is well suited for making shady alleys"; and that India rubber trees are used at smaller stations. Remarkable work has been done in Algiers. The di- rector of the P. L. M. Railroad Company writes that about 525,000 trees have been planted- bet ween 18(J9 and 1875, of which 495,000 were forest trees and 30,000 fruit trees. The prevailing forest trees are eucalypts and lo- custs ; others are mulberry, plane, pine, cypress, wil- low, poplar, oak, sycamore, mimosa. About one-fifth of the forest trees were planted about stations and watch- towers for ornament, and the remaining four-fifths were evinced an interest in the care of tin- grounds that at- tracted the favorable attention of the assistant engi- neer, who sent him men and material for grading and sodding. This so encouraged the baggage-master that lie solicited the townspeople for money to buy seeds and plants, and with such success that he maintained for three years a flower garden that favorably impressed the higher officials of the road, and led to the establish- ment of similar gardens at other points, and eventually 2067. Plans of Railroad Gardening. On the left, Auburndale Station, Boston & Albany R. R. The plan provides for a porte eoehere, driveways, steps to an overhead bridge and to an underground passage. On the right, Chestnut Hill Station, Mass. Both reproduced from "Garden and Forest." used in protective plantings. The fruit trees include mandarin, orange, lemon, medlars from Japan, pome- granate, apricot and almond. This information comes through Daniel S. Kidder, U. S. Consul at Algiers. In Mexico some companies, notably the Mexican Cen- tral, maintain flower gardens and parks at larger stations. Railroad Gardening in the United States. — The first traceable indications of the approach of the move- ment in this country date back to about 1870. It was not until several years later that infrequent allusions to the work crept into print. From the year 1880, how- ever, the movement gained in favor so rapidly that the late W. A. Stiles said of it in Garden and Forest, .Mar. 13, 1889: "Railroad gardening has come to be con- sidered a necessary part of construction and mainte- nance among prosperous and progressive companies seeking to develop local passenger business." Leading Spirits.— As nearly as can be determined with certainty, the first railroad garden made in this country occupied the triangular plot of ground formed by the main line and the " Y " of the Baltimore & Ohio railway, at Relay Station, where the through line from Washington joins the main line from Baltimore to the west. Frank Bramhall, of the passenger department of the Michigan Central R. R., says of this plot: "I first saw it just before the Civil War." "Harper's Magazine1' for April, 1857, gives a wood-cut of this station and its surroundings, but makes no mention of the planting. The first example of gardening known to have been made by official order, as far as can be learned, was to be seen in 1869, on the line of the Central railroad of New Jersey, on the stretch between Elizabeth and Bound Brook. The credit for this was directly due to the late president of the railroad, J. T. Johnston. That gentleman was therefore one of the pioneers, if not actually the first American railway official to recognize the advantages, and to encourage the development of such improvement of station-grounds. Another early example, also on the Baltimore & Ohio road, is a little flower garden which has been main- tained for fifteen years or more at Buckhorn Point, on a narrow strip of ground between the tracks and the edge of a precipitous height overlooking the valley of the Cheat river. In 1880, the Boston & Albany Company built a new station at Newtonville, Mass., and a baggage - master (name unknown) who took charge at that point in 1881 to the adoption of a system of planting which has, iinder intelligent, artistic supervision, been radically changed in style till it now stands as the nearest approach to a comprehensive and consistent example of railroad gardening known in this or in any other country. Among the first railway companies to improve their station-grounds by planting were the Central of New Jersey (1869), the Baltimore & Ohio (date uncertain), the Boston & Albany (1880), the New York Central & Hudson River (1880), the Erie (1881), the Southern Pacific (1885), the Pennsylvania (1886), and the Austin & Northwestern of Texas (1887). Summary of Present Condition. — At the present time one or two of the pioneer roads in this work have aban- doned it, while others have greatly increased its extent and improved its style, and many new ones have taken it up. Prominent among the latter are the Michigan Cen- tral, the Chicago & Northwestern, the Illinois Central, the Delaware & Hudson, the Philadelphia & Reading, the Lake Shore & Michigan Southern, the Chicago, Burling- ton & Quincy, the Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fd with its San Francisco &San Joaquin Valley line, the Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & St. Louis, the Boston & Maine, the Long Island, the Union Pacific, and the Northern Pacific railroads, all of which have planted more or less tender material, with the use of an increasing proportion of per- manent planting. A number of others have reserved plots for future improvement, and some have turfed such spaces. Several prominent companies do no di- rect planting, but seek to secure the embellishmect .of station-grounds by offering annual prizes to certain employees. This plan has proved fairly satisfactory and should become far more so under a uniform, well- defined system of improvement and with competent supervision. The planting so far done consists largely of strictly ornamental gardening, that is, of formal grouping, car- pet-bedding, and of similar planting composed of tender material, but it is encouraging to note evidences of growing dissatisfaction with this ephemeral style of horticultural improvement. The most brilliant and pro- gressive railroad men are quick to recognize its limi- tations and defects, once their attention is directed to the matter, and, seeing its radically ineifectual results, to look for something better. Examples of increasing knowledge in this direction are seen in the a«-tion of 1492 RAILROAD GARDENING RAILROAD GARDENING various companies that are even now turning from the inartistic and fleeting summer show of perishable ma- terial. For instance, the New York Central & Hudson River Railway Company reports : "Heretofore the planting has consisted largely of bedding plants. Since the towns and villages have now reached a stage where their commercial importance can be determined with some degree of accuracy, and permanent facilities pro- vided in the way of side-tracks, freight and passenger stations, we have adopted a liberal policy towards the permanent improvement of station-grounds with orna- mental trees, shrubs and vines instead of annuals." So with the Michigan Central road ; the extensive summer bedding that has been made a feature at cer- tain stations is being limited to those points, while per- manent planting is used for any additional grounds that are improved. Similarly the Boston & Maine, the Philadelphia & Reading, the Pennsylvania, the Lake Shore & Michigan Southern and several others are con- stantly increasing the amount of hardy material used, while an official of the Chicago & Northwestern says: "The tendency on our line is to replace flower beds with hardy flowering shrubs and plants to the greatest ex- tent possible, partly because the greater part of our planting is seen by passengers while traveling at a high rate of speed, and shrubbery and hardy plants attract more attention than small, low flower beds; and partly because the use of shrubs entails very much less labor in their care during winter, and also obviates the neces- sity of planting out and taking up the plants each sea- son." Thus, by one train of reasoning or another, progres- sive railroad men are gradually sifting out the chaff and retaining the good grain of correct methods and artistic results in their gardening. But it would seem that, as a class, they are not reaching the pith of the subject as directly as is their custom in the more prac- tical features of railroad business. From Mr. Stiles' editorial (previously mentioned) we find that in 1889 the highest authority in the art of plant- ing held the opinion that: " Up to the present time, with few exceptions, railroad gardening has failed to accom- plish what the public has a right to expect of it from an artistic point of view. Instead of using their opportuni- ties for increasing the taste and knowledge of the com- munities they serve, railroad managers have generally been satisfied to reproduce all that was glaringly bad in the prevailing horticultural fashion of the time. Per- haps this is inevitable, and it will continue so as long as they feel that they need not call for the advice of an expert of a higher class than the ordinary jobbing gar- dener. It is the old story— a man employs an architect to build his house, but thinks he needs no advice in lay- ing out the park that surrounds it. "The principles that underlie good railroad gardening are simple. They relate, — so far as such gardening has been attempted, — to the immediate surroundings of country stations and to the shaping and turfing of the slopes rising and falling from the permanent way. "The essential features are: convenient and abun- dant approaches, and some treatment of the ground not needed for approaches. This treatment should be at once economical and permanent, and of a character simple enough to be successfully maintained by the sta- tion-master and his assistants, under the inspection and with the occasional advice of a higher official charged with the management of the horticultural affairs of the corporation. "The selection of a system of general treatment is the only difficult thing, and it is here that railroad managers have usually failed. Most railroad gardens, — and this is as true of Europe as of America, — consist of a badly laid out and constructed approach, bordered with turf in which are cut as many large and often grotesquely- shaped beds as can be crowded in and filled during four months of the year with the most showy and ill-assorted plants, and quite bare of all covering during the remain- ing eight months; of a few shrubs, mutilated almost past recognition by bad pruning, and by a clump of pampas grass to complete the decoration; also often the name of the station in stones (mere 'toys '). As Bacon wrote three centuries ago, ' You may see as good sights many times in tarts.' Such grounds are not artistic, therefore bad from the point of view of the public. They are enormously expensive and difficult to main- tain, therefore bad from the point of view of the rail- road. "If railroad gardening is ever to become a potent and permanent means of public education, it must be orga- nized upon a more economical basis, and with more re- gard to the laws of good taste and good business. This subject has already occupied the attention of a few thoughtful men, and we are confident that some progress has at last been made." Mr. Stiles goes on to commend the plans of the then new station - grounds of the Boston & Albany railway for "convenience, neatness and simplicity. No beds, no brilliant flowers, no startling effects. They rely for at- tractiveness on convenient, well-kept roads, neat turf, a few good trees, and masses of well-selected and well- planted shrubs, among which herbaceous and bulbous plants are allowed to grow. The plan is simple, and when thoroughly carried out in the beginning it is easy to maintain." This editorial seems succinctly to express the crystallized ideas of the lamented editor of Garden & Forest on the subject of railroad gardening. In 1882 and 1884 several new and exceptionally artistic stations had been built for the Boston & Albany Railway Company after designs by the late eminent architect, H. H. Richardson, and the latter date marks the adop- tion of a consistent scheme of permanent planting, aim- ing at nature-like effects instead of the purely orna- mental, i. e., formal gardening, previously used. This happy result was due to the influence of Prof. Charles S. Sargent, of the Arnold Arboretum, a director of the road, and to Mr. Wm. Bliss, its president. Designs for the improvement of the grounds around these stations were made by F. L. Olmsted, the veteran landscape architect, and since 1884 the development of these plans, as well as all of the horticultural interests of the road, have been in charge of a competent landscape gardener, Mr. E. A. Richardson, who says: "The plan followed is to conform the treatment and development of the sta- tion-grounds to the adjacent ground: a natural style being followed amid natural surroundings, and a more cultivated style in highly cultivated regions; to utilize all natural advantages of ground surface, rocks, water and native growths: to make large use of trees, shrubs, vines and plants indigenous to the locality where im- provements are being made; to supply beds for shrubs with from eighteen to twenty-four inches of good loam ; and to plant so closely in the beginning that as the plants grow they can be thinned to supply other grounds as needed." It goes without saying that these methods are not only the most practical but that they insure the most artistic results. Railroad Gardening in Florida. — Possible develop- ment of railway horticulture is limited in the southern states only by the taste and work expended. With logi- cally treated station-grounds southern railways would become pleasant highways studded with charming groups of foliage and bloom, expressing the type of the country traversed and marking the advance into a differ- ent climate. Florida, especially, should become cele- brated for its railroad gardens. Its chief "crop" is con- ceded to be the winter tourist, and nothing appeals more strongly to this class than the contrast of luxuriant vegetation with northern ice and snow. Each station- ground should be planted to emphasize this contrast on a gradually increasing scale, to reach its climax in the novel and effective semi-tropical vegetation possible in the southern part of the state. Such a planting scheme should commend itself as the best advertisement for securing both pleasure-seeking and home-seeking pat- ronage. ^Little has been done so far, although the Florida East Coast Railway Co. has improved several of its station-grounds, notably, with decorative plants at St. Augustine and with roses at Ormond, but the planting on this line is largely in the way of demon- strating horticultural possibilities for the benefit of home-seekers and property-owners (peach trees around its section houses being an example of practical results shown), and viewed in that light is considered a success. The Florida division of the Southern Air Line, and the Jacksonville & Southwestern railroads have done simi- lar planting. All that has been done is ineffectual com- RAILROAD GARDENING pared to the possibilities, for roses and half-hardy shrubs thrive throughout the state, while south of the 27th parallel semi-tropical plants make fine growth and bloom profusely. I'oxxibilities in California. — California offers limit- less opportunities for railway horticultural development ranging from the semi-tropical growths of the citrous belt to the alpine plants on the verge of the everlasting snow that caps the mountains. A few examples of railroad gardening that existed in the southern part of the state about 1890 were maintained wholly by private enter- prise as a means of advancing real estate interests. Some years later, however, embellished station-grounds aggregating a goodly number existed. But these were scattered, the state being so large that no railway com- pany could afford to establish gardens throughout the extent of its lines at once, and the most progressive com- munities secured the first improvements of this class. The Southern Pacific Railway Company was the origina- tor of the work and has expended large sums in beauti- fying choice spots along its route, as at Merced, Fresno, Santa Monica, Pomona, Pasadena, Riverside. The range of soil and climate is wide. At Los Angeles there are palms dating from the Spanish occupation, a collection of semi-tropical shrubs, and a display of yuccas, cacti and other curious vegetation from the Arizona desert. RAILROAD GARDENING 1493 (Sterculia) and casuarina, which latter does excep- tionally well, eucalypti, acacia in all except the most tender varieties, grevillea, ligustruin, magnolia, Frax- im<'hnnixtntm. The Radish is extensively culti- vated for its thick roots, which have been developed into many shapes and colors. There are Chinese types of Radish that have a hard root little more than 1 in. in diam., and sometimes becoming nearly 1 ft. long. Some forms are scarcely distinguishable from short turnips. The Madras Radish (India) is grown for its soft, tender pods, which are eaten raw or in pickles. The Rat-tailed or Serpent Radish, var. caudatus {R. cauddtus, Linn.), has enormously long pods (see Fii,'. 20(i(i). which are eaten either pickled, or raw as Rad- ish roots are. Frequently the pods are 1 ft. long. The root is slender and hard. This is a cultural variety, coming true from seed. L. j£. B. RAS1-MKRRY 1601 p. 43: :{'_'. p. 20: :u. p. i:.K.-Var. integerrima, Hook. Lvs. entiie or nearly so, to 3^£ in. long. B.M. ;")."> lo. Indica, Lindl. i It. i-iiln-n, Lindl. Crniniinx //«/<>./, Linn.). INDIAN HAWTHORN. Shrul>, to 5 ft., \\ith slender, spreading branches: Ivs. obovate to oblong- lanceolate, acute or acuminate, gradually narrowed at the base, serrate, glabrous or slightly pubescent when unfolding, 1^-2% in. long: Hs. white or pinkish, about % in. across, in glabrous or somewhat toment<»e, rather loose panicles; sepals lanceolate, acute, usually red like the filaments; petals acute: fr. %-% in. across. .May. June. S. China. M..M. IT'-'ti. I!. K. ti : l(l«; 17:1400. — A very variable species; several forms have been de- scribed as distinct species, as If. J'list<-ninii, ruln-n and mtli'-ifolia, Lindl. The last named, which is var. aalici- folia, Nichols., is the most ornamental: lv>. oblong- lanceolate, acuminate: panicles rather large and many- fid.; stamens white or purplish, shorter than sepals. B.R. 8:652. R. H. 1874:270. (in. !C2i;. If. nihrti, ad- vertised by the S.Calif. Acclim. Asso., is Pyracantha crenulata, which see. A hybrid between the two species is R. Delacoiirii, Andre1, forming a compact shrub with rather large panicles of blushed Hs. and the foliage in- termediate between the two parents. R.H. 1900:698. ALFRED REHDER. RASPBERRY is a name applied to those brambles in which the fruit separates from the receptacle when ripe. Plate XXXIII. Three species are of importance in American fruit-growing. Rubus Idceus, the European Raspberry, has been longest in cultivation and is least important now in this country. Though brought to America by our forefathers among their earliest fruits, and the parent of many varieties here produced, the species has never fully adapted itself to the American climate. Owing to this fact, the work of Brinckle' and others, in improving it, in the early part of the century, proved of RAPHIA. See Raffia. RAPHIDOPHORA. See Rhaphidophora. RAPHI6LEPIS (Greek, ra- pJiix, needle, and lepis, scale; referring to the subulate bracts). Sometimes spelled Rhaphiolepis. Rosdcece. Ornamental evergreen shrubs, with alternate or obscurely whorled, usually serrate Ivs., white or slightly pinkish fls. in termi- nal racemes or panicles and small pea- sized black fruits. None of the species are hardy north, but all are handsome broad-leaved evergreens for cultivation in the southern states and California. They will thrive in any good, well- drained soil, and if cultivated in pots, a compost of sandy loam and leaf -mold or peat will suit them. Prop, by seeds or by cuttings of ripened wood under glass late in summer; also by layers, and sometimes grafted on hawthorn. Two species in southern Japan and China, allied to Sorbus and Photinia, but fls. in racemes or panicles, with deciduous calyx; stamens 15-20; styles 2-3. connate below: fr. small, bluish or purplish black, bloomy, with one globular seed. Jap6nica, Sieb. & Zucc. (R. ovata, Briot). Shrub, to 12 ft., with stout, upright branches: Ivs. short-petioled, broadly oval or obovate, obtuse or acutish, narrowed at Ihe base, crenate-serrate, dark green and lustrous above, pale beneath, floccose-tomentose when young, thick, 1K-3 in. long: fls. white, % in. across, fragrant, in dense, tomentose panicles or racemes; petals obovate, obtuse: fr. to % in. across. May, June. S. Japan and adjacent islands. S.Z. 1:85. R.H. 1870, p. 348. Gn. 22, little permanent value. The fruit is of superior quality and con- tinues to ripen through a long period, but the plants are deficient in hardiness and productiveness. If a Ini x xtriyoxux. the American red Raspberry, is very like its Euro- pean congener. Though slightly in- ferior in quality of fruit, its greater hardiness and productiveness have sufficed to confine the commercial growing of red Raspberries in America almost wholly to this spe- cies. It has been under domestica- — - tion only within the last half of the 2080. Cuthbert Rasp- century. Cuthbert, the leading va- berry (X %). riety, is shown in Figs. 2080, 2081. ne fn,it Rubus accident alis, the black Raspberry, is commercially the most important Raspberry in the United States at the present time. It lends itself read- ily to cultural methods, the plant is hardy and produc- tive and the fruit is better able to meet the exigencies of market demands, though relished less by most per- sons, than that of the reds. The growing of black -caps in field culture for evaporating has added greatly to the importance of the species. This can be done where 1502 conditions would not warrant the growing of fruit to be oW I fresh. Hybrids of R. strigosus and X. occiden- tal- known as It. neglectug-b&ve given the purple- can class of which Shaffer (Fig. 2082) is a leading example. For further notes on species of Raspberry, SeRa?pberries are extensively grown in the northeastern states They thrive best in deep, moist soil. The lighter loams are preferable for reds and the heavier loams for acks The prime essential is that the land shall be able to' withstand drought well; but it must not be over- wet Much may be done to improve the drought-resist- ing quality of soils. If the subsoil is hard and impervi- ous it may be improved by underdrawing or subsoilmg. This will provide a deeper reservoir for the storage of moisture. Still more important is the proportion of vegetable matter. A soil rich in humus admits water more readily and in larger quantities, retains it longer 2081. Box of Cuthbert Raspberries (X %). and therefore resists drought better than one that is de- ficient in humus. Humus may be increased by the ap- plication of stable manure and by plowing under green crops, but the process must be gradual. Undecayed vegetable matter is not humus, and its addition in large quantities may augment the difficulty which the increase in humus is designed to correct. Thorough soil preparation must therefore begin several years pre- vious to planting, if the land has been improperly handled theretofore. Other important offices of humus are the holding of nitrogen to prevent its loss, and the unlocking of mineral elements from the soil. The well- known fact that brambles thrive so well in virgin soil, is, no doubt, largely due to the abundance of humus which such soil contains. Stable manure is permissible as a fertilizer, except for red Raspberries when growing on moist, rich soil, in which case it forces growth too much. Leguminous crops may furnish all the nitrogen needed. Floats, ground bone or basic slag will supply phosphoric acid, and potash may be obtained from wood ashes or muriate of potash. Upon the soil of the Rhode Island Experi- ment Station, which is a light sandy loam with gravelly subsoil, the addition of nitrogen does not increase the yield, although the soil is not naturally fertile and ni- trogen has been applied annually for a series of years. Other crops have been upon the land until recently. Even plots from which mineral elements have also been omitted do not fall far behind those which have been liberally dressed with the three essential fertilizing ele- RASPBERRY ments for a series of years, judging from the first crop only. No one can tell the grower how to fertilize his plants; the question must be settled upon his own farm. Cover-crops have not been extensively used, but are likely to receive more attention. Where crimson clover will thrive it is well adapted to the purpose, although somewhat difficult to uproot in spring. Planting may be done in fall or spring, but spring is to be preferred for black-caps. Plants secured from young plantations are preferable, since they possess greater vigor and are less likely to carry disease. The individuality of the parent-plant, while generally dis- regarded, may be a determining factor in the profitable- ness of the offspring. Black-cap plants are obtained by burying the tips of the growing canes, late in summer, when they begin to thicken and throw out roots. When thoroughly rooted, the layer is severed and the "tip" (Fig. 2083) is used for planting. Reds throw up numer- ous suckers from the roots and these are oftenest used in planting, though root-cuttings are available. For near-by planting the young suckers, moved in early summer, may be used. Plants are preferably set in check-rows, six or seven feet apart, with plants four to six feet apart in the row. Cross-cultivation in early spring and after fruiting will materially aid in keeping a plantation in good condition. Without it the reds quickly form thick hedge-rows. With intensive methods hoed crops may be grown between the rows the year of planting; with common farm methods they are better omitted. Thorough tillage should be given till midsummer, when a cover-crop should be sown. In especially dry climates, as upon the Plains, tillage should be continued throughout the season. Plow- ing between the rows in spring is undesir- able and is unnecessary if tillage has been good the previous year. With reds some form of cultivator with square-pointed teeth or cutting-blades is advantageous in de- stroying suckers. Tender varieties may be protected in win- ter by laying them down and covering them with earth. To do this loosen the soil at one side of the root and bend the plant in that direction. The plants are usually bent in the direction of the row so that the tops will lap over the crowns. The young shoots of black-caps should be nipped off as soon as they reach a height of eighteen to twenty-four inches, that a well-branched self-supporting bush may be obtained. In spring following, the branches should be shortened to one to two feet. This spring pruning is the fruit-thinning process of the year and should be done with judgment. The poorer the soil or the less able it is to withstand drought, and the less intensive the culture, the more severe should the prun- ing be. Anthracnose may give less trouble, and the plantation will last longer, without summer pinching, but the yield will be much lower. With reds summer pinching is undesirable after the year of planting, unless with exceptionally vigorous varieties on strong soil. The older canes are best removed as soon as fruit- ing is over. They are more easily cut then and their removal gives a good opportunity for cross-cultivation (in case the check-row system is used) and a thorough cleaning-up before the season's tillage is abandoned. Early removal may also help to cheek the spread of certain enemies. Plantations may be kept in bearing many years if desired, but it is seldom profitable to do so. The fruit demands care in picking and in handling thereafter. It should never be picked when wet. Red raspberries are especially difficult to ship and are usually marketed in pint baskets rather than quarts. Reds yield less than blacks and usually sell at a higher price. Enemies are numerous. Crown- and cane-borers must be controlled by cutting out and destroying the infested canes. Red rust sometimes sweeps away plantations of black-caps. A plant once attacked can never be cured and should be rooted out and burned at once. Anthrac- nose is especially troublesome. Only plants free from it should be set, and the plantation should be aban- RASPBERRY RAVEN ALA 1503 doned before it becomes badly diseased. Spraying will reduce it but is not entirely satisfactory. Crown-gall, due to the growth of a specific organism of a very low order, belonging to the slime-molds, is often serious, particularly with reds. Neither affected plants nor 2082. Shaffer Raspberry— Rubus neglectus (X%). apparently healthy ones from a diseased lot should be planted, as the trouble is readily communicated to other plants and trees. FRED W. CARD. EAT- TAIL CACTUS. Cereus flagelliformis. KATTAN. See Calamus. BATTLE -BOX. The species of Crotalaria ; also Ludwigia alternifolia. RATTLESNAKE WEED. See Hieracium venosum. RATTLESNAKE PLANTAIN. Goodyera. RATTLESNAKE ROOT. Prenanthes. RAUWOLFIA (Leonhart Rauwolf, physician of Augs- burg, published a book in 1583 on his travels in the orient; often erroneously stated to be of the eighteenth century). Apocyndcece. About 40 species of tropical trees and shrubs with Ivs. in whorls of 3 or 4, rarely opposite, and small fls. often borne in dichotomous or trichotomous clusters. Calyx 5-cut or 5-parted; lobes obtuse or acute: corolla funnel-shaped; tube cylindrical, dilated at the insertion of the stamens, usually con- stricted at the throat, devoid of scales; lobes 5 : disk cup- shaped or ring- shaped : carpels of the ovary 2, distinct or considerably grown together : style short or long: ovules in each carpel 2: drupes 2, distinct or connate into a 2- stoned fruit, the stones 2-grooved or 2- cut: stones 1 -seeded: seeds ovate; albumen fleshy, smooth, not ruminate, rarely wrinkled. These plants are little known horticulturally. The only species in the American trade, apparently, is K. Chinensia, Hort. Several years ago the 95 2083. " Tip " or layer of Raspberry. undersigned received from the Botanical Garden at Hong Kong a few seeds of this small evergreen shrub. The seeds germinated well and the plants grew rapidly, attaining a height of about a foot iu a year. During the summer of the second year the rather bushy plants flowered well and bore a crop of shining red berries which were very conspicuous throughout tin- winter. When well grown and bushy the plant is quite orna- mental, its habit being dense and the color of its leaves dark green. The flowers are white, and are borne in dense trusses at the extremity of each shoot. Though an individual flower does not make much show, the plant is very ornamental when covered with masses of blossoms. The plant needs a rich, light soil, much water when in full growth and protection against the fierce rays of the sun. Every spring the old soil should be shaken out and replaced by a rich compost. In the writer's garden at Gotha, Orange county, Florida, the Rauwolfia flourishes with great luxuriance in the shade of other shrubs in rather moist spots. Although it is easily winter-killed, it sprouts readily in spring from the roots. When covered with numerous trusses of shining red berries the plant is an object of beauty. H. NEHRLINO. RAVENALA (the name of the plant in Madagascar). Scitaminacece. A genus of 2 species, 1 from Brazil and Guiana and 1 from Madagascar. Musa-like plants be- coming 20-30 ft. high, with a palm-like trunk: Ivs. ex- ceedingly large, crowded in 2 ranks, thus forming a fan- shaped head of foliage ; petioles long, with concave bases scarcely sheathed: scapes or peduncles in the upper axils longer or shorter than the leaves: bracts spathe-like, many, boat-shaped, acuminate: fls. many, large, in a spathe or bract; petals long-exserted; sepals free: fr. a 3-valved capsule. A. Lvs. shorter than petioles. Madagascariensis, J. F. Gmel. TRAVELERS' TREE, so called from the clear watery sap found in the large box-like cells of the leaf-stalks and which affords a re- freshing drink. Fig. 2084. Lvs. often 30 ft. high, mu- sa-like, very large, fibrous: fls. white, in spathes about 7 in. long. Gng. 5:153. V. 23, p. 136. F.S. 21:2254. A.F. 12:535. R.H. 1890, p. 152. G.C. III. 2:693. A.G. 2084. Travelers' Tree— Ravenala Madaeascariensi*. 1504 RAVENALA 20:870.-Cult. in Pla. and S. Calif.; also rarely under glass in the northern states. AA. Lvs. as long as the petioles. Guyanensis, Steud. Becoming 15 ft high: Ivs. oval- elongated: Us. white: spathes 1-1 J* ft. long. Offered 1893 in S. Fla. F. W. BARCLAY. RAVENEA. See Ranevea. RAVENIA (name not explained). Rutd.cea>. A genus of 2 species of tender shrubs from Cuba and Brazil: Ivs opposite, 1-3-f oliolate ; Ifts. lanceolate, entire: fls. red or white, borne on rather long axillary peduncles; sepals unequal, the 2 outer being somewhat fohaceous; corolla-tube straight, rather long; the limb nearly regu- lar. spectabilis, Engl. (Lembnia spectdbilis, Lindl. ). Tender shrub: Ifts. 3: fls. purplish red, about 1 inch across, solitary or in open, few-fld. clusters on axillary peduncles as long as the Ivs. Cuba. B.R. 26:59. R.H. 1844:25.-The plant offered in Fla. as Lemoma spec- tabiiis apparently belongs to some other genus. F. W. BARCLAY. RAY GBASS. Lolium perenne. BEAN A. Consult Teosinte. KED BAY, Carolina. Bed Bud. See Cercis. Red Campion, Lychnis dioica. Bed Cedar, Juniperus Vir- qiniana. Bedhead, Asclepias Curassivica. Bed-hot Poker Plant, Kniphofia. Bed Morocco, Adonis au- tumnalis. Bed Osier, Cornus stolonifera. Bed Pepper, Capsicum. Bed Bobin, Geranium Bobertianum. Bed- root, Ceanothus Aniericanus ; Lachnanthes. Bed Spi- der. See Insects. Bedtop. See Agrostis. Eedwood, Sequoia; also Ceanothus, Pterocarpus, etc. BEED. See Arundo and Bamboo. Beed Canary Grass is Phalaris arundinacea. Beed Mace or Cat - tail is Typha. BEED, INDIAN. See Canna. BEEVESIA (John Reeves, English botanist, who re- sided for a time at Canton). Sterculiacew. A genus of 3 species of trees from tropical Asia, with coriaceous, entire leaves and terminal corymbose panicles of white fls. Calyx club-shaped or campanulate, irregularly 3-5- lobed; petals 5, oblong, furnished with a claw; stami- nal column long, adnate to the gynophore; anthers 15, sessile, in a globular head: ovary 5-loculed, usually 10- seeded: capsule woody: seeds winged. thyrsoidea, Lindl. A small, glabrous tree: Ivs. ever- green, 2-6 in. long, petioled, ovate-lanceolate to lanceo- late, entire, rounded at base: fls. white, in terminal, sessile corymbs shorter than the Ivs.; calyx 3 lines long ; petals somewhat longer : capsule oblong-pear- shaped, 1 in. long, 5-angled. China. B.M. 4199. B.R. 15:1236. — Cult, in S. Calif. p_ ^ BARCLAY. BEINECKIA (J. Reinecke, a German gardener). Lilidcece. A genus of a single species from China and Japan, a tender perennial herb, with attractive foliage in tufts 1-1>2 ft. high from a thick, creeping rootstock. Lvs. rather long, channeled: scapes leafless: fls. sessile, in a loose spike; perianth -tube cylindrical; lobes re- curved, spreading: ovary 3-loculed, with a few seeds to each cell: berry globular, usually with one seed to each cell. The following is procurable from Dutch bulb- growers. carnea, Kunth. Fls. dull flesh or pink: bracts rather large, tinted red: fr. red, 3-4 lines in diam. B.M. 739. — Var. variegata is also offered. I.H. 9:323. BEIN OBCHIS. Habenaria. BEINWAEDTIA (Kaspar Georg Karl Reinwardt, 1773-1822, scientist of Leyden; traveled in East Indies 1815-1822). Linacece. A genus of two species of sub- shrubs from India with handsome yellow, 5-petaled fls. RENANTHERA borne in midwinter. They are old favorites in conser- vatories. They require warmhouse treatment. The genus is closely allied to the flax (Liiium), and Heinwardtia trigyna is known to this day as Linum trigynum by the gardeners, who usually accent trigynum on the second syllable instead of the first. Reinwardtiais distinguished from Linum by the yellow fls., 3-4 styles and unequal or deficient glands; Linum has mostly blue, rosy or white fls., 5 styles, and equal glands. Other generic characters: sepals 5; petals 5, contorted, fugacious; stamens 5, alternating with as many staminodes; glands 2-3, ad- nate to the staminal ring: ovary 3-5-loculed. Reinwardtias are showy subshrubs about a foot high with bright yellow flowers. They are useful for the dec- oration of the conservatory in winter time, at a season when yellow is scarce. To have presentable plants, it is necessary to give them a good deal of attention. It is difficult sometimes to get suitable cuttings ; the strong growths which start away from the base when the plants are cut down make the best plants. Top-shoots will grow, but seldom make good plants, as they are liable to go to bloom prematurely. Sandy loam is the best compost. Plants that have been grown in pots for a season may be planted out in the early summer, and these will make good plants and furnish cuttings. They will have to be topped frequently and carefully lifted. Young stock is better kept in pots, as the plants do not lift well. Sunshine is essential during the winter season to get the best development of Reinwardtias. They thrive best in a temperature of 55-60°. A. Lvs. entire: styles 3. trigyna, Planch. Fig. 2085. Lvs. elliptic-obovate, entire or minutely toothed, tip rounded or subacute. B.M. 1100. Gn. 29, p. 279. -Grows 2-3 ft. high in the wild. AA. Lvs. toothed: styles 4 or 3. tetragyna, Planch. Lvs. elliptic-lanceolate, acumi- nate, crenate-serrate. B.M. 7136. G.C. III. 16:721. R.H. 1867:291. T. D. HATFIELD and W. M. 2085. Reinwardtia trigyna (X %)• RENANTHERA (named from the reniform anther). Orchidacece. Tall, climbing epiphytes, with branched stems sometimes 12-14 i't. high: Ivs. distichous on the stem: fls. in large, drooping racemes or panicles; sepals and petals spreading, similar or the lateral sepals often larger and of a different color; labellum small, movably joined to the column, spurred or spurless, often with small, erect, lateral lobes. Culture is similar to that oi brides and Vanda. coccinea, Lour. Stems 8-10 ft. high, branched, climb- ing by means of white fleshy roots: Ivs. in 2 rows, ob- long, notched at the end, 4-5 in. long: fls. open, 2-3 in, across, in loose, branching racemes 2-3 ft. long, very brilliant; petals and dorsal sepal linear-spatulate, deep red, blotched with orange; lateral sepals larger, oblong, broader toward the apex, undulate, deep crimson, with paler transverse lines; labellum small. Autumn. Cochin China. B.M. 2997, 2998. B.R. 14:1131. P.M. 4:49. F.S. 7, p. 163. G.C. 1845:491. -Does not flowe* readily in cultivation, but is very showy. RENANTHERA RESEDA 1505 Stdriei, Reichb. f. Stem slender, climbing, 10-12 ft. high: Ivs. alternate, oblong to linear-oblong: panicle about 1 ft. long and nearly as broad: tls. 2%-3 in. long; petals and dorsal sepal erect, linear-spatulate, orange- red, mottled with crimson; lateral sepals pendulous, obovate-spatulate, undulate, crimson with large blood- red blotches; labellum very small. Philippines. B.M. 7,-):i7. Un. 53, p. 119. G.M. 3'J:(M<.». Ldwei, Reichb. f. ( Vdnda Lbwei, Lindl.). Fig. 208C. Steins very long, climbing, somewhat branched: Ivs. rather crowded, strap-shaped, 2-3 ft. long: racemes from the upper axils, 6-12 ft. long, bearing 40-50 fls. : fls. of two kinds, the lowest pair tawny yellow with crimson spots, the others larger, pale yellowish green, irregularly blotched with reddish brown; sepals and petals lanceolate, acute, undulate, on the lowest pair shorter, blunter and more fleshy. Borneo. B.M. 5475. I H. 11:417. R.H. 1868:110; 1884, p. 343. F.S. 21:2256. (it. :i7, pp. 108, 109. Gn. 11, p. 524; 16, p. 354, 355; 32, p. 197. G.C. II. 20;657; III. 27:3.— A very remarkable orchid. HEINKICH HASSELBRING. RESEDA (from the Latin to calm ; said to allude to supposed sedative properties). Resedilcera eric-onlex, Zucc. ). Fig. 2094. Dense shrub, of stiff, pyramidal or almost columnar habit, with upright branches and bright green foliage, changing to violet-red or brownish red in winter: Ivs. bright green above, with 2 bluish lines below. This form is very dis- tinct with its stiff, columnar habit, but is less common in cultivation. The intermediate form var. Andelyensis, Carr. (Reti>iis/>or£ in. long, leathery; mar- gins revolute: fls. in axillary umbels, borne in May: fr. ripens in November or the following spring. S.S. 2:56. W. M. 2094. Retinisporas(X%). The specimen on the left is Thuya orientalis, var. decussata ; middle, Chamascyparis sphteroideit, var. ericoides; right, O. sphaeroidea, var. Andelyensis. RHAMNUS (its ancient Greek name). Including Frangula. Rhamndcece. BUCKTHORN. Ornamental de- ciduous or evergreen, sometimes spiny shrubs or rarely small trees, with alternate or opposite simple vs., in- conspicuous greenish fls. in axillary clusters appearing in spring shortly after the Ivs., and berry-like usually black, rarely red, fruits. The Buckthorns, except R. cathartica, are but rarely cult., and the hardiness of several of the species is therefore not yet fully estab- lished; but R. cathartica, Dahurica, alpina, Frangula and alnifolia can be depended upon as hardy, while the northern deciduous forms of R.Purshiana and R. lanceo- lata are hardy at least as far north as Mass. R.Libanotica and Caroliniana are somewhat more tender. The hand- somest in foliage are R. alpina and Libanotica. R. Purshiana, Caroliniana, alnifolia Dahurica and Fran- gula are also noteworthy on account of pretty foliage. Of the evergreen species which are not hardy north, R. crocea is to be recommended for its ornamental bright red fruits. Buckthorns are useful for planting in shrubberies; they like a rather moist soil, especially R. lanceolata, alnifolia, Caroliniana and Frangula, and grow well in shaded or partly shaded situations, but R. cathartica and its allies prefer dry soil. R. cathartica is a valuable hedge plant, though it is now not used as extensively as in the past. The species are propagated by seeds stratified or sown in fall, and by layers. Some, as R. lanceolata, alpina and alnifolia, are also prop, by cuttings. The evergreen species are prop, by cuttings of ripened wood under glass. Rarer kinds are some- times grafted, those of the Frangula groups usually on M. Frangula and the true Buckthorns on R. cathartica or allied species Rhamnus is a genus of more than 60 species, native chiefly to the temperate regions of the northern hemi- sphere. A few species are found in the tropics and as far south as Brazil and S. Africa. Lvs. with small decid- uous stipules : fls. small, in axillary clusters, umbels or racemes, perfect, polygamous or dioecious; sepals, pet- als and stamens 4-5, petals sometimes wanting; style usually undivided: ovary 2-4-loculed : fr. a globular or oblong 2-4-seeded drupe. . Several species yield yellow or green dyes and the fruits and bark of some are used medicinally. The wood of R. Frangula is made into charcoal valued for the manufacture of gunpowder. 1510 Alaternus, 8, alnifolia. 5. iilpina, 3, 4. angustifolia, 8. anonsefolia, 9. asplenifolia, 11. betulifolia, 9. Californica, 9. RHAMNUS INDEX. Caroliniana, 10. castanecefolia, 4. cathartica, 1. Colchica, 4. crocea, 7. Dahurica, 2. Frangula, 9, 11. grandifolia, 4. lineretina, 4. lanceolata, 6. Libanotica, 4 occidentalis, 9. cleifolius, 9. Purshiana, 9. rubra, 9. tomentella, 9. Wicklia. 1. A. Winter-buds scaly: petals usually 4, sometimes 5 or wanting : seeds (not the outer coating of the nutlet) sul- cate or concave on the back, with thin cotyledons recurved at the mar- gins: fls. imperfectly dicecious. B. Lvs. opposite: plants usually spiny shrubs 1. cathartica 2. Dahurica BB. Lvs. alternate : plants unarmed shrubs. C. Foliage deciduous. D. Pairs of veins 10-20 3. alpina 4. Libanotica DD. Pairs of veins 4-9 5. alnifolia 6. lanceolata CO. Foliage evergreen 7. crocea 8. Alaternus AA. Winter-buds naked: petals 5: seeds convex at the back, not grooved, with flat and fleshy cotyledons : tin- armed shrubs with alternate Ivs. — Frangula. B. Fls. in peduncled umbels 9. Purshiana 10. Caroliniana BB. Fls. in 2-6-fld. clusters 11. Frangula 1. cathartica, Linn. (R. Wicklia, Hort.). BUCKTHORN. HART'S-THORN. WAYTHORN. RHINEBERRY. Fig. 2095. Shrub or small tree, attaining 12 ft., usually thorny: Ivs. oval to elliptic or ovate, usually rounded at the base or cordate, obtuse or acute, crenulate-serrate, glabrous or pubescent beneath, l%-3 in. long: fls. in 2-5-fld. clusters, with 4 petals: fr. black, about K in. across. Europe, W. Asia and N. Asia; often escaped from cult, in the eastern U. S. B.B. 2:405. Gng. 9:2. 2095. Rhamnus cathartica (X%). 2. Dahurica, Pall. (R. cathartica, var. Dahurica, Maxim.). Large, spreading shrub, with stout thorny branches: branchlets glabrous: Ivs. oblong or some- times elliptic, narrowed at the base, acuminate, crenu- late-serrate, glabrous, somewhat coriaceous at maturity, 2-4 in. long: fls. and fr. similar to those of the preced- ing species, but fr. somewhat larger. Dahuria to Amur- land and N. China, probably also Japan. 6.F. 9:425 (as R. crenata ). — Sometimes cult, under the name of It. crenata. See, also, supplementary list. It sometimes becomes a tree 30 ft. tall. RHAMNUS 3. alpina, Linn. Shrub, attaining G ft., with stout, upright, glabrous branches: Ivs. oval to elliptic-ovate, cordate or rounded at the base, abruptly acuminate, crenulate-serrate, dark green above, pale grean and glabrous ornearly so beneath, 2-5% in. long: Hs. in few- fld. -clusters; petals 4: fr. globose, black, % in. across or less. Mountains of S. and M. Eu. L.B.C. 11:1077.— This and the following species are the handsomest of the deciduous-leaved Buckthorns. 4. Liban6tica, Boiss. (R. Imeretina, Koehne. R. castano3 folia, Hort. R. grandifolia, Hort. R. alplna, var. Cdlchica, Kusn. R. alpina, var. grandifolia, Regel). Closely allied to the preceding, biit larger in every part: shrub, attaining 10 ft.: branchlets and petioles pubescent: Ivs. larger and longer, to 9 in. long, pubescent beneath and often bronze-colored at maturity. Caucasus, W. Asia. B.M. 6721. 5. alnifdlia, L'Herit. Low, wide-spreading shrub, at- taining 4 ft , with puberulous branchlets: Ivs. ovate to oval, obtuse or acuminate, usually narrowed at the base, crenately serrate, glabrous, 1K-4 in. long: fls. in few- fld. clusters, 5-merous, without petals: fr. globose, black, with li nutlets. New Brunswick and N. J. to British Columbia and Calif. B.B. 2:406. 6. lanceolata, Pursh. Tall, upright shrub, with pu- berulous branchlets: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate to oblong- lanceolate, acuminate or obtusish, finely serrulate, glabrous or somewhat pubescent beneath, 1-3% in. long: fls. in few-fld. clusters, with 4 petals: fr. with 2 nutlets. Pa. to Ala., Tex. and Neb. B.B. 2:405. 7. crocea, Nutt. Shrub or small tree", attaining 20 ft., with pubescent young branchlets : Ivs. orbicular to ob- long-obovate, dentate-serrate, dark green and lustrous above, bronze- or copper-colored and glabrous or slightly pubescent beneath, %-l%in. long: fls. in few-fld. clus- ters, 4-merous, apetalous: fr. bright red, about % in. across, edible. Calif. S. 8.2:59,60. 8. Alaternus, Linn. Shrub or small tree, attaining 20 ft., with glabrous branches: Ivs. oval or ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute, serrate or almost entire, glossy and dark green above, pale or yellowish green beneath, glabrous, %-2 in. long: fls. in short racemes, with 5 petals: fr. bluish black. S. Eu. — Var. angustifdlia, DC. (R. angustifdlia, Hort.), has narrower, oblong lanceolate Ivs. There are also varieties with variegated foliage. 9. Purshiana, DC. Tall shrub to medium-sized tree, occasionally attaining 40 ft. : young branchlets pubes- cent or tomentose: Ivs. elliptic to ovate-oblong, acute or obtuse, usually denticulate, with often wavy margin, dark green above, glabrous or pubescent beneath, 1-7 in. long : peduncles longer than petioles : fr. globose, changing from red to black, about % in. across, with 2-3 nutlets. Brit. Col. to Mex., west to Mont, and Texas. S.S. 2:62, 63. — A very variable species. Var. Califbrnica, Rehd. (R. Califdrnica, Eschsch. R oleifdlius, Hook.). Usually shrubby, evergreen or half - evergreen : Ivs. smaller and narrower, 1-4 in. long, often almost entire. Calif, to Ariz, and New Mex. R.H. 1874, p. 354. Var. tomentella, Sarg. (Frdngula Californica, var. tomen- 16lla, Gray). Allied to the preceding var., but Ivs. densely white-tomentose beneath. R.H. 1858, p. 658; 1872, p. 194 (as R. incana). R. anona>fdlia, betulifdlia and rubra, Greene, and R. occidentalis, Howell (see G.F. 10:285) also belong here. 10. Caroliniana, Walt. INDIAN CHERRY. Shrub or small tree, attaining 30 ft. : young branches puberulous : Ivs. elliptic to oblong, acute or acuminate, obscurely ser- rulate or almost entire, lustrous and dark green above, glabrous or nearly so, somewhat leathery at length, 2-6 in. long: peduncles shorter than petioles: fr. globose, about % in. across, red changing to black, sweet, with 3 nutlets. N. Y. to Fla., west to Neb. and Tex. S.S. 2:61. B.B. 2:406. 11. Frangula, Linn. (Frdngula Alnur, Mill.). Shrub or small tree, attaining 12 ft. : Ivs. broadly obovate to ob- ovate-oblong, acute, entire, dark green above, glabrous, 1-2% in. long: fr. red, changing to black, with 2 nutlets. Eu., N. Afr., W. Asia and Siber. ; escaped from cultiva- tion in some localities in the eastern states. Gng. 8:3. B.B. 2:406. — Var. aspleniifdlia, Dipp. Lvs. linear, un- RHAMNUS RHAPIS 1511 dulate; an interesting form of very distinct appearance with its feathery foliage. !>'. Frangula is « handsome lawn shrub with' shining foliage and attractive berries. R arguta, Maxim. Unarmed glabrous shrub, allied to R. cath'artica • Ivs. orbicular-ovate, acuminate, sharply serrate, with bristly pointed teeth. Amurland. Probably hardy.—*. Billdrdi, Hort. = R. hybrida, var. - R. chlorophora, Decne. Closely allied to R. tinctoria and probably only a var.: Ivs. larger, becoming 3 in. long: pedicels slenderer. China Cm. 14, p 29 Not quite hardy.-*, crenata, Sieb. & Zucc. Unarmed shrub 4-10 ft., allied to R. Carolinians: Ivs. ovate to ovate-ob- long acute rusty pubescent beneath when young. Japan. Has been confounded with R. Dahurica, which is easily distin- guished even without Ivs. by its scaly winter-buds. Seems not quite hardy.—/^. Srythrdxylan, Pall. Unarmed shrub, allied to R oath&rtica: Ivs alternate, oblong-lanceolate to linear. Cau- casus to Mongolia and Siberia. Hardy.— R. hybrida, L'Herit. (R AlaternusXalpinus). Half-evergreen shrub, with alternate, oval-oblong, glossy Ivs. Var. Billardi, Lav. Lvs. narrower, more remotely serrate. Half-hardy shrub, with handsome glossy foliage. — R. Japt'mica, Maxim. Spiny shmb, attaining 10 ft., allied to R. Dahurica: Ivs. obovate or elliptic-obovate: fls with the style almost divided to the base. Japan. Hardy. Very similar in habit to R. Dahurica, which may be distin- guished in winter by its dull gray branchlets and its ovate, obtuse, slightly spreading winter-buds, while R. Dahurica has glossy light yellowish brown branchlets and slender acute winter -buds closely appressed to the branch.—*, latifblia, L'Herit. Allied to R. Frangula : Ivs. larger, elliptic-oblong, with 12-15 pairs of veins, becoming 5 in. long. Azores. B.M. 2663 Not hardy.— R.pumila, Linn. Low, sometimes procum- bent shrub, allied to R. alpinus, with smaller and shorter Ivs., usually narrowed at the base. Europe, Alps. Hardy.— JR.ru- pestris, Scop. Low, often procumbent shrub, about 3 ft. high, allied to R. Caroliniana: Ivs. ovate to oblong-obovate, thin, 1-3 in. long: umbels 1-3-fld. Alps of eastern Eu.— *. saxatilis, Linn. Low and dense, very spiny shrub, about 3 ft. high, allied to R. cathartica: Ivs. opposite or alternate, oval or obovate, glabrous, about 1 in. long. Mts. of M. and S. Eu., W. Asia. Hardy.— R. tinctoria, Waldst. & Kit. Closely allied to the pre- ceding, but Ivs. pubescent. Mts. of M. and S. Eu., W. Asia. ALFRED REHDER. RHAPHID6PHORA (Greek for needle-bearing; allud- ing to needle-like hairs). ArHcei). rulate along the margins. China, Japan. B.M. 1371. R.H. 1872, p. 230. A.G. 13:261. I.H. 34:13. — Var. intermedia, Hort., according to Siebrecht, has Ivs. horizontal instead of somewhat erect. Var. var- iegata, Hort., has been offered. BB. Lvs. with 7-10 or more segments. humilis, Bluroe. Fig. 2097. Lvs. semi-circular; basal lobes directed backward; segments rarely more than 10, spreading; petioles unarmed. China. A.F. 7:405. AA. Stems becoming 8 ft. high. Cochinchinensis, Mart. (Chanicerops Cochinchinensis, Lour.). Leaf -segments much plaited; petioles short, straight and prickly. Cochin China. Int. by Franceschi, 1900. JARED G. SMITH and W. M. 1512 RHEUM BHfiUM (Rha was the old Greek name for rhubarb). r>!>idonacece. RHUBARB. Twenty species of robust perennial herbs, according to Meisner (DC. Prodr. 14, pp 32-37), natives of Asia and Russia. Lvs. mostly radical very large, entire or divided, on stout, thick 2097. Rhapis humilis. (See page 1511.) petioles: fls. perfect, small, greenish or whitish, pedicel- late, in numerous panicled fascicles or racemes, the in- florescence elevated above the Ivs. on stout, mostly hol- low scape-like stems, which are provided with sheath- ing stipules or ocrese (Fig. 2098) ; the perianth 6-parted and spreading; stamens 9 or 6: ovary 3-angled and bearing 3 styles, ripening into a winged or sometimes nearly succulent akene. Aside from the common Rhubarb, Rheum Rhapon- ticum, which is grown for the edible leaf-stalks, the species are little known in general cultivation. Few plants are more useful, however, for bold and striking foliage effects; and these effects are heightened by the towering flower-panicles. Most of the species are hardy and easy to grow, but they profit by a liberal winter mulch. Rheums are usually seen to best advantage against a heavy background of foliage or of rock (Fig. 1045, p. 733). Even the common Rhubarb is a useful ornamental subject when well placed. In order to se- cure large and fine foliage, the soil should be rich and moist. The species are propagated by dividing the roots, preferably in spring, leaving as much root as possible with each strong bud. The dried rhizomes of Rhubarb are used medicinally. Several species afford the officinal product. It is now believed, however, that the larger part of the dried Rhubarb imported from the Orient is made from the crown or short stem (not the flower-stem) of R. offic- inale. It. Rhaponticum is sometimes grown for its roots. A. Foliage undivided, the margins of the Ivs. nearly or quite entire. B. Lvs. (at least on the flower stalks) acute or acuminate. Rhap6nticum, Linn, (i.e., Pontic Rha, "Rhubarb of Pontus,"a province of Asia Minor). RHUBARB. PIE- PLANT (in the U. S.). WINE-PLANT. Fig 2098. Strong RHEUM perennial, with thick clustered roots: petioles semi- cylindric, plane above: If. -blades suborbicular, deeply cordate at base, undulate, about 5-ribbed, glabrous and shining above, pubescent on the veins beneath : panicles tall and narrow, somewhat leafy, densely flowered, the pedicels jointed below the middle, the fls. whitish: akene oblong-oval. In deserts and subalpine parts of southern Siberia. — Nearly everywhere grown in this country for the succulent acid petioles, which are used in early spring for" pies and sauces. Wine is sometimes made from the juice. In France, known usually as an ornamental plant. There are several garden varieties. See Rhubarb. undulatum, Linn. Petioles semi-terete, lightly chan- neled above, the leaf-blades ovate-cordate and strongly undulate (basal sinus not so deep as in the last), 5-7- ribbed, glabrous above and puberulent beneath, the upper ones long: panicle narrow and leafy below, the pedicels jointed near the base: akene ovate or oval. Siberia. — Small plant, earlier than R. Rhaponticum. BB. Lvs. obtuse. Emddi, Wall. Stem tall and leafy: petioles semi- terete, somewhat concave above, the margins obtuse: leaf -blades large, ovate, cordate, obtuse, somewhat un- dulate, 5-7-ribbed, the under surface and the margin pubescent: panicles fastigiately branched, the fls. dark purple, pedicels jointed below the middle: akene large, ovate or oblong-oval. Himalaya, in alpine and subal- pine regions. B.M. 3508 (this figure is questioned by Meisner, who thinks it may represent R. australe).— Foliage has a coppery hue. AA. Foliage, more or less lobed, the margins of the Ivs. or segments usually toothed or notched. B. Lvs. shallowly or obscurely lobed. compactum, Linn. Stem tall: petioles sulcate, plane above: leaf-blades thickish, broad-ovate, cordate, un- dulate and obscurely lobed, very obtuse, glabrous and shining above, the margin strongly toothed, the veins very prominent: panicle with drooping branches: akene large, dark-colored. Siberia to China. BB. Lvs. deeply lobed or evenly divided. palniatum, Linn. (R. sanguineum, Hort. ). Stem tall and leafy: petioles subcylindrical, the margin rounded: leaf-blades broad, suborbicular and cordate, 3-5-ribbed, scabrous, deeply paLnately lobed; the lobes ovate-ob- long or lanceolate, acute, entire, dentate or pinnatifid: panicle leafy, with pubescent branches, the pedicels scarcely longer than the fls. : akene oblong-oval and subcordate. Northeastern Asia. Var. Tanghuticum, Hort. (R. Tanghuticum, Hort.). Lvs. more elongated and not so deeply lobed. hybridum, Murr. Petiole long, canaliculate above and sulcate beneath: leaf-blades ovate, 3-5- ribbed, the base cuneate or scarcely cordate, incise-dentate, puberulent beneath : panicle lax, leafy: akene large, ovate. — Seems to be unknown wild. Perhaps a hybrid series between R. palnxi- tum and R. Rhaponticum. Per- haps R. officinale is concerned in it. This name does not occur in the American trade, but it is not unlikely that the plant is in cult, in this country. Collinianum, Baill. Probably one of the R. hybridum series, with much-cut broad lobes that extend half the depth of the leaf- blade: fls. red. China. officinale, Baill. Figs. 1045, 2099. Robust, with a short branching stem or crown 4-10 iu. high : Ivs. very large, 1-3 ft. across, round-oval, more or less pointed or acuminate, hairy, 3-7-lobeti, the lobes extending one-third or one-half the depth of tlie blade npd sharply angled-notched : flower-stems 3-5 ft., much branched, 2098. Ocrea or stipular sheath of Rhubarb. RHEUM bearing numerous greenish ris. that give a feathery ef- fect t > the panicle: akene red, winged. Thibet and W. China, oil high table-lands. B.M. 0135. R.H. 1874, p. 95. On 3>, p. 243; 48, pp. 199, 208. — Probably the best plant of the genus for general Cultivation, making u most striking foliage plant. It is from the short, thick, branching stem or caudex of this plant that most of the true officinal Rhubarb is derived. Although known to the Chinese for centuries and the product long imported into Europe, the plant was not described botanically until 1872. Fig. 2099 is adapted from The Garden. R. aciiminntuin, Hook. f. & Thorn. "Probably only a small form of R. Einodi, with acuminate Ivs., but the fls. are consid- «rably larger, aii ft.: Ivs. 1 ft. across, cordate to reniform, the margins crisped or undulate, the blade puckered or blistered: fls. green, drooping: frs. about 1 in. long, oblong-cordate, narrow- winged, blood-red, showy. Asia Minor to Persia. B.M. 7591. " Rivas " or " Ribes " is its Arabic name — R. spiciforme, Royle. Dwarf: Ivs. thick, orbicular or broadly ovate: fls. white, in a dense spike rising about 2 ft. Western Himalaya. L. H. B. RHEUMATISM ROOT. Jeffersonia binata. RHEXIA (Greek, rupture; referring to its supposed properties of healing). Melastomdcece. MEADOW BEAUTY. A genus of about 10 species of N. American perennial herbs, with opposite sessile or short-petioled, 3-5-nerved Ivs. and showy flowers borne in late summer. Fls. terminal, solitary or in cymes; calyx-tube urn- to bell-shaped, narrowed at the neck, 4-lobed; petals 4, obovate; stamens 8, equal, the connective being thick- ened at the base, with or without a spur at the back. Rhexia Virginica is found wild in company with side-saddle plants (Sarracenia purpurea) and cranber- ries in the low meadows of Massachusetts. It is what we should call a bog plant. It is a pretty, low-grow- ing, tuberous - rooted plant blooming in summer and chiefly interesting as being one of few species of a genus belonging to a family almost wholly composed of shrubby plants from tropical countries, such as Centradenia, Plerc ma and Medinella. It increases by means of tubers and seeds, and under suitable condi- RHIPSALIS 1513 •A'-'-V;. j>,..wx „•• , ZSi'VSs -;. <•'• >;S ' MM*. ^0^ 2099. Rheum officinale. tions soon makes large clumps. Tubers potted in the autumn and kept in a coldframe force nicely in spring- time. >. Stem cylindrical. Mariana, Linn. A slender, erect, usually simple- stemmed plant with reddish purple fls. about 1 in. across, in loose cymes: Ivs. short-petioled, oblong to linear oblong, 1-1% in. long, 2-5 lines wide, 3-nerved; anthers minutely spurred at the back. June-Sept. Pine barrens, N. J. to Fla., west to Ky. B.B. 2:474.- Grows in drier places than R. Virginica. AA. Stem angled. B. Petal* yellow. lutea, Walt. Stem becoming much branched, 1 ft. high: Ivs. smooth, serrulate, the lower obovate and ob- tuse, the upper lanceolate and acute: fls. small, in nu- merous cymes. July, Aug. Pine- barren swamps, N. C. to Fla. and west. BB. Petals not yellow. C. Lvs. 6-10 lines long. cilidsa, Michx. Stem nearly simple, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. ovate, sessile or very short-petioled, 3- nerved: fls. violet-purple, 1-1% in. across, short -pedicelled, in few-fld. cymes; anthers not curved and not spurred at the back. June-Aug. Swamps, Ind. to Fla., west to La. CO. Lvs. 1-2 in. long. Virginica, Linn. Fig. 2100. Roots tuber-bearing: stems about 1 ft. high, branched above and usually clustered, forming a com- pact, bushy plant : Ivs. sessile, ovate, acute, rounded or rarely narrowed at the base, 1-2 in. by %-l in., usually 5-nerved : fls. rosy, 1-1% in. across, in cymes; petals rounded or slightly retuse ; anthers minutely spurred on the back. July-Sept. Sunny swamps, Me. to Fla., west to Mo. B.B. 2: 474. B.M. 968. -This is one of the prettiest of the small wild flowers. When transplanted, it seems to thrive as well in good clay loam as in peaty soils, although it sometimes grows in the latter. F. W. BARCLAY and T. D. HATFIELD. RHINE-BERRY. Rham- nus cathartica. RHIPIDODENDRON. See Aloe. RHIPIDOPTERIS is un- der Acrostichum. 2100. Rhexia Virginica. (XX). RHlFSALIS (Greek, rhips, wickerwork). Cactacece. A mixed assemblage of lengthened epiphytic forms, brought together by a common character of small fls., with the tube short or wanting; here including Harlot a, Lepismium and Pfeiffera. Fls. white or greenish white, except R. cereiformis, rosy, and R. salicomioides, R. pachyptera and R. rhombea, yellow. Fruit without spines or wool, except in R. cereiformis. For culture, see Cactus. INDEX. ulatii, 14. brachiata, 2. Cassytha, 5V cereiformis '7. commune, 11. funalis, 4. grandiflora, 4. Houlletiana, 15. Houlletii, 15. ianthothele, 7. mesembrianthe- moides, 3. myosurus, 12. pachyptera, 14. paradoxa, 9. pentaptera, 10. rhombea, 13. Saglionis, 2. salicomioides, 1. squamulosa, 11. Swartziana, 13. trigona, 8. virgata, 6. A.. Branches round or nearly so in cross-sec- tion : fls. ichite except in the first species : berry imall, white, round. B. The branches of two kinds 1. salicprnoides 2. Saglionis 3. mesembrianthemoideg 1514 RHIPSALI3 BB. The branches all alike 4. 5. G. AA. Branches angular: (Is. and fr. not immersed. 1. 8. 9. 10. AAA. Branches angular, often nearly covered with roots: areolat hollowed, the fl. and fr. im- mersed, with copious bristles 11. 12. AAAA. Branches flat, rarely triangular, crenate or serrate, with middle- and usually side-ribs; rarely setulose: fls. yellow or yellowish. . .13. 14. 15. grandiflora Cassytha virgata ianthothele trigona paradoxa pentaptera squamulosa myosurus rhombea pachyptera Houlletiana 1. salicornioides, Haw. (Haribta salicornioldes , DC.). Plant upright, reaching a height of 18 in., richly branched ; areolae hardly setulose or lanate: stems cereiform, with cylindric or oblong-elliptic joints : ma- ture or fruiting branches with verticillate, club- or flask- shaped joints, with slender base, all apparently, as well as the fls. and f r. growing from the tops of joints : fls. yellow, funnelform, K in. long: berry small, whitish. Brazil. B.M. 2461. 2. Saglidnis, Otto (R. brachiata, Hook. Haribta Saglidnis,Lem.). Fig. 2101. Reaching a height of 2ft., 2101. Rhipsalis Saghonis richly branched : long or cereiform branches %-l f t. long ; secondary or fruiting branches oblong-elliptic or short- cylindric, rounded at the ends, spirally or rarely verti- cillately arranged, sometimes weakly grooved, not more than % in. long: areolae with very scanty wool and 2-4 short bristles, which on the end branches project as a little brush: fls. near the tops of the short branches, flat, % in. in diam., with 12 white leaves with yellow- ish midstripe: berry white. Uruguav and Argentina. B.M. 4039 (ft. brachiata). RHIPSALIS 3. mesembriantliemoides, Hsn\r.(ffaridta mesembrian- themoides, Lem. )„ Upright, the ends drooping, richly branched : long branches 4-8 in. long, 1 line in diam. ; fruiting branches 3-5 lines long, not more than 2 lines in diam., spirally attached, thickly crowded : areolaa sparsely woolly, with 1-2 bristles which project from the ends of the branches: fls. near the top of the joint, about 5 lines in diam., formed of 10 white with yellow midstriped leaves: berry white. Brazil. B.M. 3078.— Hardly more than a slender variety of the preceding. 4. grandifldra, Haw. (R. funalis, Salra.). Branching, cylindrical, rather stout, the branches reaching a height of 3 ft., with a diameter of more than % in.; ultimate branchlets short, often verticillate: areolae depressed, bordered by a red line, sometimes in old branches bear- ing a bristle: fls. wheel-shaped, lateral on the branches, nearly 1 in. in diam. Brazil. B.M. 2740. 5. Cassytha, Gaertn. Richly branching, pendulous, sometimes 10 ft. long; branches rarely 2 ft. long, 1-1% lines in diam., pale green; ultimate branchlets spirally attached : areolae with sparse woolly hairs and fre- quently 1-2 minute bristles: fls. lateral on the terminal joints, 2-3 lines in diam. : berry like that of the mistle- toe, 1-2 lines in diam. Widely dispersed in Central and S. America, West Indies, Mex., Mauritius, Ceylon and Africa. B.M. 3080. 6. virgata, Web. Richly branching, pendulous, be- coming a yard long; terminal branchlets hardly more than a line thick, spirally attached : areolse bearing sparse woolly hairs, with an occasional bi'istle: fls. lat- eral, 3-4 lines in diam.: berry only 1% lines in diam. Brazil.— Very much like the preceding. 7. ianthothele, Web. (Pfelffera iunthothelus, Web. R. cereif6rmis , Forst. Pfelffera cereifdrmis, Salm. ) . Stems pendent, 1-2 ft. long, branching, less than 1 in. in diam., 4-, rarely 3-angled; ribs tuberculate; areolae at summit of tubercles short- woolly, soon na- ked, bearing 6-7 short bristles: fls. with very short tube, but the fl. bell-shaped, pur- ple-red without, pure white with- in, nearly 1 in. long, little more than half as much wide: fr. the size of a cherry, rose- red, with bristles like those of the stem. Argentina. 8. trfgona, Pf eiff . Richly branched, becom- ing a yard long: branches K to nearly 1 in. in diam., 3-angled: areolae sparsely woolly and brist- ly, the blooming areolaamuch more copiously so: fls. greenish outside, white within, 4 or 5 lines long. Bra- zil. 9. paradoxa, Salm. Sparingly branched, 1-2 ft. long ; branchlets 1-2 in. long and %-l in. in diam., twisted at the joints, so that the angles alternate with the sides: fls. % in. long, white. Brazil. 10. pentaptera, Pfeiff. Richly branched, 1-2 ft. long, 4-5 lines in diam. : branchlets 2-5 in. long, 5-6-angled or almost winged : areolse in crenatures of the angles with scanty wool and an occasional bristle: fls. greenish white, 3-4 lines long: fr. white, bright rose-red above crowned by the withered flower. South Brazil, Uruguay, Argentina. RHIPSALIS 11. squamuldsa,Schum.i'/>/m' mi it >n c<»tn»iine,Pteif[.). Somewhat branched, reaching a length of 2 ft. : branches very unequal in length, YA-\ in. thick, triangular, the angles winged: fls. 1-2, from the deep areolse, 5 lines long, greenish without, yellowish within. Brazil, Ar- gentina. B.M. 3703. 12. myosurus, Schum. ( Lepismitim myoitHrmt, Pfeiff. ) . Somewhat branched, a yard long: branches 3-0 lines thick, 3-4-angled, the angles not winged, the terminal branchlets generally acuminate, often tipped by a pencil of bristles: Us. solitary in the deep areolie, 4-5 lines long, rosy white: fr. red. Brazil. B.M. 3755. 13. rhdmbea, Pfeiff. (R. Swartzidna (?), Pfeiff.). Branching, reaching a yard in length; joints green, leaf- like, crenate - oblong or rhombic, 1-5 in. long, %-2 in. broad: fls. yellow, about 5 lines long. Brazil. 14. pacltfptera, Pfeiff. (R. alAta, Steud.). Erect, branching, reaching a height of nearly 1 yard; joints flat, rarely 3-winged, rather thick, usually somewhat concavo-convex, 3-8 in. long, blunt, 2-5 in. broad, often purple-red : fls. about 8 lines long, yellow with reddish tips. Brazil. B.M. 2820 ( Cactus alatus). 15. Houlletiana, Lem. (R. HoulUtii, Lem.). Stem richly branched, becoming 3 ft. or more long, 1-1% in. broad, often tapering to the round midrib for a consider- able distance, then becoming again broad and. leaflike : fls. 8-9 lines long, yellowish white to yellow: berry red. Brazil. B.M. 0089. KATHARINE BRANDEGEE. RHIZOPHORA is discussed under Mangrove. The plant is now offered for sale in S. Calif. RHODANTHE. See Helipterum. KHODEA. See Rohdea. RHODE ISLAND, HORTICULTURE IN. Figs. 2102, 2103. Rhode Island, the most thickly populated state in the Union, is distinctly a manufacturing center. This condition of things, which brings the larger portion of the population together into the cities and villages, to- gether with the steadily increasing popularity of its famous summer resorts and the rapid transportation both by rail and water which place the New York and Boston markets within easy reach, affords opportunities for horticultural developments which are equaled by few and excelled by none of the eastern states. At present the growing of vegetables, both in the field and under glass, is the most highly developed horticul- tural industry. The towns of Cranston and Warwick are the center of this industry, where the soils are light sandy loams which are capable, under the skilful man- agement they receive, of producing large crops of excel- lent quality. The following figures, which are taken from the State Census for 1895, give some idea as to the extent of the market-garden industry for that year: Green corn, 1,138,983 doz.; tomatoes, 100,259 bushels; cucumbers, 06,208 bushels; lettuce, 2,852,204 heads; beans, string, 40,706 bushels; peas, green, 53,458 bushels; celery, 579,010 heads; melons, 024,980. The greater proportion of the lettuce grown is of the hard-heading type, which is produced during the months from October to May. Over$100,000 is invested in glass for the production of this crop within a radius of five miles of the city of Providence. The greater portion of the muskmelon crop is produced upon the sandy plains of Warwick. The early crop is grown from plants which are either started in pots in the glass-houses and trans- planted to the field or planted under sash in the field. The early varieties used for the crop are of the small Gem type, which always finds a ready sale at fancy prices, while the main crop, which is planted the last of May, is largely shipped in car-lots to Boston. For the main crop the large oblong type of melon is the most popular. Besides the large market-gardeners who are located near the cities, many of the farmers who live within a short distance of the manufacturing villages find there a ready and profitable market for the many vegetables which they produce, as the people found in these villages are good buyers who consume large quan- tities of vegetables when they have work. RHODE ISLAND 1515 During the past decade the floriculture of the state has been developing rapidly, not so much, however, in the number of establishments as in the area of glass. Where ten years ago the figures were given in hun- dreds, to-day they are increased to thousands of square feet. This development is especially noticeable in the towns which have a population of from 2,000 to 3,000. The carnation is still the most popular flower, although many fine roses are grown, with a steadily increasing demand for rare flowers, as orchids and forced stock, during the winter months. There are in the state nine local nurseries. The greater part of the business is the growing of specimen plants for use in localities where immediate effects are 2102. County map of Rhode Island. desired, rather than the propagation and sale of young nursery stock. The fruit-growing industry is but poorly developed, only a very small proportion of the fruit consumed be- ing produced within the state limits. Apples are grown more than any other fruit, the largest orchards being located in the northern part of the state, the fruit being more highly colored than that grown in the orchards along the coast. Baldwin, Rhode Island Greening, Rox- bury Russet and Spy are planted more than other va- rieties. Many of the old orchards are past their prime, and there are excellent opportunities offered for the planting of profitable orchards upon the hilly and de- serted farms. Among the enemies of fruit, the follow- ing are the most troublesome: apple scab, codlin-moth, curculio and maggot. The original Rhode Island Green- ing apple tree, still standing in the town of Foster, is shown in Fig. 2103, as it looked in 1900. Peaches are receiving much attention at present. From orchards which are favorably located, crops are obtained two out of three years; the average for the state is about three out of five. Aside from the winter- killing of the buds, the most serious trouble is the rot- ting of the fruit. This trouble causes much greater losses in the towns bordering upon the salt water. 1516 RHODE ISLAND 2103 Original tree of Rhode Island Greening apple, as it looked in 1°00. Pears are found growing in abundance all over the state, nearly every village lot having a few trees of the more popular varieties. There are several small com- mercial orchards, the principal varieties produced being the Bartlett, Bosc, Clapp, Lawrence and Sheldon. Strawberries are produced in abundance in those towns bordering upon the eastern shore of Narragansett Bay, where they are the principal horticultural crop. The majority of the growers use the wide matted row. Some, however, use a very narrow row, or the hill sys- tem. This is a profitable crop to grow, as, according to the 1895 State Census, the average price received was 9% cents per quart. Currants, gooseberries and raspberries are grown in limited quantities, mostly for home consumption. The demand for these fruits is always greater than the sup- ply, so that the prices obtained are always remunerative In Providence and Washington counties considerable attention is given to the growing of cranberries. Upon many farms are found wild bogs, to which the only care given is an occasional cutting of the wild growth to prevent its encroachment upon the bog. These bogs are usually found upon lowlands which are naturally overflowed by streams during the winter months. The most profitable bogs, however, are those which are care- fully cared for and have a water supply which may be controlled at will, thus often preventing damage from late spring and early fall frosts. At the present time excellent opportunities are of- fered for the growing of all kinds of fruits, to those persons who are willing to invest their capital and con- duct the work upon a practical and scientific basis, as there are a number of markets which are never sup- plied with home-grown fruit in sufficient quantities. While it is true that fruit-growing, as an industry, is not largely developed within the state, yet it is a pleasant fact to note that excellent horticultural results are obtained by the amateur. Numerous home gardens, of small area, about many of the homes in the cities and larger villages of the state are beautiful and attrac- tive with their artistic flower beds, varied shrubs, and fine fruit trees. Q. E. ADAMS. RHODE ISLAND BENT GRASS. Agrostis canina. RHODOCHlTON (Greek, red cloak; alluding to the large rosy red calyx ). Scrophularidcea;. A genus of a single species, a free-flowering, graceful vine from Mexico. Lvs. cordate, acuminate, sparsely and acutely dentate: fls. solitary, pendulous, axillary, long-pedun- cled; calyx conspicuous, large, membranous, broad bell-shaped, 5-cleft; corolla-tube cylindrical, the throat not personate, 5-lobed; lobes oblong, nearly equal; capsule dehiscent by irregular perforations. volubile, Zucc. PURPLE BELLS. A vine with habit of Maurandia, to which it is allied, but more vigorous and RHODODENDRON having curious, distinct purplish red fls. over 2 in. long on red peduncles: Ivs. about 3 in. long. B.M. 3367. B.R. 21:1755. I.H. 42:31. — Blooms the tirst season from seed and may be treated as a tender annual. F. W. BARCLAY. RHODODENDRON (Greek, rhodon and dendron, rose- tree; alluding to the beautiful flowers and the habit; the Rhododendron of the ancient writers is Nerium). JSricaceai. Highly ornamental evergreen shrubs or trees, with alternate petioled, entire Ivs. and terminal clusters of large, showy fls., varying in all shades of purple, scarlet, pink orange, yellow and white. None of the evergreen shrubs suitable for cultivation in colder climates are more effective in bloom than the Rhododendrons. The large clusters of showy flowers often nearly cover the entire plant, while the handsome foliage is attractive at every season (Fig. 2104). Hardiness of the Various Species. — Although mostof the species are hardy only in warm temperate regions, there are many which are hardy at least as far north as Massachusetts. They are If. maximum, Catau-biense, Caucasicum, brachycarpum, Metternichi, Smirnou-i, mucronulatum, Dahwicum, Lapponicum, ferrugi-neum, hirsutum, punctatum, and probably also chrysanthum, Przewalski, campanulatum, Californicum,Ungerni, and Kotschyi. Somewhat more tender are K. Poiiticum, niveum, Hodgsoni, Thomsoni, Anthopogon. South of Philadelphia such species as.ff. cinnabarinum, gtaitcum, eiliatum, Fortunei, lepidotum, Colletianum, and the Yunnan species, as It. decorum, irroratum and racemo- sum are probably hardy; also If. arboreum, barbatum, Falconeri, Keysi, triflorum and Wrighti in very shel- tered positions. Species like If. Dalhousice, Edge- worthi, Griff itliianum, formositm, Maddeni, Nuttalli and pendulum stand only a few degrees of frost. The Javanese species, as It. Javanieum, jasminiflorum, Brookeanum and Lobbi grow and bloom continually and stand no frost at all. Variation in Height. — Mont of the species are shrubby; a few only, and these mostly Himalayan species, grow into small or medium-sized trees, attaining 60 ft. in the case of If. barbatum, 40 ft. in If. grande and arboreum, 30 ft. in Falconeri and maximum. A number of north- ern and alpine species always remain dwarf, as If. fer- rugineum, hirsutum. Lapponicum, virgatum, lepido turn, racemosum, and others. A few Himalayan and Malayan species are often epiphytal and grow on branches of large trees like orchids; e.g., If. Dal- housia?, pendulum, Nuttalli and most of the Malayan species. Their Place in Ornamental Planting. — Rhododen- drons are equally effective and desirable for single specimens on the lawn or when massed in large groups, and are especially showy when backed by the dark green foliage of conifers, which at the same time afford a most advantageous shelter. The dwarf species, which are mostly small-leaved and flower at a different time, should not be grouped with the large-leaved ones, as they do not harmonize with them ; however, they are exceed- ingly charming plants for rockeries or in groups with other smaller evergreens. It is certainly true that the Rhododendrons have not yet received the attention they deserve. They are still far from being as popular as they are in England. The beautiful Himalayan species and their numerous hybrids especially are still almost unknown in this country, although without doubt they could be grown as well outdoors in the middle and southern Atlantic States as they are in England, if the right situation were selected. Formerly it was con- sidered impossible to grow the beautiful hardy hybrids in the New England states, but now it has been shown by such splendid collections as those of Mr. H. H. Hunnewell at Wellesley, Mass, (see A. F. 13:24-31 and Gng. 5:375-377), that, even in a trying climate, they can be grown to perfection if the right situations are se- lected and the right way of cultivation is followed. Outdoor Ctiltivation. — The selection of a suitable situation is of foremost importance. If possible the beds should be sheltered against drying winds and the burning sun by tall conifers, but the shelter should be always light and natural, as too much shelter by dense hedges or walls close to the plants is worse than no shelter at all. Any open, well-drained soil which does RHODODENDRON RHODODENDRON 1517 not contain limestone or heavy clay and has a moist and fresh subsoil will prove satisfactory. Where limestone or heavy clay prevails, beds must be specially prepared and filled with suitable soil. They should be at least 2 to 3 ft. deep, or deeper where the subsoil is not porous, and in this case the bottom should be filled in about 1-2 ft. high with gravel or broken stones for drainage. A mixture of leaf-mold or peat and sandy loam will make a suitable soil. In dry spells during the summer, watering is necessary if the subsoil is not very moist; it is most essential that the soil never become really dry. In the fall the ground should be covered with leaves, pine needles, hay or other material to protect from frost. This mulch should be allowed to remain during the summer, especially where the plants are not large enough to shade the ground. An occasional top- dressing of well-decayed stable or cow manure will prove of much advantage. The ground should never be disturbed, as the roots are very near the surface. After flowering, the 'young seed-vessels should be removed. The Rhododendrons are easily transplanted either in spring or in fall, especially if they grow in peat or turfy loam, and a good ball of earth can be preserved in mov- ing. They should be planted firmly, especially in porous, peaty soil, and thoroughly watered after plant- ing. If they are carefully handled they are not much affected by transplanting, and tender kinds may be dug in fall, heeled-in in a frost -proof pit, and planted out again in spring. Potted and well-budded plants trans- ferred in January into a temperature not exceeding 60° will develop in about six to eight weeks into very attrac- tive and showy specimens for decoration. Hardy Varieties. — The following varieties have proved hardy in the vicinity of Boston and may be recommended for planting in similar climates and for experimental trial farther north. They are mostly hybrids of ft. Ca- tawbiense with R. 'maximum, Ponticum, Caucasicum and with some infusion of ft. arboreum and perhaps a few other species. As in most of them the parentage of ft. Catawbiense is the most predominant, they are all usually called "Catawbiense Hybrids." Choice kinds are: Album elegans, blush, changing to white; Album grandiflorum, blush, changing to white: fls. larger, less spotted; Alexander Dancer, bright rose, paler in center; Atrosanguineum, rich blood-red; August Van Geert, bright carmine, spotted dark purple; Bacchus, crimson, large fls. ; Bicolor, purplish pink, spotted ; Blandianum, rosy crimson ; Caractacus, deep crimson; Charles Bag - ley, cherry-red ; Charles Dickens, dark red, spotted brown, one of the most striking red ones; Caerulescens , pale lilac; Coriaceum, white, spotted yellow, dwarf and free-blooming; Crown Prince, carmine spotted greenish yellow; Delicatissimum, blush, edged pink, changing to almost white, late; Everestianum , rosy lilac with crisped edges, excellent habit and very free-flowering; /'. L. Ames, white center, edged pink; Giganteum, bright rose, large clusters; Grandiflorum, clear rose; Hannibal, rosy carmine: Henry W. Sargent, crimson, large clusters; H. H. Hunnewell, rich crimson; John Waterer, dark crimson; .J. D. Godman, carmine, dis- tinctly spotted ; Kettledrum, rich crimson ; King of Purples, purple, spotted dark brown; Lady Armstrong, rose-red, paler in center, distinctly spotted; Lady Gray Egerton, delicate lilac, spotted greenish brown; Mrs. C. S. Sargent, similar to Everestianum, but pink; Mrs. Milner, rich crimson; Old Port, plum-color; Purpureum crispum, lilac - purple, spotted greenish; Purpureum grandiflorum, purple, large clusters; ftoseum elegans, rosy lilac, dwarf; Seflon, deep maroon, large clusters; Wellesianum, blush, changing to white. Greenhouse Culture.— The most successful way, espe- cially with the taller-growing species, like ft. arboreum, Griffithianum, barbatum and Falconeri, is to plant them out in a porous peaty soil provided with good drainage. If grown in pots a sandy compost of leaf-soil and peat, with an addition of some fibrous loam, will suit them. The pots, which should never be too large, must be well drained and the plants freely watered dur- ing the summer, while during the winter water must be carefully applied. The Himalayan species and their hybrids will do well in a cool greenhouse, where the temperature is kept a few degrees above freezing point during the winter. The Javanese species and hybrids, however, on account of their continual growing and blooming, require a warmer greenhouse and must have a minimum temperature of fit)0 during the winter. They like a moist atmosphere and should be freely syringed in warm weather. In potting them, their epiphytal habit must l>e borne in mind, and the soil should consist mainly of good fibrous peat broken into pieces, with a liberal addition of sand and broken charcoal. The soil should never be allowed to become dry. They are readily propagated by cuttings with bottom heat in the warm propagating house. The Javanese Rhododendrons are especially valuable for their continual blooming during the winter and the brilliant color of their flowers. A large number of beautiful hybrids have been raised; the following are a small selection of them: Bnlsamince- ftoruHt, with double white, yellow or pink fls. Gt. 37, p. 265. G.C. II. 18:230; III. 12:709; Brilliant, brilliant scarlet; Ceres, tawny yellow. Gn. 41:845; Diadem, orange-scarlet ; Duchess of Connaught, vermilion-red ; Duchess of Edinburgh, scarlet with orange-crimson. F. M. 1874:115; Eos, scarlet-carmine. G.C. III. 19:327; Ex- quisite, large light fawn-yellow fls. Gn. 56:1232; Fa- vorite, satiny rose; Jasminiflorum carminatum, deep carmine. Gn. 41:852; Little Beauty, fls. small, but bright carmine-scarlet. Gn. 56:1241 ; Lord Wolseley, bright orange-yellow, tinted with rose at the margins; Maiden's Blush, blush with yellowish eye. Gn. 16:204; Princess Alexandria, white, faintly blushed; Princess Frederica, yellow, faintly edged rose; Princess Royal, pink; Rosy Morn, bright pink. Gn. 42:871; Taylori, bright pink with white tube. F.M. 1877:242; Trium- phans, crimson-scarlet. Propagation.— All Rhododendrons are easily prop, by seeds, which are very small and are sown in spring in pans or boxes well drained and filled with sandy peat. Pots should be well watered previous to sowing. The seeds should be covered only a very little with fine sand or finely cut sphagnum, or merely pressed in and not covered at all. To prevent drying a glass plate may be placed over the pan or some moss spread over the sur- face ; this, however, must be taken off as soon as the seeds begin to germinate. The seeds also germinate very readily if sown in fresh sphagnum, but in this case they must be pricked off as soon as they can be handled. In any case, it is of advantage to prick off the young seedlings as soon as possible, but if they are not sown too thickly they may remain in the seed-boxes 2104. A eood plant of Garden Rhododendron in bloom. until the following spring. The seedlings of hardy Rho- dodendrons should be placed in coolframes and grad- ually hardened off ; those of greenhouse species re- main under glass. Rhododendrons are also sometimes increased under glass by cuttings of half - ripe wood taken with a heel, 1518 RHODODENDRON and if gentle bottom heat can be given after callusing it will be of advantage. They root, however, but slowly, except those of the Javanese kinds, which are mostly propagated in this way, since they grow very readily from cuttings. Layering is sometimes practiced, especially with the dwarf and small-leaved species, but the layers usually cannot be separated until the second year. For the propagation of the numerous varieties and hybrids of hardv and half-hardy Rhododendrons graft- 2105. Azalea Sinensis, to contrast with Rhododendron. ing is most extensively employed. Rhododendron Catawbiense or seedlings of any of its hardy hybrids may be used as stock; R. maximum is also probably as good. In English and Belgian nurseries R. Ponti- cum, which is inferior in hardiness, is mostly employed as a stock, but this often proves fatal if the grafted plants are transferred to colder climates. H. arboreum may be used for strong-growing varieties intended for cultivation in the greenhouse or south. Veneer- or side-grafting is mostly practiced, and sometimes cleft - and saddle-grafting (see G.C. 111.24:425). The leaves should be removed only partly and the stock not headed back until the following year. The grafting is usually done late in summer or early in spring in the green- house on potted stock without using grafting wax, and the grafted plants kept close and shaded until the union has been completed. If large quantities are to be han- dled the plants are sometimes not potted, but taken with a sufficient ball of earth, packed close together and covered with moss. Covering with moss to keep the atmosphere moist is also of much advantage if the plants are potted. See Figs. 2107, 2108. Distribution of Species. — About 200 species are known, distributed through the colder and temperate regions of the northern hemisphere; in tropical Asia they occur in the mountains and extend as far south as New Guinea and Australia, the greatest segregation being in the Himalayas and E. Asia; several species closely allied to those of the Malayan Archipelago are found in the Philippine Islands, but are not yet intro- duced ; 7 species occur in N. America. The species, with few exceptions, are evergreen. Generic Description. — Lvs. lepidote, sometimes lepi- dote and pilose, or quite glabrous or tomentose beneath : fls. pedicelled, in terminal umbel-like racemes, rarely lateral in 1- to few-fld. clusters ; calyx 5-parted, often very RHODODENDRON small; corolla rotate-campanulate to funnel-shaped or sometimes tubular, with 5-10-lobed limb; stamens 5-20, usually 10: ovary glabrous, glandular, tomentose or lepi- dote, 5-10-loculed : capsule separating into 5 valves con- taining numerous minute seeds. The Rhododendrons possess but few economic properties. The hardy close- grained wood of the arborescent species is used for fuel; also for construction and for turnery work; the leaves of some species are sometimes used medicinally; those of It. arboreum are believed to be poisonous to cattle. The flowers of various species are sometimes made into a subacid jelly. Some authors unite Azalea with Rhododendron, but the two groups are very dis- tinct horticulturally, however closely they may be allied botanically. Azaleas are chiefly deciduous plants (A. Indica mostly evergreen), usually with 5 exserted sta- mens. Fig. 2105, Azalea Sinensis, also known as Rho- dodendron Sinense, shows the difference in looks be- tween the two groups. Hybrid Rhododendrons. — Many hybrids have been raised and they are now more extensively cultivated than the original species. The first hybrid was prob- ably the one raised from R. Ponticum, fertilized by a hardy Azalea, probably A. nudiflora ; it originated about 1800, in the nursery of Mr. Thompson, at Mile- end, near London, and was first described and figured as R. Ponticum, var. deciduum (Andrews, Bot. Rep. 6:379). Many hybrids of similar origin were afterwards raised. The first hybrid between true Rhododendrons was probably a cross between R. Catawbiense and R. Ponticum, but it seems not to have attracted much at- tention. It was by hybridizing the product of this cross with the Himalayan R. arboreum introduced about 1820 that the first plant was raised which became the fore- runner of a countless number of beautiful hybrids. From the appearance of this cross obtained about 1826, at Highclere, in England, and therefore called R. A Ita- clarense, the era of Rhododendron hybrids is to be dated. Figs. 2104 and 2106 are common hybrid forms. A sec- ond era in the history of the Rhododendron may be dated from the introduction of a large number of the beau- tiful Sikkim Rhododendrons about 1850 and of the Javanese species shortly afterwards. A third era will perhaps be traced from the recent introduction of the Yunnan Rhododendrons. ALFRED REHDER. HARDY RHODODENDRONS. — Rhododendrons, in this ar- ticle, mean the evergreen sorts, more particularly R. maximum and the hybrid varieties of R. Catawbiense; in the main, however, the directions for the various oper- ations apply to the Azalea group and to many other members of the heath family. Propagation. — Rhododendrons are increased by seeds, layers and grafts, and occasionally by cuttings. Seeds should be sown under glass, between January 1 and March 15, in soil one-half peat, one-half pure fine sand, with good drainage. The seeds are small and require no covering, the usual watering after sowing being quite sufficient. A thin layer of sphagnum over the surface of the seed-pan is good protection from the sun and keeps the soil evenly moist; it should be removed when ger- mination begins. Seeds may also be sown on growing sphagnum, a thin layer being compactly spread above the seed soil and drainage, and an even surface being secured by clipping. Seed-pans or flats of convenient size are used and they should be plunged in sphagnum still further to insure even moisture; the temperature of the house should be 45°-50° F. Seedlings are prone to damp-off and should be pricked-off into fresh soil as soon as they are big enough to handle; wooden pincers, made from a barrel hoop, are handy for this work. They are slow growers and must be tended carefully. Keep under glass, well shaded until the weather is settled. Frames with lath screens make good summer quarters. Winter in pits and plant out in frames in peaty soil when large enough. Never let them suffer from dryness. It has been suggested that the seed otR. maximum might be planted on living moss under high -branched trees in swamps where the water does not collect in winter. See Jackson Dawson, on the "Propagation of Trees and Shrubs from Seeds," Trans. Mass. Hort. Soc., 1885, part 1, p. 145. Layers probably make the best plants, and in the best English nurseries layering is the common method RHODODENDRON . RHODODENDRON 1519 of propagation. With us layering in spring is prefer- able, but abroad it is practiced in both spring and au- tumn. It is a slow process, but desirable for the hardy hybrids of R. Catawbiense. Roots form on wood of almost any age; when removed the layers should be treated as rooted cuttings and carefully grown in well- prepared soil where water and shade are easily fur- nished. See Layering. See, also, G.P. 6:63 (1893) for an interesting account of layering large plants by bury- ing them to the top. Grafting is the common method of propagation, and is employed almost universally in continental nurseries. R. Ponticum is the usual stock, a free grower and readily obtained from seeds. Attempts have been made to use R. maximum in American nurseries, because of the tenderness of R. Ponticum, but no great progress has been made. It is asserted that the rate of growth is somewhat slower than that of the hybrids; this seems hardly possible, and it is to be hoped that further ex- periments will be made. R. Ponticum should be estab- lished in pots in spring and grafted under glass in autumn and early winter, using the veneer-graft (see Graftage, p. 664, Vol. II). Graft as near the root as possible and plant the worked parts below the surface when planting in the nursery or permanently. With these precautions, and an extra covering of leaves until the plant is established on its own roots, the defect of ten- derness in this stock can be overcome. Nurse carefully the young grafted plants in frames until of sufficient size to be planted in the nursery rows. Figs. 2107 and 2108 illustrate two common methods of grafting Rho- dodendrons and other woody plants. The details of the unions are shown in Fig. 2107, and the completed work in Fig. 2108. Statements are made that cuttings of half - ripened wood will strike, but it is not likely that this will ever prove a practical method of propagating R, maximum or the Catawbiense hybrids: it might be worth while to experiment with wood grown under glass, particularly with some of the smaller-leaved evergreen kinds. Cultivation. — The point upon which the successful American growers of Rhododendrons now insist is that the water supply shall be sufficient. See H. H. Hun- newell, in G. F. 3:201 (1890). To effect this: (1) make the soil deep and fine, using materials like peat, leaf- mold, well-rotted manure and yellow loam, all of which natural water supply, nor so near buildings that the border is sheltered from rain or overdrained by cellar walls; (5) mulch with leaves summer and winter, pro- tect from wind and sun with evergreen boughs in win- 2106. A common hybrid form of Garden Rhododendron. are retentive of moisture; (2) plant in masses, at any rate while young, so that they may protect each other and prevent evaporation; (3) give the bed a northern exposure or a situation where the force of the midday sun is broken; (4) do not plant under or near trees like elm, oak or maple which make undue inroads on the 96 2107. Grafting of Rhododendron. Saddle-graft at A; veneer-graft at B. ter and in summer give heavy watering whenever the weather is excessively hot or dry. Soil. — The bed should be prepared by excavating to the desired dimensions and at least three feet deep. The poor material should be discarded, but the good soil can be replaced, adding enough peat, etc. (see above) to make good that which was rejected: all should be thoroughly and carefully mixed. Peat, al- though excellent, is not necessary. Yellow loam or hazel loam, if not too sandy, is equally good and is im- proved by additions of humus. To nearly pure peat an admixture of sand is beneficial; the essential point is that all soils for these plants must be fine. The beds should be prepared in autumn and left to settle all win- ter, due allowance being made for shrinking. In spring level off to the grade of the adjacent land and do not leave "rounded up." A bed higher at the center than at the sides perhaps makes a better display of the plants, but it is more likely to dry up and does not catch all the water possible from occasional showers. It is gen- erally conceded that lime soils and manures containing lime, e.g., wood ashes and bone meal, are injurious to Rhododendrons; in limestone regions it is undoubtedly advisable to substitute, for the natural soil, others which are free from this objectionable element. Planting. — Plant in spring when the weather is set- tled and the March winds have passed. If the ball of roots is dry, soak well before setting. Plant closely, so that the tops are only 10-12 in. apart and pay particular attention to "facing" them, i. e., see that the best side is facing the most important point of view and that all are faced alike. Grafted plants should, if pos- sible, have the worked portion below the sur- face. Do not plant in autumn. Plants grown on the premises may be transplanted in favor- able weather in summer if great care is taken to prevent the roots suffering from dryness. In plan- ning the original border it is well to leave room for extension: when planted, as described above, the beds can be enlarged at intervals of four or five years, or new beds made from the old stock. Place the beds so that the glare of the midday sun is screened both sum- mer and winter, and avoid situations where there is any interference, owing to trees or buildings, with a naturally good condition of the soil in respect to mois- ture. If permanent protection is desired, use conifers, oarticularly the hemlock, in preference to deciduous 'rees. Good positions for beds may be found along the =idges of ponds and streams, and in reclaimed meadows, with their cool moist soil, but keep aloof from any ground where the water collects in summer or winter. Beds, or even single plants, if sizable, may be intro- duced into open spaces in woodlands if the precautions noted above are observed and plenty of air and light are obtainable. It is somewhat difficult to combine Rhodo- 1520 RHODODENDRON RHODODENDRON dendrons and many deciduous shrubs, among which are the Azaleas, their near relatives. A background of dark green conifers seems most appropriate. Mountain Laur- els, Pieris floribunda, Leucothoe Catasbwi and Daphne Cneorum are proper companions, but at times these seem better apart. Our native lilies, L. superbum and L. Canadense, are good associates and thrive under the same conditions. In hot, dry weather water should be given, not daily in driblets, as lawns are sprinkled, but in quantity, enough at one time to soak the border to the depth of the soil, but at comparatively infrequent intervals, once a week or so. The bed should also be mulched with leaves, or other material, to prevent evaporation; grass clippings are serviceable, but should not be used in large quantities at any one time or else they will heat. Leaves make good winter protection, which should be given just before cold weather, — here, in eastern Massa- chusetts, between Thanksgiving and Christmas. Let the bed be covered to the depth of 10-12 in., well worked in beneath the foliage but not over it. In spring dig as 2*08. Saddle-graft at A ; veneer-graft at For comparison with Fig. 2107. much as possible of this material into the ground, re- serving a part for the summer mulch. Shelter the tops with evergreen boughs, the butts driven into the earth a foot or more deep; in very windy positions a temporary board fence is useful. Neither boughs nor fence should be removed until all danger from high winds has passed. Rhododendrons require no pruning unless injured or when ill-grown plants must be made shapely ; they break easily when cut back, even if the wood be aged. As yet no insect pest or fungous disease of importance has appeared. Varieties. — The following Hardy Rhododendrons, hy- brids of R. Catawbiense, were sent to the Arnold Arbor- etum in 1891 by Mr. Anthony Waterer, Knap Hill Nur- sery, Woking, Surrey, England. Their hardiness has been proved by a ten years' test. In flower, foliage and growth they leave nothing to be desired: it is impos- sible to give them too great praise. For additional lists, see Garden and Forest as quoted above and in other articles in the same journal. The brief descriptions are taken from Mr. Waterer's catalogue, from which further details can be obtained; almost all these varieties origi- nated in his establishment. Album elegans, blush changing to white, one of the best; Album grandiflorum, blush, fine truss; Alex. Dancer, bright rose ; Atrosanguineum, intense blood-red ; Bicolor; Bluebell, blush ; Caractacus, purple - crimson ; Catawbiense album, white; Ohas. Bagley, cherry-red ; Chas. Dickens, dark scarlet; C. S. Sargent, bright scarlet, fine truss; Ccerulescens, blush; Coriaceum, white; Delicatissimum, white, pink edge; Edw. S. Rand, scarlet ; Everestianum, rosy lilac, fringed, one of the best; F. D. Godman, crimson, fine blotch; F. L. Ames; Glenyanum ; Giganteum, bright rose ; Vuido, deep crimson ; Hannibal, rose, late; Henrietta Sargent, pink; H. H. Hunne- well, dark crimson, fine truss; H. W. Sargent, crimson; Jas. Bate-man, rosy scarlet; Jas. Macintosh, rosy scarlet; Kettle- drum, purplish crimson ; King of Purples, fine habit ; Lady Armstrong, pale rose, beautiful ; Lady Grey Egerton, silvery blush, splendid truss, extra; Marion; M. H. Sutton, scarlet, fine; Maximum Wellsianum, blush, late; M. T. Masters, rosy crimson; Melton, rich purple; Miss Mary Ames, fine habit, crimson; M rs. A . Hunnewell, pink ; Mrs. Chas. Sargent, pink; Mrs. H. Ingersoll, rosy lilac; Mrs. Milner, crimson; Norma; Purpureum elegans ; Purpureum grandiflorum; Kalph San- ders, purple-crimson; Roseum elegans ; B.S. Fie Id, scarlet; Sef- ton, dark maroon, extra. g jj WATSON. RHODODENDRONS NEAR BOSTON. — In the vicinity of Boston there are many notable instances of the suc- cessful use of Rhododendrons in greater or less quantity. The estate of the late Francis B. Hayes, of Lexington, Mass., and that of H. H. Hunnewell, at Wellesley, Mass., are perhaps as notable examples as any, although other examples could be cited by the score of fine estates in which plantings of Rhododendrons have been prominent features. The success that has attended these plantings has been brought about very largely through most expensive experi- ment whereby a great number of named varieties have been originally imported on the basis of experiment with a view to proving what the hardy kinds might be. The hybrids of Rho- dodendron Catawbiense and R. Ponticum are the principal va- rieties that have been planted, and extensive trials with their consequent numerous failures have established the fact that the following eighteen varieties can well be stated to be the hardy varieties for the climatic conditions peculiar u> this vi- cinity: Album elegans, Album grandiflorum, Atrosanguineum, Caractacus, Charles Bagley, Charles Dickens, Delicatis- simum, Everestianum, Gigan- teum, Hannibal, H. H. Hunne- well, James Bateman, Lady Armstrong, Lee's Purple, Old Port, Purpureum, Pur- pureum grandiflorum, Roseum elegans. The list noted above constitutes the iron-clad varie- ties for the vicinity of Boston. The expression "iron- clad " does not, however, indicate that these varieties can be promiscuously planted without proper attention to their requirements. That Rhododendrons do suc- ceed under conditions of comparatively poor soil and exposure is not an indication that they are happy under such conditions. Rhododendrons must have the proper conditions of soil, exposure and moisture in order to §ive the most satisfactory returns in growth and flower, oil conditions do not necessarily involve an extended outlay in preparation, provided the original soil is of a good, ordinary composition such as would maintain common garden products to good advantage, but it is desirable to add 25 per cent of well-rotted leaf -mold, thus providing that peculiar humus that the Rhododen- dron seems best to thrive in. On the other hand, care must be taken that this percentage is not largely in- creased, as frequent instances arise where beds have been prepared with too large a percentage of leaf-mold, with the result that where the beds have once dried out the texture of the soil becomes like that of a very dry sponge. When the soil is in such condition it is impos- sible to wet it down artificially in a satisfactory manner. The exposure need not necessarily be confined to shel- B. RHODODENDRON RHODODENDRON 1521 tered locations, provided soil conditions are sufficiently favorable to maintain a vigorous and healthy growth. Fertilizers can be applied to Rhododendrons to increase the after-growth, although it is not desirable that they be applied directly to the roots. Stable manure should perhaps never be worked through the soil until it has been allowed to thoroughly weather by being first ap- plied as a mulch on the surface of the ground. Here, again, it is essential that care be taken in working in such fertilizer that it be done in such a manner that the tine, fibrous roots of the Rhododendron which are so close to the surface of the soil be not seriously dis- turbed. It is perhaps better to leave the fertilizer as a mulch on the surface of the ground without attempting to work it generally into the soil. During the winter months a raking of leaves should be worked through the beds to a depth of six inches to a foot, and it is better that the gardener be not over-particular in raking away these leaves in the spring, leaving the bare sur- face of the ground exposed, with the consequent injury to the surface roots of the Rhododendron through drought conditions. Where it is possible to provide a somewhat shaded location with an eastern or northern exposure the Rhododendron will succeed better than under conditions of southern or western exposure. A southern exposure necessitates careful shading of the plants throughout the winter in order to prevent injury from alternate freezing and thawing in the late winter months or by blasting of the flower-buds through too early growth with its consequent injury from late spring frosts. When massed against a background of evergreens the Rhododendron perhaps shows to its best advantage, but with the use of the taller-growing varie- ties they make tall, showy banks of Rhododendrons alone. The greatest cause for disappointment in the use of the imported Rhododendron occurs through lack of discrimination in the selection of varieties and also in the manner of propagation of these varieties. Rho- dodendrons grafted on Rhododendron Ponticum, a native of southern Europe and Asia Minor, cannot be depended on for best success, as no matter how hardy the top of the plant may be, unless the junctions of the graft are below the surface of the soil so that the stalk itself is protected, nothing but disappointment can result, since the roots of the plant are killed and there is nothing from which the top can draw nourishment. So far as possible varieties must be selected that are either grown from layers or worked on some perfectly hardy stock, such as Rhododendron maximum or R. ('(itiui'biense. R. Catawbiense and its various forms have constituted the main part of the plants that have been imported, while the R. maximum has until lately been practically lost sight of, though the fact remains that for many years R. maximum has con- tributed to the establishment of a class of hardy forms such as the variety Delicatissimum, in which one finds the vigor of growth and size of foliage indica- tive of the Maximum parentage, while the abundance of bloom and color can be traced to that other parent, R. Catawbiense. Some other varieties are in commerce that have had similar hardy parentage, and some seed- lings are known in this country which combine great merits but which up to the present time have not been offered or propagated largely. Among these could be mentioned the variety "James Comley," a seedling originated by James Comley on the estate of Francis B. Hayes, of Lexington, for which the Massachusetts Horticultural Society awarded a silver medal in 1898. The great objection to the use of Hybrid Rhododendrons has been their cost and the length of time that was necessary to wait for the smaller plants to make satis- factory height for producing landscape effects. Con- sequently, the landscape architects of recent years have soiight a variety of Rhododendron that would combine vigor of growth, blooming quality and perfect hardi- ness. Experiments made with collected plants of R. majrinmm taken from various localities have proved that this plant is practical for such purposes; and the outcome of such experiments has been that such large private estates as those of William Rockefeller, W. L. Elkins, Mrs. Eliot F. Shepard, and others, have very largely been stocked with collected plants of R. maxi- tinu», supplied in car-load lots and in sizes ranging from 8-foot bushy specimens down to small plants that could be grown on for future flower and foliage effects. These plants an taken from localities where the plants are growing either in the open or under moderate shade conditions and have been pruned by the natural process of fire, resulting in a vigorous growth of a more or less bushy and compact nature and growing in soil of suffi- cient richness to assure their digging with a large amount of clinging earth. With proper care in trans- portation and after-cultivation the results show a sur- prisingly small loss of plants. Plants collected under these ideal conditions give entirely satisfactory results. but so far as these conditions of careful digging, pack- ing, transportation and after-culture are violated, the results are correspondingly less satisfactory. The areas from which the plants can be collected under the conditions mentioned above are very re- stricted and soon become exhausted of the plants. There seems to be no limit to the size of the plants that can be transplanted with success, as broad masses 12 feet high and as much in diameter frequently are moved and show practically no set-back in the trans- planting, j WOODWARD MANNING. INDEX. For many other names, see supplementary list. ovatum, 16. Ponticum, 4. prsecox, 20. punctatum, 14. puniceus, 6. purpureum, 3. Purshii, 3. roseo-album, 7. roseum, 3. sempervirens, 19. splendens, 7. hirsutnm, 13. jasminiflorum, 11. Keiskei, 17. Kingianum, 6. limbatum, 6. maximum, 3, 5. Metterniehi, 9. minus, 14. mucrpnnlatuin, 18. myrtifoliuin, 16 and stramineum, 7. suppl. Wallichi, 10. Nilagiricnm, 6. Washingtonianum, odoratum, 5. 1. olecefolium, 15. Wilsoni, 15. oralifolium, 16. Windsor!!, «. seruginosum, 10. fragrans, 5. album, 3, 4, 6, 12, Hammondi, 15. 14 and suppl. arbutifolium, 15. arboreum, 6. atrovirens, 19. azaleoides, 5. Batemani, 10. brachycarpum. 8. Californicum, 1. campanulatum, 10. Catawbiense, 2. Caucasicum, 7. cinnamomeum, 6. Dahuricum, 19. daphnoides, 15. ferrugineum, 12. flavidum, 7. A. Foliage and ovary not lepidote: buds with many imbricate scales. JGurhododendron. B. Lvs. glabrous beneath or only pubescent when young. C. Plants with coriaceous, per- sistent Ivs. D. Pedicels glabrous 1 . Californicum DD. Pedicels pubescent or glandular. E. Under side of Ivs. whitish. F. Calyx - lobes much shorter than ovary. 2. Catawbiense FF. Calyx-lobes about as long as ovary 3. maximum EE. Under side of Ivs. pale green 4. Ponticum CC. Plants with Ivs. rather thin, falling off the second spring, 2-3% in. long 5. azaleoides BB. Lvs. tomentose or pubescent beneath. C. Young branches and ovary tomentose. D. Shrub attaining 25 ft. in height, or tree becoming 40 ft.: plant half-hardy. 6. arboreum DD. Shrub, 2-4 ft. high, rarely 10 ft. high: plant hardy. E. Corolla 5-lobed, spotted greenish. F. The Ivs. acute at both ends 7, Caucasicum FF. The Ivs. obtuse at both ends 8. brachycarpum 9. Metterniehi EE. Corolla 5-7-lobed, spot- ted purple. CC. Younft branches, pedicels and ovary glabrous 10. campanulatum 1.322 RHODODENDRON AA. Foliage lepidote or glandular, rarely more than 3 in. long: ovary lepidote. Lepidorhodium. B. Corolla with cylindric tube, thrice as long as lobes 11. jasminillorum BB. Corolla campanulate or funnel- form; lobes as long or twice as long as tube. G. Lvs. persistent; corolla lepi- dote outside. D. Style hardly twice as long as ovary, shorter than stamens: I vs. often slightly crenulate. E. The h-s. without hairs.12. ferrugineum EE. The h's. ciliate 13. hirsutum DD. Style at least thrice as long as ovary. E. Fls. pink or u-hite 14. punctatum 15. arbutifolium 10. myrtifolium EE. Fls. pale yellow 17. Keiskei CO. Lvs. deciduous or semi-per- sistent: corolla not lepi- dote outside: fl&. very early in spring from lateral 1-f Id. buds at the ends of branches 18. mucronulatum 19. Dahuricum 20. praecox 1. Calif6rnicum, Hook. Shrub, 8 ft. high, sometimes to 20 ft., glabrous: Ivs. oblong, shortly acuminate, pale green beneath, 3-6 in. long, sometimes crowded beneath the fls.: clusters many-fld.: calyx minute; corolla broadly campanulate, with oval crisped lobes, rosy pur- ple or pink, paler towards the center, spotted yellow within, about 2 in. across, rich carmine in bud; sta- mens 10, with purple anthers: ovary with appressed silky hairs. May, June. Calif, to Ore. B.M. 4863.- Var. Washingtonianum, Zabel (R. Washingtonianum and probably B. Californicum, var. maximum, Hort.), is not much different, but has yellow anthers ; it has proved as hardy as R. Catawbiense. 2. Catawbiense, Pursh. Figs. 2109, 2110. Shrub, 6 ft. high, rarely 20 ft. : Ivs. rounded at base, oval to oblong, usually obtuse and mucronulate, glaucous beneath, 3-5 in. long: clusters many-fld.; pedicels rusty pubescent : corolla broadly campanulate, with broad roundish lobes, lilac-purple, about 1% in. across : ovary rusty tomen- tose. June. Va. to Ga., in the mts. B.M. 1671. L.B.C. 12:1176. — One of the most beautiful of native shrubs, covering extensive tracts of land in the southern Alle- ghanies. Hardy as far north as New England. 3. maximum, Linn. GREAT LAUREL. Fig. 2111. Shrub or small tree, attaining 35 ft.: Ivs. mostly acute at base, narrow-oblong or lanceolate-oblong, acute or shortly acumi- nate, whitish beneath, 4-10 in. long: clus- ters many-fld. ; pedicels viscid : calyx-lobes oval, as long as ovary; corolla campanulate, deeply 5-lobed with oval lobes, usually rose- colored, spotted greenish within, about 1% in. across: ovary glandular. June, July. N. S. and Ont. to Ga. B.M. 951. Em. 2:435. Mn. 1:1 and 3, p. 22. D. 16.— This is one of the hardiest species, being hardy as far north as Quebec and Ontario. Three vars. have been distinguished: var. album, Pursh (R. Ptirshii, Don), with white fls.; var. purpureum, Pursh (R. purpureum, Don), with purple fls., and var. roseum, Pursh, with pink flowers. This species and the former are now often extensively used in park-planting and taken by the car-loads from the woods. If properly handled and RHODODENDRON panulate with oval lobes, purple, spotted brownish with- in, about 2 in. across: ovary glandular. May, June. Spain, Portugal, Asia Minor. B.M. 650.— This species is less hardy than the two preceding and now rarely fourid in cultivation in its typical form. Var. album, Hort., has white flowers. There are also vars. with va- riegated and one with purplish leaves. 5. azaleoides, Desf. (R. fragrans, Hort. R. odoratum, Hort.). Hybrid between R. Ponticum and Azalea nu- diflora. Shrub, a few ft. high: Ivs. leathery but thin, elliptic to oblong, acute at both ends, dark green above, paler beneath, sometimes pubescent when young: fls. funnelform-campanulate, pinkish or whitish, fragrant, 1K-2 in. across; calyx with ciliate lobes. May, June. — Of garden origin. There are many allied forms of simi- lar origin described under different names. The name Azaleodendron has been proposed as a generic name for the hybrids between Azalea and Rhododendron. 6. arbdreum, Smith. Fig. 2112. Large shrub or tree, attaining 40 ft.: Ivs. oblong to lanceolate, acute, rugose above, distinctly veined and whitish or ferrugineous- tomentose beneath, 4-6 in. long: clusters dense, pedi- cels short: calyx minute; corolla campanulate, blood- red, pink or white, usually spotted, 1-1 % in. across: ovary ferrugineous-woolly or mealy, usually 7-9-celled. March-May. Himalayas. B.R. 11:890. P.M. 1:101.— Var. album. DC. (R. album, Sweet, not Blume). Fls. white, spotted purple: Ivs. ferrugineous beneath. S.B.F.G. 5:148. Var. cinnamdmeum, Lindl. Fls. white, slightly blushed, darker spotted than the preceding: Ivs. cinnamon-brown beneath. B.R. 23:1982. Var. lim- batum, Hook. Fls. with rosy limb and white throat, blotched purple at base: Ivs. white beneath. B.M. 5311. Var. Kingianum, Hook. (R. Kingianum, Watt.). Shrub: Ivs. broader, strongly bullate, very dark: fls. deep scarlet; filaments rose-colored; calyx larger. G.C. 111.26:306. Var. Nilagfricum, Clarke. Fls. rose-colored to deep crimson, spotted: Ivs. ferrugineous beneath. B.M.4381. Gn. 36:710. Var. puniceum, DC. Fls. purple or scarlet: Ivs. white beneath. Var. Windsorii, Voss (R. Windsorii, Nutt. ). Fls. deep crimson-scarlet; calyx with elongated lobes: Ivs. white beneath. B.M. 5008. 7. Caucasicum, Pall. Dense low shrub, 2ft. high, of ten with procumbent branches: Ivs. oval-oblong or narrow- 2109. Flower-bud of Rhododendron Catawbiense (X %). These buds are full-formed in the fall. Unless these large terminal buds are produced, the bush will not bloom the following spring. taken from a turfy soil with a sufficient ball of earth around the roots, they are usually successfully trans- planted. 4. P6nticum, Linn. Shrub, 10 ft. high: Ivs. elliptic to oblong, acute, pale green beneath, 3-5 in. long: clus- ters many-fld. ; pedicels longer than fls. : calyx-lobes as long as ovary, the lower ones half as long; corolla cam- elliptic, acute, dark green above, ferrugineous tomen- tose beneath, 2—4 in. long: clusters 7-10-fld.; pedicels short: calyx minute; corolla funnelform-campanulate, with emarginate rounded lobes, pink to yellowish white, spotted greenish within, 1% in. across. June, July. Caucasus. B.M. 1145. — A dwarf, quite hardy species; late-flowering. Var. Havidum, Regel. Fls. straw-col- RHODODENDRON RHODODENDRON 1523 ored, spotted greenish within. Gt. 16:560. Var. stramin- eum, Hook., is similar, but with fulvous spots. B.M. 3422. Var. roseo-album, Briot, with blush tts., changing to white, and var. splendens, Briot, with deep pink Us., are said to bloom very early and may be hybrids. R.H. 1868:311. 8. brachycarpum, Don. Shrub, 4 ft. high, sometimes 10 ft.: Ivs. oval to oblong, rounded at both ends. 11111- cronulate at the apex, bright green above, whitish or ferrugineous-tomentulose beneath, 2K-6 in. long: fls. in dense clusters, short-pedicelled; calyx-lobes short; corolla campanulate, creamy white, spotted greenish within, l%-2 in. across. June. Japan. G.F. 1:293.— Has proved quite hardy, but is yet rare in cultivation. 9. Metternichi, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub, 4 ft. high: Ivs. oblong or oblong- lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, acute or obtuse, ferrugineous-tomentose beneath, 3-6 in. long : clusters 8-15-fld. ; calyx minute ; corolla cam- panulate, 5-7-lobed, rose-colored, spotted purple within, 1J-2-2 in. across; stamens 10-14. May, June. Japan. S.Z. 1:9. — Like the preceding hardy, but rare in cultiva- tion. 10. campanulatum, Don. Shrub, attaining 16 ft. : Ivs. elliptic to elliptic-oblong, usually rounded at both ends, ferrugineous-tomentose beneath, 3-6 in. long: clusters many-Hd.; pedicels short: calyx -lobes short; corolla campanulate, pale purple or pale lilac or almost white, with few purple spots, 2 in. across. June. Himalaya. B.M. 3759. L.B.C. 20:1944. S.B.F.G. II. 3:241. Gn. 48, p. 108. — This is one of the hardiest of the Himalayan species. Var. eeruginosum, Nichols. {R. ceruginosum Hook. f. ). Lvs. with verdigris-colored tomentum be neath. Var. Batemani, Nichols. (R. Bdtemani, Hook.). Of more robust habit and with larger flowers. B.M. 5387. Var. WallicMi, Hook. Lvs. with lax, often cadu- cous tomentum, and with densely woolly petioles: co- rolla more highly colored. B.M. 4928. 11. jasminiflbrum, Hook. Small shrub: Ivs. subver- ticillate, obovate to oblong, acute, glabrous, lepidote be- neath, l%-3 in. long: clusters many-fld.; pedicels short: calyx minute; corolla almost salver-shaped, with the tube 2 in. long and spreading limb, fragrant, white, blushed outside below the limb, the anthers forming a redeye; style shorter than stamens, included. Winter. Java, Malacca. B.M. 4524. I.H. 6:203.— A distinct spe- cies, very unlike other Rhododendrons ; it requires a warm greenhouse. 12. ferrugineum, Linn. Shrub, 2 ft. high, glabrous: Ivs. elliptic to oblong-lanceolate, acute, densely lepidote beneath, 1-2 in. long: clusters many-fld.: calyx-lobes short; corolla funnelform -campanulate, with the tube about twice as long as limb, pink or carmine, about % in. across. June-Aug. Mts. of middle Eu. L.B.C. 1:65. Gn. 29, p. 358. — Dwarf, hardy shrub, handsome for rockeries. Var. album, Sweet, has white flowers. S.B.F.G. II. 3:258. 13. hirsutum, Linn. Shrub, 3 ft. high, with hirsute branches: Ivs. oval to oblong, ciliate, light green and glandular - lepidote beneath, K-l in. long: clusters many-fld.; calyx-lobes as long as ovary; corolla similar to that of the preceding, lobes shorter. June, July Alps. L.B.C. 5:479. B.M. 1853. — Much like the preced- ing, but usually thrives better in cultivation and does not dislike limestone soil. 14. punctatum, Andr. (R. minus, Michx.). Shrub, 6 ft. high, with slender spreading or recurving branches: Ivs. oval- or oval - lanceolate, acute at both ends, gla- brous above, glandular - lepidote beneath, 2-5 in. long: clusters rather few-fld.: calyx short; corolla broadly funnelform, with obovate rounded and slightly undu- late lobes, usually pale rose and spotted greenish with- in, about 1 in. across. June-Aug. N. C. to Ga. B.M. 2285. B.R. 1:37. Hardy. -Var. album, Hort. Fls. white. 15. arbutifdlium, Hort. (R. daphnoldes, Hdmmondi, and oletffblium, Hort. R. Wilsoni, Hort., not Nutt.). A hybrid of If. ferrugineum and punctatum. Dense shrub, 4 ft. high : Ivs. elliptic to elliptic - lanceolate, acute at both ends, l%-3 in. long: fls. similar to those of R. fe-rrugineum, but larger. June, July. — Of garden origin. Handsome hardy shrub, perhaps best known under the name R. Wilsoni ; this name, however, had been given previously to another hybrid between two Himalayan species and should not be used for this form. 16. myrtifdlium, Lodd. {If. onilifiiUmt,. Hort. R. oratum, Hort., not Hook.). Hybrid between R. jnux-ta- tum and liirsiihim, much like the preceding, but Ivs. generally smaller and broader, less densely lepidote be- neath, 1-2% in. long, sometimes sparingly ciliate when young: fls. longer pedicelled and calyx-lobes narrower and longer. June, July. L.B.C. 10:908. — Originated in the nursery of Loddigcs 2110. Rhododendron Catawbiense (X %). 17. Keiskei, Miq. Low, sometimes procumbent shrub: Ivs. elliptic to lanceolate, acute, dull green above, lepi- dote beneath, 1K-3 in. long: clusters 2-5-fld.; calyx minute; corolla broadly funnelform, divided to the mid- dle into rounded lobes, pale yellow, 1% in. across; sta- mens much exserted. May. Japan. — Hardiness not yet determined. 18. mucronulatum, Turcz. {R. Dahuricum, var. mu- cronuldtum, Maxim.). Upright shrub attaining 6 ft.: Ivs. elliptic to oblong, acute at both ends, slightly crenu- late, sparingly lepidote on both sides, bright green above, pale beneath: fls. 3-6, short-pedicelled; corolla funnel- form, almost without tube, divided to the middle into oval rounded lobes, rose-colored, 1-1 % in. across. March, April. Dahuria, N. China, Japan. G.F. 9:65.-Hardy shrub valuable for its very early fls. (it is the earliest of all hardy Rhododendrons), and for its handsome scarlet fall coloring. 19. Dahuricum, Linn. (Azdlea Duhfirica, C. Koch). Closely allied to the preceding but Ivs. smaller, oval to oval-oblong, obtuse at both ends, revolute at the margin and ferrugineous beneath : fls. 1-3. March, April. Siber., Dahur., Camschatka. B.M. 17:636. L.B.C. 7:605. G.C. II. 17:295; III. 12:701. -Var. semp6rvirens, Sims (var. atrovirens, Edw.). Lvs. dark green, almost persistent: fls.violet-purple. B.M. 1888. B.R. 3:194. L.B.C. 16:1584. 20. prascox, Carr. Hybrid between R. ciliatum and Dahuricum. Low shrub with persistent, elliptic or oval Ivs., sparingly ciliate or glabrous, ferrugineous-lepidote beneath, 1-2 in. long : clusters few-fld. : calyx-lobes ovate, ciliate; corolla broadly funnelform, pale purple or lilac, 1^ in. across. March, April. Of garden origin. R.H. 1868:210. Gn. 38:761. G.C. II. 17:295; III. 12:771. Less hardy than the preceding species but handsomer. Here belongs also Early Gem, with larger pale-lilac fls. and the Ivs. somewhat more ciliate. G.C. II. 9:336. Great numbers of names of Rhododendrons are to be found in current literature, but the plants may be unknown in th« American trade. The following list will explain most of these names. Some of them belong to Azalea, although ithey may not be accounted for under that genus in this work. R. Afghdiiicuin, Hort., not Aitch. = R. Collettianum. — R. albifldrum. Hook. = Azalea albiflora. — R. album, Blame. Small shrub: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, ferrugineous-lepidote be- neath, 3-4 in. long: fls. rather small, campanulate, yellowish white. Java. B.M. 4972. Tender.— R. Altaclarense. Lindl. Hybrid of R. arboreum with R. Catawbiense X Ponticum. Fin. 1524 RHODODENDRON R. gYande.-.R. Aucklandi, Hook. f. = R. Griffithianum var. AucBklandl.-J?. ftatoamin^torum. Hort ..Hybrids of the Java- •used lor ;i uuuuic j-vi A** v* *»•»— — i — — > - - -- - rosiflora.— R. barbdtum, Wall. Tree, attaining 60 ft.: )vs. with ferrugineously subtomentose beneath BM. 5120 -#. Mcolor, Don = Azalea nudiflora.— R. blandfordicefldrum, Hook. Slen- der shrub, 8ft. high, allied to R. einnabarinum : Ivs. oblong- lanceolate, fermgineous-lepidote beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. R einnabarinum).— R. Boothii, Nutt. Shrub, 6 ft. high, often epiphytal: Ivs. ovate-oblong, or oblong-lanceolate, hirsute above when young, minutely lepidote beneath, 4-5 in. long: fls. in dense clusters, campanulate, yellow, l>4in. across. Himal. BM 7149 I H. 5:174. — -R. Srookeanum. Low shrub, often epiphytal, with glabrous purple branches; Ivs. oblong-lanceo- late pale beneath, 6-9 in. long: fls. ftmnelform-campanulate, orange- or golden yellow, 2% in. across. Borneo. B.M. 4935. FS 5 p. 477 and 12:1238-39. G.C. III. 9:62l.-.R. calendu- 2111. Rhododendron maximum (X lAceum, Torr. = Azalea ealendulacea.— R. calophyllum, Nutt. Shrub, 3 ft. high: Ivs. oblong-ovate or elliptic, glossy above, lepidote beneath, 3-5 in. long: fls. 4-5, tubular-campanulate, white, slightly tinged yellowish green, 3 in. across. Himal. B.M. 5002. F.S. 22:2340.— R. camelliceflbrum, Hook. f. Shrub. 6 ft. high, often epiphytal: Ivs. elliptic-lanceolate, ferrugineous- lepidote beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. 1-2, short-pedicelled, broadly campanulate, white or slightly tinged rose, 1% in. across; sta- mens 16. Himal. B.M. 4932. — R. campy locdrpum. Hook. f. Shrub, 6 ft. high: Ivs. elliptic, obtuse, mucronulate, glabrous and glaucous beneath, 2-3% in. long: fls. several, campanulate, yellow, fragrant, to 2% in. across. Himal. B.M. 4968. Gn. 54:1186. G.C. II. 21:833; III. 11:501 and 12:699.-^. Canadense, Dipp.=Azalea Canadensis, described on p. 122, Vol. I.— R. Gavrbni, Andre. Hybrid of R. formosum and Veitchi. Fls. white, usually slightly tinged rose, fragrant, 3% in. across. R.H. 1885:60.— R. Ohdmpionce, Hook.=Azalea Championw, O. Ktze. It seems not yet introduced. B.M. 4609. — R. chrys- dnthum, Pall. Low shrub, 2 ft. high: Ivs. elliptic-oblong, acute, 1-2 in. long, ferrugineous beneath: fls. few, slender- pediceled, broadly campanulate, yellow, 1% in. across. Siberia, Kams- chatka. Hardy.— R. cilidtum, Hook, f. Small shrub, 2-4 ft.: Ivs. elliptic, acuminate, pilose above, ciliate, pale and lepidote beneath, 2 in. long: fls. several, campanulate, pale purple, \% in. across. Himal. P.b'.G. 3:83. Var. roseo album, Hook. Fls. larger, white, tinged rose. B.M. 4648. F.S. 8:766. Gt. 16:563.— R. ciliicdlyx, Franch. Small shrub: Ivs. elliptic-obovate, shortly acuminate, ciliate, pale and lepidote beneath: fls. 7-10, campanulate, white, 2 in. across. Yunnan. R.H. 1899:36.—^. einnabarinum, Hook, f. Slender-branched shrub: Ivs. elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, lepidote beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. many, nodding, tubular-campanulate, rose-orange or brick-red, 1% in. long. Himal. Var. pallidum, Hook. Lvs. glaucous beneath: fls. pale rose, spotted red within. B.M. 4788. Var. Roylei, Hook. Lvs. ferrugineous beneath : fls larger, of brighter color. Gn, 44:940. G.C. II. 21:765 and III. 1:2709.-.K. clividnum. Hook. Hybrid of R. arboreum album and Catawbiense. Fls. RHODODENDRON white, blushed and spotted carmine. B.M. 4478.— R. citrlnum, Hassk. Small shrub: Ivs. elliptic-oblong, obtuse, lepidote and pale beneath, l%-2in. long: tts. several, nodding, campanulate, pale yellow, % in. long, fragrant. Java. B.M. 4797. Tender. — R. Collettidnum, Aitch & Hemsl. Shrub, 10 ft. high: Ivs. ellip- tic-lanceolate, brownish lepidote beneath, l%-3 in. long: fls. short-pedicelled, fmmelt'orm, white, 1 in. long. Afghan. B M 7019. G.C. III. 4:297.— R. Cunninghami, Hort. Hybrid of R. arboreum, var. cinnamomeum and R. maximum, var. album. Fls. white, spotted purple. Moore, Gard. Mag. Bot. 1851:121. Not to be confounded with R. Cunningham's White, avariety or hybrid of R. Caucasicum, which is a dwarf and hardy shrub, much used in Germany as a stock for grafting hardy varieties. R. Ddlhousice, Hook. f. Straggling shrub, attaining 8 ft., often epiphytal: Ivs. elliptic, rusty-lepidote beneath, 4-5 in. long: fls. 3-5, campanulate, yellow, changing to white, fragrant, 4%in. across. Himal. B.M. 4718. Gn. 28:511. F.S. 5:466-68. Gn. 48, p. 108. Remarkable for the large, lily-like fragrant tts. A doable-fid, variety is figured in Gn. 13, p. 517. R. Dalhousias hybridum (B.M. 5322) is a hybrid with R. formosum and R. DalhousiiB Victorianuni (F.S. 23:2466), a hybrid with R. Nuttallii. — R. Ddviesi, Hort. Hybrid of R. Javanicum and re- tusum, with tubular orange-red fls. F.M. 20:474. Not to be confounded with Azalea Daviesi, see Vol. I, p. ]20.— R. decorum, Franch. Shrub: Ivs. oblong-ovate, glabrous, glaucous beneath: rts. broadly campanulate, white or pink, to 2 in. across; sta- mens 16. Thibet, Yunnan.— R. Delaadyi, Franch. Tree: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, rufous-tomentulose beneath: fls. in large, dense heads, deep red, broadly campanulate, 1 in. across. Yunnan.— R. Edgeworthii, Hook. f. Straggling shrub, often epiphytal: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, blackish green and reticulate above, t'errugineous-tomentose below, 3-4 in. long: fls. few, broadly campanulate, white, tinged rose, with broad, waved lobes, 4% in. across. Himal. B.M. 4936. F.S. 8:797-98.— #. eximium, Nutt. = R. Falconeri, var. eximium. — R. Fdlconeri, Hook. f. Shrub or tree, attaining 30 ft.: Ivs. elliptic or obo- vate, rusty-tomentose beneath, 8-10 in. long: fls. many, cam- panulate, 8-10-lobed, white, with a dark purple blotch within, 1-2 in. across. Himal. B.M. 4924. F.S. 5:477-80; 11:1166-67. Gt. 19:658. Gn.48,p. 103; 49, p. 441. G.C. III. 20:749. Remarkable for its very large Ivs., sometimes to \% ft. long. Var. eximium, Hook. Fls. rose-colored and not spotted. — li. fastubsum, var. ttore pleno, Vanhoutte. Hybrid of R. Catawbiense and R. Pon- ticum. Fls. lilac-purple, semi-double. F.S. 2:143. Almost hardy. — R. Fdrrerce, Tate = Azalea Farrerse.— R. fldvum, Don = A. Pontica. — R. Fordii, Hemsl. Shrub: Ivs. lanceolate, glabrous, 2-3 in. long: fls. few, pure white, l%in. across. S. China.— R. formosum, Wall. (R. Gibsoni, Paxt.). Slender shrub, 8 ft. high: Ivs. oblong-obovate, ciliate, pilose above, glaucous and lepidote beneath, 1-2% in. long: fls. few, funnel- form-campanulate, white, tinged pink, l%-2 in. across. Hima- laya Mts. B.M. 4457. P.M. 8:217. G.C. III. 17:711.— R. Fors- teridnum, Hort. Hybrid of R. Edgeworthii and Veitchii. Fls. large, white.— R. Fortunei, Lindl. Shrub, 12 ft. high, with stout branches, glabrous: Ivs. oblong, acute, glaucous beneath, &-7 in. long: fls. many, broadly campanulate, 7-lobed, rosy lilac; stamens 14. B.M. 5596. Almost hardy.— R. fulgens, Hook. f. Allied to R. campanulatum, but smaller: fls. deep blood-red, in a dense head. Himal. B.M. 5317. F.S. 8:789.— R. Gibsoni, Paxt. = R. formosum. — R. glaucum, Hook. f. Small shrub, 3 ft. high: Ivs. elliptic-oblong, lepidote, glaucous be- neath, 2-4 in. long: fls. 5-8, carapanulate, rose-colored, 1% in. across. Himal. B.M. 4721. F.S. 7:672.— R. grdnde, Wight (R. argenteum, Hook. f. ). Tree, to 40 ft.: Ivs. oblong-obovate, acute, glabrous, white beneath, 8-12 in. long: fls. in a dense head, campanulate, 5-8-lobed, rosy at first, changing to white, 2-3 in. across. Himal. B.M. 5054. Gn. 48:1026. F.S. 5:473-76. G.C. II.17:suppl.JunelO; 111.4:158 (suppl.) ; 27:105. R.H. 1888, p. 197. Var. roseum, Hook. Fls. rose-colored. B.M. 6948.— R. Oriffithidnum, Wight. Shrub, 8 ft. high, glabrous: Ivs. oblong, pale beneath, 6-12 in. long: fls. 4-6, broadly campanulate, white, fragrant, 3 in. across or more. Himal. Gt. 15:517. Var. Aucklandi, Hook. Fls. 7 in. across. B.M. 5065. Gn. 20:303. R.H. 1855:81. G.C. II. 22:657; III. 12:697. Remarkable for its very large fls. — R. Halopcanum, Amlr6. Hybrid of R. arbo- reum and Griffithianum. Fls. large, blush. R.H. 1896:428.— .R. Hdrrisii, Hort. Hybrid of R. arboreum and Thompson!. Fls. deep crimson, spotted within. — R. Hvdffsoni, Hook. f. Shrub or small tree, attaining 20 ft.: Ivs. narrowly obovate-oblong, whitish or brownish tomentose beneath, 8-18 in. long: fls. in a dense head, broadly campanulate, pale purple, 2 in. across. Himal. B.M. 5552. R.H. 1855:421; 1866:191.— R. Hobkeri, Nutt. Shrub, 14ft. high: Ivs. oblong-oval, glabrous, glaucous below and sparingly chaffy on the veins: fls. campanulate, deep crim- son, l-l%in. across; calyx cup-shaped. Himal. B.M. 4926. — R. Indicum, Sweet = Azalea Indica. — R. irrordtum, Franch. Shrub, several feet high, glabrous: Ivs. oblong to oblong-lanceo- late, pale beneath, 3-4 in. long: fls. many, funnelform-cam- panulate, 1% in. long, white, tinged pink. Yunnan. B.M. 7361. — R. Javanicum, Blume. Large shrub, glabrous: Ivs. elliptic to oblong, acute, minutely lepidote beneath, 3-6 in. long: fls. many, funnelform, orange-yellow to brick-red. 2 in. across. Winter. Malayan Archipel. and Penins. B.M. 4336. F.S. 3:293-94; 6:576. P.M. 15:217. Var. tubiflorum. Hook. Lvs. smaller: fls. smaller and with longer tube, salmon-pink. B.M. 6850.— R. Jenkinsi, Nutt.=R. Maddeni. — R. Kamschdticum, Pall. = Azalea Kamschatica.— R. Kendrickii, Nutt. Large RHODODENDRON KHODOLEIA 1.125 shrub: Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous, pale beneath, 4-7 in. long: fis. many, caiiipanulate, bright scarlet, 2 in. across. Himal. Vnr. latifolium. Hook. Lvs. broader, oblong lanceo- late, glandular pubescent beneath when young. B.M. 5 129.— 11. AV/< v«.v". W. Wats. Hybrid of R. Griffithianum and Hookeri. Fls large, in loose heads, crimson, pink or almost white. Gn. 42:885: 52:1139. (r.O. III. 23:291.-.R. AV-jym, Nutt, Shrub, 2-ti ft. higli, with ferrugineous branches: Ivs. elliptic-lanceo- late, glabrous, pale and sparingly scaly beneath, 3-4 in. long: fls. many, tubular, with short erect lobes, brick-red, 1 in. long. .July. Hlmal. B.M.4875. P. 8.11:1110. Gt. 12:415. Gn. 48,p.l06.— R. Kotschyi, Simk.(R.myrtifolhim,Schott&Kotschy,not Lodd.). Low shrub: Ivs. oblong-obovate, obtuse, mucronulate, shining above, ferrugineous-lepidote beneath, /^-l in. long: fls.few.tubu- lar-t'unnelform, with the tube outside pubescent, inside villous, carmine, :I(i, p. 62.— R. my rti folium, Schott & Kotsehy, not Lodd. = R. Kotschyi. — R. niveuin, Hook, f.. Small shrub, allied to R. campanulatum : Ivs. obovate-oblong, whitish tomentose all over at first, later glabrous above, 3-6 in. long: fls. broadly cimpanulate, light rose-lilac at the base, within with 5 purple spots, 2 in. across. Himal. B.M. 4730. Var. fulva, Hook. Lvs. light brownish tomentose; fls. deep purple-lilac. B.M. 6827. — R. Nobleanum, Lindl. Hybrid of R. arboreum and Caucasicum. Fls. rosy crimson. B.R. 21:1820.— R. nudiflbrum, Torr.= Azalea nudiflora.— R. Nuttalli, Booth. Shrub, sometimes epi- phytal, or tree 30 ft. high: Ivs. elliptic-oblong, reticulate, pale and lepidote beneath, 6-12 in. long: fls. 4-12, broad funnelform, white, tinged yellow within, fragrant, to 6 in. across; calyx large. Himal. B.M. 5146. F.S. 13:1326-27. Gn. 54, p. 106. G.C. II. 20:49; III. 12:436 (suppl.).— R. occidental. Gray = Azalea occidentalis. — R. oboratum. Hook. f. = R. lepidotum, var. obo- vatutn.— R. obtfisum. Planch. = Azalea Indiea, var. obtusa.— R. ovdtum, Planch. = Azalea ovata.— R. parvifblium, Adams. Shrub, 3 ft. high, allied to R. Lapponicum, but larger: Ivs. not revolute at the margin, larger: fls. larger, purple or white; style much longer than stamens. Sibir., Kamsch., Japan. Gt. 26-.904.—7?. pendulum. Hook. f. Slender shrub. 4 ft. high: Ivs. elliptic to oblong, acute, ferrugineous-tomentose beneath, \Y-rl in. long: fls. few, broadly campanulate, white, about lin. across. Himal. F.S. 7:662. G.C. II. 17:429.— R. Przewdlskii, Maxim. Allied to R. brachycarpum, but Ivs. glabrous and pale green beneath: fls. white, spotted purple within. China. Hardy.— R. pulcherrimum, Lindl. Hybrid of R. arboreum and Caucasicum. Fls. pink, paler in center, spotted. B.R. 21:1820. — R. racembgum, Franch. Small upright shrub: Ivs. elliptic! glaucous and lepidote beneath, %-1/^in. long: fls. from axillary buds, crowded toward the end of branches, camiiamilatc, light pink, ;':t-l in. across, slightly fragrant. Yunnan. H.M.7301. (in. 42:878. G.C. III. 12:63. — A', r.titxin,,, Bennett. Shrub, 2ft. . . . , . — . rlwiitbii-iini, Miq. = Azalea rhombica.— R. Rollissoni, Past. Small tree, 30 ft. high, allied to R. arboreum and probably va- riety: Ivs. oblong, wrinkled above, tawny-tomentose beneath: fls. in a dense head, campanulate, deep blood-red. Ceylon. P.F.G. 1:7. B.R. 29:25.— R.Rocellii, Leroy. Hybrid of R. ar- boreum and Dahuricum. Fls. rich crimson. R.H. 1868:190.— R. Roylei, Hook. = R. cinnabarinum, var. Roylei.— R. Id- anum. Sweet. Hybrid of R. arboreum and Catawbiense. Fig. rosy crimson. S.B F.G. II. 1:91.— R. rubiiiinbsunt, Franch. Rigid shrub, 3 ft. high: Ivs. oval to oblong-lanceolate, densely ferrugineous lepidote beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. few, broadly funnelform, bright rose-red, 1% in. across. Yunnan. B.M. 7621. — R. talignum, Hook. = R. lepidotum, var. chloranthum.— R. . . fls. broadly campanulate, blush, 154 in. across. Yunnan. B.M. 7159.— R. Schlippenbachi, Maxim. = Azalea Schlippenbachi.— R. sfmibarbatutn, Maxim. =» Azalea semibarbata.— R. serpyl- lifoliuin, Miq. =» Azalea serpyllifolium.— .R. Sesttrianum, Hort. Hybrid of R. Edgeworthi and formosum. Fls. large, white.— R. Shepherdii, Nutt. Shrub: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, glabrous, pale beneath, 3-4 in. long: fls. in a dense head, campanulate, deep scarlet, 2 in. across. Himal. B.M. 5125.— R. Shilsoni, Hort. Hybrid of R. barbatum and Thomsoni. Fls. dull red. Gn. 57, p. 261.— R. Sinense, Sweet = Azalea Sinensis.— R. Smirnowi, Trautv. Shrub or small tree, 20 ft. high : Ivs. ellip- tic-oblong, grayish white-tomentose beneath, 3-5 in. long: fls. in a compact head, broadly funnelform, rosy-lilac, spotted within, 3 in. across. Caucasus. Gt. 35:1226. B.M. 7495. R.H. 1899:500. G.C. III. 20:15. Hardy.— R. Smithii, Sweet. Hybrid of R. arboreum and Ponticum. Fls. rosy purple. S.B. F.G. II. 1:50.— R. Smithii, Nutt. ^R. barbatum. var. Smithi.— R. leys- mannii, Miq. Closely allied to R. Javanicum: Ivs. more shining, not lepidote beneath : fls. somewhat smaller, pale lemon-yellow. Sumatra, Java.— R. Thomsoni, Hook. f. Shrub, 15 ft. high; Ivs. obovate-oval, glabrous, glaucescent beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. 6-8, campanulate, deep blood-red, 2 in. across; calyx large. Himal. B.M. 4997. R.H. 1855:121. F.S. 7: 688-690. -.R. triflb- rum, Hook. f. Shrub, 6 ft. high: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, glau- cous beneath and with ferrugineous scales, 2-3 in. long: fls. mostly 3, slender-pedicelled, broadly campanulate, greenish yellow, 2 in. across. Himal. F.S. 7:673. G C. II. 18:45. J.H. III. 30:193.— JZ. Tschon6skii, Maxim. = Azalea Tschonoskii.— R. tubifldrum, DC. = R. Malayanum. — R. Ungerni, Trautv. Closely allied to Smirnowi, but fls. white: calyx with longer, narrower lobes. July. Caucasus. Gt. 35:1226. — R. Vateyi, Gray = Azalea Vaseyi.— R. Veitchidnum, Hook. Shrub. 6 ft. high: Ivs. obovate, glaucous beneath and with scattered fer- rugineous scales, 3-4 in. long: fls. 3-5, broadly funnelform, with crisped lobes, pure white, 5 in. across. Himal. B.M. 4992. F.S. 14:1416. A.F. 11:145. Gil. 51, p. 178 — R. ventistum, Sweet. Hy- brid of R. arboreum and Caucasicum. Fls. rich pink. S.B. F.G. II. 3:285.— R. virgdtum, Hook. f. Slender shrub: Ivs. oblong- lanceolate, glaucous and scaly beneath: fls. 1-2, from axillary buds at the end of branches, funnelform, rose-colored, 1% in. across. Himal. B.M. 5060. F.S. 14:1408. Var. album, Hort. Fls. white. R.H. 1866:251.— R. viscbsum, Torr. = Azalea vis- cosa.— R. Wlghti, Hook. f. Shrub, attaining 14ft.: Ivs. obo- vate-oblong, cinnamomeous-tomentose beneath, 6-8 in. long: fls. many, campanulate, yellow, spotted red within, 2% in. across. Himal. F.S. 8:792-93.— R. Tunnanense, Franch. Up- right shrub: Ivs. elliptic-lanceolate, ciliate, pilose above, pale and sparingly lepidote beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. few, funnel- form, white, spotted blood-red, 2 in. across. Yunnan. B.M. 7614. ALFRED REHDER. RHODOLElA (Greek, rose and smooth; alluding to rose-like fls. and smooth stem). Hamamelidacece. A genus of 2 species of small tender trees, one from China and the other from Java and Sumatra. Lvs. evergreen, glabrous, long-stalked: fls. about 5 together in a com- pact head, having the appearance of a single flower sur- rounded by bracts, hermaphrodite; petals of each flower turned toward the circumference of the head ; stamens 7-10: ovary of 2 carpels united at base ; capsule several- seeded. Champion!, Hook. A tender tree: Ivs. shining, coria- ceous, usually ovate, 4-5 in. long ; petioles l>£-2 in. long: fl.-heads resembling a semi-double Camellia, \% in. across, bright pink, each head surrounded by several rows of imbricate bracts: petals 15-20 to each fl.-head. China. B.M. 4509. -Cult, in S. Calif. F. W. BARCLAY. 1526 RHODOMYRTUS RHODOMYRTUS (Greek, rose-myrtle; from the rose- colored fls. of some species and the myrtle-like foliage). Myrtacece. Five species of tender trees or shrubs, one of which is a promising fruit-plant known in the South as Downy Myrtle, and in India as the Hill Gooseberry. This is a handsome evergreen shrub growing 6 ft. or more high and covered with broad, glossy Ivs. of great beauty. The pink, 5-petaled fls. are borne through sev- eral weeks in greatest abundance, and are larger than those of the peach. They resemble small single roses. The fruits are as big as cherries and taste like rasp- 2112. Rhododendron arboreum (X %). No. 6. (See page 1522.) berries. The color of the berries is dark purple and the flesh is sweet and aromatic. The fruits are produced in quantity and ripen for weeks, beginning in late summer. They are eaten raw or made into jam. The Downy Myrtle is recommended as a fruit-plant for Florida by the Ameri- can Pomological Society and it is being tried in S. Calif. In the South it is generally known as Myrtus tomentosa. The distinction between Rhodomyrtus and Myrtus rests in the number of locules of the ovary. Myrtus is normally 2-3-loculed, with many ovules in each; Rhodomyrtus has 1-3 locules with spurious partitions, making the ovary appear 2-6-loculed, or it is divided into numerous 1-ovuled, superposed locules. Myrtles have feather- veined foliage; the Downy Myrtle has 3-nerved Ivs. The Downy Myrtle is a native of India, Malaya and China; the four other species of Rhodomyrtus are Australian and not in cult. Other generic characters: Lvs. oppo- site, 5- or 3-nerved: fls. axillary; calyx-lobes persistent; petals 5. rarely 4; stamens numerous, free; berry glo- bose or ovoid, with few or many seeds. tomentosa, Wight (Myrtus tomentosa, Ait.). DOWNY MYRTLE. Branches downy above: Ivs. elliptic or obo- vate, short - stalked, hoary below : peduncles shorter than the Ivs., 1-3-fld. : berry 3-celled : seeds com- pressed, forming 2 rows in each cell. B.M. 250. E. N. REASONER and W. M. RHODOBA. See Azalea Canadensis. RHODORHlZA (Greek, rose root; the root and wood furnish the fragrant powder known as bois de rose). Convolvulacece. M. florida is a tender subshrub, 6-9 ft. high, which bears white fls. something like a morning- glory. The blossoms are about an inch across and last only a day, but a succession is maintained (in southern RHCEO France) from early June till August. A striking fea ture of the plant is its terminal, panicled inflorescence. These panicles are often a foot high, 10 inches wide at the base and contain at one time as many as 20 full- blown flowers and 100 buds. It is a native of Teneriffe, and has been introduced into southern California in 1901. Rhodorhiza is a group of about 7 species, all from the Canary Islands, which Bentham and Hooker regard as a section of the genus Convolvulus. The Rhodorhizas differ from typical Convolvulus in having the capsule by abortion usually 1-seeded, and rupturing irregularly at the base instead of dehiscing by 4 valves. They are prostrate or climbing herbs or erect subshrubs, some- times spinescent : Ivs. entire, dentate, undulate or lobed : corolla broadly or narrowly bell-shaped; limb 5-angled or 5-lobed: ovary 2-loculed, 4-ovuled. florida, Webb, (perhaps more properly Convdlvithis fldridus, Linn.). Erect subshrub: Ivs. persistent, alter- nate, lanceolate, stalked, entire: fls. long-peduncled, funnel-shaped, white, sometimes pinkish white. R.H 1892:156. w M RHODOTHAMNTTS (Greek, rhodon, rose, and tham- itos, shrub; small shrub, with rose - colored flowers). Ericaceae. Dwarf evergreen shrub, with alternate, small, entire Ivs. and rather large pink fls., usually soli- tary at the ends of the branchlets. Charming little al- pine shrub, hardy north, but somewhat difficult to culti- vate. It thrives best in peaty, porous soil of constant, moderate moisture in a partly shaded situation, and is best suited for rockeries. Prop, by seeds or layers, also by cuttings of ripened wood under glass. Monotypic genus, allied to Kalmia, but anthers not in pouches: Ivs. alternate- sepals 5, half as long as corolla: corolla rotate, deeply 5-lobed; stamens 10, slightly longer than corolla: fr. a 5-celled, many- seeded dehiscent capsule. Chamaecistus, Reichb. (Rhododendron Chanupcistus, Linn. Adodlndron Chatn- ceeistus, O. Kuntze). Diffusely branched shrub, to 1 ft.: Ivs. cuneate-oblong, acute, setosely ciliate, %-% in long: fls. on slen- der, glandular-hirsute pedicels, solitary, rarely 2 or 3 at the end of the branchlets, light purplish pink, to 1 in. across. May Alps of Eastern Eu. B.M. 488. L.B.C 15:1491. F.S. 19:1962 ALFRED REHDER. RHODOT$TOS (Greek, rlwdon, rose, and, typos, type; alluding to the resemblance of the flowers to those of a single rose.). Hosacece. Ornamental deciduous shrub, with opposite serrate Ivs. and large white fls. solitary at the end of branchlets, followed by black and shining berry-like drupes persistent during the winter. A hand- some and distinct shrub, hardy as far north as Mass., with bright green foliage, conspicuous by its white fls. in spring and by its shining black fr. in autumn and winter. It thrives well in any good soil. Prop, by seeds and by greenwood cuttings under glass early in sum- mer, also by hardwood cuttings. Monotypic genus, al- lied to Kerria: Ivs. stipulate, opposite: fls. solitary, short-pedicelled ; sepals large, half as long as petals, outside with 4 small alternate bracts ; petals 4, orbicu- lar; stamens numerous; carpels usually 4, developing into black, dry, one-seeded drupes, surrounded by the large persistent calyx. kerrioides, Sieb. & Zucc. Much-branched shrub, usu- ally 3-6 ft. high (in Japan 15 ft.) : Ivs. ovate to ovate- oblong, acuminate, sharply and doubly serrate, silky- pubescent beneath when young, 1K-3 in. long: fls. pure white, 1^ in. across. May, June. S.Z.1:99. B.M. 5805. Gt. 15:505. R.H. 1866, p. 430. Gn. 6, p. 229; 34, p. 159; 43, p. 138. ALFRED REHDER. RHCEO (name unexplained). Comwelintlcecp. One species, from Mexico and the West Indies, R. discolor, Hance, known also as Tradescantia discolor, L'Her , T. spathacea, Swartz, and l&phetnerum bicolor, Moench. B.M. 1192. From Tradescantia the genus is distin- guished by having 1 ovule (rather than 2) in each locule RHCEO RHUBARB 1527 of the ovary. H. discolor is a short-stemmed erect- growing long-leaved plant, not unlike a broad-leaved small Pandanus in habit. Fls. white, small and many in a boat-shaped spathe-like structure arising from the axil of the leaf and which is sessile or nearly so; sepals 3, free, more or less petal-like; petals .'!, soon withering; stamens 6. Var. vittata, Hook. ( Tradescdntia discolor, var. vittata, Miq. T. discolor, var. rnrici/118. Flo wei of Garden Currant, to show struc- ture (X 4). BlUlUUXIl, J.U. album, 16- Gordonianum, 17. sanguineum, 16. alpimim, 11. Grossularia, 4. saxatile, 11. Americanum, 15. hybridum, 17. setosum, !!. atrorubens, 16. inebrians, 19. speciosum, 1. aureum, 11, 18. Lobbii, 7. subvestitum, 1. bracteosum, 13. lacustre, 6. tenuiflorum, 18. «ereum, 19. multiflorum, 8. triflorum, 2. Chinense, 12. nigrum,14. Uva-crispa, 4. Oynosbati, 5. oxyacanthoides, 3. variegatum, 16. fascicnlatum, 12. prostratum, 9. viscosissirnum, 20. flore-pleno. 16. rotundifolium, 2. A. Stems bearing thorns below the leaf -clusters: branches often with numerous 'scattered prickles: berry sometimes prickly. (Gooseberries.) B. Fls. red and showy, 4-parted: stamens long, exserted. 1. speciosum, Pursh. FUCHSIA - FLOWERED GOOSE- BERRY. Fig. 2119. Branches covered with fine reddish prickles and glandular-tipped hairs: thorns long, slen- der, commonly in 3's: Ivs. small, thick, shining, par- tially evergreen: peduncles slender, drooping, 2-4-flow- ered: fls. showy; calyx cylindraceous, %-% in. long; stamens exserted % in. or more beyond calyx, both bright red: berry small, prickly, dry, few-seeded. California. B.M. 3530. B.R. 18:1557. Gn. 31, p. 333; 34, p. 230. — The most showy member of the genus, but not hardy in the northern states. ciliate on margins and veins: calyx-lobes narrow or ob- long, greenish or dull purplish, shorter Hum the sta- mens: berry small, agreeable. Along the Alleirliany mountains. L.B.C. 11:1094 (as It. triflorum ). -Some- times offered by dealers in native plants. 3. oxyacanthoides, Linn. Fig. 2120; also 920-9, Vol. II. Branches slender, reclined, but often crooked : thorn* single or triple, slender, very finely pointed, Ji-% in. 2119. Ribes speciosum, the Fuchsia-flowered Gooseberry (X %). BB. Fls. greenish or dull purplish, small, 5-parted: stamens little or not at all exserted. c. Berry smooth. 2. rotundifdlium, Michx. Thorns mostly single, very short: Ivs. wedge-shaped, smooth or slightly downy, 2120. Ribes oxyacanthoides (X Parent of the American garden Gooseberries. long, sometimes nearly wanting : Ivs. thin, roundish, cuneate to cordate, finely pubescent, glossy when grow- ing: calyx greenish white, smooth or pubescent with- out; lobes oblong or obovate, thin and petal-like, equal- ing or exceeding the stamens; petals broadly ovate or spatulate, reaching half way to the anthers : ovary gla- brous: berry round, perfectly smooth, but with delicate bloom, small or medium, red. Swamps and low grounds, eastern United States. B.M. 6892. B.R. 15:1237 (as R. setosum). — Parent of the representative American Gooseberries of gardens. CC. Berry rough-hairy or prickly. 4. Grossularia, Linn. (R. Uva-crispa, Linn.). EURO- PEAN GOOSEBERRY. Figs. 922-5, Vol. II. Bush stocky, rigid: branches thick: thorns mostly triple, heavy and thick at base, the central one 3/s-% in. long: Ivs. thick, very glossy, pubescent: calyx strongly pubescent; lobes broadly ovate, thickish, leaf-like, longer than the sta- mens ; petals obovate, reaching to base of anthers : ovary pubescent or glandular: berry generally oval, large, green, yellow- ish green or red, mi- nutely but roughly pubescent, often with glandular hairs or prickles. Eu., north- ern Africa and west- ern Asia. 5. Cynosbati, Linn. Fig. 2121. Thorns commonly single, slender, fine-pointed: petioles and pedun- cles pubescent and glandular; peduncles long, filiform : calyx- lobes narrow, oblong, acute, half as long as tube: ovary glandu- lar - hispid : berry large, prickly or rare- ly smooth, reddish purple. Eastern North America. — Fruit edible, varia- ble; sometimes cult, for its fruit, and worthy the atten- tion of the plant-breeder. 6. lacuBtre, Poir. SWAMP GOOSEBERRY. Upright shrub, with many slender and straight prickles, and weak solitary or whorled thorns : Ivs. cordate, with 3-5 1532 RIBES 2122. Ribes Lobbii. Natural size. deeply cut or notched lobes, the stalks glandular: pe- duncles long and filiform: fls. small, reddish, open and the tube nearly wanting; berry small and bristly. Cold bogs, N. Eng. to Calif. B.M. 6492. L.B.C. 9:884.-Of- fered by dealers as a bog shrub. Intermediate between Currants and Gooseberries. Fls. in short racemes. 7. L6bbii, Gray. Fig. 2122. Upright shrub, to 5 ft., the young shoots glandular-pubescent, without prickles, but provided with slender, mostly triple thorns: Ivs. small (rarely 1 in. across), round-cordate, 3-5-cleft and notched, glandular on both surfaces : peduncles droop- ing, 1-2-fld. : fls. showy, with purple tube and reflexed lobes, the small, erect petals white, the anthers ex- serted: berry glandular-hairy. N. Calif, to B. C. B.M. 4931 (as R. subvestitum). G.C. II. 19:11. — Showy. AA. Stems thornless and prickleless. (Currants.) B. Fls. small, wide open, greenish white or yellowish. c. Lvs. without resinous dots: fr. red. 8. multifldrum, Kit. Younger parts pubescent, bear- ing glandular-tipped hairs : Ivs. glabrous above, whit- 2121. Ribes Cynosbati (X %). ened downy beneath : racemes long, dense, pendulous:, fls green or reddish green: fr. dark red, large as a pea. Southeastern Europe. B.M. 2368. L.B.C. 14 ; 1331.— Grown for ornament. •9 prostratum, L'Her, FETID CURRANT. Stems trail- ing and rooting, bearing erect branches: Ivs. cordate, 5-7-lobed, the stalks long and slender- racemes erect, bearing flattish greenish white or greenish purple fls. : fr. glandular hispid, red, fetid. Cold swamps, eastern United States and Canada. — Offered as a bog and rock- work plant. Lvs. bright colored in the fall. 10. rubrum, Linn. GARDEN CURKANT. Fig. 2123; also Fig. 610, Vol. I. Branches thick and stocky: Ivs. pu- bescent when young, becoming glabrous : racemes droop- ing: fls. small, yellowish green or purplish; calyx saucer- shaped: fr. thin-skinned, shining, bright red, yellowish white or striped. Eu., Asia and N. Amer. R.H. 1861: 191. — Parent of all the domestic red and white Currants. 11. alpinum, Linn. (R. saxatile, Hort., not Pall.). MOUNTAIN CURRANT. Branches upright, whitish: Ivs. slightly hairy above: fls. yellowish green, dioecious, staminate clusters 20-30-fld., pistillate clusters 5-10-fld. : peduncles glandular-hairy: bracts longer than pedicel and flower: calyx flat: "fr. smooth, scarlet, insipid or sweetish. Mountains of Europe and the Orient. L.B.C. 15:1486. Var. aureum, Hort., has yellow foliage. 12. fasciculatum, Sieb. & Zucc. Very like R. alpinum. Plant reaching 4 ft.: fls. all green, often imperfect, the male fls. somewhat larger than the female by reason of the longer sepals: Ivs. firmer than those of R. alpinum, bright green, the lobes and serratures more obtuse, the younger ones pubescent below and on the nerves but be- coming glabrate: fr. sweetish musky, scarlet. Japan.— Var. Chinense, Maxim., from N. China, with Ivs. soft pubescent, is offered by Franceschi. S. Calif. M.D.G. 1899:571. cc. Lvs. bearing resinous dots on the under surf off: fr. black. 13. bractedsum, Dougl. CALIFORNIA BLACK CURRANT. Strong, erect bush, often several feet high, glabrous or nearly so, the young growths resinous-dotted: Ivs. large (sometimes 9 in. across, 5-7-cIeft, coarsely and doubly serrate, hairy and resinous: racemes erect or ascending, 4-8 in. long, many-fld. : fls. small, greenish or purplish: berry % in. in diam., black and resinous-dotted, edible. N. Calif, to Alaska. B.M. 7419. 14. nigrum, Linn. EUROPEAN BLACK CURRANT. Fig. Gil, Vol. I. Stem upright: branches thick, grayish: Ivs. sprinkled with minute bright yellow resinous dots be- neath: racemes drooping, 5-10-fld.: fls. greenish white; calyx-tube broadly urn-shaped; lobes small, thick and greenish : ovary and calyx pubescent and resinous - dotted: fr. black, mawkish. Eu\ and Asia. — Parent of the domestic Black Currants. 15. Americanum, Mill. (R. fUridum, L'Her. ). AMERI- CAN BLACK CURRANT. Fig. 612, Vol. 1. Bush spreading: branches slightly angular: Ivs. bearing bright yellow resinous dots, few above, many below: racemes long, pendulous, many-fld. : fls. greenish white or yellow, M-% in. long ; calyx -tube bell -shaped, not resinous- dotted; lobes large, petal-like- ovary smooth- fr. black, resembling R nigrum in flavor. Nova Scotia to Vir- ginia, westward to Colorado and Manitoba. RIBES BB. fix. large, tubular, red or yellow. C. Racemes leafl< .<*. 16. sangufneum, Pursh. RED -FLOWERED CURRANT. Fig. 2124. Branches red, smooth ; young parts pu- bescent or glandular-hairy: Ivs. 2-4 in. broad, round- cordate: racemes long, pendulous: bracts obovate, mem- branous, as long as the pedicel: fls. purple-red or rose- colored; calyx, ovary and peduncles beset with short, glandular-tipped hairs: fr. bluish black, rough, ghuiiiu lar-hairy, dry and bitterish. British Columbia, through California and Mexico to South America. B.M. 3335. B.R. 10:1349. Gn. 51:1110. Var. variegatum, Watson. Bush low: racemes short and dense, ascending, barely glandular: Ivs. thicker, downy beneath. Var. albidum, Hort. (R. albidum, Hort.), is a form with whitish, dirty yellow or yellowish red flowers and light-colored fruit. R.H. 1843 -.419. Gn. 51:1110 (as R. album). Var. atrbrubens, Hort , one with dark, blood- red flowers. Var. fldre pleno, Hort., has dark, clear double flowers. R.H. 1845:245. G.C. II. 14:144. All the forms of this species are worthy ornamental plants. 17. Gordonianum, Lem. A hybrid between R. san- guini'um and R. aure.um, intermediate in character: fls. resemble R. sanguineum, but lighter: bush resembles R. aureum, but generally fruitless. F.S. 2:165 and plate. Gn. 51:1110 (as R. hybridum).- Of English origin. Hardy and useful. cc. Racemes leafy. 18. aureum, Pursh. MISSOURI, FLOWERING, GOLDEN or BUFFALO CURRANT. Fig. 2125; also Fig. 613, Vol. I. Plant free-growing, sprouting from root: Ivs. cuneate or truncate, smooth, shining, when very young densely cov- ered with brown'or yellow resinous beads, which disappear with age: peduncles short, few-fld. ; bracts large, leaf- like: tts. spicy-scented, yellow and showy; calyx-tube %-% in. long; petals red: fr. dark brown or black, with bluish bloom. Mississippi valley to Rocky Mts. B.R. 2:125.— Much grown for its yellow fragrant flowers. It has given rise to the Crandall and some other fruit-bear- ing sorts. Var. tenuifldrum, Torrey. Leaves light green, broadly 3-5-lobed: fls. usually scentless: berries amber-colored, approaching a pale cherry-red, acidulous, without aroma. The Pacific coast, eastward beyond the Rocky Mts. B.R. 15:1274. 19. cereum, Dougl. Fig. 2126. Upright branching shrub, reaching 3-4 ft., the young parts minutely pu- bescent and more or less glutinous : Ivs. nearly orbicu- lar to reniform, rather small (seldom more than 1 in. across), 3-5-lobed and crenate-toothed, waxy-dotted: racemes short and drooping, glandular-hairy: fls. % in. or less long, narrow tubular, white or pinkish : fr. bright red, rather small, sometimes glandular, sweet but mawkish. Rocky Mts. and west. B.M. 3008. B.R. 15:1263; 17:1471 (as R. inebrians). — Sometimes grown for ornament. 20. viscosissimum, Pursh. Branchy, upright, to 6 ft., the young growths viscid: Ivs. round-cordate, 3 in. or RIBES 1533 less wide, 3-5-lobed with obtuse doubly cn-mitr some- what out divisions: racemes erect, vi-H.l: M-. large, fragrant, yellowish or whitish green, the calyx-lobes not 2123. Ribes rubrum, the common Currant. Natural size. reflexed, the petals small and white: berry black, mostly glandular-hairy, scarcely edible. Rocky Mts. and west. R. acerifblium, Hort.=rubrum. — .R. amietum, Greene. Fls. large, showy, purple. Related to Californicum. California. — R. Beatonii, Hort.=Gordonianum.— R. Calif6rnieum, Hook. & Am. Branches zigzag: fls. showy: fr. very prickly. Calif. — R. coynatum, Greene. Related to leptanthum. Ore.— R. cur- vatum. Small. Related to gracile. Ga. — R. erythrocarpum, Co- ville & Leiberg. Trailing: related to prostratum. Ore. G.F. 10:184. —R. frdgrans, Lodd. = R. aureum. — jR. iiliitintmiiin, Benth. Related to R. sanguineum : blooms earlier: fr. large as a Gooseberry. Pacific Coast.— R. grdeile, Michx. Fls. fragile, finely divided : fr. good. The Gooseberry of the Plains. Mis- sissippi Basin.— R. Hudsoni&num, Rich. Resembles R.nigrum in fruit and odor. Hudson Bay region and northward.— R. lept&nthum, Gray. Sturdy, rigid shrub: Ivs. and fls. small: berry smooth. Rocky Mts., westward.— R. Loudoni, Hort.=R. Gordonianum.— R. malv&ceum. Smith. Resembles R. sanguin- 2124. Ribes sanguineum. (XX). 3125. Yellow-flowering Currant— Ribes aureum (X >i). RIBES 1534 Ore B 6-i«WMrnW, Hort.=R. Americanum.-*. MouoMnifum Greene. Perhaps the western representative of RAmerica im New Mex.-JZ. odordtum, Hort ,=R. aiireum. -/ ro&"« K, Hook. & Am. Related to R. Menziesii : fr. densely glandular-hispid. Coast Ranges of Calif. -A mburm- tiliul Or ay Lvs. scarcely lobed, resinous-dotted with pecu- iarpebK leathery appearance. Lower Calif -K Watsoma, num, Koehne. The western representative of R. Cynosbati. Washington. FRED W. CARD. 2126. Ribes cereum (X ElCCIA (P. F. Ricci, Italian nobleman, patron of the botanist Micheli). Ricciacece. Riccia fluitans, Linn., is one of the few flowerless or cryptogamous plants in cultivation aside from the ferns, mushrooms and se- laginellas. It is cultivated by one specialist in aquatics presumably for the benefit of students of botany. It is not generally advertised among aquarium plants. In this family of plants the plant-body is a thallus (i. e., a green, flattish body not differentiated into root, stem and leaves^. The thallus of Riccia spreads out in green patches which are at first radiately divided, and the center of the plant often decays quickly. R. fluitans is distinguished from other species by the linear, dichot- omous, floating thallus, with the capsule protuberant from the lower surface. For full description, see Gray's Manual. BICE. See Oryza. BICE FLOWEB. Pimelia. BICE, MOUNTAIN. Orysopsis. BICE PAPEB. The Chinese rice paper is made from Fatsia Japonica, which se*. BICHABDIA (L. C. Richard, 1754-1821, French botanist). Aracece. CALLA LILY. Perennial herbs with many long-petioled leaves from a thick rhizome: peduncles appearing with the leaves: petioles spongy, often bristly below ; blade sagittate or lanceolate, the numerous primary and secondary nerves ex- current: peduncle as long or longer than the leaves; spathe large, open, with a flaring, pointed, recurved tip: spadix staminate above and pistillate below (Fig. 2127). Differs from Peltandra in floral characters. So. Africa. Species 10-12. See On. 46:446; R.B. 23:13. Engler, DC. Monogr. Phaner, vol. 2. The true Calla is not of this genus; see Calla. For the Black Calla, see Arum. When grown for the flowers only, Richardias may be planted out permanently on a bench, using very rich soil and giving an abundance of water while growing. They may be kept growing continually or given a sea- son of rest as desired. Plants in pots are usually started late in summer from dry tubers. The species having yellow and pink spathes seern to do best when grown without a resting period. A. Leaves lanceolate. BSnmanni, Engler. PINK or ROSE CALLA. Dwarf perennial: Ivs. lanceolate: spathes about 4 in. long, erect, trumpet-shaped, with a caudate tip 1 inch long. B.M. 7436. -In Natal the spathes are said to be dull rose without, rose-purple within, with a dark crimson blotch at the base inside. In cultivation the spathes are white, with a faint rose tinge to the back and margins. RICHARD1A AA. Leaves sagittate or cordate. B. Foliage spotted. albo-maculata, Hook. SPOTTED CALLA. Fig. 2128. Petioles short ; blade 12-18 in. long, white-spotted all over, hastate, three to four times longer than broad, acute, the basal lobes widely spreading, triangular, ob- tuse or acute, 3-4 in. long: spathe trumpet-shaped, 4-5 in. long, 2 in. wide, dull creamy yellow with a blotch of crimson at the base. B.M. 1540. I.H. 7:255. F.S. 21:2258. -Will stand in the open with good protection for the roots. Not of much value ex- cept in botanical collections. Nelsoni, Hort. Allied to R. ilbo - maculata : very vigorous and floriferous, reaching 3-4 ft., the scape overtopping the foli- age : Ivs. sagittate, bright green, sprinkled with pellucid dots or spots, as in R. Elliottiana : spathe scarcely spreading, the limb short, very pale yellow with a purple blotch at the bot- tom.—One of the most recent species. melanoleuca, Hook. f. BLACK- THROATED CALLA. Scape and petioles bristly below: Ivs. 6-12 in. long, hastate-ovate-acuminate, the basal lobes obtuse, marked all over with oblong, white, trans- lucent spots: spathe pale straw-colored, widely flaring and open from the base, the margins and cuspidate 'tip recurving, with an ample black-purple spot at the base within. Natal, 1868. B.M. 5765. Elliottiana, Knight (Calla Elliottiana, Hort.). GOL- DEN CALLA. Petiole mottled; blade light green, with a few white or translucent spots, broadly sagittate, with undulate margins, about as large as those of R. Afri- cana : spathe a rich lustrous yellow, lasting about two weeks, becoming greenish with age. Tuber proliferous. S. Africa, 1890. Gn. 46:989. BB. Foliage without spots. C. Base of the leaf-blade cordate. Africana, Kunth (Cdlla JSthibpica, Linn. R. ^Etliib- pica, Hort.). COMMON CALLA. LILY-OF-THE-NILE. Fig 2127. Common Calla Lily— Richardia Africana (X %) Left-hand specimen shows the spadix, the spathe being reiuuveii. RICHARDIA 2127. Blade about twice as long as wide, cuspidate at the apex, cordate-sagittate at the base, both leaves and spathes varying greatly in size: spathe 3-10 in. long, white, creamy inside at the base, flaring outwards and narrowing to a cuspidate tip. S.Africa. B.M. 832. (in. 33 :654. — Fragrant. Sports with double and triple spathes often occur. A. F. 5:83. Gn. 46, p. 447. See Fig. 2129. Var. nana compacta, Hort. (R. nana compdcta, Hort.). LITTLE GEM. Fig. 2130. Like the type, but only 12-16 in. high: spathes 3-4 in. long. Var. Devoni- 6nsis, Hort. (R. Devoniensis, Hort.). Dwarf; freer bloomer than Little Gem, and more fragrant. There are many forms of the Calla Lily in cultivation, a number of which have received Latin names. Some of these horticultural names are: candidissima, spathc larire, pure white; gigantea, plant very large; Gode- freyana, dwarf, white; grandifldra, spathe large. Pentlandii, Whyte. Erect perennial: Ivs. ovate-cor- date, acuminate -caudate, with an open sinus, basal lobes rounded: midrib thick: spathe golden yellow, broadly trumpet-shaped, its lower margins convolute one-third, flaring above, the subulate tip abruptly re- curved, margins recurved, slightly warty and with a black-purple blotch at the base within. Basutoland, S. Afr. B.M. 7397.-Hooker writes (in B.M. 7397) that nR. Pentlandii is much the largest-leaved species, and is the only one with a deeply gamboge yellow spathe within, which is much the largest and broadest of any." First flowered in 1892 by R. Whyte, Pentland House (Lee, England). cc. Base of the leaf-blade hastate. hastata, Hook. f. (R. Lutwychei, N. E. Br.). PRIDE OF THE CONGO. YELLOW CALLA. Petioles bristly below: blades dull green, hastate-ovate, twice longer than wide, rather flaccid, 8-16 in. long, cuspidate at the apex, basal lobes separated by a narrow sinus: spathe cup-shaped, 5 in. long (with a tail 1 in. long), greenish yellow, the RICHARDIA tate, bright green, and somewhat exceeding the scape: spathe short and rather DIH-II. rrrnm.v white with a bliwk or purple throat. 8. Afr. I>istrilmt<-.l l,y Max Li-i.-htlin Kierniany) in 1898. There are hybrids of this and R. Elliottimm.— R. anautti- loba, Schott. Leaf-blade hastate, narrow, the basal lobes one- 2128. Richardia albo-maculata (X 1-5). tip erect, black-purple at the base within, the lateral nerves usually rather prominent above. B.M. 5176. Gn. 18:262. R. Adlami, Hort. Leichtlin. Strong-growing, with Ivs. sagit- 2129. Calla with double spathe IX fourth the length of the apical one, 20 in. long. 3 in. wide at the base: peduncle 4-4% ft. long. Angola.— R. aurata, Hort., said to be a hybrid of hastata and albo-maculata, but better regarded as a variety of hastata: leaves spotted ; spathes large, yellow. Said to be a hybrid of R. albo-maculata and R. hastata.— "R. suffusa. A distinct dwarf-habited plant with a creamy white spathe, the base in the inside of a rich violet-purple shade. It is apparently a plant of good constitution." Gn. 55, p. 317. JARED G. SMITH. Culture of Callas. — Richardia Africana has been known for generations as the Calla Lily. Though often grown as a window plant, it is very unsuitable and sel- dom blooms under house treatment. When grown for winter flowers, it is customary to give the roots a rest during summer time. They may be dried and stored if necessary. It is in this condition that we get Cali- fornian Callas. It is the opinion of the writer that summer-resting would be the best treatment for those grown as house plants, as well grown dried roots are more likely to bloom. But rest must be enforced, for Callas will grow all the year round, increasing in size and numbers when planted out. We always get the largest blooms from summer-grown plants. They are taken up in the autumn, given good loam and plenty of root-room, with a liberal allowance of liquid fertilizer when well established. They thrive best under good light, and in a minimum temperature of 55°. There are several varieties, all differing only in size, from those which grow six feet to "Little Gem"— one foot. Some are said to be more odorous than others, though all are fragrant. Besides being invaluable pot- plants, they can be used with good effect in indoor winter gardens, growing luxuriantly when partly sub- merged; and also in "bog" gardens, and on the margins of ponds, to give subtropical effects. R. JSlliottiana, although introduced to cultivation about ten years ago, is yet rare. It is undoubtedly an acquisition. It is a South African species, about which we know comparatively little. From what scraps of in- formation we have gathered regarding it from time to time, we conclude it is rather an upland species, and our experience with it would indicate that frost may occasionally visit its habitat, or at least that it will endure a lower temperature than Richardia Africana and succeed. When introduced, we thought it diffi- cult to grow. It was first grown in this country by William Robinson, gardener to F. L. Ames, North Easton, Mass., Mr. Harris, gardener to H. H. Hunne- well, Wellesley, Mass., and Mr. Joseph Tailby, of Wellesley. The last nann-d is a commercial grower, who looked upon his importation as an investment. The bulbs (conns or roots) were expensive, — a guinea 1536 or thereabouts -and about as big as marbles. Mr. Tailby now has bushels of them, and some as large as turnips, -anyway, four inches in diameter. Tailby's experience is interesting and it may be valuable to the reader. He came near losing his whole stock by cutting out the eyes with the object of getting separate plants. There had been no sign of natural division, nor has there since; though Mr. Tailby is still of the opinion that by proper manipulation they may be increased by division, as we now do potatoes, but the wounds must be given time to heal over. The roots are kept over"'in a cellar at a temperature of 45° F., or thereabouts, until April, when they will show signs of starting. They should be potted then, but kept rather dry until the roots develop. The pots will be fairly well filled with roots before much growth shows, and we can keep them und«i benches in a cool house, or even in the cellar, for two weeks after potting. With the roots well started, they come along quickly, coming into bloom in 10-12 weeks. A good bright, intermediate house suits them best, and some liquid fertilizer will help them when the flower- stems appear. The blooms last a long time, opening greenish yellow, turning to pure orange-yellow, and finally green when aging. Seeds are formed plenti- fully; and by these, though slow, is yet the surest and quickest method of propagation. During the ripening period of seeds, they must have the very best attention. They'usually do not become thor- oughly ripened until August. Pot-grown plants are better stored in pots. , The whole culture is easy when we know it. Seeds germinate quickly. Those sown in November come up strong, but the plantlets are difficult to handle and liable to go off when very young. It is the safest way to let them stay in the seed/.' boxes, ripen there, and plant them farther apart next sea- son. This is what we have been doing and we cannot complain of the results. Tailby has sown seeds outdoors with very gratifying results. Al- most a year is gained in this way, as the roots (or bulbs) are considerably larger than box-grown seedlings. Older roots held over until settled weather, and, planted like potatoes, bloomed f reely all summer, making fine roots ; they were green when cut by frost in October, but hardly ripening seeds. To do this takes a longer sea- son, and the plants must be started indoors. T. D. HATFIELD. The Richardia in California.— In considering the Calla in California, it is necessary to treat it under two general heads: first, as an ornament; and second, as an article of commerce. The popular and growing demand for Calla bulbs (or tubers) speaks much for the plant as an ornamental. Many, indeed, are the uses to which it is put. It is, perhaps, most commonly used as a belt along fences, and ri«t infrequently as a hedge between two properties; or nearly as often is found along one side of a house in a long, narrow bed. For effective planting it is much in demand for group- ing around hydrants and unsightly objects in damp places, at watersides; sometimes as a border around a fish or lily pond, oftentimes growing in bunches or masses in the water itself; or massed on a slope near water; mixed with other tropical vegetation; or as a border to tropical jungles; and very effective, indeed, is it in the lower tiers of basins around a large fountain with Myriophyllum hanging down from the base of the Callas. For all of these purposes the foliage is of even more importance than the flowers. As it grows luxu- riantly here in almost any location, it is very seldom 2130. Richardia Africana, Little Gem (X %). RICINUS seen as a pot-plant either in the dwelling or on sale at the nurseries. In the most favored places only is it en- tirely secure from the frost, though the damage to it from this source is not serious in or around Los Angeles. Though doing fairly well in the full sun, our summer climate is too dry for it to attain its greatest beauty and luxuriance wholly without protection, and it may therefore only be seen in perfection when grown in par- tial shade. A good supply of water and manure is also an important factor in its proper development; The spathe is subject to many variations in form, both in size and shape, some being long, rather narrow, and pointed, ending in a decidedly recurved awn, while oth- ers are nearly circular, with the sharp point almost want- ing and standing upright the same as the balance of spathe. It frequently happens that the spathe is double and even triple, sometimes in its entirety but often only partially so. In the latter case it often assumes some very strange forms. The spadix is not so variable and seldom departs from the type, though an occasional double or abnormal spadix is found. Other species or varieties than JR. Africana are found, but sparsely in California gardens, the most common ones being the spotted-leaved and the dwarf form known as the Little Gem. Commercially, the growing of the bulbs for eastern and foreign markets is a sure source of revenue, and is carried on extensively throughout southern California. The local market for the so-called flowers is of course limited, but if grown in a practically frostless belt, the blooms will more than pay for the cultivation of the winter field, as in that season of the year flowers of all kinds are scarce. The average retail price for good blooms in midwinter is 50 cents per dozen; the whole- sale price about $1 per 100. Bulbs at retail cost about one-half, or even less, what they do in the East. Our commercial growers get at present (January, 1901), $25 to $60 per 1,000, according to size, the market calling for tubers 1% to 3% inches in diameter. Larger sizes are quoted as "fancy" and command extra prices. Though they can be grown in almost any soil with some success, a free, cool, blackish loam is best, and they do not thrive in a hot, gravelly or stony soil. The lands near the coast, where swept by the cooling sea breeze, are productive of the best results, both in bloom and tuber. Land containing sufficient alkali to prevent the growth of many common crops will produce good Callas if other requirements are present. In field plant- ing it is much better to put in small bulbs about 4 inches apart than to sow the offsets promiscuously in the row; when the sets are thus sown, they should be taken up the following year and the small bulbs properly planted. Offsets sown as above and left 4-0 years (the usual time for a good crop) have never produced satis- factory results. No pest seriously attacks foliage or bloom, but in dry years more especially, the common sow-bug eats into the tubers very seriously and receives considerable assistance from millipedes. Both these pests are quite a nuisance to the California nurseryman and gardener. The much-photographed "Acres of Callas in Bloom," so familiar to visitors and much used to illustrate articles on California, fancy stationery, etc., was grown by Capt. M. E. Walker, of Los Angeles, to whom the writer is indebted for many of the leading facts in this article regarding the culture of the Calla for the gene- a ral market. ERNEST BKAUNTON. KIClNUS (Latin name, from the resemblance of the seeds to certain insects). JSuphorbidcew. Herbaceous or becoming tree- like in the tropics, glabrous: Ivs. large, alternate, peltate, palmate- ly 7- to many-lobed, the lobes serrate, monoecious: fls. without petals or disk, in terminal and ap- parently lateral racemes, large for the order: the upper short- pedicelled or sessile and stami- nate; calyx 3-5-parted, valvate; stamens many, erect in the bud. 2131. Fruit of Castor Bean, showing the seeds inside. Natural size. RICINUS ROBIXIA 1537 filaments much branched, each with very man}' anthers; rudiment of pistil none: the lower fls. longer pedicelled, pistillate; sepals very deciduous; styles 3, plamoM: cap- sule 3-loculed, .'{-seeded, explosively separating into •_' valved coccffi when ripe: seeds ovoid, with a large ca- 2132. Ricinus communis. runcle, crustaceous testa and fleshy, oily albumen; coty- ledons broad. ., A great many forms are known, many of which have been distinguished as species by some, but most botan- ists follow Muller (DeCandolle's Prodromus, vol. 15, part 2:1061, 18(56), in referring them all to varieties of the one species, R. communis, Linn., in which the fol- lowing, listed as species in the American trade, may doubtless be placed: R. Afric&nus, BorbonUnsis, Cam- bodglnsis, cceriileus, Gibsoni, giganteus. macrocdrpus , macrophylJus, Obermanni, Philippinlnsis , sangulneus, spectdbiiis, tricolor, Zanzibar6nsis. See Vilmorin, Blu- mengartnerei, p. 903 (1896). communis, Linn. CASTOR BEAN. CASTOR OIL PLANT. PALMA CHRISTI. Figs. 2131-3. Half-hardy annual, 3-15 ft. high in the central United States, 30-40 ft. in the tropics. The large handsome leaves (6 in.-2% ft.) and stems bright green to dark red: capsules prickly or smooth. July to frost. Probably originally from Africa or In- dia, now scattered widely and naturalized in all tropical lands. B.M. 2209. — Cultivated in most tropical and temperate countries from the earliest times, for the oil of the seeds (castor oil, Oleum Ricini) used in medicine and in the arts, and in some places as a food- dressing oil. The seeds contain a poisonous •principle. Also much used as a decorative plant singly or in bed centers, giving a rich tropical effect. Of rapid growth in any rich soil. The seeds may be planted in May where they are to grow, or sown singly in pots in early spring and afterwards transplanted. The species varies greatly in size and in the form and size of the capsule, the form, size and color of the seeds and color and glau- cosity of the stem and leaves. The follow- ing are some of the principal varieties : Var. Cambodgensis, Hort. Lvs. dark colored; stems nearly black. Vitr. Gibsoni, Hort. Dwarf. :. ft., Ivs. broasj purplish. Var. lividus, .lac,,, i /,-. tanguln- tUt. Hort. A'. (•'•! itra, Linn.). Plant robust, shrubby, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. very closely imbricated, 1-1% in. x %-l in.: fls. bright scarlet, 1K-2 in. long, fragrant, borne in sum- mer. Cape. Gn. 46, p. 360. B.M. 495. R. falcdta, DC. See Crassula falcata. p ^y BARCLAY ROCK-BRAKE. See Cryptogramma. ROCK-CRESS. Arabis. ROCK GARDENS. Figs. 2137-40. Nature in time will make a garden even on the unbroken surface of a rock, by clothing it with lichens, algse and mosses of many exquisite forms having much variety and often striking brilliancy in coloring. If there are soil-filled cracks and pockets then ferns and flowering plants will find a place. At low elevations, however, these flowering rock-plants are comparatively few, for soil accumulates rapidly and strong-growing herbs, shrubs and trees, aided by favor- able climatic conditions, soon cover the rock surface or furnish so dense a shade that only mosses, lichens and ferns will thrive. The ideal rock or alpine gardens are within that region on mountain summits between the limits of tree growth and the edge of perpetual snow, and in the correspond- ing regions toward the poles, where the plants are pro- tected from the rigors of a long winter by blankets of snow and are quickened into a shoi-t period of rapid growth by a comparatively low summer temperature. Here, where there are deep, cool, nuist rock crevices and pockets filled with fragments of broken stone and porous decayed vegetable matter, are the favorable con- ditions wherein the real alpine plants can multiply their neat and dainty cushions, tufts and rosettes of dense and matted foliage and their abundance of exquisitely formed and brilliantly colored flowers. A successfully grown collection of these plants in contrast with ordi- nary garden flowers would be like a collection of cut gems as compared with one of rough minerals and rocks, for they have an exquisiteness of finish and depth of coloring that gives them as unique a place in the vegetable kingdom as they have in the plan of na- ture. Surely there are men and women who, if they knew these plants well, would be fired with an ambition to excel in their cultivation; and in so doing they may enter a comparatively untrodden path if they will limit their work chiefly to the alpines of this continent. They are represented in the NYw England mountain region I\V such species as Arrnnt i,t (,',;, „ /„ „,!:,•„, /.„,,, procHMb,:,* .SV/,,,,. „,„„/,,. /„„,..„,;„ /.„,,,,„„„.„, Arotottaphylot a/ph,,,, ^aeoinium eatpitotum, s.isi- fr'i'jn »•',-«/,/ ,-/.v, \;.,.,,Hj,.,, „/,,/„„, ,, „, \ai. Peekii, Sibbaldia procumbent, /,'/', /^WJOHICMMI, Hrynnthus tln Jfewberrifi, /•-//•/•//» and simplex, Phlox bry~ aides and ccespitosa, Polemonium confertum, Caisiope Mertensiana, Jin/tnit/nis Breweri, Draba streptocarpa, Parryi and nudicatilig, Arabis Lyal/ii and •plu/i/xftrrtnn, Smfloirskin calci/cina. Lychnis montana and Kingii, Ca- /'tinlfiiiiu />y,/iiiir,i, Cl',,in megarrhiza, Spragnea umbellata, Dryas octopetala, Geum JRosxii, SatfifrOffa i-hryxtnitliit and bryophora, Cysopteris alpina, Aplopappus /> yi/inn nx, A//(///ii and acaulis, Omphalodes nuna.v&r.aretioides, Chionophila Jamesii, etc. (Not all of these names are accounted for in this work. They may be found in the Current Man- uals of North American Plants.) The uncultivated American plants in this class are quite as numerous and attractive as are the European species that have been long cultivated there. Here alpines have been but little cultivated. A very few easily grown European kinds, like Aubrietia deltoidea, Achillen t,,- mentosa, Campanula Carpatica and Arabis albida, are offered by American nurserymen and cultivated in the open border. On a few private places small rock gardens have been established, or advantage has been taken of favorable local conditions to cultivate some additional species, and in one or more botanic gardens considerable collections have been at times maintained, chiefly in frames. Generally what have passed for rock gardens have been rockeries— mere piles of cobbles raised from the surface of turf or piled against dry banks in such a manner as rapidly to disperse instead of slowly conserve all soil moisture. Even the most 2137. A rockery bordering a lawn. self-assertive weed fails to thrive in such a garden. A little better than this was the rock garden at the World's Fair, in which was the alpine plant exhibit of the Royal Botanic Garden of Berlin, comprising 103 species, of which only 23 were alive in August. In general, we have a smaller rainfall, less humidity and a larger proportion of sunny days than in England, to which we must look for the best instruction in the cultivation of alpine plants. This must be regarded in 1540 ROCK GARDENS the arrangement of our rock 'gardens. Every precau- tion should be taken to secure the full advantage of rainfall and any natural water supply, and there should also be a liberal and constant artificial water supply. It must be kept in mind, too, that at low elevations the long, hot summers do not allow the period of rest that such plants require. This condition must be met by de- vices, methods and locations that will retard the growth in spring, check it at an early period in autumn, and keep the plants fully dormant in winter, such as shade, mulching, and, in the case of particularly diffi- cult plants, the protection of frames. It is essential that conditions be provided that will enable the roots to extend for a long distance, often many feet, in narrow crevices and pockets between rocks to depths where there is a uniform temperature and uniform moisture supplied by moving water, for frequent freezing and 213S. A pocket in the rocks. thawing and stagnant water are fatal. These cavi- ties should be filled with such loose material as frag- ments of rock mixed with decayed vegetable matter, without manure, and arranged to provide for the free passage of hair-like roots, for perfect drainage and the free access of air. To provide these unusual conditions on the average private place in a large way would be so difficult and so expensive that it is not to be recom- mended. A small collection comprising a few easily cul- tivated alpines and the similar rock plants referred to in a later paragraph may, however, be successfully grown on reconstructed stone walls, on ledges, in small rock gardens and in the open borders of almost any country or city place. Persons who desire to cultivate a large col- lection of true alpines should seek a situation where favorable natural or existing conditions can be taken advantage of. Such locations are likely to be found at the seashore and in rocky and hilly regions — such re- gions, for example, as are selected by many people for summer homes. A ledge, a natural mass of boulders or an abandoned quarry will often provide them. Pockets and crevices of ledges can be cleared of unsuit- able material, and if they are not deep enough to hold moisture and have an equable temperature their depth may be increased by the judicious use of wedges, bars and explosives. Boulders can be arranged in such a manner as to secure suitable deep pockets and crevices of soil, springs can be diverted to supply a constant flow of water, underground pipes can be carried from an artificial source of supply to various points where conditions require them. However favorable the condi- tions are, it will be found that much can be done to advantage in different localities to meet the special re- quirements of different groups of plants. In such work, however, it should be kept constantly in mind that there are plants that will grow in all sons of surroundings, and that it will often be much better to seek such as are ROCK GARDENS adapted to existing conditions than to go to the ex- pense of radically modifying such arrangements. If an artificial rockery is to be constructed, it should be borne in mind that it is not for the purpose of dis- playing a collection of curious rocks fantastically ar- ranged, but to provide a place for growing a class of plants that cannot be as well grown elsewhere. It would be better never to think of securing mountain, valley and rock effects in the disposition of the material to be used, but only to think of providing many varied con- ditions and situations as regards exposure to sun and shade, depth of pockets and crevices, the character and depth of soils, subterranean and surface water supply, and whether it be permanent or fluctuating. In select- ing and arranging the rocks freshly broken raw faces should not be exposed, but rather' such faces as are already covered with a growth of lichens for sunny places and with mosses for shady spots. To take full advantage of surface water, pockets and crevices should have a decid- edly downward direction from the exposed surface and not be sheltered by over- hanging rock. That this does not apply in all cases, those who are familiar with the habitats of rock -plants know full well. The natural habitat of Pellcea gra- cilis in the upper Mississippi bluff's is in horizontal crevices well back from the edge of the overhanging rock, where it is absolutely protected from all surface water. It finds sufficient moisture in the horizontal seams. Pellixa atropurpurea will grow in narrow cracks and small pockets on the face of dry limestone boulders where there can be no possible internal supply of moisture. These in- stances go to show that the general prin- ciples that will apply to such plants as a class will not apply to all species, and it simply gives emphasis to the importance of trying a plant under all sorts of condi- tions before assuming that it can not be grown. The writer remembers well an at- tempt to grow that most exquisite alpine flower, Gentiana verna, in the open border on a little pile of rocks to give it suitable drainage. It was transplanted a number of times to places where its environment appeared to be about the same, and finally a situation was secured, where, instead of barely holding its own, it increased and produced a number of its great deep blue flower-cups. The importance of protection from drying and cold winds and of securing shade in many situations must not be overlooked. Sometimes advantage may be taken of an existing deciduous or evergreen tree or shrub growth, or rapid-growing varieties can be planted to make a screen. While shelters of this character are of value about the outer limits of a rock garden, they can hardly be used for separating its smaller compartments. For this purpose slow-growing, dense-foliaged ever- greens with a restricted root range are best. This would include the Yuccas, a few of the dwarf forms of Thuya, Juniperus, Picea. Retiriispora and practically all the broad-leaved evergreens. The latter, especially the Rhododendrons (of which Rhododendron maximum can be secured in large plants at low cost), are particularly useful owing to their habit of growth, restricted root area, and the facility with which they can be moved from place to place as desired. As these shelter-belts and groups form the background and setting of the rock garden and are the dominating landscape feature in views from a distance, their composition and disposition is a matter of much importance. The disposition must be governed, however, by the general arrangement of the grounds, but in this arrangement an agreeably varied sky-line and composition of plant forms and of shades of green should be sought for. In the composi- tion of the background, and in the planting of the rock garden as well, a decided character should be given to the whole and to each distinct compartment by using some few effective plants in quantity rather than a great number of varieties in small quantities. Variegated and distorted garden freaks should be excluded, for ROCK GARDENS ROCK GARDENS they would only distract the attention from the rock garden, the primary object. Even more inappropriate are stationary fountains and vases. KOI- more specific instructions as to the construction of rock gardens and the care and propagation of rock- plants (for European conditions) see Robinson's "Alpine Flowers," London, 1875, and Sutherland's "Hardy Her- baceous and Alpine Flowers," Edinburgh and London, 1871. Up to this point reference has been made for the most part to distinctly alpine plants; that is, plants that are confined exclusively to the region on mountains above the tree and shrub line. They are the ones that will test the skill of the cultivator. There are, however, many rock-plants; that is, plants that grow naturally on rocks, or plants having a tufted, matted and more or less persistent and evergreen foliage similar to alpines that can be used with them in less favorable positions in the rock garden or in the open border. Many of such plants can be readily procured from American nursery- men and collectors. They are easy of cultivation and attractive in habit and flower. The writer would include also low-growing bulbous plants, especially such as have Inconspicuous foliage. They can be planted with the low ground-covering plants to push up through them. From this list are omitted such plants as belong more properly in the wild garden, especially such as spread rapidly by underground shoots and are likely to become a pest. (In a rockery conditions are such that it is almost impossible to extirpate deep-rooting, weedy plants, and they above all others should be rigidly ex- cluded.) Among desirable rock-plants the writer would include Geranium sanguineum, Antlri'tcxii and Robert- ianum, Gypsophila muralis, ffelianthemum vulgare, Hellebonts niger, Leontopodium alpinum, Linaria Ci/mbalnria, Lotus corniculatus, Lychnis Viscaria.Pa- /)//iv>- alpinum and nudicaule, Ceratostigma Lzrpentce, Saponaria ocymoides, Veronica Teucrium and rupestris, Arabis alpina, Campanula fragilis. Daphne Cneorum, soecies of Alyssum, Bellis, Cerastium, Arenaria, Draba, Epimedium, Iberis, Thymus, Arabis, Armeria, Ajuga, Dianthus, Sedum, Sagina, Primula, Aquilegia, Saxi- fraga, Corydalis, Myosotis, Sempervivum, Parnassia, Viola, Hepatica, Opuntia, Houstonia, Anemone patens, var. Nuttalliana. dwarf and creeping Campanulas, Cornus Canadennis, Dicentra eximia, Calluna vul- garis, Iris cristata, verna and pumila, Leiophyllum 'biurifolium, Phlox subulata, amana, reptans, Saxi- frni/a Virginiensis, Silene Penny Ivanica and Virginica, Anemone thalictroides, Waldsteinia fragarioides, Galax 1n/lla, Asperula odorata, low-growing ferns, mosses, etc. WARKEN H. MANNING. A rock garden or rockery is, or should be, an imita- tion (though of necessity in a limited and smaller way) of a natural rocky slope such as is often seen on mountain sides, but made more interesting and at- In- Artificial in the sense oi' nmde by man. because few gardens contain a natural bank OT «lop« upon which one might be constructed. In any CM-.-, it -hou],l I,,. Characterized l>y simplicity and naturalness. In fact, in no part of a garden has the gardener more opportunity to -jive expression to his natural taste tlian in the con- struction and planting of a rockery. If a garden does 2139. An isolated rockery under a tree. Southern California. tractive by the planting of a large variety of alpine and other plants. The meaningless mounds of stones too often seen in gardens, planted with summer-bed- ding plants or vines, do not represent the true concep- tion of a rockery. A rockery must of necessity often 2140. A picturesque rock work, for the wilder parts of the grounds (European). contain a natural bank or slope, the position or aspect may not be an ideal one. A southern slope, unless within the shade of tall trees, is not as good an aspect as a northern one, owing to the soil becoming too hot and dry, just the opposite conditions for true alpine plants. Some of the best rockeries are what are known as underground rockeries; for instance, the one in the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, London, England, is an underground rockery. Before this rockery was con- structed the ground was perfectly level. A cutting was begun at one entrance, at first shallow, but gradually deepening till a depth of some 6 or 7 feet was reached, and an average width of about 10 feet at the bottom. All the soil taken out was placed on the top of the slopes, thus still further increasing the height. The cutting was made in a winding manner, not formal or zigzag, but in such a manner that when completed, not only would a variety of aspects be secured to suit the requirements of different plants, but each turn should seem to possess a peculiar charm of its own. The whole cutting is perhaps some 200 yards in length. The rocks are placed in the banks in as natural a man- ner as it would seem possible to place them; now they stand out boldly, almost perpendicular with the edge of the path, then again they recede into hollow recesses. There are not too many rocks, nor yet too few. In one place a cascade falls over the rocks into a small pool which not only provides a habitat for aquatic and bog plants, but also adds greatly to the beauty of the rockery. For the convenience of the public a broad gravel path runs through the whole rockery. Rhodo- dendrons and other shrubs are planted on top of the banks in groups, and not in straight lines, while behind these for protection and shade are planted pines and other conifers, as well as some deciduous trees. The rocks are placed in most cases so as to form " pockets " of good size into which the plants could be planted, and the soil made in the pocket to suit the requirements of the different plants. With such a variety of aspects and conditions this rockery is able to accommodate one of the largest collections of alpine and rock plants in the world. As this rockery was for a time the special charge of the writer while a student at Kew, well does he remember the deep carpets of mossy Saxifrage, Au- brietia, Arabis, Cerastium, Sedum, etc., which hung over projecting ledges of rocks, while in fissures and holes in the rocks were growing those dainty rosette-making saxifrages, S. longifolia, S. Cotyledon, S. Crustacea and S. caesia, as well as the charming androsaces. In the deeper recesses of the rockery were to be found the 1542 ROCK GARDENS large-leaved saxifrages, such as S. crassifolia, S. ligu- lata, S. Stracheyi and S. purpurascens. Quite at home and in suitable positions were alpine primulas, auriculas, and cyclamens. There were Iceland poppies, Himalayan poppies (Meeonopsis Wallichi and Nepalensis) , gentians from the tiny blue Gentiana verna to the tall G. sep- temfida, and many kinds of Funkia, Fritillaria, Erica, Epimedium, Cypripedium, Orchis, Lilium, Erythronium, Allium, Alyssum, Ajuga, Achillea, Armeria, Sagina, Sempervivum and creeping Veronica, besides other plants too numerous to mention. Particularly promi- nent positions, as on top of the rocks, or at a turning point in the path, were occupied by some stately plant, such as Wieum palmatum, Acanthus mollis, or Gnnnera manicata, or scabra, while foxgloves, ver- bascums and such like plants would fill up the recesses in the shrubs on the top of the rockery. One end of the rockery beneath the shade of overhanging trees was devoted to hardy ferns, which grew with wonderful luxuriance. With the variety of rare and interesting plants, together with the artistic yet natural appearance of the whole rockery, a more beautiful place it would be difficult to conceive. With these pleasant remembrances in mind the writer built a rockery in 1898, in the Botanic Gardens of Smith College, Northampton, Mass., somewhat after the pattern of the one at Kew, but at present on a very much more limited scale. The position chosen (the only one available) is near the outskirts of the garden proper, on what was formerly a grassy southern slope. A cutting was made through the slope in much the same manner as the one at Kew, but to secure good northern aspects the soil was all banked on the south- ern side. The path, which is quite level, varies in width from 3 to 6 feet. The height of the banks in which the rocks are placed ranges from 2 feet at the entrances to some 8 or 10 feet at the highest point. For rocks we used large, water-worn boulders collected in the vicinity. One shaded recess, with a northern aspect, is devoted to na- tive ferns, which at the present time, 1901, number some 40 species. The whole rockery outside is banked with flowering shrubs, and on the southern bank out- side are planted some trees, chiefly catalpas, for the purpose of shading the southern aspect of the rock- ery, as well as for ornament. Water is laid on so that the plants might not suffer in dry weather. The writer has not been successful with alpine primulas, mossy saxifrages, tufted gentians, and several other subjects which delight in a cool, moist climate, perhaps from his not having provided the ideal conditions for such plants, but more probably due to our extremes of cli- mate. Still there is a large variety which does well here. The writer has found most of the low-growing veronicas, sedums, sempervivums, arabises, alyssums, achilleas, alsines, erysimums, aquilegias, campanulas, stellarias, pachysandras, the beautiful shrubby little Daphne Cneorum, and many others, do very well in the more sunny or southern aspects or the rockery, while on the northern aspects cerastiums, iberises, ajugas, Ice- land poppies, rosette and large-leaved saxifrages, moss pinks, epimediums, herniarias, arenarias, cardamines, armerias, dianthuses, native orchises, cypripediums and many other plants do well. On the top of the rockery, to fill in recesses in the shrubbery, are planted fox- gloves, verbascums and tall veronicas, while at conspic- uous points are planted clumps of Bocconia cordaia, Telekia speciosa, Aruncus Sylvester, or any herbaceous plant which looks well as an isolated specimen. In among the plants in irregular colonies are planted hardy bulbs, such as crocuses, scillas, ornithogalmns, nar- cissi, snowdrops, chionodoxas, and grape hyacinths; these come up the first thing in the spring and blossom before the other plants get well started into growth, and are a decided acquisition to a rockery. Almost all alpine plants may be readily propagated by seed, cuttings or division of the plants, The writer raises some from seed each year to fill up any vacancies in the spring. His plan is to sow the seeds in 4-inch >ots early in February in a finely-prepared light soil, id place the pots in a moderately warm greenhouse; tiere they soon germinate, and as soon as large enough to handle they are transplanted either into other pots similarly prepared, or into small, shallow boxes. They RODRIGUEZ1A grow vigorously through the early spring months, and by the first of May they may be planted out perma- nently. Seeds may also be sown in some shaded frame in spring and the plants transferred to the rockery in the fall. All the plants in the rockery should have a light covering of leaves or light strawy manure to pro- tect them from excessive freezing and thawing during the winter, especially those planted on the southern exposure, or they may be protected with a few hemlock branches laid lightly over them. These should be re- moved as soon as the weather will permit in early spring. In planting a newly made rockery it is a mistake to plant 109 thick. Each plant should be allowed room to develop so as to show its true character, and the plant should then be limited in a measure to that space, especially if a much more rampant grower than its neighbors. As in other parts of the garden, weeds will insinuate themselves wherever they can gain a foot- hold. These must be removed as soon as they appear, and the whole rockery should be gone over at least once in ten days to keep each plant from encroaching on its neighbors, and to keep all in good order. EDWARD J. CANNING. ROCKET. See Hesperis. ROCKET CANDYTUFT. See Iberis coronaria. ROCKET, YELLOW. Barbarea vulgaris. ROCK ROSE. SeeCistiis; also Helianthemum. ROCKY MOUNTAIN BEE PLANT. folia. Cleome integri- RODGERSIA (Commodore Rodgers, U. S. Navy). Saxifragclceie. A gemis of one species, a hardy herba- ceous perennial for which the following names have been proposed: Rodgers' Bronze Leaf, Bronze Leaf of Japan and Stately Five-Leaf. It grows 3-4 ft, high, and the leaves are finger-shaped, the 5 lobes being bold in outline, angled and serrate. In the spring the foliage is light green; in summer it assumes a metallic bronzy hue. The plant is a vigoroiis grower, and under favor- able circumstances has been known to make a clump 9 ft. in diameter, the largest Ivs. being a yard across and borne on stalks 3 ft. long. The fls. are borne in mid- summer on stalks 4-5 ft. high. The general style of inflorescence is that of the popular Astilbe, to which it is closely allied. The fls. are very small, but make a feathery spray of fluffy white bloom. The panicle is a foot or more long and as wide at the base. Technically the fls. have no petals; what seem to be petals are the white calyx-segments. As a flowering plant it has been said by enthusiasts to be superior to Astilbe, but the bloom is scantier, rather greenish at first, and perhaps does not last as long. It may not be so amenable to forcing. Rodgersia is a native of the subalpine regions of Japan and is presumably hardy in our northern states. It is offered by importers of Japanese plants. The plant is highly esteemed by English connoisseurs, but seems to be nearly unknown to American gardens. Although any deep, rich garden soil will do, it is said to prefer a moist peaty soil. It should be placed in a sunny position, with plenty of room, where high winds cannot damage the foliage. Easily propagated. Botanically Rodgersia is close to certain species of Astilbe, having 10 stamens and no petals, it differs in having connate carpels, scorpioid inflorescence and 5- cut rather than thrice ternate foliage. Other generic characters are: calyx-lobes 5: ovary 2-3-loculed; styles 2 or 3; stigmas capitate: ovules many. podoph^lla, Gray. Rhizome thick, scaly: radical Ivs. 5-lobed; stem-lvs. 3-lobed: cymes scorpioid, forming a large panicle. B.M. G691. G.C. II. 20:111. G.M, 33:477, Gn. 36, p. 171; 38, p. 125; 46, p. 434. w M RODRIGUEZIA (Emanuel Rodriguez, Spanish bot- anist and apothecary). Orchidilcece . A small genus of South American orchids, a few of which are cultivated for their graceful racemes of delicate flowers. The flowers are nearly always fragrant. The plants vary somewhat in habit. Some species form neat, compact RODRIGUEZIA tufts, while others, like It. decora, have long, strag- gling rhizomes difficult to keep within the limits of n block or a basket. Pseudobulbs small, compressed, 1-2- Ivd. and bearing sheathing Ivs. at the base: racemes erect or pendulous: dorsal sepal and petals similar, free, erect; lateral sepals united, concave, but scarcely saccate: labellum spurred or saccate, with a long claw parallel to the column, and a spreading blade usually exceeding the sepal: column slender. Robert Brown's genus Gomesa (sometimes written (iomeza), found on G. recurva, is now referred to Rodriguezia. G. recurva is It. I'llatiifuliii. Grow Rodriguezias in very shallow pots filled with tough peat, and -A-ell drained. Rest them in a tempera- ture of 50°, giving little water. The growing tempera- ture should be from 65-75°. Give plenty of moisture and shade from direct sunshine. The stronger-growing kinds will need thicker potting material in baskets; they do well wired on tree-fern stocks. During season of growth, syringing is necessary. A. Ji'l.t. Inri/i', H-Jiite, spotted or rose. B. Raceme erect 1 . fragrans 2. decora BB. Raceme pendulous 3. venusta 4. Candida .">. pubescens AA. Flu. a mall, deep rose or spotted red..C>. secunda AAA. fls. greenish 7. crispa 8. planifolia fragrans, Reichb. f. (Burlingtbnia fragrans, Lindl.). Lvs. tufted: racemes erect: fls. pure white, except the middle of the labellum, which is stained with yellow, very fragrant; lower sepals united, entire; dorsal se- pal acute; labellum cucullate behind, with a 2-parted, pubescent appendage on the disk. April, May. Brazil. G.C. III. 4:757 (the plant is here figured with a pendu- lous raceme). decora, Reichb. f. (Burlingtbnia decora, Lem.). Plant with a long, slender rhizome, with oval, 1-lvd. pseudo- bulbs: scape nearly erect, 9 in. high, bearing 5-10 blos- soms in a loose raceme: sepals and petals ovate, acute, connivent, white or pale rose spotted with red ; labellum twice as long as the petals, white; middle lobe rounded, bifid, contracted into a broad claw which has several fringed lamellae; column with falcate hairy ears. May, June. Brazil. B.M. 4834. F.S. 7:716.-Var. picta, Hort. (BttrUngtbnia decora, var. picta, Hook.). Pseu- dobulbs orbicular, compressed: fls. short, acute; sepals and petals spotted with deep purple-red. B.M. 5419. venusta, Reichb. f. (Burlingtbnia venusta, Lindl.). Lvs. linear-oblong, forming compact masses: fls. in drooping racemes, large, white or tinged with pink and having a yellow stain on the lip; dorsal sepal acute, the lateral pair entire; labellum transversely plicate near the middle. Flowers at various seasons. Brazil. I.H. 5:188. — Very near R. Candida. Candida, Batem. (Burlingtb-nia cdndida, Lindl.). Lvs. oblong, firm : racemes pendulous, 4-C-fld. : fls. white, with a light stain of yellow on the labellum, 2 in. long; dorsal sepal obovate, emarginate, the lower pair united into a concave, bifid blade, saccate at base; petals obo- vate, with the apex recurved ; labellum with a broadly cuneate, bifid middle lobe, longer than the sepals and petals; base and lateral lobes parallel to the column, throat with many lamellae. April, May. Guiana. B.R. 23:1927. F.M. 1871:548. pubescens, Reichb. f. (Burlingtbnia pubiscens, Lindl.). Lvs. tufted, dark green, keeled: racemes many, pen- dulous, from the tuft of Ivs.: fls. pure white; labellum 2-lobed, hastate; lateral lobes erect, furnished with lamella?; column pubescent, in which it differs from the other species. secunda, HBK. Fig. 2141. Pseudobulbs bearing sev- eral thick, linear-oblong Ivs. : raceme erect, secund, 6 in. high: fls. deep rose; sepals erect, ovate, convex, the lower pair keeled and gibbous; petals like the dorsal sepal; labellum obovate-oblong, emarginate, undulate, scarcely longer than the sepals. Aug. Trinidad, Gui- ana. B.M. 3524. B.R. 11:930. L.B.C. ^ 7:676 (as R. lan- ceolata ). ROLLINIA 1543 crispa, Lindl. Pseudobulbs elongate-ovate- h long-lanceolate, spreading, undulate: raceme pendulous rather dei.se: t!s. green, wit), yellowNh l-onl-r- >, ,,!(N *Ufr*e,andul»t«-Cri«p; p<-t:iNM,nilar; lubHImi. hu, .-.,,. I;itf,sigmoid. Brazil. B.R. ii<;::,i. planildlia, Lindl. Pseudobulbs clustered, compressed- Ivs lanceolate: raceme long, drooping fls. ^reenM, yellow, fragrant; sepals oblon-. waved, acute, the lower pair united except at the end: petals like the dor- sal sepal ; labellum broadly oblong, acute, reflexed, shorter than the lower sepals. Feb. Brazil. B.M. 1748 3o04. L.B.C. 7:660 (as Gomesa recttrr,, i. HEINRICH HASSELBRING and WM. MATHEWS. KOGIfiRA. See RondeMia. 2141. Rodriguezia secunda (X %). ROHDEA (Mich. Rohde, physician and botanist of Bremen). Liliaceui. A raonotypic genus from Japan, essentially a tender foliage plant with luxuriant radical Ivs. 1-2 ft. long. The fls. are borne among the Ivs. in short, thick, dense spikes a few inches high; perianth globular-bell-shaped; anthers sessile; stigma peltate; style nearly wanting: fr. a globular, usually 1-seeded berry. Rohdeas are excellent plants for dwelling- house decoration, doing well in the cooler positions. They are perfectly hardy at Washington, the foliage being but slightly browned during the coldest weather. Japdnica, Roth. Root a long, nearly cylindric root- stock with fleshy fibers: Ivs. typically green, 9-12 in a rosette, erect, oblanceolate : berry about the size of a small olive, with a red pulp. B.M. 898. Gn. 30, p. ."41. — The following varieties, which differ in shape and color of the Ivs., are offered by Dutch bulb growers: Vars. aureo-striata, falcata, falcata var., latimaculata macrophylla, margiuata minor, pygmaea, zebrina. G. W. OLIVER and F. W. BARCLAY. ROLLINIA (Charles Rollin, of Paris, 1661-1741, aided Tournefort). Anondcew, About 20 trees and shrubs of tropical America, differing from Anona in having the petals united into a 3-6-lobed tube, the exterior lobes wing-appendaged, the interior small or none: fr. some- times of separate carpels: fls. 1-5 on peduncles that are terminal or opposite the Ivs. The general remarks un- der Anona will apply to these plants. Sieberi, A. DC. (Anona tnuscdsa, Jacq.). Low tree, the young growth nearly or quite smooth: Ivs. oblong, taper-pointed, smooth: exterior petals oblong and blunt (%-l in. long), greenish, the interior smaller but promi- nent, reddish: fr. about 4 in. in diameter, greenish, somewhat globose, the surface bearing tubercles. Na- tive in the islands of Guadeloupe and Martinique, and in Guiana; probably in various West Indies islands.— Introduced into southern Florida as a fruit plant, but it is yet very little known within our limits. L. jj. g. 1544 ROMNEYA KOMNfiYA (after the astronomer T. Romney Rob- inson friend of T. Coulter, who discovered it about 1845?' pTiaver&cta. The CALIFORNIA TREE POPPY m* 2142) is a somewhat shrubby plant with splen- did 6-petaled white fls. measuring 6 in. or more across. Botailally the genus is unique, having only one spe- S and behig distinguished from the other members of the poppy family by the fact that the numerous stigmas are Site at the base into a little ring, and are diver- gent aHhe apex. It is one of the few long-known plants that has acquired no synonym. Generic characters : sepals 3, with a broad, membranous, dorsal wing; pet- als 6 all alike; stamens very numerous, free; filaments filiform but thickened above; stigmas free: capsule 7-11 -loculed, dehiscing to the middle, the valves separat- ing by their margins from the firm persistent placentas. Coulteri, Harv. CALIFORNIA TREE POPPY. MATILIJA POPPY Lvs. glaucous, 3-5 in. long, pinnately cut: netals broadly obovate: seeds black, a line or less Fong On- 13^129; 26:465; 29, pp. 207, 2U; 46 p. 405; 55 D 208- 56, p. 239; 57, p. 263. G.F. 10:363. P.M. 1877*252 A.F. -5:397. A.G. 19:314 (sup. Apr. 16, 1898). -Ever since 1889 and 1890, when it was one of the lead- ing novelties, the California Tree Poppy has been a much-talked-of plant, owing to its extraordinary beauty and the difficulties of cultivation. It has the largest flowers of any member of the poppy family, except pos- sibly Papaver orientale. Though not considered hardy in the eastern states, it has been successfully grown in the open in northern New Jersey. Romneya grows wild in California from San Diego to Santa Barbara county; also in Mexico. In the wild it blooms chiefly during June and July, but in cultivation from May to August. It is one of the characteristic features of California floriculture. Ernest Braunton writes from Los Angeles: "It should be grown here on dry, rocky soil ; it will positively not grow in a wet or heavy soil. It needs no water here except the winter rains. It is very hard to grow either from seed or divi- sions." W. M. 2142. Top sprig of Romneya Coulteri (X %). Romneya is difficult to transplant, due to the scarcity of fibrous roots; in middle California we transplant suckers (which are produced in great abundance) with- out any loss, provided a good, firm ball of earth is kept around the stout, thick roots in transit, and if the stems are cut well back, almost to the base. At San Francisco it grows luxuriantly in a heavy adobe soil, producing immense flowers. The name Matilija Poppy (pronounced Ma-til'li-ha) is the favorite in California. It comes from the Matilija canyon, Ventura county, where the plant grows in particular abundance. Miss Parsons writes: "Many people have the mistaken idea that it grows only in that region. It is not common by any means; but it is found in scattered localities from Santa Barbara southward into Mexico. It is very abundant near River- side, and also upon the southern boundary and below in Lower California, where the plants cover large areas. It not only grows in fertile valleys, but seeks the seclu- RONDELETIA sion of remote canyons, and nothing more magnificent could be imagined than a steep canyon-side covered with the great bushy plants, thickly covered -with the enor- mous white fls." The blossoms remain open for many days. j. BURTT DAVY. The Romneya can be transplanted safely if cut to the ground before lifting and the transplanting is done during its dormant season and soon before growth commences. The writer has transplanted it— and that without cutting it all back — twice a year; in fall into a cold pit, and in April back from the pit to the bed in the garden, and with perfect success. There is no difficulty in growing it from seed; any careful person can do it. Get fresh seed, — that is the only secret, and this is im- perative in all papaveraceous, plants. But under artifi- cial conditions in localities where the Romneya is not hardy, it requires a few years between the germination of the seeds and the blooming of the seedlings; hence the people will not bother with raising it in this way. WILLIAM FALCONER. ROMULEA (Romulus, fabled as one of the founders of Rome). Iridacece. A genus of about 33 species of crocus-like bulbs from the Mediterranean region of Eu- rope, the Cape and tropical Africa. They are small and slender plants with fls. an inch or so across, varying from crimson and purple through rose and lilac to white and also yellow. They are closely allied to Crocus, but differ in being less hardy, and in having a long peduncle and short flower-tube. Generic characters: Ivs. linear, radical, with a few similar but smaller ones on the scape: fls. solitary in a spathe, on a simple or branch- ing peduncle; perianth-segments oblong, much exceed- ing the short tube ; spathe valves herbaceous. These bulbs seem to be unknown to the American trade. A. Fls. rosy or crimson. rosea, Eckl. (Tricnonema rbsea, Ker. ). Corm glo- bose, Yz-y-2. in. thick: Ivs. %-l ft. long, setaceous: pe- duncle 1-6 in. long, 1-3-fld. : outer spathe % in. long: perianth with a short funnel-shaped tube with a yellow throat and a red-lilac limb, about 1 in. long, the outer segments with 3 faint purple stripes outside. S. Africa. B.M. 1225 (as T. roseum). F.S. 8:799 (as R. Celsii). Var. speciosa, Baker (T. specibsum, Ker.), has a larger perianth and outer segments, with 3-5 dark purple stripes of which the outer are feathered. B.M. 1476. A. Fls. yellow or white. Clusiana, Baker (Triconema CJusiinia, Lange). Fls. bright yellow, tipped with lilac. Spain. A white var. has been int. by Barr, of England. p_ w. BARCLAY. RONDELETIA (Rondelet, 1507-1566, physician and naturalist of Montpellier, France). Jtubidcece. About 60 species of tropical American shrubs and trees, with small 5- or 4-lobed, salver-shaped fls. of red, yellow or white, generally borne in showy terminal corymbs. The whole family is noted as furnishing numerous desirable stove plants, and Rondeletia is a highly esteemed genus. The following species are shiubs growing 4 ft. or more high. The flowers are generally fragrant, and the clus- ters 4 in. or more across. In the favorite species (It. odorata) the flowers number 10-30 in a cluster, each flower being fully an inch across; in the other species the flowers may number 150-200 to a cluster, each flower being less than % in. across. Known also as Itogiera. Generic characters : calyx-lobes short or long, equal : corolla-tube usually slender, swelled or not, throat gla- brous or bearded, mouth with or without a ring; limb 5-lobed (in some species 4-lobed) ; stamens inserted in the throat, included: ovary 2-loculed: capsule loculicidal. R. anomala is the only species described below that does not have opposite Ivs. R. cordata is often said to have a 4-lobed flower, a mistake that dates back half a century to a typographical error. \y. m. Rondeletia anomala is a half-shrubby plant, stool- ing out when given root -room, but when confined to a pot it makes a compact mass of shoots, about two feet high, which bloom in the winter time, in termi- nal, flat-topped clusters of rosy purple flowers. It is not profuse at any time, but continues in bloom for two or three months. An additional good feature is handsome foliage, so that it is always presentable. Cuttings root RONDELETIA easily at any time, and these may be grown in pots for a season. Barring the tendency to stooling, they do well planted out. Sandy loam and leaf-soil is the best compost, and a warm greenhouse, with sunshine, fur- nishes the best conditions. TI j)_ HATFIELD. A. Fls. red. B. Lvs. opposite. odorata, Jacq. (Rondeletia specidsa, Lodd.). Lvs. ovato, nearly sessile: clusters 10-30-fld. : fls. crimson to brick-red, with a conspicuous yellow throat; lobes 2143. Rondeletia cordata (X elliptical to roundish. Cuba. Mex. B. 2:53. B.M. 3953. B.R. 22:1905. F.C. 1:36. L.B.C. 19:1893. P.M. 2:242; 16:354. R.H. 1891:522 (throat not conspicuously yellow). BB. Leaves in 3's. an6mala, Hort. Figured in J.H. III. 35:251 with 8 fls. in a cluster, the fls. % in. across, with roundish lobes. The color is said to be coral-red or deep scarlet and the throat is presumably yellow. Habitat (?). Imperfectly known. AA. Fls. pink to white. B. Base of Ivs. more or less cordate. cordata, Benth. (R. corddta, Planch. R. thyrsifldra, Hort., not Roth.). Fig. 2143. Lvs. ovate, acuminate, cordate; generally said to have pink or flesh-colored fls. •with a yellow throat (as in F.S. 8:754, page 13), but in R.H. 1878:230 they are shown as pure white. Guate- mala. Franceschi says it is native to Mexico. BB. Base of Ivs. not cordate, c. Corolla-lobes ovate: stipules broadly ovate. amoena, Hemsl. (JR. amcena, Planch.). Lvs. elliptic, broader than in R. gratisnima, and shorter acuminate, 2-5 in. long: fls. rose-pink, with a conspicuous yellow throat. Guatemala. F.S. 5:442. See also R. versicolor in supplementary list. cc. Corolla-lobes obcordate: stipules subulate. gratissima, Hemsl. (R. gratissima, Linden). Lvs. oblong -elliptic, 1-2 in. long, short -petioled, mostly rounded at the base: tts. with a bright rosy tube, the lobes fading from pale rose to whitish; throat not con- spicuously yellow. Trop. Amer. I.H. 28:424. F.S. 15:1570 (corolla-lobes often obovate; stipules narrowly ovate). Gt. 490 (as R. elegantissima) . The following species would probably be desirable additions, as they represent other colors than the above: B. Americdna, Linn. White-fld. West Indies and S. Amer.— R. Backhousii, Hook., a pink-ttd. species from trop. Amer., is easily distin- guished from those mentioned above by the much longer calyx- ROOT -GALLS lobes, which are pink. 15. M. «2!M» .— It. Piirdiri, Hook., a oeau- titul pale yellow-lid, species from Colombia, has a great pyra- midal cluster 5 in. across and 4 in. deep, with an astonishing number of Us., perhaps 150-20(1 in B.M. 5069.— It r,-r.t,,;,l,,r, Hook., is referred to R. amcena by Index Kewensis but seems distinct. The rts. are said to be " remarkable for their i colors; the tube is yellow; the limb in bud deep rose-color, changing when they expand to pale rose and then to white, with a yellow disk, and having a two I,, bed Ur.-en M»>I in t In- center from the color of the stigmas, which protrude a little beyond the mouth." B.M. 4670. u- M w . ji. ROOT CELLARS. See Storage. ROOT-GALLS. Abnormal enlargements often appear on the roots of plants. These enlargements are much more frequent than is generally supposed, but from their position under ground are rarely observed. From an economic standpoint they have not received the attention that they merit. Although the term root-gall is usually applied to the abnormal enlargement of roots due to insects and other animal organisms, it has a much wider application as used by most plant-growers. The presence of nodules or local enlargements on the roots of plants has been discussed by different authors under the names root- galls, root-knots, root-swellings, etc. In cases in which the cause of the nodules of hypertrophied tissue is known, special names have been assigned to the enlarge- ments. Thus the gall formed by the eel-worm (Hetero- dera radicicola) is known as the nematode root-gall (Fig. 2144) ; the enlargement on the roots of cabbage and related plants by the myxomycete (Plasmodiophora Brass fete) is called club-root; the swellings on the roots of the peach, apricot and many other plants, which are of characteristic appearance and usually appear at the crown of the plant, are known as crown-gall. Root tubercles are small gall-like bodies found on the roots of many leguminous plants. They are symbionic in nature, the organism causing them being helpful to the plant. See Legumes. Abnormal root enlargements are due to the following causes: (1) animal parasites, as in the nematode root- gall (Fig. 2144), the galls formed on the roots of the grape by the phylloxera, and the galls frequently observed on the roots of our indigenous ceanothi; (2) vegetable parasites, as in the club-root and the crown- gall (Fig. 2145); (3) mechanical injury, causing exces- sive callous development, root-burls, etc. In addition to the above, the causes of these enlarge- ments are oftentimes obscure or unknown. The form 2144. Root-galls due to nematodes — Tomato roots. of crown-gall on the apple, blackberry and a large number of other plants is as yet unknown so far as cause is concerned. It may be caused by a similar organism as that causing the crown-gall on the peach 1546 ROOT - GALLS nd apricot in the Southwest, but as yet it remains to - „ on the roots of the mulberry are said to be due to the hypertrophy of the lenticels. Some inves- tigators have attributed gall-like root-growths in some instances to the hypertrophy of adventitious buds. The root-galls caused by the nematode (Heterodera radicicola) may usually be readily recognized from other forms of hypertrophied tissue by the numerous knotty enlargements on the smaller roots infested by the worms. By careful search, m most instances, the distended female worms may be found in the infested tissue, where they appear as small, nearly spherical, pearl-like bodies, readily seen with the unaided eye. This minute worm, commonly called eel-worm, feeds upon the roots of a great variety of cultivated plants and is particularly destructive in the South. It is only injurious in the northern states to plants growing under glass. The most effective remedy in the case of field crops is -the removal of all rubbish that would harbor the worms during the winter. In greenhouses steam can be forced through the infested soil. When potted plants are badly affected they may be severely root-pruned and re- potted in soil free from worms. They are not troublesome in soil that has been frozen since an infested crop was grown in it. The root-swellings caused by the grape-vine gall-louse (Phyl- loxera vastatrix) may be read- ily recognized from other root- galls by the presence of the insects. The young insects, by — puncturing the epidermis of the '^- ^ly*3"""" roots and sucking the sap, cause i^J _\\'m the galls to develop. The in- L-^^T"^ 'ill sect is found on the diseased roots in all stages of develop- ment during the summer. The most effective method of holding the insect in check appears to be in the use of re- sistant roots, i. e., the grafting of the more tender -varieties on roots of those that are stronger and better able to re- sist the attack of the insect. Bisulfide of carbon in some in- stances has proved effective in killing the lice. The crown -gall appears to be the most harmful of root diseases affecting cultivated plants in this country. These galls have been reported upon the roots of the peach, apricot, almond, prune, plum, apple, pear, walnut, grape, raspberry, blackberry, cherry, poplar and chestnut, and without doubt further investigation will find it upon other plants as well. As yet it is not known whether the crown-gall as at present known always arises from the same cause, as the galls vary considerably on different plants and the cause has been definitely ascertained only in a few instances. The fleshy outgrowths so abundant in the Southwest on the roots of the peach, apricot and allied plants, known under the name of crown-gall, are caused by a slime-fungus (Dendrophagus globosus), which is parasitic in the infested roots. Seedlings from one to six months old appear to be most susceptible to this disease, hence it is particularly destructive to nursery stock. When the galls appear on young trees they almost always occur on the side of the main root a few inches below the surface of the soil, or in the region of the crown. With more mature trees they are likely to occur at greater depth on lateral roots. At first the gall has a uniform outer appearance, but later it becomes warty from unequal growth. The 2145. A Root-gall. ROSA tissue of the developing gall is soft and succulent, with nodules of woody tissue scattered through it. The galls vary much in size and may reach a diameter of ten inches. But little is known as to remedies for crown-gall. As the disease is primarily a nursery disease, the most effective remedy is in securing stock for planting from a non-infested nursery. The disease can be held in check to some extent in infested orchards by cutting off the galls that appear on the tree boles at the surface of the soil and applying to the wounds a paste made from bluestone and lime. j_ ^y_ TOUMEY. ROQUETTE or ROCKET-SALAD (Et-hca satlva, Mill.), a low-growing hardy annual from southern Eu- rope, whose leaves resemble those of radish and turnip, is much used by the French as a spring and autumn salad and pot-herb. The flavor of the young, tender leaves, which are the parts used, bears a strong resem- blance to that of horse-radish. In America it is but little grown. The first sowing may be made in early spring, the seed being dropped thinly in shallow drills a foot apart, with successional plantings each second or third week through the season. The soil must be rich and well supplied with moisture, else the leaves will probably be tough and acrid. Inter-culture is the same as for spin- ach, lettuce and similar crops. Frequent watering and tillage in hot, dry weather to insure rapid, vigorous growth should result in succulent, mild-flavored leaves. In summer the plants run rapidly to seed; in spring and autumn they will produce abundantly after being cut. The pale citron-yellow flowers emit a perfume re- sembling that of orange blossoms. j£_ ROS A (ancient Latin name). Rosacen. ROSE. Orna- mental deciduous shrubs, upright or climbing or creep- ing, usually with prickly stems, alternate, stipulate, odd-pinnate, rarely simple leaves, showy purplish, car- mine, pink or white flowers, and conspicuous, often or- namental, usually scarlet fruits. There is probably no flower more popular and better known than the Rose. From time immemorial poets have sung its praise, and the love of it can be traced through the most ancient documents in the literature of the Aryan race. It is re- markable to note, however, that the Rose has played a far inferior part in the horticulture of the Chinese and Japanese. It is probably the first flower known and cultivated in a double state, and it is the double-flowered Garden form whose image the word "Rose" almost in- variably brings to our mind, while to the wild single- flowered Roses much less attention has been given. The ornamental value of single Roses is rarely fully appre- ciated. The Wild Roses have a simple charm and graceful beauty of their own. No doubt the bold and dominating beauty of the double Roses has eclipsed the more modest attractions of the single Roses. The longer blooming season of the Garden Roses is also a factor in their favor. Though the Wild Roses cannot, perhaps, be compared with their more noble sisters of the gar- den, they are nevertheless fully able to rival other ornamental shrubs for the adornment of park and plot. According to the habit peculiar to each species, they can be used for a variety of purposes. Most of the spe- cies are shrubby, rarely exceeding G or 8 ft., and may be used for borders of shrubberies or for covering slopes and rocky ridges, especially .K. rngosa, K. liu- milis and various American species. Some kinds, like Jf. ruyosa and R. lucida, make handsome ornamental hedges. The climbing species are used for covering walls, trelliswork, arbors, porches or pillars, but per- haps display their beauty to the most advantage when allowed to ramble over shrubs or rocks. The half-ever- green R. Wichuraiana makes a beautiful ground-cover and may also be used for edging groups and flower beds. The fruits of most species are decorative and often remain on the branches all winter. The red stems of most of the species of the Carolina? and Cinnamomeae groups are effective in winter also. The foliage of most of the American species turns purple-orange or yellow in autumn, and so does that of -B, rugosa, which is in ROSA regard to the foliage the handsomest of the hardy Roses, with its dark green leathery and glossy leaves Most of the species are hardy or almost hardy north as R. rugosa, setigera, Carolina, Virginiana, hteida hiimifin, caninn, rttbiyinoxu, spinosissima, a/pina, ar- re».tis and multiflora. Some species, as R. \Virhin-ui- ana, lempervirent, tericta, »iicro/>/n/lla, CMnensix and Eglanteria, require protection north. Others, as R. Ji'iiikxiu, linictt-dta, lo-rii/nta and ijigantea, are hardy only south. With few exceptions the Roses are of easy cultivation and grow in almost any kind of soil, except in a loose and very sandy one. They are readily transplanted The Wild Roses need little pruning; they should only be thinned out and the weak and old wood be removed- long and vigorous shoots should not be shortened, es- pecially in the climbing varieties, as these shoots are the most floriferous. All true species can be propagated by seeds. The hips should be gathered as soon as ripe, the seeds washed out and sown at once or stratified and sown in spring. They germinate the first year, but if kept in the hips during the winter and allowed to become dry, they usually do not germinate until the second year! Mice are very fond of the seeds. Almost all species grow readily from cuttings of nearly ripened wood in summer under glass. Many species, especially the climbing Roses, can be propagated by hardwood cut- tings taken in fall and planted in spring. Layering is less often practiced, except with a few species, like R. lutea and It. hemisphcerica, which do not grow readily from cuttings. Some species, especially those of the groups of Cinnamomeae, Carolina and Gallicte, can be increased by root-cuttings; the roots are taken up in fall, stored during the winter in sphagnum or sand in a frost-proof room, and sown in spring in drills and covered about 2 inches deep. The species of the last- named groups and some others are also often increased by suckers and division. Budding and grafting is less often done with the Wild Roses and should be avoided for Roses in shrubberies where the individual plants cannot be carefully watched; the stock usually throws up suckers and outgrows the cion. often in a short time. ROSA 1547 and species the innumerable forms which oft,.,, MM gradually into each other. In no other g,.,,,,s ...."h, , »r, .he op.rnons of bot«j«, M „„„,,'.,, JJCSS regard to the number of .specie* While HOI,,,. Bentham and Hooker, estimatl- the number at aboui ff. 2146. A S-folioIate Rose leaf. Rosa is a widespread genus, easily distinguished by well-marked characters from allied genera, but in the limits of the genus itself the characters are exceedingly variable and it is very difficult to group into sections 2147. A 9-foliolate Rose leaf. the French botanist Gandoger actually describes from Europe and western Asia alone 4,266 species. The majority of botanists recognize over 100 species. The Roses are almost equally distributed through the colder and temperate regions of the northern hemisphere, in America extending to North Mexico, in Africa to Abys- sinia, ami in Asia to India. They are all shrubs of upright habit, or climbing or sarmentose, with usually prickly stems: Ivs. stipulate, alternate, odd-pinnate, with 3 to many Ifts. (Figs. 2146, 2147), rarely simple: the fls. are mostly large and showy, pink, purple, white or yellow, and appear usually solitary or corymbose at the end of short branchlets; petals and sepals 5, rarely 4; stamens numerous; pistils numerous, rarely few, in- closed in an urn-shaped receptacle, which becomes fleshy and berry-like at maturity, containing several or many bony akenes, usually erroneously called seeds: the fr. itself is called a "hip." Fig. 2148, 2149. The fls. show a remarkable tendency to become double, and such forms have been known and cultivated from time im- memorial. These innumerable garden forms, increas- ing every year, are almost exclusively of hybrid origin and are therefore omitted in the botanical classification of the genus. Many attempts have been made to subdivide the genus with more or less satisfactory results; the more important are those by A. DeCandolle, Lindley, Regel and Baker. Nowadays the arrangement proposed by Cre'pin is considered the most natural and satisfactory and has been followed in the account given below. No good general monograph has been published since Lindley's Monographia Rosarum (1820), except a rather short one by Regel in 1877. Of the more recent publi- cations the most important are those of Cre'pin, <•-]»•- cially his "PrimitisB Monographic Rosarum." In con- sulting his publications one has to bear in mind that the author changed his opinion somewhat respecting the value of the species during his studies of the genus. In his later publications he takes a broader view in regard to the specific value of the Rose forms and unites under one species many forms which he f»r- merly considered as distinct species. An illustrated monograph valuable for the knowledge of the older garden forms and species is Thory ami Kedoute^s "Les 1548 ROSA Roses," with 160 colored plates (1817-1820). It is quoted below as Red. Ros, As the nrst edition m folio is found in only very few libraries, the smaller edition is cited in parenthesis by volume, groups and the sequence of the plates, neither pages nor plates being numbered continuously in this edition. The economic properties of the Rose are of little im- portance. The most valuable product is attar of Roses, a highly fragrant essential oil. It is chiefly manu- factured in southeast Europe and western Asia from Mosa alba and R. Damaseena, and of late this industry has been successfully transplanted to Germany, bee Perfumery Gardening, Vol. III. The fruits of some species, especially of B. villosa and R. canina, are made into preserves. For general notes on culture, see Hose. Abyssiniea, 8. acicularis, 40. Agatha, 16. alba, 18, 41. Gallica, 16. gigantea, 10. glaueophylla, 44. grandiflora, 42. pisocarpa, 30. Pissardii, 8. platyphylla, 2. polyantha, 2, 11. alba-plena, 14, 41. gymnocarpa, 29. pomifera, 20. alpiiid, 36. Hardii, 1. pomponia, 16. Altaiea, 42. Harisoni, 44. pratincola, 39. Andrece, 41. hemisphserica, 44. prostrata, 6. Arkansana, 39. Hibernica, 42. provincialis, 16. arvensis, 7. Austriaca, 16. hispida, 34, 42. humilis, 25, 26. pulchella, 16. pumila, 11 and 16. Banksise, 14. incarnata, 16. punicea, 43. Bengalensis, 11. Indica, 11 and suppl. Pyrenaica, 36. berberifolia, 1. inermis, 42. Rapa, 25. bicolor , 43. intermedia, 2. Rapini, 44. bifera, 17. Iwara, 2. reclinata, 37. blanda, 38, 39. Kamschatica, 41. Regeliana, 41. blanda setigera, 39. Isbvigata, 49. epens, 7. Borbonica, 13. Lawrenciana, 11. eversa, 42. Bourgeauiana, 40. Leschenaultii, 8. osea, 41. Boursaulti, 37. longifolia, 11. rubella, 42. bracteata, 5, 48. Lucise, 5 and suppl. ubiginosa, 21. Brunoni, 8. lucida, 25. ubifolia, 4. Burgundiaca, 16. lutea, 43. ubra, 5, 41. calendarum, 17. lutea-plena, 14. rubra-plena, 41. California, 33. luteseens, 42. rubrifolia, 23. calocarpa, 41. Lyoni, 26. rugosa, 41. Camellia, 49. Macartnea, 48. Sayi. 40. canina, 22. macrantha, 16. scandens, 6. capreolata, 7. Manetti, 11. semperflorens, 11 carnea, 2. microphylla, 50. sempervirens, 6. Carolina, 24. minima, 11. sericea, 45. centifolia, 16. minutit'olia, 46. setigera, 4 and 39. Cherokensis, 49. mitissima, 42. silvestris, 7. Chinensis, 11. mollis, 20. simplicifolia, 1. cinnamomea, 35. mollissima, 2C. Sinica, 49. corymbosa, 24. moschata, 8. spinosissima, 42. cristata, 16. multiflora, 2. stellata, 47. Damaseena, 17. muscosa, 16. stylosa, 9. Dawsoniana, 2. myriacantha, 42. sulphurea, 44. Devoniensis, 11. Nipponensis, 40. ternata, 49. Dijonensis, 16. nitida, 27. tetrapetala, 45. Eglanteria, 21, 43. Noisettiana, 12. Thunbergiana,2, 41. Engelmanni, 40. Nutkana, 34. tomentosa, 4. Pendleri, 31. Nuttalliana, 24. trigintipetala, 17. ferox, 41 and suppl. odoratissima, 11. turbinata, 19. ferruginea, 23. officinalis, 16. villosa, 20, 26. florida, 2. palustris, 24. Virginian a, 38. fcecundissima, 35. parviflora, 26. viridiflora, 11. foliolosa, 28. parvifolia, 16. vulgaris, 11. Fortuneana, 15. pendulina, 36. Watsoniana, 3. fragrans, 11. Pennsylvania, 24. Wichurce, 2. Franco fur tana, 19. Persica, 1. Wichuraiana, 5. fraxinifolia, 38. pimpinellifolia, 42. Woodsii, 32. KEY TO THE GROUPS (For a horticultural classification of Roses, founded prima- rily on garden values, see the article Rose.) A. Lvs. simple, without stipules: fls. yellow ... Subgenus Hulthemia (Species No. 1) AA. Lvs. pinnate, stipulate Subgenus Eurosa (Species Nos. 2-50) B. Styles exserted beyond the mouth of the re- ceptacle. • C. Exserted styles connate into a column. (See Fig. 2150 right.) Climbing or creeping: style about as long as stamens — SECTION I. SYSTYL^E (Species Nos. 2-8) Upright, wilh arching branches : styles shorter than stamens SECTION II. STYLOS^E (Species No. 9) ROSA CC, Exserted styles free. Lfts. usually 8-5: peta Is 5 or more SECTION III. INDICT (Species Nos, 10-13) Lfts. usually 7-9, small: petals usually 4, white., SECTION XI. SERICE^E (Species No. 45) BB. Styles reaching only the month of the re- ceptacle and stigmas forming a sessile head over it (see Fig. 2150). c. Stipules free or almost free: sarmentose or climbing shrubs: fls. white or yellow. D. Branches glabrous: Ifts. 3-5, stipules small, entire. Fls. small, umbellate, yellow or white: pedicels and receptacle smooth SECTION IV. BANKSJ.E (Species Nos. 14,15) fls. large, solitary, white: pedicels and recep- tacle prickly SECTION XIV. L^VIGAT^E (Species No. 49} DD. Branches tomentose or pubescent: Ifts. 7-9; stipules pectinate: fls.l or few, white, with large bracts at the base of the short pedicel: receptacle to- mentose SECTION XIII. BRACTEAT^E (Species No. 48) CO. Stipules adnate. D. Lvs. of flowering branchlets 3—5-folio late, large and firm: stems usually with prickles and bristles: fls. up- right, on long pedicels: receptacle bristly: sepals re flexed after flower- ing, caducous SECTION V. GALLIC^E (Species Nos. 16-19) DD. Lvs. of flowering branchlets 5-9-folio- late (rarely S-foliolate, the fls. then short-pedicelled, with smooth recep- tacle). See ODD, next page. E. Fls. usually corymbose; if solitary, pedicels with 1 or more bracts. F. Stems with only one kind of prickles, sometimes mixed with glandular bristles : prickles usually hooked, stout, scattered: outer sepals usually pinnate... SECTION VI, CANINE (Species Nos. 20-23) FF. Stems, at least at the base, with usually straight often slender prickles and numerous bristles gradually passing into prickles. Sepals after flowering spreading, usually entire, caducous: fr. usually hispid, with the akenes only at the bottom. (See Fig. 2148 c.) SECTION VII. CAROLINA (Species Nos. 24-28) Sepals after flowering upright, usually entire, rarely caducous: fr. usually smooth, with the akenes at the bottom and wall. (See Fig. 2148 a, b.) SECTION VIII. CINNAMOMEA (Species Nos. 29-41} 2148. Various forms of Rose hips. About natural size, a, Rosa rugosa; b. R. pendulina; c, R. humilis. ROSA i:>49 2149. A spray of Rose hips. BE. Fls. solitary, without bracts, only occasionally corymbose; sepals erect, persistent. F. Sepals entire: Ivs. on the flowering branchlets usually 9-foliolate: prickles straight, slender, scat- tered, usually mixed with bristles: fls. white or yellow, rarely pink SECTION IX. PIMPINELLIFOLI^E (Species No. 42) FF. Sepals pinnate at the outer edges: Ivs. on flowering branch- lets 5-7-foliolate. Prickles straight or hooked, rather stout: fls. ycl- loic SECTION X. LUTE^E (Species Nos. 43,44) Prickles slender, straight: fls. pink or white: Ifts. not over % in. long, incised SECTION XII. MINUTIFOLI^E (Species Nos. 46,47) DDD. Lvs. of flowering branchlets 11-15- foliolate. Prickles regularly in pairs below the base of petiole: inflorescence corymbose: fr. large, very prickly SECTION XV. MICROPHYLU>• procumbent .-stews: pri<-k- li/s scattered, hooked, feu- : Ifts. 3-i>, rarely 7: inflores- cence l-mani/-fld.: si-pnls en- tire or the outer ones spar- iiii/lii pinnate, reflej-ed after flowering ; bracts and stip- ules narrow, the latter with small, divergent auricles. 10. gigantea, Collett. Pro- cumbent : flowering branches usually unarmed : Ifts. usually 5, oval to broadly elliptic, ser- rate, glabrous, firm, 134-3 in. long: Ms. solitary, usually with- out bracts, white, 5-6 in. across; pedicels and receptacle smooth; sepals entire, long - acuminate. Burma. G.C. III. 6:13.-Hardy only south. It is possible that Fortune's Double Yellow (Beauty of Glazenwood), with large, double, salmon -yellow fls., figured in B. M. 4679, is a var. or hybrid of this species. 11. Chinensis, Jacq. (B. In- dica, Lindl., not Linn.). CHINA ROSE. BENGAL, ROSE. Low, upright shrub, with slender branches, sometimes almost un- armed: Ifts. ,'i-o, sometimes 7, ovate to oblong, acute, finely serrate, coriaceous, shining and dark green above, pale, beneath, glabrous, 1-2% in. long : fls. usually few or solitary, crim- son, pink, white or yellowish, sometimes 3 in. across, fra- grant: fr. usually obovate. Flowering all summer and fall. China. From this species and B. Gallica and its forms most of the Garden Roses have orig- inated. Several vars. are known. Var. Devoniensis, Hort., is probably a hybrid: it is of vigorous growth, almost climbing, and has large, yel- lowish white, double flowers. P.M. 8:169. Var. fragrans, Thory ( If. Jndica, var. odoratissitna, Linn.). TEA-SCENTED or TEA ROSE. Similar to the fol- lowing but fls. more fragrant, salmon-pink or light rose: fr. ovate. B.R. 10:804. More tender than the other vars. var. Indica, Koehne (If. fndica, var. vulgdris, Lindl.). MONTHLY ROSE. Stems rather stout, 3-5 ft. high, glaucous green, with brownish red prickles: fls. pink to whitish, with glandular pedicels : fr. obo- vate. Var. longifdlia, Thory (M. longifblia, Willd.). Lfts. lanceolate : fls. single, deep pink. Red. Ros. (3:25, 8). Var. minima, Curt. (B. Laivrenciana, Hort. B. In- dica, var. pumila, Thory). Dwarf shrub, usually not over 1 ft. high, with small rose-red fls. about 1% in. across; petals often pointed. There are single- and double-fld. forms. The FAIRY ROSES belong to this variety. B.M. 1762. Red. Ros. (3:25, 6, 7). Var. semperfldrens, Nichols. (7?. semperflorens, Curt. B. jBem/alensis, Pers.). CRIMSON CHINESK RUSK. Low shrub, with slender, prickly or almost unarmed, dark 98 ROSA green branches: Ifts. rather thin, mostly stained with purple: Ms. usually solitary <>n Mender pe.li.-eN ,-rim- son or deep pink. B.M. I'M. Var. viridifldra, Dip),. <;,;KKS RI.SK. With mon- strous yreen tls ; the petals ,»re transformed int.. small, narrow green I vs. F.s. 11:1 Kit;. Var. Manetti, Dipp. (If. ManStti, Hort.). ViK "i:..; Of vigorous growth, upright ; pedicels hispid-glandular: fls. deep pink, single or semi-double. This variety ha- 2153. Rosa •etigera, or Prairie Rose. No. 4. been recommended as a stock fc r forcing Roses; grows readily from cuttings, but is not quite hardy. 12. Noisettiana, Thory. NOISETTE ROSE. CHAMPNKY ROSE. Supposed hybrid of B. Chinensis and B. mos- chata. Stems upright to 6 ft., with hooked reddish prickles: Ifts. 5-7, usually oblong-lanceolate or oblong- ovate, glabrous: fls. usually in corymbs, light pink to red, sometimes yellow; styles glabtous. Blooms in summer and fall. — Numerous garden forms. The Noi- sette Rose was raised about 1817 by John Champney, of Charleston, S. C., from seed of the Musk Rose fer- tilized by a blush China Rose. From the seed of this hybrid Philippe Noisette, a florist at Charleston, ob- tained a Rose which was afterwards distributed as Blush Noisette by his brother Louis Noisette, of Paris. 13. Borb6nica, Morren. BOCRBON ROSE. Supposed hybrid of B. Chinensis and B. Qallica. Upright shrub, with prickly and often glandular-hispid branches: Ivs. usually 7, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acute, shining: fls. double or semi-double, usually purple, blooming in summer and fall. The Bourbon Roses are hardier than the Noisette, China and Tea-scented Roses, but require protection north. B. Chinensis and its varieties and hybrids (hybridizing with the hardier Roses of the Gal- lica group) have given rise to the Hybrid Perpetual or Remontant class. See Nos. 11 and 16. 1552 ROSA 2154. Baltimore Belle Rose-Rosa setigera (X %). No. 4. SECTION IV. BANKSIJE. Contains one Chinese species with climbing, sparingly prickly or unarmed stems: stipules quite free, subulate, caducous: sepals entire, refle.xed after flowering, caducous. 14. Banksise, R. Br. BANKS' ROSE. Climbing to 20 ft., evergreen: Ifts. 3-5, sometimes 7, elliptic-ovate to ob- long-lanceolate, acute or obtusish, finely serrate, shin- ing, glabrous except at the base of midrib beneath : fls. on slender, smooth pedicels in many-fld. umbels, yellow and single in the typical form, about 1 in. across, slightly fragrant. May, June. S. China. B.M. 7171.- Var. alba-plena has double white fls. B.M. 1954. B.R. 5:397. Var. Iutea-pl6na has the fls. double yellow. B.R. 13:1105. 15. Fortuneana, Lindl., is a hybrid of K. Banksice and R. Icevigata. Climbing shrub, with sparingly prickly stems: Ifts. 3-5: fls. large, double, white, on hispid pedicels. P.F.G. 2, p. 71. SECTION V. GALLICS. Contains only one very variable species, native of Europe and W. Asia. Low, upright shrub; the stems with usually hooked prickles mixed with bristles: fls. few and often with narrow bracts or solitary on a usually bractless pedicel: sepals reflexed after flowering, caducous, the outer ones pinnate; upper stipules not dilated. A. Lfts. doitbly and glandular serrate. .16. Gallica AA. Lfts. simply serrate, not glandular. Supposed hybrids of R. Gallica. . .17. Damascena 18. alba 19. turbinata 16. Gallica, Linn. Upright shrub, rarely attaining 5 ft. high: Ifts. 3-5, broadly oval or ovate, rounded at base, usually doubly serrate with glandular teeth, ru- gose above, pubescent beneath, deflexed, 1-2 in. long; rachis glandular-pubescent and often prickly: fls. on rather stout, upright, glandular-hispid and bristly pedi- cels, deep pink to crimson, 2-3 in. across; receptacle glandular-hispid: fr. subglobose or ovate, brick-red. June. M. and S. Eu., W. Asia. — The following are the most important forms: Var. Agatha, Thory. With rather small, very double purple fls., the outer petals spreading, the inner ones concave. Red. Ros. (2:17, 17-21). Var. incarn&ta, Voss (R. incarnata, Mill.). Lfts. narrower, elliptic-ovate : rachis not prickly: flow- ering branches unarmed: fls. large, pale crimson, soli- tary: fr. ovoid. B.M. 7035. Var. macrantha, Hort. , sim- ilar to the preceding, but fls. pale pink. Gn. 52:1148. Var. officinalis, Thory (R. provincialis , Mill. Var. plena, Regel), is the typical form but with double 'fls. ROSA Var. pumila, Jacq. ( R. Austrlaca, Crantz). Dwarf form, with creeping rootstock: fls. red, single. Red. Ros. (2:17, 2). Var. centifolia, Regel (R. centifblia, Linn.). CABBAGE ROSE. Lfts. usually 5, pubescent on both sides or only beneath, larger and thinner; rachis not prickly: fls. on longer and more slender pedicels, nod- ding, fragrant; petals inflexed. June, July. This Rose has been usually considered as a distinct species, but is without doubt only a form of R. Gallica, originated in cultivation. It has not been found wild, except with double tts., probably escaped from gardens. The follow- ing are forms of the Cabbage Rose: Var. muscdsa, Se>. (R. muscdsa, Ait.). Moss ROSE. Pig. 2157. Fls. rose or white, with peduncles and calyx glandular-mossy. B.R. 2:102. B.M. 69. Gn. 18:242. Var. cristata, Curt., is similar, but the sepals are doubly and incisely lobed: fls. rose-colored, large. B.M. 3475. Var. pompdnia, Nouv. Duh. (R. pompdnia, DC.). Dwarf form, with small Ivs. and small double fls., about 1% in. across, varying from white to red. R. Burgundlaca, Pers., It. Dijonensis, Roessig, If. pulchella, Willd., and R. par- vifdlia, Ehrh., belong here. From It. Gallica, with its varieties, and It. Damascena, the Hybrid Perpetual or Remontant Roses have originated by hybridizing with R. Chinensis and its forms. 17. Damascena, Mill. (R. bifera, Pers. It. calenda- rn»t, Borkh.). DAMASK ROSE. Attaining 5 ft.: stems usually with numerous stout and hooked prickles, some- times mixed with glandular bristles: Ifts. usually 5, sometimes 7, ovate-oblong, serrate, more or less pubes- cent beneath, 1-2% in. long; stipules sometimes pecti- nate; petioles prickly: fls. usually corymbose, double, red, pink or white, sometimes striped; pedicels and re- ceptacles glandular-hispid: fr. obovate. June, July, and again in autumn. Origin unknown ; introduced to Europe from Asia Minor in the sixteenth century. — Var. trigintip6tala, Dieck, with semi-double red fls., is con- sidered to be the Rose chiefly cultivated in southeast Europe for the manufacturing of attar. Gt. 38, p. 129. G.C. III. 7:45. 2155. Rosa Wichuraiana (X %). See No. 5. 18. alba, Linn. Upright shrub, becoming 6 ft. high: stems with scattered hooked prickles and sometimes with bristles: Ifts. usually 5, broadly ovate, serrate, pubescent beneath, 1-2 in. long; upper stipules dilated: ROSA fls. single or double, solitary or several, white or blush fragrant; pedicels glandular-hispid; receptacle usually smooth: fr. oblong, scarlet. June. Probably hybrid of K. Gallica and R. canina. 19. turbinata, Ait. (It. Francofurtdna, Borkh ) Up- right shrub, attaining (i ft.: steins with straight or hooked prickles: flowering l.randirs almost unarmed- Ifts. 5-7, oval, serrate, pubescent beneath; upper stip- ules much dilated : fls. l-.'i, single or double purple 2-3 in. across, slightly fragrant; pedicels and receptacle glandular-hispid only at the base; sepals erect after flowering, entire or nearly so: fr. turbinate. June Supposed hybrid of K. Gallica and R. cinnamomea lied. Ros. (3:23, 1). SECTION VI. CANINE. Many species in Europe, ZT Africa and W. Asia. Upriyht * limbs, with scattered usually hooked and numerous prickles: upper stipttles dilati'd : corn mb usually many -fid., with dilated bracts: outer sepals pinnate, reflexed after flowering and caducous or erect and persistent. A. Foliage pubescent on both sides or doixi-ly glandular 20. villosa 21. rubiginosa AA. foliage glabrous or nearly so 22. canina 23. ferruginea 20. villdsa, Linn. (R. pomifera, Herrra.). Upright shrub, attaining 8 ft., with almost straight spines: Ifts. 5-7, oval to ovate-oblong, acute or obtuse, doubly glandu- lar-serrate, grayish green, pubescent above, tomentose beneath, %-2 in. long: fls. 1-3, pink, lj^-2 in. across on prickly pedicels: fr. scarlet, ovoid or subglobose, to 1 inch across, hispid, with persistent erect sepals. June July. Eu., W. Asia. -Hardy Rose, with large orna- mental fruit. Var. mollissima, Roth (R. mollis, Sm.). Lower, with shorter prickles, smaller, silky-pubescent Ifts. : fr. smaller, less hispid. 21. rubigindsa, Linn. (R. Eglanteria, Mill., not Linn.) SWEETBKIER. EGLANTINE. Dense shrub, attaining 6 ft. with hooked prickles often mixed with bristles: Ifts.' 5-7, orbicular to oval, doubly glandular-serrate, dark green above and glabrous, pale beneath and often pu- bescent, glandular on both sides, %-l in. long: fls. 1-3, on hispid short pedicels, bright pink, l%-2 in. across- receptacle usually glandular-hispid: fr. subglobose or ovoid, orange-red to scarlet, with upright-spreading, usually caducous sepals. June. Europe ; naturalized in some localities in the East. B.B.2.232.— A handsome hardy Rose of compact habit, with bright green foliage exhaling a very agreeable aromatic odor. There are some double forms and hybrids with other species. ROSA 1553 2156. The Manetti Rose (X Much used as a stock. See No. 11. 22. canina, Linn. DOG ROSE. Upright shrub, attain- ing 10 ft., with often recurving branches: prickles stout, hooked: Ifts. 5-7, oval or elliptic, doubly serrate, v- 2157. Moss Rose. See No. 16. 23. lerruginea, Vill. (R. rubrifdlia, Vill.). Upright shrub, attaining 6 ft., with slender, purplish branches covered with glaucous bloom: prickles few, hooked or straight: Ifts. 7-9, elliptic to ovate-lanceolate, simply serrate, bluish green and more or less tinged with red, %-V4 in. long: fls. 1-3 or more, pink, 1% in. across, on usually hispid-glandular pedicels; sepals long, with dilated apex, upright spreading, tardily caducous: fr. subglobose, scarlet. June. Mountains of M. and S. Eu. B.R. 5:430. -Effective by its reddish foliage: fls. less conspicuous. Hardy. SECTION VII. CAROLINA. Contains only American species. Upright, mostly low shrubs: tlems slender, with usually straight prickles, placed in pairs and often mixed with bristles: upper stipules usually narrow: corymbs generally few-fid.: sepals spread- ing after flowering, caducous, the outer ones entire or with few erect lobes: akenes inserted exclusively at the bottom of the usually depressed-globose receptacle. A. Pedicels rather long: Ifts. 5-9 B. Lfts. finely many-toothed: prickles usually hooked: stipules convoluti','24. Carolina BB. Lfts. coarsely toothed: prickles usu- ally straight and slender: stipules flat 2"). lucida '-'«;. humilis 27. nitida AA. Pedicels very short: Ifts. 7-11, sniull and narrow 28. f oliolosa 24. Carolina, Linn. (7?. palustris, Marsh. JR. corym- bdsa, Ehrh. R. Pennsylvania, Michx.). Fig. L'l.'.s. Upright shrub, attaining 8 ft., with slender stems: Ifts. usually 7, elliptic to narrow-oblong, acute at both ends, usually pubescent beneath, %-2 in. long; stipules nar- row: fls usually corymbose, pink, about 2 in. across: fr. depressed -globose, glandular -hispid, about % in. high, like those of the following species. June-Aug. Nova Scotia to Minn., south to Fla. and Miss., prefer- ring swampy and moist ground. G.W.F. 35. Em. 2:488. Mn. 1. p. 8C.-Var. Nuttalliana, Hort., has larger fls. appearing later and continuing until September. 1554 ROSA 25. lucida, Ehrh. (R. humilis, var. lucida, Best). Shrub, 6 ft. high, with few or no suckers: prickles sometimes hooked: Ifts. 7-9, elliptic to obovate-elliptic, dark green and shining above, thickish, often slightly pubescent beneath, Yv-\% in. long; stipules somewhat dilated: fls. usually few or solitary, about 2 in. across; sepals usually entire: fr. like that of the preceding. June, July. Newfoundland to N. Y. and Pa. B.B. 2:231. Gn. 55, p. 428. — Well adapted for borders of shrubberies, handsome in summer with its shining foli- age and bright pink flowers; ornamental in winter with the brownish red stems and red fruits, remaining plump until the following spring. Var. alba, Hort., has white fls. and green stems. A.F. 12:1098. Gng. 5:300. Var. p!6na, Hort. With double fls. R. Rapa, Bosc, is also supposed to be a double-fld. var. or perhaps hybrid of this species. 2C. humilis, Marsh. (R. parviflbra, Ehrh. R. Lyoni, Pursh). Fig. 2148 c. Shrub, 3 ft. or sometimes 6 ft. high, spreading by means of numerous suckers, with slender prickles and usually numerous bristles: Ifts. 5-7, resembling those of the former but narrower, thin- ner, not shining, usually pubescent beneath : fls. often solitary; outer sepals lobed. June. Maine to Ga., west to Wis. and Ind. Terr. Much resembling the preceding, which is often considered a var. of this species. — Var. villdsa, Best. Lvs. villous-pubescent beneath, thickish. 2158. Rosa Carolina (X %). See No. 24. 27. nitida, Willd. Low upright shrub, 1% ft. high: branches covered with straight prickles and numerous bristles: Ifts. 7-9, narrowly oblong, acute at both ends, br'ght green and shining above, glabrous, %-l in. long: fls. usually solitary, 1-2 in. across, on slender glandular- hispid pedicels; sepals entire. June, July. Newfound- land to Mass. B.B. 2:231. 28. folioldsa, Nutt. Low shrub, 1>£ ft. high: stems with rather few slender prickles, sometimes almost un- armed: Ifts. 7-9, narrow or linear-oblong, bright green and shining above, glabrous or pubescent on the midrib beneath, %-l in. long: fls. solitary or few, pink, about 1% in. across; pedicels and receptacle smooth or spar- ingly glandular -hispid: fr. globose, with rather few akenes. May, June. Ark. and Ind. Terr, to Tex. G.F. 3: 101. -Like the preceding, a handsome dwarf shrub with graceful foliage. SECTION VIII. CINNAMOME^:. Many American, Asiatic and European species. Erect shrubs, with usually straight prickles, in pairs or scattered, and often with numerous bristles: Ifts. 5-9: upper stipules dilated- corymbs usually many -fid., with dilated bracts: sepals generally entire, upright after flowering and persis- tent, rarely deciduous; receptacle usually smooth. ROSA A. Prickles in pairs at the base of petioles: branches glabrous. B. Sepals deciduous: fr. about % in. across, with very few akenes . ..29. gymnocarpa BB. Sepals persistent, erect after flowering. C. Stipules flat. D. fls. in usually many-fid, corymbs, usually 1% in. across (larger and some- times solitary in Nos. 31 and 32): fr. about % in. across: stipules usually entire and narrow. E. fr. globose, ivith no or very short neck, about % in. high (sometimes ovate in No 31). F. Sepals quite entire 30. pisocarpa 31. Fendleri FF. Sepals with few lobes on the outer margins 32. Woodsii EE. Fr. globose - ovate, with prominent neck, % in. high 33. California DD. Fls. usually solitary , 2 in. across or more : fr. % in. across: stipules dilated, glanditlar-ciliate 34. Nutkana cc. Stipules convolute, dilated 35. cinnamomea AA. Prickles scattered, sometimes in pairs in jVb. 41. B. Stems and branches almost un- armed, without bristles 3(5. pendulina 37. reclinata 38. Virginiana BB. Stems and branches ivith numer- ous prickles and bristles. C. lira ni-Jtfs and prickles gla- brons, D. fls. corymbose: fr. with x/>ri' /tiling sepals 39. Arkansana DD. fls. solitary: fr. with erect sepals 40. acicularis cc. Branches and prickles tomen- tose or pubescent 41. rugosa 29. gymnocarpa, Nutt. Stems slender, attaining 10 ft., with straight slender prickles and bristles: Ifts. 5-9, broadly elliptic to oblong, doubly glandular-serrate, usually glabrous, J4-1 in. long: fls. solitary or few, pale pink, about 1 in. across; sepals short: fr. orange- red. June, July. Brit. Col. to Calif., east to Mont. 30. pisocarpa, Gray. Stems slender, with slender, straight or ascending prickles, without bristles, some- times unarmed: Ifts. 5-7, oblong to oblong-obovate, simply serrate, pubescent beneath, %-l% in. long: fls. pink, about 1 in. across, on short usually smooth pedi- cels: fr. globose, with a very short neck. June to Aug. Brit. Col. to Ore. B.M. 6857. 31. FSndleri, Cre"p. Stems 8 ft. high, with slender or recurved prickles, sometimes unarmed: Ifts. 5-7, oblong to oblong-obovate, cuneate at the base, simply serrate, usually glaucous, finely pubescent beneath or glabrous, sometimes glandular, K-l/^ in. long: fls. sometimes solitary, pink; pedicels short, smooth: fr. globose, sometimes ovate, bright red, with little or no neck. June, July. Brit. Col. to W. Tex. and New Mex. B.B. 2:230 (as R. Woodsii). — Very decorative in fruit, which remains during the whole winter. 32. Woddsii, Lindl. Stems 3 ft. high, with slender, straight or recurved prickles, often bristly: Ifts. 5-7, obovate to oblong, simply or doubly glandular-serrate, pubescent or glabrous beneath, %-!% in. long: fls. often solitary, pink, 1/^-2 in. across, on very short smooth pedicels: fr. globose, with short neck. June, July. Saskatchewan to Colo, and Mo. B.R. 12:976.— The two preceding species may be only vars. of R. Woodsii. 33. Californica, Cham. & Schlecht. Stems 8 ft. high, with stout, hooked or straight prickles, often bristly: Ifts. 5-7, broadly elliptic to oblong-obovate, simply or ROSA doubly glandular-serrate, pubescent beneath or on both Hides, often glandular, rarely glabrous, %-llA in. long: (Is. on slender, usually smooth pedicels, over 1 in. across. June-Aug. Brit. Col. to Calif. Fls. pink. ROSA 1555 2159. Rosa cinnamomea (X One of the old-fashioned hardy Roses. No. 35. 34. Nutkana, Presl. Stems stout, 5 ft. high, with usually straight prickles and sometimes bristly: Ifts. 5-7, broadly elliptic to oblong-lanceolate, generally rounded at the base, usually doubly glandular-serrate, almost glabrous, often glandular beneath, %-2 in. long. June, July. Alaska to Ore. and Utah. G.F. 1:449.— Has the largest fls. of the western species ; pink. Var. hispida, Fernald, has the receptacle glandular-hispid. 35. cinnamomea, Linn. CINNAMON ROSE. Figs. 2159, 2160. Stems slender, 6 ft. high, with hooked prickles, flowering branches sometimes unarmed : Ifts. 5-7, some- times 3 on Ivs. of flowering branchlets, oblong, simply serrate, dull greon, densely pubescent beneath, %-l/^ in. long: fls. solitary or few, purple, about 2 in. across, on short, naked pedicels: fr. depressed-globular, scar- let. May, June. Europe, N. and W. Asia. A.G. 13:343. — Var. foecundissima, Voss (It. fcecundissima, Muench). With double fls. Sometimes escaped from cultivation in the East. 36. pendulina, Linn. (R. alplna, Linn.). Fig. 2148&. Stems slender, 3 ft. high: Ifts. 7-9, oblong-ovate or ob- long-elliptic, obtuse, doubly glandular- serrate, usually glabrous, %-l% in. long: fls. pink, usually solitary or 2-5, to 2 in. across; pedicels and receptacle usually smooth: fr. usually nodding, oblong or ovate, with elongated neck, scarlet. May, June. Mts. of Europe. B.R. 5:424. — Handsome free-flowering shrub. Var. Pyrenaica, W. D. Koch (R. Pyrenaica, Gouan.). Dwarf, with the pedicels and usually also the receptacles glandular-his- pid. B.M. 6724. Gn. 27:496. 37. reclinata, Thory (R. Soursafilti, Hort. ). Sup- posed hybrid of R. pendulina and R. Cninensis. Climbing to 12 ft., with slender, sparingly prickly branches: Ifts. 3-7, oblong -ovate, glabrous: fls. in corymbs, purple, double or semi-double, nodding: fr. subglobose, smooth. Red. Ros. (3:26, 3). — Varying with lighter and deeper colored and more or less double fls. 38. Virginiana, Mill. (R. bldnda, Ait. R. fraxinifdlia, Borkh.). Stems slender, 5 ft. high, with few slender prickles or unarmed: Ifts. 5-7, elliptic to obovate-ob- long, usually acute, simply serrate, glabrous or pubes- cent beneath, %-2% in. long; stipules dilated: fls. usu- ally several, pink, 2-2% in. across, on smooth pedun- cles: fr. globular, sometimes elongated. May, June. Newfoundland to N. Y., west to Wis. and 111. B.B. 2:229. 39. Arkansana, Porter (R. bldnda. var. setigera, Cre"p., and var. Arkansilna, Best). Stems low, sometimes 6 ft. high; Ifts. 7-9, broadly elliptic to obovate, usually cu- neate at the base, simply serrate, more or less pubes- cent beneath, K-2 in. long; stipules usually entire: fls. corymbose, rarely solitary, pink, sometime* white, l>£-2 in. across; outer sepals with one ..r few lobM. June July. Minn, and Brit. Col. to New Mexico. Hit 2:230. Mn 3:116.— Adapted for roverin- dry slopes and barren places. According to E. L. Greene, the true /,- | ,/„„. sana is restricted to Colorado and perhaps New Mexico while the form common j,, the re-ions north and west of these localities is a different species, for which he proposes the name R. pratincola; this form is .lescril.ed above. The true R. Arkansana, Porter, differs l,v its glabrous foliage, glandular and bristly stipules and re- flexed sepals. At the same place (Pittonia, 4:10-14) Greene describes four other new species belonging to this section. 40. acicularis, Lindl. Stems low, densely prickly Ifts. 3-7, broadly elliptic to narrowly oblong, rounded at base, simply or doubly serrate, pubescent beneath. A-2 m. long: fls. solitary, deep rose, 1^-2 in. across, fragrant; sepals entire and nearly glabrous: fr. globu- lar to oblong, %-l in. long. May, June. Alaska to On- tario and Colo., N. Eu., N. Asia, Jap. -A very variable species. Var. Sayi, Rehd. (R. acicularis, var. Bonrgeauiana, Crdp., partly). Fig.2161. Lfts. glandular and pubescent beneath, usually somewhat doubly glandular-serrate : tts. larger, often 2% in. across : fr. usually globular. Ontario to Brit. Col. and Colo. B.B. 2:1967. Var. Engel- manni, Cre>. in herb. (R. Engelmanni,W&ts. ) Similar to the preceding: Ifts. distinctly doubly glandular-ser- rate: fr. oblong, to 1 in. long. Colo, to Brit. Col. G F. 2:377. Var. Nipponensis, Hook. f. Lfts. smaller, %-% in. long; petioles bristly: branchlets and pedicels glan- dular-hispid: fls. 1% in. across. Japan. B.M. 7646. 2160. Rosa cinnamomea. See No. 35. 41. rugdaa, Thunb. Figs. 2148a, 2162-4. Upright shrub, attaining 6 ft., with stout stems densely beset with prickles and bristles: Ifts. 5-9, oval to obovate-oval, rugose, shining and dark green above, glaucescent and 1556 ROSA 2161. Rosa acicularis. var. Sayi. Natural size. No. 40. pubescent beneath, thick and firm, %-2 in. long; peti- oles tomentose and bristly; stipules dilated: fls. soli- tary or few, purple or white, 2K-3K in. across: bracts large ; pedicels prickly ; receptacle smooth : fr. de- pressed-globose, brick-red, to 1 in. across. May-Sept. N. China, Corea, Jap. — Very variable species. Vars. rerox, C. A. Mey. (var. Thunbergiana, C. A. Mev. R. ferox, Lawr. R. Regelidna, Andre" & Lind. R. Andrea, Lange). Stout and densely armed: Ivs. thick, very rugose and shining: fls. large, 3% in. across: fr. 1 in. across. S.Z. 1:28. B.R. 5:420. Gt. 30:1049; 42, p. 537. G.C. II. 14:372. Gn. 46, p. 324; 52:1144; 55, p. 434. I.H. 18:47. Gng. 1:7; 5:339. A.G. 13:342, 344; 18:567. Var. Kamschatica, Regel (R. Kamschdtica, Vent.). .Less densely armed: Ivs. thinner, less rugose: fls and fr. smaller. B.R. 5:419. B.M. 3149. Besides these the following forms are often cultivated : Var. alba, with large white fls. Gn. 9:20; var. alba plena, with double white fls.; var. rosea, with pink fls.; var. rubra, with purple fls. ; var. rubra plena, with double purple fls. Gt. 24:846. R. rugosa is one of the most ornamental Single Roses, especially for shrubberies ; it is very hand- some on account of its dark green shining foliage, large fls. appearing during the whole summer, bright red con- spicuous fruits, and its beautiful orange and scarlet fall coloring. It is also attractive in winter by reason of its stout, densely armed stems. Large numbers of hybrids have been raised. By crossing with double-fld. Garden Roses R. rugosa has given rise to a new race of hybrid Roses remarkable for their hardiness and long blooming season; one of the best known is Mme. George Bruant (Fig. 2165), with double white fls., a cross of R. ruqosa and the Tea Rose Sombreuil. Another cross with a form of R. Chinensis is R. rugosa, var. calocarpa, Bruant, with single rose-colored fls. and handsome fr. produced very abundantly. Gn. 46, p. 548; 52, p. 384. R.H. 1895, p. 446, 447. I.H. 42, p. 15. Hybrids are also known with R. multiflora, R. cinnamomea, R. microphylla, R. spinosissima, R. Wichuraiana and R. liumilis, and there are probably others. SECTION IX. PIMPINELLIFOLIJE. Few Old World species. Upright shrubs, usually low: prickles straight, scat- tered, usually numerous and mixed with bristles: Ifts. very small, usually 9; stipules narrow, with di- vergent and dilated auricles: fls. solitary, without bracts; sepals entire, erect and persistent. 42. spinosissima, Linn. (R. pimpinellifdlia, Linn.). SCOTCH ROSE. Low shrub, with upright recurving or ROSA spreading branches, 3 or 4 ft. high, usually densely beset with slender prickles and bristles: Ifts. 5-11, usually 9, orbicular to oblong-ovate, simply or doubly serrate, gla- brous, sometimes glandular beneath, %-% in. long: Us. solitary, but usually very numerous along the stems, pink, white or yellowish, 1*4-2 in. across; pedicels smooth or glandular-hispid: fr. globular, black. May, June. Eu., W. Asia to China. Gn. 55, p. 425. — Very variable. Var. Altaica, Thory (R. Altaica, Willd. H. ynnnli flora, Lindl.). More vigorous: fls. large, white- pedicels smooth. B.R. 11:888. Gn. 53:1159. A. P. 12:1099. Gug. 5:307. Var. hispida, Koehne (R. Mspida, Sims. R. lutfscens, Pursh). Taller: Ifts. simply serrate, pedicels smooth: fls. yellowish, rather large. B.M. 1570. Gn. 56:1249. Var. mitissima, W. D. Koch (var. intrmis, Thory. It. mitlssima, Gmelin). Branches almost unarmed: fls. pink. Var. myriacantha, W. D. Koch (R. myriacantha, DC.). Branches very prickly: Ivs. doubly glandular-serrate, very small: fls. small, white, blushed. Red. Ros.( 1:6,7). There are also vars. with double or semi-double, pink, white or yellow fls. (Gn. 29:544). Several hybrids are known. R. Hibtrnica, Smith, a low shrub with glaucous green foliage and small pale pink fls., is a hybrid with R. canina. R. rubella, Smith, with dark green foliage, red fls. and scarlet, pendulous ovate-oblong fruits, is a hybrid with R. pendulina. R. revtrsa, Waldst. & Kit., is similar and probably of the same parentage. SECTION X. LUTE^E. Two Asiatic species. Upright or someivhat sarmentose shrubs, with scattered, straight or hooked prickles: stip- ules usually narrow, with diver- gent and dilated auricles: fls. yel- low, without bracts: sepals entire, persistent, upright. 43. Eglanteria, Linn., not Mill. (R. lutea,M.i\\.). Shrub with long, slender often sarmentose or climbing stems, ROSA 1557 U;-M' 1,077,', ^n- With double fls. 3' P- 2:!: :':>- !'• 4-:"'- Var' (in. f,::: llf>2. See No. •_'!. 44. hemisphaerica, H.-rrm. (R. glaucophylla, Ehrh. Jt. nulphurea,Ait. R. Raplni, Boiss. & Mai i. closely allied to the preceding: stems slender, with hooked prickles: Ifts. obovate, cuneate at the base, simply ser- rate, bluish green: Ms. usually solitary, scentless, light yellow; pedicels glandular-hispid. June. W. Asia - 2 63. Fruits of Rosa rugosa (X W. No. 41. 2162. Rosa rugosa. Natural size. No. 41. becoming 10 ft. high, usually with straight prickles: Ifts. 5-9, broadly ovate to oval, doubly glandular-serrate, dark green above, often glandular, %-2 in. long; stipules glandular-serrate: fls. sometimes several, but without bracts to the main pedicel, bright yellow, 2-2% in. across, of unpleasant odor: fr. globular. June. W.Asia. B.M. 303. Gn. 53:1152. — Var. punfcea.Thory (R.punicea, Mill. R. blcolor, Jacq.). Fls. orange - scarlet within. 2164. Semi-double Rosa rugosa. (X %.) No. 41. Var. plena, Hort. With double fls., often cult, under the name of Per- sian Yellow. B.R. 1:46. F.S. 4:374. S.B.F.G. II. 4:353. Var. Harisoni, Hort., Harrison's Yellow Rose, is of paler color and a little less double than Persian Yel- low, but it blooms more freely, is more vigorous, hardier and easier to grow. It is of American origin and may be a hybrid of Persian Yellow with Rosa spinosissima. SECTION XI. SERICELS:. One Asiatic species. Erect shrub, with the prickles in pairs: stip- ules narrow, with erect dilated auricles: fls. solitary, without bracts: sepals entire, persis- tent and upright. 45. sericea, Lindl. (R. tetrapttala, Roy le). At- taining 12 ft., with prickly and often bristly branches: Ifts. 7-9, oval or obovate, serrate, glandular or silky pubescent beneath, %-% in. long: fls. white, l%-2 in. across ; petals usually 4, sometimes 5 : f r. globose or turbinate. May, June. Himal. B.M. 5200. R. H. 1897, p. 444, 445. SECTION XII. MINUTIFOLIA:. Two Ameri- can species. Loir xliriilm with slender, scattered prickles : Ifts. small, incised- serrate ; stimuli's u-ith dilated and di- verqent auricles: fls. solitary, without liracts: sepals erect, persistent, the outer ones pinnati1. 46. minutifdlia, Engelm. Dense spreading shrub, 4 ft. high: Ifts. 5-7, ovate to oblong, incix-ly dentate, puberulous, %-% in. long: Us. short-pedirHled, pink or white, about 1 in. across: fr. hispid. April, May. Calif. G.F. 1:102. 1558 ROSA 47 stellata, Wooton. Similar to the preceding: If ts. 3-5, 'broadly cuneate - obovate : fls. 13A-2K in. across, deep rose -purple. New Mex. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 25.^35 —This and the preceding would be handsome shrubs for rockeries, especially the latter, on account of its larger fls. Both are probably tender and probably are not yet in cult. ROSA states. B.M. 2847. B.R. 23:1922. G.C. III. 6:497 Gn. 53, p. 207. — Handsome climbing Rose, but not hardy north. A hybrid with R. Banksiw is R. Fortuneana (see No. 15). A hybrid with a Tea Rose is the Anemone Rose, with large single light pink fls. M.D.G. 1896:345. SECTION XV. MICROPHYLL^E. One Asiatic species. Upright spreading shrub, with the straight prickles in pairs: fls. 11-15; stipules very narrow, with subu late divergent auricles : fls. usually several, with small and quickly caducous bracts; sepals broad, erect and persistent, the outer ones pinnate; carpels only at the bottom of receptacle. 50. microphylla, Roxb. Much - branched spreading shrub 6 ft. high, with stfaight or ascending prickles: Ifts. 11-15, elliptic to oblong-elliptic, acute, sharply ser- rate, glabrous or pubescent beneath : fls. pale pink, often solitary, 2-2% in. across, short-pedicelled; sepals and receptacle prickly: fr. depressed- J165. Bud of Madame Georees Bruant Rose (X %). One of the Rugosa hybrids. No. 41. SECTION XIII. BRACTEAT^:. Two Asiatic species. Shrubs with erect or sarmentose and tomentose or pubescent steins; prickles in pairs: stipules slightly adnate and pectinate: inflorescence, with large bracts: sepals reflexed after flowering, entire; receptacle to- mentose. 48. bracteata, Wendl. (It. Macdrtnea, Dum.). MA- CARTNEY ROSE. Stems usually procumbent or sarmen- tose, villous-tomentose, with stout hooked prickles : Ifts. 5-9, oval to obovate, crenately serrulate, bright green above and somewhat shining, almost glabrous beneath, Y^-2 in. long: fls. one or few, short-stalked, white, 2-2% in. across ; sepals and receptacle densely tomentose. June-Oct. S. China, Formosa; naturalized in Fla. and La. B.M. 1377. — Handsome half-evergreen climber, not hardy north. SECTION XIV. L^VIGAT^E. One Asiatic species. Climb- ing shrub, with scattered hooked prickles: Ifts. gen- erally 3: stipules almost free: fls. solitary, without bracts, large, white: sepals erect, entire, persistent. 49. laevigata, Michx. (R. Slnica, Murr. R. Chero- kensis, Bonn. R. terndta, Poir. R. Camellia, Hort.). Figs. 2166, 2167. High climbing shrub, with slender green prickly branches: Ifts. 3, rarely 5, elliptic-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, sharply serrate, shining and gla- brous, l%-2% in. long: fls. solitary, white, rarely rose, 2^-3% in. across, fragrant; pedicels and receptacle densely bristly : fr. large, obovate, bristly. June. China, Formosa, Japan ; naturalized in the southern 2166. Cherokee Rose — Rosa laevigata (X %). Commonly known as R. Sinica. No. 49. globose, l%-2 in. across, very prickly. June, July. China, Japan. B.M. 6548. -Var. plena, Hort. With double fls. B.M. 3490. B.R. 11:919. Not quite hardy north. Sometimes hybrids with R. Chinensis and with R. rugosa are cult, under the name of R. t>ii<->-i>j>Iiylla. The hybrid with R. rugosa. has large single purple fls., handsome bright green foliage and very prickly branches ; it is of vigorous growth and will probably make a good hedge plant. ROSA ROSCOEA 1559 SUPPLEMENTARY LIST. (The Roman figure indicates tin- group to which the species belongs.) R. agrestis, Savi. (VI). Allied to R. rubiginosa. Without bristles; pedicels smooth: 11s. small, pale pink or whitish. Eu.,N. Air.— R. Alberti, Regel (VIII). Allied to R. acicularis. Branches slender, recurving: It'ts. ovate, pubescent beneath: tls. white; pedicels smooth. Songaria, Turkestan. — It.Aiiiu.n- ensis, Hance^R. microcarpa.— J{. unemmiifliira. Fort. (1). Half-evergreen climbing shrub: It'ts. 3-5, dark green, glabrous and shining- fls. few, deep carmine, double. China. Half- hardy.—^, anserinasfblia, Boiss., is a variety of K. Beggeriana, with silky pubescent It'ts.— R. Bemjeriiina, Sc.hrunk (VIII). Dense shrub, to 3 ft.: prickles in pairs: Ifts. very small and bluish green: Us. corymbose, white; calyx and apex of fr. fall- ing off, leaving the small, globular fr. with an opening at the top. N. Persia to Altai and Song.— .K. clinophylla, Thory (XIII). Closely allied to R. bracteata. Branches silky pubes- cent: prickles straight: Ifts. elliptic-lanceolate, tomentose be- neath: fls. white. India. B.R. 9:739. Tender.— .K. collina, Jacq. (V). Allied to R. alba, but fls. rose-colored; sepals shorter. Probably hybrid of R. Gallica with R. canina, var. dumetorum. — K. coriifdlia. Pries (VI). Allied to R. canina. Lt'ts. jiubescent beneath; petioles tomentose: fls. pink, short - pedicelled; bracts large; sepals upright after flowering. Eu., W. Asia. Very variable. Var. Froabeli, Rehd. (R. ean.ina, var. Fro?beli, Christ.). Of vigorous growth: Ifts. simply or doubly serrate, bluish green: fls. small, white.— It. Davurica, Pall. (VIII). Allied to R. cinnamomea. Prickles straight and slen- der; stipules narrow: Ifts. smaller, doubly serrate: pedicels longer, glandular: fr. ovate. Manchuria, Dahur., Saghalin.— R. Ecce, Aitch = R.xanthina.— Jt. eliiptica, Tausch (VI). Allied to R. rubiginosa: Ifts. cuneate-obovate, pubescent beneath: pedicels short, usually not glandular: fls. pinkish or whitish. Eu.— .K. Elymaitica, Boiss. & Hausskn. (VI). Dwarf shrub, to 3 ft., with prickly zigzag branches: Ifts. small, usually ,"), glaucescent: fls. 1-3, small, pink: fr. globular, small. N.Persia. — R. t'edtschenkodna, Regel (VIII). Probably variety of R. Webbiaiia, of more vigorous growth and with larger Ifts. Turkestan.— .R. ferox, Bieb. (VI). Allied to R. rubiginosa. Dwarf: Ifts. glandular on both sides: pedicels short, not glandular. S. K. Eu., W. Asin.—R.Fra'beli, Hort. =R. corii- folia, var. Froebeli.— R. glanca, Vill. (VI). Allied toR. canina. Lfts. broadly ovate, bluish green: fls. pink; sepals upright after flowering. Eu.— R. glutindsa, Sibth. & Sm. (VI). Allied to R. rubiginosa. Dwarf, densely prickly: It'ts. densely glandular on both sides: fls. small, pink. 8. E. Eu., W. Asia.— R. Heckelidna, Tratt. (R. Hackeliana, Nym.) (VI). Allied to R. rubiginosa. Dwarf: Ifts. tomentose on both sides: fls. usually solitary, small, pink. S. Eu.— R. gratissima, Greene (VIII). Allied to R. Californica. Lfts. glabrous, bright green and glandular, fragrant, thin. Calif.— R. Indica, Linn. =R. microcarpa.— R. tm;oJwcra. Ayrshire 17. Poly ant ha Wichuraiana Hybrids CC. Habit dwarf, bushy. 18. Perpetual Briers Rugosa Lucida Microphylla Berberidifolia Scotch BB. Foliage more or less persistent 19. Evergreen Macartney Wichuraiana Garden-group 1. Provence. Fragrant: branching or pendulous: fls. generally globular: foliage bold, broad, wrinkled, deeply serrate: prickles uncertain; sometimes fine and straight, sometimes coarse and hooked. Rich soil. Prune closely unless very vigorous. Types are Moss Rose, a crested form of the Provence (Fig. 2157). Pompon, a dwarf group; cupped flowers. See also No. 8. Sulphurca, an undesirable yellow form of difficult cultivation. Garden-group 2. The Damask and French. Damask Roses are fragrant: growth robust; spinous: Ivs. light green, downy, coriaceous. Hardy: free -flowering: scent destroyed on drying. French Roses: Fragrant (moderately) : more upright and compact in growth than the Provence: prickles smaller and fewer: fls. generally flat. Very hardy, growing in any soil; petals bleach in strong sunlight; makes abundance of wood, which should be thinned out; perfume develops in the dried petals. Hybrid French or Hybrid Provence, a less robust group with smoother, short-jointed wood and gener- ally light-colored flowers. Type Princess Clementine. Other subdivisions include hybrids with nearly all of the Perpetual group. Madame Plantier is a Hybrid Noisette. Coupe d'Hebe is a Hybrid Bourbon. Hybrid China (China x French and Provence, par- taking more of those parents). Growth more diffuse than the French Rose; foliage smooth, shining and remains on the bush late in the year; thorns nu- merous and strong. Vigorous of growth; very hardy, and generally well adapted to poor soil; requires but little pruning. Garden-group 3. Alba, or White Roses. A very distinct group; all light-colored flowers of moderate ROSE 156] 2168. American Beauty Rose (X Probably the most famous Rose now cultivated in America. One of the Hybrid Perpetual class. size: leaf whitish above, deep green below: spineless (some hybrids with other groups are very thorny), of free growth ; prune closely. Type, Felecite Parmentier and Maiden's Blush. Garden-group 4. Ayrshire. Climbing Roses; very hardy: Blender shoots suitable for trellises mid trunk's of trees: Ms. MOdOMd singly. Useful for pot cultiva- tion when trained over a frame; fls. vary from white to 2169. Paul Neyron (X %). A popular rose-colored variety of the Hybrid Perpetual type. Jeep crimson. Type, Queen of the Belgians, Dundee Rambler. Ruga is a hybrid between this group and one of the Teas ; fragrant. Garden-group 5. Briers. Under this heading may be grouped most of the well-defined types of garden Roses, mostly small-flowered and which do not readily respond to high cultivation. They are more useful as flowering shrubs in the garden than for cut-flowers. The blooms are generally short-lived. Austrian or Yellow Briers. Small leaflets: solitary flowers: bark chocolate-brown. Very hardy, but re- quire pure air and dry soil; will stand very little pruning, producing flowers from the upper ends of the old wood. Types, Harisoni, Austrian Copper and Persian Yellow. Scotch or Spiny. This group is well recognized by its excessive spininess; the spines are also very sharp: compact, low bushes, flowering abundantly and early: flowers small, double. Multiply by under- ground suckers; fragrant. One hybrid of this group, Stanwell, is a Perpetual. Sweetbrier. Distinguished by the fragrance of its leaves: the fruits are also decorative: foliage small: flowers light-colored generally and not held of much account. Lord Penzance Briers. This is a group of hybrids of R.rubiginosa (the Sweetbrier), and the older large- flowered varieties, especially Bourbon and Damask. The results are hardly distributed in America as yet; a few are to be found in select collections. Generally speaking they may be described as very greatly im- proved Sweetbriers. Brenda is particularly desirable for its fruit. Prairie Rose i /.'. K, /ii/era). A native species; prom- ises under cultivation to develop some valuable ac- 1562 ItOSE quisitions, especially in .hybridization with other groups: Type, Baltimore Belle. Fig. 2154. Alpine or Boursault. Native of the Swiss Alps; semi-pendulous, long, flexible, smooth shoots: flowers in large clusters: mostly purple or crimson flowers. Good for pillars, very hardy, especially suitable for shady places; should be well thinned in pruning, but the flowering wood left alone : type Amadis. Pro- duced by crossing Teas and R. alpina. Garden-group 6. Multiflora. The Multiflora group divides itself naturally into the Multiflora true and Polvantha. R. multi flora, the parent type, is charac- teristic of the varieties here, the flowers being produced in large corymbs and continuing over a comparatively long time. This group is particularly well adapted to the wild garden. There are many hybrids, which are 2170. La France, a famous Hybrid Tea Rose (X J'-j). This picture was made from the White La France. The origi- nal La France is pink. known in cultivation under the general term of Ram- bler Roses. The Polyantha section has given a fairly hardy variety in Crimson Rambler. Useful as pillar and trellis Roses and respond to high cultivation. In pruning remove only the old canes, leaving the young new growth to carry flowers next year. Some cluster Roses of the Indica or Tea alliance popularly called Polyanthas do not belong here. Garden-group 7. Evergreen. The so-called Evergreen Roses hold their foliage until very late in the year and In hybridization appear likely to yield varieties which are practically evergreen. Sempervirens, useful as pillar Roses, producing flowers in corymbs: very hardy: vigorous growth: free bloomer: requires considerable thinning in prun- ing. Types, Felieite perpetuella. Wichuraiana (Fig. 2155), most popular of all the rampant Roses: very hardy: growing in any soil: this promises to be the basis of a very valuable race Of American Roses: flowers in the type white. Hy- ROSK brids have been raised from Hybrid Perpetual and Tea varieties giving large flowers, scented; such are Gardenia and Jersey Beauty. {Several hybridists are now working on this species, and he next few years promise remarkable developments. W. A. Manda in New Jersey, M. H. Walsh in Massachusetts and M. Horvath in Ohio are thus engaged. Cherokee (If. leevigata) of the southern states can be grown satisfactorily away from its native regions only in a greenhouse. Figs. 2152-4. The Banksian ( R. Banksice). Two varieties of this are known, the yellow and the white. Requires greenhouse treatment: evergreen: needs very little pruning, merely shortening the shoots that have bloomed. Yellow variety scentless, white variety pos- sessing the odor of violets: flowers are produced in graceful drooping clusters. Garden-group 8. Pompon. A small-flowered Provence Rose. See No. 1. Garden-group 9. Hybrid Perpetual, or Hybrid Re- montant. A large and comprehensive group of much- mixed origin. The mixture with other groups has be- come so involved as to render separation practically impossible. The characteristics may be described as stiff, upright growth, sometimes inclined to pendulous: fls. of all types: foliage dull green, wrinkled, not shiny: embracing generally the characteristics of the Provence, Damask, French and the Chinese groups: fls. largo, in- clined to flat, generally of dark colors. By far the largest and most comprehensive division. Figs. 2168-9. Garden-group 10. Hybrid Teas form a section of the Hybrid Perpetual group crossed back on to the Tea- scented China, gradually losing all identity. They dif- fer from the pure Hybrid Perpetuals by having foliage of a deeper green and less wrinkled. Some of the best forcing Roses are in this group, which promises the greatest development for American rosarians; Robert Scott is a type of this class and is raised from Mer- veille de Lyon, H. P., and Belle Siebrecht Hybrid Tea. The La France type belongs here. Fig. 2170. Garden-group 11. Moss. A perpetual flowering group of flie Provence. See Summer Roses and Fig, 2157. Garden-group 12. Bourbon. Dwarf and compact growth, with rounded, more or less shining leaflets: very floriferous: brilliant colors: good outline: in per- fection late in the season: requires close pruning. Type, Hermosa (or Armosa). Garden-group 13. Bourbon Perpetual. Very flor- iferous: flowers moderate-sized, well formed, in clus- ters. Type, Madame Isaac Pereire. Garden- group 14. China. The China or Monthly Rose is characterized by its positively perpetual man- ner of flower. Its blooms become much darkened in color from the action of the sun's rays: fls. small and irregular in shape. Somewhat tender. Chiefly interest- ing as the parent of the true Teas. The Tea-scented China or Tea Rose. Fig. 2171. Large, thick petals, with the characteristic tea scent: flowers generally light colored, pink and creamy yel- low: growth free; the best for forcing. The group has been hybridized with all other sections and the Tea influence is seen throughout the Rose family. Some of the varieties are climbing. Type, Bon Silene and Homer. Lawrenciana. Dwarf forms, requiring the same treatment as the Teas. Commonly known as the Fairy Rose. Garden group 15. The Musk. Very fragrant: rather tender: derived from Rosa moschata : fls. of pale color. This group has been much hybridized with others, and its identity is lost as a garden plant in that of its deriv- atives, especially the Noisette. The flower buds are elongated and the flowers produced in clusters. Noisette. Fig. 2172. Larger flowered than the true Musk Roses: flowering very late: free growth: more hardy. The group bears a certain superficial resem- blance to the Teas and requires moderate pruning; will grow in any soil. This sub-group has been largely blended with the Teas and with a loss of har- diness. In consequence it has fallen into disuse. Garden-group 16. Ayrshire. Perpetual forms of the Ayrshire. For characters, See Summer Roses. ROSE Garden-group 17. Polyantha. Perpetual - flowering varieties of the Multiflora group. The term in gardens is taken to include a large number of small cluster-flow- ered, climbing Roses, and is particularly important in American Rose culture, as the basis of a new section of hybrids with the Teas and (erroneously) including hy- brids of Wichuraiana and Teas. M II. Walsh in Mas- sachusetts, M. Horvuth in Ohio, and Jackson Daw- son in Massachusetts have accomplished important work in this field. Some of Walsh's recent introduc- tions, as Debutante and Sweetheart, not as yet fairly tried, and the Dawson Hose may be clashed here. They are valuable as trellis and pillar Roses for garden deco- ration. Garden-group 18. Perpetual Briers. Of this group there are about five important types. Rugosa or Japan Rose, a low-growing bush: hardy: useful as a hedge plant, and specially adapted for ex- posed situations near the seashore. Figs. 2102-4. Hybrids have been made with other Perpetual groups, especially Teas and H. P's. Mme. Georges Bruant is a type. The Rugosa blood is strongly seen in all cases. Lucida, a small insignificant group, having some connection with the Macartney. Microphylla has minute leaflets. Berberidifolia has leaves somewhat resembling bar- berry. Perpetual Scotch, a perpetual -flowering form of Rosa spinosissima, probably a hybrid from the Dam- ask. Garden- group 19. Evergreen. Two types, as follows: Macartney, slender: sweetly scented and very florif- erous throughout the season. Is derived from R. bracteata, Wichuraiana. The Wichuraiana hybrids already re- ferred to in the Polyantha group may dubiously be included here. They have not yet been sufficiently LEONARD BARRON. Eose Gardens for Rose Lovers.— The Hybrid Per- petual or Hybrid Remontant Rose (hybrids of Rosa Damascena, Borbonica, etc.) is the largest and most im- portant group of hardy Roses. The common varieties are crosses of Provence and Damask Roses upon Bour- bons, Bengals and Teas, and vice versa. Of all Roses, Hybrid Perpetuals, in regions of severe winters, offer the amateur the greatest promise of success. A warm sunny spot shielded from strong or bleak winds should be chosen for the Rose garden. A piece of woods or a hedge offer good protection if they are far enough away from the bushes so that they do not shade them or rob them of nourishment. Dean Hole says, "The Rose garden must not be in an exposed situation. It must have shelter, but it must not have shade. No boughs may darken, no drip may saturate, no roots may rob the Rose." A hillside is less exposed to late frosts than valley and is therefore better. The ground must be well drained. If nature has not pro- vided such a spot the Rose-grower must make one. The ideal soil for the Hybrid Perpetual Rose is a strong rich clay or loam. Though Tea Roses sometimes do well in gravel or sandy soil, Hybrid Perpetuals never do. The ground should be spaded up to a good depth and all stones, grass and roots carefully removed. Late autumn is the best time for setting out hardy Roses. The writer has set out over a hundred Hybrid Perpetuals and Hybrid Teas when he was compelled to shovel away several inches of snow and break up the frozen crust of the earth with crow-bar and pick-ax before he could dig the trench in which he planted them, and yet he did not lose one of them. Put out late in the fall with the earth well firmed around them and properly protected, hardy and half-hardy Roses are almost sure to come through the winter all right and make a good bloom the first summer. In no other way can Roses be set out so quickly and so well as in a trench dug the proper depth and width. Budded plants should be set so that the joints will be three inches under the surface of the ground. This is the only way to secure immunity from suckers growing from the root into which the bush has been budded. The best fertilizer for Roses is rotted cow manure. The next in value is the manure from the pig-sty. ROSE 1563 Nearly all of the Hybrid Perpetual* and Mosses will stand the severe winters in ihe no»Miern ,tat,-s miiout Protection, hut it is best tc pr..ie,-t the,,,. ,\1, Bourbon Hybrid Noisette, Hybrid China and Hybrid Teas in the northern, and in SOUK- of the middle" state- must be protected, "excelsior" tied around the hushes to the height ot li! or IT, inches gives siillicient protection \\ ben the leaves are out and the buds well formed a mixture composed of three parts of wheat flour and one of white hellebore sprinkled on the foliage when wet after a rain or dew disposes of the most dangerous foes of the Hybrid Perpetual. The dew and flour make a paste that holds the hellebore on till its work is done. A tea made of tobacco stems will destroy the insects most troublesome in July and August' Trimming should be done in the spring before the sap begins to flow. The following embrace the best of the Hybrid Per- petuals: Alfred Colomb, Anne de Diesbach, Baron de Bonstetten, Baroness Rothschild, Clio, Earl of Dufferin, 2171. Yellow Tea Rose, Madame Honore Defresne. popular in the South (X %). Fisher Holmes, Francois Michelon, Gloire de Margottin, Gen. Jacqueminot, Gustave Piganeau, Heinrich Schul- theis, Jean Liabaud, Jeannie Dickson, Jubilee, La Rosiere, Louis Van Houtte, Mabel Morrison, Mme. Ga- briel Luizet, Marchioness of Lome, Margaret Dickson, Marie Baumann, Marshall P. Wilder, Mrs. John Laing, Pierre Notting, Prince Camille de Rohan, Queen of Queens, Xavier Olibo, Paul Neyron, Ulrich Brunner. The Moss Rose (Rosa GaJlica, var. muscosa) is a universal favorite. The best varieties are Crested, Gra- cilis and Common Moss. Fig. 2157. Seven leaflets are found on most of them. They must be closely pruned. The Perpetual Moss Rose (Rosa Oallica, var. mus- cosa) : These are like the Moss Roses except that they are autumnal bearers. Mme. Edward Ory, Salet and Soupert-et-Notting are the best of this class. The best results can be secured only by close pruning. Sweetbrier (Rosa rubiginosa): Eglantine is a name given to a Rose found in a wild state in various coun- tries. One variety known as Common Sweetbrier, a native of England, is prized wherever known. It owes its popularity not to its flower but to the perfume of its foliage. The attempts made to develop the flower and still retain the fragrance of its foliage have not yet been successful. No better Rose can be found for hedge- making. Austrian Brier (Rosa Eglanteria) : This Rose haa 7 or 9 1564 ROSE leaflets and single flowers of a coppery yellow color. It is so hardy that it can brave the most rigorous climate where man tills the soil. Persian Yellow, Harisonii and Copper are the most valuable varieties. They should be pruned sparingly. Hvbrid Climbing Roses. These are especially useful as pillar Roses. The most valuable are Climbing Jules Margottin (See Fig. 2179, page 1567) and Glory of Ches- Th'e Prairie Rose (Rosa setigera) is the hardiest of climbers. This quality, with the rapidity and vigor of growth, has given them a wider popularity than any other climbers. The Gem of the Prairie is the only fra- grant Prairie Rose. Baltimore Belle (Fig. 2154) is the least hardy but most beautiful. Other valuable varie- ties are: Queen of the Prairie, Anna Marie and Trium- phant. The pruning knife should be used sparingly. Hybrid China Rose (Rosa Chinensis forms): Many Roses catalogued as Hybrid Perpetuals properly be- long here. If Ellwanger's suggestion that all French, Provence, Damask and Hybrid Bourbon be grouped un- der the Hybrid Chinas is adopted. Rose classification will be much simplified and little will be lost in accuracy. Madame Plantier is the best known and most valuable of all the group. Half-hardy Roses: Bourbon Rose (Rosa Bourbon- ica) : This group for the most part is composed of au- tumnal bloomers. They are popular as garden Roses. Hermosa is the freest bloomer. Appoline is the most beautiful. George Peabody and Malmaison are also de- servedly popular. The moderate growers of this group should be closely pruned. The Hybrid Noisette (Rosa Noisettiana, var. hybrida ) has made several contributions to the rosarian. The least hardy but the most beautiful members of this group are Madame Noman, Mile. Bonnaire and Eliza Boelle. Rivals in beauty and more hardy are Co- quette des Alpes, Coquette des Blanches. The pruning knife should not be spared with this class. The Hybrid Tea Rose (Rosa Chinensis, various forms) is more hardy than the Tea Rose and less hardy than the Hybrid Remontants. It is a group destined to have many additions in the not distant future. La France, Captain Christy, Kaiserin Au,- guste Victoria, Caroline Testout and Liberty are the best of this class. Some persons like to train Roses to a few canes and tie them to stakes (Fig. 2173). Another practice is to bud them ; *\Af , high on brier stocks and to • i I'll grow them as standards. Most Americans prefer the free-growing bush, blooming from near the ground (Fig. 2174). EDMUND M. MILLS. Another View of Gar- den Rose- Growing. Roses may be success- fully grown in any soil that will produce fair crops of grain, vegeta- bles or grass. Certainly the best results will be obtained in the more favorable soils and sit- uations, but every one who loves a Rose and possesses a few feet of ground with plenty of sunshine can have his own Rose garden and find pleasure and health in cultivating the queen of flowers. Of course the ideal soil is a rich, deep loam, but a good Rose bed can be made in clay, sand or gravel at little expense and labor. Even the city resident, whose house has been erected on the site of an exhausted brick-yard, can at a ROSE from the adjacent stables to make a Rose garden that will grow as good plants and flowers as those of his more favored friends who have acres at their disposal, provided always that the sunlight can reach the beds for at least half of the day. The preparation of the ground is the first step of importance. Roses abhor wet feet, and if the soil is wet it must be thoroughly drained. This can be accom- plished by digging out the bed to a depth of three feet and filling in one foot with broken stone, bricks, cinders or anything that will allow a free passage of the water through the soil. If this is not sufficient and the water is not carried away, provision must be made for this by tile-draining; but, except in very extreme cases, the drainage before mentioned will be found amply sufficient. The composition of the soil should depend on the class of Roses to be grown, for the Hybrid Remontants do best in a heavy soil containing clay, while those having Tea blood prefer a lighter, warmer soil. The beds may be made of any desired shape, but a width of 4 ft. will usually be found the most satis- factory, as a double row can be planted at intervals of 2% ft., which will be all that is necessary for the strongest gro\wing varieties, and the blooms can be gathered from' each side without the necessity of tramp- ling on the soil. Space may be economized by planting as in the following diagram : 2172. Marechal Niel Rose (X The plants will then be 1 ft. from the edge and 30 in. apart, and each plant will be fully exposed to the light and air and will not interfere with its neighbors. In preparing a bed on a lawn, the sod and soil should first be entirely re- moved and placed apart; then the "best of the subsoil may be taken out and placed on the other side of the trench, and, lastly, the portion to be discarded, making in all a depth of at least 2 feet. The floor is then loosened to the full depth of a pick-head, the good subsoil replaced and - mixed with a generous dress- ing of well-decomposed stable manure; lastly the surface soil and sod well broken up and also thoroughly en- riched with manure, and the bed filled to the level of the ad- joining surface with enough good soil added to replace the dis- carded earth. When the bed has settled the surface should be at least one inch below that of the adjoining sod, in order that all the rainfall be re- tained. The writer be- lieves it to be a serious mistake to make any flower bed higher than the adjacent surface, as in hot weather the soil dries out and the plants suffer for want of moisture. If the bed is intended for the hardy Hybrid Perpetual or Remontant class, it should contain a fair proportion of clay well mixed with the soil. A suf- sr • II •> ' ^i<*j wen iiiiAcu witii i>uc nun. .n. oui.- Ml frn™ ecure sufficient good One of the most popular of the Noisettes, ficient amount is always present in 1 from the outskirts and manure Color yellow, what is known as a heavy loam. If ROSE the soil does not contain this naturally, it should be added and thoroughly incorporated with the other in- gredients. If the bed is intended for Hybrid Teas, Teas, Bourbons or Noisettes, the soil should be lighter, and if naturally heavy should have added to it a proper amount of sand or leaf-mold, and be thoroughly mixed as before. Roses are rank feeders; therefore be liberal with manure for every class. Garden Roses can be obtained from the dealers grown in two ways: on their own roots, and budded on the Manetti or briar stock. Figs. 215G, 2175. There is much difference of opinion as to the relative value of the two sorts, and it must be admitted that some of the stronger varieties will do equally well either way; but the opinion of the writer, based upon the experience of nearly a quarter of a century, is that all of the less vigorous varieties are far better budded than on their own roots, and some are utterly worth- less unless budded : notably, Reine Marie Henriette and Vis- countess Folkestone, both charming Roses when well grown. The budded plants are mostly grown in Eu- rope, taken up as soon is the wood is ripened in the autumn, and shipped to us in the dormant state in time for planting in the lati- tude of Philadelphia before the ground is frozen. They are usu- ally received in such excellent condition that rarely one in a hundred of the hardy sorts fails to make a good growth and a fair bloom in the following season. With the tender sorts, dormant plant- ing out of doors in late vutumn is attended with much risk, be- cause of the inability of these plants to en- dure the rigors of our winters before becom- ing established. Con- 2173. Rose trained to a few shoots, sequently they need ROSE 1565 See p. 1564. much more protection than the hardy varie- ties. It is really much better to have the planting deferred until the early spring, if the plants can be safely housed throughout the winter. After they have become successfully established their safety is assured, and they will repay in vigor and excellence the extra work expended upon them. Few amateurs, however, have the conveniences for caring for a number of plants under cover throughout the winter. Therefore they must take the risk of planting in the autumn or culti- vate plants grown on their own roots. The best budded stock the writer has yet found was obtained from nur- series in Ireland, and it has been the uniform testimony of all who have examined them that they had not seen finer out-of-door Roses grown in this section. ( For fur- ther discussions of budded and grafted Roses, see page 1574.) Planting Budded Roses. — Roles at least 1 ft. in depth and 15 in. wide should be made for each plant, the collar or point where the bud was inserted and from which the new growth starts placed 2 in. beneath the surface of the soil, the roots spread out and downwards (care being taken that no roots cross each other) and all roots covered with fine soil free from lumps of manure. Fig. 2170. Manure should never be placed in actual contact with the roots, but near at hand, where the new feeding roots can easily reach when growth begins. The remaining soil should then be parked in (Irmly, the surface leveled and covered with about .'( in. -I coarse litter and manure, and the Ic.nu wood rut back to about 18 inches to prevent the plant being whipped and loosened by high winds. This extra wood is left to encourage root action in / the spring and should be cut back to three or four eyes as soon as they can be detected when pushing out. Always cut above and close to a strong outside bud, without in- juring it, to develop an open and free head, thus admitting light and air. If the uppermost bud is on the inside surface of the shoot, the new growth will be directed inward, dwarfing and hampering the plant and preventing proper development. The deep planting above de- scribed is necessary to pre- vent suckers from being thrown out by the roots, as these will speedily choke and kill the less vigorous wood which we •^ssSBHSCs^'^-' are endeavoring to de- velop. From the writer's point of view me only ob- „. jection to budded plants 3174> A Ro8e bush for the corner is this danger of suck- of tnc earden. ering from the roots ; therefore no one should attempt to cultivate budded Roses who cannot distinguish the brier should it appear, or who is too careless or indifferent to dig down at once and cut the wild shoot clean off at the root, rubbing it smooth to prevent its starting again. Do this just as soon as you discover it. A^sery little experience will enable any one to dis- tinguish the brier. The canes are covered with minute thorns and bear seven leaflets, instead of the usual number of five. Should any doubt remain, follow the shoot down through the ground and if it starts below the collar, it is a brier. Remove it. These wild shoots usually appear a few inches outside of the regular growth, rarely inside; consequently there is little diffi- culty in detecting and removing them. Planting Roses from Pots. — Should Roses grown on their own roots be preferred, they should be planted as soon as the spring weather has fairly settled and all danger of frost is over, that the plants may be firmly established before the heat of summer. Roses planted late in the season never do well, as they cannot attain sufficient vigor to withstand the burning heat of our summer sun. The holes need only be made a little larger than the pot in which the plant is growing. Choose a cloudy day, or the time just before a rain, or late in the afternoon, and, after making the hole, knock the pot off by inverting the plant and striking the edge sharply on a firm substance (the handle of a spade which has been firmly placed in the ground in an upright position 2175. Flower of the Manetti Ro«e, will answer nicely). used ai a stock. Press the ball of earth firmly between the hands to loosen the earth without injuring the roots, fill the hole with water, insert the plant a very little deeper than it stood in the pot, fi in with soil and pack the earth around firmly. Pot- 1566 ROSE grown plants will always require staking if the varie- ties are of upright growth. Tea Koses. — Where the climate is too cold to winter out Tea Roses successfully, a charming effect can be obtained by planting in a bed 6 ft. in width, the rows one foot from the edge and 2 ft. apart, and the bed ot any desired length or any multiple of 3 ft. A sectional frame made from tongued and grooved white pine fenc- in<* 2% ft. in height at the back and 2 ft. in front, fac- ing east or southeast and fastened together with hooks and eyes or screws, the whole covered with ordinary coldframe sash (6x3 ft.), will preserve the tender va- rieties through a severe winter. The sash should be freely opened when the temperature is above 30° F. and air admitted during the day when it is 10 or 15° lower. Always close before sunset and open as soon as the sun shines each morning. Opening the sash to keep the plants cool and prevent growth is just as essential as covering to protect from cold, if abundance of flowers is desired. A few days' neglect in opening the sash when the temperature is above 30° will destroy most of the buds for the coining June, as they will be forced out, and one cold night will kill them. Protect from rains or snows, and do not water. Sufficient moisture reaches the roots from the outside to keep the plants in a healthy condition. The writer has a num- ber of Teas that have been grown successfully in such a bed for many years. They give hundreds of fine blooms from May until November and remain so vigorous that many of the new shoots are half an inch in diameter. 2176. A typical dormant Rose Climbing Hoses. -These as it should be planted. make a very effective back- A, point where bud was inserted, ground, and if trained on a high wire fence give a beautiful display. The strong-growing varieties should be planted 8 ft. apart and will each easily fill a trellis 9 ft. high. They also look well trained on the house porch, but are much more likely to be attacked by insect enemies there than when planted in the open, where the birds have free access to them, with no fear of disturbance. The birds will not do good work where they are in constant danger of interruption, so Roses grown on porches are usually attacked by aphides and slugs, the leaves becoming riddled and skeletonized, which rarely occurs when they are planted in the open. If Roses are wanted around porches the Microphyllse, white and pink, and the Crimson Rambler can be safely planted, as they are not attacked by the slug, but the blooms do not compare favorably with many other Roses of their habit. The other varieties can also be grown around porches, provided that they can be planted where the drippings from the roof will not fall upon them and they are kept free from slugs. This can be accomplished by free syringing with the hellebore in- fusion to be described later on. Only a few of the climbing Teas can be grown suc- cessfully in the latitude of Philadelphia. Many of the finer varieties are worthless here, in spite of all the pro- tection that can be given them, unless they are covered with glass. Lamarque, Bouquet d'Or, Cloth of Gold, Triomphe de Rennes, Mare"chal Niel and R6ve d'Or have, in the writer's experience, all perished in the first winter, but Reine Marie Henriette, Gloire de Dijon, William Allen Richardson and Celine Forestier will do well and yield satisfactory results. The finest climbing Tea for this latitude is Reine Marie Henriette. It blooms finely and makes a magnificent growth, as may be seen in Fig. 2177. The trellis is 10 ft. wide and 9 ft. high. These varieties should be pruned sparingly by simply ROSE shortening-in the too vigorous shoots and cutting the laterals back to two eyes. Tie all to the trellis in a fan shape, dividing the space as evenly as possible. Fig. 2178 shows the same Reine Marie Henriette pruned and trained on trellis. These continue in flower until November, the early bloom in June being the finest, but many good Roses may be gathered throughout the summer and autumn. With the hardy June-flowering varieties the writer has not had much experience and 2177. Reine Marie Henriette, the finest climbing Tea Rose for the latitude of Philadelphia. This shows the vigorous growth, the trellis being 10 feet wide and 9 feet high. can only recommend Crimson Rambler and Cheshunt Hybrid from actual observation. Both of these are effective in their masses of bloom for about three weeks in each year. Space has been so precious in the garden from which these notes were made that only the most satisfactory varieties were cultivated, and such kinds as Baltimore Belle and Prairie Queen do not compare favorably with others that occupy no more room and give much more gratifying results. Hybrid Sweetbriers. — The recent introduction of the Marquis of Penzance Hybrid Sweetbriers is a val- uable addition to our collection. All of fhe 16 varie- ties given in the accompanying list are desirable. The foliage is abundant, healthy, vigorous and fragrant, and the exquisite shading of each variety forms a beautiful contrast with the others. It would be difficult to choose among them, for all are worthy of a place in any garden where there is sufficient space for them to revel. They should have a high trellis and be planted fully 8 ft. apart. The only pruning necessary is to shorten back over-vigorous growth and occasionally remove some of the oldest shoots to prevent overcrowding. Pruning the dwarf-growing Hybrid Perpetuals may be commenced late in March and can be regulated by the quantity or quality of the blooms desired. If the ef- fect of large masses be wanted, 4 or 5 canes may be left 3 ft. in height and all very old or weak growth entirely removed. This will give a large number of flowers, effec- tive in the mass but small and with short, weak foot- stalks scarcely able to support the weight of the heads and not effective as cut-flowers, as this sort of pruning is entirely for outside show. After the bloom is entirely over, the long shoots should be shortened back, that the plant may make good and vigorous wood for the next season of bloom. But if quality be desired, all weak growth should be removed, every remaining healthy cane retained and cut back to 6 or 8 inches. Always cut just above an outside bud, to make an open head that will admit light and air freely. After the first season's growth, there may be about three canes to be retained, but with good care and cultivation the number will increase yearly, until after 15 or 20 years there will be at least as many canes to be utilized. The writer has a b,e(i ?ver .20 ^ars f rom planting, in which each plant, after close 2178. Illustrating the pruning of the Rose shown in Fig. 2177. pruning, will measure from 15-18 inches in diameter. each cane throwing up from four to six shoots 1 or 2 ft. in length and sufficiently vigorous in most varieties to hold up the largest flowers and to give magnificent speci- men flowers for cutting. Roses grown in this way ROSE need stakes. They are sufficiently strong and vigorous to hold erect any weight they may be called upon to bear; but late in the autumn, before the high gales of November arrive, they should be cut back to about 2 ft. to prevent their being whipped by the winds, for this would loosen the plant and break the newly-formed feeding roots. The plant should not be cut back to the point suggested for spring pruning, as in the hot Indian summer the upper eyes will surely be forced out and the promised blooms for the ensuing season destroyed; so in pruning for protection from November blasts, enough wood should be left to avoid all danger of the lower buds being forced out. The upper buds always develop earliest. Some varieties will not produce large footstalks under any method of treatment, notably Prince Camille de Rohan, La Rosarie and Rosieriste Jacobs; but almost all the other kinds do better under this method than any other, if quality is desired. Pntniny Dwarf-growing Tea Koses. — Tea, Roses will not e'ndure such vigorous cutting back as the Hybrid Remontants. All good strong shoots should be retained unless they form a very close head, when it is better to remove a few from the center. The canes should be shortened about one-third of their length, the branches cut back to 1 or 2 eyes, and after each period of bloom the longest shoots should be trimmed back sparingly. Bourbons need even less trimming. Souvenir de Mal- maison, Mrs. Paul and others of this class should have only the weak ends of each shoot removed, and no more wood cut away than is necessary to remove weak and unhealthy portions; otherwise very few flowers will be produced. Cultivation.— Just before growth commences in the spring, the surplus rough manure should be removed from the beds and all the remaining fine particles forked in. Deep cultivation is not desirable, as the roots r.re likely to be injured or broken. Three inches in depth is quite sufficient to cultivate a bed that has not been trampled upon, and this should be done with a 4- tined digging-fork, which is less likely to cause injury to roots than a spade. The beds should then be neatly edged and the surface raked off smooth and even. Fre- quent stirring of the surface with a sharp rake is all that is necessary afterwards, until the buds begin to develop. Then half a gallon of weak liquid manure ap- plied around the roots of each plant just before a shower will be eagerly appreciated and assimilated. The manure water should be prepared beforehand, and as soon as a good promise of rain appears, all hands should be called into service and every plant given a full ration. One person should dig a shallow trench with a garden trowel around each plant, the next follow and fill with the liquid manure, being careful to avoid be- smirching the leaves; afterwards the bed can be raked over level and the rain will wash the dainty food to the eager roots, and thrift and glory will result. This feed- ing may be repeated with benefit every week until the season of bloom is over, after which stimulation should cease and the plants be permitted to perfect the new wood for the next season's growth. Little pruning is necessary with "cut-backs." So much wood has been removed in gathering the blooms that but little more is left than is needed to keep the plants vigorous and healthy. There is another advantage from the system of close pruning: all growths are so strong and vigor- ous that they are better able to resist any inroads either of insects or disease. The greenfly seldom ap- pears, but when detected may be readily kept down by repeated syringing with tobacco-water or Quassia infusion. The belief that Roses exhaust the soil in a few years and require to be changed into new ground is generally accepted, and is true in most cases; but when beds are formed as previously described and budded Roses planted, the vigorous feeding roots find sufficient nutri- ment in their far-reaching growth to support a healthy development of wood and flowers for many years, espe- cially if a generous top-dressing of manure be applied each autumn and liquid manure supplied liberally dur- ing the development of the buds. A top-dressing of wood ashes after the first spring cultivation will restore the potash to the soil and materially increase the vigor of the wood and flowers. ROSE 15G7 Insect Enemiex. — The most, formidable is the Rose beetle, which revels in the petals and buds of our choicest plants, usually selecting the light-colored varieties and working havoc and ruin \vli.-n-ver he appears. Hand-picking is the only effective remedy, and a quart can half filled with kerosene oil is a good place into which to drop the offender. He is easily caught when discovered, as he may readily be upon examination of each bud and flower. The aphis or greenfly is found on the extreme ends of the shoots and young buds. This is the cow of the ants and is tended and milked by them. The aphis in- creases with enormous rapidity, and unless destroyed robs the plant of its vitality by sucking out the sap. A decoction of tobacco stems is made by half filling a barrel with refuse stems from a tobacco factory and tilling the barrel with water. After this has been macerated, syringe the plants everyday with the decoc- tion until the enemy is defeated. In extreme cases, where the aphis has become firmly established, the remedy proposed by Mr. B. R. Cant, an English rosarian, may be required. He says: "Take four ounces of Quassia chips and boil them ten minutes in a gallon of soft water; strain it and while cooling dissolve in it four ounces of soft soap (or whale-oil soap). To this may be added another gallon or two of water. The plants should be syringed with this and all badly infested shoots dipped into it. Pure water should follow the next day to cleanse the shoots." If, at the first appear- ance of these pests, the finger and thumb are used to rub them off and destroy them, much subsequent trouble will be saved. Slugs are usually found on the under side of the leaves and may be discovered by the skeletonized appearance of the leaf. To destroy them, make a decoction of powdered white hellebore, with one heap- ing tablespoonful to a pail (about four gallons) of boil- 2179. Climbing Jules Margottin (X %). One of the Hybrid Climbing Roses. S«e p. 1.164. ing water. After cooling, apply with a syringe or, better, with a whisk broom. Push the top of the plant away with the left hand and, with the broom dipped in the solution, throw the drug up and against the leaves. One thorough application will usually suffice, but i: slug has appeared in previous years, anticipate his com- 1568 ROSE ing and apply the hellebore solution before any mischief hal been done and repeat later, should any evidences of his presence be detected. This aggressive offender is the larva of a small winged moth, and the presence of any insect of this sort in the vicinity of a Rose should always be regarded with suspicion. The bark louse, or white scale, survives the winters and is usually found on old wood. It can best be treated before the growth begins in the spring. A solution of fifteen grains of corrosive sublimate to one pint of water, brushed over the stalks wherever the lice harbor, will speedily destroy all. As corrosive sublimate is a very powerful poison, great care should be taken in its use. List of Roses that have been tested by the writer and can be recommended for gardens: Hybrid Perpetual Hoses.— Alfred Colomb, Alfred K. Williams, Annie Wood, Baroness Rothschild, Captain Hayward, Caroline d'Arden, Charles Lefebvre, Clio, Countess of Oxford, Dinsmore, Dr. Andry, Duke of Edinburgh, Duke of Teck, Etienne Levet, Eugenie Verdier, Fisher Holmes, Francois Michelon, General Jacqueminot, Giant of Battles, Heinrich Schultheis, Her Majesty, James Brownlow, Jeannie Dickson, John Hopper, James D. Paul, Lady Helen Stewart, Mabel Morrison, Madame Gabriel Luizet, Magna Charta, Marchioness of Lome, Margaret 'Dickson, Marie Bau- mann, Marie Verdier, Merveille de Lyon, Mrs. John La- ing, Mrs. R. G. Sharman Crawford, Paul Neyron (Fig. 2169), Pride of Waltham, Prince Arthur, Prince Camille de Rohan, Rosslyn, Rev. J. B. M. Camm, Suzanne Marie Rodocanachi, Ulrich Brunner, Xavier Olibo. Hybrid Tea.— Augustine Guinoiseau, Captain Christy, Caroline Testout, Gloire Lyonnaise, Kaiserin Augusta Victoria, Madame Joseph Combet, Miss Ethel Richard- son, Souvenir du President Carnot, Souvenir de Madame Eugenie Verdier, Viscountess Folkestone. Mr. Alexander B. Scott recommends the following additional H. T. varieties: Antoine Rivoire, Baldwin, Bessie Brown, Gruss an Teplitz, Killarney, Lady Clan- morris, Madame Jules Grolez. Tea-scented Moses.— Alphonse Karr, Comtesse Riza du Pare, Duchesse de Brabant, Etoile de Lyon, Francisca Kruger, Innocente Pirola, Isabella Sprunt, Madame Lambard, Madame Moreau, Maman Cochet, Madame Joseph Schwartz, Marie van Houtte, Papa Gontier, Sa- frano, Souvenir d'un Ami, The Queen, White Maman Cochet. Moss Hoses. — Comtesse deMurinais, Blanche Moreau, Crimson Globe, Laneii, Princess Adelaide. Climbing Roses. — Crimson Rambler, Cheshunt Hy- brid, .Gloire de Dijon, Celine Forestier, Reine Marie 2180. The old-fashioned yellow upright Rose (X %). Al6f red tCarrierkeMiCrOPhylla'White MicroPhylla- Madame Hybrid Sweetbriers.-AmyRobs&rt, Annie of Geier- stein, Brenda, Catherine Seyton, Edith Bellenden, Flora Mclvor, Green Mantle, Jeannie Deans, Julie Mannering ROSE Lady Penzance, Lord Penzance, Lucy Ashton, Lucy Bertram, Meg Merrilies, Minna, Rose Bradwardine. The Hybrid Wichuraianas look promising, but have not been tested by the writer. It is not intended that this list is by any means com- plete. There must be many good Roses that will do well under favorable conditions of which the writer has no personal knowledge. The collection is sufficiently large however, for a beginning, and any one who has the time, energy and means may add to it, if he can bear disappointment cheerfully If one in a dozen of the highly lauded va- rieties in the dealers' catalogues prove satisfactory, the experimenter should be well satisfied. He can dig out and throw away the other eleven and try it again, in the hope that he may find a new queen worthy of his hom- age. Much of the charm of growing Roses is derived from the accurate knowledge of each variety by name. Yet few amateurs ever accomplish this, chiefly because the labels have been lost or misplaced, and not infrequently a plant becomes known to the cultivator by a name be- longing to a neighboring specimen whose label has been misplaced, and replaced on the wrong plant. To obviate this a record should be made in a book kept for the pur- pose, with a chart for each bed. This should be done at once after the plants are set out and before the labels have become detached. Many vexatious mistakes might he prevented by some such plan as the following: 1') 17 15 n 11 20 16 14 12 8 6 1 to 6. Her Majesty. 1 to 12. Margaret Dickson, 8 to 15. Gloire Lyonnaise, 16 to 20. White Baroness. ROBERT HUKY. Garden Roses near Chicago. — Climatic conditions surrounding the bluff lands bordering Lake Michi- gan, some twenty miles north of Chicago, are not congenial to the successful cultivation of outdoor Roses as a class, and only those possessing the most robust constitution among the Hybrid Perpetuals should be grown. Ample winter protection must be given along the lines indicated in the article in this work entitled Winter Protection. The soil is all that could be de- sired, being a rich yellow clay loam. The trouble seems to be in the severity of the winters, where heavy falls of snow are infrequent, and the springs late and fickle, warm winds from the southwestern prairies alternating with chilling moisture-laden breezes from the lake, The beds are excavated to a depth of 2 ft., good drainage given, and then filled with a compost of rotted Plate XXXVI. Rose, American Beauty ROSE Mid cow manure. Each spring following, some ma- and bone meal is forked into the surface. Liquid sod and cow manure. mire and bone meal is rorKea into tne surface. Liquid manure is given in June when the Hoses are in full bloom, and a few times thereafter. The Roses are thoroughly sprayed with Bordeaux mixture when the leafage is fairly out, and once every three or four weeks 2182. Russian form of Rosa rugosa (X %). afterwards. Hand-picking seems the best method of destroying the worms affecting the buds, and frequent drenchings with the hose abolish the other enemies. In the fall the canes are bent down and fastened to the base of their neighbors, and remain procumbent until the spring cutting-in, which is delayed as late as possi- ble in order not to incite too early a start and to force the buds to "break" low down. After the leaves used in the winter protection have been removed, and the board roof also, the sides of the "box" are allowed to remain a short time in order to shield from the winds. The winter of 1898-9 was unusually severe and did more damage to the Roses and other material than any other winter which the writer has experienced at Highland Park. Following is a list of the so-called Hy- brid Remontants (H. R.) that wintered then— under pro- tection—and came out in good condition. These varie- ties may therefore be considered the most suitable for this and kindred climates: Prince Camille de Rohan, H. R. ; Magna Charta, H. Ch. ; Mrs. R. G. Sharman Craw- ford, H. R. ; General Jacqueminot (Rousselet), H. R. ; Captain Christy, H. T. (Hybrid Tea); La Rosiere, H. R. ; Captain Hayward, H. R.; Mrs. Paul, Bour. ; Gar- den Favorite, H. R. ; Louis Van Houtte, H. R. ; Paul Neyron, H. R. (Fig. 2109); John Hopper, H. R. The following dozen were in fair condition after the winter and recovered their form during the season: Mme. Victor Verdier, H. R. ; Pierre Netting, H. R. ; Anne de Diesbach, H. R. ; Ulrich Brunner, H. R. ; Bar- onne Prevost, H. R. : Eugene Furst, H.R.; Prince of Wales, H. R. ; Alfred Colomb, H. R. ; Lyonnaise, H. R.; Mme. Gabriel Luizet, H. R. ; Countess of Oxford, H. R. The list of those that winter-killed is too numerous to give, but it is a singular fact that the first list contains forms classed among the Teas and Bourbons. Of the climbing forms that were unprotected, Rosa setigera and its offspring, Prairie Queen, were somewhat injured ; but Greville (Seven Sisters), Crimson Rambler, Thalia, Paul's Carmine Pillar, Multiflora and the Dawson Rose were in fairly good condition when wintered under protection. The failures even when protected were Aglaia, Alister Stella Gray, Euphrosyne, Russell's Cottage, Baltimore Belle, Tennessee Belle. The typical Sweetbriers proved hardy unprotected, but the hybrids of them were killed. Protected JR. Wichuraiana and its hybrids killed back to the roots ; R. rugosa and most of its hybrids, especially those of Jackson Daw- ROSE 1569 Mme^GeOTge.; Br^tA^ !Jn!7otwtw1' wer<- M right; fo 8o"Pe.rt aPd Hermosa are the best bedder* caHed Frvf>R Plant'"Swl"-» Protected, an.l ,!„• so- called Fairy Roses stand fairly well, espe.-iallv Mile Cecile Brunner. Papa Gontie/ and Kaiserin Au^Vs a Victoria are among the best of the more tendeir elass. that require the protection of a pit in winter. They seem to stand the biennial root disturbance well La fo^rTt ?Wn8iVhC bud under our 8Un- an<1' """W to relate, the writer cannot grow that s,,l,.,,,ii,l K.,-e Mrs..!,,,,, Lataf successfully, either on its own root* or budded R. rubriMia (or fermginea), R. qHnortZ «ima, var Al taica, R. nUida, R. ludda and /,'. /,,„„,/,* were hardy without protection. w c EQAN Future Boses for the Prairie States. -West of Lake Michigan, and north of the 42d parallel, the fine Roses. grown m the open air in the eastern and southern, states can be grown only by systematic pruning and winter covering. Of well-known old varieties hardy enough to winter without protection, the list is short. Madame Plantier, White Harison, and Rosa rugosa with some of its hybrids, are hardy between the 40th and 44th parallel, and still farther north the East Eu- ropean R. rugosa and such of its hybrids as Snow- light, Empress of the North and Rosa majalis ft. pi are grown successfully. Figs. 2181 and 2182 show forms or Rosa rugosa; also Figs. 2162-04. Of the newer hybrids of R. rugosa now quite widely tested, the most desirable are I. A. C. (Fig. 2183), Ames, Madame Georges Bruant (Fig. 2184), Madame Charles. Frederick Worth, and Thusnelda. Kaiserin (Fig. 2185) is also to be commended. It is suggestive that these have come from crossed seeds of what is known in Europe as Rosa rugosa,v&r. Regeliana (p. 1556), and which we know as the Russian Rosa rugosa. The first two named came from seeds of Rosa Regeliana introduced by the writer in 1883 crossed with pollen of General Jacqueminot, and the last three were developed from seeds of R. Regeliana in Germany as stated by L. Spath, of Rixdorf near Berlin. They are all fine double Roses of the class shown in Fig. 2183, of the two produced at Ames, and all have retained to a large extent the foliage and habit of blooming of R. rugosa. The Russian R. rugosa as introduced from Russia by the writer is divided into two very distinct classes. The one from the Amur valley in. 2183. The I. A. C. Rose (X M»). One of the best hybrids of Rota rupota for the prairie states. (I. A. C.— Iowa Agricultural College.) North Central Asia is a very strong, upright grower- with lighter colored bark, stronger thorns, thicker and more rugose leaves, and larger flowers than the Japan type, but its hips are smaller. The one from Russia in Europe is spreading and pendent in habit. When 4 ft. in height it has a spread of top of fully 6 ft. Its leaves. 1570 KOSE also have a darker shade of green than the Japanese type and its buds are longer, more pointed, and show between the narrow folded petals shades of rich red and crimson Its clusters of flowers also differ, as it has four to five flower-buds together,while the Japanese type has only two to three. In addition, we now know by trial that both these Russian types may be grown suc- cessfully two degrees farther north than the Japanese R. ruaosa. The work of crossing the Russian R. rugosa began at the Iowa Agricultural College in June, 1892. The pollen of over a dozen of the best garden varieties was used, but that of General Jacqueminot was used most exten- sively, as it produces pollen most freely. The final result was quite unexpected, as no double variety with rugose leaves was produced when the pollen of any variety was used except that of General Jacqueminot. From 497 flowers of R. rugosa fertilized with pollen from General Jacqueminot, we grew 255 plants. From these we were able to select over 20 varieties with double flowers ranging in number of petals from 15 to 150, with handsome rugosa foliage and surprising vigor of growth. Nearly all showed the crimson color of petals of the male parent. At the same time we pollinated the blossoms of our native species Rosa blanda and Rosa Arkansana with pollen of General Jacqueminot and other Hybrid Per- petuals, but wholly without valuable results, as the crosses seemed too violent. Most of the hybrids showed modified foliage and habit of growth, but all except three bore single flowers. The three double varieties developed blossom-buds freely, but in no cases have the blossoms expanded into perfect flowers. When appar- ently ready to expand they began to turn black in the center and drop off. It is also well to state that the pollen of White and Yellow Harison used on Rosa rugosa, var. Regeliana, developed remarkably vigorous hybrids which gave clusters of promising buds, but up to the present not a single flower-bud has fully ex- panded. The late E. S. Carman, however, reported better results with this cross of Harison's Yellow and rugosa (A. G. 1890, p. 665), and a picture of one of his hybrids is shown in Fig. 2186. As in Europe, our marked success has been with the pollen of General Jacqueminot, which seems to show a near affinity to all the types of R. rugosa. With increased experience other cultivated varieties will be discovered that will cross in a profitable way with R. rugosa. and still others will be found that will cross profitably with our native species. At present, how- ever, the east European R. rugosa seems to be the most promising progenitor of the future Roses of the North- west. We already have fine double varieties with 60 petals, such as the I. A. C., with the rich color of General Jacqueminot and the fine leaves of R. rugosa. The main trouble at present is in propagation. As with the type, the best hybrids of R. rugosa are difficult to grow from cuttings. We find that they can be budded readily on strong seedlings of our native species. It may be in the near future that the seeds of the large-growing Wild Roses of the Black Hills will be used by propagators for stock-growing. When that time comes we already have varieties hardy enough for the North that compare favorably with the best varieties of more equable climates. Strong-growing stocks are advised, as the vigor of some of the hybrids is remark- able. On the writer's lawn is a bush of the Ames variety three years old that stands 7 ft. high, with several stems three-fourths of an inch in diameter. J. L. BUDD. Boses in Southern California. — In many localities in southern California the Queen of Flowers attains a per- fection probably found nowhere else. That this perfec- tion is not general throughout southern California is partially owing to adverse conditions, such as great range of temperature during each twenty-four hours, heavy fogs at critical periods, etc., but as a rule, failure in whole or in part is due to the lack of intelligent treat- ment. The chief obstacle to successful culture is the attempt to produce blooms every day of the year. Although this practice is quite an impossibility with any Rose, the evil is still persisted in by ninety-nine in every hundred possessors of a garden. While Roses ROSE are grown in great profusion in Los Angeles, few, if any, do as well here as in Pasadena, which, although only nine miles distant, has the advantage of being several hundred feet higher than Los Angeles, and therefore less subject to fog or great range in daily temperature. In some places a certain few Roses will produce an astonishingly fine crop of bloom, when but a mile or two distant, with no change of soil and very slight difference in altitude, they will be utterly worth- less ; while a like number of other varieties will give as good returns as those first mentioned. Consequently the common inquiry at a nursery as to "What are the best dozen Roses I can grow?" is usually met by the equally pertinent query: "In what part of the city do you live?'1 Many Roses do fairly well everywhere, and among these Duchesse de Brabant more nearly produces a con- tinuous crop of blossoms than any other. For this reason it stands in a class by itself and is not consid- ered in the appended list of the best dozen Roses for southern California, though every one should grow at least one bush of this variety. Along with the Duchesse might well be placed the Polyantha Madame Cecil Brunner, and the climbers Cherokee, Banksia, Ophire (or Gold of Ophir), Beauty of Glazenwood or Fortune's Double Yellow. All these produce most wonderful crops, but none more so than the last mentioned, which in favored regions produces a wealth of flowers simply dazzling to behold. Many well-known Californian writers assert that Gold of Ophir and Beauty of Glazen- wood are one and the same Rose, but this is by no means the case and the writer can furnish satisfactory ocular proof to any who choose to doubt this statement. Gold of Ophir was here for many years before the other made its appearance, and some of the original plants are still growing on many of the old homesteads of Los Angeles and vicinity. All the Roses named thus far are worthy of a place in any garden. One of the chief causes of failure by the average amateur is the lack of an intelligent knowledge of the plant's first requirement— recurring periods of absolute rest. These necessary resting periods are best secured by the withholding of the water supply. Most amateurs, and a majority of self-styled "gardeners," persist, against all rules of common sense, in planting Roses either in the lawn or in mixed borders with other plants. In either case, all but the Roses require a con- stant watering. Having planted in this fashion, the grower has cast away all chances of first-class results. Rose beds should never be made a feature in landscape gardening, as the plants when dormant and judiciously pruned are unsightly objects at best. The most obscure spot obtainable with the proper exposure is the place to grow flowers. To obtain the best results the Rose requires the same amount of rest here that it secures where the winter season leaves the grower no alterna- tive. But the same amount of rest may here be given semi-annually, with equally as good and perhaps better results than is possible with one long annual period of inactivity. The writer firmly believes that with a proper exercise of intelligence in the selection of varieties and subse- quent care of plants, better results can be obtained in California than in any other state in the Union. Though some few localities must be excepted, they form but a very small area and may be passed with a mere men- tion of their existence. Climate is the all-important feature of Rose culture in this section, and if that be satisfactory the character of the soil makes little dif- ference. Our dry summer air is a serious drawback to the growth of many Roses, there being few places where Moss Roses thrive, and these must be grown in whole or partial shade. Niphetos and Marechal Neil are good examples of Roses requiring partial shade if good re- sults are desired. Many localities cannot grow the two last mentioned, or such as Perle des Jardins, Meteor, Catherine Mermet, Francisca Kruger, Reine Marie Heuriette, and many others, on account of mildew. Even among varieties whose buds are immune, it is often impossible to get foliage unaffected. Injudicious watering is more largely to blame for these unfavorable conditions than any other agency. Laurette is a Rose which often produces the only perfect flowers to be ROSE found among a mmdred varieties, and this is particu- larly the case in places visited by heavy frosts Lau- rette remaining unscathed, while all others are' more or less blasted. The great Rose of the eastern United estates, American Beauty, is almost a complete failure hero and is not worth growing except in a very few, well-favored gardens, and even there it is far from being perfect. Many Roses, too, are of little value here unless budded or grafted. Of this class Marechal Niel is the most striking example. Instances may be found when- this Rose has thrived unusually on its own roots, but such cases are marked exceptions. Some few peo pie maintain that all Roses are best on their own roots, but such opinions are easily refuted by con- sulting any of our veteran rosarians. The undersigned does not advise the purchase of any such stock, no matter how much is claimed for it, or how widely advertised it may be. The best Roses he has ever seen were root- grafted, but of course this procedure is too expensive for the general nurseryman, and the bulk of our local ROSE 1571 our Rose ganl,.,,- is due , ,ltir,lv t<7a <• Me aok » (an thracnose), which affects many other plants than the 2184. Full-blown flower of Madame Georges Bruant Rose. Natural size. stock is budded on Manetti or Maiden's Blush, though the Dog Rose (Rosa canina) and even the Banksia are often used. Those Roses grown on their own roots are usually propagated from hardwood cuttings, grown out of doors, and December is usually the best month, though the writer has successfully rooted them from October to March, according to the variety. Rust bothers us but little; likewise scale, though in many neglected gardens the bush and climbers alike may be found covered with both the rose scale and the red scale of (,he orange. Fuller's rose beetle is a nuisance only in small areas, but green aphis is quite a pest in Below will be found a list of the best dozen bush and half dozen climbing Roses for southern Cali- fornia, compiled from lists furnished the writer by the best six nurserymen and growers in Los Angeles. An increasing demand for Maman Cochet is quite marked, and the few White Maman Cochet yet grown here seems to mark it as the coming white Rose for this section. The following lists place the varieties in the order of their desirability for either florist or fancier, when grown out of doors : Bush Hoses. — Marie Van Houtte, Madame Lain bard, Maman Cochet, Papa Gontier, Kaiserin Augusta Vic- toria, Laurette, The Bride, Catherine Mermet, Meteor, Perle des Jardins, Caroline Testout, Elise Sauvage. Climbers. — Lamarque, Marechal Niel, Climbing Sou- venir de Wootton, R'we d' Or, Reine Marie Henriette, Gloire de Dijon. This list will be found to be the best for Los Angeles and vicinity in general. The intelli- gent nurseryman or careful purchaser should be able to make the slight changes required by peculiar condi- tions. To Mr. Frank Huston, nurseryman of Los Angeles, the writer is indebted for many valuable point* con- tained in this article; also to Mr. Win. S. Lyon, whos« little booklet, "Gardening in California," contains the best practical treatise on Rose-growing ever published on this coast. ERNEST BRACNTON. 1572 ROSE Some Eecent Kose Hybrids (Rosa muUitiora, R. ru- aosa and R. Wichuraiana crossed with various types). -It is now about sixteen years since the undersigned became interested in hybridizing Roses, especially 2185. Rosa rugosa, var. Kaiserin (X %), -K. multiflora (the Japanese type), R. rugosa and R. Wichuraiana. The earliest experiments were made with R. multiflora, the object being first to obtain •colored flowers and afterwards to get double ones, but always to keep the hardiness and habits of growth of R. multiflora. There are few pillar or half-pillar Roses that will stand our New England climate without pro- tection, and therefore this type was chosen as the hardiest, and effort was made to retain its strong 'constitution and later to get other improvements. How far the writer has been successful may be judged by his exhibits at the Massachusetts Horti- cultural shows and by a visit to the Arboretum. This work, started by some others as well as the undersigned, has been the means of having these new types of Roses taken up by the growers, and there are many possibilities for improvement. There seems to be no reason why they should not be as fine for use in the garden as the Hybrid Per- petuals are for flowers. The first cross made by the writer was with General Jacqueminot, R. multiflora being the female parent, and the result was anything but satisfactory. At last a break was made. All sorts of forms were secured, some resembling both parents in flower and foliage, but most of them were worthless. Two were saved, one with large clusters of double purplish Roses, fully as large as Jacqueminot, with a big stem closely set •with heavy spines, a long, rampant growth unlike either parent, the foliage of a Hybrid Perpetual and flowers in clusters of 10 to 20. The other, the widely known Dawson Rose (silver medal Mass. Hort. Soc. 1894) has large clusters of bright rose flowers, 20 to 40 on a stem, bright shiny foliage and a strong growth, sometimes running up 15 feet or more in height. The writer again crossed R. multiflora with Madame G. Luizet and obtained a half-climbing plant with large, single white flowers in clusters. An attempt was then made to cross these three crosses with other choice Roses for still further improvement, but no perfect seeds were made except on the Dawson. By crossing the Dawson with other Roses several fine forms have been secured, beautiful types of cluster Roses, single, semi double and double, all more or less with the habit of R. multiflora in the truss and with white, peach, ROSE salmon, red and purple flowers. Attempts have been made in crossing the Yellow Harison Rose with the Dawson and R. multiflora, but so far with no encour- aging results. The writer now has about 500 hybrids, three years old, made with differing varieties of Hybrid Teas and Yellow Harison on the Dawson, with results still to be determined. All these were crossed out of doors with every precaution possible, but the results are not so likely to be as good as when the work is done under the more perfect control of the greenhouse. A cross between the Dawson and Crimson Rambler has so far resulted in a single deep pink flower borne in clusters. In crossing R. rugosa with Jacqueminot every con- ceivable form was obtained, some with narrow pointed petals, some semi-double and others single, dark and light colors. One had a deep rich crimson flower, darker if anything than Jacqueminot, very fragrant, with strong, heavy foliage, showing the influence of both parents. This seemed like a promising foundation for a fine race of hardy Roses, but for five years all efforts to get a single hip to mature when fertilized with others have been in vain. This is the Arnold Rose and received the silver medal of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society in 1893. In this batch of seedlings was one that was very double and in color like Magna Charta, but unfor- tunately some one else wanted it and one day it disap- peared from the nursery. The writer has also crossed R. rugosa with Yellow Harison, but as yet has obtained no yellow Roses of the Rugosa type. On the contrary, they are the biggest lot of mongrels one ever saw, in both foliage and flower. The Rugosa foliage is com- pletely obliterated, and the Harison retained, while the flowers are small and generally a dirty salmon color. The writer was so disgusted with the lot that he threw them all away after working more than four years on them. Attention was next given to R. Wichuraiana. The possibilities of crossing this seem to be unlimited. No Rose that the undersigned has ever tried yields so readily to hybridizing. The first attempt was with Jacqueminot, always using R. Wichuraiana as the mother plant. The results were excellent. While some plants were nearly R. Wichuraiana they were entirely different in sha e and color; they had the clusters, 2186. A Rugosa hybrid— Harisou's Yellow X R. rugosa (X %). ROSE but the habit was half-seandent instead of prostrate. The first to bloom was single, delicate rose with a nearly white center, a rampant grower, attaining 6-8 feet in a season; foliage fine, somewhat resembling the Bour- bons, but also retaining the gloss of R. Wichurai/i nn . So far it bus produced no seeds. Another was of medium growth, with bright shiny leaves and clusters of double purplish pink flowers, fading to lilac. The best of the lot has been named W. C. Egan, and received the silver medal of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society in 1896. Tins is, without doubt, one of the finest hybrids of It. WieJittraiiiiiti at present. The flowers are in large clusters and very double, of a delicate flesh color, resembling Souvenir de la Malmaison almost exactly, but somewhat smaller; the foliage is also like Malmai- son but brighter. It is perfectly hardy in the nursery and elsewhere without protection. Next R. Wichuraiana was fertilized with pollen from If. xftuji't-a, and while decided crosses were ob- tained the results were not altogether satisfactory. One of the best was saved for future use. The flowers are in color near R. set if/era, and the growth prostrate as in If. Wicliuraiana, but shorter jointed. The plant is very hardy. -R. Wichuraiana was next crossed with R. rugosa, with more than pleasant results; Lady Dun- can, silver medal from the Massachusetts Horticultural Society in 1900, having the prostrate, long, rampant growth of the mother, while the Rugosa blood shows in the foliage spines and flowers, these last being a warm, lively pink and making a delightful contrast to the yel- low stamens. Another is somewhat deeper in color but of less vigorous growth. A curious fact concerning these extreme crosses is that not one of the Wichuraiana hybrids described above will set seed, no matter how treated. From R. Wichuraiana impregnated by Crim- son Rambler has been obtained thus far only single, pale pink bloom and foliage intermediate between the two, but with the creeping habit of the mother. R. Wichuraiana fertilized by Belle Siebrecht loses its character except to a slight degree in the foliage; the habit is erect, strong and with stout spines ; the flowers are single, rosy pink. This plant, if it will set seeds, may produce an entirely new strain. R. Wichuraiana crossed with Clothilde Soupert makes plants less vigor- ous than itself; the foliage recalls both parents and the double flowers are in color like Soupert. R. Wich- uraiana crossed with R. Indica, var. carnea has pro- duced one with rich crimson flowers, single, with foli- age neither as glossy nor as strong as its mother, but with the same creeping habit: unnamed silver medal, Massachusetts Horticultural Society, 1899; this bids fair to be the forerunner of a fine race. R. Wichuraiana crossed with Triomphe de Luxembourg (hyb. China) has given several distinct forms, one with double rosy purple flowers in clusters and creeping habit; another is double, light pink with shining leaves. R. Wich- uraiana crossed by Bardon Job has given a single-clus- ter Rose similar to Carmine Pillar, and the writer has many other crosses between R. Wichuraiana and dif- ferent Tea Roses and R. repens (arvensis) with double and single flowers ranging in color from white to rosy pink and salmon; there are few of these seedlings which do not have some merit, and all can probably be improved. The crosses between R. Wichuraiana, Jacqueminot, R. rugosa and Belle Siebrecht will not bear seeds, but those with varieties of R. Indica bear seeds freely. Attempts will now be made to cross those of satisfactory color with the Hybrid Perpetuals and Hybrid Teas. Several seedlings of crosses between Crimson Rambler and Wichuraiana have recently flowered. The result was extraordinary, no two being alike and each individual was a different shade of color, ranging from a pale rose to a deep rosy purple and from single to double. The best of this cross is a very double Rose, larger than Crimson Rambler. Compared with the carnations Melba and Marquis, the fresh flowers are nearer to Melba, while the flowers of a week old are nearer to Marquis. They are so near the color of these two carnations that put in the midst of the two flowers it is almost impos- sible to tell the difference between the two carnations and the Rose. The habit is of Wichuraiana, and the foliage is more brilliant. The plant grows 5 to 6 feet ROSE 1573 in a season, lying close to th.- ground. Then- is no doubt that this is one of the best hybrids of Wlchuraia a yet known regarding color, foliage and Mower In summing up the experiments of these hybrids it i- well to Mj ,!,.„ I)()ssi,,,y mon. ,litr,llv (.(il;)n.(1 y ^ might have been prodll.-ed. but it Would have be,-,, -,'t the expense of their hudiMM. In making these crosses the writer has always care- fully removed the stamens before there were any signs of anthers opening, cutting through tin- j.et.-.N while i,, bud. A gauze covering was placed over the (lowers hot h before and after impregnation, to guard again>t InMCt*. lo keep the record, names and date on a small wooden tally were attached to the cluster. Sometime-, the yield in seeds is poor enough, only one in ii hip and many tunes none. The writer is always doubtful of the , when the fruit is too full of seeds. As R. Wi< •/•.<,•,//„,„/ opens after the other Roses have passed, it is a good plan to pot up a few and bring them into the green- house in March; they will then bloom at the same time the Hybrids, and others, are in flower out of doors. All Roses can be prepared and pollinated in the greenhouse more easily and with better results than iu the open air. When the plants are protected from bad weather there is less danger that rain or dew will interfere with one's labors. A sharp knife, a pair of forceps, some fine gauze and a good hand-lens are sufficient tools for the work. Always examine the stigma to see if it is ripe, and, after applying the pollen, look again to see that there is plenty and in the right place. If the flowers which are to furnish the pollen are gathered early in the morning and then placed on a pane of glass iu a warm greenhouse, the anthers can be opened much easier than if left longer on the plant. Moreover, there is less risk of the pollen having been contaminated by insects- JACKSON DAWSON. Propagation of Boses.-The Rose is propagated by seeds, cuttings, grafting or budding, by layers and by division. The genus is so large and diversified end our requirements are so many that the whole art of the propagator is needed to satisfy the claims of the Queen of Flowers. Seeds. — Roses are grown from seeds not only to ob- tain new varieties but also because many true species are economically procured in this way, e. g., S. canina, R. multiflora, R. ferruginea, R. rugosa, R. rubiginosa, etc. The seeds should be gathered in autumn and at once stratified with moist sand or allowed to ferment in tubs, with a little water and kept in a fairly warm place. When well rotted they can be easily rubbed and washed clean and should be planted at once, either in carefully prepared and well-manured beds out of doors or in pans or flats in a cool greenhouse. It is sometimes advised that the hips should first be dried and then rubbed clean, but this method often causes delay in germination, a matter sufficiently troublesome without additional complications. Whether they are planted un- der glass or in the garden it is difficult to forecast their coming up. It may be within a few weeks, e. g., R. multiflora under glass; or at the beginning of the sec- ond growing season after planting, e. g., Sweetbrier seed, planted out of doors in November, 1898, may be expected to germinate in the spring of 1900, while R. rugosa sown at the same time may come up the follow- ing spring, i. e., in 1899, or, a season intervening, it will appear with the Sweetbrier in 1900. Stratifying or fermenting the seeds tends to secure uniform germina- tion within a reasonable time. It has also been sug- gested, and many things confirm the idea, that early gathering helps to hasten germination; in other words, do not wait for excessive ripeness, but pick the hips as soon as the seeds harden, some time before the fruit is deep red. Until these matters are better understood, all Rose seed sown out of doors, either in autumn or spring, should be mulched 2 in. deep with pine needles or other litter. Frequent examinations should be made in spring and the covering at once removed when the seedlings appear; if they do not appear let the mulch remain to keep down weeds and retain moisture in the seed-bed. Pans or flats in which seed has been planted should !••• kept at least 18 months before discarding, with the soil always moist. Notwithstanding the difficulties of ger- 1574 ROSE ruination, the young seedlings make most satisfactory growth and can generally be transplanted into nursery rows when one year old. When two years old they are fit for permanent planting. A winter protection of pine boughs is helpful to the young plants. Some seedling Roses are extremely precocious, blooming before they are one year old, e. g., some Hybrid Perpetuals and Poly- antha Roses. The first flowers of seedling Roses do not always indicate their real character; in hybridizing it is well to wait for the second or third season before discarding. Cuttings.- These are a common means of propaga- tion, both under glass and out of doors. Under glass short cuttings 2-3 in. long can be made in November and December from wood of the current year's growth. They should be planted in sand, in flats or pans, and kept in a cool greenhouse. They root in February or March, and can either be potted in thumb-pots or kept on in flats until May or June, when they should be planted out in rich beds ; salable plants are obtained in October. This is a good way to strike B. setigera and its varieties, Crimson Rambler and its allies, R. multi- flora, B. polyantha, and their offspring, B. Wichurai- ana, Madame Plantier and doubtless many others. Bosa Indica, in all its forms, all tender species and many Hybrid Perpetual Roses are propagated by cut- tings of hardened wood grown under glass ; Peter Hen- derson says the wood is in the best condition when the bud is "just open enough to show color." Blind eyes can also be used, and the smaller wood is better than the strong rampant growths. Plant in sand in a warm house; bottom heat and a close frame are often used but are not necessary. The cuttings are from 1)^-2 in. long; single eyes strike readily. In the open air cuttings of ripened wood can be planted in spring in V-shaped trenches in carefully prepared and well-manured ground. They make strong plants in autumn. Wood of the season's growth is gathered be- fore severe frost, cut into 6-in. lengths, tied in bundles, and stored through the win- ter by burying in sand. When planted, one eye only should show above ground. This method is recommended for the hardy varieties named above for propagating from short cuttings under glass. 2187. Short hardwood cuttings of Rosa setigera. A single cutting is shown at the left. but will not give such a large percentage of rooted plants. It is highly probable that some Moss Roses, B. luclda, B. Carolina, B. spinosissima, etc., Roses which sucker, could be propagated by cuttings of root or rootstock, but no systematic attempt has been made in this direction. Budding and Grafting. -These are old and well-es- tablished methods of propagation. Budding in foreign nurseries is practiced in the open air in June and July, with us in July or August. A dormant shield bud is employed. The stock is R. Manetti, B. canina, or any good brier, or B. multiflora; in Holland B. Carolina is esteemer!. In European nurseries B. canina is used for standard, B. Manetti for dwarf stocks. Under glass Roses are budded also, with a shield-bud, at any season when the bark slips, using for stock a vigorous variety. About Boston the yellow and white Banksian Roses once had high local repute for stock for Tea and other tender kinds. Grafting Roses in the open air in this country is not often employed, but in the South Hybrid Perpetual and other hardy Roses are said to be root-grafted in winter (very much as apples are root-grafted), tied in bundles, stored in sand and planted out in early spring, the worked portion being set well below the surface. Root- grafting is an easy and convenient method of propa- gation under glass. Jackson Dawson's practice is to use the whip- or splice-graft, but the veneer-graft is also employed, with bits of R. multiflora root 2-3 in. long for the stock, the cion being somewhat longer but of equal diameter. They are firmly tied with raffia and waxed; made into bunches they are covered with moist moss in an open frame in a coolhouse and left until united. They are then potted off and grown on until they can be hardened off and planted out in May or June, the point of union being well below the surface. A specimen of Mr. Dawson's work is shown in Fig. 2188, the stock being a bit of B. multiflora root; its age is about three months. Bosa multiflora is an ex- cellent stock for garden Roses, since it does not sucker; this great advantage, too, is also obtained by using the root-graft as above described. Some of the commercial florists use Manetti stock planted in thumb-pots. Cut back to the root, this is splice-grafted and kept in a warm, close frame until united; they are afterwards grown on in pots until large enough to plant out in the beds, in which they will flower the following winter. There is some difference of opinion among gardeners as to the respective merits of own-root and grafted plants ; just now many of the foremost growers prefer the lat- ter for forcing. It is a perplexing question and could only be settled by a series of exact experiments costing much time and money. It is also quite possible that matters of temperature, soil, moisture and food are equally important factors. Layering. — This method is employed only when few plants are required; it is cumbersome and wasteful. Layer in spring, using wood of the last year's growth where possible; the bark of the buried portion should be abraded. Division. — This is an easy means of increasing B. lucida, B. nitida, R. Carolina, B. spinosissima, Crimson Moss and many other varieties which // sucker. Plant thickly in good soil, allow them to grow from three to four years, then lift and tear apart. It will be found that the increase is large and that plants so obtained are salable after one year's growth in the nursery. The year in the nur- sery may be omitted with the quicker - growing kinds which are to form new plantations on the same estate B M WATSON. Budded Roses vs. Roses on their own Roots.— For the average amateur Rose planter, we cannot too strongly recommend the desirability of own - root plants. Scarcely one planter in a thousand is ob- serving enough to notice the difference between "suckers" or sprouts from the stock of a budded Rose and the variety that is budded in. Indeed, upon some varieties the growth is so similar as not to be readily noticed even by those familiar with Rose-growing. In consequence many purchasers of budded Roses allow these suckers or sprouts from the roots to grow up and, being usually of much more vigorous habit than the variety budded in, they in a short time quite rtin out the bud, and the purchaser is left with nothing upon his hands but a'natural Rose of whatever variety the stock may have been. For flor- ists' use in forcing and also for the use of planters, who are thoroughly familiar with such things, budded Roses answer equally well and in some varieties are perhaps superior; in that they will produce a larger quantity of flowers and force more easily. The stock most used in western New York for budding Roses is Bosa Manetti, and that seems to be about the best adapted for the purpose. Bosa multiflora de la Grif faerie is also used more or less, but is generally considered not so desir- ROSE able, since it is not as hardy as the Manetti and is still more likely to throw up suckers from the roots, in which respect the Manetti is bad enough, lloxa cdiiiiui (Dog Rose) and Rosa polyaufha are largely used in Europe as stocks upon which to graft Hoses. They have never been largely used in this country, tin- Ma- netti seeming to be the favorite here. All of these stocks are grown more extensively in France than any- where else. The Jfosa Manetti and Jfosa multiflora de la Griffftrie are grown from cuttings in France, and are .shipped from there at the end of the first season ; when received here they are trimmed back closely, both as to the roots and the branches, and planted the following spring. They are budded the following summer, usually the latter part of .June or early part of July, whenever the stocks are in such condition that the bark peels read- ily. The bud, of course, remains dormant during that season, but the spring follow- ing the top of the stock is cut off just above the bud, and it is allowed to grow. With a good season, the buds usually make suffi cient growth to be salable the following fall. The foregoing is written solely in connection with the outdoor growing of Roses. Except to provide good rich deep soil of fairly heavy quality, there are no special cultural directions that the writer cares to insist upon. Rose plants are not often attacked by any fun- gous disease, save perhaps mildew, which occasionally makes its appearance consequent to sudden climatic changes, such as occur toward fall, when the tem- perature may be at 80-90° one day and 40-45° the next. An application of Bordeaux mixture is of value in checking mildew. The greater proportion of Roses handled by the undersigned are propagated from cuttings, and conse- quently are on their own roots. In growing Roses in this way, it is customary to take into the greenhouses about the first of December the best and strongest plants that are in stock; then cut them back so as to leave only two or three eyes upon each shoot, pot them and place them in a cool house, where they are allowed to stand two or three weeks without a great deal of heat. They soon begin to make roots; and when tha white roots show through the soil about the edge of the pot, they are given a little more heat and brought on more rapidly. They are then forced until just ready to flower, and before the wood has become too hard the plants are cut back and the severed wood made up into one-eye cuttings, which are placed in propagating beds of sand and given gentle bottom heat, where they take root in the course of two to four weeks, accord- ing to variety and the condition of the wood.- After thoroughly rooted, they are potted into 2- or 2%-inch pots and grown on until late in the spring or early summer, when it is safe to plant them out in the fields. There they will remain two seasons, usually, and by that time attain sufficient size to be dug and marketed. JACKSON & PERKINS Co. Kose Forcing. — There is no branch of floriculture in this country that in any way approaches Rose forcing in importance, when commercial and private practice are considered. The large number of private greenhouses erected for the cultivation of the Rose by wealthy people in this country within the last decade cannot be adequately estimated. But the great demand for choice Roses among all classes of buyers throughout the coun- try has produced an enormous increase in commercial greenhouses specially erected for growing and forcing Roses, and each year sees some improvement in the style of construction as well as in methods of cultiva- tion. The general principles of Rose-growing are prac- tically the same now as they were twenty years ago, but the details or small items, as many are pleased to term them, are constantly being improved. To make the method of successful cultivation quite plain to every one, the undersigned will endeavor to detail closely each operation, from the cutting to the full bearing plant. Types of forcing Roses are shown in Figs. 2189 and 2190. ROSE 1575 We shall presume that a propagating house is to be prepared for starting the younir stock. This is u green- house in which a hottoiii heat of not le<^ than GO0 can be maintained as long as the cuttings are in the Hand (lur- ing the winter; the mean temperature of such a house should be about 53 or 56°. The style or position of the house is of no great consequence if the above tempera- ture can be maintained. Start, then, by making a bench having space for sand 2^-3 inches deep. Take a clean, sharp, gritty sand, without any coarse stones in it, spread it evenly all over the bench, then beat it with a brick or block of wood until it is firm; water it with a tine rose watering pot, and all will be ready for the cuttings. The best time to start prop- agating for the coming season's planting is about the middle to end of January. Hav- ing the above all ready, select good, clean, healthy shoots of 2 or 3 eyes in length, preferably those just below where a bud has been cut ; cut the bottom 2188. Grafting of Crimson Rambler on Rosa multiflora. Showing plant three months old. At the right is shown the detail of the splice-graft. leaf clean off close to the eye; make a clean cut diagon- ally across the shoot just below the bottom eye. If the leaves are large and heavy, remove the end or fifth leaf- let. Then, with a lath about 2 inches wide laid straight across the bench and held firm by the left hand, and with a thin knife in the right hand, draw a line about 1% inches deep in the sand; in this place the cutting, pressing each down to the bottom of the opening, leav- ing just enough room between each cutting so that the leaves do not overlap each other. As soon as the row is full, press the sand as firmly as possible around each cutting; then give a good watering with a fine rose watering pot. Repeat the same operation on each suc- cessive row till the whole are put in. Shade from bright sun and never allow the cutting to suffer for want of water. If the weather should be at all warm, a light syringing overhead daily will greatly benefit the cut- tings ; never use very cold water on them, but water of about the same temperature as that of the air. Treated as above, the cuttings should be nicely rooted in about 30 days; and as soon as they have made roots about % in. long they should be carefully lifted from the sand with a flat stick to avoid breaking their roots, and potted In 2- or 2%-inch pots, using a good fresh soil with only a little manure added, — not more than 1 part manure to 8 of soil. As fast as potted they should be placed in a 1576 ROSE greenhouse having a temperature of about 56° at night and shaded with sheets of newspaper or similar material from bright sun for a few days till they show some in- dication of starting into growth. The actual time that shading will be required will depend largely upon the weather and the season of the year. Do not over-water the young plants at any stage, but give just enough to moisten the whole soil nicely when first potted and then as required afterward. Do not put them in the shade of other plants, but place them where they will get the full bene- fit of all the sunlight and plenty of air as soon as shad- ing can be dispensed with ; such treatment will produce a clean, healthy, stocky plant, which means a good con- stitution. Should greenfly appear on them, fumigate with tobacco stems immediately. Syringe overhead on all bright days. In about five to six weeks from the time of first potting, the plants will be ready for a shift into a larger size pot, -3-inch size will be large enough. The same class of soil can be used as for the first potting, 2189. American Beauty, now the most popular florist's Rose in America (X %). The picture shows a specimen grown in the open. or if the plants are to be put into their season quarters, i. e., planted into benches from this size, a little more manure can be added; but if they are to be grown on in pots, some growers will prefer to give them a third shift, namely into 4-inch pots. The plants, if properly cared for, should be ready for this last shift in about six to eight weeks from the time they are planted into 4-inch pots. In this last shift soil considerably richer can be used. Keep off all the buds so as to have the plants sturdy, strong and vigorous. Presuming that this method has been followed through till the end of May or beginning of June, the plants will ROSE be ready for benching out, or, in other words, to be put into their winter quarters. The benches should hold 4-5 inches of soil and the bottom slats of said benches should be placed not less than %.-% in. apart to allow for ample drainage. If plants have been grown in these benches previously, the benches should be thoroughly cleaned and scrubbed out so as to get all insects, eggs, etc., away. Also, all the soil or surface of the house underneath should be scraped very carefully and swept out clean, and practically all the inside of the house thoroughly cleaned. When this is done, take two or three lumps of stone sulfur or brimstone and burn it in the house, preferably in the afternoon while the sun is still hot. As soon as the sulfur is set on fire and burn- ing sufficiently, shut up the house as tight as possible and leave it till the next morning. After this the benches should be thoroughly washed with hot lime over the en- tire inside surface. The house is then ready for the new soil to be put in. This should be composed of good fresh loamy soil, preferably of a rather heavy texture; to each part of manure add 3 or not more than 4 parts of soil, the whole thoroughly fined and all lumps broken up. This compost should be prepared some time in ad- vance and be turned over several times before it is wanted for the greenhouse. If this has been done, all that is necessary now is to bring in sufficient soil to fill the benches. Level it all over without treading or press- ing in any form; then start to fill the house with plants. For the ordinary varieties such as Bride, Bridesmaid, in fact nearly all the Tea varieties, an average of 14-15 inches apart from plant to plant each way is about the right distance. When planting press the soil firmly around the ball of each plant and when the whole house is planted water the plants sufficiently to soak the soil to the bottom of the bench, but do not saturate the whole of the soil. It is far better to direct the water straight to each individual plant and then syringe the whole; this will moisten the other soil on the surface without making it unduly wet. Give all air possible to the plants day and night during hot weather. Syringe in very hot weather twice a day if it is necessary to keep humidity in the house and get the plants started into clean, vigorous growth. This treatment can be fol- lowed for four or five weeks until the plants begin to start their roots into the new soil ; then go over the whole of the benches and press the soil as firmly as pos- sible. Be careful not to break the plants in doing so, but it is absolutely necessary that the soil should be thoroughly settled and firm. After this, rake the whole surface over with a blunt -pointed rake so as just to make it level, water as before and as soon as the plants recover from this; in other words, as soon as they show they are starting new growths mulch the soil with a lit- tle manure, but in putting on the mulch never exceed half an inch at a time, as the plants need air at the roots as they do at the tops. If the flowers are not wanted early, it is better to pinch all the buds off the plants as fast as they appear up to the end of September. This gives the plants an opportunity to make strong, sturdy growth and build up a constitution equal to withstand the pressure of winter forcing. As the fall approaches and cooler nights come on, the air should be reduced proportionately at night, although it is better to maintain a little night ventilation as long as possible, even if it is necessary to use a little fire heat to expel the damp. After the plants begin to bloom they will need careful watching, as the days will be get- ting shorter and somewhat cloudy. It is important to avoid overwatering, but, at the same time, they should never be allowed to suffer for the want of moisture. Syringing should be done more carefully at this sea- son of the year, or black-spot and various other dis- eases may appear. To obtain the best class of flowers during the entire winter the average night temperature should not be al- lowed to exceed 56° on bright warm days. Of course, with an abundance of air on, the temperature can be al- lowed to run up to 75°, 80° or even 90° on some very bright warm days. Mildew, which is one of the worst pests of greenhouse- grown Roses in the fall of the year, can be largely avoided by ail abundance of air at all times. Should it ROSE make its appearance, sulfur on the heating pipes is the best remedy that can he applied. Red spider also will become troublesome if the plants are allowed to get dry in any spots, or too high a temperature is carried. Tliis ran be avoided by liberal syringing on all bright days, thoroughly soaking the under side of all the foliaire. If the greenhouses are constructed to grow plants on the solid bed instead of raised benches, the same method of cultivation should be followed and not more than 5 or 6 inches of soil should be iised on the surface; have a thoroughly drained border ; in all other respects cultivation would be the same as for bench system. After the plants get into thorough, strong, vigorous growth and producing abundance of flowers, say from Christmas onwards, a mulching of well-de- composed manure every five or six weeks in very limited quantities will be beneficial, and if the plants have made extra strong growth and all the soil is occupied with roots in the benches towards the end of February, liquid manure can be applied once in very three or four weeks with considerable benefit. This treatment should carry the plants success- fully through to the end of their blooming season. If the plants are kept in good, healthy, vig- orous condition they could be carried through for a second season's work if necessary. To •do this it would be necessary to dry them off somewhat, say through July and part of Au- gust for four to six weeks, so as to ripen the wood thoroughly without wilting the leaves completely. Then they could be pruned back to good, sound, plump eyes at the base of the strong shoots and all the small spray growth cut out. Then the plants can be lifted with a good ball of earth, so as to save as much of the roots as possible, replanted into new soil, and practically treated the same as young stock. If grafted stock is preferred instead of own-root cuttings as above described, they can be treated according to regular instruc- tions given by many authorities on grafting. Cultiva- tion of these is in all respects identical with the above, except as to the rooting of the cuttings. JOHN N. MAY. ROSE ACACIA. RoUnia hispida. ROSE APPLE. Eugenia Jambos. ROSEBAY. Same as Oleander. See Nerium. Epilo- bium angustifolium is sometimes called Rosebay. ROSE CAMPION. Lychnis Coronaria. ROSE, CHRISTMAS. Helleborus niger. ROSE, JAPANESE. Kerria Japonica. ROSE MALLOW. Hibiscus. ROSEMARY or OLD MAN. See Rosmarinus. ROSE OF CHINA. Hibiscus Rosa-Sinensis. ROSE OF HEAVEN. Lychnis Cceli-rosa. ROSE - OF - JERICHO is Anastatica Hierochuntica. See Resurrection Plants. ROSE OF SHARON. Hibiscus Syriaeus. ROSE, ROCK. Cislus and Helianthemum, ROSE, SUN. Helianthemum. ROSIN PLANT. Silphium. ROSIN WEED. Silphium laciniatum. ROTHROCK1A 157 2190. A forcing Tea Rose - Mrs. W. C. Whitney (X %). ROSMARlNUS (Latin, sea -dew; the plant is common on the chalk hills of the south of France and near the seacoast). Labiatce. ROSEMARY is a nearly hardy sub- shrub, with aromatic leaves which are used for season- ing. It has small, light blue flowers, which are much sought for by bees. Oil of Rosemary is a common preparation in drug stores. It is a volatile oil distilled from the leaves. The Ivs. are also used in making Hun- gary water. In northern herb gardens it lasts for years if given well-drained soil and some winter protection. Franceschi recommends it for hedges in S. Calif., espe- cially for dry and rocky places near the const. Generic characters : calyx 2-lipped; posterior lip con- cave, minutely 3-toothed; anterior 2-cut; corolla with posterior lip erect, emarginate, anterior lip spreading, 3-cut, the middle lobe longest, concave, declined: per- fect stamens 2 ; style 2-cut at apex. The genus is placed near Salvia, being distinguished by the calyx being only shortly 2- lipped, not hairy in the throat and the connective of the anthers continuous with the fila- ment and indicated only by a slender reflexed tooth. oHicinalis, Linn. ROSEMARY. OLD MAN. Shrub, 2-4 ft. high: Ivs. numerous, linear, with revolute mar- gins : fls. axillary, in short racemes, borne in early spring. Mediterranean region. V. 3:61. W. M. ROTHROCKIA (Prof. J. T. Rothrock, head of Pennsyl- vania forestry dept., and author of the botanical part of Wheeler's U. S. geological surveys of the region in which the plant was discovered). Asclepiaddcea. A genus of a single species, a perennial herb, with some- what woody stems, spreading and twining: Ivs. woolly: fls. in loose racemes, in axils of the Ivs. : follicles 4-5 in. long, glabrous, fusiform, often used as a vegetable where native: corolla rotate, deeply 5-cleft; crown sim- ple, inserted at the junction of corolla and stamen-tube. 1578 ROTHROCKIA 5-parted; stigma abruptly produced from •£*£ column having a 3-crested apex. feyn. Flora N. vol. 2, part 1, p. 403. near the borders of Arizona •f' EOUGE PLANT, .Rimta humilis. (probably a native name in Guiana), Also Proteace* sopa,,. about 40 species of the tropical regions of b. Thev are mostly woody plants, with handsome ever- green Ivs. either simple or pinnate: fls. usually mcon- Dicuous in axillary or lateral racemes, pedicelled in S hermaphrodite, regular ; perianth cylindrical rather SSSSt, but little dilated at the base; the limb somewhat globular: ovary sessile; ovules 2, pendulous, orthotropous. A. Hairs rust-colored. Pdhlii, Meisn. (R. Corcovadensis, Hort.). A tree with branches clothed with rusty colored woolly tomentum: Ivs. 1 ft. or more long, pinnate, with 5-8 pairs of Ifts. which are 3-5 in. long, on stout petiolules 1 in. or less long, ovate or ob- liquely ovate, acuminate, acutely serrate : ns. % 1 in. long, white or yellowish, in nearly ses- sile axillary racemes 3-5 in. long. B.M. 00!)o. AA. Hairs golden. aurea, Linden. According to Belg. Hort. 1866:202, this species was named for the golden hairs covering the upper parts of the stem and pet- ioles. Brazil. -Rare and imper- fectly known, but still offered in America. R. Jdnghei, Hort., is a plant offered by Siebreeht which does not appear in botanical works. F. W. BARCLAY. ROWAN. Sorbus Aucuparia. ROYAL CROWN. JSucomis. ROYAL FERN. Osmunda re- galis. ROYAL PALM. regia. Oreodoxa RUBUS EUBBER PLANTS. Various plants furnish Rubber, The best gutta percha is said to be produced by Isonan- dra Gutta (which see), a native of India. For the Rub- ber Tree of South America, see Hevea Brasiliensis, p. 741. The Rubber Tree of tropical Africa is Landolphia florida; see B.M. 6903. The Rubber Plant of horticul- turists is Ficus elastica. RUBIA (Latin, red; referring to the color of the dye extracted from the root). Rubidceie. It. tinctorum is the dye-plant called Madder, the long, fleshy roots of which are ground to powder. According to Thorburn, Madder furnishes a good green fod- der if cut the second year when in flower. The genus consists of about 30 species of scabrous, hispid or prickly herbs widely scattered about the world, mostly in the temperate regions. Lvs. in whorls of 4—8 or rarely opposite : Ivs. small to minute, in axillary or terminal cymes, 5-mer- ous ; involucre none ; calyx - limb- wanting ; corolla rotate or rotate- bell-shaped, 5-lobed: ovary 2-loculed or abortively 1-celled. tinctdrum, Linn. (B. tinctdria, Salisb.). MADDER. A scandeiit herbaceous perennial: Ivs. 2-4 in. long, sessile or very short-petioled, mostly lanceolate, not cordate, in whorls of 4-6: cymes terminal, panicled, spreading, leafy. p. \\r. BARCLAY. 2191 To uiustrate the ROYAL PEACOCK FLOWER. BLS Poinciana regia. If the mam cane or ROYENA (Adrian van Royen, ste >m on the left grew in professor of Botany in W of gUft^-g-gl Leyden; died 1(79). lJbenacea>. and at the close of the Royena lucida is one of the old- season of 1900,the whole time Cape shrubs formerly cult, cane had died or be- under glass for ornament in Eng- come very weak. If the land and lately offered in S. Cali- cane had been examined fnrnin Tt hn« small whif-p fl« in the spring of 1900, the torma. It has small wnite fls. bud would hftve been about Y* m. across, with 5 more seen (as above A) from or less reflexed lobes. Royena which was to grow the is a genus of about 13 species of fruit-bearing shoot. evergreen shrubs or small trees, 2 of which are native to tropical Africa and the rest to the Cape. The genus is distinguished from the 4 or 5 other genera of the ebony family by the flowers being hermaprodite instead of dioecious and the stamens in a single series. Other generic characters (taken from the Flora of Tropical Africa) : calyx often accrescent in fruit; lobes 5, rarely 4; corolla bell- or urn-shaped, 5-cleft; lobes reflexed; stamens 10, inserted at the base of the corolla - tube : ovary conical; styles or style- branches 2-4: fr. globose to oblong, leathery, indehis- cent. lucirta, Linn. Tender shrub: Ivs. ovate, the younger ones silky: peduncles about a third as long as the Ivs.: corolla bell-shaped. S.Africa. B.R. 32:40. RtTBUS (Latin name, ultimately connected with ruber, red). Rosdcew. BRAMBLE. BLACKBERRIES and RASPBERRIES. A most variable and puzzling genus, containing perhaps 200 fairly well-marked species and numberless intermediate forms. As many as 1,500 spe- cies have been described. The genus is particularly strong in Europe, where the greatest number of specific names have been made (see Weihe & Nees, "Rubi Germanici," 1822-7; Focke, "Synopsis Ruborum Germa- nic," 1877; Babbington, "British Rubi," 1809; W. M. Rogers, "Key to the British Rubi," Journ. Botany, 1892). Focke describes 72 species inhabiting Germany. There is also a large extension of the genus in the Himalayan region, about 50 species being recognized (J. D. Hooker admits 41 species in the "Flora of British India"). The species extend eastward into China and Japan. Hemsley, in his "Flora of China," admits 41 species. In Japan, Franchet and Savatier admit 22 species. In North America, about 40 species are now recognized, but they have not been studied critically, and it is probable that many more specific types will be recognized in the near future. No end of "species could be made, but it is doubtful whether a great multiplication of species- names would contribute anything more than confusion to the literature and knowledge of the genus. There is no monograph of the American species. The species that are valuable for their fruits are reviewed by Card in "Bush-Fruits" and by the present writer in "Sketch of the Evolution of our Native Fruits," 1898. Rubus is widely distributed in the northern hemisphere, particu- larly in temperate and warm-temperate parts. Some of them are alpine and arctic. In tropical countries the genus is relatively poorly represented. Oliver admits only 4 in the "Flora of Tropical Africa." Only 2 species are described in Grisebach's "Flora of the British West Indies." Baker admits 3 species in the "Flora of Mau- ritius and the Seychelles." Hillebrand describes 3 spe- cies in "Flora of the Hawaiian Islands." The southern hemisphere has few species. Bentham's "Flora Austra- liensis" has but 5 species. Kirk's "Flora of New Zea- land " mentions only 4 indigenous species. There are also 5 species described in Harvey and Sender's work ("Flora Capensis") on the flora of the Cape of Good Hope region. Rubus is closely allied to Rosa, from which it differs chiefly in the structure of the flower. In Rosa, the torus is hollow (formerly said that the calyx is hollow or urn-shaped) and contains the dry fruits or akenes. In Rubus the torus is convex, conical or elongated, and bears the mostly soft or pulpy fruits on its surface. Rubi are chiefly shrubs with stems (canes) that die RUBUS after one or two years, but some of them have Herba- ceous tops. Most of them are more or less prickly. Many of the species are creeping, decumbent or half- climbing. Leaves simple or compound, alternate, the compounding on the pinnate order and the leaflets mostly 3 (several in some of the tropical and oriental species). The flowers are mostly white or rose-colored, usually in corymbs or racemes but sometimes solitary; calyx 5-parted, the lobes persistent; petals o, usually obovate; stamens many, inserted on the calyx-rim 01 torus - rim ; pistils many, closely packed on the torus, usually becom- ing drupelets but sometimes dry when ripe. The drupelets are usu- ally more or less coherent at matur- ity, the collective body forming the "fruit" or "berry" of horticultur- ists. In the Raspberries, the co- herent drupelets separate from the torus at maturity, causing the berry to be hollow or concave on the under side. In the Blackberries, the co- herent drupelets also adhere to the torus, which separates at maturity and forms the "core " of the berry. Relatively few of the Rubi have horticultural merit, although some of them are of great im- portance. As pomological subjects they are more important in North America than elsewhere in the world. Here we grow not only Raspberries, which are popular elsewhere, but also great quantities of improved Blackberries, a fruit that is little known as a cultivated product in other countries. These Blackberries are the product of our native species, R. nigrobaccus being the chief. Closely allied to them are the Dewberries or trailing Blackberries, which also have been developed from indigenous species, chiefly from R. villosus and R. invisus. Although the European Raspberry, R. Idceus, is grown in North America, it is mostly unreliable, and the leading commercial sorts are produced from the native It. occidentalis and JR. strigosus and from hybrids of the two. Various Japanese species, recently introduced, also produce fruits of value. A number of the species are useful as orna- mental subjects, particularly the Rocky Mountain R. deliciosus, the old-fashioned Brier Rose (R. roscefolius), Wineberry (R. phcenicolasius), and R. cratcegifollus. For its graceful, finely cut foli- age, and sometimes for its fruit, -R. laciniatus is occasionally grown. Some of the unimproved native species are offered by dealers in native plants as worthy subjects for wild borders and rock gardens. The beauty of most shrubby Rubi de- pends largely on the removal of the canes after they have bloomed once. After flowering, the cane becomes weak or may die outright. It should be removed to the ground. In the meantime other canes have arisen from the root, and these will bloom the following year. That is, the stems of Rubi are usually more or less perfectly biennial: the first year they make their growth in stature; the second year they throw out side branches on which the flowers are borne; after fruiting, the en- tire cane becomes weak or dies (Fig. 2191). Removing these canes not only contributes to conserve the vigor of the plant, but it also adds to its appearance of tidi- ness. These remarks apply with particular force to the cultivation of Raspberries, Blackberries and Dewberries. For other accounts of Rubi, see Blackberry, Dewberry, Loganberry, Raspberry. Focke (Engler & Prantl, "Die Natiirlichen Pflanzen- familien") divides the genus Rubus into 11 sections, seven of which are concerned with the species to be described in this work. These seven are as follows: A. Herbaceous species: flowering shoots arising from the crown of the plant. SECTION la. Dalibarda. Stamens about 5: fr. scarcely juicy: fls. perfect, on creeping leafy stems: Ivs. simple, not lobed. The present writer prefers to con- sider Dalibarda as a distinct genus, and it is so treated on p. 453 of this work. HI-BUS 1579 SECTION 1. Chamasmorus. Stamens numerous: fr. juicy: fls. diu>ci<>us, |M,rne singly on upright leafy stalks: Ivs. simple, lobed. The Cloud-berry or Bake- apple Berry, of arctic or subarctic regions, MM) much Iiri/.e-l for its fruits, belongs here. SECTION L'. Cylactis. Fls. perfect or polygamous, singly or several together at the ends of the shoots: Ivs. ternate or pediform (.Vpurted i. or sometimes only lobe. I. AA. Shrubby species: fl»n- eriiii/ shoots arising ..v .V| . fr'»n ii-niiili/ nines of g \V :4ii^r~\ or more years' growth. B. Plant spineless. SECTION ft. Anoplobatus (ini/ii.-i is Greek for bramble). Upright N /" rather soft -wooded shrubs, usually with shreddy bark : large, lobed Ivs., large erect fls., and broad torus. BB. Plant x/iiin- limrhiij (exceptions in some Blackberries). SECTION 4. Batothamnus. Upright shrubs, with simple or ternate Ivs., small leaflets and droop- ing fls. in mostly short clusters. SECTION 5. Idaeobatus. Raspberries, with the co- herent drupelets separating from the torus. SECTION 6. Eubatus. Blackberries and Dewberries, with the drupelets adhering to the torus when ripe. INDEX. aculitissimus, 28. heterophyllus, 24. Iiln i-ii icol;is ins. 13. albiuus, 22. hispidus, 30. pomponius, 19. albus, 16. humifusus, 31. 1 ''it a iu ni. 3. Allegheniensis, 23. Icl.-eus, 15. Randii, 27. Americanus, 2. invisus, 33. roribaecus, 32. arcticus, 1. laciniatus, 20. rosatflorus, 12. argutus, 25. leucodermis, 18. rosaefolius, 12. Bailey anus, 31. macropetalus, 35. sativus, 22. Canadensis, 21, 32. Menziesii, 11. Savatieri, 10. Chamaemorus, 1. Michiganensis, 32. semperoirens, 30. coronarins, 12. microphyllus, 8. setosus, 29. cratsegifolius, 9. Millsjiniiiiliii. 21. Sinensis, 12. cuneifolius, 28. montanus, 23. sorbifolius, 12. delieiosus, 5. morifolius, 10. spectabilis, 11, 19. dunietorum, 36. neglectus, 17. strigosus, 16. ellipticus, 14. nigrobaceus, 22. guberectus, 25, 29. Enslenii, 31. Nutkanus, 7. trifidus, 4. flavus, 14. obovalis, 30. triflorns, 2. floribunda, 12. occidentalis, 18. trivialis, 34. floridus, 26. odoratus, 6. ursinus, 35. frondosus, 25. pallidus, 18. villosus, 22, 32. fruticosus, 19 /•a I in nt n x. 8. vitifolius, 35. grandiflorus, 12. parviflorus, 7. xanthocarpus, 3. SECTION 1. CHAM^MOBUS. 1. Chamaembrus, Linn. CLOUDBERRY. BAKE- APPLE-BERRY. YELLOW BERRY. Fig. 2 192 ( after Card). Creeping: branches her- baceous, covering the ground, pubescent or almost glabrous: Ivs. round - cordate or reniform, 2192. Cloudberry— shallowly 3- to 5 -lobed, finely Rubus Chamaemorus. dentate: fls. large and white, on Natural size. solitary terminal peduncles: fr. large, globular, red or yellowish, composed of few soft drupeltts, edible. Entirely across the continent in high northern regions, and reaching as far south, in the East, as the high land of Maine and N. H.; also in Eu. and Asia. -The Cloudberry is an inhabi- tant of peat bogs. It grows within the arctic zone. It is much prized for its fruit, which is gathered from the wild in large quantities. It is sometimes planted farther south as a rock garden plant. R. arcticus, Linn., a pink-fld. species with trifoliolate Ivs., occurs in nearly the same range, and produces small edible berries. This species belongs to Section 2. SECTION 2. CYLACTIS. 2 trifldrus, Rich. (R. Americanus, Britt.). Stems slender and trailing, 1-2 ft. long, herbaceous, without 1580 RUBUS 2193. Rubus deliciosus, from the Rocky Mountains. prickles, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. thin and soft, light green with 3 or 5 ovate or rhombic-ovate, coarsely ser- rate Ifts • fls 1-3 on each peduncle, small and white, the calyx reflexed: fr. small, reddish. Cold swamps, N. J. west and north. -Offered as a rock garden plant for moist places. 3. xanthocarpus, Bur. & Franchet (R. Potanini, Regel). Trailing, the stems dying back every year, the stems pilose and weak-spiny; Ivs. pinnately 3-foliolate, the leaflets ovate, acute or obtuse, strongly and un- equally dentate, the terminal one twice larger than the others : fls. solitary or twin in the axils of the upper Ivs. , the peduncle and calyx weak-prickly, the petals white: fr. large, ovate, bright yellow, fragrant and palatable, the calyx persistent China; discovered in 1885 in the Province of Kansu, 40° north latitude, and later found in provinces Sze-Chuen and Yun-nan.— Int. into the U. S. in 1898 by the Dept. of Agric. through Professor N. E. Hansen, to be tried for its edible raspberry-like fruit. At Brookings, S. Dakota, the plants suffered from the phenomenal winter of 1898-9, but mulched plants have subsequently endured the winters well. SECTION 3. ANOPLOBATUS. A. Lvs. mostly 7-lobed. 4. trifidus, Thunb. FIRE RASPBERRY. Strong-grow- ing and erect, 7-10 ft. tall: Ivs. large, palmately ribbed. 3-5- or even 7-cleft, serrate: fls. subsolitary, the pe- duncles villous: berry of medium size, scarlet, with pointed drupelets. Japan. — Sparingly introduced, and prized for its bright autumn foliage (whence the name "Fire Raspberry"). AA. Lvs. 5- or less-lobed. B. Peduncles mostly 1-fld. 5. deliciosus, James. ROCKY MOUNTAIN FLOWERING RASPBERRY. Fig. 2193. Compact, bushy grower, reach- ing 5 ft. : Ivs. large, orbicular or reniform, shallowly 3-5-lobed, unequally serrate, somewhat glandular: fls. borne in great profusion, pure white, 1-2 in. across, in early summer and continuing for a long season: berry hemispherical, purplish or wine-color, with large, soft drupelets like those of a red Raspberry, edible but not esteemed for eating. Rocky Mountains, reaching 8,000 ft. elevation. B.M. 6062. G.C. II. 15:537. R.H. 1882, p. 356. F.S. 23:2404. Gn. 18:253; 29, p. 336; 34, p. 231; 45, p. 74; 46, p. 293. Gt. 47:1451. Gng. 3:325. G.M. 41:508. — One of the finest of native flowering Raspberries, and deserving to be known. Hardy in Mass. The fls. re- semble single roses. BB. Peduncles several- to many-fid. 6. odoratus, Linn. FLOWERING RASPBERRY. MUL- BERRY (erroneously). Fig. 2194. Strong-growing plant, with the shreddy canes reaching 3-6 ft. : Ivs. very large, pubescent beneath, 3-5-lobed, the lobes pointed, mar- gins serrate: fls. 1-2 in. across, rose-purple, several to RUBUS many in the cluster, the sepals with a long point, the peduncles and pedicels glandular-pubescent: berry flat- tish and broad (% in. across), rather dry, light red, edible but not valued. Nova Scotia to Mich, and Georgia (Fla. ?). Gri. 34, p. 230. B.M. 323. J.H 111.31:133.— Prefers rich shady woods and banks. It makes a bold subject in a foliage mass, and its fls. are nearly as large as single roses, although the color is less bright. It spreads rapidly from the root and overtops weaker plants. 7. parvifldrus, Nutt. (R. Nntkanus, Moc.). Differs from the last in having white fls. in few-fld. clusters and less glandular peduncles. N. Mich, to the Pacific coast and southward in the Rockies: the western rep- resentative of R. odoratus. B.M. 3453. B.R. 10:1368. Gn. 45, p. 75. SECTION 4. BATOTHAMNUS. A. Lvs. simple, but more or less lobed. 8. microphyllus, Linn. f. (R. palmatus, Thunb.). Spreading, often slender-stemmed plant growing 4 or 5 ft. tall, with many short, but stout nearly straight spines: Ivs. rather small, 2-3 in. long as a rule, narrow- ovate-acuminate or sometimes nearly triangular-ovate- acuminate, rather deeply 3-5-lobed and the middle lobe long and acuminate, the margins very sharp serrate: tts. white, nearly or quite '% in. across, with broadly ovate petals: fr. small (red ?), of little value. Japan.— Sparingly introduced as an ornamental plant, but little known here. The "Mayberry." introd. by Luther Bur- bank, is said to be a hybrid between this species and the Cuthbert Raspberry (R. strigosus). The Mayberry is described as producing a large yellow edible berry, ripening in advance of the Strawberry. 9. crataegrifolius, Bunge. Fig. 2195 (after Card). Strong, erect or diffuse much - spreading plant (3-5 ft.), with terete reddish glabrous canes that bear few and small straight spines: Ivs. oblong-ovate to cordate-ovate, acu- minate, 3-5-lobed, and the margin coarsely serrate and notched: fls. white, in small clusters terminating slen- der leafy shoots, about % in. across: fr. small, orange- red, of no value. Japan.— An excellent plant for hold- ing banks and for covering waste places, and giving fine deep reds in the fall. Perfectly hardy in central New York. Burbank's "Primus" is hybrid of this and R. vitifolius, the latter furnishing the seed. 10. Savatieri (R. morifdlius, Sieb , Franc h. & Savat. Enum. PI. Jap. (1875), not Muell. 1858). Differs from R. cratcegifolius by its more numerous and stronger prickles, the leaves villous beneath and deeply cordate at base, shorter petioles and shorter and thicker pedi- cels. Southern Japan. — Offered by dealers in Japanese plants, who speak of its pretty fruit ripening in July. 2194. Rubus odoratus. (Flower X %. AA. Lvs. 3-foliolate. 11. spectabilis, Pursh. SALMONBERRY. Fig. (JO, Vol. I. Strong- growing, reaching 5-15 ft., glabrous, the spines few or often none, weak: Ivs. of 3 ovate-acumi- nate Ifts., which are doubly serrate toothed and some- RUBUS times indistinctly lobed, long-stalked, thin, glabrous or becoming so beneath: Hs. solitary or in 2's, large, red or purple: fr. large, somewhat conical, salmon-color or wine-red, edible, the drupelets bearing the persistent styles. Calif, to Alaska. B.R. 17:1424. L.B.C. 17:1602 F.S. 21:2260. Mn. 4, p. 57. -Sometimes cult, for its showy flowers and fruits. Canes perennial. Var. Menziesii, Wats., has tomentose leaves. SECTION 5. ID^EOBATUS, or Raspberries. A. Lvs. long-pinnate, with 2 or more pairs of narron- leaflets. 12. rossefdlius, Smith (R. florlbundn and R. Sinensis, Hort. R.rosar.flbrus, Roxbg. ). STRAWBERRY-RASPBERRY, Figs. 2196, 2197. Erect and tall-growing, evergreen in warm countries, glabrous or somewhat pubescent-hir- sute: Ivs. odd-pinnate, the lateral leaflets 2-7 pairs, all the Ifts. ovate-lanceolate or lance-oblong, acuminate, strongly many-veined and very sharp-serrate, more or less silky-hairy beneath: fls. solitary or in few-fld. clusters, white, l%-2 in. across, showy: fr. erect, bright red, long thimble-shaped, usually about 1-1% in. high, very showy, edible but insipid. Var. sorbiJolius (R. sorbifdlius, Maxim. ) is a very hairy and hispid form. Var. coronarius, Sims (R. grandiflorus, Hort.), is a double form, sometimes cult, as the "Brier Rose "and "Bridal Rose"(B.M. 1733. G.C. II. 11:77). -Widely distributed in tropical countries, but native to the Him- alayan region and eastward to China and Japan. B.M. 6970. F.S. 17:1714. A.G. 20:82, 87. A beautiful plant and worthy of general culture. In the North it usually kills to the ground each winter, but it throws up shoots 2-4 ft., and these bloom from summer until frost, usu- ally ripening fruit at the same time. The fruit has some value for eating, but it is probable that it will never be greatly developed in this direction. The dou- ble-flowered form is often grown under glass and in pots. AA. Lvs. pedately 3-5-foliolate. B. Plant profusely red-hairy. 13. phoenicolasius, Maxim. WINEBERRY. Fig. 2198. Canes long and recurving, furnished with straight> weak prickles and densely clothed with red-brown glan- dular hairs, propagating by "tips": Ifts. usually 3, broad-ovate to round-ovate, apiculate-toothed and some- times indistinctly lobed at top, white-tomentose beneath : fls. in dense, small shaggy-haired clusters which spring from the uppermost axils and form a large, loose, leafy panicle ; petals shorter than the long, bristly calyx- lobes, the latter enlarging after flowering and inclosing the growing fruits in a bur but spreading apart as the RUBUS 1581 fruit matures : fr. usually small and soft, cherry-red acid or usually insipid, .l.-ipiui and China. B M. 6479* 0.0. H. 86:866; ill. ll :26'.t; 28:137. -Ml in •>!)-'>ib' A.G. 12:20-); i.-,:4:r>. (in-. 8 :268. -Interacting M an ornamental plant, and also recommended for its fruit 2196. Rubus rosaefolius. One of the best of the flowering Rubuses. 2.95. Rubus cratsegifolius. (X%). See No. 9. In the North it often kills to the ground, but the strong young recurving canes and white-bottomed foliage make it a handsome plant. 14. ellipticus, Smith (R. flavns, Ham.). Fig. 2199. Tall and erect or nearly so (6-10 ft.), the canes stout and densely beset with straight red-brown hairs and bearing a few stout, short, nearly straight prickles: Ifts. 3, the terminal one much the largest, ovate to orbicular- ovate, not lobed, evenly doubly serrate, thickish, soft pubescent and strongly veined and prickly on the mid- rib beneath- fls. white, % in. or less across, in small, many-fld. clusters: berry the size of a common Rasp- berry, yellow, of good quality. Himalayas. — Grown in southern Fla., where it is said to be the only Raspberry that perfects its fruit. BB. Plant not red-hairy all over. c. Red Raspberries. 15. Idseus, Linn. EUROPEAN RASPBERRY. An erect, mostly stiff grower, propagating by suckers, the canes light - colored and bearing nearly straight slender prickles: Ifts. ovate, white beneath, irregularly toothed and notched, usually somewhat plicate or wrinkled: flower-clusters mostly long and interrupted, most of the peduncles dividing into two or three pedicels, the pedi- cels, as also the flowering shoots, petioles and midribs, finely pubescent, but not glandular, and sparsely fur- nished with firm recurved prickles: fls. small, white; calyx pubescent: fruit oblong or conical, dark red, yel- low or whitish, produced more or less continuously throughout the season. Europe and Asia. — Named for Mt. Ida, in Greece. Early introduced into this country, but now nearly driven from cultivation by the hardier native species. The Antwerps, Fontenay, and Fastolf belong here. Rubus Id.o. 14. the calyx reflexed, edible but little prized. Europe, where it is common in fields and hedges. As a cult plant, known chiefly in the double-fld. form (as K. pom pdnius). Gn. 34, p. 234. Sometimes known as It. spec- tabilis in gardens. 20. laciniatus, Willd. (R. fruticdsus, var. lacinialus, Hort.). CUT-LEAVED or EVERGREEN BLACKBERRY. Fig. 2203. A tall, straggling brsh with permanent or peren- nial canes in mild climates, and leaves more or less evergreen, the stems provided with recurved prickles: Ifts. 3, broadly ovate in general outline, cut into several or many oblong or almost linear sharply toothed divi- sions, the ribs prickly below and the petioles strongly The Caroline Raspberry. No. 17. so; fls. in terminal panicles, white or blush, the calyx and pedicels pubescent or even tomentose: fr. usually thimble-shaped, late, black, often excellent. Gn. 21, p. 57; 45, p. 78. -This Blackberry is probably native to Europe, where it has been long known in gardens. It is RUBUS apparently only a rut -leaved form of the common Euro- pean Rubus fniticoxux. It is now widely -ratten-d. and seems to thrive particularly well in Hawaii and other Pacific islands and on the Pacific slope. By some it is supposed to be native to the South Sea I Mauds (see Hull. 04, Utah Exp. Sta.). It in probable that the plant has been introduced into the West from those sources, but such fact does not prove its original nativity. It has aroused considerable attention in Oregon and other parts of the West, and is often known as the Oregon Everbearing Blackberry. In mild climates the lower parts of the canes often live from year to year until they become as thick as one's wrist"; and in such cli- mates the leaves persist for the greater part of the winter. The plant has long been grown for ornament in the eastern states, but it has not attracted attention as a fruit-plant in this region. The fruits are of fair size and quality, and ripen from midsummer or late summer to October. The plant is a good ornamental subject, although it is likely to cause trouble by sprouting at the root. Group 2. Thornless Blackber- ries, with tall, nearly un- armed furrowed biennial canes, and long, open flower- clusters. 21. Canadensis,Linn.(.ff.J/i//- spaughii, Britt.j. THORNLESS BLACKBERRY. Very tall and ro- bust (sometimes reaching 10-12 tt. high), the canes nearly or quite spine- less : Ifts. narrow- ovate to ovate-lance- olate, long -acumi- nate, sharply and nearly evenly ser- rate; stipules usually prominent, narrow : fls. large, white, in long, open, raceme- like, nearly glabrous clusters, on slender spreading pedicels : fr. black, almost globular to short-oblong, usually juicy and good. Eastern Canada, through the high lands of New England, New York and Michigan to mountains of North Carolina. — Not in cultivation, except in botanic gardens and amateurs' collections. Group 3. Glandular Blackberries, with stout, thorny biennial canes and prominently glandular-pubescent inflorescence. 22. nigrobaccus, Bailey (R.villbsus, Authors, not Ait.). COMMON HIGH-BUSH BLACKBERRY of the North. Figs. 2204-6. Canes tall, recurving at the ends, furrowed, the young parts promi- nently glandular-pubescent, the spines usually large and more or less hooked: Ifts. 3-5, ovate- acuminate or sometimes lance -ovate, long- stalked (at least in the largest hs.l. the ter- minal one often heart-shaped at base, the mar- gins nearly regularly strong-serrate, the under surface glandular-pubescent: fls. white, showy, the petals narrow, borne in a long, open ra- ceme-like cluster of which the terminal flower is usually the old- est, each pedicel standing at nearly right angles to the rachis: fr. black, oblong (varying to nearly globular) , usually not very juicy, sweet and aromatic. Every- where in old fields and clearings in the northeastern states, at common elevations, extending south to North Carolina and west to Iowa, Kansas and Missouri — Known in cultivati6n in the "Long-cluster BUekber- ries"as Taylor and Ancient Briton. Var. albimiB, Bailey, the "White Blackberry," is a state in which the fruits are amber-colored and the bark yellowish green; c sionally as far west as Michigan, and probably fartl 2201. Rubus occidentals (X The original of the cultivated Black Raspberries. No. 18. 100 1584 RUBUS Var. sativus, Bailey (B. satlvus, Brainerd). Fig. 2207; also Fig. 237, Vol. I. Generally lower and the canes more erect: Ifts. broader (or at least shorter) and less prominently pointed : fl. -clusters shorter (usually from the elongation of the lower pedicels or the upper ones remaining short) : fr. rounder, and the drupelets usually relatively larger and juicier. Dry, open fields. 2203. Rubus laciniatus (X %). No. 20. — Distinct in its extreme forms, but running into the species by all manner of intermediate gradations. From this plant the common " Short-cluster Blackberries " of the garden appear to be derived, as Snyder, Kittatinny, Erie, etc. 23. Allegheni6nsis, Porter (B. villdsus, var. mon- ' tanus and B. montanus, Porter, not Wirtg. ). Very like B. nigrobaccus, and perhaps only a mountain state of a cosmopolitan type: plant smaller, usually less prickly: branches and leaf-stalks usually reddish, and all young growths very glandular-pubescent: Ivs. mostly smaller, very long-pointed, closer-toothed: fl. -clusters usually smaller: fr. small, long and narrow, tapering towards the top, the drupelets many and small, not very juicy but of good flavor. In mountains and highlands, Ontario to Virginia. — Common on the higher elevations, afford- ing much edible fruit. In its typical form, as seen in the wild, it is very distinct from B. nigrobaccus, par- ticularly in its fruit. 24. heteropltfllus, Willd. Fig. 238, Vol. I. B. nigro- baccusxB. villosus, in many forms both wild and culti- vated. In cultivation this hybrid class is represented by the "Loose-cluster Blackberries," as Wilson, Wilson Jr., and Rathbun. The plants are usually half -erect, thorny, mostly more or less glandular-pubescent on the young growths : Ifts. broad and jagged: fl. -clusters small and usually forking, with long pedi- cels: fr. rather loose-grained, with large drupelets. The plant is not infrequent in regions in which both It. nigrobaccus and B, villosus grow. It is usually easily distinguished by the half - erect habit and irregularly toothed and jagged Ifts. which are not long -acuminate. In some cases, the bushes natur- ally stand 3-4 ft. high. Group 4. Leafy-cluster Black- berries, with little or no glan- dular pubescence and short flower - clusters that have more or less small Ivs. inter- mixed. 25. arg-utus, Link (B. frondd- sus, Bigel. R. villdsus, var. frondbsus, Torr. B.suberectus Hook.). Fig. 2208. Very like M. nigrobaccus in habit, but RUBUS usually stiff er in growth, the young parts and under sur- faces of Ivs. only rarely glandular though usually pubes- cent, the canes generally very thorny: Ivs. often smaller and stiffer, the Ifts. short - pointed, the petioles and midribs conspicuously thorny: fl. -clusters short and leafy: fr. globular or short-oblong, black, usually good. Mostly in open places, from New Brunswick to Lake Superior and south to the Gulf. — Our most cosmopolitan Blackberry, and presenting innumerable forms. The plants described by Link and Bigelow had rather few and straightish spines, but some forms bear very strong hooked spines, and between these two forms there are all gradations. The species is much in need of critical study. In cultivation it is represented in Early Harvest and a few other varieties. 26. f!6ridus, Tratt. (R. argiitus, var. floridus, Bailey). Canes armed with hooked prickles- pedicels and ca- lyx pubescent, sometimes glandular : floral Ivs. small, mostly wedge - obovate and obtuse: fl. -cluster small, with short (often very short) slender pedicels: fl.-buds small and globular, white - pubescent (particularly on the edges of the sepals): fls. large, with broad mostly overlapping petals. Evol. Native Fruits, Fig. 91.— What the writer takes to be this species seems to be common in southern Mississippi, and perhaps also in Alabama. How distinct it may be is only to be de- termined by careful studies in the field; but in its typical forms it is readily separated from B. argutus. It seems to be less erect (often climbing?) than B. argutus. 27. Randii (B. argutus, var. Bandit, Bailey). Fig. 2209. Low and wide-spreading (usually less than 3 ft.), sometimes becoming procumbent, with few or almost no prickles, the canes often almost herbaceous: Ivs. very thin, usually becoming nearly or quite glabrous beneath, the teeth coarse, sharp and unequal, the Ifts. on the young canes acuminate : fl. -cluster small and simple, commonly with a large simple leaf at the base, the pedi- cels long and slender and only slightly (if at all) pubes- cent: fr. small, usually rather dry, but sometimes juicy and good. Shady places, as in woods and thickets, New Brunswick to Lake Superior; to be looked for in the mountains of Carolina. —It impresses one as a weak woods form, sometimes seeming nearest B. Canadensis but oftenest suggesting B. nigrobaccus ; but it seems to hold its characters better than most Blackberries. 2202. Cultivated form of Rubus occidentalis.— The Gregg Raspberry (X %). No. 18. RUBUS SECTION 5. Sand Blackberries, with stiff, erect, low and very thorny growths, small f I. -clusters, and Ivs. white-tomentose beneath. 28. cuneifdlius, Pursh (R. aculitis- simus, Reasoner) . SAND BLACKBERRY. Fig. 239, Vol. I. Plant stiff and thorny, usually not over 3-4 ft. tall, the prickles many, hooked, and very strong, the young growths white- tomentose : Ifts. on bearing canes mostly small and thick, wedge-oblong to wedge-obovate, obtuse or nearly so, densely white- tomentose be- neath, the mar- gins sharp- toothed; Ifts. on urm-s 1585 the sterile canes 2204. Rubus nigrobaccus (X %). No. 22. larger, often ovate -pointed or elliptic: fl. -clusters 4-10- fld., short, more or less leafy and thorny, then. -buds glob- u 1 a r and pubescent : f r. medium in size, firm, often sweet and good. Dry fields, Connecticut to the Gulf, and the common Blackberry in many places. — In cultiva- tion this seems to be repre- sented by the viciously thorny Topsy or Tree Black- berry, although the charac- teristic white tomentum largely disappears under domestication. Were it not for this tomentum, the spe- cies would be difficult to distinguish from R. flori- dus. drupelets, red to red-black, sour. Swamps or low sandy soils, Nova Scotia to Ga. and Kans.-Of no value for the fruit, but sometimes offered by dealer, ;is a subject for covering the ground ii ,ist places. The leaves usually persist through the winter, and in sunny places they assume a fine bronzy hue. Group g. Soft-caned Dewberries, with the stemt thin and little woody or even almost herbaceous and the peduncles 1-2-fld. 31. finslenii, Tratt. (R. villdsus, var. humifutus, Torr. & Gray. R. Baileydnus, Britt.). Plant weak, with slender canes lying on the ground, the prickles small and relatively few or even none, the flowering canes sometimes almost herbaceous although having survived the winter: Ifts. small and thin, oval-pointed to nearly ovate, irregularly and sharply serrate, nearly glabrous (or hairy on the margins and the veins): fls. of good, size, white, solitary (sometimes in 2's) on short, leafy peduncles: fr. small and nearly globular, loose, black, often good. Sandy places, New York and Mich, to Miss. Evol. Native Fruits, Figs. 77 and 87. — Has been confounded with R. vil- losus, but, as Rubuses go, it seems to be well distinguished. Probably not in cultivation. Group 3. The common Northern Dewberries, with strong, prickly, often half-ascending canes and 2- several-fld. peduncles. 32. villbsus. Ait. /.'. Canadensis, Authors, not Linn.). Figs. 2211,2212. Canes strong, often several feet long and usually armed with strong re- curved prickles, not stand- ing alone when full grown -^. 'i but often rising 2 feet from '• f the ground, the shoots. -7 mostly glabrous or becom- / ing so: Ivs. of medium size / or becoming very large on ' strong plants, flrm^ and thick, the 3-7 leaflets oval or 2205. Rubus nigrobaccus (X %). SECTION C. Sivamp Blackberries, with weak hispid canes and reddish fruits. 29. setdsus, Bigel. (R. hispidus, var. subertctus, Peck). Mostly erect, sometimes ascending 2-3 ft., the slender canes clothed with many weak mostly recurved prickles and sometimes conspicuously hispid also, the prickles generally extending to the petioles and inflor- escence: Ifts. oblanceolate to ovate, pointed or acumi- nate, very strong-toothed: fr. small, with few drupelets, reddish black. Swamps, Quebec to Pa. — Not known to be in the trade, but inserted here because it is confused with R. hispidus and other species. AA. Dewberries : Plant trailing or decumbent. Group 1. Fwamp Dewberries, with weak bristly stems, obovate shining Ifts., and small red fruit. 30. hispidus, Linn. (R. obovalis, Michx. R. semptr- rireiin, Bigel. ). Fig. 2210. Stems very slender, scarcely woody but usually persisting over winter, creeping, bearing many weak reflexed small bristles: Ifts. usually 3, thick, shining above, wedge-obovate or oval-obovate, usually obtuse, doubly serrate: fls. small, white, on few- flowered herbaceous nearly or quite leafless peduncles arising from the creeping canes: fr. small and of few ovate pointed or acuminate and sharply double- toothed: fls. white, few to several on the ends of short, leafy shoots of the season: fr. usually globose or short-ob- long, shining black, the drupelets usu- ally large. Fields and roadsides, On- tario (and New- foundland?) to Fla. and Arizona.— The common Dewberry of the North, OC- 2206. Rubus nierobaccus. a wild High curring in many bugh Biackbeiry (x %). No. 22. forms in old fields, and often a troublesome pest. There are varieties cult, for the fruit. This is the plant named Rubus villosus by Aiton in 1789, although it has been supposed that he had the High-bush Blackberry (R. nigrobaccus). " When 1586 RUBUS RUBUS it was determined, in 1898, that Alton had the Dew- berry, rather than the Blackberry, when he made the name K. villosus, it became necessary to revise our no- menclature. It was supposed until that time, also, that Linnieus meant to designate the Dewoerry by his B. Canadensis, but he really had the Thornless Black- berry. Var Michiganensis, Card. A strong-growing form with mostly fewer prickles, very large, irregularly den- tate-cut Ifts. and pubescent fl. -clusters. S. W. Mich., and probably elsewhere. Not known to be in cult. Var rorib&ccus, Bailey. LUCRETIA DEWBERRY. Figs. 697 698 Vol. I. Very robust form, with large, wedge- obovate' deep-cut Ifts., very long pedicels, very large fls (sometimes 2 in. across) and leafy -tipped calyx- lobes: fr. large. West Virginia, and in cultivation as the Lucretia Dewberry, which is the most popular cur- rent variety. 33 invisus, Bailey (R. Canadensis, var. invlsus, Bailey). Figs. 2213, 2214. Canes strong, terete, some- what ascending, not very prickly (the prickles straight- ish): Ifts. large and rather thin, light green, those on the verdurous shoots coarsely and simply toothed and the teeth usually abruptly pointed: fl.-cluster forking, with 2-6 long, slender, usually hispid pedicels: fls. large, with leaf-like sepals. Not uncommon from New York to Kansas and the Gulf. -In cultivation as Bartel 2209. Rubus Randu (X.M) and other Dewberries. When once understood, this species is generally easy to recognize. The best single diagnostic character is the large simple toothing of the leaflets on the sterile shoots. 2210. Swamp Dewberry— Rubus hispidus (X %). No. 30. Group 4. The Southern Dewber- ries, with very long, prickly and often hispid canes, narrow per- sistent Ifts., and mostly 1-fld. peduncles. 34. trivialis.Michx. SOUTHERN DEW- BERRY. Fig. 2215. A most variable and perplexing species, the difficulties being increased by the fact that the same plant may bear three kinds of leaves: the large, broad Blackberry- like Ivs. on the young verdurous sterile shoots ; the smaller Ivs. on the canes that are to bear fruit and 2208. Rubua argutus— The Early Harvest Blackberry. No. 25. •which often persist over winter and remain at flowering time; the small Ivs. that appear with or somewhat be- fore the flowers. It is seldom that the leaves of sterile 2207. Cultivated iorm of Rubus nigrobaccus, var. sativus. (XK.) No. 22. and flowering: shoots of the same plant are preserved in herbaria. Canes very long, usually wholly prostrate (sometimes 10-15 ft.), thickly armed with prickles and sometimes bearing reddish bristles : • Ifts. usually 3, narrow-ovate to ob- long,short-pointed, rather shallow! y and sometimes bluntly toothed, the petiole and midribs usually prickly : fls. of medium size, mostly on simple, more or less prickly peduncles: fr. usu- ally oblong, some- times excellent but o f t e n e r dry and seedy. From Virginia to Florida and Texas, and in cult, in two or three forms for its fruit.— This is the common Dewberry of the southern states. It is often a serious pest in old fields. Some of the forms are very distinct, but it seems to be impossible to discover characters by means of which they can be distinguished with even a fair degree of uniformity. Some of these forms have fls. 2 in. across. Fig. 2215 is a drawing of one of the specimens (there are two similar specimens on the sheet) on which Michaux founded B. trivialis. Bo- tanically, this species is, probably the most perplex- ing of American Rubi. Some of the kinds in the ex- treme South are remarkably robust. Forms have been found with canes 40-50 ft. long and nearly an inch in diameter. Group 5. The Western Dewberries, with pubescent Ivs., and fls. often imperfect. 35. vitifdlius, Cham. & Schlecht. (K. urslnus, Cham. & Schlecht. R. macropetalus, Doug!.). PACIFIC COAST DEWBERRY. Widely trailing, with slender, more or less pubescent canes which are provided with long but weak, straight or slightly recurved prickles: Ivs. various, usually thicker and more woolly upon the staminate plants, composed of three ovate, doubly cre- nate-toothed leaflets, or sometimes only 3-lobed, the long petiole and usually the midribs prickly: fls. per- fect, staminate or pistillate on different plants, borne on shoots 6-12 in. high, which bear 1- to 2-flowered prickly or hispid and generally pubescent peduncles, the petals of the staminate forms large and showy, those of the pistillate forms usually small, the calyx-lobes either short and entire or somewhat prolonged and indistinctly toothed: fr. of fair size, blackish, mostly round-oblong, RUBUS sweet. In the mountains, particularly in the Coast Ranges, of the Pacific slope; also in" Idaho.— It has come into some prominence as a fruit plant within the last dozen years. Named varieties are Aughinbaugh Skagit Chief, Belle of Washington and Washington Climbing Blackberry. The species is perplexingly va riable, and well-marked characters seem to be asso- ciated with the different sexual forms. The Loganberry (which see, p. 937) is said to be a hybrid between this species and R. Jdceus. It. ritifo/itts 'is recorded as hav- ing been crossed with It. crat^i/ifo/ittx by Luther Bur- bank. The Mammoth Blackberry of California is said to be a cross between 11. ritifolius and the Wild Black- berry of Texas (It. argutus't). See Pacific Rural Press, Sept. 4, 1897, for description and portrait. The account says that the Mammoth "produces berries of immense size, supposed to be the largest Blackberry ever grown, berries 2'% inches in length being frequently found. * * * The canes of the Mammoth are very peculiar, being very large and thickly covered with small, short spines. The canes start early in March, grow thick and stout until about 5 ft. high; they then take on a run- ning habit and grow from 25 to 30 ft. in a season. Late in the fall the tips or stolons seek the ground and take root." The variety is partially evergreen in California. The fruit is said to be more acid than the old Lawton Blackberry, but " when perfectly ripe is sweet and of superior flavor." Group 6. Exotic Dewberries, with very long, prickly, glaucous canes and large very sharp -toothed Ifts. 36. dumetorum, Weihe. Fig. 2216. Canes long and slender, terete, often 10-25 ft. long, trailing or half- prostrate, glaucous, thickly beset with rather small somewhat curved spines: Ifts. usually 3, mostly broad- ovate, pointed to acuminate, irregularly sharp-toothed, becoming bronzy and brown in autumn: fls. small, white, the calyx white-tomentose, on short pedicels in a cluster terminating leafy growths of the season: fr. of a few large black drupelets. Europe. — Lately intro duced for the covering of banks and stony places, for which it is highly recommended. Its autumn color is attractive. Hardy in New England. R. bifldrus. Ham. Raspberry, apparently allied to R. occi- dentalis, and prized in cult, for its glaucous - white canes: reaches 8-10 ft., with strong arching canes that bear strong, recurved prickles: Ifts. ovate or oval, incise - serrate, whitish beneath: fls. large and white, 1-3 on drooping pedicels: berry amber-colored, size of the common Raspberry, the calyx at first erect but finally spreading. Temperate Himalaya. B.M. 4678. R.H. 1855:5. Gn. 54, p. 456.-.R. Capensis, Burbank. Under this name Luther Burbank describes a bramble that came to him " by way of New Zealand from South Africa, and is probably RUBUS 1587 the one that Stan oy si«>aks so highly of M growing in place, on the Dark ( MrttMBt. Th, ,...„„.„ Kr,,w to a hoight of 5-w <-.-t. landing over and rooting from tips Mkr Hla.-kra,, Rasp- berries. The whole plant is covered with a short, rurtj down 2211. Small form of Rubus villosus, the northern Dewberry. Generally known as R. Canadensis. No. 32. and few short scattered prickles; the fruit is fully as large or larger than Shaffer's Colossal Raspberry, of a purplish wine or mulberry color, and of excellent quality, though the berries do not separate from the receptacle as freely as they should; it is a very promising berry- plant." Sea Burbank's "New Creations in Fruits and Flowers," June, 1894; also Gu.48, p. 126. The picture represents a very rugose leaf with 5 shallow nearly rounded lobes and very irregularly serrate margins: stems with curved prickles, and a small cluster with large, globular short-pedicelled fruits. It is probably R. Molnccanus. —R. Japonieus, Veitch. Known to horticulturists in its varie- gated form (R. Japonieus tricolor): slender trailer, with rose- colored stems and petioles: Ivs. ovate, mostly indistinctly 3- lobed, very sharply toothed, the youngest ones pinkish white and the mature ones blotched green and white. Not known to be in cult, in this country. It would probably not be hardy north. The botanical position of the plant is not designated. G.C. III. 16:95. J.H. III. 29:60. G.M. 37:442.— R. Moluccdnut, Linn. A large Raspberry, common in India and Malaya, and to be expected as an introduced plant in many warm countries. Very robust, the canes and branches red-hairy and spiny: Ivs. very variable, large, usually hairy, dull - pubescent beneath, shallowly 3-5-lobed, irregularly serrate : fls. white, in con- tracted terminal clusters : fr. in shades of red, succulent. B.R. 6:461.— R. stellatus, Smith, produces an edible fruit, prized in Alaska: stem simple and herbaceous, only a few inches long, 1-fld.: Ivs. cordate, 3-lobed or 3-parted: fls. red. Northwestern Arctic America. L. H. B. 2212. Rubus villosus. the northern Dewberry. No. 32. 1588 RUDBECKIA EUDBfiCKIA (after the two Professors Rudbeck, father and son, predecessors of Linnseus at Upsala). Compdsitce. CONE-FLOWER. As defined by Gray (Syn. Flora N. Anier., 1886), Rudbeckia is a genus of 21 spe- cies of North American herbs, many of which are hardy and perennial, bearing in summer showy fls. which usu- RUDBECKIA The only full double form, apparently, is Rudbeckia Golden Glow, which has had great popularity since 1896. The origin of this great favorite seems to be un- known. About 1894 John Lewis Childs found it among some plants sent by correspondents. See Gng. 6:370. For the structure of the Rudbeckia inflorescence, see Fig. 829, Vol. II. w M The Cone-flowers are of easy cultivation in almost any soil and situation, from a semi-shady position to one in full sun. Most of the species are found inhabiting moist locations, but thrive well in the garden under the ordinary methods of cultivation, although ft. laciniata and its double form, Golden Glow, do much better if abundantly supplied with moisture. It. ttirta, our Black-eyed Susan, — sometimes called by the children out west "Nigger-heads,"— will thrive in the driest, hottest situation, where many others would fail. The best known as a gar- den plant, and probably the showiest, is Golden Glow, which the under- signed considers the best perennial of recent intro- duction. If cut back severely when through blooming and well watered, it often produces a 3213. Rubus invisus, the cul- tivated form known as Bartel Dewberry. See Rubus, page 1586. ally have yellow rays, though in one species (It. atro- rtibens) the rays are all dark crimson, and in the other species the rays are occasionally more or less covered with purple-brown towards the base. Under Rudbeckia are often included in nursery catalogues certain plants which Gray refers to Echinacea and Lepachys. These three genera form an interesting floricultural group. Rudbeckia and Lepachys are typically yellow-fld. genera, while Echinacea contains a few forms with fls. ranging from flesh color and rose-purple to crimson. The chaff of the receptacle is usually persistent in Rudbeckia and deciduous in Lepachys. Among the hardy herbaceous species, there are sev- eral with striking habit and distinct foliage. There is a wide range of color among wild plants of the same spe- cies, and specimens with the brown-purple color at the base should be sought for. The rays may be few or many, short and broad or long and narrow, toothed in various ways, star-like or making a continuous limb, drooping or horizontal, and always set off by the disk, which may be purple, black or yellowish, high and col- umnar or low and roundish. The season of bloom could be extended. The flowers of many of the kinds are ex- cellent for cutting. 2115. An original specimen of Rubus trivialis in Michaux's herbarium at Paris. About % natural size. Page 1586. 2214. Leaf of Rubus invisus. showing the simple teeth (X %). See Rubus, page 1586. second crop of flowers. Autumn Glory will be well liked when better known. It is fine for massing and has a much longer blooming period than Golden Glow, commencing earlier and continuing until frost. It re- sembles It. nitida, but is taller and blooms longer. It. triloba is one of the very best, and, while a biennial, perpetuates itself through self-sown plants. It forms a dense twiggy bush somewhat over three feet high and nearly as broad if kept moderately well watered, and much smaller if in a dry situation. These plants may be used with effect as a border to a large bed of hybrid delphiniums, as the latter will tower above them and bloom in their young state. By the time the delphiniums are cut down for their second flowering the Rudbeckias hide their untidiness and are in their prime, but later on may be pulled up to again expose the delphiniums. An effective fall-flowering group may be formed by using the lighter-colored flower forms of Hibiscus Syriacus — such as Totus albus, Lady Stanley, and Elegantissima— for a center or back- ground, and interspersing groups of the taller Rud- beckias (except Golden Glow, which is too tall and spreading) and boltonias next to them. In front of these place It. speciosa and K. triloba, with the blue form of Aconitum JVapellus, and for a border use R. bicolor,v&r. superba, placed well to the front to be pulled up when its bloom is past. This group will give color from July until frost. The allied plant Eclnnacea pur- pnrea and E. angustifolia are well adapted for grouping in open bays in shrubby borders, as their flowers are ex- RUDBECKIA tremely durable and seem in harmony with such sur- roundings. Rudbeckias are easily increased by seeds, cuttings or division. W Q EGAN. RUELLIA 1589 3216. Rubus dumetorum. an Old World Dewberry (X %). Page 1587. A. Base of upper Ivs. cordate-clasp- ing ............................. 1. amplexicaulis A. Base of upper Ivs. not cordate- clasping. B. Color of disk brown or dark purple: shape of dink never cylindrical. C. Lower Ivs. deeply 3-cut. D. Duration biennial: disk black-purple ............ 2. triloba DD. Duration perennial: disk dull brownish .......... 3. subtomentosa CC. Lower Ivs. not deeply S-cut. D. Plants bristly-hairy. E. Rays %-% in. long ---- 4. bicolor EE. Bays 1-2 in. long ...... 5. hirta DD. Plants nearly glabrous. E. Lvs. mostly entire ...... 6. fulgida EE. Lvs. irregularly serrate. 7. speciosa BB. Color of disk greenish or yel- lowish. C. Lvs. entire or barely dentate. D. Height 2-4 ft.: Ivs. bright green ................... 8. nitida DD. Height 4-9 ft.: Ivs. glau- cous .................... 9. maxima cc. Lvs. (upper steni-lvs.) 3-cleft. 10. laciniata INDEX. laciniata, 10. maxima, 9. Newmani, 7. nitida, 8. speciosa, 7. superba, 4. subtomentosa, 3. triloba, 2. amplexicaulis, 1. bicolor, 4. fulgida, 6. Golden Glow, 10. hirta, 5. 1. amplexicaulis, Vahl. Annual, 1-2 ft. high: rays K in. Ion? or more, yellow, often with a brown-purple base; disk brownish, finally somewhat cylindrical. Low grounds, La. and Texas. B.B. 3:418. 2 triloba, Linn. Fig. 2217. Biennial, 2-5 ft. high, bright green: Ivs. thin: rays 8-10, deep yellow, base sometimes orange or brown-purple: chaff awn ed. Moist soil N. J. to Mich., south Ga. to La. and Mo. B.B. 3:415. B.R. 7:525. -Blooms the first year from seed. 3 subtomentbsa, Pursh. Perennial, 2-5 ft. high, ashy gray: Ivs. thick: rays 15-20, yellow, sometimes with a darker base: chaff blunt. Prairies, 111. to Tex. B.B. 3:415. 4. bicolor, Nutt. Annual, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. 1-2 in. long- ravs yellow, with a blackish purple base or all yellow. "Pine woods or sandy soil, Ark., Tex., and east to Ga.-Var. superba, Hort. Haage & Schmidt, has heads 2 in. across: rays yellow above, purplish brown below. Gt. 47, p. 220. S.H. 2, p. 169. 5. hirta, Linn. BLACK-EYED SI-SAN. YELLOW DAISY. Biennial or annual, l-:t ft. high: Ivs. -J-.l in. long: rays golden yellow, sometimes orange at base. Dry and open ground; common over wide range. B.B. :»:41<>. Gn. 49:1055. (i. fulgida, Ait, Perennial, 1-2 ft. high: rays 12-14, 1 in. long. Dry soil, Pa. to Mo., south to La. and Tex. B.M. l'.)!»(i. Mn. (1:221. 7. specibsa, Wenderoth. Perennial, 1-3 ft. high : rays 12-20, becoming 1% in. long. Moist soil, Pa. to Mich., Ark. and Ala. G.C. II. 10:372 (heads 3-4 in. across, rays more than 150, in 2 series). — R. Niwmani, Loud., is generally considered a synonym of this species. 8. nitida, Nutt. This and the next are southern per- ennials, with Ivs. entire or barely dentate: rays droop- ing, pure yellow, several or numerous; disk finally columnar, 1-2 in. long. Wet ground, Ga. to Fla. and Tex. Gn. 47:1000. 9. maxima, Nutt. Closely allied to R. nitida and differing as indicated in the key. Moist pine woods and plains, Ark., La., Tex. Gn. 47:1018. 10. laciniata, Linn. Perennial, 2-7 ft. high : lower stem-lvs. 3-5-parted, upper ones 3-cleft: rays yellow, few or several, soon drooping ; disk cylindric in fruit. Moist ground, Canada to Fla.. west to Mont, and New Mex. G.F. 2:281. Golden Glow is a full double form. Fig. 2218. Gng. 5:5, 117; 6:370. A.F. 12:274, 275. Gn. 50, p. 411. G.C. III. 20:339. B. angustifblia. Linn., is Helianthus angustifolius.— R. pin- n&ta. Vent., is Lepachys pinnata. — R. purp&rea. Linn., is Echinacea purpurea. ^Y. JJ. EUE. See Ruta graveolens. RUE ANEMONE. See Syndesmon. RUE, GOAT'S. Oalega officinalis. RUELLIA (after Jean de la Ruelle, a French botanist). Acanthaceiz. A genus of about 150 species of herbs or shnibs, mostly American, pubescent, villous or rarely glabrous : Ivs. opposite, mostly en- tire: fls. violet, lilac, white, red or rarely yellow. The fls. are sessile or nearly so in axils of Ivs. or bracts; they are solitary, fascicled, or in spreading, paniculate cymes. Bracts herbaceous, loose or im- bricated, usually small and row, rarely oblong or lanceolate. Corolla- limb 5-lobed, equal, or with the upper lobes connate at the base ; stamens 4 : cap- sule oblong or club-shaped, terete or compressed, 6-20- seeded: seeds compressed. A. Blossoms sessile or nearly so. B. Lvs. green. C. Fls. blue, iy-r-% in. long. oilidsa, Pursh. A hardy perennial herb, about 1% ft. high, erect or prostrate, hir- sute or pubescent: Ivs. hairy, ciliate, usually ob- long, sessile or short-peti- oled, l%-3 in. long: fls. sol- itary or clustered, axillary, blue, 1^-2 in. long. Aug., Sept. In dry, light soil, N. J , south and west. B.B. 3: 203. — Prop, by seeds or di- vision, cc. Fls. rosy, £-6 in. long. macrantha, Mart. It forms a compact, many-stemmed 3217. Rudbeckia triloba (X X)- 1590 RUELLIA shrub 1-6 ft. high, with ovate-lanceolate Ivs. 4-6 in. fong fls. large, bell-shaped, with tubular base, purplish rosf with purple veins, solitary in leaf -axils. Brazil. 2218. Rudbeckia laciniata, var. Golden Glow (X See p. 1589. G.C. III. 17:45. R.H. 1881:410. -G. W. Oliver says in his "Plant Culture "that R. macrantha is of easy cul- tivation and is one of the best greenhouse flowering plants for amateurs. Cuttings rooted in September furnish fair-sized flowering plants in January. These, if desired, may be planted out in late spring, when they will have formed large specimens, which may be lifted and potted. BB. Lvs, marked with white. c. Fls. white, often veined with lilac. Devosiana, Hort. A low-growing tender Brazilian species, with lanceolate Ivs. marked on the upper sur- face wj.th white along the nerves and having the lower surface entirely purple: fls. rather small, usually white, with blue stripe, axillary; corolla-tube suddenly dilated and bent at the middle. cc. fls. carmine or rose. Makoyana, Hort. A compact, bushy plant resembling It. Devosiana, Hort., in foliage, but differing in the color of the fls. (bright carmine) and by their somewhat larger size. Brazil. E.B. 21:109. R.H. 1896:576. -Pre- fers shade. It is said that the color of the foliage is better when soot is mixed with the soil. AA. Blossoms on long peduncles. B. Fls. blue or purple. tuberdsa, Linn. A perennial herb, 2-3 ft. high, with oval or ovate Ivs. 2-3 in. long and blue fls. l%-2 in. long, in terminal, nearly naked panicles; stigma single: capsule 12-16-seeded. Southwestern U. S. ; cult, in Fla. BB. Fls. red. c. Peduncles much branched. amcena, Nees (Stephanophysum longifdlium, Pohl). A half-hardy perennial, about 1% ft. high: Ivs. oblong- lanceolate or oblong, narrowed at both ends; margins repand-denticulate or simply repand: fls. bright red, in axillary sprays in summer. Brazil. F.M. 1880:419. cc. Peduncles but little branched. formdsa, Andr. Fig. 2219. A low-growing, tender, herbaceous perennial: Ivs. ovate, rounded at the base, RUMEX hairy on both sides: fls. on straight, axillary peduncles; corolla scarlet, showy, 1% in. long, the upper 2 lobes joined for half their length. Summer. Brazil. B.M. 1400. — Cult, in California. K. vdrians, Vent. See Dsedalacanthus nervosus. F. W. BARCLAY. EULlNGIA (after J. Ph. Ruling, a botanist of Gottin- gen). Sterculiacece. This includes two plants cult, in S. Calif. R. parviflora is highly recommended as a rock plant by Ernest Braunton, of Los Angeles, who grows it in quantity for its trailing habit and myriads of small pink fls. borne in spring. Franceschi says that H. pannosa is odd and pretty by reason of the fleecy coating of the leaves. A genus of about 15 species of shrubs or undershrubs from Australia, except one a native of Madagascar. Lvs. various in size, entire, toothed or lobed: fls. mostly white, small, in cymes; calyx 5-lobed; petals 5, broad and concave or convo- lute at the base, with a small, broad or linear ligula at the top; stamens shortly or scarcely joined at the base, 5 without anthers, petal-like, 5 perfect, short: ovary sessile, 5-celled; ovules 1-3 in each cell. Flora Austra- liensis 1:237. A. Lvs. 1-3 in. long. pannosa, R. Br. Eventually a shrub, several ft. high, but flowering freely at a young age: Ivs. scabrous-pu- bescent above, densely velvety hirsute below, on older plants ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, on young plants broader and often 3-4-lobed: cymes shortly peduncu- late: fls. white. B.M. 2191. -The plant offered in Calif, as Pomaderris apetala is said to belong here. AA. Lvs. usually less than 1 in. long. parvifldra, Endl. A low shrub, with branches %-l% ft. long, ascending or prostrate: Ivs. ovate or ovate-lan- ceolate, obtuse, deeply crenate, mostly lobed: fls. pink- ish, in shortly pedunculate cymes. p\ \\r. BARCLAY. RUMEX (the Latin name). Polygonacece. DOCK. SORREL. Herbs, mostly perennial, with strong roots, of more than 100 species in many parts of the world. Most 2219. Ruellia formosa (X of the species are weedy plants, but some of them afford leaves for "greens "and others are useful for ornament. All are of the easiest culture. Prop, mostly by seeds. RUMEX As a genus, Rumex is closely allied to Pagopyrum, the buckwheats, Rheum, the rhubarbs, and Polygonum, the joint weeds. Theyare mostly leafy-stemmed plants, with small flowers in panicles, the pedicels mostly in whorls and jointed: Us. perfect or imperfect, with 6-parted calyx, the 3 inner lobes larger and generally one or all of them bearing a grain or tubercle near the center; stamens 6; stigmas 3: fr. a 3-sided often margined or winged akene. In the larger species the stems are grooved and hollow. Most of them are erect-growing plants. See Dock and Sorrel. A. Docks: Irs. not hastate: flu. perfect, or at least not dioecious. B. Wings of calyx not tubercle -bearing. vendsus, Pursh. Perennial, 1% ft. or less tall, gla- brous, branched: Ivs. oblong-ovate or ovate-lanceolate, usually tapering at both ends, entire, the stipular sheaths (ocreae) funnelform and prominent: wings of fr. large and thin, entire, 1 in. or more across, red- veined and showy, the pedicels hanging in fruit. Mo., west. — Recently offered as an ornamental plant, because of the very showy wide-winged fruiting calices. hymenosepalus, Torr. (R. Sdxei, Kellogg). CANAIGKE. RAIZ COLORADA. Erect, reaching 'A ft., glabrous, the root of clustered fusi- form tubers: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, some- times 1 ft. long, narrow at either end, short-petioled, en- tire, gray-green, somewhat mot- tled beneath: fls. perfect, 'large, in crowded panicles, green : fruiting calyx-lobes % in. across, brown, en- tire, veiny, the pedicels drooping. Indian Terr, and Tex. to Calif. B.M. 7433. -"Leaf- stalks used as rhubarb, for which reason it is known also as pie-plant in California." Fran- ceschi. The plant has some ornamental value, but is of great economic importance as a tannin- producing plant. The tannin is secured from the dahlia- like roots. For literature on the economic uses of the plant, consult reports of experiment stations in Ariz., Calif., and elsewhere. occidentalis, Wats. Stout perennial, reaching 3 ft., glabrous: Ivs. lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, more or less wavy-margined, obtuse or nearly so, the base sub- cordate, long-stalked: wings of the fr. subtriangular, somewhat toothed, veiny, brown, Vz in. across. Labrador across the continent, descending along the Rocky Mts. and reaching Texas. — Once introduced as an ornamental subject, because of its profuse and somewhat showy fruiting calices. BB. Wings of calyx bearing one or more tubercles. Patieutia, Linn. HERB PATIENCE. SPINAGE DOCK. Tall, strong, erect, nearly simple plant, reaching 5 ft. when in flower, glabrous : root-lvs. (Fig. 728, Vol. I) elliptic-ovate, tapering both ways, the margins undulate, the blade 8-12 in. long; stera-lvs. ovate-lanceolate, long- acuminate, more or less rounded at the base: inflores- cence long and compound (often 2 ft. long), dense in fr. : wings cordate, about % in. across, veiny, entire, one of them bearing a small tubercle near the base. Eu- rope, but naturalized in many places. — An excellent plant for greens, the strong root-lvs. being used in early spring. Perennial. crispus, Linn. CURLY DOCK. Tall, often 3-3 % ft.: Ivs. long -lanceolate, wavy -margined, rounded at the base: wings entire, the tubercles usually 3, the inflores- cence not leafy. Naturalized from Europe, and now one of the common Docks about yards and in old fields. — Not cult., but the Ivs. sometimes used for greens. obtusiiblius, Linn. BITTER DOCK. Also a common weed : Ivs. much broader, very obtuse or even cordate at base, obtuse at apex, not wavy-margined : wings long- toothed, the tubercle usually 1, the inflorescence some- what leafy below. Eu. AA. Sorrels: Irs. mostly (at least the radical ones) hastate or sagittate: fls. imperfect, the plants sometimes dicecious. B. Plant perennial (R. Acetosella sometimes annual). Acetosa, Linn. GARDEN SORREL. Stem strong and erect (3 ft. or more tall in fr.), furrowed, the plant gla- RUSH 1591 brous: root-lvs. thin and li-ht trn-en, oblong and obtuM- with sharp auriH.-s at the base (Fig. TL".». V,,|. I), the petioles slender; stem-lvs. relatively narrow, acinm- nate: inflorescence large and ample. "th«- larger part of fls. sterile (plant soni.-tim,-, din-Hun*): wings en- tire or very nearly so. not over ':, in. iterOM. cordate- ovate, each with a callosity near the base, the i.im-r small scales reflexcd. Ku. and Asia, and naturalized in some places in this country.- rs.-ful for early spring greens, but later in foliage than It. 7 '<«/,, scutatus, Linn. PRKN. MI SOHKKL. Lower, with many branching prostrate or iis.-.-iidiiiK stems, glaucous: 1\ I somewhat fleshy, the radical ones lonjr-stalked and cor date-ovate-obtuse, the stem-lvs. short-stalked and has- tate-flddleform and acute or sometimes 3-lobed: wings thin, cordate, without callosities. Eu., Asia. — Grown in- several varieties in Europe, and sometimes cult, in this country for greens. It is a summer Sorrel. 2220. Russelia juncea (X %). (See page 1592.) Acetosella, Linn. COMMON FIELD or SHEEP SORREL. Common in all old fields, where it indicates sterile soil: Ivs. oblong, from a hastate-lobed base: fls. reddish, in erect racemes. Not cult., but the sour root-leaves are sometimes used for greens. Eu. BB. Plant annual. rdseus, Linn. One to 2 ft., with spreading and branched stems, glabrous and somewhat glaucous: Ivs. small, deltoid-ovate, entire, short-pointed, truncate-cu- neate or almost cordate at base : racemes short and leaf- less or nearly so, the pedicels drooping in fr. : wings cordate -orbicular, %-% in. across, thin, rosy -veined, without callosities. Egypt to Persia. — Rarely cult, as an ornamental for its showy fruiting calices. L. H.~B. BUPTUBE-WOBT. Herniaria. BUSCUS (an old Latin name). Liliacect. BUTCHER'S BROOM. A genus of possibly 3 species scattered over Europe. Erect shrubs, with minute bract-like Ivs. and branches (phyllodia) simulating leathery, per- sistent, veined, sessile, leaf-like bodies: fls. small, springing from tSe midrib of the lower surface of the phyllodium. aculeatus, Linn. Shrub, 11A-3X ft. high: phyllodia ovate-lanceolate, V^-lYi in. long, tapering into a spiny point: fls. 1-2, short-pedicelled : berry red, % in. thick. Spring. Gn. 34, p. 231. R.H. 1894, p. 545. -Cult, in Fla. and S. Calif. According to A. Blanc, R. HypogUttum, Linn., has been highly commended lately in Germany as a decorative subject. This species and R. Hypophyllum, Linn., are both natives of southern Europe, where they have been studied by various botanists, some of whom distinguish them by various char- acters, while others unite them into a single species. J. O. Baker considers R. Hypoglossnm a variety of B. Hypophyllum. differing in having the costa under the cluster of fls. in the form of a large leafy bract lacking entirely the texture of the phyllocladium. In B.M. 2049 R. Hypophyllum is shown with minute white fls. and handsome red berries nearly K in. thick. F. W. BARCLAY. BUSH. Junctts. Flowering Bush is Butomus. Bush Lily. See Sisyrinchium. 1592 RUSSELIA RUSSELIA (Alexander Russell, English physician and author of "Natural History of Aleppo," 1856). ScrophularMcete. About a dozen species of Mexican shrubby plants with angular, usually slender, often pendulous branches: Ivs. usually small becoming scale- like on the branches, opposite or verticillate: fls. bright red in dense or loose corymbs or of a single flower; calvx 5-parted; corolla - tube cylindrical, the lobes spreading and nearly equal; staminodia very short or wanting; stamens 4: capsule subglobose. 2-celled: seeds numerous, very small, winged. A recent synop- sis of Russelia by Dr. B. L. Robinson, with a key to the species, will be found in Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & bci., vol. 35, No. 16, March, 1900. Russelias are of easy cultivation. R. juncea and its varieties make excellent basket plants, being almost continuously in bloom. Propagated by cuttings. A. Peduncles 1-3-flowered. iuncea, Zucc. (R. scoparia, Hort.). CORAL PLANT. Fig 2220. A tender shrubby plant, with smooth, somewhat rush-like branches, nodding or pendulous at the top: Ivs. linear-lanceolate or ovate, small, becoming minute bracts on the branches: raceme very loose, remotely flowered: peduncles elongated. B.R.21:1773. P.M. 4:79. -Vars. Lem6inei and elegantissima are garden hybrids of B. juncea and R. snrmentosa. They are more florif- erous, especially during the winter, than the type. AA. Peduncles many -flowered. sarmentdsa, Jacq. (R. multiflbra, Sims). A tender shrub, becoming 4-6 ft. high: Ivs. opposite, ovate, acu- minate, serrately crenate: fls. verticillate, many in a terminal raceme. B.M. 1528 P.M. 16:163. R.H. 1852:281. F. W. BARCLAY. KUSSIAN CACTUS. Same as Russian Thistle. BUSSIAN FBUITS. See Pomology. B. THISTLE. See Salsola. BUST. A name for a class of fungi which produce disease in plants. Rusts are of the class Uredinese. The mycelium branches among the tissues of the host and produces several kinds of spores, either upon the one host ( autcecious ) , or upon different hosts ( hetercecious ) . These spores, as shown typically in the disease of the wheat, are called respectively uredospores, teleutospores, eecidiospores, etc. Recent researches by Eriksson and Henning in Sweden show that the three common rusts which affect the grains, namely: Puccinia graminis (Figs. 2221-2), P. rubigo-vera and P. coronata, can be split up into seven species, characterized by their cultural reactions with a large series of plants, and that Puccinia graminis has besides six specialized 2221. Colonies of Rust ' on the stem of wheat. 2222. The cluster - cup stage of the •wheat Rust fun- gus growing on a barberry leaf. forms, delimited by differences in the marked capacity of the uredo- or teleutospores to inoculate on different hosts. Several rusts are common on cultivated plants, causing disease; viz., beet rust (LTromyces Betue.), broad bean rust (Uromyces Fabce), white pine rust (Cron- artiumribico lum), asparagus rust (Puccinia Asparagi), RYE chrysanthemum rust (Puccinia Hieracii), black, or wheat rust (Puccinia graminis), hollyhock rust (Puc- cinia malvacearum) , etc. JOHN W. HARSHBERGER. The rusts are fungi constituting a very large and economically important class known as Uredineae. They are all obligatory parasites, attacking a vast num- ber of native and cultivated plants. The mycelium of 2223. Ruta graveolens. Flowers slightly enlarged. the rust fungi exists entirely within the tissues of the host. The spores are formed in masses or sori just be- neath the epidermis. When ripe they break through the epidermis, forming brown patches and spots from which they are scattered. Many of the rusts produce several spore-forms, which often occur in regular succes- sion either on the same host or on different hosts. For example, the wheat rust produces uredospores and teleu- tospores on the wheat and a?cidiospores on the barberry. Rusts rarely kill the plants which they affect, and hence in many cases the damage done is not as appar- ent as in many other diseases. In all cases, however, the plants are weakened, and often much disfigured. They are among the most difficult fungous diseases to combat. Spraying has been tried in many instances, but has proved, at most, only partially successful. The most profitable course for overcoming these diseases seems to be the selection of resistant varieties. HEINRICH HASSELBRING. RUTA (classical name of rue). Rutacece. About 40 species from the Mediterranean region of Europe and from Asia. Perennial herbs, often woody at the base, glandular, punctate: Ivs. simple to much pinnate, odor- ous : fls. yellow or greenish, in terminal corymbs or panicles, hermaphrodite, usually 4-merous; petals 4-5, free, often dentate or ciliate; stamens 8-10: ovary ses- sile: capsule 4-5-lobed, indehiscent or dehiscent at apex. graveolens, Linn. RUE. HERB OP GRACE. Fig. 2223. A hardy perennial, woody at the base, 1/^-2 ft. high : Ivs. fragrant, much divided; lobes oblong, the terminal ob- ovate: fls. yellow. July. Prop, by division and seeds. Fatavina, Linn. (HaplopJiyllum Patavlum, Hort.). A hardy perennial herb 4-6 in. high: Ivs. glabrous, the lower oblong- spatulate, narrowed at the base, the others trisected and laciniate: corymb dense; pedicels some- what longer than the fls. : fls. golden yellow. June, July. F. W. BARCLAY. RUTABAGA, or SWEDISH TURNIP. Consult Bras- sica campestris, page 177; also Turnip. RUTLAND BEAUTY is Convolvulus Sepium. RYE, See Secale. RYE. Wild. See Elymus. SABAL (possibly a native name in South America, but the author of the genus does not explain). Pal- macea?. Spineless palms, low, tall or almost stemless, the robust, ringed trunk obliquely ascending at the base, clothed above with dead leaf -sheaths: Ivs. termi- nal, orbicular or cuneate at the base, flabellately multi- fid; segments linear, bifid, filamentous on the margins, induplicate in the bud; rachis short or long; ligule short, aduate to the rachis; petiole concave above, the margins smooth, acute; sheath short: spadices large, elongated, decompound, at first erect, the branches and branchlets slender, recurving, pendent; spathes sheath- ing the branches and peduncles tubular, oblique at the throat: bracts and bractlets minute: fls. small, gla- brous, white or green : fruits small, globose, black, the short style basal. Species 6, Florida to Venezuela, and one in Sonora. Some botanists make the species names all feminine; others neuter. JARED G. SMITH. The Cabbage Palmetto (Sabal Palmetto) grows in groups of a few specimens to several hundreds or even thousands in the rich black soil on the banks of the St. Johns and Ocklawaha rivers of Florida, forming a glori- ous sight; and even the tourist who is blind to most of the charms of nature cannot help being overwhelmed by the beauty and grandeur of these palms. They are found northward to South Carolina, but they attain their fuMest development in Florida, where they always form an important feature of the landscape. Generally they grow in dense groups, but they are more beautiful in all their parts where they have room enough to spread. In southern Florida the undersigned has often found underneath the crown of leaves a dense wreath of ferns (Polypodium aureum), which heightens the charm of these palms considerably. On the St. Johns the trunk is often covered with the trumpet creeper (Tecoma radicans), or it is hidden by the dense foliage of the cross-vine (Bignonia capreolata), both of which form a beautiful ornament, especially when in flower. These suggestions of nature are often followed by planters who have a feeling for nature-like landscape ef- «., fects. The Cabbage Palmetto thrives even in ^' ' the poor sandy soil, and it is greatly improved by cultivation. Even good-sized trees are not difficult to transplant if the whole stem is carefully dug out and all of the roots and leaves are cut off. If the stem has been set at least three feet deep and the soil is kept well watered after planting, the Palmetto is almost sure to live. In addition to the Palmetto, all of the Sabals mentioned (v in this work are cultivated by the undersigned (/ on high pine land in southern Florida. Un- der these conditions the Sabals have proved a great success, as also all species of PhoBnix and all Cocos of the australis type, while the species of Washingtonia, Erythea, Livistona and Trachycarpus have been an entire failure. S. Blackburnianum is, in the judgment of the undersigned, the finest of all the fan- leaved palms that can be grown in Florida. All the species that form trunks are objects of great beauty when well grown. They need to be well fertilized, or the lower leaves will suffer and finally die, thus detracting much from the elegance of the specimen. They all grow naturally in rich black soil, but they all thrive ex- ceedingly well in the sandy pine woods soil if well fertil- ized and watered ; in fact, they can hardly be fertilized too much, and the more nitrogenous manure and water they get the faster they grow. When transplanted they must be set deep. In planting palms the writer alwaj s makes a hollow about 6 ft. in diameter and about 2 ft. deep in the center. This center, which receives the plant, is the deepest point, while the ground all around is slightly sloping. Care must be taken to remove the sand after heavy rains or the crown will soon be buried and the little plant dies. As the plant first forms the irunk in the soil and as the growth is rather rapid, this precaution is not necessary after the plant has attained a few feet in II. XEHRLINO. The Cabbage Palmetto (Sabal Palmetto) is rich in his torical associations. It is also noted for its imperish- ability under water. The trunks make good piles for wharves, as they resist the attacks of the borer in sea water. The leaves make the best of thatching. Until the tree reaches a height of 10-20 ft. the bases of the leaf-stalks remain upon the trunk, forming a unique chevaux de frise, which adds much to its picturesque- ness. This palm, when pot-grown, is valuable for greenhouse culture at the North. The Dwarf Palmetto can resist as low a temperature as 10-17° F. The graceful flower-spike rises above the leaves to a height of 6 or 7 feet. S. longipedunculatum somewhat resembles the Cab- bage Palmetto, and its flower-spikes extend far above the leaves. E N REASONER. INDEX. Adansoni, 1. Hoogendorpi, s. L. minor, I. Blackburnianum, 4. Javanicum, s. L. minus, 1. cwrulescens, 8. L. longifolium, 8. L. Mocini, 3. dealbHtum, s. L. longipedunculatum, Palmetto, 3. Ghiesbreghtii, S. L. s. L. princeps, S. L. glaucum. s. L. mauritiaefonne, 2. umbraculiferum, 4. glav-cescens, 2. Mexicanum, 5. Uretana, 8. L. Havanensis, S. L. A. Leaf-blade longer than petiole. B. Trunk none 1. Adansoni BB. Trunk finally 60 ft 2. mauritiaeforme AA. Leaf-blade shorter than petiole. B. Shape of blade cordate 3. Palmetto BB. Shape of blade orbicular. c. Lobes rather rigid 4. Blackburnianum cc. Lobes pendent 5. Mezicanum *•••- '.',j>8- ;^SSsi»k?*i*-Ci,/' 2224. The Palmetto in Florida — Sabal Palmetto. 1. Adansoni, Guerns. (S. minus or minor, Pers. Corjpha minor, Jacq. not Linn.). DWARF PALMETTO. BLUE PALM. Stem short, buried in the earth : Ivs. 2- ft. long; blade circular in its outline, somewhat longer than the petiole, glaucous ; segments slightly cleft at the apex: spadix erect, much longer than the Ivs., 3-6 ft.: drupe % in. thick, black. Southern states. B.M. 1434. (1593) 1594 SABAL •5 mauritifflfdrme, Griseb. & Wendl. Also spelled maurUiiformis, etc. Trunk middle-sized, but occasion- ally attaining 60-80 ft.: Ivs. finally 12 ft. across; blade suborbicular, longer than the petiole, glaucous beneath, multifid to the middle, with loose fibers between the bifid lobes West Indies. -The name maiir it ice forme does not appear in the American trade, but S. glauces- cens Lodd. and Hort., probably belongs here, according to Grisebach. Nehrling writes: «S. glaucescens of the trade rivals S. umbrae iiliferum in beauty and rapidity of growth. Its leaves, though smaller, have a beautiful bluish green color." 3 Palmetto, Lodd. CABBAGE PALMETTO. Fig. 2224. Stein erect, 20-80 ft. high: Ivs. 5-8 ft. long, cordate in outline recurved at the summit, shorter than the petiole; segments deeply cleft; spadix spreading, shorter than the Ivs.: drupe black, %-% in. long. Southern states. S.S. 10:507. A.P. 12-.628.-S. Mocini, Hort , is referred to S. Palmetto by Voss, but Nehrhng describes it as a stemless plant from Mexico, more beautiful than the Dwarf Palmetto, bearing immense Ivs. on strong stalks, the Ivs. attaining a height of 6-8 ft. S. Palmetto has been confused in the European trade with S. Mexicanum. 4. Blackburnianum, Glazebrook (S. umbraculiferum, Mart.). Stem 30-40 ft. high, thickened at the middle: blade ample, orbicular, glaucous, rather rigid, shorter than the petiole; lobes about 40, ensiform, bifid, fila- mentous, rather rigid. West Indies. G. P. 4:307. G.C. II. 2:777. London's Gard. Mag. 5:52-57, with several figures.— This species has also been confused in the trade with S. Mexicanum. 5. Mexicanum, Mart. Stout tree, with trunk some- times 50 ft. tall and 2 ft. in diam. : Ivs. very large, some- times 6 ft. long and 7 ft. wide, divided to the middle into many narrow 2-parted segments, which are filamen- tous on the margins: fr. 3^. in. in diam., globose or sometimes 3-lobed, with thin dry flesh. Tex., Mex. S.S. 10:508. — Nehrling writes: "This species is more robust than those native to Florida; it forms a broader and denser crown of Ivs. and grows more quickly." The following are mostly trade names, but at present they can be only imperfectly described: S. ccerulescens, W. Bull. A native of Colombia introduced in 1875. Apparently only the juvenile state has been described. Lvs. elongate, linear-lanceo- late, plicate, with a bluish or glaucous green color which is very strongly marked on the under surface. Nehrling writes that he cannot distinguish at present his specimens of S. eserulescens from S. glaucescens.— S. dealbdtum, Hort. "This species," writes Nehrling, "reminds one of S. Mocini, although it is smaller in all its parts. The leaves are numerous, glaucous green and of a fine fan-shaped form. Compared with the Sabals that form a trunk, these stemless species have little beauty, whitened.— a. vfiiesoregntii, ±iort., is very similar to s. um- braculit'era, according to Vehrling.— S. glaucum, Hort., Pitcher and Manda, 1895, may possibly be meant for S. glaucescens. —S. Havanensis, Lodd., according to Nehrling, "is a more up- right grower than S. Blackburnianum, has a slender stem and the leaf-stalks are longer and thinner. The leaves have a bluish Ivs. which fire bright green above and silvery below." — S. Ic gipedunculatum, Hort., according to Nehrling, " is a stemless plant with smaller Ivs. than those of S. Mocini and very long and slender stalks." Reasoner adds that the Ivs. are glaucous SACCOLABIUM it agrees in having but one of the three carpels developed and fertile, while in S. Mexicana two or even all three are not in frequently developed. Considering the extent to which thi& section of Mexico has been visited by collectors of seeds it would be remarkable if this attractive plant should not prove to be already in cultivation in European gardens." Possibly already in cult, in this country. ^y_ ^j_ SABBATIA (Liberatus Sabbati, Italian botanist of the eighteenth century). Gentianacew. About 13 species of Atlantic North American annuals or biennials with showy rose-pink or white fls. in summer or autumn. Fls. 5-12-merous, in cymes or terminating the branches; calyx 5-12-cleft; corolla rotate, usually with a yellow eye, the lobes convolute in the bud; filaments rather short, filiform; anthers linear or elongate oblong, ar- cuate, recurved or revolute; style 2-cleft or parted: capsule globose or ovoid, thick-coriaceous or at first fleshy: seeds small, numerous. Sabbatias require a light, sweet soil. Seed may be sown in fall or early spring. The plants are easily transplanted. A. J^ls. 5-parted, rarely 6-7-parted. B. Lvs. narrow -oblanceolate to linear. c. Color of fls. rose to white: Ivs. obtuse. brachiata, Ell. Stem but slightly angled, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. mostly obtuse, obscurely 3-nerved at the base: fls. showy, light rose to white, 1-1% in. across, in thyrsiform panicles, the lateral peduncles bearing usu- ally 3-fld. cymes; calyx-lobes narrowly linear, shorter or nearly equaling the corolla. May-Sept. Ind. to N. C. and south. B.B. 2:609. cc. Color of fls. white, fading yellowish: Ivs. acute. lanceolata, Torr. & Gray. Stem simple, 1-3 ft. high : Ivs. about 1 in. long, shorter than internodes, acute, 3-5-nerved, the floral reduced to subulate bracts: fls. about 1 in. across, white, fading yellowish; calyx-lobe more than half the length of the corolla. May-Sept. Wet pine barrens, N. J. to Fla. B.B. 2:609. BB. Lvs. wider, cordate-ovate, clasping. angularis, Pursh. Stem sharply angled, l%-2 ft. high: Ivs. 3-5-nerved: fls. fragrant, showy, light rose to white, 1-2 in. across, in much -branched pyramidal or somewhat corymbose cymes ; calyx-lobes linear, much shorter than the corolla. Rich, light soil in open fields. W. Canada to Fla. B.B. 2:610. AA. Fls. 8-12-parted. chloroides, Pursh. Stem truly biennial, 1-2 ft. high, often decumbent, loosely and sparingly branched above: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate or the lower oblong-spatulate: fls. rose-purple, occasionally white, 2 in. across, showy, solitary on naked, somewhat paniculate peduncles; calyx-lobes subulate-linear, about half the length of the spatulate-obovate lobes of the corolla. Margins of pine barren swamps along the coast. Mass., Fla. B.B. 2:612. F. W. BARCLAY. SACCHARUM (saccharon, old Greek name for sugar). Graminece. Species 12, in tropical regions, mostly of the Old World. Tall grasses with stout culm and ample panicles, the branches of which are many-jointed; the small, slender spikelets 1-fld., surrounded by long silky hairs. Differs from Erianthus in having the spikelets awnless. The most important species is the Sugar Cane, which is extensively cultivated in tropical and subtropi- cal countries for the production of sugar. Propagated by cuttings of the stem. Native country unknown, but probably east Asia. Cultivated from time immemorial, for which reason many varieties have lost the power to produce bloom or at least to produce fertile seed. Rum is produced from the fermented molasses. officinarum, Linn. SUGAR CANE. Stem 8-20 ft. high, 1-2 in. thick, third empty glume wanting. A. S. HITCHCOCK. SACCOLABIUM (name referring to the saccate label- luni). Orchidacece. Epiphytic herbs with erect leafy stems increasing in length by continued growth at the apex: Ivs. distichous, leathery and fleshy, usually chan- neled; inflorescence lateral, in the cultivated species a long, densely-fld. cylindrical raceme: fls. medium or SACCOLABIUM small; sepals subequal, free, spreading, the lateral pair not decurrent on the base of the column; petals similar, sometimes wider; labellum united with the base of the column, spurred, the mouth of the spur open; pollinia on a filiform stipe. About 20 species. Can be propa- gated by offsets and by cut-backs. Fresh stock is con- stantly imported. HEINRICH HASSELBRING. This interesting genus embraces a number of pretty and distinct species from Borneo, Cochin China, India, Java and Manila. They are closely allied to the genera Aerides, Phala?nopsis and Vanda, and require somewhat similar treatment, but do not always acclimatize them- selves as readily to artificial cultivation unless given a location with more or less natural surroundings, though some of the more free-growing species, like S. ampul- lin-i'inn, iteum (a Vanda), make soft, weak tissue, which is susceptible to wet spot, a usually fatal disease. Clean, chopped sphagnum, freely interspersed with broken pieces of charcoal, is the most satisfactory growing ma- terial, and this should not be pressed in so firmly as to entirely exclude access of air to the roots, but the plants must always be firmly secured with pieces of charcoal, potsherds or other similar material, or securely fastened with copper wire to keep them in position, otherwise being more or less top-heavy they are liable to work loose, under which conditions they cannot become prop- erly established. Shading should be applied to the glass from February until November to break the sun's direct rays, but dur- ing the balance of the year when the solar light is weak its direct influence will be found beneficial. In bright weather during the growing season the plants need a liberal supply of water, both at the roots and over the foliage, but during the resting period and in wet, in- clement weather, water and syringing must be carefully and sparingly administered. Judgment in this respect is very essential to the successful culture of these plants. The supply of Saccolabiums is kept up by fresh importation. These cultural directions apply also to the genus Rhynchostylis. ROBERT M. GREY. A. Fls. rose-colored. Hendersonianum, Reichb. f. Dwarf: Ivs. 4-6 in. long, strap-shaped, subacute, distichous on the stems, but spreading in various directions: raceme upright, about as long as the Ivs.: fls. forming a cylindrical mass, bright rose, % in. across; dorsal sepals orbicular, con- cave, lateral ones larger, obovate-oblong ; petals obo- vate; labellum a blunt, straight spur with 3 teeth at the mouth, white. Borneo. B.M. 6222. ampullaceum, Lindl. Fig. 2225. Dwarf : stem 6-8 in. high, with 2 rows of Ivs.: Ivs. strap-shaped, channeled, apex truncate and dentate: racemes nearly erect, 4-6 in. high: tts. deep rose color; sepals and petals ovate, veined, spreading out flat; labellum linear-falcate, one- half as long as the petals; spur slender, straight. May, June. N. India. B.M. 5595. P.M. 13:49. J.H. III. 32:463. — Var. Moulmeinense, Hort., is a geographical variety with stronger growth and larger fls. AA. Fls. orange or scarlet-orange. curvifdlium, Lindl. Stems short: Ivs. linear, 8-10 in. long, 2-toothed at the apex: racemes somewhat droop- ing, 0 in. long, dense: fls. 1 in. across, bright orange scarlet; sepals and petals ovate to obovate, spreading; labellum orange, blade linear, truncate, spur obtuse. May, June. Burma. Java. B.M. 5326 (as S. miniatum). I.H. 13:493. SAFFRON THISTLE 1595 cerinum, Reichb. f. Stem short, thick: Ivs. strap- shaped, obtusely LMohed: raceme dense, half droopii," fls. orange, with a paler spur; sepals oblong; petals ovate. Sunda Islands. AAA. Fls. white, spotted with I. C(Bl6ste, Reichb. f. Plant rarely 1 ft. hi^h, with de- curved Ivs. and erect, densely lid. racemes (i-'.i jn. long- fls. white, with the front of the lip and the tips of the segments sky blue; sepals and petals cuneate, oblong, obtuse; labellum rhomboid, spur compressed, curved July, Aug. Siam. J.H. III. 28:87. 8. Bltonei Lindl - Rhynehostylis retusa.- S. giganttum. Limll.=\ anda densittora.-S. i7«»»"/«.. I.in.ll.-Khynchostylis retusa. — &. Hamsonuznum. Hook. — Rhynchostylis vtoiaeea. 2225. Saccolabium ampullaceum (X %). var. Harrisonianum.— S. illiutre, Hort., probably— Vanda den- siflora, var. illustre.— S. prtemtirsum, Lindl.— Rhynchostylis retusa.— S. rettisum, Voijrt=Rhynchostylis retusa.— S. Rheedii, Wight = Rhynchostylis retusa. — S. violdceum, Reichb. f. — Rhynchostylis vioiaeea. HEINRICH HASSELBRINO. SACRED BEAN of Egypt. Nympltcea Lotus. SACRED BEAN of India. Ne Jumbo nucifera. SADDLE TREE. Rare name for Tulip-tree, Lirio- dendron. 8AFFLOWER. Carthamus. SAFFEON. Crocus sativus. SAFFRON, FALSE. Carthamus tinctorius. SAFFRON, MEADOW. See Colcliicum. SAFFRON THISTLE. Carthamus tinctoriua. 1596 SAGE SAGE (Salvia officinalis). For at least three cen- turies this shrubby, fibrous-rooted perennial from southern Europe has been widely cultivated in kitchen gardens for its aromatic, whitish green, wrinkled, oval leaves. These are arranged oppositely on ascending or decumbent branching stems which seldom exceed 18 in. in height. In early summer the upper parts of these bear generally blue, though sometimes pink or white flowers, followed by almost black spheroidal seeds borne in the open cups. The name Salvia is derived from salvo, to save, in reference to the plant's use in ancient medicine; the name sage, from its supposed power to make people wise by strengthening the memory. In modern medicine it is but little used. In domestic practice it is, however, credited with tonic, sudorific, carminative, anthelmintic and stomachic properties, and is frequently used as a gargle for aphthous affec- tions of the mouth and pharynx. Its pleasant, though powerful-smelling, bitterish leaves are used for flavor- ing sausages and some kinds of cheese, for seasoning soups and stews, but mainly for dressings with lus- cious, strong meats such as pork, goose and duck. Among culinary herbs it ranks first in America, being more widely cultivated than any other except parsley, which is more largely employed for garnishing than as a flavoring agent. When possible the young leaves should be used fresh, for unless carefully dried they lose much of their aroma, which is due to a volatile oil and which even with careful curing rapidly dissi- pates. For best results the shoots should be gathered before flower-stems develop, because they are then richer and because later cuttings may be made. For drying upon a commercial scale, since this plan is thought to involve too much labor, the plants are cut in August if seed has been sown early, and the stumps, if not too short, produce again in late autumn ; or if grown as a secondary crop, which is the common way, they are cut only once— namely, in autumn. Plants grown from cuttings (see below) will often produce three crops in a season. Upon a small scale a warm, airy room is best for drying, the plants being either laid loosely upon racks or the floor, or hung from the ceiling and walls. Upon a larger scale a fruit evaporator with a steady current of warm air at about 100° F. may be used. After drying, the leaves are rubbed to a powder and stored in air-tight vessels. Sage does best in an open, sunny aspect and a well- drained, mellow loam of medium texture, rich in humus and nitrogenous matter. Stable manure or a fertilizer containing potash, phosphoric acid and nitrogen should be applied before the plowing, if done in the spring. Fall plowing is generally preferred where Sage alone is to occupy the land. In each case plowing should be as deep as the surface soil will profitably permit. Thorough fining of the soil must precede, and clean cultivation follow planting, the plants being set in drills about 15 in. apart and 10 in. asunder for manual cultivation or 18-21 in. apart and 10 in. asunder for power cultivation. The former method is, as a rule, more profitable though more laborious. After harvesting (see above) if the bed is to be permanent, northern plantations should be mulched with marsh hay or other material free from weed seeds. For gard'en practice it is common to divide the clumps biennially, since the plants become straggling if left longer. Upon a commercial scale, however, it is better to rely upon cuttings or seedlings. Propagation may be effected by seed, cuttings, layers or division. Seed, the vitality of which lasts three years, may be drilled thinly in flats in greenhouse, hotbed or cold- frame in early spring; or out of doors, as soon as the ground becomes dry enough, in specially prepared beds of fine soil, covering them about % in. deep. In the former case the plants must be pricked out and hard- ened off to render them stocky and hardy before trans- planting; in the latter, they are taken directly to the field. This operation may be performed from mid -June until late July, the plants being not less than 2-3 in. tall. The former method, which is considered the better, is the common commercial practice. Cuttings may be of mature or of immature wood. With each, shade and moisture are essential to success. Mature wood cuttings, made in early spring, should be ready :the neld in less than six weeks; immature, taken SAGITTARIA from outside shoots just before they would form blossom heads, are left in the cutting bed until the fol- lowing year. Such plants are usually more prolific than those grown from mature wood or from spring seedlings, and are, therefore, best when Sage alone is to occupy the land. But when it is to follow some early vegetable, mature wood cuttings or seedling plants will probably be found best, though little or nothing can be cut before September. As practiced by market-garden- ers in the vicinity of New York each of the above methods has its advocates, but practically all agree upon the plowing and harrowing of the ground in June or July after harvesting an early crop, such as beets, cab- bage or peas. About twice in the three weeks after setting the plants the field is raked to destroy sprouting weeds and to keep the surface loose, after which, if well done, but slight hoeing is necessary. In Septem- ber, when the plants crowd each other, each alternate- plant or low of plants is cut for sale and the remainder allowed to fill the space. At the first cutting each plant should make about two marketable bunches; at the second at least three. This practice not only insures plants full of leaves at each cutting but at least double the quantity in the end. In America the green, broad-leaved varieties are in far greater demand than the colored and the narrow- leaved kinds. The best variety known to the writer is Holt Mammoth, which is exceptionally prolific of largo- leaves. It is said to produce no seed. ^ Q KAINS SAGE BRUSH. Species of Artemisia. SAGE, JERUSALEM. See Phlomis. SAGENIA (derivation unknown). Polypodidcece. A genus of ferns, mostly of large and coarse habit, with superior reniform or heart-shaped indusia fixed by the sinus, as in Dryopteris, but with veins uniting freely to form areoles with free included veinlets. About 25 species are known, largely from the East Indies, a few from tropical America. decurrens, Presl. Leaf-stalks narrowly winged from a creeping rootstock: Ivs. 2-4 ft. long, 1 ft. or more wide, cut down to a winged rachis and with 4-8 pairs of pinnse 6-12 in. long, 1-2 in. wide: sori large, in two regular rows between the principal veins. India to Polynia- L. M. UNDERWOOD. SAGlNA (Latin, fatness; perhaps alluding to the forage value. Caryophyllaceie. PEAKLWOKT. About 8 species of annual or perennial tufted herbs, mostly from the temperate regions of the world. Lvs, awl - shaped : fls. small, usually comparatively long- stemmed; sepals 4-5; petals 4-5, entire or slightly emarginate, minute or none; stamens equal in number to the sepals or twice as many: ovary 1-loculed, many- seeded: styles of the same number as the sepals and alternate with them. subulata, Wimm. (S. pilifera, Hort. Sptrcjula pil- tfera, Hort. Spirgula subulata, Sw. ). PEARLWORT. An evergreen, hardy, densely tufted little plant, cov- ering the ground like a sheet of moss: Ivs. very small, stiff, aristate on the margin, linear: stems branching- and creeping: fls. white, studded all over the plant on long,very slender peduncles. July-Sept. Corsica. R.H 1896, p. 435. R.B. 20:153.-Var. aurea has Ivs. marked with yellow. A good rock-plant in shady places. Cult, similar to Arenaria. Prop, by division. F. W. BARCLAY. SAGITTARIA (Sagitta is Latin for arrow). Alis- maceai. ARROWHEAD. A small genus of very variable aquatic plants, the number of species depending on the point of view of eacl* author. Nearly or quite 100 spe- cific names occur in the genus, but Micheli, the latest monographer (DC. Monogr. Phaner. 3) reduces the species to 13, four of which are doubtful. In his mono- graph of the American forms (6th Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard.) Jared G. Smith admits 21 species. The present ten- dency amongst American writers is to recognize several rather than few species. In common with most aquatic plants, they are widely distributed. They occur in many parts of the world, in both temperate and tropical SAGITTARIA regions. Most of the species have arrow-shaped leaves whence the name. They are useful for foliage effects in bogs and shallow ponds, and also for their white buttercup-like flowers, which are borne in successive small whorls on an erect scape. They are mostly used for colonizing in the open, but S. M<»iteridensis — no\v the most popular species — is grown in indoor aquaria or SAINTPAULIA 1597 2226. Common Arrowhead— Sagittaria latifolia (X %). Commonly known as S. variabilis. plunged in open ponds in the summer. The arrowheads are perennials of easy culture, although likely to be infested with aphis. Prop, by division, or sometimes by seeds. Plants of mostly erect habit, the Ivs. and scapes aris- ing from more or less tuberous or knotted rootstocks: Ivs. typically arrow-shaped, with long basal lobes, but sometimes long and linear: fls. imperfect, monoecious (staminate fls. usually in the uppermost whorls) or di- oacious, with 3 white broad petals and 3 small greenish sepals, the stamens and pistils numerous, the latter ripening into small akenes : inflorescence composed of successive whorls of 3-stalked fls. Sometimes the Ivs. are floating. A. Sepals of pistillate fls. (usually in the lower u'horls) erect after flowering, and the pedicels of these fls. thick: carpels not glandular. Montevidensis, Cham. & Schlecht. GIANT ARROW- HEAD. Very large, sometimes growing 6 ft. tall, with leaf -blades 1-2 ft. long: Ivs. arrow-shaped, with long, diverging, sharp basal lobes: fls. very large (2 to nearly 3 in. across), the rounded petals white with a purple blotch at the base. Argentina to Brazil, Chile and Peru. B.M. 6755. Gn. 27:473. I.H. 31:543. -First known as a cult, plant from seeds sent to England in 1883 from Buenos Ayres by John Ball. It is now a popular plant for aquaria and lily ponds. Tender to frost. It is spar- ingly naturalized in the southern parts of the U. S., on both the Atlantic and Pacific sides. AA. Sepals of pistillate fls. reflexed nftrr flmt-erina- pedicels of these fls. slender: carpels someu-ha't lllnndular. B. Bracts at base of whorls united, as if only 1. pusflla, Nutt. ( N. ntHuu, in part. S. subulata, Buch.) Mender and simple, usually only a few inches hiftb Ivs. mear or narrowly oblanceolate, rigid: fis few usually in 1 whorl, white, X-% in. across? the filaments broad. N. Y to Ala., along the coast.-Offered by dealers in native plants. BB. Bracts 3, at base of the whorls, c. Lvs. usually distinctly sagittal.-. latifolia, Willd. (S. varidbilis, Engelm. S. sagitta- Mia, var. varidbilis, Michx.). Fig. 2226. Very variable in stature and shape of Ivs., ranging from a few inches to 3-4 ft. tall: Ivs. mostly broad-sagittate with long basal lobes, but running into very narrow forms: fls. clear white, about 1 in. across, usually mono-clous, the filaments slender: akene winged, with a lateral or ob- lique beak. Common everywhere in margins of ponds and lakes, and offered by dealers in native plants for colonizing in bog gardens and in lily ponds. sagittaefblia, Linn. OLD WORLD ARROWHEAD. Rhizome thick and tuberous, stolon-bearing: Ivs. broad and sagittate, very variable in form and size: scapes erect, simple or branched, overtopping the Ivs.: bracts narrow-ovate, free or slightly connate at base, shorter than the pedicels: petals large, white; filaments gla- brous: akene nearly or quite orbicular and in this re- spect differing from the allied American species. Throughout Europe and Asia. — By some authors the American S. latifolia and others are considered to be con-specific. There is a form with double tts. ( var. flore- pleno, Hort. S. Japonica, Hort. ). S. Chinensis of most trade lists is apparently one of the many forms of this species. There appears to be another S. Chinensis in the trade, with lanceolate Ivs., the botanical position of which is undetermined. cc. Lvs. usually oblong or linear and not sagittate. D. Filaments slender, tapering upward, cobwebby. lancifolia, Linn. Erect and somewhat rigid, glabrous, the scape sometimes reaching 5 ft.: Ivs. lanceolate to narrow-oblong to nearly linear, nerved from the thick midrib: fis. white, in several whorls. Swamps, Del. to the tropics. DD. Filaments abruptly broadened, pubescent. graminea, Michx. Erect and simple, glabrous, 2 ft. or less high: Ivs. reduced to phyllodia, flat, broad-linear to lance-elliptic, pointed: fls. small, white, in 2 or 3 whorls- L. H. B. SAGO PALM. Consult Cycas. SAINFOIN, or SAINTFOIN. Onobrychis vicicefolia. ST. ANDKEWS CBOSS. Ascyrum Crux-Andrece. ST. DABEOC'S HEATH. See Dabaecia. ST. GEOBGE'S HEBB. I'aleriana officinalis. ST. JOHN'S BBEAD. Ceratonia Siliqua. ST. JOHN'S- WOBT. See ffypericum ; also Sym- phoricarpus. ST. PATBICK'S CABBAGE. Saxifraga umbrosa. ST. PETEB'S-WOBT. Ascyrum stans. Also applied to species of Hypericum, Primula and Symphoricarpus. SAINTPAtfLIA (from the discoverer of the plant, Baron Walter von Saint Paul). Gesnerace. vitellina, 7. Euphratica, pentandra, 4. Wisconsin Weep- falcata, 1. petiolaris, 18, 24. ing, 8. Forbyana. 25. A. Scales of ament green, deciduous. Mostly trees • B. Stamens more than 3. c. Buds small 1. nigra 2. amygdaloides CC. Buds larrje : /r.i. very shiny abore 3. lucida 4. pentandra 2232. Old roadside trees of Salix alba. 1600 SALIX BB. Stamens 2 or S. C. Large trees 5. 9. cc. Shrubs 10. AA. Scales of ament black above, persistent. Mostly shrubs. B. Stamens 2. c. Capsules hairy. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. CC. Capsules glabrous. 21. 22. 23. 24. BB. Stamen 1 25. 26. fragilis alba vitellina Babylonica elegantissima interior argophylla Caprea discolor Bebbiana humilis tristis sericea petiplaris viminalis Candida myrtilloides cordata irrorata incana purpurea Sitchensis 1. nigra, Marshall. BLACK WILLOW. Fig. 2233. Tree, 30-40 ft. high : bark flaky, often becoming shaggy : twigs brittle at base ; buds small: Ivs. lanceolate, green, both sides finely and evenly serrate : aments 1-2 in. long; scales oblong, deciduous ; stamens 3-6 : ovary ovate-conical, glabrous; style short but dis- tinct. E. N. Amer. Var. falcata, Pursh. Lvs. elongated, narrow and falcate. Var. pendula is cult. 2. amygdaloldes, Andersson. PEACH-LEAF WILLOW. Tree, 30-40 ft. high: bark longi- tudinally furrowed, less inclined to be flaky: Ivs. broader, glaucous beneath, on rather long, compressed petioles : aments loosely fld. : ovary lanceolate-conical ; style very short. Central and western N. Amer. 3. lucida, Muhl. Shrub or low, bushy tree, 6-15 ft. high: branches yellowish brown and highly polished : buds large, flattened and recurved at the apex: Ivs. large, broadly lan- ceolate-acuminate, serrate, dark green, shin- ing above: aments large, appearing with the Ivs.; scale pale green, deciduous; stamens 4-5: ovary pedicelled, rather obtuse, glabrous. E. N. Amer. —A beautiful plant, deserving of more extensive cultivation. 4. pentandra, Linn. (S. laurifblia, Hort. ). BAY-LEAF or LAUREL-LEAF WILLOW. Shrub or small tree, 8-20 ft. high : branches chest- nut color: Ivs. large, elliptic to broadly ob- lanceolate, acuminate, shining and dark green above, paler beneath ; aments appearing after many of the Ivs. are fully developed, not conspicuous. Europe and Asia. 5. fragilis, Linn. (S. vtridis, Fries. S.Rus- sellidna, Sm. ). BRITTLE WILLOW. Fig. 2233. Tree, 50-60 ft. high, excurrent in habit and of very rapid growth: branches brown, ob- liquely ascending: buds medium size, pointed: Ivs. large, lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous or slightly hairy when young, scarcely paler be- neath, glandular serrate : aments appearing with the ivs. (the staminate tree rare in America), seldom bearing good seed, slender; scales deciduous. Eu., N. Asia. Gn. 19, p. 517; 55, p. 89. — Frequently cultivated and also growing spontaneously in many places. A company of promoters induced many Amer- ican farmers to plant hedges of this Willow some fifty years ago. Many of these occur now throughout the country, the trees being 40-50 feet high. A stake cut from a tree and driven in the ground will soon establish it- 3. 2233. Leaves of Wil- lows (X%). 1. Salix petiolaris; 2. Candida; 3. purpurea; 4. myrtilloides; 5. nigra; 6. fragilis. SALIX self and grow into a tree. Var. decipiens> Hoffm. Twigs yellow: buds black in winter: Ivs. smaller and brighter green. Probably a hybrid with another species. 6. alba, Linn. WHITE WILLOW. Fig. 2234; also 2230-2. Large tree, with short and thick trunk, not excurrent in habit : branches yel- lowish brown : Ivs. ashy gray and silky throughout, giving a white appearance to the whole tree, 2-4 in. long, elliptical. Eu. Gn. 55, p. 87. — Heretofore associated with the next species, from which it differs in color of twigs and vesture and color of Ivs., as also in its general habit. It is only occasionally seen in America and has been known as /S'. alba, var. argentea, S. splendens, Bray, and S. regalis, Hort. These forms, not easily distinguishable from one another, can be readily distinguished from the following spe- cies. 7. vitellina, Linn. (S. bldnda, Anderss.). YELLOW WILLOW. Becoming a very large and venerable appearing tree, the rather short trunk often 4 ft. or more in diam. It is often pollarded. The crown is deliquescent and rounded in outline. Branches yellow: Ivs. silky-hairy when young, glabrous when ma- ture, glaucous beneath, the whiteness inten- sified after the Ivs. fall. Aments appearing with the leaves. Abundant in E. N. Amer. Mn. 8, p. 2"> (erroneously as £. a Jba). — Dis- playing many variations, the most obvious of which are: Var. aurea, Salisb. (var. auran- tlaca, Hort.), branches golden yellow, espe- cially just before the leaves appear in spring. Var. Britzensis, Hort., bark red. These as well as other choice varieties are grafted. Var. pendula. S.H. 2:361, 371. Gn. 55, pp. 15, 22. 8. Babyl6nica, Linn. (S. p6ndula, Moench). NAPOLEON'S WILLOW. Fig. 2234. A tree of weeping habit, 30-40 ft. high, with long, slen- der, olive-green branches ; buds small, acute: Ivs. 2-6 in. long, attenuate at base and apex: aments appearing with the Ivs., slender, the pistillate green: capsule small, 1 in. long. Caucasus. Gn. 1, p. 371; 34, p. 527; 39, p. 72; 55, p. 92. S.H. 1:261. -Long known in cultivation and often grown in cemeteries. Several forms recognized, some of which may be hybrids: Var. aurea, Hort., branches golden yellow. Var. annularis, Forbes, Ivs. twisted back so as to form a sort of ring. Var. dolorosa, Rowen. WISCONSIN WEEPING WILLOW. Lvs. glaucous beneath; hardy far- ther north. Var. Salamonii, Hort., more vigor- ous and upright in habit, a form originating in France. Gn. 55, p. 19. S.H. 2:373. 8. Salmonii of one catalogue is perhaps an error for this. Var. Japonica, Thunb., Ivs. more decidedly toothed ; aments longer and looser. 9. elegantissima, Koch. THURLOW'S WEEP- ING WILLOW. Tree with more spreading habit and larger crown than S. Babylonica: branches long and pendent, yellowish green, sometimes blotched with brown: appears to be more hardy than S. Babylonica. Japan. Gn. 55, p. 24. S.H. 2:363. R. Sieboldii, Hort., is this species or is closely related. 10. interior, Rowlee (S. rubra, Rich, not Huds. S. longifolia, Muhl., not Lam. S. fluvidtilis, Sargent and other recent authors in part). Fig. 2234. Varying in stature from a low shrub to a small tree, usually growing along streams and lake shores : twigs smooth and brown to densely tomentose and gray: buds plano-convex, with an obtuse and rounded apex, very small: Ivs. nearly or quite smooth, sparsely canescent to extremely ca- nescent, sessile, linear-elliptical, remotely den- tate, the teeth narrow, sometimes quite spin- ulose: stipules conspicuous, ear-shaped, ob- scurely denticulate, deciduous : aments of SALIX late spring on short lateral peduncles, which bear 4-6 Ivs., those borne later in the season on much longer leafy branches, very loosely fld.: fls. fascicled in clusters of 2-5 on the axis, a distinct interval between the fascicles, first appearing in May and often bearing a second set of aments in early summer; scales usually glabrous or somewhat hairy toward the base, narrowly oblong, yellowish, decid- uous after flowering : filaments crisp hairy below, smooth above : capsules sessile, clothed when young with appressed silvery hairs, becoming nearly smooth at maturity: stigmas short, sessile. Central N. America.— The pistillate ament, lax at anthesis, becomes more so as the capsules mature, and by this character the species can easily be distin- guished from related species. 11. argophylla, Nuttall (S. longifblia, var. argophylla, Anderss. S. fluvidtilis, var. ar- gophylla, Sargent. S. Hindsiana, Bentham). Tree or large shrub, 12-18 ft. high, forming dense thickets but not growing in clumps: branches nearly glabrous and exceedingly tough : bark turning from brown to bright yellow or orange just before blooming, mak- ing a thicket of it a most conspicuous ob- ject: Ivs. narrowly lanceolate, closely sessile, entirely or rarely minutely and remotely denticulate, clothed equally on both sides with an appressed silky pubescence, which more or less conceals the veins ; stipules obsolete: scales oblong and obtuse in the staminate ament, narrower and more acute in the pistillate ; lower half of the filament densely crispy hairy: capsule lanceolate, cov- ered with straight appressed silky hairs, closely sessile: stigmas sessile; mature cap- sule often nearly glabrous. — Occasionally the leaves remain upon the plant over winter, the young shoots appearing in their axils in spring. Ament surpassed in length by its leafy peduncles; appearing in May in Ore- gon and northern California and flowering in- termittently all summer. This species is dis- tinguished by its narrowly lanceolate, entire leaves, obsolete stipules, small and rather narrow aments, erose scales and hairy cap- sules. S. argophylla occurs on the Pacific slope from southern California to British Columbia. It is a western representative of the long-leaved Willows. Not advertised, but a beautiful species common along streams and irrigation ditches. 12. Caprea, Linn. GOAT WILLOW. Fig. 2235. A small tree, 12-25 ft. high, with up- right branches: Ivs, large, 2-5 in. long, 1-3 in. wide, rounded or subcordate at base, ru- gose, very variable: aments appearing before the Ivs., large and showy, especially the stam- inate ones. Eu. Asia. — The typical form often occurs in yards where it has sprouted from the stock upon which the more popular but scarcely more ornamental variety, pend- ula, has been grafted. Var. pendula, Hort. KILMARNOCK WILLOW. Dwarfed form, grafted on stock about 4 ft. high, and forming a weeping shrub. Often planted in yards. S. multin6rvis is supposed to be a hybrid, and probably belongs with S. Caprea. 8. Caprea, var. tricolor, Hort., is said by F. W. Kelsey to be a round-headed tree, with "tricolored foliage." S. palmcefblia, Hort., is said by F. W. Kelsey to be cf vigorous growth, with large, deep green Ivs. and reddish purple young wood. 13. discolor, Muhl. PUSSY WILLOW. Figs. 2228, 2229, 2234. A shrub or short-trunked tree, 10-20 ft. high : buds very large and nearly black: Ivs. smooth and bright green above, whitish beneath, irregularly crenate-serrate : aments appear early in spring, before the Ivs., closely sessile, enveloped in long, silky SALIX 1601 2234. Leaves of Wil- lows (X %). 7. Snlix alba; 8. Babylonica; 9. interior ; 10. Bebbiana; 11. tristit ; 12. discolor. hairs. E. N. Amer. - Worthy of more ex- tended cultivation and thriving in dry ground 14. Bebbiana, Sarg. (S. r<>xtn)t 2236. Leaves of Sa- lix cord at a, show- ing stipules. (X %.) SALLOW. Salix Caprea. SALMON BEKEY. Rubus spec- tabilis. See also Alaska. SALPICHEOA (Greek, tube and skin; in reference to the form and texture of the flower). Syn., Sal/nchroma. Solanacem. About 10 species. Natives of extra-tropical legions, mostly American herbs or shrubs. Lvs. often small, entire, long-petioled: fls. white or yellow, 2-3 in. long (section Eusalpichroa) or only about % in. long rhomboidea, Miers (Salpichrtona rhomboideuni, Miers). A half-hardy climber, somewhat woody, with green, flexuous branches: Ivs. ovate-rhomboid: fls. small, usually less than % in. long, solitary, nod- ding, white ; corolla short, con- stricted at the middle and at the throat, and bearing on the inside a fleshy, woolly ring: berry ovate- oblong, yellowish or white, edible, but of poor flavor. Argentine Republic. G.C. III. 24:450. R.H. 1897:531. Gn. 35, p. 367. — The plant appears to be offered as Withania origanifolia. Cult, in S. California. P. W. BARCLAY. SALPICHEOMA. See Salpichroa. SALPIGL6SSIS (Greek, tube and tongue; alluding to the form of the corolla and the appearance of the style). Solanaceae. A genus of possibly 2 or 3 species of annual or biennial plants, natives of Chile. The only species in cult, is £. sinuata, which was formerly divided into about 6 species mainly on the color of the flowers. S. sinuata has greatly improved in size of flowers and range of color until it is at the present time amongst our very finest half-hardy annuals. Plants about 18 in. high, covered with short glandular hairs: Ivs. entire, wavy-margined, dentate or pinnatifid: fls. 2237. Salpiglossis sinuata (X %). long-stemmed, large, funnel-shaped, ranging in color from various shades of purple and blue through nu- merous reds and yellows to creamy white, and usually SALPIGLOSSIS beautifully marbled and penciled with several color*. Calyx tubular, 5-cleft: corolla funnelfonn, widely bell' shaped at the throat; lobes 5, plicate, emarginate: stamens 4, didynamous: capsule oblong or ovoid- valves 2-cleft. The varieties of Salpiglossis require the general treatment given half-hardy annuals. They prefer a deep, light rich soil not given to sudden extremes of moisture and dryness. The seeds may be sown indoors by the middle of March, or later, or may be sown out- doors in early spring. Care must be taken that the early sown plants do not become stunted before being planted out. They bloom for several weeks in late summer. The flowers are useful for cutting and last well in water. The plant is also excellent as a green- house annual for late winter bloom. Seeds for this pur- pose may be sown in late summer. sinuata, Ruiz and Pav. (S. varidbilis, Hort. S. hy- brida, Hort. S. grandifldra, Hort. ). Fig. 2237. Hardy annual, 1-2 ft. high, suberect, branched, sticky-pubes- cent, with Us. 2 in. long and wide, ranging from straw- color and yellow through scarlet nearly to blue, with great variation in venation, and markings: lower Ivs. petiolate, elliptic-oblong, wavy-toothed or pinnately cut: upper Ivs. more nearly entire: bracts sessile, entire. Vars. azurea, aurea, coccinea, pumila, nana are offered. V.23:129. Gn. 29, p. 166; 40, p. 75. R.H. 1849:361. Var. superbissima has a more columnar manner of growth with a thick, unbranched stem. G.C. III. 22:363. A.G. F. W. BARCLAY. SALPlNGA (Salpinx, trumpet; referring to the shape of the calyx). Melastomclcete. Here belongs the dwarf stove foliage plant known to the trade as Bertolonia margaritacea. The Ivs. are large, heart-shaped, metal- lic green above, with lines of small white dots running from the base to the apex as do also the 5 prominent ribs; the lower surface is a dull but rich crimson. For culture, and botany of allied genera, see Bertolonia. Fls. 5-merous: calyx tube 10-ribbed, limb with 5 ob- scure or elongated lobes: stamens 10, opening by a single pore at the apex. margaritacea, T r i a n a . (Bertoldnia margaritacea, Bull. Gravesia guttata, var. ninr. cacalisefolia, 28. leueantha, 17. .s'/S'. splendens in the darker red of the fls., the cordate Ivs., and the calyx, which is dull colored and conspicuously striate but hardly "colored "; also the 3 lobes of the lower lip seem to be all about the same size and lying in the same plane instead of hav- ing the lateral ones reflexed. Mexican shrub or herb, 3 ft. high: Ivs. ovate, cordate, somewhat acute, not acu- minate. B.R. 16:1356. — This name seems not to be ad- vertised in America to-day, but in 1886 Gray stated that S. splendens and S. fulgens were the two common red- fld. kinds in cult. Section 7. 5. coccinea, Linn. This name is said to be loosely used in trade catalogues for S. splendens, and it is doubtful whether the true S. coccinea is in cult. Per- ennial or annual, 2 ft. high: Ivs. cordate: fls. deep scar- let, 1 in. or less long; calyx slightly reddish, lower lip twice as long as upper, the middle lobe very large and 2-lobed. Trop. America; also S. C. to Fla. and Tex. Var. lactea, Hort., is advertised. Section 7. Var. Pseudo - coccinea, Gray (S. Pseudo-coccinea, Jacq.),is a tall variety which is hirsute on stem and petioles, instead of glabrate. B.M. 2864. 6. Boemeriana, Scheele (S. porphyrdntha, Decaisne. S. porphyrata, Hook. ) . Perennial, 1-2 ft. high : Ivs. cor- SALVIA date: fls. scarlet, 1 in. or more long; calyx purplish or reddish towards tips; lower lip a trifle longer than the upper, the middle lobe large and 2-cleft. Tex., Mex. R H. 1854:301. B.M. 4939. F.S. 11:1080. - Considered hardy by Thorburn. Section 10 7. Sessei, Benth. (S. R&ziii, Schflidw.). Fig. 2243. Remarkable for its large fls. (2 in. long), witli boldly deflexed lower lip, which is not 3-lobed but merely 2- cut at apex ; also remarkable for the large, loose calyx, flushed with brick-red towards apex. Mexican siilj- shrub: Ivs. ovate, serrate, not cordate. F.S. 14:1407. 8. carduacea, Benth. Fig. 2243. Unique among Salvias for its thistle -like foliage and fringed Hs. The Ivs. and the large conspicuous bracts are very prickly and the lilac- colored fls. much cut, the fringes of the lower lip being more numerous and deeper. Tender perennial from Calif., \-\% ft. high, very woolly: Ivs. all radical, densely woolly be- neath. B. M. 4874. G. C. II. 19: 56. -Offered by Calif, collec- tors and lately by eastern seeds- men. Section 8. 9. Columbariae, Benth. A common California!! annual hardly worth cult, for ornament the blue fls. being about % :n. across and not as long as the bracts. Height 9 in.-2 ft. : Ivs. few, wrinkled, radical ones long- stalked, oblong, pinnatifld or bipinnatifld ; divisions obtuse. B.M. 6595 (fls. lilac).— Offered by Orcutt. 10. officinalis, Linn. SAGE. Woolly white, south European subshrub, varying greatly in breadth and woolliness of Ivs. : fls. purple, blue or white, large or small : whorls few, dense, 10-20-fld. — The form commonly cultivated as a kitchen herb is var. tenuior, Alef., with blue fls. and Ivs. 3-4 times as long as broad. Other forms are: var. albiflora, Alef., with white fls. and Ivs. 3-4 times as long as broad; var. salicifblia, Alef., with Ivs. 4-7 times as long as broad; var. lati- fdlia, Alef., with Ivs. twice as long as broad; var. crispa, Alef., with crisped and variegated foliage; var. sturnina, Alef., Ivs. green and white; var. icterina, Alef., Ivs. green and gold; var. purpurascens, Alef., with somewhat reddish foliage which is said to have the strongest and pleasantest taste, and is preferred in England for kitchen use; var. Milleri, Alef., with Ivs. somewhat red and spotted; var. aurea, Hort., with golden yellow foliage and compact habit; var. tricolor, Vilmorin (S. tricolor, Hort., not Lem.), with Ivs. of three colors, gray-green, yellowish white and pink, be- coming rosy or deep red. Section 1. 11. verticillata, Linn. Perennial herb from southern Europe and western Asia, with Ivs. like a dandelion: Ivs. lyrate, cordate at base, apical lobe largest, ovate- rotund: whorls globose, 20-40-fld.: fls. blue; corollas twice as long as calyx. — Section 12. 12. lyrata, Linn. Hardy perennial herb, with some- what tuberous root and scape-like stems: fls. 1 in. long, blue or violet. N. J. to 111., south Fla. to Tex.-Onee offered by Bassett, of Hammonton, N. J. Section 10. 13. hlans, Royle. Fig. 2243. Handsome hardy per- ennial herb from the Himalayas, with large blue cr purple fls., the lower lip often white, prettily speckled with blue or purple: plant villous, 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. 3-5 in. long, deltoid-ovate, base truncate or hastate; petiole 4-8 in. long: raceme 8-12 in. long: fls. 1-1% in. long; upper lip 2-lobed, lower lip with large obcordate midlobe and broad revolute side lobes. B.M. 6517. B.R. 27:39. R.H. 1845: 145. -Section 3. 14. Sclarea, Linn. CLARY. Biennial (according to DeCandolle): Ivs. broadly ovate, cordate at the base, the largest 8-9 in. long, 4-5 in. wide : fls. pale purple or SALVIA 1G07 Mulsh. Discussed above. U.K. rj : ](\m ( N. Sii,ixii ). B.M. 2320 (as .S'. ftTMtMte).— Btttta J'ink: Us. blue, with a white under lip in both plates. Sen ion "i. 15. Horminum, Linn. Annual: Ivs. oval-oblong, rounded or \vedire--i, aped at the base: Ms. reddish vio- let. Discussed above. Yo-s calls the varieties with colored floral Ivs.: vars. vulgaris, fight vioiet; violacea (S. Bluebeard, Hort.), light violet -blue; rubra ntid alba. -Section 4. 16. larinacea, Benth. Fitr*. 2244. 224:.. charming and popular plant, with violet or purple corollas set off by 2M3. Types of Salvia. (All X '/£.) At the left, S. carduacea; unique for its fringed flowers. Next is S. leueantha, example of kinds in which the flower does not giipe widely. The two at the right, S. hiatus and Sessei, are interesting for the size and lobing of the middle lobe of the lower lip. the light blue mealy calyx. Botanically close to S. azurea but easily distinguished by color of fls. Peren- nial herb, 2-3 ft. high: lower Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, coarsely and irregularly serrate; upper Ivs. lanceolate or narrower. R.H. 1873:90. Gn. 9:19; 28, p. 59. -Al- though a native of Texas, it is offered by several dealers in hardy herbaceous perennials. It is also treated as a hardy annual. Section 7. 17'. leueantha, Cav. Fig. 2243. Delightful Mexican shrub, with white club-shaped fls. (not widely gaping) set off by purple calices. Branches covered with white wool, which is at length deciduous: Ivs. lanceolate, ser- rate: fls. 1 in. long; calyx densely lanate. According to DeCandolle the whorls are many-fld., but in B.M. 4318, F.S. 22:2318, and Gn. 21:336 they are mostly 6-fld. — Section 7. 18. argentea, Linn. Biennial, 2-4 ft. high, viscid: lower Ivs. 6-8 in. long, oblong, crenate, rugose: inflor- escence a panicle 2-2% ft. long, usually composed of 3 branches: whorls distant, about 6-fld.: fls. whitish, purplish pubescent above; upper lip or galea much longer than the lower. Mediterranean region. F.C. 3:112. — Seems to be considered a hardy perennial by American seedsmen. It is worth cultivating for the woolly white foliage alone. Section 5. 19. blcolor, Lam. Hardy biennial, spring-blooming plant, with large blue fls., the lower lip white at first, but said'.to fade quickly to a rusty brown : Ivs. all cor- date at base and sticky-pubescent; lower ones ovate, incised and dentate; upper ones lanceolate: upper lip of corolla hooded, lower lip 3-lobed. N. Africa, Spain. B.M. 1774. G.M. 40:487. -Section 6. 20. involucrata, Cav. This has just enough purple in its fls. to exclude it from the scarlet-fld. section, but it has a very brilliant color and distinct form of flower. The corolla is swollen in the middle, constricted at the throat and not wide-gaping. The species is also re- markable for the large, showy, rosy purple, deciduous bracts. Lvs. long-stalked, ovate, acuminate, serrate, rounded-wedge-shaped at the base: inflorescence dense. BM. 2872. B.R. 14:1205. R.H. 1858, p. 239.- Var. 1608 SALVIA Deschampsiana, Verlot, has brighter colored corolla and caS R H. 1869:130. Var. B6thelli (S. BetheUi, Hort.) is a horticultural form of more compact habit and fls. described as rosy crimson or puce. Gn. 2l:63b. — bec- tion 7. 1* 2244. Habit of Salvia farinacea. No. 16.! From a mass 2 ft. high. 21. ianthina, Otto & Dietr. (S. H6veyi, Hort.). Ten- der herb, doubtless perennial, with the habit of S.splen- dens, but the fls. purple-violet, the calices colored still deeper. Supposed to be native to Mex, or Peru. F.S. 9:884. R.H. 1854:61. — £. ianthina is not advertised, but S. ffoveyi, said to be a sport from S. splendens originat- ing with C. M. Hovey, is probably synonymous with S. ianthiana. G.C. II. 15:145. — Section 7. 22. azurea, Lam. Blue-fld. perennial, 1-5 ft. high: lower Ivs. lanceolate, serrate ; upper Ivs. narrower, often linear, entire: fls. blue, varying to white. B.M. 1728. S. C. to Fla. and Tex., varying insensibly into the •western. Var. grandifldra, Benth. (S. Pitcheri, Torr.), which •differs in being cinereous -puberulent : inflorescence denser: calyx tomentulose - sericeous rather than mi- nutely puberulent. This is found from Miss, and Tex. to Kans. and Colo., and in its hardy form is a delightful plant. Here probably belongs S. Pitcheri, var. angusti- Mia, once offered by John Saul. Gn. 19:288. G.C. II. 14:685. — According to Woolson the plant usually sent out by nurserymen on both sides of the Atlantic for S. Pitcheri is S. farinacea. Section 7. 23. sylv6stris, Linn. Hardy perennial herb, with pur- ple-violet fls. : lower Ivs. petioled, upper ones sessile, all oblong -lanceolate, rounded or cordate at base: whorls 6-10-fld.: corollas twice as long as calyx. Eu., U. Asia. — Section 6. 2.445. Flowers of Salvia farinacea. Natural size. 24. pratensis, Linn. Fig. 2246 The most popular hardy blue-fld. Salvia. Perennial herb, sometimes tu- berous-rooted, the fls. normally blue, with reddish and white varieties. The Ivs., especially in the southern SALVIA varieties, are said to be more or less spotted red: lower Ivs. petiolate, oblong-ovate, crenate or incised, cordate at base, glabrous above, pubescent beneath along the petioles and nerves; stem-lvs. few, sessile: uppermost lanceolate bracts shorter than the calyx, reflexed, cor- date-ovate: whorls 6-fld. : fls. about 1 in. long, blue; calyx sticky -villous; corolla thrice as long as calyx.— Var. rubicunda (S. rubictinda, Wender. ) is a name which may be used for the reddish-fld. form cult, in America. Var. alba, Hort., has white flowers. The fol- lowing forms are given by Voss, and are probably pro- curable from Germany: Vars. atroviol&cea, albiflora, and variegata ; the last has pale blue fls., with the midlobe of the lower lip white. 25. Verbenaca, Linn. (S. Spielmanni, Willd.). Hardy perennial herb with blue, rarely whitish fls. Here prob- ably belongs S. spelmina of the American trade, which is presumably an error for S. Spielmanni. Lvs. ovate or oblong, lower ones petiolate, narrowed at base, upper ones broader, sessile and cordate at base : corolla about half as long again as the calyx. Eu., Orient. 26. lanceolata, Brouss. A plant has been cult, under this name in American nurseries, but it is believed to be a hardy perennial, and is probably some common species. The true S. lanceolata is an annual with blue or purplish flowers about % in. long. Prairies, Neb. to Tex., Ariz, and Mex. ; also E. Fla. 27. patens, Cav. The most popular tender blue-fld. Salvia. Peren- nial herb : stem pilose, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. petio- late, ovate-deltoid, cre- nsitr, hastate at the base »r the uppermost Ivs. rounded at the base, his- pid on both sides : bracts lanceolate-linear, spread- ing, few, remote: whorls 2-fld. :"• fls. 2 in. long or more, blue; calyx villous. Mts. of Mex. B.M. 3808. B. 3:109. F. 1840:222. Var. alba, Hort., is ad- vertised in Europe. Sec- tion 7. 28. cacaliaefolia.Benth. Tender blue-fld. peren- nial herb with triangular, mostly basal Ivs. and glutinous- villous blossoms, which are swollen at the throat; Ivs. undulate, villous beneath: inflorescence generally a pan- icle of 1 central and 2 lateral racemes: whorls 2-fld. Mex. B.M. 5274. F.S. 22:2318. Gn. 21:336. -Section 7. S. acuminata, Ruiz & Pav. Peruvian blue-fld. subshrub, the lower lip of corolla white toward the base. R.H. 1843:493.— S. amoena, Sims, is a synonym of S. lamiifolia.— S. angusti- folia, Cav. Mexican blue-fld. perennial herb, the lower lip longer than the upper and more or less white towards the base. B.R. 18:1554. Section 7.— S. asperdta, Falc. Himalayan plant, with yellowish white fls. and very large bracts which are lined with greenish white. B.M. 4884. Section 5.— S. atirea, Linn. Very remarkable South African shrub, with large bronzy yellow fls. Lvs. white-woolly, petioled, ovate or round- ish: calyx exceptionally large and leafy, loose, bell-shaped and blunt. B.M. 182. G.C. II. 26:745.— S. Austrlaca. Linn. A per- ennial from southeastern Eu., with yellowish fls., the upper lip spotted red. B.R. 12:1019. Section 6.— S. Boliviano,, Planch. One of the most desirable Salvias not cult, in America. It is a splendid red-fld. subshrub found in the Bolivian Andes at 10,000-12,000 ft., and has a remarkably dense raceme of tubular fls., each 2 in. or more long. It is close to S. rutilans, but, as Hooker says, " the panicles of S. Boliviana are much denser- flowered, the calices larger, with longer lips, and the corolla twice as long and straighter, with a smaller lower lip." B.M. 6714. F.S. 11:1148. Section l.—S. Candelabrum, Boiss., is re- markable from the fact that the fls. are dull and pale except for the large purple uuderlip. Mexican subshrub, found 2,500- 2246. Salvia pratensis (X SALVIA SAMBUCUS 1609 1 in. long, but they perhaps represent the nearest approach to a good yellow that Salvia affords. P.C. 1:5. Section 5 —S chamcedrMdes, Cav., is a blue-nd. Mexican subshrub, the lower lip longer than the upper and the Us. marked with white on both lips toward the throat. Also found in Alex. B M 808 Section 7.— A', confertiflura, Pohl, is a unique and most desira- ble species. The raceme is extremely long (2 ft.), with about 2 dozen distant whorls of fls.: whorls many-rid.: tts. small «lub-shaped, not widely gaping, white at base, bright soft red at apex. A charming subshrub, found in the Organ Mts in Brazil. B.M. 3899. Section 7.— S. dichrda, Hook., is perhaps a botanical var. of S3. bicolor. Its fls. are blue, except the mid- lobe of the lower lip, which is white. It is a native of the At- las Mts. in Morocco, probably a tender perennial herb. Root- Ivs. oblong, acute at base, while those of S. bicolor are deeply cordate. B.M. 6004. Section 6.— S. elegant, Vahl. Red-ttd Mexican herb, slender, 2-4 ft. high: whorls 6-ttd.: fls. scarlet' more than 1 in. long. B.M. 6448 (fls. purplish crimson). Sec- tion 7.—*'. eriocdlyx, Bertero, is a shrub found in Jamaica be- longing to ii group remarkable for their densely woolly calicos It is figured in R.H. 1844:1 with white corollas and purple •calices. Section 7.— .S'. Forskbhlei, Linn., is a hardy perennial from Asia Minor. If it is worth cultivating it is for the nov- elty of the variegated fls., which are curiously marked with violet, blue and white, the filaments red and the anthers blue. B.M. 988. Section 'A.— S. gesnerceflbra, Lindl. & Past., is a red- fld. Colombian subshrub, that should be in cult. The fls. are large, brilliant, of very uncommon shape, being swollen at the middle and constricted at the throat; the lower hangs down and is barely 2-cut at apex. I.H. 1:32. F.S. 20:2131. P. 1851:145.— S. Gordonidna, a trade name in America, seems un- known to botanists. Possibly a form of some common species. — S. Grahami, Benth. The showiest part of the fl. in this spe- cies is the midlobe of the lower lip, which is large and obcor- date. Mexican subshrub, which bears deep crimson and pur- ple fls. at the same time, the latter being the older ones. The species is also remarkable for 2 small white spots, one on each half of the midlobe of the lower lip. B.R. 16:1370. Section 7.— S. Heerii, Regel. Peruvian subshrub, 3-5 ft. high, with scarlet fls., lately offered in S. (Jalif., and formerly by John Saul, of Washington, D. C. Lvs. petioled, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, •cordate at base, toothed, pale green above, whitish below, 4 in. lon», 1 in. wide: whorls 2-fld.: fls. % in. long or more, later striped white; corolla not hairy inside. Probably Section 7.— S. Hispanica, Lin i., is included in many modern works, but is probably not worth cultivating. It is an annual with small blue fls. scarcely longer than the calyx. Trop. Amer. B.R. -5:. '{.TO. S. Hispanica of some authors, a native of Spain and It.-ily, is S. officinalis. Section 7.—S. Indica, Linn., is said by the Flora of British India to be a native of Syria, not of India. It is a hardy perennial with variegated fls.; upper lip violet; lower lip shorter, white, speckled with violet and bordered with yellow. B.M. 395. — S. interrupta, Schousb. Hardy sub- shrub from Morocco, with pinnatisect foliage and large, white- throated fls. which are described in B.M. 5860 as dark violet- purple, but shown as blue in the plate. Section 2.—S. lamiifd- lia, Jacq. (S. amrena, Sims). Blue- or violet-fld. West Indian .shrub, 6-8 ft. high. B.M. 1294. B.R. 6:446. L.B.C. 4:377. Sec- tion 7.— S. lavenduloldes, HBK. (S. lavenduliformis, Neu- mann), is an azure-blue-fld. Mexican perennial herb: whorls about 10-fld. Very attractive. R.H. 1845:445. Section 7.—S. leonuroldes, Gloxin. (S. formosa, L'Herit.), belongs to a small group of scarlet-fld. shrubs from Peru and Brazil, which are remarkable for their axillary inflorescence. Upper lip red- hairy. Peru. B.M. 376. Section 7.— S. longiflbra, Ruiz & Pav., has probably the longest tts. of the genus. It is a Peruvian shrub, with nodeling racemes of red fls., each 4-5 in. long. Sec- tion l.—S. macrostachya, HBK., is a shrubby plant, found in Ecuador and Colombia at 10,000 feet. It grows 6 ft. high and has large pale blue fls. which are overshadowed by the too con- spicuous green, persistent bracts. B.M. 7372. Section 7.— S. marmorata Hort., is said to be "white, striped scarlet," doubt- less referring to the fls. Presumably a variety ot S. splendens. — S. nigrescens was advertised by John Saul about 1893 and seems unknown to botanists. Possibly a form of some com- mon species. "Fls. blackish violet; calyx lavender." — S. nil- •tans, Linn., is given in many modern works, but is scarcely worth cult, unless for the unusual circumstance that the in- florescence is nodding. The fls. are violet and less than % in. long. Hardy perennial herb from western Eu. B.M. 2436. Sec- tion 6. — H. rhombifblia, Ruiz & Pav. Peruvian blue-fld. annual, the lower lip larger and lined with white at the throat. B.R. 17: 1429 (as S. foliosa, Benth.).— S. rubescens, HBK. Charming shrub from Andes of Ecuador, with brilliant red corollas set off by purple calices. Inflorescence panicled: fls. tubular, 1 in. long, lower lip larger. B.M. 5947. Section 7. Very desirable. — S. scabiostxfblia. Lam. (S. Habliziana, Willd.). One of the most attractive white-fld. Salvias, and said to be hardy. Per- ennial herb form Tauria, with large white fls. more or less speckled with pink. B.M. 1429 and 5209. Section 1.— S. scapi- formis, Hance. The habit of this plant is all but unique and singularly attractive. It has the alpine habit, Ivs. all radical and the slender leafless scapes rising 6-10 in., with a dozen or more 6-fld. distant whorls of small amethystine flowers. For- mosa. BM.6980. Section ll.-S. Schimptri. Benth has white . - m long and is one of the few desirable plants from Abyg- »«n\tt> SL*ti m.OUIlt<"» Plant, pn-smmably .•» t..nd.T perennial M\'' r! , ! l'rj>""n""t. '"•'"•«» whirh are white, bord-ml Kr".,> B.M. 6.<00. bertion 5.-.V. stricti/ldra, Hook., is ex,-e,,tionally nteresting by reason of its stiffly erect, tabular fls.. the lower •MPr w^",nine,l°w,er.lip neartl»e throat. B.M. 5J»1. Grows at -.,000-J.OOO ft., but presumably t.-nd.-r nortli. S.-tj,,,, i.-g tricolor, Lem. not Hort., has whit* fls. tipped with purple on the upper lip and beautifully suffused with red at the apex of the midlobe of the lower lip. I.H.4:120. F.S.I-J: H':t7. S^tion 7 W. M. SALVINIA (Antonio Maria Salvini, 1633-1729, Italian scientist). Marniiidcete. Salvinia is an interesting plant for the small home aquarium. It is a floating plant with slender stems bearing 2-ranked, oblong Ivs 4-ti lines or even 1 in. long. The upper surface of the Ivs.' is covered with papillae or minute warts; the lower is densely matted with brown, pellucid hairs. The plant is supposed to have no true roots. What look like roots are believed to be finely dissected leaves. Many aquatic plants have these two types of foliage, e. g., the Water Buttercup, Ranunculus aquatilis. The plant is of easy culture in summer, but many persons have lost it over winter by not understanding its habits. It is an annual and often dies in the winter after ripening a crop of spores. Get a broad pan, fill it half full of loam and then fill the pan with water. After the water has cleared place the Salvinias on the surface. In the winter watch for the formation of the spore capsules. These grow in masses near the top of the clusters of root-like leaves. After the plants die the spore capsules will remain in the soil. The plant often passes the winter in greenhouses in a grow- ing condition, producing no spores. Salvinia is not a flowering plant. It is a cryptogam and has two kinds of spores, large ones and minute ones. The "spore capsules " mentioned above are technically sporocarps. Of each cluster of sporocarps, 1 or 2 con- tain 10 or more sessile macrosporangia, each of which contains a solitary macrospore. The other sporocarps in the cluster contain numerous pedicelled microsporan- gia,|each of which contains numerous microspores. For a fuller and illustrated description see Britton and Brown's Illustrated Flora. Salvinia is variously estimated to have 1-13 species. Aquatic plants are noted for their wide geographical range. The variations incident to wide range are not considered worthy the rank of species by many botan- ists. Salvinia natans, Linn., is the common Eu- ropean and Asian species and possibly the only one. S. Braziliensis is another trade name. Its Ivs. are said to have a "delicate hairy surface." •\/yi jn_ SAMBtTCUS (old Latin name of the Elder, perhaps derived from Greek sambuke, a musical instrument said to be made of Elder wood). Capri foliacece. KI.DKK. About 20 species of trees or shrubs (rarely perennial herbs) with opposite, pinnate Ivs., Ifts. serrate or la- ciniate, and numerous small white fls. in compound cymes: fr. a juicy drupe or berry, red, black, white or green. A valuable genus for the planter, of which the golden forms are too much used and the American spe- cies, S. Canadensis and pubens, too little. Either massed or single they are very effective. A hint for the effective use of S. C'anadensix and ptibenn may be had from natural plantations when the two species are in- termingled, the white flowers of the former contrasting strongly with the red fruit of the latter. Readily propa- gated by cuttings either of wood or root. S. Canadensis is one of our minor fruit plants. Elderberry wine is a common home product. The Brainard Elderberry in- troduced in 1890 by Brandt has fruits fully three times as large as the wild berries. Botanically, Sambucus is closely allied to Viburnum, being essentially distinguished by the 3-5-loculed ovary, that of Viburnum being usually 1-loculed. Other generic characters: calyx 3-5-lobed or toothed; corolla rotate, 3-5-parted, lobes generally imbricate: stamens 5; disk none or convex: style 3-parted: ovule solitary, pendu- lous from apex: drupe 3-5-stoned: stones 1-seeded. 1610 SAMBUCUS A. Color of fruit black or blackish. B. Fruit not glaucous. c. Height 12-25 ft. when 'full grown. niffra Linn. COMMON EUROPEAN ELDER. A large shrub or small tree, 12-25 ft. high, with rough bark; old wood hard, yellow, fine grained: Ifts. 5-9: fls. m 2247. Common Elder, blooming in summer— Sambucus Canadensis (X. Yz) flat 5-rayed cymes : fr. black or dark green. — May, June. The following horticultural vars. are sufficiently distin- guished by their names : argentea, aurea, heterophylla, laciniata, pulverulenta, pyramidalis, rotuudif61ia, varie- gata. Of these var. aurea is distinct by reason of its yellow foliage; laciniata and heterophylla by reason of variously cut Ifts., making them very effective in mass planting. Var, variegata is not constant in its variegation. 8. heterophylla, laciniata, variegata, etc., of trade catalogues, are presumably varieties of S. SAMPHIRE cc. Height 5-12 ft. Canadensis, Linn. COMMON AMERICAN or SWEET ELDER. Fig. 2247. Shrubby, 5-12 ft. high ; wood with white pith, occupying the greater part of the stem: Ivs. pinnate- Ifts. 5-11, smooth: fls. white, in a flat cyme: fr. black. June, July. Fruit ripe Aug., Sept. Var. aurea has yel- low foliage. Var. variegata has yellowish white mark' ings. Var. laciniata has the Ifts. vari- ously cut and indented. Var. glauca has whitish hairs on the leaves. Gng. 6:88. Gn. 55, p. 385. B.B. 3:228. -This is the common Elder, blooming in mid- summer, and one of the choicest of native shrubs although seldom appre- ciated. The flowers are fragrant. BB. Fruit glaucous, i.e., strongly whitened -with a mealy bloom. glauca, Nutt. Arborescent, 6-18 ft. high, glabrous throughout: Ifts. 5-9, ovate to narrowly oblong. Pacific coast east to Idaho and Nev. Seed offered 1901 in S. Calif. Gn. 53, p. 68. AA. Color of fruit red. B. Petioles glabrous. racemosa, Linn. Lfts. oblong-acu- minate, unequal at the base: fls. pani- culate. Native of Eu. -Asia and closely resembles the next ; perhaps a little taller and the twigs usually 4-angled. Vars. in the trade are plnmosa, plu- mdsa aurea and laciniata, which are not equal in value to similar forms of 8. nigra, var. laciniata. Var. aurea, which is being sent out in 1901, seems to belong to this species. BB. Petioles pubescent. pubens, Michx. RED-BERRIED ELDER. Height 5-7 ft. ; wood thicker than in S. Canadensis, pith brown ; bark warty: Ifts. 5-7: fls. in pyramidal paniculate cymes : fr. red. April, May. Fruit ripening in June, while S. Can- adensis is still in flower. N. Amer. B.B. 3:228. — The American representa- tive of S. racemosa, and by many considered to be identical with that species. JOHN F. COWELL. SAMPHIRE ( CritJnnum maritimum) is the name corrupted from sampler, itself a corruption of the French Saint Pierre (St. Peter), given to a succu- lent-stemmed, half-hardy perennial, well known upon rocky coasts above high tide in Great Britain as sea-fen- nel, parsley-pert, and St. Peter's herb. It belongs to the family Umbelliferw. The plants, which attain a height of from 1-2 ft., have somewhat linear, glaucous-green, fleshy leaves, % in. long, small, white or yellowish flowers, which appear in umbels during July, and oblong, yellowish, fennel -like, smallish seeds of light weight, which ripen in early autumn and lose their germinating power within a year. For more than three centuries the crisp and aromatic leaves and young stems gath- ered in August or September have been used in salads and vinegar pickles. Samphire rarely reaches perfection in gardens far from the sea- coast, unless grown upon sandy or gravelly soil, and watered frequently and plentifully with weak salt and soda solutions. It may be propagated by root division, but better by sowing the seed as soon as ripe, the plants being thinned to stand from 1-1 K ft. asunder in rows 2-2 K ft. apart. Golden Samphire (Inula crithmifolia), a native of the marshes and sea-coast of Great Britain, is an erect hardy perennial. 1-1% ft. tall, with small, fleshy leaves SAMPHIRE and yellow flowers in small, umbel-like clusters. Though grown and used like true Samphire, for which it is often sold, it lacks the pleasing, aromatic taste of the genuine. It belongs to the family Compositoe. For Marsh Samphite, see Salicornia. ]\i. Q RAINS SANCHEZIA (after Jos. Sanches, professor of bot- any at Cadiz). Acanthctcew. Strong, erect herbs or half-shrubby plants : Ivs. large, opposite, entire or slightly toothed: Hs. orange, red or purple, united into heads or spikes at the ends of the branches, or rarelj paniculate; calyx deeply 5-parted, segments oblong; tube of the corolla long, cylindrical, somewhat vciitri- cose above the middle, limb of 5 equal, short, rotund lobes ; perfect stamens 2, inserted below the middle of the tube, with 2 aborted stamens between them; anther 2-celled, the cells mucronate in front; style long, with one division small, spurlike : ovary on a thick disk, 2-localed, with 4 ovules in each cell. About 8 spe- cies in Peru, Colombia and Brazil. n6bilis, Hook. Plants stout, erect, smooth, except the inflorescence: stem 4-angled: Ivs. 3-9 in. long, oblong- ovate to oblong-lanceolate, obtusely toothed, narrowed into winged petioles, connate: fls. 2 in. long, yellow, in heads subtended by bright red bracts, the heads form- ing a panicle. Ecuador. B.M. 5594. F.S. 23:2487. Var. glaucophylla, Lem. (var. variegata, Hort.). Lvs. varie- gutcd with pale yellow or white along the veins. P. 1867, p. 134. I.H. l4:528(asS.n0WK«l; 1G:580.-A hot- house plant which is very attractive when well grown, but which becomes straggling and weedy if neglected. Grown mostly for its foliage. HEINBICH HASSELBBING. SANDAL-WOOD. See Adenanthera. SAND-BUB. See Cenchrus. PANDERSONIA (John Sanderson, discoverer of S. aurantiaca). Lili&cece. A genus of 1 or 2 species from Natal; tuberous plants growing 1-1% ft. high, slender, with many sessile stem-leaves and yellow or purple glob- ular bell-shaped flowers, pendulous from a number of the upper leaf -axils, the segments with pointed nectaries at the base. Perianth gamophyllous, urceolate: seg- ments deltoid or lanceolate: stamens 6; filaments fili- form; anthers linear-oblong, ovary 3-loculed. Glass- house plants, to be treated like Gloriosas. aurantiaca, Hook. Lvs. 3-4 x M-% in.: pedicels %-l in. long: perianth orange-colored, %-l in. long. Nov. B.M. 4716. R.H. 1868, p. 311. F> w. BARCLAY. SAND MYRTLE. Leiophyllum. SAND PEAR. Pyru* Sinensix. SAND VERBENA. See Abronia. SANDWORT is an English name for Arenaria. SANOTJINARIA (Latin, blood; referring to the yel- lowish red juice of the plant). Papaverdcece. BLOOD- ROOT. A single species common in woods of eastern North America. Rootstock several inches long, about % in. thick, horizontal: Ivs. radical, cordate or reniform, usually only 1 from each root bud, on petioles about 8 in. long: fls. white, often tinged with pink, 1-3 in. across, mostly solitary, on scapes about 8 in. long, ap- pearing just preceding the full grown leaves; sepals 2, fugacious ; petals 8-12, in 2 or 3 rows, oblong or obovate, early deciduous: capsule 1 in. long, oblong, 2-valved. The Bloodroot is a showy spring flower usually found in woodland, but not a true shade-loving plant, since its growth is, to a great extent, made before the foliage of the trees expands. In cultivation it prefers a rather light soil, but will grow anywhere. It will do as well in sunlight as in shade and will even grow amongst grass, if care be taken not to mow down the leaves until it has perfected the root growth and buds for the follow- ing season. The roots are best transplanted after the leaves have ripened, until the autumn root growth com- mences, but they may be moved when the plants are in SAXICULA 1611 flower. The roots are offered at such low prices by col- lectors that th«- plant should I,., used to a much mater extent for spring garden in-. CanadensiB, Linn. B,.OOI,K,>OT. RED PUCOOON. Fig. --i.v Desexlbed above. April-May. H.- \\- F ' ?-R *""* '"'* "T num-reu- "^ P. W. BARCLAY. 3248. Bloodroot-Sanguinaria CanadensU (X %). SANGUISORBA (Latin name referring to reputed me- dicinal properties, connected with sanguis, "blood"). Mosacece. About 30 species of upright mostly perennial herbs, with compound leaves and greenish, small flow- ers in heads: flowers usually perfect (sometimes part of them imperfect), the stamens numerous (rarely 2 or 4), the pistils mostly 1 or 2, the petals none, the un- colored calyx inclosing the mature akene. The Sanguis- orbas are natives of the north temperate zone. .Two species are sparingly cultivated in this country. See Poterium. minor, Scop. (Pot&rittm Sanguisdrba, Linn.). BURNET. Perennial, growing in clumps, glabrous or sparsely hairy: Ivs. long, odd-pinnate, narrow, the small Ifts. 6-10 pairs and orbicular to oblong and deep-toothed: stems 1-2% ft. tall, terminating in small globular or oblong heads: lower fls. in the head staminate, the others perfect, the stigmas purple, tufted and exserted. Eu., Asia, and naturalized in this country. — Sometimes grown in the herb garden for the fresh young leaves, which are used in salads. It is also an interesting plant for the hardy border. Also recommended as a pasture plant, particularly for sheep. It thrives in dry, poor soils. Canadensis, Linn. Taller, larger in every way than the above: Ifts. oblong to almost triangular-oblong, tmncate or cordate at the base, long-stalked, obtuse, sharp-toothed: fl. -heads cylindrical, 2-6 in. long, the fls. all perfect, whitish. Low grounds, Mich, east and south.— An interesting plant, worthy a place in the hardy border, and sometimes sold for that purpose. It produces much foliage. Grows 5-6 ft. tall. L. H. B. SANlCULA (Latin, to heal). UmbfUlfera. SANICLE. BLACK SNAKEROOT. About 20 species, nearly all Ameri- can, mostly perennial, glabrous herbs with alternate, palmately divided Ivs. and small yellow, white or pur- plish fls. in compound, usually few-rayed umbels: fr. nearly globular, small, covered with hooked bristles. Woodland plants \s ith insignificant fls. Useful occasion- ally as a ground cover in waste shaded places. The following species have been offered by collectors. 1612 SANICULA A. Fls. yellow, M6nziesii, Hook. & Am. Stem solitary, 1-2 K ft. high, branching: Ivs. round-cordate, 2-3 in. across.very deeply 3-5-lobed : fr. about 1 line long, becoming distinctly pedi- cellate. Calif. AA. Fls. purple (rarely yellowish). bipinn-tifida, Dougl. About 1 ft. high, with a pair of opposite Ivs. at the base and 1-3 above, long-petioled, triangular to oblong in outline, 2-3 in. long, pinnately 3-5-lobed. fr. sessile. Calif. AAA. Fls. greenish white. Marylandica, Linn. Stem stout. l%-4 ft, high: Ivs. bluish green, the basal long-petioled, the upper sessile, i-7-parted : fr. sessile. Atlantic to Rocky Mts. Com- mon in woods. SANSEVlfiRIA (after Raimond de Sangro, Prince of Sanseviero, born at Naples 1710. The spelling Sanse- viera is not the earliest). Hcemodoracece. BOW-STRING HEMP. A genus of attbut 10 species from Africa and the East Indies, of essentially tender foliage plants, al- though beautiful in flower: rhizome short, fleshy, some- times stolonif erous : Ivs. radical, in clusters or rosettes, fleshy, firm, often long, nearly flat or terete, the interior fibrous; scape simple, long, stout: fls. white, clustered, in often dense racemes ; perianth-tube narrow, often long: ovary free, 3-loculetl, attached with a broad base. Sansevierias are easily propagated by division or they may be raised from leaf cuttings about 3 in. long. These cuttings form roots in sandy soil after about one month, after which a long stolon-like bud is formed, which produces the new plant at some distance from the cutting. Sansevierias are of easy culture and are well adapted to house decoration, since they do not re- quire much sunlight. A rather heavy soil suits them best. A. Lvs. flat. Guineensis, Willd. Lvs. 1-3 ft. long, 3-6 in a cluster, oblanceolate, radical, dark green with lighter transverse markings : scape with inflorescence as long as the leaves ; bracts 3-4: fls. greenish white, about 1% in. long, fra- grant. B.M. 1179. G.C. III. 4:73. AA. Lvs. concave. Zeylanica, Willd. Lvs. 1-3 ft. long, 8-15 in a cluster, sword - shaped, subterete, variegated with transverse markings of a grayish white : scape longer than the Ivs.; bracts many: fls. whitish green, IK in. long. B.R. 2 : 160. — Rarely blooms in cult. AAA. Lvs. cylindrical. cylindrica, Boj. Lvs. often 3-4 ft. long, 8-10 in a tuft, terete, solid within, dark green, often banded with paler lines, acuminate, occasionally furrowed : scape with florescence shorter than the leaves; raceme about 1 ft. long: fls. creamy white, tinged with pink. B.M. 5093. G.C. III. 16:222. R.H. 1861, p. 448, 450. F. W. BARCLAY. SANTOLlNA (derivation of name doubtful). Com- p6sitce. About 8 species of shrubs or rarely herbs, na- tives of Europe and Asia, mostly in the Mediterranean region. Lvs. alternate, aromatic; margins tubercu- lously dentate or pinnately lobed: fl. -heads yellow or rarely white, of disk fls. only, many-fld. : involucre mostly campanulate, squarrose, imbricated, appressed. Santolina is valuable for its distinct foliage and is used for large specimens in shrubberies or as a carpet bedding plant. Cuttings for the latter purpose are usu- ally taken in the spring from plants wintered in a frame but may be taken before frost in the fall. They are easily rooted in sand. Chamsecyparissus, Linn. (S. incana, Lam.). LAVEN- DER COTTON. A hardy half-shrubby, much-branched plant, l%-2 ft. high, with small evergreen, silvery gray Ivs. and small globular heads of yellow fls., borne in summer: branches and Ivs. canescent. Var. incana differs but little from the type: involucre pubescent. S. alplna, Linn., is Anthemis montana, Linn., which makes a pretty ground cover and has yellow fls., but appears not to be in the trade. F.W.BARCLAY. SAP SANVITALIA (after a noble Italian family). Com- pdsitas. A genus of about 4 species, natives of the southwestern United States and Mexico. Annual, usu- ally low, much-branched herbs, with opposite, petioled, mostly entire leaves and small solitary heads of fls. with yellow or sometimes white rays: involucre short and broad, of dry or partly herbaceous bracts : recep- tacle from flat to subulate-conical, at least in fruit; its chaffy bracts concave or partly conduplicate. akenes all or only the outer ones thick-walled, those of the rays usually 3-angled, with the angles produced into rigid, spreading awns or horns, those of the disk often flat and winged. procumbens, Lam. A hardy floriferous annual, grow- ing about 6 in. high, trailing in habit: Ivs. ovate, about 1 in. long: fl. -heads with dark purple disk and yellow rays, resembling small Rudbeckias, less than 1 in. across, numerous: akenes of the disk flattened and often winged and 1-2 aristellate. Summer to very late autumn. Mexico. B.R. 9:707. R.H. 1860, p. 127. -Var. ilore-pleno, Hort. A double-fld. variety coming true from seed, and as vigorous as the type. R.H. 1866, p. 70. Sanvitalias are of easy culture but prefer a light or sandy soil in full sunlight. p_ \jy_ BARCLAY SAP. The term sap is applied to the juices of the living plant. Sap is composed of water containing min- eral salts absorbed from the soil and organic substances constructed within the living cells. The water taken from the oil by the roots or other absorbing organs may contain potassium, sodium, magnesium, calcium, iron, and nitrates, phosphates, sulfates, and chlorids. As the fluid passes from cell to cell in the living tissues some of the mineral salts are withdrawn and used, and the water takes up some of the organic com- pounds which have been formed by protoplasm. As a consequence of this action the sap of different parts of the plant is unlike in composition, and the sap of any organ varies with the change of season. The water or sap of a plant may comprise as much as 90 or even 96 per cent of its weight. The mineral substances enumerated above may be found in nearly all saps; however, the limits of this note do not permit even an enumeration of the thousands of organic substances which occur in the sap of various species. The more important ones may be grouped under the acids, sugars, or carbohydrates, and asparagin, or perhaps some of the proteids or albumens. Many plants have become valuable commercially because of the large proportion of some useful substance which they contain. Among these may be mentioned the sugar maple, the sap of which contains over 3.5 per cent of sugar, and the sugar beet and sugar cane, in which the proportion is very much higher. Sap is forced from the living tissues into the woody cells and vessels, and these serve as conduits in conduct- ing the sap rapidly from one part of the plant to an- other. The constant transpiration of water from the leaves demands an enormous supply of water from the roots. The upward passage of this supply would be too slow if conducted through the living cells. The water taken in by the living cells of the roots is forced into the dead cells of the roots and is drawn upward through the wood (see Transpiration). The exudation pressure by which water or sap is forced from the living cells is exhibited in the bleeding which ensues when stems and branches are cut away. The pressure which produces bleeding is often called root pressure, although it is exerted by any part of the plant. Bleeding is exhibited by a large number of trees at the beginning of the growing season, and is also es- pecially noticeable in the vine, dahlia, castor-oil plant, calla, nicotiana and corn. The amount of sap exuded in the process of bleeding is very great and may be equal to the total volume of the plant in some instances. A specimen of Betula papyracea gave off over 63 Ibs. of water in 24 hours; Agave Americana, 12.5 Ibs. in 24 hours. A vine may bleed from one to two pints daily, while the cucurbits also exhibit very vigorous bleeding. A half gallon of sap has been known to exude from a tropical liana in eleven hoxirs. It is to be noted that the flow of sap from the sugar SAP maple and other trees in the early spring, before the soil has thawed and while it is yet too cold for the living matter of the plant to show any great activity, is not due to the bleeding pressure, but to the expansion of the gases and liquids in the trunk and branches of the tree due to the direct warming action of the sun's rays. During the daytime the bubbles of air in the wood cells become heated and expand, driving the sap from the wood cells into the auger hole which has been bored into the tree. At night the trunk of the tree cools slowly and the flow ceases, to be begun again next day. The amount of bleeding exhibited by any plant may be found if the stem is cut and bent over in such man- ner that the end is thrust into a tumbler or small ves- sel, which will serve to collect the escaping sap. The ordinary upward movement of sap takes place through the most recently formed wood cells at a rate that varies from a few inches to a yard an hour. The force which lifts the sap is ultimately derived from the sun. The cells in the leaf contain many substances which attract water, and the sun shines on these cells, evaporating some of the fluid; the loss is replaced from the nearest cells below by osmotic attraction and the pull thus exerted may serve to draw water from the roots to the leaves even in the tallest trees, although it is to be said that not all of the question of the ascent of sap may be satisfactorily explained by the facts at hand. See Physiology of Plants. D. T. MACDOUGAL. SAPlNDUS (Latin words meaning soap and Indian; alluding to the use of the fruit in India). Sapindacew. SOAPBERRY. A genus of about 12 species of trees, shrubs or woody vines inhabiting the tropical regions of the whole world. Wood yellow: Ivs. alternate, ex- stipitate, abruptly pinnate: fls. white, small, in lateral or terminal racemes or panicles; sepals 5, obtuse, rarely petaloid; petals more or less pubescent and bearing just above the short claw a villous or ciliated comb or appendage; disk annular, usually crenate, bearing 8-10 stamens: seeds with long testa and no aril, black or nearly so. The fruit has an alkaline principle known as saponin which makes it iiseful for cleansing purposes. The fruit was much used in eastern countries before the in- troduction of soap and is still preferred for washing the hair and cleansing delicate fabrics like silk. A. Lfts. 4-7. Saponaria, Linn. A small tree with rough grayish bark: Ifts. oblong-lanceolate and acute to elliptic-ovate and somewhat obtuse, opposite or alternate, entire, gla- brous, veiny and lucid above, tomentulose beneath: rachis usually winged: fr. lucid, 6-8 lines in diam. S. Fla.,W. India and S. Amer. Cult, in S. Fla. and S. Calif. AA. Lfts. 7-18. marginatus, Willd. A tree reaching ultimately 60 ft. in height: Ifts. 7-13, lance-oblong, acuminate, glabrous above, paler beneath and somewhat pubescent on the midnerve, 2-5 in. long, the upper nearly opposite, the lower alternate; rachis wingless, narrowly margined or marginless : fls. white, sometimes tinged with red in pyramidal panicles ; petals ciliate and bearing near the base a 2-lobed villous scale; filaments villous: fr. yel- low, about 8 lines long. May, June. Kan. to Tex., Ariz, and N. Mexico. B.B. 2:402. — Cult, for ornament in S. Fla. utilis, Trab. A species from S. China which is not distinguishable from S. marginatus, Willd., by descrip- tions. Lfts. 12-14, acute, glabrous: fr. glabrous, nearly globose, strongly keeled. R.H. 1895, p. 304. — According to Franceschi this tree is cult, n Algeria, where it comes into bearing in 8-10 years. "The berries contain 38 per cent of saponin. Trees have been known to yield $10 to $20 worth of berries every year. The trees prefer dry, rocky soil." F. W- BARCLAY. SAPIUM (old Latin name used by Pliny for a resin- iferous pine). Euphorbiacece. About 25 species of milky-juiced tropical trees or shrubs. Lvs. opposite, petioled; petioles and scale-like bracts biglandular: fls. in terminal spikes, the pistillate single below, the staminate in 3's above, all apetalous; sepals imbricated, SAPONARIA 1613 unitedbelow; stamens2-3; filaments free: capsule with J-3 1-seeded loeules, more or less fleshy, a 3-wineed cen- tral column remaining after debiscence. sebiferum, Roxb. (Ks,;,, -Aria seblfera, Muell. stil- llngia seblfera, Michx.). TALLOW TUB. Lv> 1-" in long, ovate, acuminate, long-petioled, glabrous: cap- sules % in. in diameter; seeds covered with a waxy coat- ing which is used in the native land, east,. rn \sia for making candles. Now cultivated in many warm regions Naturalized in southern United States. J. B. S. NORTON. SAPODILLA, or NA8EBERRY is a common name of Achras Sapbta, Linn, i •Suy/o/u Achrax, Mill.), a tree of the West Indies, Central America and northern South America, cultivated as far north as Lake Worth Fla for its fruits. Fig. 2249. It is one of the Sapotacece. it 2249. Sapodilla. the fruit of Achras Sapota (X %). is an evergreen tree, the thick, lance-oblong, entire, shining Ivs. clustered at the ends of the branches. The fls. are borne on the rusty-pubescent growths of the season; they are small and perfect; calyx with 6 lobes in 2 series; corolla 6-lobed, whitish, scarcely exceeding- the rusty calyx; stamens 6. Fruit size and color of a small russet apple, very firm, with 10-12 compartments containing large black seeds, the juice milky, flavor sweet and pear-like. The fruit is much prized in warm countries. From the juice, large quantities of chewing gum are made. As ordinarily seen in the South and in the West Indies, it is a bushy tree 10-20 ft. high, mak- ing a handsome subject. It is said to bear well in pots. L. H. B. SAPOXABIA (Latin for soap; the roots can be used like soap for washing). Caryophyllacece. SOAPWORT. A genus of about 25 species of annual or perennial herbs, natives of Europe and Asia, allied to Silene and Gypsophila. Calyx ovoid or oblong-tubular, 5-toothed, obscurely nerved: petals 5, narrowly clawed, limb en- tire or emarginate, scaly at the base or naked; stamens 10: ovary many-seeded : style 2, rarely 3: capsule ovoid or oblong, rarely nearly globose. Saponarias are readily established in any soil and re- quire but little care. S. ocymoides is an attractive plant for the rockery or for edging. Propagated by seed or division. A. Stem stout, erect. officinalis, Linn. BOUNCING BET. Fig. 2250. A per- ennial: stems l%-2% ft. high, leafy, simple, clustered, glabrous: Ivs. mostly oblong-lanceolate, 3-nerved: fls. light pink (nearly white in shady situations), in com- pact, corymbose, paniculate cymes; calyx glabrous, the teeth triangularly acuminate; petal lobes obovate. en- tire, notched at apex. July, Aug. Europe. — Var. flore- pleno is quite double-flowered. S. Caucdsica, Hort., is said to be a deeper-colored double form. AA. Stem slender, decumbent. B. Lvs. obtuse: plants annual. Calabrica, Guss. A low-growing annual, with pink fls.: Ivs. oblong-spatulate, obtuse, about 1 -nerved: fls. 1614 SAPONARIA in a loose corymbose panicle; calyx-teeth ovate, obtuse, membranous-margined. Spring. Italy, Greece. R.H 1851 281 -Var alba is also in the trade. Seed should be sown in the fall for spring bloom or in April for summer flowering. BB. Lvs. acute: plant perennial. ocymoides, Linn. Stems much branched, (i-9 in. high, half -trail- ing : Ivs. ovate-lanceo- late, about 1-nerved, small, acute: fls. bright pink, in loose, broad cymes. Summer. Eu- rope.— Several varieties are in cultivation, includ- ing var. alba. S. Japonica, Hort. John Saul, seems to be unknown to botanists. J. B. KELLER and F. W. BARCLAY SAPROPHYTE ( Greek, rotten, and plant, i. e., living on dead organic matter). A plant (wheth- er bacterium, fungus or higher plant) subsisting upon the humus of the soil, or dead or decaying organic materials. The customary classification which includes under the term " saprophyte " all bacteria that do not sub- gist on living plants or »*. Saponaria oificinaHs (X *). integrity of the classification has been destroyed by the discovery of certain bacteria in the soil, as the nitrify- ing bacteria, which are able, even without sunlight, to appropriate the carbon dioxid of the atmosphere. Among the fungi we class as saprophytes all plants which live upon a dead or decaying organic substratum. Such are the baker's yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisice), the mush- room (Agaricus campestris) and the stinkhorn (Phallus impudicus). Most mushrooms and toadstools are sap- rophytes (Fig. 2251). Some of the flowering plants pos- sessing ectotrophic mycorhiza (Indian pipe, Monotropa 'uniflora) and endotrophic mycorhiza (Neottia nidus- avis, Corallorhiza innata, JKpipogum aphyllum, snow plant, Sarcodes sanguinea and Thismia Aseroe) are also classed as saprophytes. JOHN w. HARSHBERGER. 8 ABAC A (from Sarac, the name of the genus in India). Leguminbscp. About 6 species of tropical Asiatic trees, with glabrous, rigid-coriaceous, abruptly pinnate Ivs. and yellow, rose or red fls. in dense, sessile, axillary, corymbose panicles with somewhat pet -like, reddish bractlets: calyx cylin- drical, with a disk at its sum- mit; limb 4-lobed ; lobes ob- long, unequal, petal-like; co- rolla wanting; stamens 3-8, exserted; filaments filiform; anthers versatile, opening longitudinally : fr. a coria- ceous flat pod. tndica, Linn. A medium- sized tree : Ifts. 6-12, ovate- lanceolate, acuminate, 4-6 in. long, entire, short -petioled : fls. orange-red, fragrant, col- lected in compact, roundish „„, panicles which are shorter 2251' A s*prophytlc plant- than the Ivs.; stamens usu- Mushroom. ally 6 or 7, inserted on the fleshy annular ring at the summit of the calyx-tube; style long, curved: bracts red, appearing as a calyx; pod 4-10 in. long, 4-8-seeded; seeds oblong, compressed, \yz in. long. B.M. 3018. — It SARRACENIA has flowered well with greenhouse treatment at height of 4 ft. It is suitable for outdoor planting only in tropi- cal regions. Procurable from southern Florida. F. W. BARCLAY. SARCANTHUS (name from Greek words signifying flesh and flower, in allusion to the fleshy nature of the blossom). Orchiddceae. A small genus related to Vanda. Owing to the srnallness of the flowers they are rarely cultivated. Sepals and petals similar: labellum firmly united with the base of the column, spurred, with 2 small lateral lobes and a longer concave middle lobe. Foliage and habit of Vanda. Give plenty of water in the growing season. They should have basket culture, with fern root, and a tem- perature of 65° to 85°. When at rest, give very little water and reduce the tem- perature to 55°. Culture practically as for Vanda. teretifolius, Lindl. ( Luisia teres, Lindl.). Stem 1 ft. high, with cylindrical Ivs. 2-4 in. long: raceme bearing 7-8 inconspicuous fls.: sepals and petals oblong, dull green, with red disk; labellum slipper - shaped, white, lateral lobes edged with red. Sept. China. B. M. 3571. HEINRICH HASSELBRING and WM. MATHEWS. SARCOBODIUM Lobbii, Beer, is Bulbophyllum Lob- bii. SARCOCOCCA (fleshy berry). JHuphorbiacece. To this genus is to be referred Pachysandra coriacea, Hook., a small shrub from India, sometimes cultivated in Europe but not known to be in the American trade. It has simple plum-like Ivs. and short, axillary racemes of small yellowish fls., and a small purple plum-like fruit. Its proper name is S. prunifbrmis, Lindl. (8. saligna, Muell. S. salici- fdlia, Baill. S. coriacea, Sweet). It is treated as a cool greenhouse plant. B.R. 12:1012. BARCODES (Greek, flesh-like). Ericacece. Sarcddes sanguinea, Torr. (Fig. 2252), is the Snow Plant of the Sierra Nevadas. It is a low and fleshy plant growing .'5-12 in. higli and entirely devoid of green leaves. It belongs to that strange group of the heath fam- ily which comprises the fleshy and parasitic plants, of which our In- dian pipe or corpse-plant is an example. Few species are known in this suborder, and they are all local or rare. The Snow Plant derives its popular name from its habit of shooting up and blossoming as soon as the snow melts away in the spring. The specific name san- guinea refers to the blood-red color of the entire plant. The Snow Plant grows at an altitude of 4,000 to 9,000 feet. It is the only species of the genus, and is not known to be in cultivation. SARRACENIA (Dr. Jean Antoine Sarrazin, an early botanist of Quebec, who sent 8. purpurea to Tourne- fort). Sarraceniaceae . PTTCHER PLANT. SIDE-SADDLE 2252. Snow plant— Sarcodes san- guinea. Natural size. SARRACENIA FLOWER. Three small genera and 8 or 10 species com- prise the family Sarraceniaceae. All the plants are American. The six or eight species of Sarracenhi in- habit swamps and low grounds in the Atlantic states; Varlingtonia Californica, grows in mountain bogs in California and southern Oregon; Helili<>r. rubra and S. flava, but Masters does "not see any grounds for the sugges- tion." Var. erythropus, Bull (S.-Ru- gelii, Shuttl.). Large, the lid or hood blotched with crimson at the base. Var. limbata, Bull. Large, limb of the lid or hood bordered with band of brownish crimson 34 in- wide. Var. maxima, Hort. Pitchers large, with green lids. Var. minima, Hort. Small in all its parts. Var. ornata, Bull. Pitchers large, green, red- veiny, the inner face of the long- stalked lid bearing a network of red veins: fls. said to be 8 in. across, canary yellow. G.C. II. 15:629, 633; 16:12. Var. picta, Bull (S. Catesbcei, Ell. S. flava, var. Fildesi, Williams. S. Fildesi, Hort.). Pitchers very large, red-veiny, with flat roundish wing. cc. Base of hood broad, or only moderately contracted. D. Lid or hood suborbicular. 5. Drumrnondii, Groom. Pitchers large and erect, 2-3 ft. long in well- grown specimens, funnel - shaped, green and prominently nerved, the upper part of the pitcher richly va- riegated with purple reticulations and creamy white inter-spaces, the wing narrow; lid roundish, the base some- what contracted, flattish or with recurved mostly wavy margins, be- coming erect, hispid on the inner face : fls. 4 in. across, red-brown. Pine barrens, S. W. Ga. and adjacent Fla. G.C. II. 15:633; 16:8. P.S. 6:560; 10:1071-2. I.H. 41, p. 303.-A very striking species, with its tall pitchers strongly variegated at the top. Var. rubra, Hort., has pitchers with deep red markings. Var. alba, Hort., has paler variegations and flowers. Var. undulata (S. undulata, » Decne. ) has stouter less elongated pitchers, and strongly undulated lid. S. Mexicana, Hort., is said to be a small form of this species. DD. Lid ovate-pointed or acuminate, 6. rubra, Walt. Pitchers erect and narrow, 10-15 in. long and 1 in. or less across at the orifice, green with reddish veins above, the wing broad: lid or hood ovate, short-acute (or nearly obtuse) to acuminate, becoming erect and concave, veined and tinted with red, the inner face somewhat pubescent: fl. 3 in. across, the pendu- lous petals whitish at the base and red-brown above. Swamps, N. Car. to Ala. — Said to hybridize in the wild with S. purpurea. Var. acuminata, DC. Lid long-acu- minate. B.M. 3515. L.B.C. 12:1163. Var. Sweetii, Mast. (S. minor, Sweet, not Walt. S. Sweetii, DC.). Smaller: pitchers cylindrical, with a narrow wing: lid ovate-acuminate. P.S. 10:1074. II. HYBRID TYPES. 7. Atkinsoniana. S. flava, v&r. maxima xS. purpurea: More like S. flava; pitchers long and slender, green, with red reticulations: lid broad, cordate, red-veined. 8. Chelsoni. S. rubra fertilized by S. purpurea : "The pitchers in direction are midway between the erect pitchers of rubra and the somewhat spreading tubes of purpurea, in length they resemble those of rubra, in form they are intermediate between those of rubra and purpurea, and the lid is almost the same as 2254. Sarracenia variolaris. (XX). SASSAFRAS that of the last species." Masters. Raised by Veitch. G.C. II. 13:725; 15:817. I.H. 27:388. S.H. 1:189. 9. Courtii. S. purpurea x S. psittacina: "It has de- cumbent pitchers about 8 in. long and colored a rich deep crimson, their form being intermediate between that of the two parents." Raised by Mr. Court, at Veitch's. S.H. 1:177. 10. Maddisoniana. S. psittacina crossed with S. va- riolaris: compact and dwarf: pitchers short and broad, incurving, ascending, green with dull red veins: lid large, ovate and undulate, deep purple-veined. 11. Mandaiana. S. flava, var. rubra x S. Drummondi: Described as follows in Pitcher & Manda's Novelty Catalogue of 1893: "A few plants of this rare and beau- tiful plant has been collected, growing in company with S. flava and S. Drummondi, of which it is no doubt a natural hybrid, being intermediate between the two above-named species. The pitchers grow about two feet in height, are trumpet-shaped and broad at the opening; color light green with slight white mottlings. The lid is large and broad, slightly incurving, undulated at the edges, dark green shaded with red and blotched with white." 12. melanorhdda. S. purpurea x S. Stevensii, the latter a hybrid of S. purpurea and S. flava : "In habit it is like S. purpurea, the pitchers being obliquely as- cending and distended like those of purpurea, 6-7 in. high, with a deep wing, narrowing to either end, and a roundish sessile lid 2% in. across. The color is like that of S. Chelsoni." Masters. Raised at Veitch's. 13. Mitchelliana. S. Drummondii x S. purpurea : growth of S. purpurea, but more erect-growing and more graceful: pitchers 9-12 in. tall, rich green with crimson veins : lid reticulated with red, undulate. 14. Swaniana. S. purpurea x S. variolaris : aspect of S. purpurea, but more erect: pitcher 12 in. tall, funnel- shape, slightly curved, greenish purple. 15. Williams!. Supposed natural hybrid of /S. pur- purea and S. flava: "The pitchers are 9-12 in. high, erect, bright light green, streaked and veined with crimson, with a broad lid like that of S. purpurea. It was imported by Mr. B. S. Williams, with a consign- ment of S. flava." Masters. G.C. II. 15:629. 16. Wrigleyana. S. psittacina x S. Drummondii, \&r. alba : Pitchers intermediate between those of the pa- rents, 12-15 in. high, and slightly curved, mottled with white and finely reticulated with bright light red. G.M. 32:301. Other hybrids, not known to be in the Amer. trade, are as follows: S. decora: S. psittacina X S. violaris? — S. excellens: S. variolaris X S. Drummondi, var. alba.— S. exciilta: S. flava, var. atrosanguinea X S. Drummondi. — S. exornata : S. pur- purea X S. flava, var. crispata.— S. tormina : S. psittaeiua X S. variolaris. S. psittacina was the pistillate parent. — S. illus- trata: S. StevensiXS. flava.— S. Mobrei: S. flava (pistillate) X S. Drummondi. " Supposed to be the first hybrid Sarracenia raised artificially." G.C. II. 16:44. — S. Patersoni: S. purpurea X S. flava.— S. Pbpei: S. flava X S. rubra. G.C. II. 16:41; III. 12:127.— S. Sanderiana: S. Drummondi, var. rubra X ? Gt. 46, p. 524.— S. Stevensi: S. flava (pistillate) X S. purpurea. G.C. II. 16:40.— S. Tolliana: S. flava X S. purpurea.— S. vittdta maculata: S. purpurea XS. Chelsoni. — S. Willisii: S. Courtii X S. melanorhoda. G.M. 37:411.— S. Wilsoniana: S. flava X S. purpurea. L. H. B. SARSAPARILLA of commerce comes from various species of Smilax. Wild Sarsaparilla of America is Aralia nudicaulis. SASSAFRAS (Spanish, Salsafras, Saxifraga; medici- nal properties similar to those of Saxifraga were attrib- uted by Spanish discoverers). Lauracea?. Ornamental deciduous tree, with alternate, simple or 3-lobed leaves and small yellow flowers appearing in few-flowered ra- cemes in early spring and followed by ornamental dark blue fruit on red stalks. The Sassafras usually affects light lands, although it may grow in clay loams. It is a desirable tree for ornamental planting on account of its handsome light green foliage, which is interesting with its varying shapes and its orange-yellow or bright red color in autumn, and on account of its decorative bright-colored fruit. It prefers, at least in the North, a warm and sunny position. It is not easily trans- SASSAFRAS SAVOUY 1617 2255. Sassafras tree. planted when old on account of its long tap-roots. Prop, by seeds sown as soon as ripe; also by suckers, which are often freely produced, and by root-cuttings. One species in eastern N. America. Fls. dioecious, rarely perfect, apetalous; calyx 6-parted ; stamens 9, the 3 inner ones furnished at the base with 2- stalked, orange-colored glands; anthers open- ing, with 4 valves: ovary superior, 1- loculed: fr. an oblong- ovoid, 1-seeded. dark blue drupe surrounded at the base by the thick- ened scarlet calyx. otticinale, Nees (S. Stistsafras, Karst. S. varlifblmm, Kuntze. L/aiirus Sdssafras, Linn.). Figs. 2255 (winter tree), 2256. Tree, 30-60, or occa- sionally 90 ft. high; young branches bright green : Ivs. oval and entire, or 3-lobed al- most to the middle, obtusish, silky-pubes- cent when young, gla- brous at length, 3-4 in. long: fls. yellow, % in. across, in several -fld. racemes, umbellate when tmfolding, afterward at the base of the young branchlets: fr. % in. high. April, May. Mass, to Ont. and Mich., south to Fla. and Tex. 8.8.7:304-305. Em. 2:360. G.F. 7:215. On. 31, p. 449. ALFRED REHDER. SATIN FLO WEE. See Sisyrinchium. SATUREIA, or SATUREJA. See Savory. SAUNDEKS, WILLIAM (Plate XLVI), horticulturist and landscape gardener, was born at St. Andrews, Scotland, in 1822; emigrated to America in 1848; was appointed botanist and superintendent of propagating gardens, U. S. Department of Agriculture in 1862, and died at Washington, D. C., Sept. 11, 1900. When Mr. S;uni(lers first came to America he served as gardener in a number of places, first at New Haven, Conn., and later near Germantown, Pa. He was instrumental at this time in the improvement of a number of import- ant private and public properties, such as Clifton Park in Baltimore, an estate of 400 acres; Fairmount and Hunting Parks in Philadelphia, and cemeteries at Am- boy and Rahway, New Jersey. Mr. Saunders' most im- portant piece of work in landscape gardening was in connection with the planting and laying out of the Gettysburg Cemetery. Soon after finishing this work, he took up his duties as superintendent of the gardens and grounds of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. Through his efforts much was done towards beautify- ing the streets of Washington in the planting of trees and the improvement of the parks. The grounds of the U. S. Department of Agriculture were laid out and planted by TMr. Saunders, and for a number of years after the work was inaugurated he was actively en- gaged in introducing plants from all over the world, testing the same and making distributions wherever il was thought they might succeed. One of the most im- portant of his introductions was the navel orange, which was first called to his attention by a woman from Bahia. I'.razil. about 1869. Mr. Saunders secured about a dozen budded trees and planted them in the green- houses at Washington. Soon after some of the bud wood was distributed in California, and these few trees formed the nucleus for the large plantings of the navel oranges now at Riverside and elsewhere. While Mr. Saunders had been known best as a horticulturist, he was prominently identified with many other important movements looking toward the advancement of agricul- ture in this country. As early as 1855 he was actively engaged in an effort to organize an association of f ers. and this work eventually resulted in the forma- tion of the Grange, of which he is often called the father. His sturdy character, sympathetic nature and kindly disposition endeared him to all who curm- in contact with him. B T< GALLOWAY. 8AUROMATUM (xnura, lizard; referring to the spotted flower). Arano , Perennial herbs, with uni- sexual naked fls. Tubers bearing 11 sinirle jn-datc leaf one year, the next year Ivs. and fls. : petioles cylindrical, spotted below: blade pedately parted ; peduncle short: spathe soon withering, its tube oblong, swollen at the base, more or less connate, its blade or banner long- lanceolate, black-purple, variously spotted. Species 6. India, Java and Trop. Africa. DC. MOB. Phaner. vol. 2. The following are hardy bulbous plants, with large and curious flowers. The fls. are produced from .Ian. until June, and the bulbs have kept well in a dry state for a year. There is little danger of the bulbs shrivel- ing or rotting. Plant them 6 in. deep in pots or in the garden. Easily managed by the amateur. guttatum, Schott. Petioles 3 ft. long, not spotted; leaf - segments 6-8 in. long, 2-3 in. wide, the lateral smaller: spathe-tube green on the back, 4 in. long, the upper third narrowed; blade 12 in. long, 2 in. wide be- low, gradually narrowing above, olive -green on the back, yellowish green within, with dense, irregular black-purple spots. Himalayas. B.R. 12:1017 (as Arum venosum). vendsum, Schott. (S. Simltnse, Schott.). Petioles spotted, 3% ft. long; leaf-segments 8-10 in. long, 4 in. wide, the lateral smaller : spathe-tube 3-4 in. long, purple on the back: blade 14-16 in. long, 3 in. wide be- low, about 1 in. wide from the middle to the apex, pur- ple on the back, yellow within and with crowded oblong purple or black spots. Himalayas. B.M. 4465 and F.S. 13:1334 (both erroneously as 6'. guttatum). JARED G. SMITH. SAURtRUS (Greek, lizard's tail; referring to the curve of the spike of fls.). Piperacea*. The LIZARD'S TAIL is a hardy perennial herb suitable for the bog gar- den. It has been offered by several dealers in native plants. It grows in swamps, has heart-shaped leaves, and bears, from June to Aug., small white fragrant flowers in a dense terminal spike, the upper part of which arches or nods gracefully. Herbs with jointed stems, alternate, entire Ivs. and perfect fls. in spikes, entirely destitute of floral envelopes and with 3-4 ovaries: sta- mens mostly 6 or 7: fr. somewhat fleshy, wrinkled; carpels 3- 4, indeniscent, united at base. cernuiiB, Linn. Liz- ARD'S TAIL. Fig. 2257. Height 2-5 ft. : Ivs. petioled,ribscon- verging. Conn, to Ont., Minn., Mo. and southward. B.B. 1:482. w. M. SAVIN. Junipe- rnK Sabina and J. Virginiana. SAVORY. Sum- mer Savory is Sat- 2256. Sassafras off icinale (X %). ureia horten$is,L\mi. Lablatce. Cultivated in kitchen gardens for its aromatic green parts, which are gathered in midsummer for flav- oring meat, dressings and other culinary preparations. The slender, errect, branching, herbaceous stems, 10 in. tall, bear soft, narrow, green leaves and clusters < Dink purplish or white flowers in summer, which are ft lowed by brown ovoid seeds whose vitality lasts three years Propagation is by means of seed.which is sown in drills 12-18 in apart in April or May in lj*ht,nie low.wel drained loam of moderate richness. \V hen 2-.J in. tall t plants are thinned to 5 or6 in. asunder, or for early thev may be transplanted from hotbeds sown in March. Winter Savory (S. wovtana, Linn.) is a hardy Euro- pean perennial species, having much the qualiti 1618 SAVORY the annual. It may be managed like thyme. It has woody, slender, very branching stems 12-16 in. tall, narrow, very acute leaves, white, pink or lilac flowers and brown seeds, whose average vitality is three years. M. G. KAINS. SAVOY is a kind of cabbage. SAW PALMETTO. Serencea serrulata. SAXIFRAGA from which arises a flower-scape. Some of these forms are very interesting because of the vari-colored or sil- very effect produced by natural incrustations of lime on the leaves, particularly on the leaf-edges. Give shade. Most Saxifrages make stolons and offshoots freely, and by these the plants are easily propagated; they are also increased by division. Some make bulblets. The number of species of Saxifrage worthy of culti- vation in rockeries and in borders is large, but the fol- lowing account comprises those known to be in the trade in North America. Very few of the species have been modified to any extent under domestication. There are a number of important hybrids, two of which are in the American trade: S. Andrewsii, hybrid of S. Geum and S. Aizoon, is somewhat like the latter parent; fls. pale white with purple dots; Ivs. spatulate to ligulate, very obtuse, crenulate-dentate; stem erect, few-leaved, glan- dular-hairy, 6-8 in. tall. S. hybrida splendens is per- haps a hybrid of S.Geum by S. rotundifolia. 2257. Saururus cernuus (X /£). (See page 1617.) SAXlFRAGA (Latin, rock and to break; said by some to refer to the fact that many of the species grow in the clefts of rock, by others to the supposition that certain species would cure stone in the bladder). Saxi- fragacece. SAXIFRAGE. ROCKFOIL. As outlined below (including Megasea), the genus contains upwards of 175 species, widely distributed in the north temperate zone, many of them alpine and boreal. In the southern hemisphere they seem to be known only in South Amer- ica. The Saxifrages are herbs, mostly perennial, with perfect small white, yellow or purplish flowers in pani- cles or corymbs ; calyx with 5 lobes; petals 5, usually equal; stamens mostly 10, in some species only 5; styles 2; fr. a 2-beaked or 2-divided capsule, or some- times the capsules nearly or quite separate at maturity, with numerous seeds. See Engler, " Monographie der Gattung Saxifraga," 1872. Saxifrages are various in habit and stature, but they are mostly low and spreading with rosulate or tufted root-leaves. Most of the species in cultivation are grown as rock-garden plants, although the large-leaved mem- bers of the Megasea or Bergenia section are sometimes used as border plants. Owing to the small attention given to rock and alpine gardening in America, the Sax- ifrages are little known to our horticulturists. Most of them are abundantly hardy as to frost, but are likely to suffer from the dryness and heat of the American sum- mer. Partial shade in summer is essential for the best results with most of the species. In winter the stools should be given ample covering of leaves. The most useful kinds for this country are the species of the Megasea section. These are low plants of bold habit, and are admirably adapted for rockwork and for spring forcing under glass. Fig. 1047, Vol. II, shows a clump of these plants in the lower left-hand corner. The alpine species are mostly dwarf plants with more or less persistent foliage. Some of them, as S. opposit- ifolia, make dense moss-like mats; others, of which S. Aizoon may be taken as a cultural type, produce a dense rosette of leaves at the surface of the ground, INDEX. aphylla, 30. Huetiana, 7. Pyrenaica, 8. azoides, 26. integrit'olia, 25. recta, 12. Aizoon, 12. Japonica, 33. rivularis, 14. brouchialis, 27. Lantoscana, 9. rosularis, 12. bryophora, 20. leptophylla, 30. rotundifolia, 17. caespitosa, 29. 1 e uc a n themifolia, rubra, 1. Camposii, 28. 21. sarmentosa, 33. cherlerioides, 27. ligulata, 1. Schinidtii, 1. Ghinensis, 33. lingulata, 9. Sibirica, 4. chrysantha, 16. Mertensiana, 19. speciosa, 1. ciliata, 1. Michauxii, 21. Stracheyi, 2. cordifolia, 5. Milesii, 3. superba, 8, 33. Cotyledon, 11. nivalis, 23. Taygetea, 17. crassifolia, 4. oppositifolia, 8. tricolor, 33. cuneifolia, 4. peltata, 15. unguiculata, 2. Fortunei, 33. Pennsylvania, 22. unabrosa, 31. Geum, 32. punctata, 18. variegata, 31. granulata, 13. purpurea, 5. Virginiensis, 24. hirsuta, 32. purpurasceiis, 6. Wallacecma, 28. Hostii. 10. pyramidalis, 11. A. Lvs. with many small punctate glands or dots on the surface, usually large and thick and the petiole sheathed at the base: plant acaulescent,with a thick rootftock. BERGENIA or ME- GASEA. B. Margin of leaf conspicuously ciliate or apiculate -toothed. C. Base of leaf distinctly cor- date, although narrow 1. ligulata co. Base of leaf usually nar- rowed to the petiole 2. Stracheyi 3. Milesii BB. Margin of leaf not ciliate but more or less undulate or cre- nate: Ivs. not pubescent. C. Scape and inflorescence gla- brous 4. crassifolia 5. cordifolia cc. Scape and inflorescence pu- bescent 6. purpurascens \.A. Lvs. without punctate dots or glands (sometimes pitted) on the face, usually not large nor with sheaths at base: root- stocks (if any) slender or short. SAXIFRAGE proper. B. Seeds spherical (Cymba- laria) 7. Huetiana BB. Seeds fusiform or oblong-obo- vate. c. Apex and margin of leaves bearing a few distinct pores or impressed dots. D. Arrangement of Ivs. oppo- site 8. oppositifolia DD. Arrangement of Ivs. alter- ' nate (best seen on flower- ing stems). E. Leaf -margins reflexed, crenulate or nearly en- tire, more or less crus- tate with lime 9. lingulata 10. Hostii SAXIFRAGA EE. Leaf - margins spread- tin/, si r rate, sometimes both margins and up- JK /• fare crustate 11. Cotyledon 12. Aizoon CO. Apt i and m (try in of leaves without pores. D. True stem all subter- ranean. E. Plant propagating by means of subterranean bulblets produced on the very short -jointed <•<> ndex 13. granulata 14. rivularis EE. Plant propagating by non-bulbiferous shoots. F. Foliage peltate, large.15. peltata FF. Foliage not peltate, usually not large. o. Petals yellow'. 1(5. chrysantha GG. Petals white (some- times spotted). H. Lower Ivs. orbicu- lar 17. rotundifolia 18. punctata 19. Mertensiana HH. Lower Ivs. c u - neate, obovate or spatulate (ovate in No. 25}. i. Shape of petals lanceolate- acute, or nar- rower 20. bryophora 21. leucanthemifolia 22. Pennsylvanica II. Shape of petals obovate or orbicular 23. nivalis 24. Virginiensis 25. integriiolia DD. True stem above ground, the plant propagating by evident stolons or offsets. E. Petals all equal. F. Pistil more or less ad- nate to the calyx-tube at its base. G. Foliage stiff and withering rather than falling, not divided, the mar- gin usually setose.2G. azoides 27. bronchialis GG. Foliage herbaceous, undivided or lobed.28. Camposii 29. caespitosa 30. aphylla F. Pistil free from the ca lyx-tube 31 . umbrosa 32. Geum EE. Petals unequal, the tiro lower ones much larger than the others 33. sarmentosa 1. ligulata, Wall. (S. Schmidtii, Regel). Strong- growing plant, with large radical Ivs. 3-8 in. across and orbicular or obovate in outline and cordate at base, the margin scarcely undulate but ciliate: scape becoming about 1 ft. tall, this and the pedicels and calices gla- brous: fls. white to light purple, orbicular and clawed : fr. subglobose, drooping. Himalayan region. B.M. 3406, "the sepals too acute and the leaves too undulate," according to Hooker. L.B.C. 8:747. R.H. 1868:271. — Not perfectly hardy at Boston. By error, the name is sometimes written S. lingulata, a name which properly belongs to a very different species (No. 9). Var. rubra, Hort., is a form with red-purple fls. Var. speciosa, Hort., has showy blush or rose-white fls. Var. ciliata, Hook. (S. ciliata, Royle), has Ivs. hir- sute on both sides and the margins strongly ciliate. B.M. 4915. G.C. III. 5:365. SAXIFRAGA 1619 2. Stracheyi, II o „ k . f. \ Tl,,,m. i x. unyuieuldta, Hort not.Engl.). Fig. L".»r,«. Hal-it ,,f 0.1fa«feto.' Ivs. glabrous on both sides, obovate, usually not at all cordate at base, the margin ciliate and from crenate- serrate to nearly entire: pedicels and calir.-s pubescent 2058. Saxifraga Stracheyi (X %). As the flowers are appearing in earliest spring. the scape becoming 1 ft. or more tall: fls. white or rose (sometimes yellow?), the calyx-teeth oblong and often wider above their base: fr. ovate-lanceolate, usually erect. Kashmir, 8,000-14,000 ft. B.M. 5967?. B.R 29-65 (as S. ciliata). G.M. 39:233. J.H. III. 32:281. 3. Milesii, Leichtl. (S. Strdcheyi,v&r.M\legii,Ilort ) From S. Stracheyi it differs in having longer Ivs (9-12 in. long and 4-5 in. broad), white fls., oblong calyx-lobes, the petals distinctly clawed: corymb dense. Himalaya. 4. crassifdlia, Linn. (S. cuneifdlia, Hort., not Linn S. Sibirica, Hort., not Linn.). Fig. 2259. Strong-grow- ing species with woody rhizome: Ivs. obovate to long- obovate, narrowed at the base, undulate-crenate: scape and inflorescence glabrous: fls. lilac or purplish, nu- merous on the inclined or drooping branches of the elevated panicle (scape 10-16 in. tall). Altai to Mon- golia. B.M. 196. G.M. 34:67. Mn. 10, p. 74. 5. cordifdlia, Haw. Very like the above and probably only a form of it; differs in having broader, round-ob- long, and more or less cordate Ivs. Altai. Var. pur- purea, Hort.. has purple fls. 6. purpurascens, Hook. f. & Thorn. Lvs. broad-obo- vate to short-oblong, the margins entire or slightly undulate, somewhat cordate at base: scape 12 in. or less high, bright purple, hairy: fls. deep purple, nodding, the calyx-lobes very obtuse: fr. elliptic-lanceolate, erect. Sikkim (India), 10,000 to 15,000 ft. altitude. B.M. 5066. — Very handsome because of its purple scape and flowers. 7. Huetiana, Boiss. Annual or biennial, but grown from seed as a hardy garden annual and used for edg- ings and borders of small beds: dwarf, about 6 in. high, compact in growth: Ivs. reniform and shallowly 5-7- lobed, the lobes obtuse or short-apiculate, long-petioled, bright green in color: fls. small but very numerous, long stalked in the axils, bright yellow, the petals ovate or oblong: seeds small, tuberculate. Asia Minor. -Very effective little plant. 8. oppositifdlia, Linn. Stem or cau- dex perennial and leafy, the branches rising 6 in. high and bearing many small persistent thick se- dum-like Ivs., and giving a moss -like aspect to the plant; sterile shoots with Ivs. imbricated in four series: fls. soli- tary on the ends of the annual leafy shoots, lilac or white, the obovate petals exceeding the stamens. Rocks, alpine and boreal parts of Europe and North America, extending into northern Vermont. L.B.C 9:869. — An excellent little rock plant, making a sedum-like mat, the foliage of a purplish cast. There are several cul- tivated forms, as var. alba, fls. white; var. major, fls. 2259. Saxifraga crassifolia. 1620 SAXIFRAGA large lilac; var. Pyrenaica for superba), fls. very large, rose-purple. S. oppositifolia is evergreen. It makes a good carpet under other plants. 9 lingulata, Bell. Radical Ivs. in a rosette, numer- ous linear-spatulate and somewhat acute, sulcate above, the 'margin erose-crenulate and somewhat cihate and crustate with lime; stem-lvs. shorter, the margin carti- laginous and less crustate: scape rising 1-2 ft., erect or flexuose, and bearing a thyrsoid panicle of small white fls. with obovate or oblong - obovate 3-iierved petals. Apennines and Alps. Var. Lantoscana, Engler (5. Lantoscana, Boiss. & Reut. ). Lvs. short, more or less attenuate below, but not at the apex, the margin thin. Maritime Alps. G.C. II. 15:109. 10. Hdstii, Tausch. Radical or basal Ivs. many, some- what erect, flat above and the apex obtuse, ciliate at the base; stem-lvs. oblong and nearly or quite obtuse, cre- nate-serrate : corymb 5-9-fld., the fls. white or the ob- long petals somewhat purple-spotted. Apennines and Alps. 11. Cotyledon, Linn. Tufted, the basal Ivs. forming attractive silvery rosettes, and sending up long panicles to a height of 1-2 ft. : basal Ivs Ungulate to long-obo- •vate, short-apiculate, plane, margin cartilaginous and dentate and bearing many pores; stem-lvs. Ungulate- lanceolate : fls. numerous, white, the petals cuneate- obovate and 3-5-nerved and the middle nerve usually bifid, the calyx glandular. Mountains of Eu. Var. pyramidalis, DC., is a robust form, with a large, mauy-fld. panicle. 12. Aizdon, Jacq. (S. rosularis, Schleich. S.ricta, Lap.). Fig. 2260. Much tufted alpine plant, forming small dense rosettes and sending up a clammy-pubescent, many-fld. scape 5-12 in. high: basal Ivs. spatulate, incurved, thick and persistent, the margins white and cartilaginous and porose; stem-lvs. smaller, spatulate or cuneate, serrate towards the apex: fls. small and many, cream color to nearly white, the petals obovate to elliptic and 3-5-nerved, and some- times spotted at the base. Alpine and boreal parts of Europe, Asia and N. Amer. , coming as far south, in our eastern country, as northern Vt. and Lake Superior. —Very variable. 13. granulata, Linn. MEADOW SAXIFRAGE. Plant erect and branched when in bloom, 6-20 in. tall : radical Ivs. reniform, incise- lobed, the lobes entire or cre- nate, pilose, stalked ; stem-lvs, few, nearly sessile, cuneate : tts. white, somewhat bell- shaped, more or less drooping, about 1 in. across, the petals ob- ovate - oblong and much contracted at the base and 3- nerved. Eu., N.Afr., Asia. — This is a com- mon Meadow Saxi- frage of Europe, blooming early in May. It is an attrac- tive plant. A full double form is in cultivation, being prized for planting in moist shady borders. Not hardy at Boston. 14. rivularis, Linn. Matted little plant, with stems ascending 1-3 in. high : lower Ivs. round - reniform, prominently 3-5-lobed, long-stalked; stem-lvs. narrow- ovate to lanceolate, entire: fls. 3-5, white, the petals ovate. Eu., Asia, N. Amer., in this country occurring as far south as the White Mts. and Colo. 15. peltata, Torr. UMBRELLA PLANT. Strong plant, sending up large peltate leaf-blades or petioles 1-3 ft. 2260. Saxifraga Aizoon (X SAXIFRAGA long, the many pinkish or white fls. borne on long hairy scapes overtopping the young foliage : rootstock stout, horizontal: Ivs. orbicular, much lobed or cut, almost centrally peltate : fls. K in. across, the petals elliptic and obtuse. Margins of streams, Calif. B.M. 6074. F. S. 23:2441. G.C. III. 27:139. Gn. 26, p. 545; 55, p. 6. Gng. 7:307. — One of the largest of all Saxifrages, and the only one with peltate Ivs. The If. -blade often meas- ures 1 ft. across, and the rhizome 2-3 in. thick. The fls. appear in advance of the Ivs. in early spring. Hardy in Mass., with slight protection, and a most desirable plant when bold effects are desired. 16. chrysantha, Gray. Dwarf cespitose plant with creeping shoots and rosulate, imbricated oblong-ovate, glabrous and fleshy Ivs. : flowering stems 1-2 in. tall, filiform, glandular-pubescent, 1-3-fld., the oval petals yellow. Mts. of Colo. — Has been offered by dealers in native plants. 17. rotundifolia, Linn. Root-lvs. thick, cordate-orbic- ular, dentate-lobed, long-stalked, clustered, but not rosulate; stem-lvs. nearly sessile, often narrower: fl.- stems 1 ft. tall, erect and somewhat branched, hairy: fls. white, the oblong-elliptic petals spotted with purple. Eu. and Asia. B.M. 424.— A very pretty plant for moist places. Var. Taygetfca, Engler (S. Taygetea, Boiss. & Heldr.). Basal Ivs. very long-stalked, reniform or nearly orbic- ular, 5-9-lobed : fls. only 1-2 on the ends of the branches (several in S. rotundifolia itself). Greece. 18. punctata, Linn. Plant 1 ft. or more high when in flower, more or less pubescent, the scape leafless: Ivs. at first pubescent but becoming glabrous, reniform, equally and strongly dentate or crenate: fls. white, not punctate, the petals obovate or oblong ; the sepals acutish. Asia and boreal N. Amer. 19. Mertensiana, Bong. Very like S. punctata, but the Ivs. incise-lobed and the lobes 3-toothed : sepals ob- tuse. Alaska. 20. bry6phora, Gray. Dwarf, the scapes about 3 in. high and branching: Ivs. 1 in. or less long, oblanceolate to narrow-oblong, entire and ciliate, usually rosulate: scape leafless, the branches 1-fld. : petals lance-ovate, white, 2-spotted at the base. Mt. Dana. — Once offered by dealers in native plants. 21. leucanthemifdlia, Michx. (S. Michauxii, Britt.). Viscid plant 5-20 in. tall, much branched, bearing many small star-like white fls. and long-spatulate toothed Ivs.: petals lanceolate, unequal, the 3 larger ones cordate at the base and with a pair of yellow spots. Va. to Ga., in the mountains. 22. Fennsylvanica, Linn. Tall stout herb, sometimes 3 ft. and more high, viscid pubescent, nearly or quite simple: basal Ivs. sometimes nearly 1 ft. long, oblan- ceolate, obscurely toothed, much narrowed below, the scape nearly naked: panicle long and becoming open: fls. numerous and small, greenish, the petals linear- lanceolate. Swamps, eastern U. S., south as far as Va. — Recommended as a bog plant. 23. nivalis, Linn. Dwarf, the flowering branches ris- ing 3-6 in.: Ivs. ovate or obovate, thickish, crenate, narrowed into a petiole: fls. capitate on a naked scape, the head sometimes branched, white, the oblong or obo- vate petals persistent. Alpine and arctic regions of Eu., Asia and N. Amer. In the Rocky Mts. it occurs as far south as Arizona. 24. Virgini§nsis, Michx. Low, viscid pubescent plant, 1 ft. or less tall, from a rosette of obovate or spatulate, crenate-toothed thickish Ivs., which are narrowed into a petiole: cyme small and close at first but becoming loose and open: fls. small but many, dull white, the petals oblong-obtuse. On rocks and in woods, eastern U. S. as far south as Va. and Tenn.— A pretty spring flower, and sometimes planted. There is a double-fid, form. 25. integrifdlia, Hook. Plant a foot or less tall, vis- cid pubescent, leafless except at the base, the short cau- dex somewhat woody: Ivs. ovate and very obtuse, entire or very nearly so: fls. white, small, in a more or less loose panicle, the petals obovate and twice the length of the spreading-reflexed calyx-lobes. Calif, northward.— Once offered amongst native plants. SAXIFRAGA 26. azoides, Linn. Tufted plant, <> in. or loss tall, gla- brous except for the sparingly setose leaf-margins: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, somewhat fleshy, scattered along the stem: fls. solitary on axillary pedicels near the top of stem. yellow and more or less spotted with orange, the petals oblong. En., Asia, N. Amer., in the U. S. occurring in northern New England, northern New York, northern Mich., Rocky Mts., etc. 27. bronchialis, Linn. Dwarf and cespitose, the scape a few iiiclii-s hiirh and nearly leafless but leafy at the base: Ivs. linear to linear-lanceolate, mucronulate at the apex, ciliate or spimilose on the margin, stiflish: fls. solitary or corymbose, on long and weak peduncles, yellowish white with orange-red dots, the petals obovate-oblong. Asia and arctic N. W. America and Rocky Mts. Only var. cherlerioides, Engler (S. clierlerioldes, Don), has appeared in the Amer. trade: very dwarf, only 2 or 3 in. high, densely ces- pitose, few-flowered, the Ivs. short and some- what spatulate. Asia and Alaska. 28. Campdsii, Boiss. & Reut. (S. Wallace- etna, Hort.). Tufted and bright green, with reddish fl. -stems, hairy and somewhat glan- dular: Ivs. spatulate, with an abruptly en- larging end, 3-o-lobed, and sometimes again toothed : fl. -stems branching, 3-4 in. high, erect: fls. % in. across, white, somewhat bell-shaped, the broad petals much exceeding the calyx. Spain. B.M. 6640. Gn. 35, p. 392. A.F. 4:493. — Once introduced here, but does not endure the hot climate well. An attrac- tive species. 29. caespitdsa, Linn. Exceedingly variable species: dwarf and cespitose, the fl.- stems erect and nearly leafless and somewhat glandular-pilose (3-4 in. high) : Ivs. usually cuneatebut some- times nearly linear, usually 3-fld and some- times 5-fld, the lobes linear and obtuse and nearly parallel: fls. few, white, 1-10 in a raceme or panicle, campanulate, the pet- als spreading, oblong and obtuse, 3-nerved. Eu. 30. aphyila, Sternb. (S. leptophyUa, Frcel.). Small, loosely cespi- tose species, producing SCABIOSA 1621 but many, white, the 2 lower hanging petals lanceolate pointed or lance ovate, the 3 upper ones small and in- conspicuous and pinkish and spotted. Japan and China. B.M. !•!'. (i.e. III. 7:J::7 (showing irritability of plant to light), (in. :;n. p. :ii;:t; ;c_', p. :t7. H.ll. ih7ii, p. : An old-time irreenliouse jdunt, and also one of the com- monest window-garden subjects. Of easiest culture Var. tricolor, Sii-b. ( S. tricolor superba, Hort.), has Ivs. handsomely marked with creamy white and red varie- gations. F.S. 21:2227-8 (as S. Fortunei tricolor i, Hook. ( B.M. fi377), is a closely allied species, less i if any I sannentose, the Ivs. an- more sharply toothed, the fls. are white and the lower petals are dentate. L H B SAXIFRAGE. See Saxifraga. SCABIOSA ( Latin, itch ; referring to medi- cinal use). Dipsacacece. SCABIOUS. MOURN- iNu BRIDE. About 52 species (from Eu., Asia and Afr. ) of annual or perennial herbs, often somewhat woody at the base, with en- tire, lobed, or dissected Ivs. and blue, rose, yellow or white fls. in mostly long-pedun- cled globular or ovoid-conic heads. Bracts of the involucre in 1 or 2 rows, foliaceous, mostly free: scales of the receptacle small, narrow or none : corolla 4-5-cleft: stamens 4, rarely 2, all perfect. For a related plant, see Cephalaria. In any moderately good garden soil a succession of flowers is produced from June until frost. The flowers are very service- able for cutting purposes. Propagated by seed or division. Many of the peren- nial species act like biennials in culti- vation, and often flower the first year from seed. S. atropur- purea is a common gar- den annual. INDEX. alba, 3. 7. arvensis, 2. atropurpurea, 4. brachiata, 6. candidissima, 4. Caucasica, 7. 2261. Saxifraea sarmentosa (X %). coccinea, 4. Columbaria, 3. compacta, 4. graminifolia, 8. major, 4. liana, 4. ochroleuca, 1. perfect a, 7. pumila, 4. stellata. 5. varia, 2. Webbiana, 1. many or several rosettes at the surface of the ground, and sending up short, almost leafless, 1-fld. or 2-fld. glandular scapes: Ivs. thinnish, entire or 3-5-lobed: fls. light yellow, the petals linear and acute and about as long as the calyx-lobes. Eu. 31. umbrdsa, Linn. LONDON PRIDE. ST. PATRICK'S CABBAGE. Erect -growing plant, the nearly leafless branching fl. -stems reaching 6-12 in. high and spring- ing from a dense rosette of Ivs. 6-12 in. across: Ivs. thick and mostly glabrous, obovate, crenate -dentate, the stalk-like base ciliate: fls. small, pink, with darker spots, in a loose panicle, the petals ovate or oblong and spreading. Eu., in shady places. -A very neat and at- tractive plant, frequent in European gardens, but rarely seen here. There is a var. variegata, Hort. 32. Geum, Linn. (S. hirsuta, Linn.). Differs from S. itml>r»sa in being hairy, in having orbicular Ivs. that are cordate or notched at the base and on long stalks. Range of last, and said to occur in Newfoundland. 33. sarmentdsa, Linn. (S. Japtnica, Hort. S. Chi- nensix, Lour.). STRAWBERRY GERANIUM. In England known as MOTHER OP THOUSANDS, a name also applied to Linaria Cymbalaria. OLD MAN'S BEARD. Fig. 2261. True stem or caudex scarcely rising above the ground, but the fl. -stems rising 1-2 ft. and much branched, whole plant sparsely hairy : stolons many, long and rooting freely at the joints after the manner of a straw- berry: Ivs. nearly orbicular, shallowly crenate - lobed, the lobes apiculate, all radical and long-stalked : fls. A. Radical leaves dentate or lobed, B. Fls. yellow 1. ochroleuca •BB. Fls. dark purple, blue or white. C. Calyx-limb sessile ornearly so. D. Lvs. sessile 2. arvensis DD. Lvs. petioled 3. Columbaria CC. Calyx-limb pedicellate. D. Plant 2 ft. high 4. atropurpurea DD. Plant 6-18 in. high 5. stellata AA. Radical Ivz. entire. B. Lvs. ovate-oblong 6. brachiata BB. Lvs. lance-linear to linear. c. Heads S in. across 7. Caucasica CC. Heads smaller 8. graminifolia 1. ochroleuca, Linn. A hardy perennial herb about 18 in. high: stem branching and somewhat hairy: Ivs. whitish pubescent, the radical crenate or lyrately pin- natifld, tapering to a petiole, pubescent on both sides, those of the stem 1-2-pinnately divided or cleft into ob- long or linear lobes: peduncles long, slender: Ivs. of the involucre shorter than the fls. June to autumn. Eu. and Asia. Var. Webbiana (S. Webbiana, D. Don^. Height 6-10 in.: lower Ivs canescent-villous, the upper glabrous. Resembles the type but is smaller in all its parts. B.R. 9:717. 2 arvensis, Linn. (S. varia, Gilib.). A hardy per- ennial 2-4 ft. high: stem hispid: rvs. villous-hiraute, the radical unequally pinnately parted, the lobes lanceo- 1622 SCABIOSA late- those of the stem pinnately divided with linear lobes, the upper linear-lanceolate: involueral bracts ob- tuse- fls lilac or blue, 1-2 in. across. June-Aug. Not known to be in the trade, S. raria, Hort., being presum- ably mixed varieties of S. atropurpnren . 2262. Scabiosa atropurpurea (X %). 3. Columbaria, Linn. A hardy perennial quite variable in character, 2 ft. high: stem branching, glabrous or nearly so: radical Ivs. ovate-obtuse, crenate, membra- nous, pubescent on both sides; stem-lvs. glabrous, pin- nately parted, the segments linear, entire or slightly incised: fls. blue, in ovate-globular heads on long pu- bescent peduncles. June-Sept. Eu., Asia, Afr. — Var. alba is cult. 4. atropurpurea, Linn. (S. major, Hort.). SWEET SCABIOUS. Fig. 2262. An annual branching plant about 2 ft. high: radical Ivs. lanceolate-ovate, lyrate, coarsely dentate; stem-lvs. pinnately parted, the lobes oblong, dentate or cut: fls. dark purple, rose or white, in long- peduncled heads, becoming ovate or oblong in fr. July-Oct. S.Eu. Gn. 21, p. 118. B.M.247. F.S. 12:1203. — Vars. candidissima, coccinea, cpmpacta, major, nana and pumila are often offered as if they were distinct species, as S. nana, etc. 5. stellata, Linn. An annual plant, hairy, simple or somewhat branched, 6-18 in. high : Ivs. cut or somewhat lyrate, the terminal lobe large, obovate, dentate, the upper ones often pinnately parted : fls. blue, in long- peduncled heads ; corolla 5-cleft, the lobes radiate. June and later. S. Eu. 6. brachiata, Sibth. & Sm. An annual species about 1 ft. high: lower Ivs. ovate-oblong, the upper pinnately cut, lyrate; the lower lobes decurrent, the terminal large, obovate, oblong: fls. light blue. June and later. Eu., Asia. 7. Caucasica, Bieb. A hardy perennial 18 in. high: Ivs. glaucous or whitish, the lower lanceolate-linear, acute, the upper cut and divided: heads flattish: fls. light blue. June-Oct. Caucasus Mts. Gn. 35, p. 121. -Vars. alba and perf6cta are also offered. G.M. 38:839. 8. graminifolia, Linn. A perennial herb, somewhat woody at the base, about 1 ft. high: Ivs. linear, silvery: fls. pale blue. June-Oct. Eu. B.R. 10:835. J. B. KELLER and F. W. BARCLAY. SCABIOUS. For Common Scabious, see Scabiosa. For Shepherd's or Sheep Scabious, see Jasione peren- nis. SCAPHOSEPALUM SCALLION, a name for the Shallot; also used for onions that do not make good bulbs but remain with thick necks, but generally pronounced and written scul- lion in this country. The word is connected with Asca- lonicum (Allium Ascalonicum). SCANDIX (Greek, to sting; in reference to the rough- ness of the fruit). Umbelliferte. About 10 species of annual herbs mostly natives of Europe: Ivs. pinnately decompound, the segments small and narrow: fls. white, polygamous, often radiate, usually in few -rayed com- pound or simple umbels : fr. oblong-linear, long-beaked, the ridges obtuse, prominent. P6cten-V6neris, Linn. Fig. 2263. A hardy garden an- nual 6-12 in. high, with finely cut Ivs. and small white fls. in simple umbels. Eu. — Little grown here. S. cerefblium, Linn. See Chervil. p_ \\T-_ BARCLAY. SCAPHOSfiPALUM (Greek, boat and sepal,- alluding to the form of the lower sepal). Orchiddcece . A genus recently separated from Masdevallia upon the character of the lateral sepals, which are united into a boat- shaped organ. In habit the plants resemble Masdeval- lia, except that the parts of the rhizome are longer, thus making the tufts less compact, and the racemes assume climbing habits, becoming very long and bearing fls. for months in succession. The dorsal sepal is free or nearly so: labellum and sepal small. The genus con- tains about 10 species. Grow in a coolhouse well protected from the sun. Keep the summer temperature as low as possible. Give plenty of water when growing. When at rest, water sparingly but do not allow the plants to become entirely dry. Use as small a pan as possible. The culture is like that for Masdevallia. gibberdsum, Rolfe (Masdevdllla gibberdsa, Reichb. f. ). Lvs. 3-5 in. long, oblong-obovate or lanceolate, ob- tuse: peduncle 6-10 in. long, warty, bearing a loose ra- ceme of 4-8 fls. : dorsal sepal boat-shaped, with a long tail, dull red, with strong, greenish ribs; lateral sepals partly connate in a concave lamina, then spreading 2263. Scandix Pecten-Veneris (X %). horizontally, yellow, spotted with red and ending in yellowish tails. Colombia. B.M. 6990. punctatum, Rolfe (Masdevdllia pvnctata, Rolfe). Densely tufted: Ivs. elliptic-lanceolate, subacute, 3-5 in. long: peduncles pendulous: fls. small, dull yellow- SCAPHOSEPALUM ish, thickly speckled with crimson ; dorsal sepal broadly ovate, concave, strongly 5-ribbed, ending in a stiff incurved tail; lateral sepals spreading horizontally falcately incurved, with a filiform process near tin- tin Colombia. B.M. 7165. HEINRICH HASSELBRING and WM. MATHEWS. SCARBOROUGH LILY. I'allota purpitreu. SCARLET BUSH. Hnmtlia. SCARLET LIGHTNING. Li/rhnix C'halcedonica. SCARLET PLUME. Euphorbia fulgens. SCARLET RUNNER. A red-flowered variety of Phateolus muttiflorus. SCENTED VERBENA. A name found in some books for the Lemon Verbena. See Lij>/ii,•/„,,.,,. H.-rn-l. St.-n, ,-n-ct . ' hairy : Ivs ..vat.- hairy, dental,-, stout -Malk.-d. ..ppo-.it.-: ti-. solitary in the axis, stalked, the corolla 2-2' .; in. l,,Ilir, the fube inclined or drooping and curved, the wide-spreading 5- lobed ]„„}, blm-Durple. Lvs. with a metallic IUM.T B.M. 4743. L. H. B. 2264. Schaueria flavicoma (X%). Chiefly known to the trade under the name of Jvsticia (lava. SCHLMA (said to be an Arabian name). Ternstro'mi- aceai. About 9 species of tender evergreen trees and shrubs, with 5-petaled white fls. about 1% in. across. Here belongs a neat little tea-like shrub about 2 ft. high, known to the trade as Gordonia Javanica. Schi- ma and Gordonia are closely related genera, distin- guished by Bentham and Hooker as follows: Schima has inferior radicles, sepals scarcely unequal, ovules few in each locule and laterally affixed ; Gordonia has supe- rior radicles, sepals markedly unequal, ovules numerous in each locule and pendulous. Other generic characters of Schima: peduncles 1-fld., usually erect: fls. solitary, in the axils or the upper ones crowded in a short raceme; petals connate at the base, imbricate, concave; stamens numerous: ovary 5-celled (rarely 4- or 6-celled); stigmas broad and spreading: capsule woody: seeds flat, kidney-shaped. Norbnhae, Reinw. ( Gordonia Javdnica, Roll.). Tender evergreen shrub, 2 ft. high or perhaps more, branched, glabrous: Ivs. alternate, elliptic-lanceolate, coriaceous, entire: fls. solitary in the axils, white, 1% in. across, shorter than the Ivs. ; petals obovate. Java. B.M. 4539. —A good pot-plant for the warmhouse. Readily in- creased by cuttings. \y". M. SCHlNUS (Greek name for the Mastic-tree, Pistacia Lentiscus; applied to this genus on account of the resi- nous, mastic-like juice of some species). Anacardiacece. Resinous, dioecious trees, with alternate, pinnate Ivs., sessile Ifts., axillary and terminal bracteate panicles, small whitish fls. with short, 5-lobed calyx, 5 imbricated petals, broad annular disk, and 10 stamens: fr. a glo- bose drupe. About 17 species, all South American ex- cept one in the Sandwich Islands, one in Jamaica and one in St. Helena. Only two are cultivated ; they are semi-tropical and grown in the warmhouse at the East and in north Europe, in the open at the South and in Calif, as far north as the San Francisco Bay region. Molle, the old generic name, is from Mulli, the Peru- 1624 SCHINUS vian name of S. Nolle, and not, as sometimes supposed, Latin molle, soft, which would not be applicable in this •case. M611e Linn. PERUVIAN MASTIC-TREE. CALIFORNIA^ PEPPER-TREE. Figs. 2265, 22(J(i. Evergreen tree, 20 ft. and more, with rounded outline and graceful, pendulous branchlets when not trimmed : Ivs. 9 in. or more long, glabrous, of many alternate, linear-lanceolate Ifts. \A- 2 in long: fls. in conical panicles, yellowish white; ripe fruits the size of peppercorns (whence the popular, but misleading, California!! name), of a beautiful rose- color Peru. G.F. 8:505. R.H. 1889, p. 225. G.C. III. 17:588, 589. Gn.25, p. 418. B.M. 3339.-In southern and middle California more extensively cultivated than any other ornamental tree except, perhaps, the Blue Gum (Eucalyptus globulus), and thriving best in the warm interior valleys, though hardy on the coast at San Fran- cisco. Valued as a lawn and avenue tree ; often planted as a street tree, for which, however, it is un- suited, being too spreading and branching too low. Molle was a generic name used by Tournefort, and placed in apposition with Schinus by Linnaeus (explained above). terebinthildlius, Raddi, with racemose fls. and Ivs. composed of seven broader, somewhat serrated Ifts., is sparingly met with in cult, in S. Calif., and proves hardy in San Francisco. Brazil. dependens, Ortega (Duvaua deplndens, DC.), is a shrub or small tree, with more or less drooping branches: Ivs. %-l in. long, oblong or obovate: fls. yellow, 1 line long, produced in great numbers in ra- cemes about as long as the leaves. West- ern S. Amer. B.M. 7406. B.R. 19:1568 (Duvaua ovata); 19:1573 (D. dependens}; 29:59 (D. longifolia).- The genus Duvaua was distinguished from Schinus chiefly by its simple foliage, but it is now considered a sub- genus of Schinus. jos. BURTT DAVY. Schinus Molle is everywhere present in southern California, where it attains a height of 50 ft. and sows itself. It was a great thing for this region in years past before the water systems had reached their present effi- ciency. Now the poor Pepper-tree is under a ban, and justly so. Next to an oleander the black scale loves a Pepper-tree. Hence the Pepper-trees, being large and numerous, have been indirectly a serious menace to the orchards of citrous fruits. Thousands of old trees, 2-3 ft. in diameter, have been cut during the past year be- cause of their proximity to orange orchards. At least one nurseryman has actually refused to sell Pepper- trees to people who ordered them. Los Angeles boasts some magnificent avenues of them. S. terebinthifolius is but little known in this region, the tallest tree being only 15 ft. as yet, but it is likely to be extensively planted in the near future. ERNEST BRAUNTON. SCHISMATOGL6TTIS (Greek, falling tongue: refer- ring to the fact that the limb of the spathe soon falls off). Ardcece. The plants which bear this uncomfor- table name are amongst the finest variegated foliage plants in the Arum family, and hardly if at all inferior in beauty and ease of culture to the popular Dieffen- bachias, which they closely resemble. They are tender plants used for the decoration of warm conservatories, but they have been successfully grown by skilled ama- teurs in living houses, where a day temperature of 70° could be maintained throughout the winter. The genus contains about 15 species, mostly natives of the Malay Archipelago. They have stoloniferous rhizomes and the caudex lies on the ground. The leaves are large, ovate or lanceolate, banded or blotched with white or pale yellow. The brightness of the colors in variegated plants largely depends upon culture. Fls. unisexual; fertile males with 2-3 short stamens, truncate at the apex; sterile males with staminodes destitute of pollen: female fls. with 2-4 pistils: ovary 1-loculed; ovules ana- tropous : berries oblong, green, yellowish or scarlet. Engler in DC. Monog. Phaner. vol. 2, 1879. For culture, see Dieffenbachia. See also Philodendron, to which the genus is somewhat closely allied, SCHISMATOGLOTTIS INDEX. (S. L. refers to supplementary list.) crispata, 3. decora, 6. imniaculata, 1. Lansbergiana, 1. Lavalleei, 1. Neoguineensis, 5. picta, 4. pulehra, 6. purpxirea, 1. Moebelinii, S. L. Seemanii, S. L. Siamensis, s. L. variegata, 2, 5. Wittmaniana, 6. '& VV-. ^vQ&'i i'~ "fJ^r-^t -I *. --•»•••*••• *»,.-i»fc, V ^^^^I&/^S''*';^ '". "" 4\ ^V^si*«*:52^-:>l!<( *"•• *** •••""'••3<«ytf£5j2jji*.' 2265. Schinus Molle, the California Pepper-tree. A. Lvs. lanceolate - oblong , base not heart-shaped. B. Petiole longer than blade 1. Lavalleei BB. Petiole shorter than blade 2. variegata AA. Lvs. ovate, base heart-shaped. B. Foliage banded with white. C. Petiole about 'as long as blade.. 3. crispata CC. Petiole twice as long as blade. A. picta BB. Foliage blotched with white. c. More green than white 5. Neoguineensis cc. More white than green 6. pulehra 1. Lavalleei, Linden. Lvs. lanceolate or lanceolate-ob- long, rounded or narrowed at the base but not cordate, blotched with silvery white, some of the blotches much larger than others ; petiole 6-8 in. long; blade 5-7 x l%-2% in.; sheath reddish. Malaya. l.H. 28:418. — Var. imniaculata (var. Lansbergiana, Linden) differs in having purple sheaths and leaf -stalks, and foliage green above, dark wine-purple below. Var. purpurea is a Sumatran form with foliage blotched gray above and dark wine-purple beneath. 2. variegata, Hook. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, obtuse or rounded at the base, long - cuspidate at apex, dark green above, marked whitish along the midrib; petiole 3-4 in. long or less than half the length of the blade. Borneo. This has been confused in the trade with S. Neoguineensis. 3. crispata, Hook. Lvs. 5-7 in. long, leathery, ovate- cordate, with rounded basal lobes, dull green above with 2 whitish, irregular, nearly parallel bands extending from base to apex and about half-way between midrib and margin. Borneo. B.M. 6576. 4. picta, Schott. Lvs. ovate-cordate, the basal lobes short, but the sinus deep, dark green above, marked with lacerated glaucous spots at the middle, on each side of the midrib and between the nerves; petiole 8-16 in. long; blade 6-7 in. long. Java. 5. Neoguineensis, N. E. Br. (S. variegata, Hort., not Hook.). Lvs. ovate-cordate, bright green, irregularly blotched with pale yellowish green, the total mass of green being greater than the variegation; petiole 9-12 in. long; blade 8-9 x 5-5% in. New Guinea. l.H. 27:380 as Calocasia Neoguineensis, the variegation be- ing a bright creamy white. 6. pulehra, N. E. Br. (S. decora, Bull.). Lvs. ovate, obliquely cordate, irregularly blotched with silvery SCH1SMATOGLOTTIS UNIVERSITY Of • . •white, the total muss of green being less than the varie- gation; petiole ;;-lU in. lon.ir: blade 4-5 x 1*4-2% in. Borneo. I.H. HI :.VJO. (!.('. II. •J4::!(il. — -S'. d< •<•<>,•<>, vur. \\'ithii. but seems unknown to botanists.— S. Siamintit, Hort. Bull, still in cultivation, but imperfectly known to botany. Possibly a species of Aglaouema. ^ M, SCHIZJEA (Greek, to split). Schizasacece. A genus of small ferns with twisted grass-like Ivs. and sedge- like sporophylls formed of a cluster of closely com- pacted pinnse, each with two rows of sporangia, which in common with the family are pear-shaped, with an apical ring, opening by a vertical fissure. pusilla, Pursh. Our only native species, growing in sand barrens mainly in New .lersey. Lvs. an inch long, grass-like: sporophylls 2-3 in. long, with 6-8 closely compacted divisions, forming a spike at the apex. Known locally as Curly-grass. The prothallus only re- cently studied is found to resemble protonema, being filamentous rather than thallose as in ordinary ferns. L. M. UNDERWOOD. 2266. Foliage and fruit of California Pepper-tree— Schinus Molle (X %). S^HIZANDRA (Greek, schizein, to cleave, and aner, andros, man, stamen; referring to the cleft or separate anther-cells). Including Sphturdstema and Maximo- wlczia. Magnoliacen. Ornamental deciduous twining shrubs, with' alternate, simple Ivs., white, yellowish or red, not very conspicuous tts. on slender, drooping ped RCHIZANTHUS 1625 eels and showy scarlet or black, berry-like fr. in droop ing racemes. The Asiatic N. r/,,,,, „',,, is hanlv while the native .S. ,;t,;-i,i>n can only !.•• -rown" They may be used for covering rock-, trees, fence.-,, and seem to thrive best in partly shaded and somewhat moist places in a pomus. -andy loam. Prop, by seeds, by greenwood cuttings unde'r cla-*, root- cuttings or layers, and also by suckers, six or 7 spe- cies, chiefly in E. Asia, from India to N. China and Japan, 1 .species in N. America. Lvs. exstipulate, usually ovate: fls. slender-stalked, in few-fid, axillary d , dioecious or monoecious ; sepals and petal* '.i-l'J. not dif- fering; stamens 5-15, more or less connate; carpels numerous, imbricated in the fl., developing into berries disposed on the elongated filiform receptacle, forming a drooping raceme. The fruits of the Asiatic species are eaten in their native countries. coccinea, Michx. High climbing shrub: Ivs. slender- petioled, ovate or oval, acuminate, entire or obscurely denticulate, glabrous, 2-3% in. long: fls. monoecious, crimson purplish, %-% in. across; stamens 5, connate into a 5-lobed disk with the anther-cells widely sepa- rated: berries scarlet, forming a loose raceme 2-3 in. long. June. S. C. to E. Tex. B.M. 1413. Chinensis, Baill. (Maximowiczin Sine"nsis, Rupr. ). Climbing to 25 ft. : Ivs. broadly oval or ovate, acute or acuminate, remotely denticulate, dark green and shin- ing above, glabrous except at the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long; petiole %-l% in. long: fls. dioecious, pinkish white, % in. across, fragrant; stamens 5, divided at the apex: berries scarlet, forming a rather dense raceme 1-4 in. long. May, June. Japan, N. China, Amurland. Gt. 12:382. F.S. 15:1594. Gn. 6, p. 583. M.D.G. 1899:568.— The very showy fruit ripens end of August; to secure it both sexes must be planted together. 8. nlgra, Maxim. Similar to the preceding: Ivs. smaller, quite glabrous: fls. white: fr bluish black. Japan. Seems more tender than S. Chinensis.— S. propinqua. Hook. f. & Thorn. ( SphsBrostema propinquum, Blume). Lvs. ovate to ovate-lanceolate, about 4 in. long on %-in. long petioles: fls. pale yellowish: fr. scarlet, forming racemes to 6 in. long. Himalayas. B.M. 4614. For cult, in subtropical regions or in the warm greenhouse. ALFRED REHDER. SCHIZANTHUS (Greek, split and flower; from the incised corolla). Solanacea'. BUTTERFLY FLOWER. About 6 species of annual herbs from Chile, with mostly finely cut leaves and terminal open cymes of variously and highly colored fls.: calyx 5-cleft, the lobes linear, corolla tubular; limb wide-spreading, oblique, plicate, somewhat 2-lipped, laciniate; stamens 2, exserted: seeds numerous, small. These dainty plants are of easy culture in any good garden soil. They are also useful as pot-plants for spring flowering, the seed being sown in early fall and the plants kept in a light house and given plenty of root room as they need it. A. Corolla-tube as long as the calyx: stamens short- exsertfd. B. The middle segment of the anterior lip of the corcllct notched at summit. retusus, Hook. Stem 2 ft. high: Ivs. pinnatisect, with the segments entire, dentate or pinnatitid : tU. in tlie type deep rose, with the large middle segment of the upper lip orange except at the tip; the lateral segments of the posterior lip falcate, acute, linear, longer than the middle segment. B.M. 3045. B.R. 18: 1544. -The portions of the flower which are rose-colored in tl type are white in var. alba. BB. The middle segment of the anterior lip not notrlitd at apex. Grahami, Gill. Lvs. 1-2-pinnatisect; segments entire or dentately pinnatifld: fls. typically lilac or rose i the middle half of the middle segment of the anteru lip yellow or orange; the lateral segments of the pos terior lip falcate, linear, acute, shorter than the middle segment. B.M. 3044. R.H. 1843:529. AA. Corolla-tube snorter than the calyx: stamens long- exserted. pinnatus, Ruiz and Pav. (8. p6rrigens, Grab. S. Pri^tii Paxt ) Pig. 2267. The most variable ol the Secies,' wUh many horticultural forms distingni>hed 1626 SCHIZANTHUS bv height of stem and color markings of the fls. Typically 2 ft. high : Ivs. 1-2-pinnatisect; the segments entire, dentate or incisely pinnatifld: fls. varying in death of color, the lower lip usually violet or lilac; the upper paler, its middle section with a yellow blotch at its base and spotted with purple or violet. B.M. 2404, 2521 (as S. porrigens). B.R. 9:725; 18: 1562 (as var. humilis).— Var. nana, Hort., is somewhat lower - growing. Var. niveus, Hort., has pure white fls. Var. oculatus, Hort., has a purplish black blotch surrounded with yellow at the base of the middle segment of the upper IJP or with the typical yellow portion dotted with small dark pur- ple spots. B.H. 1862: 451. Var. papilio- naceus, Hort., has a central coloring somewhat as var. oculatus, with the general color of the flower marbled in various shades. Var. tigridioides, Hort., is also cultivated. F.W. BAKCLAY SCHIZOCODON (Greek, cut bell ; re- ferring to the fringed corolla). Diapensi- dcece. Schizocodon soldanelloides is a pretty alpine plant from Japan with rosy flowers fringed 2267. Schizanthus pinnatus (X %). J.*® then well-known Soldanellas of the Alps. It may be readily distinguished from Soldanella {which is a member of the primrose family) by the leaves being toothed, and the stamens 4 instead of 5. The name "Fringed Soldanella" has been proposed for Schizocodon, but all Soldanellas are fringed. "Fringed Galax" would be better, as Galax is the nearest relative, Schizocodon being, in fact, the Japanese representative of the American Galax. The leaves of Schizocodon are sometimes more or less bronzy, like those of Galax, but their form is not so pleasing. The plant is only a few inches high, and the fls. are borne to the number of 4-6 on a scape. The scapes are numerous and the fls. about 1 in. across. Since 1892 this plant has excited an amount of interest comparable to that caused by the introduc- tion of Shortia, in 1889. Schizocodon is distinguished from allied genera by the following characters: corolla funnel-shaped, 5-lobed, the lobes fimbriate; stamens affixed between the lobes of the corolla, and separate from the staminodes, which are long and linear. Other characters: ovary 3-loculed: capsule globose, 3-cornered, loculicidally 3-valved : seeds numerous. soldanelloides, Sieb. & Zucc. FRINGED GALAX. Fig. 2268. Hardy, tufted, alpine plant a few in. high: Ivs. leathery, evergreen, long-stalked, the blade roundish, wedge - shaped or subcordate at the base, coarsely toothed, the teeth apieulate: fls. nodding; sepals 5, oblong, obtuse; corolla deep rose in center passing into blush or white at the edges; staminodes linear. Japan. B.M. 7316. Gn. 44:934. G.C. III. 13:415. G.M. 36:206. J.H. III. 34:323. V. 20:119.-This is probably the only species in the genus, as S. uniflorus is Shortia and S. ilieifolius is thought to be a variety of Schizocodon soldanelloides, with more variable Ivs. and fls. ranging from red to white. Offered by many European dealers, and by one or two Americans ; little known here. W. M. SCHIZONOTUS SCHIZOLOB1UM (Greek, to cleave and hull; alluding to the manner of dehiscence). Legnminosce. About 2 species of South American trees, with large bipinnate leaves, with numerous small leaflets, and fls. in axillary racemes or terminal panicles. Calyx obliquely turbi- nate; segments imbricated, reflexed; petals 5, clawed, ovate or roundish, imbricated; stamens 10, free; fila- ments somewhat scabrous at the base : ovary adnate to the tube of the calyx: pod 1-seeded. The following has been introduced into S. Calif, by Franceschi, who writes that it has not yet proved a success. excelsum, Vog. A large Brazilian tree, with fern-like bipinnate leaves about 4% ft. long, with the ultimate Ifts. about 1% in. long: fls. yellow, in large panicles. R.H. 1874, p. 113. F. w. BARCLAY. SCHIZONOTUS (Greek, schizo, to split, and notos, back: the capsules were thought to split on the back, which, however, is not the case). Hosdceie (Syn. Holodiscus). The name Holodiscus (meaning an entire disk) may be recommended for this genus instead of Schizonotus, to avoid confusion, since the latter name has been used for two other genera. Ornamental free-flowering deciduous shrub, with alternate, pinnately lobed, petioled Ivs. and small, whitish fls. in ample showy panicles: fruit insig- nificant. Very graceful plants, with their drooping feathery panicles of creamy white fls., and well adapted for borders of shrubberies or for single specimens on the lawn, but not quite hardy north. They grow in al- most any well-drained soil, and do best in a sunny posi- tion. Prop, by seeds usually sown in boxes in fall and only slightly covered with soil, or by layers; sometimes also increased by greenwood cuttings under glass taken with a heel, but usually only ,a small percentage of them take root. Two or perhaps only one species from Oregon to Columbia. Lvs. without stipules: calyx 5- cleft, almost rotate; petals 5; stamens about 20: ovaries 5, surrounded by an entire disk, developing into 5 distinct pubescent 1-seeded akenes. Formerly usually referred to Spiraea, but it shows closer affinity to Cer- cocarpus and other genera of the Potentillese group. If all forms of this genus are united in one species it must bear the name Schizonotns argent ens, Kuntze. By some the genus is still retained with Spiraea. 2268. Schizocodon soldanelloides (X discolor, Raf . ( Holodiscus discolor, Maxim. ) . Fig. 2269. Shrub, 20 ft., hardy with protection in Mass. : Ivs. ovate or oblong, truncate or narrowed at the base, pinnately lobed, usually glabrous above, pubescent or tomentose beneath, %-3 in. long: fls. creamy white, small, in ample panicles. July. Oregon to Guatem., east to Colo. Gn. 45, p. 56; 47, p. 188; 49, p. 104; 50, p. 278. SCHIZONOTUS SCHOMBURfJKIA 1G27 G.C. III. 25:21.— A very variable species, of which the following are perhaps the most important forms: Var. ariaefdliua, J. G. Jack (Spirlna arivefMia, Sin.). Large shrub, with arching brandies: Ivs. usually truncate at the base, ovate, with dentate or entire lobes, pale green and pubescent beneath : panicle drooping, ample to 10 in. long. B.R. 16:1365. G.F. 4:617. Var. Purshianus, Rehd. (Sp. discolor, Pursh). Similar to the former. but Ivs. whitish-tomentose beneath. Var. fissus, Krhd. (Sp. flssa, Lindl., and probably HolodttttU tuixh-ttlix. Heller). Similar to var. ar'uvfolius in habit, but smaller: Ivs. crenate at the base, narrower, with entire lobes, whitish-tomentose beneath ; panicle drooping, loose, to 5 in. long. Var. dumdsus, Dippel (Sp. <«• innxn, Nutt. Sp. Boursieri, Carr.). Erect shrub, 8 ft. high : Ivs. cuneate, coarsely toothed, pubescent above, whitish-tomentose beneath, %-l in. long: panicle erect, rather small and dense. R.H. 1859, p. 519. This last form is the least desirable as an ornamental plant. S. purpurascens. Gray, is Solanoa purpurascens Greene, a California!! Aselepiad, not in cult. It is a perennial with as- cending stems 1 ft. high, cordate-ovate Ivs., and small red-pur- ple tls. in compact umbels.— S. tomentbsus, Lindl. =Sorbaria Lindleyana ALFRED REHDER. SCHIZOPfiTALON (Greek, cut and petal; in refer- ence to the pinnately cut petals). Cruci feres. A genus of possibly 5 species of annual herbs from Chile, with alternate, sinuate, dentate or pinnatifid leaves and pur- ple or white flowers in terminal racemes. The main ge- neric character lies in the shape of the petals, which are flat and pinnately cut into regular segments. Walkeri, Sims. Plant 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. sessile, sinu- ate, dentate, the upper linear : fls. white, fragrant. B.M. 2379. R.H. 1880, p. 355.— A very pretty annual of quick growth p. W. BARCLAY. SCHIZOPHRAGMA (Greek, schizein, to cleave, and phrayma, wall: the inner layer of the wall of the valves is cleft into fascicled fibers). Saxifragdcece. Ornamen- tal climbing deciduous shrub with opposite, long-peti- oled, rather large, dentate leaves, and loose terminal cymes of small white flowers with enlarged sterile ones at the margin. It has beautiful bright green foliage and attractive flowers. The plant is useful for covering wa.lls and trunks of trees. It clings firmly by means of aerial rootlets. Hardy north as far as New York city. It thrives best in rich, moderately moist soil and partial shade, but also does well in full sun. Prop, by seeds or greenwood cuttings under glass; also by layers. Like Hydrangea petiolaris, young plants produce small Ivs. and make little growth if unsupported and suffered to trail on the ground. One species in Japan and an- other in Cljina, allied to Hydrangea and Decumaria: fls. in loose cymes; sepals and petals 4-5; stamens 10; style 1: ovary 4-5-loculed: marginal sterile fls. consist only of one large white sepal, terminating the branchlets of the inflorescence: fr. a small, 10-ribbed capsule v hydrangeoides, Sieb. & Zucc. CLIMBING HYDRANGEA. Climbing to 30 ft. and more : Ivs. on petioles 2- long reddish, orbicular or broadly ovate, shortly acumi- nate, rounded or cordate at the base,remotely and coarsely dentate, bright green above, pale beneath, almost gla- brous, 2-4 in. long: cymes peduncled, 8 in. broad; marginal tts. pedicelled, consisting of an oval to broadly ovate white sepal about \Y* in. long. July. Japan. 8. Z 1:26, 100. Gn. 15, p. 301; 34, p. 281. -The species is often confounded with Hydrangea petiolaris, which is easily distinguished by its marginal fls. having * sepals. It has been once introduced under the name Cornid iiit.'.ierrima, which is a Chilean plant with entire ever- green leaves. The plant usually thrives best in a shady exposure. ALFRED REHDER. SCHIZOSTYLIS (Greek, to cut, and style: alluding to the filiform segments of the style). Iriddcece. Two species of South African perennial herbs with tufted, sometimes fleshy roots, narrow equitant leaves and a slender scape bearing 6-12 red sessile flowers ma di tichous spike. Perianth with a cylindrical tube and bell-shaped limb divided into 6 nearly equal oblong seg- ments: stamens inserted on the throat of tube: capsule obovoid-oblong, obtuse. coccinea, Backh. A: Harv. CRIMSON FLAG. A wint»-r- blooming tender plant: stem 1-2 ft. high, beam: Ivs.: basal Ivs. 2-J, about 1 % ft. long: rl>. l.riirlit n-.|. about 2 in. across. 15. M. r,W2. K.S. Hi: HiHT. -The fol- lowing cultural notes are taken from Garden and 1 9:16: "The species blooms from Oct. to late Dec. and is useful for cut-flowers at this season. It is pertVi-tly hardy in England but of little use here except for ind»< • The roots should be planted out in rich soil in spring about 8 in. apart, and encouraged to make a strong growth. In the fall the plants may be lifted, potted and placed in a cool greenhouse, where they will flower. After flowering they may be stored in a frame until spring, when the fleshy roots will need to be separate.! (leavintr 3-.~> buds to cadi root), and planted out aa before." F. W. BARCLAY. . Schiionotus discolor (X %). SCHOMBtfRGKIA (named for Dr. Schomburgk, nat- uralist and geographer, who explored British Guiana). Orchiddtcece. This genus contains about 12 species, in- habiting tropical America. They have the habit of Cattleyas or Leelias, except that they are less compact. Pseudobulbs long, fusiform, bearing several bro> scales and 2-3 leathery Ivs. at the summit: fl. -stems from the top of the pseudobulbs, sometimes very long, bearing a terminal raceme or panicle of showy fls. 1 fls are like those of Lwlia except that the sepals and petals are narrow and undulate and the labellum does not completely envelope the column. The labellum ia always evidently 3-lobed. Give Schomburgkias plenty of heat and a light place near the glass, which should be slightly shaded during the hot summer months. Give freely of water in the growing season. Rest them in a temperature of 5o . ». tibicinis and S. Lyonsii are to be c assed amongst the showy easily grown orchids, resembling Lwli tibicinis, Batem. (Epidlndrum tibMnis, Batem.). Fig. 2270. Pseudobulbs 1-1* ft. long, tapering upward: Ivs £i oblong, leathery: raceme 4-8 ft. high, bearing 1628 SCHOMBURGKIA numerous fls. each 3% in. across: sepals and petals ob- long, undulate, crisp: lateral lobes of the labelhira large, cucullate, middle lobe small, emarginate: fls. deep pink, speckled with white on the outside, rich chocolate-red within; labellum white within, deep rose color at the sides, with a short chocolate-red middle lobe. Summer. Honduras, Cuba, G.C. III. 4:212; 9:651. — Var grandifldra, Lindl. Fls. larger and paler, with more 'yellow in the lip. B.R. 31:30. B.M. 4476. F.S. 1:54. S. tibicinis requires less compost than the other species. 2270. Schomburgkia tibicinis (X ^). Itfonsii, Lindl. Pseudobulbs about 1 ft. high, with 2-3 linear-oblong Ivs. at the top: racemes erect, 9 in. long, bearing 12-25 fls., each subtended by a reflexed bract about 3 in. long: fls. 2 in. across; sepals and petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, undulate, white with several rows of purple spots; labellum larger, recurved, acute, white, with a yellowish brown crisp margin; anther 2- horned. Aug. Jamaica. B.M. 5172. F.S. 20:2130. G.C. III. 26:203. rdsea, Linden. Related to S. undulata. Bracts, peduncles and labellum light rose: sepals and petals oblong, undulate, narrower than the labellum; labellum with rotund lateral lobes and a smaller subrotund mid- dle lobe, margin crisp. Colombia. crispa, Lindl. Pseudobulbs numerous, long: Ivs. ob- long-lanceolate: tts. yellowish brown; sepals and petals oblong, undulate; labellum ovate-oblong, obscurely 3- lobed. Guiana. B.R. 30:23. B.M. 3729 (as S. mar- ginata, var.). undulata, Lindl. Fls. in a dense raceme; sepals and petals linear, undulate, crisp, longer than the labellum, rich brownish purple; labellum cucullate, middle lobe oval, acute or obtuse, violet-purple. Jan. Colombia. B.R. 31:53. HEINRICH HASSELBEING and WM. MATHEWS. SCHOTIA (Richard Schot, companion of Jacquiri dur- ing his travels in America, 1754-59). Leguminbsve. A genus of 3 species of small trees or shrubs, native to S. Africa, with pinnate leaves and panicles of hand- some crimson, pink or flesh-colored flowers. Calyx 4- lobed; petals 5, nearly sessile, either ovate to oblong or SCIADOPITYS small and scale-like; stamens 10, free or shortly con- nate: pod oblong or broadly linear, coriaceous, com- pressed, the upper margin or both margins winged : seeds 1-6. A. Fls. on rather long pedicels. B. Petals longer than the calyx. specidsa, Jacq. A tree or shrub, about 10 ft. high : Ivs. variable in form, which fact has ied to much separation of this species into varieties and species: It'ts. 8-32, linear, oblong, or obovate: fls. crimson, in terminal panicles. B.M. 1153 (as S. tamarindifolia). —Advertised in southern California. BB. Petals shorter than the calyx. brachyp6tala, Sond. A large shrub or small tree: Ifts. 8-10, larger than in S. speciosa, ovate-oblong or obovate: panicles many-fld., axillary and terminal: calyx-tube conical, crimson; petals very small, linear,, hidden by the calyx. — Cult, in southern Florida. AA. Fls. nearly sessile. latifdlia, Jacq. Becoming a tree 20-30 ft. high: Ifts. 4-8, ovate-oblong or obovate, usually \}4-l% in. long,. %-l in. wide: fls. rosy or flesh-colored, in much- branched panicles; petals longer than the calyx.— Ad- vertised in southern California. p% \y BARCLAY. SCHRA.NKIA (F. P. Schrank, director of the botanic gardens in Munich). Leguminbsve. SENSITIVE BRIER. About 10 species of perennial herbs or shrubs, mostly American, with bipinnate, usually sensitive leaA'es and small pink or purple fls. in axillary peduucled heads or spikes. Calyx and corolla regular, 4-5-parted ; stamens 8-12: pod linear, acute or acuminate, spiny all over, becoming 4-valved, several-seeded. uncinata, Willd. SENSITIVE BRIER. A hardy her- baceous perennial, branched and decumbent, 2-4 ft. long, well armed with short prickles: Ivs. very sensi- tive, with about 6 pinnae; pinnae with 16-30 Ifts.: fls. pink, in globular heads nearly 1 in. through. May- July. Va. to 111. and south. B.B. 2:256. F. W. BARCLAY. SCHRfcBEKA (perhaps after J. C. D. Schreber, 1739- 1810, physician and naturalist). Oleacetv. A genus of 4 species of trees from Africa and India, with unequally pinnate leaves and flowers in very much branched cymes: calyx tubular-bell-shaped, irregularly 4-7-lobed; corolla salver-shaped: tube cylindrical; lobes 4-7, spreading; stamens 2, near the top of the corolla-tube: ovary 2-celled. swietenioides, Roxb. A tree, about 40 ft. high, nearly glabrous: Ifts. 5-7, ovate, acute, 4x2 in.: Us. white, with brown marks, about % in. across, in many-fld. cymes. Cult, in southern Florida. SCHUBERTIA is a subgenus of Araujia, but in this work it is accounted for under Physianthus. SCIADOPITYS (Greek, skias, skiados, umbrella, and pitys, spruce; alluding to the position of the leaves). ConifercB. UMBRELLA PINE. Evergreen tree, of narrow pyramidal habit, with linear, rather large, needle-like leaves in whorls and oval cones 3-4 in. long. The only species is hardy as far north as Portland, Me., and is a beautiful conifer of compact, conical form, with glossy dark green foli- age. It is of rather slow growth. It thrives well in a moderately moist, loamy, and also in claypy soil. Prop, by seeds and layers, and sparingly by cuttings of half-ripened wood in summer ; but seedlings are to be pre- ferred, as they grow more symmetrically and more vigorously. Monotypic genus from Japan. Lvs. linear, deeply furrowed on both sides, disposed in whorls at the ends of the short annual shoots ; they are of two kinds: the true Ivs. are small and bract- 2271. Whorls of foliage of Sciadopitys verticillata (X % SCIADOPITYS SCILLA Nil") like; the upper ones, crowded at the apex of the shoot, bear in their axils needle-like Ivs. of another kind, which, however, are considered by some botanists to be leaf-like shoots, or cladophylla, but linear and con- nate in 2's, while others believe them to consist of two connate Ivs. corresponding with the If. -clusters in Pinus. Their morphological structure points towards the first explanation, while they are Ivs. in regard to their physiological function. Fls. monoecious ; the staminate oval, consisting of spirally disposed 2-celled anthers and appearing in dense clusters at the ends of the shoots; the pistillate are solitary at the ends of the shoots and consist of numerous spirally arranged scales - ^ubtended by a small bract and bearing 7-9 ovules : cone oblong-ovate, woody, the bracts connate, with the broadly orbicular, thick scales, spreading at the margin; seeds oval, compressed, with narrow wing, emarginate at the apex. The wood is nearly white, very strong and straight- grained. verticillata, Sieb. & Zucc. UMBRELLA PINE. Fig. 2271, '2'2~i'2. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with ascending branches forming a narrow pyramidal, compact head, in old age loose and with pendulous branches: scale-like Ivs. dark brown, % in. long: needles 15-35 in each whorl, linear, stiff, obtuse, deeply furrowed on both sides, dark green and glossy above with a white line beneath, 3-6 in. iong. ,1*1 i272. Umbrella Pine— Sciadopitys verticillata (trimmed). cone 3-5 in. long, ovate-oblong; seed K in. long; cotyle- dons 2. Japan. S.Z. 2:101, 102. F.S. 14:1485, 1486. Gt. 32, p. 149; 37, p. 437. Mn. 4, p. 154. Gng. 1:25. Gn. 28, p. 204, 205; 38, p. 499. R.H. 1884, p. 16, 17. -There is a dwarf var. and a var. with variegated foliage, both introduced from Japan. ALFRED REHDER. SClLLA (the old Greek name used by Hippocrates ; I injure, according to Miller, alluding to the poisonous bulbs). Liiidcew. SQUILL. WILD HYACINTH. BLUE- BELL. About 80 species of perennial bulbous plants, widely distributed in Europe, Asia and Africa in tem- perate districts. They are remarkable for easy culture, quick growth and beautiful blue, rose or white flowers, blooming early in the spring (some in autumn), and therefore, desirable plants for the wild garden, rock garden, or border. Some are stove plants. Some of the South African forms have handsome spotted foliage. Generically, the Squills are distinguished as follows: Bulb tunieated, large or small: Ivs. radical. 1-several in number, linear, loriform, lanceolate, oblong or nearly ovate, in Scilla autumnalis appearing after the flow- ers; scape 1-several, simple, leafless: fls. in racemes, which are several- to muny-lld., open, compact or -pi- cate; bracts small, sometimes minute, hyaline: pedicels short or Ion*.', sometimes filiform: Ms. small or middle- sized l 1 in. across i, si-fluents ,,f perianth distinct, p. i i- antli blue, porcelain-blue, ros.. colored or whitish. rotate, cvlindrical-cani|>amilate. or open campamihitc, segments persistent for some time; stamens I'., affixed at base or below the middle of the segment-: Ukl ovate or oblong, dehiscing longitudinally, intr. ovary sessile, stigma small capitate; ovules '.' in each locule, rarely 8-10, ascending: capsule glol.. 1-2 in each cell, rarely more; testa black, npprc-»-d: embryo small in albumen. The genus is distinguished from Oniitlioi/nliiHi chiefly by the color of the flowers and deciduous perianth, from Iliim-iinthus by the seg- ments distinct from the base or very nearly so. Great Britain possesses three species of Scilla, 8. vertm. >'. niitininiiilix and N. milniix. while Germany has, in ad- dition to S. n i< tt< HI ad I is, three others, viz., >'. . "nintm. But these white forms are mostly oddities; the effective ones are the blue-flowering kinds. Occasional hybrids between Scil- las and Chionodoxas are met with (see p. 300). Chi- onoscilla Alleni is the accepted name for a natural hy- brid between Chionodoxa LMeilliataaA Scilln hifnliu, first obtained by Mr. Allen, of Shepton, Mallet, in 1MU. None of the hardy Squills require special culture, and if planted where they can remain undisturbed for a series of years, they seldom disappoint one if the soil is occasionally enriched by top-dressings of manure. < tc. The bulbs should be planted as early as possible in au- tumn. The varieties may be increased by offsets taken after the foliage has matured. For the cool greenhouse or conservatory, many of the Scillas are ideal subjects. For this culture, 5 or (i bulbs may be put in a 5-in. pot and the vessel afterwards transferred to a coldframe and covered until growth commences. Tp to this period very little water will be required, '"it as the flower- cluster appears the quantity should be increased «nd the pots transferred to the greenhouse, giving them a position near the glass. The foliage matured, the bulbs may be shaken out of the soil and stored. Urginea Scilla, formerly called Scilla maritinta, needs to be mentioned in this connection on account of its yielding a medicine for many centuries held in esteem. Almost every one is familiar with syrup of Squills, and has obtained relief from its use in severe colds. The scales of the bulb contain mucilaire. sinis- trin, sugar and crystals of calcium oxalate (stated by botanists to ward off snails): the active principles are scillipicrin, scillitoxin and scillin (the latter producing numbness, vomiting, etc.). Scilla bulbs or roots should never be used unless under proper direction, as. in their fresh state they are extremely acrid, and might prove dangerous. The trade names are considerably confused. > the so-called horticultural species and races may be united as mere varieties of species, that have been de- fined botanically. The following names are believed to include all those in the American trade, but other spe- cies are known to fanciers. INDEX. hyaeinthoides, 11, 3. parviflora, 4, 11. Italics, 14. patvla, :>,. Japonica. i:>. Peruvian*, 7. monophylla, 8. prtrcor. 1'J. monophyllos, 8. fmmfui.B. Natalensis, 10. puschkimouies, 2. nontcriiita. 1. teUMtUt, 5. Xuinidiea, 4. Sibirica. ]•_>. nutaim. 1. verna, 16. amoena, 13, autumnalis, 6. bifolia, 9. cainpamtlata, 3. ci'riiita, 1. Chinensis, 5. ciliarit, 1. Clusii, 7. festalis, 1. Hispanica, 3. 1630 SCILLA A Shape of fls. campanulate: color blue, blue -lilac, rose -purple, white. B. Pedicels short: bracts linear, in pairs: raceme many-fid.: fls. broadly campanulate, pro- duced from April to June ... 1. BB. Pedicels short: bracts in pairs, scarious-hyaline 2. BBB. Pedicels long (1-1% in.): ra- ceme equilateral, compact: fls. cylindrical-campanulate, produced in May AA. Shape of fls. saucer - shaped to open-rotate. B. Color of fls. rose, size small. c. Size of fls. small, color rose- purple: raceme dense, SO-60-fld.: Ivs. linear, fleshy *• cc. Size of fls. very small (one- eighth in. long): raceme dense: scape slender: bracts whitish, minute .... 5. CCC. Size of fls. larger (% in. in diam.): pedicels long, as- cending or spreading : ra- ceme open. July to Sept.. 6. BB. Color of fls. blue or lilac-blue: size larger (%-l in.). c. Kaceme very dense (100-15- fld.), at first conical, then long, compact and broad : scape robust. May CC. Raceme several- to many-fid., open: fls. mostly distant. D. Lvs. single: raceme about 5-fld.: plant small. May DD. Lvs. in pairs, ciicullate: raceme S-8-fld., ebrac- teate: perianth blue, red- dish, or whitish. March. 9. DDD. Leaves more than 2. E. Foliage very broad- lanceolate: bulb large: raceme many- fid. (50-100). April.. 10. EE. Foliage large, broad (%-lVz in.); margin ciliale- denticulate: racemes many - fid., open. August 11. EEE. Foliage lanceolate, sometimes narrowly so. F. No. of fls. 1-3 12. FF. No. of fls . 4-8. March 13. FFF. No. of fls. 6-30: ra- ceme at first conical, then open 14. FFFF. No. of fls. 20-60: scapes 1-3: bracts minute , linear, white 15. IEEE. Foliage linear, thick, channeled: raceme 6-10-fld: fls. fragrant. April to May 16. verna 1. festalis, Salisb. (S. nutans, Sm. S. nonscripta, Hoff. and Link. S. cdrnua, Salisb.). COMMON BLUE- BELL. HAREBELL. Lvs. 10-18 in. long, % in. broad, sub- acute, concave: scape solitary, tall, stout; raceme 6-15- fld.: bracts in pairs: fls. blue, purple, white or pink, drooping. April to June. Western Europe, Great Brit- ain. B.M. 1461.— Among the garden forms are alba, white; caerulea, blue ; lilacina, lilac-blue; rosea, rose or pink colored; cernua, nodding. This is one of the most beautiful of Squills, fragrant, thriving best in some- what shady and sheltered places. Originally placed in the genus Hyacinthus, on account of the general form festalis puschkinioides 3. Hispanica Numidica Chinensis autumnalis 7. Peruviana 8. monophyllos bifolia Natalensis hyacinthoides Sibirica amoena Italica Japonic* SCILLA of the perianth, it was removed to Scilla as having the segments distinct or nearly so, and is now often consid- ered as forming a distinct genus (Agraphis, Link; En- dymion, Dumort), either alone or with other species which connect it with the other Scillas. 2. puschkinioides, Regel. Bulb ovate, tunicate: Ivs. radical, 2-4, glabrous, broadly linear, obtuse, 2J-2-3 in. long: scape low, glabrous: pedicels erect, strict, short, base bibracteate; bracteoles scarious, hyaline: perianth campanulate, pale blue, middle nerve deeper blue: base of filaments united; anthers linear-oblong; style fili- form. Turkestan. 3. Hispanica, Mill. (S. campanulata, Ait. S. pdtula, DC.). SPANISH JACINTH. BELL - FLOWERED SQUILL. Lvs. 5 or 6, glabrous, ascending, lanceolate, K-l in. broad, subobtuse, convex at back: scape long: raceme equilateral, compact: fls. cylindrical-campanulate; peri- anth usually blue but often becoming rose-purple, or white: pedicels 1-1% in. long. May. Spain and Portu- gal. B.M. 1102. — Hardy. Several varieties of it are in the trade under the specific name campanulata; viz., alba, white; albo-major, large white; carnea, flesh-colored; hyacinthoides, hyacinth-like; rosea, rose-colored. This species is worthy of wider acquaintance. The bulbs are cheap and easily obtained in autumn, and if planted then they are sure to bloom the following spring. 4. Numidica, Poir. (S. parvifbra, Desf.). Bulb ovoid, 1-2 in. thick: Ivs. 4-6, fleshy, herbaceous, linear, 6-8 in. long, 1K~3 lines broad, suberect : scape solitary or paired, %-l ft. high: racemes dense, 30-60-fld.: pedi- cels short, ascending, 3-5 lines long : bracts minute, linear, evanescent: perianth rose-purple, IK lines long: single ovule in each of the ovarian cells: capsule small, globose, grooved. Flowering in winter in its native home, Algeria. 5. Chinensis, Benth. (Bamdrdia sciUoides, Lindl.). CHINESE SQUILL. Leaves 2 or 3, equaling or exceeding the scape, rather hard, acute, channeled: bulb small, ovate: scape erect, slender, or wand-like: raceme spi- cate, dense, elongated: pedicels short; bracts whitish, minute: perianth rose-colored tipped with green; stigma a mere point. June. China. B.M. 3788.— Half-hardy. A beautiful species with the dense elongated raceme of rose-colored flowers, worthy of cultivation in any rock garden. 2273. Scilla Peruviana in full bloom (X Also known as Scilla ciliaris. 6. autumnalis, Linn. AUTUMN SQUILL. STARRY HYA- CINTH. Lvs. several, obtuse, channeled, half-terete, growing on through the winter and dying away in the spring : scapes several: racemes corymbose, spicate, open : perianth rosp-colored, % in. across. July-Sep- tember. Europe (Great Britain), North Africa. B.M. 919. — Hardy. The flowering stems generally precede the SCILLA Ivs. but occasionally the two corae up together. As the flowering advances, in most cases a tuft of Ivs. similar to those of S. i-erna shoot out by the side of the stem for the following year. 7. Peruviana, Linn. (S. ciliaris, Hort. S. Clusii, Parl.). CUBAN LILY. PERUVIAN JACINTH. HYACINTH OF PERU (once thought to be a Peruvian plant). Figs. SCILLA 1631 2274. Scilla Peruviana. at the end of its flowering season. 2273, 2274. Bulb large, ovate, tunicate : Ivs. many, broad-linear, 6-12 in. long; margins ciliated with mi- nute white bristles, channeled : scape robust, terminated by a many-fld. conical, broad and compact raceme of purple, lilac, reddish or whitish fls. : fls. rotate; corolla persistent; anthers short. May, June. Region of Medi- terranean, not Peru. B.M. 749. Gn. 27, p. 288. R.H. 1882, p. 508.— The Hyacinth of Peru is not hardy in Mass. It propagates freely by offsets. It flowers all through May and June and forms a most attractive object in the herbaceous border or bed. S. Peruviana, however, has one fault that may tell against it in the opinion of many cultivators — it never flowers two years in succession; it seems to need a whole year's rest after the effort of pro- ducing its large spike of flowers. 8. monophyllos, Link (S. monophylla, Plan. £ In.: bracts whitish, minute, persistent; perianth bluish lilac, open, campanulate. Aug. Region of Mediterranean. B.M. 1140. — Hardy. This species is noted for Its ex- treme shyness in flowering. The bull. .times 2 in. in diam., and produce a profusion of offsets. In Fish's "Bulb Culture" several varieties are mentioned: caerulea, fine blue; alba, fine white, free-flowering; rosea, distinct flesh-colored; rubra, deep red, large and fine. 12. Sibirica, Andr. (S. amaena, var. prcrcox, Don). SIBERIAN SQUILL. Fig. 2276. Lvs. 2-t, ascending, nar- row, 4-6 in. long: scapes 1-6, 3-6 in. long: racemes 1-3- fld.: fls. rotate, horizontal or drooping, with short pedi- cels; perianth deep blue. March. Russia, Asia Minor. B.M. 1025. Gn. 11, p. 165. P.M. 14:100. L.B.C. 2:151.- Hardy. This plant ought always to have a little shelter. It forms attractive tufts and has a desirable habit for rock gardens. Several trade forms exist; viz., alba, multi- flbra, pallida. 13. amoena, Linn. STAR HYACINTH. Fig. 2277. Lvs. 4-7, flaocid, ascending, glabrous, 6-9 in. long, %-% in. broad: scapes several, equaling the Ivs. : racemes sev- eral-fid., 4-8, open: fls. distant, %-% in. in diam., blue: pedicels ascending or spreading. March. Austria, Germany. B.M. 341.— Hardy. It grows luxuriantly, several flowering 'stems being found on the same plant. 14. Italica, Linn. ITALIAN SQUILL. Bulbs ovate, clustered together: Ivs. radical, several, flaccid, spread- ing, lanceolate, acute, 4-8 in. long, %-% in. broad : scape solitary, slender, longer than the Ivs.: raceme dense, many-fld. : pedicels filiform, spreading; bracts in pairs : fis. fragrant, smelling like lilac, pale blue : perianth rotate, blue; segments puberulous at apex; filaments white: anthers sagittate, dark blue. March-May. B.M. 663. L.B.C. 15: 1483. -Hardy. This plant has less brilliant flowers than either S. Sibirica or S. bifolia, but abun- dantly compensates for the paleness of its blue by the fulness and the sweetness of its fragrance. It is also taller than either of the others. 15. Japonica, Baker (Omith6galum Jap6nicnm, Thunb. Bamdrdia Jap6nica, Schultes, f. ). JAPANESE JACINTH. Bulb ovoid, 9-12 lines thick : Ivs. 2-3, fleshy, herbaceous, 6-12 in. long, 4-16 lines broad, acute: scapes 1-3, strict, erect: raceme 20-60-fld. : pedicels 2275. Scilla blfolia (X %). ascending: bracts minute, linear, white: perianth l>i lines long, rose-purple: capsule turbinate, trisulcatc, 2>£-3 lines long; ovules solitary in each ovarian locule. Japan. 16. verna, Huds. SEA ONION. SPRING SQDILL. A delicate little plant, with a small bulb and narrow- linear Ivs. 2-4 in. long: scape seldom 6 in. long, with 103 1632 SC1LLA several small, erect blue fls. in a short, terminal raceme, almost flattened into a corymb: perianth segments scarcely above 3 lines long, spreading. Spring. A plant occurring in stony and sandy wastes near the sea in western Europe, reappearing farther east in Den- mark, on the Rhine and Sardinia. — Hardy. JOHN W. HARSHBERGER. 2276. Scilla Sibirica (X %). SCINDAPSU3 (an old Greek name, transferred to these plants). Aracece. Climbing perennials, differing from Monstera in floral characters and in the long- petioled, long-sheathed, ovate-lanceolate or ovate-acu- minate Ivs. Species 9 or 10. East Indies. Scindapsus comprises one popular and worthy warmhouse plant, that known to gardeners as S. argyrceus. For culture, follow directions given under Philodendron. pictus, Hassk. Internodes of the stem 3-4 in. long, 2 in. thick; petioles 1K-2 in. long; blade 4-6 in. long, 2%-3% in. wide, one side half as wide as the other, coriaceous, bright green (drying black), obliquely ovate- cordate. Var. argyraeus, Engler (S. argyrceus, Hort. Pdthos argyrceus, Hort.), is the cult, form, with broad, deeply cordate leaf -blades which are spotted and blotched above with silvery white. Celebes, Philippines, Java, etc. 2277. Scilla amoena (X l/a) 8. andmalus, Hort. = Monstera acuminata.— S. Cuscudria, rresl., is now referred by Kngler to Cnscuaria marantifolia. isot known to be in the trade. It is a question whether the AglaoTiema commutatum sometimes mentioned in horticul- tural literature is this species or is Aglaonema marantifolium, commutatum, Engler.-S.pertwsus, Hort.=Rhaphidophora pertusa. JARED G. SMITH. SCOLOPENDRIUM SClRPUS (Latin for bulrush). Cyperdcece. BUL- RUSH. SEDGE. A large genus of rush-like or grass-like plants inhabiting the whole globe, and characterized by perfect flowers in spikes which are solitary, clustered or umbellate : scales spirally arranged : perianth of bristles or none, not enlarged in fruit : ovary one-loculed, with one anatropous ovule; style not thickened at the base, 2-3-cleft. Only a few species are in cultivation, and these are all perennials (except perhaps the last), suited for shallow water or damp places. The larger are important for use in aquatic gardens. The nomen- clature of those in the trade has been very much con- fused. A. Stem leafy. atrdvirens, Muhl. Stems clustered, tall and stout, 2-4 ft. high, bluntly triangular: Ivs. long, coarse and firm, 3-6 lines wide, spreading: involucre foliaceous: umbel sparingly compound; rays stiff, very unequal: spikes ovoid-oblong, acutish, dark greenish" brown, in dense heads of 5-25; scales oblong, cuspidate; perianth bristles 6, downwardly barbed above; styles 3. Eastern U. S., in mud or damp soil. Holoschcenus, Linn. Stiff and rush-like, from stout rootstocks : stems clustered, slender, cylindrical, 1-3 ft. high: Ivs. 1-2, basal, stiff, erect and narrow, fur- rowed: bracts several, the larger one appearing as a continuation of the stem; spikes very numerous and small, closely packed in 1- several globular, light brown heads, 3-5 lines in diam. ; scales ovate, mucronate, cili- ate; perianth bristles none; styles 2-3-cleft. Eu., Asia, —The form in cultivation is var. variegatus, Hort., with stems alternately banded with green and yellowish white. Damp or dry soil. AA. Stems with very short basal leaves, or none. lacustris, Vahl. GREAT BULRUSH. Rootstocks very stout: stems scattered, terete, smooth, tall, stout and flexible, 3-9 ft. high : Ivs. reduced to a few basal sheaths: bracts very short, erect: umbel compound, flexuous: spikes in heads of 1-5, oblong-conical, pale brown, 2%-8 lines long ; scales ovate-oblong obtuse, rarely mucronate; perianth bristles 4-6, downwardly barbed throughout; styles 2-3. In shallow quiet water, N. A., Eu., Asia. In Europe the 3-styled form is com- mon; the 2-styled form is often referred to as var. di- gynus, Godr. (S. Taberncemontanus , Gmel., and Hort.), but is scarcely distinct. Var. zebrina, Hort., is a form with alternate bands of green and yellowish white; often known as Juncus zebrinus. cernuus. Vahl (S. ripdrius, Spreng., not Hort. Is6l- epis grdcilis, Hort. I. setdcens, Hort.). Fig. 2278. Densely cespitose, forming turf: stems 3-12 in. long, very slender or filiform, cylindrical, erect or more often drooping; basal sheaths leafless or with a very short filiform blade; involucral bract subulate, about equal- ing the spikelet, the latter usually solitary, oblong-lan- ceolate. 1-3 lines long; scales oblong-oval, obtuse, pale brown or whitish; bristles none ; styles 3; akene in greenhouse plants rarely maturing. Almost cosmopoli- tan, except in eastern U. S. and very variable. — Grows well in damp pots, the drooping stems producing a very graceful effect. Synonomy much confused. K. M. WlEGAND. SCLEROCARPUS (Greek, hard and fruit,- referring to the bony, fructiferous bracts). Compdsitce. A genus of about 11 species of mostly Mexican herbs, with branch- ing stems and terminal pedunculate radiate heads of yellow flowers in summer. uniserialis, Benth. & Hook. (Gymndpsis uniseridlis, Hook.). An annual herb 1 ft. or so high, loosely branched, with alternate, deltoid or rhombic-ovate, den- tate, petioled Ivs. and fragrant fl. -heads, with 5-9 oval or oblong, orange-yellow rays. Moist or shady ground, Texas and south. R. H. 1853:261. p. ^. BARCLAY. SCOEE. A name for Phytolacca decandra. SCOLOPENDRIUM. See Phyllitis. Many garden forms are cultivated under a variety of names, all de- rived from Phyllitis Scolopendrium (the Scolopendrium vulgare or the S. officinarum of Europe). SCOLYMUS SCOLYMUS (old Greek name used by Hesiod) Com- pdsitcf. Scolymux Hixpanicus (Fig. 2'J7!M is the vege- table known as Golden Thistle or Spanish Oyster Plant. It makes a root much like salsify, except that it is much lighter colored and considerably longer. Its flavor is less pronounced than that of salsify, but when carefully cooked, it possesses a very agreeable quality which is somewhat intermediate between that of salsify and pars- nip. It is adapted to all the methods of cooking em- ployed for those vegetables. The particular value of tin- Spanish Oyster Plant, aside from affording a variety in the kitchen garden, is its large size and productiveness as compared with salsify. The product may be nearly twice as great, for a given area, as for salsify. The seeds are much easier to handle and sow than those of salsify. They are sown in March or April. The seeds, or rather akenes, are flat and yellowish, sur- rounded by a white scarious margin. The roots can be dug either in fall or spring. The greatest fault of the Spanish Oyster Plant lies in the prickly character of the leaves, which makes the plant uncomfortable to handle. The roots are often 10-12 in. long and 1 in. thick. It is said that the leaves and stalks are eaten like cardoons by the people of Salamanca; also that the flowers are used to adulterate saffron. Scolymus llix/xruifiis, Linn., is a biennial plant na- tive to southern Europe. The radical Ivs. are very spiny, oblong, pinnatifld, dark green variegated with pale green spots. The plant grows 2-2% ft. high, is much branched and bears bright yellow flower-heads, SCKOPIU'LAIUA 1633 2378. Scirpus cernuus (X J^). Known to gardeners as Isolepis gracilis. which are sessile and contain only 2 or 3 fls., all of which are ligulate. The heads are sessile, terminal and axil- lary. Scolymus contains 4 species, all natives of the Medi- terranean region. S. grandiflorus, a perennial species, is rarely cult, abroad for its fls., and S. maculatus, an annual species, for its variegated foliage. L. H. B. SCORPION GEASS. See Myosotis. 8COEPIUEUS. See Caterpillar* and Worms. SCORZONERA (old l-Vench ttconon, serfwnt; S. Bi»- panicn was used against snake-bite- i . i ••m/n'mita. The> vegetable known a- Sror/.om-ra or Hlnck Salsify is a plant with a long, fleshy tap-root like that of salsify. but differing in ha\ ing'a black skin. The llrsh. how- ever, is white. It is cultivated and cooked like .salsify. but being somewhat more difficult to raise it is rarer than that vegetable, although considered by many to be superior to it in fla- vor. The leaves may be used for salads. Scor- /.onera is a perennial plant, but it is treated in cultivation as an an- nual or biennial crop. Botanically, also, Scorzonera is closely allied to salsify. The two vegetables are eas- ily distinguished in root, leaf, flower and seed. The Ivs. of Scor- zonera are broader, the fls. are yellow (those of salsify being vio- let), and the seeds are white. Also, the in- volucral bracts of Scor- zonera are in many series; of salsify, in 1 series. The genus Scorzonera is a large one— over 100 species, all natives of the Old World. Perennial herbs, or rarely an- nual, floccose, lanate or hirsute: Ivs. some- times entire and grass- like, or wider, some- 2279. Spanish Salsify, or Golden- Thistle— Scolymus Hispanicus. times more or less pinnately lobed or dis- sected: heads long- peduncled, yellow, the fls. all radiate: akenes glabrous or villous. Cult, same as salsify. Hispanica, Linn. SCORZONERA. BLACK SALSIFY. Perennial herb 2 ft. high : stem much branched : Ivs. clasping, lanceolate, undulate, glabrous: heads solitary at the ends of the branches. Spain. \\ \| SCOTANTHUS. See Gymnopetalum. SCOTCH BROOM. Cytisus scoparius. SCOTCH PINE. Pinus sylvestris. SCOURING-RUSH. Equisetttm. 8CEEW BEAN. Prosopis pubescent. SCREW PINE. Pandanu*. SCROPHULARIA (a reputed remedy for scrofula). Scrophularidceas. FIGWORT. A genus of about 100 spe- cies, mostly native of Europe, and of very little horti- cultural value. They are mostly perennial, tall-growing herbs, with usually large opposite leaves and small, often dull-colored flowers in a terminal thyrse in mid- or late summer. Corolla short; the tube globular or oblong, ventricose; lobes 5, unequal, 1 reflexed or spreading, the others erect; stamens 4, the sterile sta- men represented by a scale on the throat of the corolla: seeds numerous. nodosa, Linn., var. Marilandica, Gray. A tall-grow- ing, hardy perennial herb, usually 5 ft. high, often more, with large, dark green, ovate acuminate Ivs. and small, dull purplish or greenish fls. in a nearly naked, open thyrse. Throughout the United States. 1634 SCROPHULARIA The plant is sometimes used as a foliage background for the herbaceous border. It is too inconspicuous in dower and too weedy in habit for general use. The typi- cal form is native to Europe and Asia. F. W. BARCLAY. SCULLION. See Scallion. SCUPPERNONG. A variety of grape grown in the South. See Vitis rotundlfolia and Grape. SCURFY PEA. Psoralea. SCURVY-GRASS (Cochlearia officinalis, Linn.), a common European perennial, is so called from its anti- scorbutic qualities, which have long been recognized. Stimulant, diuretic, stomachic and laxative properties have been ascribed to it. In general appearance -leaf, flower, fruit— it somewhat resembles its close relative, •water cress, but in flavor it is acrid, bitter, pungent, and 'has a strong suggestion of tar. Bruising reveals a dis- agreeable odor. When cultivated it is treated as an ^annual, the seed being sown upon garden loam in a •cool, shady place where the plants are to remain. It is grown to a limited extent in America, has escaped from •cultivation, but so far has not become obnoxious as a weed like water cress. M. G. KAINS. SCUTELLARIA (Latin, dish; referring to the form of the persistent calyx). LaUatce. SKULLCAP. A genus of nearly 100 species of annual, perennial or shrubby plants widely scattered about the world, with simple leaves and blue, yellow or red, tubular 2-lipped flowers in terminal spikes or racemes or in the axils of the stem-leaves. Calyx in anthesis bell-shaped, gibbous, with a helmet-shaped projection; stamens 4, ascending and parallel, all fertile, the two anterior longer: an- thers ciliate, pilose. INDEX. galerieulata, 6. grandiflora, 11. lateriflora, 10. macrantha, 1. Mociniana, 7. orientalis, 11. resinosa, 3. Wrightii, 4. alpina, 5. angustifolia, 8. antirrhinoides, 9. Baicalensis, 1. forevifolia, 2. A. Lvs. sessile or nearly so. B. Foliage entire. c. Habit procumbent 1. Baicalensis CC. Habit erect. D. Fls. in terminal racemes.. 2. brevifolia DD. Fls, in axils of stem- leaves. E. Plant with moniliform tubers 3. resinosa EE. Plant without monili- form tubers 4. Wrightii BB. Foliage serrate or dentate. c. Habit procumbent 5. alpina CO. Habit erect C. galerieulata AA. Lvs. petioled. B. Color of fls. red 7. Mociniana BB. Color of fls. not red. c. Margin of Ivs. entire. . D. Shape of Ivs. linear 8. angustifolia DD. Shape of Ivs. oblong 9. antirrhinoides CO. Margin of Ivs. serrate. D. Fls. 3-5 lines long 10. lateriflora DD. Fls. longer 11. orientalis 1. Baicalensis, Georgi (S. macrdntha, Pisch.). A hardy perennial herb, almost glabrous : stem half erect, about 1 ft. high: Ivs. lanceolate, obtuse, ciliate: fls. blue, in many simple racemes; calyx-hood incurved. July, Aug. Eastern Asia. 2. brevifdlia, A. Gray. A half-hardy, compact per- «nnial, %-l ft. high: Ivs. numerous, oblong, narrow, about % in. long: fls. dark purple, about % in. long. Blooming season long; summer. Dry limestone banks, Texas. 3. resindsa, Torr. A hardy perennial, a few inches high, resinous: Ivs. %-l in. long, oval to oblong: fls. violet-blue, 1 in. long. Plains of Colo., Wyo. and Neb SEA BEAN 4. Wrightii, Gray. A tufted perennial, about 6 in. high, with numerous oval, ovate or spatulate-oblong Ivs. about Yi in. long and violet or rarely white fls. % in. long. Kansas to Texas. 5. alpina, Linn. A hardy spreading perennial, about 10 in. high, with ovate, serrately dentate Ivs. and large, purple and white or somewhat yellowish fls. in dense, terminal racemes. July and August. Europe. R.H. 1889:12.— A handsome rock or low border perennial. 6. galerieulata, Linn. Hardy, perennial by filiform stolons, 1-3 ft. high: Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate, about 2 in. long: fls. solitary in the axils of the upper Ivs., about 1 in. long. June-Sept. In moist ground throughout the U. S. and Eu. B.B. 3:83. 7. Mociniana, Benth. A tender, moderately low, shrubby plant, probably the most showy of the genus, with opposite, long-elliptical, acute Ivs., and long, tubu- lar, red fls. with a yellow throat, about 1% in. long, in dense, terminal spikes. Autumn. Mexico. R.H. 1872:350. — According to Gn. 10, p. 606, the plants are of easy culture with warm greenhouse treatment and may be grown as bush specimens or in smaller pots with a single stem, when they will flower at about 1 ft. in height. Cuttings are easily rooted. 8. angustifdlia, Pursh. A hardy perennial, about 6 in. high, with Ivs. %-l in. long, narrowed at the base, and violet-blue fls. %-l in. long, with the corolla-tube slen- der. Moist ground, northwestern United States. 9. antirrhinoides, Benth. Resembles the larger- leaved forms of S. angustifolia, but has longer petioles and the Ivs. mostly obtuse at base and also shorter and broader fls. 7-10 lines long. Moist, shady ground, north- western United States. 10. lateriflora, Linn. A hardy perennial, increasing by slender stolons, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. ovate to lanceo- late, 1-3 in. long: racemes axillary or terminal, narrow, leafy bracted: fls. blue to nearly white. Moist soil throughout the United States. 11. orientalis, Linn. (S. grandifldra, Sims, not Adams). A hardy perennial, procumbent: Ivs. long- petioled, ovate, dentate, tomentose: fls. purplish, with a yellow throat or almost entirely yellow. Altai Mts. B.M. 635. j. B. KELLER and P. W. BARCLAY. SCUTICARIA (Latin, scutica, lash or whip). Orchi- dacece. This genus is remarkable for its long whip-like leaves, which are channeled on one side. No evident pseudobulbs are formed, but each shoot terminates in a long, pendulous leaf. The Ivs. are rather crowded on the short rhizome. Fls. solitary or several, on short peduncles. In structure the fls. resemble Maxillaria, but the plants are easily distinguished by the terete leaves. Sepals and petals similar, the lateral ones form- ing a mentum: labellum movable, 3-lobed, with large, erect, lateral lobes : pollinia on a transversely elongated stipe. Two species from South America. These plants require a temperature similar to Cattleya and Lselia, but should be grown on blocks or in shallow baskets in a mixture of equal parts peat fiber and sphag- num. S. Steelii does best on a block, as the plant grows downward in an inverted position. The compost should be kept moist at all times, particularly while the plants are in action. They are propagated by division. Steelii, Lindl. Lvs. attain a length of 4 ft., as thick as a goose-quill: fls. on short scapes; sepals and petals oblong, connivent, pale yellow, with chocolate blotches; labellum large, cream-colored, striped with brownish purple. Pis. at all seasons. British Guiana. B.M. 3573. B.R. 23:1986 (both as Maxillaria Steelii). Hadwenii, Planch. Lvs. IK ft. long: fls. with spread- ing sepals and petals oblong, sharply acuminate, yel- lowish green, blotched with brown; labellum obovate- cucullate, white with flesh-colored spots. Brazil. B.M. 4629. F.S. 7:731 (both as Bifrenaria Hadwenii). G.M 41:558. HEINRICH HASSELBRING and R. M. GREY. SCYTHIAN LAMB. Refer to Cibotium. SEA BEAN. Consult p. 135, second column ; SEA BUCKTHORN is Hippophae ; SEA DAFFODIL is Hymeno- callis. SEAFORTHIA SEAFORTHIA (Francis Lord Seaforth). Palmacen Seaforthia elegans is a name familiar to every gardener who has room in his conservators- for tall specimen palms. Twenty years ago this palm was grown t,, , greater extent in smaller sizes and for a greater variety of purposes, but it has been superseded for such uses l,\ theKentias (ffoicea Melim/H-mm and h'<»-*l, ,-iana). Sea- forthia elegaiis is often called the Australian Feather Palm. Whether more than one thing is cul- tivated under this name is doubtful. According to Flora Australiensis 7:141 (1878) the proper name of SeaMrtlii,, eligant, H. Hr., is Ptychosp6rma ele- gans, Blume. It is variously described as a low or very tall palm : Ivs. attaining several feet ; seg- ments numerous, more or less toothed or irregularly jagged at the end. Prob- ably the plants cult, as £. elegans are Archonto- phanix Cunninghamii. For S. robusta, see ttho- palostylis. -^ M SEA GRAPE. Coccoloba uvifara. SEA HOLLY. Eryngium. SECHlf.M J3B!!: bed and trans,,!:,,,,,,! „-,„.,, ,,,7, SffSSr ?£ K<7' •?• « their vigor for five to e ght vewi come to cutting age. AH so,,,, „; th,.v " 1635 "7 to permanent SEA- KALE (Crambe mari- tima, Linn.) is a large-leaved, strong, cruciferous perennial, the young shoots of which are eaten in the spring, usually after having been blanched". The plant is little known in North America, but it is worthy of general cultivation in the home gar- den, for it supplies an esculent of good quality at a season when vegetables are scarce. Sea-kale demands a deep, rich and rather moist soil, in order to give the best results and to maintain its vigor for a series of years. The plants require about as much room as rhubarb; that is, they should stand from 3 to 4 feet apart each way. The culture and general requirements are much the same as for rhubarb. The young shoots are blanched as they grow, in early spring. The blanching is accomplished by heaping fine, loose earth over the crown of the plant, into which the shoots grow, or by cov- ering the plant with an inverted box or flower pot so that the light is excluded from the growing shoots. These shoots are eaten before the leaves have begun 2280. to expand to any extent, and whilst Head of Rve. they are crisp and tender. The vege- Natural size. table is prepared in the same manner .as asparagus. Sea-kale is propagated by root cuttings, and also by seeds. Quicker results are secured from cuttings. If strong cuttings, 4 or 5 inches long, are taken in early spring and grown in strong and rather moist soil, the plants may be strong enough for cutting the following spring; but it is usually better not to cut them until two years from starting. The cuttings may be placed where the plants are to stand permanently, or they may be grown in drills in a seed-bed. The latter plan is usu- ally to be preferred, since it allows the plants to receive better care. Seeds give plants that are strong enough for cutting about the third year. The seeds are really fruits or pods, and each fruit may produce Am i ' '" sl"u( "• ITopngate Although the plant is hardy in the northern stalest i, always benefited by a lih,.n,l dressing of litter o^ nan unI«t- ™>'t>« "reed in hotbeds or Khlrh B^"?011,86 b,enches- a8 recommended for rhubarb Sea-kale has large, glaucous, cabbage-like £rTv8«nW,iICh "^ ? * 8tHkin* Plant for ornament i the season. It also throws up a strong clust.-r bearing many rather showy white flowers. However, ie plant is rarely propagated for its ornamental value! Euro &rows wild on the seacoasts of southwestern SEA LAVENDER. Statice. SEA ONION. Urginea maritima; also applied to Onnthogalum caudatum. SEA PINK. Armeria. SEASIDE GRAPE. Coccoloba. SEASON VINE. Cissus sicyoides. SEA-URCHIN CACTUS. Echinopsis. SEC ALE (the ancient Latin name, said to be derived from seco, to cut; according to some, applied to spelt) Graminea!. Species 2, S. fragile, an annual of southern Russia, and S. cereale, the cultivated Rye, which, ac- cording to Hackel, is derived from the perennial, 8. montanum, native in the mountains of southern Europe and central Asia. Spikelets with 2 perfect fls. sessile on opposite sides of a zigzag rachis, forming a terminal spike, empty glumes subulate and 1-nerved, by which characters the genus differs from Triticum., in which the empty glumes are ovate and 3-nerved. cereale, Linn. RYE. Fig. 2280. A tall annual com- monly cultivated in Europe, less so in this country, as a cereal. Also cultivated here for annual pasture. Fl.- glume long-awned. Much more commonly grown in New York and New England than westward. A. S. HITCHCOCK. SECHIUM (by some said to be derived from Sicyos, with which the genus was once united, by others to have come from the Greek sekos, a "fold," because swine are fed on it). Cucurbitace. cruciatum, 35. obtusatum, 12. stoloniferum, 19. dasyphyllum, 30. oppositifolium, 20. Telephium, 7. elegans, 28. populifolium, 15. telephoides, 8. Ewersii, 21. pulchellum, 27. ternatum, 13. Fabaria, 7, 10. purpurascens, 7. Turkestanicum, 21. Formosanum, 37. purpureum, 7, 10. variegatum, 9, 18, haematodes, 9. reflexum, 24. 23. Hispanicum, 31. Rhodiola, 1. villosum, 39. hybridum, 7. 17. robustum 24. SECTION I. HERBACEOUS PERENNIALS, i. e., plants that die down to the root during wint>-r. (In greenhouse culture some become evergreen.) A. flowers unisexual 1 . roseum AA. Flower* bisexual. B. Lvs. nil I'rnir. C. A rranijfment of Ivs. oppo- site 2. Asiaticum CC. Arrangement of Ivs. alter- nate. D. Height about 4 in 3. Middendorffianum DD. Height 12 in. or more. E. Stems glabrous. F. Sepals equal I. Aizoon FF. Sepals unequal... 5. Maximowiczii EE. Stems pilose 0. Selskyanum BB. Lvs. broad: roots tuberous. C. Arrangement of I vs. scat- tered (rarely opposite in S. Telephium ). D. Margin of Ivs. dentate . 1. Telephium DD. Margin of Ivs. nearly , ,it ire 8. telephoides CC. A rraniji' itient of Ivs. oppo- site (sometimes in S's in S. spectabile). D. Suds obovoid, abruptly pointed 9. maximum DD. Buds long and pointed. 10. spectabile SECTION II. EVERGREEN PERENNIALS. Foliage does not die during the winter. A. Foliage flat, broad and rela- tively thin: Ivs. spatulate or wider. B. Lvs. in tufts or rosettes (at least those of the barren shoots). C. Fls. yellow: anthers yel- low. D. Each fl. Vi in. across. .11. spathulifolium DD. Each fl. % in. across. .12. obtusatum CC. Fls. white; anthers red- dish. D. Barren shoots with Ivs. in S's 13. ternatuni DD. Barren shoots icith scattered Ivs 14. Nevii BB. Lvs. scattered, i.e., not tufted. c. Stem erect: fls. whitish or pinkish 15. populifolium CC. Stems (barren ones) pros- trate. D. Fls. yellow. E. Margin of Ivs. coarsely toothed above the middle. F. Petals lanceolate.. 16. Kamtschaticum FF. Petals linear 17. hybridum EE. Margin of Ivs. entire. 18. Japonicum DD. Fls. pink, rose or white. E. Arrangement of Ivs. opposite. F. Base of Ivs. nar- rowed 19. stoloniferum 20. oppositifolium FF. Base of Ivs. cor- date 21. Ewersii EE. Arrangement of Ivs. alternate .22. Anacampseros EEE. Arrangement of Ivs. in S's 23. Sieboldii AA. Foliage more or less terete: Ivs. usually linear, not wider than lanceolate (unless in No. 28). B. Apex of Ivs. sharply pointed. C. Fls. yellow. D. In florescence decurved. 24. reflexum DD. Inflorescence not de- curved. E. Cymes scorpioid 25. stenopetalum SEDf.M EE. Cymes umbellate 'JO. CC. Fls. Him- i,r K-li iff ...... .'21. BB. Apex of Irs. blunt. C. Fls. yellntr. D. Lvs. ovoid t bitti r L'H. DD. Lvs. oblong, tasteUis..2S. CC. Fls. white or ;miA'. D. Plants usually glau- cous. E. Anthers black :«). EE. Anthers purple .'fl. EEE. Anthers pink '.VI. DD. Plants nut giant-oil*. E. F/s. /lin/.-ish : buds 5-angled .'i.'!. EE. Fls. white: buds ob- long 34. EEE. Fls. white: buds roundish ...35. 1637 sarmentosum pulchellum acre sexangulare dasyphyllum Hispanicum brevifolium Lydium album Monregalense SECTION III. ANNUALS or BIENNIALS. These die after flowering and fruiting. Annuals flower the first year, biennials the second. A. Lvs. flat, not cylindrical. B. Fls. scarlet 36. sempervivoides BB. Fls. yellow 37. Formosanum AA. Lvs. more or less cylindrical. B. Fls. blue 38. caeruleum BB. Fls. dull rose or white 39. villosum SECTION I. HERBACEOUS PERENNIALS (Species 1-10). 1. rdseum, Scop. (S. Rhodlola, DC.). Rootstock thick, fleshy, exhaling a perfume of rose water: height 6-8 in. : Ivs. scattered, oblong, 1 x % in. : fls. greenish or reddish purple, in a terminal flat-topped cyme about 1 in. across; petals 4; stamens 4 in the male fl., absent in the female; carpels in the female fl. 4. Summer. Eu., N. Amer., Himalayas.— The only species here de- scribed that has unisexual flowers. A neat-growing plant suitable for rockeries or the front row of borders. 2. Asiaticum, Spreng. Height 6-12 in. : Ivs. opposite, linear, coarsely and irregularly toothed: fls. greenish yellow, in compact, globose cymes, floral parts in S's. Summer. Himalayas. — Cultivated abroad and possibly in America. Its almost pinnatifid foliage makes it very distinct. In India it is said to have red flowers. It seems to suffer from the wetness of an ordinary border in winter, and should probably be wintered under glass. 3. Middendorffianum, Maxim. Lvs. alternate, ob- lanceolate, dentate toward apex: fls. yellow, in a flat- topped c)rme. Summer. Amurland.— According to J.W. Manning, it grows 4 in. high, and has deep green foli- age which becomes a rich purple in winter. Woolson says it is densely tufted. 4. Aizdon, Linn. Height 1 ft. or more, usually l%-2 ft. : Ivs. alternate, oblong-lanceolate, coarsely and irregularly toothed for the greater part of their length, IV**.*/* in. : fls. yellow, % in. across, in a loose, panicled cyme 1-3 in. across. Late summer. Siberia. — An old garden favorite, suitable for the hardy border and for rockeries. 5. Maximdwiczii, Regel. Height 1 ft,: Ivs. suboppo- site or alternate, oblong-ovate or oblong-lanceolate, regularly toothed: fls. yellow, in a dense, flat cyme. July, Aug. Japan, Amurland. Gn. 19, p. 203; 27, p. 316. -By some this is considered a variety of S. Aizoon. It is similar to S. Aizoon in habit but larger, differing in the sepals of uneojial length and in the peculiar flask-shaped fl.-buds, which are dilated below and nar- rowed into a long beak above. Desirable for borders ; also used for carpet beds. Seeds, as well as plants, are offered. 6 Selskianum, Regel. Also spelled Selskyamtm. Height 12-18 in. : Ivs. alternate ( 1), serrate in the distal third: fls. yellow, nearly 1 in. Mroat, in a hollow-topped, leafy cyme. Late summer. Amur., Manchuria. — 1 sembles S. Aizoon but has narrower and pilose leaves. Offered in 1893 by John Saul. 7 Telephium, Linn. ORPINE. LIVE-FOREVEK. Fig. 228* Height 12-18 in.: Ivs. scattered, rarely opposite, oblong-ovate, obtuse, dentate: fls. pink, spotted red. or 1638 SEDUM 2282. Live-forever— Sedum Telephium (X K). sometimes pure white, in dense, terminal and lateral subglobose cymes. July, Aug. Eu., N. Asia. Gn. 27, D QIC -Naturalized in America, where it spreads much but blooms little. Vars. hybridum, purpureum and rubrum are live American trade names representing forms with dark purple foli- age, the last-named variety being said to retain its pur- ple color all summer. All the forms are suitable for the front rows of borders and for rockeries. The young shoots in spring are pretty objects and differ with the different varieties. The larger forms with bright fls. are preferable. S. pur- pureum and purpurascens, Koch, are varieties of S. Telephium. Subspecies Fabaria, Masters (S. Fa- bAria, Koch, not Hort.). This is regarded by Masters as a subspecies of S. Tele- phium, with Ivs. narrower than in the type, the cymes always terminal and shorter peduncled: fls. smaller and earlier; petals less recurved. It is doubtful whether this is really in the trade. See S. spectabile. 8. telephoides, Michx. Height 6-12 in. : Ivs. scattered, 2x1 in., oblong - obovate, nearly entire or sparingly toothed: fls. flesh-colored, in small dense cymes 1-1 % in. across. June. Alleghanies from Md. south. -Offered 1891-92 by H. P. Kelsey. 9. maximum, Suter. A stout, bushy plant 2 ft. or less high, with either green or purple stems : Ivs. opposite, ovate -acute, more or less cordate, crenate - dentate : cymes terminal and lateral on long peduncles, forming a loose panicle: petals whitish, spotted red towards tip. Aug.-Oct. Eu., Caucasus, northwestern Asia. Gn. 27, p. 316. - Var. variegatum, Hort., has gold and green foliage, according to J. W. Manning. P.S. 16:1669 (as var. versicolor) shows a form with rosy purple stems : Ivs. green, yellow and white, margined rosy purple. This species has many forms, the stems green or purple, fls. green or reddish, Ivs. cordate or tapering at the base, spreading or recurved, variegated or not. It is the best for borders, but in the autumn is apt to get too straggly and needs support. Var. haematddes, Mast. Stems 2-2% ft. high, deep purple: Ivs. 5 x 3 in., oblong-ovate, obtuse, coarsely and irregularly toothed, pur- plish: petals whitish, tipped red. September. Here belongs S. atropurpiireum, Hort., ac- cording to Masters, but the plant or plants passing as such in America are very different. S. atropurpiireum, Turcz., which appears as a good species in Index Kewensis, is probably a synonym of S. roseum. 10. spectabile, Bor. (S. Fabdria, Hort.. not Koch). SHOWY SEDUM. Fig. 2283. This is the most popular of all Sedums and is used for the greatest variety of pur- poses. Robust, glaucous, l%-2 ft. high: Ivs. opposite or in 3's, 3x2 in., ovate, obtuse, entire or obscurely wavy - toothed : fls. % in. across, in flat- topped, inversely pyramidal, leafy, um- bellate cymes 4 in. across. Sept., Oct. Possibly from Japan. Gn. 27, p. 315. I. H. 8:271. -The fls. vary from rose to purple and perhaps to white. Pitcher & Manda 8283. Showy Sedum-Sedum offered yar 41bum spectabile. Var. purpureum and Clusters 4 inches across. rdseum are trade SEDUM names. Also a form with variegated foliage has been advertised. This species remains in bloom a long while and is very attractive to butterflies. Masters declares that it thrives in stiff clay, and does not do so well in lighter soils. SECTION II. EVERGREEN PERENNIALS (Species 11-35). 11. spathulifdlium, Hook. Barren steins creeping, with terminal rosettes of obovate Ivs.: flowering branches erect, and bearing scattered club-shaped Ivs.: fls. yellow, Y„„,, t],,n,l ,,!irt> in 5's. Ko.-ky Mts.-()ff«-n-il l,v liillnt in Ihhl. Han- i,, ££, 26. Barmentbsum, Hunge. Glabrous: l\ -....,.„, site or whorled, linear: tls. v,-ll,,w, ', in. across, ii,:, ii,,t-t,,i,,,P,i umbellate, 3-5-forked cyme. China. - Vur. carneum ( N cdrneum rari, „<)/,<„,, Hort.), has pink Menu: |\- marked with marginal strip.- of whil,- ,,r cn-a.n-color. This variety is grown in gr.-.-nhou>.-s and f,,r carpet beds and edgings. 27. pulchellum, Michx. Glabrous trail, r. 3-6 in. high: Ivs. linear, terete-point. -.1. gibbous at base, scarcely % in. long: fls. rosy purple, ^ in. across: inflorescence a 3-4-branched cyme, with erect fls. crowded in 2 rows along the upper sur- face and each provided with a leafy bract June-Aug. U. S. B.M. 6223. Gn. 27, p. 315. G.C. 11. 10:685.-The minute foli- age assumes rich tints of red, brown and purple. The branches of the inflorescence are 3-4 in. long and gracefully arched. 28. acre, Linn. STONECROP. WALL PEPPER. LOVE ENTANGLE. Fig. 2285. Barren stems creeping, branched, about 2 in. long: fl.-stems 2-3 in. high: Ivs. mi- nute, % in. long or less, crowded, thick, ovoid or nearly globular: fls. % in. across, in 1-sided cymes having 2-5 forks. June, July. Eu., E. Asia. Gn. 27, p. 316,-This is the commonest species native to England and one of the commonest in cultivation. It is much used for edging and carpeting bare spots, especially in cemeteries. Thrives best in poor soil. The Ivs. have an acrid taste. Masters says it may often be seen on the window-sills of London alleys, and adds: "It is one of the com- monest, least considered of all plants, but very few have really higher claims to notice." Var. au'reum, Mast., has Ivs. and tips of shoots bright golden yellow in spring. This is cult, for spring bedding. It gives a bit of color at a dull season. It loses the yellow tint in sum- mer and is never so ro- bust as the green form. Var. elegans, Mast., has the tips and young Ivs. pale silvery colored. Not as effective or hardy as yar. nnreum. Var. ma- jus, Mast. Larger and more robust than the type: Ivs. in 7 rows in- stead of 5: fls. 3/4 in. across, in a 2-parted cyme. Morocco. 29. sexangulare, Linn. Very close to S. acre but the Ivs. not so bitter to the taste, more slender. «~^MW^ 2286. Sedum cteruleum. Natural size. several times as long as thick, and in 6-7 rows, rather than 5. Europe, rarer. In American gardens it is said to grow 6 in. high, and flower in June and July. — Mostly used for carpet beds. 30. dasyphyllum, Linn. Glaucous, glabrous or glandu- lar: Ivs. oblong or roundish, studded with crystalline pimples: buds oblong, obtuse: fls. pinkish; anthers black. Eu., S. Afr. B.M. 6027.-Woolson says it grows 3-6 in. high, and is suitable for edgings. 31. Hispanicum, Linn. Glaucous: fl.-stems 3-4 in. high, reddish: Ivs. % in. long, linear, greenish gray, becoming reddish, studded with fine hyaline pimples at 1640 SEDUM the tips: cymes 3-7-branched, umbellate: buds 5-6- angled: fls. pinkish white, X in. across. July Central and southern Europe. -Readily distinguished by having the floral parts in 6's. 32. brevifdlium, DC. Glaucous: Ivs. in 4 rows a tenth of an inch long, pinkish, densely covered with a mealy pubescence: fls. K in. across; petals white, with pink midrib; anthers pink. Western Mediterranean region. -Manning says it grows 4 in. high and blooms in July and August. Said to be exceptionally sensitive to superfluous moisture at the root. 33 Indium, Boiss. Glabrous, 3-6 in. high: Ivs. % in. long linear, greenish or red-tipped, auricled at base and with numerous pimples at tip when seen with a lens : buds 5-angular: fls. one-tenth in. across, pinkish; an- thers reddish. Aug., Sept. Asia Minor. - Var. aureum, Hort., was offered by John Saul in 1893. 34 Album, Linn. Glabrous, 4-6 in. high: Ivs, alter- nate' % in. long, linear-oblong: cymes 2-3 in. across: buds oblong: fls. % in. across, white; anthers reddish. July. Eu., N. Asia. Gn. 27, p. 315. 35. MonregalSnse, Balbis (S. crucidtum, Desf.). Glabrous, except inflorescence, which is glandular: Ivs. linear: tts. % in. across, white; buds roundish, pointed; stamens pinkish. N. Italy, Corsica. L.B.C. 5:464. SECTION III. ANNUALS OR BIENNIALS (Species 36-39). 36. sempervivoides, Fischer. SCARLET STONECROP. One of the showiest in the genus and remarkably dis- tinct, if not unique, by the color of the fls. Habit of a house-leek, 4-8 in. high : Ivs. 40-50 in a rosette, wedge- shaped: Ivs. of fl. -stems clasping, greenish red, oblong, acute: cymes 2-4 in. across, dense: fls. scarlet. July. Asia Minor. Gn. 19:378. R.H. 1846:5. -Seems not to be offered in America. 37. Formosanum, N. E. Br. Height 6 in.: stem re- peatedly branched in a dichotomous or trichotomous manner: Ivs. 1-3, in whorls at branchings of stem, with occasionally 1-3 on internodes, flat, spatulate: fls. yel- low. Formosa. Int. into S. Calif, in 1900. 38. cseruleum, Linn. (S. aziireum, Desf., not Royle). Fig. 2286. Glabrous, or pilose on inflorescence, 2-3 in. high: Ivs. % in. long, oblong-obtuse, pale green, spotted red: cymes 1 in. across, with recurved branches: fls. % in. across, pale blue, 5-7-merous. S. Afr. B.M. 2224. B.R. 6:520. Gn. 27, p. 315. -Carpet beds. Sandy soil. 39. villdsum, Linn. Glandular-pubescent, 3-4 in. high, with no barren branches: Ivs. 2-5 times as long as thick: fls. few, dull rose (or white according to Masters) in a small, loose cyme. Bogs and stony rills, mountains of Eu.— This is one of the very few that pre- fer wet feet. The white-fld. form is advertised by one dealer in perennials. The species, however, is an annual . 2288. Natural planting of maple seeds. S. Braiinii, offered by Krelage, Haarlem, Holland, appears not to be recognized by botanists. — S. Oaldbricum is a name given without description to an Italian species, which is still offered by Krelage. — S. debile, Watson, an American species, was offered in 1881 by collectors, but is probably not in cult, anywhere.— S. Douglasii, Hook., is a yellow-fld. species from Hop-tree. Natural size. SEEDAGE Oregon which is now offered in the East, but is probably not cult, in Eu. It grows 4 in. high, and flowers from June until Aug. Said to be annual. Lvs. lanceolate, %-% in. long, acute. — S. Oreganum, Nutt., was offered by collectors of western American plants in 1881, but is not known to be cult.— S. spe- cibsum, Hort.=? — S. tectorum, Scop.=Sempervivum tectorum. — S. trifidum. Wall., is not offered in America, but should be in every fancier's collection. It is immediately distinguished from all others described above by the pinnatifid foliage, which is massed at the top of the stems and makes a fine setting for the clusters of tts., being twice as wide as the latter. Height 1 ft.: fls. purplish, red or crimson. Himalayas. Gn 27, p. 317. W. M. SEEDAGE. Under this term may be included all knowledge respecting the propagation of plants by means of seeds or spores. The word was first used, so far as the writer is aware, in 1887. It is equivalent to the French semis, and is comparable with the words graftage, layerage and cuttage. In general literature and common speech, a seed is that part of the plant which is the outcome of flowering and which is used for propagating the species. In the technical or botanical sense, however, the seed is the ripeued ovule. The seed contains an emoryo, which is a miniature plant. The einbryo has one or more leaves (cotyledons), a bud or growing point (plumule) and a short descending axis (caulicle). From the caulicle or stemlet, the radicle or root develops. This embryo is a minute dormant plant. Each embryo is the result of a distinct process of fertilization in which the pollen of the same or another flower has taken part. The ovule is contained in the ovary. The ripened ovary is the seed-case or pericarp. The peri- carp, with the parts that are amal- gamated with it, is known techni- cally as the fruit. In many instances there is only one seed in the fruit; and the seed and its case may ad- •?9R7 Seed-like fruit here and form practically one body. 2287. Seed- it Mjmy Qf the so.called seeds of hor. ticulturists are really fruits contain- ing one or few seeds. Such are the seeds of beet, lettuce and sea-kale. The winged seeds of elms, hop-tree (Fig. 2287) and ashes are really fruits containing a single seed. Acorns, walnuts, butternuts and chestnuts are also fruits; so are grains of corn, wheat, and the "seeds" of straw- berry. The keys of maple are double fruits, with two seeds (Fig. 2288). Beans and peas are true seeds. The fruit part is the pod in which they are borne. Seeds of apples and pears are also true seeds, the fruit being the fleshy part that surrounds them. Germination is the unfolding and the growing of the dormant or embryo plant. The first visible stage in germination is the swelling of the seed. Thereafter the integument is ruptured, and the caulicle appears. When the caulicle protrudes, the seed has sprouted; and this fact is taken as an indication that the seed is viable (Fig. 2289). Germination is not complete, however, until the young plant has made vital connection with the soil, has developed green assimilative organs and is able to support itself (Fig. 2290). See, also, Figs. 2291 and 2292. Seeds that have sufficient life to sprout may still be too weak to carry the process to com- sPro"tin* stage - plete germination. The ideal test for Castor Bean. the viability of seeds is to plant them in soil in conditions that somewhat nearly approach those in which they are finally to be planted. This test eliminates the seeds which are very weak and are not able to grow under ordinary conditions and to push themselves through the soil. The sprouting test made in a specially prepared device, in which all conditions are regulated to a nicety, may be of the greatest value for purposes of scientific study and investigation and for the making of comparative tests between various samples, and the greater the sprouting test, the greater the germinating power; but one must not expect that the actual germination will always be as great as the percentage of sprouting. In many cases, the differences in results between the sprouting test in a specially per- pared device, and the germination tests in well-pre- 2289. SEEDAGE pared soil in the open, may be as great as 50 per cent. Viability varies with seasons and other conditions. While it is true as a general statement that the older the seed the less the viability, yet the reverse may be true within narrow limits. Sometimes lettuce and melons that germinate only 50 per cent in December, •germinate 70-NO per cent in April. In order that seeds shall germinate, they must be supplied with moisture and be given a definite tempera- ture. The requisite temperature and moisture vary with the different kinds of seeds, and they are to be determined only by experience. Seeds may be planted in any medium which supplies these requisite condi- tions. Although seeds are ordinarily planted in the ground, such practice is not necessary to germination. "They may be planted in cocoanut fiber, moss or other medium. However, the ground may supply the requi- sites for germination, and it also supplies plant-food for the young plantlet when it begins to shift for itself; and, furthermore, the plants are in the position in which they are desired to grow. In the case of many seeds, germination is more rapid and certain when the seeds are sown in cocoanut fiber or other medium, for the conditions may be more uni- form. As soon as germina- tion is fairly complete, the plants are transplanted to the soil. The depth at which seeds shall be sown de- pends on many conditions. Out of doors they are planted deeper than in the house, in order to insure a uniform supply of moisture. A depth equal to twice the diameter of the seed is an old gardeners' rule. This applies well to the sowing of most seeds under glass when the soil is well prepared and is kept watered, but in the open ground three to four times this depth is usually necessary. The finer and moister the soil, the shallower the seeds may be planted, other things being «qual. Better results in germination are secured when the seeds are sown in a specially prepared seed-bed. The conditions may then be better, the gardener is able to protect the young plants from cold and from insects and fungi, and he is enabled also to economize time and labor. In transplanting from the seed-bed to the field, the gardener unconsciously chooses only the best plants and thereby the crop is improved. The seed-bed may be in a forcing-house or hotbed, or in the open. If it is in the open, it should be near the buildings, where it can be visited frequently and where water may be applied as needed. ' If the bed is to be used late in the season when the soil is naturally dry, it is well to cover it the previous spring or fall with a very heavy coating of ma- nure. This retains the moisture, and the leaching from the manure adds plant-food to the soil, there- by enabling the young plants to secure an early start. When the seeds are to be sown, the manure is removed and the surface is then in ideal condition. In the handling of young plants in seed-beds, one must take pains that the plants are not too thick and that they do not suffer for light, else they may Sprouting stage greenhouses and hotbeds, • of Indian com' it is well to handle common vegetables and flower seeds in gardeners' fiats (Fig. 2293). These flats are easily handled, and the soil is so shallow that it can be kept in uniform conditions of temperature and moisture. The seeds of some of the finer and rarer kinds of ornamental plants require special treatment. These treatments are usually specified in the articles devoted to those plants. Details of the handling of very delicate seeds are well discussed in the article on Orchids. SEEDAGE 1641 •2290. Germination complete — Castor Bean. As a rule, seeds germinate best when they are fresh that is le,> than one year ol.l. Son,,- seeds, however Jf which those of melons. pumpkins and ••u.-iimlM-rs are examples, return their vitality unimpaired for a number of years, and gardeners do not usk f,,,- recenl stork Seeds of corn salad should be a year old to ^enninate well. Very hard, bony seeds, as of haws and viburnums often dO not germinate until the MeOBd JTWkr. in the „„•:„, tune, however, they should be kept moist. Seeds of most fruit and forest trees should be kept moist and cool, otherwise they lose vi- tality; yet if kept too moist, and particularly too close or warm, they will spoil. Nuts and hard seeds of hardy plants usually profit by being buried" in sand and allowed to free/... The freezing and the moisture soften and split the integuments. Sometimes the seeds are placed between al- ternate layers of sand or sawdust: such prac- tice is known techni- cally as stratification. L. H. B. Seed Breeding.— The marvelous industrial and commercial devel- opment which has char- acterized the latter part of the nineteenth cen- tury is nowhere more marked than in the art and practice of seed growing. Whatever may have been their intellectual belief , most planters have acted, up to within a few years, as if seed was indeed essential to the pro- duction of a crop, but only in the way that water and manure are essential. The only question was whether or not the seed would grow. It might be desirable that the seed all be of some particu- lar kind so that the crop would ripen all at once, but beyond that the breeding of the seed was given very little consideration. It is only within a few years that a majority of even good cultivators have come to recog- nize in their practice the fact that the possibilities and limitations of a crop are as positively determined by the seed used as is the character of the fruit of an orchard by the trees of which it is composed. There have al- ways been exceptional men, who fully appreciated the importance of seed selection and breeding, which they practiced within their own gardens to secure a supply for their own use, but even professional seedsmen formerly gave little heed to scientific seed breeding, be- ing quite content to "rogue" out mixtures or poorer plants rather than to select and breed only from the best, yow, every seedsman who values his reputation maintains more or less extensive stock seed farms, where plant-breeding is conducted on the same princi- ples and with the same sort of skill and care that is used in the breeding of animals. The general method followed is first to form a clear conception of just what points or qualities give value to a variety and what a perfect plant of that sort should be. Then a few plants— say ten— which come as near this ideal as possible are selected and the seed of each saved separately. These separate lots are planted the next spring in contiguous blocks, and the plants given an opportunity for their most perfect development. As they approach maturity the lots are carefully examined. Germination complete in Indian corn. 1642 SEEDAGE SEEDAGE and if those in one or more blocks show either general inferiority or a large portion of inferior plants, the en- tire block is condemned and rooted out, even if in doing so some very fine individual plants are destroyed. The remaining blocks are then carefully examined andthatone selected which shows the closest adherence to the desired type, and from it a few plants are selected and their 2293. A gardener's flat, or shallow box, in which seeds are sown and small plants handled. A good size for a flat is 16 x 20 inches, and 3 inches deep. seed saved separately for planting in blocks the suc- ceeding year. Then the remaining plants of this and the other blocks which escaped the first weeding out are very carefully examined and all inferior ones removed, and the seeds from the plants which still remain are saved together. These are usually sufficient in quantity to plant a field, the product of which is used by the seedsman for his general stock seed. From the stock seed he grows the seed which he offers his customers. The same process is repeated every year, or at least every few years, and results in marked improvement, if not in type, at least in the fixing and making permanent the good qualities of the variety. Having thus obtained stock seed which is of superior quality and sure to reproduce itself, the seedsman contracts with some farmer, located in a section where soil and climate are favorable to the best development of the sort, to plant a large field and save the entire seed product. This the farmer does with little regard to selection, taking pains only to guard against contamination from adjoining fields, and to remove any chance - sports or mixtures that may appear. The seed thus produced is what the seedsman furnishes his customers. This plan enables the professional seedsman not only to produce cheaper seeds, but seeds of better quality than the ordinary planter can, or at least is likely to produce in his own garden, and in consequence gardeners have come to get more and more of their seed from the seedsman, whose business has correspondingly increased. In 1900 a single seed firm contracted for the growing of more than 200 acres of one variety of watermelon for seed, and received on its contracts over 30,000 pounds. More than half of this came from a single field of over 50 acres, and in this entire field there were not 50 fruits which were not good types of the variety. One could go to any part of it and gathering together the nearest 100 fruits would find that at least 50 of them were so nearly alike as not to be distinguished from one another; while of the remaining 50 at least 40 could be distinguished only by some mark that had resulted from accidental causes. The same firm had 20- and 40- acre fields of beans, peas, corn and other vegetables in which every plant was, as it were, the grandchild of some especially fine plant produced two years before, and which was itself the product of years of previous selection. Such seed is much more reliable than that produced in a small garden, where other plants of the same species are growing in near-by gardens and fields. W. W. TRACY. Seed Testing. - Scientific seed testing was inaugurated in 1869 by Dr. F. Nobbe, director of the Experiment fetation at Tharand, Saxony, who was impressed by the large amount of impurities and the low germinating 2294. Clover seed "trier.' power of many commercial seeds, for which the German farmer was paying fancy prices. The publication of the results obtained by him excited much comment and laid the foundation for the present extensive system of European seed control. At the present time there are more than one hundred so-called seed control stations in Europe alone. Some of these are independent insti- tutions, while others are conducted as branches of agri- ciiltural experiment stations. The quality of seeds cannot be told by a mere casual inspection but is ascertained only by a careful test. This should include three steps: (1) an examination for purity (freedom from foreign matter), (2) vitality, and (3) genuineness, or trueness to name. The latter is known to seedsmen and growers as purity of stock. Unless seeds possess a high requirement in all of these respects their use will entail great loss to the planter. Purity Test. — The percentage of purity is determined by weight, from a fair average sample of seed selected from different parts of the bulk lot. Wheat and other grains are taken with a sampler, consisting of two hol- low cylinders of metal, one inside the other, and about 36 in. long by 1M in. in diameter. They are pointed at the bottom and contain a series of openings along one side, which may be turned at will to open or close the holes. The sampler, with the holes open, is thrust into the grain in the car or open bag for its entire length. When filled with seeds the inner cylinder is turned, so as to close the holes, and the sampler removed. For clover and other small seeds one uses a "trier," consist- ing of a single short cylinder open at one end and taper- ing down to a sharp point, just above which on one side is a long, elliptical open- ing ( Fig. 2294) . The trier is thrust through the side of a bag of seed at dif- erent points until the aperture is. covered, the seed being allowed to run out at the other end into a dish. The seed thus taken is thoroughly mixed and a given quantity weighed out for testing. The amounts used in the purity test vary with the size of the seed, ranging from 15 grains of June grass, red top, and tobacco to 1.8 ounces of peas and cereals. If the sample is suspected to contain any seeds of such serious pests as dodder, Canada thistle, wild mustard, ergot, etc., at least 1.8 ounces are examined for such impurities. After being weighed the seeds are spread out thinly on a sheet of heavy white paper or pane of glass and by means of a pair of forceps the impurities are removed. This includes inert matter, such as dirt, chaff, broken seeds and foreign seeds. Under the latter designation are embraced seeds of both weeds and useful plants, that is, any seeds of a different name from that under which the sample was sold. The impurities are weighed upon a good chemical balance and the percentage of impurity thus determined. The purity which a given kind of first-class com- mercial seed should show depends largely upon the habit of growth of the species and the difficulty of ob- taining pure seed of that species. Most vegetables and cereals are grown devoid of weeds, and their seeds are easily cleaned, hence they should be practically pure. Grasses and clovers, on the other hand, are more or less liable to be mixed with other species in the field. Furthermore, the cleaning of some varieties requires great care, often entailing a considerable loss of good seed, hence the proportion of pure seed to be expected in such samples is less than in the former case. An extensive experience in testing commercial seeds, together with a comparison of the results of other tests made in this country and Europe, has enabled the United States Department of Agriculture to fix a table of standards of purity for most seeds sold by dealers. These standards, however, are subject to future re- vision if found necessary. By means of a hand lens and by reference to a stand- ard collection of economic seeds, the foreign seeds in the sample are next determined. If dodder, Canada thistle, ergot, wild mustard, bulbs of wild onion, chess, Russian thistle, cockle, quack grass, penny cress, wild oats, or wild flax are present the seed should be re- SEEDAGE jected; also if 1 per cent or more of weed seeds i>,- found. The reference collection of seeds should be kept in neatly labeled glass bottles, without necks, tightly stoppered and systematically arranged in shallow pasi,~- board boxes (see Fig. 2295). A convenient size for these bottles is 2 iu. long by 3-5 in. in diameter. A tray holding 100 of such bottles should fit into an ordinary herbarium case. If the collection'is large, a card index will be of great assistance in finding the specimens. Germination Testa. — The seeds used in germination tests must be taken indiscriminately from pure seed which has been thoroughly mixed for that purpose. The selection of plump, nice-looking seeds for these tests, as frequently practiced, impairs the authenticity of the result. Tests may be conducted in the laboratory between damp cloths or blotters, or in porous saucers, or iu sand or soil in a greenhouse. Seeds which are known to ger- minate with difficulty should be tested in a greenhouse as well as in the laboratory. The same is true of any species of seed whose conditions of germination are not well understood. While damp blotters serve as the best substratum under ordinary circumstances, and especially where a large number of tests are to be made, they do not answer as well for fine, slow-germinating seeds like tobacco and June grass, and many flower-seeds, owing to the fact that the blotters sometimes adhere too closely to permit the proper circulation of air. This may be remedied to a certain extent by placing narrow strips of glass between the folds, but main reliance in such cases should be placed upon soil tests. All tests are to be made in duplicate, using two lots of 100 seeds each of peas, beans, corn, cucurbits and others of a similar size, and 200 seeds of clover, cab- bage, lettuce, etc. The more seeds taken for test the less the chance of error. However, 5 per cent to 10 per cent of variation may be expected between the two lots of seed, even though they might have been taken from the same plant. In the case of a greater variation than 10 per cent the test should be repeated. Seeds upon which moulds form quickly are likely to be old stock. The seeds should be inspected daily, a note being made of those having sprouted, which are then thrown out. In testing seeds of the pea fam- ily (Leguminosse) one-third of those remaining hard and fresh at the close of the test are usually counted as hav- ing sprouted. The average of the duplicate tests is to be taken as the percentage of vitality. Averages should not be made, however, between results obtained by different methods, nich as blotters and soil. Laboratory tests are preferably made between damp blotters placed in a metal chamber heated by gas, the heat being controlled by a thermo-regulator. The blotters must be free from soluble chemicals. Blue blotters will be found less trying to the eye than white. The germinating chamber may be of any form which allows proper control of the conditions of light, heat, air and moisture. The standard chamber adopted by the association of Ameri- can Agricultural Colleges and Experi- ment Stations was designed by the writer, and serves equally well for bacteriological purposes or experi- ments in plant physiology as for seed testing (see Fig. 2296). It is made of 20-ounce corrugated copper, and is 2 feet long, 18 inches deep, and 2 feet high, outside measure- ments. The outside, except the bottom, is covered with two layers of felt, each % inch thick. A water space is afforded by the double walls, which extend on all sides except the front and are 2 in. apart. Entrance; to this water jacket is obtained atrt,a (Fig. 22%), while the water can be drawn off at g. At c, c, on the top, and at f, near the bottom of one end, are 1 inch openings into the chamber. One of the upper openings SEEDA'.K 1643 \ . Una 2295. Bottle similar to that used in U. S. Dept. Aerie, for small seeds. may be used for the insertion of a thermometer, if d,-- snvd Owing, however, to the inline,,,-,. W|,j,.|, ,. ternal atmosphere exerts „,„,„ thermometer. . tubes are partly exposed, provision has 1,,.,-n made for holding two thermometers ;„ ;l |,,,ri/,,i,t:.l position, one on the inside of each panel ,,f the door to the .-number by means of hooks of stont copper wire < 1'i^. 22:1 7. Toe door is made in 2 panels, each con-i-tini: of 2 plates of thick glass set about % in. apart in a copper trame, which is covered inside with felt. The in-nl- margin of the door is provided with a projection oo,4' C) which flts snugly into a felt-lined groove (Fii;. JBW7, 6), extending around the front side of the cham- ber. The door is 3 in. shorter than the front of the chamber, the remaining space hein^ ,-losed with copper and provided with a ventilator (Fig. L'2'.Hi, h), which per- 2296. Standard seed-eerminatine chamber (front view, with one door slide removed). Used by the United States Department of Agriculture and American Experiment Stations, a. a, openings into water jacket ; 6. thermo- regulator; c, c, openings into chamber; d, gas entrance tube ; e , mirrobunsen burner: f, gas exit; g, water exit; h, ventilator; », j, door slides; k, pun to hold porous saucers, etc.; /, blot- ter test; in , porous saucers with saud test. mits the exit of carbon dioxid, and can be closed tightly with a slide. Perfect closing of the door is further ef- fected by a copper slide extending along the front mar- gin, which catches firmly at the top and bottom of the chamber (Fig. 2297, d,d). This device, together with the groove and its corresponding projection, are adapted from the Rohrbeck bacteriological chamber. The out- side door is furnished with a frame into which slide two plates of galvanized iron painted dead black inside and covered with felt (Fig. 2296, t, j). By this arrange- ment the interior of the chamber may be kept dark or exposed to light, or, if desired, one-half may be dark and the rest light, the other conditions remaining the same. By raising these slides the thermometers can be read without opening the door. Glass plates of various colors may be substituted for the slides, if the effects •of different rays of light on plant-growth are to be studied. Seven movable shelves, placed 2M in. apart, are held in place by copper ledges % inch wide. These shelves are made of brass rods 1J-6 in. apart, and each one is capable of holding up GO pounds wei-ht. The tempera- ture is controlled by a low-temperature thermo-regulator (Fig. 2296, 6). A very low and equable flame is secured with a microbunsen burner ( Kiir. 22%. e). One of the openings into the water jacket (Fiir. •-"-".Mi, „) is 2 in. in diameter to admit a Koux thermo-regulator, if a very 1644 SEEDAGE even temperature is desired, as in bacteriological work. Fresh air or different gases can be forced into the chamber at one of the openings at the top (Fig. 2296, c, c) and out at the bottom (Fig. 2296, f). Each of the openings at the end (Fig. 2296, f, g) is closed with a screw cap. The chamber is provided with three tin - lined copper pans, each having a narrow ledge around the inside near the top, which serve to hold copper rods with folds of cloth, if the ex- perimenter wishes to test seeds according to the Geneva pan method. The pans also serve to hold porous saucers or plates. The chamber when empty weighs about 100 pounds, and 2297. One-half of door (in- is therefore easily moved. side view). a, a, hooks for holding thermometer ; 6, section The shelves will hold about 60 blotter tests, with an equal number of duplicates. It rests of groove in chamber into uPon a detachable base consist- which fits c, projection on ing of a stout iron frame 15 in. door; d, d, door fastener, high, inclosed with a sheet-iron jacket. Other Forms of Germinating Apparatus. — The so- called "Geneva tester," invented at the Experiment Station at Geneva, N. Y., consists of an oblong pan of galvanized iron or tin with ledges around the inside near the top upon which are suspended metal rods. Fig. 2298. Over these rods (y, p) is hung a strip of cloth, arranged in folds, with each end of the strip hanging down into the water, which covers the bottom of the pan. The lower edges of the folds are sewed (as at o) to hold them in place. The seeds are placed be- tween these folds and are kept moist by capillary at- traction; no provision is made for regulating the tem- perature, the pan being placed in an ordinary living room. Porous saucers of unglazed clay set in shallow pans containing water are often used for fine seeds. Owing to the difficulty of procuring clay saucers of equal po- rosity plaster of Paris germinating dishes (Fig. 2299) are recommended. These can be made by any one at a trifling cost by means of a wooden mold, with a detach- able top which consists of an ordinary pane of glass to which a Petri dish is attached with glue. Fig. 2300. A very simple apparatus for sprouting seeds is shown in Fig. 2301. It consists of a shallow tin basin «re- Mpped," which is given two coats of mineral paint both 2298. Geneva seed-tester. inside and out to prevent rusting. The bottom of the basin is covered with water, and a small flowerpot sau- cer is placed inside. The seeds are laid between two layers of moist blotting paper placed in the bottom of the saucer, and a pane of glass covers the dish, which is to be kept in a temperature of about 70° F. , such as an ordinary living-room. The basin may be left partly open from time to time to permit exchange of air and SEEDAGE gases. By using a good-sized dish with small saucers, and renewing the water occasionally, several kinds of seed may be tested at once at little expense. Extremes of temperature and excessive moisture must be avoided. A still simpler germinating outfit than this and quite satisfactory for most cereals and vegetable seeds con- sists of two soup plates, one used as a cover, and two layers of cloth to hold the seeds. The cloths should be kept moist but not too wet. ( See Fig. 23, Yearbook of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1895, p. 181.) Temperature. — A temperature of 20° C. (68° F.) is generally maintained in germination tests. Seeds of celery, most grasses, and a few other species should be subjected to alternating temperatures of 20° C. and 30° C., the higher being used for six hours out of the twenty-four. Duration of Germination Tests. — For purposes of comparison it is desirable to have uniform periods of time for conducting germination tests. The following periods have been adopted in this country and are prac- tically the same as those used throughout Europe. For laboratory tests: Ten full days for cereals, spurry, peas, beans, vetches, lentils, lupines, soja beans, sunflower, buckwheat, cruciferse, Indian corn, and cow-peas; 14 full days for serradella, esparsette, beet fruits, rye grass, timothy, umbellifera?, tobacco, lespedeza, and all grasses except poa, Bermuda grass, rye grass, and timothy; 28 full days for poa and Ber- muda grass. Soil tests are to be continued two days longer in each case and the sprouts counted only at the close. Special Treatment of Seeds Preparatory to Germina- tion.—Soaking seeds in water for 6-15 hours before placing them in the germinating chamber, as frequently practiced, is to be condemned. As a rule, however, seeds of asparagus, lettuce, okra, and onion may be soaked to advantage. Asparagus should be placed in distilled water for 5 hours, then trans- ferred to blotters which should be kept very wet for the first 48 hours; okra may be soaked in water at 50° C. for 5 hours. Owing to the readiness with which moulds develop upon onion seed, it should be soaked for an hour in a solu- tion consisting of one part bichloride of mercury to 1,000 parts of water. Such seeds as okra, asparagus, adonis, canna, moonflower and lupine sprout better if previously clipped, care being taken not to injure the germ. The loud assertions often made of the value of treating seeds with certain chemicals to hasten germ- ination, are, in the main, not worthy of notice. Testing Grass Seeds. — Most grass seeds require spe- cial treatment, both in purity and germination tests. For the latter neither blotters nor cloth can be depended upon as a seed-bed, hence soil tests are advisable, Care must be taken not to plant the seeds too deeply. Seed of red-top and June grass should be sown upon the surface and the lightest possible cover of soil or sand given it. Before planting the soil should be thoroughly watered, and after sowing a fine rose spray should be used to avoid disturbing the seeds. The same remarks will apply to soil tests of other fine seed. To prevent counting empty glumes (chaff) a mirror- box (Fig. 2302) is useful. This consists of a box of hard wood, half an inch thick. It is 12 in. long, 8 in. wide and 6% in. high, the front being open, and the top con- sisting of an ordinary pane of glass. The inside of the box is painted a dead black. Attached by hinges to the upper margin of the box in front is a rectangular piece of black binder's board, 12 x 8 in. in size. A smaller piece of similar board, 8 in. square, is attached to each end of the box at its upper edge. These boards are for the purpose of excluding all extraneous light. In the center of the box is a mirror about 10 x 7% in. in size, so pivoted that it can be turned at different angles and reflect the light which enters the open side of the box up through the glass top. Grass seeds are spread thinly over the surface of the glass top, and the mirror adjusted so as to throw the light up through the seed. The operator faces the 2299. Plaster of Paris germinating dish. SEEDAGE SKI'DAGE 1645 apparatus with the open side opposite to him and to- ward the light. The mirror should be so arranged that it will not throw any light into the operator's face. With this apparatus the outlines of grass seeds within the glumes can be clearly seen, and the chaff can be removed with the other impurities of the sample. A much simpler method of identifying the sound seeds in grasses consists in the use of a pane of glass, over the surface of which the seed, thoroughly wet, has been thinly spread. This glass is held up to the light, and with the forceps the good seed may be easily picked out. It would be well for the purchaser of grass seed, 2300. Mold for making plaster of Paris germinating dishes, and a Petri dish. especially of meadow fox-tail, awnless brome and vel- vet grass, to make use of this simple test. For labora- tory purposes the mirror box is to be greatly preferred, since the seed can be handled much better when dry. Testing Beet Seed. — Special methods are also re- quired for testing red and sugar beet "balls," each of which contains from 1 to 7 seeds. Three separate lots of 100 balls each are selected with great care, so as to represent average samples. These are rubbed slightly between the hands, soaked 6-15 hours, then placed on blotting paper or sand at a constant temperature of 20° C., for 18 hours out of 24, the rest of the time at 30° C. In 3, 5, 8 and 11 days the balls are examined. When- ever 1, 2, or 3 seeds have sprouted in a single ball, they are carefully cut out with a knife, and the balance of the ball is removed to a second seed-bed, which is num- bered to correspond with the number of the seeds which have germinated in the balls placed therein. At the next examination the sprouted seeds are again cut out and the clusters removed to another bed, numbered to agree with the total number of seeds per ball which have sprouted. The test is closed on the 14th day, when the sum of all the germinating seed of each lot of 100 clusters, together with the number of unsprouted seeds, is ascertained. The average of all the clusters is taken into account, especial care being exercised not to count as seeds any cavities which were empty at the beginning of the test. Test for Genuineness or "Purity "of Stock. — The genuineness of the seeds of vegetables and other horti- cultural varieties of plants can only be told by means of a field test, which should be made in such cases whenever possible. The purity of stock of such seeds is of far more importance than a high percentage of purity and germination. In making field tests of differ- ent varieties of seed a check test should be conducted, using a sample, for purposes of comparison, which is known to be authentic. The different tests must be subjected to the same conditions of soil, etc. The gen- uineness of the seed of grass, clovers, and other forage plants can usually be ascertained by mere inspection and comparison with a standard collection. GILBEKT H. HICKS. [The preceding article was prepared for this work by the late Gilbert H. Hicks, of Washington, D. C., ml89», while in charge of pure seed investigations for the U. o. Department of Agriculture. It is printed practically as it was written. The subsequent changes in the D partment methods are given below by Mr. Hicks' suc- cessor. L. H. B.] The methods and apparatus in use in the Seed Labora- tory of the {'. S. Department of Agriculture have un- dergone some change- since the foregoing was writti-n. These changes have been the necessary result Oi perience and are in substance tin- following: While purchasers an- urtred to buy the I.e-t -eed-. it is doubtful whether, under tin minion- of tntde in the United States, arbitrary standard^ have nnn-h value. The comparison of the price and quality of differ, nt grades offered means more than an ideal standard \\ hii-h it is seldom practicable to enforce. A system of ii tion that would certainly detect all weed seed* would make the seed too expensive for practical use. The standard chamber is now covered with asl» lagging instead of with felt; a single door covered with the lagging has been substituted for the double doors. An air bulb regulator, devised by Mr. K. Brown, has been substituted for the mercury bulb regulator. The temperatures needed for the successful germina- tion of seeds depend on the kind of seeds tested. Let- tuce must have a low temperature, 15° C. givinu l>e-t results. A temperature of 25-30° C. will almost entirely inhibit germination. Seeds of teosinte, on the other hand, demand 30° C., while vine seeds give best results under a temperature alternating between 20 and 30° C. A constant temperature at 20° C. is seldom used. Seeds naturally germinate under conditions of constantly changing temperature and favorable natural conditions should be reproduced as nearly as possible in the lab- oratory. Kentucky blue grass seed is not tested in the greenhouse, better results being obtained in the cham- ber by means of alternating temperature. When seeds, as of sugar beet, are sold on a guarantee, the re-test should be made under conditions similar to those under which the original test was made. The energy of ger- mination, that is, the percentage of seeds that sprout in about one-fourth the full time, nearly represents what the seed will do in the field and is of greater importance than the full time test. A. J. PIETEBS. The Seed Trade of America. — Early History. — The history of the seed business in colonial times is largely one of importation from Holland and England, when small hucksters .carried a few boxes of popular seeds with an assortment of dry goods, foodstuffs or hardware. Corn, barley, peas, onions, fruits and vegetables, nec- essaries in fact for direct use, first claimed the atten- tion of the colonists. Towards the end of the eighteenth century we begin to find references to the saving of stock seeds, and in the newspapers of the day are a number of advertisements of shopkeepers who dealt in seeds. Agricultural seeds were an article of commerce as early as 1747 (Pieters), clover, onions, beans, peas, carrots, cabbage and cauliflower, etc., being raised for seed in the colonies at that time, though chiefly im- ported. At that time Boston did most of the business. 2301. Home-made germinating apparatus. A, complete; B, section. Among the earliest advertisers of seeds for sale were Nathaniel Bird, 1763, a book dealer of Newport, R. I.; Gideon Welles, "on the Point," 1764; Samuel Dealt, ft dealer of general merchandise in New York in 17TB; William Davidson of New York in 1768, while m Phila- delphia, in 1772, we find one Pelatiah Webster advertis- ing clover and duck grass seed; James Longhead "colly-flower" seed in 1775; while David Reid kept a general assortment in the same year. Development of American Trade. -It was not until the opening of the nineteenth century that America began to find that seeds could be grown here as profitably as they could be imported. Grant Thorburn, in New York, and 1646 SEEDAGE David Landreth, of Philadelphia, seem to have been the largest dealers at that time. Thorburn's was perhaps the first business of importance devoted entirely to stock seeds, though this honor is disputed by the descendants of David Landreth. Thorburn, in his autobiography, savs that he began his business by buying out the stock of one George Inglis for fifteen dollars, Inglis agreeing to give up the market and to devote himself to the rais- ing of seeds for Thorburn. This is but one of many small beginnings from which has grown a trade which now amounts to many millions, and this relation between seedsmen and growers is largely typical of relations which have obtained in the trade ever since. Railway and Postal Service. -With the development -of the railway and the postal service the business grew by leaps and bounds, new land was found suitable for different varieties of seed, and a letter could carry to the countryman the garden seeds for his yearly con- sumption. There is probably no trade which has been more widely benefited by cheap postage and improved mail facilities, but of late years the abuse of their privi- leges by members of Congress has largely tended to negative this benefit. The originally beneficent distri- bution of free seeds to pioneers and needy settlers was a form of agricultural encouragement against which there could be no adverse criticism, but it has degenerated 2302. Mirror box for testing grass seeds. into an abuse, which is estimated to have taken a trade of some $4,000,000 during the past two or three decades out of the hands of the men who have built up the business. Ca ta logues.— Grant Thorburn's catalogue of 1822 was the first to be issued in pamphlet form, and it was the pioneer of the many finely and carefully illustrated catalogues with which we are familiar to-day. These catalogues have been largely instrumental in facilitat- ing the specialization of the industry and its subdivi- sion in the hands of the country dealer, who buys seeds at wholesale, combining as they do the most complete lists and illustrations of varieties with directions as to methods, conditions, and seasons for planting. They are distributed literally in hundreds of thousands. It is of interest to remember that up to 1844 the word- ing on the bags was written by hand, a laborious and expensive process, which of itself is an indication of the small volume of the trade at that date. Imports and Exports Statistics. — With regard to the export of seeds, A. J. Pieters' admirable report for 1899 in the Yearbook of the Department of Agriculture may be taken as the latest information. He says in part: 11 The statistics of exports date from 1855, and no sepa- rate records of imports of seeds were kept before 1873. Clover and grass seeds, especially timothy, have always taken the lead in the seed export trade, and until recent years garden seeds have not been a considerable factor in the total values. In 1825 some 10,000 bushels of clover seed were exported to England within a few months. How long this trade had existed we do not know. From 1855 to 1864 there is no record of any seeds exported except clover, but the value of exports increased from $13,570 in 1855 to $2,185,706 in 1863, the war ap- parently having no effect on the trade. The total value of the clover seed exported during this period aggre- SEEDAGE gates $5,393,663. During the decade ending with 1880 clover seed was not separately entered except in the last year, but the total exports of seeds amounted dur- ing that period to $20,739,277. The aggregate was in- creased by more than $3,000,000 before the end of 1890. From 1891 to 1898 there has been a slight reduction in the average annual value of seed exports and also in the amount of clover and timothy seed sent abroad." Development of Home Industry.— The importation of staple garden seeds had largely decreased by 1870, and with the exception of a few staples in agricultural and flower seeds, America may be said to have become to a great extent self-supplying. The greatest development of this industry has taken place since the close of the war. In 1878 J. J. H. Gregory estimated that there were in all 7,000 acres devoted to garden seeds,. while the census of 1890 showed that there were 596 seed farms, containing 169,850 acres. Of these farms, 200 were established between 1880 and 1890, and it is likely that about 150 more were started during the same period. The census returns, however, do not give the actual acreage devoted to growing seeds. As many seeds are grown by those not regularly in the business, it is probable that census returns as to acreage are un- der rather than over the mark. The statistics available in the United States Census are very imperfect, partly owing to the lack of a continuous system in presenta- tion, both in the returns of home industry and also in custom house returns, but chiefly to the reluctance of seedsmen and growers to make public the results of their business methods or even the methods themselves. Contract System of Growing.— The contract system of supply has been the general method pursued by the larger seedsmen, farmers in those locations best suited to certain seeds contracting to grow supplies from stock seeds found by the seedsmen. As a rule, one, farmer will grow only one or two varieties. A saving in the expense of supervisions has been made by the growth of the system of subletting a contract. The middleman being posted on the abilities of his neighbors and the qualities of their soils for many miles around, can often place and keep sight of the growing of many more varie- ties than he himself could handle on his own land. Many of these middlemen do not grow seeds themselves but act merely as the seedsman's growing agent among the farmers of a large district. Excepting in California, where the growers as a rule devote their whole capital to the business, it is a frequent custom throughout the country for seedsmen to make cash advances against crops. Few seed houses grow their own seeds. Values of Staples, Home-grown and Imported.— The following table will give as close an estimate as can be made of the annual cost of the chief staple garden seeds handled in America: Garden peas $1,000,000 Garden beans 300,000 Onion seed 300,000 Lettuce seed 250,000 Cabbage seed 100,000 Sweet corn 100.000 Tomato seed 50,000 Radish seed 30,000 Turnip seed 25,000 Beet seed 15,000 Celery seed 5,000 Miscellaneous seeds, Flower seeds Probable invoice cost of imported garden $2,175,000 150,000 1,700,000 Total growers' value $4,025,000 An estimate recently made by one of the largest seedsmen in the country gives the capital invested in the business at about $12,000,000, and the actual acreage under seed at the present time as about 150,000 acres. Staples and Localities of Production. — The following may be taken as the present principal garden seed staples and the localities where they are most profitably raised (See, also, Bailey, "Principles of Vegetable Gar- dening," p. 170) : String beans: New York, Michigan, Wisconsin. Beets : Imported chiefly from France, owing to bet- ter method of selection in practice there, but would adapt itself to almost any of the older states of the Union. SEEDAGE Cabbage: About half imported, the other half chiefly Long Island, Connecticut, 1'eimsylvania, and to small extent, Puget Sound. Cauliflower: Finest kinds imported from Denmark; coarser kinds from Italy. Carrots: The bulk of finest kind imported from France, some finer grades in Connecticut, and coarser grades in California. Sweet corn: Connecticut, Nebraska, New York Ohio. Cucumbers: Chiefly in Nebraska, northern New York. Lettuce: California. Watermelons : Nebraska, Kansas and the South. Muskmelons: Nebraska. Onions: Chiefly in California; Connecticut, New York. Michigan. Peas: Northern New York, Canada, Michigan, Wis- consin. Parsley: Imported from England and France. Potatoes: Fine grades chiefly in Maine and New York; also in every state. Spinach: Imported from Holland. Squash: Nebraska. Tomato : Chiefly in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, New York, Connecticut and Michigan. Turnip: About half is imported from England and France, where it is grown chiefly from American seed; other half chiefly in Connecticut, New York and Pennsylvania. Lima beans: California. Celery: California. Dealers in garden seeds are also large dealers in flow- ering bulbs, such as hyacinths, tulips, narcissus, crocus, etc. These are chiefly imported from Holland, south of France, Italy and Japan. Divisions of the Trade. — The trade is divided into the main branches of garden and flower seeds and bulbs and agricultural seeds. The latter is practically a business by itself, devoted to such seeds as blue grass, timothy, clover, red top and alfalfa, some of which are exported or 'imported as the exigencies of the season's product demand. Tariff. — Flower seeds are subjected to no import duties, while on garden seeds there is a tariff of 30 per cent ad valorem. It is a mooted point whether this tariff at the present time operates to the advantage of the trade, the principal seedsmen being generally of the opinion that it tends to stimulate over-production in this country. Number of Firms in the Trade. — The main business of the country is in the hands of about 150 firms, but practically every groceryman in country towns and vil- lages carries a stock during the spring season. These men, however, deal as a rule with the larger houses, and constitute the principal class of middlemen for retail trade. Wholesale Seedsmen's League: Its Objects. — On August 24, 1900, some 42 of the leading houses of the country incorporated themselves in the Wholesale Seedsmen's League, with the object of regulating the general interests of the trade. The office of the League is in Philadelphia; its president, F. W. Bruggerhof, of New York; vice-president, S. F. Leonard, of Chicago; secretary and treasurer, Burnet Landreth, of Phila- delphia. The climate and soils of the United States are so varied that entirely different methods of carrying on the seed business obtain in different trade centers, and one of the principal efforts of the League is in the direc- tion of agreeing as to the uniform listing of prices for crops of the same seed which mature at different dates in different localities. It is hoped in this way not only to prevent the sacrifice of stock by growers in early dis- tricts, but also to prevent the demoralization of the general market, caused by the publication of clearance prices by seedsmen in an early district before the market has been adequately supplied by seedsmen in those districts in which the stock matures at a later season. J. M. THORBURN & Co. SEED-BOX. Ludwigia alternifolia; probably also sometimes applied to plants that have loose seeds in Inflated pods, as Crotolaria. 104 SELAG1NFLLA 1G47 SELAGINELLA (dimiiiutm- of Latin Stlago, old name of a club moss). Scl.iyinellaceoi. CLUB Moss A large genus of mostly tropical plants of diverse habit ran-iiii'- from minute, prostrate annuals to erect or eveii Htmlmig perennials. Easily recognized by the produc- tion of two kinds of spores -powdery microspores from which the male prothallus arises and larger microspores produced four in a sporange just within the axil of the terminal leaves of the stem, which often form a 4-angled spike. In all our cultivated species the Ivs. are in four ranks, the two upper smaller and pressed against the stem, giving it a flattened appearance. Selaginellas are graceful fern-like greenhouse plants, often known to gardeners as Lycopodiums. Africana, 33. aJbo-nitens. 13. amcena. 30. apus, 12. arborea, 5. argentea, 30. atroviridis, 14. aurea, 2, 9. Bnuinii, 31. Brasiliensis, 11. Brownii, 9. ccesia, 5. California, 15. caulescens, 30. cognata, 26. concinna, 7. cordate, 38. cordifolia, t38. crigpa, 32. (Junninghami, 10. INDEX. caspidata. 21. deitgum, 12. ili-iit i.-ulat . -i. 2. elongata, 37. Emmeliana, 22. erythropus, 35. filicina, 36. tlabellata, 32. geniculata, 37. gracilis, 25. grandis, 28. hsematodes, 36. involvens, 1ft. Kranssiana, 9. Icevigata, 5. lepidophylla, 20. Lobbii, 26. Lyallii, 34. Martensii, 16. molliceps, 39. pntula. 4. PervilUi, 33. plumona, 6. Poulteri, 18. rubella, 17. riiliririiuli". 39. rupestris, 1. tarmtntota, 4. serpens, 3. trrrulata. 7. tftota, 35. stolonifera. 8. uncinata, 5. variegata, 9. 1 7. Victori», 24. viticulosa, 29. Vogelii, 33. Wallichii, 23. Willdenovii, 27. A.. I/ vs. all similar, many -ranked. Native species i. rnpestrik AA. Lvs. 4-ranked, of two sorts, forming an upper and a lower plane. Mostly hothouse exotics. B. Foliage of the spikes uniforni. C. M. \ ft. long, with lanceo- late-deltoid, caudate branches, with the lower branch- lets forked or slightly pinnate: Ivs. of lower plain- crowded, a line long, truncate at ba-e and obscurely petioled ; Ivs. of lower plane one fourth a-, iontr. short- cuspidate: spikes 1-2 in. long. Borneo and Fiji Islands. '-'">. gracilis, Moore. Stems 2-3 ft. long, somewhat roughened, with lanceolate branches and ~i tuple branch- lets: Ivs. of lower plane ovate-falcate, adnate to stem on lower side at base; i\s. of upper plane ovate-lanceo- late, cuspidate. Polynesia. 20. L6bbii, Moore (S. cogn&ta, Hort.). Stems 3-4 ft. long, with lanceolate-deltoid branches and contiguous, simple or forked branchlets: Ivs. of lower plane oblong- lanceolate, acute, bright green, truncate at bane; Ivs. of upper plane one-third as long, obliquely ovate, cus- pidate. Borneo and Sumatra. 27. Wllldenovii, Baker. Stems reaching a length of many feet, with spreading deltoid branches and much compound branchlets, the ultimate short and contigu- ous : Ivs. of lower plane crowded, ovate or oblong, tinted with blue, obscurely petioled; Ivs. of upper plane one-third as long, obliquely oblong, not cuspidate. In- dia and the East Indies. 28. grandis, Moore. Stems l%-2 ft. long, branched above: Ivs. of lower plane crowded, lanceolate, acute, rather firm; Ivs. of upper plane one-third as long, as- cending, much imbricated. Borneo. 29. vitlculdsa, Klotzsch. Stems with deltoid 2-3-pin- nate branches: Ivs. of lower plane ascending, acute,. short-ciliated and much imbricated over the steut; Ivs. of upper plane one-third as long, obliquely ovate, enspfc- date. Central America. 30. caulescens, Spring (S. amana, Hort.). Stems, stiff, erect, the short final branchlets curling when dry: Ivs. of lower plane crowded, ovate, falcate, bright green; Ivs. of upper plane one-third to one-fourth as long, cus- 2305. Well-grown specimen of Selaginella Emmeliana (X %).. Suitable for table decoration. pidate. Japan, China and East Indies. -Var. arg6ntea,, Hort., is advertised. 31. Braunii, Baker. Stems deltoid and flexuous above,, with deltoid erect-spreading pinnie. the pinnules short, deltoid and spaced: Ivs. of lower plane ovate-rhomboid, usually revolute at both edges? Ivs. of lower plane short-cuspidate. West China. 1650 SELAGINELLA 32. flabellata, Spring. Stems erect, deltoid, decom- pound, with contiguous final branchlets: Ivs. of lower plane obliquely ovate, acute, broadly rounded and cili- ated at the base; Ivs. of upper plane obliquely ovate, cuspidate. Widely distributed in tropical regions. — One of the forms of this is cultivated as S. crispa, Hort. 33. Vdgelii, Spring (S. Africana, A. Br. S. Pervillei, Spring). Stems decompound above, the lower pinnae deltoid, petioled, 3-4-pinnate: Ivs. of lower plane lan- ceolate, ascending, often revolute on both edges, trun- cate at base; Ivs. of upper plane minute, strongly cus- pidate. Africa. 34. Lyallii, Spring. Stems deltoid above, the lower pinnae bipinnate, the final divisions %-l in. long, %-% in. wide: Ivs. of lower plane oblong-lanceolate, falcate, acute; Ivs. of upper plane minute, acute. Madagascar. 35. erythropus, Spring. Stems under a foot long, del- toid and decompound above, the lower pinnae 3-pinnate, the xiltimate divisions one -twelfth to one-eighth in. wide': Ivs. of lower plane oblong -lanceolate, acute, strongly ciliated; Ivs. of upper plane one-half as long, cuspidate. Tropical America. — S. setdsa, Hort., is said to be a starved form of this species. 36. haematddes, Spring (H. filiclna, Spring). Stems 1-2 ft. long, the deltoid pinuse 3-4-pinnate, the ultimate divisions %-% in. wide: Ivs. of lower plane ascend- ing, oblong-rhomboid, acute, dilated on upper side at base, not ciliated; Ivs. of upper plane minute, cuspidate. Venezuela to Peru. 37. geniculata, Spring (S. elongata, Kl.). Stems 2-3 ft. long, decompound, with lower pinnae 3-pinnate, the divisions ascending and pinnately arranged: Ivs. of lower plane ovate, acute; Ivs. of upper plane one-third as long, ovate-lanceolate. Costa Rica to Peru. 38. cordifdlia, Spring (S. cordata, Kl.). Stems trail- ing, a foot long, with short branches often ending in whip-like tips: Ivs. of lower plane acute, pale green, membranous, ciliated on the upper edge, dilated and subcordate; Ivs. of upper plane ovate-lanceolate, cuspi- date. West Indies. 39. m611iceps, Spring (S. rubricaulis, A. Br.). Stems erect, 6-9 in. long, bisulcate above, much compound: Ivs. of lower plane oblong-lanceolate, dark green, very unequal-sided, serrulate on the upper edge; Ivs. of up- per plane one-half to one-third as long, ovate or ovate- lanceolate, cuspidate. Africa. The following American trade names cannot be satisfactorily accounted for as species: S. acaulis is said to be one of the most important commercial species cult, in America.— S. cir- cinatum is cult, at Harvard Botanic Garden.— S. Lageriana was introduced from Colombia and probably belongs to species already described from that country. It is said to be a very light green plant and a strong grower, whereas S. Pitcheriana is of dwarfer habit and with stems and under surface of fronds red and upper surface dark green.— S. paradoxa. Offered by John Saul, 1893.— S. Pitcheri&na. Consult S. Lageriana. Co- lombia.—S. rubictinda and trianguldris were offered by Saul in 1893.— S. umbrbsa. Once cult, by Pitcher & Manda, of the United States Nurseries. L.'M. UNDERWOOD. Selaginellas are favorite plants in every good con- servatory, being greatly admired for their feathery, moss-like foliage. They have various shades of green, and some of them are remarkable for metallic and iri- descent tints, especially bronze and bluish colors, the latter being very unusual among plants in general. S. Willdenovii is a very choice large-growing species of the bronze and blue class. Another is S. uncinata, often called "Rainbow Moss." Selaginellas are often grown for their own sake as specimen plants, but they are also very commonly used as edging for greenhouse beds, for covering unsightly spots under the benches, and for hiding the surface soil of large tubs, orchid pots and the like. See Fig. 2303. They are also delightful subjects for table decoration when grown in pans or jardinieres. For this purpose a well-grown Selaginella should be a dense, compact mass of fluffy and feathery green, not a weak, thin, straggling plant, as shown in Figs. 2304 and 2305. Selaginellas are also employed in bouquets of flowers, fronds being used for "green" in- stead of asparagus or fern. Occasionally a fancier of the more difficult species grows a large specimen in a wardian case for exhibition. SELEN1PED1UM In general, Selaginellas are of easy culture. As a rule they prefer shade and moisture and are somewhat tender in foliage compared with some of the commonest of commercial ferns. S. denticulata, Kraussiana, Mar- tens ii, and some other commercial favorites may be rapidly propagated without any preliminary treatment in the cutting bench. Cuttings of these species about an inch and a half long may be inserted directly into small pots of light sandy soil, placed in a shady position. Syringe them lightly three or four times a day for ». week, at the end of which time they will take root, They will soon grow into salable plants. The popular 8. JEmmeliana, which is generally con sidered by florists a variety of S. cuspidata, requires different treatment. It is much slower and sometimes requires about nine months from the making of cutting? until the young plants are ready for potting. Fill regular fern boxes with fern soil, adding one part in five of sand, and press firmly. Select mature fronds of the S. JEmmeliana, cut them into pieces half an inch long, scatter thinly over surface of soil, and put just enough finely screened soil on top of the cuttings to attach some small portion of them to the soil. Water thoroughly, cover with glass, and place in a temperature of 70° F. In this condition they will soon form roots and little plants at almost every joint. When sufficiently large they should be separated and transplanted singly an inch apart into boxes, where they may be left until large enough to be potted. The following list of Selaginellas for special and gen- eral purpose is not designed to be complete, but merely suggestive. For commercial purposes, S. denticulata, Kraussiana, Martensii and Emmeliana; for carpeting the soil, S. denticulata; for table decoration, S. Emme- liana and S. Martensii; for cutting, the commercial kinds: for veranda boxes, S. Braunii; for bronze and blue colors, S. Willdenovii and S. uncinata; for specimen plants and exhibitions, S. Braunii, Lyalli, viticulosa, Wallichii, and Willdenovii. Also the following, which are generally considered more difficult subjects; S.atro- viridis, hcematodes and rubricaulis; for curiosity, S. serpens and lepidophylla. The curiosities of the genus call for special mention. S. serpens is remarkable for its changes of color during the day. In the morning the foliage is bright green; during the day it gradually becomes paler as though bleached by the light ; toward night it resumes its lively green hue again. For S. lepidophylla, see Resur- rection Plant. The following species also deserve a few running notes: S. Braunii is an old favorite which is often in- correctly labelled S. Willdenovii in collections. Its branches, or "foliage" in the popular sense, are excep- tionally tough and wiry for the genus. Variegated forms appear in S. Martensii, Kraussiana and invol- vens, the last-named species being prolific in singular forms. S. viticulosa is better adapted for use as a pot- plant than for mingling in a fernery, because of its strong-growing, erect, fern-like habit. The branchlets are thrown up from creeping stems and do not root readily, so that this species is usually prop, by division or spores. W. H. TAPLIN, N. N. BRUCKNER and W. M. SELECTION. See Plant- Breeding and the discus- sion under Seedage. SELENIA aurea, Nutt., is a hardy annual of the mus- tard family, a native of the U. S. from Arkansas and Texas to the base of the Rockies. It is not known to be cult, in America, but it seems to be one of the prettiest of our few native ornamental crucifers. It has small yellow fls. about % in. across, each of the 4 petals hav- ing a central band of red. It is also interesting for its finely cut foliage and its flat pods through which the seeds may be vaguely seen, as in the case of Lunaria, or "Honesty." It grows about 9 in. high. B.M. 6607. W. M. SELENIPEDIUM (from selene, moon, and pedion, ground; analogous to Cypripedium. It was evidently intended to derive the second part of the word from pedilon, sandal, and some botanists and horticultural writers use the word thus derived, but Reichenbach SELENIPEDIUM wrote Selenipedium). On-hiditc<' MATHEWS. INDEX. (Including some names advertised under Cypripedium.) SELKXlIT.hir.M 1651 Ainsworthii, 6. Klotzschianum, 18. Sargentianum, 8. albiflorum, 1. Lindeni, 14. Schlimii, 1. albo-purptireum, 11. Lindleyanum, 9. Schomburgkianum, atratum, 15. longifolium, 10. 18. Boissieriannm, 17. Livxembnrgense, 14. Schroederse, 13. ealurum, 12. magniflorum, 10. Sedeni, 2. candidulum, 2. nigrescens, 14. Seegerii, 14, cardinale, 5. Pearcei, 19. vittatum, 7. carieimim, 19. porphyreutn, 4. Wallisii, 14. caudatum, 14. reticulatum, 17. Warsceiviczianum, Dominianum, 16. Kcezlii, 10. 14. giganteum, 1. roseum, 10, 14. Warseewiczii, 14. grande, 15. Rougierii, 12. Weidlichianum, 3. Hartwegii, 10. A. Petals ovate to lanceolate, jilitne or scarcely twisted. H. Fix. white <>r pink ......... BB. Fls. purple and white ...... AA. Petals linear-oblong AAA. Petals lanceolate-caudate AAAA. Petals linear-caudate B. Lvs. broadly linear BB. Lrs. narrowly linear Schlimii Sedeni Weidlichianum porphyreum cardinale Ainsworthii vittatum Sargentianum Lindleyanum longifolium albo-purpureum ealurum Schrcederse caudatum grande Dominianum Boissierianum Klotzschianum caricinum 1. Schlimii, Linden (Cypriji>,n,i,,, Srhlimil. Lii Fig. '_):f(ili. Lvs. 4-4i, ligulatc. Icailn-ry, sharp-pointed, !M2 in. high . si-ape Imiijcr than the h's .. hirsute, often branched, 'J-h-fld. : sepals less than I in. .lout.', nvate- obtuse, the lower a little larger than the upper ami ci,n- cave, white or spotted with crimson on the inner side; 2306. Selenipedium Schlimii (X %)• petals like the sepals; labellum an elliptic bag with a contracted opening, white with a large crimson blotch in front; staminodium yellow. Late summer. Colombia. B.M. 5614. F.S. 18:1917.-Var. albifldrum, Linden. Fls. white, except the yellow staminodium and a suffused blotch on the labellum. I.H. 21:183. Vars. giganteum and superbum are also advertised. 2. Sedeni, Hort. Fig. 2307. Lvs. numerous, crowded, 12-18 in. long, tapering to a point: scapes 12-18 in. high, about 4-fld. but often sending out secondary' flow- ering branches from the axils of the bracts after the first fls. have fallen: fls. 3%-4 in. across the petals; lower sepal oval, greenish white, upper sepal oblniit;. acute, with faint purplish green veins; petals lanceo- late, twisted, purple shading to greenish white at the base; labellum rich crimson-purple shading to paler purple behind, spotted inside.-Garden hybrid between S. longifolium and S. Schlimii. \ very luxuriant free- flowering plant. F.M.I S7«:2(.M;: lS7K:3()-_>. K.H. Ih7!»:470. Var. candidulum, Reichb. f. Sepals white: petals white tinged with rose; labellum darker rose. A hybrid be- tween S. longifolium and N. S>-l,liinii, var. albifloriim. The following names are also in the trade: grandiflb- rum, sanguineum, superbum. 3. Weidlichianum, Hort. A garden hybrid between S. Hartwegii and >'. S<-l,lhnii. It hardly differs from S. Sedeni'. G.M. 34:274 (as CypripfHnm HYidfiwf- anum). 4. porphyreum, Reichb. f. (Cypripedium porphyreum, Reichb. f.). Lvs. broadly strap-shaped, acute, about 1 ft. long: fls. mostly purple, resembling those of S. Sedeni, but without protuberances on the open sides of the lip. The sepals and petals are oblong and more acuminate. Garden hybrid between S. Rcezlii and S. Schlimii. -, cardinale, Reichb. f. (Cypripldium cardinAle, Reichb. f.). Lvs. long, straight: dorsal sepal blush- 1652 SELENIPEDIUM -white slightly streaked with green; petals broad, ovate- oblong, undulate, white tinged with rose-purple near the base; labellum intense purple; staminodium white. Garden hybrid between S. Sedeni and S. Sehlimii. Gn. 27:495. 6. Ainsworthii, Reichb. f. (Cypripedium Ainsworthii, Reichb. f.). Lvs. ligulate, acuminate, 1% ft. long: scape shorter, pubescent, few-fld. : upper sepal oblong, acutish, undulate, whitish or yellowish green with a pale purple border; lower sepal very broad and con- 2307. Selenipedium Sedeni. cave with a reflexed margin, shorter than the lip ; petal broad, purple, with a green midvein and a pale area near the base; side lobes of the lip yellow, with numerous spots. A garden hybrid between S. Sedeni and S. Bcezlii. 1. vittatum, Reichb. f. {Cypripedium vittdtum, Veil.). Lvs. 1 ft. long, linear- ligulate, acute, margined •with yellow: stems few-fid., 12-18 in. high; dorsal sepal oblong, subacute, greenish striped with red ; lower sepal about twice as broad as the upper, green; petals linear, pendent, undulate, reddish brown, striped with green and green toward the base, longer than the sepal; labellum shorter than the sepals, brown, greenish spotted with reddish brown inside. Brazil. I. H. 23:238. 8. Sargentianum, Rolfe. Fig. 2308. Lvs. tufted, 6-8 in. long, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, with golden mar- gins: scape 6 in. high, 2-3-fld.: dorsal sepal oblong, acute, pale yellow with red veins ; lower sepal ovate, subacute, shorter than the lip; petals longer than the sepals, strap-shaped, slightly twisted, undulate, ciliate, pale yellow streaked with red and with bright red mar- gins; labellum yellow, with pale red veins, deflexed side lobes speckled with red. Brazil. B.M. 7446. G.C. III. 15:781. A.G. 21:423. SELENIPEDIUM 9. Lindleyanum, Reichb. f. & Warsc. (Cypripedium Undleyclnum, Schomb. ). Lvs. 15-20 in. long, leathery, deep green, with yellow margins: scape man y-fld., pu- bescent, 2-4 ft. high : upper sepal ovate-oblong, undu- late, light green with brownish veins; petals 2 in. long, deflexed, green with brown veins, ciliate; labellum olive-green, with brown veins and much spotted on the side lobes. Guiana. 10. longifblium, Reicbb. f. (S. Baezlii, Reichb. f. S. Hch'twegii, Reichb. f. Cypripedium loiiyifolium, WTarsc. and Reichb. f. C. Ra-zlii, Regel. C. Hdrtwegii, Reichb. f. ). Lvs. tufted, 8-12 in. Jong, narrowly strap- shaped, tapering to a point and strongly keeled: scape 2 ft. high, purplish, sparingly pubescent: fls. large; upper sepals ovate-lanceolate, pale yellowish green, faintly streaked with purple; lower sepals ovate-obtuse, shorter than the lip; petals 3% in. long, spreading, nar- rowly lanceolate, twisted, pale yellow with rose-colored margins and with a white line 011 the edge; labellum 2 in. long, green shaded with dull purple or brown in front, side lobes yellow, spotted with pale purple. Costa Rica. B.M. 5970 and 6217. I.H. 20:138. R.H, 1873, p. 416; 1893, pp. 18, 19. F.M. 1874:119. F. 1871:126. — S. Rcezlii, sometimes considered as a dis- tinct species, is of more robust habit, having Ivs. 2 ft. long and green scapes. Var. magniflbrum, Hort. (Cypripfdium tnagniflorum, Hort.), has the petals margined with white. A.F. 7:707. The following varie- ties also are distinguished in cultivation : grandiflbrum, latifblium, and roseum. 11. albo - purpureum, Reichb. f. (Cypripedium dtbo- purpureum, Reichb. f. ). Lvs. long, strap-shaped and recurved: fls. larger than those of S. Sedeni; sepals oblong-acute, subequal, whitish, with a purplish tinge on the margins; petals 5-6 in. long, linear, hanging downward and twisted, purplish; labellum purplish on the borders, the inflexed lateral lobes nearly closing the mouth, white, with dark purple spots. Garden hybrid between S. Schlimii and Dominiunum. Gn. 21, p. 332. — A var. superbum has been advertised. 12. calurum, Nichols. (Cypripedium calurum, Reichb. f. ). Lvs. numerous, tufted, long acute, channeled: scape much taller than the Ivs., brownish red, branch- ing: fls. large, about 5 in. across the petals; dorsal se- pals oblong-ovate, pale green, with longitudinal pur- plish ribs, flushed with red on the outside; lower sepal broadly ovate and much smaller; petals lanceolate, undulate, pale green in the center and at the base, margins rose-red ; label- lum oblong, rose - red tinted with brown in front; side lobes deeply inflexed, cream white, with irregu- lar spots of purple. Gar- den hybrid between S. Jongifolium and S. Sedeni. F. 1884: 145. - There are several horticultural forms, one known as Rougierii. 13. Schroederae, Hort. ( Cypripedium Schrcederce, Hort. Veitch, ex-Reichb. f.). Plant of the habit of S. Sedeni, with fls. resem- bling those of S. albo-pur- pureum but larger: upper sepals nearly ochre -col- ored, with purple veins; lower sepals very broad, ochre-colored, with purple veins; petals long-lanceo- late, undulate, pendent, 4 in. long, greenish white in the middle, crimson-purple around the margin ; labellum purple outside, inflexed lobes yellow, with brown blotches. Garden hybrid be- tween S. caudatum and S. Sedeni. 14. caudatum, Reichb. f. (Cypripedium caudatum, Lindl. Cypripedium Lindeni, Van Houtte. Cypripe- dium Warscewiczianum, Reichb. f.). Lvs. strap-shaped, SELENIPEDIUM rather stiff upright, about 1 ft. long: scape 12-24 in. high, about 4-fld.: dorsal sepals 5-6 in. long, lanceolate, pale yellow, verging on creamy white and veined with greenish, lower sepal similar; petals pendent, twisted, often attaining a length of nearly a yard, yellowish, shaded with brown on the outside and becoming brown- ish crimson toward the tips. Peru. F.S. 6:566 R H 1857, p. 318; 1883, p. 351; 1885, p. 472. G.C. II. 3:211; 26:269. Gn. 3, p. 313; 26, p. 72; 32, p. 301; 46, p. 85 AF 3:132; 6:859. Gng. 5:265. G.M. 31:557; 33:795; 35:489 SKLF-STKKILITY 1653 23 J9. Selenipedium Dominianum (Xl-5). — Onp of the largest of the Selenipediums and remark- able 011 account of the extremely long petals. Peloric forms with the third sepal (labellum) resembling the other two have passed under the name of Uropedium Lindeni, Lindl. Var. rdseum, Hort. (S. caudatum, var. Warscewiczii, Godfrey.). Sepals yellow, with orange veins ; petals deep purple ; labellum deep yellow in front, green be- hind. I.H. 33:596. Var. Wallisii, Hort. (S. Wdllisii, Reichb. f . Cypripedium Wdllisii, Hort.). Lvs. paler green: fls. pale, and in everyway mere delicate than the type. Gn. 49, p. 140. Numerous other varieties of this species are distinguished in cultivation. The fol- lowing names occur in trade lists : aiireum, Luxembur- g6nse, rubrum, supSrbum, Seegerii, splendens, nigres- cens. 15. grande, Reichb. f. (Cypripedium grdnde, Reichb. f. ). A garden hybrid between S. BoKzlii and S. cauda- titm, resembling the former in habit and flowers but much more vigorous, with darker fls. : Ivs. dark green, over 2 ft. long: scape over 3 ft. high, with several large. shining Ms.; >.-|,;ils long, oblong- lanceolate, yellowish White, veined with green; petals lonir. pendent, yellow- ish green above, becoming rose pink; lulu-limn large, greenish yellow in front, whitish behind: -i-le lol>e^ white, spotted with eriawoa. <;..M. :!•_':*:. ,\.r. ii:i.u'.i. — Var. atratum. A hybrid between >'. /"in/ifnlunn . / lit* and S. ritu.i,-unt. U.C. 111. 1 16. Dominianum, Hort. | ri//<,-//,/, /,„/;, l>.:,in,n Kei.-hb. f. ). Fi^'. L':;O'.I. Lvs. nunu-r. about I ft. \»im, acuminate: fls. yellowish irr.-en. with copper • I.P.W n shades and markings ; labellum deep reddish brown, reticulated in front and yellowish green behind. A hy- l>rid between &'. Pearcei and N. caudal nm. It i- inter mediate between the parents, but differs from S. cauda- tum by its acute bracts and narrower Ivs., from S. Pearcei by the transverse staminode and hairy ovary. Gn. 3, p. 491. F. 1874, p. 57.-The following varieties are also distinguished in cultivation: elegans, nibescens, super bum. 17. Boissierianum, Reichb. f. (Cypripedium reticula- tum, Reichb. f.). Plant of vigorous habit: Ivs. about 3 ft. long, acuminate: scape few-fld. or sometimes pani- culate, 3-7-fld. : fls. of peculiar light green tints, with a few sepia brown and green blotches on the whitish in- flexed part of the lip and with some brown spots on the margins of the sepals: ovary dark brown, with green apex and ribs; upper sepals ligulate-lanceolate, very crisp; lower sepals oblong, about equal to the labellum, crisp; petals spreading, long-linear, twisted and very crisp on the margins. Peru. G.C. III. 1:143; 21:54, 55. G.F. 4:605. 18. Klotzschianum, Reichb. f. (Cypripedium Schom- burgkianum, Klotzsch and Reichb. f. ). Lvs. linear, 6- 12 in. long, scarcely % in. wide, rigid, keeled: scape longer than the Ivs., hirsute, purple, 2-3-fld.; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, pale rose-colored, with reddish brown veins, the lower ovate, boat-shaped, colored like the upper one; petals 3% in. long, linear, twisted, col- ored like the sepal; labellum greenish yellow, the in- flexed side -lobes whitish, spotted. British Guiana. B.M. 7178. G.C. III. 15:625. 19. caricinum, Reichb. f. (Cypripediut/i Pearcei, Hort. Cypripedium caricinum. Lindl. & I'axt. i Lvs. 1 ft. long, springing in sedge-like tufts from the long creeping rhizome: scape longer than the Ivs., 3-6-fld.: fls. mostly pale greenish, with the segments bordered with white and having purple tips; sepals broadly ovate, waved, as long as the lip; petals more than twice as long, pendent, narrow and much twisted ; labellum ob- long, the upper margins flat ; staminodium provided with 2 hairy processes. Peru. B.M. 5466. F.S. 16:1648. HEINRICH HASSELBRING. SELF-HEAL. See Brunelln. SELF-STERILITY OF FRUITS. Self-sterility may be roughly defined as the inability of a given plant to produce fertile seeds when pollinated with its own pol- len. With the rapid strides in plant-breeding, propaga- tion and cultivation, self-sterility and sterility have be- come important subjects in determining the value and adaptability of new varieties to the various needs and purposes of the planter. The study of self-sterility in more recent years has been confined mostly to fruit trees and small fruits, and has been conducted by a number of experiment station workers. The list of self-sterile and unisexual varieties is now fairly large for apples, pears, plums, grapes and strawberries. In the case of peaches, apri- cots, cherries, nectarines and prunes little has been done to determine the number of self-sterile and partially self- sterile varieties. The causes which tend to produce self-sterility in cultivated plants may be briefly sum- marized as follows: (1) Change of environment due to domestication pro- duces change in the reproductive organs of the plants. It may result (a) in the suppression in whole or in part of either stamens or pistils; (6) in the infertility or impotency of the pollen upon its own pistils; (c) in changing the time of ripening of the pollen and of the receptivity of the stigma. (2) Asexual propagation tends to reduce the impor- tance of seed production, and to transmit and fur- 1654 SELF -STERILITY ther develop any tendency towards self-sterility and separation of the sexes which the parent plant may possess. (3) The careless practice of taking cions promiscu- ously from the nursery row and from unreliable sources may perpetuate self-sterile individuals. (4) Breeding and selecting for other qualities than those associated with seed production may tend to favor these qualities at the expense of the latter. (5) Crossing and intercrossing of hybrids may tend to modify the reproductive organs and to produce self- sterility. (6) Excessive cultivation and over-feeding with ni- trogenous fertilizers may induce too vigorous wood- growth at the expense of seed and fruit production. Self-sterile varieties are unable to fruit and produce seed when planted by themselves. When such varieties are desired for planting they should always be planted with other varieties whose time of flowering is the same. Self-sterility is not always complete. There are all in- termediate grades between plants that are wholly self- sterile and those that are self-fertile. For a condensed list of the important varieties of leading fruits which are known to be self-sterile or self-fertile, see Bailey's "Principles of Fruit-Growing," 3d edition, pp. 229, 230, and "The Pollination of Pear Flowers," by M. B. Waite, Bulletin 6, Div. of Veg. Path., U. S. Dept. Agric. A full and popular treat- ment of the whole problem as it affects fruit-growers will be found in Bulletin 181, Cornell Exp. Sta., by S. W. Fletcher. For the self-sterility of grapes, see Bulletin 169, N. Y. Exp. Sta., by S. A. Beach. For plums, see the writings of F. A. Waugh. See Pollina- tion. E. P. SANDSTEN. SELlNUM (derivation doubtful). Umltelliferce. About 25 species of rather large perennial herbs, mostly from the northern hemisphere, with pinnately decompound Ivs. and compound radiate umbels of small white or rarely yellowish white flowers: petals obovate-emargi- nate: fr. ovoid or nearly quadrate. tenuifdlium, Wall (Oredcome Oandbllei, Edgew. ). A hardy perennial with finely cut fern-like foliage and stem often 8 ft. high, branched, with numerous umbels of white fls. : ultimate segments of Ivs. narrowly lance- olate, acute: fr. 2-3 lines long, much compressed dor- sally, four to six times as broad as thick; lateral ridges much the broadest. India. Gn. 38, p. 221. — Offered as a novelty in America in 1899 and recommended as a foliage plant for single lawn specimens. F. W. BARCLAY. SEMECAKPUS (Greek, mark and fruit; referring to use of fruit juice). Anacardid,cece. A genus of 20 spe- cies of tropical Asiatic and Australian trees with simple, leathery Ivs. and small fls. in branching panicles : drupe fleshy, oblong or nearly globose, 1 -seeded. Anacardium, Linn. f. MARKING-NUT TREE. A moderate- sized deciduous tree with large, oblong or obovate-oblong Ivs. 8-24 in. long by 5-10 in. wide: fls. greenish white, % in. across, nearly sessile, in stout branching panicles about the same length as the Ivs.: drupe 1 in. long, smooth, black. India. — The black acid juice of the nut is used for printing cotton cloth. Cult, in S. Fla. E. N. REASONER and F. W. BARCLAY. SEMELE( mother of Bacchus). Lilibcece. The CLIMB- ING BUTCHER'S BROOM is a tender evergreen vine which attains a height of 50-60 ft. and is remarkable for bearing its flowers on the margins of the " leaves " instead of on separate flower-stalks. These fls. are small, yellow, 6-lobed blossoms about three-eighths of an inch across. What appear to be leaves are techni- cally "cladophylla," i. e., leaf -like branches. They are organs which have the form and function of leaves but not the morphology. Semele belongs to the small group of 4 genera known as the Asparagus tribe, all the mem- bers of which have cladophylla. Semele differs from the Butcher's Broom (Ruscus) in having 6 anthers in- stead of 3 and in having the tts. borne on the margin of the cladophylla instead of along the midrib. Aspara- gus differs from both in having the fls. not borne on SEMPERVIVUM the cladophylla and the filaments free instead of grown into an urn-shaped body. Semele is a genus of one species, a native of the Canary Islands. The plant is not known to be cult, in American greenhouses, but it is suitable for outdoor cultivation in the South. Franceschi (Santa Barbara) says it looks like a gigantic smilax and has dark green, tropical foliage likely to be mistaken for some of the Indian climbing palms. andr6gyna, Kunth. Scandent, branching: cladodia ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, leathery: fls. small, yellow, clustered: ovary 3-loculed: berry globose, inde- hiscent. B.M. 1898 and 3029 (as Ruscns androgynus). R.H. 1894, p. 546. G.M. 31:477, 479; 37: 261. -The members which have the position of leaves are mi- nute scales, in the axil of which are borne the clado- phylla, the latter being 3-4 in. long. -^y jj SEMPERViVUM ( Latin, living forever). Crassuldceoe. HOUSELEEK. About 40 species of fleshy herbs widely scattered in the mountainous countries of the Old World. They are mostly hardy perennials and stemless, and increase by rosettes (Fig. 2310) which are sent out from the parent plant, thereby suggesting the popular name "Hen-and-chickens." The Ivs. are thick, short and succulent. The fls., which are borne in panicled cymes, are mostly yellow, greenish yellow, or some shade of rose or purple, rarely white. The individual fls. are larger than those of Sedum, but the clusters are less showy. Houseleeks are cultivated more for foliage than for flowers. They are not used for as great a va- riety of purposes as Sedums, but they are popular for carpet bedding, rockwork and covering dry banks and bare sandy wastes. They are of the easiest culture and are quickly multiplied by means of the offsets or ro- settes. They may be used alone for permanent carpet beds, and for this special purpose are preferable to the more popular but tender Echeveria. The foliage re- mains green all winter. The Ivs. are often spotted with red toward the tip, and this color is brighter if the plants have full sunlight. The names "Houseleek" and "Hen- and-chickens " are loosely applied to the whole genus. If these names are to be restricted, the former should be used for Sempervivum tectorum and the latter for S. globiferum. The common species, which grows on the roofs of houses in Europe, is S. tectorum. In the case of S. globiferum the young rosettes are attached to the parent plant by a more slender thread than usual and 2310. Rosette and offsets of a Houseleek— Sempervivum tectorum (X %). more easily detach themselves and roll about. The spider-web species are the prettiest of them all, by reason of the webs that cover the young rosettes. These webs are made by the plants themselves and are incidental to development. Sempervivum is closely related to Sedum, but the floral parts are multiples of 6 or some larger number, while the floral parts of Sedum are in 5's. The genus is a difficult one for the botanist. It has been mono- graphed by J. G. Baker in "Gardener's Chronicle" for SEMPERVIVUM 1878. Baker's scheme has been closely followed below but some of the names have been changed. SK.MI'Kimvr.M 1655 3. glaucum, T,n,-n, 11,^1,, .;-«, i,,.: barren rosHt-s fr-8 in. across: ivs. obl«ne«ol»te-cnne»te, lea* LHuu,.,,,,s anomalum, 7. aruchnoideum, 8. arenarium, 13. Atlanticnm, 4. 1-ulfareuin, 2. Californicum, 2. expansum, 1. tUtffllit'ortfle, 6. k'laucuin, li. globiferum, 12. Kr;mnmi, K). Heuffelii. 11. iiiontanum, 5. pumilutn, 7. Ivuthcniciim, 9. tobiilifrrum, ]•_'. tcctonim, 1. tinnentosum, 8. SUBGENUS I. SEMPERVIVUM PROPER. Floral purl* i,, 10's, 12's or 14's. Expanded petals widely spreatlhu/. Division 1. Rhodanthw. Fls. reddish. Group 1. Ciiiata. Lvs. of the barren rosettes glal>f,>,lx on the faces when mature, shortly ciliated on //,'»• edges only. A. Sed-brown tip of Irs. conspicuous. B. Foliage green or slightly glau- cous 1 . tectorum BB. Foliage very glaucous 2. calcareum AA. Red-brown tip of Ivs. none or ob- scure. B. Petals bright red 3. glaucum BB. Petals pale red 4. Atlanticum Group 2. Pubescentia. Lvs. of the barren shoots de- cidedly pubescent on the faces as well as ciliated at the edges, not tipped with a tuft of spreading hairs. A. Height 6 in.: fls. numerous, the lowest subsessile 5. montanum A A. Height 3-4 in.: fls. few, 4-8, all sessile or subsessile. B. Barren rosettes 1-1% in. across: fls. bright red 6. flagelliforme BB. Barren rosettes 1 in. across at most: fls. mauve-purple 7. pumilum Group 8. Barbulata. Lvs. of the barren rosettes strongly ciliated on the edge, and furnished with a tuft of similar, not fleecy hairs at the cusp. (None in our trade.) Group 4. Arachnoidea. Differing from the other groups in having the tips of the inner h's. of the barren rosette connected by fine fleecy threads like tjiose of a spider's web 8. arachnoideum Division 2. Chrysantha. Fls. yellow. A. Fls. less than 1 in. across: height 6-1? in 9. Ruthenicum AA. Fls. 1%-1% in. across : height 3-4 in 10. grandiflorum SUBGENUS II. DIOPOGON. Floral parts in 6's. Co- rulla permanently bell-shaped, with ascending close petals. A. Petals not fimbriated: young ro- settes not peduncled 11. Heuffelii AA. Petals fimbriated: young rosettes temporarily attached to the mother plant by a slender stalk. B. Lvs. obovate-cuneate 12. globiferum BB. Lvs. oblanceolate 13. arenarium 1. tectorum, Linn. HOUSELEEK. OLD-MAN-AND- WO- MAN. Fig. 2310. Height 1 ft.: rosettes 3-4 in. across: Ivs. obovate-cuneate, cuspidate, l%-2 or finally 3 in. long, pale green, with a distinct red-brown tip an eighth to a sixth of an inch long: panicle 5-6 in. long, 3-4 in. wide, composed of 10-12 scorpioid branches : fls. %-l in. across; petals pale red, keeled with deeper red; sta- mens often changed to pistils; filaments bright purple. Eu., Orient. — Var. expansum, Hort., is said to have broader Ivs. and more open rosettes. 2. calcareum, Jord. (S. Californicum, Hort.). Height under 1 ft.: barren rosettes 2 in. across: Ivs. oblanceo- late-cuneate, very glaucous, with a distinct red-brown tip, 1-1% in. long: panicle 3-4 in. long and broad, with 8-12 scorpioid branches: fls. % in. across; petals pale red, greenish down the keel both on the back and face. Calcareous Alps of Dauphiny. ,HliKllt n™rlyl't.: barren ro- i ii • »''r"ss: lvs- "Nu.H-.-olatc-M.neate, pale green, hardly tipiM-,1 n-.M.rown: panic!,- :M in am,.,- ns. 1 in. across; petals pale r.-.l. Atlas Mts. B.M. C.M.V, (as S. tectorum, var. .1 f/,;,,/,, „,„,.- Th,- Ivs. of the 2311. Spiderweb Houseleek— Sempervivum arachnoideum 5. montanum, Linn. Height 6 in.: barren rosettes 1/6-2 in. across, the new ones few, and borne on red pilose peduncles 1-1% in. long: Ivs. 60-80 in a rosette: panicle very dense, l%-2 in. across, the lowest fls. nearly sessile: fls. 1-1}^ in. across, bright mauve-red. Fls. about the end of June. Alps, Pyrenees. 6. flagellif6rme, Fisch. Height 3-4 in.: barren ro- settes 1-1% in. across, the new ones long-peduncled: Ivs. 40-50 in a rosette: fls. 6-8 in a dense head, all ses- sile or nearly so, 1 in. across or more ; petals bright red. Fls. early in June, before any other species. Na- tive country uncertain. 7. pumilum, Bieb. (S. anfanalum, Hort.). Height 3- 4 in. : barren rosettes at most 1 in. across, the new ones numerous and short-peduncled : fls. 4-8, in a dense head, all sessile or subsessile, 1 in. across ; petals bright mauve-purple. Fls. in middle of June. Cauca- sus. 8. arachnoideum, Linn. COBWEB or SPIDER-WEB HOUSELEEK. Fig. 2311. Height 3-5 in.: barren rosettes %-% in. across, the new ones crowded and sessile: Ivs. oblong-cuneate, pale green, the tips of nearly all con- nected by long, soft, white hairs: panicle dense, few- 1M. : fls. less than 1 in. across; petals bright red. Py- renees to Tyrol. B.M. 68. -S. tomentdsum, C. B. Lehm., said to differ in having shorter, more obovate-cuneate Ivs. and flatter and more compact rosettes and a denser web, could not be distinguished by J. Q. Baker. R.H. 1860, pp. 490, 491 ; 1898, p. 573. 9. Buthenicum, Koch. Height 6-12 in.: barren ro- settes 1% in. across, new ones few: Ivs. 40-50 in a ro- sette, slightly pubescent glandular on the faces: fls. pale yellow, less than 1 in. across. Eastern Eu. — Rare in cult. 10. grandifldrum, Haworth. The yellow petals are set off by the red-purple filaments : height 3-4 in. : bar- 1656 SEMPERVIVUM ren rosettes 1-1 K in. across, the new ones on stalks 1-2 in long- Ivs pale green and pubescent all over, only thevery'tip red-brown: fls. U4-l% in. across, yellow. Eastern Eu., Asia Minor. B.M. 507 and 2115 (as S. glo- biferu>n).-The showiest of all the hardy species. 11 Heiiffelii, Schott. Height 6-8 in. : barren rosettes IK-gin across, not peduncled: Ivs. 30-40 in a rosette, obovate - cuneate, the upper third or even half tinted bright red-brown : panicle dense, many-fld., 2/6-3 in. across • Us an inch or less across, pale straw-yellow; netals with 3 small cusps, not flmbriate. Aug. Mts. of Transylvania and Greece, 5,000-6,000 ft. -One of the latest in flower. 12. globiferum, Linn. (S. soboliferum, Sims). HEN- AND-CHICKENS. HousELEEK. Height 6-9 in.: barren rosettes globose, 1-1% in. thick, the numerous young ones attached to the parent only by a slender thread and easily becoming detached from it and rolling about: Ivs. 60-80 in a rosette, obovate-cuneate, the outer ones tipped red -brown, especially on the back: fls. 1 in. across, pale yellow; petals obscurely tricuspidate, con- spicuously flmbriated at the edge and on the prominent keel. Mts. of Austria. B.M. 1457,-Unless the young rosettes are thinned out the plants are not so likely to flower. Under the name of S. globiferum, Linnaeus seems to have confused all the yellow-fid, hardy species which he knew. 13. arenarium, Koch. Very close to S. globiferum, having the same height, the same globular deciduous rosette, etc., but with narrower Ivs. and the petals larger and more strongly flmbriated: Ivs. oblanceolate : fls. 1-1% in. across; petals pale yellow, distinctly tri- cuspidate, with a linear end tooth, strongly fimbriated at the edge and less so on the prominent keel. Tyrol. Gn. 49, p. 220. R. rupestris is advertised by one American dealer, but it seems to be unknown to botanists. W. M. SENEBIERA (after Joh. Senebier, a naturalist of Geneva). Cruciferce. About 6 species of procumbent annual or biennial herbs from the temperate regions of Europe and Asia, and Australia, with alternate, entire or pinnately cut Ivs. and small white or rarely purple fls., in short, axillary racemes: sepals short, spread- ing, equal at the base; stamens free; siliques in pairs, small, laterally compressed; valves 1-seeded, indehis- cent. pinnatifida, DO. A common weed in many parts of the world and sometimes used as a pot-herb in foreign countries: plant %-l ft. high: Ivs. pinnately lobed: fls. white, small, numerous j\ 'vy, BARCLAY. SENECA SNAKEROOT. Polygala Senega. SENECIO (Latin name for plants of this genus, ulti- mately from senex, "old man"; said to be in allusion to the hoary pappus). Compdsitce. GROUNDSEL. The largest genus of plants, comprising some 1,200 species in all parts of the world. A genus comprising so many members and being so widely distributed is necessarily variable and therefore practically impossible of defini- tion. A distinguishing mark of the Senecios lies in the character of the involucre, — scales in one series, and usually reinforced at the base by a row of shorter scales that give the head the appearance of having a small calyx. The heads are usually radiate, the ray-florets being pistillate and fertile; but sometimes the pays are absent and then the head is homogamous^.(5oTets all of one kind, i. e., perfect). The dis^ftefets are tubular and 5-toothed. The torus or receptacle is usually naked. The akenes are mostly terete and ribbed; pappus of soft whitish, often copious bristles. According to Gray, "minute short hairs or papillae on the akenes of most species swell and emit a pair of spiral threads when wetted. Before wetting, the akenes may be really or apparently glabrous, and after wetting become canes- cent." Most of the Senecios are yellow-rayed. Of the vast number of species, very few have gained promi- nence as cultivated subjects. If we omit the greenhouse Cineraria (which is technically a Senecio as understood by Bentham & Hooker), the most popular species are SENECIO the Farfugium grande (properly Senecio Kcempferi) of florists, S. mikanioides or German ivy, S. elegans or purple ragwort, and S. Cineraria, one of the plants commonly known as dusty miller. Various other plants are known as dusty miller, and one of them (Fig. 2312) is sometimes confounded with Senecio Cineraria. All other species are of very minor importance to the horticulturist. Of the 60 or more species native to the 2312. Artemisia Stelleriana, one of the Dusty Millers some- times confused with Senecio Cineraria. See Fig. 2315. United States and Canada, about a half dozen have been offered by dealers in native plants, but they are practi- cally unknown horticulturally. Most of the species are wholly herbaceous, but in South Africa and South America many species are shrubby. Some species are even arborescent; others are climbers. In South Africa and the Canaries is a set that has been separated as Kleinia, distinguished mostly by its habit, being for the most part fleshy shrubs or herbs, with terete or an- gular stems and whitish or pale yellow rayless flowers. Species of this group are sometimes seen in collections of succulents, but they are little known outside of botanic gardens. S. vulgaris, Linn., from Europe, is a common annual' weed in various parts of this country. To Senecio belong the genera known to gardeners as Erythrochaete, Farfugium, Jacobaea, Kleinia, Ligularia. Cineraria is also a Senecio, but the florist's Cineraria is described under that name in Vol. I of this work. Bentham & Hooker refer to Senecio the genus Cacalia, which is kept distinct by American botanists. Hoff- mann (in Engler & Prantl's Natilrlichen Pflanzenfa- milien) refers the garden genus Emilia to Senecio, but keeps Ligularia (including Farfugium) and Cineraria distinct. For S. conchifolius, see Emilia. Since Senecios afford both greenhouse and hardy border plants, it is impossible to give general cultural directions. The species are not difficult to manage, however, and most of them propagate readily by means of greenwood cuttings and seeds; the hardy species may be divided. SENECIO SENECIO 1657 •acanthifolius, 9. Douslasii, 17. In gens, 13. albus, 5. elegans, .">. luacroglossus, 8. Anteuphorbium, 1. erectus, 5. maculatuin, 2. argenteus, 2. Erythrochtvte, 3. iiiilfitinni. SI. articulatus, 1. exaltatus, Ki. mikanioides, 7. aureo-maculatus, 2. J-'arfiii/iiiiii. '2. /inliiititifida, 3. aureo - maruiuatus, t'astisjiatus, l.">. I'alincri, 10. 9. uriituli', -. IVtasitis, 11. aureus, 14. Jacobcea, 5. pulcher, 8. Bolaiuleri, 16. Japonica, 3. purpureua, 5. •eandidissimus, 9. Japonicus, 3. scandens, 1. •Cineraria, 9. Ksempferi, 2. spinulosa, 1. Doria, 12. Ligularia, 2, 3. s us pi -lisa, 1. •eruentus. 4. Stem fleshy, with jointed and swol- len branches: heads ray less , Stem not flrx/tt/. B. Scales of involucre somewhat overlapping and appearing ax if 2-ranked: stigma rounded, the stylr-b ra nches hairy: plants grown for foliage. (Ligula'ria , Farfugiitm.) 1. articulatus Kaempferi Japonicus BB. Scales of involucre usually strictly 1 -seriate: stigma short, the style-branches hairy only at the tip. C. Flowers purple (there are white garden forms). D. Lvs. large and palmately veined: lobes shallow or >io>ie 4. cruentua DD. Lvs. medium, elongate, pinnate - veined or pin- mtte elegans pulcher mikanioides macroglossus CC. Flowers yellow. D. Plant climbing 7. 8. DD. Plant not climbing, usually less than 2 ft. high. E. Herbage white-tomentose throughout 9. Cineraria 10. Palmeri EE. Herbage green or at most only grayish, not u-hife-tomentose. F. Lvs. large, palmately veined 11. Petasitis FF. Lvs. oval-oblong and dentate, the caiiline ones decurrent 12. Doria FFF. Lvs. small or ordi- nary, pinnately veined or divided. ( Native American species, as charac- terized by Gray.)... 13. lugens 14. aureus 15. fastigiatus It;. Bolanderi 17. Douglasii 1. articulatus, Sch. (Klelnia articulata, Haw.). CANDLE PLANT. Plant branching, glabrous and fleshy, 1-2 ft. high, the branches swollen at intervals: Ivs. flat and fleshy, petiolate, laciniate or runcinate, with acu- minate lobes : heads discoid and all the florets perfect, white, in small corymbs on naked peduncles: akenes downy. S. .Afr. — Perhaps the commonest Kleinia in cultivation, being grown with coolhouse succulents. S. (Kleinia} Anteuphorbium, Sch., is sometimes seen in collections, although it is not known to be in the American trade. It is a glabrous shrub 3-4 ft. high, with fleshy stems constricted at the joints, small, erect, fleshy, entire Ivs. that are decurrent on the stem, and solitary cylindric yellow-fld. heads (with rose tinge) an inch long. B.M. 6099. According to J. D. Hooker, this plant "is one of the oldest Cape plants in cultivation, having, according to Dodonaeus, been brought toEurope in 1570, and cultivated in England in Gerard's garden in 1596. * * * The name Anteuphorbium was given because of its being a reputed antidote against the acrid poison of the Cape Kiiphorbiuin." Tin- num.-, h'lt'iiiin s/iituiliixa and A". xnx/ii'iixu have appeared in the American trade, but they are unideniiiial.il-. 2. Kaempleri, DC. (l/cjnlni-io A' /"„.,..-.,•,. Si,-l>. & Zucc. L. /-'(ii-ffii/ni ».,C. Koch. Fdrfii'./!"'" A'" ii'i'fr ri, Benth.). RhilOmatOtU perennial -ending up many Ivg. on slender, tlocculent-woolly petiole*: Iv*. lart;e ('often G-10 in. across), orbicular to nearly reniform, cordate at base, angular-toothed, tcreen: II. -steins 1-2 ft. tall, floc- rulent -woolly, branched, with only small, bract-like |v». : heads large, with liirht yellow rays spreading I1...-- in. across: pappus white and copious. Japan. B.M. 5302. — Var. aureo- macula tus, Hort. \ /•'« /•/<>;/ in i,< •/, Lindl. F. >mi<-n/i'ittnii, Hort.). LEOPAKD I'I.ANT. Fi«. 2.'!i:t. Differs in having the Ivs. blotched with yellow or white and sometimes with light rose. The variety aureo- maculatus is the only form in general cultivation. It was introduced to England in IH.VJ "from the garden of a mandarin in the north of China" by Fortune. Twenty years ago this was a common plant in conservatories and window-gardens, but of late years it has been ne- glected. It is, however, a most worthy plant, not only for the house but for bedding in the open in shady places. The plant is hardy as far north as Washington when set permanently in the open. One form has yel- low-spotted Ivs. (the commoner) and another has white- spotted Ivs. Another form (var. argenteus) has Ivs. glaucous-green edged with creamy white. Easily propa- gated by division. 3. Japonicus, Sch. (Ligul&ria Japonica, Less. Ery- throchMe palmatifida, Sieb. & Zucc. ). Strong perennial herb, growing 5 ft. high (said to reach 15 ft. in southern Japan), and grown for its massive foliage effect: radical Ivs. very large, 1 ft. or more across, deeply palmately cut into 7-11 narrow lobed and notched divisions: fl.- stems branched, bearing heads on rather long, naked stems: rays orange, spreading, 3 in. from tip to tip. Japan. Gn. 22, p. 139. — Intr. into this country about twelve to fifteen years ago. It is H bold plant, hardy in New York, and well adapted to planting where strong foliage effects are desired, provided the place is moist. 4. cruentus, DP. (Cineraria crulnta, Mass.). Low short - stemmed perennial, floccose - woolly : Ivs. large, 2313. Leopard Plant, or FarfuKium— Scnecio Kecmpfen, var. aureo-maculatus (X %). cordate-ovate to cordate-triangular, angled or undulate and sinuate -toothed, rather long -stalked: fls. purple- red. Canary Isl.-The supposed parent of the florists Cinerarias, for discussion of which see p. .U8, Vol. 1. 1658 SENECIO 5. elegans, Linn. (S. purpiireus, Hort. Jacobvea 6le- gans, Moench). PURPLE RAGWORT. Annual, viscid-pu- bescent, erect or diffuse, 1-2 ft.: Ivs. various, mostly oblong in outline, pinnate, lobed or toothed, the sinuses mostly broad and rounded, clasping at the base: heads in loose corymbs, the rays purple, disk-fls. yellow. S. Afr. B.M. 238. — Var. erectus, Harvey. Stem slender 2314. Senecio mikanioides, usually called German Ivy. but erect, the Ivs. pinnate or 2-pinnatifld. Senecio ele- gans is an old garden plant. A common form of it has double fls. Var. albus, Hort., has white fls. 6. ptilcher, Hook. & Arn. Robust, 2-4 ft., white-cob- webby, the stem simple or nearly so and scarcely leafy : Ivs. long (4-10 in.), oblong-lanceolate, thick, shallow- lobed and crenate-toothed: heads 2-3 in. across, with many long, red-purple rays and a yellow disk. Uruguay and Argentina. B.M. 5959. R.H. 1877, p. 94; 1896, p. 329. Gn. 49, p. 122. G.M. 40:745. — A very bold species, with striking erect habit and large fls. in summer. Perennial, although it has been described as annual. In protected places and well-drained soils, it is hardy in southern New England. 7. mikanioldes, Otto(S. scdndens,DC.). GERMAN Ivy. Pig. 2314. Slender and glabrous, tall-twining: Ivs. ovate or deltoid-ovate in outline, mostly with a deep basal sinus, sharply 5-7-angled or angte-lobed : head small, discoid, yellow, in close clusters on axillary and termi- nal branches. S. Afr. — Very common conservatory and window-garden plant, easily propagated by cuttings. 8. macrogl6ssus, DC. Lvs. mostly hastate, often with acuminate basal lobes, but various in shape: heads only 1-3 together, and bearing yellow rays. S. Afr. 9. Cineraria, DC. (Cineraria maritima,ljirm. Send- cio acanthifdlius, Hort.). Fig. 2315. Perennial, 2 ft. or less tall, branching from the base, very white-woolly throughout: Ivs. pinnatifld, with oblong and obtuse seg- ments: heads small, yellow, in small, compact corymbs, rayless. Europe. P.M. 1872:52.— Var. candidissimus, Hort., has very white foliage. Var. aureo-marginatus, Hort., has Ivs. bordered with orange-yellow. S. Cine- raria is an old-fashioned garden plant, sometimes known as Dusty Miller: the commoner Dusty Miller is Lychnis Coronaria, and another one is Artemisia Stel- leriana (Fig. 2312). 10. Palmeri, Gray. Densely white-tomentose all over, branching, 1-2 ft., perennial: Ivs. oblong -lanceolate, slightly toothed, narrowed into a petiole : heads few, with yellow rays, about 1 in. in diam., in a corymb. Guadalupe Isl., Lower Calif.— Intr. by Franceschi, Santa Barbara. 11. Petasitis, DC. (Cineraria Petasltis, Sims). Fig. 2316. Robust perennial, 2-3 ft. tall, gray-floccose on the young parts, branching: Ivs. both radical and cauline, 6-10 in. across, long-stalked, cordate-ovate-orbicular, strongly several nerved, shallowly many-lobed, dull green above but gray-tomentose beneath: heads in a long open panicle, the cylindrical involucre % in. high, SEQUOIA the few rays light-yellow. S. Amer. B.M. 1536.— A striking plant for winter decoration, the star-like fls. (or heads) being produced in great abundance ; now becoming disseminated in this country. 12. Doria, Linn. Erect, 3-4 ft. : radical Ivs. oval-ob- long, dentate, somewhat glaucous, stalked ; stem-lvs. oblong- lanceolate, sessile and somewhat decurrent : heads yellow, with 5 or 6 rays. Eur. Hardy perennial. 13. lugens, Rich. Perennial : floccose-woolly when young but becoming nearly or quite glabrous, 6-24 in. tall, the stem practically naked above: Ivs. spatulate to oval or oblong, repand-denticulate: rays 10 or 12, yel- low, conspicuous. Western U. S. in the mountains and to Alaska. — Var. exaltatus, Gray, has been offered: 1-3 or 4 ft. tall: Ivs. thick ish, longer-petioled, abrupt or subcordate at base. 14. aureus, Linn. Perennial : an exceedingly variable and cosmopolitan group, by some authors split into sev- eral species, some glabrous, 1-2 ft. tall: Ivs. mostly rounded and undivided, the cauline ones lanceolate and pinnatifid or laciniate: heads many, Yz-Yi in. high, with 8-12 conspicuous yellow rays. Moist places, nearly throughout the U. S. 15. fastigiatus, Nutt. Perennial: mostly pubescent, the stem strict and simple and 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. all entire or very nearly so, lanceolate or spatulate-lanceo- late, obtuse: heads %-% in. high, with conspicuous yellow rays. Idaho, Oregon, Washington. 16. Bolanderi, Gray. Perennial: glabrous or soon be- coming so, the stems weak and slender and 6-30 in. tall: Ivs. thin, palmately 5-9-lobed or incised, or the stem- lvs. pinnately divided: heads several, %-% in. high, with 5-8 rather long yellow rays. California, Oregon. 17. Douglasii, DC. Fig. 2317. Woody or even shrubby at base, with many stems, 2-3 ft. tall, with the aspect of an aster: Ivs. small and linear, or the lower ones pin- nately parted into filiform divisions: heads numerous, %-K in. high, with 8-18 conspicuous yellow rays. Nebr., W. L- H B- SENNA. See Cassia. SENNA, BLADDEK. Colutea. SENSITIVE BRIER. See Sclirankia. SENSITIVE FERN. Onoclea sensibilix. SENSITIVE PLANT. Mimosa pudiea. 2315. Senecio Cineraria. One of the plants known as Dusty Miller. SEQUOIA (after Sequoyah, otherwise George Guess, a Cherokee half-breed of Georgia, about 1770-1843, in- ventor of the Cherokee alphabet). Coniferte. BIG TREES OF CALIFORNIA. REDWOOD. Tall, massive, often SEQUOIA gigantic forest trees, with trunks usually heavily but- tressed at base, covered with thick, tibrous bark, deeply and widely lobed; heaftwood dark red, soft, durable, straight-grained; sapwood very thin and nearly white: Ivs. persistent, alternate, often dimorphic (especially on young trees) : fls. naked, monoecious, solitary, the stami- nate terminal or axillary; stamens numerous: cones maturing in one season. Once widely distributed in several species throughout the interior of North America and parts of Europe, but now limited to two species, which are confined to the mountains of California. The wood of S. sempervirens at present forms the bulk of the redwood lumber in the trade, and is used on the Pacific coast wherever a light, durable, easily worked material is desired. Most wooden buildings are •constructed with this lumber in California, and it is sometimes exported to Europe to be employed as a sub- stitute for red cedar in the manufacture of lead-pencils. Logs with a curly grain are highly prized by cabinet- makers, from whom they have received the name "curly redwood." The wood of S. gigantea resembles that of S. semper- ri'/vn.s, but is coarser-grained and lighter (in weight), and is therefore not adapted to as wide use as the latter. It is very durable in contact with the soil, however, and is widely used for coarser construction work, ties, fence- posts, vineyard stakes, shingles, and the like. As an ornamental subject, S. sempervirens will be valuable wherever it is hardy. It is rather insistent upon a cool, moist, foggy climate, however, and is in this respect inferior to the other species, although a va- riety known as S. sempervirens, var. glauca, is reported to be doing well in southern California. S. gigantea has been more widely planted in the East and in Europe, and in sheltered locations has maintained itself for a number of years. The most notable exam- ples are those in the Ellwanger & Barry grounds, at Rochester, N. Y., which are now about 40 yrs. old, 30 ft. high and 12 in. in diameter at base of trunks. When seen in the winter of 1900-1, however, these trees were beginning to show the effects of the rigorous climate by their dead and dying tops. This species is far more SEQUOIA 1659 to dislike heavy soils, and to thrive best when planted in deep siui.lv loam. Moth are easily propagated from seed, which sprout readily in a few WMIM. 2316. Senecio Petasitis (X %). hardy than S. sempervirens, and even in the dry climate of southern California is reported to be doing very well. A weeping variety known as S. pendula is advertised, which originated some years ago in European nurseries, and is described as having "all pendulous branches, closely pressed against the stem." Both species are said mi 2317. Senecio Douglaiii (X %)• A. Lvs. dimorphic, usually 8-ranked: buds scaly. sempervirens. Endl. CALIFORNIA REDWOOD. Fig. 2318. Tree, 200-400 ft. and more high, with a slightly tapering trunk, 10-20 and sometimes 25 ft. in diam., and often clear of branches for over 100 ft.: branchlets and Ivs. distichously spreading, the latter persistent for two or three years and sometimes dimorphic on the same branch, the larger K-% in. long, the smaller scale-like: cone oblong, %-\ in. long, % in. broad, and persistent after opening and discharging the seed. Confined to northern and central Coast Ranges of California on slopes exposed to sea influences. S.S. 10:535. — When cut, or from fallen stems, it throws up many vigorous long-lived shoots, often producing merchantable trees. AA. Lvs. seldom or not at all dimorphic, not X-ranked, often imbricate: buds naked. gigantea, Decne. (S. Wellingtbnia, Seeraann). CALI- FORNIA BIG TREE. Fig. 2319. Tree, 200-350 ft. high, with heavy massive trunks, sometimes 20-30 ft. in diam. and often clear of branches for over 150 ft. : bark of old trees from 1-2 ft. thick; branchlets hardly dis- tichously arranged, pendulous, cord-like, forming rather tangled masses: Ivs. % to % in. and sometimes % in. long on stout shoots, and usually closely appressed and scale-like: cone ovate-oblong, 2-3 K in. long. 1-2}* in. thick, opening only slightly, retaining its original form even when dry, and persistent. Western slopes of Sierra Nevada. S.S. 10:536. ARNOLD V. STCBENRAUCH. Taxodium was the group in which Sequoia semper- rirens was at first placed by Lambert from the speci- mens obtained by Menzies in 1795, and it remained there until 1847, when Endlicher established Sequoia for its reception. The type-species of Taxodium is T. distichum, the deciduous cypress. Like nearly all I ax- ads, the deciduous cypress has a very ancient relation- ship among fossil trees; it once grew on a large part of western Europe and portions of England. Forms of Sequoia, whose ancient history constitutes one of I most interesting chapters in fossil botany, once grew in immense forests in Europe, Asia and North America. The first fossil remains occur in the lower chalk-forma- tions and increase in extent to the tertiary strata, in which they are numerous. In miocene times, fossil Se- quoias extended "from the Hebrides to the Steppe o Kirghis." Asa Gray and others have told the story of the rise and fall of this great and strong family of coni- fers, once as powerful as any tree-group in the world, 1660 SEQUOIA but cut off, swept away and destroyed by the glacial age until only the local conditions prevailing in the Coast Range and Sierras of California preserved the two re- maining species to the present time. According to Grav, S. Lanysdorfii, the Sequoia which is found in the "miocene in Europe, appears in the miocene of Alaska, Greenland, Spitzbergen and Iceland, and it much resembles S. sempervirens. An- other fossil species, S. Sternbergii, found in Greenland, seems to have been the an- cient representative 2318. of /S. yigantea. Ac- Sequoia sempervirens cording to the investi- (X %.) gations of the United States Geological Department, the wood of the Arizona petrified forest is that of a species of Sequoia, whose wood went down under a primeval sea, was covered with sandstone, and rose again into the present continent. If one asks how long ago these things happened, the geologist an- swers, "Millions of years." And it is the same in regard to the period when Sequoias grew in Greenland, Siberia and Great Britain. We can measure that period only by vast and indefinite epochs. But the value and interest of the Se- quoias are greatly increased by a consideration of their place as the last modern survivors of so powerful an ancient family. At the present time the Coast Redwood occupies only a narrow belt of country near the ocean, nor is it con- tinuous even there; the Giant Redwood, or California Big Tree, exists only in a few small and isolated groves, covering in all less than fifty square miles along the western side of the Sierra Nevada range. Compared with the enormous territory once occupied by species of Sequoias, the modern representatives of this ancient and honorable family are reduced to a very small area. The first known of the Sequoias, and much the more valuable species, economically speaking, was S. semper- virens, the Coast Redwood of California. This is one of the most important timber trees of the world, and its forests, comparatively limited in area, have yielded and are yielding the most easily obtained, the most durable and most profitable fencing and building lumber of the Pacific coast. The reproductive powers of the tree are enormous ; no other known conifer so persistently sprouts from the stump, so rapidly makes new forest, or so well resists fire. But it does not thrive farther inland than the limits of the sea-fog, and a large part of the original area covered by this noble tree has been denuded by successive fires and destructive lumbering methods. Small Redwood forests occur in Monterey county, but the most southern forests of commercial importance are in Santa Cruz. The belt, broken by the Bay of San Francisco, extends north through Marin, Sonoma, Mendocino, Humboldt and Del Norte to the southern borders of Oregon. The real Redwood forests are all contained within a strip of coast lands 500 miles long and rarely more than 20 or 25 miles wide. The actual bodies of Redwood within this region are merely a chain of isolated groups separated by clearings or by large areas on which Redwoods never grew. A small grove, now practically destroyed, existed fifty years ago on the east side of the Bay of San Francisco, in Ala- meda county. Well-borers have found Redwood logs in a perfect state of preservation in various parts of the Coast Range far south of where the tree now grows, even to Los Angeles and San Diego, showing that in some former period of greater rainfall and more sea-fog, Redwood forests extended much farther along the coast. The climate where the Redwood thrives is compara- tively equable, marked by cool summer winds from the southwest. The tree delights in rich, sheltered moun- tain valleys and fertile slopes, in dripping fogs and in heavy winter rains. Going east from the ocean, in the Redwood region, one suddenly comes to the top of a ridge, to overlook oaks and pines, and at once reaches the plainly marked edge of the Sequoia sempervirens forest. SEQUOIA While S. sempervirens is sometimes called second in size among the giant conifers of the Pacific coast, the tallest tree yet authentically measured was 340 ft. high, exceeding in height the tallest of the Sierra species, and it is probable that trees exist which rise to nearly 400 ft. and so deserve to take the first place among the conifers. Many trees of 20 and even 22 ft. in diameter at five feet from the ground, and from 300 to 325 ft. in height, are still standing in the Redwood forests. The finest groves of Redwoods contain many specimens that range from 150 to 250 ft. or more in height and have a diameter of from 12 to 18ft. In such forests the trunks rise in clear, red-brown shafts to a height of from 75 to 150 ft. before they branch; they stand so close that the masses of timber that exist on each acre are greater than are found in any other known forest, and through their far- distant tops the sun seldom reaches the warm, sheltered soil of the great Coast Range Canons. With proper management, under the principles of scientific forestry, the Redwood region as it exists to-day could be main- tained, and its future yield greatly increased, but other- wise in forty or fifty years the commercial value of the entire area will be practically destroyed. The state of California has this year (1901) appropriated $250,000 for the purchase of the large Redwood forest of the "Big Basin" in Santa Cruz county, and a commission is now arranging to create a State Redwood Park there. Sequoia sempervirens was discovered by Archibald Menzies in 1795, rediscovered by David Douglas in 1831, and soon after by Dr. Coulter. It was introduced to- European gardens by Hartweg about 1847. Both Douglas and Hartweg were sent out by the Royal Horticultural Society of London. S. sempervirens var. adpressa (Car- riere) is a smaller tree than the type form, with creamy white younger leaves and more glaucescent older leaves. It is called in California the "White Redwood " and the "Silver-leaf Redwood." Other horticultural varieties in cultivation are known as Sempervirens gracilis, S. taxi- folia, S. picta,S. albo-spica and S.glatica. The golden forms found in many other conifers occasionally appear, but cannot yet be called fixed. No really dwarf Red- wood is yet extant. Larger-leaved or more compact forms can be selected from the forest, and the tree re- sponds easily to selection and culture. It thrives in gardens in the Sacramento valley, in the Sierra foot- hills and in many parts of southern California, so that its range for ornamental uses can be greatly extended on the Pacific coast. It has been largely planted in Europe, particularly in English parks, and, as was to- have been expected, does best in well-drained rich soil near the ocean but sheltered from cold winds. Endlicher's Sequoia gigantea (the £ tons of green forage. It does not require lime, and is often used as a green ma- nure to bring up the value of sterile fields. The for- age, which is much relished by cattle and sheep, has about the same feeding value as red clover." The scientific name of Serradella is Ornithopus sati- vws. The generic name means "bird's foot," referring to the clusters of long, claw-like pods. The genus con- tains about 7 species of slender, low-growing annuals with pink, white or yellow fls. which are too minute to have any horticultural value. Lvs. odd-pinnate; Ifts. numerous. -\yg M. SEEVICE-BEEEY is AmelancMer SEEVICE-TEEE. See Sorbus. SESAME. See Sesamum. SESAMTJM (Greek name taken by Hippocrates from the Arabic). Pedalidcece. A genus of annual herbs from India and Egypt, allied to Martynia, with solitary, axillary flowers. The only species of importance is S. Indicum, which has been extensively cult, in Asia and Africa from ancient times. The seeds are sold in America under the name of Bene. They yield about half their weight of oil -of -sesame (known also as benne-, gingili-, or teel-oil), which is odorless and does not easily become rancid. This oil is universally used in India for cooking and anointing. Large quantities of oil and seed are imported from India to Europe for the manufacture of soap and adulteration of olive-oil. Also cult, in northern states as a medicinal herb, the muci- laginous leaves being used in dysentery and diarrhoea of children. The oil of Sesamum, however, which is expressed from the seeds is in large doses a laxative. Indicum, Linn. (S. orientdle, Linn.). Lvs. variable, 3-5 in. long, oblong or lanceolate, the lower often 3- lobed or parted: corolla pale rose or white, 1 in. long, tubular, 5-cleft, the 2 lobes of the upper lip shorter. SHALLOT July. B M. 1688. — White- and black-seeded varieties have been known for at least two centuries. Runs wild in the extreme South. yp'. M. SET ARIA (set a, a bristle; referring to the bristles be- low the spikelets). Gramitieae. Hackel places the num- ber of species at 10, but Scribner and Merrill describe 28 species from North America alone ( under the genus name Chsetochloa) . Warmer countries of the world. Includes several weedy species, the foxtail grasses, S. glauca, S. viridis, and others, and the foxtail millets. The culture of Millet dates from prehistoric times. At present it is raised extensively in parts of Asia as a food plant. In the United States, Millet is raised for fodder. There are several groups of varieties grown here, Common, German, Golden Wonder (all of which belong to Se- taria Italica), and Hungarian Grass, which is referred to S. Italica, var. Germanica. New Siberian Millet is probably a distinct variety. The "Japanese Millets" be- long to Setaria Italica, while the "Japanese Barnyard Millets" belong to Panicum Crus-galli. Spikelets, as in Panicum, awnless, but provided at base with a cluster of rough bristles which extend be- yond the spikelets. The bristles persist on the axis after the spikelets have fallen. Inflorescence a dense, cylindrical, spike-like panicle, which becomes quite com- pound in some of the cultivated varieties. The seed is inclosed in the flowering glume, which is usually finely transversely wrinkled, a character which distinguished the fruit from other similar grasses. The generic name of these grasses is confused. By some they are referred to Ixophorus, and by others, more recently, to Cbffito- chloa. Italica, Beauv. COMMON MILLET of the United States but not of Europe, which is Panicum miliaceum. An annual : culm 3-5 ft. high: spike yellow or purple; bristles 1-3, often shorter than the spikelet. Thought to have been derived from *8. viridis. Gn. 12, p. 69, Var. Germanica, Richt. (Panicum Germdnicum, Mill. Setaria Germanica, Beauv. S. macrochcata, Schult). HUNGARIAN GRASS or MILLET. A smaller form more nearly approaching the wild S. viridis : bristles much longer than the spikelets. macrostachya, HBK. (S. Alopeciirus, Fisch. S. alo- pecuroldes, var. nlgra of the trade). An erect or as- cending perennial: spike slender, tapering at apex: bristles 1 or sometimes 2, K-l in. long; spikelets one- twelfth in. long; first glume one-third to one-half, sec- ond two-thirds to three-fourths as long as. and third glume equaling the spikelet; first glume inflated about the base of the spikelet. Texas to S. America. magna, Griseb. A coarse stout grass resembling Common Millet. Spike % in. thick, as much as a foot, long, tapering above and below : bristles 1-3, scarcely /4 in. long: spikelets one-twelfth in. long, elliptical; first glume one-third as long as, second and third equal- ing the spikelet; flowering glume smooth. Marshes of Gulf states to Central America. A. S. HITCHCOCK. SHAD-BUSH. Consult Amelanchier. SHADDOCK. See Citrus and Pomelo. SHADE TEEES. See Trees. SHADING. See Greenhouse, page 696. SHAGBAEK. See Hickory. SHALLOT is A Ilium Ascalonicum, Linn., native of Syria. It is grown chiefly for the small oblong-pointed gray bulbs, which are used in cookery for flavoring; the leaves are sometimes eaten in a green state. The bulbs are of mild flavor. Shallots are little known in North America. They are grown as garlics are (see Garlic), the bulbs or cloves being separated and planted early in spring in any good garden soil. Each bulb produces several, all cohering by the base. The mature bulbs are 2 in. or less long and only about half that in diameter. The leaves are small, terete and hollow. The plant is hardy. The bulbs will keep sev- eral months or even a year. Small onions are some- times sold as Shallots. L, jj, 3, SHAMROCK SHAMROCK. Half the world is sure that Shamrock is the wood sorrel, Ojralis Acetonclla. The other hulf is equally certain that the true Shamrock is white clover, Trifoliuin rt'/x'iix. la the time of Spenser's Fairy Queen, Shamrock was said to be good to eat. This applies to the former plant, but not to the latter. Moreover, according to Sowerby, the wood-sorrel is in perfection on Saint Patrick's Day, while white clover is not. The wood-sorrel is sent in great quantities from Ireland to London for Saint Patrick's day. On the other hand, it is said that clover is the plant most com- monly used in Ireland. Half a dozen other plants have their followers, and these are all plants with three leaf- lets. Nevertheless there are those who deny that Saint Patrick used the Shamrock as a symbol of the trinity. These declare that the water cress is the true Sham- rock. The qiiestion will always remain an open one. See Dyer's "Folk-Lore of Plants." \y_ jyj_ SHAMROCK, INDIAN. A name found in some Eng- lish books for the Trillium. SHAMROCK PEA. Parochetus communis. SHAW, HENRY, founder of the Missouri Botanical Garden, popularly known as "Shaw's Gardens," was born at Sheffield, England, July 24, 1800, and died at St. Louis, Mo., August 25, 1889. He came to the United States in 1819 and engaged in the hardware business until 1840 in St. Louis, where he continued to reside until his death. After retirement from active business he traveled for a number of years, and in 1849 laid out a modest garden about his country house in the suburbs of St. Louis, which, nine years later, he extended so as to include some forty-five acres, about half of this area constituting an arboretum. By special act of the General Assembly of the state of Missouri, approved in March, 1859, Mr. Shaw was empowered to provide for the conveyance of his property, either during his life or after his demise, to trustees, for the perpetual maintenance of his garden as a scientific establishment. In 1885 he endowed a department in Washington University, known as the Henry Shaw School of Botany, and on his death left nearly all of his property, valued at some $5,000,000, to a board of trustees for the maintenance, improvement and enlargement of the Missouri Botanical Garden. Mr. Shaw, though not a botanist, was a lover of plants for themselves and a firm believer in their in- fluence in molding desirable traits in human character. His garden was always open to visitors, among whom he particularly welcomed the self-respecting poor. Thirty years before his death he gave to the city of St. Louis a park site adjacent to his garden, which, like the latter, was improved under his personal super- vision. Special provisions in Mr. Shaw's will, aside from the general arrangements for the development of the garden — in details of which he allows his trustees a very free hand — are for an annual sermon "on the wisdom and goodness of God as shown in the growth of flowers, fruits, and other products of the vegetable kingdom;" premiums for an annual flower show; and two annual banquets, respectively for the trustees and gardeners of the institution. These banquets are the occasion for annual gatherings of men distinguished in botany and horticulture. WM. TRELEASE. SHEEP BERRY. I'iburnum Lentago. SHEEP'S BIT. Jasione perennis. SHELLBARK. See Hicoria and Hickory. SHELL-FLOWER. See Cyclobotlird; also Alpinia nutans; also Moluvcella Icevis. SHELL-LILY is Alpinia nutans. SHEPHERDIA (John Shepherd, an English botanist). Elueagnacece. Three American shrubs with silvery or brown-scurfy foliage, two of which are in the trade, being grown for their striking appearance and one of them prized for its edible fruit. The leaves are oppo- SHOEBLACK PLANT 1GG3 site, petioled, entire. Flowers dia-cious or polygamous and apetalous, small and inconspicuous, l.orne in small sessile or nearly .sessile clusters; calyx 4-parted; sta- mens 8, alternating with « lol.es of "a di-k: pistil 1, nearly inclosed by the disk ut the oritic,- of the calyx- tube, becoming a nut or akene and invested by the calyx, forming a drupe-like fruit. In S. argenten, the Buffalo Berry, the fruit is edible when made into jelli. « and conserves, and is much prized in the upper Plains region for household uses. The Shepherdias are hardy plants, withstanding ex- tremes of cold and drought. They are of easy culture. and grow readily from stratified seed-. For ornamental planting, they are prized for bold positions in front of shrubbery masses, where their irray or white colors afford excellent contrasts. S. Canadensis is particu- larly well adapted for planting on dry, rocky, sterile banks, where most bushes find great difficulty in secur- ing a foothold. jS. anjfllti'il succeeds better ill thv Upper Mississippi valley than in the eastern state-. Stamiuate and pistillate plants of it have different forms of buds. The genus Shepherdia was founded by Nuttall in 1818. It is said that Rafinesque's Lepargyraea, 1817, is equiv- alent, and the species have been placed under the latter name by recent writers. A. Lvs. green above. Canadensis, Nutt. (Lepargyrita Canadinsis, Greene). Spreading twiggy bush 3 to 6 or even 8 ft. tall, the young branches brown-scurfy: Ivs. ovate, oval or elliptic, rather thick, green above but rusty beneath: fls. yellowish, in short clusters at the nodes: fr. small (% in. or less long), oval, red or yellow, insipid. Along streams and on lake banks, Newfoundland to British Columbia and in the northern tier of states, and south- ward in the mountains to Utah.— Little known in cult., but has been offered by dealers in native plants. 3321. Shortia galacifolU (X %). (See page 1«M.) AA. Lvs. silvery above. argentea, Nutt. (L. argintea, Greene). BUFFALO BERRY. Fig. 282, Vol. I. Upright shrub, or sometimes almost tree-form, reaching 18 ft. tall, thorny, the young growth silvery-tomentose: Ivs. oblong, cuneate-oblongor oblong-lanceo'late, silvery on both sides: fls. yellowish, in dense small fascicles at the nodes: fr. globular or ovoid, about Y* in. long, red or yellow acid, edible. Kans. to Minn., west and north. See Buffalo Berry. S rotundUblia, Parry, from Utah, is a silvery tomentose and scurfy evergreen bush: Ivs. round -oval or ovate, mostly some what cordate, short-petioled : fls. stalked in the vM*ot the Ivs., the staminate mostly in 3's and the pistillate solitary: tt. globular, scurfy, ripening in July. L. H. B. SHEPHERD'S CLUB or MULLEIN is Verbascum Thapsus. SHINLEAF. Pyrola. SHOEBLACK PLANT. Hibiscus Bosa-Sinensis. 1664 SHOO -FLY PLANT SHOO-FLY PLANT. A name proposed by one seeds- man for Physalis. SHOOTING STAB. See Dodecatheon. SHOEE-GEAPE. See Coccoloba. SH0ETIA (named for Dr. Charles W. Short, a botanist of Kentucky). Diapensiticece. Of the little family Diapensiaceae, with its 6 genera and 8 spe- cies, Short ia galacifolia is historically the most inter- esting. Michaux collected the plant in 1788 in the high mountains of Carolina, but as his specimen was in fruit rather than in flower, Richard, the author of Michaux's "Flora Boreali-Americana," did not describe it. Asa Gray examined Michaux's specimen, preserved in Paris, in 1839, and afterwards founded the genus Shortia on it. Great search was made for the plant in the moun- tains of Carolina, but it was not rediscovered until 1877. The history of the efforts to find the plant is one of the most interesting chapters in American botany. For his- 2322. Every part of ihe place is equally accented. torical sketch, see Sargent, "Garden and Forest," vol. 1, p. 506 (1888). Torrey & Gray founded the genus Shortia in 1842. In 1843 Siebold & Zuccarini founded the genus Schizocodon, from Japan. To this genus Maximowicz added a second Japanese species, S. uniflorns; the flowers of this plant, as of Shortia, were unknown when the plant was first recognized. It transpires, however, that Schizocodon uniflorus is really a Shortia, thus adding another in- stance to the growing list of bitypic genera that are endemic to Japan and eastern North America. Shortia includes two acaulescent herbs, with the habit of Galax, with creeping rootstocks and evergreen round- cordate Ivs. : fl. solitary on a slender leafless scape, the calyx with scaly bracts, the corolla bell-shaped and ob- tusely 5-lobed; stamens 5, the filaments adnate to the corolla, alternating with 5 scale-like staminodia; pistil 3-angled and 3-loculed; style filiform and stigma 3- lobed: fr. a globular capsule. From this, Schizocodon is distinguished by linear-elongated staminodia and fringed corolla. Allied genera mentioned in this Cyclo- pedia are Galax, Pyxidanthera and Schizocodon. Dia- pensia has two alpine and boreal species, one in the Himalayas and the other in northern Europe and North America. Berneuxia, the remaining genus, has a single species in Thibet. Diapensia and Berneuxia are not in the American trade. Shortia California of seedsmen will be found under Actinolepis. galacifdlia, Torr. & Gray. Fig. 2321. Lvs. all radical, long-petioled, the blades orbicular or broadly ovate- orbicular, often slightly cordate, at the apex obtuse or even retuse, the margin repand-serrate : peduncles slender, 3-8 in. tall, 1-fld., bracted near the top: fl. in- clined or nodding, white, 1 in. across, the obtuse lobes undulate. Mts. of N. Car. B.M. 7082. G.C. II. 15:596; III. 5:397; III. 17:453. Gn. 38:768. J.H. III. 30:299. G.M. 34:353. G.W.F. 24. G.F. 1:509. A.G. 12:287. Mn. 6, p. 83.— A very attractive plant with the look of a Pyrola; very local. On the culture of Shortia galaci- folia, Harlan P. Kelsey writes as follows: "Shortia, like SHRUBBERY most plants considered rare, is really not so rare as local, though the few stations where it is found abun- dantly do not seem to present special conditions not to be found elsewhere, and it is hardly understood why it should, in common with certain other plants, have re- mained strictly local, in an indigenous state. For the successful culture of Shortia humus and leaf -mold seem to be absolutely required, and it should either be planted where these conditions are natural or be constantly sup- plied with this food if not. This suggestion, if carried out with many plants, such as Galax, Pyrola, Chima- phila and probably Epigwa repens, will ensure success, where if ordinary garden treatment only is given the entire disappearance of the plants may be expected in a season or two. Semi-double and pink-flowering plants are not rarely found, and it seems likely that cultivation may bring out several worthy varieties. In England Shortia is often grown successfully as a pot-plant, and is far more appreciated than in America. It is difficult to procure seed, as the flowering stem usually withers away before maturing, though Shortia is readily propa- gated by division and ninners. It is a shade-loving plant and is a choice addition to the ericaceous bed, where it will thrive under Rhododendrons and Kalmias." uniilora, Maxim. Very like S. galacifolia : Ivs. cor- date, broader than long and deeper toothed, — sinuate- toothed in S. uniflora and only repand-toothed in S. galacifolia. Japan. — Offered by importers of Japanese plants, but little known horticulturally. jj> jj_ g_ SHOT, INDIAN. See Canna. SHOWEE OF GOLD. Catalogue name for Genista. SHRUBBERY. Shrubs and bushes have two values : an intrinsic value as individual or isolated specimens; a value as part of the structure or design of an orna- mented place. As individual specimens, they are grown for the beauty of the species itself; as parts of the landscape, they are often grown in masses, constitut- ing a shrubbery. It is often advisable to plant shrubs as single specimens, in order to produce the character- istic beauty of the species; but the tendency is to plant exclusively as isolated specimens, and the emphasis needs, therefore, to be placed on mass-planting. Plants scattered over a lawn destroy all appearance of unity and purpose in the place (Fig. 2322). Every part of the place is equally accented. The area has no meaning or individuality. The plants are in the way. They spoil the lawn. The place is random. If the shrubs are sheared, the spotted and scattered effect is intensified. Rarely does a sheared shrub have any ex- cuse for existence. A mass of planting emphasizes particular parts of the place. It allows of bold and broad contrasts. It may give the place a feeling of strength and purposiveness. The shrubbery-mass usually should have an irregular outline and generally contain more than one species. Thereby are variety and interest increased. Fig. 2323. The shrubbery-masses should be placed on the boun- daries ; for it is a fundamental concept of landscape gar- dening that the center of the place shall be open. Fig. 2324; also Fig. 1233, Vol. II. The boundaries are the lines between properties, the foundations of buildings, the borders along walks and drives. Judicious planting may relieve the angularity of foundations and round off the corners of the yard. Fig. 2325. Individual speci- mens may be used freely, but only rarely should they be wholly isolated or scattered. They should be planted somewhere near the borders, that they may not inter- fere with the continuity of the place and that they may have background to set them off. The background may be a building, a bank, or a mass of foliage. In most places, the mass or border-planting should be the rule and the isolated specimen the exception; but, unfortu- nately, this rule is usually reversed. It is not to be understood, however, that boundaries are always to be planted or that foundations are always to be covered. L. H. B. The term shrubbery is applied to groups of woody plants of comparatively small size. The line between shrubs and trees is not very definite. A shrub gener- SHRUBBERY ally has a number of stems springing from the ground and a tree usually has a single trunk, but this is not uniformly true in either case. The chief value of shrubbery comes from its use in an artistic way, although some shrubs have edible fruits. Many shrubs, such as lilacs, some of the spi- reas, gooseberries and currants, produce leaves very early in the season and some, like Forsythia, Daphne, and the .luneberry are covered with a profusion of blos- soms at this time. From early spring until November in temperate latitudes leaves and flowers are to be found on deciduous shrubs, and from June until the following spring ornamental fruits can be seen on their branches, the red berries of the elder beginning and barberries ending the list. Some of these fruits are so richly colored and so abundant that they can be seen from a long distance. Many shrubs, like some of the vibur- nums and dogwoods, attain a height of 10 or 15 feet, while others, like bunchberry and Daphne Cneorum, grow to a height of only a few inches. The leaves of some, like the chokeberry, Thunberg's barberry, the hazels, viburnums, dogwoods, and sumachs are beauti- fully colored in the fall. The rhododendrons, laurels (Fig. 2.S2G) and mabonias, and the daphne already named, are examples of shrubs having evergreen foli- age. Some leaves, like those of the Salix lucida, are glossy ; others, as those of the common hazel, are hairy ; some are thick, and others are thin ; some large, some small; some entire, and some lobed, serrated or compound. Throughout the season the foliage of a good collection of shrubbery will present the greatest variety of color, including all the hundreds of shades of green as well as yellow, white, gray and purple. Even in winter shrubbery is wonderfully attractive in appear- ance from the gracefulness of its stems and branches, and from the color of its bark. With the right selec- tions, it will serve almost as well as evergreens to shut out from view fences or other low, unsightly ob- jects. SHKUHMKKY U23. Variety and interest arc increased 3324. The Shrubbery-masses usually should be placed on the boundaries. This great variety in foliage, flower, fruit and habit )f growth makes shrubbery adapted to very extended use in the development of landscapes. It is especially appropriate along the boundaries of ornamental grounds tig. 2J24), upon steep slopes, and in the immediate vicinity of buildings where foliage and graceful lines are needed to connect the walls of a structure with the ground (Fig. 2325), without making too much shade. It might with advantage replace the grass upon all sur- faces too steep to walk upon with comfort. The foliage of shrubs that are well established remains green when dry weather turns grass brown. The broad mass of shrubbery will take care of itself when the grass needs frequent attention. Even some level surfaces might be improved in places by exchanging a lawn covering for the covering of low woody plants. Often a broad, open space over a lawn is an important feature of a landscape, since it allows extended views. Many times a landscape would be more interesting if the green underneath this open space were produced by a broad mass of shrubbery like a miniature forest instead of grass. In planting borders or groups of shrubs, the ground to be occupied by such a group should be entirely spaded over or plowed. Perhaps no better ad- vice could be given than to pre- pare the soil as it should be pre- pared for a field of corn. The bushes should then be planted so that there is room for about two years' growth before their branches intermingle. If placed closer they would have a crowded appearance from the start and would not join their branches as harmoniously as when the new growth is allowed to choose its own position. If placed farther apart the effect is also bad. Oc- casionally a single shrub at the margin of a belt iray stand out almost by itself, but generally the effect of a group should be that of a continuous mass of varying foliage. In arranging different shrubs the taller-grow- ing kinds should generally be placed in the center of the group, and the lower species along the border, the space being graded from the highest to the lowest. The reason for this arrangement is tli:it the lower plants would be killed by the shade of the larger ones if placed back of them, and moreover would not be seen; but one should avoid too uniform a slope. For instance, 1666 SHRUBBERY in a continuous border there should be places where shrubs of larger size occupy the full width so as to bring growth of considerable height into the lawn. The arrangement should be varied so as to avoid all monotony, but in securing this variation a mixture of miscellaneous shrubs of all kinds does not give as good an effect as broader areas of single species or genera 2325. Planting may relieve the angularity of foundations.— trumpet creeper. slightly interspersed at the margin with shrubs of another kind. Straight rows should be avoided. A laborer or a novice when told this will arrange the plants in a zigzag manner, thinking that he is placing them irregularly, the result often being almost the same as that of two rows. If the group is being planted along a straight line, as the boundary of a lot, the dis- tances of the successive plants from this line might be somewhat as follows: two feet, four feet, five feet, three feet, one foot, and the distances apart, measured parallel with a fixed line, should vary also. The ideal condition of a group of shrubbery is to have all the individual plants healthy, so that the foliage will appear fresh and of good color. This foliage should extend down to the surface of the adjacent lawn or walk, and shade the ground underneath so completely that nothing will grow there. The leaves which fall with the approach of winter should be allowed to remain as a perpetual mulch. The desired result cannot be secured the first year the shrubs are planted unless they are of large size and moved but a 'short distance. The aim in caring for a new plantation should be to secure thrifty plants, and this care, like the preparation of the soil, should be such as is given to a field of corn. Very little trimming should be done. If a bush is tall and spindling it may be well to cut it off next to the ground and allow it to sprout again. If there is any dead wood it should, of course, be cut off. But when a shrub is healthy and vigorous, let it grow in its own graceful way. If it encroaches upon the walk, cut away the encroaching branch near the root so that the mark of the knife will not be noticed. Such treatment will help to retain the winter beauty of the branches. The value of shrubbery is not appreciated as it should be. Those who are interested in the subject will do well to read what is found in the various books on landscape gardening, Bulletin No. 121 of Cornell Uni- versity Agricultural Experiment Station, the various articles on shrubs and shrubbery to be found in the ten volumes of « Garden and Forest " and in other horticultu- ral journals. o c SIMONDS. SIBBALDIA (Robert Sibbald, Scotch naturalist). Hosdcece. About 5 species of alpine plants, one of which has been suggested as suitable for rock gardens. The SICANA genus is reduced by Bentham and Hooker to a section of Potentilla, but Britton and Brown keep it separate chiefly on the ground that the pistils are only 4-12 in number instead of very numerous as in Potentilla. Sib- baldias are densely tufted, hardy perennial herbs with woody stems. The Ivs. have prominent stipules and 3 leaflets, each of which is characteristically 3-toothed at the apex. The fls. are about J4 in. across or less, and have 5 minute yel- low petals much smaller than the re- markable calyx, which has 5 broad lobes, alternating with 5 smaller and narrower lobes or bracts. procumbens, Linn., ranges from the arctic regions to the summits of the White Mts. and in the Rockies comes as far south as Utah. It is also found in arctic and alpine Europe and Asia. ,. B. B. 2:217. -This plant is recom- mended by some persons, but is not known to be advertised for sale in America. ^y_ jyj_ SIBTHORPIA (John Sibthorp, pro- fessor of botany at Oxford, author of Flora Grseca, published 1806-15). ScropJiulari&cece. A genus of about 6 species of hardy or tender peren- nial, creeping herbs mostly from the ^Vii^jp "- t- tropical regions, with alternate or ^^^jjf y/4 .**••'•.... tufted roundish, long-petioled Ivs. and yellow, orange, or red fls. solitary on axillary or fascicled pedicels : calyx 4- 5-cleft; corolla subrotate, with a very short tube, 5-8-cleft; stamens usually A billow of equal to the number of corolla-lobes; anthers sagittate: capsule membran- ous, compressed, loculicidally dehis- cent, the valves splitting to the middle. Europwa, Linn. A hardy trailing perennial with very slender stems : Ivs. orbicular, less than % in. across, 7-9-lobed: fls. small, on rather short pedicels, the 2 upper lobes of the corolla yellowish, the 3 lower pink. Deep woods, Europe. — Offered in 1893 by John Saul, Washington, D.C. Var. variegata is cult, abroad. F. W. BARCLAY. SIC AN A (Peruvian name). Cucurbitdcece . Two or 3 species of tropical American tall-climbing tendril-bear- ing vines, allied to Cucurbita, but differing in having wide-spreading or reflexed calyx-lobes and the anthers 2326. The common laurel of the East, Kalmia latifolia (X %). not united. S. odorilera, JSaud., the Curuba of the tropics, has been introduced as the Cassabanana, but long known in the South. Fig. 2327. It is a very quick- growing and interesting ornamental vine: plant gla- SICANA brous, the stems angled: Ivs. large (often 1 ft. across), nearly orbicular in outline, deeply cordate at the base, strongly about 5-lobed and the lobes repand-toothed or angled: Ms. solitary, monoecious, the corolla small and yellowish, urn-shaped, with small rerlexed lobes; stig- mas 3, each 2-lobed : fr. like a slender vegetable marrow, 1-2 ft. long, smooth, nearly cylindrical, orange-crimson, with a very strong aromatic odor. R.H. 1890:516. — Prob- ably native to Brazil, but occurring also in Mex. and the West Indies. The Curuba seems to be grown in the tropics as an ornamental plant, although it is said to afford edible preserves. The plant climbs 30-50 ft. It is well worth growing on summer arbors, or under glass if one has room for it. The fruits are very interesting, fragrant and ornamental. Perennial. S-. atropurpurea, Andr6. Has shorter subpyriform, brilliant violet-purple fruits, and purple-tinted under surfaces of the Ivs. Perhaps a form of S. odorifera. Uruguay. R.H. 1894:108. — S. spherica. Hook. f. Fls. large and spreading, more like those of Cucurbita: Ivs. reuiform, 3-5-lobed: fr. globose, size of a small orange. Jamaica. B.M. 7109. L_ jj_ j^ SlDA (from the old Greek name for Nymphcea alba; given without explanation by Linnaeus). Malvaceae. A genus of about 80 species of herbs or shrubs, mostly native of the tropical regions of the world, with usually serrate, dentate or lobed leaves and small or rarely large, mostly "yellow or whitish flowers, which are solitary or in clusters, axillary or disposed in terminal branch- ing spikes or heads; bracteoles wanting or rarely 1-2 and bristle-like: calyx 5-dentate or 5-cleft; staminal column divided at apex into many filaments: locules of ovary 5 or more, 1 -seeded. A. Lvs. large, lobed. Napaea, Cav. A hardy herbaceous perennial 5-8 ft. high, from a stout root: Ivs. 3-8 in. long, 3-7-lobed; lobes triangular, long-acuminate, irregularly serrate: fls. perfect, white, about 1 in. across, in terminal corym- bose panicles. June-Aug. S. Pa., W. Va. and Va. B.B. 2:422. — Culture same as for hollyhocks; prop, by seed. Index Kewensis refers the above species to Napcua dioica, Linn., but according to Gray's Synoptical Flora of North America the two species belong to separate genera, the fls. of the first being hermaphrodite, of the second dioecious. Napwa dioica is a strong - growing perennial 5-9 ft. high, with large radical Ivs. often 1 ft. across and 9-11-cleft, the segments cut into lanceolate, serrate lobes: fls. dioecious, white, smaller than in Sida Napa>a. For pictures of the two plants, see B.B. 2:420, 422. AA. Lvs. small, linear. Elliottii, Torr. & Gray. A hardy perennial herb, slen- der, 1-3 ft. high, with Ivs. 1 in. long and yellow fls. Sandy soil in the southern coast states. Offered by western collectors in 1881. F. W. BARCLAY. SIDALCEA (compound of Sida and Alcea, related genera). Malvaceae. About 20 herbs of western North America: Ivs. palmately cleft or parted, stijmlar: fls often showy, pink, purple or white, in terminal racemes or spikes, mostly without bracts or involucels beneath; stamens united into groups in a double series; carpels 5-9, reniform, separating at maturity. Some of the Sidalceas are annuals, but those in cultivation are hardy perennials, being recommended for the herbaceous bor- der. Of easy culture. Prop, by seeds or division. For monograph, see Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Amer., vol. lr p. 302. A. Fls. white, with bluish anthers. Candida, Gray. Plant erect, from more or less creep- ing rootstocks, the stems somewhat branched above, 2-3 ft. tall, glabrous or nearly so: radical Ivs. nearly orbicular, cordate, obtusely lobed or deeply crenate; stem-lvs. 5-7-parted, the divisions narrow and often notched: fls. 1 in. or more across, white, in an erect spike-like raceme. Rocky Mts. Gn. 24, p. 396; 28, p. 29. R.H. 1891, p. 356. AA. Fls. normally colored (rarely white forms). B. Mature carpels smooth (not reticulated). spicata, Greene. One or two feet tall, sparingly- branched or simple, often more or less hirsute: upper si MINI: 1667 Ivs. parted into linear and often lobed divisions: M*. rather small, purplish, in an oblong, more or li-s- in- terrupted spike, the pi-dic-Hs -|,ort or almost none. California, Nevada and Oregon. BB. Mature carpels conspicuously reticulated. malvaeflora, Gray. Stems erect or aso-ndin^. 1-6 ft. or even more, sparingly hirsute: Ivs. gn-«Mi. small, in- cised-crenate, the upper ones ."> di-ft or ~>-divid<-d, seg- ments narrow and entire or broader and pinnatr-lobed: tls. 'J in. or less across \vht-n fully rxpandrd. purple. Calif. -Var. Listeri, Hort. (S. Listeri, Hort.), known also as " Pink Beauty," has satiny pink flowers. It is of European origin. 2327. Sicana odorifera, the Cassabanana IX *.(). campestris, Greene. Two to 5 ft., often branching above, gla- brous or sqpringly hirsute -pu- bescent : Ivs. green, the lower ones rounded and variously lobed, the upper ones 5-7-parted into narrow divisions: fls. about \Y in. high, with the flowering stems laterally ascending from a terminal rosette of Ivs. : the stems are usually 1-fld., sometimes 2-3- fld.: Ivs. oblong or lanceolate: calyx 10-nerved. not inflated after anthesis. Caucasus. For distinctions from 8. Vallrxni. see that species. 10. vallesia, Linn. Swiss CATCHFLY. A very rare plant found in the highest and most sterile parts of the Alps, differing from .S. CiiiK-usicti in being glandular, rather than velvety, the stem-lvs. long, the fls. long - peduncled and the calyx more widely inflated. 11. alp6stris, Jacq. ALPINE CATCHFLY. Perennial white- fld. plant 6 in. high, the Ms. borne in panicles : stems tufted, dichotomous : fls. in corymbose panicles; calyx short, top-shaped to bell- shaped, 10-nerved, not enlarged after anthesis; petals 4-lobed at apex and provided with 2 teeth at the base of each petal in the throat: seed cristate-cili- ate on the margin. Eastern Eu. — It forms a dense mass of un- derground stems and is easily prop, by division or seeds. One of the best. 12. Schafta, G. Gmel. AU- TUMN CATCHFLY. Woody- rooted perennial 6 in. high, with rosy fls. borne on stems which arise laterally from the rosettes of Ivs.: Ivs. obovate: fls erect; calyx 10-nerved, not inflated after anthesis; petals wedge-shaped, notched, bearing 2 scales at the base in the throat. June-Oct. Caucasus. B.R. 32:20 (fls. "purple"). F.S. 3, p. 286 C. 13. Pennsylvania, Michx. WILD PINK. Perennial, 6-9 in. high, from a strong taproot and with rose or white fls. in small, dense terminal cymes, viscid-pubes- cent: Ivs. mostly at the base, spatulate or oblanceolate, the 2 or 3 pairs of stem-lvs. much shorter and lanceo- late : petals appendaged, 2-lobed, the lobes dentate. April, May. Eastern U. S. B.R. 3:247. L.B.C. 1:41 (as S. incarnata). — Handsome. 14. inflata, Sm. (S. Cucfibalus, Wibel). BLADDER CAMPION. BLADDER CATCHFLY. Cow BELL. WHITE BEN. Perennial, 2-3 ft. high, with many-fld. panicles of white, drooping fls. about % in. across: plant branched, glabrous, glaucous or downy: Ivs. ovate, obovate or ob- long: calyx 20-nerved, inflated after anthesis; petals deeply cleft. Eu., N. Africa, Himalayas. -This species is not advertised in America but is probably cult, here, possibly as S. maritima, of which it is considered by some a variety. S. inflata is said to be essentially erect instead of procumbent and the petals more deeply cleft. The young shoots are said to be eaten by the poor folk of England as a substitute for asparagus ; they taste something like green peas. 15. stellata, Ait. STARRY CAMPION. Readily told by its fringed white and nodding fls. and Ivs. in 4's. Per- ennial, 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, 2-3 in. long: fls. in an open panicle; calyx inflated; petals laciniate, unappendaged. Woods, Mass, to Neb., south Ga. to Tex. B.M. 1107. Ifi. Virginica, Linn. FIRE PINK. Fig. 2329. Perennial, 1-2 ft. high, with large crimson or scarlet fls., viscid- Si LPH1 CM 1669 pubescent: stem nnl.ranchcd : Ivs. spatulate or oblanceo- late: Ms. 1 m. or more m-ross, l,,,,s,.|y .•yni.>>,.. D 2328. Silene Armeria (X , . or reMexed after anthesis; pHal> l.p.adh lam-.-olai.- 2 toothed at ilp,.N. x. y. ,„ Mj.m., ,.,,,ii, (itt. to Ark. B.M. ,I:UL(. i in. ±1. p. n;.",. 17. Califbrnica, Durand. Perennial. •» in. to 4 ft hitch procumbent or siil.ercct, with larue, de,-p r. .i Ms. and a tapr«,,,t ,l,.scc ruling '_>-:! ft.: |t«n leafy: IT*, laaeeokto ororate-elltptie: M-. i in. ,,r i,,,.r.- . . ,r i,,,.r.- broad; petals variously cleft, most commonly with L' broad lobes, (baked \>\ L' narrow, -r on.-s. Rppendjiged Coast Range. -Offered by western coll,.,-toi-s in ISM but probably not in cult., though presumably a very distinct and desirable plant. This species seems to have been overlooked l>y Williams. 18. Menziesii, Hook. Perennial: stems weak, dichot- omously branched, «-]•_' in. or more hk'h: Ivs. ovate- lanceolate: fls. white, "very small for the genus" (not ordinarily exceeding 6-8 lines in diiun.), borne in the forks of the branches and forming a leafy inflorescence; petals white, 2-cleft, commonly but not always unap- pendaged. Rocky Mts. and Pacific slope. -Offered in 1881 by western collectors but probably not cultivated. 19. Doiiglasii, Hook. Perennial, 1 ft. or more high, with white or pink Ms. borne mostly in long-peduncled, 3-fld. cymes: stems very slender, decumbent: Ivs. re- mote, linear, 2-3 in. long; petals 2-lobed, appendaged. June-Sept. — A common and polymorphous species in western N. Amer. Robinson describes 6 botanical va- rieties with no important floral differences. S. Douglasii is still found in one eastern catalogue. Var. Macounii, Robinson, was offered in 1881 under its synonym S. Lyalli, Wats. 20. Scouleri, Hook. Perennial, 1K-2K ft. high, with white or purplish fls.: root stout: stems unbranched: Ivs. narrowly oblanceolate: inflorescence 6-8 in. long, verticillately spicate: petals bind, appendaged. Moun- tains of Oregon and north. — Offered in 1881 by western collectors. S. orientalis. Mill., is an old name which is not accounted for by Williams, DeCandolle, Boisser, Nicholson, Mottet or Vosn. According to Thorburn & Co., it is a hardy perennial, 2 ft. high, with rose-colored fls.. which may be readily grown from seed in any light, loamy soil. w. M. SILK COTTON TREE. See Bombaz and Paehira. SILK FLOWEE. Albizaia. SILK OAK. Grevillea robusta. SILK TKEE. Albizzia Julibrissin SILK VINE. Periploca Grceca. SILKWEED. Asclepias. SlLPHIUM (from the Greek name of an umbelliferous plant of northern Africa). Comp6sitce. ROSIN-WEED. A genus of 11 species of tall-growing hardy perennial herbs native of the U. S., with somewhat coarse leaves and rather large, sunflower-like heads of flowers which are yellow, except in one species : heads many-fld. : involucre of thick, somewhat foliaceous bracts: ray-fls. or at least, their ovaries in more than 1 series, fertile, and with elongated exserted deciduous ligules: akenes much flattened, falling free or only with tb$ subtending bract. Silphiums are of easy culture in any good soil. They require full sunlight and are propagated by divi- sion or seed. A. Foliage much cut. laciniatum, Linn. COMPASS PLANT. Stem about 6 ft. high, leafy at the base, much less so above: Ivs. 1 ft. long or more, once or twice pinnately parted, the lobes oblong or lanceolate: fl. -heads several, sessile or short- peduncled, 2-5 in. across ; rays 20-30. July-Sept. Western prairies. B.B. 3:408. AA. Foliage not cut. B. Stem-lvs. small. terebinthinaceum, Jacq. PRAIRIE DOCK. Stem about 6ft high- Ivs. nearly all basal, usually 1 ft. long, ovale. cordate, dentate: fl.-heads 1^-3 in. across; rays li' -.'<'. July-Sept. Western prairies. B.B. 3:408. 1670 SILPHIUM BB. Steni-lvs. large. c. Lvs. connate-perfoliate. perfoliatum, Linn. CUP PLANT. Stem square, usually dentate, branched above, about 6 ft. high: Ivs. thin, ovate or deltoid-ovate, the lower contracted into mar- gined petioles, the upper opposite, connate-perfoliate: fl. -heads 2-3 in. across, with 20-30 rays. July, Aug. Western prairies. B.B. 3:406. 2329. Silene Vlrginica (X %). (See page 1669.) cc. LVS. petioled or simply sessile. integrifolium, Michx. Stem 2-6 ft., obtusely 4-angled to terete: Ivs. lanceolate-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, oppo- site: fl. -heads 1-2 in. across, with 15-25 rays. Aug., Sept. Western prairies. B.B. 3:407. F.W.BARCLAY. SILVEE BELL TBEE, Halesia. S. Bush, Anthyllis Barba-Jovis. S. Tree, Leucadendron ; also JSlceagnus. 8. Weed, Potentilla anserina. 8ILYBUM Marianum, Gaertn., Blessed or Holy Thistle, is sometimes grown in old European gardens for ornament, and also for the edible heads, roots and leaves. It is a large fld. thistle 2-4 ft., perennial. S. Europe. Known also as Carduus Marianus, Linn. SIMM6NDSIA (named for the naturalist, F. W. Sim- monds). JSuphorbidcece. A monotypic genus differing from Buxus in the numerous stamens and one-seeded carpels: dioecious: rudiment of pistil absent from the staminate fls. Calif 6rnica, Nutt. A much-branched shrub with small, sessile, entire, coriaceous, oblong-lanceolate Ivs. : stami- nate fls. clustered and the much larger pistillate fls. single in the axils. Dry sand hills of southwestern U. S. —Sometimes cult, for the oil of the seeds, used as a hair tonic. Cult, in S. Calif. j. B> g. NORTON. SIMPLER' S JOY. See Verbena. SIN APIS. Included under Brassica. SISYRINCHIUM SINNlNGIA (after Wilhelm Sinning, gardener at the University of Bonn). Including Jtoxanowia. Gesner- aceee. A genus of about 1C species of Brazilian tuberous herbs. The generic characters of Sinningia are: pubes- cent or villous herbs from a tuberous rhizome: Ivs. op- posite, usually large, petioled, the floral ones reduced to bracts: fls. usually large, solitary or fascicled, in the axils, pediceled; calyx-tube shortly and broadly turbi- nate, adnate, 5-angled or 5-winged, the limb foliaceous, broadly 5-cleft or parted; corolla-tube nearly equal at the base or the posterior gibbous, long or broadly cylin- drical, the upper part swollen or bell-shaped; lobes 5, spreading, or the 2 posterior smaller; stamens included, attached to the tube of the corolla; anthers broad, the' cells confluent at the apex: glands of the disk 5, dis- tinct, or the 2 posterior more crowded together or con- nate: ovary half inferior; style dilated at the tip: stigma concave, entire or slightly 2-lobed. The genus includes the florists' Gloxinia, which is properly Sin- ningia speciosa, Hiern., but which is treated in this book under Gloxinia. Other than this species, the Sin- ningias are little known horticulturally. Culture as for Gloxinia. conspicua, Benth. & Hook. (Rosanbwia conspicua, Regel). Root tuberous: stem 1 ft. high: Ivs. ovate- oblong, short-acuminate, somewhat heart-shaped at the base and dentate: fls. yellow, paler on the outside, marked on the lower part of the tube with purple dots and lines; calyx-tube entirely united with the ovary, equally 5-parted, the segments lanceolate, spreading; corolla-tube obliquely and narrowly campanulate, swol- len and recurved at the base; glands of the disk 2: cap- sule 1-celled: seeds many. ornata, Benth. & Hook. (Rosanbwia ornata, Van Houtte). A hybrid of the above species with a garden variety of Gloxinia with flowers of a bright red ; the re- sult is a plant resembling S. conspicua, but differing in having the leaves tinted on the veins and petioles with purple and in having a somewhat more elegantly shaped flower, pure white with purple lines on the outside of the corolla-tube and the inside of a yellowish green, lined with purple. F.S. 23:2423. Rosanbwia Hdnsteini, Hort. John Saul, is apparently not known to botanists. p\ \v. BARCLAY. SIPHOCAMPYLUS (siphon, tube, and kampylos, curved ; referring to corolla). Lobeliacea >.. About 100 tropical American herbs and shrubs, with long, showy tubular fls., red, orange or purplish in color and borne singly on long peduncles : bracts absent or rarely 2 very small ones. About 10 kinds are cultivated in European warmhouses, and propagated by cuttings. Allied genera are discriminated under Isotoma. betulaefolius, G. Don. Height 2-3 ft.: stem woody at base: branches rounded: Ivs. alternate, petiolate, 3-4 in. long, cordate, acuminate, doubly serrate, nearly gla- brous: peduncles 1-fld., as long as the Ivs., thickened upwards: calyx-segments long awl-shaped, with a few notches; corolla 2%-3 in. long, tube vermilion, limb yellow. Brazil. B.M. 3973.— Tender perennial, not cult, in America, but interesting as one supposed par- ent of Centropogon Lucy anus ; itself of little value. W. M. SIPHONANTHUS. See Clerodendron SiplionantJms. SISSOO TREE. Dalbergia Sissoo. SISYRlNCHIUM ( an old Greek name first applied to some other plant). Iridaceae. SATIN FLOWER. BLUE- EYED GRASS. RUSH LILY. About 60 species of American perennials, usually with fibrous roots, grass-like, nar- row or terete Ivs. and simple or branched stems often flattened and winged, bearing clusters of usually blue or yellow fls. subtended by two spathes: perianth nearly flat or bell-shaped; segments G, nearly equal, obovate or oblong; stamens inserted on the base of the perianth; filaments more or less connate: ovary sub- globose to turbinate, 3-loculed, 3-valved. The species are of easy culture in any good garden soil. Useful in the wild border, where hardy. SISYRINCHIUM A. Fly. yellow. B. Stem leafless. Calif 6rnicum, Dryaml. (Marlca CuliMrtiicn, Ker- Gawl). A half-hardy perennial: .stem 1% ft. high, 2 lines through, broadly winged: Ivs. many, shorter than the stem, about % in. broad: spathe 3-6-fld.: segments of perianth yellow, lined with brown, % in. long: capsule oblong. Calif, to Ore. B.M. 983.— Swampy grounds. BB. Stem leaf-bear! >i//. C. The stem slightly %-edyed. tenuifolium, Humb. & Bonpl. A half-hardy perennial : roots fleshy, fibrous: stem K-l ft. high, often branched low down: Ivs. subterete or narrowly linear: spathes 3-4-fld.; segments of perianth pale yellow, % in. long. Mts. of Mexico. B.M. 2117, 2313. CC. The stem broadly winged. convolutum, Nocca. A tender perennial : root fibrous, slender: stem about 1 ft. high, usually forked: Ivs. linear: spathes 3-4-fld.: segments of perianth yellow, veined with brown, % in. long. Tropical America. AA. Fls. purple, blue or white. B. Stem terete. grandifldrum, Dougl. (S. Douglasii, A. Dietr. ). A hardy perennial : root fibers slender, long: stem simple, about 1 ft. : Ivs. short, sheathing the lower part of the stem: fls. 2-3, cernuous; perianth-segments bright pur- ple, rarely white, % in. long. May, June. Northwestern U. S. B.M. 3509. B.R. 16:1364.-This is possibly the handsomest species in the trade. Var. album is also offered and is equally desirable. BB. Stem flat. C. Spathes equal in length. graminoides, Bicknell (S. dnceps, S.Wats., not Cav.). A hardy perennial: stem winged, about 1 ft. high, usu- ally terminating in 2 unequal branches, subtended by a leaf: Ivs. nearly equaling the stem, grass-like, 1-3 lines wide: spathes about 1 in. long, 2-4-fld.; pedicels longer than the spathes: fls. blue, K-% in. across. April- June. Eastern U. S. B.B. 1:453. c. Spathes very unequal in length. angustifdlium, Mill. (S. dnceps, Cav. S. Bermudi- <} »«>», Authors). A hardy perennial: root-fibers long: stem about 1 ft. high, 1% lines through, with 2-3 clus- ters on long-winged peduncles: Ivs. linear, shorter than the stem, 1-1% lines wide: spathes 1-4-fld., about 1 in. long: pedicels about 8 lines long. May-Aug. Me. to Va., west to Colo. — Var. helium (S. btllum, Wats.). Stems more narrowly winged, usually without any leaf below the fork: spathes shorter: pedicels longer. Calif, and New Mexico. Var. mucronatum (S. mucrondtum, Michx.). Stems not branched, usually leafless, ending in a sessile cluster overtopped by a linear bract. Rocky Mts. and British North America. j\ ^ BARCLAY. SITOLOBIUM is referred to Dicksbnia cicutaria, Swz., a handsome, strong-growing tropical American fern with Ivs. 4-8 ft. long, bipinnate, papery, light green; petioles hairy; lower Ifts. 1-1% ft. x % ft. StUM (from Sion, old Greek name used by Dios- corides). Umbelliferce. Four widely scattered herbs with pinnate foliage and small white fls. borne in com- pound umbels. Glabrous plants : leaf-segments dentate : petals inflexed at the tip. For S. Sisarum, see Skirret. S. latifdlium, Linn., the WATER PARSNIP, is a Brit- ish species sometimes naturalized in English wild gar- dens, especially in damp woods. Like Ferula and cer- tain other umbelliferous plants, it is valued more for its stately habit and handsome foliage than for its flowers. W. M. SKlMMIA (Japanese Skimmi, meaning a hurtful fruit). Itutacece. Ornamental evergreen shrubs with alternate entire leaves, small white flowers in terminal panicles and showy bright red berry-like fruit. They are tender, not being reliably hardy as far north as Washington, D. C. Handsome shrubs for borders of SKIKKKT 1(171 evergreen shrubberies and especially valuable f,,r plant- ing in cities, as they belong to tin- l>'e-t •.,„., k.-.i-n. luring evergreen shrubs; they an- particularly beautiful \o,.-n covered with their bright red fruity, wind, are retained through the whole winter if not eaten by birds. In tin- greenhouse two crops of berries on a plant may I.. occasionally. The Skinmiias are of rather slow growth and thrive best in a sandy loamy .soil, but also grow well in strong clay; they prefer a partly si, tion. On account of their handsome fruit* they are sometimes cult, in pots in a sandy comport of pea't and loam. As the Skimmias are polygamous and mostly unisexual, it will be necessary to plant staminate plants among the pistillate ones to secure well-fruit. .1 speci- mens. Prop, by seeds sown in fall or stratified and by cuttings under glass with gentle bottom heat. William Scott writes: "Seeds sown in the fall and grown along in a coolhouse during winter can be planted out in a good loam the following spring, when they will make a vigorous growth, and can be lifted the following Octo- ber. Their red berries make them very desirable as a Christmas berry plant." Three species from the Himalayas to China and Ja- pan. Glabrous shrubs : Ivs. dotted with translucid glands : fls. polygamous or dioecious, the staminate fra- grant and in large panicles; sepals and petals 4-5; sta- mens 4-5 ; style with 2-5-lobed stigma : ovary 2-5 loculed : fr. a drupe with 2-4 one-seeded stones. Japonica, Thunb. (8. obldta, Moore. S. fragrant, Carr. S. fragrantissima, Hort.). Shrub, 5 ft. high: Ivs. crowded at the ends of the branchlets, short-peti- oled, elliptic-oblong to oblong-obovate, narrowed at both ends, obtusely pointed, bright or yellowish green above, yellowish green beneath, 3K-5 in. long: panicles 2-3>£ in. long: fls. polygamous, usually 4-merous, yellowish white : fr. coral-red or bright scarlet, subglobose and somewhat angular, % in. across. Spring. Japan. S.Z. 1:68. G.C. II. 25, p. 244; III. 5, p. 521, 524. Gn. 7, p. 183; 35, p. 480; 42, p. 133. J.H. III. 30, p. 525. R.H. 1869, p. 259; 1880, p. 56. F. 1865, p. 161.-S. fragrant and fragrantissima are names of the staminate plant; S. oblata of the pistillate. Var. ovata, Carr., has larger and broader Ivs. R.H. 1880. p. 58. Var. Veitcbl, Carr., has obovate Ivs. and perfect fls. R.H. 1880, p. 58. Fbrtunei, Mast. (S.Japdnica, Lindl.). Similar to the preceding but of dwarfer habit: Ivs. lanceolate or ob- long - lanceolate, acuminate, dark green above, light green beneath, 3%-10 in. long: fls. white, in oblong- ovate panicles, usually perfect: fr. obovate, dull crim- son-red. Spring. China. G.C. II. 25, p. 245 (as A', ob- lata); III. 5, p. 525. The following as S. Japonica : B.M. 4719; F.S. 7, p. 39; Gn. 7, p. 183 and 8, p. 519; R.H. 1869, p. 259, and 1880, p. 56. This species fruits more freely than the preceding. Var. rubella, Rehd. Peduncles, pedicels and buds reddish; staminate form. R.H. 1874:311; 1885, p. 189. Var. argentea, Nichols., has the Ivs. bordered with white. A hybrid between this and the preceding species is probably S. intermedia, Carr., with narrow oblong-elliptic Ivs. dark green above. To this hybrid belong also S. F6remani, Hort., with lan- ceolate or oblanceolate yellowish green Ivs. and subglo- bose and obovate fr. on the same panicle (G.C. III. 5:553) and S. Rogersi, Hort., with similar but deep green Ivs. and globose squarish fruit. S. Laureola, Sieb. & Zncc. Shrub. 5 ft. high, of a strong aro- matic odor when bruised: Ivs. narrow-oblong to obovate, acute or acuminate, bright green: fls. 5-merous. Him*],. ALFRED REHDER. SKIRRET (5tum Sisarum, Linn.) is a vegetable of minor importance the roots of which are used like salsify or oyster plant. It is a hardy, perennial, umbelliferous herb, native to eastern Asia. It grows 3-4 ft. high, has pinnate foliage and small white fls. in compound umbels. The roots grow in large clusters, something like those of a sweet potato or dahlia, but they are much longer, more cylindrical and somewhat jointed. The roots have a sweet and slightly floury taste and if well grown are tender. The chief objection to this vegetable is the woody core, which must be removed before cooking, as it is not easily separated from the fleshy part at the table and detracts from its quality. The thickness of the core varies greatly, no matter whether the plants are propagated by seed, offsets or division of roots. 1672 SKIRRET Skirret belongs to a moisture-loving genus, and needs a rich soil. The seeds may be sown in autumn or spring and the plants yield well the first season. For European practice Vilmorin recommends that the seed- lings be grown in a seed-bed until they have made 4 or 5 leaves and then transplanted into permanent quarters. Sow the seed in drills half an inch deep, and thin out the seedlings to 8 inches in the row. The roots may be left outdoors in the ground all winter, but others advise storing them in sand or earth. \\r. M. SKULL CAP. Scutellaria. SKUNK CABBAGE. Spathyema foetida. SLIPPER FLOWER or SLIPPERWGKT. Calceo- laria. SLIPPER, LADY'S. Cypripedium. i SLIPPERS, BABIES'. Lotus corniculatus . SLOE. Prunus spinosa. SMELOWSKIA (Prof.T.Smelowskia, botanist of St. Petersburg, died 1815). C'ruciferce. About 4 species of alpine plants with small white or yellow, 4-petaled flowers: sepals short, lax, equal at base: pod somewhat shortish, narrowed at both ends: seeds few, arranged in 1 series: Ivs. 1-2-pinnatisect: fls. racemose: bracts none. calycina, C. A. Meyer. Low, tufted perennial, very variable in foliage: Ivs. soft, usually deeply pinnatifld, with 2 or several pairs of linear to obovate, obtuse seg- ments and a terminal one: rarely a few Ivs. entire: racemes at first dense and subcorymbose, but elongat- ing in fruit: fls. white or nearly so; petals about 2 lines long. Arctic regions. Recommended by some per- sons for rock gardens, but it does not seem to be advertised in America. \\r_ jyj_ SMIL AClN A (resembling smilax). Liliacece. FALSE SOLOMON'S SEAL. About 25 species of hardy perennial herbs of the temperate "regions of North America and Asia, with rhizomes (Fig. 2330) and simple leafy stems bearing terminal panicles of small usually white or 2330. Rootstock of Smilacina racemosa (X %). The figures designate the position of the stalks in the different years. Between each of the figures or scars is a year's growth. greenish white flowers: perianth of 6 equal spreading segments ; stamens 6, inserted at bases of the perianth- segments : berry globular or nearly so, 3-celled. Smilacinas are of easy culture in any good soil. They prefer a rich loam in a moiskbut not wet, partly shaded place. They are handsome plants both in foliage and flower. S. racemosa is probably the most attractive. The plants may be forced slowly for bloom in the late winter and early spring. SMILAX A. Fruit red. B. Plant with 2-4 leaves. trifoliata, Desf . Rootstock slender : stem 2-15 in. high: Ivs. sessile, oval to oblong-lanceolate, 2-5 in. long: fls. in a simple raceme, few to several: berry % in. through. Bogs and moist soil in the northern U. S. and Asia. B.B. 1:430. BB. Plant icith many Ivs. racemdsa, Desf. Figs. 2330, 2331. Rootstock rather stout: stem 1-3 ft. high: Ivs. 3-6 in. long, oblong-lan- ceolate or oval, sessile or nearly so: fls. numerous, in a panicle : berry % in. through. In shaded or partly shaded places throughout the greater part of the U. S. B.B. 1:429. A.G. 13:519. AA. Fruit black, or green and Mack. B. Pedicels 2-7 lines long. sessilifdlia, Nutt. Rootstock slender: stem 1-2 ft. high, slender: Ivs. 2-6 in. long, lanceolate, acute, flat and spreading: raceme open, sessile or short-peduncled: berr,y 3-5 lines through. Early summer. Pacific states. BB. Pedicels 1-2 lines long. Stellata, Desf. Very near to S. sessilifolia: Ivs. usu- ally folded and ascending : raceme shorter and more crowded. May, June. Moist soil, throughout the greater part of the U. S. B.B. 1:430. F w BARCLAY. SMILAX (ancient Greek name). Liliacece. A genus of about 180 species very widely distributed over the world, usually woody climbers, which ascend by means of the coiling appendages of the petiole; sometimes shrubs or rarely herbaceous perennials, with slender twigs : rootstocks usually large and often tuberous: lower Ivs. reduced to scales; the upper simple, 3 or rarely several-nerved, often evergreen: fls. usually nu- merous, rather small, dioecious, in axillary, sessile or peduncled umbels : pedicels nearly equal in length : berries usually globose, 1-4-seeded. There are 17 species native of the U. S., nearly all of which are useful wild garden plants, having glossy at- tractive foliage. The last three noted below have been offered by collectors. For Smilax of florists, see As- paragus medeoloides. A. Lvs. usually variegated. Exotic species. B. Plant climbing. argyrea, Lind. & Rod. Tender foliage plant: stem wiry, slender, armed with short, stout thorns: Ivs. lan- ceolate, becoming 8-10 in. long, dark green, blotched with gray, 3-nerved, short -petioled. Bolivia. I.H. 39:152. — According to G.F. 8:305 the above species is a robust healthy plant doing well in a moderate temperature and quickly forming ornamental specimens. It should be given a rich, fibrous soil and a light and sunny position. It may be propagated by half-ripe cuttings of the side shoots with 2-3 eyes inserted in a moderately warm bed. BB. Plant partially climbing. aspera, Linn. A half-hardy shrub often somewhat scandent, unarmed or with spines: Ivs. ovate-deltoid or lanceolate, 1K-6 in. long, usually blotched with white, 5-9-nerved: fls. white, sweet-scented, in many-fld. umbels: ber- ries % in. thick, usually 3-seeded and, accord- ing to J. D. Hooker, bluish, while Franceschi mentions them in his catalogue as shining red. S. Eu. to India. Gn. 28, p. 615. AA. Lvs. green. Native species. B. Stem herbaceous. herbacea, Linn. A hardy perennial with a somewhat procumbent or climbing branched annual stem 4-6 ft. high, unarmed: Ivs. ovate to lanceolate acute to cuspi- date, obtuse or cordate at the base, long-petioled, 7-9- nerved: umbels 15-80-fld., long-peduncled: fls. carrion- scented when open: berry bluish black, % in. thick. Apr. -June. In woods or fields throughout the greater part of the U. S. B.B. 1:439. SMILAX BB. Stem C. Foliage evergreen. laurifolia, Linn. Stem stout, high-climbing, armed with straight prickles: branches angled, mostly un- armed : Ivs. leathery elliptic or oblong-lanceolate, 3- nerved : umbels 6-30- fld., on short, stout peduncles: berries black, ovoid. N. J., south and west to Ark. SOBKALIA Ki7.; SNAKE CUCUMBEK. A form of Cucinni* M SNAKE GOURD. See Trichosanthes. SNAKEHEAD. 2331. Smilacina racemosa (X %). CC. Foliage deciduous. Walteri, Pursh. Stem climbing, angled, prickly be' low: branches unarmed: Ivs. ovate to ovate-lanceolate obtuse or abruptly acute, 5-7-nerved: umbels G-15-fld., on short peduncles: berries coral-red or rarely white. Wet soil, N. J. to Fla. west to Mississippi river. B.B. 1:442. F.W.BARCLAY. SMOKE TREE. Hhus Cotinus. SMUT. A prevalent disease of many cultivated cereal grasses and other plants caused by the attack of a fungus of the class ustilagineee, sometimes producing swelling* on various parts of the host, the swellings being eventually filled with brownish or blackish spores known as chlamydospores, which emerge, as a fine dust- like powder, when the outer membrane of the hyper- trophic tissues bursts or cracks. The smut on Indian corn may be taken as typical. The disease usually ap- pears first on the leaves, afterwards at the junction of leaf-sheath and blade; finally the ear of corn is attacked, and the tassel. On the leaves blisters are found; on the ear, large, whitish polished swellings appear. As the spores mature, the swellings become darker in color, and the inclosing membrane finally ruptures, ex- posing the dark olive-green mass of spores. Unlike most other cereals, maize can be inoculated at any age. Several smuts have been described; viz., loose smut of oats (Uxtilago avence), maize and teosinte smut ( Ustilagn ze;>,),,„„. Snake's Head Iris IIern«>v.- l:,ru-,-r quan- ttttoi of nutnent MtbMuUMl without anv particular exhaustion to tin- -,,j|. It is certain that I|,,-M- nutrient materials do not ac- cumulate to any c-o,,Mderable ...xlrnt in >,,JU m |imiu,i countries, as they are liable to be leaH,.-,l awav and also to recombine, forming ,lim,-nlt|y »..lu>,|.. rumpo,,,,,), with the material of the soil grains. A soil is in good heart or good condition when the physical r..i,,liii,,i,. such as the Water supply, sc.il atnUMphcm and tempera. ture relations, are favorable, and when the weathering of the material is suili.-ient to furnish an abundant and constant nutrient solution in the s,,,| nioi-tnre. One of the most potent agents in the weathering of soils is the organic material contained. This is unques- tionably due largely to the amount of carbon dioxid formed, which renders many of the nutrient matters much more soluble. Moreover, the organ ie matter forms a culture medium for bacteria, ferments and the vari- ous organized and unorganized agents which assist in breaking down the organic material, and facilitate as well the weathering of the other soil components. Soils in general have remarkable power of absorbing on the surface of the soil grains vast quantities of carbon dioxid, ammonia and other gases, and of other nutrient materials, which while soluble and actually dissolved, do not readily diffuse out into the solution between the soil grains. The influence of fertilizers is therefore twofold: the direct addition of plant-food for the immediate use of plants, and the action of the fertilizing components upon the solubility of the otherwise difficultly soluble compounds in the soil. There are other offices which are very strikingly shown in the case of lime. This substance when in the form of either caustic or slaked lime corrects the acidity which is very often present in soils. It changes the structure of soils. It renders some of the soil components much more soluble, espe- cially when the lime is in the form of the sulfate or gypsum, and it has undoubtedly a physiological role which enables the plant to assimilate larger quantities of other nutrient matters even in amounts which would be detrimental if the lime salt were not present in ex- cess. The principal objects of the cultivation of the soil are to secure proper aeration, to conserve the moisture sup- ply, and to improve the drainage. The irrigation and artificial drainage of soils are treated elsewhere. 2333. How the gardener makes his soil, by letting it decay in piles. The larger pile is composed of sods. The phys'ical properties of texture and structure, that is, the size and arrangement of the soil grains, have a greater practical importance with field crops and the relation of crops to soil under extensive cultivation than upon horticultural crops either in the field or green- house, where intensive methods are used. Particularly in the eastern states, where the natural rainfall i lied upon for the water supply, these physical proper ties have great influence in determining the relation c,f crops to soils. This is due in large part to the influence 1676 SOIL of the physical properties upon the water supply, and the commercial values of many soils are dependent largely upon this one condition. This is notably the case with the early truck crops, with corn, wheat and grass lands, and with special products such as celery, cranberries and other horticultural crops. With inten- sive cultivation, however, the flavor, appearance, tex- ture and general quality of the crop assume greater commercial importance, and even with intensive meth- ods these are largely influenced by the character of the soil. This is shown in a striking manner in the locali- zation of certain interests, even under the most inten- sive system of agriculture, such as the production of the fine lettuce around Boston, of the carnations, vio- lets, tomatoes and roses in other districts. With the present specialization in these lines, it is not only neces- sary that one should have a knowledge of the methods of cultivation, but should have the proper soil condi- tions as well as suitable climatic conditions; and to such an extent has this specialization been carried that different varieties of roses, for example, are best grown in different localities where the soils are slightly differ- ent. These matters must be realized by the horticultur- ist in order to attain the highest degree of success in any particular undertaking. MILTON WHITNEY. SOILS FOE POTTING. — Strictly speaking, there are but two distinct kinds of soils, though there are several modifications or physical differences in both. These are mineral soils and organic soils or peat. Peat is formed in temperate climates by the accumulation of vegetable matter in swamps, or in some parts of the world under peculiar atmospheric conditions (see Peat). Mineral soils, which cover the greater portion of the earth's surface, are formed by the disintegration of rocks and stones through the agency of water, frost or the atmos- phere. Peaty soils are composed almost entirely of vegetable matter, with but little mineral matter. Min- eral soils are just the.reverse. The physical differences in peat are practically reduced to two; viz., the ab- sence or presence of fiber. The physical differences in mineral soils vary considerably from almost pure clay to almost pure sand; indeed, the mechanical (or physi- cal) analysis of mineral soils is based largely upon the proportions of clay and sand. The following table, taken from Tanner's "First Principles of Agriculture," is self-explanatory: Name of soil Percentage of sand Sand 80 to 100 Sandy loam 60 to 80 Loam 40 to 60 Clay loam 20 to 40 Clay 0 to 20 It will be seen that when the proportions of sand and clay are equal or nearly so, the soil is then termed loam. Should clay or sand predominate it is then spoken of as a clay loam, or sandy loam. If other substances, such as lime or gravel, be present, the soil is then termed a calcareous or a gravelly soil. The composition of soils can be still further known by chemical analysis, but to the average gardener this is not necessary. Moreover, it is an operation of great nicety and one that requires an experienced chemist to perform. The chemical constituents which plants derive from the soil are present in most soils, though in vary- ing degree, but they are sure to be present in ample quantity in the potting soil selected by an experienced gardener. The air and water may furnish as much as 98 per cent of the material with which the plant body is built up in some cases, and only the remaining 2 per cent be strictly derived from the soil. The three most important nutrient elements are nitrogen, phos- phoric acid and potash. Of the three, nitrogen is the most important, but all are present in varying degrees in most natural manures. Moreover, nitrogen composes four-fifths of the atmosphere and the soil absorbs it chemically through the action of bacteria when the soil is in good physical condition. Hence the importance of remembering always that air in the soil is as important as water. Sorauer, in his "Physiology of Plants," page 56, says: "The ideal condition of a soil is one in which it resembles a sponge, and in which it will retain the greatest amount of nutritive substances and water with- SOIL out losing its capacity for absorbing air." Therefore it will readily be seen that the physical condition of soil is far more important to the gardener than the chemical. Mineral soils vary according to locality, but when the topography of any particular locality is of a hilly or mountainous character, the different variations or phys- ical differences may often be found within the radius of a mile. The capacity of soils to retain moisture va- ries considerably. A clay loam is far more retentive of moisture than a sandy loam. The experienced gardener therefore selects a clay loam for his strong-rooting, large-leaved tropical plants, because transpiration is so much greater in these plants, .tor a general collection of greenhouse and small-growing tropical plants he selects a good loam. For cacti, agaves and other succu- lent plants which will not take as much water at all seasons as other plants, he selects a sandy loam. For ferns, most of the Ericaceae and Gesneraceas he selects peat; while for nepenthes, orchids, bromeliads and the epiphytic aroids he selects fern or kalmia root. Other materials which a gardener should always have on hand when he has a large and varied collection of plants are : leaf-mold, which is made by collecting leaves and stor- ing for at least two years, turning them over occasion- ally to facilitate decay; living or fresh sphagnum moss; sand; charcoal, and some convenient manures, such as pulverized sheep manure and bone meal. Growing plants in pots is very different from grow- ing them in borders or the open ground. In pots, espe- cially the larger sizes, the capacity of the soil for ab- sorbing air is in a great measure restricted ; therefore, the experienced gardener digs the turf only from good pasture or meadow land, so that it shall be full of the fibrous roots of the grass. Soils containing fiber will absorb air much more freely than that without fiber. But before using the turf for potting it should be placed in square piles, turf downwards, for at least six months in order to kill the grass and all vegetable life. Fern root should also be collected and stored the same length of time in order to kill out the ferns. Fig. 2333. Raw and very coarse soils are usually sifted before used for most greenhouse plants. Shallow sieves are used for this purpose. Fig. 2334. 2334. Sieves for sifting or riddling soils. Except for sowing seeds and for potting seedlings and freshly rooted cuttings, thoroughly decayed and homogeneous soils should not be sifted, but should be broken into small lumps, as the small lumps assist ma- terially in aerating the soil. If the soil is sifted too much it becomes very fine, packs close and allows too little aeration. Leaf-mold is decayed vegetable matter, or humus. It may have little manurial value, but is used by gardeners to make soils "light" or spongy. For most young plants a good proportion added to the soil is ex- cellent, as it encourages root growth. Sand is the best medium for rooting cuttings of the majority of plants. It is also added to soils to increase their porosity, especially when potting very young plants. Silver sand is best for all purposes because it contains less oxides than red or yellow sands. SOIL In potting plants, experienced gardeners make pot- ting mixtures or add a variety of materials to the soil to suit the requirements of different plants. For young seedlings or for freshly rooted cuttings, the compost should be of a light and porous nature, but as plants jncrease in size and vigor a heavier and richer mixture SOLAN UM Ki77 2335. Solandra grandtflora (X 1-5). is usually given, that is, if plants are to be grown on as specimens; but the proportion of nutrient substances used in a potting mixture should be determined by the vigor of the plants. It is always better to use too little plant-food than too much ; if too much is used it often becomes available faster than the roots of plants can absorb it, and hence causes organic acids to form in the soils which are fatal to the roots of most plants. Many amateur plant - growers in their over-anxiety to grow fine plants make this fatal mistake. In most gardens the greenhouse space is limited, and a gardener cannot always develop his plants to their fullest capacity or he has to reduce his variety and numbers. For instance, we used to grow fancy pelargo- niums three and four feet in diameter, but we found we either had to grow smaller specimens or reduce the va- riety of our collections. This, then, determines in the mind of an experienced gardener the composition of his potting mixtures. His aim should be to grow the finest possible specimens in the smallest possible pots and space, and all the cultural details given by the writer in this Cyclopedia have been with this idea in mind. EDWARD J. CANNING. SOJA. Consult Soy Bean and Olyclne. SOLANDKA (after Daniel C. Solander, a Swedish naturalist and traveler, 1736-1786). Solanacece. A ge- nus of about 4 species of woody vines native to tropical America, with simple, entire, shining leaves and large, white, solitary, datura-like flowers: calyx long-tubular, 2-5-cleft ; corolla funnel-shaped; tube cylindrical; throat obliquely and widely bell-shaped; lobes broad, imbricated ; stamens 5, inserted on the corolla-tube: berry globose, pulpy. A. Plant becoming 12-20 ft. high. grandifldra, Sw. Fig. 2335. Lvs. obovate - oblong, acute, glabrous, thick: fls. fragrant; corolla twice as long as the calyx, not contracted at the throat, white or somewhat yellowish. B.M. 1874. G.C. III. 21 :272. Gn. 53:1161. J.H. 111. 34:123. AA. Plait( about 2 ft. high, ,,-ith tr»iliHy .nret. longiflora, Tussa, (8. fetfe, Hook.1. ',.,,. ,.,,, n ..• or ,,l,,,y,u,. acute; peti,,I,s ,,,,r,,lish: fl.. !>„«„, t- <•" "ll'i usually 1 ft. long, thr-, tim,.s «s lo,lir M ,'. <'alyx .,,,,, ra,,,.,! at ,h, throat, whit- or so,,,,.*!, , . lowish. H.M. tttf.-Colt in S. Calif. S. guttata D. Don. has bright yollow fls. with gtrenk* of nnr »••'" tl..-t I'rjwtand in Uni*r£d ,,,0,,. .lender Umn .s ,, Z "l'S "re more '-- . • k l F. W. BAKCLAT. Solandras are attractive plants and th-ir n.-.-di an- simple. A warm greenhouse-one it, whirl, H,,- tem- perature is never allowed to fall below 50° -will m,jt them very well in the Mlton -tales. The plants w,,ul,l probably do wi-ll outdoors in Florida and tin- tar South. They like plenty of light and sunshine at all MUOIU -t »nM?near;-nmiWfter 8h°Uld be «iv'-» fn-"l> from early autumn till the latter part of gpring, as they make th.-iV growth and bloom during that period. In summer when the wood is ripening, a dry state is preferable for them. The soil that gives the most satisfactory results is a good, somewhat sandy loam. It is unwise to dis- turb the roots of established plants more frequently than is necessary. The chief point in growing Solan- dras is to obtain short, sturdy branches, for those of rank growth seldom or never develop flowers; for this reason the use of rich soils and strong fertilizers should be avoided always. Propagated by cuttings of firm young shoots taken with a heel and placed in slight bot- tom heat. Solandra grandiflora is perhaps the best of the ge- nus. The dowers do not last more than four or five days. They are of a pretty greenish white color when they first open and turn slovly to a rich brownish yel- MICHAEL BARKER. SOLANUM (Latin, solamen, solace or quieting). NIGHTSHADE. Solanum, giving name to the family Solanacea, is a vast genus of temperate and tropical herbs, shrubs and even trees, but is comparatively poorly represented in temperate North America. Dunal, the latest monographer (DC. Prodr. 13, pt. 1), in 1852, rec- ognized 901 species, and many species have been de- scribed since that time. The genus finds its greatest extension in tropical America. Of the vast number of species, barely 25 are of much account horticulturally, and half that number will comprise all the species that are popularly well known. One of these is the Potato, Solanum tuberosum, one of the leading food plants of the human race. The genus seems to abound in plants with toxic properties, although its bad reputation in this- respect is probably exaggerated. As a genus, Solanum is not easily separated from other genera, but some of its most designative char- acters are as follows: Lvs. alternate: inflorescence mostly sympodial and therefore supernxillary or oppo- 2336. Tuber of Potato— Solanum tuberosum (X %). site the Ivs. : corolla garaopetalous and rotate or shal- low-campanulate, plaited in the bud, the limb angled or shallow-lobed; stamens usually 5, inserted on the throat of the corolla, the anthers narrower or elongated and connivent and mostly opening by an apical pore or slit: ovary usually 2-loculed, ripening into a berry which is sometimes inclosed in the persistent calyx. The fls. 1678 SOLANUM are white, purple or yellow. The species are herbs in temperate climates, but in warm countries many of them are shrubby and some are small trees. Many of them are climbers. It is impracticable to distribute the few cultivated species into the various botanical groups of a great genus, and the following species are there- fore assembled on a purely horticultural plan. 2337. Pepino or Melon Shrub— Solanum muricatum (X INDEX. laeiniatum, 13. robustum, 18. Maglia, 2. Seaforthianum, 21. magnificum, 22. serpentinum, 6. marginatum, 17. Texanum, 7. Melongena, 6. Torreyi, 15. nmricaturri, 5. tuberosum, 1. muticum, 11. umbellatum, 12. nanum, 8. umbelliferum, 12. nigrum, 4. variegatum, 1, 9, 20. ovigernm, 6. venustum, 21. Pseudo - Capsicum, Warscewiczii, 19. 8. warscewiczioides, pyraeanthum, 16. 19. Rantonnetii. 11. Weatherilli, 8. Itantonnei, 11. Wendlandii. 22. avieulare, 13. azureum, 21. boreale, 1. Capsieastrum, 9. coccineum, 7. , depressum, 6. esculentum, 6. Fendleri, 1. grandiflorum, 20. Guatemalense, 5. Hendersoni, 10. Indicum, 14. insanum, 6. integrifolium, 7. Jamesii. 3. jasminoides, 20. A. Species bearing underground tubers: Ivs. pinnate. (See Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. 21, for account of the tuberiferous Solauums.) 1. tuberosum, Linn. POTATO. Figs. 1929, 1930; 2336. Low, weak-stemmed, much-branched perennial with tender, herbaceous tops, and perpetuating itself asex- SOLANUM ually by means of thickened or tuberous underground stems, glabrous or pubescent-hirsute: Ivs. unequally pinnate, the 5-9 oblong-ovate Ifts. interposed with much smaller ones: fls. lilac or white, in long-stemmed dichotomous clusters, the corolla prominently lobed: fr. a small globular yellow berry, usually not produced in the highly developed modern varieties. Temperate Andes of Chile and adjacent regions. — See Potato. There is a form with yellow-blotched Ivs. (known as var. va- riegatum) sometimes cult, for ornament. Var. boreale, Gray (S. Fendleri, Gray). Plant usu- ally smaller, as also the tubers, which are about % in. in diam. and send off long, creeping subterranean stolons: interposed Ifts. one or two or even none: corolla angled. Mts., S. Colo, to Mex. — Apparently only a northward extension of the species. 2. Maglia, Schlecht. DARWIN POTATO. More slender and erect than S. tuberosum and nearly or quite gla- brous: Ifts. usually smaller, the interposed ones few and very small: fls. smaller than those of S. tuberosum, white, slender -pediceled, in loose, long-forked cymes: tubers small (2 in. or less long), globose or oblong, soft and watery. Coast region of Chile. B.M. 6756. — Some- times cult, as a curiosity. It has been thought by some to be the original of the Potato, but this is now given up. Darwin describes the plant in his "Naturalist's Voyage." As grown by the writer, the plant has given little promise in the production of tubers, for the tubers are small and soft. 3. Jamesii, Torr. Low and slender, 12-18 in. tall un- der cultivation, the small angular branches glabrous or soon becoming so: Ivs. oblong in general outline, the rachis narrow-winged, the Ifts. 5-9, with no in- terposed small ones, small and lanceolate-ob- long in shape : fls. small, white, the corolla deeply cleft and the anthers large and promi- nent: tubers few, globular, hard, 1 in. or less in diameter, withstanding frost. Mts. of Colo., N. Mex. and Ariz. B. M. 6766. — Sometimes cult, as a curiosity. The tubers do not appear to be eaten. AA. Species grown (or collected) for the edible fruits: Ivs. simple. 4. nigrum, Linn. BLACK NIGHTSHADE. Mo- RELLE of the French. Annual, 1-2 ft., branch- ing, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. simple and en- tire, ovate to cuneate - ovate, pointed, long- stalked: fls. white, small, in few-fld. clusters, the pedicels drooping: fr. globular, black, size of a pea. —A widespread weedy plant. In the Dakotas, according to Hansen, the plant is often called "Stubbleberry," as it volunteers freely in wheat stubble, and the fruit is much used there for pies and preserves. Hansen finds that the plants withstand considerable frost. In warm countries, according to Vilmorin, the leaves are sometimes eaten as spinach is, "and apparently without any injurious result, al- though the plant belongs to the dangerous fam- ily of the Solanacese." The writer has. grown the plant from French seeds, but he does not know that it is in the American trade. The species is exceedingly vari- able. Gray thinks that the species should include "many and perhaps most of 50 and more species of Dunal in the Prodromus, weeds or weedy plants, widely diffused over the world, especially in the warmer por- tions." 5. muricatum, Ait. (S. GuatemaUnse, Hort.). PEPINO. MELON PEAR. MELON SHRUB. Fig. 2337. Erect bushy herb or subshrub, not spiny, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. long and narrow, mostly oblong-lanceolate, tapering to the petiole and also to the nearly or quite obtuse point, the margin wholly entire or somewhat undulate: tts. rather small, bright blue, deeply 5-lobed, inclined or nodding in a long-stalked forking cluster: fr. long- ovoid or egg-shaped, long-stalked, yellow overlaid with streaks and splashes of violet-purple, in cult, specimens 4-6 in. long and seedless. Trop. Amer., at temperate elevations. G.F. 5:173. G.C. III. 3:309.-This plant at- tracted some attention in this country about ten years ago. It appears to have been introduced into the United SOLANUM States from Guatemala in 1882 by Gustav Eisen. A full review of the history and botany was made in Cornell Exp. Bull. 37 (1891). The fruit is aromatic, tender and juicy, and in taste suggests an acid eggplant. In a drawer or box, the fruit may be kept till midwinter. In the North the seasons are too short to allow the fruit to mature in the open, unless the plants are started very early. The Pepino is properly a cool-season plant, and when grown in pots in a cool or intermediate house will set its fruits freely. It is readily propagated by means of cuttings of the growing shoots. The plant will with- stand a little frost. 6. Melongena, Linn. (S. insriitxm, Linn.). Erect and much-branched herb or subshrub, 2-3 ft. tall, woolly or scurfy, spiny: Ivs. large and heavy, ovate or oblong- ovate, becoming nearly glabrous above but remaining densely tomentose beneath, shallowly sinuate-lobed: 11s. large, mostly in clusters, the calyx woolly and often spiny, the spreading, deeply lobed, purplish corolla 1 in. or more across : f r. a large berry. India. Var. esculentum, Nees (S. esculentum and S. ovigerum, Dun.). COMMON EGGPLANT. GUINEA SQUASH. AUBER- <;iNK. Pigs. 750-753, 830, Vol. II. Cultivated for its large fruits, which are usually oblong, obovoid or egg- shape in form, and purple, white, yellowish or striped: differs from the wild plant in having fewer spines, mostly solitary fls., and much larger and more variable fruits. There are two well-marked sub- varieties: var. serpentinum, Bailey (S. serpentinum, Desf.). SNAKE EGGPLANT. Pr. greatly elongated and curled at the end. Var.depressum.Bailey.DwARF PURPLE EGGPLANT. Fig. 754. Plant low and diffuse, many of the branches finally resting on the ground, usually dark-col- ored, nearly glabrous and al- ways spiny: Ivs. small and rela- tively thin, less lobed : fls. small and longer-stalked : fr. purple, pyriform. See Egg- plant. AAA. Species grown wholly for ornament or curiosity. B. For (he fruit alone. 1. integrifdlium, Poir. (S. Texdnnm, Dunal. S. coccin- eum, Hort. ). CHINESE SCARLET EGGPLANT. ORNAMENTAL EGG- PLANT. ETHIOPIAN EGGPLANT. Fig. 2338. Coarse, bushy herb, 3 ft. tall, scurfy -tomentose, armed with strong hooked spines: Ivs. much like those of the eggplant but the lobes sljarper, spiny on the midrib and petiole: fls. small, white, in clusters of 2-6: fr. 1-2 in. across, mostly flattened on the ends but sometimes nearly globular in outline, prominently lobed, bright scarlet or yellow. Probably African.— An old-time gar- den plant, but little grown. Annual. SOLAN I'M 167<) H form with strongly veined undulate Ivs. and pointed orange-colored 1'niii^. • 9; Capsicastrum, Link. Fig. :>::»]. K.-sembles the tat but the plant attains only about h.-ilf the >j/.,.: iv*. much shorter, ovate-lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, scan , h- undulate, subopposite and one ...mailer than tl,,. oth.-r'- fls. white, n, short neaDMi fr. ',. I,,, or bu in .liam orange-red or scarlet. Bra/.il. F.s. l.'M.M" - Kn-uuent greenhouse and window plant. Var. variegatum Hort has variegated Ivs. 10. Henderson!, Hort. Very like S.Pseudo-Capticum but the white fls. very numerous, and the fr. ovoid or olive-form, orange-red. A horticultural form, perhaps a hybrid. Also known as S. hybridum Uendertoni. 11. Bantonnetii, Carr. (Vari- ously spelled S. Mantonnei, Ran- toin'/ii, /{.nitottni, etc.) Erect, bushy plant, growing 3-5 ft. tall, glabrous: Ivs. lance-ovate, en- tire, alternate : fls. large, violet- blue, 2-5 together in the axils: fr. 1 in. or less in diam., red, very orn- am en tal, drooping. Paraguay and Argen- tina. R.H. 1859, p. BB. For foliage or flowers (JYos. 8 to 11 also for fruit). c. Habit erect, the plant either herbaceous or woody. D. Plant without spines, mostly with rather narrow Ivs. E. Lvs. entire or very nearly so. 8. Pseudo-Capsicum, Linn. JERUSALEM CHERRY. Figs. 2:i:i!>, 2340. Small shrub, reaching 3-4 ft., but usually grown as smaller specimens in pots, glabrous, erect: Ivs. lance-oblong to oblanceolate, mostly obtuse, entire or somewhat wavy, shining green, strongly penniveined: fls. few or solitary in lateral clusters, small, white, the corolla 5-parted: fr. globular, %-% in. in diam., scarlet or yellow. Tropics, probably native to Old World.— An old - fashioned plant, often seen in window -gardens, grown for its showy berry-like fruits, which persist a long time. Var. nanum, Hort., is a dwarf, compact form. Var. Weatherilli, Hort., Weatherill's Hybrid, is 2338. Solanum integrifolium (X %). A species grown for its ornamental fruit. 135. — R. muticum, N. E. Br., is probably the same. Gt. 43:1401. An excellent plant for blooming in the open in summer. Easily prop, by means of cuttings. 12. umbelliferum, Eschsch. Perennial, shrubby at the base, hoary -pubescent or sometimes almost glabrous: Ivs. obovate-oblong, varying from obtuse to acute: tt*. violet-blue (or sometimes white), in umbel-like clusters, % in. across, showy and fragrant. Calif. Variabl. nmbellatum, recently offered, is very likely this species. EE. Lvs. prominently lobed. 13. aviculare, Forst. (S. laciniatum, Ait.). Strong, erect herb or subshrub, 4-6 ft., glabrous: Ivs. large, pinnatifld into long nearly linear or lanceolate acute lobes: fls. blue, 1 in. or less across, the corolla promi- nently lobed, showy: fr. oval or globular, varying from green to orange-red, about %-l in. in diam. (said to be eaten in New' Zealand). Australia and New Zealand. B.M. 349. DD. Plant more or less spiny: grown for the mass effect. E. Flowers mainly blue. 14. Indicum, Linn. Strong shrub, sometimes taller than a man. with many stout often recurved prickles, 100 1680 SOLAN UM more or less hairy . Ivs. ovate, sinuate or lobed, woolly beneath, usually prickly: fls. blue. 1 in. or less across, triangular-lobed: berry globular, about % in. in diam., smooth, yellow. Tropical India, and in China and the Philippines. — Offered by Franceschi, S. Calif., who de- scribes the fls. as white. Variable. 15. T6rreyi, Gray. Strong perennial herb, with close grayish pubescence and scattering weak prickles: Ivs. ovate, with subcordate or truncate base, with 5-7 sinuate lobes, the midrib prickly beneath: fls. few in the cymes, nodding, 2 in. across, pale blue, deeply pointed-lobed, handsome: berry 1 in. in diam., globular, smooth, yel- low. Kans. to Tex. B.M. 6461. 16. pyracanthum, Jacq. Small shrub, somewhat hairy, thickly beset with ferocious orange spines: Ivs. long and relatively narrow, pinnately irregularly lobed: fls. blue, with radiating white ribs, deeply lobed, about 1 in. across, drooping in small clusters : fr. globose, K in. or less in diam. Trop. Afr. B.M. 2547. F.S. 23:2411. EE. Fls. mainly white. 17. marginatum, Linn. f. Shrubby, 3-5 ft. tall, white- tomentose, bearing many straight but not very large prickles: Ivs. mostly ovate in outline, subcordate, shal- low-lobed or angled, at some stages with an irregular white band along the margin due to the shedding of the tomentum on the body of the leaf (whence the name marginatum): fls. large, 1 in. or more across, white with blue veins or ribs, shallow-lobed, in few-fld. clus- ters, the calyx prickly: fr. 1 in. or more in diam., glo- bose or ovoid, drooping, prickly, yellow. Trop. Afr. B.M. 1928. 18. robustum, H. Wendl. Vigorous herb or subshrub, 3-5 ft., densely tomentose, prickly on stems and Ivs., the stems winged: Ivs. very large, sometimes 1 ft. long, broad-ovate or ovate-elliptic in outline, with many pointed angular lobes extending one-third or less the depth of the blade, woolly beneath : fls. white, about 1 in. across, lobed, racemose : fr. globular, small, hairy, orange- colored. Brazil. R.H. 1863, p. 250; 1896, p. 236,-Bold species, useful for subtropical gardening. 2339. Solanum Pseudo-Capsicum (X %). No. 8. 19. Warscewiczii,Weick (S. warscewiczioldes,Hort.). Strong, erect plant, 3-4 ft., usually with a strong cen- tral stem, densely rusty-tomentose and armed with many short stout hooked or straight spines: Ivs. large, the blade often more than 1 ft. long, rather soft, tomen- SOLANUM tose or densely pubescent beneath, deeply several-lobed: fls. large, about 1% in. across, white, numerous: fr. glabrous and shining, pale yellow. Probably South American. R.H. 1865, p. 430; 1896, p. 237. -A very strik- ing plant for subtrop- ical gardening and eas- ily raised from seed in a single season ; half- hardy perennial. 2340. Solanum Pseudo-Capsicum, the Jerusalem Cherry (X %). 2341. Solanum Capsicastrum. (X %.) No. 9. cc. Habit of plant climbing, more or less woody, spine- less (except No. 22}. D. Fls. small, 1% in. or less across. 20. jasminoides, Paxt. POTATO VINE (from the fls.). Fine greenhouse twining shrub, reaching several ft. in height, glabrous: Ivs. rather small, the upper ones lan- ceolate to lance-ovate and entire, the lower ones of about 3 narrow, ovate entire Ifts. : racemes short and united into a cluster 3 in. or less long and about 8-12-fld. : fls. about 1 in. across, star-shaped, white with tinge of blue; pretty. S.America. P.M. 8:5. B.R. 33:33. Gn. 43, p. 433; 45, p. 162; 50, p. 19; 51, p. 358; 53, p. 28. -A most useful deciduous climber for the coolhouse, and much grown. Half-hardy, and useful for the open in the South. Will grow 10-20 ft. if given a chance. Var. grandifldrum, Hort., has very large trusses of fls. and is a robust grower; excellent. Gng. 1:259. Var. varie- gatum, Hort., has variegated foliage. 21. Seaforthianum, Andr. (S. aztireum, Hort. ? fl. veniistum, Kunth). Beautiful slender climber or trailer, 4—10 ft., minutely pubescent: Ivs. with 3 Ifts. (terminal one largest) or the upper ones simple, the margin en- tire, the Ifts. ovate-lanceolate : fls. many in long, droop- ing panicles, on pedicels swollen at the apex, the corolla mauve or azure-blue, star-shaped, usually 1 in. or less across: fr. ovoid, glabrous, scarlet. Brazil. B.M. 1982, 5823. B.R. 12:969. R.H. 1893, p. 177; 1897:424. -A very beautiful plant for the coolhouse. Begins to bloom when very young. DD. Fls. large, 2 in. or more across. 22. Wendlandii, Hook. f. (S. Windlandii magnifi- cum, Hort.). Fig. 2342. Tall-climbing, glabrous, with a few scattered prickles: Ivs. various, sometimes 10 in. long, the uppermost simple and oblong-acuminate, the others lobed or trifoliolate and with the terminal leaflet much the largest, all with entire margins: fls. in large cymes, pale lilac -blue, the corolla 2% in. across and shallow-lobed : fr. globose. Costa Rica. B.M. 6914. G.C. III. 14:339. G.M. 36:610. A.F. 12:1147. F.E. 8:828. —A splendid greenhouse climber, perhaps the most showy of the cultivated Solanums. Blooms in summer and fall. Ernest Braunton writes : " S. Wend- landii is a magnificent climber in this climate (Los Angeles), reaching 50 ft. or more and having umbels 12 inches across. It is perhaps the showiest vine in Cali- fornia when in bloom. It is generally hardy here, al- though some winters nip and even kill the vine in the colder and lower parts of this city. Cut up an old vine, any kind of wood, stick the pieces in sand or light soil, SOLANUM and wait. Every cutting will grow. When in a robust condition it is a gross feeder. It should be in the full sun, though it does well anywhere." S. betdceum, Cay., is Cyphomamlra, for which see VT>] 1 — v cernuum, Velloz., is a shrub or small tree, with r.vph,,m'unW like Ivs. and the young parts Hot),,.,! wit), ,.|l;ifYy hairs- fls white: fr. globose, hairy, inclosed in the calyx S Brazil B.M 7491 -.V. ciliatum, Lam. Stout herb or subshruh, l-'i ft tail with prickly stems and ovate acute-lobed Ivs.: fls white' 1 in' SOLENANTHUS 1681 3342. Solatium Wendlandii. Much reduced. or less across: fr. 2 in. or more across, flattened on the ends, corrugated, scarlet, showy. Porto Rico. P.S. 19:1988 F M 1871:521. R.B. 20, p. 249. R.H. 1888, p. 78. Perhaps a form of S. aculeatissimum, Jacq.— & coruutum. Lam. (S. Fontanesia- num, Hort.). Annual, 1-2 ft., very spiny, with pinnatifld Ivs , the lobes again lobed and obtuse; fls. golden yellow: fr. small, spiny. Mex. G.C. III. 22:311.— ,S. crispum, Ruiz & Pav. Erect or half-climbing woody shrub, with simple ovate-oblong entire or undulate Ivs., and large clusters of pale purple red-ribbed fls an inch across. Chile. B.M. 3795. B.R. 18:1516. L.B.C 20-1959 Gn. 44:919; 51, p. 230. Half-hardy very beautiful climber.— S. Dulcamara, Linn. BITTERSWEET. Scrambling vine of the Old World, but naturalized about dwellings and along roads and even in swamps: Ivs. cordate ovate, some of them ear-lobed at the base : fls. small, nodding, star-like, blue, succeeded by showy oblong red shining berries.— S. pensile, Sendt. Climber, allied to S. Dulcamara: Ivs. cordate-ovate, simple and entire: fls. blue, 1 in. across, deeply lobed, in long panicles or racemes: berry globose, size of a pea, purple. Guiana and the Amazon. B.M. 7062.— nS. Pierreanum. South America. Very interest- ing and pretty for its fruits striped different colors." Fran- ceschi. L Ht B SOLDANELLA (Latin, a small coin; referring to the shape of the Ivs.). Primulacece. About 4 species of alpine plants 2-3 in. high, with nodding, funnel-shaped, fringed flowers of violet or purplish blue, and about %- % in. across. Soldanellas are amongst the most famous flowers of the Alps, though not the commonest. S. al- pina ascends the mountains to the line of perpetual snow. Grant Allen, in "Flashlights on Nature," de- clares that the flower of Soldanella actually thaws its way up through a solid block of ice. Soldanellas are cultivated in this country only in a few large rock gar- (Iriis. Those who have limited resources and dwell in the region of changeable winters might attempt to grow these plants in pots under a frame in lieu of nature's winter covering. According to J. B. Keller, they prefer a half-shady or shady position and are prop, by seed or division. Soldanellas are native only to the Alps of middle Europe. They are slender, glabrous, perennial herbs, with short rhizomes: Ivs. long-stalked, thick, roundish, with a heart-shaped or kidney-shaped base, entire: scapes slender, solitary or few, about 6 in. high or less: calyx 5-parted; corolla 5-cut. The descriptions of the are h..r, adopted f,,,m K..,h's Svn.,pni» Flor» ,,,,.. BOOM whit- -Mnw,.r,,l b«U k*?« been re A. AV.i g~f on a am/,, .- rorolht split half way to the base; fflMMftb /,„// ns long ag anthers. B. Pedicels pubescent. monttna, \ViiM. LVS. roundish: margin -lightly and remotely crenate: fa. violet. .May July. BB. Pedicels roughish. alplna, Linn. Fig. -j:u:t. Lvs. roundish; base more • l«-ss kidney -shaped; margin entire or som, what aanyii o/^let' With darker •«««*»• May. B.M. 49. U.L. II. 24:457. AA. Fls. solitary: corolla split a third of the way to the base: filaments about as long as anthers. B. Pedicels roughish. pusilla, Baumg. Base of Ivs. heart-shaped or kidney- shaped; margin somewhat wavy: fls. copper-colored verging on blue, the fringes straight, not spreading! May. BB. Pedicels pubescent. minima, Hoppe. Lvs. roundish: fls pale lilac, streaked purple inside; the fringes spreading at the tips. June, SOLE A (after W. Sole, author of a monograph of the mints of England). Violacea. A single species native to the eastern U. S.,an herbaceous perennial 1-2 ft. high, with mostly oblong, narrowly acuminate leaves 3-5 in. long, and small nodding greenish flowers solitary or in pairs in many of the leaf-axils: sepals linear and equal; petals nearly equal, connivent nearly their entire length, the lower one much larger, saccate at the base, emargi- nate at the broad apex; stamens with broad connectives wholly connate into an ovoid sac open only between the free tips, a rounded or 2-lobed scale-like gland adnate to the base anteriorly. c6ncolor, Ging. (lonidium c6ncolor, Benth. & Hook.). May. June. Moist woods. B.B. 2:456. -Is offered by F. W. BARCLAY. SOLENANTHUS (Greek, tube and flower; referring to the form of the corolla), fion-aginacect. About 15 species of perennial herbs from Europe and Asia with alternate leaves and blue or rosy flowers either in long, 2343. Soldanella alpina (X X). simple, bracted racemes or in shorter, bractless, scir- pioid, panicled racemes: calyx 5-parted; segments nar- row, but little enlarged in fruit; corolla tubular, the lobes short, erect or somewhat spreading; stamens ex- serted: ovary-lobes 4, distinct: nutlets 4. 1682 SOLENANTHUS Apenninus, Hohen. ( CynogUssitm Apennlnum, Linn. ). Plant hardy, 2%-3 ft. high: Ivs. rather coarse, the radi- cal ovate-oblong, those of the stem long-lanceolate: fls. blue, forget-me-not-like, in dense, axillary, panicled racemes. May, June. S. Europe.— A useful plant amongst shrubbery or in the back part of borders. Prop, by division or seed. p. \y. BARCLAY. SOLIDAGO (according to Gray, from "solidus and ago, to make solid or draw together, in allusion to re- puted vulnerary properties ") . Compdsitce. GOLDENROD. Amongst the glories of the American autumn are the asters and Goldenrods. They complement each other. The asters run in cyanic colors, Goldenrods in xanthic, —the blue and blush on the one hand and the yellow and golden on the other. Because the Goldenrods are so common, they have not been appreciated for plant- ing. They improve in the garden, however, the plants becoming larger and the bloom fuller and richer. They present no difficulties in cultivation. They may be transplanted from the wild with the greatest ease, and the stools may be lifted and divided as soon as they be- come root-bound and show signs of failing. The Soli- dagos are variable, even within the same species. There- fore it is well to mark fine individual clumps when in bloom, for removal in late fall or early spring. The observation of a single season should result in a fine collection of individual plants; and the natural excel- lences of these specimens should be maintained and augmented by supplying good soil and giving good care. Too often it "is thought that because the plants thrive under poor conditions in the wild, they do not profit by superior conditions in the garden; but this is an error. Solidagos are erect perennial herbs with simple alter- nate leaves, and many small yellow (rarely whitish) heads in spikes, thyrses, compound panicles, or ra- cemes. The heads are oblong or narrow-campanulate, with small, mostly appressed scales, containing few florets, the disk-florets all perfect and the ray-florets in one series and pistillate. The pappus is composed of 1 or 2 rows of roughish capillary bristles. The genus is characteristic of eastern North America, where about 60 species occur. There are several species on the Pacific coast, a few in Mexico and South America, and two or three in Europe and northern Asia, making, altogether, nearly 100 species. None of the species are well known in the trade, al- though any of them may be expected to appear in the catalogues of dealers in native and hardy plants. For descriptions of the species, see Gray's Syn. Fl. N. Amer., vol. 1, pt. 2; for the species of the northeastern states, also Gray's Manual and Britton & Brown's Flora. The following have been offered by American dealers : bicolor, Linn, csesia. Linn., Fig. 2344. Canadensis, Linn., tig. 2345. — var. procera, Torr. & Gray. Drummondii, Torr. & Gray. elontriit.il, Nutt. confertiflora, DC. juneea, Ait. laneeolata, Linn, latifolia, Linn. Missouriensis, Nutt. neglecta, Torr. & Gray, nemoralis, Ait., Pig. 2346. oecidentalis, Nutt. odora, Ait. Ohioensis, Ridd. patula, Muhl. petiolaris, Ait. puberula, Nutt. Riddellii, Prank. rigida, Linn. rigidiuscula, Porter. rugosa, Mill., Pig. 2347. sempervirens, Linn. serotina, Ait. — var. gigantea, Gray. Shortii, Torr. & Gray. speciosa, Nutt. spectabilis, Gray. strieta, Ait. uliginosa, Nutt. ulmifolia, Muhl. Virgaurea, Tar. alpina, Bigel. L. H. B. S6LLYA (in honor of Richard Horsman Solly, 1778- 1858, an English botanist). Pittosporacece. Two species of Australian evergreen twining plants: Ivs. narrow: fls. nodding, on slender pedicels, solitary or in loose, few- flowered cymes; sepals distinct, small; petals obovate, spreading from the base; anthers connivent in a cone around the pistil : capsule many-seeded. Propagated by cuttings in sand under glass, or by seeds, which germi- nate readily. heteroph^lla, Lindl. AUSTRALIAN BLUEBELL CREEPER. Small shrub, 2-6 ft. high, with slender, twining stems : Ivs. variable, from lanceolate or oblong-linear to ovate- SONEBILA lanceolate or ovate-oblong, obtuse or slightly acumi- nate, entire, 1-2 in. long, usually narrowed into short petioles: cymes 4-8-12-M., terminal or leaf opposed: fls. bright blue, Ys-% in. long. July. B.M. 3523. R.B. 21:253. B.R. 17:1466. -Hardy and much cultivated in middle California and a great favorite on account of the brilliant blue of its flowers. Especially valuable for covering banks, rockwork and low fences, preferring to scramble over other plants. Also grown as an herba- ceous border plant, being kept within bounds by the shears. The roots are very attractive to the California pocket - gopher, who plays sad havoc with it if not watched- J. BURTT DAVY. SOLOMON'S SEAL. Polygonatum. SOLOMON'S SEAL, FALSE. Smilacina. SONEEILA (adapted from a native name). Melas- tomacece. This includes a number of dwarf, tender foliage plants which must be grown in the greenhouse all the year round. The plants belong to the same 2344. Solidago cassia cultural group with Bertolonia, Gravesia, and Mono- lena and are distinguished by having their floral parts in 3's. There are about 70 species, all natives of India and the Malay archipelago. The fls. are usually rose- colored, % in. across or less, and generally disposed in scorpioid racemes or spikes. The genus is monographed in Latin by Cogniaux in DC. Mon. Phaner. vol. 7 (1891). The species described below are all caulescent plants with Ivs. distinctly petioled, those of each pair being of equal size (except in S. maculata): fls. 3-merous; sta- mens 3, long-acuminate. Sonerilas are highly esteemed in Belgium, where they have been developed by Van Houtte, Linden, Van Gaert and others. At present only 8 names are found in the American trade, as follows: S. argentea, Hen- dersoni, marmorata, margaritacea alba, orientalis, picturata, picta and punctata. A satisfactory explana- tion of these names* involves a number of others men- tioned below. In addition there are about 15 kinds with personal names that vary from the types mentioned be- low in their variegation. There are also some hybrids between Sonerila and Bertolonia which are known to the trade as Bertonerila. The most important of the species mentioned below is S. margaritacea. It was long thought impossible to grow Sonerila and its allies outside of a bell-jar or Wardian case. The Belgians now dispense with the "double glass" and grow these plants in tropical or even temperate green- houses. For potting material they use a compost of SONERILA fibrous peat and chopped sphagnum, sprinkled with sand and interspersed with bits of charcoal. The plants should have a partially shaded position, and should never be syringed. Never allow water to remain on tin- leaves. The species seed freely. The varieties are propagated by division. •,„ •».• Sonerilas thrive best in a close and moisture-laden atmosphere with just enough ventilation to keep them from melting or decaying. A temperature of not less than 75° suits them best. Cuttings of well-ripened growth are placed under a glass case or bell-glass in a bottom heat of 70-80°. Care must be taken every morn- ing to allow the drops of condensation which gather on the glass to dissipate. For potting material use fine- screened leaf -mold, with plenty of silver sand inter- mixed and a little finely chopped fresh sphagnum on the top of the pots or pans. These plants have shallow roots, and require plenty of drainage, consisting of fine broken potsherds mixed with either charcoal or finely ground SONERILA 1683 D. Color of nerves dark purple: Irx. run- r«l irilh xh<>rt, ilnrk purple hair* 4. orientalis DD. Color of nerves grrm: Irx. glandular-pubr*' > nt . tl,, puliffii-. ,,,-, ,/,,/ /mi /ilish. E. Lvs. with a dark green ground, and pearl-like spots of regular size and arrangement ',. margaritacea. EE. Lvs. with a dark green ground, and ir mini in- light - colored blotches between the veins <;. Henderson! EEE. Lvt. silvery, only Hi, nerves dark green 7. argentea 1. specidsa, X,<'nker. This is practically the only species cult, for its flowers: height 1 ft.: 2345. Solidago Canadensis. 2346. Solidago nemoralis. 2347. Solidago rugo soft-coal clinkers. When the plants have made their full growth (which they do if started at the proper time in early spring) they start into flower. At this time the plants should be hardened off by gradually with- holding water, and they should also be kept a little cooler. When fully ripened they may be cut back in order to furnish material for cuttings. Keep the old stools a little warmer and they will gradually start into new growth again. These plants make choice decorative plants in pans or even in wire baskets and can be used for choice table or mantel decorations. H. A. SlEBKECHT. argentea, 7. guttulata, 4. Henderson!, 6. maculata, 2. Mamei, 6. margaritacea, 5. orientalis, 4. picta, 3, 4. punctata, 4. speciosa, 1. .1. speciosa A. Foliage not variegated AA. Foliage variegated. B. Calyx has rather long and sparse glandular hairs 2. maculata BB. Calyx glabrous or rarely dotted- scurfy. C. No. of nerves 7: margin of Ivs. minutely serrate 3. picta CC. No. of nerves 9 or 7: margin of Ivs. sharply and prominently serrate. Ivs. opposite, cordate-ovate, green above, sometimes crimson beneath, mostly 7-9-nerVed: fls. purple or rose, 4-14 in a cluster, 1 in. across. India. B.M. 5026; 4978 (S. elegans). P.S. 23:2442. 2. maculata, Roxb. This differs from the other spe- cies here described in having Ivs. of unequal sizes. The larger one of each pair may be 3-5 in. long: the smaller a half or third as long: Ivs. ovate or oblong, unequal at the base, minutely denticulate, 9-11-nerved: fls. violet. India. R.H. 1865, p. 91, is too poor to deter- mine.—Probably not in cult. 3. picta, Korth. Erect or ascending, with scurfy or puberulous branches: Ivs. short- petioled, broadly lan- ceolate, wedge-shaped at the base, minutely serrate, 7- nerved, lined with white along the primary nerves : fls. rosy. Sumatra. — S. picta of the trade is probably 8. orientalist, var. picta. 4. orientalis, Linden. The botanical status of this name is doubtful. In horticulture it applies to a group of varieties sent out by Win. Bull in 1891, and rem:u k- able for two novel features : some of the varieties have dark purple or bronzy colors; others are peppered all over with an infinite number of small, light-colored dots. All have dark purple nerves. In I.H. :<7:113 the Ivs. are shown as ovate, acuminate, more or less cor- date and unequal at the base, with 9 or 10 nerves, en- tire: color of fls. not recorded. Habitat not stated. The typical form is said to have bronzy Ivs. with an ama- ranth reverse. Var. guttulata has green Ivs. peppered 1684 SONEtflLA with small white dots and is pale green below. Var. punctata is much like the preceding variety but has paler leaves. Var. picta has the purplish Ivs. of the type, with an irregular lanceolate strip of silvery gray down the middle. Var. Robert Sallier, R.B. 20:61, has dark green Ivs. peppered white and with a lanceolate figure of silver down the middle. Said to be a hybrid of vars. picta and punctata. It has the stripe of one and the dots of the other. 5. margaritacea, Lindl. This is the most important species. The name "margaritacea" means "pearly," re- ferring to the regular rows of pearly spots between the nerves and parallel with them, which are characteristic of the typical form. Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, acutely ser- rate, 7-9-nerved, glabrous, purplish below, acute at the base: fls. rosy. B.M. 5104. F.S. 11.1120 (nerves too parallel). l.H. 2:*0. Lowe 16. — Supposed to be na- tive of Java. In Vol.11, edition 1, page 684, Gravesia guttata, var. margaritacea, is erroneously referred to Sonerila instead of Salpinga. Salpinga margarita- cea is readily told from Sonerila margaritacea by its 5-nerved Ivs. and floral parts in 5's. C. Hendersoni, Hort. This is referred by Cogniaux to S. margaritacea, of which it is perhaps merely a horti- cultural variety. For trade purposes it is convenient to treat it like a distinct species. It seems to be the chief parent in the development of the numerous hybrids with blotched foliage. It differs from the type in hav- ing a broader leaf with a shorter acumen and rounded base, and especially in being covered with irregular blotches, which, however, do not cross the nerves. F.M. 1875:159. l.H. 23:230.-The blotches are all about the same size. S. Mamei, Linden, has more regular and roundish blotches, which are nearer white and on a darker ground. The under side is netted with rosy pur- ple. l.H. 23:254. 7. arg6ntea, Hort. (S. Hendersoni, var. argintea, Fournier). For horticultural purposes this may be treated as a distinct species, characterized by its silvery foliage, resembling that of certain begonias, with no dark green except on the nerves. This is the parent of most of the forms that have a silvery cast of foliage, just as S. Hendersoni is responsible for the irregular blotches. l.H. 23:230. -Sonerila Alp. Van De Sande shows the Hendersoni and argentea blood in the large silvery blotches, most of which are larger than in Hen- dersoni. A very handsome hybrid between the orientalis and marga- ritaeea groups is called Mme. Paul du Toict. It has the serrate leaf and some of the silveriness of S. argentea, with the num- berless minute dots of the S. orientalis group. It is much like Robert Sallier, but the central coloring is bronzy as well as sil- very and more broken up by the green. S. marmordta and picturata of Siebrecht cannot be accounted for by the undersigned. -^y -^ SOPHdRA (Sophera, Arabian name of a tree with pea-shaped flowers). Including Styphnolobium and JSdwardsia. Leguminbsce. Ornamental deciduous or evergreen trees or shrubs, sometimes perennials with alternate, odd pinnate leaves, papilionaceous, yellow, whitish or violet flowers and long and narrow monili- form pods. The best known species, S. Japonica, is hardy as far north as Mass., but S. platycarpa seems to be somewhat hardier. The evergreen species with large yellow fls. are tender and can be grown only in the southern states and California; they are very showy in spring when they are in bloom; in England they are often planted against a wall, where they can be easily protected against light frost. S. Japonica is especially valuable for its late-appearing flowers, which are white and disposed in ample panicles ; the foliasre is dark green and graceful and the tree is conspicuou in winter on account of its dark green branches. The Sophoras thrive best in well-drained sandy loam but grow fairly well in rather dry soil. Prop, by seeds and the varieties by grafting on the typical form; some species are also increased by greenwood cuttings and by layers. More than 25 species in the temperate regions of both hemispheres. Trees, shrubs or herbs : Ivs. odd-pinnate, with usually opposite small Ifts. : fls. papilionaceous, in racemes or terminal leafy panicles ; calyx with 5 short teeth ; standard orbicular or broadly obovate ; stamens SOPHORA 10, free or connate only at the base: pod stalked, almost terete or 4-winged, rarely compressed, few- to many- seeded, moniliform, iudehiscent or tardily dehiscent. The fls. and frs. of S. Japonica yield a yellow dye, S. tomentosa has medical properties, and the seeds of 8. se'- cundiflora contain sophorine, a poisonous alkaloid. S. tetraptera is a valuable timber tree in its native country! 2348. Soohorp Japonica, var. pendula, in winter. (Including names advertised under Edvvardsia. s. I*. = sup- plementary list.) affinis, S. L. grandiflora, 4. pendula, 1. alopecuroides, s. L. Japonica, 1. platycarpa, 2. australis, s. L. Korolkowi, s. L. secundiflora, 3. Ohilensis, 5. Macnabiana, 4. tetraptera, 4. Ohinensis, s. L. inacrocarpa, 5. tomentosa, s. L. chrysophylla, s. L. microphylla, 4. violacea, s. L. A.. Fls. ivhite or violet, B. Lvs. deciduous: fls. in terminal panicles, c. Calyx rounded at the base. 1. Jap6nica, Linn. ( StyphnolbMum Jap^nicum, Schott). JAPAN PAGODA TKEE. Tree, attaining 60ft., with spreading branches, forming a dense round head: Ivs. 7-9 in. long; Ifts. 5-13, distinctly stalked, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute, rounded at base, dark green and glossy above, more or less pubescent beneath, 1-2 in. long: fls. yellowish white, % in. long, in loose panicles 15 in. long: pod distinctly stalked, glabrous, terete, 2-3 in. long, % in. broad. July-Sept. China; cult, in Japan. Gn. 24, pp. 210, 211, 214; 29, p. 222. G.M. 38:665. Gng. 6, p. 247. M.D.G. 1898:183.- Var. pendula, Loud. Figs. 2348, 2349. With long and slender pendulous branches. R.H. 1876:194, 195. Gn. 9, pp. 600, 601; 24, pp. 202, 203, 211; 28, p. 27. M.D.G. 1898:182. The form with variegated Ivs. has little to recommend it. There are several allied forms in cultivation probably intro- duced from E. Asia, of similar appearance and of about the same hardiness; they are yet imperfectly known under provisional names: such are S. Chinensis, Korol- kowi, tomentosa and violacea, for which see supple- mentary list. The pictures of the Weeping Sophora (Figs. 2348, 2349) are adapted from Revue Horticole. cc. Calyx narrowed into the pedicel. 2. platycarpa, Maxim. Tree, similar in habit to the preceding but with very distinct f r. : Ifts. 11-15, alter- nate, ovate to elliptic-lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous or nearly so, 2-3% in. long: fls. white, over % in. long; calyx gradually narrowed into the short pedicel: pod oblong to oblong lanceolate, compressed and 2-winged, 1-5-seeded. Japan. — Has proved hardier than £. Ja- nonica and is therefore to be recommended for northern regions. BB. Lvs. persistent: fls. violet, in terminal racemes. 3. secundifldra, Lag. Small tree, 35 ft. high, or shrubby, with short, slender trunk and upright branches forming SOPHORA SORBARIA 1685 a narrow head: Ivs. 4-6 in. long; It'ts. 7-9, elliptic or obovate-oblong to oblong, rounded or einarginate at the apex, cuneate at the base, silky-pubescent when young, dark yellowish green above, 1-2% in. long: fls. violet- blue, the standard marked near the base with a few 2349. Sophora Japonica, var. pendula, in summer. dark spots, very fragrant, about 1 in. long, in one-sided racemes 2-3 in. long: pod white-tomentose, terete, 1-7 in. long. Y*-% in. thick; seed bright scarlet. Spring. Texas to New Mexico. S.S. 3:121. R.H. 1854:201. -On account of its handsome fragrant fls. to be recommended for planting south. AA. FlK. yellow, in axillary racemes: >lvs. evergreen. (Edwdrdsia.) B. Pod 4-winged: fls. about 1Y* in. long. 4. tetrapterai Ait. Shrub or small tree, 30, rarely 40 ft. high, with slender spreading branches: Ifts. very numerous, almost sessile, obovate to linear-oblong, silky-pubescent beneath: fls. in 2-8-fld. racemes, pen- dulous, about 1% in. long: pod 4-winged? 7 in. long. Spring. New Zealand, Lord Howe Island, Juan Fer- nandez, Chile.— The following varieties are in cultiva- tion: Var. grandifldra, Hook. f. (Edwdrdsia grandi- flora, Salisb.). Lifts, linear-oblong, about 1 in. iong, in 10-25 pairs: fls. 1% in. long; standard shorter than wings. B.M.167. G.C. II. 9:729. Gn.24, p. 211. L.B.C. 1L>:1162. Var. micrpphylla, Hook. f. (Sopnbra micro- phyllu, Ait. Edwdrdsia Macnabiana, Curt.). Lfts. orbicnlar-obovate to broadly oblong, usually emarginate, y^-Yi in. long: fls. about 1% in. long; standard about as long as wings. B.M. 1442, 3735. Gn. 24, p. 211. Gn. 12:87 also seems to belong here. BB. Pod not winged: fix. %-l in. long. 5. macrocarpa,, Smith (Edwdrdsia ChiUnsis, Miers). Shrub or small tree, with the young branchlets densely tomentose: Ifts. in 10-20 pairs, elliptic or obovate obtuse, silky-pubescent beneath, %-l in. long: fls. %-l in. long, in short racemes; standard as long as wings: pod terete, not winged, 1-4-seeded. Chile. L.B.C. 12:1125. B.R. 21:1798. S. afflnis, Torr. & Gray. Small, deciduous round-headed tree, 20 ft. high: Ifts. 13-19, elliptic-ovate, nearly glabrous, 1-lVa in. long: fls. white, tinged rose, Yi in. long, in slender, axillary racemes: pod terete, black, %-3 in. long. Spring. Ark., Tex. S.S. 3:122.— S.alopecuroldes, Linn. Grayish pubes- cent undershrub, with upright, virgate branches: Ivs. 6 in. long, with 15-25 oblong Ifts.: tts. yellow: racemes dense, ter- minal, about 6 in. long: pod terete, 6-12-seeded. W. Asia to Himalayas. Half-hardy.— S. australis. Linn. = Baptisia aus- tralis.— S. Chinensis, Hort. Allied to S. Japonica. Lfts. 11-17, ovate to ovate-oblong, pubescent beneath, %-l in. long: fls. pale pink. Probably from China.— S. chrysophylla. Seem. (Edwardsia chrysophylla, Salisb.). Allied to S. tetraptera: pubescence more golden yellow: Ifts. 15-19, obovate, small: fts. smaller: standard shorter than wings. Sandwich Islands. B.R. 9:738.— ,S'. Korolkbwi, Hort. Similar to S. Japonica: Ifts. usually 11, lanceolate, dark green above, pale and appressed pubescent beneath, 1-1% in. long: tts. white. Probably from central or eastern Asia. — N. toinfntona, Linn. Pubescent shrub: Ivs. 6-10 in. long; It'ts. ir>-l!», oval to oblong, obtuse, 1-1% in. long: tls. yellow, in terminal, (i-1'J-iii. long racemes: pod 4-6 in. long. S. states, W. India. B.M. :>:)!><>. Not hardy north. — .S. t/niit'iiti'isa, Hort., is similar to S. Japonica, l>ut, imperfectly known: Ifts. 15-21, oval to oblong, pubescent beneath, about 1 in. long. Probably from Asia. — S. violacea, Thwait, is a shrubby species from Ceylon, not in cultivation, but under the same name another imperfectly known species, probably from China, is cult. It has 15-17 oblong, acute Ifts., sparingly pu- bescent above, densely beneath, and pale violet flowers. ALFRED REHUER. SOPHRO-CATTLEYA. Orchid hybrids between Soph- ronitis and C'attleya, little known in America. SOPHRO-L2ELIA. Orchid hybrids between Sophro- nitis and Luelia not advertised in American trade cata- logues. SOPHRONlTIS (Greek, modest). Orchidacece . A genus of about 4 species cultivated on account of their neat habit and brilliantly colored flowers : pseudo- bulbs small, with 1 or rarely 2 small flat Ivs. : fls. from the top of the pseudobulbs, brightly colored; se- pals and petals nearly equal, spreading; labellum with a broad middle lobe and small erect side lobes, the base leading into a cavity in the wall of the ovary; column short, the stigmatic surface covering 2 wing-like pro- jections at its summit; pollinia 8. This genus is closely related to Lselia, Cattleya, etc. These plants, and also Sophro-Cattleyas and Sophro- Lselias, thrive in the temperature of the Cattleya house. In growing season, give a moderate supply of water and plenty of fresh air. Rest them at 50°-55°, and water sufficiently to keep them from shriveling. Grow them in shallow pots with plenty of drainage, and a thin layer of fine turfy fern root, using no sphagnum. grandifldra, Lindl. (S. coccinea, Reichb. f.). Pseudo- bulbs clustered: Ivs. about 2 in. long, elliptic: fls. soli- tary, on short peduncles, lVa-4 in. across, brilliant scarlet, often with a shade of orange, with an orange labellum; sepals oblong-lanceolate; petals broadly ellip- tic; labellum narrow, with folded sides. Flowers dur- ing the whole winter. Organ Mts. B.M. 3709. F.S. 1:22; 17:1716. P.M. 9:193. Gn. 25:443 (var. rosea) ; 31, p. 358; 48:1025. I. H. 34:32. J.H. III. 34:319. G.C. II. 22:561; 111.9:669; 111.17:492; 111.21:266. R.H. 1886:492 (var. aurantiaca). A.F. 6:609. cernua, Lindl. Very small plants with a creeping rhizome bearing 1-lvd. pseudobulbs: Ivs. ovate, thick and leathery, a little over an inch long- fls. 4-8, on a stem from the axils of the Ivs., bright scarlet or reddish orange, w'th an orange lip; sepals and petals ovate; labellum ovate-acuminate, shorter, concave. Winter. Rio Janeiro. B.M. 3677. B.R. 13:1129. violacea, Lindl. One of the smallest of cultivated orchids: pseudobulbs ovoid, 1 in. long: Ivs. linear, 2-3 in. long: fls. bright rose, about 1 in. in diam. ; sepals and petals oblong-lanceolate, acute; labellum rhombic- obovate, flat. Winter. Organ Mts., Brazil. B.M. 6880 HEINRICH HASSELBBING and WM. MATHEWS. SORB ARIA (derived from Sorbus: the leaves resem- ble those of the mountain ash). Banilima. Rosacece. Ornamental deciduous shrubs with rather large, odd- pinnate or bipinnate leaves and white flowers in termi- nal showy panicles. Sorbaria sorbifolia, S. alpina and S. Aitchisoni are hardy north, while S. Lindleyana is only half-hardy. They are well adapted for borders of shrubberies and woods or for planting on banks of brooks or rivers, but should not be brought together with slow-growing and delicate shrubs, as they spread in suitable soil rather rapidly by means of suckers and are likely to overcrowd other plants. The handsome bright green foliage appears very early in spring. The large white panicles appearing in summer are showy, but become rather unsightly after they have faded and should be removed. The Sorbarias, except S. Mille- folium, which prefers a rather dry, well-drained soil and sunny position, grow best in a somewhat moist and rich 1686 SORBARIA soil and thrive al?o in partly shaded situations. Prop, by hardwood cuUmgs; also by root-cuttings, suckers and seeds. Four species in Asia and one in N. America, formerly usually united with Spiraea but easily distin- guished by their stipulate, pinnate Ivs. and the 5 carpels being opposite to the sepals. A. Lvs. pinnate. B. Panicles with upright ramifications, dense. c. Fls. % in. across. sorbifdlia, A. Braun (Spiriea sorbifdlia, Linn. Ba- sillma sorbifdlia, Raf.). Fig. 2350. Upright shrub, 3-5 ft high: Ifts. 13-23, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, long- acuminate, doubly serrate, stellate-pubescent beneath 2350. Sorbaria sorbifolia (X 1-5). Usually known as Spircea sorbifolia. when young or glabrous, 3-4 in. long: panicles 5-12 in. long: fls. % in. across. June, July. N. Asia, from Ural to Japan. A.G. 11:125. On. 16, p. 217. -Escaped from cultivation in some localities in the Middle States. cc. Fls. %. in. across. grandifldra, Maxim. (Spir&a grandifldra, Sweet. Sp. sorbifdlia, var. alplna, Pall. Basillma alplna, Koehne). Shrub, 1-3 ft. high: Ifts. 13-17, oblong to lanceolate, acuminate, doubly serrate, glabrous, 2-3 in. long: pan- icles 3-5 in. long: fls. % in. across. June. July. E. Si- beria. Gt. 9:295. BB. Panicles with spreading ramifications. c. Young branches pubescent, green. Lindleyana, Maxim. (Spirwia Lindleyana, Wall. Ba- sillma Lindleyana, Kuntze). Four to 8 ft. high: Ifts. 15-21, lanceolate, long-acuminate, rounded at the base, doubly serrate, with simple hairs beneath when young, 3-4 in. long : panicles 8-12 in. long and about 8 in. broad: fls. % in. across. July, Aug. Himalayas, China. F.S. 2:108. B.R. 31:33. Gn. 47, p. 222; 49, p. 229; 55, p. 116. CC. Young branches glabrous, usually red. Aitchisoni, Hemsl. (Spirfra Aitchisoni, Hemsl. 8. sorbifdlia, var. angustifdlia, Wenzig). Shrub, 6-8 ft. high, with upright or ascending, little-branched stems, usually bright red when young: Ifts. 15-21, lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, acuminate, narrowed at the base, simply or obscurely doubly serrate, glabrous, 2-4_in. SORBUS long: panicles to 12 in. long, leafy at the base: fls. % in. or more across. July-Sept. Afghanistan, Cashmere. G.C. III. 28:255. M.D.G. 1901:18.-A very desirable shrub with handsome graceful foliage, much hardier than the preceding species. AA. Lvs. bipinnate. Millefdlium, Focke (Spircea Millefblium, Torrey. Chamtebatiaria Millefdlium, Maxim. Basillma Millefd- lium, Kuntze). Aromatic, glandular-pubescent- spread- ing shrub, 2-6 ft. high: Ivs. lanceolate in outline, 1-3 in. long, with minute, densely set, oblong and obtuse Ifts. : fls. % in. across, in 2-5-in. long panicles. July, Aug. Calif, to Wyoming and Arizona. G. F. 2:509. G. C. III. 22:237. — Rarely cult.; it has proved hardy in Mass., but, like other plants from the same region, it is likely to be killed by too much moisture during the winter. ALFRED REHDER. SOEBUS (ancient Latin name of /$. domestica). In- cluding Aria, Aronia, Cormus, Micromelis and Tor- minaria. Ros&cece. Ornamental deciduous trees or shrubs, with alternate simple or odd-pinnate leaves, white or rarely pinkish flowers in terminal corymbs and berry-like, usually red fruit. Most of them are hardy north except some Asiatic species and Sorbus domes- tica, which seem tender north of Mass. They are chiefly inhabitants of mountainous regions, and the northern species, as S. Americana and sambucifolia, do not thrive well in warmer and drier climates, while S. Aria, torminalis and allied kinds endure drought and heat well. They all have handsome foliage, which usu- ally turns orange-red in fall. The fruits are showy and often remain on the branches the whole winter if not eaten by birds. They are not particular as to the soil and are well suited for planting on rocky hillsides. Those of the Aucuparia group are more adapted for cool and moist mountain regions ; those of the Aria and Torminaria group, which grow specially well on lime- stone soil, are suited to warmer and drier climates. S. hybrida is sometimes used as a small-sized avenue tree on account of its regular pyramidal habit. S. arbutifo- lia and S. melanocarpa are handsome shrubs for bor- ders of shrubberies; they prefer moist soil, but S. me- lanocarpa also grows in drier rocky situations. Prop, by seeds sown in fall or stratified; also by layers, and &'. arbutifolia and . hybrida cc. Habit shrub-like 7. spuria AA. Foliage simple. B. Styles 2: trees or rarely shrubs. C. Under side of li-s. glabrous at length, green: Ivs. lobed: fr. brown, with grit-cells. (Tor- minaria group, species No. 8.) 8. torminalis CC. Under side of Ivs. grayish or whitish tomentose. (Aria group, species 9-12.) D. Lvs. lobed, (See also No. 6.) E. Pairs of veins 5-9. F. Base of the usually broadly ovate Ivs. mostly rounded 9. latifolia FP. Base of the ovate to ob- long-ovate Ivs . broadly cuneate 10. intermedia EE. Pairs of veins 3-5; under side of veins densely snowy white, tomentose.il. flabellifolia DD. Lvs. not or but obscurely lobed; pairs of veins 6-12.12. Aria BB. Styles 5t: shrubs with crenately serrate Ivs. (Aronia [Adeno- rhachis] group, species 13-14). C. Fruits red: Ivs. tomentose be- neath 13. arbutifolia CC. Fruits black: Ivs. glabrous or nearly so 14. mclanocarpa (Aucuparia group, species 1-4.)' 1. Aucuparia, Linn. (Pyrus Aucuparia, Gfflrtn.). EUROPEAN MOUNTAIN ASH. ROWAN TREE. Fig. 2351. Round-headed tree, 20 to 40, occasionally 60 ft. high: young branchlets pubescent, grayish brown when older: petioles more or less tomentose ; Ifts. 9-15, oblong to oblong-lanceolate, serrate, entire toward the base, dull green above, pubescent beneath or rarely glabrous, %- 2 in. long: fls. white, % in. across, in flat, 4-6-in. broad, tomentose or sometimes almost glabrous corymbs ; sta- mens about as long as petals: fr. globose, about % in. across, bright red. May, June. Europe to W. Asia and Siberia. — Var. dulcis, Krsetzl. (var. Moravica, Zengerl.). Almost glabrous : petioles purplish; Ifts. oblong-lanceo- late, 2-3 in. long, glaucescent beneath. The fruits are of an agreeable acid flavor and recommended for pre- serves. The tree thrives well in cold northern climates where hardly any other fruit tree will grow. Var. dulcis laciniata, Beissn , is a handsome and graceful form with the Ifts. pimiiitely lobed and the leaf-stalks and young branchlets bright red. Var. fastigiata, Loud., fonu si narrow pyramidal tree, with upright branches. Yar. pendula, Hort., has long and slender pendukms branches. Var. Rossica, Hort., seems little or not dif- ferent from var. dulcis. Var. friictu luteo and var. Fi- feana, Hort., have yellow fruits. There are vars. with variegated foliage of the typical and of the weeping form. The fruits of S. Aucuparia, S. domestica, tor- minalis and var. diilcix are edible, and the strong and close-grained wood of S. domestica and S. torminalis, and in a lesser degree that of S. Aucuparia, is valued for handles of tools and similar small articles. See Pyrut. '1. Tianschanica, Rupr. (Pyrus Thianschdnica, Regel). Small tree or shrub, similar to the preceding: young branchlets glabrous, red-brown and glossy when older: petioles andlvs. glabrous: Ifts. 11-15, lanceolate, acuminate, serrate, entire toward the base, dark green and glossy above, light green beneath, about 2 in. long: corymbs glabrous ; stamens half as long as petals: styles 2-5: fr. globose, bright red. May, June. C.Asia. Gt. 40, p. 8. B.M. 7755. — Very handsome on account" of the contrast of its dark green foliage and red-brown branches. 3. Americana, Marsh. (Pyrus Americana, DC. S. micrdntha, Dum-Cours.). AMERICAN MOUNTAIN ASH. DOGBERRY. Fig. 2352. Small tree, attaining 30 ft., with spreading branches, or sometimes shrubby: Ifts. 11-17, lanceolate, long-acuminate, sharply serrate, glabrous or slightly pubescent when young, light green above, paler beneath, \%-± in. long: fls. one-fifth to % in. across, in dense, 3-6-in. broad, usually glabrous corymbs: fr. glo- bose, bright red, %-K in. across, with the calyx-lobes very small and connivent. May, June. Newfoundland to Manitoba, south to Mich, and N. C. S.S. 4:171, 172, — Var. microcarpa, Torr. & Gray (S. microcdrpa, Pursh),. has narrower foliage and very small fruits about % in. across. 4. sambucifolia, Rcem. (Pyrus sambucifolia, Cham. & Schlecht.). WESTERN MOUNTAIN ASH. Small tree or shrub, closely allied to the preceding: Ifts. 7-15, oval to ovate-lanceolate, obtuse to short-acuminate, sharply ser- rate, glabrous and dark green above, glaucescent and usually pubescent beneath when young, l%-3 in. long: fls. y\-Vz in. across, in 2-4-in. broad and rather loose corymbs, sometimes few-fld.: fr. globose, ovoid when young, red, about % in. across, with more or less up- right calyx-lobes. June, July. Labrador to Alaska south to Pa., Mich, and Calif., N. E.Asia and Japan. S.S. 1688 SORBUS 4:173, 174.— A very variable species; the eastern form resembles more tbe preceding species, and intermediate forms are not uncommon in the northeastern states. The most distinct form is var. Grayi, Wenz. (var. pu- mila, Sarg. Fyrus occidentalis , Wats.). Shrubby: Ifts. 7-11, oval to oval-oblong, obtuse, with only a few teeth at the apex, bluish green: corymbs 1-2 in. across. Wash, to Calif. G.F. 10:85. S. sambucifolia is often 2352. Sorbus Americana (X%). confounded with the preceding species; bom are very handsome in autumn with their large clusters of bright red fruits. Sometimes a form of S. hybrida is found in American nurseries under the name of S. sambucifolia. (Cormus and Hybrid group, species 5-7) 5. dom6stica, Linn. (Pyrus Sorbus. Gaertn. P. do- mestica, Smith. C6rmus dome'stica, Spach). SERVICE TREE. Fig. 2353. Round-headed tree, 30-60 ft. high: winter-buds glutinous: petioles tomentose; Ifts. 11-17, obovate-oblong to oblong, sharply and rather coarsely serrate, with acuminate teeth, usually entire near the base, green and glabrous above, floccose-tomentose be- neath, at least when young, 1-2% in. long: fls. white, % in. across, in broadly pyramidal rather loose, tomen- tose corymbs: fr. %-!% in. across, usually yellowish, with red or orange cheek, apple-shaped in var. malifdr- mis, Lodd., pear-shaped in var. pyrifbrmis, Lodd. May. S. Eu., N. Afr. and W. Asia. G.C. II. 1:283; 6:649. M.D.G. 1897:376-378. — This species is often confounded with the European ash, from which it is almost indis- tinguishable without fruits or flowers, except by the glutinous winter-buds. 6. hybrids, Linn. (Pyrus pinnatifida, Ehrh. P.Fin- nica, Babingt. S. intermedia x Aucuparia). Tree, at- taining 40 ft., of regular, pyramidal habit with upright branches: young branchlets and petioles whitish tomen- tose; Ivs. ovate to oblong-ovate, with 1-4 pairs of de- current Ifts. at the base, or but pinnately lobed, upper part lobed with the lobes becoming gradually shorter and more indistinct toward the apex, dark green above, whitish or grayish tomentose beneath, 2%-5 in. long; petioles about 1 in. long: fls. Vz-Yi in. across, in tomen- tose corymbs about 3 in. broad: fr. globose-ovoid, % in. high. May, June. — Natural hybrid, occasionally found with the parents in Europe. Two different hybrids are usually included under S. hybrida ; the typical one is 8. Aucuparia x intermedia, which has the Ivs. oblong- ovate to oblong, 3-5 in. long, with 10-12 pairs of veins, the Ifts. and lobes narrower and pointed and the veins often slightly recurved. It is mostly cult, under the name of S. querci folia or quercoldes, Hort. The second hybrid is var. Thuringlaca , Rehd. (Pyrus Thuringlaca, Use), and is a hybrid of S. Aucuparia x Aria ; it has SORBUS ovate- to ovate -oblong Ivs., somewhat more deeply lobed, 2%-4 in. long, with 8-10 pairs of veins, Ifts. and lobes broader and obtusish, with the veins usually curving upwards. This is known in gardens as S. quer- cifblia hybrida nana. Var. decurrens, Koehne (S. lanu- ginbsa, Hort., not Kit.), is a transition to S. Aucupa- ria ; only the 3 or 5 upper Ifts. are connate into a ter- minal 1ft., which, like the upper separate Ifts., is decur- rent at the base, under side less densely tomentose. In some nurseries under the name of S. sambucifolia. 1. spuria, Pers. (Pyrus heterophylla, Dur. S. Au- cuparia x arbutifolia). Shrub or small tree, attaining 15 ft., with slender, sometimes pendulous branches: Ivs. ovate to oblong-ovate, obtuse, with 2-6 lobes or Ifts. near the base, simply crenate-serrate toward the apex, l%-3% in. long, pubescent or glabrous beneath: fls. white or pinkish white, in pubescent or glabrous co- rymbs ]-l>2 in. broad: fr. subglobose or pear-shaped, dark purple or almost black. May, June. Of garden origin. B.R. 14:1196. — Sometimes cultivated under the name S. querci folia floribunda nana. Hybrids of dif- ferent origin are usually united under S. spuria; the more pubescent forms with dark purple fr. areprobably the offspring of S. Aucuparia and S. arbutifolia, while the more glabrous forms with usually blackish fruit have . Aucuparia and S. melanocurpa as their parents. A similar form with quite glabrous and more pointed Ivs., originated at the Arnold Arboretum and probably a hybrid of S. Americana and S. melanocarpa, was named S. Sdrgenti, Dipp. (Torminaria group, species No. 8.) 8. torminalis, Crantz (Pyrus torminalis, Ehrh. Tor- minaria torminalis, Dipp. T. C'liisii, Roem.). WILD SERVICE TREE. Round-headed tree, with spreading branches, 40-80 ft. high: Ivs. broadly ovate, slightly cordate to broadly cuneate at the base, with several tri- angular-ovate, serrate lobes on each side, the lower sinuses reaching about half way to the middle, floccose- tomentose when young, 2-4 in. long; petioles 1-1% in. long: fls. white, % in. across, in broad, rather loosa tomentose corymbs: fr. oval, %-% in. high, brown, dotted. May, June. Southern and middle Europe.— The foliage turns bright red in fall. '(Aria group, species 9-12.) 9. latifolia, Pers. (Pyrus rotundi folia, Bechst. P. intermedia, var. latifblia, Ser. P. Aria, var. latifolia, Hort. Torminaria latifolia, Dipp. S. Aria x tormi- nalis). Tree, attaining 50 ft., similar to the preceding: Ivs. broadly ovate to ovate, usually rounded at the base, pinnately lobed with short, broadly triangular, sharply serrate lobes and with 6-9 pairs of veins, grayish or whitish tomentose beneath, 2%-4 in. long: petioles %-l in. long: fls. about % in. across, in broad, tomen- tose corymbs: fr. globose or globose-ovoid, about % in. high, orange to brownish red. May, June. Occasionally occurring in middle Europe. 2353. Sorbus domestica (X %). 10. intermedia, Pers. (Pyrus intermedia, Ehrh. S6r- bus Scdndica, Fries. Ana Suecica, Koehne. Hdnnia Suecica, Dipp.). Tree, 20-40 ft. high, with oval head: Ivs. ovate to oblong-ovate, broadly cuneate at the base, SORBUS SORGHUM 1689 pinnately lobed with broad and short, irregularly ser- rate lobes and 5-8 pairs of veins, whitish tomentose be- neath, 2)4-4 in. long; petioles \.,-% in. long: fls. about % in. across, in broad, tomentose corymbs: t'r. orange- red, globose or subglobose, about % in. high. May. Northern and middle Europe. — This is sometimes con- founded with N. Jiybridn and considered to be a hybrid of similar origin, but it is certainly a good species. It never bears distinct leaflets at the base and the sinuses do not reach farther than one-third toward the middle. 11. flabellifdlia, S. Scliau. (Pyrus Aria, var. flabelli- fdlin, Arli. K»-w. A fin fhtbellifdlia, Decne. S. f label - ldt«, Hort. I. Small tree, attaining 20 ft.: Ivs. orbicular to broadly oval, obtuse, usually broadly cuneate at the base, incisely lobed above the middle, with the short lobes truncate or rounded and coarsely toothed, snowy white beneath, l%-2)4 in. long: fls. scarcely 34 in. across, in dense, white-tomentose corymbs: fr. de- presseil-irlobose. orange-red. Southeastern Eu., W. Asia.— Cult, in some nurseries as Pyrus aurea striata. 12. Aria, Crantz (Pf/nts ^1 »•*'«, Ehrh. Aria nivea, Hort. Jhilinia Arin, Med.). WHITE BEAM-TREE. Fig. 2354. Tree, with broadly pyramidal or oval head, 25-50 ft. high: Ivs. roundish obovate to oblong-oval, usually cuneate at the base, acute or obtuse at the apex, sharply and doubly serrate, of firm texture, bright or dark green and glabrous above, white-tomentose be- neath, 2-5 in. long; petioles %-% in. long: fls. l/t-% in. across, in tomentose, 2-3-in. broad corymbs: fr. sub- globose, orange-red, about 34 in. high. May. Middle and southern Europe to Himalayas and Siber. — De- sirable tree for dry and exposed situations, and very ornamental in foliage on account of the contrasting colors of the upper and under sides of the leaves. Sev- eral vars. are known. Var. Cretica, Lindl. (Aria Orceca, Decne. ) . Lvs. orbicular-obovate, coarsely doubly serrate, 134-3 in. long, with 6-10 pairs of veins. Southern Eu. Var. Decaisneana, Rehd. (Aria Deeaisneana, Lav. Pyrux Dtcaisneana, Nichols.). Lvs. elliptic to oblong- ovate, acute, irregularly doubly serrate, 3-6 in. long: stamens longer than petals: fr. oval. Probably from the Himalayas and sometimes cult, as S. NepaUnsis. Var. edulis, Wenzig (Pyrus edulis, Willd.). Lvs. ellip- tic-oblong to oblong, rounded or acute at the apex, 2-5 in. long: fr. oval, 34-% in. high. There are some garden forms, as vars. aurea, cbrysophylla and lutes- cens, with more or less yellow foliage. (Aronia group, species Nos. 18 and 14.) 13. arbutifolia, C. Koch (Pyrus arbutifdlia, Linn. f. Aronia arbutifolia, Elliot. A. pyrifblia, Pers. Mispi- lus arbutifblia,v&r. erythrocdrpa, Michx.). RED CHOKE- BERRY. Upright shrub, 6-12 ft. high: Ivs. short-peti- oled, oval to oblong or obovate, acute or abruptly acu- minate, crenately serrate, glabrous above except some glands on the midrib, whitish or grayish green and to- mentose or pubescent beneath, 134-3 in. long: corymbs tomentose, few to many-fld., 1-134 in. broad: fls. white or tinged red, 3^-34 in. across: fr. subglobose or pear- shaped, bright or dull red, about % across. April, May. Nova Scotia to Minn., south to Fla. and La. B.M. 3668. G.F. 3:417. 14. melanocarpa, C. Koch (Pyrus nlgra, Sarg. Ardnia n\gra, Koehne. Pyrus arbutifdlia, var. nlgra, Willd.). BLACK CHOKEBERRY. Closely allied to the preceding, usually lower: Ivs. oval to obovate, abruptly acuminate or obtuse, pale green and glabrous or nearly so beneath : calyx and pedicels glabrous or nearly so: fr. globose, about 34 in. across, shining black. Nova Scotia to On- tario, south to Fla. and Mich. April-June. B.B. 2:237. Var. grandifolia, Dipp. (Pyrus grandifblia, Lindl.), has larger, obovate or broadly obovate Ivs. and larger fls. B.R. 14:1154. Var. subpubescens, Lindl., has the Ivs. pubescent beneath when young. An intermediate form between the two preceding species is figured in B.R. 12:1006 as Pyrus floribunda, Lindl.; similar forms are found wild occasionally in the northeastern states. Both species are handsome shrubs; S. melanocarpa is prettier in foliage and in bloom, while S. arbutifolia has showier and usually more numerous fruits. The fruits of both species remain on the branches during the winter. .S'. alnifdlia, Wenzig (Pyrus Miyabei, Sarg. Micromeles alni- foliii, Koehne). Tree, 60 ft. high: Ivs. obovate and abruptly acuminate or ovate, serrate, glabrous at length, but on vigor- ous shoots, often remaining tomentose beneath, 2-4 in. long: tls. in ii-12-fld., almost glabrous corymbs: fr. snhglobnsc, ]/4 in. across. Japan. Gt. 41, p. 28.'!, 284. G.F. 7:84.— S. Chamcemes- liilnx, Crantz (Pyrus ChamsBmespilus, Poll. P. alpina, Dur. Ari.-i Chamaemespilus, Hos.). Upright shrub, 0 ft. high, allied to S. Aria. Lvs. elliptic to oblong serrate, almost glabrous. 2354. Sorbus Aria (X 34). 134-234 in. long: fls. pinkish, with upright petals, in dense corymbs about 134 in. broad: fr. oval, orange to brownish red. Middle and southern Europe. — S. densifldra, Heynh. (Pyrus densiflora, Spach. P. alpina, Willd., not Dur. Aronia alpina, Dipp.). Hybrid of garden origin between S. Aria and S. me- lanocarpa: shrub, 5 ft. high: Ivs. oval to elliptic-oblong, whitish tomentose beneath, 1/4-3 in. long: fls. white or pinkish, in dense corymbs 1-1% in. broad: fr. pear-shaped, dark bluish purple.— S. discolor, Maxim. Closely allied to S. Aucuparia, but quite glabrous: Ifts. oblong-lanceolate, larger, glaucous be- neath. N. China.— S. grdcilis, Wenzig (Pyrus gracilis, Sieb. & Zucc.). Shrub, with pinnate Ivs., those at the base of the loose, few-ttd. corymbs with large, incised -dentate stipules. Japan.— S. Hdstii, C. Koch (Pyrus Hostii, Hemsl. P. Sudetica, Tausch. Aria Hostii, Jaeq. f.). Supposed to be a hybrid be- tween S. Aria and Chamsemespilus: shrub or small tree, 12 ft. high: Ivs. oval to elliptic-obovate, sharply serrate: fls. pinkish, in dense corymbs about 234 in. broad : f r. globose, ovoid, red. Mts. of M. Europe. Gn. 20:305. R.H. 1877:210.— S. lanata, Wenzig (Pyrns lanata. Don. S. majestica, Hort.). Tree, allied to S. Aria: Ivs. oval, sharply and doubly serrate and slightly lobed, 4-7 in. long; styles 2-3, woolly: fr. globose, 34-134 in. across. Himalayas. — S. Nepalensis, Hort. = S. vestita; also vars. of S. Aria are often cult, under this name.— S. termi- nalis, Hort. = Photinia villosa. — S. trilobdta, Heynh. (Pyrus trilobata, DC.). Small tree: Ivs. rather small, almost orbicular, 3-lobed, with spreading, denticulate lobes, glabrous: fls. white, withSstyles: fr. subglobose, % in. across. W.Asia. — S. vestita, S. Schan. (Pyrus vestita, Wall. P. crenata, Lindl. S. Nepal- ensis, Hort.). Tree, allied to S. Aria: Ivs. elliptic to elliptic- oblong, doubly serrate, densely tomentose beneath, 3-7 in. long; styles 5, woolly at the base only. Himalayas. G.C. II. 1:17. ALFRED REHDER. SORGHUM. The genus Sorghum is referred to An- dropogon by Hackel and others, and its botanical rela- tions are discussed under that name. It forms a section of that genus, only one species of which is of economic importance. The various cultivated varieties known as Sorghum, Broom Corn, Kaffir Corn, Jerusalem Corn, Millo Maize, Durra, etc., are considered as having been 1690 SORGHUM derived from the wild species, S. Halepense (Andropb- gon Halepensls). Others maintain these cultivated forms as varieties of a distinct species, Sorghum vul- gare (Andropogon Sorghum). The cultivated forms are annuals, with tall jointed stems, bearing large terminal panicles. They fall naturally into three groups, depend- ing upon their uses: (1) Broom Corn, in which the branches of the panicle are elongated and are thus adapted to the manufacture of brooms; (2) the Sugar or Saccharine Sorghums, with loose panicles, the branches drooping, and red-brown spikelets, cultivated for the sweet juice and for forage. Amber and Orange are leading forms of Sorghum. See Saceharum. (3) The remaining varieties are grouped together as Non- Saccharine Sorghums. They are grown for forage and for the seed. Gn. 4, p. 83 (S. bicolor). The com- mon forms grown in this country and offered in the trade are : Kaffir Corn, with stems 4-5 feet high, stocky growth, and dense, upright panicles; Millo Maize, or African Millet, similar but about twice as tall; Durra (variously spelled Doura, Dhoura, etc.), including Egyptian Rice Corn, Guinea Corn, etc., with compact panicles on a recurved stalk. A. gt HITCHCOCK. 2355. South Carolina. To show horticultural SORREL. Various species of Rumex (which see) produce large, thick, acid leaves which are prized for salads or for "greens." Leaves of some of the native or naturalized species are gathered as pot-herbs in many parts of the country. In the Old World, however, sev- eral species are regularly cultivated in kitchen-gardens ; in this country these cultivated species are relatively little known. They are perennials of the very easiest culture. Usually they persist for a number of years after well established, giving an abundance of soft edi- ble leaves early in the spring when herbage is scarce. They are usually grown from seeds, and plants fit for cutting may be had when the plants are one or two years old. Plants should be placed at one side of the garden where they will not interfere with the regular tillage. No special treatment is demanded. When they begin to show signs of failing, new plants should be started or the old ones may be taken up and divided. The rows should stand about 18 in. apart. Do not let the plants exhaust themselves by seed-bearing. The Spinach Dock (Rumex Patientia) is one of the best and earliest. The Belleville (Rumex Acetosa) is also an excellent plant for the home garden and has the advantage of following the other as a succession. Various other species may be had of European seed dealers. See Dock. L. jj. B. SORREL-TREE. Oxydendrum. SORREL, WOOD. Oxalis Acetosella. SOUR GUM. See Nyssa sylvatica. SOUR SOP. Anona muricata. SOUR WOOD. Oxydendrum. SOUTH CAROLINA SOUTH CAROLINA, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 2355. Owing to the combined influence of varieties of soil, latitude and elevation, the climatic conditions of South Carolina and the range of horticultural productions are remarkably varied. With reference to its adaptation to amateur and commercial horticulture, this state may be divided into four belts by lines drawn roughly from southwest to northeast. The coast region, embracing a tier of counties border- ing the Atlantic ocean and a number of fertile islands, is especially adapted to commercial horticulture. A con- siderable area is devoted to growing early vegetables to supply the large cities of the northeastern states. The principal species grown for shipment are green peas, Irish potatoes, cabbage, asparagus and beans. The Hoffman and Neunan varieties of strawberries, which are especially adapted to this region, are also grown for shipment. The fig grows to perfection here, but has not as yet been produced on a commercial scale. The capabilities of this region have been only partially de- veloped on account of the habit and profit of sea island cotton and rice culture. The fungous disease known as asparagus rust has seriously menaced the asparagus plantations. The Pine Belt, or second zone, embraces two forma- tions, popularly known as the Upper and Lower Pine Belts. The latter covers an area of about 9,000 square miles; the former 5,000. The Upper Belt embraces the best farming and horticultural lands of the state. The surface is generally level, with an elevation of 250 feet. Both of these belts contain large areas especially adapted to vegetable- and fruit-growing, especially melons. These industries are receiving more and more attention every year as the land-owners become more familiar with the intensive methods necessary for suc- cessful truck-farming and the commercial requirements for successfully handling large crops of perishable products. Asparagus, early potatoes, watermelons and cantaloupes are at present the principal crops grown for the northern markets. The sweet potato grows to perfection in this region, 400 to 600 bushels per acre being easily produced. Recent experiments by the Agricultural Department of the Experiment Station in preparing the sweet potato for compact shipment seem to open the way for carrying this vegetable to all parts of the world. This section is especially adapted to the fig, the oriental types of pears and plums and to the early varieties of peaches and apples. While af- fording every facility for commercial horticulture, there is, perhaps, no part of the globe where an abundant supply of fruits and vegetables may be more easily and continuously provided for domestic use. Fresh vege- tables in season may be gathered from the garden every day in the year. The Hill Belt, fifty miles in width, stretching across the state from Georgia to North Carolina, is more varied in soil and elevation, affording a wide range of soil products. In some sections of the Hill Belt rapid strides have been made in peach- and melon-growing for market. From a limited area around Ridge Springs 150 car-loads of peaches were shipped in 1900; from this section also large shipments of melons and aspar- agus are made. The rapid development of manufac- tures has created a home market for large quantities of fruit and vegetables. Grapes of superior quality are grown throughout this belt. Standard Labrusca grapes, such as Delaware, Concord and Niagara, are re- markably exempt from diseases which are more destruc- tive in other sections. The Rotundifolia family, or southern fox grape type, most commonly known from the amber-colored variety, Scuppernong, succeeds well from the mountains to the coast. Other varieties of the s-ame family are more productive than the Scuppernong, such as the Mish Memory, Tender Pulp, Thomas, James and Flowers. The berries of some of these va- rieties adhere to the stems and grow in bunches of from 16 to 24 grapes, hence may be as readily shipped as the Delaware. When trained upon vertical trellises and pruned in early fall, the yield far exceeds that of any other type. The Piedmont and Alpine regions, ranging in eleva- tion from 400 to over 3,000 feet, varies even more than the hill country in variety of products to which it is SOUTH CAROLINA SOUTH DAKOTA 1691 adapted. The cherry, peach, pear, grape, small fruits and apple afford a tempting variety. The succession of fruits spans the seasons, the winter apples lasting until strawberries are ripe. While little has been done in this great region towards growing fruit and vegetables for .shipment, the cotton mills, so numerous in this section, have converted the farms in their vicinity into market- gardens. The typical mountain wagons, hooded with white canvas, laden with luscious apples, mammoth cabbages, mealy potatoes and fragrant onions, products of the rude methods of the inhabitants of the highland region, are only suggestions of the possibilities of the fertile valleys and mountain coves under the manipula- tion of skilful hands guided by the trained head. J. S. NEWMAN. SOUTH DAKOTA, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 2356. South Dakota, the twenty - seventh state admitted into the Union, lies a little north of the center of the con- tinent, between lat. 45° 57' N. and 42° 28' S. and long. 96° 26' and 104° 3' W. of Greenwich. Its shape is approximately a rectangle. Its extreme length from east to west is 386 miles; extreme breadth north to south 240 miles; area 76,815 square miles; population (in 1900) 401,570. The Missouri river divides the state into two nearly equal portions. With the exception of a small area in the northeast corner, the southeast part is lowest and all the streams flow in that direction. The state may be divided into three sections: (1) the Black Hills; (2) the Table-lands; (3) the Eastern Section. The Black Hills in the southwestern part sire outliers of the Rocky Moun- tains, and the ex- tensive and very rich deposits of gold, silver, and other minerals are important sources of wealth. The Indians early knew of these gold de- posits, but they were not known to white men until 1874. The Black Hills, so named by the Indians because of the heavy forests of pine and spruce covering the moun- tains, include an area of about 5,000 square miles. Con- siderable fruit is now being raised in this section under irrigation, as the local market is a profitable one, and it has been found possible to raise many varieties not hardy upon the open prairies of the state. The Table -lands comprise the entire section of the state west of the Missouri river, with the exception of the Black Hills. Five branches of the Missouri flow from the western part of the state across these lands from west to east. These are White, Bad, Cheyenne, Moreau or Owl, and Grand rivers. The rainfall in this part is too light to make general farming feasible, but the native grasses are very nutritious and stock-raising is profitable. Cattle, horses and sheep are raised in im- mense numbers and feed the year round upon these ranges, the dry climate curing the grass into the best of hay as it stands. The eastern section contains three rivei: valleys that cross it from north to south, viz., the eastern half of the Missouri, the James river valley and the Big Sioux river on the eastern border. In the southern part the valley of the Vermillion traverses the region between the Sioux and the James. These river valleys are all very fertile and blend together as they reach the Mis- souri at the south. Diversified agriculture flourishes in these rich valleys, especially in the southern and entire eastern part of this section. In the higher ground in the northern and western part, stock-raising and dairy- ing are the main industries owing to the lesser rainfall. Since the defining of the artesian-well basin, general agriculture has been encroaching upon the grazing areas. This basin reaches from the Missouri river eastward to some distance beyond the James. The pressure and flow of these artesian wells varies from a few pounds to 200 pounds per square inch. A flow of more than 3,000 gal- lons per minute has been obtained from an 8-inch well. These wells are from 100 to 1,500 feet in depth, and afford a valuable means of irrigation and cheap water- power. The water is supposed to come from the Rocky Mountain region. The amount of this supply which can be used has been roughly estimated at 326,805,600,000 cubic feet annually, an amount of water sufficient to fill a river-bed a mile wide, 20 feet deep and nearly 600 feet long. When this water is more generally utilized, it is confidently believed that the horticultural area shown on the map will be extended to include the en- tire state east of the Missouri river. Horticulture in South Dakota is to a considerable ex- tent still in the experimental stage. Most of the plant - 2356. Map of South Dakota. Showing areas favorable to fruit-growing, the broken-shaded portions being the most favorable. ing of orchard fruits has been done since the last "cru- cial test " winter of 1884-85, hence it will be difficult to give a safe list until after the next test winter. A glance at the map will show that the state extends well below the north line of Iowa, and as a matter of fact we find that the South Dakota fruit list partakes of both Iowa and Minnesota in its characteristics. The southern tier of counties in the southeast corner of the state can raise varieties of the apple which are not at all hardy northward in the state. It is interesting to trace the orcharding belt along the great river from far down in Missouri northward between Iowa and Nebraska and northward into South Dakota. In the Sioux and James 1692 SOUTH DAKOTA river valleys considerable fruit is grown as far north as the Minnesota line. North of this the orchards are few and far between, the country being new and grain- raising, stock-raising and dairying affording more prof- itable sources of income. In making up a list of apples for planting throughout the state, it will be a safe rule not to plant any variety less hardy than Oldenburg and Wealthy, especially if the planter desires a long-lived, fruitful orchard and cannot afford to experiment. The State Horticultural Society recommends the following for trial or general cultivation in all of the twelve fruit districts; viz., Oldenburg, Hibernal, Charlamoff, Wealthy. The largest orchard in the state is in Turner county, consisting of 7,000 trees on about 132 acres. This or- chard was planted in the early seventies and still yields profitable crops. About 4,000 of the trees are Wealthy and most of the remainder Oldenburg. Considerable trouble is experienced from root-killing of the common apple seedling stocks. In the northern part of the state, apple root-grafts root-kill every winter unless deeply mulched. The winter of 1898-99 will long be remembered as the "root-killing" winter by the fruit men of several northwestern states. Efforts are now being made to remedy this trouble by testing the Russian method of preventing root-killing; viz., the use of the pure Siberian crab (Pyrus baccata), as a stock. If the experiments are successful apple culture will be practicable in both Dakotas and in a part of the Cana- dian northwest. Piece root-grafting will not be a fair test, as everything below ground should be Siberian. (See Bull. 65 of S. D. Exp. Sta., and Am. Pom. Soc. Report, 1899, p. 143.) Of plums, only those of the Americana type, such as DeSoto, Wyant, Wolf, Forest Garden, Rollingstone and Hawkeye, are of any value for general cultivation. However, in the southern tier of counties already men- tioned the Miner does well and is much grown. Prunus Americana is indigenous throughout the state. Many varieties from the native thickets are being grown by the prairie settlers, and these will probably supersede the varieties named above, which originated in Iowa, Minnesota and Wisconsin. Plums rightly managed are very profitable and the general interest in them is increasing. The main trouble hitherto has been the tender stocks upon which the hardy natives have been worked. Myrobolan, St. Julien, Marianna, Southern Chickasaw. peach, and other southern stocks all winter- kill, leaving the hardy top to die. Such trees are a delusion and a snare to the prairie planter, and this fact is becoming more generally known. Trees worked on Americana seedlings or trees on their own roots find favor, as no trouble is then experienced from root- killing. The western sand cherry (Prunus Besseyi), a native of the state, is being tested as a stock at the Experiment Station at Brookings. So far the indica- tions are that it will be worthy of use as a dwarf stock for amateur use, the trees being dwarfed and bearing fruit at an early age. It is of some promise as a dwarf stock for peaches, such trees being of suitable size for convenient covering in winter or for growing in boxes. Of other orchard fruits, pears, quinces, apricots and peaches find no place on the South Dakota fruit list. Cherries are grown to a small extent in the southern counties, but the crop is uncertain in most parts. Raspberries can be grown with winter protection. Blackberries are not as hardy as raspberries. Straw- berries are considerably grown in the southern part of the state, and irrigation is found profitable, as it insures a crop in dry seasons. Grapes are grown to some extent in the southern part of the state, but northward suffer severely from winter-killing and are not on the fruit list recommended for that part of the state. Janesville, a Labrusca x riparia (vulpina) hybrid, has been found to be hardier than those of the Concord type. It is probable that new varieties of grapes adapted to the prairie northwest will be produced by plant-breeding, using the indigenous Vitis riparia as a foundation. Toward this end about 5,000 wild grape seedlings were grown by the Experiment Station at Brookings in 1900, and this work of plant-breeding is being conducted on a large scale. Over 27,000 seedlings of various native fruits were SOUTH DAKOTA raised at this station in 1899-1900. The wild fruits are being crossed with tame whenever possible, but the main reliance is placed iipon pure selection, acting upon the theory that "excess of food causes varia- tion." The following native species have been taken in hand in this plant-breeding work: sand cherry, choke cherry, pin cherry, black currant, golden currant, goose- berry, buffalo berry, grape, hazelnut, high bush cran- berry, Juneberry, plum, red raspberry, black raspberry, strawberry. The work with cultivated fruits is mainly with the apple, an attempt being made to combine the hardiness of the Russian sorts with the long-keeping capacity of the best American winter varieties. Several Siberian fruits have also been taken in hand. These were picked up by the writer in 1897-98 when sent on a ten months' tour of exploration in eastern Europe and western and central Asia by U. S. Secretary of Agri- culture Hon. James Wilson. The state Legislature in March, 1901, granted an appropriation of $10,000 for a "plant-breeding building," for improved facilities in the breeding of horticultural and agricultural plants. Of conifers, the hemlock, white pine, balsam fir, arborvitae and Norway spruce fail on the open prairie, while Jack pine, bull pine, Scotch pine, northern red cedar, western white spruce, and Colorado silver or blue- spruce all do well in open exposure. Of deciduous trees, the native species, such as ash, elm, box elder, black wild cherry and hackberry, all do well. Cotton wood and willows do well on moist land. Considerable loss was. experienced in the earlier planting from a failure to- recognize the fact that species covering a wide geo- graphical range vary greatly in hardiness and that the local indigenous form should be planted when possi- ble. Floriculture is still in its infancy, there being very few greenhouses in the state. The rich soil makes it easy to raise large crops of vegetables, but so far the trucking interests have assumed no importance, ex- cept near the larger towns. Agriculture has been exten- sive, rather than intensive. In a state yielding heavy crops of wheat and other cereals, with a soil so rich that commercial fertilizers are not thought of and barn- yard manure so little considered that many farmers prefer to move their barns rather than their manure heaps, and with the burning of straw a common prac- tice, the hoe is rarely seen; gang and sulky plows, self- binders and riding cultivators are the -more favored implements. In the course of time, with the increase in population, will come a change in methods. Eastern farmers and gardeners find that the soil and climate demand decided modifications of eastern practices. The list of hardy trees and shrubs would be much, longer were it not for the fact that the severest freezing- often comes when the ground is bare. The State Agricultural College at Brookings is a flourishing institution, the annual attendance being about five hundred. The United States Experiment Station is in connection with the college and is busy witlTthe problems presented in a new state. Farmers' institutes and home reading courses are provided to help in the dissemination of agricultural knowledge. The South Dakota State Horticultural Society is com- posed of the amateur and professional fruitmen of the state and is an earnest body of workers striving to solve the problems presented to prairie horticulturists. No state appropriation has been granted hitherto, so that the proceedings at present are published from time to time in the agricultural press of the state. The twelfth annual meeting was held at Sioux Falls, January 22-24> 1901. The dry climate is very salubrious, and many people suffering from poor health in warmer and moister sections find relief here. South Dakota, the "Sunshine State," presents numer- ous pressing problems as to varieties and methods of cultivation. The latter are being rapidly solved. As to hardy varieties, the modern discoveries in the prin- ciples of plant-breeding will materially shorten the period of evolution. Millions of seedlings will be grown and many species bred together. It is only reasonable to believe that from the ashes of these millions of seed- lings, will arise, Phoanix-like, the "new creations." which will dominate out future prairie pomology. N. E. HANSEN. SOUTHERNWOOD SPARAX1S 1693 SOUTHERNWOOD (Artemisia Abrotnnum, which see for botanical account) is a European herb, aromatic, much branched, woody-stemmed, rather tender, per- ennial, 3-5 ft. tall, with pale green or grayish often variegated leaves, small yellowish flowers and minute seeds. Fig. 2:557. It is occasionally found in family gardens, where it is grown from seed (or more often from its easily rooted cuttings, which are most readily obtained in early summer) for its pleasant taste and tonic properties, which resemble those of wormwood. It is seldom offered by seedsmen in this country be- cause of its slight importance. M. G. KAINS. SOW BREAD. An old name for Cyclamen. SOY BEAN (Glycine hispida, which see for botanical 2357. Southernwood (X %). description) is a legume, and while it has long been a staple crop in Japan it has but somewhat recently been cultivated in the United States. Figs. 191, 195. It grows to perfection only in a tropical or semi-tropical climate. In its native country, Japan, the seed is an important human food product, but in the United States its prin- cipal use at present is as a forage plant for farm live . stock and as a soil renovator. It is an upright, leafy, branching plant, growing 3-4 ft. high. Two distinct plants are often called Soy Bean ; the smaller one (Phaseolus radiatus) is grown principally in Japan; the larger species, the true Soy Bean, is Glycine hispida. This latter species has become popular in some sections of the United States because of its power of resisting drought and for the further reason that it may supply a large amount of forage rich in protein. In the northern states it is probable that the Soy Bean will be acclimated and that it will serve as an adjunct to the maize crop as a food for stock, although it is coarse in leaf and stalk. It thrives best upon a warm, well-drained loamy soil, and seed should not be planted until all danger from frost is over. The land should be prepared by plowing and harrowing in the early spring, and the harrow should be used two or three times before the seeds are planted. Best success is attained by planting in drills, rows to be from 2%-3 ft. apart and the hills in the row 18-20 in. apart. During the early periods of growth cultivation should be frequent, preferably with a fine-toothed im- plement. After the plants have grown so that the ground is well shaded the tillage may be discontinued. It is doubtful whether the curing of the plants for hay will ever come into general practice, but the crop may be largely grown for green soiling and for ensilage pur- poses. It may be cut into the silo with corn and serves to improve the quality of the food. To the horticulturist the Soy Bean is valuable chiefly as a soil renovator. The soil of the orchard can be given clean culture during the early summer and the Soy Beans may be sown broadcast about July 1 and harrowed in. One bushel of seed per acre will be required. One bushel of rye per acre should be sown at the same time, for when the beans are killed down by the frost in the fall the rye will then serve as a cover-crop during the winter. When the soil is so hard and forbidding that clover will not thrive the Soy Bean may be made to .serve as a nitrogen-gatherer, and when plowed under it serves to greatly improve the physical condition of the land. See also Glycine. L. A. CLINTON. SPANISH BAYONET. See Yucca. SPANISH BROOM. S/> jy^ 2361. Venus' Looking-glass — Specularia Speculum (X %)• SPH.BJBALCEA(Greek words, globe mallow; referring to the fruit). Malvaceae. GLOBE MALLOW. About25spe- cies of tender herbs, subshrubs and shrubs, mostly native to the warmer parts of America: Ivs. usually angled or lobed: fls. solitary or clustered, axillary, in terminal racemes or spikes, violet, rose, flesh-color or various shades of red: bractlets 3, free or united at the base; calyx 5-cut: locules of the ovary numerous, 2-3- ovuled, arranged in a single whorl. Closely allied to Abutilon but with 3 bractlets instead of none. A. Lvs. 5-7-lobed. B. Fls. in spikes. acerifdlia, Torr. & Gray. Perennial herb, 2-6 ft. high: Ivs. 3-4 in. long, cordate, palmately 5-lobed (sometimes with 2 or more basal lobes), coarsely serrate: fls. rose- color, varying to white, 2 in. across, 15 or more in spi- cate clusters terminating the branches. Rocky Mts. B.M. 5404. BB. Fls. in umbels. umbellata, Don. Mexican shrub, 3 ft. or more high, with scarlet, pendulous fls., about \% in. across, and usually 3 in an umbel : Ivs. cordate, 7-lobed, crenate. L.B.C. 3:222 and B.R. 19:1608 (as Malva umbellata).— Var. tricolor, Hort., was said by John Saul to have red- dish purple fls. striped with white and rose. AA. Lvs. 3-lobed. B. Fls. scarlet or rose. Mimroana, Spach. Perennial herb, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. broad at base, obscurely 3-lobed, crenate, sometimes in- cised: fls. scarlet or rose, 1 in. across, rose-colored: panicles axillary and terminal, numerous. Dry plains, Brit. Col. to Idaho and south. B.M. 3537 and B.R. 16:1306 (both as Malva Munroana). A.G. 11 :539. — Advertised in 1890 as the Sunset Plant. E. S. Carman said the same plant was offered in some catalogues as Malva miniata. BB. Fls. brick-red. cisplatina, A. St. Hil. (S. miniata, Spach. Mdlva miniata, Cav. M. miniata, Jacq. [?]). Tender branch- ing subshrub, 2-4 ft. high, formerly considered desirable for conservatory decoration in October and November, when it produces its brick-red flowers: Ivs. 1-2 in. long, 3-lobed, coarsely and unequally crenate, midlobe longest: fls. 1-1% in. across, in axillary, few-fld. cymose racemes. La Plata. The above description from B.M. 5938.— Miniata. means cinnabar- red, the color of red lead. There seems to be no reason why Sphreralcea cisplatina and Munroana should be confused. The Ivs. of Mun- roana are obscurely 3-lobed, the lobes broad, blunt and short; the Ivs. of S. cisplatina are deeply and sharply cut, acuminate and narrowed towards the base, the lobes narrow and acute, the midlobe over twice as long as the side lobes. The color of the fls. is very distinct and the clusters are branched in S. Munroana but not in jyj^ 8PH&B6GYNE (Greek words referring to the glo- bose stigma). Melastomaceif. This genus has been re- ferred to Tococa, which see for S. latifolia. The band- some foliage plant known to the trade as Sphcerogyne imperialis is mentioned under this head because its fls. and fr. seem to be undescribed, and the place of the plant in the vegetable kingdom is therefore unde- termined. It is a broad-leaved hothouse plant with strong parallel ribs, metallic green above and pur- plish brown beneath. For cultural suggestions, see Miconia. imperialis, Linden. Stem simple or little branched, erect, robust : Ivs. opposite, decussate, oval, with 5 longitudinal ribs running from base to apex and many parallel transverse veins connecting them. Peru. l.H. 24:284. — Native of Pem, and introduced to Europe by Linden in 1871. It is said to be easily grown in a warm house. SPHAGNUM. Sphagnum moss, bog moss or peat moss is found in swamps or bogs and is one of the plants from which peat is formed ; it is much used by gardeners. Its geographical distribution extends to all countries in the north temperate zone. According to Braithwaite's "Sphagnaceae of Europe and North America," there are 19 distinct species to be found in North America, besides numerous varieties. Sphagnum mosses differ from the true mosses so much that they are usually classified in a distinct family, SphagnaceaB. Besides some slight differences in the reproductive or- gans, the chief differences lie in the larger growth of Sphagnum (which is often a foot or more in height), its soft appearance, pale green color, and the absence of root-hairs. The stems and leaves are inclosed or en- circled by one, two and often four strata of transparent cells connected with each other by small holes, which have the capacity of sucking up and retaining a large amount of water. These cells therefore perform the function of root-hairs, and it is this abundant water-stor- age tissue that makes Sphagnum moss of so much use to gardeners in the cultivation of orchids, Anthurium, etc., and in fact most plants of an epiphytal or swamp- loving character, such as Sarracenia, Darlingtonia, etc. Sphag- num often forms at least one-third of the compost in which pitcher plants and epiphytes are grown. The fresh green tips of Sphagnum are also most useful for surfacing pots of orchids and other plants. Besides giving them a better appearance, the moss acts as an index to the moisture condition of the plant. Sphagnum is also useful in the propagation of many stove plants, such as Cordyline, Nepenthes, etc. ; for starting tropical tuberous - rooted plants, such as fancy caladiums ; for sowing seeds of orchids, Anthuriums, Nepenthes and Sarracenias when fresh and chopped fine; as a mulch; as a non-conducting material for plants in pots in ex- posed positions in summer; and in packing plants for transportation, for which purpose it is an ideal material. Owing to its sponge-like character it may be used wet or dry, according to the character of the plants intended for packing. Unless one has an ideal position in which to keep Sphagnum moss after gathering it from its native place, 1698 SPHAGNUM •or unless one has conditions very similar to its native habitat, it is difficult to keep it living for any length of time. This does not greatly matter, except that Sphag- num used for surfacing pots should always be living for the sake of appearance. That which is used in pot- ting and propagating need not necessarily be living as long as it is fresh and not decayed, while partially de- cayed moss may be used for mulching and packing. EDWARD J. CANNING. SPHEN6GYNE. See Ursinia. SPICE BUSH. Consult Benzoin. SPIDER FLOWEB. Cleome. SPIDER LILIES. Hymenocallis and Pancratium. SPIDER PLANT. See Cleome. SPIDEEWOET. Tradescantia. SPIGELIA (after Adrian von der Spigel, physician, 1558-1625). Loganiacece. About 35 species of American annual or perennial herbs, rarely somewhat woody,with opposite, membranous, feather - veined, rarely 3-5- nerved leaves, and long or small re*, yellow or purplish flowers, usually borne in terminal, one-sided, somewhat curved spikes: calyx 5-lobed; segments narrow; corolla tubular ; lobes 5, valvate ; stamens 5, attached to the corolla-tube: ovary 2-loculed: style articulated, simple, obtuse or somewhat capitate and stigmatose at the sum- mit: capsule flattened, circumscissile above the persis- tent base. Marilandica, Linn. PINK ROOT. A handsome hardy perennial herb, with slender, tufted stems 1-2 ft. high, opposite, ovate, sessile, thin Ivs. 2-4 in. long, and red, tubular fls. with yellow throats in terminal, 1-sided spikes. June, July. Woods, N. J. to Wis. and south. B.B. 2:605. B.M. 80.— An elegant plant for the hardy border. Shade is not necessary for its welfare if planted in good, loose, deep loam. p_ w. BARCLAY. 2362. Spinach (X%). SPIKENARD. Aralia racemosa. FALSE S. Smila- cina. SPILANTHES (Greek, spotted flower). Comp6sitce. This genus includes the Pard Cress (Spildnthes oler- acea, Linn.), the leaves of which impart a pungent flavor to salads and stimulate the salivary glands. The plant belongs rather to pharmacy than to the vegetable garden. It is procurable from France. It is an annual herb of almost creeping habit and yellow fls. in conical, rayless heads about three-eighths of an inch in diameter. The seed is sown in early spring. The Brazil Cress differs in the brownish tint of stem and leaves. The preced- ing points are condensed from Vilmorin's "Vegetable Garden." Spilanthes is a genus of about 20 species found in the warmer regions of the globe. They are mostly annual, rarely perennial, and have opposite, usually dentate Ivs. Some have yellow or white rays and the disk is yellow. S. oleracea has broadly ovate, dentate Ivs. and long- peduncled heads. Gn. 22, p. 295. ^ M SPINACH SPINACH (Spinacia oleracea, which see) is an an- nual crop grown as a pot-herb, or for "greens." Fig. 2362. It is a cool-season plant, and therefore it is grown in fall and spring. It is a plant of easy culture, thriving in any good garden or field soil, although for quick re- sults and for tender, succulent foliage, land which has an abundance of available plant-food, and particularly of nitrogen, is most desirable. The plant is hardy, and when the land is well drained, it will ordinarily stand the winter climate as far north as the city of New York, and still farther in somewhat protected places. Spinach is grown both as a fall and spring crop. The fall crop is raised from seed that is sown in August; in eight weeks the leaves may be large enough for eating. The spring crop is grown from seeds sown in the fall, or from those sown during winter in hotbeds or cold- frames, or from those sown directly in the ground as soon as it is fit in the spring. If the plants for spring use are to be started in the fall, the seeds should be sown about six to eight weeks before hard freezing weather is expected. Then the plants will have attained sufficient size and roothold to enable them to pass the winter. It is advisable to cover the plants, just before winter sets in, with straw or loose litter or dry manure. Even though the plants will withstand the winter, they nevertheless thrive better if given this protection, par- ticularly in soils that are likely to heave. It is custom- ary to grow this fall-sown Spinach on wide ridges or beds that are made by plowing several furrows together, leaving a dead furrow between them. This allows of surface drainage. These beds may be from five to ten feet wide. On these beds, the seeds are sown^jl^ws running lengthwise, the distance between the ro^Mppig from 10 to 20 inches, depending upon the methods^that are employed for tillage. If hand tillage alone is to' be given, the plants may be placed closer. In the spring the cover is removed from the plants at the earliest op- portunity, for Spinach is most desired very early in the season. Unless the land is in extra good "heart," it is well to make a surface application of a soluble fer- tilizer early in the spring in order to start the plants into growth. A fertilizer that is very rich in nitrogen gives best results; in fact, it is customary in some places to use a solution of nitrate of soda or sulfate of ammonia, applying the material with a sprinkling cart. From 50 to 75 pounds of the fertilizer may be used to the acre with very good results, at each of two or more applications. For home use, Spinach is sometimes carried over the winter in frames, the plants having been transplanted to the frames or raised in them during the late fall. These frames are protected from severe freezing weathe by mats or shutters. Whenever it is desired to bring the plants into growth, sash is placed over the frame, and extra protection is given in very cold weather. The plants will soon become green and begin to make new leaves. Different frames may be covered at different times as the season advances, thereby providing a supply for home use. Sometimes the seed is sown in hotbeds that are made late in winter or very early in spring, and the plants are secured in advance of the ordinary season. The growing of Spinach in frames is less frequent than formerly, owing to the fact that the market is now supplied with the product grown in the Middle South. Spring Spinach may be grown from seeds that are sown as soon as the land can be worked in spring. If the land has been plowed and manured in the fall, quicker results may be secured. Two or three sowings may be made in the home garden for spring use, but after the middle of June Spinach is likely to become tough and is in little demand. If Spinach is wanted during the summer, it is better to use the New Zealand Spinach, which is a warm weather plant. This plant has no relationship with the ordinary Spinach (see Tetra- gonia). It is usually best to sow Spinach seed where the plants are to stand, although it is sometimes trans- planted into frames for home use. Care must be taken that the plants do not become checked or stunted, else they will tend to run to seed. If the seed is sown too late in spring, when hot weather is approaching, the root-leaves will be very few and the plant will quickly throw up flower-stalks. Spinach is always grown as a SPINACH 1699 succession or companion crop, as it occupies the land for a small part of the year. There are very few in- sects and diseases that are generally troublesome. Spinach is usually transported to market in barrels, or crates. Plants are usually cut so that an inch or so of the root is left with them. All dirt is removed, as also all broken and dead leaves. The plants are packed tight. It is essential that the plants be dry before they are shipped. There are several important varieties of Spinach. The large, broad-leaved varieties are most popular in the markets, such as the Viroflay and the Round-leaved. The prickly Spinach is considered to be the most hardy and is chiefly recommended for fall sowing. L_ jj_ j3_ SPINACH ORACH, or SEA PURSLANE (Atriplex hortensis) is also sometimes called Mountain Spinach. SPINACIA (from spina; alluding to the spiny fruit). Chenopodi&cefe. SPINACH. SPINAGE. According to Volkens (in Engler & Prantl's Pflanzenfamilieni, there are only two species of Spinacia, S. oleracea, Linn., the common Spinach, and S. tetrandra, Stev. The lat- ter is an annual herb of the Asia Minor-Persian region, and is not in cultivation. S. oleracea, the Spinach, is probably native to southwestern Asia, but it is now widely cultivated. It is an annual herb, developing rather large, arrow-shaped root-leaves, and these leaves are eaten for "greens." Later in the season it sends up a branching flower-stem 2-3 ft. high, bearing axillary clusters of seed-like fruits. In one type these fruits are spiny: this is the form once described as S. spinosa, Mdhich, but which is not now considered to be specifi- cally distinct. Whether the round-seeded or the prickly- seeded type is the original form of the Spinach is not known, but as a matter of nomenclature, Linnaeus' ft. vieracea, which is the oldest name, is held to include all. Spinacia belongs to the atriplex tribe. The genus is distinguished from Atriplex in the fact that the pistil- late flowers are bractless, whereas those of Atriplex are inclosed in a pair of enlarging calyx -like bracts. Spinacia is dioecious, bearing the flowers in small axil- ' lary clusters: stamens 4 or 5. in a 4-5-lobed calyx: ovary 1, with 4-5 styles or stigmas, in a 2-4-toothed calyx, this calyx hardening and enclosing the akene and often becoming horned on the sides and giving rise to "prickly-seeded" Spinach. The cultivated forms have developed much thicker and broader radical leaves, which are used for greens, often showing little of the halberd or sagittate shape. L. H. B. SPINDLE TREE. Euonymus. SPIRAEA of florists. See Astilbe. SPIR2EA (ancient Greek name of a plant used for garlands, derived from speira, band, wreath; probably first used for the present genus by Clusius). Kosdcea?. Ornamental deciduous shrubs, with alternate, estipu- late, simple and rather small Ivs., and small white, pink or almost crimson fls. in showy umbels, corymbs, or panicles. Many are hardy north; some of the best of them are Spira>a arynta, Tlntnbergii, Van Houltei, pubescens, trilobata, bracteafa, media, ulmi folia, alba, Douglasi, Menziesi, tomentosa. Spircea blanda, Ja- ponica and albiflora require a sheltered position or protection during the winter, though S. Japonica and its allies, even if killed almost to the ground, will pro- duce flowers on shoots of the same season. Spircea Cantoniensis, JBlumei, Chinensis canescens and bella are more tender and not to be recommended for the North, but are hardy or nearly hardy in the Middle States. S. prunifolia is hardy north of Boston. In regard to the flowering season, the Spireas can be divided into two groups. The first one contains the species of the section Chamaedryon, with white flowers in umbels and blooming in spring, from April to June. The second group is composed of the sections Calospira and Spiraria, with white or pink flowers in corymbs or panicles appearing from June to fall. Some of the most important species, arranged according to their relative flowering time, are the following: Eaily-flowering Spi- reas—S. Thunberni, arguta, hypericlfolia, prunifolia, media, 1'ikowiensis, pubescens, chamwdry folia, trilo- bata, Van Houttei, Cantonensis, bracteata. Late-flow- ering Spireas — £. bella, corymbosa, densiflora, ca- nescens, Japonica, albiflora, salicifolia, alba, Menziesi, Douglasi, tomentosa. The species of the second group do not produce their flowers all at once like those of the first group, but continue blooming for a longer time. The Spireas are all medium-sized or low shrubs and well adapted for borders of shrubberies, as single speci- mens on the lawn or for rockeries. Especially the spe- cies of the early-flowering group possess a graceful habit and make effective single specimens, except per- haps S. chamcedryfolia and media, which are somewhat stiffer and less handsome and produce suckers. Spircea canescens has also the graceful habit of the first group. Spircea Japonica and its numerous hybrids form mostly low, round bushes and are pretty as single specimens or in the border. Spircea alba, Douglasi, Memiesi and to- mentosa should be planted in shrubberies only and es- pecially in situations where their spreading by suckers does no harm; they are sometimes used for low ornamental hedges. For rockeries Spircea decumbens, corymbosa, densiflora, bullata, and some dwarf hybrids of S. Japonica are to be recommended. The species of the section Chamaedryon, and also S. canescens and bella, should be pruned as little as possible,— only thinned out and the weak wood removed, — while those of the sections Spiraria and Calospira can be pruned more severely if necessary, since they pro- duce their flowers at the ends of the young shoots. Some of the early-flowering Spireas, especially S. ar- guta, prunifolia, Van Houttei and S. Bumalda, are sometimes forced. The Spireas grow in almost any moderately moist soil, the Spiraria species being generally more moisture- loving; and S. tomentosa thrives well only in a peaty or sandy soil, while those recommended above for rock- eries require a well -drained soil and sunny situation. Prop, by seeds sown in spring and covered only slightly with soil, or by hardwood or greenwood cuttings. The species of Chamaedryon grow very well from greenwood cuttings under glass, while the Spirarias are usually raised from hardwood cuttings. The Calospiras seem to grow equally well in both ways. The Spirarias are also often prop, by division and by suckers. About 50 species in the temperate regions of the northern hemisphere, in America south to Mexico. Lvs. simple, short - petioled, entire or serrate, sometimes lobed, without stipules: fls. in umbel-like racemes, co- rymbs or panicles, perfect, rarely polygamous; calyx cup-shaped or campanulate, 5-lobed ; petals 5, rounded ; stamens 15-60, inserted between calyx and disk; pistils usually 5, distinct, developing into follicles dehiscent along the inner suture, with several or rarely two mi- nute, oblong seeds. Many species formerly included under Spiraea are now referred to other genera ; see Physocarpus, Schizonotus and Sorbaria for shrubby species and Aruncus, Ulmaria and also Astilbe for the herbaceous ones. There is a monograph of Spiraea and the allied genera by Maximowicz in Acta Horti Petro- politani, vol. 6, p. 105-261 (1879) and a monograph of the cultivated species, with their numerous hybrids fully described by H. Zabel, Die strauchigen Spiraen der deutschen Garten (1893). There is much horticul- tural literature on Spireas, for the plants are popular and the species are many. ALFRED REHDKR. The name Spircea is often spelled Spirea. Whenever the generic and specific name are both used the di- graph should be employed, thus: Spircea Japonica. Whenever one speaks of "Spireas" in an untechnical way, we spell the name without the digraph, in har- mony with the Editor's writings. The name Spirea should be considered as an English word in common speech just as geranium and chrysanthemum are. In fact, many people speak of plants as " Spireas " which do not belong to the genus. For example, a delightful white-flowered bushy herb which is grown indoors in great quantities, especially at Easter, is properly an Astilbe. Comparable instances are peony, bougainvillea, etc. W. M. 1700 SPIRAEA KEY TO THE SECTIONS. A. Lvs. always entire: fls. in simple or panicle d racemes: follicles usually 2-seeded. (Bo- tryospira, Zabel.) B. Plants tufted, suffruticose: fls. perfect, in usually simple racemes SECTION 1 . PETROPHYTUM ( Species not in cult. ) BB. Plant an upright shrub with stout branches: fls. polygamous in panicled racemes SECTION 2. SIBIR^EA (Species No. 1) IA. Lvs. usually serrate, rarely entire: fls. in umbel-like racemes, corymbs or panicles: seeds several. B. Inflorescence a simple umbel-like raceme: fls. white SECTION 3. CHAM^EDRYON (Species Nos. 2-20) BB. Inflorescence compound: fls white or pink. 0. Fls. in corymbs SECTION 4. CALOSPIRA (Species Nos. 21-36) CO. Fls. in panicles SECTION 5. SPIRARIA (Species Nos. 37-49) acuta, 2. cuneata, 21. Nobleana, 42. acutifolia, 2. cuneifoli t, 21. notha, 39. adiantifolia, 13. decumbens, 22. nova, 16. alba, 37, 44. densirtora, 36. oblongifolia, 19. albiflora, 31. Douglasi, 48. obovata, 2. alpina, 8. cximia, 47. ovata, 24. Altaica, 1. expansa, 25. pachystachys, 42. aguilegifolia, 13. flabellata, 2. paniculata, 38, 44. arbuseula, 36. flagellata, 21. Pikowiensis, 10. argentea, 21. flagelliforrnis, 21. procumbens, 22. arguta, 4. flexuosa, 20. pruinosa, 37. atrifolia, 20. Fontenaysii, 37. prunifolia, 6. atrosanguinea, 27. Fontanaysiensis, 37. pubescens, 17, 18, 27. aubifolia, 20. Fortune!, 27. pulchella, 25. bella, 24. Foxii, 29. pumila, 30. Bethlehemensis, 45, glabrata, 27. pyramidata, 40. 47. glabreseens, 19. Keevesiana, 15. betulifolia, 35. grandiflora, 43 and Regeliana, 41. Billardii, 47. suppl. robusta, 16. blanda, 16. hypericifolia, 2. rosea, 36. Blumei, 12, 13. intermedia, 41. rotundifolia, 11. 21. brachybotrys, 37. Japonica, 27 and ruberrima, 27, 30. bracteata, 11. suppl. rupestris, 12. bullata, 26. Japonica alba, 31. salicifolia, 43, 44, Bumalda, 30. Japonica panicu- 45. Calit'ornica, 47. lata, 38. Sanssouciana, 41. callosa, 27. Kumaonensis, 25. semperflorens, 38. cana. 7. Iwvigata, 1. sericea, 19. Canadensis, 45. lanceolata, 15, 44. Sibirica, 43. caneseens, 21. latifolia, 45. superba, 32. Cantoniensis, 15. Lemoinei, 30. syringaaflora, 38. carnea, 43. Lenneana, 47. thalictroides, 2. carpinifolia, 45. leucantha, 31. Thunbergii, 3. chamsedryfolia, 20. longigemmis, 23. tomentosa, 49. Chinensis, 17. lueida, 34. triloba, 13. cocdnea, 24. luxuriosa, 37. trilobata, 13. confusa, 19. maerophylla, 27. triumphans, 47. conspieua, 38. Margaritas, 28. truncata, 2. Constantiae, 47. media, 11, 19. ulmifolia, 20. ccjrymbosa, 15, 33. Menziesi, 46. vacdnifolia, 21 and cratcegifolia, 13, 33. multiflora, 5. suppl. crenata, 2, 9. Nicoudierti, 10. Van Houttei, 14. creni folia, 9. Nipponica, 11. Virginiana, 34. crispifolia, 26. SECTION!. PETROPHYTUM (Species not in cult. ). This section contains a few rather rare American spe- cies of which none is in cultivation. The best known is S. caespitosa, Nutt. (Petrophytum ccespitdsum, Rydb. ) , a dwarf cespitose subshrub, only a few inches high, with crowded, small, entire Ivs. and small, whitish fls. in dense, usually simple racemes on slender stalks arising from the tufts of the grayish green foliage. It is very unlike any other Spirea and more resembles in habit a Saxifraga. It is perhaps better regarded as a distinct genus like the allied Kelseya unifldra, Rydb. (Kriogynia unifldra, Wats.), and Uriogynia pectinata, Hook. SECTION 2. SIBIR^EA (Species No. 1). 1. laevigata, Linn. (S. Altaica, Pall. Sibircea Icevi- gata, Maxim.). Shrub, 5 ft. high, with stout upright branches : Ivs. cuneate-oblong, bluish green, glabrous, l%-3% in. long: fls. polygamous, greenish white in terminal panicles, 3-5 in. long, those of the staminate plant somewhat showier. May. Siberia. — Hardy. SPIREA SECTION 3. CHAM^EDRYON (Species Nos. 2-20). A. Fls. in sessile umbels, with none or very small Ivs. at the base or only the lower umbels on leafy stalks. B. Foliage entire orcrenately den- tate only near the apex, often 3-nerved, grayish green 2. hypericifolia BB. Foliage dentate or set-rate, usu- ally penninerved, bright green. C. Shape of Ivs. linear-lanceo- late: glabrous 3. Thunbergi CC. Shape of Ivs. ovate to oblong- lanceolate : finely pubes- cent when young. D. Umbels on the lower part of the branches stalked. E. Lvs. oblong 4. arguta BE. Lvs. obovate 5. multiflora DD. Umbels all sessile, 3-6-fhl. 0. prunifolia AA. Fls. in um,bel-like racemes on leafy stalks. B. Margin of Ivs. entire or crenate or dentate only toward the apex. C. Foliage grayish pubescent on both sides 7. cana CC. Foliage almost glabrous. D. Shape of Ivs. elliptic to oblong-lanceolate. E. Lvs. penninerved: shoots angular 8. alpina EE. Lvs. all or partly 3-nerred. F. Shoots striped: Ivs. all 3-nerved 9. crenata FP. Shoots terete: Ivs. partly penninerved, partly 3-nerved 10. Pikowiensis DD. Shape of Ivs. almost or- bicular, %-l in. broad. .11. bracteata BB. Margin of Ivs. incisely serrate and often slightly lobed (only in No. 19 sometimes entire). 0. Stamens shorter than or as long as petals: sepals erect or spreading in ' D. Foliage glabrous. E. Form of Ivs. orbicular to ovate. F. Apex of Ivs. obtuse. G. Lv s. penninerved, ovate 12. Blumei GO. Lvs. palmate ly 3-5- nerved, orbicular. 13. trilobata FF. Apex of Ivs. acute... 14. Van Houttei EE. Form of Ivs. rhombic- lanceolate 15. Cantoniensis DD. Foliage pubescent, at least beneath. E. Umbels and follicles pubescent. F. Tomentum grayish. .1(5. blanda FF. Tomentum yellowish. 17. Chineusis EE. Umbels and follicles glabrous 18. pubescens CC. Stamens longer than petals: sepals re flexed. D. Shoots terete, often pubes- cent in fruit 19. media DD. Shoots angular, glabrous. 20. chamaedry folia 2. hypericifdlia, Linn. Vigorous shrub, 5 ft. high, with slender arching or upright branches: Ivs. almost sessile, cuneate-obovate to obovate-lanceolate, 3-nerved or with few lateral veins, almost glabrous, %-!% in. long: fls. small, white, in sessile umbels; pedicels usu- ally pubescent; petals almost orbicular, usually longer than stamens. April, May. S. E. Eu. to Siberia. — Va- riable species. Var. acutifdlia, Wenzig (S. acutifolia, Willd. S. hypericifolia, var. acuta, Ser. ). Lvs. nar- SPIRAEA rower, oblanceolate: fls. smaller, yellowish white; pedi- cels glabrous; petals obovate, shorter than stamens: flowers somewhat earlier, but less showy. Var. flabel- lata, Zabel (S. flabell&ta, Bertol. S. hypericifdlia, var. creHiltii. Hoiss. it Buhse). Lvs. obovate to obovate-lan- ceolate, acute, incisely serrate at the apex or entire on the flowering branches. Var. obovata, Maxim. (S. obo- vdta, Waldst. & Kit.). Lvs. obovate, rounded at the apex, crenate above the middle. S. E. Eu. Var. trun- cata, Zabel (/S1. thalictroldes, Horfc., not Pall.). Lvs. broadly obovate to oblong - obovate, truncate and cre- nately dentate at the apex. Siberia. SPIR^A 1701 3. Thunbergii, Sieb. Fig. 2363. Shrub, 5 ft. high, with spreading or arching tranches: Ivs. sharply serrulate, 1-1% in. long: Us. pure white, about % in. across, in 3-5-fld. naked umbels; petals obovate, much longer than stamens • follicles with the spreading styles below the apex. April, May. China, Japan. S.Z. 1:69. G. P. 8:84, 85. — A very graceful early-flowering shrub, the slender arching branches clothed with feathery bright green foliage, turning late in fall to orange or scarlet. Almost hardy, but tips of branches sometimes killed by severe frost; valuable for seaside planting. 4. arguta. Zabel(S. Thunbergii x multifldra). Similar in habit to the former but higher and more vigorous : Ivs. oblong-obovate to oblong-oblanceolate, sharply and sometimes doubly serrate, glabrous at length, 1-1% in. long: fls. pure white, % in. across, in many-fld. umbels, mostly with small Ivs. at the base; pedicels glabrous; petals broadly obovate, almost twice as long as stamens. May. Of garden origin. G.C. III. 22:3. Gng. 7:291. F.E. 11:160. G.F. 10:443. M.D.G. 1900:16.-The most free-flowering and showy of the earlier Spireas ; quite hardy. 5. multifldra, Zabel (S. crentita x Jiijperi cifblia ) . Shrub, 5 ft. high, with slender, arching branches: Ivs. obovate, cuneate, serrate above the middle, usually 3- nerved, glabrous at length, about 1 in. long: fls. pure white, in many-fld. umbels, sessile on the upper, borne on leafy stalks on the lower part of the branches. May. Of garden origin.— Handsome shrub similar to the former, but blooming a little later. 6. prunifdlia, Sieb. & Zucc. Graceful shrub, 6 ft. high, with upright slender pubescent branches: Ivs. ovate to oblong, denticulate, pubescent beneath, 1-2 in. long: fls. pure white, about % in. across, on slender pedicels, in 3-6-fld. umbels; petals obovate, longer than stamens. May. China, Japan. -Var. fibre pleno. Fig. 2:!(!4. Fls. double, rather large. S.Z. 1:70. F.S. 2:153. Gn. 53, p. 185. A.G. 18:425. F.E. 9:593. Mn. 3, p. 42. Very handsome, early-flowering shrub, with dark green, shining foliage, turning orange in fall. The single-fld. form is less showy and rare in cult. ; its foliage is lighter and not shining. 7. cana, Waldst. & Kit. Dense, bushy shrub, 3 ft. high: Ivs. elliptic to oblong, acute at both ends, usually entire, grayish pubescent on both sides, more densely beneath, %-l in. long: fls. % in. across, in dense bead- like umbels; petals about as long as stamens; sepals rellexed in fruit. May. S. E. Eu., W. Asia.-Hardy, but not very showy. 8. alpina, Pall. Shrub, 4 ft. high, with upright or arching, angular, reddish brown branches: Ivs. oblontr obovate to oblanceolate, acute, usually entire, glabrous, penninerved, %-\ in. long: Hs. white, rather small, in short stalked, small glabrous umbels; petals roundish, lilllc shorter than stamens; sepals upright in fr. : folli- cles curving outward. May, .June. X. E. Asia. — Hardy shrub, with graceful foliage. 9. crenata, Linn. (S. crenifdlia, C. A. Mey.). Shrub, 3 ft. high, with .slender striped branches: Ivs. oblong- obovate to oblanceolate, acute at both ends, crenately serrate toward the apex, grayish green, puberulous be- neath when young, 3-nerved, Va-l/i in. long: fls. white, rather small, in dense almost semi-globose umbels; pet- als roundish obovate, shorter than stamens: sepals up- right in fr. : follicles with erect styles. May. S. E. Eu. to Caucasus and Altai. L.B.C. 13: 1252. -Hardy. 10. Pikowiensis, Bess. (S. cren&ta x media. S. Nicou- ditrti, Hort.). Shrub, 4 ft. high, with terete upright branches: Ivs. oblong, cuneate at base, with few sharp teeth at the apex or sometimes entire, penninerved to 3-nerved, almost glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls. white or greenish white, in many-fld. almost glabrous umbels; petals orbicular, shorter than stamens; sepals upright in fr. ; follicles with the upright style somewhat below the apex. May. — Supposed natural hybrid, found wild in Podolia, in Poland. 11. bracteata, Zabel (S. Nippdnica, Maxim. S. mtdia, var. rotundifdlia, Nichols.). Shrub, 8 ft. high, with upright or spreading branches, quite glabrous: Ivs. roundish obovate, usually crenate at the apex, dark green above, bluish green beneath, of firm texture, %-l% in. long: fls. over % in. across, in umbel-like ra- cemes, sometimes compound at the base; petals orbicu- lar, longer than stamens; sepals spreading in fr. June. Japan. G.C. II. 23:283. -Desirable hardy shrub of vig- orous growth with showy umbels of pure white fls. and dark green handsome foliage remaining fresh until late in fall. 12. Blumei, G. Don (S. riiptstris, Sieb.). Shrub, 4 ft. high, with spreading and arching branches: Ivs ovate to rhombic-ovate, incisely crenate-serrate, pale bluish green beneath and rather prominently veined, %-!% in. long: fls. polygamous, white, in many-fld. umbels; petals roundish obovate, about as long as sta- mens: follicles with spreading or reflexed styles. June, Japan. B.H. 8:36. -Not hardy north, rare in cultiva- tion ; often the following or other species are met with under its names. 2364. Spiraea prunifolia, var. {lore pleno (X%). 13. trilobata, Linn. (S. triloba, Linn.). Fig. 2365. Shrub, 4 ft. high, with slender spreading branches: Ivs. almost orbicular, incised-dentate and often 3-lobed, obtuse, pale bluish green beneath, %-l in. long: fls. pure white, in many-fld. umbels; sepals upright in f r. : follicles with ascending styles. May, June. N. China to Siberia and Turkestan, L.B.C. 13:1271. G.F. 1 :4r>-J.- 1702 SPIRAEA Handsome bushy shrub, quite hardy; cult, under many different names as /S. aquilegifdlia, adiantifdlia, cra- tcegifolia, Bliimei. 14. Van Houttei, Zabel (S. Cantoniinsis x trilobata. S. aquilegifdlia, var. Van Houttei, Briot.). Fig. 2366. Shrub, 6 ft. high, with arching branches : Jvs. rhom- bic-ovate or rhombic-obovate, rounded or somewhat narrowed at the base, acute, incised serrate, dark green above to pale bluish green beneath, %-!% in. long: fls. white, y% in. across, in many-fld. umbels; petals twice as long as stamens; sepals upright or spreading in fruit. May, June. Of garden origin. Gn. 53, p. 251. G.F. 2:317. Gng. 5:210. A.G. 15:297. P.G. 3:173. M.D.G. 1900:17. — This is one of the most beautiful, or perhaps the most beautiful, of the early-blooming Spireas and quite hardy. Sometimes confounded with the foregoing, which is similar but smaller in every part and less showy. 15. Cantoniensis, Lour. (S. Reevesiana, Lindl. S. lanceolata, Poir. S. corymbbsa, Roxb. ). Shrub, 4 ft. high, with slender, arching branches: Ivs.' rhombic- lanceolate, incisely doubly serrate, dark green above, pale bluish green beneath, 1-2% in. long: fls. over % in. across, in rather dense umbels; sepals upright in fruit: follicles with spreading styles. May, June. China, Japan. B.R. 30:10. A.G. 18:356. -Very handsome shrub, with large pure white fls., but only half-hardy north. Var. fibre pleno, with double fls. and narrower Ivs., is still more tender. This species and the three foregoing are valuable also for their handsome foliage, which remains fresh and green until late in fall. 16. blanda, Zabel (S. Chinensis x Cantoniensis. S. Reevesiana robusta, or ndva, Hort. ). Upright shrub, 6ft. high, with arching branches : Ivs. oblong to ovate, acute at both ends, incised serrate, dark green and almost glabrous above, grayish tomentose beneath, 1-1% in. long: fls. rather large, pure white, in pubescent umbels; sepals ovate-lanceolate, upright in fruit: follicles pu- bescent, with spreading styles. May, June. Of garden origin.— Only half-hardy north. 17. Chjn6nsis, Maxim. (S.pubescens, Lindl.). Upright shrub, fi ft. high, with arching branches, tomentose when young: Ivs. long-petioled, ovate, incisely serrate and sometimes 3-lobed, finely pubescent above, yellowish tomen'/ose beneath, 1-2 in. long: fls. pure white, about % in. across, in pubescent umbels ; sepals upright in fruit, ovate-lanceolate, tomentose like the follicles; styles terminal, spreading. May. China. B.R. 33:38.— Handsome, but not hardy north. 18. pubescens, Turcz. Upright shrub, 6 ft. high, with slender, arching branches: Ivs. similar to those of the foregoing species, but more grayish tomentose beneath and somewhat smaller, petioles shorter: fls. %-% in. across, in glabrous umbels; sepals triangular-ovate, upright in fruit: follicles glabrous, with the spreading styles below the apex. May. N.China. G.F. 1:331.— Hardy north, and the large-fld. form as handsome as the foregoing species. 19. media, Schmidt (S. confusa, Regel & Kcern.). Upright shrub, 5 ft. high, with terete branches, gla- brous or pubescent when young: Ivs. ovate to oblong, cuneate at the base, incisely serrate above the middle, almost glabrous or pubescent, 1-2% in. long: fls. in many-fld. rather long-stalked, umbel-like racemes ; fol- licles with the spreading or reflexed styles somewhat below the apex. May. S. E. Eu. to Japan. -Var. gla- brescens, Zabel. Almost glabrous. Var. oblongifolia, Rehd. {S. oblongifolia , Waldst. & Kit.). Lvs. elliptic- oblong to oblong-lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, en- tire or with 1-3 teeth at the apex. Var. sericea, Regel (S. sericea, Turc/.). Lvs. pubescent on both sides. 20. chamsedryfdlia, Linn. Shrub, 6 ft. high, with angular, glabrous branches: Ivs. distinctly petioled, ovate to lanceolate, sharply and often doubly serrate, almost glabrous, bluish green beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. in many-fld. umbels, the lower ones long-stalked, the upper ones often almost sessile: follicles with the styles upright and terminal. S. E. Eu. to Japan. —Var. flex- udsa, Maxim. (S, flexubsa, Fisch.). Less high, with spreading more or less zigzag branches: Ivs. narrower, sharply serrate above the middle. Siberia to Dahuria. SPIR^A Var. ulmifdlia, Maxim. {S. iilmifdlia, Scop.). Upright: Ivs. ovate, incisely or doubly serrate from below the middle: fls. larger, about % in. across, appearing later. L.B.C. 11:1042. B.R. 15:1222. Both vars. are often cult.; they spread, like the preceding species, by suckers. Sometimes as S. atrifolia or aubifolia in gardens. SECTION 4. CALOSPIKA (Species Nos. 21-36). A. Stamens as Jong as petals: Ivs. small, %-l in. long: fls. white. B. Height 3-6, occasionally 12 ft... 21. canescens BB. Height about % ft 22. decumbens AA. Stamens longer than petals. B. Corymbs on lateral branchlets along the branches of the pre- vious year. C. Winter-buds slender, longer than petioles 23. longigemmie CC. Winter - buds shorter than petioles. D. Shoots angular: Ivs. usu- ally broadly ovate 24. bella DD. Shoots terete : Ivs. usually ovate-lanceolate 25. expansa BB. Corymbs terminal on upright shoots of the year. c. Inflorescence pubescent, rarely glabrous, very com- pound, besides the terminal corymb lateral ones bloom- ing somewhat later appear beneath it. only we ale branches with a single corymb. D. Shrub 1 ft. or less high, with bull ate Irs. less than 1 in. long 26. bullata DD. Shrubs 1-5 ft. high, with larger Ivs. E. Branches terete. F. Ripe follicles di- verging 27. Japonica FF. Ripe follicles upright, straight. G. Fls. pink 28. Margarita GG. Fls. whitish or blushed 29. Foxii EB. Branches more or less angular, rather stiff, almost glabrous. F. Color of fls. pink, rarely whitish 30. Bumalda FF. Color of fls. white 31. albiflora CC. Inflorescence usually gla- brous, consisting of only one terminal corymb: follicles not diverging. D. Sepals reflexed in fruit: petals orbicular 32. superba DD. Sepals spreading or half upright: petals oval to oblong. E. Fls. white. F. Corymb usually pu- bescent 33. corymbosa FF. Corymb usually gla- brous. Q. Lvs . usually in - cised-serrate 34. lucida GG. Lvs. usually cre- nately serrate 35. betulifolia EE. Fls. pink 36. densiilora 21. can6scens, D. Don. Shrub, 6 or sometimes 12 ft. high, with spreading and arching branches: Ivs. broadly oval to obovate, very short-petioled, crenately dentate above the middle, grayish green, pubescent beneath or sometimes almost glabrous at length, %-% in. long: fls. white, rather small, in dense, semi-globose corymbs to 2 in. across, appearing very profusely along the branches; sepals upright or spreading in f r. : follicles villous, with the ascending styles a little below the SPIRAEA 1703 apex. .lul}'. Himal. (in. 45, p. 49; 49, p. 421; 52, p. 28; 54, p. 48. — Very graceful and handsome shrub, but not hardy north. It occurs under very many different, names in the gardens, us »S. iiri/rii/i-n , i-nmiitu, cinn'i- fblia, flmii'lliMd, flagellifdrmitt, rotundifdlia, raccinifd- lia, and others. 22. decumbens, VV. Koch (S. prociimbens, Hort. ). Dwarf, procumbent shrub, about % ft. high, with as- cending branches, glabrous: Ivs. elliptic to oblong, acute at both ends, creiiately serrate above the middle, glabrous, %-l in. long: fls. white, in small corymbs, about 2 in. across: follicles glabrous, with upright ter- minal styles. June. Tyrol. G.C. II. 11 : 752. -Pretty shrub for rockeries. 23. loiiKigemmis, Maxim. Shrub, 4 ft. high, with slender terete branches, glabrous: axillary buds acumi- nate, longer than the petioles : Ivs. ovate-lanceolate to oblong - lanceolate, incisely and doubly serrate, with glandular-tipped teeth, bright green, glabrous, l%-2% in. long: fin. white, in rather loose, 2-.'t-in. broad, pubescent corymbs; sepals spreading in f r. : follicles almost gla- brous, with terminal spreading styles. June. N. W. China. G.F. 7::t45.-Hardy. 24. bella, Sims (S. ovata, and S. cdccinea, Hort.). Shrub, 3 ft. high, with slender, spreading branches, an- gular and sparingly pubescent : Ivs. broadly ovate to ovate, sharply and often doubly serrate, almost gla- brous, whitish or bluish green beneath, 1-2 in. long: fis. polygamous, pink, in small corymbs, %-2 in. across; stamens little longer than petals; sepals reflexed in fr. : follicles pubescent only at the inner suture, with spreading styles. June, July. Himal. B.M. 2426. L.B.C. 13:1268. -Only half-hardy north. 25. ezpansa, Wall. (S. billa, var. expdnsa, Regel. 5. Kumaontnsis, Hort.). Closely allied to the forego- ing, more vigorous and upright, 6 ft. high, with terete branches tomentose when young: Ivs. ovate-elliptic to ovate - lanceolate, acute at both ends, sharply serrate from the middle, usually pubescent on the veins be- neath, l%-3 in. long : fls. white or pale pink, in 1-4 broad corymbs: follicles pubescent, diverging. July. Himal. — 8. pulchella, Kunzo (N. Kumaoninsis, Hort.), is supposed to be a hybrid of this and the foregoing 2365. Spiraea trilobata (X K). No. 13. species ; it combines the broader corymbs of the latter with the brighter color of the first species, therefore handsomer than either parent; sometimes cult, as S. expdnsa rubra, but there is also another hybrid of the same name. See S. rubra in suppl. list. 26. bullata, Maxim. (S. crispifblia, Hort.). Dwarf shrub, with strictly upright brown, villous branches: Ivs. roundish ovate to ovate, very short-petioled, In- cisely serrate, thickish and bullate, almost glabrous, grayish green beneath, J^-% in. long: fls. deer pink, in small and dense corymbs, \Yi-A in. across. July, Aug. Japan, (it. 35:1216. 27. Jap6nica, Linn. (A>. ni/lfixn, Thunb. S. Fdrtunei, Plunch.). Slmil.. I ft. high, with upright branches glabrous or puberulous when young: Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate, acute at both ends or acuminate, doubly and incisely serrate, pale bluish green and usu- ally glabrous beneath, 1-4 in. long: tls. small, pale to deep pink, in usually much compound and rather loose corymbs; sepals reflexed in fruit: follicles glabrous, 2366. Spiraea Van Houttei. No. 14. diverging, with ascending styles. June, July. Japan to Himal. F.S. 9:871. B.H. 8:129. P.F.G. 2, p. 113.- Handsome shrub, with the young unfolding Ivs. of a pretty purplish color; usually much cult, under the name 8. callosa. Var. F6rtunei, Rehd. (5. F6rtunei, Planch. S. cal- Usa, LSndl., not Thunb.). Higher, with quite terete branches: Ivs. 2-4 in. long, oblong-lanceolate, acumi- nate, sharply and doubly serrate, with incurved, callous- tipped teeth, rugose above, bluish white beneath: corymbs very compound, rather loose; disk none or very minute. This seems to be the Chinese form; the Japanese form grows less high, has smaller and broader, coarsely doubly dentate-serrate Ivs., not rugose and less whitish beneath; the stems are slightly striped by the decurrent petioles and the inflorescence is less compound. Var. atrosanguinea, Hort. Fls. deep pink, in tomentose corymbs. Var. rub6rrima, Hort. Fls. deep pink, in puberulous corymbs. Var. macrophyila, Simon-Louis. Lvs. becoming 6 in. long,bullate: corymbs small. Var. glabrata, Nichols. (S. glabrilta, Lange). Of more rigid habit- Ivs. ovate, glabrous: fls. bright pink, in glabrous corymbs. Var. pubescens, Regel. Lvs. pubescent on the veins beneath; corymb tomentose. Most of the other forms often enumerated as varieties are hybrids of this species. 28. Margaritas, Zabel (S. Japdnica x suptrba). Shrub, 5 ft. high, puberulous: Ivs. ovate-elliptic to elliptic, coarsely and often doubly serrate, pubescent on the midrib beneath and pale green, 2-3 in. long: fls. rather large, bright pink, in broad corymbs; sepals spreading in fruit: follicles upright, glabrous, with upright styles: July, Aug. Of garden origin. — Handsome, very free- flowering form. 29. F6xii, Zabel (S. corymbdna x Japdnica). Similar to the preceding: branches more or less striped, almost glabrous: Ivs. elliptic, doubly serrate, glabrous: Us. whitish or pinkish, in large, puberulous corymbs; styles spreading in fruit. June, July. Of garden origin.— Less desirable than the preceding hybrid. 30. Bumalda, Burvenich (8. Japdnica x albiflora. 8. pumila, Zabel). Shrub, 2 ft. high, rarely higher: Iva. ovate-lanceolate, sharply and doubly serrate, gla- brous, 2-3 in. long: fls. whitish to deep pink: follicles diverging. July, Aug. B.H. 17:12. Gn. 46, p. 416. Mn. 2, p. 24. — Cult, in many different forms, probably all of garden origin. One of the best is var. Anthony Waterer. a very free-flowering, compact shrub with bright crim- son fls. in rather dense corymbs. Gn. 45:945. G.C. III. 14:365. A similar form is 8. Lemdinei, Zabel (S. Bu- mdlda, var. rvbfrrima, Hort.), hybrid of 8. Bumalda and 8. bullata, a low, compact shrub, with somewhat bullate Ivs. and pink fls. 1704 SPIRAEA 31 albifldra, Miq. (S. Japonica alba, Regel. S leu- cdnt'ha, Lange). Fig. 23G7. Low shrub, 1% ft, high, with stiff, upright branches: Ivs. lanceolate, coarsely or sometimes doubly serrate, glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls. white, in dense corymbs, one large terminal and many smaller ones below, forming a kind of raceme; disk prominent; sepals reflexed in fr. : follicles upright, not or little diverging. July, Aug. Japan. 32. sup&rba, Zabel (S. albifldra x corymbdsa). Low shrub, with striped dark brown branches: Ivs. elliptic- oblong to oblong, acute at both ends, simply or doubly serrate, almost glabrous, 1-3 in. long: fls. rather large, pink or almost whitish ; disk prominent; petals orbicu- lar or broadly obovate. June, July. Of garden origin. 2367. Spiraea albiflura (X%). 33. corymb6sa, Raf. (S. cratcegifdlia, Link.). Low shrub, with usually little-branched stems, rarely to 3 ft. high: branches purplish brown: Ivs. broadly oval to ovate, acutish, coarsely and often doubly serrate, espe- cially above the middle, pale bluish green beneath and glabrous, l%-3 in. long: fls. white, rather small, in somewhat convex usually pubescent corymbs, l%-3 in. across; petals oval: follicles and styles upright. May, June. N. J. to Ga. L.B.C. 7:671. 34. lucida, Dougl. Closely allied to the former: branches yellowish brown or brown: Ivs. more incisely serrate, oval or obovate: corymb glabrous, usually looser and more flat, broader. June, July. Dakota to Brit. Col. and Oregon. The allied S. Virginiana, Britt., is more branched and higher: Ivs. oblong to ob- lanceolate, dentate above the middle or almost entire: inflorescence glabrous. Va. to N. C. B.B. 2:197. 35. betulifdlia, Pall. Low, much-branched shrub: Ivs. oval to obovate or obovate-oblong, usually cuneate at base and very short-petioled. serrate or crenately ser- rate, obtuse, glabrous or slightly pubescent on the veins beneath, %-!% in. long: corymb usually glabrous, 1-2 SPIR.EA in. across. June, July. Siberia to Manchuria, Kams- chatka and Japan. — The two preceding and the follow- ing species are all closely allied and considered by some botanists as varieties of S. betulifolia. 36. densifldra, Nutt. (S. betulifdlia, var. rosea, Gray. S. rosea, Koehne. S. arbuscula, Greene). Low, much- branched shrub: Ivs. very short-petioled, oval to ovate, obtuse, crenately serrate, %-!% in. long: fls. bright pink, in dense corymbs 1-2 in. across. June-Aug. Ore. to Calif., southern Manchuria. G.F. 10:413. SECTION 5. SPIRABIA (Species Nos. 37-49). A. Inflorescence a broad panicle, about as broad as high. (Hybrids of species of this and the preced- ing section.) B. Panicles rather small, on lateral branchlets at the end of last year's branches 37. BB. Panicles large, terminal on long, upright branches. C. Lvs. glabrous or nearly so. D. Apex of Ivs. acute 38. 1>D. Apex of Ivs. obtuse or acutish. E. Shape of Ivs. broadly ovate or obovate 39. EE. Shape of Ivs. oblong or oval-oblong .- 40. CO. Lvs. pubescent or tomentose beneath. D. Base of Ivs. acute 41. DD. Base of Ivs. rounded 42. AA. Panicles elongated, longer than broad. ( Spiraria proper. } B. Foliage glabrous or nearly so. C. Lvs. sharply serrate, except at the very base. D. Panicles tomentulose. E. fls. light pink 43. EE. Fls. white 44. DD. Panicles glabrous 45. CC. Lvs. coarsely serrate above the middle: fls. pink 46. BB. Foliage pubescent or tomentose beneath. C. Follicles glabrous: Ivs. gray- ish or whitish tomentose be- neath. D. Lvs. acute at both ends 47. DD. Lvs. rounded or nearly so at both ends 48. CC. Follicles pubescent: Ivs. usu- ally light tawny beneath .49. Fontenaysii conspicua notha pyramidata Sanssouciana Nobleana salicifolia alba latifolia Meuziesii Billardii Douglas! tomentosa 37. Fontenaysii, Billard (S. Fontanaysiensis, Dipp. S. canescens x salicifolia). Shrub, 6 ft. high, with slen- der, upright branches : Ivs. oval or oblong-oval, rounded at both ends, crenately serrate above the middle, pale bluish green beneath, almost glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls. white or pink, in 1%-3-in. long panicles; petals orbicu- lar, about as long as stamens; sepals spreading in fruit. June, July. Of garden origin. — Not quite hardy north. Var. alba, Zabel, is the white-fld., var. rosea, Zabel, the pink-fld. form. S. pruindsa, Hort. (S. brachybdtrys, Lange. S. luxuridsa, Hort. S. canescens x Douglasi), is a similar form, but the Ivs. are tomentose beneath and the fls. pink. 38. conspicua, Zabel (S. albifldra x dlba). Upright shrub, 3 ft. high, with dark brown puberulous branches: Ivs. elliptic-oblong, acute at both ends, simply or doubly serrate, almost glabrous, l%-2% in. long: fls. pinkish white, in broad finely pubescent panicles; petals shorter than stamens. July-Sept. — Handsome form. A similar hybrid is S. syringaefldra, Lem. (L. albifldra x salici- fdlia), with oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate Ivs. serrate above the middle and pink fls. Closely allied is also S. semperfldrens, Zabel {S. Jap6nica x salicifolia, S. Japdnica or Fdrtunei, var. paniculdta, Hort.). Higher than the former: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, usually doubly serrate: fls. pink. R.H. 1860, p. 496, 497. Gn. 45, p. 48. SPIR.EA 170.-) 39. notha, Zabel (S. citi-i/nihi'inn x Jatifolia). Shrub. 3 ft. high, with brown glabrous blanches: Ivs. broadly ovate to obovate, short-petioled, coarsely and doubly serrate, almost glabrous, 1-2 in. long: tls. white to pinkish white, in broad, glabrous panicles; stamens almost twice as long as the orbicular petals. July, Aug. — Of garden origin. 40. pyramidata, Greene (S. liicida x Mtnziesi}. Up- right shrub. ,'{ ft. high: Ivs. oval-oblong to oblong, acutish oi- obtuse, usually doubly serrate above the middle, glabrous or nearly so, 1K-3 in. long: panicles l%-3>2 in. long, rather dense, puberulous: tts. pinkish or almost white. July. Found wild in Ore. and Wash- ington.—Worthy of cultivation, but not yet introduced. 41. Sanssouciana, C. Koch (S. Douglasi x Japdnica. S. /i'i -i/rliana. Hurt.). Shrub, 4 ft. high, with striped, finely tomentose branches: ivs. oblong - lanceolate, sharply and usually doubly serrate, grayish tomentose beneath, 2-.'51-i in. long: fis. pink, in broad corymb-like panicles : follicles glabrous, with spreading styles. July, Aug. Of garden origin. — Au allied form is 8. intermedia, Lemoine (S. albi flora x Douglasi), similar in habit to N. .«;/ritig(t>flora but with the Ivs. tomentose beneath. 42. Nohleana, Hook. (S. Douglasi, var. NoMeana, Wats. ,s'. /tniii/laxi x ii flora). Shrub, 4 ft. high, similar to the former: Ivs. oblong or narrowly oblong, usually rounded at the base, acute, sharply serrate above the middle, grayish tomentose beneath, 1-3 in. long: tts. light pink, in dense broadly pyramidal to- mentulose panicles, :i-(5 in. high; petals half as long as stamens; sepals re flexed in fr. ; styles erect. June, July. Natural hybrid, found in Calif. B.M. 5168. I. H. 8:286. — A similar form is S. pachystachys, Zabel (S. corym- i)dsa x Doi'<y boiling 1 pound white arsenic in 2 to 4 quarts water until it is dissolved, then use this arsenic solution to slake 2 pounds good lime, adding water if necessary to slake it; when slaked, add water enough to make 2 gallon* of this stock mixture. Also prepared by boiling together, for 30 or 40 minutes, 1 pound white arsenic and :t pounds lime putty by weight in 2 gallons of water; when dissolved it must be measured so that the arsenic may be applied with accuracy. Keep in a tight vessel and use as desired. Thoroughly stir lie- fore using. For most insects one quart to 40 gallons will be sufficient. Arsenite of lime is insoluble in water and will not injure the foliage of any orchard fruit at this strength. This insecticide is growing in popularity. 8ome green dye stuff may be mixed with it to prevent the ever-present danger of mistak ing it for some other material. Arsenite of soda: The arsenic (1 Ib.) may also be boiled with 4 pounds of sal-soda crystals in 2 gallons water until dissolved, and this solution used in the same manner (with lime). The arsenite of lime is cheaper, and either can be used with Bor- deaux mixture the same as Paris green. When used with water, however, it will be safer to put in some freshly slaked lime. More expensive than arsenite of lime, but thought by some orchardists to be more effective. OTHER ARSENITES.— Green arsenoid and Paragrene are more bulky and finer than Paris green, and when of good quality they are just as effectual and require less agitation. Arsenate of lead can be applied in large quantities without injury to the foliage, hence it is very useful against beetles and similar insects that are hard to poison: it also adheres to the foliage a long time. NORMAL OR 1.6 PER CENT BORDEAUX MIXTURE. Copper sulfate (blue vitriol) 6 pounds Quicklime (good stone lime) 4 pounds Water 50 gallons For peaches and Japanese plums, an extra amount of lime should be added, and more water (60 or 70 gallons) should be used. Six pounds of sulfate of copper dissolved in 50 gallons of water, when applied at the proper time, will prevent the growth of fungi. However, if applied in this form, the solution will burn the foliage. Four pounds of quicklime in 6 pounds of cop- per will neutralize the caustic action. When sulfate of copper 2375. An orchard barrel pump. 2374. A garden barrel pump. FORMULAS. (The commoner mixtures, excluding resin washes.) PARIS GREEN. Paris green 1 pound Water 100-300 gallons If this mixture is to be used upon fruit trees, 1 pound of quicklime should be added. Repeated applications will injure foliage of most trees unless the lime is used. Paris green and Bordeaux mixture can be applied together with perfect safety. Use at the rate of 4 to 8 ounces of the arsenite to 50 gallons of the mixture. The action of neither is weakened, and the Paris green loses its caustic properties. For insects that ohew. LONDON PURPLE.— This is used in the same proportion_as Paris green, but as it is more caustic it should be applied with two or three times its weight of lime, or with the Bordeaux mixture. The composition of London purple is variable, and unless good reasons exist for supposing that it contains as much arsenic as Paris green, use the latter poison. Unsafe on 2376. Vineyard power sprayer. and lime are added in this proportion, the compound is Bor- deaux mixture. Potatoes demand full strength. Diluted Bor- deaux mixture is effective against certain mildews and fruit diseases. Weighing of copper and lime at time of mixing is very inconve- nient. Bordeaux mixture is best when used within a few hours, after being mixed. Therefore a stock mixture of Bordeaux is impracticable. It is, however, practicable to have stock prepa- rations of sulfate of copper and of lime ready for mixing when required. The lime should be " slaked" in a barrel or box with sufficient water to prevent burning, but not enoxigh to smother. Impor- tant. When slaked must always be covered with water to ex- clude the air. In this manner lime can be kept all summer unimpaired. One gallon of water will hold in solution, all summer, 3 pounds of copper sulfate. To accomplish this the sulfate should be suspended at the surface of the water in a bag. The water most loaded with copper will sink to the bottom, and the water least loaded will rise to the surface. If 50 pounds of sul- fate are suspended in 25 gallons of water on au evening, each 1710 SPRAYING SPRAYING gallon of water will, when stirred the next morning, hold two pounds of sulfate. Three gallons of this solution put in the spray barrel equal six pounds of copper. Now fill the spray barrel half full of water before adding any lime. This is important, for if the lime is added to so strong a solution of sulfate of copper, a curdling process will follow. Stir the water in the lime 3377. Square tower, giving more working space for the nozzle-men than the conical form. barrel so as to make a dilute milk of lime, but never allow it to be dense enough to be of a creamy thickness. If in the latter condition, lumps of lime will clog the spray noz- zle. Continue to add to the mixture this milk of lime so long as drops of ferrocyanide of potassium (yellow prussiate of potash) continue to change from yellow to a brown color. When no change of color is shown, add another pail of milk of liine to make the necessary amount of lime a sure thing. A small •excess of lime does no harm. The barrel can now be filled with water, and the Bordeaux mixture is ready for use. The preparation of ferrocyanide of potassium for this test may be explained. As bought at the drug store, it is a yellow crystal and is easily soluble in water. Ten cents' worth will do for a season's spraying of an average orchard. It should be a full saturation; that is, use only enough water to dissolve all the crystals. The cork should be notched or a quill inserted so that the contents will come out in drops. A drop will give as reliable a test as a spoonful. The bottle should be marked "Poison." Dip out a little of the Bordeaux mixture in a cup or saucer, and drop the ferrocyanide on it. So long as the drops turn yellow or brown on striking the mixture, the mixture has not received enough lime. AMMONIACAL COPPEH CARBONATE. Copper carbonate 5 ounces Ammonia (26° Beaume) 3 pints Water 45 gallons Make a paste of the copper carbonate with a little water. Dilute the ammonia with 7 or 8 volumes of water. Add the paste to the diluted ammonia and stir until dissolved. Add enough water to make 45 gallons. Allow it to settle and use only the clear blue liquid. This mixture loses strength on standing. For fungous diseases. 2371. Power sprayer, using steam. COPPER SULFATE SOLUTION. Copper sulfate 1 pound Water 15-25 gallons Dissolve the copper sulfate in the water, when it is ready for use. This should never be applied to foliage but must be used before the buds break. For peaches and nectarines, use 25 gal- 2378. Orchard pump with conical tower rig. Ions of water. For fungous diseases, but now largely sup- planted by the Bordeaux mixture. A much weaker solution has been recommended for trees in leaf. IRON SULFATE AND SULFURIC ACID SOLUTION. Water (hot) .................................. 100 parts Iron sulfate, as much as the water will dissolve. Sulfuric acid (commercial) ...................... 1 part The solution should be prepared before using. Add the acid to the crystals, and then pour on the water. Sometimes recom- mended for grape anthracuose, thedormant vines being treated by means of sponges or brushes, but it should be applied with caution. POTASSIUM SULFIDE SOLUTION. Potassium sulfide (liver of sulfur) .......... %-l ounce Water .......................................... 1 gallon. This preparation loses its strength upon standing, and should therefore be made immediately before using. Particularly valuable for surface mildews. HELLEBORE. Fresh white hellebore ......................... 1 ounce Water ......................................... 3 gallons Apply when thoroughly mixed. This poison is not so ener- getic as the arsenites, and may be used a short time before the sprayed parts mature. For insects that chew. KEROSENE EMULSION. Hard soap ................................... Yi pound Boiling soft water ............................ 1 gallon Kerosene ..................................... 2 gallons Dissolve the soap in the water, add the kerosene, and churn with a pump for 5 to 10 minutes. Dilute 4 to 25 times before applying. Use strong emulsion for all scale insects. For such insects as plant lice, mealy bugs, red spider, thrips, weaker preparations will prove effective. Cabbage worms, currant worms and all insects which have soft bodies, can also be suc- cessfully treated. It is advisable to make the emulsion shortly before it is used. Kerosene and water (suggested for San Jose scale) may be used in all cases where kerosene emulsion is mentioned. Di- lute to the strength recommended in each particular case. It must be applied with a pump having a kerosene attachment. TOBACCO WATER.— This infusion maybe prepared by placing tobacco stems in a water-tight vessel, and then covering them with hot water. Allow to stand several hours, dilute the liquor from 3 to 5 times, and apply. For soft-bodied insects. A special mixture is recommended by Corbett, in Bull. 70, Exp. Sta., W. Va., who reports a trial of Bordeaux mixture, arsenic and kerosene in combination as having proved "gratifying far beyond our most sanguine expectations." "This combination was rendered possible by using the kerosene in the oil tank of a kerowater pump and placing the Bordeaux and arsenic in the barrel in the ordinary manner." For apple aphis, eating insects and fungous diseases. SPRAYING Literature. — To say that the literature of spraying is voluminous would but faintly describe tin- situation. Hardly an experiment station in the United States has failed to publish two or three times on this subject. Many of them issue annual "spray calenders." The Divisions of Vegetable Pathology and Entomology, Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C., have added a great number of bulletins to the general col- lection. One of the first American hooks, "Fungous Diseases," 1880, was written by F. Limison Scribner, then of the Division of Veg. Pathology, Washington. Soon after appeared "Insects and Insecticides," and "Fungi and Fungicides," both by Clarence M. Weed. The most notable book which has appeared and the only complete monograph of spraying in existence was published in 1896, the author being E. G. Lodeman, then instructor in horticulture at Cornell University. Of the experiment stations aside from Washington, prominent in reporting field work, New York (Geneva and Cornell), Michigan, Delaware, California, Massachusetts and Ver- mont should be named, although many others have done well. Spraying, though not an American invention, is now distinctly an American practice by adoption and adaptation. JOHN CRAIG. SPREKELIA (J. H. von Sprekelsen, of Hamburg, who sent the plants to Linnaeus). Amaryllidacece. JACO- BEAN LILY. A single species from Mexico, a half-hardy bulbous plant with linear, strap-shaped leaves and a hollow cylindrical scape bearing one large showy flower. Perianth strongly declined, tube none; segments nearly equal, the posterior ascending, the inferior concave and enclosing the stamens and ovary: bracts only one, spathe-like: stamens attached at the base of the peri- anth-segments, and somewhat shorter than the segment by which they are enclosed, having a few small scales at the base of the filaments : ovary 3-loculed : style long, slender: seeds compressed ovate or orbicular, black. formosissima, Herb. (Amaryllis formosissima. Linn.). Fls. red. B.M. 47. — Var. glauca has somewhat paler and smaller fls. and glaucous Ivs. B.R. 27:16. For culture, see Amaryllis. F- w> BARCLAY. SPRING BEAUTY. C'laytonia. SPROUTING LEAF. phyllum. Catalogue name for Bryo- SPRUCE. SeePicea. Norway 8. is P. excelsa. Sitka 8. is P. Sitchensis. Tideland 8. is P. Sitchensis. SQUASH 1711 SPURGE. Consult Euphorbia. SPURGE, MOUNTAIN. Pachysandra procumbens. SPURGE NETTLE. Ji>h». SPURRY (Spergula arvensis, which see) has long been grown in Germany, France, Holland and Belgium, when- its value us a soil renovator and as a forage crop 2380. A Y-fixture with Vermorel nozzles. A leather shield is shown, for protecting the hands from the drip. 108 2381. A Y-fixture with Bordeaux brand of nozzle. was early recognized. It is an annual, and when sown in the spring matures seed in from ten to twelve weeks from time of sowing. This plant possesses special value as a renovator for sandy soils. It has long been used by the farmers of Holland to hold in place the shifting sands along the seashore. So well adapted is it to sand that it has been termed "the clover of sandy lands." It is not recommended for the American farmer except where the soil is so poor that other plants fail. In such circumstances it may be used as a cover-crop to plow under. The seed may be sown any time from April to August, but in orchards it had better be sown in July. Sow at the rate of six quarts per acre. The seed being small, it should be lightly harrowed in upon a well- fitted soil. It is very persistent in the production of seed, and upon fertile soils it will maintain itself for several years unless thorough cultivation is given. Where soils are in fair condition and other crops will grow, it is doubtful if Spurry has any place. Some- times written Spurrey. L. A. CLINTON. SQUASH (Plate XXXVIII) is a name adapted from an American Indian word, and is applied in an indefinite way to various plants of the genus Cucurbita. The application of the name does not conform to the specific lines of the plants. What are called summer Squashes are mostly varieties of Cucurbita Pepo. The winter Squashes are either C. maxima or C. moschata, chiefly the former. If the name Squash belongs to one species more than to another, this species is probably C. maxima. See Cucurbita, particularly the note on p. 410. The pictures show some of the forms of these species. Plate XXXVIII is the Hubbard Squash, Cucurbita maxima. Fig. 2382 is the Winter or Canada Crookneck, one of the forms of C. moschata. Figs. 2383-88 are forms of the multifarious Cucurbita Pepo. Fig. 2388 shows the Vegetable Marrow, much prized in England. Squashes and pumpkins are very easy plants to grow, provided they are given a warm and quick soil. They are long-season plants, and therefore in the North they are very likely to be caught by frosts before the full crop has matured, unless the plants are started early and make a rapid and continuous growth early in the season. In hard, rough clay lands the plants do not get a foothold early enough to allow them to mature the crop. On such lands it is impossible, also, to plant the seeds early. As a consequence, nearly all Squashes are grown on soils of a loose and relatively light character. Sandy lands or sandy loams are preferred. 1712 SQUASH On very rich bottom lands the plants often thrive remarkably well, but there is danger that the plants may run too much to vine, particularly true when the soil has too much available nitrogen. In order that the 2382. Winter or Canada Crookneck Squash— Cucurbita moschata. plants shall start quickly, it is necessary that the soil be in excellent tilth. It is customary, with many large growers, to apply a little commercial fertilizer to the hills in order to give the plants a start. A fertilizer somewhat strong in nitrogen may answer this purpose very well ; but care must be taken not to use nitrogen too late in the season, else the plants will continue to grow over-vigorously rather than to set fruit. Cultural groups of Squashes are of two general kinds, the bush varieties and the long-running varieties. The bush varieties are usually early. The vines run very little, or not at all. The various summer Squashes belong to this category, and most of them are varieties of Cucurbita Pepo. The hills of bush varieties are usually planted as close together as 4x4 feet. On high- priced land they are often planted 3x4 feet. The long- running varieties comprise the fall and winter types; and to this category may also be referred, for cultural purposes, the common field pumpkins. There is much difference between the varieties as to length of vine. On strong soils, some varieties will run 15-20 feet, and sometimes even more. These varieties are planted from 8-12 feet apart each way. Sometimes they are planted in corn fields, and they are allowed to occupy the ground after tillage for the corn is completed. For general field conditions, the seeds of Squashes 2383. Summer Crookneck Squash— Cucurbita Pepo form. are usually planted in hills where the plants are to stand. If the land is mellow and rich, these hills are nothing more than a bit of ground 12-18 inches across, which has been freshly hoed or spaded and leveled off. On this hill, from six to ten seeds are dropped, and they are covered an inch or less in depth. In order to pro- vide the seeds with moisture, the earth is usually firmed with the hoe. When the very best results are desired, particularly for the home garden, hills may be prepared by digging out a bushel of soil and filling the place with rich earth and fine manure. It is expected that not more than three to five of the plants will finally be left to each hill ; but there are many contingencies to be considered. The young plants may be taken off by cutworms or by other insects, or they may be caught by frost. If it is necessary to start the plants in advance of the season, the seeds may be planted in pots or boxes in a forcing-house or hotbed about three weeks before it is time to set them in the field. If the seeds are started much earlier than this, the plants are likely to get too large and to become stunted. When set in the field, the SQUASH roots should fill the pot or box so that the earth is held in a compact ball, and the plant should be fresh, green and stocky. Plants that become stunted and develop one or two flowers when they are in the box are usually of little use. Sometimes seeds are planted directly in the field in forcing hills, and when the plants are es- tablished and the season is settled the protecting box is removed and the plants stand in their permanent posi- tions. A good Squash vine should produce two or three first- class fruits ; if, however, one flower sets very early in the season, the vine may devote most of its energies to the perfection of that single fruit and not set many others, or may set them too late in the season to allow them to mature. If it is desired, therefore, that the plants shall produce more than one fruit, it is advisable to pick off the first fruit, providing it sets long in ad- vance of the appearance of other pistillate flowers. These remarks apply particularly to winter squashes in north- ern regions. With small varieties and under best condi- tions, as many as a haif-dozen fruits may be got from a single vine, and in some cases this number may be exceeded. Squash vines tend to root at the joints; but under general condit-. ms this should be prevented, be- 8384. Summer Bergen Squash, a form of Cucurbita Pepo. cause it tends to prolong the growing season of the vine. It is usually well, therefore, to lift the joints oc- casionally when the hoeing is done, although the vine should not be moved or disturbed. This precaution ap- plies particularly in the short-season climates of the North, where every effort must be made to enable the plant to set its fruit early in the season and to complete its growth before fall. There are several enemies and diseases of the Squash. Perhaps the most serious is the striped cucumber beetle, which destroys the tender young plants. This insect is destroyed with the arsenites; but since it works on the under sides of the leaves as well as on the upper, it is difficult to make the application in such way as to afford a complete protection. The insects also are likely to appear in great numbers and to ruin the plants even whilst they are getting their fill of arsenic. If the beetles are abundant in the neighborhood, it is best to start a few plants very early and to plant them about 2385. The Pineapple Summer Squash, one of the Scallop or Pattypan type — Cucurbita Pepo. the field in order to attract the early crop of bugs, thereby making it possible to destroy them. From these early plants the bugs may be hand-picked, or they may SQUASH STACHYS 1713 be killed with very heavy applications of arsenites,— applications so strong that they may even injure the plants. Sometimes the hills of Squashes are covered with wire gauze or mosquito netting that is held above the earth by means of hoops stuck into the ground. This affords a good protection from insects that arrive from the outside, providing the edges are thoroughly covered with earth so that the insects cannot crawl under; but if the insects should come from the ground beneath the covers they will destroy the plants, not be- ing able to escape. The Squash bug or stink bug may be handled in the same way as the striped cucumber beetle. This insect, however, remains throughout the season and, in many cases, it is necessary to resort to hand-picking. The insects delight to crawl under chips or pieces of board at night, and this fact may be utilized in catching them. The mildews of Squashes may be kept in check with more or less certainty by the use of Bordeaux mixture or ammoniacal carbonate of copper. The varieties of pumpkins and Squashes are numer- ous, and it is difficult to keep them pure if various kinds are grown together. However, the true Squashes (Cucurbita maxima) do not hybridize with the true pumpkin species (Citeurbita Pepo). There need be no fear, therefore, of mixing between the Crookneck or Scallop Squashes and the varieties of Hubbard or Mar- 2386. Connecticut or Common Field Pumpkin — Cucurbita Pepo. row types. The summer or bush Squashes are of three general classes: the Crooknecks, the Scallop or Patty- pan varieties, and the Pineapple or oblong-conical va- rieties. All these are forms of C. Pepo. The fall and winter varieties may be thrown into several groups: the true field pumpkin, of which the Connecticut Field is the leading representative, being the one that is com- monly used for stock and for pies; the Canada Crook- neck or Cushaw types, which are varieties of C. mos- chata; the Marrow and Marblehead types, which are the leading winter Squashes and are varieties of the C. maxima; the Turban Squashes, which have a "Squash within a Squash" and are also varieties of C. maxima. The mammoth pumpkins or Squashes which are some- times grown for exhibition and which may weigh two or three hundred pounds, are forms of C. maxima. Thoroughly sound and mature Squashes can be kept until the holidays, and even longer, if stored in a room that is heated to 20° above freezing. If the Squashes are not carefully handled the inside of the fruit is likely to crack. Squashes that have been shipped by rail seldom keep well. The philosophy of keeping a winter Squash is to prevent the access of germs (avoid all bruises and cracks and allow the end of the stem to dry up), and then to keep the air dry and fairly warm. •The fruits are usually stored on shelves in a heated shed or outhouse. The following advice is given for this occa- sion by W. W. Rawson: "Cut the Squashes just before they are thoroughly ripe. Be careful not to start the stem in the Squash. Lay them on the ground one deep and let them dry in the sun two or three days before bringing to the building. Handle very carefully when putting in, and be sure that the wagon in which they are carried has springs. Put them two deep on shelve* in a building. This should be done on a cool, dry day. If the weather continues cool and dry, keep them well aired by day; but if damp weather comes build a small fire in the stove in order to dry out the green stems. Keep the temperature about 50°, and air well in dry weather. The Squashes may need picking over about Christmas if put in the building about October 1; handle very carefully when picking over. Fifty tons can be kept in a single building with a small flre. 2387. The Negro Squash. Do not let them freeze, but One of the warty forms of if temperature goes down Cucurbita Pepo. to 40° at times it will do no harm; nor should it be allowed to go as high as 70°. The Hubbard Squash keeps best and longest and does not shrink in weight as much as other kinds, but any of them will shrink 20 per cent if kept until January 1." L. H. B. SQUASH, GUINEA, or EGGPLANT. Melongena and Eggplant. SQUAW BEERY. Mitchella repens. See Solanum SQUILL. For the garden Squill, see Scilla. For the medicinal Squill, see Urginea. SQUIKEEL CORN. Dicentra Canaden&is. SQUIRTING CUCUMBER. Ecballium. Elaterium. STACHYS (from an old Greek name applied 'by Dios- corides to another group of plants, coming from the word for spike). Labiatce. WOUNDWORT. A genus of perhaps 150 species distributed mainly in temperate countries: perennial or annual herbs, rarely shrubby, with opposite simple, entire or dentate leaves and mostly small flowers, ranging from purple, red, pale yellow to white, sessile or short-pediceled, in axillary whorls or terminal dense spikes: calyx 5-dentate, teeth equal or the posterior larger; corolla-tube cylindrical, 2-lipped, the posterior usually villous, concave or forni- cate, rarely somewhat flat; stamens 4, didynamous, the anterior longer, ascending under the upper lip and very little exserted, often deflexed after anthesis. Very few of the species are cultivated, although there are several with showy spikes. They are usually found in moist or even wet places when growing wild. A tuber-bearing species (S. Sieboldi) has lately come into notice as a kitchen-garden plant. 2388. Vegetable Marrow— Cucurbita Pepo. A. Plants grown for the showy spikes of fls. or for foliage. B. Corolla-tube twice or more exceeding the calyx. Betonica, Benth. ( Betdnica officinalis, Linn.). BET- ONT. A hardy perennial herb 1-3 ft, high : lower leaves long petioled, ovate-oblong, crenate, obtuse, cor- 1714 STACHYS date at the base, 3-6 in. long; upper leaves distant, ses- sile, oblong-lanceolate, acute: Us. purple, in a dense, terminal spike. July. Eu., Asia Minor.— Rarely found as an escape in this country, and once cult, for use in. domestic medicine. Useful for ornament, and now ad- vertised for that purpose. longifdlia, Benth. (Betdnica orientalis, Linn.). A hardy perennial herb about 1 ft. high, densely villous. lower Ivs. petioled, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, crenate, deeply cordate at the base, 4-6 in. long; the upper Ivs. similar in shape but sessile, those of the inflorescence bract-like: fls. reddish purple to pink, in a cylindrical, somewhat interrupted spike about % ft. long. July. Caucasus. 2389. Tuber of Stachys Sieboldi (X %). grandiflora, Benth. (Betdnica rdsea, Hort. ). A hardy perennial about 1 ft. high: lower Ivs. broadly ovate, ob- tuse crenate, long-petioled. base broadly heart-shaped; the upper gradually smaller, nearly similar and sessile, the uppermost bract-like: fls. violet, large and showy, the curving tube about 1 in. long and three or four times surpassing the calyx, in 2-3 distinct whorls of 10- 20 fls. each. Asia Minor, etc. B.M. 700. coccinea, Jacq. One to 2 ft., slender, soft-pubescent: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, cordate at base or somewhat del- toid, obtuse, crenate: fls. scarlet-red, the narrow tube much exceeding the calyx, pediceled, in an interrupted spike, blooming in succession. Western Texas to Ariz. B.M. 666. -Showy. BB. Corolla-tube little exceeding the calyx. c. Herbage green. aspera, Michx. Erect, usually strict, 3-4 ft. high, the stem retrorsely hairy on the angles: Ivs. oblong-ovate to oblong-lanceolate, mostly acuminate, serrate, petio- late: corolla small, glabrous, pale red or purple, in an interrupted spike. Wet places, Ontario and Minnesota to the Gulf. — Has been offered by dealers in native plants. CO. Herbage white-woolly. lanata, Jacq. WOOLLY WOUNDWORT. A hardy per- ennial 1-1% ft. high, white-woolly throughout: Ivs. ob- long-elliptical, the upper smaller, the uppermost much shorter and whorled: fls. small, purple, in dense 30- or more fld. whorls in interrupted spikes. Caucasus to Persia. — Often grown as a bedding plant. Valuable for its very white herbage. AA. Plants grown for edible subterranean tubers. Sieboldi, Miq. (S. afflnis, Bunge, not Fresenius. S. tuberifera, Naud.). CHOROGI. CHINESE or JAPANESE AKTJCHOKE. KNOTEOOT. CROSNES DU JAPAN. Fig. 2389. Erect, hairy mint-like plant, growing 10-18 in. tall: Ivs. ovate to deltoid-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, cordate at base, obtuse-dentate, stalked : fls. small, whitish or light red, in a small spike: tubers (Fig. 2389) 2-3 in. long, slender, nodose, white, produced in great numbers just under the surface of the ground. ' China, Japan. G.C. III. 3:13. — Sent to France in 1882 from Pekin by Dr. Bretschneider, and about ten. years ago introduced into this country. It is cultivated for the crisp tubers, which may be eaten either raw or cooked. These tubers soon shrivel and lose their value if exposed to the air. The tubers withstand the winter in central New York STADMANNIA without protection, so that a well-established plant takes care of itself and spreads. For history, chemical analy- ses, etc., see Cornell Bull. 37. Floridana, Shuttlew. Slender, erect, 1-2 ft., branch- ing, glabrous : Ivs. cordate-oblong-lanceolate, blunt- toothed, stalked: fls. small, light red, in an open inter- rupted spike: tubers cylindrical, uniformly nodose, 4-6 in. long. Fla. — Has been tested abroad as a food plant, and also at the Cornell Exp. Sta. (see Bull. 61), but practically unknown horticulturally. The tubers are fully as good, for eating, as those of S. Sieboldi. L. H. B. STACHYTARPHfiTA (Greek, dense spike), I'erbeiia- cece. About 40 species of herbs or shrubs, mainly from tropical America, with opposite or alternate, dentate, often rough leaves and white, purple, blue or red flowers solitary in the axils of bracts, sessile or half sunk in the rachis of the long and dense or short and lax spikes. mutabilis, Vahl. A low shrub, scabrous- pubescent: Ivs. ovate, dentate, scabrous above, whitish pubescent beneath: spike long, erect: bracts lanceolate, subulate: calyx 4-dentate, hispid, 4-6 lines long; corolla crimson, fading to rose, %-% in. across. West Indies, Mex- ico to Guiana. Offered in S. Calif. F. W. BARCLAY. STACHYtRtrS (Greek, spike and tail ; in allusion to the form of the inflorescence). Terns tree mid cent. Two species of glabrous shrubs or small trees, one from the Hima- layas and the other from Japan, with mem- branous, serrate leaves and small flowers in axillary racemes or spikes: fls. 4-merous ; sepals strongly im- bricated; stamens 8, free; style simple: berry 4-loculed. praecox, Sieb. & Zucc. Rambling shrub, 10 ft. high, with flexible branches: Ivs. deciduous, ovate to ovate- lanceolate, 4-6 in. long, thin: petiole about 1 in. long: spikes 2-3 in. long, many-fld., stout: fls. % in. across, globular-bell-shaped, sessile or nearly so: fr. globose or ovoid, y^-Yt in. thick: seeds pale brown. Japan. B.M. 6631. G.C. III. 21:285. -Procurable from importers of Japanese plants. STACKHOtTSIA (after John Stackhouse, an English botanist). Stackhousiacew. About 10 species from Aus- tralia and sparingly from other islands of the S. Pacific ocean. Mostly perennial herbs with slender, erect stems and narrow, entire, often fleshy leaves and terminal spikes of flowers. The genus is the only one of the order: fls. regular, hermaphrodite; calyx small, 5-lobed; petals 5, perigynous, clawed, usually free at base but united above in a tube with spreading lobes; disk thin, lining the calyx-tube; stamens 5, inserted on the mar- gin of the disk: ovary free, 2-5-lobed, 2-5-loculed: fr. of 2-5 indehiscent cocci. Consult Flora Australiensis 1:405. mon6gyna, Labill. (S. linariifdlia, A. Cunn.). A half- hardy perennial herb, usually simple, about 1% ft. high, with linear or lanceolate Ivs. about 1 in. long: spikes at first dense, then lengthening to 4-6 in. : buds pinkish when young: fls. white. B.R. 22:1917. — The plant in the Californian trade is apparently not the above species, for the catalogue says it is a tall, robust shrub with fl.- heads 1-2 in. across, surrounded by imbricated bracts and bright yellow fls. with a purple-streaked keel. F. W. BARCLAY. STADMANNIA (named by Lamarck in 1793 after a German botanist and traveler). Sapinddcete. The only species of this genus that is well known is a tropical tree from the Bourbon Islands, there known as Bois de fer or Ironwood. This is a large tree with hard, heavy reddish wood, once frequent in the primeval forests of Mauritius but now scarce. It is not known to be in cul- tivation in America. The proper name of this tree is Stadmannia oppositifdlia, Lam., a synonym of which is S. Sider6xylon,DG. Nine other names appear in Index Kewensis, apparently all Brazilian species, but one of them is a bare name and the others were first described in the early sixties in Linden's catalogue. They are STADMANNIA STANHOPEA 1715 therefore very uncertain names, ami the following diagnosis of the genus (taken from Baker's "Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles," 1877) is probably suffi- ciently inclusive. Fls. regular, polygamous; ralyx a deep cup, with 5 obscure, deltoid teeth; petals none; disk thick, elevated, lobed; stamens 8, regular, ex- serted: style short; 'stigma capitate: ovary deeply 3-lobed, li-loculcd; ovules solitary in each cell; fr. usually 1-celled by abortion, large, dry, round, indehiscent. The generic name is sometimes written Stadtmannia, a spelling" which is said to be an error dating back to Walpers* Annales (1851-52). '. Axti'riitx. Mass. STAKKISII FI.UWEK. Dwarf: branches 4- anuled, mostl) curved, sharp-toothed: H. 4 or 5 in. across, with ipreadina star-like ciliate segments, violet- purple with trans- verse yellowish liars. B.M. '}'.»>. l,.B.('.;i:4.">.'!. Offered by Blanc, 1893. — .S. Jiiiffinix, Sims S. noriiiiilis. — iS. niinnitlis, Jacq. About 0-8 in.: branches 4-augled, with large, spreading teeth, glabrous: fl. 2-3 in. across, with ovate-acute segments, yellow with transverse marking of red-purple. B.M. 1676. Gn. .7.', p. iMii. ( )ne of tin- commonest of the old kinds, hut the name does not appear in the American trade. — *'. J'ldntii, Hort. Stems stout and erect, strongly 4-augIed, sinuate -toothed and with indexed points: fl. about 5 in. across, hairy, brown barred with yellow, the margins of the segments brown-purple. B.M. 5692. F.S. ]1»:2()12. In ISSCf, Blanc catalogued the following names, in addition to some of those above : 2-2K in. long: fls. about Yz in. long, in loose, erect panicles 2-3 in. long; sepals yellowish white, little shorter than the white petals; capsule usually 2-lobed, somewhat compressed, %-l in. long. June. Japan. S.Z. 1:95. 2393. Staphylea trifolia (X BB. Middle leaflet slender-stalked: panicles stalked. trifdlia, Linn. AMERICAN BLADDER NUT. Fig. 2393. Upright shrub, with rather stout branches, 6-15 ft. high : Ifts. oval to ovate, acuminate, finely and sharply serrate, slightly pubescent beneath or almost glabrous, 1K-3 in. long: fls. about % in. long, in nodding panicles or um- bel-like racemes; sepals greenish white, petals white: capsule much inflated, usually 3-lohed, l%-2 in. long. April, May. Quebec to Ontario and Minn., south to S. C. and Mo. Gt. 37, p. 529. -Var. paucifldra, Zabel. Low and suckering : Ifts. smaller, broader, glabrous at length: fls. in short, 3-8-fld. racemes: fr. often 2-lobed, lYa-1% in. long. AA. Lfts. 5-7-foliolate, only occasionally 3-foliolate: panicles stalked. B. Panicle raceme-like, oblong, pendulous : fl.-buds pinnata, Linn. Upright shrub, attaining 15 ft., some- times tree-like: Ifts. 5-7, ovate-oblong, long-acuminate, sharply and finely serrate, glabrous and glaucescent be- neath, 2-3 in. long: panicles 2-5 in. long, on peduncles about 2 in. long: sepals oval, whitish, greenish at the base, reddish at the apex, about as long as the oblong petals : capsule 2-3-lobed, much inflated, subglobose, about 1 in. long. May, June. Europe to W. Asia. Gn. 34, p. 280. BB. Panicle broad, ovate, upright or nodding: fl.- buds obovate- oblong. C61chica, Steven. Upright shrub, attaining 12 ft.: Ifts. usually 5, sometimes 3, oblong-ovate, acuminate, sharply serrate, glabrous and pale green beneath, 2-3 in. long: panicle 2-3 in. long and almost as broad, on a pe- duncle 2-3 in. long : sepals narrow-oblong, spreading, yellowish white; petals linear-spatulate, white: capsule obovate, much inflated, 1)^-2 in. long. May, June. Cau- casus. B.M. 7383. R.H. 1870, p. 257. J.H. III. 34:183. P. 1879, p. 123. G.C. II. 11:117; III. 2:713; 10:161. A.G. 18:423. Gt. 24:837; 37, p. 501. Gn. 34, p. 281. -Var. Coulombieri, Zabel (S. Coulombieri, AndrcS). Of more vigorous growth, with denser foliage: Ivs. larger and longer-stalked; Ifts. long-acuminate: stamens glabrous: capsule 2-4 in. long, spreading at the apex. S. Bblanderi, A. Gray. Allied to S. trifolia: Ifts. broadly oval or almost orbicular, glabrous : stamens and styles ex- serted: fr. 2% in. long. Calif. G.P. 2:545.— S. elegans, Zabel. Intermediate between and supposed to be a hybrid of S. pin- nata and Colchica: Ifts. usually 5: panicles very large and nod- ding. A very free-flowering variety with pinkish tinged fls. is var. Hessei, Zabel.— S. Embdi, Wall. Shrub or small tree: Ifts. 3, oval to oblong, 2-6 in. long: fls. in peduncled, pendulous, ra- ceme-like panicles: fr. 2-3 in. long. Himalayas. ALFRED REHDER. STAR APPLE. See Chrysophyllum. STARFISH FLOWER. Stapelia Asterias. STAR FLOWER. Aster, Trientalis, Triteleia and other plants. STAR GRASS is Chloris trimcata. STAR OF BETHLEHEM. Ornithogalum umbella- t ti nt. STAR THISTLE. Centaurea. STAR TULIP. Calochortus. STARWORT. Aster. STATICE (from a Greek name meaning astringent, given by Pliny to some herb). Plumbaginacece. SEA LAVENDER. About 120 species well scattered about the world, but mainly seacoast plants of the northern hem- isphere and especially numerous in Asia. Mostly per- ennial herbs, rarely annual or shrubby, with usually tufted rather long leaves (radical in the herbaceous spe"- cies), and small blue, white, red, or yellow flowers. Panicles little branched or much branched, spreading and leafless: bracts subtending the fl. -clusters, scale- like, somewhat clasping, usually coriaceous on the back, and with membranous margins : fls. in dense, few- to several-fld. spikelets, or 1 or 2 in the axils of a bract: spikelets usually erect and unilaterally arranged on the branchlets or more rarely nearly sessile in dense, cylindrical spikes: calyx funnel-shaped, often colored and scarious and persistent. Statice is most readily distinguished from Armeria by the inflorescence, Arme- ria bearing its flowers in a single globular head. Statices are of easy cultivation but prefer a rather deep, loose soil. From the delicate nature of the fl. -pani- cles the species are better suited to rockwork and iso- lated positions than for mixing in a crowded border. Many of the species are useful for cut bloom, especially for mixing with other flowers. INDEX. australis, 8. Fortuni, 8. maritima, 9. Sesseriana, 6, 11. Gmelini, 10. nana, 6. Bonduelli, 7. Holfordi, 4. sinuata, 3. collina, 11. incana, 6. speciosa, 5. elata, 13. latifolia, 14. superba, 2. eximia, 12. Limonium, 9. Suworowi, 1. flore-albo, 2. macrophylla, 4. Tatarica, 6. A. Fls. in long, cylindrical spikes. B. Spikes in an open panicle 1. Suworowi BB. Spikes in dense panicles 2. superba AA. Fls. in more or less unilateral spikes or clusters. B. Branches winged. C. Calyx blue: corolla white. D. Plant herbaceous 3. sinuata DD. Plant shrubby 4. macrophylla cc. Calyx whitish: corolla blue... 5. speciosa CCC. Calyx green or whitish: corolla reddish 6. Tatarica cccc. Calyx and corolla yellow 7. Bonduelli BB. Branches terete or simply angled. c. Fls. yellow 8. australis cc. Fls. not yellow. D. Calyx blue. E. Petioles rather long 9. Limonium EE. Petioles short or none 10. Gmelini DD. Calyx whitish or green E. Bracts green 11. collina EE. Bracts white -margined. F. Spikelets 4-fld 12. eximia FF. Spikelets 2-fld 13. elata FFF. Spikelets 1-fld 14. latifolia 1. Suwbrowi, Regel. A tall annual: Ivs. radical, ob- lanceolate, obtuse, mucronate, 6-8 in. long; margins en- tire or sinuate: scapes several, stout, obtusely angled, STATICE STATISTICS 1719 hearing 1 long terminal spike and several distant, ses- sile lateral ones 4-6 in. long, nearly 1A in. through: tls. rose, small, nearly sessile, crowded, .lunc, July. Western Turkestan. B.M. 6959. — A handsome annual, suitable for growing in masses and useful for cut blooms. 2. superba, Regel, A hardy annual resembling ; seeds 1-many, sometime* arillate or winged, sometimes hairy. Sterculius have very various foliage, the leaves of different species being simple, palmately lobed or digitate. The flowers are mostly in panicles or large clusters, sometimes large and showy, varying from greenish to dull rc>'. urt'ri folia, the last two known in California as Brachychitons. All are easily grown from seeds. Sterculiaceous plants are allied to the Malvacea?. 7399. Mature follicles or fruits of Sterculia platanifolia. bear- ing seeds on the margins. Natural size. A. Carpels expanding before maturity into leaf-like bodies, exposing the seeds. platanifolia, Linn. f. (Firmiana platanifolia, Schott &Endl.). JAPANESE VARNISH TREE. CHINESE PARASOL TRKE. Fig. 2399. Strong-growing, smooth-barked, round-headed tree of medium size, with deciduous foli- age: Ivs. very large, glabrous, cordate-orbicular, pal- mately 3-5-lobed like maple Ivs., the lobes sharp- pointed: fls. small, greenish, with reflexed calyx-lobes, in terminal panicles: carpels 4 or 5, bearing globular pea-like seeds. — Said to be native of China and Japan. Hemsley admits it to the "Flora of China," and Sargent says in "Forest Flora of Japan "that it is one of the several Chinese or Corean trees grown in Japan. Bentham, in "Flora Hongkongensis," says that it is native to China. Franchet and Savatier, in"Enumeratio Plantarum Japonicarum," admit it as an indigenous Japanese species. Now a frequent tree from Georgia south. Excellent for lawns and shade. AA. Carpels not becoming leaf-like. B. Lvs. all digitately compound. foetida, Linn. Tall, handsome tree, with all parts gla- brous except the young foliage: Ivs. crowded at the ends of the branchlets, of 5-11 elliptic, oblong or lanceolate, entire, pointed, thick leaflets: Us. large, dull red, in simple or branched racemes, appearing with the Ivs.: fr. large and woody follicles, glabrous outside, often 3 in. or more in diam. and containing black seeds the size of a hazelnut. Tropical Africa and Asia to Aus- tralia.—Grown in southern Florida. In its native coun- tries, the seeds are said to be roasted and eaten. BB. Lvs. entire or only lobed (compound forms some- tiiHi'x linrni' on S.
  • STILES, WILLIAM AUGUSTUS, journalist, editor and park commissioner, was born March 9, 1837, at Deckertown, Sussex county, in northern New Jersey, and died October 6, 1897, in Jersey City, N. J. His grandfather settled on a farm near Deckertown in 1819, where his father, Edward A. Stiles, in 1833 founded Mount Retirement Seminary, a successful school of the highest rank during the following thirty years. Here William A. Stiles received his early educa- tion; as a boy he showed great love for classical litera- ture and unusual proficiency in music and mathematics. He was distinguished as a student at Yale, graduating in 1859 in a class which included many men who have since attained high rank in public affairs. Prevented from taking up the profession of law by constitutional weakness and defective eyesight, his many-sided na- ture found expression in diversified activities. He was in turn a teacher, assistant superintendent of public schools, surveyor on the Pacific coast, writer of political articles, secretary of the Senate of New Jersey, actuary of a life insurance company, and gauger in the New York custom house. During a long period of ill- ness and almost total blindness he acquired systematic knowledge of plant-life from readings by his sisters, and this gave impulse toward subsequent study on broader lines. He brought together many rare and choice species of plants, and made interesting experi- ments on the farm. Love of nature was henceforth a dominant force with him. His articles in the daily press of New York on the various interests of country life attracted wide attention, and led to his appointment as an editorial writer of the New York Tribune, a rela- tion which continued throughout his lifetime. In 1883 he became agricultural editor of the Philadelphia Press. Keenly interested in introducing scientific discoveries and improved methods into general practice, he estab- lished relations with the foremost agriculturists abroad and at home, and made his department a useful and valuable exponent of the best knowledge of the time. His masterly conduct of the page during the next five years set a high standard for journalism in this field, and established his reputation as a specialist in agri- culture and cognate subjects. On the founding of "Garden and Forest" in 1888, William A. Stiles was invited to be the managing editor. For nearly ten STILES years, to the close of his life, he devoted himself to this journal through vigorous editorial writing and management, and steadily maintained the high char- acter of the most able and influential periodical in American horticultural journalism. His ripe scholar- ship, sound judgment, masterly use of English, and persistent energy, all contributed to the success of this part of his lifework, and his profound, sympathetic understanding of contact with nature as a human and spiritual need, characterized all his activities. For many years he rendered conspicuous service in working for the establishment of small parks easily accessible to the poor, and for the wise conduct of the larger parks and their preservation from invasion and despoilment. His special ability and influence received public recog- nition in 1895, when he was appointed a park commis- sioner of New York city, a position in which he rendered signal and valuable service until the time of his death. William A. Stiles was unmarried. He had a fund of inimitable wit and humor, and was the warm and honored friend of the best men and women in the communities in which he lived. jj_ g_ COULSTON STILLfNGIA (after Dr. Benj. Stillingfleet, an Eng- lish botanist). jKuphorbidrew. About 15 species of herbs or shrubs from North and South America with alternate, stipulate leaves and small, monoecious, apeta- lous flowers in terminal spikes. The genus is closely allied to Sapium, but differs mainly in the fruit, which in Stillingia is of 2-3 dry 1-seeded carpels with no cen- tral axis remaining after dehiscence but with a large, persistent, 3-horned receptacle, while in Sapium the fruit dehisces by splitting down the back of each carpel, leaving a 3-winged central axis 'to which the seed is for a long time persistent: the large receptacle is also wanting in Sapium. sylvatica, Linn. QUEEN'S DELIGHT. A half-hardy perennial herb with a woody root: stems clustered, 2-3 ft. high : Ivs. numerous, very short-petioled or sessile, linear-lanceolate to obovate, obtusely serrate: fls. yel- lowish, in terminal spikes. Spring to fall. Southern states. According to Mueller's "Select Extra Tropical Plants," the root is extensively used for its emetic and purgative properties. C. D. Beadle reports that the plant has stood a temperature of —9° at Biltmore, N. C. The plant grows readily from seed, but does not bear transplanting well. For S. sebiferum, see Sapium sebiferum. F. W. BARCLAY. STlPA (Greek, stipe, tow; in allusion to the plumose awns of one of the original species). Graminew. A large genus of about 100 species, throughout the world except the colder parts. They are particularly charac- teristic of the plains, savannas and steppes. The long, sharp-pointed awns of some species are troublesome or even dangerous to stock, especially sheep, on account of their tendency to work through the skin and into the vital organs. Perennial grasses with narrow invo- lute leaves ami loose panicles: spikelets 1-fld.; empty glumes membranaceous, longer than the indurated fl.- glume; fl. -glume with a sharp hairy callus below and a stout persistent twisted awn above. At maturity the fl.- glume falls away from the empty glumes. The species here mentioned are cultivated for ornament, including the making of dry bouquets. pennata, Linn. FEATHER GRASS. Culms 2-3 ft., in bunches: empty glumes narrowed into awns an inch or more long: fl. -glume % in. or more long; awn a foot or more long, lower portion smooth and twisted, the upper very plumose, giving the panicle a very feathery orna- mental appearance. Steppes of Europe and Siberia. Gn. 9, p. 199. V. 3:247. R.H. 1890, p. 489. elegantissima, Labill. Stems 2-3 feet, erect from a horizontal rhizome : Ivs. narrow and erect: panicle very loose, 6-8 in. long, very plumose: spikelets 4-6 lines long; awn 1% in. long. Thrives in sandy soil. Australia. tenacissima, Linn. ESPARTO GRASS. Culms 2-3 ft., in bunches: Ivs. narrow, smooth, cylindrical, elongated: panicles contracted, 2-cleft: fl. -glume awned between teeth; awn 1-2 in. Spain and North Africa. The Ivs. STOCKS 1725 furnish fiber from which are made ropes, mats, paper, etc. In Africa it is called Haifa or Alfa. spartea, Trin. PORCUPINE GRASS. Culms 2-3 ft., in bunches: panicles contracted; empty glumes broad, nerved, about 1% in., tapering to a slender point: (1.- glume nearly 1 in.; awn usually about 6 in. long, the lower half erect, pubescent and strongly twisted, the upper half bent to one side, rough. Illinois to Cali- fornia. capillata, Linn. Similar to S. spartea: flowers more numerous but smaller in every way: fl. -glume about % in. long; lower part of awn only minutely pubescent, and the upper or bent portion sinuous. Plains, Europe. A. S. HITCHCOCK. ST. JOHN'S WORT. Hypericum. 8TOBJEA (after D. Stobseus, a Swedish patron of Linnteus). Comp6sihe. This genus is included by Bentham and Hooker under Berkheya. About 70 spe- cies of South African herbs or somewhat shrubby plants, commonly with aspect of thistles as to the foli- age. Lvs. usually decurrent, dentate, pinnatifld or pin- natisect, the lobes dentate and spiny: heads small to large, solitary or somewhat corymbose; rays usually yellow. purpurea, DC. (Berklieyapurpurea, Benth. & Hook.). A half-hardy, probably biennial plant 2-3 ft. high: lower Ivs. about 1 ft. long, irregularly lobed, spiny on the margins, cottony beneath, dark green above: stetn- Ivs. smaller, long-decurrent : fl. -heads 3 in. across, pur- ple to white, resembling a single dahlia. G.C. 1872:1261. — To be recommended for growing with half-hardy al- pines. It can be wintered in a coldframe. Prop, by seed and division. F> w> BARCLAY. STOCKS (for botany, see Matthiola. Fig. 2401; also compare Figs. 424, 1377 and 2402) are divided into two groups, Summer and Winter Stocks. The former are annuals and therefore bloom in the first summer; the latter are biennials and bloom in the second year, or, if sown very early, late in the fall or the winter of the first year. Fall or intermediate Stocks are between these two groups; they bloom profusely in the autumn. The seed of the Summer Stocks, or, as they are com- monly called, "Ten Weeks' Stocks," is sown from the end of February until April, mostly in a lukewarm hot- bed, which must be sunny and well aired. Good clean garden soil, well mixed with sand and free of manure, is the proper soil for sowing the seed in. The seed will germinate in 6-10 days, the light-seeded sorts germinat- ing quicker than the dark-seeded kinds. Air must be admitted as soon as the seeds have sprouttd, a great deal in warm weather and less when the weather is raw, until finally the sash can be entirely removed during the day. If the seedlings need water it should be given in the morning, so that they are dry at night. If the sun is hot the seedlings must be shaded. If the seed is to be raised from pot-grown plants a good, well-matured, sandy garden soil should be used which contains an admixture of well-rotted sod or the soil taken from river bottoms. The pots are about 6 inches high, with a diameter of 7 inches. When they show their fourth leaf the seedlings are planted firmly into these pots with a dibber, pots being well filled with the above soil; care should be taken that the roots are inserted vertically. From 6 to 8 plants are put into such a pot. These pots are then placed on sunny stages, usually protected by tilt-roofs. The development of the plants depends now principally on careful watering, which is done mostly with watering pots and at the beginning with a fine spray attached to the spout of the watering pot. After a crust has formed on the top of the soil, the spray is discontinued and the pots are watered with the pipe of the can. This watering is done at night dur- ing warm weather and in the morning when the weather is cold. Very little watering is done in continuously cloudy or rainy weather. The watering of the Stocks is the most particular and important part in the cultiva- tion in pots, for if due care is not exercised a white maggot will make its appearance while the plants are in bud and destroy the roots. The common flea-beetle 1726 STOCKS STOCKS 3401. Double Stock. Matthiola incana, var. annua (X %). is another of the enemies of Stocks ; this often appears in large numbers and eats the leaves of the young plants. Frequent syringing with water is the only remedy found so far against these pests when they infest Stocks. After the plants have been in bloom for some time the double-flowering specimens are cut out and the water- ing is continued carefully until the seed-pods which form on the single plants show indications of ripening, which is in October. The plants are then pulled and tied in bundles, which are hung up in dry sheds until the middle or the latter part of November and Decem- ber, in which time the seed fully matures in the pods. Now comes the most important part of seed- saving of Stocks. The bundles of plants are taken down, the roots and part of the stems cut off, and the stalks are taken in hand by expert gardeners, who sort them, for common seed and also for the seed stock. The pods in- dicate by their shape, size and form whether the seeds contained therein will produce a high percentage of double flowers the following year, and the selection is done with care. The seed that will go on the market can be vastly improved by the removal of "wild " pods, which contain seeds that produce nothing but single flowers. The seeds are removed by hand from the pods, mostly by women and children. CARL CROPP. The double-flowered varieties of Matthiola incana, var. annua, commonly known as "Ten Weeks'" or "Summer Flowering Stocks," are among the most fra- grant and pleasing of common garden annuals. They are readily raised from seed sown in a gentle hotbed about the first week in April, keeping them close for a few days until germinated, gradually inuring them to an abundance of air as they increase in size, and finally, towards the end of May, transferring them to the flower garden or border where they are intended to flower, choosing a dull or showery day for the purpose. The varieties of M. incana, though perennial in their native habitat, are best treated here as annuals, and are well worth growing as pot-plants, either for cutting or the decoration of the conservatory during the winter 2402. Wallflower— Cheiranthus Cheiri, for contrast with Stock, with which it is often confounded (X %). The flowers are yellow or copper-colored, and the leaves thin- ner, narrower and more acute than those of the Stock. and early spring months. They are known in the trade in this country as "Boston Florists' Stock," "Princess Alice," "Cut-and-come-again," "East Lothian" and "Brompton Stocks." Though they are as readily propa- gated from seed as the "Ten Weeks' Stocks," they require a much longer period of time to grow; there- fore, those intended for early winter flowering should be sown in June, while those intended for spring flower- ing should be sown about the middle of August. Fill a number of 3-inch pots with sifted loam and plant about three seeds in each pot; place them in a close shaded frame till germinated; as soon as they commence to grow reduce the seedlings to one in each pot. They must not be allowed to suffer for water at any time or they will lose their leaves. As soon as the pots are fairly well filled with roots (though they must not be- come potbound), they should be shifted on into larger sizes until they reach a 6- or 7-inch pot. The soil best suited to them is a rich, heavy loam. As soon as the plants show signs of flowering they are greatly benefited by an occasional watering of weak liquid cow or sheep manure water. Those sown in June should be grown outside until the approach of cold weather, when they should be transferred to the house where they are intended to flower, while those sown in August should be grown on in coldframes until very cold weather sets in, when they should be placed in a cool-house, keeping them at a temperature of about 45°. Stocks while grow- ing in the greenhouse are very subject to the attacks of green- and black-fly; they should, therefore, be fumi- gated at least once in two weeks, or should have tobacco stems placed among the pots. Seed of both M. annua and M. incana is imported from Germany, principally Erfurt and Quedlinburg, where plants are specially grown for seed which will produce double flowers (see Gardener's Chronicle, 1866, p. 74; also Dr. M. T. Masters' Vegetable Teratology Appendix). EDWARD J. CANNING. STOCK STORAGE 1727 STOCK, TEN WEEKS'. incand, vur. an nun. See Stocks and Matthiola STOCK, VIRGINIAN. Mal<;»,ii r «fl Ac*,*. \ / ft' ' ' ^ K f Month. 1899-00. 1900-01. Nov. 1 $1.25 to $2.00 $1.25 to $1.50 Dec. 1 1.25 to 2.25 2.00 to 2.50 Jan. 1 2.00 to 2.75 2.75 to 3.00 Feb. 1 3.00 to 3.50 1.75 to 3.25 March 1 2.50 to 3.50 2.25 to 3.50 April 1 3.50 to 4.25 May 1 4.00 to 4.75 Ben Davis ranged higher at the close of the storage season, but as it was difficult to secure consecutive re- ports of that apple the Baldwin was chosen instead. This indicates the margin of profit there is for the producer in holding his fruit in cold storage. The aver- age is $2.37% per barrel, which gives the aggregate of $2,899,875 on the apples in cold storage during the year 1900. The apple, grape and pear are important cold storage fruits in eastern United States. The great profit of cold storage to the grower has come through enabling him to withhold high-grade fruits, and even varieties which keep poorly in common storage, from the market at harvest time. Desirable sorts which are normally out of market by Thanksgiving time can be held much longer in cold storage and the profit from them greatly increased. The idea that summer sorts can be made to do duty as winter sorts through the agency of cold storage cannot be realized. For the best results only the choicest specimens of the winter sorts should be allowed to go into storage outside the farm warehouse. Besides the great revolution and development in apple growing €^ which has resulted from the addi- tion of cold storage to the trade, a corresponding growth and spread of the peach, strawberry, cherry r and plum industry have resulted /"li from the development of the re- C , | frigerator car service. As early as 1865 attempts were made to carry perishable products such as peaches, raspberries and strawber- ries long distances in refrigerating boxes and artificially cooled cars. While these early experiments must be counted as failures, they led up to the present extensive fruit-trans- portation business, which is con- ducted on the same idea as the Pullman sleeping car— that is, of providing refrigerating cars, which run over certain roads, gathering the fruit from areas having a large output, re-icing the cars at given points, and carrying the product for many days in good order. The 2409. Detail of wall of storehouse. a. Flooring; b, fur- c, paper ; , 18 -inch development of this industry was rjng strip ; due to the skill of Mr. F. A. Thomas, a, 2x4; 'e of Chicago, in cooperation with stone wall. Parker Earle, then of Cobden, 111. With the application of refrigeration to the storage room of ocean liners, Australia, Tasmania and New South Wales become our competitors in the apple and orange markets of the world. This business has long STORAGE STORAGE 1731 since passed the stage of an experiment, and the annual tonnage of such products is rapidly increasing. It is no longer ago than 1888 that the Oceana carried the first cargo of apples in cold storage from Melbourne to Eng- land, and the first cargo of West India fruits was car- ried in 1880 by the ship Nonpareil. Now California is able to ship peaches and plums in refrigerator cars to New York, and thence to Liverpool by cold storage on shipboard, and put the products in good order on the English markets. With refrigeration, time is of less importance than rehandling, shaking and a constant temperature. Storage machinery has been greatly modified during the past two years. Small condensers, propelled by gas engines, water-motors and even windmills, are now available for use in hotels, meat shops and places where constant cold is needed. While these small plants have not been used in private storage houses with limited capacity, there is no good reason why they should not be. In large cities central refrigerating plants dis- tribute chilled brine through properly insulated pipes to dealers and commission men, much after the manner of water and gas. The dealer is then independent of the market, and if a consignment of fruit is received too late for the week's trade it can be held in the cold room with security for the Monday morning market. With this plan, a large number of dealers in the busi- ness quarter of any city can be supplied with cold at a moderate cost from a single central station. In modern cold storage two systems are in common use: one is known as the "direct expansion system," and operates by allowing the compressed gas to expand in coils of pipes placed in the room to be cooled ; the other is known as the "brine circulation sys- tem," and operates by pumping chilled brine of one of the salts, sodium, calcium or potas- sium chloride, through coils of pipe in the room to be cooled. Both these systems pre- sent objections, which are of greater moment to the horticulturist than to any other class 2410. A using cold storage. The temperature in the immediate neighborhood of the cooled coils is so low as to freeze the fruit stored there. In order to overcome this, a system in which no pipes are placed in the chilled or storage room has been de- vised. A coil of pipe is arranged for direct expansion and the air of the room to be cooled is drawn out by a fan, passed over the chilled pipes, the temperature lowered, and again carried back to the cold room into which it is distributed from the ceiling by large wooden conduits with numerous dampers and openings, so that the cold can be distributed evenly through the room by the constantly moving air. With this arrangement the temperature can be kept constant and uniform through- out all parts of the room, and there is no loss from freezing. The following table of temperatures, compiled from experience of practical storage men, will serve as a guide for storing horticultural products: Articles. Remarks. Degrees F. Apples 32-34 Bananas 34-36 Berries, fresh . . . For three or four days 34-36 Canteloupes Carry only about three weeks 32 Cranberries 33-34 Dates, tigs, etc 34 Fruits, dried 35-40 Grapes 33-36 Lemons 34-40 Oranges 36 Peaches 35-45 Pears 36-40 Watermelons . . . Carry only about three weeks 32 Asparagus 34 Cabbage 32-34 Carrots 33-34 Celery 33-35 Dried beans 32-40 Dried corn 35 Dried peas 40 Onions 32-34 Parsnips 33-34 Potatoes 34-36 Sauerkraut ... 35-38 "Asparagus, cabbage, carrots, and celery are carried with little humidity; parsnips and salsify same as onions and potatoes, except that they may be frozen without detriment. "Apples when stored in barrels should not be stored on ends, but preferably on their sides. Fig. 2411. A temperature of 32° is considered most favorable. "In general, green fruits and vegetables should not be allowed to wither. Citrous fruits and vegetables should be kept dry until the skin loses its moisture; then the drying process should be immediately checked. For bananas no rule can be made. The exigencies of the market must govern the ripening process, which can be manipulated almost at will. " Fruits, especially tender fruits, should be placed in cold storage just when they are ripe. They will keep better than if put in when not fully ripe. Pears will stand as low a temperature as 33°. Sour fruit will not bear as much cold as sweet fruit. Catawba grapes will suffer no harm at 26°, while 32° will be as cold as is safe for a lemon. "The spoiling of fruit at a temperature below 40° P. storage house in western New York, built with particular reference to storing apples. is due to moisture. In storing apples, eight to ten cubic feet storage room space is allowed per barrel, and twenty to twenty-five tons daily refrigerating capacity per 10,- 000 barrels." L. c. CORBETT. Treatment of Fruits Intended for Cold Storage. — Cold storage has come to be a factor of prime importance in the marketing of many fruits, especially in apples, pears and grapes. With the more perishable fruits, like berries, peaches and plums, it is but little used, largely for the following reason: The action of cold in preserv- ing fruits depends on two things; first, it retards those normal bio-chemical changes in the tissues of the fruit that are concerned in the process of ripening. It is a matter of common observation that apples, for instance, stored in a warm room ripen and become mellow much quicker than those in a cold cellar. Second, if the de- gree of cold is sufficient, it prevents partially or entirely the growth of those bacteria and fungi that cause decay. In peaches and other perishable fruits the changes con- cerned in the normal process of ripening take place much more rapidly than in winter apples or other fruits that are naturally good keepers. By the time the more perishable fruits reach market, in the ordinary course of events, these changes have already progressed so far that it is necessary to dispose of the fruit at once in order to avoid loss. If, now, market conditions are un- favorable and it is decided to place the fruit in cold storage to hold it for a better market, the chances are against success, for the ripening changes have already progressed almost to the limit of safety and, while the cold checks, it does not entirely prevent them. The usual result is that, even though they may look fairly well while still in the cold chamber, the goods go down quickly on reaching the warm outside air. When for any reason it is desirable to hold perishable fruits in cold storage, it is essential that great care be used in selecting only perfectly sound, full-grown but unripe specimens, and that these be placed as soon as possible after picking in a refrigerator car or an ice-box for 1732 STORAGE STORAGE transportation to the storage rooms. No perishable fruit that has been exposed to ordinary temperatures for twenty-four hours after picking is in fit condition for storage. Too many people have made the mistake of supposing that by placing fruits on ice they could, as it were, rejuvenate them and that they would come out sound and firm even if at the point of decay when they went in. It should be borne in mind that the life or keeping quality of any fruit is self limited, that the processes of ripening and subsequent deterioration are constantly going forward, and that the best that we can do by cold storage is to retard them; we cannot prevent them entirely. These considerations apply with equal force to the storage of those fruits that are naturally good keepers. Grapes and pears, if the weather is warm, should always be shipped to the point of storage in refrigerator cars, and in many cases this would doubtless be profitable even with apples. A week of warm weather after apples are gathered and while they are in transit will inevi- tably so stimulate the ripening processes as to greatly impair their subsequent keeping quality, especially their ability to stand up and make a good showing after com- ing out of storage. Then, too, the exposure for even a few days to warm conditions after picking is sure to stimulate the growth of fungi and bacteria, thus start- ing many spots of incipient decay that cannot be en- tirely checked by subsequent refrigeration. It is prob- ably safe to say "that the keeping quality of any given lot of apples depends as much on its history during the period from the time of picking till it goes into storage as upon any other factor. p\ g. EARLE. Management, Temperatures and Prices. — The rapid advancement of the cold storage industry should be of great interest to the horticulturist. It is now possible to secure all the benefits, with a comparatively small investment. Mechanical refrigeration is best accom- plished by employing what is known as the compression ammonia process. Anhydrous ammonia, i. e., ammonia free from water and held in liquid form only under great pressure, is allowed to expand and vaporize in pipes submerged in brine. The ammonia, in changing from a liquid to a gaseous condition, absorbs the heat from the liquid in which the pipes are submerged. In this manner it can be brought to a temperature of zero, or lower. This cold liquid (brine) is circulated through pipes placed in the room or rooms that are to be re- frigerated. The ammonia, after absorbing its quota of heat, is again compressed to a liquid condition by me- chanical means and used over and over without limit. Any liquid that boils at a very low temperature can be substituted for ammonia, but at the present, viewed from an economical and practical standpoint, ammonia is given the preference. The temperature of a storage room is controlled by the volume and temperature of the brine circulated. out to be placed on the market. They will come out with a minimum amount of decay, crisp, full-flavored, and in condition to " stand up " much longer than if car- ried at a higher temperature. Bartlett pears put in while green and as soon as the stem will cleave from the twig, at a temperature of 32°-33°, carry for two months to ten weeks. Ventilated barrels are sometimes 2411. The piling of barrels of apples in a cold storage house. Apples are best preserved at a temperature of 30° F., two below the freezing point. It is generally conceded that they should be taken from the tree as soon as ma- tured and colored, immediately put in a cold room and the above temperature maintained until they are taken 2412. Re-sorting apples in a storehouse. used, but slatted bushel crates are preferable. Winter or late varieties of pears will carry much longer. Peaches and other stone fruits will take a temperature of 30° and are not, as a rule, carried successfully to ex- ceed two weeks. They are very deceptive; the outside will appear satisfactory, but the fruit will be tasteless, and around the pit it will be black and in a semi-de- cayed condition. Berries, one week to ten days at a temperature of 38°, will, if they are not bruised or broken, carry nicely and many times tide over an over- stocked market. Tomatoes, if sound, not broken or" bruised, picked be- fore they are thoroughly ripe, will, at a temperature of 40°, carry three to five weeks. Celery, if dry and sound, should, at a temperature of 34°, carry from three to four months. Vegetables, such as carrots, parsnips and tur- nips, at a temperature of 34°, carry successfully until June or July; if decay has set in before the products are placed in cold storage it will not be entirely stopped but only arrested in a moderate degree, and to obtain any measure of success nothing but sound, perfect goods should be placed in the refrigerating rooms. The following are the charges usually applied by those conducting public cold storages: Apples, 15 cents per bbl. first month, 10 cents each additional month ; celery, 10 cents per case first month, 6 cents each additional month; cherries, K cent per lb.; grapes, % cent per Ib. first month, 1-5 cent each additional month ; maple sugar, % cent per lb. first month, % cent each additional month ; pears, per bbl., same as apples; per % bbl., 10 cents first month, 7 cents each additional month; pears in bushel crates, same as in % bbls. ; quinces, same as apples; vegetables, 25 cents per bbl. first month, 15 cents each additional month; vegetables, per case, 15 cents first month, 10 cents each additional month. If in very large quantities, season rates are sometimes made at com- paratively lower rates. Mechanical refrigeration is surely of paramount im- portance to the producers of vegetables, fruits, eggs, butter, etc. It provides a means by which they are not compelled to accept ruinous prices of an overstocked market, nor obliged to sell when products are harvested, regardless of price, nor to force their products on the market in such quantities as to cause a glut. Instead of having supplies that must be sold within a few days, the horticulturist can, by taking advantage of mechani- cal refrigeration, extend the market season fully 50 per cent, or until such time as the demand equals the supply. SAMUEL R. MOTT, JR. Practical Experience with Cold Storage. -The expe- rience of those who have had occasion to use cold storage is remarkably varied, scarcely two of them having formed the same impression in regard to its effect. But the very fact that perishable articles have been preserved for long periods shows that there is at least one right way, and the managers of cold storage plants are learning what that right way is. One great trouble has been that hardly two articles require the same temperature to keep in proper condi- STORAGE STORAGE 1733 tion; in fact, the different varieties of apples require different degrees of temperature, and it took a long time to learn this. Again, it is almost impossible to maintain the same temperature in all parts of a large building or even in one large room. As a rule, each variety of fruit or vegetable should have a separate room, and the keeper should know what degree of tem- perature is best for each. Some varieties of apples have the reputation of keeping better in cold storage than others, but it is only because one had a tempera- ture suited to it and the other did not. A car-load of apples may have come from the orchard where the fruit had been exposed to the hot sun and attained a tem- perature of perhaps 80° and was then placed in a room with other ear-lots which were at the proper tempera- ture. In twelve hours the temperature in the room would rise to 50°, and with the best of management it would require forty-eight hours to reduce the tempera- ture to the proper murk; this could not be otherwise than injurious to the entire lot. It has not yet been fully settled what is the proper degree of temperature to be used in keeping the various fruits and vegetables. Keepers of cold storage plants differ somewhat on this point, and it is probable they all try to maintain a degree too low for most of our prod- ucts. The writer believes the temperature most suit- able for all (if we must use one for all products) would be .'U°. It is not important what kind of a building is used, .whether wood, stone or brick, but it is very desirable that it should be divided into many rooms, so that each product may be stored in a separate room; and where large quantities of apples are stored, each variety should occupy a separate room and the keeper should have perfect control of each room and know the required degree of temperature for each article and maintain it. When tliis is done, cold storage will be a great suc- cess. J. C. EVANS. Kefrigerator Cars.— The invention and development of the refrigerator car have proved to be very impor- tant factors in fruit production and marketing, making it possible to market in good condition themost tenderfruits two to three thousand miles from where they are grown. Prior to the days of the refrigerator car, strawberries if shipped by freight more than one or two hundred 2413. Icing cars (at the top) at one of the stations of Growers' Express, Georgia. miles usually arrived in bad order and were very unsat- isfactory to both dealer and consumer, and, except for the first few early shipments, prices were very low. It was only at the ripening of "home-grown strawberries" that for two or three weeks any market was satisfac- torily supplied, and the public readily paid two and three times the price they would for "shipped-in ber- ries " a few weeks earlier. Now, with refrigerator cars of strawberries coming in from Florida in February and along up the coast till well into .Inly, when the last strawberries come in from Maine and northern New York, berries just about as fresh and bright as "home-grown " are to be seen in all our eastern markets for a season of five months. Chicago and other western markets are in like man- ner supplied from Texas to northern Wisconsin and Michigan. \Vii hout the refrigerator car, the great peach orchards of Georgia and Texas would not be practicable, as the most of their fruit must bo sold at the North. The "peach season " now extends from May till November. The "seasons" of other fruits are likewise extended in a less degree, and the failure of the local crop in any one sec- tion now has little effect on the local market. Michigan or Missouri may be sending peaches to New York, Boston and Philadelphia one season on account of a failure of the crop in Delaware, New Jersey and Con- necticut; while the next year a failure of the crop at the West enables Connecticut, New Jersey and Delaware to return the compliment and supply Chicago, St. Louis and Minneapolis. Yet without the refrigerator car such reciprocity would be almost impossible, except in the most favorable seasons. The refrigerator car is really a great ice-chest on wheels. Most of these cars are constructed with ice-bunkers at each end of the car, with a capacity of 4 to 6 tons of ice for each car. Fig. 2413. One style has some two feet of the whole top of car as an ice-bunker, and is one of the best of cars if kept fully iced all the while in transit. Railroad people object to it slightly on account of being top-heavy, and when not full the ice slides from one side to another going around curves, etc. Most of the leading railroads of the country own a number of refrigerator cars, and these are furnished free to shippers who do their own icing. There are several refrigerator car companies which own and operate cars, and for a specified sum they attend to loading the car and all the icing at initial points and look after re-icing en route, — in fact, guarantee refrig- eration until car is unloaded. This is the most expen- sive service, but is safest and best for long distances. But for one and two days' shipments, where the cars do not require re-icing, the shipper can save money by using the railroad refrigerators and do his own icing, and there is no good reason why the leading railroads cannot establish icing stations and re-ice their own cars, charging the expense along on the freight bill. In loading a refrigerator car, care is taken that an opportunity is provided for air circulation around each package; this is accomplished by properly spacing the first row of packages, then by "stripping" across the tops of these two strips about 1% in. square, tacking a small nail down through them, one into each package. The packages are held in place, and the strips serve for the next tier of packages to rest on and leave an air space of an inch between the two layers. In this way cars are loaded full up to eighteen inches or two feet of the top, care being taken usually to have the ripest or poorest carrying fruit in the bottom of the car, and the firmest, long - keeping at the top ; for if the ice- bunkers are not kept "chock-a-block" full all the time, the top tiers do not get as good refrigeration. It is also the custom of many marketmen on unloading these cars to sell out the top tiers first, for the bottom-tier fruit keeps best; while often in case of fruit picked a little too green, top tiers show up best and bottom tiers are stored out of the car a day before being offered for sale. The best results in re- frigerator car service are attained when the car has been iced at least twelve hours before loading, and the loading is quickly done by opening the car doors only a few times. The writer's own plan, when fruit is abundant, is not to start loading a car till he has fruit enough packed to fill it; then with a gang in each end of the car to properly space the packages and do the "stripping" and nailing, open the doors and rush in all the middle of the Fruit 1734 STORAGE STRAWBERRY the car will hold, then close the doors, and, by lantern- light, work goes on inside till all these packages are placed, when more are handed in and the car quickly filled. In this way a car an hour is often loaded all day long in the Georgia peach orchard. Where small lots are put in by many different growers and the car is one or two days loading and opened many times, the fruit is not so quickly cooled down and, even with the same attention en route, never arrives in market in as sound condition as when the car is quickly loaded. Another very important point is the first re-icing. When 400 to 700 warm packages of fruit are put into a refrigerator car, ice begins to melt very rapidly and in a few hours one-half or more of the ice has melted away, the upper part of the car inside is a steaming sweat-box, and it is of vital importance that ice-boxes be promptly refilled solid to the top, so that the whole inside of the car be brought to a low temperature as quickly as possible. Once get all the heat out of the fruit packages and the ice-boxes then full, and a car may go a long time without re-icing and yet carry fruit in good order. But neglect the first re-icing twelve to fifteen hours, and there is always danger, while for best service from start to finish the ice-boxes should be kept full all the time. The most ice will be consumed in fruit-loading and in the first twelve hours there- after. When well re-iced en route refrigerator cars arrive at destination with bunkers nearly full of ice, and in many of the smaller markets, where a car-load of high-priced fruit cannot be sold in a day, dealers often use the cars for storage purposes, re-icing when necessary. Peaches from Georgia handled in this way have been sold in the smaller cities of New York and New England in per- fectly sound condition ten days to two weeks after being picked ripe from the trees. j. jj. HALE. 8TORAX. See Styrax. STOKK'S BILL. Erodium and other members of the Geranium family. STOVE PLANTS. The term "stove " applied to plants undoubtedly originated from the method of heating the structures in which plants were grown before the advent of hot water and steam. Glasshouses such as then ex- isted were heated by stoves and flues, usually made of bricks. Such structures came to be called stovehouses or stoves, and the plants grown in them "stove plants." (A "greenhouse" was in those days an unheated glass- house in which plants were merely kept alive over winter.) These terms still exist in England, but are applied to strictly tropical plants or those requiring a warm temperature for their successful culture in glass- houses. In this country such plants are spoken of as warmhouse or tropical plants. In England, at the present time, more distinction is made in the names applied to plant houses than in this country. For instance, "greenhouse" in England now means the coolest glasshouse only, while in this country the name is usually indiscriminately applied to all glass- houses. The names applied to plant houses in England are therefore : Stove, for tropical plants ; intermediate house, for plants hailing from warm-temperate climates; greenhouse, for those plants requiring the least degree of heat. A conservatory or show house is one in which plants are placed while in flower and usually kept at a cool temperature. In practice such terms may be greatly modified to suit local conditions ; for example, at the Botanic Gar- dens of Smith College, Northampton, Mass., the glass- houses are named cool-temperate house, warm-temperate house, tropical house, palm house, acacia and succulent house, experiment house and propagating house, the temperatures and moisture conditions being regulated to suit the requirements of each class of plants. The cultivation of stove plants is too heterogeneous a subject to be treated exhaustively in a single book, because the stove contains thousands of dissimilar plant treasures from the tropics, especially those found at low altitudes. In general, the stove is the house which requires the most expense and care, the greatest heat and the highest atmospheric moisture. For the general principles of its management, consult Green- house Management. EDWARD J. CANNING. ST. PETER'S-WORT. Ascyrum stems. ST. PETER'S WREATH. Spinvu, Jnj per id folia. STRATIOTES (Greek, soldier; referring to the sword-shaped leaves). Hydrochariddcece. The WATER SOLDIER, or WATER ALOE, is a hardy aquatic plant of small ornamental value but considerable botanical in- terest. It is native to lakes and watery ditches through- out Europe, and has a rootstock creeping in the mud which produces at the bottom of the water tufts of long, narrow, sword-shaped Ivs. bordered by small spiny teeth somewhat after the fashion of Pandanus. The fls. are small, white, 3-petaled, and borne on peduncles which rise to a few inches above the water. The pe- duncle is much thickened at the top and bears a spathe of 2 bracts about an inch long. The male fls. are several in a spathe, stalked, and have usually 12 or more sta- mens. The female fls. are solitary and sessile in the spathe. The plant has a distinct calyx, which is not the rule among monocotyledons. Stratidtes aloides, Linn., is the only species in the genus. It is some- times called Crab's Claw or Freshwater Soldier. In England the planting of this species is discouraged from the fact that it spreads too rapidly. Technical characters : peduncles rising from among the Ivs. to a few inches above the water, much thickened at the top, bearing a spathe of 2 bracts : ovary and stigmas nearly as in Hydrocharis, but the fruit is ovoid and somewhat succulent. It is offered by one American specialist in aquatics. -^y jyj One of the peculiarities of Stratiotes is that in sum- mer the whole plant rises, to a point near the surface when it is only partly submerged, and later in the sea- son it drops below the surface. Young plants do not act thus. It is propagated by side shoots from the base of the leaves. Toward fall and early winter these shoots are merely bulblets and are readily detached from the plant and are in a good condition for travel- inS WM. THICKER. STRAWBERRY. Plate XXXVIII. The Strawberry is an herbaceous perennial. It naturally propagates itself by means of runners that form chiefly after the blooming season. These runner plants, either transplanted or allowed to remain where they form, will bear the follow- ing year. Usually the plants will continue to bear for five or six years, but the first and second crops are gener- ally the best. It is therefore the custom to plow up Strawberry beds after they have borne from one to three crops. The better the land and the more intensive the cultivation, the shorter the rotation. In market-garden- ing areas and in some of the very best Strawberry re- gions, the plants are allowed to fruit but once. The plants therefore occupy the land only one year and the crop works into schemes of short rotation cropping. The Strawberry delights in a rich, rather moist soil and a cool season. It can be grown in the cool part of the year in the South and thereby becomes one of the most cosmopolitan of fruits. The young plants may be sepa- rated from the parent and put into new plantations in August; but under average conditions in the North it is usually better to wait until the following spring, since the weather is likely to be too hot and dry in the late summer or fall. Plants that have not borne are best for setting. They are plants of the season: that is, plants which start in the spring of 1901 are fit for planting in the late summer or fall of 1901 or in the spring of 1902. These plants have many long, fresh, light-colored roots. Fig. 2414 shows such a plant, with the roots trimmed for planting. Fig. 2415 shows a plant that has borne. This plant bore fruit in 1900, and has thrown up a new crown in 1901. The old dead crown is seen on the right. The young growth is lateral to this old crown. The roots are relatively few and are hard and black. These plants sometimes make good plantations under extra good care, but generally Plate XXXIX. Strawberry test ground, with a truss of the Greenville variety aCESS3^_. ""iverSiiTY Or STRAWBERRY STRAWBERRY 1735 they should be avoided. Pots are sometimes plunged under the new runners in June and July, and they be- come filled with roots by August or September. These pot-grown plants are excellent for fall setting in the home garden, but they are seldom employed in exten- sive commercial practice. Fig. 2416. In Florida, according to Rolfs, beds need to be reset annually, in September or October; plants set at this 2414. Strawberry plant ready for setting. time produce a good crop in the following February, March and April. The plants may be produced at home, or they may be secured from the North. Excel- lent plants for Florida conditions are procured from North Carolina. For the very finest berries, each plant is allowed a space or hill by itself, and cultivation is given both ways. For general commercial results, however, plants are generally set in narrow rows. The old method was to plant in rows 3-3% feet apart and the plants from 12-15 inches apart in rows, keeping off the runners un- til late in July and then allowing the runners to grow and root at will, making a matted row. In this system some plants are almost on top of others, the roots barely in the ground, and they suffer in a season of drought. The rows are so wide that to pick fruit in the center it is almost necessary to crush fruits on the out- side of the row. This system gives few large first-class fruits, and is now passing away. The up-to-date grower starts with the assumption that the largest and highest colored fruits are found on plants along the outside of the rows, and therefore he plans to have as many out- side rows as possible. This he accomplishes by having his rows closer together and much narrower. The rows are made from 30-36 inches apart and the plants from 18-24 or even 30 inches apart in the rows, much depend- ing on the prolificacy of the variety as a plant-maker. If the plants used for a new bed are strong and start into growth vigorously, the first runners are used, as it has been found that under most conditions the plants about twelve months old yield the greatest number of fine fruits. These first runners are usually "bedded in," i. e., planted by hand, training them along the wide way of the rows, using from four to eight of the first run- ners and cutting off those growing later. This method of planting allows cultivation both ways until the run- ners start, retaining moisture and saving labor in hoe- ing. This system is shown, in a full-bearing bed, in Fig. 1486, Vol. III. Strawberries are usually mulched in the fall in order to protect them in the winter and early spring and to pre- vent the soil from heaving. In some cases the mulch is allowed to remain on the plants rather late in the spring, in order to retard the season of bloom. Sometimes the crop may be retarded a week or ten days by this means, and cases are reported in which it has been de- layed with commercial results somewhat longer than this. The mulch is usually more necessary in regions of light and precarious snowfall than in those in which the snow blanket is deep and lies all winter. In regions of deep and continuous snowfall, a heavy mulch is likely to prove injurious. Experience has shown that the best mulch is usually some strawy material. Along the sea- coast, salt hay from the tide marshes is much used. In interior places clean straw, in which there is no grain to sprout and to make weeds, is very largely employed. Fig. 2417. In the South, pine needles are used. Some- times loose strawy manure is used, and the mulch adds fertilizer to the soil as well as affords protection. Under ordinary conditions the mulch is three or four inches deep over the plants after it is fairly well packed down. It is not always possible, however, to mulch as heavily as this, since the material is likely to be expensive when one has a large area. The mulch is usually applied late in the fall after the ground has frozen, and if the material is abundant both the plants and the interven- ing spaces are covered. In the spring the mulch is raked from the plants as soon as they begin to start. Some persons allow it to lie between the rows as a cover to retain moisture and to keep the berries clean. The most expert growers, however, prefer to take the mulch from the field and to till the plantation once or twice before the plants are in bloom. The material is sometimes returned and spread on the loose soil be- tween the rows. In the northern prairie states, heavy mulching is essential. Professor S. B. Green advises for western Minnesota and Dakota a covering of at least six inches of straw. This mulch is easily pro- vided, since straw is so abundant in that country that it is often burned as the readiest means of getting rid of it. When not mulched in that region, the plants are likely to be killed outright or to start with a very weak growth. Strawberry flowers may be either perfect or imperfect, and the nature of the flower is characteristic of the va- riety. In some kinds, the flower is perfect or hermaphro- dite (having both stamens and pistils) and is conse- quently self-fertile. In others it is pistillate, producing no pollen, and requiring a pollen-bearing variety to pol- 2415. Old Strawberry plant, usually not desirable for setting;. linate it. Fig. 2418. There are no varieties bearing only staminate or sterile flowers. The perfect-flowered varie- ties differ greatly in the amount of pollen they produce. Some, as the Crescent and Glen Mary, bear so few sta- 1736 STRAWBERRY STRAWBERRY metis that they are practically pistillate or sterile. Any variety will fertilize any other variety if it bears suffi- cient pollen and if the two kinds bloom at the same time. When planting pistillate varieties, every third row 2416. Pot-grown Strawberry plant. should be a pollen-bearing kind. The horticultural bearing of the sexual characters of the Strawberry flower seems to have been first clearly explained in this Country by Nicholas Longworth, of Cincinnati (see Longworth; also his essay on the subject in his "Culti- vation of the Grape," 1846, and the "Straw- berry Report "of the Cincinnati Horticultural Society, 1848). When many of the akenes or "seeds" of the Strawberry are not fertilized or are killed by frost or other means, the berry fails to develop at that point and a "nubbin," or imperfect berry, is the result. Fig. 2419. Nubbins are usually most abundant late in the fruiting season, when the pollen supply is small and when the plants are relatively ex- hausted. The cost of growing an acre of Strawber- ries under commercial conditions in Oswego county, New York (which is one of the lead- ing Strawberry centers of the North) is ap- proximately as follows : Rent of land, two years $11 00 Plowing and fitting 6 00 Plants 15 00 Setting plants 4 00 Cultivation 16 00 Straw for winter and fruiting mulch 15 00 Labor — hoeing, pulling weeds, etc 10 00 New varieties of Strawberries are raised from seed with the greatest ease. The generations of Strawberries are short and new varieties soon find favor. The varie- ties change so frequently in popular estimation that it is impracticable to recommend a list of them in a work like this. The first great American berry was the Hovey (Fig. 1088, Vol. II). Perhaps the most popular single variety has been the Wilson (Fig. 2420), now practically extinct. The accompanying pictures (Figs. 2421-2425) show types of American Strawberries. The common garden Strawberries are the progeny of Fragaria Chiloensis, native to the Pacific coast of America, and first introduced to cultivation from Chile nearly 200 years ago. See Fragaria. In Europe the Alpine and Hautbois types of Strawberries (F. vesca and F. moschata) are highly prized as dessert fruits. These are sometimes grown in this country by amateurs, but they are unknown to commercial Strawberry cul- ture. The native Fragaria Virginiana, everywhere common in fields in eastern North America, gives little promise under cultivation. It usually runs strongly to vine, at the expense of fruit-bearing. There are several serious fungous diseases and insect pests of the Strawberry. The fundamental treatment for all these is to fruit the bed but once, or at most but twice, and to grow succeeding crops on other land, cleaning up the old plantation thoroughly after the last fruiting. Short, quick and sharp rotations and clean culture do much to keep all enemies in check. Most of the fungous enemies are kept in check with relative ease by spraying with Bordeaux mixture. Fig. 2426. The American book writings on the Strawberry are: R. G. Pardee, "A Complete Manual of the Cultivation of 2418. Sexes of Strawberry flowers. At the left, a perfect flower; at the right, a pistillate flower (lacking stamens) ; in the middle, stamens few. Total cost $77 00 Many growers raise berries at a much less cost, and a few exceed this sum especially when located near a large town where rents are high ; but it would be safe for one about to engage in Strawberry-growing to figure close to this total, aside from the cost of fertilizer. 3417. Heavy mulching of Strawberry plants, as practiced in parts of the North. the Strawberry," New York, 1854, and subsequent edi- tions; A. S. Fuller, "The Illustrated Strawberry Cul- turist," New York, 1862, and subsequent editions; J. M. Merrick, Jr., "The Strawberry and its Culture," Boston, 1870; Charles Barnard, "The Strawberry Garden, "Bos- ton, 1871; T. B. Terry and A. I. Root, "How to Grow Strawberries," Medina, Ohio, 1890; L. J. Farmer, "Farmer on the Strawberry," Pulaski, N. Y., 1891. Aside from these writings, the Strawberry is well treated in various books devoted to small fruits and to fruit in general. £, jj_ g Culture of Strawberries. — [The following article was written for the Editor some ten years ago by the late J. M. Smith, Green Bay, Wis., long known as one of the most expert Strawberry-growers. It has never been published. Mr. Smith was born at Morristown, N. J., Jan. 13, 1820, and died at Green Bay, Feb. 20, 1894. -L. H. B.] The Strawberry will grow and thrive in all parts of the United States where any fruit will grow, and yet, strange as it may seem to young readers, fifty years ago it was scarcely known except as a wild fruit. The writer has no recollection of ever seeing more than one small bed of Strawberries cultivated before he was 25 years old. In boyhood he often accompanied his father STRAWBERRY STRAWBERRY 1737 2119. Strawberry nubbin. to the New York market, yet he never saw cultivated Strawberries in that market before 1840, though there were probably a few before that time. It is probable that tin-re are now more Strawberries carried to New York every fair day during their season of ripening than had ever been seen in that city during its entire history previous to 1K-K). The introduction of Hovey Seedling about 1834 or 18.'!f). and of the Jersey, or, as it was sometimes called, the Early Scarlet, a few years later, marked a new- era in Strawberry culture. These were great improve- ments over the commoii wild fruit previously seen in the market; but it was not until the introduction of the Wilson, about 1854, that it became possible for al- most every one who owned a small plot of land to have a supply of berries for him- self and friends during the berry season. This modest little plant completely revo- lutionized Strawberry grow- ing. Its fruit was much larger than any other then in cultivation, being also very firm and able to bear transportation much better than any other, and it seemed to be perfectly at home in nearly every soil and climate from the Atlantic to the Pacific ocean, and from Lake Superior to the Gulf of Mexico. In addi- tion to all these qualities, it was marvelously produc- tive. Soon after this, new varieties began to appear in numbers greatly exceeding anything ever before known. This progress has been kept up until the present time, and each succeeding year many new varieties are brought to notice. The increase in the cultivation of this fruit was not rapid until 1855, when more attention be- gan to be paid to it than ever before. Since the close of the Civil War the increase has been almost beyond belief, except to those who are familiar with its history. Strawberry Soil. — If he could always choose, the writer would select a dark sandy loam, rather damp than dry, but this is by no means an absolute necessity, as Strawberries will grow in almost any soil, unless it be dry sand or an unarained bed of muck. Any soil that will grow a good crop of corn or potatoes will grow a fair crop of Strawberries. This remark will apply throughout the United States; and not only that, but Strawberries will grow in some places where the nights are too cool and the seasons are too short for corn to ripen. Hence but few need have nny fears about their 2420. Wilson Strawberry (X ^ success on account of climate, latitude or longitude. The richer the soil the larger the crop, hence the necessity of making it rich by extra manuring. The first thing is to be sure that the land is thoroughly drained, as it is impossible to make Strawberries do even fairly well with the roots in land that is filled with water. Underdraming is not always a necessity, but good surface-draining is, and no land should lie set with plants until it is so prepared that it can be thoroughly surface-drained and kept so. If the hunt is at all in- clined to be wet, it will pay well to have it thoroughly underdrained, in addition to the surface-draining. Next comes the preparation of the soil. The writer prefers spring setting. He has sometimes done well with setting in August or early in September, but has never failed in spiing setting. As early as the land is fit to be worked, put on about twenty fair-sized two- horse loads of manure per acre and plow it in; then top- dress with as much more fine, well-rotted manure, and harrow it in thoroughly. If line manure cannot be ob- 2421. Gandy Strawberry (X tained, it would be better to plow all the manure under, as coarse manure on top of the beds would be an an- noyance, and cause more or less trouble the entire sea- son. Whether the manure is wholly or partially plowed under, the land must be made fine and mellow before putting in the plants. Setting the Plants.— The plants should be taken from beds that were set the previous season, if possible. Use a common six-lined manure fork and take up a lot of the young plants, being sure to get only the runners of the previous fall. Pick them out of the loose earth, taking off all the old dry leaves, and if they have long, nice, light-colored roots (throw away all others), clip off about one-third of their length. Fig. 2414. Be careful not to let the sun shine on the roots for any length of time. During some of the hot sunny days of our spring weather, even ten minutes' exposure to the sun would damage them so much that one should hardly dare risk setting them out. Mark off the beds in rows two feet apart each way. For this we use a marker made just like the common hand hayrake with the headpiece of pine or some other light wood, and about 12 feet long, the teeth set two feet apart and sloping a little back- wards instead of forwards as in the common hayrake. With this a man should mark an acre in a half day, and do it easily. If the ground is still a little heavy, as it is likely to be if it is a clay soil, let a man go ahead with a hoe and strike it into the earth where the plant is to be set and loosen it so that it will be perfectly mel- low. A boy follows with the prepared plants, and drops one at each crossing of the marks. He is followed by the setters, of whom there should be two to work to best advantage. They go on their knees between two rows, pick up the plants with the left hand and at the same time, with the fingers of the same hand, spread the roots into a fan shape, while with the fingers of the right hand the ground is opened sufficiently to allow the fan- shaped roots of the plant to go down in a perpendicular manner into the earth ; then bring back the earth around the plant and, doubling up both hands, press down the earth firmly around the newly set plant. The crown of the plant when set should be a very little lower than the surrounding earth. Be careful not to have the crown covered with earth, as that would damage it. All this 173< STRAWBERRY STRAWBERRY can be done by men with a little experience in a small part of the time taken to write it out, but one must re- member that the doing of this work well or ill will make the difference between success and partial failure. The writer has several men who will set half an acre a day, and do it easily and well. If the weather is dry and warm, it will greatly aid the young plants if half a pint of water is put around each one. When the beds are filled with plants, run through them with a hand-cultivator before they come into bloom. This may not be necessary, but in most cases it will be. If the plants start nicely, they will soon be in full bloom, but they must not be allowed to bear fruit this summer. Go through the beds and pinch off all the blossoms, and see that there are no stray plants among them of a dif- erent variety. The beds must be kept clean, free 2422. Haverland Strawberry. (X %.) from weeds, and well cultivated as often as they re- quire it. In July the runners will start. Before the runners take root they should be trained around the parent plant like the spokes of a wheel, having the parent plant for its center. Simply lay them out in equal distances around the parent plant and throw suffi- cient earth upon them to hold them. Otherwise the runners are likely to come out on one side and make al- most a solid mass of roots on that side and few or none on the other, the result being that the crop the following season will not be as large or of as good quality as when they have been properly tended. This is about all there is to be done until the ground freezes for winter, when the plants should be covered with marsh hay. Straw is as good, provided it is free from weeds and grass seed, but it is sometimes impossible to obtain such straw. In covering the plants, merely hide them from sight. There are two objects in view: first, to protect the plants from the many sudden changes in our winter weather, and, second, for spring protection. During the thawing days and freezing nights in the early spring, the ground is likely to become "honeycombed." The top of the ground is a little raised from its natural position, and the plants are lifted up and their roots broken off in the frozen earth beneath. To avoid this danger, leave the cover upon the plants until all freezing nights are over. Some growers recommend leaving the cover on and allowing the plants to work their way through it. The writer has tried this plan, but the crop was only half of that obtained when the cover had been taken off and the ground kept cultivated. Better take the cover off, haul it away and stack it for another win- ter's use. Some growers recommend that the mulch be re- tained in order to keep the berries from being soiled. If the plants grew last season as they should have done, they have by this time nearly or quite covered the ground, and the leaves and fruit-stems will so support each other that there will be very few berries in the dirt unless it rains almost constantly. When there are open spaces of any size, and the fruit is likely to get into the dirt, it is well to put back a little of the mulch after the thorough cultivation of the spring is done. For the spring dressing, wood ashes are to be preferred. If unleached, they should be applied at the rate of not less than 50 bushels to the acre. Twice that amount should be used if the ashes have been leached. If ashes are not to be had, put on well-rotted stable manure at the rate of about 20 wagon-loads per acre. The spring cultiva- tion consists of pulling out by hand all the weeds that can be found among the plants and then hoeing over all the open spaces large enough to accommodate a common broad hoe. Do not work the ground more than half an inch deep, for the roots have much work to da within the next few weeks. Now it is time to begin to count the cost. We will consider the land worth $200 per acre : Expense of an acre of Strawberries up to picking time. Interest and taxes $15 00 Plowing, harrowing and surface-draining 5 00 Value of 11,000 plants at $5 per 1,000 55 00 Manure, 60 loads, at $1 per load 6U 00 Marking ground and set- ting plants 4 00 Summer cultivation 8 00 Training runners around the plants 3 00 Winter covering and cost of putting it on 6 00 Taking off winter cover, and spring cultivation.... 500 Total $161 00 In a very dry and unpropitious year, the yield on the writer's place was 7,136 quarts, or 223 bushels per acre; the gross receipts in cash were a few cents over $500 per acre. In the year 1886 the yield was over 8,000 quarts, or something over 250 bushels per acre; and the gross receipts $633 per acre. These were both hard years for Strawberries. In 1875 exactly one- quarter of an acre yielded 3,571 quarts, or 111% bushels, of marketable fruit. The average price was 12 cents per quart. In 1876 one-fourth of an acre yielded a fraction less than 100 bushels. These were both favorable sea- sons for berries. But we will take the first mentioned crop for our estimate, as it was the poorest of the four. The boxes and crates cost a fraction less than $7 per 1,000 quarts ; picking, packing and carrying to the depot not to exceed $15 per 1,000: The story of an acre' of Strawberries' in an unfavorable season. Gross receipts $500 00 Cost of growing the crop $161 00 Picking, crating and marketing (7,136 qts.) 157 00 318 00 Net profits above expenses $182 00 STRAWBKRRY 1739 These receipts are by no means the only ones from the land for the two years. For many years past the writer has been in the habit of planting other early crops be- tween the rows of Strawberries after they are set. For instance, in the spring a plot of five acres is set with Strawberries. As soon as the Strawberries are set plant between the rows (which are two feet apart) a urge lot of onion sets and lettuce. One may sow part of the land with radish seed and another part with cabbage seed for late cabbage, and thus till the ground with quick-growing plants that will be off before the runners need the ground. Marketing. — A. home market is the best if one can have it, although it is a well-known fact that but few Strawberries are eaten in the neighborhood where they are grown. Along the Gulf coast, Strawberries begin to ripen in February and are at once shipped north, and the consumption continues until 46°north latitude is reached ; hence the necessity of a variety that will bear shipping. If we all had cooling-houses for berries, and refrigera- tor cars to ship the fruit in, almost any variety would bear more or less transportation; but as most growers have neither, the berries must be picked as soon as colored, and some varieties before they are fully colored. Before the writer had a cool- ing-house, he placed the cases in rows on the floor of a general packing house, and then placed ice along upon the floor between the cases. This did fairly well, but not as well as the present cooling-house, which is a very plain cheap building 12 x 14 ft. and about 12 ft. high. The sides are covered with common sheathing paper and boards, with an air chamber of four inches. The floor overhead is covered with zinc to pre- vent its leaking, and is a little sloping to one corner, where a pipe catches the water as the ice melts, and carries it from the building. It has an open space of nearly 12 inches all around the building, which lets the cold air pass below, where the fruit is. There are six tiers of shelves, one above the other all around the room below. Upon the floor above the ice is placed, and on the shelves below are the cases of fruit. About 50° is the best temperature to keep the fruit; if much lower than this, it is found that the fruit will not keep so long after being removed from the cooler. It is best not to throw fruit on the market, but to try to have it so good that it recommends it- self. Endeavor to have it engaged to the retail grocers in advance. Then there is but one profit between the con- sumer and the grower. J. M. SMITH. Strawberry Cul- ture in the South.— If any fruit is at home in the South it is surely the Strawberry. It heads the list of small fruits, and, admitting as competitors tree and vine fruits, it easily holds the place of first importance. Among the many things that commend the Straw- berry favorably to southern land - owners who would grow fruit for home use or for market are the following: its com- parative freedom from disease and insect enemies; the ease with which it adapts itself to different soils and varied conditions of climate; the small cost at- tending planting and cultivation; the enormous yields possible from well-selected soils properly treated; and the fact that, aside from being the first fruit to ripen, it seldom, if ever, fails to reward the painstaking grower with an ample har- vest to cover all cost for attention bestowed. While good results are had from settings made at almost any time of the year, November and Feb- ruary are the months dur- ing which plantings may usually be made with the least risk. In some sec- tions, especially near the Gulf, plantings are frequently made during rainy spells in late summer and 2423. Bomba Strawberry. Nearly natural size. At such times it a difficult nor a very expensive process to shift plants with earth adher- ing to the roots to nicely pre- pared soil near the old beds. From good stands on newly prepared beds secured as early in the season as August or September, and with a long fall and mild spells during winter favor- ing vigorous plant growth and de- velopment of fruit-buds, the grower may reasonably expect the following spring one-half to two-thirds of a crop. Being a water-loving plant and a liberal feeder, especially during fruit- ing season, the Strawberry accom- plishes its best work in a soil capa- ble of taking in the largest quantity of water and of holding during pro- tracted drought the greatest amount of moisture within easy reach of the plant. This ideal Strawberry soil is found in the rather compact deep clay loams over the well-drained clay subsoils so abundant in most of the South Atlantic and the Gulf states. As to fertilizers, much depends on the kind of soil and treatment. Where the cereals are benefited by the 1740 STRAWBERRY use of certain fertilizers, such plant-food may be safely and profitably used for Strawberries. It is better to fertilize heavily the crop that precedes Strawberries than to apply in large quantities to land occupied by this plant. In uo case should heavy applications of strongly nitrogenous fertilizers be made just before the blooming period nor during the hot summer months. In the first instance, an over-vigorous vine growth at the expense of fruit will be the result; in the second, the plant is rendered too tender and too sappy to resist the S425. Shuster Gem Strawberry (X %). long and sometimes hot and dry summers. The south- ern cow-pea is possibly the best crop to precede the Strawberry. This leaves the ground clean, mellow and in the very best condition for any crop that follows. The soil is usually prepared in slightly elevated rows or beds 3K-4 feet broad. In making summer and early fall plantings with the view of securing a large yield the following spring, plants are set only 8 or 10 inches apart along the line of the row. The distance in the row for spring plantings ranges from 12-30 inches, depending on the tendency of varieties set to multiply runners. For heavy yields the properly matted row is best. In the ideal matted row each plant should be 5-7 inches distant from its nearest neighbor, and a space of 18-24 inches along the top of the rows should be so occupied with plants. Season, soil and treatment at the hand of the cultivator greatly modifies the degree of suc- cess in securing this ideal stand. Where irrigating facilities are to be had, the desired results may be ob- tained with certainty. In spite of the best efforts on the part of the grower, however, varieties like Michel, Downing and Cloud may set too many plants during wet seasons. In such cases any runners that encroach on the spaces between rows are treated as weeds, and such places along the line of the rows as become too thickly matted should be properly thinned on the advent of cool fall weather. With spring setting, cultivation begins shortly after plantings are made. The plow, cultivator and hoe are the implements most used, and these are employed in cultivation often enough to keep the ground in good tilth and free from weeds. Cultivation usually ceases early in the fall. Any weeds that interfere with the proper development of plants or fruits from this time until the end of fruit harvest are pulled out or clipped off with sharp hoes without breaking the surface soil. Very little winter protection is necessary. It is well to delay mulching until after midwinter, or until there has been sufficient cold to drive insects into winter quarters. On clay soils inclined to heave during frosty weather a thin covering of barnyard litter or of short straw (pine straw is excellent) placed around and be- tween rather than over plants is of advantage. For keeping fruit clean and, at the same time, adding al- most, if not quite, its purchase value in plant-food, STRAWBERRY nothing is better than cottonseed hulls. It is a fact worthy of note that as one goes south the picking sea- son lengthens. Florida, southern Louisiana and other sections near the Gulf frequently begin shipping late in January or early in February and continue to market berries for four or five months. In latitude 32° the writer has during several seasons in the past twenty- five years shipped Strawberries from about April 1 to July 1. In latitude 34° the picking season rarely lasts more than five or six weeks. In recent years the rapid strides made in methods of picking and packing, in the construction, loading and icing of fruit cars, in shortening the time between grower and consumer, and in vastly better means of distributing fruits among different markets and of reaching all classes of consumers in the several markets, — all these things have made southern-grown Strawber- ries common in almost every city, town and village in more northern latitudes. A. B. McKAY. To the foregoing advice may be added a sketch of some of the rotation practices in Georgia. Four systems of rotation exist : the annual, biennial, triennial, and what may be termed the perennial or permanent system. These terms are frequently, though quite unnecessarily, confused, and some growers, while practicing, techni- cally, a biennial rotation, call it annual, because they establish a new plat annually, although each plat, when plowed under or destroyed, is two years old. To illustrate: A plat planted in July, August or Sep- tember makes a good, strong growth by winter along the isotherm of the Carolina and Georgia coast, where summer planting and the system of annual rotation are almost exclusively practiced. In fact, the plant continues to grow, especially under ground, through the entire winter, setting in the spring a heavy and profitable crop, which is marketed. The plat is seldom worked out, but used to reset another plat in the late summer, and then turned under. Such a rotation is strictly an annual one. Logically, it could be nothing less, nothing more. If, however, this plat were culti- vated through the season following its crop, suffered to bear a second crop the next spring, then used as before to reset a succession plat and turned under, such a pro- cess would be a biennial rotation, and, logically, could be nothing less, nothing more. Equally as logical would it be to call the rotation biennial had the plat been planted in November— instead of July, August or September — cultivated through the following summer and carried into the next year, bearing its main crop- its "money" crop— the second spring. The fact that its first crop was light and scattering would not make the rotation an annual one; for the essence of the differ- ence between an annual and a biennial rotation con- sists in the plat, in the first instance, flowering but once, while in the second instance it passes two flower- ing seasons. In the first case, no cultivation is given after fruiting; in the second the plat is cultivated after fruiting, or after the fruiting season, whether it fruits or not. These two distinctions cause a rotation to fall 2426. Leaf-blight of Strawberry (X %). \inder the head of biennial even when the plat is set out as late as February or March, cultivated through the summer following and fruited the next spring. The biennial rotation (though often under the errone- ous title of annual) is much the most common, and is almost universally employed, except on the coast, where the light, sandy soil, the humid climate and more STRAWBERRY STRAWBERRY 1741 regular rainfall render summer planting on a large scale an economic possibility. This, the stiff clay soil of the interior, the drier atmosphere and uncertain rain- fall of early autumn, render impracticable. It is hence more economical to reset than to cultivate on the coast, especially as its comparatively subtropical climatic con- ditions tend to produce a vigorous development of the summer- or fall - planted plat by the following spring. But, while the biennial rotation is recommended for the interior of the state, it must not be understood that a new plat is to be established only every two years. The plat runs through two seasons, it is true, but a new one must be set out each year. If strawberry growing was commenced in 1899 under a biennial rotation, and the planting effected in Novem- ber of each year, the following diagram would illustrate the necessary succession of plats: 18»9 No. 1, planted November, 1899. No. 1, fruited lightly spring, 1900; cultivated through season No. 2, planted November. 1900, from new purchased plants. 1901 No. 1, fruited main crop, spring, 1901; plowed under Novem- ber, 1901, after resetting No. 3. No. 2, fruited lightly spring, 1901; cultivated through season of 3901. No. 3, planted November, 1901, from runners of No. 1. No. 2, fruited main crop, spring, 1902; plowed under Novem- ber, 1902, after resetting No. 4. No. 3, fruited lightly, spring, 1902, and cultivated through season. No. 4, planted November, 1902, from runners of No. 2. And so on, indefinitely. In this way, while each plat runs two years, that is, biennially, a new plat is reset every year, that is, annually; yet the rotation must of necessity be termed biennial, though only one market- able crop results. And this would be equally true for a similar rotation where the planting was done in Feb- ruary or March instead of November, although no crop — not even a light one— could be obtained the same spring. Of course, if a plat is reserved for resetting, after it has borne its main crop, it must be cultivated, more or less — at least by hand weeding— to prevent it from becoming too foul during the second summer; but the process of thinning out and the careful cultivation necessary for a crop expected to make a paying return in fruit, are eliminated. The triennial rotation is followed when two "main" or " money " crops are secured from a plat before its abandonment, and the perennial system when the plat is suffered to bear as long as it proves profitable. The "matted row" system stands successfully the test of practical experience in the South. "Stool cul- ture," however perfect or ideal in theory, can be made profitable only under exceptional conditions. Under ordinary circumstances it cannot resist the crucial test of a prolonged drought. H. N. STARNES. Strawberry Culture on the Plains. - The fact that the Strawberry has hem growing wild from time out of mind in the prairie regions of North America suggests that it may be cultivated there with sin-cess, and the thousands of car-loads of delicious berries annually pro- duced in those regions are positive proof of it. The Straw- berry did not grow naturally in all sections or soils. Imt chiefly in the moist creek and river bottoms and along- the margins of the woodlands. The cooler climatic con- ditions of the northern sections are more conducive to the growth of wild Strawberries than those in the South ; for instance, the prairies of Minnesota grow more thrifty and larger berries than those of Texas. Under cultiva- tion the Strawberry is somewhat subject to the same conditions as when growing naturally, but the principle of conservation of moisture by tillage has enabled man to do much that nature could not, in growing Straw- berries. Water is most essential in the culture of this fruit. The soil should not be wet, but it must be moist or the plants will not thrive; nor will they bear fruit abundantly or of good size and quality with a meager supply of water. During the fruiting season there is a. heavy draft upon the plants for water with which to fill the berries to their proper size. Over most of the Plains region there is a sufficient amount of rainfall to produce good crops of Strawberries in ordinary seasons, pro- vided proper care be given to tillage. Nearly all the 2427. Fancy packing of Strawberries, each quart wrapped in paper ; a picking stand on the left. failures to grow reasonably good crops are due to ne- glect of this all-important matter. The drier the cli- mate or the season the more heed should be given to tillage. The mere setting of plants and giving them ordinary care is not sufficient for the production of a really profit- able Strawberry crop in the open prairie country. It may suffice where the rainfall is not only abundant but regu- lar; but where the rains are fitful and often very scant, especially in the latter part of the summer, this will not do. The tillage should not be deep, but very frequent. Once each week during the growing season will be suffi- cient. The finer the surface soil is pulverized, the less water will escape from the subsoil, and this is the prin- cipal point to be attained so far as the purposes of til- lage are concerned. Rich soil is beyond doubt one of the prime requisites of Strawberry culture. This is not difficult to find in most parts of the prairie regions. Some of it lies too flat for the best results and some is too steep, but very little is either too stiff or too sandy. The Strawberry is especially adapted to field culture. As the Plains country slopes up to the Rocky Mountains the climate becomes drier until there is so very little rain that nothing but a scant native vegetation will grow without irrigation. The soil is for the most part rich enough for Strawberries, and where water is applied in proper quantity as fine berries can be grown as in any part of the humid regions. As a matter of fact, there 1742 STRAWBERRY seems to be more certainty in growing Strawberries un- der such conditions than in regions where the crop must depend upon rainfall. Some varieties that are usually a failure because of their deficient root-system, such as Jucunda, are thus enabled to nourish to such a degree as to be among the most profitable. Whatever may be said of other parts of the continent of North America, it is an indisputable fact that the Plains region is very good for Strawberries. Good judgment in the selection of proper locations and the right varieties, thorough preparation of the soil and good culture will be abun- dantly rewarded. H. E. VAN DEMAN. The Strawberry on the Pacific Coast. — California conditions include both those most favorable and most trying for the growth of Strawberries. There are situations where, through local topography and proximity to the ocean, winter temperatures are very seldom too low for the growth and fruiting of the plants and where, by summer irrigation to maintain this continuous activity of the plants, it is possible to gather fruit every month in the year. This fact is not, .< however, made of much commercial account, nor is it widely true that one can have Strawberries all the year round in the open air. It is true, however, that even on the lowlands, where the commercial crops are chiefly grown, the winter is so mild that Strawberries begin to ripen in shipping quantities as early as March and by proper cultivation and irrigation the fruiting is con- tinued until late in the autumn, and the grower has therefore a very short closed season. The trying condi- tion for the Strawberry is found in the long, dry sum- mer, which enforces dormancy as early as June on light loams in the more arid localities of the interior. Such soils become dry and hot to a depth of several inches in spite of surface cultivation and cause the dwindling and death of a shallow-rooting plant like the Strawberry, unless frequent irrigation is begun in time. This trouble is less acute on more retentive soils in regions of lower summer temperature and greater rainfall, and plants in such situations may survive the summer dormancy, but it is true that everywhere in California and even in the more humid states on the north that Strawberry-grow- ing without irrigation results either in failure or only partial satisfaction and the venture is seldom to be commended. It is, however, so easy, usually, to secure the small amount of water necessary for home produc- tion, and the plant when fairly treated is so highly pro- ductive, that a general exhortation to Strawberry-grow- ing on an irrigation basis is fully warranted. STRAWBERRY tinned popularity of Longworth Prolific, Sharpless, Monarch of the West, Wilson Albany, etc. Long- worth has survived more than thirty years' continued growing. Other popular varieties are Melinda, Jessie, Triomphe de Gand, Brandywine, Marshall, Lady Thomp- son, etc. An English variety, Laxton Noble, has been largely planted in southern California but not always 2428. A prolific row of Strawberries, the fruit resting on a mulch. There are several species of Strawberries indigenous to California, and they are of both littoral and alpine types. Some interest has been shown in development of cultural varieties from these sources, but no com- mercial significance has as yet attached to them. The varieties chiefly grown are different from those popular at the East. New varieties from the eastern states and from Europe are freely tried, but few are successful and they retain local popularity after abandonment in their birthplaces. A striking instance of this fact is the con- 2429. Strawberry field in Wisconsin. successfully, though it does well near the coast. The Arizona Everbearing is par excellence drought- and heat-resistant and is constantly increasing its area in interior situations. It has endured neglect which has actually compassed the death of other varieties. The Australian Crimson is a popular market variety in southern California, of which the first plants came from the southern hemisphere, but it has some appearances of being a re-named American variety. The growth of Strawberries is almost wholly in matted rows, the rows usually occupying low ridges only sufficiently elevated to allow the slightly depressed in- tervals to serve as irrigation ditches and as walks dur- ing picking. The slight elevation of the plants also assists in surface drainage, when heavy rains fall during the early part of the fruiting season, and this promotes early growth and fruiting of the plants. Where the soil is too coarse to permit free rise of water from the de- pressed ditches the conditions are reversed and low levees are made to inclose blocks of plants which are irrigated by flooding the inclosures. In the chief com- mercial regions a fine loam is used and irrigation from the small ditches on both sides of the ridges, which are about 2 feet wide, is the ruling method. Nearly level land is selected and grading is done before planting to reduce dry knolls and fill low places so that the water will flow slowly and will evenly moisten the whole field. Subirrigation by tile has been often advocated but never has been employed to any extent. One of the chief Strawberry-shipping districts in central California is charac- terized by a shallow loam underlaid by an impervious indurated clay or hard pan, which prevents the percolation of the ir- rigation water and enables growers to maintain a large acreage by means of the small water supply secured by windmills. In this case water is applied very fre- quently, even oftener than once a week in some cases, but the total amount for the season is small. Quite in contrast to this is the growth on light, deep loams where water sinks so rapidly that the plants suffer, although water is almost con- stantly running in the ditches. In such cases mulching and sprinkling are the price of success, and these are too costly except on a small scale for home supply. The largest producing districts have soils mid- way between the extremes above noted; viz., deep, re- tentive loams, situated rather low in the valleys and with irrigation available either by ditch system or by wells both flowing and pumped. The pump wells re- quire usually only a short lift, and abundant water is secured cheaply by the use of modern pumps and motors. STRAWBERRY STRAWBERRY 1743 In addition to supplying the home markets, which are very good, California Strawberry-growers find a good outlet for the fruit all through the region west of the Missouri river. Southern California supplies the south- ern portion of this district, while the growers in central California, chiefly near Florin in Sacramento county, make large shipments eastward as far as Colorado and 2430. The forcing of Strawberries under glass. northward to all the great interior states and to Oregon, Washington and British Columbia before the locally grown fruit in those regions is available. The states of Oregon and Washington in their areas lying west of the Cascade mountains have conditions excellently suited to the growth of the Strawberry. Their conditions more nearly resemble those in the east- ern states than any other part of the coast. The cooler weather and more abundant moisture give a better spring season than that of California, but the season is on the whole much shorter because of the longer winter. Irrigation is also necessary in most places for continued fruiting during the summer. The most famous district is Hood River, Oregon, where arid conditions east of the Cascade mountains are modified by western influ- ences which reach through the gap in these mountains where the Columbia river flows through. Irrigation is regularly employed and a large commercial product grown. The varieties chiefly grown in this region and in adjacent parts of Washington and Idaho are of local origin, the Hood River (Clark Seedling) and Magoon Seedling being widely approved. Jessie, Sharpless, Wilson, Haverland, Crescent, Cumberland, Jucundaand Parker Earle are also commended by growers in the northwestern states. E.J.WiCKSON. The Forcing of Strawberries for a Winter Crop has not as yet become of any great commercial impor- tance in North America. Some gardeners grow a few potted plants for either Christmas or Easter decoration. Very few, if any, commercial growers are forcing Strawberries exclusively to any profitable extent. The few Strawberries that are forced are grown either in pots or planted out on benches. The former method is the one generally employed. There are several good reasons for this, some of which are: first, the confine- ment of the roots ; second, the ability to ripen the crowns in the fall; third, the control of fertilizers and liquid manure; fourth, the privilege of having the crop grown in several houses at one time or brought from a coolhouse into heat; and fifth, the opportunity to sup- ply particular demand of the potted plants or their fruits. The first expense of the pot method is consid- erably more than when the plants are grown in the benches, but after the pots are once purchased the cost of each method should be about the same. The pot method as practiced at Cornell University is about as follows: As early in the spring as possible large plants are sot in well - enriched soil. The first strong runners made by these plants are secured and 110 potted. Numerous 2- or 3-inch pots filled with good soil are plunged to the rim along the Strawberry row. The runners are trained to these pots, and a small stone is placed on each runner to keep it from growing be- yond the pot. When the pot is filled with roots the young plant is cut from the parent stock, the pots lifted and taken to the potting shed or other convenient place, where they are at once shifted into the fruit- ing pots (usually a 6-inch pot). The soil used at this time should be three parts fibrous loam and one of good sharp sand. This potting soil should have mixed with it bone-flour or dissolved rock at the rate of about one pint to two bushels of soil. Ample drainage should be given, as through the season of ripening the crowns and the following forcing period a large quantity of water must be given and none should be allowed to stand around the roots. The pots should then be plunged to near the rim in some coarse material, preferably coal ashes, which, if deep enough to extend from four to six inches below the plunged pots, will prevent the earthworms from en- tering the pots. The use of a frame in which to plunge the pots is recommended for protection against heavy rains or early frosts. Attention to watering is all that will be necessary through the growing season. Late in September or early in October the pots will be filled with roots and the plants will have attained their full growth. At this time larger and firmer crowns will be had by careful attention to watering and subsequent drying off to almost the wilting stage than by watering the plants up to the time of freezing weather. The dry- ing process seems to represent the late fall season and causes the plant to store up material in the crowns a* an earlier period. At the coming of cold weather the soil in the pots may be allowed to freeze. It is very de- sirable that the soil be on the dry side before freezing, for if the ball of earth is wet there is danger of break- ing the pots when the cold becomes intense. The period of forcing from the time the frozen plants are brought in until the ripening of the fruits will be about eight weeks. The time will vary slightly under different con- ditions of heat and sunlight. When first brought in, the plants should be cleaned of all dead or diseased leaves. The pots should be plunged to near the rim in some material that will retain moisture, e. g., tan bark or coal ashes. The benches or shelves should be as near the glass as convenient. A thorough spraying with 2431. A good winter Strawberry plant in bloom. Bordeaux mixture or some other fungicide should be made at once. For the first few days the house should be held at about 35°, with little if any rise through the day. After a week a rise of 10° may be given. At the end of the second week 50° at night, with a rise of 10- 15° through the day, will be about right. 1744 STRAWBERRY Strict attention must be given to syringing the foliage every pleasant day. Keep the walks wet until the time of blossoming. This moisture keeps down the red spider. At blossoming time the house should be al- lowed to dry out, and a free circulation of air should be maintained through the middle of the day, in order to ripen the pollen. It is necessary to pollinate each flower by hand. The pollination may be done in the middle of the day while the houses are dry. A small camel-hair brush is useful for distributing the pollen. A ladle or spoon should also be provided in order to carry the sur- plus pollen. The surplus pollen may be used on varieties that are pistillate or do not have pollen enough to set their own fruits. Six to eight fruits are enough for a 6-inch pot. When these are set the remaining flowers should be cut off, in order that the entire strength of the plant may go to swelling the chosen fruits. After swelling begins, liquid manure should be given. Dur- STEAWBEEEY-EASPBEEEY. Rubus roscefolius. ing the first week give one dilute application. After this give two applications a week, increasing the strength of the manure liquid each time. Well-rotted cow manure or sheep droppings furnish good material for this purpose. When the fruits are coloring the liquid manure should be withheld and only clear water given. As they swell, the fruits will need support, and the best method of furnishing this is probably by using small-meshed window-screen wire cut into suitable squares. These squares may be laid on the pot, under the clusters of fruits. They hold the fruits away from the sides of the pots, protect them from any water or liquid manure that is given the plants, and enhance the beauty of the potted plant. After one fruiting, the plants are worthless. Q. E. HUNN- STEAWBEKKY BUSH. See Euonymus. STEAWBEEEY GEEANIUM. Saxifraga sarmen- tosa. STEAWBEEEY TOMATO. other species of Phy sails. Phy salis Alkekengi and STEAWBEEEY TEEE. Arbutus Unedo. STEELfTZIA (after the wife of King George III, Charlotte Sophia, of the family Mecklinburgh-Strelitz, a patron of botany). Scitaminacece . BIRD OF PARADISE FLOWER. A South African genus of 4 or 5 species of perennial herbs, with generally large, long-petioled leaves and showy flowers of peculiar form: rhizome subterranean or produced into a large woody stem : pedicels short: spathe longer short, peduncled. Strelitzia Regince requires a good strong soil, a co- pious supply of water and considerable sunlight. It is a serviceable plant for house decoration or for the porch or lawn in summer. It will endure much neglect, but unless well cared for it may fail to bloom regularly and well. A night temperature of 50° is sufficient. This plant may be induced to set seed if the flowers are hand-fertilized. A. Plant nearly stemless. Reginae, Banks. BIRD OF PARADISE FLOWER. Fig. 2432. About 3 ft. high: roots large, strong-growing: Ivs. oblong, about 1 ft. long, stiff, concave; leaf-stalks all radical, twice to three times as long as the Ivs. : scape higher than the Ivs.: spathe about 6 in. long, nearly horizontal, purplish at the base, about 6-fld., the fls. orange and blue-purple. Winter. B.M. 119, 120. AA. Plant witli woody stems. B. Fls. pure wliite. Augusta, Thunb. (S. angusta, D. Dietr. ). Becoming 18 ft. high: Ivs. at the summit of the stem, 2-3 ft. long, oblong, acute; petiole 4-6 ft. long: peduncle short, from a leaf -axil: spathe deep purple: fls. on short pur- ple pedicels, all parts of the flower pure white; petals round at the base. B.M. 4167, 4168. BB. Fls. pale blue and white. Nicolai, Regel & C. Koch. Resembling S. Augusta in habit and foliage, but the fls. and spathe are much larger and the petals are hastately combined and blue in color. B.M. 7038. p. w. BARCLAY. STEEPTOCALYX (twisted calyx). Bromeliacece . There are 7 species of Streptocalyx according to Mez (DC. Monogr. Phaner. Vol. 9) of Brazil. The genus differs from Bromelia in having strongly imbricated broad sepals and long corolla-tube. No species are in the American trade, but S. Furstenbergii, Morr., is de- scribed in horticultural literature (sometimes as ^Ech- mea Furstenbergii, Morr. & Wittm.). It is a stemless pineapple-like plant, with 30-40 rigid lanceolate leaves in a dense rosette: cluster a central dense panicle 1-1% ft. long, with many 2-sided spikes of rather dull flowers. STEEPTOCAEPUS (Greek compound, meaning twisted fruit). Gesneracece. CAPE PRIMROSE. In October, 1826, there bloomed at Kew a most interesting gloxinia- like little plant, seeds and specimens of which had been collected in South Africa by Bowie, on the estate of George Rex, at Knysna. The plant was described as Didymocarpus Rexii. It is a stemless plant, with one, or rarely two, long-tubular nodding pale blue flowers on each of several short scapes, and with several clustered root-leaves. It proved to be a profuse bloomer and easy to grow. "So abundantly does it produce seed," wrote W. J. Hooker, in 1830, "that new individuals come up as weeds in the neighboring pots, and a succession of flowers may be obtained at almost every period of the year." In 1828, John Lindley made the genus Strepto- carpus for this plant, calling it S. Rexii, the name it now bears. It appears to have been nearly thirty years after the introduction of S. Rexii that another Strepto- carpus bloomed in England. This second species was S. polyantha, which may be taken as the type 01 a group that has one leaf lying on the ground and from the mid- STKEPTOCARPUS rib of which arise successive several-flowered scapes. The introduction of this curious plant seems to have re- vived the interest in Streptocarpuses. an interest that has been kept alive by the frequent introduction of other species. The chief stimulus to the systematic breeding STKEPTOCARPUS 1745 2433. Streptocarpus Wendlandii (X %). of these plants seems to have been the introduction of S. Dunnii, said by J. D. Hooker to be "quite the mon- arch of its beautiful genus" (but now excelled by S. Wendlandii). Seeds of this species were sent to Kew in 1884 by E. G. Dunn, of Cape Town. It is one of the moncphyllous section to which S. poJyantha belongs. In the meantime, S. parviflora, a species allied to S. Kexii, had been introduced from the Cape region. With the three species, S. Kerii, S. parviflora and S. Dunnii, W. Watson, of the Royal Gardens, Kew, set to work systematically to breed a new race of Streptocarpus, and his efforts met with unqualified success. When the hybrids came to notice in 1887, the Gardener's Chroni- cle made the following comment on the value of the work : "The results are very striking, and we can hardly doubt that Mr. Watson has set the foundation of a new race of plants, parallel in importance to the Achimenes and Tydaeas." Several hybrid races have now been pro- duced and several interesting species have been intro- duced from the wild, so that Streptocarpus seems to be destined to become a very important and popular garden genus. Bentham and Hooker's treatment divides the Gesnera- ceffi into two great tribes: Gesnereae, with ovary more or less inferior and fruit a capsule; Cyrtandrese, with ovary superior and fruit sometimes a berry. The latter tribe, the species of which have been monographed by C. B. Clarke in vol. 5 of DeCandolle's "Monographic Phanerogamarum," contains the genera Streptocar- pus, Episcea, Cyrtandra, ^Eschynanthus, Ramonda, and others. The Streptocarpuses are stemless or nearly stemless herbs, bearing 1 or more tubular nodding fls. on short scapes that arise either from the crown of the plant or from the midrib of a flat prostrate leaf: co- rolla-tube cylindric, the limb 5-lobed and somewhat 2- lipped; perfect stamens 2, included; pistils with ovary linear, usually hairy, with style as long as or shorter than the ovary, and stigma capitate or indistinctly 2- lobed : fr. a linear 2-valved capsule, the valves twisting. The flowers are usually showy, blue or lilac, rarely yel- low. The species are of three groups: the stemless monophyllous species, with one prostrate leaf from the midrib of which the scapes arise (this leaf is really an enlarged cotyledon, the other cotyledon not enlarging) ; the stemless species, with several or many radical more or less primula-like leaves (whence the English name "Cape Primrose"); the stem-bearing species, with op- posite! cauline leaves. The cultivated species chiefly represent the first two sections. In the American trade, only four specific names occur, S. Rexii, S. Galpinl, S. J)iuinii, and .S'. \\'i-nillnnilii; but since (lie hybrids repre- sent several other species, these additional species are inserted in the following account. Streptocarpus is an African genus. The stem-bearing section is confined in central Africa and Madagascar, and the others to South Africa. Clarke's Monograph, 1883, describes 19 species, but .S'. Dinniii, S. Wendlandii, £ in. across) and pale lilac. Trop. eastern Afr. B.M. 6814.— S. Gdrdeni, Hook. Allied to S. Rexii: scapes several, bearing 2 nodding pale lilac fls., with corolla 2>4 in. long. S. Afr. B.M. 4862. F.S. 12:1214.— S. Oreenii, Hort., is a hybrid of S. Saundersii X pollen of S. Rexii: dwarfer and more compact than S. Saundersii, the scapes many-fld.: fls. pale lilac-blue. G.C. II. 17:303. Said to have been the first hybrid Streptocarpus. Raised by Mr. Green, Pendall Court, Surrey, England, in the garden of Sir George Macleay.— S. Kirkii, Hook, f., is one of the caulescent section, with opposite petiolate cordate - ovate subcrenate Ivs., and many-fld. clusters of pale lilac fls., the corolla being about % in. long. Trop. eastern Afr. B.M. 6782.— S. Lichtensteinensis, Hort. Hybrid of S. WendlandiiXS. Watsoni. Lvs. 2, one pros- trate and the other smaller and erect: fls. numerous, lilac-blue. — S. multifldra, Hort. One of Laing's (England) types, a seed- ling of S. Rexii, with several large bluish purple fls. with darker lines in the throat. G.C. III. 18:211. I.H. 43, p. 67. L. H. B. STREPTOPUS (Greek, twisted stalk,- referringto the peduncles). Liliacece. TWISTED STALK. A genus of 3 or 4 species of perennial herbs, from the temperate regions of Eu., Asia and N. Amer. with aspect of Poly- gonatum, from which it differs in having a 3-cleft style and perianth in separate segments. Woodland plants with slender branching stems: Ivs. alternate, thin, clasping or sessile, prominently nerved: fls. rather small, rose or white, nodding, slender-pediceled; soli- tary or in pairs in the axils of the leaves: fr. a many- seeded berry. The closely related genus Dispornm has terminal flowers, while those of Streptopus are axillary. A. Fls. purple or rose. rdseus, Michx. Rootstock short, stout: stem 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. sessile, 2-4 in. long: peduncles less than 1 in. long, mostly 1-fld.: fls. about % in. long: berry red, Vi in. thick. May-July. Moist, rich woods in the north- ern states. B.B. 1:433. AA. Fls. greenish white. amplexifdlius, DC. Rootstock short, stout: stem usu- ally taller than S. roseus: Ivs. clasping, 3-C in. long: peduncles 1-2 in. long, usually 2-fld. : fls. about % in. long: berry red. May-July. Moist rich woods, north- ern U. S. and Canada south to N. C. and 'New Mex. B.B. 1:432. F< w. BARCLAY. STREPTOSOLEN (Greek, streptos, twisted, solcn, tube, with reference to the form of the corolla-tube). Solandcece. Lvs. on long petioles, ovate, acute at both ends, entire, bullate-rugose: fls. rich orange-colored, pedicellate, in terminal corymbose panicles; calyx tubular-campanulate, shortly 5-cleft; corolla-tube elon- gated, widening above, spirally twisted below; petals 5, broad; perfect stamens 4. A monotypic genus from the United States of Colombia. STREPTOSOLEN STRYPHNODENDRON 1747 Jamesonii. Miers (Browdllia Jiniirxonii, Hort., & Benth.?). Fig. 2436. Handsome evergreen scabrous- pubescent shrub, 4-6 ft. high, hardy and much culti- vated in California as far north as San Francisco. June. G.C. II. 21:797. Gn. 26:447. R.H. 1883:3(5. B.M. 4605. F.S. 5:436. P.M. 16:6. G.M. 39:200. V. 7:298; 9:147.— An old favorite in northern greenhouses. J. BURTT DAVY. 2436. Streptosolen Jamesonii (X %). STROBILANTHES (Greek, cone and flower, refer- ring to the inflorescence). Acanthacece. A large genus containing about 130 species inhabiting the warm re- gions of Asia and the Malay Islands to Madagascar. They are mostly erect, half-shrubby plants cultivated for their flowers and foliage. Only young, well-grown plants are attractive, the older ones becoming weedy and unattractive. Some species are grown as ornamen- tal foliage bedding plants, but they are not as desirable for general use as the coleus, the slightest cool weather changing the color of their leaves to a very undesirable shade. In the greenhouse they make fine decorative foliage plants but require at all times a high temperature and an abundance of moisture and much syringing. Under unfavorable conditions they lose their leaves and become unsightly. Lvs. opposite or rarely scattered, entire or toothed: fls. blue, violet, white or yellow, in terminal or axillary spikes or heads, or in loose cymes, mostly large; calyx deeply 5-parted, with linear lobes; corolla-tube narrow at base, straight or curved, enlarged above, limb of 5 spreading ovate or rotund equal lobes, or the dorsal pair united; stamens 4, perfect, or only the 2 lower per- fect and the upper pair sterile and aborted, included; anthers with 2 parallel cells ; capsule oblong or linear, slightly contracted at the base, 2-loculed; ovules 2 (rarely 3 or 4) in each locule. Dyerianus, Masters. An erect, branching, soft-wooded Stove shrub: stem hirsute: Ivs. opposite, 6-8 in. long, elliptic-lanceolate, serrulate, cordate at base, sessile, varii-gatcd with iridescent tints of blue and lilac, rose- purple beneath: fls. in erect spikes, 1% in. long, pale violet; calyx unequally 5-lobed, lobes linear, obtuse; corolla-tube curved, ventricose, limb of 5 short, broad, revolute lobes. Burma. B.M. 7574. R.B. 20:133. J.H. III. 26:359. A.G. 17:297. V. 19:07.-Used for bedding. callbsus, Nees. Shrub, 6-8 ft. high : Ivs. elliptic-lanceo- late, acuminate, puberulous, narrowed into a long, slen- der petiole which is winged to the middle: fls. in short, oblong spikes, large, pale violet-blue; corolla-tube very short, dilated into a subcampanulate throat and expand- ing into a limb 2 in. across; lobes orbicular, undulate. B.M. 7538. — A native of western India, where it forms, a shrub 6-8 ft. high; said to flower in its third year. isophflluB, T. Anders. (Goldfiissia isophfilla, Nees). A low, much-branched, bushy shrub, 2-3 ft. high, swollen at the joints: Ivs. short-petioled, opposite, nar- rowly lanceolate, distantly serrulate or entire : peduncles axillary, shorter than the Ivs., bearing several fls.: corolla 1 in. long, funnel-shaped, blue and white; limb 5-lobed; lobes emarginate. India. B.M 4363. B. 5:244. — Used either for bedding or for pots. Blooms pro- fusely either in winter or summer, according to treat- ment. anisophyllus, T. Anders. (Goldfiissia anisophylla, Nees). Branches somewhat zigzag: Ivs. broadly lanceo- late, acuminate, serrulate, opposite but one of each pair much smaller than the other: fls. purplish and white; corolla funnel-shaped, very broad at the mouth, with a somewhat irregular 5-lobed limb. India. B.M. 3404. B.R. 11:955 (as Buellia persicifolia). Similar to the preceding in habit and use. HEINRICH HASSELBRING. STROMANTHE (couch and flower; said to allude to form of inflorescence). Scitaminaceas . Five tropical American plants (according to Petersen in Engler & Prantl's Naturpflanzenfamilien), closely allied to Cal- athea, Maranta, Phrynium and Thalia. It agrees with Maranta and Thalia in having a 1-loculed capsule, and thereby differs from Calathea and Phrynium, which have 3 locules. From Maranta it differs in having a very short perianth-tube and the segments not stand- ing opposite each other. From Thalia it differs, as does Maranta, in having 2 side staminodia rather than one. For culture, see remarks under Calathea. Porteana, Griseb. (Mardnta Porteana, Horan.). Two to 4 ft. high, with maranta-like Ivs., the blades long-elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, varying from acumi- nate to almost obtuse, purple beneath, bright green above with transverse stripes or bars of silvery white : fls. solitary or twin on the rachis, blood-red, the in- florescence simple or compound. Brazil. Lowe 26. sangninea, Sonder (Mardnta sanguinea, Hort.). Leaf-blades about 1 ft. long, oblong-acuminate, purple beneath and green above: scape 12-20 in. tall, red to- wards the top, bearing a panicle of bright red and red- bracted fls. Probably Brazilian. B.M. 4646. F.S. 8:785. —An old garden plant. Thrives in an intermediate house and frequently attains a height of 5 ft. when planted in a border. L. H. B STROPHOLlRION (Greek for twisted rope and lily, referring to the twining stem). Jjilidcece. Very like Brodiaea, and sometimes referred to that genus, but differing in always having 3 stamens and a perianth which is contracted at the throat and saccate at the bastf The only species is 8. Califbrnicum, Torr. (Brodiwa volubilis, Baker). In many ways it resem- bles Brodicea coccinea, except that the scape is climb- ing to a height of 3 or 4 feet, and bearing an umbel of delicate rosy pink flowers. The scape twines readily about any stick or bush that stands near it. Lvs. 1 ft. or more long, keeled, % in. or less broad: conn about 1 in. in diam. Central Calif. B.M. 6123. G.C. III. 20:687. — Culture as for Brodicea coccinea. CARL PURDY. STRYPHNODENDRON is a genus of tropical Ameri- can unarmed trees belonging to the legume family. Ten species are known, one of which is a native of Guiana, the others of Brazil. They are usually small 1748 STRYPHNODENDRON STURTEVANT trees with bipinnate foliage, numerous leaflets, and small fls. borne in axillary, cylindrical spikes. Fls. sessile, 5-merous; petals often connate to the middle, valvate; stamens none, free: pod linear, compressed, thick. Here belong S. Guianense and S. floribundum, both of which are known as Acacias, the latter as A. pulcher- rima. Neither species is known to be cult, in America. STTTARTIA (in honor of John Stuart, Earl of Bute, a patron of botany; 1713-1792). Sometimes spelled Stew- artia. Ternstrcemidcece . Ornamental deciduous shrubs or trees, with alternate, short-petioled serrate leaves and large showy white flowers solitary on short stalks in the axils of the leaves, followed by capsular fruits. S. pentagyna and S. Pseudo-Camellia are hardy as far north as Mass., while S. Malachodendron is tender north of Washington, D. C. They are very desirable ornamental plants, with handsome bright green foliage which turns deep vinous red or orange and scarlet in fall, and they are very attractive in midsummer with their white cup-shaped flowers, which are in size hardly surpassed by any others of our hardier shrubs. The Stuartias thrive in deep, rich, moderately moist and po- rous soil, preferring a mixture of peat and loam, and, at least in more northern regions, a warm, sunny position. Prop, by seeds and layers; also by cuttings of half- ripened or almost ripened wood under glass. Five species occur in N. Amer. and E. Asia. Shrubs or trees, with smooth flaky bark: fls. axillary or subtermi- nal, with 1 or 2 bracts below the calyx; sepals and pet- als 5 or sometimes 6, the latter obovate to almost orbic- ular, usually concave, with crenulate margin, connate at the base with each other and with the numerous sta- mens; styles 5, distinct or connate: fr. a woody, usually hirsute capsule, loculicidally dehiscent into 5 valves; seeds 1-4 in each locule, compressed, usually narrowly winged. A. Styles united: petals always 5. B. Stamens purple, spreading : capsule subglobose.. Malachodendron, Linn. (S. Virginica, Cav.). Shrub, 6-12 ft. high: Ivs. oval to oval-oblong, acute at both August in the North). Va. and Ark. to Fla. and La. Gn. 14:136; 18, p. 628; 34, p. 280. G.C. II. 8:433.- This species has the largest and showiest flowers. 2437. Stuartia pentagyna (X %). ends, serrulate, light green, pubescent beneath, in. long: fls. 2/^-3 in. across, with obovate spreading petals: seeds wingless, shining. May, June (July and 2438. Stylophorum diphyllum (X %). BB. Stamens with whitish filaments, incurved : cap- sule ovate, pointed. C. Bracts beneath the calyx large and leaf-like. monadelpha, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub or small tree: Ivs. oval to oval-oblong, acute at both ends, remotely serru- late, slightly pubescent beneath, light green, l%-2 % in. long: fls. white, 1% in. across, with flat, spreading obo- vate petals; anthers violet. Japan. S.Z. 1:96. — This is the least desirable species and probably as tender as the E receding; it is doubtful whether it is in cultivation, pecimens recently introduced seen by the writer proved to be the following species. cc. Bracts small, shorter than calyx. Pseudo-Cam611ia, Maxim. (S. grandiflbra, Briot. S. Japonica, var. grandiflbra, Hort.). Shrub, with up- right branches, or tree attaining 50 ft. or more in Japan ; trunk with smooth red bark, peeling off in great thin flakes: Ivs. elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, acute at both ends, or often acuminate at the apex, thickish, bright green, glabrous or nearly so beneath, 1/^-3 in. long: fls. hemispherical, 2-2% in. across; petals almost orbic- ular, concave, silky-pubescent outside; anthers orange- colored: seeds 2-4 in each cell, narrowly winged, dull. July, Aug. Japan. B.M. 7045. R.H. 1879:430. G.C. 111.4:187. Gn. 43:899. G.F. 9:35. M.D.G. 1900:480. AA. Styles 5, distinct : petals often 6. pentagyna, L'Herit. (Malachodendron ovatum, Cav.). Fig. 2437. Shrub, 6-15 ft. high: Ivs. ovate to oblong- ovate, acuminate, usually rounded at base, remotely serrate, sparingly pubescent and grayish green beneath, 2%-5 in. long: fls. cup-shaped, 2-3 in. across; petals obovate, with wavy crenulate margin; stamens white, with orange - yellow anthers : capsule ovate, pointed, sharply 5-angled; seeds narrowly winged. July, Aug. N. C. and Ga. to Tenn. and Fla. B.M. 3918. B.R, 13:1104. M.D.G. 1900:479. ALFRED REHDER. STURTEVANT, EDWARD LEWIS, agricultural ex- perimenter and writer, was born in Boston, Mass., Janu- ary 23, 1842, and died at South Framingham, Mass., July STURTEVANT STYRAX 1749 30, 1898. Though holding the degree of M.D. from the Harvard Medical School, Dr. Sturtevant never prac- ticed the profession of medicine, but devoted his life to agricultural work, first speriuli/.ing on Ayrshire cuttle, then on pedigree corn (Waushakum) and nmskinelons (New Christiana), and afterward devoting particular attention to the modifications which cultivated plants have undergone as shown by such records as occur in the older books. In connection with these studies. Dr. Sturtevant brought together a rare collection of books dealing with plants published before the time of Lin- naeus (say 1753), which, with his index cards and her- barium, is now preserved at the Missouri Botanical Garden in St. Louis. Mo. As first director of the New York Experiment Station, at Geneva, Dr. Sturtevant drew the broad plans on which the successful work of that establishment has been conducted and which have served largely as mod- els for subsequently organized agricultural stations over the country. He was a man of active mind, and his career is suggestive of worthy work to an unusual degree. A biographic sketch and a list of his principal writings are printed in the Tenth Report of the Missouri Botanical Garden. WM TRELEASE. STYLO PHORUM (Greek, style and bearing, in reference to the persistent style). Papaveracece. A genus of prob- ably 3 species of perennial herbs, one American and the others from southeast- ern Asia and Japan. Herbs with stout rootstocks and yellow sap: Ivs. lobed or cut: fls. yellow or red, rather long- stemmed, solitary or clustered ; sepals 2; petals 4; stamens numerous; placentae 2—4 ; style distinct ; stigma 2-4-lobed, radiate: capsule linear or ovoid, dehis- cent to the base. diphyllum, Nutt. (Papaver StyU- phorum, Hort. ). CELANDINE POPPY. Fig. 2438. A hardy perennial about 1 ft. high, forming large clumps: stem with 2 Ivs. at the summit: Ivs. light green, pinnately parted : fls. yellow, 2 in. across, in clusters of 3-5. May, June. Moist shade, W. Pa. to Wis. and Tenn. B.B. 2:102. J.H. 111. 34:475.-An attrac- tive plant of easy culture in any rich, rather loose, moist soil in either shade or open, but pref- erably in partial shade. p -^ BARCLAY. A. Fls. in many-fid, racemes: Ivs. 2-10 in. lony. B. Young branehlets, petioles and racemes grayish grrandifblia, Ait. Shrub, 4-12 ft. high: Ivs. oval to obovate, shortly acuminate, usually narrowed toward the base, denticulate or almost entire, glabrous above, grayish tomentose or pubescent beneath, 2%-6 in. long: fls. fragrant, in loose racemes .'{-(» in. long or sometimes in clusters; corolla fully % in. long, with spreading. oblong petals: fr. subglobose, about % in. across. May. S. Va. to Fla. L.B.C. 11:1016 (poor). B.B. 2:599. BB. Young branehlets, petioles and racemes soon glabrous. Obassia, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub or small tree, 30 ft. high: young branehlets and petioles covered with a (ancient Greek name of Styrax officinalis). Styracacece. STORAX. Ornamental deciduous or ever- green trees or shrubs, with alternate, simple, serrate or entire leaves and white often pendulous flowers in ax- illary clusters or terminal racemes, followed by dru- paceous dry or fleshy fruits. S. Obassia, Americana and Japoniat are the hardiest and stand the winter in sheltered positions as far north as Massachusetts; S. (/randifolin is hardy about Philadelphia and S. Cali- fornica only south. The Storaxes are handsome shrubs of graceful habit, usually loose and spreading. Their flowers are numerous, white and mostly fragrant. They are well adapted for borders of shrubberies or as single specimens on the lawn, and thrive best in a light, porous soil. Prop, by seeds sown soon after ripening and by layers; sometimes grafted onHalesia tetraptera. About 60 species in the tropical, subtropical and warmer temperate regions of America, Asia and Europe. Trees or shrubs: Ivs. short-stalked, exstipulate, more or less covered, like the inflorescence, with stellate hairs: fls. white; calyx campanulate, obscurely 5-toothed or truncate; petals 5, connate only at the base; stamens 10, inserted at the base of the corolla and usually some- what connate below: ovary superior, often united at the base with the calyx, 3-loculed at the base, 1-loculed at the apex; style slender: fr. a drupe, mostly subglobose, fleshy oroftener dry with dehiscent pericarp, 1-2-seeded, witn large, subglobose seeds. Styrax Benzoin yields the benzoin, a balsamic exudation of the wounded tree; storax, a similar gum-resin, was formerly obtained from S. officinalis, but the storax of to-day is a product of Liquidambar. quickly disappearing floccose rusty tomentum: Ivs. or- bicular to broadly obovate or oval, abruptly acuminate, usually rounded at the base, remotely dentate above the middle and sometimes tricuspidate at the apex, glabrous above, pubescent beneath, 6-10 in. long: fls. fragrant, in racemes 5-7 in. long; rachis glabrous; pedicels and calyx finely tomentose; corolla % in. long, with slightly spreading obovate-oblong petals: fr. % in. long, ovoid, pointed. May. Japan. S.Z. 1:46. B.M. 7039. G.C. III. 4:131 (not correct in regard to habit). A.F. 12:30. M.D.G. 1898:16. AA. Fls. in few-fid, clusters or short racemes: Irs. 1-3 in. long. B. Petals 5-8: branehlets and Ivs. beneath pubescent. Cali!6rnica, Torr. Shrub, 5-8 ft. high : Ivs. broadly oval or ovate, obtuse, entire, stellate pubescent, at least when young, 1-2^ in. long: fls. in few-fld. to- mentose clusters; pedicels about as long as calyx; corolla % in. long, with 5-8 oblanceolate petals; sta- mens 10-16, with the filaments pubescent and connate about one-third. April. California. BB. Petals 5: I i's. almost glabrous, acute. c.' Pedicels about as long as calyx, puberulous. Americana, Lam. {S. qlabrum, Cav. S. loevigatum, Ait.). Shrub, 4-8 ft. high: Ivs. oval to oblong, acute at both ends or acuminate, entire or serrulate, bright green and almost glabrous, 1-3 in. long: fls. nodding, in few-fld. clusters; pedicels about as long as calyx or little longer, puberulous ; corolla about % in. long, al- most glabrous, with spreading or reflexed, lanceolate- oblong petals; calyx -teeth minute, acute. April-June. Va. to Fla., west to Ark. and La. B.M. 921. L.B.C. 10:960. B.R. 11:952 (as Halesia parviflora). 1750 STYKAX SWAINSONA cc. Pedicels %-l in. long, glabrous. Japonica, Sieb. & Zucc. Fig. 2439. Shrub or small tree, becoming 30 ft. high, with slender spreading branches: young branchlets and Ivs. with stellate pu- bescence, which soon disappears: Ivs. broadly elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, acute at both ends, often acuminate, crenately serrulate, glabrous, 1-3 in. long: fls. pendu- lous, in 3-6-fld. glabrous racemes; corolla about % in. long, with slightly spreading, elliptic, tomentulose petals : calyx usually with short and broad, obtuse teeth. June, July. Jap., China. S.Z. 1:23. Gt. 17:583. B.3I. 5950 (as S. semtlatutn) . M.D.G. 1899:229, 230. S. Benzoin, Dryand. Small tree, allied to S. Japonica: Ivs. stellate-tomentose beneath, also pedicels and calyx. Malay Archip. — S. offieindli*, Linn. Closely allied to S. Californiea: petals 5-7; stamens connate only at the base. Mediterr. region. — 8. platanifolia. Engelm. Allied to S. Californiea: almost glabrous: Ivs. undulate or irregularly sinnately lobed. Texas. — S. pultfrultnta, Michx. Low shrub, allied to S. Americana, but Ivs. stellate-pubescent when young: fls. fragrant, on short, tomentose pedicels. S. Va. to Fla. and Tex. B.B. 2:599.— S. terrulata, Roxb. Shrub or tree, 40 ft. high, allied to S. Ameri- cana: Ivs. usually elliptic-oblong, acuminate, distinctly serru- late: fls. short -pediceled, in 5-10- fld. short racemes; calyx and pedicels tomentose. E. India. ALFRED REHDER. SUCCOBY. Another name for Cltieory. SUCCULENTS are desert plants that lire on a mini- mum of moisture. Kitchen vegetables are said to be " succulent " when they are tender, sappy, full of juice, —as lettuce or cucumbers. In ornamental gardening " Succulents " are such tough and dry plants as cacti and century plants. The cacti are typical Succulents, as they represent a botanical family created by ages of desert life. Even in flower and fruit the cacti are much removed from other botanical families, and in the structure of their vegetable parts they are highly specialized to accord with desert conditions. Near to cacti, botanically, are supposed to be the ficoideae. of which the large genus Mesembryanthemum is most im- portant. The family Crassulacee contains many fleshy or succulent plants, the most important genera of which are mentioned under Crassula. Other families that have left survivors in the desert, though greatly altered in appearance and habits of life, are the lily family, e. g. , Agave and Aloe; the spurge family, e. g.. Euphorbia ; the milkweed family, e. g., Stapelia ; the purslane family, e. g., Portulaca, and among composites certain species of Senecio, Kleinia and Hertia. Riimpler's Die Sukkulenten, Berlin, 1892, is an illustrated book of 263 pages covering the above ground, mostly from the bo- tanical side. Nearly all the good cultural books on cacti notice the succulent plants of other families. In this work consult Cacti and the various genera indicated above. See also special books published in Europe. There is no special American book literature. -\v. M. SUGAR APPLE. Anona squamosa. SUGAR BEBBY. Celtis occidental is. 8UGAB BUSH. In some English books this name refers to Protta tnellifera, a plant not cult, in America. In the U. S., Sugar Bush, or Sugar Orchard, refers to a grove of sugar maples. 8UGAB CANE. See Saeekartim. SUKSDC-BFIA violacea, Gray, and SuUivantia Ore- gana, S. Watson, are two small perennial herbs of the saxifrage family native to the Columbia river region. They were once offered by western collectors but are not known to be in cultivation. They are fully described in Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sci., the former in 15:41, the latter 14: 292. SUMACH. SeeJ?AM«. SUNDEW. Drosera. SUNDBOP. Yellow - flowered diurnal primroses (see Primula); also CKnotfttra frutieota. SUNFLOWEB. Species of Heliantk us. The common Sunflower of gardens is HeliantMus amnuus. This is grown for ornament, and the seeds i fruits) are also used as poultry food. Sunflower oil, produced in Rus- sia, is used in 'salads. See Bull. 60, Div. of Chemistry, U. S. Dept. of Agric., by Harvey W.Wiley, on "The Sun- flower Plant, its Cultivation, Composition and Uses," 1901. SUN BOSE. ffeliantln-mum. SURINAM CHERRY. Eugenia Michtlii. SUTHERLANDIA .James Sutherland, one of the earliest superintendents of the Edinburgh Botanic Gar- dens. author of "Hortus Medicus Edinburgensis," 1683). Leguminosae. Sutherlandia fmtetceiis, the BLADDEB SENNA of the Cape, might be roughly described as a red- flowered Swainsona. It is a tender'shrub said to grow 3 ft. high or more in South Africa. Each leaf is com- posed of about 9-11 pairs of leaflets and an odd one. The fls. are bright scarlet, drooping and in the best va- riety an inch or more long. The blossoms are not pea- shaped; the standard is oblong, with reflexed sides; the keel is longer than the standard, and the wings are very short. The fls. are numerous and borne in axillary racemes, 5-11 in a raceme. An interesting feature of the plant is its large bladder-like pod, which sometimes measures 2% x 1% inches. Botanically Sutherlandia is very imperfectly under- stood. There are at most 5 species, or S. frtitetcens may prove to be the only one. Generic characters: fls. as described above; calyx campannlate, 5-toothed; stamens 9 and 1: ovary stalked, many-ovuled; style bearded: pod many-seeded, indehiscent: seeds reniform. At the Cape S. frutescens runs into two forms. The common or typical one has the leaflets glabrous above, while in the seaside form, var. tontentosa, they are sil- very white on both sides. In cultivation there seem to be three forms: (1) the typical species, which is gener- ally treated as an annual in France, i If Sutherlandias are kept for several years in a greenhouse the plants become woody and unsightly and lose some of their foliage. Young, compact and bushy specimens are pre- ferred.) (2) A form with larger red fls. (var. grandi- flora), which in France at least does not flower until the second year. (3) A white-fld. form.which is probably one of two different things cultivated under the name of S. floribunda, but which is here called S. fruttscenx, var. alba. Sutherlandias are highly esteemed by French connois- seurs. They are propagated by seeds and are said to be readily raised by cuttings. Seeds of the typical form are sown in March or April under glass and the plants bloom the same summer for several months. They seem to be usually kept in pots for the decoration of verandas, terraces, etc., but could probably be grown in the open border during summer. The seeds of var. grandiflora are generally sown in June or July, and the plants wintered in a greenhouse. They bloom toward the end of May. which is earlier than the typical forms. For winter treatment the French advise very moderate water- ing and as much air and light as possible. In America the Sutherlandias seem to be known only in California, though an eastern dealer has recently offered one under the name of "Scarlet Bush." The var. grandiflora is worthy of trial by northern florists. Flora Capensis 2:212. The species is hardy at San Francisco. frutescens, R. Br. BLADDER SEXXA of the Cape. Tender South African red-fld. shrub described above. Harvey calls the typical form var. commimis ; it has Ifts. glabrous above, elliptical or oblong: ovaries and pods glabrous. B.M. 181 (as Colutea frutescens). R.H. 1896, p. 206. Var. tomentosa, Harv. Lfts. shorter and broader, obovate or obcordate, silvery white on both sides: ovaries and pods hispid. Var. grandiflora, Hort. (S. floribunda, Carr., not Vilrn.), has large red fls. and does not bloom until the second year. R.H. 1871:610. Var. alba (8. floribunda, Vilm., not Carr.) has white fls. Ernest Braunton. of Los Angeles, received in 1900 a plant called S. tptctabilis, of which little is known. ^* ^j SUWARBO. Cereus giganteus. SWAINSONA (Isaac Swainson, an English horti- culturist of the latter part of the eighteenth century). Often spelled Steainsonia. Ltguminosa. About 25 SWA1XSOXA SWEET HERBS IT.")! Australian undershrubs and herbs, differing from Colutea chiefly in smaller stature and the large lateral stigma. Flowers pea-like, in axillary racemes, purple. blue, red, yellow or white, often showy; standard or vexillum large and showy, orbicular; "wings oblong, twisted or falcate; stamens 9 and 1: fr. a turgid or inflated pod, which is sometimes divided by a partition and sometimes with the upper suture depressed; seeds small and kidney-shaped: Ivs. unequal, ally with several or many small leaflet- various species are seen* in the collections of or botanic gardens, and 8 species are offered by one German dealer, but by far the most popular kit . var. albiflor*. the whole plant, are still occasionally employed in fla- voring soups and salads, though their use as a culi- nary adjunct, even in Europe, is steadily declining. In American cookery, the plant is almost confined to our -rien population. Though by division, best results are obtained 1 sown in the autumn either spontaneously or artificially; the seedlings, which appear in the follow- gategifblia. R. Br. < Ocic fmitfiMim, Andr. Ceiftfes f+UfifoUa. Sims. 5. Orbormii, Moore). Small, gla- brous, attractive shrub, with long, fiexnose or half climb- ing branches : If:?. S-10 pairs and an odd terminal one, small, oblong and obtuse or some whit emarginate: ra- cemes axillary and mostly exceeding the foliage, hear- ing rather large deep red As.: pod 1-2 in. long, much inflated, stipitate. Australia. B.M. 792. -£•**«••«« faltfiMia is an old-time garden plant, blooming freely in a cool or intermediate house along with carnations and roses. It thrives well either as a pot-plant or in beds. It is hardy a: San Francisco. It is a nearly con- tJuwrss bloomer. Cuttings taken in late winter bloom in •ammn . these plants may then be transferred to the house for winter bloom, although maiden plants are to be preferred. By cutting hack old plants, new bloom may be secured. Cuttings grow readily. The plant is easy to manage. The original form of Swainsona is little known in cultivation, but the advent of the white form has brought the species to the fore. Var. albiBera, Lindl. (var. alba. Hort. 5. albtflirm, G. Don). Fig. 2440. Flowers pure white. B.R. 12:994. L.B.C. 17:1&42. A.F. 8:1173: 10:611; 11:1180. Gng. 5:185. -In North America this is now one of the most popular of white florists" flowers for use in winter dee- orations. It has been called the "Winter Sweet Pea* ••eisaia of the shape of the flowers, but it has no fra- grance. The delicate bright green foliage affords an excellent contrast with the pure white flowers. This variety is often grown at the end of a rose or < house* or trained on a trellis. It likes light, rich soil and Ik much root room the ] . _ slow to bloom, wherefore a large pot or tub is prefer- able to the horde r. Var. violaeea, Hort., has rose-violet fts., and is some- what dwarf. 5. cwwmillmMim, Salisb., probably repre- sents this form or •nasrthftn: very like it. B.M. 1725. 8. cwrwuitewtia m am nlflcr name than S. gvlegiMim, and if the two nsmm are i.esniderfd to represent the -ir:.- s:~-::~ (mi f :— _ rosea. E:n.. ami phi f mm. SWALLOW THOBJT. SWAH EIVZE DAISY is Brackycvm* SVUI ALYBSUBL See A lystmm maritimum. SWEET BASIL. SWEET BAT of general literature is Lmmnu nfbilit. In America, Magntlim glmmcm. SWEET BBJEJL JB*M ing spring, are set 2 ft. apart each way in almost any ordinary garden soil. Spring-sown seed frequently fails to germinate. When once established common care will be sufficient. M G SWEET CLOVEB, JfrJiMut alba. SWEET FEBJI. Jfyrifa Gait. SWEET FLAG. Atom Calamtn. SWEET GALE. Myrica Gait. SWEET GUM. Liquidambar. SWEET HERBS. The term"Sweet Herbs " been applied to the fragrant and aromatic plants in cookery to add zest to various culinary preparati has long used SWEET CICELY, or SWEET- SCEJTTED CHEBVIL (Myrrki* •derita. Scop., which see), indigenous to Europe upon the banks of streams, is a graceful, hardj prrfnaial 3 ft- tall, with very large, downy, grayish ;r7-~-~. msmVdrrhlad mmmi mm^stmmiaBwlmrf-emaB*, small, fragrant white flowers, and large brown seeds of femmlmtf rMsxj The leaves, which have aa aroaeatie. principal among which are dressings, soups, stews and salads. At the commencement of the nineteenth cen- tury many were to be found in gardens and kitchens that now have been dropped entirely or have but very limited use. Perhaps no group of garden plants dur- ; has been marked by so little improve- in parsley, very few distinctly new or ies have been produced or disseminated. This is mainly due to die prevailing ignorance of their good qualities, to which ignorance may be charged the " j by the grower, but by the purchaser. With the public :.'-.- mmfi 1752 SWEET HERBS SWEET PEA duly awakened to the uses of herbs, improvements in growing, handling, and in the plants themselves will naturally follow, to the pleasure and profit of all. In this country the herbs best known and appreciated are parsley, sage, thyme, savory, marjoram, spearmint, dill, fennel, tarragon, balm and basil, arranged approxi- mately in their order of importance. Since parsley is more extensively used as a garnish than any other garden plant, it is grown upon a larger scale than all other herbs combined. Hence some seedsmen do not rank parsley with Sweet Herbs. Sage is the universal flavoring for sausage and the seasoning par excellence for rich meats such as pork, goose and duck. It is more widely cultivated than thyme, savory and marjoram, which have more delicate flavors and are more popular for seasoning mild meats, such as turkey, chicken and veal. With the exception of spearmint, without which spring lamb is deemed insipid, and the famous mint julep, a thing of little worth, the remaining herbs mentioned above are scarcely seen outside our large city markets, and even there they have only a very limited sale, being re- stricted mainly to the foreign population and to such restaurants and hotels as have an epicurean patronage. In many market-gardens both near to, and remote from, the large cities, sweet herbs form no small source of profit, since most of them, when properly packed, can be shipped in the green state even a con- siderable distance, and when the market is over-sup- plied they can be dried by the grower and sold during the winter. Probably more than one-half the quantities used throughout the country are disposed of in the latter manner. As a rule, the herbs are grown as annuals and are propagated from seed sown in early spring, though cuttage, layerage and division of the perennials are in favor for home practice and to a certain extent also in the market-garden. Commercially they are most com- monly grown as secondary crops to follow early cab- bage, peas, beets, etc. In the home garden they are frequently confined to a corner easily accessible to the kitchen, where they remain from year to year. In gen- eral, herbs should be planted on good light garden soil of fine texture, kept clean by frequent cultivation, gathered on a dry day after the dew is off, dried in a current of warm, not hot air, rubbed fine and stored in air-tight vessels. For specific information see articles on the following: Anise, Angelica, Balm, Basil, Caraway, Catnip, Coriander, Dill, Fennel, Horehound, Hyssop, Mari- gold, Marjoram, Mint, Parsley, Peppermint, Sage, Samphire, Savory, Tarragon, Thyme. M. G. KAINS. SWEET LIME. See Lime. SWEET MARJORAM. See Origanum. SWEET PEA (Lathyrus odoratus. See Lathyrus for botanical account. For structure of the flower, see Legume). Figs. 2441-44. For its beauty and fragrance, the Sweet Pea is the queen of the large genus to which it belongs. Long a common garden annual, within re- cent years it has been brought to a high degree of development, until it ranks with the most popular gar- den favorites. It is also grown for high-class exhibitions and floricultural competition. Its early botanical history has been traced back to 1650. The whole history of the Sweet Pea is elaborately treated by S. P. Dicks, of London, in American Gar- dening, for July 24, 1897. The origin of the Sweet Pea is divided principally between Sicily and Ceylon, the original purple variety being indigenous to the former island and Sardinia. Sicily was also the native habitat of the white variety, but all obtainable testimony credits Ceylon with the original pink and white variety known as the Painted Lady. Thence also came the original red out of which the crimson-scarlet sorts have come. Father Franciscus Cupani, a devout Italian monk and enthusiastic botanist, is credited with being the first cul- tivator of this flower, at Panormus, in Sicily, in 1G99, and the seed of the purple variety was sent by him to England and elsewhere. The seed of this flower became an article of commerce as early as 1730. In 1793 a Lon- don seed catalogue listed 5 varieties, the black, purple, scarlet, white and Painted Lady, About 40 years later the striped and yellow are found named on the list. Not until 1860 do we find any further advance, when a blue-edged variety was offered, since known as Butterfly. In 1865 Invincible Scarlet won a certificate. In 1868 Crown Princess of Prussia appeared in Germany, and gave us the first light flesh-pink. Adonis in 1882 gave a new color in rose-pink, which was soon followed by a better shade in what was afterwards named Princess Beatrice. Several others of less value helped to prepare 2441. Flowers of Sweet Pea, to show structure. the way for the modern Sweet Pea as it has come from the skilled hands of Henry Eckford, the prince of spe- cialists in this flower. About 1876 Henry Eckford, of Shropshire, England, after long experience and signal success as a specialist in other florists' flowers, took up the Sweet Pea. He began with the 6 or 7 common sorts, working patiently by means of cross-fertilization and selection for seven years before he had anything of merit to offer. By that time he began to get new colors and a somewhat im- proved size and form. Orange Prince, the dark maroon Boreatton, and the deep bronze-blue of Indigo King, were among the cheering signs of his success in origi- nating colors. But his novelties did not meet with pop- ular appreciation till about 1890, when their merit of size and grandiflora form and originality of color began to excite a new interest in this flower, especially in America. Up to 1898 Eckford put out about 75 varieties, the product of 22 years of patient labor. A large per- centage of his introductions has received certificates and awards of merit from the Royal Horticultural Society and at other English shows. Laxton, of England, and J. C. Schmidt, of Germany, are among those who have done special work in originating varieties. At the time when this new interest in Sweet Peas awoke in America the increased demand for the seed led to the successful experiment of growing it in Cali- fornia. The demand soon increased till 125 tons of this seed were produced by the California seed-growers, and now practically the world's supply comes from that source. This also l^d to the production of Ameri- can novelties in this flower, the extensive seed-growers having unequaled opportunity for finding new sorts and also of making them by cross-fertilization. The Ameri- can novelties have the advantage of being introduced with stronger seed than the Eckfords. The complete list of varieties in 1898 numbered about 150 named sorts. The colors now represented are white, light primrose, Plate XL. Sweet Pea, Lathyrus odoratus SWEET PEA SWEET I'KA 1753 primrose-cream, buff-cream, l>nH'-]iink, various shades of light pink, deah-pink, rose-pine, several shades of bright rose, scarlet, crimson-scarlet, rich blood-red, light blue, mauve-blue, dark blue, lavender, salmon- pink and also light ruse, with more or less rich infusion of orange, purple, magenta, maroon with bronzy cast or rich velvety etl'ect, and shades of violet. All of these are found in passably good sell's and also in contrasted and blended colors, and all these colors are now found in stripes and flakes. In I8'.):i the tirst dwarf Sweet Pea called Cupid was found in California, the white first ap- pearing, and now practically all colors have been found in this diminutive form. In this form of sporting the plant totally abandons its vine habit, making a mat of dwarf foliage, the blossoms being of the usual size, but with very short stems. The best canon of judgment gives no encouragement to the so-called "double" Sweet Pea, the grandiflora single form being the approved type, as it certainly is the most graceful and best adapted to the flower. The highest form of development which the Sweet Pea takes is tirst in bringing the single flower to the best grandi- flora size and form, and then in adding to the number of flowers on the stem. The improved Sweet Pea now takes on 4 blossoms to a stem to some extent, and even 5 blossoms to a true single stem are not unknown. The length and diameter of the stem are also important in determining merit. Stems 14 in. long are occasion- ally exhibited, and the flower cannot be said to have high culture unless the stems are well on towards 10 inches in length. The finest grandiriora type of blossom has a standard which when pressed out will be nearly circular and will cover a silver dollar. The finest exhibition stock will now show some blossoms that measure 1% in. across. Now that this flower is grown for the highest com- petitive test of skill, the rules for judging an exhibit are of importance. Although no scale of points has received general recognition, yet, allowing that each variety must be judged according to the correct indi- vidual type under which it was introduced, size of blossom, color, form, substance, number of blossoms on the stem and size of stem, are the essential points. The retrograde of stock is easily shown by the loss of full rounded outline, reflexed standard and deterior- ated substance. De- scriptive terms have been adopted by the growers to some extent, e. g., blossoms take the old common form, or are semi - expanded, boldly expanded, hooded, notched, shell-shaped, or grandiflora. Position of blossoms on the stem is also a point aimed at by the specialist. A good degree of suc- cess is now reported from ordinary gardens every- where in the growing of this flower. Yet since it has been brought to its present highly hybrid- ized and developed stage some of its hardy habits that formerly made it easy to grow have been reduced. Closer attention must now be paid to such rules of culture as have been found necessary. Tolerably rich soil inclining to a clay loam is best. Over-enriching will be likely to cause an excess of vine growth at the expense of bloom. In all light soil, firming the ground by treading or rolling it will be found a preventive of the early blight. The time for planting is as early as possible, the ground having been prepared in the fall, and the seed going in as soon as the frost is out. This first planting should be covered one inch, the place where the row comes being hollowed out about three inches to hold moisture. A later plant- ing needs to be covered with three inches of soil. Slow 2142. Gaiety Sweet Pea. 2443. Red Riding Hood Sweet Pea. germination and almost a standstill condition through the month of May is better than any forcing process. Only the thinnest top-soil should be disturbed in hoeing and no soil filled in earlier than June, if at all. Cut- worms must be shown no quarter. A light mulch is excellent for shading the ground. Whatever support is given the vines must be strong and six feet high. A wire trellis answers well, but good birches give the vines a chance to ramble and they are cooler and more airy. Rows should run north and south. All the strength of the vines should be conserved by keeping the pods removed. \Y". T. HUTCHINS. CALIFORNIA'S CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE SWEET PEA.— The pink and white Sweet Pea, or, as it was popularly known, the "Painted Lady," is an old-time garden favorite which was greatly esteemed by flower lovers for its beautiful coloring and delightful fragrance. This type, with the old style white-flowered kind and a few small-flowered sorts of dull and unattractive color- ing, constituted for many years the entire assortment of varieties known to gardeners. When any one spoke of the Sweet Pea the Painted Lady was understood, in the same way that in speaking of a tea rose the favorite Safrano was the variety always referred to. In the past twelve years all this has been changed by the wonderful improvements made by specialists in the development of this flower and its consequent popularity. Our list of varieties of the tall-growing or running type now numbers over 180 varieties. This great improvement is due primarily to the work of Henry Eckford, of England, who has improved the Sweet Pea mainly by selection. The Laxtons also sent out a number of crosses, which were very distinct in coloring but of small size, and though the colors were rich they were not attractive. Owing to the climatic conditions under which he worked and his greater interest in the improvement of the flower, Mr. Eckford has not produced seed in sufficient quantities to greatly cheapen the price, and this element of popu- larity has been supplied by our own wonderland of flowers — California. In California, finely ripened seed can be produced in such large quantities that in two 1754 SWEET PEA SWEET POTATO years after Mr. Eckford's introduction of a new variety our seedsmen are able to offer the seed at a price within the reach of every gardener. For a small outlay these novelties can be planted in masses unthought of by European gardeners. California has done much more than this for the Sweet Pea, however. The Sweet Pea likes a cool soil and climate, the vines shriveling up during midsummer and succumbing to the red spider during the hot, dry weather which prevails over a very large portion of our country. To a certain extent, therefore, the popularity of this flower has been confined to the cooler northern states. In the effort of nature to adapt the plant to changed conditions, an entirely distinct type of growth soon appeared in the California fields, having a low, compact, spreading habit. The dense, deep green foli- age lying closely to the soil, serves to mulch, shade and protect the strong network of roots lying beneath the surface. This type is known as the Cupid Sweet Pea. That it is apparently due to climatic influence is readily shown by the large number of distinct varieties we now have with this type of growth, many of which originated directly from the tall varieties, and not from sports of the original Cupid. This Cupid Sweet Pea succeeds excellently in hot, dry weather, and exposed dry locations where success with the tall varieties is exceptional. Conversely, the Cupid type does not suc- 2444. Three varieties of Sweet Pea, about half natural size, indicating the progress in size of flower. The figure on the left shows a variety of the last generation ; that on the right an average flower of to- day. The middle flower is the grandiflora type, re- duced from a flower lM in. across. Larger flowers can be secured, but it is a question whether they are desirable. ceed in cool, moist locations where the tall sorts do best, as the dense foliage does not dry out readily and is inclined to mildew. Two other distinct types have been originated in this country, the Bush Sweet Pea, which stands half-way between the Cupid and tall Sweet Peas in growth, needing no trellis or support but with the foliage held well above the soil and the flower-stems of greater length than in the compact Cupids. This type is also especially adapted to hot weather and dry soils, having a splendidly developed system of fine fibrous roots. The second type is the result of breeding and selection, as exemplified in Burpee Earliest of All, which has the true vine-like or running growth, but grows only 18 inches high and comes into full flower greatly in advance of the taller varieties of Sweet Peas without any sacrifice of size in the flower or of length in the stems. With this variety and early planting a great show of flowers may be had even in the southern states. Its early flowering habit makes it the most desirable of all varieties to grow under glass for winter flowering. Heretofore, the enthusiasm for Sweet Peas has been mainly in the cooler northern states, but with fall planting of the tall sorts and the adoption of the Cupid and Bush varieties for summer flowering in the hotter locations, there is no reason why they cannot be grown under more widely varying conditions than any other popular flower. E D, DARLINGTON. SWEET POTATO. Ipomcea Batatas, which see for botanical account. An edible tuberous root, much prized in North America, a staple article of food in all the southern states, and also much consumed in the North. The Sweet Potato plant is a trailing vine of the morning-glory family. The branches root at the joints. The edible tubers, Fig. 2445, are borne close together under the crown and unlike the common potato they do not bear definite "eyes." The varieties differ greatly in length of vine and the "viueless" Sweet Potato has a bushy habit. Good commercial varieties that are well cared for rarely bloom, and even then the flow- ers may not produce seed. The plant is tender to frost. The species is widely distributed in tropical regions but is supposed to be of American origin. It has been cultivated from prehistoric times by the aborigines. The plant is exceedingly variable in its leaves (Fig. 2446), and the varieties are sometimes classified on the foliar characters. In the southeast- ern states the word "potato" usually means sweet potato, the potato of the North being known as "Irish," "round " and "white " potato. The Sweet Potato crop amounts to fifty million bushels annually. Large quantities are grown in the Carolinas, Georgia, Texas, Alabama, Mississippi, Vir- ginia and New Jersey, the last state being the farthest point north where the crop is raised on a large scale. In California the yield is also large, particularly in the interior valleys and in places removed from the influ- ence of the coast climates. The Sweet Potato is propa- gated by means of its tubers, usually from the slips or cuttings which arise when the tubers are planted in beds or frames. It is also propagated by means of cut- tings or slips taken from the tips of fresh runners. A bushel of ordinary Sweet Potatoes will give from 3,000 to 5,000 plants, if the sprouts are taken off twice. An average good yield of Sweet Potatoes is 200-400 bushels per acre. Yields twice as high as these are sometimes secured. In the northern states amateurs occasionally grow Sweet Potatoes of the southern types in a small way on ridges in the garden, but it is usually for the pleasure of the experience rather than for profit. A warm, sunny climate, long season, loose warm soil, liberal supply of moisture in the growing season and a less supply when the tubers are maturing — these are some of the requirements of a good Sweet Potato crop. The crop should be gathered immediately after the first frost. In the South a soft and sugary Sweet Potato is desired. In the North a firm, dry, mealy tuber is the prevalent type. Certain varieties of Sweet Potatoes are called "yams " in the South, but this name belongs historically to a very different kind of plant, for an account of which see Dioscorea. There are two special American books on Sweet Pota- toes, by Fitz and Price. For history, see Sturtevant in Amer. Nat., Aug., 1891, pp. 698, 699. Some of the most important bulletins are Farmers' Bull. 26, U. S. Dept. Agric. and Ga. 25 by Hugh N. Starnes. Md. 59 and 60 deal with the insects and diseases. L, g. g. COMMERCIAL CULTIVATION OP THE SWEET POTATO. — The cultivation of the Sweet Potato as a staple crop is confined almost exclusively to the southern states. While it is true that the Sweet Potato occupies large areas in New Jersey and is also planted more or less extensively throughout portions of Illinois, Indiana and Ohio, by far the greater bulk of the crop is to be found below the 38th parallel of latitude. Hence the cultural details here given, as well as the memoranda on dis- eases, are compiled from a strictly southern standpoint. Methods vary but little. Local environment enters less as a factor into Sweet Potato culture than into any other horticultural industry of the country. For this very reason it is remarkable tlat there should occur such extraordinary variations in type as are everywhere noted, and for which local environment, if anything, should be held responsible. So marked are these varia- tions that without apparent cause any given "variety" so-called — more correctly, perhaps, "selection "—will develop, when transferred a few hundred miles from its place of origin, after a few years of cultivation in the hands of half a dozen different growers, just that many distinct types, each differing materially from the original in its more important characteristics — produc- tiveness, maturity, quality and habit of growth. This difference extends, sometimes, even to a change in the form of the leaf itself from possibly an ovate shape with margin entire and with no more trace of a lobe than an apple leaf has, to a sagittate or halberd form or even to one deeply cleft or indented. See Fig. 2446. SWEET POTATO SWKKT POTATO 1755 Propagation is effected altogether by means of shoots, mostly those from the root. While blooms are often found on the vines — particularly in the extreme South — they are nearly always imperfect and invariably drop from the pedicel. No ovaries ever develop. Therefore the remarkable series of rapid transformations observ- able in the Sweet Potato must be credited entirely to an active and persistent tendency in the plant to bud varia- tion—in effecting which it must be admitted to be a veritable kaleidoscope. Propagation. — "Draws," or developed sprouts from root-buds, supply the readiest and, indeed, the only practicable means of propagation. Tubers of the last season's crop are "bedded " for this purpose; that is, an •outdoor hotbed is constructed in which the tubers are placed in a single layer, close together, and covered with several inches of soil early in spring. In a few weeks the latent buds of the tubers, under the stimulus of the heat from the fermenting manure, will have sprouted, and by the time all danger from frost has passed a dense growth of "draws," or "slips " will cover the bed. These are removed from the tubers, set by hand in the field in rows four feet apart— the plants eighteen inches, generally, in the row. The size of the bedded tubers does not affect the crop. As good results are obtained from small as from large potatoes. Even the smallest tubers or "strings" consistently planted from year to year, produce as heavily as the choicest selections. This is but logical if we remember that the Sweet Potato is merely an enlarged, inaxial, fleshy root, and heavy tubers, when sprouted, should have little direct tendency to produce a crop of corre- sponding size, particularly when the subsequent culti- vation is indifferent. For later plantings the "bed" may be supplemented by cutting "slips" 12 or 14 inches long from the young vines after growth commences in the row, and using them as "draws." While the "slips" do not live quite so readily as the rooted "draws," they are said to make smoother and more sightly tubers — due, doubtless, to the fact that by this method the mycelium of the black rot is not conveyed from the bed to the field. Soil and Fertilization.— Although a gross con- sumer of nitrogen, the Sweet Potato cannot advanta- geously occupy "bottomland." With this reservation it may be said that almost any land will produce potatoes. Yet a light, sandy loam is best. Stiff, red soil is to be avoided, as in it the potato splits, cracks and "rough- ens," by reason of the suspension and sudden resump- tion of growth during variable weather. The most approved fertilizer formula has been found to be, per acre, about as follows : Lbs. Nitrogen (ammonia equiv. 50 Ibs.) 40 Phosphoric acid 90 Potash 50 This requirement would be met by a compound of: Lbs. High-grade acid phosphate 640 Nitrate of soda 260 Sulfate of potasli 100 Total 1.000 Cottonseed meal has been found in many localities preferable to sodium nitrate, as it is not so readily soluble and therefore more gradual and continuous in action through the season. It may be substituted in the for- mula for sodium nitrate in the ratio of two pounds for one. Potassium muriate produces as heavy a crop as potassium sulfate, but the latter considerably increases the starch content, which in southern - grown potatoes is unusually large. For potash, kainit may be substi- tuted in the proportion of four pounds of kainit to one of either potassium sulfate or muriate. Stable manure of normal composition produces excellent Sweet Pota- toes, but is. of course, too variable in character and too uncertain in quantity to be generally available. A complete summary of methods employed in Sweet Potato culture would occupy too much space. They are, moreover, too familiar to require repetition. Yet it is desirable to call especial attention to certain points which have been insufficiently discussed in previous publications. First among these is the practice of premature planting. Against this tendency earnest protest should be entered. It is the cause of much KXU< When an early market crop is not the object there is no need for haste in putting out the draws, since the season is abundantly long for leisurely plant- ing, even in June, after oats and wheat are harvested. If planted in May, or earlier, with the long southern season, the crop is likely to mature before the approach 2445. Sweet Potatoes. of cold weather permits the proper housing. The con- sequent and usual result is a "second growth," which predisposes the tubers to the inroads of the "soft rot," which causes great loss. A deep, mellow soil-bed, with an extended season, un- questionably will produce more and larger, but later, tubers. Shallow preparation will yield an earlier crop. It follows that the deeper the soil the earlier the plant- ing may be effected. Preservation. — Were it possible to successfully and inexpensively preserve through the winter the Sweet Potato crop, southern agriculture would be prac- tically revolutionized. Land capable of producing a bale of cotton, worth, say $40, will readily yield 300 bushels of potatoes, at half the cost for cultivation, worth, at 20 cts. per bus., $60. This the planter would gladly take, at harvest time, but there is then no market at any price. Yet six months later he cannot supply the demand at GO cts., or $180 per acre. These figures are conservative. Even on poor soil, producing 500 pounds seed cotton (one-third of a bale) per acre, the yield in Sweet Potatoes — 100 bushels, a very small output— could be sold in the spring for $00 were it possible to success- fully keep the tubers through the winter. Many succeed in so doing, and reap the reward, but it is still an un- solved general problem. Methods, too, are variable in the extreme— and this is the one notable exception to the rule of uniformity prevailing in Sweet Potato cul- ture. Climate and local environment seem here to play an important part, and means of preservation found successful in one place prove entirely unserviceable in another— personality, even, entering as a factor in the problem, one man failing where another, by the same methods, succeeds. Many ways have been devised and practiced, some simple, some elaborate ; but each said by its enthusiastic originator or advocate to be absolutely infallible. Nothing has yet been found that will effectually supersede the well-known popular method of "bank- ing" or "hilling" in quantities of from 30 to 50 bushels, according to the different local customs which prevail in each community. The ordinary practice is to heap the tubers in a conical pile around a perforated wooden flue, covering them with a few inches of dry pine- straw, then a layer of corn stalks, and finishing with three inches of dry sand and afterward two or three inches of clay or other stiff soil. The hill may be con- structed either under shelter or out-of-doors. If the latter it is well to protect with a covering of boards to keep off the rain, though not absolutely necessary. Diseases and Maladies. — A few of the most im- portant maladies of the Sweet Potato— the cause, indeed, of nine-tenths of the loss experienced in attempts to winter the crop — will be noted in the probable order of their importance: (a) Soft Sot (RMzopns nigricans) : This is the most common form of rot, and the one that produces the most damage. It is due to a fungus or mold on abraded places, chiefly of the tuber, especially when the potatoes 1756 SWEET POTATO SWEET POTATO are stored in large bulk, without sufficient opportunity to dry out. It is perhaps the main cause of loss with stored potatoes, developing rapidly and immediately, under favoring conditions, and reducing, some- times in a few weeks, the entire contents of a bin or hill to a pulpy mass of cor- ruption, emitting a most disgusting odor. A few simple remedial measures will greatly reduce loss from this cause: (1) Dig only when soil is dry. (2) Dig be- fore tubers become sappy from a " second growth." (3) Remove all affected tubers before storing. (4) Use padded baskets in handling to avoid abrasion. (5) Store in small bulk and keep dry and well ven- tilated. (b) Black Rot (Ceratocystis fimbriata) : The fungus producing this affection does not depend so much on the conditions of moisture and abrasion, and is slower in making its appearance than is the soft rot, continuing to develop, however, all through the winter and often completing the destruction the other has begun. It is all the more to be dreaded because it is not so immediately noticeable, and tubers containing its germs are more likely to be housed. The black rot does not pro- duce a pulpy mass, though effectually de- stroying the entire tuber. It frequently makes its appearance on the young draws at "setting-out time." Remedy: careful selection — 1st, of sound tubers for bed- ding; 2d, of perfectly healthy draws for setting; 3d, where these conditions can- not be fully complied with, by planting the bulk of the crop with cuttings from the vines, thus minimizing the damage. The use of copper sulfate, or any of the stand- ard fungicides, either as a spray or for soaking the tubers, is not advisable; for, since the mycelium of most of the fungi causing decay in the Sweet Potato is lodged in and protected by the interior cells of the tuber, surface treatment would prove more or less futile. (c) Soil Rot (Acrocystis Batatas): This fungus, as its name implies, is a resident of the soil rather than of the tuber, and hence cannot be readily guarded against. It is responsible for most of the decay observed in the crevices or cracks of split tubers. Sudden expansion of vegetable tissue due to a resumption of rapid growth when wet weather follows a period of drought, particularly when the soil is a stiff clay, produces the primary "crack- ing " and the spores of the fungus, finding a ready lodgment, start the process of de- cay. As for remedies, heavy applications of sulfur to the soil have been found to check its ravages in a measure, but this method of operation is not practical. That is to say, while checking the fungus the result is not commensurate with the cost. The surest preventive— and this is true for any and all rots — is rotation. The same areas should never be planted in potatoes two years in succession, nor should the same spot be used twice for a hotbed to furnish draws, even at the cost of great inconvenience in establishing the bed in another place. (d) Other fungi: Several other fungi are serious enemies of the Sweet Potato, as the stem rot, white rot, dry rot, potato scurf, leaf blight, etc.; but their ravages will not compare with the damage produced by the first three— soft rot, black rot and soil rot. As for the first three, it matters little to the practical grower whether or not he 2446. Leaves of Sweet Potato, Adapted from Bulletin of the Georgia Experiment Station. is abie to distinguish one from another* After the conditions favoring the spread of one of them have been permitted to- develop and the resulting decay once ap- pears, it is usually too late to put reme- dial measures into effect. Remedy, in this case, must piecede manifestation of dis- ease. Every possible precaution should be observed at one and the same time against them all. Proper preventive effort during harvesting will be found a surer guarantee against loss from decay than the most elaborate structure or the most carefully detailed method of housing yet devised, and when thoroughly enforced little apprehension need be felt as to re- sults, no matter what plan of preserva- tion is adopted. To this end the following summary of procedure will be found serviceable : a. Rotate the crop. Never plant twice in succession on the same land. b. Rotate the bed. Never use old soil or old manure a second season. c. Dig only when the soil is dry. d. Dig before tubers are rendered moist and sappy by a "second growth," and to- this end never plant too early in spring. e. Use padded baskets in handling to- prevent bruising and abrasion. f. Handle with scrupulous care. g. Reject all affected tubers before stor- ing. h. Store dry, in small bulk; if in bins erect bulkheads and use flues for ventila- tion. i. Use only perfect tubers for bedding,, rejecting any showing symptoms of decay. j. Use only healthy and unaffected draws for setting out. k. When draws in bed are affected with diseased roots (black rot) and cannot be thrown away, plant in a separate plat and take cuttings from their vines later for the main crop. Varieties. — Sine e new varieties of the Sweet Potato can originate only by bud variation, it is a marvel where and how all of the different types arise. The writer has personally cultivated and tested some fifty odd kinds, and there- doubtless exist, in all, 75 or 80 — the num- ber still increasing. But one uniform method of classification exists — that by the "leaf" into tribes, falling under the* three heads, "Leaves entire," "Leaves shouldered or lobed " and "Leaves cleft"' — commonly termed "round - leafed," "shouldered" and "split-leafed," respec- tively. Of these the second type is the most numerous, containing probably two- thirds of the entire list. As for the best variety, 'the "all-round" potato has not yet been found, nor is it likely to be, since such a type should be a tremendous yielder, of first quality, a safe keeper and free from disease. No potato -embodies, superlatively, all of these characteristics. All of the heaviest yielders belong, unfortunately, to the "milky" or "turpentine" group— as Nor- ton, Hayman, Southern Queen, White St. Domingo, Early Golden, etc., — and their sappy consistency prevents them from keeping well, while their quality is uni- formly poor. Regarding quality, however, tastes differ. The northern market prefers a dry, mealy potato, represented by the Jersey or Nansemond strain. The southern market, on the other hand, demands a rich, sugary potato, like the Georgia or Yellow Yam, which is generally considered SWEET POTATO SYMPHORICAKPOS 1 T.-.7 to be the standard of excellence, and is a good keeper though yielding very lightly. The market it is intended to supply should, therefore, be specially planted for. If for northern shipment, the Jersey Sweet is preferable. For early local sale Orleans Red ("Nigger-killer"), Early Golden or Bermuda Red, head the list. For winter storage and local market in spring it is best to rely on the good old popular standard — the Georgia Yam— despite its light yield, or rein- force it with Viueless, which closely approaches it in quality and is a much heavier cropper. HUGH N. STARNKS. SWEET SCABIOUS. See Scabiosa. SWEET-SCENTED SHRUB. See Cahjcanthus. SWEET- SOP. Anona squamosa. SWEET SULTAN. See Centaurea moschata. SWEET VERNAL GRASS. See Anthoxanthum. SWEET WILLIAM is Di BARCLAY. SWIETENIA (Gerard van Swieten, 1700-1772, physi- cian to Empress Marie Theresa in Vienna). Melidcea. This genus contains the mahogany tree, a tree of high importance in the furniture trade. The young trees are offered by nurserymen in S. Fla. and S. Calif. A tropi- cal genus of 2 or 3 species of tall trees, with abruptly pinnate leaves with opposite petioled obliquely ovate long-acuminate leaflets and small flowers in axillary or somewhat terminal panicles : calyx small, 5-parted; petals 5, spreading ; staminal tube urn - shaped, 10- toothed; disk annular: ovary ovoid, sessile, 5-loculed: capsule about 3 in. through. Mahagoni, Jacq. MAHOGANY. A large tree with hard dark red wood of well-known value for furniture, etc. Lfts. 6-10: fls. greenish yellow. Tropical regions" of North and South America, West Indies and S. Florida. — According to Mueller's "Select Extra-tropical Plants," the degree of endurance of the tree is not sufficiently ascertained. In Jamaica it hardly reaches an elevation of 2,000 ft. It requires rich soil. According to Reasoner Bros., the tree will bloom at small size when grown in P°ts- F. W. BARCLAY. SWISS CHARD. See Beta, Greens, Salad Plants. SWORD LILY. Gladiolus. SYCAMORE in Europe is Acer Pxeudo-pliitunu*: in America I'/atu nuts nrciili ntitlix. The Svcamore of tin- ancients was u kind of fig known us Pharaoh's Kig. ,\*!' B« c a.isT_e /„„,<;„,•„,. r>n fu i..~:,i_ c.:_i » „ ""o.-fll. SYB1NGA L759 - . — - - - - - — t ~? OTV.IAVV, 0*71 ft«MIV| pubescent on both sides, l%-2 m. long: fls. white, in short panicles; calyx-teeth acute. May, June. China. B.R 9-710 — S. Sumuntia, Buch.-Ham. Small evergreen tree: Ivs. oblong- elliptic, acuminate, cuneate at the base, serrulate, glabrous, 3-5 in. long: fls. white, in short racemes: fr. oblong. Himal' Gt. 31:107:(.— S. tinctbria, L'Herit. SWEET LEAF. HORSK SUGAR. Half-evergreen shrub or small tree, attaining 18 ft • Ivs. oblong, acute, obscurely serrate, pubescent beneath, 3-5 in. long: fls. yellowish, fragrant, in axillary, dense clusters: fr oblong. V? in. long, orange-brown. Spring. Del. to Fla and ALFRED REHDER. SYNADENIUM (Greek name, indicating the united glands), fluphorbiclcece. A genus of 3 species of some- what succulent shrubs of Madagascar and tropical Af- rica, differing from Euphorbia in having the glands of the involucre united into a ring. Grantii, Hook. Smooth, thick-branched, 6-10 ft. : Ivs. ovate-spatulate, 3-4 in. long: dichotomous cymes with red involucres. Tropical Africa. B.M. 5633. — Some- times cultivated with succulents in botanic gardens. S. arbor&scens, Boiss., has yellow involucres. B.M. 7184. J. B. S. NORTON. SYNCAEPIA (Greek, together and fruit, referring to the head-like clusters of capsules). Myrt&cea. Two species of Australian trees with opposite, ovate, penni- nerved, evergreen leaves and rather small white flow- ers in dense, globular heads either solitary in the axils or in terminal panicles: calyx-tube adnate to base of ovary, the free part erect or dilated with usually 4 per- sistent lobes; petals generally 4, spreading; stamens many, free: ovary inferior, 2-3-loculed; ovules 1-several to each cell; seeds linear-cuneate. lauriidlia, Tenore. TURPENTINE TREE. Lvs. broadly ovate to elliptic-oblong, obtuse or obtusely acuminate, 2-3 in. long, often appearing as if in whorls of 4: fls. 6-10 in a head, with 2-4 bracts of variable size under the head; calices connate at the base; petals broadly ovate or orbicular, less than 2 lines long: ovary 3- loculed; ovules several to each locule.— According to Von Mueller's "Select Extra-tropical Plants," this tree attains a height of 200 ft., with a trunk often 30 ft. in circumference; it is of quick growth and well adapted for a shade tree. The wood is very durable and almost fireproof and is valuable for piles, railway sleepers and shipbuilding. It takes a high polish and is used for flooring and cabinet work. Offered in S. Calif. F. W. BARCLAY. SYNDfiSMON (Greek, bound together, because the plant unites characters of Thalictrum and Anemone). -Ranunculdcece. RUE ANEMONE. A monotypic genus of eastern North America. Glabrous perennial herb from a cluster of tuberous roots: basal Ivs. 2-3-ternately compound : involucre similar but sessile, the Ifts. be- ing stalked: fls. white or pink, in an umbel; pedicels slender; sepals thin; petals none; stigma sessile, trun- cate: akenes terete, deeply grooved. The more com- mon generic name is Anemonella, which dates from 1839, but Syndesmon was used in 1832. The plants should be grown in partial shade and in light moist soil, where they should be left undisturbed for years. They will then form a carpet of great beauty. Prop, by divi- sion of roots in spring or fall. thalictroldes, Hoffmg. (Anemone lJmfii'tr1i-x. Thn- lirtnnii Jin,-,- and itOU rooting and leaf -bear! UK at the nodes: Ivs. ugitUte, l,,.,-,,,,,i,,K with age pwUMy 5-9-parted ,on long p.-ti,,!,,, with a pmtoU , cent sheath: pt.,|ln,H, , >|,,,rt : IM*« reltowW wh,,,Hh green; tube small, ovoid.perM^.,,, ' l^ shorter than the spathe: Ktaminate HH. will, :t-t Ma, „ , pistillate fl .with oblong-ovoid 2 or abortive!? ft*" „ ,i in podophyllum, Schott. A tender creeping plant- ITS becoming 5-7-pinnatisect, 4-6 in. long; petioles becom- ing h>-20 hi. long: tube of rhe gpatbe 1-1 X in. long- blade of the spathe 2% in. long, gr.-.-i,Nh outbid,-, whit,- within. The typical form is probably not in cult. Var. albolineatum, Engl. (S. albolineAtunt, Bull ) has whitish costffi and lateral nerves. Offered by Johfl Saul, 1893, presumably as a tender foliage plant. F. \v. BARCLAT. SYNTHYRI8 (Greek, together and little door or rain. the valves of the capsule long adhering below to the short placentiferous axis). ScrophulariAcea. Six spe- cies of hardy herbaceous perennials, native to western North America. S. reniformi* is a tufted plant bearing a few scapes about a foot high. The inflorescence is a raceme about 5 In. long with about 40 purple-blue fls. each % of an inch across. In England this plant Is considered a winter bloomer; it flowers there in Ki-l. ruajy or March, occasionally November. Synthyris is nearly related to Wulfenia of southeast- ern Europe and the Himalayas, but the anther-cells are not confluent and the seeds are discoidal. In their na- tive region they are summer-blooming plants with small purplish or flesh-colored spikes or racemes. Generic characters: Plants glabrous or pilose: rhizome thick: radical lys. petioled, ovate or oblong and crenat. » or rarely trees, with opposite, slender-petioled, entire Ivs. and lilac, purple or white fls. in large and showy upright panicles. The Lilacs are among our most popular and ornamental flowering shrubs, and hardly any garden or park is found without them. The fra- grance of the common Lilac is very sweet, as also of Si/rhn/a oblata and S. pubeteent. The strong odor of S. Chinensis is not agreeable to every one. S. villo$a and Jotikva are almost scentless. #. A mwr*n«i« and its allies have only a slight odor similar to that of the Privet. Almost all species are hardy north. S. villota, var. h'niiiili, is somewhat tender north. 1760 SYRINGA SYRINGA 2450. Syringa villosa. (X 1-5.) The Lilacs are very showy in bloom, especially when massed in groups, and tnese as a rule are the more effective the fewer different varieties they contain. The mixing of species and varieties differing in habit and blooming season only spoils the effect, and so does too great a variety of colors. Some species, as the tree-like S. Japonica, S. Pekinensis and S. villosa, are very handsome as single specimens on the lawn. S. Japonica is the only tree of the genus; it at- tains a height of 30 ft. S. vulgaris, Amurensis and Pekinensis some- times grow into small trees or at least large shrubs 10-20 ft. high. S. Persica is the smallest species and seldom exceeds a few feet. The first in bloom is S. oblata, followed closely by S. vulgaris, CJiinensis, pubes- cens, Persica, villosa and Josikwa ; after the middle of June S. Amurensis and Pekinensis come into bloom, followed at the last by S. Japonica, which blooms in the North in the beginning of July. S. Amurensis and Pekinensis sometimes bloom sparingly a second time in fall. The foliage is bright green and handsome, but drops com- paratively early in fall, especially in the case of S. Japonica, without assuming any fall coloring as a rule. In S. oblata the foliage turns to a deep vinous red and remains until November. In S. Pekinensis it is retained until late in fall and finally assumes a purplish hue or turns pale yellow. The foliage is not much attacked by insects, but a fungus, Microsphiera alni, late in summer often covers the whole foliage of S. vulgaris and also of S. Chinensis and Persica with a white mealy coat, while S. oblata is but rarely troubled with this fungus and the other species never. Much damage is sometimes done by a borer, Trochilium denudatum, which lives in the stems and branches of S. vulgaris, but is rarely found in any other species. After blooming, the inflorescence should be removed if possible and the pruning be done as far as necessary. Pruning in winter or spring would destroy a large part of the flower-buds for the coming season. Lilacs grow in almost any kind of soil, but a rich and moderately moist one is the most suitable. They are easily trans- planted at any time from fall to spring. S. vulgaris and its numerous varieties are the most popular of the Lilacs on account of their early and profuse blooming, their sweet fragrance and the variety of colors ranging from dark purple to lilac, pink and white. The double- flowered varieties keep the blooms longer, but the panicles are less graceful and they usually do not bloom as profusely as the single ones; they also remain mostly ciwarfer and have a more compact habit. The faded fls. do not fall off, but remain on the inflorescence; this gives the plant a very unsightly appearance if the faded panicles are not removed. W. ,T. Stewart suggests a word of warning against Lilacs not on their own roots, because of the attacks of borers and the bad habit of suckering in some cases. Some of the best single-flowered vars. are the follow- ing: SINGLE-FLOWERED LILACS. White: Alba grandiflora; Alba pyramidalis; Fran Bertha Dammann, A. P. 12:1078; Madame Moser; Marie Legraye, one of the very best, B.H. 29:135; Princess Marie. Blue, lilacorpink: Ambroise Verschaffelt, pale pink; Dr. Lindley, pinkish lilac, F.S. 14:1481; Ge"ant des ba- tailles, bluish lilac; Geheimrath Heyder, light lilac; Gigantea, bluish red; Gloire des Moulins, pale pink; Goliath, purplish lilac; Lovaniana, light pink; Macro- stachya, light pink (Princess Alexandria is a favorite variety of this class in America) ; Sibirica, purplish lilac; Trianoniana, bluish lilac. Red: Aline Mocqueris, dark red; Charles X (Caroli), dark lilac-red, A.F. 12:1076. F. 1873, p. 76; Marlyen- sis, sometimes called Rubra de Marley, lilac-red; Jtubra insignis, purplish red. Dark purple: Philemon; Ludwig Spiith (Andenken an Ludwig Spath, Louis Spath), very large panicles, the best of the dark vars .DOUBLE-FLOWERED LILACS. White: Madame Abel Chatenay, compact panicles; Madame Casimir-Perier, large, graceful panicles, one of the best; Madame Lemoine, large fls. in dense pani- cles; Obe'lisque; Virginite', white and pink. Blue, lilac or pink: Alphonse Lavalle, bluish lilac, A.F. 12:1077; Belle de Nancy, fls. pink with white cen- ter; Charles Baltet, lilac-pink; Condorcet, blue, A.F. 12:1074; Doyen Keteleer, lilac-blue; Jean Bart, pinkish violet; Lamarck, pale lilac, large, rather loose panicles; Lemoinei, lilac-pink, B.H. 28:174; Le"on Simon, chang- ing from pinkish to bluish lilac. Gt. 43:1407; Maxime Cornu, pinkish lilac; Michel Buchner, pale lilac, large and very double fls. ; President Carnot, pale blue. Purple: Charles Joly, dark purplish red, one of the darkest; Comte Horace de Choiseul, lilac-purple; La Tour d'Auvergne, violet-purple. The Lilacs have been favorite forcing plants in France for more than a century and are nowadays among the most important cut-flowers during the winter season in France as well as in Germany and England. They are on the market from the end of September until they bloom outdoors. Charles X is considered one of the very- best for forcing. Marlyensis, Marie Legraye, A Iba virginalis, Ludwig Spath and other varieties are also good for forcing. Of the double -fld. varieties the following have proved adapted for forcing: Mad- ame Casimir-Perier, Madame Lemoine, Charles Baltet, Jean Bart, L£on Simon, Chinensis duplex and others. Either grafted plants or plants on their own roots are used. Both force equally well, but grafted Lilacs can be grown into plants well set with flower-buds and suited for forcing in two or three years, while plants grown from cuttings require four to six years. Marly- ensis is always used on its own roots and prop, either by seeds, cuttings or division. Special attention must be given to pruning in order to have well-branched plants of good, compact habit (see Fig. 851, Vol. II, p. 600). The Lilac has nothing like the commercial importance for forcing in America that it has in Europe, but, the appreciation of it for winter bloom is on the increase in this country. Lilacs are generally forced in pots, being potted usu- ally in July or in the forepart of August, that they may fill the pots with new roots before winter. Some grow- 2451, Syringa villosa. ers pot the plants in spring or in the preceding fall. This practice is of especial advantage if the plants are intended for very early forcing. These early potted plants are then plunged into the ground ovitdoors, mulched, well watered and regularly manured ; after June, when the young growth is almost finished, only enough water is given to prevent wilting. When the flower-buds have been formed, more water is given until they have reached their full size. It is essential to keep the plants SYRINQA SVHINGA 17H1 2452. Syringa vuleraris, the common Lilac (X rather dry in fall, so that the wood may ripen thor- oughly and early. When the leaves have fallen off, the plants are stored away in convenient places, where they are sheltered from severe frost. Sometimes the Lilac, especially Marlyensis, is forced from balls of earth which are not potted, but this does not always give satisfactory results. About three to four weeks is required to force the plants into bloom with the temperature recommended below. The first days after bringing the plants into the forcing room, a temperature of 55-60° may be given, gradually raisins: to 78-88° and maintained as equally as possible until the panicles are fully developed and the first flowers begin to expand; then the temperature is lowered to 60-66°, and when the panicles are about half open the plants are transferred to a cool greenhouse. Hardening-off is essential to ensure good keeping quali- ties of the flowers. The red-flowered varieties are often forced in darkened rooms in order to have the flowers blanched or only slightly colored. The shade of color depends entirely on the time when full light is given and also on the temperature. Show plants in pots should be grown in full light to have the foliage well developed. While the temperature is higher than 76°, frequent syringing is necessary. It is, of course, pos- sible to force Lilacs in a lower temperature, and this will be even advisable if the longer time required does not count. Full advice for commercial Lilac forcing is given by Fr. Harms in "Flieder und Asparagus," a book devoted almost exclusively to Lilac forcing. Interesting experiments recently conducted have shown that the Lilac is more readily forced when the plants are subjected to the influence of ether during forty-eight hours shortly before forcing. An account of these experiments by W. Johannsen is entitled "Das vEtherverfahren beim Friihtreiben mit besonderer Bertickrichtigting des Flieders." That the ether has a particular effect on the metamorphosis and regeneration of tin- alhuminoids in ,|n. ,,|Hnt ha(, j^.,, BUt<>(J rer, ,)v, by other botanists aU... This nietho.l is usually practiced only with the mo*'. common typical .specie*. The man> varieties »„•: kinds are usually prop, by irr. enwood cuttmi;s un.ler glass in June (or in early spring from for.-. by hardwood cuttmirs, b\ irraftin^ ai,.i and division, especially in the case of fir. *';,,, „„„-,, Pers\cn and rulgarig. As a stock S. vulgari* i, mostly Ulled and sometimea Ligustrum. S. Jupmtea will probably prove to be a, good stock. S. r.7/,,.,,1, thout'b readily jrrowiia- seed and of vigorous habit, i.s not t.. I. Budding in July and August is the n ively practiced method. (Jrnfting is done either in April or May in the open or in February or March in the r house on potted stock. Almost any kind of grafting may be employed, as the Lilac unites readily. Crown- grafting is to be preferred in order to avoid the trouble- some suckers. Plants intended for forcing but deficient in flower-buds are sometimes grafted in Oct., I early it. November with branches well set with flower -buds and forced in January or later. About 11 species from southeast- ern Europe to Himalayas and Japan. Lvs. exstipulate, deciduous, evergreen only in S. gemperrirtHt: fls. in panicles; calyx small, cam- panulate, 4 -toothed; corolla salver- form, with cylindrical tube and 4-lobed limb; sta- mens 2: ovary 2-loculed: fr. a leathery, oblong or oval capsule, loculicidally dehiscent, with 2 winced seeds in each locule. Fig. 2449. In S. semper (not yet introduced), the capsule is fleshy, one-seeded and drupe-like. ALFRED REHDEB. Forcing Lilacs. — Most of the Lilacs used by American commercial flor- ists for forcing are im- ported. Care should al- ways be taken to procure pot-grown plants, that is, plants that have been grown in pots the previous summer. The florist who wishes to grow his own plants should lift them in the field in April or before the growth starts and pot them without losing much root. Plunge them out-of- doors during summer and give them plenty of water. This treatment will insure a good growth and the 2453. Capsule of Syringa vul- garU(X3). M. Winter (wig of Syringe vutgaria (X %). Showing the absence of a terminal bud. and the persistent dehisced pods. 1762 SYRINGA SYRINGA check the plants receive from lifting will induce them to form new flower-buds. These plants will force with the greatest certainty. It is well to allow five weeks for the earliest forcing. A strong heat is necessary, be- ginning at 60° for the first few days and increasing to 75° or 80°, with a daily watering and syringing several times. After the flowers begin to open the syringing can be discontinued and when fully expedient the plants are better removed to a cool house, where they will harden off and be much more serviceable when cut. As the season advances, say March and April, less heat is needed. They will then force in any ordinary house where the night temperature is about 60° F. The Per- sian Lilac on account of its abundance of bloom and delicate truss is very desirable, but this must be forced almost in the dark to produce white flowers. Marie Le Graye is for all purposes the most useful Lilac which the undersigned has used for forcing. WM. SCOTT. alba, 4, 6, 7, 8. Josikaea, 1. pteridifolia, 8. Amurensis, 10. laciiiiata, 8. pubescens, 3. argentea, 11. ligustrina, 10. purpurea, 6. aurea, 2. Mandshurica, 10. rosea, 2. aureo-variegata, 2. Marlyensis, 6. Rothomagensis, 7. Jiretschneideri, 2. Metensis, 7. rubra, 1, 6. 7. Chinensis, 7. oblata, 4. Sibirica, 10. cserulea, 6. ovalifolia, 3. Sougeana, 7. tlu hi n, 7. pallida, 1. Steencruysii, 8. duplex, 7. Pekinensis, 9. Varina, 1. Emodi, 2. pendula, 9. villosa, 2, 3. filicifolia, 8. Persica, 8. violaeea, 6. hyacinthiflora, 5. pinnata, 8. vulgaris, 6. Japonica, 11. plena, 5, 6. - A. Tube of corolla much longer than calyx: anthers sessile, not ex- serted. B. Panicles on leafy branches, usually terminal: Ivs. whit- ish beneath. C. Stamens inserted near the middle of the tube 1. Josikaea CC. Stamens inserted near the mouth of the tube 2. villosa BB. Panicles from lateral buds, without Ivs.: terminal bud of branches suppressed. 0. Under side of Ivs. grayish green, pubescent at the mid- rib when young 3. pubescens CO. Under side of Ivs. green, quite glabrous. D. Lvs. truncate or cordate at base. E. Shape of Ivs. roundish or broadly ovate 4. oblata 5. hyacinthiflora KE. Shape of Ivs. ovate 6. vulgaris DD. Lvs. narrowed toward the base. E. Shape of Ivs. ovate- lanceolate 7. Chinensis EE. Shape of Ivs. lanceolate. 8. Persica AA. Tube short, little longer than calyx: stamens exserted : fls. white. Ligustrina. B. Base of Ivs. usually narrowed. 9. Pekinensis BB. Base of Ivs. usually rounded. c. Plant a shrub 10. Amurensis cc. Plant a tree 11. Japonica 1. Josikaea, Jacq. Shrub, attaining 12 ft., with upright, stout, terete branches: Ivs. broadly elliptic to elliptic- oblong, acute at both ends, finely ciliate, dark green and shining above, glabrous or pubescent on the midrib be- neath, 2%-5 in. long: fls. violet, short-pediceled or almost sessile, clustered, in rather narrow panicles 3-7 in. long; stamens inserted somewhat above the middle of the tube ; sepals half -upright. June. Hungary. B.M. 3278. B.R. 20:1730. — Less handsome than most other species, but valuable for its late blooming season. Var. pallida, Hort. , has pale violet fls.; var. rubra, Hort., reddish violet. 2. villdsa, Vahl, not Decne., nor Hooker, nor Koehne. Figs. 2450, 2451. Bushy shrub, 8 ft. high, with rather stout, upright, terete and warty branches: Ivs. broadly elliptic to oblong, acute at both ends, finely ciliate, bright green and dull above, pubescent on the midrib or glabrous beneath, 3-7 in. long: fls. pinkish lilac or whitish, short-pediceled, in broad or somewhat narrow panicles, 3-7 in. long; stamens inserted near the mouth; sepals half-upright. May, June. China to Himalayas. The common form, var. rosea, Cornu (S. Bretschnelderi, 2455. Syringa Persica, one of the common Lilacs (X %). Lemoine), has broadly elliptic or elliptic Ivs. and pink fls. in rather large panicles with leafy bracts at the base. R.H. 1888:492. G.F. 1:521. Gn. 39, p. 91. Gt. 44, p. 500. Var. Em6di, Rehd. (S. Embdi, Wall.), has nar- row elliptic to oblong Ivs., more whitish beneath; fls. whitish or pale lilac, in rather narrow panicles, usually with large Ivs. at the base. Himalayas. B.R. 31:6. R. H. 1876, p. 368. Gn. 39, p. 106. Not quite hardy north. There are also vars. with yellow Ivs. (var. aurea, Sim.- Louis) and with yellow variegated Ivs. (var. aureo- variegata, Hort.). Hybrids with S. vulgaris and S. Josikcea have been raised at the Botanic Garden at Paris. 3. pubescens, Turcz. (S. villdsa, Decne., not Vahl. S. villdsa, var. ovalifolia, DC.). Shrub, 6 ft. high, with slender, somewhat quadrangular branches: Ivs. round- ish ovate to rhombic-ovate or ovate, shortly acuminate, ciliate, dark green above, 1-3 in. long: fls. pale lilac1, fragrant, short-pediceled, in ovate, not very large, but numerous panicles; tube very slender; apex of anthers not reaching the mouth. May. N. China. G.F. 1:415; 6:266. B.M. 7064 (as S. villosa). — Free-flowering shrub of graceful habit, with handsome dark foliage. 4. oblata, Lindl. Shrub or small tree, 12 ft. high: Ivs. roundish ovate or reniform, often broader than long, cordate, short-acuminate, bright green, 2K-4% in. across: fls. purple-lilac or purple-violet, in rather loose, pyramidal panicles, 3-6 in. long; pedicels about as long SYRINGA as calyx. May. N. China. (i.F. 1:221. A. < i. 22: 183.- The earliest of all to bloom and handsome, with its vinous red foliage in fall. Var. Alba, Hort., has white flowers. 5. hyacinthifldra, Hort. (S.oltlafa x r« /,/,<, v .< i. Inter- mediate between the parents, with broadly ovate Ivs.. turning purplish in fall. Only known in the double form, var. plena, Lemoine. .Many or perhaps most of the newer double-flowered vars. have originated by recrossing this form with vars. of &'. rnly:!. p. l.lii. M.D.G. 1899:205.-The most im- portant of the older original vars. are the following: Var. alba, Dietr., branches yellowish «ray: fls. white: buds yellowish green; blooms a week earlier than the other 'vars. A.F. 12:1081. Var. caerulea, Dietr. Fls. blue, in rather loose panicles. Var. purpurea, DC. (var. r>tbr when older. Var. pendula, Hort. With very slender. "p. ndu lous branche-. 10. Amurensis, Rupr. (S. ligtttirlna.Hort. Ligttitrlna Amxrtnxix, var. Atandxhurica, Maxim. Li. broadly <,\ ovate, usually rounded at the base, bright green above, pale or grayish green and glabrous beneath. . long, \\4-2V* in. broad: fls. yellowish white, in large, rather loose panicles; stamens almost twice an long as limb. June. Manchuria, (it. 12:l(%: 4.1, p. M. 2:271. Gn. 12. p. U2X ii24. R.H. 1877. p Sometimes cult, under the name S. Siblriea or 8. 8i- birica alba. 11. Japonica, Decne. (LigwsMna Amurtnsis, var. Jap6n tea, Maxim.). Fig. 2456. Pyramidal tree, attain- ing 30 ft., with upright branches: Ivs. broadly ovate to broadly elliptic, rounded or slightly cordate at the base, shortly acuminate, pale green beneath, and usually pu bescent when young, 3-7 in. long: fls. yellowish white, in very large panicles often 1 ft. or more long; stamens little longer than limb. June, July. Japan. B.M. 7534 (as S. Amttrensi*). G.C. II. 25:561. G.F. 2:293, 295. D.G.M. 1899:424. Gt. 37:217. Mn. 4, p. 5; 7, p. 167. R.H. 1894, p. 325. -Very desirable free-flowering tree and quite hardy north. Var. argentea, Temple, has the Ivs. variegated with silvery white. ALFRED REHDKB. 2456. Syringa Japonica (X Ji). TABEBUlA (Brazilian name). Bignonidcete. Orna- mental evergreen trees with opposite, long-petioled, simple leaves and showy flowers in terminal, few-fld. racemes. Only T. leucoxyla seems to be introduced. It requires the same cultivation as the tropical species of Tecoma, which see. The genus contains 5 or 6 species, inhabitants of tropical America, closely allied to Te- coma, but, according to recent monographs, chiefly dis- tinguished by the simple leaves and the irregularly split- ting tubular calyx; formerly also species with digitate foliage were included, for which see Tecoma. Ieuc6xyla, DC. (Bignbnia leucdxyla, Veil. B. pdl- lida, LindL). Evergreen tree or shrub: Ivs. elliptic- oblong to obovate-oblong, obtuse or sometimes emargi- nate at the apex, glabrous, dark green with distinct pale midrib, 4-7 in. long: fls. in few-fld. terminal ra- cemes; corolla funnel-shaped, about 2 in. long, with yellow tube and pale lilac limb. Brazil. B.R. 12:965. ALFRED KEHDER. TABEKN.EMONTANA (J. T. Tabernaemontanus of Heidelberg, physician and botanist, author of Krauter- buch mit Kunstlichen Figuren ; died 1590). Apocynacece. A genus of more than 100 species of trees or shrubs widely scattered in tropical regions. Lvs. opposite, penni-nerved: fls. white or yellow, in terminal or some- times apparently but not truly axillary cymes; calyx usu- ally short 5-lobed or parted; corollasalverform; stamens inserted on the corolla-tube, included: berries large and globose or small, oblique and recurved. See Gonioma for distinctions from that genus. A. Fls. white. coronaria, Willd. CRAPE JASMINE. NERO'S CROWN. A tender shrub, 6-8 ft. high: Ivs. glossy green, oblong to oblanceolate : fls. white, fragrant, 1-2 in. across, in 1-8-fld. clusters in the forks of the branches; petals crimped on the margin, whence the common name. Cult, in India but native country unknown. Var. fldre- pl&no, with double, somewhat larger, very sweet- scented flowers, seems to be far more common in culti- vation. P.M. 16:354. B.M. 1865 (stsNerium coronarium). — Cult, in the more southern states and also in green- houses. Also known as Adam's Apple and East Indian Rosebay. AA. Fls. yellow. grandiflora, Jacq. A small, tender shrub: Ivs. ob- long-ovate, sharply acuminate, 2-3 in. long, thick: fls. single, yellow, 1-2 in. long, in few-fld. clusters; corolla- lobes oval, obtuse, entire. Early fall. Carthagena, Guiana. B.M. 5226. — Rarely cult, in the more southern portions of the United States. T. Camdssi, Regel. See Gonioma Karnassi. F. W. BARCLAY. The East Indian Rosebay, Tabemcemontana coro- naria, is one of the best ornamental shrubs for sub- tropical gardens. This species and T. Camassi, re- ferred in this work to Gonioma, flourish everywhere in Florida from Jacksonville southward. If they receive proper attention, tiny cuttings soon develop into dense, bushy plants 3-5 ft. high, covered with deliciously scented flowers throughout the summer. Indeed the plants are so densely covered with buds and flowers that it is often difficult to find a sufficient supply of cuttings for propagation. T. coronaria has larger leaves than T. Camassi and the flowers are much like those of the double white oleander, while T. Camassi has solider and smaller blossoms. Both do well under the same treatment. In order to enjoy the beauty of the East Indian Rosebay to its fullest extent, it must be planted in rich, sandy soil, not too wet and not too dry, and in places fully exposed to the sun. Only very strong pot-grown plants should be set out in the gar- den. This should be done during the rainy season. Avoid breaking the ball in transplanting. • It is use- less to transplant in November, the time when most evergreens and other plants are most successfully set out. The plants at this season have no time to become established before the first sharp frost comes, and a weakened Tabernaemontana is usually killed outright by even a slight frost. Just before Christmas all the plants of this nature (bauhinias, cestrums, Poinciana regia, Tristania conferta, grevilleas, eucalypti, etc.) are banked about 18 inches to 2 feet high with dry sand, and they always come through without much damage. In April or even earlier, the banking is taken away and the plants cut back to sound wood. The Tabernaemontanas look best in groups by themselves or in front of other glossy-leaved evergreens. H NEHRLING. TACAMAHAC. Populus balsamifera. TACCA (Malayan name). Taccacece. A genus of 9 species from tropical regions. Perennial herbs from a tuberous or creeping rhizome with large, radical, peti- oled leaves and umbels of lurid brown or greenish flow- ers in a dense umbel borne on a leafless, rigid scape. The flower-cluster is subtended by a few, usually 4, leaf-like or colored bracts, and intermixed with the flowers are more or less numerous, long and conspicu- ous, sterile, filiform pedicels, which usually droop be- low the flower-cluster. A. Lvs. much lobed. pinnatifida, Jack. Tender perennial herb, about 2 ft. high: rootstock globose, becoming 1 ft. through: Ivs. large, usually 3-branched, the divisions pinnately cut or divided, the ultimate lobes sometimes irregular and un- equal but usually ovate to lanceolate: fls. greenish, 8 lines across, many with the sterile pedicels purplish: berry nearly globular, 1 in. through. Afr., India and Australia. L.B.C. 7:692. B.M. 7299; 7300. -According to Von Mueller's Select Extra-tropical Plants, the Fiji Arrowroot is prepared from the tubers of this species. The plant thrives even on the sand-shores of tropical countries, and it is not unlikely that it will endure a temperate climate. AA. Lfs. not lobed. cristata, Jack. (Atdecia cristata, Kunth). Rootstock a short conic caudex, marked with leaf-scars: Ivs. 1-2 ft. long, oblong, acuminate, dark purplish green: scape longer than the Ivs.: fls. dark purple, 1)^ in. across, in a somewhat one-sided umbel, with numerous pale sterile pedicels 8-10 in. long: involucral bracts 4, conspicuous, the 2 inner elliptical, narrowed to a petiole, the 2 outer revolute. Malaya. B.M. 4589. F.S. 9:860, 861. Gn. 45, p. 415; 49, p. 423.— It requires, according to Gn. 45, p. 415, a good, rich, open soil, with ample drainage, plenty of water, and a stove temperature. During the winter season the plant should be kept in a state of partial rest. F. W. BARCLAY. T AC SON I A (from the Peruvian name of one of the species). Passifloraceoe. From Passiflora, Tacsonia differs in having a long-tubular calyx, styles 3, stamens and petals 3 or 5, the latter never wanting, corona of tubercles or very short threads, and in a short reflexed crown near the base of the flower-tube. However, the line of demarcation between the two genera is often not well marked and Harms (Engler & Prantl's "Pflanzen- familien") unites Tacsonia with Passiflora. Masters accepts (Trans. Linn. Soc. 27) 25 species of true Tac- sonia, relegating the intermediate forms largely to Pas- siflora. Other species have been discovered subse- quently, making the total number in the genus above 30. The species are all South American, inhabiting the Andes. They are tendril-climbing shrubs or herbs, re- quiring the treatment given Passifloras. Tacsonias are cultivated freely in the open in middle and northern California. (1764) TACSONIA Central leaflet broader than common. A. Fls. orange or rosy orange. Parritse, Mast. Lvs. deeply 3-lobed, glabrous above and pilose beneath, the lobes narrow and entire ; stipules entire, subulate-acuminate: fl. with a long and slender tube, glabrous, swollen at the base; sepals winged and with points, rosy-orange; petals oblong and flat, shorter than the sepals, orange; corona double, the outer row of tooth-like projections. Colombia. G.C. II. 17:225. l.H. 35:41. — Named for Senor Parra, through whom it was introduced. AA. Fls. scarlet or rose-colored. B. Bracts beneath the flower not united. C. Lvs. simple or not lobed. insignis, Mast. Pilose: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, sub- cordate, dentate, rugose or blistered above and red- downy beneath, the stipules dissected: fl. about 6 in. across, violet, rose or crimson ; tube cylindrical, swollen at the base, downy; sepals about twice longer than the tube, lance oblong, spurred at the end; petals simi- lar in shape, obtuse; corona of one series of short threads, blue and white. Probably Peruvian. G. C. 1873:1113. F. S. 20:2083-4. B.M. 6069. cc. Lvs. 3-lobed or divided. D. Foliage glabrous at maturity. Van V61xemii, Hook. Fig. 2457. Stems slender and slightly pubescent: Ivs. cordate- ovate in outline, deeply 3-lobed, the lobes long-lanceolate-acuminate, serrate: fls. 5-7 in. across, bright red with short green calyx-tube that has a swollen base, the acute calyx-lobes green externally; corona an in- conspicuous toothed rim. Colombia. B.M. 5571. G.C. 1866: 171. -Probably the best known species and handsome, but less showy than some others. TACSONIA 1 7li.j Jaraesoni. Mast. l,\--. -ui>-orl>ieiiinr i lobed trim. '"•"us: 11. lar-e, bright POM --r .-ln-rrv red. wi" dri.-al tube I in. lot,-. 1',-ru. nil. /•'./«/;/, ,l,,,i ,,,j 1,,,1,,,/ti ,it maturity. Exoniensia, llort. (hybri.i ..Miami T """"•MM). ri«. MM. LTI downy, Oblong, dirided nearly to base into :; ian,-e,.!at. serrate segments: MS. i',.-:, in. n,-ro-: -,.,,..,1.. i,r..-k red side, brilliant rose pink within: tin tube white inside, 2K In. long. ke>embl.-s / rrmii in having peduncles as long an l\s.: lm,.,,r -n, tree downy bracts, filamentous eorona near < and violet color of throat. -Resembles T. ,„ baring downy Ivs., lone flower tube. ,-o|.,r of tl. and aristiite sepaN. BB. Bracts beneath the flower more or less united. C. Leaf-lobes short and obtuse. manicata, Juss. Pubescent. lv«. broad-ovate to or- bieuhir-ovate in outline, about 4 in. lonir. the oblong obtuse serrate lobes reaching to the mi. 1. lie of the blade: fl. 4 in. across, bright scarlet; tube % in. \,,I,K, inflated and ribbed at the base; corona double, tin outer composed of blue hairs. Colombia and Peru. 6129. — P ignea, Hort., is a form of tins *peeie*. CC. Leaf-lobes long-acute. mixta, Juss. Glabrous or somewhat pubescent: Ivs. orbicular-ovate, thick, 3-lobe.l to tin- middle, the lobes long-acute and serrate: H. 3-4 in. across, m^,- pink, the oblong sepals not equaling the green scarcely saccate tube; corona a short multiple rim or disk. Amies. mollissima, HBK. Pubescent: Ivs. cordate-ovate in outline, very pubescent beneath, the lobes extending nearly to the base of the blade and ovate-lanceolate in shape and serrate, the stipules laciniate: fl. about :; in. across, rose-color, the green tube exceeding the sepals and swollen at the base; corona a short rim. Andes. B.M. 4187. B.R. 32:11. F.S. 2:78.-N. tubiflnm, offered in California, is said to be similar to this, but of deeper shade. Smytbiana, Hort. Seedling of T. mollissima or hy- brid with it, with very brilliant orange-scarlet or rosy- crimson fls. G.C. III. 12:704. T. Buehdnani, Lem. See Passiflora vitifolia. p. 1222. l.H. 14:519. — T. floribunda was once advertised in the American trade, but It was probably not the T. floribnndn, Masters, of Colombia.— r. pinnatittipula, Jnss. Resembles T. mollisHlma. but the bracts are free; stipules pinnatisect: fls. rose-colored. Chile. B.M. 4062. B.R. 18:1536. L. H. B. 3458. T«c»oni» ExonieoaU (X 1766 TAGETES 3459. Single French Marigold - Tagetes patula (X %). TAGETES (Tagus, an Etruscan god). Comp6sitr> 1767 TAMARACK. B« / TAMARIND, & TAMARlNDUS (From Arabic, m.-aiiiiiK" Indian .: /..•;/ II »/./;,. ..v.l . Tin T \M.\KI M>. I'l tr. ~ !'• 1 . I - all •• Vi-pt Jon - ally beautiful ami useful tropical tree. It attain- | height, has acacia-like foliage and yellow Mowi-r» about an inch across in clu-ter> of s or 10. The T»innr cultivated everywhere in the tropics but it- nuti\e country i- uncertain, probably either Africa -T India. As an ornamental shade tree it is considered bv trav- elers as one of the noblest in the tropics. Hooker 2461. Short-podded or West Indian form. has well described its "vast, dense and bushy head of branches, thickly clothed with light and feathery foli- age." The Tamarind is grown out of doors in southern Fla. and Calif, and young plants are said to be desir- able for the decoration of windows and conservatories in northern countries. The pods of the Tamarind, which are thick, li and 3-6 in. long, contain a pleasant acid pulp much used throughout the tropics as the basis of a cooling drink The pulp is also used in medicine, being rich in formic and butyric acids. It is laxative and refrigerant, and is also used to prepare a gargle for sore throa The pulp of the Tamarind is generally called the "fruit" or " Tamarind " and the pod is spoken of as th "shell " In the East Indies the shell is removed and the pulp simply pressed together into a mass. Tamarinds of the Malayan Archipelago are consul, red better than those of India. They are p- '»""'t st/gar beng merelv dried in the MB. They are ex- ported from one island to another and when sent to Europe are cun,l m sal,. In th- West ...lies the fruit is prepared bv removing the shell and placing alb-matt avers of fruit and sugar in ajar and th,-., pouring boiling svrup over the mass. McFadyen says that in 1768 TAMARINDUS TAMARIX order to prevent fermentation, the first syrup, which is. very acid, is poured off and a second is added. Also that an excellent preserve is imported from Curacoa, which is made from the unripe pods, preserved in su- gar with the addition of spice. The East Indian Tama- rind has long pods; the West Indian short ones. The Tamarind tree yields a handsome furniture wood. It is yellowish white, sometimes with red streaks, hard and close-grained; heart-wood dark pur- plish brown. Botanically, the flower of the Tamarind is rather dif- ficult to understand. It is far removed from the sweet pea type, which is the one a northerner commonly thinks of as typical of the legume family. At first glance it is a pale yellow flower about an inch across with 6 or 7 petals, of which 3 are veined with red. On closer study it seems that 4 of the showy parts are sepals, which are all pale yellow. The three red-veined parts are petals, while the other two petals that the student expects to find, are reduced to mere bris- tles hidden in the flower at the base of the staminal tube. Only 3 [of the stamens are fertile, the other 6 being small and rudimentary. These floral characters distinguish Tamarindus from allied genera, of which only Schotia seems to be cult, in America. Tamarinds can be raised from cuttings but more easily by seeds, although they are of slow growth. Indica, Linn. (T. officinalis, Hook.). TAMARIND. Fig. 2461. Tender evergreen tree, attaining a height of 80 ft., with a circumference of i 25 ft.: Ivs. abruptly pinnate; Ifts. 20-40, opposite, oblong, obtuse : fls. pale yellow, the petals veined with red. B.M. 4563. — The fls. are said to vary to white or pinkish. W. HARRIS, E. N. REASONER and W. M. TAMARISK. See Tamarix. TAMARIX (ancient Latin name). Ta marine acece. TAMA- RISK. Ornamental shrubs or trees, with minute, alternate, scale - like leaves and small, usually light pink flowers in racemes or terminal panicles, followed by small capsular fruits. None of the species are quite hardy north, but T. Odes- sana, Gallica and parviflora are fairly hardy as far north as Mass. The Tamarisks are all of graceful and distinct appear- ance, with light and feathery foliage and large, loose pani- cles of pinkish flowers. Several of the species bloom late in summer and are a welcome ad- dition to our autumn-flowering shrubs. As they are inhabit- ants of warmer arid regions, they are well adapted for coun- tries of similar climatic condi- tions. They are also excellent for seaside planting. They grow well in saline and alka- line soil and thrive in the very spray of the salt water. Prop, by seeds, which are very fine and should be only slightly covered, or usually by cuttings of ripened wood or greenwood cuttings under glass. About 60 species from the 3462. Tamarix parviflora. Mediterranean region to E. (X V. Odessana BB. Lvs. pubescent 7. hispida 1. parvifldra, DC. (T. tetrdnda,v&r. parviflora, Boiss. and Kotschy). Fig. 2462. Shrub or small tree, 15 ft. high, with reddish brown bark and slender spreading branches : Ivs. ovate, acuminate, semi-amplexicaul, scarious at the apex when older: fls. pink, very short- pediceled, slender in racemes about 1 in. long, along last year's branches; petals spreading, persistent; calyx very small, sometimes only 3-parted; styles usu- ally 3, much shorter than ovary. April, May. S. Eu. F.S. 9:898. R.H. 1855:401. -Of ten confounded with the following species, also with T. Africana and Gallica and cult, under these names. T. tetrandra, var. pur- purea, probably belongs here. 2. tetrandra, Pall. Shrub or small tree, attaining 12 ft., with almost black bark: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, some- what narrowed at the base, with diaphanous margin: fls. light pink or almost white, in racemes 1-2 in. long along last year's branches; disk purple, deeply 4-lobed; styles usually 4, about as long as ovary. April, May. S.E. Eu., W. Asia. — Doubtful whether in cultivation in this country; all plants seen under this name by the writer belong to the preceding species. 3. Gallica, Linn. (T. pentdndra, Pall. T. arborea, Sieb. T. Canariensis, Willd. T. Anglica, Webb). Shrub or small tree, with slender spreading branches: Ivs. dull to bluish green, closely imbricated, rhombic- ovate, acute or acuminate, keeled, semi-amplexicaul, with scarious margin: fls. white or pinkish, almost sessile, in slender, panicled racemes; petals deciduous; filaments dilated at the base; disk usually deeply 5- lobed ; styles 3. May-July. W. Eu. Mediterranean region to Himalayas; naturalized in S. Texas. Gn. 34, p. 329.— Var. Indica, Ehrenb. (T. Indica,Wi\ld.). With slender, upright branches: Ivs. dull green: racemes longer and slenderer: fls. pink; disk obscurely and TAMAK1X minutely 10-lobed. Himalayas. Var. NarbonnSnsis, Ehrenb. Racemes short, nlniost sessile, lateral mi the current year's branches. S.W. Europe. 4. juniperina, Bunge ( T. J«)>6»n-« and '/'. i>imnfn«i, Hort.). Shrub or small tret-, attaining l.~> ft., with slender spreading branches: Ivs. green, obloiig-lance.>- late, acuminate, scaricus at the apex: Ms. pinki-h. in lateral racemes 1'.j-'_"o in. long on last year's branches; 2463. Tansy— Tanacetum vulgare (X 1-5). pedicels shorter than calyx; sepals ovate-lanceolate, little shorter than the persistent petals; disk 5-lpbed, with emarginate lobes. Japan, N. China. S.Z. 1:71 (as T.. Chinensis.) 5. Chinensis, Lour. Shrub or small tree, attaining 15 ft., with slender spreading, otten drooping branches: Ivs. bluish green, lanceolate, acuminate, keeled: Ms. pink, in large and loose usually nodding panicles, pedi- cels as long as calyx; sepals ovate, much shorter than the persistent petals; disk deeply 10-lobed. China. % 6. Odessana, Stev. Shrub, 4-6 ft. high, with upright, slender branches: Ivs. lanceolate, subulate, decurrent: fls. pink; racemes slender, about 1 in. long on short, naked peduncles, spreading and disposed in ample loose panicles; pedicels about as long as calyx; petals slightly spreading; disk 5-lobed, with rounded lobes. July-Sept. Caspian region. 7. hispida, Willd. (T. Kashgdrica, Hort.). Shrub, with slender upright branches: Ivs. bluish green, cor- date and subauriculate at the base, acuminate, son,, what spreading, finely pubescent: fls. pink, almost ses- sile, in dense racemes 2-3 in. long, disposed in terminal panicles; petals deciduous, much longer than sepals; disk 5-lobed. Aug., Sept. R.H. 1894:352. T. articul&ta, Vahl. Tree, attaining 30 ft., with slender, jointed branches: Ivs. glaucous, minute, sheathing: tls s>- nierous, pink, sessile, in terminal panicles. \\ . Asia Not hardy north.— T. Pn/lasii, Desv. Shrubby and very similar to T Odessana, but panicles less spreading, with more upright racemes: petals upright; disk 5-lobed, with einarginatts lobes. Aug Sept S.Russia and W. to C.Asia. T. Amurensis, Hort., is a form of this very variable species. T. Caspica, not seen in bloom by writer, may also belong here. ALFRED REHDER. TANACETUM (name of doubtful derivation). Com- p6sit' the leaves more cut and cri-p.-.l. A |< I?. 3:4li(>. this variety is in sonie places more common than the type. ,, w ,!vl TANGIERINE. See Orange and Citrvi TANGIER PEA, Scarlet. Isithynt* Tingitanut. TANSY (Tanacetum vulgare. Linn.). Fig. 246*. A coarse-growing, herbaceous perennial naturalised from middle Kurope, and a familiar oceupant of our old gar- dens, waste places and mad-ides, its common name is said to be derived from ntl«nnixi3rry-like red fruits. The best known species is T. b.tccata, which is hardy as far north as Rhode Island and northwestern New York, while T. cuspidata and T. Canadensis are considerably hardier and thrive as far north as Canada; the other species are little known in cultivation. The Yews are very desirable evergreens for park planting; they are densely clothed with dark green foliage and the pistillate plants are particularly beautiful in autumn when loaded with scarlet fruits. They are well suited for hedges and easily trimmed into any desired shape. They were formerly much used for fantastic topiary work (see e. g., G.C. II. 2:264, 265). That the typical tree-like form of the Yew is nowadays not much planted is chiefly due to its slow growth, but the numerous mostly shrubby garden forms are popular plants for small gardens. The Yews thrive best in a moderately moist sandy loam and endure shade well. Large plants may be successfully transplanted if it is possible to secure a sufficient ball of earth with the roots. Prop, by seeds, which do not germinate until the second year, and by cuttings taken early in autumn and kept during the winter in a cool greenhouse or frame; the varieties also often by grafting on the type in early spring in the greenhouse, or sometimes by lay- ers. Plants raised from cuttings grow much slower than grafted ones and cuttings of the type rarely grow into trees but usually into low-spreading shrubs (see M.D.G. 1898:565). Six species are known. They are distributed through the northern hemisphere and in America south to Mexico. They are all very closely allied and could be considered geographical varieties of a single species. Trees or shrubs: Ivs. linear, without resin-ducts, pale or yellowish green beneath, usually 2-ranked: fls. usually dioecious, solitary and axillary, rarely terminal, small, appearing in early spring; staminate globose, composed of 4-8 stamens each, with 3-8 anther-cells attached to the peltate connective; pistillate consisting of a single terminal ovule with several bracts at the base: seed a bony nut surrounded or almost inclosed by a fleshy cup- shaped scarlet disk; cotyledons two. The wood is heavy, hard, close-grained, strong, elastic and of reddish color. It is highly valued for cabinet-making and turning, and before the invention of gunpowder was in great request in England for the manufacture of bows. The foliage is poisonous to horses and cattle but the berries are not. baccata, Linn. Pig. 2470. Tree, attaining 60 ft., with a usually short trunk, occasionally 8 ft. or more in diameter: bark reddish, flaky, deeply fissured in old trees: branches spreading, forming a broad, low head; branchlets somewhat pendulous: Ivs. 2-ranked, linear and usually falcate, shortly acuminate, with prominent midrib, dark green above, pale beneath, %-\% in. long or shorter in some vars. : fr. %-% in. across, with al- most globose disk, about one -third longer than the ovoid brown seed. Eu. andN. Afr. to Himalayas. G.C. 11.23:309. Gn. 27, p. 578; 35, p. 30, 37. G.F. 9:265. Gng. 1:309. — Many garden forms have originated in cultivation; the following are the most important: Var. adpressa, Carr. ( T. parrifolia, Wender. T. brevifolia, Hort., not Nutt. T.fardlva, Laws. T. Slnlnsis tardlva, Knight). Shrub or low tree of irregular habit, with long spreading branches: Ivs. oblong, obtusish, mucron- ulate, %-% in. long: disk of fr. shorter than the seed. R.H. 1886, p. 104. Gn. 35, p. 37. Very distinct form. Var. adpressa erecta, Nichols, (var. adpressa stric'n, Beissn.), has the foliage of the preceding, but er« ct branches forming a columnar bush. Var. aurea, Carr. (var. JtJlvastontnsis aw-ea, Beissn. ). Lvs. golden yel- low, more brightly colored at the tips and margin. This form has proved hardier than the type in New England. Var. argentea, Loud. (var. elegantissimn. Hort.). Lvs. striped straw-yellow or sometimes whit- ish. Var. erecta, Loud. (var. xtricta, Hort.). Bushy form, with slender, upright branches and branchlets: Ivs. narrower and smaller than in the type. Var. eri- coides, Carr. (var. micropJif/lla, Hort.). Dwarf form, with slender branches and small and very narrow, pointed Ivs. Var. fastigiata, Loud. (T. Hibtrnica, Hort.). Strictly fastigiate form, with stout crowded upright branches and branchlets: Ivs spirally arranger! around the branches, dark glossy green. Gn. 35, p. 36; 40, p. 62. R.H. 1886:105. One of the most desirable evergreens of columnar habit for formal gardens. Var. fastigiata variegata, Carr. Less vigorous and more tender: Ivs. marked yellowish white. Var. fastigiata aurea, Standish. Young growth golden yellow. Var. Fisheri, Hort. Some of the Ivs. deep yellow, others green. Var. fnictu luteo. With yellow fr. Gn. 35, p. 37. R.H. 1886, p. 104. Var. glauca, Carr. Vigorous form, with longer and narrower Ivs. dark green above and with a glaucous bluish tint beneath. Var. Jacksoni, Gord. (var. ptndula, Hort.). Branches spreading, pen- dulous at the tips, with more or less incurved Ivs. Var. procumbens, Loud. Prostrate shrub, with elongated and 2470. Old English Yews that have reached maturity — Taxus baceata. "Addison's Walk," at Glasnevin, Ireland. much ramified branches. Var. Washington!, Beissn. Vigorous form, with longer Ivs., partly colored golden yellow. cuspidata, Sieb. & Zucc. (T. baccata, var. cuspidata, Carr. ). Tree, attaining 50 ft., with a trunk usually 2 ft. TAXUS TEA 1773 in diameter: bark bright red: branches ascending: Ivs. usually falcate, thickish, distinctly and abruptly mucronate, dark green above, pale fulvous green or pale green beneath,' Vi-\ in. long: fr. like that of T. baccata, Japan. Very similar to T. burrntn, but branches more upright, stouter and Ivs. somewhat broader, more abruptly mucronate and thicker in tex- ture. Var. nana, Hort. ( T. brer ifo I in, Hort., not Nutt.), is a dwarf compact form with shorter leaves. Canadensis, Marsh. (T. ba.ccd.ta, var. minor, Michx. T. baccnta, var. Ciutxix. ( Iray. '/'. tn'nior, Britt. ). Fig. 2471. Prostrate shrub, with wide-spreading slen- der branches, rarely more than 3 ft. high: Ivs. shorter and narrower, less crowded and of a lighter, more yel- lowish green than those of T. baccata, assuming in win- ter usually a reddish tint: fr. ripens about 2 months earlier than that of T. baccata: fls. monrecious (at least usually). Newfoundland to Manitoba, south to Va. and Iowa. B.B. 1:61. V. 14 :252. — In cultivation it becomes usually a more upright and less straggling shrub. T. brevifblia, Nutt. Tree, 40-50 or occasionally 80 ft. high, with slender horizontal or somewhat pendulous branches forming a broad, open, pyramidal head: Ivs. sharply pointed, dark yellowish green, K~% in. long. Brit. Col. to Calif. S.S. 10:514. Probably as hardy as T. baccata.— T. Florid&na, C'hapm. Bushy tree, 25 ft. high or sometimes shrubby: Ivs. slender, %-l in. long, dark green. Fla. S.S. 10:515. ALFRED REHDER. United States, are facts sufficiently well known as to require no elaboration in the present article. The present condition of China and the fear that a devas- tating war may at any moment invade the tea-pro- ducing provinces, seriously threaten the Tea supply from that country. Again, friction among the world- powers may at some future time entangle the United States in war with a strong naval power, in which case it is easy to foresee that commerce with the antipodes might, be arrested and our supply of oriental Tea cut off. Or the outbreak of some such vegetable disease as that which not many years ago destroyed the coffee industry in Ceylon might readily sweep over the tea-garden ^ of Eastern Asia; and if wholly dependent upon them, the world might be deprived of its cup of Tea. It becomes, therefore, a question of national importance to provide against these contingencies. To these advantages should be added the diversifica- tion of our industries, supplying easy and healthful occupation to thousands of needy people, especially women and children, who are well adapted for the gen- erally light labor involved in the growth and manufac- ture of Tea; and converting countless acres of now idle land into blooming and remunerative tea-gardens. Where in Assam was once a dismal jungle, the home of the tiger and cobra, and full of deadlier fevers, almost uninhabited by man and practically worthless, is now— thanks to the tea-industry— a fertile, comparatively 2471. Spray of Taxus Canadensis (X %). TEA. The Tea plant is described in this work under Camellia Thea, together with its varieties Bohea and riridis, of which the former was supposed to yield black Tea and the latter green Tea. Both kinds can be produced from either variety, the difference lying in the process of manufacture. Tea is an agricultural rather than a horticultural crop. It is fully treated in general cyclopedias and elsewhere. For these reasons no general article on Tea is here included. The fol- lowing article gives an idea of the present condition of the tea-growing industry in America. The Tea plant is shown in Fig. 2472. L. H. B. AMERICAN TEA. — Previous to the inauguration of the Pinehurst experimentation in South Carolina, it had been abundantly demonstrated that parts of the south- ern states were well adapted for the growth of those varieties of the Tea plant which do not require a tropi- cal climate; and before the Civil War many families supplied themselves with Tea grown and made at home, the result of the distribution of oriental Tea seed throughout the southern states by the national government. But it remained to be solved whether Tea might be produced on a large scale at a profit. The Pinehurst experiments have shown that American tea- gardens are capable of yielding as much as the aver- age Asiatic, and that the quality of the leaf is not less satisfactory. The advantages in favor of raising Tea in this country are the avoidance of long transportation, which generally induces deterioration in quality; security from the in- terference of war with the importation of foreign Teas; and the protection of the industry by a duty which shall offset The difference in the price of labor. That some sorts of Tea do not keep well, that the high "firing" of Tea to prevent mildew, necessarily deprives it of much of its flavor, and that for these reasons the best of the oriental Teas are rarely exported, least of all to the healthy, civilized region, affording lucrative employ- ment to thousands of Europeans and natives. As much can be brought about in many neglected parts of the southern states; but probably, as was the case in Assam, only through the long category of persistent labor, se- vere trials, frequent mistakes, temporary depressions and final success. The disadvantages which operate against the estab- lishment of an American Tea industry are, chiefly, an insufficient rainfall, the higher price of labor, and the conversion of tea-drinkers to the taste of a new sort of Tea. Of secondary importance is the disinclination of capital to embark in the undertaking which, although apparently new, has, undeservedly as we think, the stigma of previous failures. Further experiments to relieve the burden of the above objections will, it is believed, pave the way for a hearty endorsement of the practicability of the industry, and then there will be no withholding of the requisite means. The Pinehurst experiments have shown, other things being equal, the dependence of the productiveness of the tea-plant upon an abundant supply of mois- ture, whether of precipitation or percolation, or by arti- ficial irrigation. The yearly rainfall in the oriental Tea countries varies from 60 to 150 inches, and even more. Almost all of it occurs in the leaf -producing months; whereas here the aqueous precipitation, dur- ing the same season amounts to about thirty inches. It becomes necessary, therefore, that the American tea- planter should conserve and supplement this supply to the utmost, by a system of tillage which shall absorb and yield to the plant as much as possible; by the dis- tribution of the trenches and the terracing of the land with a view to preventing the denudation of the surface and the loss of water during the heavier rains. These objects are largely attained by placing the tea-gardens on well-drained, flat lowlands or former pond-beds. Very recently special attention has been paid to the 1774 TEA TEA artificial irrigation of tea fields, whereby it is designed to better approximate to the oriental supply of water during the cropping season, although, of course, it will be needless to attempt to imitate the tropical deluges which not only run off from, but with the soil. The selection of the most suitable location for the establishment of a tea estate, becomes, then, of the greatest importance. The choice of fertile, flat lands, underlaid by a porous subsoil, susceptible of irrigation by gravity, as a safe-guard against droughts, will obvi- ate the necessity of applying artificial enrichment, of underdrainage, and of elevating by applied power the water needed for irrigation. By a careful observance of these details and the selection of the right sort of seed, the American tea-garden may be made to yield as much or more than the parent bushes from which it sprung. And as the successful commercial tea estate must be on a large scale, like similar undertakings in sugar,whether beet or cane, it will be necessary to consider the means of transportation and accessibility to markets, abundant supply of labor and healthfulness of situation. The part played by purely manual labor in the culti- vation and manufacture of black Tea upon the best equipped British tea estates in India, is being steadily encroached upon by mechanical appliances until now it has been almost relegated to its last functions of plant- pruning and leaf-plucking, where it is probably secure. It is true that the cultivation of the soil on the above- mentioned gardens largely depends on manual labor with the hoe, spade and fork. This is the natural se- quence of the heavy rains which otherwise denude them of a uniformly well-pulverized surface soil. By avoid- ing hillsides and by planting sufficiently far apart it is possible to use plows and cultivators, and thus reduce the cost of cultivation. As yet no mechanical contri- vance has been found for dispensing with human labor in the pruning of the tea bushes and the gathering of the leaf. But a ten cent duty on foreign Tea should in many sections of the southern states somewhat com- pensate for the difference in the cost of these opera- tions here and in the Orient. The testimony before the U. S. Labor Commission has shown that where the negro population is congested, their wages, beyond a scanty supply of food and clothing, are strictly nominal. 2472. Tea plant (X On well-arranged tea estates producing black Tea, the human hand hardly touches the plucked leaf from the moment when it is caught up by a trolley line for trans- portation to the factory, until the dry Tea is subjected to the final elimination of whatever foreign matter (stems, chips, etc.) may have got mixed with it. Until very recently the manufacture of green Tea has required a large amount of handwork for the roasting and roll- ing of the leaf. But most recently it has been demon- strated at Pinehurst that green tea of a high quality may be made solely by machinery, by means of the "Rotary Witherer," invented by the writer, in conjunc- tion with the previously employed rolling and drying machines. And thus, by the substitution of mechani- cal operations, not only should the production of Tea on a scale commensurate with the cost of such an establish- ment, be made cheaper, but the product should be more uniform and free from the possible contamination of frequently unclean hands (and feet!). It was to be expected that the different climatic con- ditions should exert their effect on the foreign tea plants and somewhat alter the taste of their product. This experience has been the rule with Tea, and it has cost a considerable, oftentimes disheartening, effort to successfully launch upon the market the output of each new locality. The very limited production at Pinehurst has probably prevented any obstacle to the sale of its crops; the novelty of its product may have largely assisted in readily disposing of it. But were the produc- tion of American Tea to suddenly rise into the millions of pounds, it would most certainly have to fight against the prejudice of taste and the established trade in Asi- atic Teas. The natural remedy lies in the greatest pos- sible adaptation to already formed habits of taste and a lowering of price. Time, study, perseverance and money are necessarily demanded, but success seems to be reasonably assured. It should not surprise any one familiar with the Teas consumed in the United States and Great Britain that the sorts most highly valued in the Orient, the product of one thousand or more years of discrimination and so highly prized as often to be commercially unattainable, rarely commend themselves to the tea-drinkers in the former countries. For nearly ten years the experimentation at Pinehurst was mainly carried on without outside assistance. The National Department of Agriculture, however, con- tributed very welcome assistance by the gift of tea- seed, publication of reports and other important ways; and for the past two seasons has rendered most effec- tual pecuniary aid, under the direction of the Secretary of Agriculture, the Hon. James Wilson, who has en- listed the interest and support of Congress in the work. The proprietor of Pinehurst appreciates most deeply this assistance, both in money and sympathy, which he recognizes as being indispensable for the ultimate in- auguration of the hoped-for industry. Under the instructions of the United States Department of Agri- culture he will diligently continue the experiments which seem most calculated to produce at low cost the medium grades of both black and green Teas, not losing sight, however, of the possible growth and manufac- ture of the finer varieties. The first tea plant in this country was set out by the French botanist, Michaux, about 1800, at Middleton Barony, on the Ashley river, distant some 15 miles from Charleston and 10 from Pinehurst plantation. As seen a few years since, it had grown into a siiiall tree about 15 feet high. The reports of the U. S. Patent Office and the Department of Agriculture record the results of many subsequent attempts to introduce and cultivate the tea plant in the southern states. In 1848, Mr. Junius Smith, of Greenville, S. C., being convino< d from the letters of his daughter, then in British India, of the feasibility of raising Tea in this region, began his well-known experiments in this direction. In spite of many trying difficulties, they were diligently prosecuted to the time of his death, which occurred a few years later. It required only slight encouragement from the Government, by the distribution of plants and seeds, to call into active participation the ardor of many experi- menters living in a climate particularly favorable for the outdoor cultivation of the Camellia Japonica, Aza- lea Indica, and many other subtropical plants. The Scotch botanist, Mr. Robert Fortune, was employed by the Government to gather Chinese tea seed, which WHS distributed in 1858 and 1859 throughout the southern states. The outbreak of the Civil War, shortly there- after, seriously interfered with the prosecution of these TEA experiments. Nevertheless, the resultant patches and larger gardens unquestionably produced Tea of tine flavor, although very generally devoid of that strength of liquor which latterly, and especially since the intro- duction of the Indo-Ceylon Teas, appears to constitute a most desirable! quality for many consumers. It may I),- presumed, however, that this failure in pnniren.-y •was largely due to defective curing and particularly to inadequate rolling of the leaf, in consequence of which the cup qualities of the Tea were not fully developed. So far as is known, it remained for the National Department of Agriculture to be- gin, twenty years ago, the first serious at- tempt to produce American commercial Tea. rnhappily, the retirement from office of Commissioner Win. G. Lie Due, to whose great interest in this subject the inception of the experiment was due ; the serious prostration by illness of Mr. John Jackson, who had cultivated Tea in India, and under whose management the seed was obtained and the gardens established; the great dis- tance of the station from its source of con- trol i Washington), as also the unfavorable opinion of a subsequent commissioner as to the ultimate success of the undertak- ing, combined to cause the total abandon- ment by the Government of the tea-gar- dens which it had established on the same "Newington" plantation that embraced the adjoining site of the later formed Pinehurst estate. The Pinehurst investigation owed its ori- gin to the belief that the previous attempts to demonstrate the feasibility of American Tea culture had been arrested before reach- ing definite conclusions. More careful cul- tivationand manipulation, the result of pro- tracted observation, with the consequent production of a higher class of Teas, might reverse the generally entertained opinion that the cultivation ot Tea, as an industry, in this country must always prove a failure. It was hoped that success in this field of agricultural enterprise would furnish employment for thousands who are now idle and give a value to vast acres at present worthless. T\ie local experiments, begun about ten years ago, w.-re wisely on a small scale; but they have been gradu- ally increased until they now embrace about sixty acres planted in Tea, a commodious factory equipped with the requisite mechanical appliances, facilities for the application of irrigation to some of the tea-gardens, and a well-trained corps of youthful tea pickers. When the gardens shall have arrived at full bearing, the an- nual crop should exceed 12,000 pounds of dry, high grade Tea, and this quantity should suffice for the ob- ject in view: viz., to determine whether commercial tea may be profitably grown under the local conditions of soil, climate and labor. It was obviously desirable to conduct experiments with as many varieties of seed and on as different sorts of soil and location as pos- sible. To this end, partly by the kind assistance of the U. S. Department of Agriculture and partly by pur- chase from domestic and foreign producers, a consider- able variety of seed, representing many of the choicest sors of Tea, was obtained. Gardens were established on Hat and on rolling land, in drained swamps and ponds, and on sandy, clayey, loamy and rich bottom soil. It was from the outset expected that many of those attempts would prove either partially or wholly unsuc- cessful, but with very few exceptions the gardens are fullv answering the expectations. The annual crop has gradually, but steadily, grown from less than one hun- dre.l pounds to 5,000 pounds of dry Tea. Several years of experimentation have developed a system of pruning in keeping with the local climate. The hopefully crucial trial occurred on February 14, 1899, when the thermom- eter fell to zero, Pahrenheit-the lowest recorded tem- perature in 150 years of observation, but with compara- tively few exceptions the tea-gardens escaped serious injury, although followed by a diminished yield for two 112 TECOMA 1775 years in some instances. A Rose (Assam Hybrid) tea garden at Pinehurst is shown in Fig. 2471!. CHARLES U. SHEPARD. TEA, OSWEGO. Monarda didynut. TEA, PARAGUAY. Ilex Pdnii/itttrifiixiii. TEASEL. The species of Dipsacus. See p. 491 and Fig. 719. Assam-Hybrid Tea garden at Pinehurst. South Carolina. TECOMA ( abridged from the Mexican name Tecomaxo- chitl.). Including Cdmpsis, Cawpsldium, Cour&lea, Panddrea, Stenolobium and Tecomdria. liignomacea. TRUMPET VINE. Ornamental evergreen or deciduous, climbing or upright shrubs, or sometimes trees, with opposite, odd-pinnate or digitate leaves and showy white, yellow, scarlet or violet flowers in panicles or racemes, followed by mostly elongated cylindrical pods. Most of the species are suited only for greenhouse cul- tivation in the North, or for outdoor cultivation only in subtropical or tropical regions. The hardiest species is T radicans, which may be grown as far north as Massa- chusetts, at least in sheltered positions. The closely allied T. grandiflora is somewhat more tender. The latter, as well as T. radicans, var. speciosa, can be grown as bushy specimens and will bloom freely on the young shoots, even if cut back almost to the ground by frost. Such plants can be easily protected during the winter by laying them down and covering them with The following are well suited for cultivation in the southern states and California or in the North in the cool greenhouse and will stand a little frost: T. aus- tralis, Capensis, jasminoides, molds, Ricasohana, SmitUi and stans. T. Amboinensis, filicifoha and leucoxylon can be grown only in tropical regions or in the warm greenhouse. The Tecomas; with the excep- tion of the first 5 species described below, are very or- namental climbing plants. T. radicans is particularly adapted for covering walls and rocks, as it climbs witt rootlets and clings firmly to its support. The Tecomas require rich, rather moist soil and sunny position. Propagated by seeds, by greenwood cuttings under glass, or by hardwood and also by root-cuttings and layers. See, also, Bignonia for culture. The genus contains more than 100 species, chiefly na- tives of tropical and subtropical America, also found in Polynesia, S. Asia and Africa. Climbing or upright shrubs, sometimes trees: Ivs. odd-pinnate or digitate, opposite, estipulate: fls. in racemes or panicles; calyx campanulate, 5-toothed or irregularly 2-5-lobed; corolla funnelform, with 5- or rarely 4-lobed limb; stamens 4, 2 longer and 2 shorter; style slender: ovary 2-loculed, 1776 TECOMA TECOMA surrounded at the base by a disk: fr. an elongated cap- sule, loculicidally dehiscent, with 2 valves separating from the septum, to which the seeds are attached : seeds numerous, compressed, with 2 large, thin wings. The genus is divided into several natural subgenera, which are considered by some botanists as distinct genera. ALFRED REHDER. TRUMPET VINES IN THE SOUTH. — All the Tecomas, the climbing species as well as those growing in bush form, are very successfully cultivated in Florida, being well adapted to the soil and climate, but most of them, to do their best, need to be planted from the start in rich soil, and in addition they should be well fertilized at least once a year. They prefer a fertilizer rich in nitro- gen, and a heavy mulch will also prove very beneficial. The bushy kinds can be grown in groups or as single specimens on the lawn, while the rampant climbing species, such as T.radicans and T. grandiflora, should be grown on posts and tall stumps, or they may be trained over small oaks, persimmon trees or catalpas. T. Capensis, a half -climbing species, is effectively used for decoration of the veranda, its glowing scarlet flow- ers contrasting well with the exquisite blossoms and the tropical foliage of the allamandas, thunbergias and Clerodendron Thomp nonce, which all flower at the same time. Tecoma stans and T. grandiflora are the two showiest species of the genus, the latter being a climber, flowering abundantly in May and June, while the first one is a large-growing bushy species opening its im- mense corymbs of vivid yellow flowers the latter part of November and early in December. The Yellow Elder, T. stans, grows exceedingly well on high pine-land and is perfectly at home in Florida, attaining an immense size if well fertilized and mulched, dense masses 18-2,") ft. high and as much through being not at all rare. This Tecoma is the glory of the south Florida gardens in autumn, as is the beautiful Bau- hinia purpurea in April, never failing to call forth en- thusiastic admiration from all beholders. No shrub is better adapted for the new settlers in the sandy pine- land gardens. When covered with its large, fragrant flowers it is visited by numberless hummingbirds and insects. Owing to its rapid growth and dense foliage from the ground, the Yellow Elder is highly valued as screen for unsightly fences and buildings. This Tecoma ripens its seed so abundantly that hundreds of seedlings come up around the old plant. The value of this shrub, blooming so late in autumn, cannot be overestimated. T. mollis, incorrectly known to the trade as T. stans, var. velutina, also does well, but being a native of Guatemala it is much less hardy than the former. The growth is more upright and stiff, the Ifts. are much larger, less serrate and much darker green and the flowers, which are borne in terminal panicles, are smaller and without fragrance and the color is a much lighter yellow. It also flowers several weeks earlier than T. stans. The foliage looks crimped and often blackish, being attacked by a kind of aphis and by several fungi. T. Smithii is said to be a hybrid between T. mollis and T. Capensis, raised near Melbourne, Australia, by Mr. Edwin Smith. The plant comes true from seed, and seedlings flower when about a year old, beginning to open their large clusters of yellow and reddish trumpets in April and continuing with short intervals until cut down by frost in December. The Cape Honeysuckle, T. Capensis, is another spe- cies which grows most luxuriantly in Florida gardens and in those all along the Gulf coast. It is usually grown on trellises on verandas and piazzas with a south- ern exposure. Of all the species this is the best and most suitable for verandas, being a dense and compact grower, evergreen, almost constantly in flower, easily kept in health and readily trained into shapely speci- mens. If the long shoots are cut back severely, the plant can be easily trained into shrub form. These long shoots, usually lying flat on the ground, readily strike root and form an excellent material for propagation. T. Capensis and T. Smithii are the only Tecomas which grow and flower fairly well as pot-plants in northern greenhouses. They need good soil and rather large pots to do well. If not well cared for they lose most of their foliage and look poor and unshapely. The Chinese Trumpet Creeper, T. grandiflora, is the most floriferous and gorgeous of all the climbing spe- cies. In the writer's garden a large pine stump, about sixteen feet high, in May and June is completely covered with masses of brilliant fiery orange-scarlet flowers which can be seen at a distance of half a mile. The flowers are much larger, more brilliant and much more abundantly produced than those of our native T. radi- cans. While all the other Tecomas are almost free from the attacks of insects, this one is infested by a vora- cious caterpillar, which devours the leaves greedily. The lubber grasshoppers also attack the lower foliage. T. grandiflora grows well in the poor sandy soil, per- fecting luxuriant shoots 25-30 ft. long in one season if well fertilized. Like our native species, this one is de- ciduous. Our native Trumpet Creeper, T. radicans, is very common in the southern woodlands and fields. There is a great variety in the brilliancy of the blossoms. This is an excellent plant for covering the bare trunks of palmettos. The Wonga-Wonga Vine, T. australis, is rather diffi- cult to grow on high pine-land, as it needs a soil rich in humus. In rich soil, however, and liberally fertilized it is a rampant grower with beautiful dark green glossy foliage. The flowers are interesting but comparatively small, and not showy. However, the species is worth cultivating for foliage alone. It must be well taken care of and well watered during the dry spring months or it will dwindle away in a very short time. The Bower Plant of Australia, T. jasminoides, is a tall, rampant climber, reveling in the Florida sun- shine, but it needs a very rich soil and during dry weather an abundance of water. A heavy mulching also proves very beneficial. Plants only two feet high have flowered profusely. In good soil it grows in one season 20-30 ft. high, clambering from tree to tree. T. Mackenii, from Natal and Caffraria, demands a very rich soil and a heavy mulch of stable manure. Its leaves easily drop from the woody branches after a TECOMA TECOMA 1777 cold night, and 6 or 7 degrees of frost kill the plant down to the ground. For this reason the vine should be banked with dry sand every fall and if killed down to the banking it must be cut off immediately or the entire plant will be lost. Plants raised from seed re- ceived under the name of T. Kicasoliana, from Italy, are much hardier and more ttoriferous than those obtained from seed imported from South Africa, but the flowers of both are exactly alike. In order to flower profusely this species must be planted in the full sun. It usually requires a few years before it starts into a vigorous growth, and it rarely flowers before its fifth year or before it has attained considerable size. In Florida, T. Mackenii should be planted on tall stumps, or on arbors and sheds by itself, never mingled with other species. This species is properly T. T. filicifolia, from the Fiji Islands, has never flowered in the writer's garden and is cut down by frost almost every winter, but it is a strong grower and worth plant- ing for the foliage alone. T. Vnhlifiana has proved to be a very poor grower and is very difficult to keep in health for any length of time. Apparently not in the trade. jj. NKHRLING. (Including some names from other genera, s. L. = supple- mentary list.) adrepens, 8. fulva, s. L. rosea. 2. eesculifolia, S. L. grandiflora, 8. sambueifolia, 3. alba, 12. jasminoides, 12. serratifolia, s. L. Amboinensis, 9. leueoxylon, 1. Smithii, 5. atropurpurea, 7. Mackenii, 10. speciosa, 7. australis, 11. mollis, 4. spectabilis, S. L. Capensis ,• 6. Pandoras, 11. stalls, 3. Chinensis, 8. prwcox, 7, 8. Thunbergii, 8. chrysantha, s, L. radieans, 7. Valdiviana, S. L. fllicifolia, 13. Rieasoliana, 10. velutina, 4. A. Habit upright. B. Foliage digitate: fls. pink. C. Panicles few-fid 1. leueoxylon cc. Panicles many -fid 2. rosea BB. Foliage pinnate : fls. yellow. (Stenolobium.) c. Lfts. acuminate. D. Lvs. glabrous 3. stans DD. Lvs. villous - pubescent bt- neath 4. mollis cc. Lfts. oblong, obtusish 5. Smithii AA. Habit climbing or prostrate, rarely suberect. B. Stamens exserted. (Tecomaria.) 6. Capensie BB. Stamens included. c. Pairs of Ifts. 2-5. D. Fls. in racemes, orangi, red or scarlet. (Campsis.) E. Lfts. serrate: racemes ter- minal. F. Corolla - tithe much longer than calyx 7. radicans FF. Corolla-tube little ex- ceeding the calyx 8. grandiflora EE. Lfts. entire or sinuate: racemes axillary 9. Amboinensis DD. Fls. in terminal panicles, whitish or light pink (Pandorea.) E. Margin of Ifts. serrate... 10. Ricasoliana EE. Margin of Ifts. entire. F. Corolla % in. long 11. australis FF. Corolla l%-2 in. long. .12. jasminoides cc. Pairs of Ifts. 9-12. (Campsid- ium .) 13. f ilicif oliuni 1. leucbxylon, Mart. (Bignonia Ieuc6xylon, Linn.). Evergreen tree: Ivs. long-petioled, digitate; Ifts. usu- ally 5, stalked, oblong - lanceolate, entire, glabrous, 1-2 X in. long: fls. terminal, in few-fld. racemes or solitary; corolla funnelform, with large, spreading limb, rosy pink, 2-2V£ in. long; calyx 2-lipped : capsule linear, 6-8 in. long. W. Indie?, Guiane 2. rosea, Bertol (Tabebula rdsea, DC.). Evergreen tree: Ivs. digitate; Ifts. 5, rarely 3, long-stalked, ovate to oblong, acuminate, entire: fls. in many-fld. terminal panicles; corolla funnelform-campanulate, with short tube and large, spreading lobes, rosy pink; calyx cam- panuliite, obscurely 2-lobed, almost truncate. Guate- mala. 3. stans, Juss. (T. sambucifblia, Humb. & Bonpl. Stenoldbium stans, Seem.). YELLOW ELDER. Upright shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate ; Ifts. 5-11, almost sessile, ovate-lanceolate to narrow-lanceolate, acuminate, in- ciscly serrate, glabrous, 1/^-4 in. long: fls. in large, terminal racemes or panicles; corolla funnelform-cam- panulate, yellow, 1% in. long; calyx with 5 short teeth; capsule linear, 5-7 in. long. Spring to Sept. S. Fla. to ,M< x.. W. Indies. B.M. 3191. — Sometimes called yellow begonia. Fls. fragrant. 4. m611is, Humb. & Bonpl. (T. velutina, Lindl. T. stans, var. velutina, Hort.). Similar to the preceding, but pubescent: Ifts. 5-9, ob- long-ovate, acuminate, less deeply serrate or almost en- tire, villous pubescent on both sides or only beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. like thost of the preceding, but little or not at all fragrant. Mex- ico to Chile and Peru. 5. Smithii, W. Wats. Fig. 2474 (adapted from The Gar- den). Upright shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate; Ifts. 11-17, ob- long, obtuse or acutish, ser- rate, 1-2 in. long: fls. in large, compound panicles, sometimes 8 in. long and as broad ; corolla tubular - fun- nelform, with 5 reflexed rounded lobes, bright yel- low tinged with orange, 1%- 2 in. long. Sept. -Jan. In- troduced from Australia and supposed to be a hybrid of T. mollis and Capensis. G. C. III. 14:649. Gn. 48:1022. I.H. 43:55, 107. Gt. 44, p. 52. G.M. 36:627. - Bloom- ing in the greenhouse in winter and well suited foi "~ cultivation in pots. 6. Capensis, Lindl. (Te- comaria Caplnsis, Seem.). CAPE HONEYSUCKLE. Climb- ing shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate; Ifts. 7-9, ovate, acute, coarsely serrate, glabrous, about 2 in. long: fls. in peduncled tei- minal racemes; corolla tubu- lar, curved, with 4-parted spreading limb, the upper lip emarginate, orange-red, about 2 in. long ; calyx 5- toothed: capsule linear, 3-5 in. long. Aug. -Nov. S. Africa. B. R. 13: 1117. L. B.C. 17:1672. R.H. 1895, p. 108. 7. radicans, Juss. (Big- nonia radicans. Linn. Campsis radicans, Bur.). TRUMPET CREEPER. TRUM- PET VINE. TRUMPET HONEY- SUCKLE. Figs. 2475, 2476. High-climbing shrub, cling- ing with rootlets: Ivs. odd- pinnate; Ifts. 9-11, oval to ovate-oblong, acuminate, ser- rate, dark green above, pale and pubescent beneath, at least along the midrib, l%-2% in. long: fls. in terminal racemes; corolla tubular- funnelform, with 5 broad spreading lobes, usually orange with scarlet limb, 2-3 in. lonir, tube almost thrice as long as the 5-toothed calyx r fr. cylindric-oblong, keeled along the sutures, stalked 2475. The Trumpet Creeper climbs by means of aerial roots. — Tecoma radicans. 1778 TECOMA and with a beak at the apex, 3-5 in. long. July-Sept. Pa. and 111. to Fla. and Texas. B.M. 485. Gn. 22, p. 339. F. 1873, p. 220. A. F. 12:34. Mn. 2:9. — Var. atropurpurea, Hort. (var. grandiflora atropurpurea, Hort.). With large, deep scarlet fls. Var. speciosa, Hort. Scarcely climbing, usually forming a bush with long and slender branches: Ifts. small, oval, abruptly narrowed into a slender point often % in. long: fls. orange-red, with rather straight tube; limb about 1% in. across. Var. praecox, Hort. With large scarlet fls. 8. grandiH6ra, Del. (T. Chintnsis, C. Koch. Big- nbnia Chinensis, Lam. Cdmpsis adrepens, Lour.). CHINESE TRUMPET CREEPER. Fig. 2477 (adapted from Gardening). Climbing shrub, with few or no aerial rootlets: Ivs. odd -pinnate; Ifts. usually 7-9, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, serrate, glabrous beneath, l>2-2>2 in. long: fls. in terminal racemes; corolla funnelform-cam- panulate, shorter and broader than that of the preced ing species, scarlet, about 2 in. across; calyx 5-lobed to the middle, about as long as the tube of the corolla: fr. obtuse at the apex. Aug., Sept. China, Japan. B.M. 1398; 3011. F.S. 11:1124, 1125. Gn. 27, p. 94; 33, p. 348; 47, p. 373. G.F. 3:393. F.R. 2:27. Gng. 4:195. -Less high-growing and sometimes shrubby; flowers when quite small and can be grown as a pot-plant, also suited for forcing. Var. atrosanguinea, Hort. With deeper scarlet fls. Var. Thunbergi, Hort. ( T. Thunbergi, Sieb. ). Fls. bright scarlet, with very short tube and reflexed lobes. Often a var. of T. radicans is cult, under the name T. Thunbergi. There are probably also hybrids of this and the preceding species. Var. praecox is ad- vertised. 9. Amboingnsis, Blume. Evergreen climbing shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate; Ifts. 3-7, stalked, elliptic-ovate, acumi- nate, sinuate or almost entire, puberulous beneath, 3-3 Yf in. long: fls. in lateral racemes, corolla tubular- funnelform, with erect or slightly spreading 5-lobed limb, red, 3-4 in. long. Amboina. 10. Eicasoliana, Tanfani (T. MacMnii, W.Watson. Pnnddrea Ricaaoliana , Baill.). Evergreen climbing shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate; Ifts. 7-11, short-stalked, ellip- tic-ovate, acute or acuminate, serrate, dark green above, pale beneath, glabrous, about 1 in. long: fls. in loose, terminal panicles ; corolla funnelform, campanulate, with spreading 5-lobed limb, light pink, striped red, 2 in. long; calyx 5-toothed: fr. linear, terete, 10-12 in. long. S. Africa. 11. australis, R. Br. (Bigndnia Pandbrce, Sims). WONGA-WONGA VINE. Evergreen high-climbing shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate; Ifts. 3-9, elliptic-ovate to ovate-lan- ceolate, acuminate but bluntly pointed, entire or sometimes coarsely cre- nate, shining above, gla- brous, 1-2^2 in. long: pan- icles many-fld.; corolla funnelform - campanulate, with 5-lobed spreading limb, yellowish white, spotted violet in the throat, % in. long: fr. ob- long, pointed, 2-3 in. long. Spring. Australia. B.M. 865. Gn. 27, p. 94. 12. jasminoides, Lindl, (Bigndnia jasrninoldes. Hort.). BOWER PLANT OF AUSTRALIA. Evergreen climbing shrub: Ivs. odd- pinnate; Ifts. 5-9, almost sessile, ovate to lanceolate, acuminate but bluntly pointed, entire, glabrous, 1-2 in. long : panicles rather few - fld. ; corolla funnelform - campanulate, with large spreading 5- lobed limb with crenate lobes, white, rosy pink in the throat, 1K-2 in. long; calyx small, 5-lobed. Aug. -Oct. B.R. 23:2002. B.M. 4004. R.H. 1895, p. 109. Var. alba is a trade name. TECOPHIL^A 13. filicifdlia, Nichols. (Campsldium filicifdlium, Van Geert). Climbing evergreen shrub: Ivs. odd-pin- nate, 5 in. long; Ifts. 19-25, ovate, with 2 or 3 lobes on each side, the larger lobes sometimes dentate. Fiji Islands. F. 1874:280. T. cesculifolia, DC. (Tabebuia sesculifolia, Hemsl. Bignonia aesculifolia, Huinb. & Bonpl.). Evergreen tree, about 20 ft. high: Ivs. digitate, with 7 oblong- oboyate Ifts., pubescent above, tomentose beneath: fls. in terminal panicles, subcampanulate, orange- red, with yellow spots 011 the 3 lower lobes. Mex- ico .— T. chrysdntha, DC. (Tabebuia chrysantha, Nichols.). Evergreen tree: Ivs. digi- tate, with 5 ovate entire, tomentose Ifts.: fls. in terminal racemes, yel- low, funnelform, 2 in. long. Caracas. — T. fulva, Don (Tecomaria fulva, Baill.). Evergreen upright shrub to 15 ft. high: Ivs. odd-pinnate, with 9- 13 small, ovate, toothed Ifts.: fls. in terminal panicles, tubular - funnel- form, slender, yellow, tinged red, in. long; stamens slightly exserted. Peru. B.M. 4896. F. S. 11:1116.— T. ser- 24/6. Trumpet Vine — Tecoma radicans (X %) 2477. Tecoma erandiflora on a clothes post. ratifolia, Don (Tabebuia serra- tifolia, Nichols.). • Evergreen tiee : Ivs. digitate, with 4-5, oblong-ovate acuminate Ifts. serrate at the apex, 3-5 in. long: fls. in ter- minal panicles, tubular-fun- nelform, yellow. W. Indies. — T. specidbilis, Planch. & Lind. I Tabebuia spectabilis, Nichols.). Evergreen tree: Ivs. digitate, with 5-stalked, ovate to oblong-ovate, cren- ately serrate Ifts.: fls. in terminal panicles, orange- yellow, funnelform -campa- nulate. Columbia. F.S. 9: 948.— T. Valdividna, Phil. (CampsidiumChilense,Reiss. & Seem.). Evergreen climb- ing shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate, with 9-15 elliptic to ovate-oblong, small Ifts., serrate near the apex or almost entire: fls. in ter- minal racemes, tubular, with short 5-lobed limb, orange, about lin.long. Chile. G.C. 1870:1182. B.M. 6111. ALFRED REHDER. TECOPHIL2EA (named for Tecophila Billotti, daugh- ter of a botanist). Hcumodoracete . CHILEAN CROCUS. Two Chilean bulbous early-flowering plants, useful for pots or for forcing, one of which is offered by Dutch bulb dealers. They look like blue crocuses. They are stemless plants, with 1-few-fld. scapes and linear or lanceolate leaves arising from tunicated corms. The flowers are blue, campanulate, with 6 segments, 3 per- fect stamens and 3 staminodia, a single style and a 3- loculed ovary. The botanical position of Tecophilsea is open to discussion, but the inferior ovary seems to take it out of the Liliaceaa, with which it has been placed by some writers. The plants are useful for blooming in pots indoors early in spring. T. violceflora, Bertero, does not appear to be introduced. The one in cultiva- tion is — cyanocrdcus, Leyb. (sometimes written T. cyano- crocea). Scapes 1-3, erect, 3-6 in. high, 1-fld.: Ivs. 2-3, linear-canaliculate and undulate : fl. azure-blue with white thro.at, about IK in. long, with a narrow tube and obovate segments. Var. Leichtlini, Hort., has fls. deep blue with no trace of yellow; said by some to have a white center. Var. Eegelii, Baker (not known to be in the trade), has longer peduncles, longer and narrower scarcely undulate Ivs., and narrow oblong segments. Species hardy at New York city in protected places, but usually the plants do not thrive more than a year or two; they ought to do better farther south. Blooms very early in spring. Fls. violet-scented. L. H. B. TEEDIA TEEDIA (J. G. Teede, German botanist, who lived some time in Portugal and died at Surinam). Si-ropli- ulariacK(e. Two species of South African plants, with pink 5-lobed tts. %-% in. across. They are tender to frost. T. liiruld was introduced to southern Cali- fornia in Itt(K), and 1< ranceschi records that it blooms all the year. The; larger-lid, species, T. pubescens, seems not to be known to the American trade. Both plants emit the rank herbaceous smell peculiar to hen- banes when their foliage is bruised, and T. pubescent has the same sort of greasy pubescence. The plants hardly seem worth cultivating in northern greenhouses. When they were new to cultivation they were supposed to be biennial herbs, but Beiitham and Hooker call theni shrubs. Franceschi writes: " T. Iticida acts like an an- nual in southern California. It is rather pretty but weedy. It seeds freely. Seems to prefer half shade. The smell of the foliage is very objectionable." Generic characters: calyx deeply 5-cnt; corolla-tube cylindrical; lobes 5, rounded, subequal; stamens 4, didynamons, included; anther-cells parallel, distinct: ovules numerous in each locule : berries subglobose, indehiscent. lucida, Rud. Glabrous: stem 4-cornered; Ivs. ob- long-ovate, acuminate, 2 in. long, decussate; petioles winged: panicles leafy, decussate: fls. rosy pink: seeds many, small. S. Afr. B.R. 3:209. W. M. TELANTHERA (name refers to the fact that all ten parts of the staminal cup are equally developed). Ama- rantilcece. ALTERNANTHERA. Apparently all the Alter- nantheras used by gardeners as bedding plants belong to the genus Telanthera, which is distinguished from the true genus Alternanthera by having 5 anther- bearing stamens and 5 elongated antherless stam- inodia united into a cup or tube. In Alternan- thera the tube is short or almost none, the anther- bearing stamens sometimes less than 5, and the staminodia short or none. Of Telantheras there are 40 to 50 species, mostly herbs, in tropical America and one in western Africa. The leaves are entire, ovate to elongated, opposite : fls. small, usually in dense heads in the axils, whit- ish or sometimes colored, perfect, each sub- tended by 2 bractlets. The Alternantheras of gardeners are much used in carpet-bedding and for ribbon-borders, because of their low, compact growth, the bright colors of the foliage, which holds its character throughout the season, and the ease with which they withstand shearing. They are usually kept within six inches of the ground. They are tender to frost, and grow best in warm sunny places. The flowers are inconspicuous and of no account to the gardener. They comprise the stock plants for the foundation work in carpet-bedding. The plants are propagated by cuttings or di- vision. In either case, they must be carried over winter in the greenhouse or in hotbeds, prefer- ably in the houses at the North. The plants should be kept at 60° or 65° during winter, and rather dry to hold them more or less dormant. Place them where they will receive only enough light to keep them healthy. (1) Cuttings are usually made in August from strong plants grow- ing in the open. The cuttings can be struck in shallow flats and then wintered in these flats without transplanting. The cuttings should be well established before winter sets in, else they will remain weak. In March or April they may be, potted off, preparatory to using them in the open. (2) Division is usually preferred, by gar- deners who have much bedding to do. The plants are lifted after the first frost, cut back to three or four inches long, and planted in flats. In .March or April, the plants are divided and the parts (with the old roots shortened in) are potted or transplanted toother flats. However grown, the plants should have four to six weeks in a hotbed if possible, before they are placed in the open ground. Even in the warm greenhouse they usually make slow growth in March and April. TELEKIA 1779 The botanical status of the garden Alternantheras is imperfectly understood, and the group needs careful study from living plants. Various garden names can- not be accounted for at present. The common garden Alternantheras appear to have issued from the three following Brazilian species. A. Lvs. essentially lanceolate or elliptic. amOena, Regel. Fig. 2478. Very dwarf : Ivs. long- lanceolate or oblong- lanceolate, sometimes elliptic, acuminate, very short-petioled, the under color mostly green but veined and blotched with red and orange: fl. -heads sessile, single, in pairs or 3's, and terminal. I.H. 12:447; 15:558. — To this apparently belong the garden names amabilis, spectabilis, sessilis, rosea, Reinhardi. AA. Lvs. essentially spatulate. Bettzichiana, Regel (Alternanthera paronychioldes, Hort.). Fig. 2478/>. Lvs. narrow, spatulate, gradually narrowed into a long petiole, orange-red shaded with green: fl. -heads sessile, single, in pairs or 3's, terminal and axillary. I.H. 12:445. -To this species appear to belong the garden names picta, tricolor, aurea, aurea nana compacta, paronychioiden, versicolor aurea and p. major Kuntzii, magnifica. verslcolor, Regel. Fig. 2478c. Usually becoming taller, much branched, and apparently less used for carpet-bedding than the others: Ivs. round-spatulate, narrowed into a short petiole, the colors mostly in shades of copper-red or blood-red, with patches of green between the veins: fl. -heads sessile, single or in pairs. I.H. 12:440. — T. ficoidea is probably to be re- ferred here. L. H. B. 2478. Spray of Telanthera amoena ; also leaf outlines of (a) T. amoena, (b) T. Bettzichiana. (c) T. versicolor. TELEGRAPH PLANT. Desmodium gyrans. TELEKIA is referred to Buphthalmum. T. speciosa is B. speciosum. 1780 TELFAIREA TEMPLETONIA TELFAlKEA (Charles Telfair, 1778-1833, Irish bota- nist; died in Mauritius.). Cucurbitdcece. Telfairea pedata is a tall-growing climber from tropical Africa with digitate leaves, large, purple-fringed flowers of curious appearance, and huge gourds which sometimes weigh as much as 60 pounds and contain 100 to 300 edi- ble seeds. It has been cultivated in English stoves, a single shoot attaining a length of 56 ft. in a year or so. The male and female tts. are borne on separate plants. The species is too rampant for the ordinary conserva- tory. It was introduced into southern California in 1900, presumably for its economic interest. The seeds are roundish, about an inch across, and the kernels are sweet to the taste, and are said to be as good as al- monds. The negroes of tropical Africa boil and eat them. These seeds also yield an abundance of oil which has been said to be equal to olive oil. The fruit becomes l%-3 ft. long and 8 in. wide. It is oblong in shape, has 10-12 deep furrows and is always green. Both male and female fls. are 5-lobed, copiously fringed and purple in color, the females somewhat brownish, with a circular green throat, while the males have a 5-pointed star of green in the middle. The male fls. are about 2 in. across, females 4 in. across, with an ovary 2 in. long. The foliage has an unpleasant smell when bruised. Telfairea is a genus of only 2 species, both tropical African, and very much alike. The two species are dis- tinguished by the venation of the Ivs. : T. pedata has pinnate venation, while T. occidentalis has 3 nerves originating near the base of the leaf. Generic charac- ters: male fls. in racemes; corolla rotate; stamens 3. one of the anthers with 2 compartments, the others 4- celled: female fls. solitary: ovary 3-5-loculed; ovules in one series on the imperfect septa: seeds fibrous- coated. See Cogniaux, DC. Mon. Phaner. Vol. 3, p. 349. pedata, Hook. Root stout, fleshy: stem perennial, 50-100 ft. long: Ivs. long-stalked: Ifts. 3-5 in. long, re- pand -toothed: fls. and fr. described above. Zanzibar. B.M. 2681 (Feuillwa pedata); 2751, 2752. w. M. TELLlMA (anagram of Mitella). Saxifragacece. Tellima is a genus of 8 species of perennial herbs which are the western representatives of the Bishop's Cap or Mitella familiar to lovers of wild flowers in the East. They have tuberous rootstocks. Most of their Ivs. are from the roots. Strong plants send up numerous stems one or two feet high, bearing racemes of small white, pink or red flowers. They are choice subjects for wild gardening, being valued for their tufted habit, pretty Ivs., and for the air-y grace of their inflorescence. On close inspection the fls. are seen to be beautifully fringed or cut, suggesting a bishop's miter. Tellima grandi- flora is probably the most desirable species. It is prac- tically the only kind known to European gardens. It has one-sided racemes about 6 in. long, containing as many as 30 fls., each a quarter of an inch across or more. It blooms in early spring and the fls. change from greenish to pink or red. It is not as showy a plant as Heuchera sanguined. Tellimas are supposed to be hardy in the eastern states. They require dense shade. A few kinds have been offered by specialists in native plants and are obtainable from western collectors. The plants are called " Star Flowers " in California. Tellima differs from Mitella mainly in the capsule, which is 2-beaked in Tellima, not beaked in Mitella. Calyx bell-shaped or top-shaped; petals inserted in the sinuses of the calyx, cleft or toothed, sometimes entire; stamens 10: ovary 1-loculed: seeds numerous. A. Petals pinnately cut into long, thread-like segments. B. Fls. not fragrant. grandifldra, R. Br. FALSE ALUM ROOT. Height l%-2% ft.: Ivs. rounded, cordate or angle -lobed and toothed: fls. greenish, becoming pink or red; calyx in- flated-bell-shaped, nearly % in. long; petals laciniate- pinnatifld, sessile. Calif . to Alaska. B.R. 14:1178. BB. Fls. fragrant. odorata, Howell. Height 1-2 ft.: Ivs. broadly cordate, obscurely lobed and crenately toothed: fls. red. Wet places near Columbia river. AA. Petals palmately 3-7-parted. parvifldra, Hook. Height %-l ft. : radical Ivs. mostly 3-5-parted or divided, the divisions narrowly cuneat^ and once or twice 3-cleft into narrow lobes: fls. pink or sometimes white; petals with a slender claw, the limb palmately 3-7-parted. Brit. Col. to Utah and Colo. W. M. TELOPEA (Greek; seen at a distance). Proteacete. Telopea speclosissima is one of the showiest shrubs of New South Wales. It grows 6-8 ft. high and has dense terminal globular heads of rich crimson. These heads are 3 in. across and 3 or 4 in. deep and bear a rough re- semblance to a florist's chrysanthemum. The showiest parts, however, are involucral bracts. This plant is known as the Waratah. It is one of the most distinct members of its family, for a horticultural account of which see Protea. In the early part of the nineteenth century, when proteads and other shrubs from Aus- tralia and the Cape were in great favor, the Waratah made a vivid impression. The "Waratah " chrysanthe- mum and other florists' flowers of the period took their name from the distinct and fashionable color of the Waratah. Ever since that era the Waratah has been considered a rare and difficult subject and its occasional flowering has been signalized at 'the exhibitions. The old "stoves "in which proteads throve so wonderfully were crude affairs compared with the modern hothouse with its perfected devices for maintaining a hot and moist atmosphere. Such plants require too much room and are too long and uncertain in blooming ever to become popular subjects for northern conservatories, but they are splendid plants for exhibitions. Ernest Brauiiton writes that the Waratah is imported every year from Australia into California but is very hard to grow. All accounts agree that proteads should have good drainage and plenty of water while growing. When once established, Telopea can probably be propa- gated by layering. Telopea is a genus of 3 species, 2 Australian, 1 Tas- manian. Perianth irregular, the tube open early on the under side, the laminae broad and oblique; anthers sessile at the base of the laminae; hypogynous glands united into a short, oblique, nearly complete ring: fr. a recurved, leathery follicle; seeds flat, winged. Closely related to Embothrium, being distinguished chiefly by disk and style. Flora Australiensis 5:534 (1870). speciosissima, R. Br. (Jftmbdthrium speciosissimum, Sm.). WARATAH. WARRATAU. Stout, glabrous shrub 6-8 ft. high: Ivs. cuneate-oblong, 5-10 in. long, mostly toothed in the upper part, coriaceous : fls. crimson, in a dense ovoid or globular head 3 in. across: involucral bracts colored, the inner ones 2-3 in. long. N. S. Wales. B.M. 1128. G.C. II. 17:677. Gn. 22:361. I.H. 34:29. — Hylogyne speciosa, Salisb., is an older name for this plant. w M TEMPERATURE. house. See Conservatory and Green- TEMPLETONIA (J. Templeton, botanist of Belfast, early part of nineteenth century). Leguminosce. The CORAL BUSH of Australia, Templetonia retusa, is a tall shrub with showy scarlet fls. 1-13^ in. long. The flower presents a very different appearance from the papilionaceous or sweet pea type, the floral parts being all rather narrow and about the same length, with the standard strongly reflexed. This plant was formerly cult, in European greenhouses, where it generally flow- ered in April or May. It was usually planted in the greenhouse border rather than in pots and was thought to prefer a compost of peat and loam. It was slowly propagated by cuttings and went out of fashion along with Australian shrubs in general. It has lately been offered for outdoor cultivation in southern California, where many choice plants of its class are being culti- vated. T. retusa is probably the most desirable species of the genus. Generic characters: shrubs or subshrubs: Ivs. when present alternate, simple, entire: fls. axillary, solitary or 2 or 3 together, red or yellow; standard orbicular or obovate, usually reflexed; wings narrow; keel as long as the standard or shorter; stamens all united in a TEMPLETONIA sheath open on the under side; anthers alternately long and erect and short and versatile: pod sessile or stipi- tate, flattened, ovate-oblong or linear, completely de- hiscent. Flora Australiensis 2:168 (1804). retusa, R. Br. (T. glauca, Sims). CORAL BUSH. Tall, glabrous or glaucous shrub: 1 vs. broadly obovate to narrow-cuneate-oblong, sometimes all under % in., sometimes all over 1 in. long, emarginate or mucronate, coriaceous: fls. red (or rarely white); calyx with 4 very short, broad teeth, the lowest longest: pod 1K-2 in. long. B.M. 2334; 2088. B.R. 5:383; 10:859. L.B.C. 6:526; 7:644. W. M. TENNESSEE, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 2479. The horticultural products of Tennessee are greatly diversi- fied on account of the varied soil and climatic condi- tions. A knowledge of the natural divisions of the state is essential to a thorough undewstanding of its adaptabil- ity to the various branches of horticulture. The Unaka region, on the eastern border, contains about 2,000 square miles. Some of the peaks are over 6,000 feet above sea-level, and the aver- age elevation is 5,000 feet. The soil is gravelly and thin, but contains areas that are fairly productive. Apples are grown to a limited extent. The valley of East Tennessee is the next division. It con- tains 9,200 square miles and an average elevation of 1,000 feet. The soils are generally well adapted to fruits. Records taken at Knoxville during a period of twenty-six years show an average annual rainfall of 50.92 inches. A thousand feet above the valley of East Tennessee lies the Cumberland Tableland, containing 5,100 square miles. This section for the most part is sterile, the soils being sandy and thin. There are, however, areas of land which produce fruits and vegetables of the highest quality. The climate is particularly healthful. West of the Cumberland Tableland are the Rim- lands, or Highlands, which have an area of 9,30( square miles and an average elevation of nearly 1,000 feet. This territory possesses a great variety of soils, some of which are highly fertile and well suited to or- charding. Numerous streams cut the land into val- leys, which are generally deep and narrow. The Central Basin, in which Nashville is situated, contains 5,450 square miles, with numerous elevations of 200-300 feet above the general level. The soil is fertile and well adapted to small fruits and vegetables. The average annual rainfall at Nashville is 49.53 inches. The next natural division is the valley of the Ten- nessee river. It has an elevation of about 360 feet and ar area of 1,200 square miles. The Plateau, or Slope, of West Tennessee is the most i'.nportant horticultural region commercially in the state. It contains 8,850 square miles and has an aver- age elevation of 500 feet. The soils are generally light, fertile and easily cultivated, but demand careful treat- ment to prevent serious damage by washing. The last natural division, the Mississippi bottoms, has an area of 950 square miles and an average elevation of 235 feet. It is little used for horticultural purposes. The possibilities of Tennessee for the cultivation of fruits and nuts are evidenced by the profusion of these products in a wild state. Wild strawberries are found thoroughly distributed. Blackberries thrive every- where. In favorable localities they attain a very large size, surpassing in this respect some of the cultivated varieties. Wild blackberries are marketed in large quantities in many sections. Red and black raspberries grow in most parts of the state ; and in some sec- tions the best of the wild blackcaps when trans- planted to the garden, give better results than any of TENNESSEE 1781 the cultivated varieties. Wild grapes abound through- out the state. Plums are also found in profusion; and the Wild Goose variety is said to have originated in Tennessee. Other wild fruits are dewberries, cher- ries, crab apples, Juneberries, pawpaws, persimmons, and huckleberries. Of the nuts, chestnuts are most plentiful, especially in the hilly and mountainous sec- tions. The chinkapin flourishes in East Tennessee. Black walnuts are exceedingly numerous. Pecans thrive in the low sections. Hazelnuts, and butternuts or white walnuts, are also plentiful. Some of the native seedling fruits are highly valued. This is especially true of apples, peaches and straw- berries. Many well-known varieties introduced from other states are not satisfactory. As a rule, the intro- duced kinds are not so well adapted to the climate and soils as those of local origin. This fact is becoming ^ •«.- ~~~-— -v/ i ^ MISSISSIPPI ALABAMA j GEORGIA 1 i 2479. Map of Tennessee, suggesting main horticultural features. Fruit trees succeed throughout the state, but eastern Tennessee (between the mountain ranges) is best adapted to large fruits and grapes. The shaded areas indicate localities in which small fruits and vegetables are grown as field crops for market. well established among practical horticulturists. It is only a few years since orchardists were planting varieties of winter apples originated in the North. After repeated failures to get first-class fruit of good keeping qualities, they have begun to use native seed- ling varieties. Some of them will doubtless be largely cultivated in the future. A few native varieties of winter apples have gained considerable popularity among commercial orchardists. The fruits of these sorts have commanded remunerative prices in competi- tion with apples shipped from the North. Owing to the great diversity of soils and exposures in this state, it is very important to select varieties that are adapted to the conditions where the trees are to be planted. The fact that a desirable apple has been originated in East Tennessee is no proof that it will succeed well in all parts of this political division. On the contrary, it is likely to give good results only in certain soils and on certain exposures that are requisite for its proper growth and fruitfulness. All of the classes of fruits commonly grown in the northern half of the United States are produced in Ten- nessee for home and commercial purposes. Straw- berries are shipped more largely to distant markets than any other fruit. The area in peaches is increasing rapidly. Summer apples are shipped from several sections. Of the vegetables, tomatoes and Irish pota- toes are the most important commercially. The fol- lowing counties have been active in producing and shipping fruits and vegetables: Gibson, Carroll, Crockett, Madison, Haywood, Hardeman, Shelby, Hamil- ton and Rhea. Peanuts are grown largely in Perry, Humphreys, Benton, Decatur, Hickman and Wayne. Many locations in East Tennessee are peculiarly well adapted to the culture of grapes. This is shown by the large exhibits of fine grapes made at the fall horticul- tural meetings. The local markets are well supplied with home-grown grapes during their season. The following special crops are produced to some extent, and are promising for more extensive cultiva- 1782 TENNESSEE TERATOLOGY tion : English walnuts, paper-shell pecans, Paragon chestnuts, and Japanese persimmons grafted on the common persimmon. jj_ L> WATTS. TEN-O'CLOCK. Ornithcgalum umbellatum. TEN-WEEKS STOCK. Hatfhiola incana, var. annua. TEOSINTE is an annual grass of immense value for forage in the South. It is very much like maize in gen- eral appearance and in the structure of the fls., but differs in not forming an ear, the slender jointed spikes being free from one another. By many botanists it is considered the original form of maize. It is known to catalogues as JSedna Inxurians, Dur., but is properly EncliKena Mexicdna, Schrad., for the botany of which see B.M. 6414, where the plant is called Euchlonna lux- urlans. The plant is pictured in Bull. 14, Div. of Agrost., IT. S. Dept. of Agric., and in Farmers' Bulletin No. 102, from which a few points are here abstracted. Teosinte probably produces a greater bulk of fodder per acre than any other grass. At the Louisiana Experi- ment Station it has yielded the enormous amount of 50 tons of green forage per acre; this crop was sold in the field to dairymen for $2.50 a ton. The plant grows 8-12 ft. high and" tillers freely, sending up 20-50 stalks from the same root. One hundred stalks from one seed have been recorded. It may be cut several times during the season, but nearly as good results will be obtained from a single cutting made before there is any frost. The stalks are tender and there is no waste in the fodder when dry or green. One pound of seed to the acre, planted in drills 3 ft. apart and thinned to a foot apart in the drill, is recommended. Teo- sinte is a native of the warmer portions of Mexico and Central America. The seed rarely matures north of southern Florida. p_ LAMSON SCRIBNER. TEPHKOSIA (Greek, tephros, ash-col- ored, hoary; referring to the foliage). Leguminbsce. Tephrosia Virginiana is a hardy perennial herb which grows 1-2 ft. high, has many narrow, ashy gray leaflets and fls. about as large as sweet peas, yel- lowish white, marked with purple. The plant grows in dry sandy soil over a wide range in the U. S. and blossoms in June. The racemes are terminal and may contaio«a dozen fls. each K-/4 in. across. This species is offered by collectors of native plants. In spite of the large size of the fls., the species is not likely to become a garden favorite, as the colors are not pronounced and the flowers are more or less hidden amid the foliage. In some English works this plant is sometimes rated as half-hardy. A much showier species is T. macrantJia, a Mexican shrub 6-10 ft. high, which bears its large purple and white fls. to the number of 75 in a diffuse panicle about a foot long. It was collected by C. G. Pringle, but it is doubtful whether the plant' is in cultivation. It would be a handsome addition to southern shrubberies. Tephrosia is a genus of uncertain limits and of small horticultural value. For fuller accounts, see Gray's Manual. B.B. 2:292. B. L. Robinson's revision of the North American species in Bot. Gaz., Sept., 1899, pp. 193-202, and Miss Vail's revision of the North American species of Cracca in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 22:25, 26. Virginiana, Pers. GOAT'S RUE. CATGUT. WILD SWEET PEA. HOARY PEA. Silky-villous, erect, 1-2 ft. high: Ifts. 17-29, linear-oblong. June, July. Dry sandy soil, New Eng. to Minn., south to Fla. and Mex. B.B. 2:292. — Roots long, slender and very tough. -^ M function may be looked upon as disease. The mal- formation may be occasioned by merely local disease, or it may be a symptom of general disease. Malformations may be brought about (aj by the direct influence of external physical conditions; (b) by the action or presence of some other organism — plant or animal; (c) by the operation of unknown internal causes. The ex- perimental study of the causes of malformations is yet in its infancy, and in only a few cases can specific explanations of their origin be given. Having once occurred, malformations may be inherited and the form, at first unusual, may be fixed by selection and become characteristic of a race. Thus the cockscomb (Celosia cristata) shows a hereditary and fixed fasciation; and double flowers are so common as hardly to be esteemed malformations. The distinction between malformation and variation is very indefinite. On the one hand, the various forms of root, stem, leaf and flower in cultivated plants are extraordinary as compared with the wild types from which they were derived, but having diverged from the type by relatively small increments, they are not looked upon as monstrosities. Suddenness of appear- ance, therefore, is one of the criteria of mal- formation. Even with this criterion it is quite impossible to distin- TERATOLOGY: that part of the biological sciences which is concerned with unusual forms of the whole body or any of its organs. These, by comparison with the normal forms, are called malformations or mon- strosities. Malformations among plants are due to a disturbance of the ordinary course of the growth and development of the organs. Such a derangement of 2480. Extra free pistils of the orange persisting even in fruit. guish between malformation and variation, except arbi- trarily. When the difference between the ordinary and unusual forms is very marked, and particularly when the alteration gives rise to grotesque forms, having al- tered functions, one speaks of malformation rather than variation. Malformations have been found in all groups of plants, though' they are most noticeable in the ferns and flowering plants. A very large number have been recorded; Penzig (see below) has collected data of monstrosities in more than 4,000 species, and the list has been augmented since the publication of his work. Classification of such numerous and diverse phenomena is a most difficult task and involves an extensive technical terminology. Here only a few of the more important categories can be mentioned. 1. ALTERATION IN THE NUMBER AND SIZE OP ORGANS. 1. Pleiomery is the term applied to the increase in the number of leaf-like organs. The number of members of a'whorl may be increased; or the number of whorls; or the number of distributed organs may become greater than usual. Double flowers often show plei- omery. Fig. 2003. Extra free pistils of the orange, persisting even in the fruit, are shown in Fig. 2480. More regular polycarpy appears occasionally in the tomato, and constantly in the "two-story"' apples (St. Valery). It is a fixed race character in the Washington or Navel orange, in which it is associated with seed- lessness. A similar example of polycarpy is shown at Fig. 2481, in which the abnormal growth is an exten- sion of the axis of growth with additional carpels. 2. Abnormally profuse branching of the stem is often produced by a fungous parasite. The branches are usually irregular and more or less fasciate, producing what is called "witch brooms." These are not uncom- TERATOLOGY TERATOLOGY 1783 mon on conifers (especially Abies) ;tni. See Pistacia TERMINALLY (alluding to the leaves being borne on the terminus of the shoot). Combretacew. Nearly 100 trees or shrubs, with mostly opposite leaves which are sometimes crowded at the tops of the branches, giving them a whorled appear- ance. The flowers are small and sessile, mostly green or white, borne mostly in long spikes, per- fect or polygamo-dioecious; petals none; calyx tubular and constricted above the ovary, the upper part urn-shaped or bell-shaped and 5-lobed ; sta mens 10, in 2 series: ovary 1, with a long style, 1-loculed. The fruit is a compressed winged nut- like body contain- ing a large and often edible seed. Terminalias are tropi- cal plants, chiefly of the Old World. One of them, T. Catappa, is widely cultivated in tropical countries. Two other names have ap- peared in the American trade : T. elegans , which is Polys cias paniculata ; and T. elliptica, which is un- known to the writer and which is very likely to belong to some other genus. Catappa, Linn. TROP- ICAL ALMOND. DEME- RARA ALMOND. MYRO- BALAN. Fig. 2490. Tall deciduous tree (some- times 80 ft>)> with leaves and branches in horizontal whorls or layers: Ivs. broadly obovate - obtuse, the narrow base slightly 3487. Normal columbine flower, auricled or cordate, with spurs present. simple and entire, very short-petioled, 6-9 in. long: spikes solitary from the axils, not exceeding the leaves: fls. greenish white, the upper ones staminate and the lower ones perfect: fr. almond-shaped, IK in. or less long, 2-edged, indehiscent, glabrous, with a hard 2488. Transformation of organs in a tulip flower, shell, containing an edible meat. Asia, but widely cult. B.M. 3004.— Cult, in South Florida. Useful both as a street tree and for its filbert-flavored nuts. The nuts are eaten either raw or roasted. Foliage is usually brilliant in autumn. As seen in the market, the outer brown skin or covering of the nuts is often removed. T. Catappa is sometimes called "Olive -Bark Tree." The tree is extensively planted in Porto Rico, where the nuts are called "almonds." L jj. jj. TERN8TRCEMIA (Christopher Ternstrwm, Swedish naturalist; traveled in China, died 1745). Ternstrcemi- acece. About 25 species of tender evergreen trees and shrubs mostly native of tropical America, a few being native to Asia and the Malay Archipelago. They have shining, leathery foliage and small, white, 5-petaled, drooping flowers, which are solitary or clustered in the axils and borne on unbranched peduncles. Other ge- neric characters: sepals 5; petals connate at the base ; stamens num- erous: ovary 2-3-loculed; locules 2-ovuled : fr. indehiscent. The following species is offered by im- porters of Japanese plants. Jap6nica, Thunb. (Cleyera Ja- vdnica, Thunb.). Small tree or shrub, 10-12 ft. high: Ivs. alter- nate, short-stalked, entire, obovate- oblong or oblong, glabrous, feather- veined: fls. clustered: berries about the size of peas. Japan. S.Z. 1:81. w. M. This rather showy and interesting evergreen shrub of dense bushy growth is flourishing finely in the writer's gar- den in Florida, in com- pany with other choice shrubs and trees intro- duced into this country from Japan and China. The Ternstrosmia grows well in light, rich soil and attains finally the habit of a small, bushy tree. The young leaves have a reddish color, which changes to a dark glossy green when reaching their full size. My plants, raised from seed in the greenhouse and planted out in the garden when about ten inches high, have attained a height of six feet in five years. The plants have not yet flowered, but they seem to revel in the climate of Florida, being neither influenced by the occasional frosts in winter aor by the heavy rains in summer. In poor soil the color of the leaves has a yel- lowish hue, but as soon as they have received their share of bone or cottonseed meal they change to a fine deep green. H. NEHRLING. TERRACE. Consult Landscape Gardening. TESTUDlNARIA (name explained below). Dioscora- cece. The HOTTENTOT'S BREAD, TORTOISE PLANT or ELE- PHANT'S FOOT, is a curious South African plant with a great globular yam-like bulb or rootstock which some- times attains a diameter of 1-3 ft. and a weight of a hundred pounds. Half of this rootstock lies above ground and looks something like the back of a tortoise, whence the generic name Testudinaria. The popular name "Elephant's Foot" refers to the uncouth and rnas- 2489. Leaves and fruits of Mitchella grown togeth Natural size. Example of con- crescence. 1786 TESTUDINABIA TETRAGONIA sive appearance of the same thing. From the top of the rootstock grows a twining vine which attains a height of 8-10 ft., flowers from July to Nov., and dies down each season. The plant twines by means of the tips of the slender branchlet.s. It is a weak-looking growrh to issue from such a mighty tuber. The inner part of this "bulb'' has been compared to a turnip for texture and color. The Hotten- tots used to cut it in pieces, bake it in the embers and eat it. Old and grotesque bulbs have from time to time been brought from the Cape as curiosities. A large specimen recently sold for $100. There are probably no large bulbs in the U. S., but seeds and seed- lings are procurable in this country. The plant is of easy cultivation in a cool greenhouse. 2490. Nut of Tropical No method of propagating by the Almond— Terminalia bulb is known. Catappa (X%). Testudinaria is a genus of 3 ( See page 1785. ) species, all South African. It is closely related to the important genus Dios"corea, differing essentially in the seeds, which are samara-like, having a broad wing at the apex, while in Dioscorea the seed is winged all around or only at the base. Also the tubers of Dioscorea are all below ground and fleshy, while those of Testudinaria are half above ground and woody outside. Other generic characters of Testudinaria: fls. dioecious; male perianth bell-shaped, with a short tube and 6 subequal, oblanceolate seg- ments; stamens 6; female perianth smaller: ovary 3- loculed; ovules 2 in a locule, superposed; stigmas 3, re- curved, 2-lobed : capsule rigid, acutely triquetrous. Flora Capensis 6:252 (1896-97). Elephantipes, Salisb. Rootstoek studded with angu- lar woody protuberances: stems slender, glabrous, much branched: Ivs. alternate, suborbicular, 1-2 in. broad, entire, bright green or glaucous, mucronate: fls. small, inconspicuous, in racemes, greenish yellow or whitish. S. Africa. B.M. 1347. B.R. 11:921. • w. M. TETRAD?MIA is a genus of low, rigid shrubs of the composite family native to the arid regions of western North America. The original species, T. canescens, is the best known. Its heads have only 4 flowers. They are yellow and about %-% in. long. This plant was of- ered in the East in 1881 for western collectors but has no horticultural standing. For a full botanical account, see Gray's Synoptical Flora of N. A. TETRAGONIA (Greek, four-angled; referring to the usually 4-angled fruit), ficoldece or Mesembrydcete. Herbs or sub-shrubs from the southern hemisphere and Japan. Usually decumbent: Ivs. alternate, short-peti- oled, somewhat fleshy : fls. yellow, green or reddish, axillary, apetalous; calyx 3-5-lobed. Only one species known in cultivation. expansa, Thunb. NEW ZEALAND SPINACH. NEW ZEA- LAND ICE PLANT. Fig. 2491. A hardy or half-hardy an- nual 3-6 in. high, often spreading 4-6 ft.: Ivs. triangu- lar, larger ones 4-5 in. long by 2-3 in. broad: fls. small, yellowish green. New Zealand. B.M. 2362. New Zealand Spinach is chiefly useful for furnishing greens during the summer when the common spinach cannot be grown. It tastes a good deal like Spinach but is somewhat tougher as a rule. It is grown to some ex- tent in California both for man and sheep. It readily self-sows. For an early outdoor crop fresh seed should be sown in rich soil in a warm room early in January. The seed usually requires about 4 weeks to germinate. After growing about 2 weeks the seedlings should be trans- planted to thumb-pots and about a month later to 4-inch pots. Growing vigorously in this condition they will be large enough to move into the garden toward the end of April, where they should be set 3-4 ft. apart each way, and as the plants grow will entirely cover the ground. They should be handled with great care in transplant- ing, otherwise growth will be so checked that it will require several weeks for recuperation. Again, plants should never be allowed to become potbound, as this will immediately bring them into flower and fruit and thus stunt their further growth, as well as greatly shorten their period of productiveness. Well-grown plants should be ready for use by June 1 and, if they continue vigorous, nearly a peck of greens can be gath- ered from each plant once a week until heavy autumn frosts. In gathering only 4 or 5 inches of the tip ends of the larger plants should be taken. In the South, it is usually dwarf, not generally exceeding 6-8 inches. There is another and somewhat easier method of growing the crop, though a given area will be less pro- ductive. Inasmuch as the plant is a hardy annual, many seeds which ripen late in autumn will fall to the ground and germinate early in spring, though not early enough for the plants to be injured by spring frosts. These will be large enough for use toward the end of June. Annual crops are thus grown on the same ground several successive seasons with no care except removing old plants and keeping the new ones free from weeds. For the forcing-house crop, seed should be sown dur- ing July in seed-beds where the plants remain until the latter part of September, when they should be taken directly to the benches and will be ready for use early 2491. Tetragonia expansa (X in November. It is best to set the plants about 18 in. apart in benches at least 6 in. deep. No further atten- tion is necessary except to give plenty of water, and under good conditions a peck of greens will be produced once a week on 4 square feet from November to May inclusive. A crop may also be grown beneath the benches near the walks, as well as in the grapery bor- ders. Space that cannot be used for other purposes may thus be utilized to very good advantage, though they will not produce as abundantly. This crop may also be grown in houses with portable roofs by starting the plants during summer in houses with the roofs removed, the roofs being replaced on the approach of cold weather. The plants will continue producing the entire winter and following spring, when • they should be uncovered and will reproduce them- selves in the same manner as the summer crop. H. C. IRISH. TBTKAM1CRA TETRAMlCRA MJreek words, referring to the four Jail divisions of the anther). Orchid&cet*. A genus Of small terrestrial or epiphytic herbs of slender habit (.caring racemes with few pretty Hs. produced in spring. The erect stems, which are not pseudobulbous, -row from a creeping rhizome and bear 1-:$ H.-shy Inu-ar Ivs and a slender 'but rigid, terminal raceme: sepals and petals nearly equal, spreading; labellum joined to the base o "the column; lateral lobes large, spreading or small, auricle-like, middle lob.- large, entire, contracted at base, column with 2 wide wings; pollinia 4 peri and 2 imperfect. Six specie* in Brazil and West Indies. Culture as for Lselia (p. 872). bicolor, Rolfe (Leptbtes blcolor, Lindl.). Lvs. solitary on the short stem, semi-cylindric, with a furrow in front 3-4 in. long: raceme few-fld., shorter than the ITS.: sepals and petals white, linear-incurved, over 1 in long; lateral lobes of the lip small, folding over the column: terminal lobe oblong -lanceolate, bright rose, with white tip and margins A pretty plant B.R. 19:1025. A. F. ('.:(•>:'.:'.. Yar. glaucophylla, Hook. Lvs. glaucous. B.M. :;7::t. HEINRICH HASSELBRING. TETRANEMA (name refers to the four stamens). 8crophnlnri-t'i>- 1 1 II IIS. B. Filaments widened above: anthers orate, ra liter obtuse. 7. aquilegifolium BB. h'ilnments thread-like: an- thers linear, acute or wit- eronate. C. Mature fruits rather firm or thick - w al led, not greatly flattened, filled by the seed. D. Sepals green or greenish. E. Blades of leaflets very thin ................. 8. dioicum EE. Blades of leaflets firm, rein;/ below ......... 9. venulosum DD. Sepals purple ........... 10. Delavayi CC. Mature fruits less firm, thin -trailed, 2 -edged, either flattened or turgid. D. Leaflets very thin ....... 11. occidentals DD. Leaflet a firm. E. Pistils 5-ll(rarelji 13): akenes flattened ..... 12. Fendleri EE. Pistils 7-20: akenes turgid .............. 13. polycarpum 1. petaloideum, Linn. Stem round, nearly 1 ft. high, almost naked: Ivs. 3-5-parted; Ifts. smooth, ovate, en- tire or 3-lobed: fls. corymbose, perfect; sepals white, rotund; filaments pink; anthers yellow: fr. ovate-ob- long, striated, sessile. June, July. N. Asia. L.B.C. 9:891. _N0t yet in American trade lists but well worth cultivating. 2. sparsifldrum, Turcz. Stem erect, sulcate, 2-4 ft. high, branching, usually glabrous: Ivs. triternate, up- per ones sessile; Ifts. short-stalked, round or ovate, variable in size and shape of base, round-lobed or toothed: fls. in leafy panicles on slender pedicels, per- fect; sepals obovate, whitish, soon reflexed; filaments somewhat widened; anthers very short: akenes short- stalked, obliquely obovate, flattened, dorsal margin straight, 8-10-nerved; styles persistent. N. Asia, through Alaska to Hudson Bay, in mountains to Colo- rado and southern California. 3. minus, Linn. (T.purpureum, Schang. T. saxdtile, Vill.). Stems round, sulcate, 1-2 ft. high: Ifts. variable, acute or obtusely lobed, often glaucous: fls. drooping, in loose panicles, perfect; sepals yellow or greenish: fr. ovate-oblong, sessile, striated. Summer. Eu., Asia, N. Afr. — A polymorphous species in the variation of the leaflets. Var. adiantifdlium, Hort. {T. adiantoides, Hort. T. a iliinithi folium, Bess.). Lfts. resembling those of Adi- antum fern.— A form much used and admired. 4. glaucum, Desf. (T. specibsum, Hort.). Stems erect, round, glaucous, 2-5 ft. high: Ifts. ovate-orbicu- lar, 3-lobed; lobes deeply toothed: fls. in an erect panicle, perfect; sepals and stamens yellow: fruits 4-6, ovate, striated, sessile. June, July. S. Eu. 5. purpurascens, Linn. (T. purptireum, Hort.). A polymorphous species, allied to T. poliji/nmum: stem 3-6 ft. high, branching above, leafy, pubescent or glabrous, sometimes glandular: Ifts. larger than in that type: fls. in a long, loose, leafy panicle, polygamo-dice- cious; filaments narrow; anthers rather long, taper- pointed: akenes slightly stalked, ovoid, glabrous or pubescent, with 6-8 longitudinal wings; style slender, persistent; stigma long and narrow. Canada to Fla., west to the Rockies. June-Aug. (!. polygamum. Mnhl. TALL MEADOW RUE. Erect, :!-8 or more ft. high, branching and leafy, smooth or pubescent, not glandular: Ivs. three to four times ter- nate or terminally pinnate; Ifts. oblong to orbicular, bases variable, 3-5 apical lobes: Hs. in a long, leafy panicle, polygaino-diu-cious; sepals white; filaments broadened when young; anthers short: akenes ovoid, stipitate, 6-8-winged or ribbed, with stigmas as long, which become curled. July, Aug. Low or wet grounds, Canada to Fla., westward to Ohio. 7. aquilegifdlium, Linn. FEATHERED COLUMBINE. Fig. 'J4',):f. Stems large, hollow, 1-3 ft. high, glaucous: Ivs. once or twice 3-5-parted; Ifts. stalked or the lateral ones nearly sessile, slightly lobed or obtusely toothed, smooth, suborbicular: fls. in a corymbose panicle, dkecious; sepals white; stamens purple or white: fr. 3-angled, winged at the angles. May-July. Eu., N. Asia. B.M. 1818; 2025 (as var. formosum). On. 47, p. 357; 50, p. 117. — The old name T. Cornuti, Linn., may be a synonym of this, and if so it is the older name, being pub- lished'on a preceding page, but T. Cornuti was described as an American plant, while T. aquilegifolium is not. As the description and old figure of T. Cornuti do not agree with any American plant, the name may well be dropped. Those plants advertised as T. Cornuti are probably T. aquilegifolium or T. polygamum. 8. dioicum. Linn. Rather slender, 1-2 ft. high, gla- brous: Ivs. three to four times 3-parted; Ifts. thin, orbicular, several-lobed or revolute, bases variable : fls. in a loose, leafy panicle with slender pedicels, di- oecious; stamens much longer than the greenish sepals; anthers linear, obtuse, exceeding their filaments in length: akenes ovoid, nearly or quite sessile, longer than their styles, with about 10 longitudinal grooves. Early spring. Woods, Labrador to Ala., west to the foot of the Rockies. 9. venuldsum, Trelease. Allied to T. dioicum: stem simple, erect, 10-20 in. high, glabrous, glaucous, bear- ing 2-3 long-petioled Ivs. above the base: Ivs. three to four times 3-parted; Ifts. short-stalked, rather firm, rounded and lobed at the apex, veiny beneath: fls. in a simple panicle, dioecious, small; sepals ovate; stamens 10-20, on slender filaments; anthers oblong, slender- pointed : akenes nearly sessile, 2 lines long, ovoid tapering to a straight beak, thick-walled and 2-edged. S. Dak. westward and southward in the mountains. 2493. Thalictrum aauilegifolium (X M). 10. Delavayi, Franchet. Slender, 2-3 ft. high, gla- brous: lower Ivs. on long, slender petioles, two to three times 3-5-parted ; Ifts. long-stalked, 3-5-lobed, base cuneate, rounded or cordate: fls. pendulous, dioecious; sepals purple or lilac, % in. long, equaling the slender stamens, anthers linear: carpels 10-12: fr. winged at 1792 THALICTRUM the three angles, stipitate. Summer. Mts. of E. China. B.M. 7152. G.C. III. 8: 125. -A close ally of T. Cheli- donii of the Himalayas so much admired in Europe. Well worth introduc- tion. 11. occidentale, Gray. Allied to T. dioicum, which it closely resem- bles, but it is more ro- bust and taller: Ivs. glandular -puberulent: akenes long, slender, thin - walled, 2-edged, ribbed, not furrowed. 12. F6ndleri,Engelm. Fig. 2494. A variable species. Plants 1-3 ft. high, rather stout and leafy: Ivs. four to five times pinnatifld, upper stem-lvs. sessile; Ifts. rather firm, ovate to orbicular, usually with many shallow rounded or acuminate lobes ; bases variable : fls. di- oacious, in rather com- pact panicles; stamens many, anthers long : akenes nearly sessile, obliquely ovate, flat- tened, 3-4 ribs on each face. July, Aug. W. Texas to Montana. 13. polycarpum, Wat- son. Allied to T. Fend- leri: glabrous through- out: Ifts. long-petioled. fls. dioecious, in rather 2494. Thalictrum Fendleri (X %). close panicles: akenes larger, in a dense glo- bose head, short-stalked, obovoid, turgid, tapering into reflexed styles. Summer. Sandy streams, Calif, to Columbia river. g Q DAVIS. THAMNOCALAMUS. See Bamboo, p. 127. THAMN6PTERIS (Greek, bushy fern). Polypodi- dcece. A genus of simple - leaved ferns growing in crowns, sometimes united with Asplenium. The elon- gate indusia are in parallel rows on the veins of the banana-like Ivs., often extending nearly to the margins. The veins are free below but are united at the apex by a transverse intramarginal vein. Nidus, Presl. (Asplenium and Thamndpteris Nidus- Avis, Hort.). BIRD'S NEST FERN. Lvs. bright green, growing in a crown, 2-4 ft. long, 3-9 in. wide, the mid- rib rounded and usually green. Japan, East Indies. T. strictum, Hort. (Asplene'ndrium strictum, Hort.), is a more slender, upright form said to be a garden hybrid between T. Nidus and Sclopendrium crispum. T. Australasicum, Hook. Differs from the above in its midrib, which is keeled on the back and often black. Sometimes regarded as a variety. Australia. L. M. UNDERWOOD. THASPIUM (name a play upon Thapsia, another genus of the same family). Umbelliferce. MEADOW PARSNIP. A genus of 3 species of hardy perennial herbs of eastern North America with ternately divided leaves (or the lower undivided), and terminal umbels of yellow or purplish flowers. aureum, Nutt. Stem branched, 1% ft. high: root-lvs. mostly cordate; stem-lvs. ternate; Ifts. ovate to lan- ceolate, serrate: fls. yellow. June, July. Var. trifoli- atum, Coult. & Rose, with crenate Ivs. or Ifts., is a com- mon western form. Var. atropurpureum, Coult. & Rose, fls. dark purple. The species is of easy culture in any ordinary soil. In the wild state the plant grows in at least partial shade. Well-grown plants, especially of var. atropurpureum, make attractive specimens. F. W. BARCLAY. THEOBROMA THEA. See Tea and Camellia. THELESPEKMA (Greek, wart, seed,- the seeds are often papillose). Compositce. A genus of about 8 spe- cies of annual or perennial herbs, rarely shrubby at the base, native to the extra-tropical regions of North and South America. They are smooth herbs with aspect of Coreopsis, with much cut leaves and long pedunculate flower-heads, typically yellow rays and yellow, some- times purplish or brownish, disk-flowers. The genus may be separated from Coreopsis by the form of the involucre, which is in 2 series of bracts with the inner series united to about the middle into a cup, while in Coreopsis the 2 series are distinct and united only at the very base. The seeds, especially the outer ones of the head, in Thelesperma are often tuberculate. hybridum, Voss (Cosmidium Burridgeanum, Hort.). Fig. 2495. A hardy annual, 1% ft. high, a hybrid of T. filifolium and Coreopsis tinctoria, from the latter of which it acquires the brown-purple color of its rays. Lvs. bipinnately divided into filiform lobes not wider bipinnately than the stem. F. W. BARCLAY. 2495. Thelesperma hybridum (flower X %). THEOBROMA. Commercial Cacao or "Cocoa" is pro- duced by trees belonging to the Linnaean genus Theo- broma. The estates devoted to its culture are usually known as "Cacao plantations" and are largely on the increase in all suitable climates, owing to the increased demand for the manufactured article in the different forms in which it is now prepared for consumption. The larger proportion of commercial Cacao is produced by Theobroma Cacao. Other species native to central America and the West Indies are T, pentagona, T. spe- THEOBROMA THEOBROMA 1793 i. T. angustifolin and T. bicolor. Theobronxi >•///- rextris, Aubl. ( T. Jtfartiana, Dietr. ) is sometimes re- ferred to as a native, but does not appear to have been recorded by modern writers for Central America and the West Indies. Theobroma pentuyona is a species which in vigor of growth and productive capacity resembles to a very large degree the generally cultivated varieties of T. Cacao, but it differs in the flowers, in the size of the beans, and especially in the shape of the pods. The beans are larger in size than those of T. Cacao, fully equal if not superior in flavor, and are capable of being worked up in the same way as the commoner species. This kind is known on the mainland as "Alli- gator '• Cacao, from the fancied resemblance of its skin to the hide of an alligator. The outside of the pod is soft and easily broken, and does not afford such good protection to the interior as the harder shell possessed by T. Cacao. In Nicaragua T. Cacao and T. p't'iitnijona are grown together, and the pro- duce is mostly a mixture of the two species. From the presence of T. pentagoiia , it is pos- sible that hybridization has taken place be- tween two species. It has been noted that the pods of T. Cacao produce much larger seeds or beans in Nicaragua than in countries where this species is not grown in company with T. pentagona: and the beans of the two species are almost impossible to distinguish when cured together. The product of Nicara- guan plantations also requires much less time for fermentation than the produce of Grenada, Trinidad or Venezuela, some forty-eight hours being the usual period, while more than four times that num- ber of hours will be required for the proper fermenta- tion of the produce of the last mentioned countries. Theobroma speciosa is a plant that produces the "Monkey Cacao" of the mainland. This is never made into market Cacao, as it is very inferior in quality and has a disagreeable flavor. The pods are hard, much cor- rugated, warted, and of a dirty brown color when ripe. Theobroma bicolor is a very distinct species in every way. The leaves are large, and in the juvenile stages of growth are broadly cordate in form, and only assume the mature or oblong form on reaching the third or fourth year's growth. The pods are oval, ribbed and netted, hard and woody, with an outer shell half an inch in thickness which can only be cut with a saw. The seeds are oval, much flattened, with a dark, hard and smooth exterior. The interior is white, and has a some- what nutty flavor. They are used in sweetmeats in the same way as almonds, but cannot be made into com- mercial Cacao, suitable for the manufacture of choco- lates. This species, though without doubt a true Theo- broma, is very widely distinct from any of the varieties of T. Cacao which produce commercial Cacao. The produce of T. bicolor is known in some parts of Central America by the names of "Wariba," "Tiger," and "Pas- taste " Cacao. Many names have arisen for the varieties of Theo- broma Cacao which are in cultivation, as many as forty having been listed by a Trinidad cultivator of large experience. Looking at the matter from a practical point of view, all these are merely strains of the one species, produced by natural cross-fertilization of the older types. According to Hart's "Cacao," Trinidad, 1900, there are but three major strains or classes of T. Cacao, respectively, " Criollo," " Forastero," and " Calaba- cillo." The type of the first is found indigenous in Trinidad and various places on the mainland, its dis- tinctive character being its bottle-necked pod, with a thin skin and finely ribbed exterior, together with its white or whitish seeds or beans, which are mild in flavor and somewhat rounded in form. The characters of "Forastero" are its roughly corru- gated or verrucose pod, containing large flattish seeds, of a purplish color. It is a tree having greater vitality than "Criollo," and gives a much larger crop. "Foras- tero" means foreign, and this type is said to have been found on the mainland of South America, whence it was imported to Trinidad by Arragonese Capuchin Fathers about 1757. (De Verteuil, History of Trinidad, 1884.) "Calabacillo " is the third form, its chief characteris- tics being the vigor of its growth and its small flat and strongly flavored bean. By some it is considered as a degraded form of Forastero. While the above gives a brief sketch of the chief characters of the principal types, it must be understood that there are varieties intermediate between the forms ; 2496. Theobroma Cacao, chief source of Chocolate. The fruit is 8-12 in. long. The tree grows from 10-30 ft. tall. in fact, on the majority of estates it is impossible to find any two trees exactly alike in all their botanical characters, occurring, without doubt, from the unin- terrupted cross-fertilization which has taken place. Still, each country appears to maintain certain charac- ters more permanent than others, and thus secures for itself a name upon the markets of the world. It is probable that this is due, in a measure, to the uncon- cious preference taken by some to distinctive features of the produce by the continuous cultivation of a fairly fixed strain which has arisen. It may also be due in some measure to the influence of climate and environ- ment. Certain it is, however, that there are to-day strains of Cacao which are possessed of distinctive characters, not readily produced by any process of pre- paration in places other than that in which they are grown. A fine set of illustrations of varieties common to different countries has lately been published in a work by Dr. Paul Preuss, who recently traveled in Cacao-pro- ducing countries on behalf of the German government. These different brands are bought by manufacturers and blended to suit their particular market, but there are certain kinds possessing special flavor which are readily sold at high value. The value of the commercial product fluctuates and the price rules considerably lower than some years ago. Whether this results from increased production or from a deterioration in the quality cannot be ascertained. It is clear that if culti- vators grow Cacao for seed without regard to the best rules of selection, the quality must deteriorate. What mitigates this fact is that all the Cacao world has, up to a recent date, followed the same practice. The pro- cess of grafting, to which the Cacao tree readily sub- mits, as was recently proved in Trinidad, will enable operators to make large fields of the choicer varieties, and it may be confidently expected that in a few years a great improvement will be shown in the various grades placed upon the market. But little Cacao is manufactured in the countries where it is grown, except for home use, and then generally in a crude manner. Chocolate is the term used for sweetened and hardened preparations of the roasted and ground Cacao bean, with 1794 THEOBROMA THERMOPSIS the larger proportion of the original fat retained, while the so-called "Cocoa" preparations are the same ma- terial in fine powder, sweetened or unsweetened, but with the greater proportion of .he Cacao fat extracted. This fat, when clarified, is a pure white substance, almost as hard as beeswax, and is used in many phar- maceutical preparations. Chocolate and Cocoa are both made from the beans or seeds of Theobroma Cacao and T. pentagona, and only differ in the method of prepara- tion. The word "Cocoa" is a market corruption of the original Spanish "Cacao," which was adopted by Tourne- fort as a generic name but has since been displaced by the Linnaean Theobroma. j. H. HART. THEOPHKASTA (Theophrastus was a Greek natural- ist and philosopher, 370-285 B.C.). Myrsinacece. Ac- cording to Bentham & Hooker, this genus has but a single species, T. Jussieui, of San Domingo. J. De- caisne, in Annales des Sciences Naturelles for 1876 (ser. 6, Bot. 3) contrasts three species. Pax, in Engler & Prantl's "Pflanzenfamilien," written later than either of the above, recognizes four species. Five names occur in the American trade, only one of which is a true Theophrasta according to either of the above authorities. This is T. Jussieui. Three of them are to be referred to the related genus Clavija, and one ( T. imperialis) is now regarded as a species of Chryso- phyllum (of the family Sapotacese). The chief technical differences between Theophrasta and Clavija are in the flowers and fruits. In Theophrasta the corolla is cyl- indrical and shallowly 5-lobed; staminodia attached on the base of the corolla: fr. large and many-seeded. In Clavija the corolla is subrotate and deeply 5-cleft; staminodia attached on the tube of the corolla; fr. 1- many-seeded. Theophrasta itself includes a glabrous shrub with erect, nearly simple stem, the simple Ivs. crowded at the ends of the branches, the fls. large, white, in racemes. The fls. are perfect and gamopeta- lous; calyx and corolla with 5 divisions that are imbri- cated in estivation, the corolla bearing a corona in the throat; stamens 5, fixed at the bottom of the corolla- tube; pistil one, with short style and capitate stigma. Fr. fleshy and apple-like, many-seeded. The species referred to Theophrasta in the American trade are handsome large foliage plants for warmhouse culture. An allied genus is Jacquinia, which see. The following cultural note is probably applicable to the various species cultivated under the name of Theo- phrasta: According to T. Baines in Gn. 1:395, T. im- perialis is of easy culture, enduring a winter tempera- ture of 45° without injury but making the best growth with 70° night temperature and 10° rise during the day. It has the objection of being almost impossible to root from cuttings. A plant that has become too large may have part of the top cut off and all the buds removed from the stem down to within a few inches of the ground, which operation causes the plant to sprout from the base. One only of the sprouts should be left; when it is well started the old stem may be cut down and after waiting until a little more growth has been made the plant should be taken from the pot, and be cleaned of soil and dead roots and repotted. A. Juice milky. imperialis, Linden (properly Chrysophyllum irnpe- riale, Benth.). Lvs. obovate -oblong to oblong-oblanceo- late, 3 ft. long on large plants: fls. yellowish green, small, in pediculate clusters on the lower .branches: fr. 5-angled, nearly globular, 1-2 in. thick. Brazil. B.M. 6823. I.H. 21:184. — This species has been cultivated since the middle of the nineteenth century as Theo- phrasta, but upon flowering in European gardens was found to belong to Chrysophyllum, a genus of the fam- ily Sapotaceae. AA. Juice not milky. B. Corolla mostly deep but the limb shallow - lobed : fr. many seeded (Theophrasta). C. Trunk or stem not spiny. Jussieui, Lindl. Lvs. linear-spatulate, about 1% ft. long and about one-sixth as wide, obtuse, strongly spinose-dentate, with black-tipped teeth, the midnerve very strong and the secondary ones confluent at the margins: inflorescence racemose, the racemes axillary and loose-fld. : fls. rather long-pediceled, bracteate, the calyx-lobes ovate and erose-dentate, the corolla tubular- campanulate, white, the corona annular and entire. San Domingo. G.C. III. 2:429. — It is not known to the writer whether the plant in cult, in this country under this name belongs to this species or one of the two fol- lowing. fusca, Decne. (T. Jussieei, Hort.). Stem simple, with ash-gray bark: Ivs. linear or linear-spatulate, 18 to 20 in. long and about 2 in. wide, obtuse, varying from nearly entire to repand-denticulate to strongly spinose, midnerve strong and tawny red at the base, the secon- dary nerves confluent at the leaf -margin: inflorescence paniculate or racemose, the racemes short and densely fid. : fls. on slender pedicels, bracteolate, the calyx- lobes orbicular and ciliolate, the corolla urceolate-cam- panulate, dull brown, the corona 5-lobed. Probably West Indian, but the species founded on cult, speci- mens.—The name T. fusca is not known to occur in the American trade.' cc. Trunk spiny. densifldra, Decne. Stem with black spines, the bark brownish: Ivs. linear-oblong, 14-10 in. long and 2-2% in. wide, coarsely spinose-dentate, the secondary veins numerous and crowded and somewhat pellucid : in- florescence terminal and corymb -like, compact, the branches 5-6-fld.: fls. short-pediceled, campanulate and white, the calyx-lobes ovate and somewhat ciliate and equaling the corolla-tube, the corona 5-lobed. San Do- mingo. B.M. 4239 (as T. Jussicei). — The name T. den- siflora is not known to occur in the trade. BB. Corolla mostly shallow and deep-lobed : fr. often • 1-few-seeded (Clavija). c. Leaves obtuse. macrophylla, Hort. ( properly Clavija grdndis, Decne. ) . Lvs. large, arcuate, obovate - spatulate and obtuse, en- tire or sinuate-repand; petiole thick and dark violet, the secondary nerves slender and simple or forked: fls. orange-yellow, in short, erect racemes; calyx-lobes orbicular and nearly glabrous, the corona 5-lobed. Bra- zil. B.M. (as Clavija macrophylla) 5829. cc. Lvs. acute. longifolia, Jacq. (properly Clavija ornata, D. Don). A tender tree, often 20 ft. high: Ivs. crowded, subver- ticillate, oblong - spatulate to lanceolate, narrowed at the base, mucronate, spinosely dentate, 1-1 % ft. long, about 9 in. wide: racemes 4-10 in. long, usually pendu- lous: fls. fragrant, saffron-colored. Peru. B.M. 4922. B.R. 21:1764. latifdlia, Willd. (properly Clavija latifolia, C. Koch). A tender tree: Ivs. oblong, petioled, narrowed at both ends, mucronate-serrate: racemes erect. W. Indies.— The species seems to be imperfectly known to botanists. L. H. B. THERMOPSIS (Greek, lupine-like). Leyuminosce. A genus of about 15 species of perennial herbs native to North America and northern and eastern Asia. They are erect plants with large, 3-foliolate, stipulate leaves and showy yellow or purple flowers in terminal or axil- lary racemes. The following species are all handsome hardy perennials bearing yellow flowers in early to late summer. They are not particular as to soil or position, but do best in a deep, light, well-drained soil. They are generally deep-rooted plants and endure drought very well. Propagation may be effected by division, especially in T. montana, T. fabacea and T. rhombifolia, which spread extensively by the root, but in general the better way is by seed, although the seed is rather slow to ger- minate and should be sown as soon as ripe or in the spring with some heat. A. Pod strongly recurved. rhombifolia, Richards. Plant about 1 ft. high, branched: Ifts. usually oval or obovate, %-l in. long: fls. in a compact spike: pod glabrous. June, July. Western states. B.B. 2:265. THERMOPSIS AA. Pod straight or only slightly curved at the apex. B. Plant ;S-5 ft. hitjh. Caroliniana, M. A. Curtis. Stem stout, smooth, sim- ple: Ivs. long-petioled; Ifts. obovate-oblong, silky be- neath; stipules large, clasping; raceme G-12 in. long, erect, rigid, many-rid.: pod 2 in. long, erect, villous and hoary. June, July. Mts. of N. C. BB. Plant 1-S ft. high. c. Stipules longer than the pet i<>!> . montana, Nutt. Plant 1% ft. high, somewhat silky- pubescent: Ifts. oblong-obovate to oblong, 1-3 in. long: tts in long spikes : pod straight, erect, pubescent. May, June. Western states. B.M. 3611. B.R. 15:1272 (both erroneously as T. fabacea). Sometimes called "Buffalo pen " in the west. CO. Stipules shorter than the petiole. D. Racemes axillary. fabacea, DC. Resembles T. montana and has possibly been confounded with it in the trade. It differs in hav- ing more spreading pods and larger and more com- pressed seeds. May, June. Siberia. DD. Racemes terminal. m611is, M. A. Curtis. Stem erect, branched, 2-3 ft. high, pubescent: Ifts. obovate-oblong, 1-2 in. long: ra- cemes 6-10 in. long: pod slightly curved at the end, 2-4 in. long. May-July. Va. and North Carolina. T. Cashmeriana, Hort. Saul, does not appear to be known to botanists. . j. 3. KELLER and F. W. BARCLAY. THESPES1A (Creek, divine; application doubtful). Malracete. A genus of a few species of tall trees or shrubs native of tropical Africa, Asia and the islands of the Pacific They have the aspect of Hibiscus and may be distinguished by the confluent stigmas, more woody capsule and the obovoid compressed seeds. populnea, Soland. A small tree with the younger por- tions covered with peltate scales: Ivs. long-petioled, ovate, cordate, acuminate, 3 in. across: fls. axillary, 2-3 in. across, yellow. Trop. Asia, Africa and the islands of the Pacific. — Cult, in S. Calif., where, accord- ing to Franceschi, it succeeds only in warm and moist locations. He also notes the fls. as varying from yellow to purple. F. W. BARCLAY. THEVETIA (Andre Thevet, 1502-1590, a French monk who traveled in Brazil and Guiana and wrote a book on French Guiana in which the plant is mentioned). Apocynacew. A tropical American genus of about 7 species of trees or shrubs with alternate, 1-nerved or lightly penniveined leaves and rather large yellow flowers in terminal few-flowered cymes. Thevetia iierei folia, the Yellow Oleander of Florida gardens, is a very ornamental small evergreen shrub, growing luxuriantly in rich, sandy soil, not too moist and not too dry, ultimately attaining a height of 6 to 8 feet and almost as much in diameter. The foliage is abundant, light glossy green and reminds one of the oleander, but the Ivs. are narrower. The pale yellow flowers are abundantly produced. The fruit, which is of the size and somewhat of the form of a hickory nut, is regarded as poisonous by the negroes. The Thevetia can stand a few degrees of frost, but it was killed out- right on February 7, 1895, when the thermometer went down to 18° F. If banked with dry sand in fall it does not suffer much, though the top may be killed. A. Lvs. 8-10 in. long, about 2 in. wide nitida, DC. A tender shrub: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, margins revolute: fls. rather large; corolla white, with a yellow throat. West Indies ; cult, in southern Calif. AA. Lvs. 8-6 in. long, less than % in. wide. nereifdlia, Juss. Known locally in Florida as « Trumpet Flower" and incorrectly as "Yellow Oleander." A ten- der shrub: Ivs. linear, shining, margins revolute: fls. about 3 in. long, yellow, fragrant. West Indies, Mexico. B.M. 2309 (as Cerbera Thevetia).— Colt, in S. Fla. and o. California. F. W. BARCLAY and H. NEHRLING. THINNING FRUIT 1795 THIMBLEBERRY. Jfubns occidentalis andodoratus. THINNING FRUIT. All fruit grows larger and bet- ter, and often becomes more highly colored, other things being equal, when it has an abundance of readily avail- able food. The supply of crude food materials is increased by allowing room enough to each plant and by enriching the soil and keeping it sufficiently moist. The plant may set so many fruits, however, that it can- not possibly grow all of them to largo size even though an abundant supply of crude food material is readily available. The leaves build up the crude materials taken from the soil and air into organic compounds which the plant must have to sustain its life and sup- port its growth. Fruit-growers often fail to recognize that the fruit depends upon the leaves most directly connected with it for elaborated food, which alone can nourish it. It is nevertheless true; and for this reason, even when there is no crop on the rest of the tree an overloaded branch needs to have its fruit thinned to secure the highest possible number of fine large fruits. By reducing the number of fruits the proportion of elaborated food for those which remain is increased. Sometimes checking the too vigorous growth of the vegetative parts is also resorted to for the same pur- pose. The latter practice is properly con- sidered under the subject of Pruning; the former may be treated under the topic of Thinning Fruit. In its broad significance Thinning Fruit includes not only picking off some of the immature fruit, but also any pruning of bearing wood to reduce the number of fruits which a plant is allowed to produce. Such pruning is usu- ally done when the plant is in a dor- mant condition. It may be performed on grapes in autumn as soon as the leaves fall. It is then easy to cover the vines if winter protection is needed. The more hardy orchard fruits may be attended to at any time when the leaves are off ; the more tender kinds should be left till the severities of winter have passed, so that the amount of bear- ing wood which is taken off may be varied in proportion to the loss of fruit- buds by winter in- jury. The work on peaches and apricots is thus sometimes deferred till the trees bloom, or even later. The sooner a fruit can be relieved from struggling with other fruits for its food the better its chances are for reaching extra large size. It is, there- fore, best to reduce the amount of bearing wood before the blossoms open, as much as can safely be done. Perhaps a method of thinning orchard fruits by treat- ing the open blossoms with some spray mixture may eventually be perfected. This would give the fruit the advantage of an increased food supply from the time the blossoms opened. It is known that such treatment may prevent the setting of fruit. It remains to demon- strate whether by a judicious use of this method the setting of fruit too abundantly may be prevented. If this can be done successfully, much labor in thinning by picking off immature fruit might be thus avoided. To avoid the extra labor which would be required by thinning immediately after the fruit sets, it is custom- ary to defer the work till the weaker fruits drop. 2497. Thinning fruit. (Drawn from photographs and reduced to % natural size.) The large separate fruits indicate the relative gain in size in thinning plums. The right-hand twig shows relative stage of development at which peaches should be thinned; the twig at the left indicates rela- tive distance between thinned peaches. 1796 THINNING FRUIT THINNING FRUIT Very often the mistake is made of deferring it too long. The labor spent in late thinning is usually wasted so far as improving the grade of fruit is con- cerned. Although the yield is thus lessened, the ripe fruit generally averages but little if any larger than unthinned fruit. No definite rule can be given as to the amount of fruit to be left in thinning. This should be determined according to the environment, vigor and productive habits of the plant. Generally speaking, fruits should 2498. The results of thinning Japanese plums. Lower branch not th.nned. be thinned so that those which are left are separated from each other by a distance of at least three times the diameter of the largest fruits at maturity. Under irrigation, or where a constant plentiful supply of soil moisture can be depended on, the number of fruits which the plant may be allowed to bear is much greater than, in some cases even twice as great as, the same plant could bring to large size if it were located on drier soil. Fig. 2497 shows the stage of development of peaches for early thinning and indicates the per- centage removed and distance apart of those which are left. Immature plants should not be allowed to bear a full crop. It is generally best that the plant carry but few fruits for the first crop. Afterwards it may be burdened more heavily, till finally, when a vigorous mature plant is developed it may safely bear a full crop. In con- sequence of overbearing, immature plants are often so weakened that they are easily winter-killed; or they may be left in an unthrifty condition from which they do not recover in several years if at all. In thinning fruit on immature plants, the natural ability of the plant and the influence of environment should be even more carefully considered than with mature plants. This work requires skill and good judgment, which can only be acquired by experience, study and careful observation. The question of what kinds of fruit it is best to thin should be considered briefly from the standpoint of the commercial grower. If the markets which are acces- sible do not pay more for the better grades of fruit there can be no profit in thinning except in preventing the breaking down of the tree by heavy crops and, possibly, from increasing the tendency to annual bear- ing. The crop of thinned fruit may sometimes exceed the measure that the unthinned fruit would yield, but not enough to pay for the cost of thinning if the crop is sold at no advance in price over unthinned fruit. Where fancy prices are obtained they are brought by evenly graded packages of the larger specimens. Varie- ties which at their best run small or medium size do not usually pay for thinning. It does not pay, for in- stance, to try to increase the size of Damson plums by thinning them. Plums like Lombard or Burbank, which have medium to large fruit, may pay for thinning. Fig. 2497 shows the improvement in size attained by thinning the Burbank. Those plums which at their best produce very large fruit, such as Wickson, Dia- mond and Guii, usually give better returns for thinning. With all kinds of fruit, thinning may be expected to return most profit when practiced on varieties well adapted for fancy trade. An exceedingly heavy crop of fruit may so exhaust a tree that it either fails to fruit the next year or pro- duces less than an average crop. Such a result is more often seen with some kinds of fruit than with others, and different varieties of the same kind of fruit may vary much in their natural tendencies in this direction. By judicious selec- tion of varieties and by skilful man- agement much may be done towards securing more regular bearing and more abundant crops. Thinning fruit has a place in the management of the commercial fruit plantation, along with the maintenance of soil fertility, til- lage, pruning and spraying. It is a mistake to depend on thinning alone for results which may with difficulty be obtained by all these methods com- bined. In some careful experiments vigorous, mature, well-nourished trees on which the fruit had been systemati- cally thinned annually, bore no more regularly than corresponding trees on which the fruit was not thinned. In other cases the beneficial effects of thinning were unmistakably apparent in somewhat increased fruitfulness the following season. The profit from thinning fruit in any one season comes largely from the increased amount of the better grades of fruit which are obtained by the process. The yield the succeeding year may or may not be greater because the fruit was thinned. S. A. BEACH. . Thinning Fruit has now come to be an established horticultural practice with those who cater to the best markets and aim at the highest ideals in fruit culture. Thinning assists the grower in securing several results, chief among which are the following: (1) in maintain- ing the vigor of the tree; (2) in producing fruit of maximum size, appearance and quality; (3) in securing annual crops instead of alternate, and (4) in preventing the spread of parasitic diseases. It does not pay to thin all classes of fruit. Only early or fancy varieties of apples will reward the culti- vator for the expense and labor of thinning, though it usually pays to pick the earliest varieties succes- sively, removing the largest and best colored specimens first, which in effect is a process of thinning. Standard pears are to be classed with apples; dwarf pears are partly thinned by winter pruning, and partly by the re- moval of surplus fruit in summer. Stone fruits pay for thinning more amply than other kinds. Peaches and plums may be thinned by winter pruning, but this is often inadequate. Our best peach-growers now thin to 6 and 8 inches apart and find that when this is coupled with high culture the results are usually satisfactory. Whether it will pay to thin plums or not will depend upon the variety and the market. The Japanese varie- ties are much improved in appearance and quality by judicious thinning. The larger varieties of the domes- ticas may under favorable circumstances be profitably thinned, but the wisdom of thinning the smaller varie- ties of natives and domesticas must be determined by the individual grower. Many varieties have a tendency to overbear ; these should be thinned in the interest of the health and vigor of the tree. Grapes respond to thinning by increased size of bunch and berry, but there is little or no money in the operation, except where the fruit is grown for a very special market or for exhibition purposes. Thinning the grapes should be accomplished by close winter pruning. Strawberries are thinned by special methods of culture, such as growing in hills and narrow matted rows. The way in which the operation is performed varies somewhat with SyjOHN JACOBS THOMAS WILLIAM 5AUNDER.5 \ LUTHER^ TUCKER. JOHN A5TON WAR.DEFL JAME5 VICK MARSHALL P. WILDER- DFL.GEOR.GE THUP.BEK. Plate XLI. Prominent American Horticulturists THINNING FRUIT THORBURN 1797 the fruit. Sometimes small shears are employed, but as a rule the fingers and thumbs of an active man are the most effective instruments available. Practice gives deftness. Eight to ten mature peach trees constitute a day's work. As to time, while it is im- portant to thin early in the season, experience has shown that much labor is saved if the work is deferred until the "June drop" or first drop after the setting of the fruit occurs. After this, thinning should be done promptly. JOHN CRAIG. THISTLE. Blessed T. See Carbenia. Cotton T. See Onopordon. Globe T. See Echinops. Golden T. See Scolymus. Scotch T. See Onopordon. THLADlANTHA (Greek, to crush and flower; the author of the geuus is said to have named it from pressed specimens). Cucurbit Acece. A genus of 4 spe- cies of tender, dioacious, herbaceous vines with tuberous roots, usually ovate-cordate leaves and axillary, yellow flowers. The genus is native of southern and eastern Asia and the island of Java. Male tts. solitary or ra- cemed; calyx-tube short, bell-shaped, the bottom shut by a horizontal scale; segments 5, lanceolate; corolla toll-shaped, 5-lobed, the lobes revolute half way down; stamens 5: female fl. with calyx and corolla of male; ovary oblong; style 3-cut: seeds many. Thladiantha has recently been offered in this country under the name of Golden Creeper. dubia, Bunge. A tall climber with light green foliage and numerous yellow bell-shaped flowers : male fls. soli- tary in the axils without bracts: fr. ovoid-oblong, about 2 in. long, red : seeds black, smooth. Summer. N. China. G.C. III. 28:279. B.M. 5469 (male fl. only). -According to R. I. Lynch, in Gn. 56, p. 518, the plants are of easy cultivation and by planting both sexes and artificial pollination the fruit may be grown. He further states that the root-tubers are without buds but form buds just before growth commences, as does a root-cutting. According to Danske Dandridge, the plant is hardy in W. Va. , increasing rapidly by tubers and becoming a pest when planted with choicer plants. F. W. BARCLAY. THLASPI (Greek, crushed; referring to the strongly flattened pods and seeds). Cruciferce. A genus of 25-30 species of annual or perennial herbs, mostly from the temperate and alpine regions of the northern hemisphere. Mostly inconspicuous plants with radical rosettes of leaves and leafy scapes of small white, rose or pale purple flowers. T. arvense, Linn., known as PENNY CKE.SS, is a naturalized annual weed from Eu., 4-12 in. high, simple, with terminal clusters of small flowers; sepals greenish; petals white. T. alpestre, Linn., is a perennial species native of the Rocky Mts. An early- flowering alpine plant of a tufted habit, variable but usually 2-4 in. high: sepals purplish; petals white. Has been offered by collectors and is a neat little rock plant. It should be given shade and a cool, moist soil. V. 23:299. It differs from the European T. alpestre, but apparently not by any good specific character. F. W. BARCLAY. THOMAS, JOHN JACOBS (Plate XLI), one of the three pomologists who may be said to have created the science in this country (the others being Patrick Barry and the elder Downing), was born January 8, 1810, near the lake in central New York— Cayuga— on the shores of which he passed his life;, and died at Union Springs, February 22, 1895. He was much more than a pomolo gist, his studies covering nearly every branch of rural industry except the breeding of live stock, and his labors in the direction of adorning the surroundings of country life entitling him to rank in that department with the younger Downing. Two of his works, "Farm Implements and Machinery," and the series of nine vol- umes called "Rural Affairs," deal with the practical every-day matters of life on the farm in a manner at once pleasing and original, there being nothing that could quite fill their place in the whole range of our agricultural literature; and his incessant stream of in- spiring editorials in "The Cultivator" and "The Country Gentleman " for nearly sixty years covered a wide and diversified range of rural topics. But pomology was his chief delight, and his fame rests mainly on his treatise on that subject, "The American Fruit Culturist." This immensely useful book first appeared, in 1846, as a paper-covered 16mo of 220 pages, with 36 wood-cuts, which must have been well received, inasmuch as a fourth edition (dignified with muslin binding) was pub- lished in the following year, and in 1849 another, en- larged to 424 duodecimo pages, and "illustrated with 300 accurate figures." This edition appears to have been reissued a few years later, with slight modifications and on larger paper, and was then called the seventh. Up to this time, the changes in the work had been chiefly in the direction of natural growth. But horti- cultural knowledge was undergoing great modification; and in 1867, the public still calling for the book, it reap- peared in different style, newly arranged and mostly rewritten, filling now considerably more than 500 pages, and accompanied by almost that number of illustra- tions. Rather unfortunately, this was called the "sec- ond edition, "all its predecessors being probably regarded as different forms of the same book, while this was sub- stantially new. The next edition, called the "eighth revised, "appeared in 1875, and had nearly 600 octavo pages and over 500 engravings, — not to mention a colored frontispiece and highly pictorial binding; and this was followed, ten years later, by a revised reprint in plainer and more tasteful style, illustrated with the largest number of engravings yet reached, 519. This edition, the last issued during the life of the author, sold well, like all the others, and was long out of print and much sought for. A so-called "twentieth" edition, revised and en- larged by Mr. William H. S. Wood, a lifelong friend of the author, with the assistance of a number of high authorities, appeared in 1897, and contains over 700 pages and nearly 800 illustrations. Personally, Thomas was one of the most lovable of men. A consistent but very liberal-minded member of the "orthodox" branch of the Society of Friends, he exemplified in a marked degree the peculiar virtues, both robust and gentle, which so commonly command, for the adherents of that simple and unobtrusive faith, the respect and admira- tion of those who know them. GILBERT M. TUCKER. THORBTTEN, GRANT (Plate XLI), founder of the seedhouse of J. M. Thorburn & Co., New York, and hor- ticultural author, was born in 1773 in Dalkeith, Scot- land, and early came to New York to seek his fortune. His father was a wrought-nail maker, and the son en gaged in the same trade in this country. He soon mar- ried, and his wife attended a store which he established in Nassau street, near Liberty, for the selling of "tape, ribbons, thimbles, thread, scissors, and Oxbery's nee- dles." The living rooms were in connection. "A glass door opened opposite the fireplace, where she rolled the dumpling or broiled the steak with one eye, and kept a squint on the store with the other." The introduction of cut-nail machines deprived young Thorburn of his trade, and the establishment of a pretentious grocery business on the corner of Nassau and Liberty streets took away his customers. He therefore gave attention to other means of livelihood. The women of the city had begun to show a taste for flowers. These were grown in pots, and the pots were sold by grocers. In the fall of 1802, there being various pots in his stock, Thorburn thought to attract the attention of purchasers by painting the pots green. Four pots were first painted. They sold quickly. Then he painted twelve. They sold; and thus the pot business grew. Thorburn had been in the habit of buying his meat at the Fly Market, at the foot of Maiden Lane. In April, 1803, he bought a rose geranium there1, thinking to be able by its means to still further advertise his pots. But the next day a customer bought both pot and plant; -and Thorburn quickly returned to the market and bought two more plants. These sold; and thus the plant busi- ness grew. The man, George Inglis, of whom Thorburn bought the plants, was also a Scotchman, and it was soon agreed that one should grow the plants and the other sell them. But the customers also wanted to grow plants, and they asked for seed; and as there was no 1798 THORBURN THUNBERGIA seed store in New York, it was arranged that Inglis should grow seeds also. This was in 1805; and in that year Inglis, as an experiment, had grown a lot of seeds. Thorburn bought these seeds for $15; and thus arose the first regular seed store in New York, and one of the first in the United States. The seeds and plants continued to sell, and Thorburn was obliged to import seeds. In 1805 or 1806 he ob- tained a catalogue of William Malcolm & Co., London, the first plant catalogue he had ever seen, and he then published one of his own. This led to more pretentious writing, and "The Gentleman and Gardener's Kalendar" was the first outcome. The third edition of this, in 1821, by "Grant Thorburn, Seedsman and Florist," contains the advertisement of "G. Thorburn & Son," dealers in seeds, implements and rural books. Grant Thorburn was a prolific writer for the current press on a variety of topics, under the nom de plume of Laurie Todd. He was a unique character, and his his- tory,—"mixed with much fiction," as he himself says,— was the basis of John Gait's tale in three volumes (London, 1830) of "Lawrie Todd, or Settlers in the Woods." Thorburn left a most interesting autobio- graphy, which was published in New York in 1852. He died in New Haven, Conn., January 21, 1863, at the age of 90. The portrait in Plate XL1 is reproduced from his autobiography. L_ jj. g. THORN. See Cratcegus. Christ's T. is Paliurus Spina-Christi. Jerusalem T. is Paliurus Spina- Christi; also Parkinsonia aculeata. Swallow T. is Hippophae rhamnoides. THORN APPLE. Datura Stramonium; also Cratcegus. THOEN BROOM. Ulex Europceus. THOROUGHWORT. Eupatorium perfoliatum. THRIFT. Armeria. THRlNAX (Greek, fan). Palmacece. About 10 spe- cies of fan palms native to the West Indies and Florida. Spineless palms: trunks low or medium, solitary or cespitose, ringed below, clothed above by the fringed leaf-sheaths: Ivs. terminal, orbicular or truncate at the long; axis clothed with tubular sheaths; papery-coria- ceous, split: fls. on rather long, slender pedicels, the pedicel with a caducous bract at the base: fr. the size of a pea. For the new Porto Rican species, see Cook, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, Oct., 1901. One of the best groups of palms for pot-culture. The species are of slow growth, but succeed with indifferent care. They are mostly of elegant form and habit. A good specimen is shown in Fig. 2499. For T. Chuco. see Acanthoriza (Jhuco. A. Under surface of leaves green. B. Ligule with a blunt appendage at the middle 1. BB. Ligule bluntly deltoid 2. BBB. Ligule obsolete, truncate 3. AA. Under surface of leaves silver;/ or glaucous. B. Leaf-segments connivent at base .A. BB. Leaf-segments connivent for one- third their length 5. BBB. Leaf-segments connivent for one- half their length 6. radiata parviflora Barbadensis argentea excelsa multiflora 2499. A good specimen of Thrinax. base, flabellately plicate, multifid; segments indupli- cate, bifid; rachis short or none; ligule free, erect, con- cave; petiole slender, biconvex, smooth on the mar- gins; sheath usually beautifully fringed: spadices 1. radiata, Lodd. (T. elegans, Hort.) Caudex short: Ivs. green, glabrous or slightly puberulent beneath; segments united to or beyond one-third; ligule broadly rounded, with a short, blunt appendage at the middle. Cuba to Trinidad. 2. parvifldra, Swz. Caudex 10-20 ft. tall : Ivs. 10-25 in. long, minutely pubescent, becoming glabrous, green be- neath; segments united one-fourth or one-sixth their length; ligule bluntly deltoid, IK lines long. Bahamas, Jamaica. Florida. S.S. 10:510. 3. Barbadensis, Lodd. Trunk middle-sized: Ivs. green, glabrous; segments united at the base: ligule obsolete, truncate: spadix paniculate: berry polished, % in. thick. Barbadoes. 4. argentea, Lodd. Caudex 12-15 ft. high, 2-3 in. thick: Ivs. shorter than the petiole, silvery gray be- neath; segments united at the base; ligule concave, semilunar, erose. West Indies. 5. excelsa, Lodd. Lvs. pale green above, hoary-glau- cous beneath; segments united one-third; ligule bluntly deltoid; sheath densely buff-lanate. Jamaica, British Guiana. G. multiflora, Mart. (T. graminifolia, Hort.). Stem medium, 6-8 ft. high; sheaths ragged, fibrous, irregu- larly reticulate, tomentose: young Ivs. white woolly- tomentose; blade equaling the petiole, laciniate; seg- ments united one -half their length, ensiform-acumi- nate, rather strict, glaucous beneath; ligule trans- versely oblong, sinuate, 3-lobed. Haiti. I.H. 31:542. T.crinlta, Griseb. &Wendl. Cuban. No description available. Only one plant known. Cult, by W. C.Wilson, of Astoria, N. Y. T. elegantissima, Hort., seems to be unknown to botanists. — T. Morrissii, Wendl. A native of Anguilla, grows 1-2% ft. high, and has Ivs. which are glauceseent beneath. Segments free for about two-thirds or three-fourths their length. Lately offered in Fla. G.C. III. 11:113. JARED G. SMITH. THRYPTCMENE (Greek word said to refer to the low heath-like appearance of the plant). Myrtacew. About 18 species of heath-like shrubs from Australia, with small, opposite leaves and small or minute flowers, which are solitary in the axils or fascicled. Mitchelliana, F. Muell. A compact, bushy shrub with slender branches: Ivs. oblong, flat, %->£ in. long: fls. in the upper axils solitary or in clusters of 2 or 3, white. Offered in southern Calif. Introduced by Mrs. T. B. Shepherd, who says the plant rarely exceeds 4 ft. in height, blooms in midwinter and is good for cut-flowers. F. W. BARCLAY. THtTJA. See Thuya. THUJCPSIS. See Tliuyopsis. THUNBERGIA (after Karl Peter Thunberg, professor of botany at Upsala and successor to Rudbeck and Lin- naeus; died 1828). Acanthacece. Mostly tall perennial greenhouse climbers producing flowers in great profu- THUNBERGIA THUNBERGIA 1799 slon: Ivs. opposite: fls. blue, yellow, purple or white, solitary and axillary or in racemes; calyx annular arid icarcely lobed or toothed or 10-15-toothed, surrounded by 2 large bracts which often inclose also the corolla- tube; corolla trumpet - shaped, with a spreading limb, tube curved or oblique, often compressed, enlarged toward the mouth; stamens 4, didynamous, fixed near the base of the tube, filaments thickened at the base, 2500. Thunbereia alata (X %). separate; anther-cells parallel, equal, mostly mucronate at the base: ovary seated on a fleshy disk, 2-loculed, each cell with 2 ovules (rarely only one). The Thun- bergieffl are distinguished by the contorted corolla, the 4-seeded capsule, and the globose seeds. The Thunbergias are nearly all vigorous greenhouse climbers resembling allamandas in habit. In large con- servatories where they are not cramped for room they flower freely and display their flowers to the best ad- vantage. Severe pruning, which is necessary in small greenhouses, prevents the production of flowers. The larger species, T. laurifolia, T. affinls, T. grandiflora, T. Mi/sorensis, and T. coccinea are rapid growers, re- quiring plenty of feeding and root-room. All do better in open beds than in pots. They may be propagated cither from seeds or by cuttings which are taken from the young wood which starts into growth after the plants have been cut back during winter. These pro- duce few flowers the following autumn, but bloom freely the second season. As a rule, the plants flower in late summer or autumn, but this may be made to vary according to treatment in some species. T. alata and its varieties and T. fragrans are often treated as annual garden plants, flowering in late summer. T. erecta and T. nffinis when grown in pots form rather compact shrubby plants. See Gn. 24, p. 314; 30, p. 292; 47. p. 150. T. elegans of the trade cannot be accounted for by the writer. HEINRICH HASSELBRING. Tlmnbergias r.nd allamandas are great favorites in central and southern Florida, being used on verandas, arbors, small trees, old stumps, trellises and buildings. Of the blue-fld. kinds T. grandiflora is hardiest and commonest. It has large, heart - shaped leaves which overlap one another in a charming manner. It blooms from September till Christmas, the fls. being light blue and rather dull as compared with the next. The form of T. Imirifolia, known to the trade as T. Harrisii, has nearly sky-blue fls., of a deeper but brighter hue than the preceding. It is a taller-growing and choicer plant, and has 10 or more fls. in a raceme, while those of T. grandiflora are solitary in the axils. T. fragrans is the common white-fld. kind. The form cult, in Florida is probably var. vestita, as the blossoms are not fragrant. T. alata is a general favorite. The fls. range from buff and white to orange with a deep purplish brown throat, the last form being the most popular. This spe- cie* is killed to the ground by sharp frost every winter but sprouts vigorously the following spring. It also comes up from self-sown seed. This species grows only 7 or 8 ft. high. All the Thunbergias mentioned above are easily raised from cuttings or layers in sum- mer. T. erecta is not a climber but has a somewhat straggling habit. It lias small, dark green Ivs. and large, deep purplish blue gloxinia-like Us. which are white at the base. There is a pure white variety of it. It blooms all summer and autumn. It is readily raised from cuttings during the rainy season. H. NEHRLINO. INDEX. cnci-inea, 9. cternlen. -I. Doddsii, 2. erecta, 4. fragrans, 3. Frycri, '2. grandiflora, 0, 7. Harrisii, 7. intus-alba, 2. laurifolia, 7. lutea, 2. Mysorensis, 8. sulphurea, 2. unicolor, 2. , 1. alata, 2. alba, 2, 4. albiflora, 2. aurantiaca, 7. Backerii, 2. Bakeri, 2. chrysops, 5. A. jfls. axillary, solitary. B. Lvs. entire ........................ 1. af finis BB. Lvs. angularly toothed. c. Petioles winged ................. 2. alata CC. Petioles not winged. D. Color of fls. white : corolla- lobes truncate and sinuately toothed at the apex .......... 3. fragrans DD. Color of fls. blue (white only in varieties ) . E. Plant suberect .............. 4. erecta EE. Plant climbing. F. Throat of the corolla yellow. o. chrysops FF. Throat of the corolla white. 6. grandiflora AA. Fls. in terminal or axillary racemes (see, also, T. grandiflora). B. Color of fls. blue .................. 7. laurifolia BB. Color of fls. yellow ................ 8. Mysorensis BBB. Color of fls. scarlet ................ 9. coccinea 1. afflnis, S. Moore. A rambling shrub, 10-12 ft. high, smooth: branches 4-angled: Ivs. short-petioled, elliptic, acute, entire: fls. 2 in. across, deep purple-blue, with a yellow throat. Summer. Tropical Africa. B.M. 6975. G.C. III. 2:461. G.M. 32:291. -This plant is closely allied to T. erecta, from which it differs by its entire Ivs. and larger fls., which are about twice the size of those of T. erecta. When grown in a pot the plant forms a compact shrub, but when given more room it is a rambling climber. 2. alata, Boj. Fig. 2500. Stem square, climbing- hairy: Ivs. opposite, triangular-ovate, hastate, repand- toothed, rough-pubescent, tomentose beneath; petioles winged, about as long as the Ivs.: fls. solitary, on axillary peduncles; calyx very small, surrounded by 2 large inflated bracts; corolla-tube somewhat longer than the involucre, dark purple within; limb rotate, oblique, of 5 rounded segments, buff or cream-colored. S.E. Africa. B.M. 2591. P.M. 2:2. B. 5:238 (not good). L.B.C. 11:1045. —A perennial climber which may also be treated as an annual greenhouse plant. Usually propagated by seeds. It is used either as greenhouse climber or to grow on trellises outdoors. Outside it flowers mostly in August, but by propagating at various times they may be had in blossom nearly the whole year in the greenhouse. There are many varie- ties, some of which have been described as species. Var. alba, Paxt. (T. alata, var. albiflora, Hook.). Fls. white, with a blackish center. P.M. 3:28. B.M. 3512. Var. aurantiaca, Ktze. (T. aurantiaca, Paxt.). Fls. bright orange, with a dark center. The best of the group. P.M. 6:269. Subvar. Doddsii has variegated Ivs. P.M. 15:'221. F.S. 4:415. Var. Bakeri, Hort. (T. Bakeri or Backerii, Hort.). Fls. pure white. Var. Fryeri, Hort. (T. Fryeri, Hort. T. alata, var. intus- alba, Hort.). Pale orange, with a white center. Var. sulphurea, Hort. Fls. sulfur-yellow. Var. lutea, Hort. (T. alata, var. unicolor, Hort.). Fls. entirely yellow. 3. fragrrans, Roxb. Stem slender, climbing: lv.;. lanceolate to triangular-ovate, cordate or subcordato, mostly angularly toothed on each side of the base, rough on both sides, petiolate: fls. white, axillary; corolla-tube narrow; limb spreading, 1% in. across, lobes truncate and repandly toothed at the end. Sum- mer. India. 1800 THUNBERGIA THUNIA Var. IJevis, Clarke, is glabrous. B.M. 1881. L.B.C. 20:1913. Var. vestita, Clarke, is more hairy and the flowers are not fragrant. 4. er6cta, T. Anders. (Meyenia ertcta, Benth.). Shrub, 2-4 ft. high, with loose spreading branches, half- erect: Ivs. opposite, petiolate, ovate or subrhomboid, smooth, entire or sinuate-toothed: fls. solitary on axil- lary peduncles; calyx cut into 12-14 short teeth, con- cealed by the large bracts; corolla funnelform; tube curved, deep yellow within; limb purple, l%-2 in. across, of 5 subrotund obcordate lobes. Trop. W. Africa. B.M. 5013. F.S. 11:1093. R.H. 1863: 251. I.H. 3:99. F. 1855: 225. J.H. III. 28:35.- A greenhouse shrub, producing flowers freely at almost any season. Grows in the open in Florida. Not a climber. Var. alba, Hort. Fls. 2501. Thunbergia erandif lora ( X white. Var. cserulea, Hort. Fls. large, intense violet, with orange throat. 5. chrysops, Hook. Stem climbing, slightly hairy: Ivs. opposite, petiolate, ovate-cordate, angularly toothed : peduncles axillary, solitary, 1-fld.: corolla funnelform orcampanulate; tube yellow, limb, purple, bluish around the throat. Sierra Leone. B.M. 4119. F.S. 1:5. P.M. 11:221. F. 1844: 193. -Naturally a climber, but said to become somewhat erect if grown in a coolhouse. 6. grandifldra, Roxb. Fig. 2501. Stem tall, climbing: Ivs. broadly ovate, angularly cordate and toothed or lobed, somewhat roughened on both sides, petiolate: fls. solitary or in short, stout racemes in the leaf -axils, bright blue, becoming whitish in the throat; corolla- tube bell-shaped; limb 3 in. across, of 5 large, spread- ing rounded lobes. Bengal. B.M. 2366. P.M. 7:221. L.B.C. 4:324. B. 2:76. B.R. 6:495. Gn. 47:1003. I.H. 42:32. G.C. III. 9:789.-A very large perennial green- house climber; flowers during the summer or autumn. There is also a white-flowered variety. 7. laurifdlia, Lindl. (T. Hdrrisii, Hook. T. grandi- flora, Wall.). Stem terete, smooth except the youngest, twining: Ivs. long-petiolate, ovate-oblong to oblong- lanceolate, acuminate, rounded at the base, smooth, en- tire or slightly toothed: fls. 3 in. across, pale blue, white or yellow in the throat, borne in axillary whorls or in a raceme in which they are also clustered or whorled; corolla with a wide, oblique trumpet-shaped tube and a large 5-lobed limb. India. B.M. 4985; 4998 F.S. 12:1275. Gn. 12, p. 420; 30:563 and p. 293. R.H! 1860, p. 342. J.H. III. 28:345. Gng. 3. -295. -Perennial greenhouse climber, flowering profusely in winter. Propagated by cuttings. 8. Mysorensis, T. Anders. (Hexac6ntris Mysorhisis, Wight). Climbing shrub, with long, slender branches: Ivs. opposite, petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, entire or somewhat distantly toothed: racemes long, pendulous: fls. yellow, 2 in. across, the tube enclosed by the spathe-like bracts; limb 4-lobed, the upper lip concave, with reflexed side lobes, lower lip of 3 sub- equal, spreading lobes. India. B.M. 4786. F.S. 8:752. S.M. 2, p. 130. — A tall greenhouse climber which flowers, according to treatment, at all seasons. 9. coccinea, Wall. (Hexactntris coccinea, Nees). A very tall climber: stem much branched, 4-angled: Ivs. short-petiolate, variously shaped, the lower broadly ovate, with a hastate or cordate angled base, the up- per ovate, cordate, all angularly toothed or the upper entire: fls in terminal or axillary racemes, 1-3 ft. long; bracts large, inflated, as long as the tube; limb scarlet, of 5 reflexed emarginate lobes; throat orange. Autumn and winter. In- dia. B.M. 5124. L B.C. 12:1195. F.S. 23:2447. R.H. 1890, p. 197. HEINRICH HASSELBRING. THtTNIA (Count Thun-Tetschen, who had an important collection of orchids about the middle of the 19th century). Orchiddcece. A small genus of which at present only 5 species are known. These are tall plants with annual leafy stems terminating in a raceme of showy flow- ers. The genus was formerly united with Phaius, from which it differs by the terminal inflorescence. Sepals and petals similar,spreading; labellum convolute over the column, spurred, ornamented with several crests consisting of lines of fleshy hairs: pollinia 8: fls. subtended by large membranous bracts. The species of Thunia occur in northern India, Burma, and in the S. Himalaya region ascending to a height of 6,000 ft. The culture of the Thu- nias is very simple. Th y begin growth natur- ally at the end of February or early in March. As soon as new growth is visible the plants should be given new material, consisting of fibrous peat or fern-root and sphagnum mixed with loam and some sand and potsherds for drainage. In their native home the plants are said to be epiphytic, and when treated as terrestrial orchids their na- tive habit may be imitated by setting them well above the pot, which should not be too large. For the first 4-6 weeks until the young roots have made good growth, it is necessary to apply water sparingly. Thunias are very rapid-growing orchids and may be liberally supplied with liquid manure until the end of the flowering sea- son, which occurs about the middle of August. Soon after this the leaves fall. The old stems winter in this condition and serve as food reservoirs for the young growth of the next season, but although they remain on the plant two years they form no leaves the second sea- son. During the resting period they should be kept in a rather dry atmosphere and be given only enough water to prevent the stems (pseudobulbs) from shriveling. This is one of the few orchids which can be profitably propagated by cutting the old stems into lengths of about 6 in. and rooting them in sand or sphagnum. When rooted the young plants may be potted in the usual way. A temperature of 60°-65° is favorable dur- ing the growing season. alba, Reichb. f. (Phdius dlbus, Lindl.). Fig. 2502. Suberect, 2-3 ft., clothed with sheathing, oblong -Ian- THUNIA ceolate, striate Ivs. 6 in. long: raceme drooping at the end of the stem, 6-12-fld.: fls. white, 3-4 in. across when fully open; sepals and petals oblong-lanceolate, acuminate; labellum shorter than the segments, not manifestly 3-lobed, lateral lobes convolute over the column, apex spreading, wavy and finely crisp. The color of tlie labellum is white veined with purple in the throat, with 5-9 purple or yellow fringed keels. Wings of the column entire. April-Aug. Burma and S. Him- alaya region. B.M.3991. B.R. 24:33. P.M. 5:125. P.O. 8:125 R.H. 1874:450. Gt. 47, p. 233. -There are several varieties of this species. The throat of the labellum is often yellow. Bensoniffl, Hook. (Phdius Btnsonice, Benth.). Stems fascicled, 1-2 ft, high, leafy: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, 8-10 in long: fls. like those of T. alba but of a pale purple color; labellum large, 3-lobed, deep purple in front, with a yellow crested disk, with 6-7 rows of fringe-like golden yellow hairs; spur short, slender. India. July- Sept. B.M. 5694. G.M. 31 :557.-The most showy spe- cies of the genus. Marshalliana,Reichb.f.(P7idJMS JfaVsftaZh>, Nichols.). Closely related to T. alba. Stems somewhat stronger: segments pure white, acuminate: labellum evidently 3- lobed, with the lateral lobes surrounding the column, middle lobe wavy and crisp. The color of the labellum is yellowish white, with five orange-fringed keels m the throat: wings of the column toothed. May-Aug. India. R B. 21:229. Gt. 47, p. 233. S.H. 2, p. 335.-A var. ionophlebia, Reichb. f., has the center of the labellum bright yellow, paler toward the margin. HEINRICH HASSELBRING. THITRBER, GEORGE (Plate XLI), botanist, natur- alist and editor, was born in Providence, R. I., Septem- ber 2, 1821, and died at his home near Passaic, N. J., April 2, 1890. He obtained his early education at the Union Classical and Engineering School of his native city. Afterwards he served an apprenticeship as phar- macist, at the termination of which he began business for himself in partnership with Joshua Chapin. Dur- ing these years he devoted himself eagerly to the study of chemistry and natural sciences in general, but especially to botany, so that at an early age he was already well known as one of the most prominent botanists of the country. This brought him in close intimacy with Drs. John Torrey, Asa Gray, George Engelmann, Louis Agassiz and other eminent scientists, whose warm friendship he enjoyed until his death. In 1850 he obtained the appointment as botanist, quarter- master and commissary of the United States Boundary Commission for the survey of the boundary between the United States and Mexico. During the following four years his botanical work consisted mainly in the exploration of the native flora of these hitherto un- known border regions. His herbarium collected there comprised a large number of species new to scientists, some of which have been named after their discoverer, Cereus Thurberi being one of the most important; it is now cultivated for its fruit in the desert regions of North Africa. This historical herbarium formed the subject of Dr. Asa Gray's important work "Plantse Novffi Thurberinanae," published by the Smithsonian Institute. After his return to New York in 1853, Dr. Thurber received an appointment to the United States Assay Office, of which Dr. John Torrey was the assayer. In this position he remained until 1856, when owing to his strong sympathies with Gen. John C. Fremont, who was the first presidential candidate of the Republican party, he preferred to resign rather than sacrifice his principles. This incident well illustrates his perfect candor and characteristic, uncompromising spirit. Upon being asked for a contribution to the Buchanan cam- paign fund, he inquired: "Is this an invitation or a demand? " He was informed that it was a demand, and at once tendered his resignation. During the following three years he was connected with the Cooper Union and the College of Pharmacy of New York city as lecturer on botany and materia medica. In 1859 he was appointed professor of botany and horticulture at the Michigan Agricultural College, which position he held for four year? Here his wide and varied knowledge, of which he had ready command, his alertness of ijrain, THURBER 1801 clearness and vigor of speech, huraor and enthusiasm made him a successful and ideal teacher. Many of his students and those who studied under his students are now filling important professional and editorial chairs throughout the country. This position he re- signed in 1863 to accept— on the urgent invitation of Orange Judd, the publisher— the editorship of the "American Agriculturist," which he held to within a few years of his death, when failing health prevented him from continuing his ardent labors. In this position he found his most congenial work and the real mission of his life, for which his previous training, his vast 2502. Thunia alba. (X &) and varied knowledge of natural sciences, arts and in- dustries, his quick perception and rare judgment as to cause and effect had fitted him so admirably. Few men have exerted so powerful and effective an influence on progressive horticulture and agriculture as has Dr. Thurber. During his connection with the "American Agriculturist " he was a most painstaking and scrupu- lous editor and would not accept any article or statement about the correctness and accuracy of which he was not fully convinced. In order to convince himself to his own satisfaction of the value of new plants, fruits and vegetables, he established an extensive experimental and botanical garden in connection with his home on the Passaic river, which he named "The Pines," after a clump of tall white pines growing in front of it. The results of these observations and experiments formed the basis of a regular and valuable series of "Notes from the Pines." But in no part of his editorial work has he taken so much delight as in the "Doctor's Talks," and thousands of now gray-haired men and women will long hold in grateful and affectionate re- membrance "The Doctor," who through his letters to the "boys and girls" has added so much to the delights of their childhood days. Although Dr. Thurber was never married and had no children, he was always fond of young people and was never happier than when he could teach and assist them in whatever lay in his power. The amount of his writings in the "American Agriculturist " during the twenty -two years of his con- nection with it was enormous, but as his name but rarely appeared with his articles it would be impossible to estimate the aggregate, yet whatever he wrote bore the stamp of accuracy of detail and naturalness of style. While in Michigan he revised and partly rewrote Darlington's "Agricultural Botany," which was pub- lished under the title of "American Weeds and Useful Plants." He wrote also the entire botany of Appleton's "New American Encyclopedia." An important part of 1802 THURBER THUYA his contributions to horticultural literature consisted in editing, revising and bringing out the horticultural and agricultural books of the Orange Judd Company. After the death of Dr. Torrey, he was elected president of the Torrey Botanical Club. He was also president of the New Jersey Horticultural Society; vice-president of the American Pomological Society for New Jersey; and honorary member of many scientific societies throughout the world. The honorary title of doctor of medicine was conferred upon him by the University 2503. Typical form of Thuya occidentalis (X %). Medical College of New York. During the latter years of his life he suffered severely from chronic rheuma- tism, which finally resulted in heart degeneration and his death. Personally, Dr. Thurber was one of the most genial of men, gentle, sweet-tempered, with a consider- able share of good-natured humor, always ready to help those whom he felt needed assistance, liberal-minded and generous to a fault; but a relentless foe to frauds, shams and impostors of every kind. F. M. HEXAMER. THUYA (Thya or Thyia, an ancient Greek name for a resinous tree or shrub). Also spelled Thuja or Thui:i. Including Biota. Coniferce. ARBOBVIT^E. Ornamental evergreen trees of narrow pyramidal habit, with much ramified branches, the branchlets arranged frond-like, flattened and clothed with small scale-like leaves; the fruit is a small strobile or cone not exceeding 1 in. in length. The well-known T. occidentalis is hardy north and also T. Japonica. T. gigantea and several forms of T. orientalis are hardy as far north as Mass. Thuyas are favorites for formal gardens. They are all of regu- lar, symmetrical habit. Their numerous garden forms vary greatly in habit and in color of foliage. For plant- ing as single specimens in parks they are mostly too stiff and formal, but they are well suited for massing on borders of streams or lakes. The most beautiful and the most rapidly growing species is T. gigantea. Thuyas are well adapted for hedges and wind-breaks. They bear pruning well and soon form a dense hedge. They thrive best in somewhat moist, loamy soil and are easily trans- planted. Prop, by seeds sown in spring. The varieties, especially those of T. occidentalis, are usually prop, by cuttings taken late in summer and kept during the winter in a cool greenhouse or frame; also by grafting on seedling stock in summer or early in spring in the greenhouse. The vars. of T. gigantea and T. orientalis are usually grafted, since they do not grow readily from cuttings, except the juvenile forms of the latter, as var. decnssnta and Meldensis. Consult Retinispora. Five species occur in N. America, E. and Cent. Asia. Re>i>i/«ict(i //lobdsft, Hort. Var. Frdebeli, Hort.). Dwarf globose form, with slender branches and bright green foliage. Var. Harrisoni, Hort. "A neat little tree with the entire foliage tipped almost pure white." Var. H6veyi, Veitch. Dwarf, dense, ovate-globose form with bright green foliage. Var. intermedia, Hort. "Of dwarf, compact habit." Var. Little Gem, Hort. Very dwarf, dark green form, growing broader than high. Var. lutea, Veitch. (var. elegantissima, Hort. Var. George Peabody's Golden). Pyramidal form, with bright yel- low foliage. Var. nana, Carr. (T. plicata, var com- jn'n-tii . Beissn.). Dwarf, compact globose form; foli- age similar to var. plicata. Var. pendula, Gord. With the branches bending downward and the branchlets more tufted. Var. plicata, Mast. ( T. plicdta, Parl., not Don. T. Wared na, Booth). Pyramidal tree, darker ;ui. «( which the following are the best known: Var. athro- taxoides, Carr. Dwarf, irregularly and not frond-like bran.-hins,': branchlets nearly <|imdr;i uvular, slender, dark green. R.H. 1861, p. 230'. Var. aurea, Hort. Low, 1804 THUYA THYMUS compact, globose shrub, golden yellow in spring, chang- ing to bright green. Var. aurea conspicua, Hort. More erect, the intense golden foliage partially suffused with green. Var. aurea nana, Hort. Golden yellow foliage and very dwarf and compact habit. Var. aureo-varie- gata, Hort. Of pyramidal habit : branchlets variegated with yellow. Var. decussata, Beissn. & Hochst. (Ret- inispora juniperoldes, Carr. Chamcecyparis decussata, Hort.). Fig. 2094. Dwarf, globose form: Ivs. linear- lanceolate, spreading, stiff, acute, bluish green. A juve- nile form; see, also, Retinispora. Var. elegantissima, Gord. Of low, columnar habit, bright yellow in spring, yellowish green afterwards. Var. falcata, Lindl. Of dense, pyramidal growth, deep green, the horns of the strobiles curved backwards. Var. filiformis stricta, Hort. Round-headed, dwarf bush, with upright, thread- like branches. Var. gracilis, Carr. Of pyramidal, somewhat loose and slender habit, with bright green foliage. Var. freneloldes and var. Nepalensis are hardly different from this. Var. Meldensis, Veitch. Of col- umnar pyramidal, somewhat irregular growth: Ivs. aci- cular, bluish green, sometimes passing into the normal form. Intermediate between the var. decussata and the type. Var. pendula, Parl. (var. filifdrmis, Henk. & Hochst. T. pendula, Lamb. T. filifdrmis, Lindl.). Branches pendulous, thread-like, sparingly ramified, and with the Ivs. wide apart and acuminate. Var. funi- spreading and often nodding at the ends: branchlets one-fifth to one - fourth in. broad : Ivs. glossy green above, marked with a broad white band beneath, those of the upper and under side obovate-oblong, obtuse, adnate except at the apex, the lateral ones spreading, ovate-lanceolate and curved (hatchet-shaped), obtusish: scales of staminate fls. 6-10, much thickened at the ob- tusely pointed apex, the middle ones fertile and with 3-5-winged seeds under each scale. Japan. S.Z. 2:119, 120. G.C. II. 18:556. -Var. nana, Sieb. & Zucc. (T. la-- tei'irens, Lindl.). Dwarf form, with more slender and narrower branchlets of alighter green. Var. variegata, Fortune. Tips of branchlets creamy white. T. borealis, Hort.=ChamjecyparisNutkaensis.— T. Stdndishi, Gord.=Thuja Japonica. ALFRED REHDER. THYME. See Thymus. THYME, WATER. See Elodea. THYMUS (classical name of doubtful origin, perhaps from the Greek for incense). Labiatve. THYME. Prob- ably about 50 species, although more have been de- scribed, all natives of the Old World and chiefly of the Mediterranean region. They are low, half-shrubby perennials, although usually herbaceous or nearly so in the North. Lvs. small, opposite, simple and mostly en- ft nre **X J w I 0RL ^- Vw ^ ^ TO&^-^A 2508. Creeping Thyme — Thymus Serpyllum (X Vi). culdta, Hort., and var. intermedia, Carr., are interme- diate forms between this var. and the type. Var. pyra- midalis, Endl. Of pyramidal habit, with bright green foliage; one of the tallest and hardiest vars. Var. sem- peraurescens, Veitch. Dwarf, globose; the golden hue of the foliage remains throughout the whole year. Var. Sieboldi, Endl. (var. Jap6nica, Sieb., var. nana, Carr. var. Zuccariniana, Veitch. Var. compdcta, Beissn.). Globose, compact, low form, bright green. ALFRED REHDER. THUY6PSI8 (Greek, Thuya-like] . Coniferce. Ever- green ornamental pyramidal tree or shrub, with spread- ing branches, the branchlets arranged in a frond-like fashion, much flattened and clothed with scale -like glossy green foliage. Thuyopsis is one of the most beautiful Japanese conifers, and is well adapted for planting as a single specimen on the lawn wherever it can be grown successfully. It is hardy as far north as Mass., but usually suffers from summer drought. It thrives best in a sheltered and shaded position and in moist loamy soil, and seems to grow to perfection only in cool and moist climates. Prop, by seeds, also by cut- tings and by grafting like Thuya. Plants raised from cuttings usually grow into bushy, round-headed plants. Plants grafted on Thuya are said to be short-lived. Seedlings are therefore to be preferred. The genus contains only one Japanese species, closely allied to Thuya and chiefly distinguished by the 4-5 ovules under each scale. The yellowish white, close and straight-grained wood is very durable and is used in Japan in boat- and bridge-building. dolobrata, Rieb. & Zucc. (Thiiya dolobrata, Linn.). Pyramidal tree, attaining 50 ft. or sometimes shrubby: branchlets irregularly .whorled or scattered, horizontally tire. The calyx is ovate or ovoid, hairy in the throat, 5-toothed and 2-lipped, about 10-13-nerved, usually de- clined in fruit : corolla small, 2-lipped, the upper lip 2-toothed and erect, the lower one 3-cleft and spreading: stamens 4, mostly in 2 pairs and usually exserted. The flowers are mostly in shades of blue or purple, but are sometimes white; they are borne in whorls, forming a terminal spike or head-like cluster. Thymes are erect or prostrate plants with strong mint-like odor. Most of the species are grown as a ground cover on banks, in borders or rockwork. The creeping or prostrate habit, ability to persist in dry places and poor soils, and the colored or woolly foliage of some species make them adaptable to a variety of uses. The common T. Ser- pyllum is evergreen. T. vulgaris is the Thyme of sweet herb gardens, being prized in cookery. All Thymes are easily propagated by means of division, although seed- lings may sometimes be used to renew plantations of some of the species, particularly of T. vulgaris. Sev- eral names occur in American catalogues, all of which seem to be referable to three species, one of which is not a true Thymus. See Sage, where general culture of such herbs is given. vulgaris, Linn. COMMON THYME. Plant erect, the base sometimes decumbent, 1-2 ft., the branches stiff and woody, usually white-pubescent: Ivs. sessile, linear to ovate-lanceolate, acute, the margins more or less revolute: fls. small, lilac or purplish, in terminal interrupted spikes. S. Eu.— An old garden plant, being grown as a sweet herb. The leaves and shoots are used for seasoning. It is well to renew the plants from seeds every two or three years. There are varieties with broad and narrow leaves. Serpyllum, Linn. Fig. 2508. MOTHER OF THYME. CREEPING THYME. Creeping, wiry-stemmed, slightly pu- THYMUS bescent: Ivs. small, seldom Y? in. long, narrow-oblong to oval to nearly ovate, obtuse, narrowed into a distinct petiole, the margins sometimes slightly revolute: fls. minute, lilac, much shorter than the Ivs., in axillary whorls. Temperate parts of Europe, Asia and N. Africa. —A common plant in old gardens, prized as an ever- green edging and as cover for rockwork and waste places; also run wild. The leaves are sometimes used for seasoning, as those of T. vulgaris are. The nodes are short, making it a very leafy plant. Variable. Some of the cult, forms are: var citrioddrus, Hort. (T. citriodorux, Schreb.), the LEMON THYME, has smallj strong-veined Ivs. and a pronounced lemon odor. Var! montanus, Benth. (T. montanus, Waldst. & Kit. T. Chanuedrtis, Fries), has larger Ivs. and longer, some- what ascending branches. Var. lanuginosus, Hort. (T. Itniitginosus, Schk.), is a form with small roundish Ivs., and a pubescent-gray covering, making it a handsome plant for edgings. Var. aureus, Hort. Foliage golden, particularly in spring. Var. arg6nteus, Hort. Lvs. variegated with silvery white. Var. variegatus. Hort. White-variegated Ivs. Var. coccineus, Hort. Fls. nu- merous, scarlet. There is a form with white fls. (see Gt. 45, p. 108). All forms are hardy. Cdrsicus, Pers., is properly Calamintha Cdrsica, Benth. Prostrate, small, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. very small, 2 lines or less long, nearly orbicular, peti- oled: fls. small, light purple, in whorls, the floral leaves similar to the others. Corsica. — A good little plant for edgings, with very aromatic herbage. L H B THYES ACANTHUS (Greek, thyme and flower). Acanthacece. About 20 species of tropical American herbs or shrubs with opposite, often large leaves and red, tubular flowers in fascicles which are arranged in a terminal simple or panicled thyrse. Calyx short, 5- parted; corolla long-tubular, the 'limb 4-cut, slightly 2- lipped; stamens 2; staminodia 2. small, at the base of the filaments: capsule oblong; seeds 4 or fewer by abortion. Schomburgkianus, Nees (T. rutilans, Planch.). Fig. 2509. A shrubby plant, becoming 6 ft. high: Ivs. ob- long-lanceolate, nearly sessile : racemes 8-10 in. or even 3 ft. long from the upper axils, slender, drooping: fls. tubular, red, about 1% in. long, pendulous. Dec.- March. Colombia. B.M. 4851. R H. 1852:160. Gn. 42. p. 482. F.S.7;732. F.W.BARCLAY. Thyrsacanthus Schomburgkianus is a fine old green- house favorite which has of recent years fallen into un- deserved neglect. It deserves a place in every good general collection. It is chiefly admired for its um- brella-like habit and pendulous grace of its long sprays of slender, red, tubular flowers. Like many other acan- thads, it becomes leggy and weedy in old plants, even if cut back severely. Hence, plants are rarely kept after the second season. The culture of Thyrsacanthus is easy. It is an ideal plant for a general collection, as it requires no special treatment. Some English writers advise a stove temperature, but the undersigned has grown it for many years in a coolhouse. Ordinary pot- ting soil such as suits geraniums will do for Thyrsa- canthus. It flowers in winter and remains in bloom a long time. Cuttings may be made at any time in early spring and will produce flowering plants 2-2% ft. high the first season. After flowering, they should be cut back severely. It is not desirable to have more than one plant in a pot, nor should the young plants be pinched the first season, as the umbrella form is preferable to that of a compact, much-branched bush. The pendu- lous habit of Thyrsacanthus has suggested to some gar- deners the use of this plant for hanging baskets and ROBERT SHORE. THYRSOSTACHYS (Greek, thyrse and spike). Gra- minece. T. Siamensis is a tall Indian bamboo which has been offered in southern California since the article Bamboo was written for this work. As the plant is not included in Mitford's Bamboo Garden, its horticultural status is uncertain. Franceschi writes that the plant is rather tender at Santa Barbara. The genus belongs to a subtribe of bamboos of which Dendrocalamus is the type. This subtribe is distinguished by having 6 sta- TIARELLA ISO.', mens, a 2-keeled palea and the pericarp free from the ™e *°£ generic characters of Thyrsostachys, see the Flora of British India 7:397 (1897) rhyrsostachys is a genus of 2 species of arborescent bamboos native to Upper Burma and Siam. The stem- sheaths are long, thin and persistent, with a long, nar- row blade. The Ivs. are small or moderate-sized. As nearly as may be judged from the only available descrip- ' ,Sr ?Pecies could °e inserted at the bottom of page 128 of this work, being distinguished from species i& and 13 by the narrowness of the Ivs. Siam6nsis, Gamble. A tender, deciduous, "giant bam- boo," with very graceful tufted stems 25-30 ft. high and Ju ~ i- ln-nthlck-, Stem sheaths waved and tnmcate at IB top, 9-11x4^-8 in.; auricles short-triangular: blade narrowly triangular: Ivs. small, narrow, linear, 3-6 x/6-K m. Siam. ~ 3509. Thyrsacanthus Schomburekianus (X %). TIARELLA (Latin, a little tiara or turban; in ref- erence to the form of the pistil). Saxifragacece. FALSR MITREWORT. A genus of 6 species of slender perennial herbs, of which 4 are from North America, 1 from Japan and 1 from the Himalayas. Low-growing plants, with most of the leaves radical and long-petioled, simple or serrate, lobed or even 3-foliolate, with white flowers in terminal, simple or compound racemes: calyx-tube but slightly adnate to the base of the ovary; petals 5, entire; stamens 10, long: capsule superior, compressed, with 2 unequal lobes. A. Lvs. simple. B. Petals oblong, cordifolia, Linn. FOAM FLOWER. Fig. 2510. A hand- some native perennial, forming a tufted mass, 6-12 in. high, of broadly ovate, lobed and serrate leaves and simple, erect racemes of white flowers borne well above the foliage in May. Fls. about % in. across; petals oblong, clawed, somewhat exceeding the white calyx-lobes. In rich, moist woodland, Nova Scotia to Ontario, south to Ga. Gn. 22, p. 21; 32, p. 511; 53, p. 456; 55, p. 40; V. 11:35.— An elegant plant well worthy of general cultivation. It is a lover of cool, shaded places and of rich, moist soil. It will, however, do well in ordinary soil and flower freely in a half-shaded place, but the varied leaf -markings of bronzy red and othi r signs of luxuriance are not brought out to their fullest 1806 TIARELLA TIGRIDIA extent except with moisture, coolness and a fairly rich soil. The plant forces well and easily in a coolhouse for early spring flowering. It is tenacious of life and gen- •erally easy to manage. 2510. Tiarella cordifolia (X %). BB. Petals filiform, inconspicuous. unifoliata, Hook. Hardy perennial: Ivs. thin, rounded •or triangular, 3-5-lobed, the lobes crenate-toothed; stem- Ivs. usually only 1, rarely 2-3: panicle loose; petals small. W. Amer. — The lobing of the Ivs., according to Bot. of Calif., varies so that it may pass into the next species. AA. Lvs. S-foliolate. trifoliata, Linn. Resembling T. unifoliata except in having 3-foliolate Ivs. Ore. to Alaska. Also north- western Asia. F> w. BARCLAY. TIBOUCHlNA (native name in Guiana). Melasto- macece. A genus of about 125 species, native to the warmer parts of North and South America but mainly from Brazil. Shrubs, herbs or climbers, with usually large ovate or oblong, 3-7-nerved Ivs. and purple, rose, violet or rarely white fls., either solitary or in terminal panicles. Fls. 5-merous, rarely 4- or 8-merous; calyx ovoid or bell-shaped, the lobes as long as or longer than the tube; petals obovate, entire or retuse; stamens twice the number of the petals, nearly equal or alter- nately unequal: ovary free: fr. a capsule, 5-4-valved. D.C. Mon. Phaner. vol. 7. semidecandra. Cogn. (Lasidndra macrdntna, Linden & Seem. Plerdma macrdnthum, Hook.). Fig. 2511. A tender shrub: Ivs. ovate or oblong-ovate, 2-6 in. long, round at the base, short-petioled, densely setose above, villous beneath, not foveolate, 5-nerved or 3-nerved: bracts broadly suborbicular, somewhat rounded at the ;apex and shortly apiculate, margin not translucent: fls. reddish purple to violet, often 5 in. across, solitary and terminal or 1 fl. terminal and 2 in the upper axils on the branchlet; stamens purple; style setulose. Brazil., B.M. 5721; 4412 (as P. Kunthianum). F.S. 23:2430. •Gn. 44:921. F. 1868:193. l.H. 16:594. Var. floribiinda is more suited to pot culture in pots and flowers more freely when small than the type. Lasidndra, or Plerdma splendens, Hort., should be •compared with this. T. semidecandra is a plant of easy culture that has been highly praised by several con- noisseurs. Cuttings struck in April will give bushy plants for fall and winter blooming. Handsome speci- mens may be had by keeping the same plant two or three years, training it to wires or stakes in a cool- liouse where it has plenty of root 7-oom. The flowers last but a day or so, but new ones open up every day and the flowering season lasts for several weeks. Plants may also be used for summer bedding. They are seldom out of bloom. The species is much esteemed in Florida, where it makes a showy shrub 8 ft. high. It endures a few degrees of frost with impunity, and even if cut down it sprouts readily. Slogans, Cogn. (Plerdma elegans, Gardn.) Tender shrub, 3-6 ft. high: Ivs. rigid, fragile, oblong or ovate- oblong, 3-nerved: fls. purple, 1% in. across; calyx more or less armed with rigid spreading bristles which are thickened at the base. Brazil. B.M. 4262. P.M. 15:27. F.S. 12:1212 (as Lasiandra elegans). — Once cult, by John Saul. F. w. BARCLAY. TICKSEED is Coreopsis. TICK TREFOIL. Refer to Desmodinm. TIEDEMANNIA rigida, Coult. & Rose, is a hardy native, white-flowered swamp herb, growing 2-5 ft. high from clustered tubers. It has pinnate Ivs. with 3-9 leaflets. This was offered in 1890-91 by a collector of North Carolina plants, but is probably not in culti- vation. For a fuller account, see Coulter and Rose's monograph of the North American Umbelliferse (contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. vol. 7, No. 1, p. 194), 1900; also Gray's Manual, and Britton and Brown's Illustrated Flora. TI-ES. Lucuma liivicoa. TIGER FLOWER. Tigridia. TIGER LILY. Lilium tigrinum. TIGER'S JAW. Catalogue name for Mesembryan- themum tigrinum. TIGRIDIA (tiger-like; referring to the peculiarly marked flowers). Iridacece. Eight or ten species of cormous plants ranging from Mexico to Peru and Chile, 2511. Tibouchina semidecandra (X and making very showy summer-blooming plants. Bulbs tunicated. Stem erect, unbranched, a few inches to 2% ft. tall, with a few narrow plicate leaves at the TIGRIDIA base and 2 or 3 smaller ones higher up: spathes 1 or 2, leaf-like, each bearing one or few blossoms. Flowers in shades of yellow, orange or purplish, vari- ously spotted, often very showy; perianth wide-spread- ing, with no tube, the segments 6, in two dissimilar se- ries, connivent into a broad cup at the base; stamens 3, the filaments united into a long cylindrical tube in- cluding the style; pistil with 3-loculed ovary, long style with three 2-parted branches. Tigridia Pavonia, from southern Mexico, was in cultivation in Europe in the sixteenth century. L'Obel described it in 1576. The younger Linnaeus referred it to the genus Ferraria, and some of the Tigridias are yet cultivated under that name. Ferraria, however, is a South African genus, and all the parts of the perianth are nearly equal. T. Pavonia is cultivated in many forms, and is the only common spe- cies in gardens. The flowers of all Tigridias are fugi- tive, lasting only for a day. See Baker, Iridese, 67 (1892). Tigridias are tender "bulbs" requiring the treatment given Gladiolus. Plant in well-prepared soil when set- tled weather comes, 2 or 3 inches deep and 4 to 8 inches apart. The principal blooming period is July and Aug- ust. Allow the corms to remain in the ground until danger of frost approaches, then store in a dry place where dahlias or gladioli will keep. See that the corms are dry before being placed in storage. Prop, by corm- els and seeds. Best colors are got in warm weather. i A. Fls. large (often 4 in. or more across): the two roir.t of perianth-segments very dissimilar: stig- mas decurrent. (Tigridia proper.) Pavonia, Ker-Gawl. TIGER FLOWER. SHELL-FLOWER. Fig. 2512. Erect, usually unbranched, 1% to 2% ft. tall, glabrous, with several sword-shaped, strongly plicate long-pointed leaves, the spathe-leaves 3-5 in. long: fls. produced in succession through the warm season, very large and showy, in some forms 5 and 6 in. across, oddly marked, with a cup-shaped or saucer-shaped cen- ter and wide-spreading limb formed by the obovate outer segments which are bright red on the limb, and purple, yellow or red-spotted on the claw; inner seg- ments panduriform (fiddle - shaped), about half the length of the outer ones, the blade ovate-acute, orange- yellow and copiously spotted. Mex. and Guatemala. B.M. 5.'52 (as Ferraria Tigridia). I.H. 38:142. Var. conchifldra, Hort. ( T. conchifldra, Sweet), has bright yellow flowers. Var. Watkinsoni, Hort. (var. aiirea, Hort. T. conchifldra Watkinsoni, Paxt.). Raised from seeds of var. conchiflora pollenized by T. Pavonia, before 1840, by J. Horsefield, Manchester, England. Horsefleld is quoted as follows by Paxton: "In habit and strength this hybrid resembles T. Pavonia, the male parent; but in color and the markings of the flower it resembles T. conchiflora, the female parent; the large outer sepals, however, are of a very deep yel- low, inclining to orange, and sometimes elegantly streaked with red lines; whilst the spotted center equals, if not surpasses, the brilliancy of either of the species. One of its greatest merits is being so free a bloomer, and as easy to cultivate and increase as T. Pavonia. whereas T. conchiflora is rather delicate, in- creases slowly, and is easily lost." Dutch bulb dealers still offer it. P.M. 14:51. Var. alba. Hort., has white fls., but has red spots in the throat. Var. alba immacu- lata, Hort., is a spotless white variety, a sport from var. itlba. Gn. 49, p. 361. Var. flava, Hort., has pale yellow fls. with red-spotted center. Gn. 50:1074. Var. Canariensis, Hort.. is also a pale yellow-fld. form, but named as if an inhabitant of the Canaries. Var. liitea immaculata, Hort., has pure yellow spotless flowers. Var. rosea. Hort., has rose-colored fls., with yellow va- riegated center. Var. lilacea, Hort., has lilac fls., with spotted center. Gn. 45:955. Var. speciosa, Hort., is a partially dwarf form with deeper red color, the interior of the cup being similar in color to the limb. Described in 1843. Var. grandifldra, Hort., has flowers much like those of T. Pavonia itself except that they are larger and brighter colored. Gn. '45, p. 263. Identical with this, or subtypes of it, are the forms known as \Vheeleri, coccinea, splendens. Most of the marked departures in colors of Tigridia Pavonia are recent. In catalogues the above names often appear as if they were species names. TIGRIDIA 1807 Pringlei, Wats. Distinguished by Sereno Watson, the author of the species, as follows: "Very closely related to T. Pavonia, and if color alone were to de cide, it might be considered a vnriety of it, though dif- fering markedly even in that respect from the old spe- cies. The base of the sepals is blotched (rather than spotted) with crimson, with a border of orange, the re- flexed blade being of a bright scarlet-red. The petals have the base blotched and coarsely spotted with crim- son, with a well-defined, deeper-colored, brownish mar- 2512. Tiger-flower — Tigridia Pavonia (X K). gin, the blade orange, tinged with scarlet, but not at all spotted as in T. Paconia. The more essential differ- ence is in the form of the petals, which have a broadly cordate or reniform base, with a much narrower small triangular - ovate acute blade. The sepals are also smaller and more oblong in outline." Northern Mex. G.F. 1:389. B.M. 7089. — Offered to the trade by Hors- ford in 1889. 114 1808 TIGRIDIA TILIA AA. Fls. relatively small: the two rows of segments differing less in size : stigmas capitate, or at least not strongly decurrent. Subgenus Beatonia. buccifera, Wats. About 1 ft. high, slender, branch- ing, glaucous : Ivs. very narrow, strongly plicate : fl. 2 in. across, the cup pale greenish yellow, dotted with purple, the obovate obtuse blade of the outer segments light purple; inner segments "folded together in such a manner as to form a sunken longitudinal tube down the center, the dilated sides at the outer end of the tube approaching each other in the form of two cheek- like prominences, — these are colored white, purple and yellow, while the small rounded terminal blade is a deep purple." Mts. of Jolisco, Mex. G.F. 2: 413. -Of- fered in 1889 by Horsford. T. ailrea, Hort., is Cypella plumbea, but it is not in the Amer- ican trade. See page 429.— T. Houttei, Roezl, is Hydrotasnia Van-Houttei. See page 787.— T. Meleagris, Hort., is also a Hy- drotsenia (H. Meleagris, Lindl.). but is not in the American trade. B.R. 28:39.— T.violacea, Schiede. One of the Beatonia section: slender, narrow-lvd.: fls. 2 in. across, violet, spotted at the base; inner segments small, cusp-pointed. Mex. B.M. L. H. B. TlLIA (the classical Latin name). Tlliacece. LIME. LINDEN. BASSWOOD. WHITEWOOD. Trees distributed generally throughout the northern temperate zone, with soft, light, white or light-colored wood, tough fibrous inner bark, serrate alternate petiolate, mostly cordate Ivs. and caducous stipules: inflorescence cymose, the peduncle attached to, or adnate with, for about half its length, a ligulate membranaceous bract: fls. small, yel- lowish; sepals 5; petals 5; stamens many, with long filaments nectariferous: fr. globose, nut-like. In some species, small petaloid scales are found among the stamens. The soft white wood of several species is in great de- mand for making fruit, honey and other light packages, the facility with which the wood is cut into veneers rendering it admirable for such use. The fibrous inner bark is used as a tying ma- terial and in the manufac- ture of Russian bass or bast mats. Extensively planted as an ornamental tree and for bee pasture. As a source of honey supply per- haps no other plant excels it, as under favorable con- ditions the nectar sometimes drips from the flowers in a shower. Nearly all the species are of rapid growth and not very particular as to soil. Propagated by seeds, layers or grafting. In layering, it is usual to twist the branch layered before covering it. The method known as "stooling" is also employed. In order to effect this a tree is cut close to the ground and the " stools " or suckers are banked up with earth 2513. A young Linden tree, five or six years old. until they root, when they are severed from the old stump and planted in the nursery rows. Rare varieties are usually increased by budding or grafting. Much confusion exists in the trade names, especially in the European varieties. This is no doubt largely due to the fact that at least three species have been sent to this country under the name of T. Europcea. alba, 1, 3, 4. Americana, 6, 7. argentea, 3. aurea, 9. Caroliniana, 7. cordata, 12. dasystyla, 10. Europcea, 9, 11, 12. grandifolia, 9. heterophylla, 4. laciniata, 9. INDEX. macrophylla, 4, 7. Mandshurica, 2. microphylla, 12. Miqueliana, 5. Moltkei, 7. Mongolica, 8. parvifolia, 12. pendula, 1, 7. petiolaris, 1. platyphyllos, 9. pubescens, 6. pyramidalis, 3, rubra, 9. Sibirica, 12. speetabilis, 3. sulphurea, 9. tomentosa, 3. ulmifolia, 12. vitifolia, 9. vulgaris, 11. A. Fls. with petaloid scales at the base of petals: petals upright, longer than stamens. B. Lvs. whitish tomentose beneath. C. fr. with 5 furrows. D. Cymes few-fid.: fr. with no cavity at the base 1. petiolaris DD. Cymes many -fid., dense: fr. with a cavity at the insertion of the pedicel: Ins. large 2. Mandshurica cc. Fr. without furrows. D. Shape of Ivs. orbicular, ab- ruptly acuminate : fr. slightly ribbed 3. tomentosa DD. Shape of Ivs. ovate, gradually acuminate E. Winter-buds glabrous: Ivs. broadly ovate: fr. not ribbed 4. heterophylla EE. Winter -buds pubescent: Ivs. ovate: fr. slightly ribbed at base 5. Miqueliana BB. Lvs. green beneath or glaucous. and glabrous c. Under side of Ivs. pubescent at least when young 6. pubescens cc. Under side of Ivs. glabrous. D. The Ivs. large, serrate and ab- ruptly acuminate 7. Americana DD. The Ivs. small, usually 3- lobed, long -cuspidate 8. Mongolica AA. Fls. without petaloid scales: petals spreading, shorter than stamens. B. Lvs. pubescent beneath: fr. 5- or 4-ribbed 9. platyphyllos BB. Lvs. glabrous beneath, except tufts in the axils of the veins: fr. without ribs. C. Under side of Ivs. green. D. Branches bright yellow or red in winter: Ivs. very glossy above, rather leathery 10. dasystyla DD. Branches greenish or reddish brown: Ivs. thin, slightly glossy '. 11 . vulgaris cc. Under side of Ivs. glaucous 12. ulmifolia 1. petiolaris, DC. (T. Americana, var. pendula, Hort. T. argentea. var. pendula, Hort. T. alba, var. pendula, Hort. T. pendula, Hort.). SILVER LINDEN. WEEPING LINDEN. A medium-sized species with slender some- what pendulous branches: Ivs. pale green above, sil- very and finely tomentose underneath, 3-5 in. long; petiole slender, as long as the blade. July. E. Europe. B.M. 6737. Gng. 5:210. — An elegant species and one of the best of the European kinds, holding its foliage throughout the season. 2. Mandshurica, Rupr. & Maxim. Tree, attaining 50 ft., with spreading, often somewhat pendulous branches : Ivs. large, 5-8 in. long, orbicular to broadly ovate, cor- date or truncate at the base, rather coarsely and re- motely serrate with spreading teeth : floral bract adnate almost to the base of peduncle: fr. globose, thick- shelled, with 5 furrows and a slight cavity at the inser- tion of the pedicel. E. Asia. — A variety has the Ivs. edged with yellow or a lighter green. 3. tomentosa, Moench (T. argentea, DC. T. alba, Waldst. & Kit., and probably Ait. T. alba, T. dlba, var. speetabilis and T. dlba, var. pyramidalis, Hort.). WHITE or SILVER LINDEN. This is the larger "White Lime" of Europe. Tree, 40 ft. high with upright or as- cending branches forming a pyramidal rather dense and compact head: Ivs. suborbicular, 3-5 in. across, un- equally cordate, serrate, densely white-tomentose be- neath; blade 2-4 times longer than petiole: fr. tomen- tose and slightly ribbed. Very variable in time of flowering. Eastern Europe. — This is a very distinct and striking species. 4. heterophylla, Vent. (T. dlba, Michx., not Ait.) Tree, attaining 70 ft. : Ivs. very large, 5-8 in. long, smooth and shining above, whitish and tomentulose be- neath: floral bract short-stalked: fr. globular, not TILIA ribbed. July. Alleghanies. S.S. 1:27. -This has been sent out as T. macrophylla, a name that properly be- longs to a large-leaved var of T. Americana. 5. Miqueliana, Maxim. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with usually an oblong head: Ivs. ovate, truncate or slightly cordate at base, gradually acuminate, rather coarsely serrate with incurved teeth, 4-6 in. long: floral bract ;idn:ire almost to the base of the peduncle: fr. globose, thick-shelled, 5-ribbed only at the base. Japan. G.F. 6:113. 6. pubescens, Ait. (T, Americana, var. pubescens, Loud. ). Similar to the better known T. Americana, but a smaller tree: winter-buds finely pubescent: Ivs. smaller, obliquely truncate at the base, glabrous above, pubescent beneath: floral bract usually rounded at base: fr. globose. June. Long Island to Fla., west to Tex. S.S. 1 :26. — Less ornamental than T. Ameri- cana and but rarely cult. 7. Americana, Linn. (T. Caroliniana, Hort.). AMERI- CAN LINDEN. BASSWOOD. Fig. 2514. Stately tree with large cordate Ivs. shining above, usually smooth except for the tufts of hairs in the axils of veins: floral bract very large, tapering to a more or less stalked base: fr. ovoid, tomentose. July. E. N. Amer. S.S. 1:24. Mn. 6:153. — This is our most common American species and the one most frequently planted. Variable in its habit, size and shape of Ivs. and in the color of its bark. As a forest tree it was formerly abundant in the eastern and middle states, but with the general destruction of the forests and the greatly increased de- mand for its white wood for manufacturing purposes, good specimens are becoming scarce, and the source of supply is constantly moving westward. Vars. in the trade are macrophylla, Hort., a large-lvd. form; Molt- kei, Hort., a very strong-growing large-lvd. form which originated in cultivation in Europe. What is sold some- times as T. Americana, var. pendula, is a form of T. petiolaris, 8. Mongdlica, Max,m. A slender tree with very small orbicular or ovate Ivs., truncate at the base, usually 3- lobed, cuspidate, coarsely serrate with acuminate teeth, glaucous beneath or green on vigorous shoots : cyme rather dense, with the stalk naked at the base. E. Asia. 9. platyphyllos, Scop. (T. grandifdlia, Ehrh.). This is the broad-leaved Linden of European plantations and probably the largest. It attains 90 ft. Lvs. large, green, pubescent, often on the upper side to some extent, un- equally cordate, petioles and veins hairy: fr. 5, rarely 4-angled, tomentose, thick-shelled. This is the species most commonly sold here as T. JSuropaa, and the earli- est to flower. June. Eu. G.F. 2:256. -The following varietal names in the American trade seem to belong here: pyramidalis, an upright grower with reddish shoots ; rtbra, bark of branches very red ; aurea, with yellow bark on branches; laciniata and laciniata rubra, with deeply cut leaves and reddish young bark; sulphurea. probably the same as aurea; vitifolia, the vine-leaved Linden with lobed leaves. 10. dasystyla, Stev. CRIMEAN LINDEN. Lvs. tough and leathery, dark glossy green above and pale beneath, with tufts of brown hairs in the axils of the principal veins : bark of young branches bright green : Ivs. often obliquely truncate at base. E. Eu.,W. Asia. 11. vulgaris, Hayne (T. Europa>a, Hort., in part). This species grows nearly as large as T. platyphyllon, has large unequal or oblique cordate Ivs., smooth and green on both sides; tufts of hairs in axils of veins whitish: fr. globose or oval, tomentose, shell thick, June, July. Eu. G.F. 2:256. — This is said to be the celebrated spf'es of Berlin and is often sold in this country under ine name of T. Enropma. It is a week or ten days later in blooming than T. platiiphyllos, and about the same number of days earlier than T. A meri- cana. 12. ulmifolla, Scop. (T. cordata, Mill. T. parr if Mia, Ehrh. T. 8ibirica,Boyer. T. tiuropcea, in part. T.wirro- phi'/lla, Vent.). Of slower growth and usually smaller tree than the T. platyphyllos: Ivs. small, thin, cordate, green above, silvery beneath, with tufts of rusty linirs in the axils of the veins: fr. globose, sometimes slightly ribbed, very thin-shelled. July. Eu. G.F. 2:257.- Very late in flowering. JOHN F. COWELL. TILLAGE 1809 TILLAGE. The working or stirring of the land, in order to improve it for agricultural purposes, i- known by the general name of tillage. There is a tendency to use the word cultivation for these operations. Til- lage is a specific technical term, and is to be preferred. In the eager discussions of scientific matters, as applied to agriculture in recent years, there is danger of for- getting that the fundamental practice in all kinds of farming is, after all, the tillage of the land. The knowl- edge of the importance of tillage has developed late in the world's history. In fact, it is Only within the latter part of the century just closed that th • real reasons for 2514, Basswood or American Linden — Tilia Americana. tilling have come to be popularly understood in this country. Even now there are many persons who believe that the object of tillage is to kill weeds. The modern conceptions of tillage probably date from Jethro Tull's book on "Horse-Hoeing Husbandry,1" which reached the second and full edition in 1733, in England. This book awakened so much discussion that the system of "horse- hoe husbandry "' recommended by it was called the "new husbandry." There had been tillage of land be- fore Tnll's time, but his writing seems to have been the first distinct effort to show that tillage is necessary to make the soil productive rather than to kill weeds or to open the ground to receive the seeds. He contrived va- rious tools whereby grain crops could be sown in rows and afterwards tilled. The tillage of the land in early times was confined very largely to that which preceded the planting of the crop. In the vineyards of southern Europe, however, Tull observed that tillage was em- ployed between the vines during the season of growth. Such vineyards prospered. He made experiments and observations on his return to England and came to the conclusion that tillage is of itself a very important means of making plants thrifty and productive wholly aside from its office of killing weeds. He supposed that tillage benefits plants by making the soil so fine that the minute particles can be taken in by the roots of plants. Upon the same hypothesis he explained the good effects of burning or "devonshiring1' land, and also the benefits that followed the application of ashes: the minute par- ticles of the ashes are so small as to be absorbed by roots. Although thi* e\|>l:mntiim <>f the benefits of til- lage was erroneous, nevertheless Tull showed that til- lage is necessary to the best agriculture and that it is 1810 TILLAGE not merely a means by which seeds can be put into the land, weeds killed, and the crop taken out. Tillage improves land in many ways. It divides and pulverizes the soil, gives the roots a wider "pasturage," as Tull puts it, increases the depth of the soil, and im- proves its physical condition with respect to warmth and dryness. Tillage also saves moisture by deepening the arable soil so that moisture is held, and also by checking evaporation from the surface by means of a thin blanket or mulch of pulverized earth that is made by surface- working tools. Water is lost from the soil by under- drainage and by evaporation from the surface. The more finely the soil is pulverized, within certain limits, the more water it will hold. Its capillary power is in- creased. As the water evaporates from the surface, the moisture is drawn up from the under surface so that there is a more or less constant flow into the atmos- phere. If any foreign body, as a board or a blanket, is spread on the land, the evaporation is checked. A similar result follows when the soil is covered with a layer of dry ashes or sand or sawdust. Very similar 2515. Cryptanthus zonatus, commonly known as Tillandsia zebrina (X %)• results are also secured when the surface is made fine and loose by means of frequent shallow tillage. The capillary connection between the surface soil and the under soil is thereby broken. This surface soil itself may be very dry, but it serves as a blanket or mulch to the soil beneath and thereby keeps the under soil moist. In many instances this conservation of moisture by fre- quent shallow tillage is the chief advantage of the til- lage of the land during the growing season. Land that is well tilled has different chemical rela- tions from that which is neglected. Nitrification, de- composition and other chemical activities are hastened. The stores of plant-food are rendered available. The soil is made more productive. The first requisite for the growing of the plant is to have the soil in such condition that the plant can thrive in it. It is only when the land is well tilled and pre- pared, or when its physical condition is nearly or quite perfect, that the addition of concentrated fertilizers may be expected to produce the best results. The fertilizing of the land, therefore, is a secondary matter; tillage is primary. The ideal tillage of the land is that which is prac- ticed by the gardener when he grows plants in pots. The soil is ordinarily sifted or riddled so that unneces- TILLANDSIA sary parts are removed, and mo^t of it is brought into such condition that the plants can utilize it. The gar- dener adds leaf-mold or sand or other material, until the soil is brought into the proper physical condition. He also provides drainage in the bottom of his pots or boxes. Often the gardener will produce as much from a handful of soil as a farmer will produce from a bushel. L. H. B. TILLANDSIA (Elias Tillands was professor of medi- cine at the University of Abo, Sweden; in 1073 made a catalogue of plants of the vicinity of Abo) . Uromeliaceoe. Tillandsiais are mostly epiphytes and all natives of America. They are allied to billbergias, aschmeas, guzmanias, pineapples, and the like. Many species are described in horticultural literature as having been in- troduced into cultivation, but most of these are known only to amateurs and in collections where species of botanical interest are chiefly grown. In the American trade about 30 names occur, many of which are to be referred to other genera. The generic limits of Til- landsia, as of most bromeliaceous genera, are ill defined. By different authors a given species may be placed in any one of a half dozen genera. Lately, Tillandsia and Vriesia have been merged, but in this book Vriesia is kept distinct, following Mez's monograph. It is useless to attempt a description of all the Tillandsias that by chance may occur in collections. Persons who want to know the species other than those regularly in the trade should consult Baker's "Handbook of the Bromeliacese," ,1889, or Mez's "Bromeliaceffi" in DeCandolle's "Mono- graphise Phanerogamarum," 1896. The latter work, which regards Vriesia as a separate genus, admits 248 species of Tillandsia. Some of these species extend northward into the United States, growing chiefly in Florida, although one or two reach southern Georgia, and the Spanish moss (which is Tillandsia usneoides) reaches Virginia and is common throughout the South. The native upright Tillandsias are not in the general trade, but they are offered by one dealer in southern Florida: of such are T. recurvata, T. tenuifolia, T. fasciculata, T. utriculata. Tillandsias are usually known as "air-plants" to gar- deners. They are perennial herbs, mostly of upright growth (the common T. usneoides being a marked ex- ception), the bases of the narrow entire leaves often dilated and forming cups that hold water and in which utricularias and other water plants sometimes grow. The flowers are usually borne in spikes or heads, singly beneath bracts; they are perfect, with 3 sepals and 3 petals which are twisted or rolled in the bud, 6 stamens, a superior ovary with filiform style: fr. a 3-valved capsule, containing hairy or plumose seeds. Vriesia is distinguished by having one or two scales or ligules at the base of the petals on the inside, whereas the petals of Tillandsia are eligulate; however, there are intermediate forms and it is sometimes a matter of individual opinion as to which genus shall receive a given species. Some of the cultivated Tillandsias be- long to still other genera. This is the case with T. zebrina, which is properly Cryptanthus zonatus (Fig. 2515). This is an odd plant, producing crinkled deflexed saw-edged leaves, which are whitish beneath and brown-barred above, and small clusters of white flowers. See p. 404, where other kinds of Cryptanthus in the American trade are described. Tillandsias are grown both for foliage and for flowers. The foliage is usually scurfy and sometimes blotched. Many of the species are very showy when in bloom, sending up strong central clusters of blue, violet, red, yellow or white flowers. In nature, the seeds are carried in the wind by means of the soft hairs, and find lodgment on trees, where the plants grow. A few species, however, grow on the ground. In cultivation, most of the species are treated as pot-plants. The growing season is summer. In winter the plants should be kept nearly dormant, although not completely dry. They need a warm temperature and plenty of light while growing. Give a soil rich in peat. In some cases sphagnum may be added to advantage. Prop, by suckers; also by seeds. For further cultural notes, con- sult Billbergia. Other bromeliaceous genera described in this book are Bromelia, yEchmea, Karatas, Cryp- tanthus, Ananas, Pitcairnia, Puya, Guzmania. TILLANDSIA A. Plant-body slender and Jinny ing: flu. solitary in leaf axils. usneoldes, Linn. SPANISH, FLORIDA or LONG Moss Figs. 2ol(i, 2517. Whole plant hoary-gray, hanging from trees; the stems very slen- der and often several feet long: Ivs. scattered, nar- row-linear, 1-3 in. long: fls. solitary in the leaf -axils, small and not showy, the petals yellow and reflexed at the end. Trop. Amer. and in the U. S. from Texas to Fla. and eastern Vir- ginia; extends southward to southern Brazil. B.M. G309. Gn. 37, p. 221. Gt. 45, p. 207. — This is one of the most characteristic plants of our southern regions. In moist regions it gives a most weird aspect to the forests. It is used as a packing material, and also, when specially prepared, for upholstery. It is rarely cultivated, although it is not uncommon in green- houses, being hung on branches and beams; but it must be renewed frequently. The plant is named for its resemblance to the lichen Usnea. TILLANDSIA 1811 spikes, long and narrow, the much exserted but not spreading petals purple. Var. picta, Hook., has the *' ***' '° Venezuela' 2517. The Spanish Moss — Tillandsia usneoides. hanging from the trees. Gulf coast. AA. Plant-body stiff and nearly or quite erect. B. Stamens shorter than the petals. c. Fls. few in the cluster. recurvata, Linn. (T. Bdrtrami, Ell., at least in part). A few inches high, tufted, with scurfy terete or fili- form recurved 2-ranked Ivs.- fls. 1-5 on a spike that is sheathed at the base but naked above, the corolla blue and exceeding the calyx. Florida to Argentina and Chile. cc. Fls. many, distichous. anceps, Lodd. (Vriesia dnceps, Lem.). Erect, the flower-stem 6-12 in. tall and bearing a spike with large distichous green bracts from which small blue fls. emerge: Ivs. stiff, about 1 ft. long, dilated and striped at the base: fls. 2 in. or less long, blue or purplish, the perianth much exceeding the calyx. Co'sta Rica, Trinidad. L.B.C. 8 -771. Lindeniana, Regel (T. Lindeni,Morr. Vriesia Lin- deni, Lem.). Lvs. rosulate, about 1 ft. long, dilated at the base, long recurving: spike large, the showy dis- tichous bracts carmine: fls. large, much exserted beyond the bracts, the large wide- spreading segments bluish purple. Ecuador, Peru. I. H. 16:610; 27:370 (as var. Eegeliana). G.C. II. 12: 461. R. H. 1872:230; 1898: 206 (as var. tricolor). F.M. 1872:44. — A handsome and popular species. BB. Stamens longer than 2516. Spanish Moss-Tilland- the Petals- sia usneoides. (Much re- c- Stem thickened and bulb- duced.) Wee <*t the base. bulbdsa, Hook. Small scurfy plant a few inches high, the stem swollen at the base: Ivs. 3-5 in. long, much dilated and clasping at the base and terete above: fls. few, in racemose short CO. Stem not prominently swollen. D. Lvs. linear or filiform from the base or abruptly from a dilated base. polystachya, Linn. ( T. angustifblia, Swartz. T. parr^ ft. long: fls. and capsule nearly % in. long, greenish or tinged pur- ple. Forests of Mendocino Co., Calif., to Puget Sound. — Propagates naturally by adventitious buds, produced at the apex of the petioles of the radical Ivs. and root- ing when these fall to the ground. TTT »» TOMATO (Plate XLII). The Tomato is Lycopersi- cinn esculentum (which see), one of the solanum or nightshade family and closely allied to the potato. In fact, the potato and Tomato can be grafted on each other with ease, although they will not cross. The graft pro- duces no practical results, however (see Bull. 61, Cor- nell Exp. Sta. ). The Tomato is grown more extensively in North America than elsewhere in the world, and the varieties have here reached a higher degree of per- fection. The American standard or ideal is a To- mato that is nearly globular, solid and "smooth" (that is, not wrinkled). Figs. 2518-20. The flat angled and wrinkled Tomatoes (Fig. 2526; 1334, Vol. II) are now little grown in this country. These forms are little adapted to canning, to which use enormous quan- tities of Tomatoes are put, and they do not satisfy the popular ideal or desire. The old-time pear, cherry, and plum forms (Figs. 2521, 2522) of Tomatoes are still grown for curiosity and also for the making of pickles and preserves, but their field culture is relatively not important. The currant Tomato, grown for ornament and curiosity, is Li/copersicum pimpinellifolium (Fig. 2f.2.i). It sometimes hybridizes with the common spe- cies (Fig. 1338, Vol. II). The Tomato requires a warm soil and climate, a sunny open position, and a long season. The plants are usually started in hotbeds or glass houses, being trans- ferred to the open as soon as settled weather comes. The plants are usually set from 4-5 feet apart each way and are allowed to grow as they will, finally covering the ground. For home use, however, the plants are often trained, in order to forward their ripening and to secure larger and better colored fruits. The best method is to train to a single stem, as recommciMle.l for forcing below. The stem is supported by a stake or perpendicular wire or cord (Fig. 2524); or sometimes it is tied to the horizontal strands of a trellis. This sin- gle-stem training requires close attention, and if the time cannot be spared for it, the vines may be allowed to lie on an inclined trellis or rack. This rack training keeps the plants from the ground and thereby allows the individual fruits to develop perfectly and also checks the spread of the fruit-rot; but it usually does not give such perfect fruits as the single-stem training, since the number of fruits is limited in the latter. The most serious general difficulty in Tomato growing is the rot of the fruit. This usually causes most damage, following close, wet weather when the fruit is ripening. It is apparently worst on plants that cover the ground thickly with foliage and do not allow it to become dry on the surface. Usually it does not seriously lessen the crop beyond a few pickings; and if the plants are brought into bearing early and are kept in thrifty con- dition for subsequent bearing, the percentage of total injury is greatly reduced. The Tomato is tender to frost. The green fruit remaining when frost kills the plants may be ripened in tight drawers or cupboards, TOMATO 1M3 if it is nearly or quite full grown. The Tomato in prob- ably a short-lived perennial; but in cold climates it is grown as an annual from seeds. L H B General Advice on Tomato Culture. - The' Tomato comes from tropical America and in its natural habitat the conditions of temperature and moisture during the entire growing season are constantly favorable for its rapid development. The plant is adapted to such con- ditions, and if we are to have the best possible results with it under cultivation we must provide them and see 2S18. The modern type of large, round, " smooth" Tomato. that it has a steady and unchecked growth from the germination of the seed to the ripening of the fruit. It is true that the plant will live through considerable degrees of cold, wet, drought and other untoward con- ditions, and often seemingly recover from their ill ef- fects and make a vigorous growth. But we believe it is true that any check in the growth of a Tomato plant, particularly if it occurs when the plant is young, will surely lessen the quantity and lower the quality of the fruit produced. This is a strong statement, but we are convinced of its truth by scores of experiences like the following : Two adjacent fields of similar character were set with plants from the same coldframes. Those in one field were carelessly set out just before a cold, dry wind-storm and received a check in transplanting, the effect of which was evident for at least ten days; but the plants ultimately became as large as those in the second field, which had been kept in the coldframe during the storm and were set out rather more care- fully than the first lot, but six days later. They suf- fered scarcely perceptibly from the transplanting, and actually commenced a new growth sooner than those set six days earlier. The subsequent treatment of the two fields was as nearly identical as possible; but tin- second field yielded over 100 bushels per acre more fruit than the first and it was so superior in quality that, sold by the same man in the same market, it brought an average of nine cents per package more money. We were familiar with the fields and their treatment, and know of no reason for the difference in results except the check that one lot received at transplanting. All our experience with Tomatoes con- vinces us that the first and great essential to the best results is a steady constant growth from start to finish, but more especially when the plant is young. This 1814 TOMATO TOMATO leads to a method of culture which differs somewhat from that usually recommended. We plant the seed in flats placed in a greenhouse or hotbed, some forty to fifty days before we think the plant can be set in the field without danger of frost, or what is quite as bad, a cold, dry wind-storm. As soon as the plants can be handled (which ought to be ten or twelve days from the sowing of the seed), we transplant into other flats or into cold- frames, setting them 2 to 4 inches apart according to the space available and the desired size of the plants when set in the field. We have never failed to get better results from plants which had been transplanted but once (and that when very small) and had been kept in constant growth, than from those which were started earlier and kept of a practical size for setting in the field by repeated transplanting and pruning. We aim to give the young plants light, heat, water, and above all air, in such proportions as to secure a constant and steady growth, forming stocky, vigorous 2519. A prolific Tomato, the result of training to a single stem. plants able to stand erect when set in the field, even if they are a little wilted. A plant which has once bowed its head suffers from it forever. For Tomatoes we prefer a field that has been made rich by fertilization in previous years, but if manure is used we aim to have it thoroughly worked into the soil. There is no crop in which this is of greater importance than with Tomatoes. If we have to depend upon com- mercial fertilizers we select those comparatively rich in nitrogen and potash, and work in two-thirds of it just before setting the plants and the balance some four or five weeks later. We prepare the field by plowing as early as it can be worked, and repeated replowing or deep working until, at the time the plants are set, it is a deep bed of mellow, friable soil. We begin cultivat- ing the day after the plants are set, running the culti- vator as deep as possible, and go through again every two or three days, as long as the plants will permit; but we aim to make each cultivation shallower than the preceding one until it becomes a mere stirring of the surface soil. When quantity and quality are of little importance compared with earliness, the best results ai-e obtained by a method almost the opposite of that given above. The seed is sown very early so that, though growth is kept in check by crowding and scarcity of water, the plants have set the first cluster of fruit, which is some- times nearly full grown by the time danger of severe freezing is past, and the plants are then set in the field much earlier than recommended for general crop. In setting, furrows are opened running east and west and the plants set in slanting to the south, so that the fruit is just above the surface, with a bank of earth on the north side, and the roots are no more than normal depth. So treated, the plant will ripen the fruit already set very early, but the subsequent crop is of very little value. When quality is of first importance, staking and pruning is essential, as in this way much better f^uit can be grown than can be produced on unpruned vines allowed to trail on the ground, particularly if the soil be at all cold. When the plants are to be staked and pruned they may be set as close as 30-40 inches apart. We have obtained the best results from the use of a single stake, some 2 inches square and 5 or 6 feet long, to each plant. As soon as the plant shows its first clus- ter of flowers it divides, and the two branches are allowed to grow, being tied to the stake as necessary; all branches starting below the division are cut or pulled off, and any above are cut off just beyond the first leaf or cluster of blossoms. Most of the fruit pro- duced in the Gulf states for shipment north is grown in this way. For market or for canning and pickling, quantity and quality of crop and cheap production are of prime im- portance, and the best results are secured by following the general cultural directions as just given. As the gathering of the crop is one great element of its cost, we have found it profitable to set 15 to 20 rows and then omit one to form a driveway, at the same time omitting every sixth or eighth plant in the row to form a cross-walk. This facilitates the distribution of the empty, and the collection of the full crates, and enables one to gather the fruit with less injury to the vines; consequently one secures nearly as much marketable fruit, particularly if it is gathered green for pickling, as if the entire space was covered. Although the Tomato has been in cultivation a much shorter time than most of our garden vegetables, there have been developed a great many varieties, differing materially in habit of vine, size, form and color of fruit as well as other qualities; and these differences are so divergent, and individual taste and the demands of dif- ferent markets so varied, that it is difficult to classify the varieties or arrange them in order of merit. The extra -early sorts are of two types, one repre- sented by Early Minnesota, with a vigorous vine produc- ing in abundance large clusters of small, round, smooth fruits which ripen early but are too small for market; the other represented by the Atlantic Prize, in which the vine is short-lived, lacking in vigor, and produces very early-ripening fruit, too rough to be salable after the smoother sorts reach the market. Of varieties for a general crop there are quite a num- ber, varying greatly in type and quality, from the Opti- mus of medium size, perfect form, fine flavor and bril- liant vermilion-red color, through the larger Favorite and Matchless, to the perfect-shaped, large-sized, late- ripening Stone; or if one prefers the purple-red, from the Acme through the Beauty to the later Buckeye State. If one prefers the dwarf-growing plants, we have the purple-fruited Dwarf Champion or the fine-flavored and beautiful red Quarter Century. For special purposes and to meet individual tastes we have the immense and solid Ponderosa and the Honor Bright, which can be 2520. The old-time and new-time forms of Tomatoes — the an- gular and the "smooth." TOMATO shipped long distances almost as readily and safely as the apple and more so than the peach, and which, picked and stored on shelves, will prolong the season of fresh Tomatoes from one's own garden till Christmas time. And to please the eye we have the Golden Queen, of clear yellow with a beautiful red cheek, or the White Apple — nearly white— or the Peach, covered with bloom and as beautiful in color as a peach. For pick- ling we have the Red Plum and Yellow Plum, the Red Pear- Shaped and the Yel- low Pear-Shaped, the Red Cherry and the Yellow Cherry, and the cherry -like exquisite- flavored Burbank's Preserving. Every season there are new and more or less dis- tinct varieties added to the lists; and very truly of the making of new varieties of Tomato, like the making of books, there is no end. -^ jj TRACT Tomatoes Under General Field Conditions. — Tomatoes should be started in hotbeds. To make the beds, select a sheltered place on the south side of a bank or erect some shelter on the north side from where the hot- bed is to be made. Dig a hole about a foot deep, 8 feet wide and as long as needed; 18 feet long will give room enough to grow plants for twelve acres of Toma- toes. Use fresh stable manure; cart it out in a pile and let it lay three or four days, then work it over until it gets good and hot, then put it into the hole prepared for it, 8 x 18 feet, about 18 inches thick. Then place the frame, 6 x 16 feet, on the manure; that will leave one foot manure outside of the frame; by this means the heat will be just as great at the edge of the bed as it is in the middle. Then place 4 or 5 inches of dirt on the manure and let it lie for a couple of days to allow the dirt to get warm. The sash is put on as soon as the dirt is placed. When the dirt is warm, rake it over to get it nice and fine, then sow the seed in drills which are made about 2 inches apart by a marker. Sow the seed by hand; the sash is then put on close to the dirt; at the lower end of the bed the frame is made 3 inches higher at the end next to the bank so the water will run off; the bed is banked up all around so no cold can get in. In this way the bed will be kept warm and the seed will soon come up. After the plants are up nicely, they will need some air that they may become hardened and grow stocky. Ventilating can be done by rais- ing the bottom of the sash and putting a block under them while the sun is hot; but do not neglect to lower them at night. When the plants are four or five weeks old, and about 2 inches high, transplant the first into a bed that has a little warm manure in the bot- tom and 4-6 inches of dirt on top. Use sash over this first bed, as the weather is quite cold at night. Do this in order to get the early plants in the field. Transplant the remainder into coldframes and use cover- ings or shutters made of boards. Transplant all in rows 6 inches apart and 2 inches in the row. Keep them in these beds until planted in the open fields. When there is a frost in the morning and plants are large, take off the covering early in the morning that the frosty air may harden the plants while they are in the bed. Sometimes the plants are in blossom before they can be set in the TOMATO 1815 2521. Two forms of the pear Tomato. fields. Never pinch a plant back. A good-sized plant is from 4-6 inches high and stocky; the stronger the plant the earlier will be the crop. The main point is to get the plant strong before it is set in the field, then it will not stop growing, while a slender, weak plant will not start to grow as soon. Transplanting the plants from the sowing bed into the cold beds helps the plants, and they will produce earlier fruit than those set in the fields from the hotbeds. Take them up with a trowel that all of the dirt possible may go with them from the bed into the field. In case the ground is dry, take a large box with clay in it and make a regular mush, dip the plant into it, then put the plant in the box. One can leave them there for a day or two before setting them in the field. Prepare the ground about the same way that farmers prepare corn ground. Have it well harrowed, then mark it off 4 x 6 or 5 x 6, and when the ground is very rich 6x6 feet, and set the plant in the cross. Use the hands to fill the dirt around the plant. Set the plants that 2522. A pear-shaped type of Tomato. are transplanted under sash first, as they are the oldest and strongest. These can be risked in the field first; then fill that bed with plants again, as plants may be needed for replanting in case cutworms or other causes destroy some of the first setting. Never put manure under the plants set in the field. The best way to manure the ground is a year before, for some other crop, such as cabbage, potatoes or pickles ; then you can grow Tomatoes several years after. Never put Tomatoes in ground prepared with fresh ma- nure, for the manure burns the roots and causes trouble, and the flavor of the Tomatoes is not so good. As soon as a field of Tomatoes is planted, go over the area with hoes and draw up some soil to the plant, and fill in around the plant with earth so it will not get dry into the roots. After the plants begin to take root, go through the field both ways with the cultivator, and keep this up during the season. One cannot cultivate them too much. Some farmers think that because there are no weeds growing around the plants they need very little cultivating, but this is a mistake. When the sea- son is dry they need more cultivation in order to keep up the moisture. Half-bushel baskets are very useful in picking Toma- toes. Our own practice is to take about six rows in a piece and throw the vines of a row around so that we can drive a team through the field. If the rows are 6 feet apart a team can go through without destroying many Tomatoes. In that way one can pick more Toma- toes in a short time because he does not have to carry them so far. Have boxes alongside where the team will go and the Tomatoes are carried to these bushel boxes, and when the team comes are loaded and driven to the factory. Picking is done mostly by children. A man is with them who keeps account of what they pick and gives them instructions in picking, jj. j. 1 1 KIN/. Co. Tomato Culture in the South. -The Tomato is one of the most capricious of market-garden vegetables. It is of greater relative importance in the South than in the North. INsentials rf habit and cultivation do not ma- terially differ in either section. While by no means a 1816 TOMATO TOMATO gross feeder, the plant demands a fairly good soil, light, porous and well drained, and is generously responsive to judicious fertilizing, though acutely sensitive to the •slightest variations of soil and climate. Underfertil- ized it is unprofitable; too liberally manured, espe cially with nitrogenous matter, it runs to vine at the ex- pense of fruit and is subject to excessive inroads from bacterial and fungous diseases. Similar results follow from wet seasons or too heavy soil, while drought or insufficient nourishment cut short the harvest. To steer a middle course between these extremes is diffi- cult. It is, on the whole, safer to underfertilize than to overfeed— to select a moderately dry, sandy loam, well manured the last season, and with but a light applica- tion of fertilizer, or none at all for the present crop- to risk underproduction rather than invite overgrowth of vine, fungous maladies, loss of foliage and decay of fruit. The normal fertilizer formula approximates that for the potato, though a smaller percentage of nitrogen will suffice — say 3 per cent nitrogen, 9 per cent phos- phoric acid and 7 per cent potash. This would be met by a compound of : Nitrate of soda, 400 Ibs. ; high grade (14 per cent) superphosphate, 1,320 Ibs.; muriate (or sulfate) of potash, 280 Ibs.; total, 2,000 Ibs. This may be used to the amount of 1,000 Ibs. per acre with safety on a well - selected soil if applied sufficiently early in the season. Such an application should pro- duce a yield of 300 bushels per acre in a normal season with any of the better standard varieties. Varieties. — All things considered, the following short list presents for the South the best of half a cen- tury's effort in development: Crimson Cushion, Stone, Ponderosa, Freedom, Acme, Trophy, Paragon and Perfection. The medium-sized, smooth, round, red, uniform, solid fruit represented by Stone and Acme, and of which Crimson Cushion is perhaps the choicest and most conspicuous example, presents an almost per- fect type, of which one can ask little more than that its present standard be permanently maintained. Yet local experience and preference must ever differ with this as with all other soil products. For slicing, Golden Queen or Yellow Acme is incom- parable, but it is valueless for cooking by reason of the muddy tint developed thereby. Fruit of the Ponderosa type is too large, gross and frequently too unsymmetri- cal for successful shipping; it finds a readier sale in local markets. Extra earliness in maturity seems to be more or less a chimera, little real difference appearing (on careful test) between most varieties. Early ripen- ing is rather a matter of soil, manipulation and local en- vironment than a fixed habit. Color is apparently a secondary consideration, tastes in this particular varying greatly. Some markets prefer the crimson shade of the Acme type, while others de- mand the purple tinge of the Mikado. Vigor of growth, productiveness and shipping quality seem the three most important requisites — size, even, yielding to them in importance. Oversized fruit, in- deed, is almost as serious a defect as undersized. The following would probably represent the best scale for an ideal Tomato at the South, though differing somewhat from that generally recognized: Per cent Vigor (covering freedom from disease) 20 Productiveness 16 Shipping quality 14 Shape 12 Size 11 Earliness 10 Color 8 Flavor 5 Cooking quality 4 100 Cultivation. — Whether grown on a large or small scale, the young plants are started under glass from January to March, according to isotherm, and in about 30 days from the seed are ready for "pricking out" or transplanting— to open ground in the lower latitudes, farther north into boxes or "Neponset" pots. The lat- ter, constructed of paper, admit of handling without rupturing the root system when permanently trans- planted some 30 days later. The land, when the business is conducted on a large scale, may be prepared as for cotton by " laying off " after breaking and fining, and then bedding on the fer- tilizer drilled in continuous rows — though compost is usually distributed "in the hill." For garden cultivation the latter plan is strongly recommended, though broad- casting is preferable for limited areas. A shovelful or so of well-rotted stable manure to each hill, reinforced by a top-dressing of superphosphate in early spring, gives excellent results. Distance naturally varies with ' character of soil- sometimes with variety of Tomato— and depends, also, on the mode of training. Where no supports are used 6 x 4 ft. is not too great. When trellised with 3 ft. posts, at intervals, and one strand of No. 12 wire, either 6x4 or 6x3 will do, and when trained to 5 ft. single stakes, 5x3 ft. The crop should be rapidly worked through the sea- son with either cultivators or "22-inch heel scrapes"— at first in both directions, and afterwards, as the vines spread, following the wide row only. Of course with trellises cross-plowing is impossible. Under either system pinching back weak or inconse- quent laterals is necessary. All lower laterals when stake-training is employed must be pruned until a main stem is established, which is trained spirally around the stake and secured with raffia, after which laterals are still shortened from time to time, as occasion re- quires. This is an ideal, and also a practical system, and though necessarily the most expensive, will gener- ally justify its use by the results. With the trellis sys- tem two or three stems are allowed to grow, although the plant is sometimes restricted to one stem for "fancy " results. When no support is used only the more stocky and fungus-resisting varieties should be planted and severely pruned while young, to form, as far as possible, an upright, rigid growth. This is the most common method and probably the most profitable also, when land is cheap and the grower is not readily discouraged by damp and decay and is vigorous and determined in the use of the spray-pump. It is certainly the most economical form of cultivation everywhere, at least to outward appearance. Without his spray-cart and fungicide the tomato- grower is lost— and knows it! The sprayer has hence be- come an invariable and indispensable adjunct to the truck farm, by means of which most of the fungous and bac- teroid affections of the plant may be, if not altogether prevented, at least held in hand and damage reduced to a minimum. But it must be kept going resolutely and continuously from the first — the earlier sprayings to consist of an admixture of 4 ounces Paris green to each barrel of Bordeaux mixture to hold in check insect dep- redators, later sprayings to be made with Bordeaux only. Second Crop. — A peculiar advantage of the Tomato over other transplanted truck crops is its ready dispo- sition to grow from cuttings, thus obviating the neces- sity for re-seeding for a second or fall crop, as with the cabbage The cuttings afforded by the pruned laterals strike root vigorously, and thus afford a ready means for filling vacancies in the plat immediately upon their occurrence; and, since the plants from cuttings begin to fruit as soon as they start growth, a continuous succes- sion may be obtained from early summer until the plants are cut short by frost in the fall — an economic consideration of vast importance. Marketing.— While no particular state or section of the South altogether monopolizes the northern markets, and many trucking centers from lower Texas and Florida to Norfolk and Memphis successively forward their shipments in greater or less quantity, the Florida crop is probably the earliest, largest and best known, though heavy shipments are made to western cities from Louisiana and Mississippi, while the middle and eastern states are supplied, after the Florida shipments have ceased, by the truckers of Savannah, Charleston, Wil- mington and Norfolk in turn. The methods of packing and shipment are as many and as diverse as the local centers of production. The Florida crop, dominating, the very early market, is usually shipped stark green, each fruit paper-wrapped in the regular "six-basket carrier" used for Georgia TOMATO peaches, and forwarded by "ventilated fast freight." This meets the early spring demand, but the fruit ripens unevenly and is frequently unsalable at the expected fancy figures on account of its appearance. A growing tendency has been lately manifested to ship as the fruit is coloring, after careful and syste- matic grading, in "four-basket carriers " by refrigerator TOMATO 1817 surp us moisture. The feeding power of the roots should be reduced and evaporation stimulated from the soil. Possibly a light application of superphosphate at time of cultivation would also prove beneficial. Black rot, or blossom end rot, a widespread affection causing great loss of fruit, and quite familiar to all, seems to have long been erroneously ascribed solely to one of the forms of Macrosporium— the fa- miliar early blight of the potato - and Bor- deaux mixture is consequently suggested aa a remedy. Recent investigations by Earle seem to indicate that the real cause of the malady is no fungus but a bacillus, incapable, unaided, of penetrating the outside tissues of the fruit, but rapidly developing on abraded surfaces or in insect wounds of any kind. cars. Despite the extra cost of icing and the later ship- ment, quality and prices are thereby more satisfactorily maintained and the northern public will soon insist al- together on this more rational method being put into practice universally. The sorting and grading cannot be carried too far, since the culls and second-class fruits are equally as good for the cannery as first grades and hence the standard of excellence may always be main- tained without material loss. Fungous Diseases. — Of the fungous affections of the Tomato, damping-off in the seed-bed is the first to be noted, and is familiar to all. Provoked by excess of moisture, warmth and confined air, it may be controlled by withholding water from the young plants except at midday, stirring the soil to break up and destroy the mycelium of the fungus, and otherwise thoroughly ventilating. Mildew, Cladosporium fulvitm, is a common mal- ady in the South during wet seasons, and may be easily recognized by the continuous and successive death of the foliage from below upward along the main stem, and the great effort of the plant to set new leaves and branches above, thereby maintaining its life at the ex- pense of production. Steady spraying with Bordeaux mixture is the remedy. Florida blight, an undetermined species of Sclero- tium, is less common, though sometimes quite serious. It produces a wilted appearance in the plant somewhat resembling that caused by the "bacterial blight," and like it generally causes death. The peculiarity of this fungus consists in the fact that the greater portion of its life is passed under ground and it is hence unaffected by fungicides applied to the foliage. Even when ap- plied to the surface of the ground beneath the plant Bordeaux mixture is of little value, since the precipitate formed by the copper salt in suspension is more or less arrested or strained out by the soil as the liquid filters through. The ammoniacal solution of copper carbonate, and eau celeste, are not liable to this objection, and may be used as remedies with fairly satisfactory results. Leaf curl, oedema, is also well known and while it seldom, if ever, completely destroys the plant, yet it greatly reduces its productiveness and is all the more insidious from the fact that it frequently escapes notice until it reaches an advanced stage. It is a form of vege- table dropsy due to too much soil moisture, unbalanced food formulas or excessive pruning— one or all. Cessa- tion of pruning followed by deep cultivation will arrest the malady, to a great extent, as the plants will thus be given an opportunity to set foliage, thereby affording breathing surface sufficient to transpire or pass off the 2523. Foliage of the two cultivated species of Tomato. Ly- copersicum pimpinellifolium— Currant Tomato — above; L. esculentum — common Tomato— below. (X %.) The boll worm appears to be an active agent in its distribution, while thrips and other wandering in- sects largely assist in spreading or disseminating the bacilli. Hence fungicides would prove of little avail in controlling the bacterial agencies, which seem to work in conjunction with the fungus heretofore regarded as alone responsible for this malady. We must therefore look for its complete subjugation only to those preven- tive measures which have been found efficacious jn other forms of bacterial disease in plants. These are detailed in the next paragraph, which covers the worst malady known to the trucker. Bacterial blight, Bacillus solanaceartim, is by far the most difficult to control of all the affections of the To- mato. When this peculiar form of wilt puts in an ap- pearance the grower is always thrown into more or less of a panic. The malady progresses rapidly. The foliage soon yellows and shrivels, the stems parch and contract, and death follows swiftly. As with most bacterial dis- eases, an effective remedy is yet to be found. At best, preventive measures only can be adopted. Since it has been found that certain insects— among them the Colo- rado beetle— assist in disseminating the bacilli causing the trouble it is evident that all leaf-devouring insect 1818 TOMATO TOMATO pests should, as a primary procedure, be eradicated, as far as possible, from the Tomato plot. This at once suggests the importance of crop rotation as a second step, and thereafter, in sequence, the destruction of affected vines and contiguous vegetable matter, the se- lection of areas not recently planted with solanaceous crops, and finally the importation of seed (for all sola- naceous plants as well as Tomatoes) from districts known to be exempt from the blight. Insect Pests.— While these are relatively numerous, their ravages are much less of a menace to the grower than either the fungous or the bacterial maladies. Only the more important are here mentioned. First, the boll worm, Hel- iothis armigera. As the pro- blem of the damage done by this insect is of almost equal interest to the cotton plant- er and the Tomato trucker, the corngrower, too, being largely concerned, it might well be left in their hands for solution, but for the fact that the loss to the trucker is not confined to the direct depredation of the worm it- self, but a pathway is there- by opened to the subsequent inroads of the blight bacil- lus, as stated. It is on this account that the trucker's interest in the"boll worm" is paramount. Unfortu- nately no adequate remedy beyond hand-picking, the use of corn as a "trap-plant" and the destruction of wormy fruit has ever been suggested. Of the various cut worms and wire worms almost the .;"-.'.-'»i£;-'-».~ ->-K;i- '-£••• same might be said, omit- ting the interest of the cot- 2524. Stake-trained Tomato, ton planter. Remedies are equally illusive. Except the stereotyped "sunrise worm hunt" with a bit of shingle, and cabbage leaves or dough poisoned with Paris green and deposited at night about the plat, nothing of value has ever been suggested. Hand-picking for the great, green, sluggish tobacco worms, Phlegethontins Carolinus, usually proves effec- tive, in combination with the process of poisoning fol- lowed by tobacco growers by means of a solution of co- balt and sugar deposited each afternoon, at dusk, in the corolla of the Jimpson weed, Datura Stramonium, which the tobacco moth frequents. The flea beetle, Phyllotreta vittata,pinholing the foli- age in clammy, cloudy weather and thereby assisting the inroads of fungi and bacilli, is sometimes repelled though not destroyed by Bordeaux mixture. Nematode galls, Fig. 2144, p. 1545, caused by the "vinegar eels," Heterodera radicicola, which affect cot- ton, peas and certain other garden plants, frequently do much damage to the Tomato. They can be avoided only by rotation of area and preventing the contiguity of any of their host plants — particularly cowpeas. After all, the chief injury wrought by insects upon the Tomato consists not so much in direct depredation as in the incidental transfer of bacterial germs through their agency. Boll worms, thrips, Colorado and flea beetles, and other forms relatively innocuous in them- selves, become, for this reason, a serious menace. Were their complete extinguishment possible, the com- mercial prospects and possibilities of the Tomato plant would be infinitely improved. HUGH N. STARNES. Tomato Growing Tinder Glass. — The Tomato is now one of the most popular vegetable crops for forcing. It is grown to a considerable extent near most of the large eastern cities. Very often it is grown in connection with carnations or other plants. The houses may be used for carnations during the winter season and for Tomatoes in late winter and early spring when the out- side temperature becomes warmer. In many cases, however, houses are used almost exclusively for To- mato growing. The forced crop usually comes into market during holidays and runs until May or even June. The winter crop is usually relatively light and the Tomatoes small. The crop that matures when the days are long, from April on, is much heavier and the fruits are considerably larger. Nearly all the heavy yields and large specimens that are reported in the pub- lic press are secured in the later crops. Many Tomato growers aim to have crops from two sets of plants. One set of plants produces a crop in midwinter or somewhat later, and the other set comes into bearing in April or May. These crops may be raised in different houses, succeeding other plants. If they are grown in boxes, however, they may be handled in the same house, the pots for the second crop being set between those of the first crop before that crop is off. In many instances, however, only one crop is grown; that is to say, the effort is made to secure a more or less continuous picking from one set of plants running over a period of two months or more. The Tomato requires a uniform and high tempera- ture and is very subject to diseases and difficulties when grown under glass. There are many risks in the busi- ness of Tomato growing in winter. It is probable that there is no money to be made from it when the price falls below thirty cents per pound, and perhaps the limit of profit, taking all things into consideration, is not much below forty cents. Tomatoes are now usually grown on benches or in solid beds, preferably the former. Sometimes they are grown in boxes 10 or 12 inches square or in 10- or 12-inch pots, but greater care is exercised to grow them in this way and the expense is also increased. Plants may be raised either from cuttings or from seeds. Seedlings are usually preferred in this country. It requires from four to five months to se- cure ripe Tomatoes after the seeds are sown. The young plants are usually started in flats and are then transplanted to other flats or, preferably, to pots. They should be stocky and well grown and about 6 or 8 inches high when they are placed in the beds. Sometimes the old plants are bent down at the base and one or two feet of the stem covered with earth; the top then re- news itself, particularly if cut back, and a new crop of fruit is produced. Plants can be kept in bearing for two sea- sons. Healthier plants and bet- ter results are usually secured, however, when new plants are used for each succeeding crop, although time may be saved by the laying-down process. As grown in this country win- ter tomato plants are usually trained to a single stem, being supported by a cord that runs from near the base of the plant to a support overhead. In this system of training the plants may stand 2 feet apart each way or even less. The side shoots are pinched out as fast as they appear, the main central shoot being allowed to grow. It is loosely tied to a cord or wire as it ascends. Usually the main stem is stopped when it reaches about 5 feet in height. Some persons prefer to start 3 to 5 stems from near the crown of the plant and to train them fan-shape. When this is done the plants should stand from 2 to 3 feet apart 2525. A strand of winter Tomato, showing the clusters supported by slings. TOMATO either way. This system is seldom used in American commercial Tomato growing, however. The soil should be much like that which is adapted to the growing of Tomatoes out of doors. It should be well enriched with old short manure and also with some commercial fertilizer which is relatively rich in the mineral elements. Care should be exercised that the soil is not secured from a Tomato field, for in that case •diseases are likely to be brought into the house. Every effort should be employed to cause the plants to grow continuously. Plants that become root-bound or yellow and pinched cannot be expected to give good results. Some bottom - heat should be applied. If the soil is as shallow as 1 inches, care should be taken that pipes are not too close to the bot- tom of the bench or that the heat is not too great. From 5 to 6 inches is a better depth for soil on Tomato benches, and the pipes for carrying steam should be several inches beneath the bot- tom. The temperature of the house at night should not fall below <50°, although a lower temperature than this, providing the house is dry and the plants are not growing very rap- idly, may result in no •appreciable harm. It is better, however, to maintain a temperature of 65° at night. The . The hoe and th«- plow are still the fundamental or primary tillage tools, 2529. An European type of plow, still used in its improved forms. 2530. The perfected American plow. one being for hand-work essentially what the other is for team-work. As the philosophy of tillage has come to be better understood, these tools - have been greatly modified and varied. It is surprising to know that the plow was not perfected until within a century. It is doubtful if the invention of any of the most important machines of modern times has really meant so much for the welfare of the race as the birth of this humble im- plement. To many persons is ascribed the credit of the invention of the modern plow, for the implement seems to have originated independently in different countries, and even in America there are various contestants for the honor. Thomas Jefferson, Charles Newbold, David Peacock, and others have received the honor. There i s reason for ascrib- ing the modern type of plow to Jethro Wood, of Scipio, Cayuga 3528. An early Yankee plow, made of wood and the mold- board protected by iron nailed on. After Roberts. tools each year as he does in markets or crops. The advertising pages of rural papers are suggestive in this direction. The original tool for opening or tilling the ground county, New York. The years 1814 and 1819 are the dates of his most important patents, al- though the latter is usually regarded as the natal day of the implement. Wood was born in Massachu- setts in 1774 and died in 1845 or 1846. (See "Jethro Wood, inventor of the Modern Plow," by Frank Gilbert, Chicago, 1882.) The study of plows is a curious and profitable undertaking, and one that still needs to be prosecuted. Some of the forms of plows, ancient and modern, are shown in Figs. 2527-30. The large-area farming of North America and the ap- prehension of the principles that underlie tillage have resulted in the invention of a large number of surface- working tillage tools. These inventions are particu- larly important in orcharding, as they enable the grower to maintain the necessary surface mulch (see Tillage and Pomology ) with a small amount of labor and without training the trees too high. There are now many culti- vators and harrows which cover a wide swath and which are adapted to the light stirring of the surface soil with- out the turning of furrows and the ridging of the land. Fig. 2531. One who is contemplating a serious study of tillage tools should familiarize himself with the inventions of Jethro Tull, before the middle of the eighteenth century. Tull devised implements to facilitate the tillage of plants when they were growing in the field. In hand-tillage tools the greatest recent ad- vancement is in the development of the wheel hoe. Fig. 2532. This light and simple tool, usually with adjustable blades, performs the labor of many sets of fingers and does the work more effectively so far as tillage is concerned. It also enforces better initial preparation of the land in order that it may do its work more perfectly; and this remark will also apply to the modern seed-sowers. Fig. 2.~>:a. Unfortunately, there is no recent American book that discusses the principles underlying the application of farm tools ami machinery. Practically, our only sus- 1822 TOOLS TORREYA tained effort in that direction is Thomas' "Farm Im- plements and Machinery," 1859 and 1869. Useful hand- books illustrating various farm devices are "Farm Con- veniences " and Martin's "Farm Appliances," both pub- lished by the Orange Judd Company. L. H. B. 2531. Two types of tools for preparing the surface soil. The spike-tooth and spring-tooth harrows. TOOTHACHE TREE. See Xanthoxylum. TOOTHWORT. English-made name for Dentaria. TORCH LILY. Kniphofia TORENIA (after Olaf Toren, clergyman; traveled in China 1750-52 and discovered T. Asiatica). Scrophula- riacece. About 20 species of annual or perennial herbs, mostly low, branching and somewhat decumbent, with simple, opposite, serrate or crenate leaves and tubular, somewhat 2dipped flowers in terminal or axillary, few- fld. racemes. The species are mainly from tropical Asia and Africa. Calyx tubular, plicate or 3-5 winged, obliquely 3-5-dentate or 2-lipped at the top; corolla- tube cylindrical, usually much wider above; posterior lip erect, broad, concave, notched or more deeply cut; lower lip large, spreading, with 3 nearly equal lobes; stamens 4, perfect: capsule oblong; seeds numerous, small. Torenias are of easy cultivation and are very useful for window-boxes, low borders or even for large masses. The flowers are not large but the plants are floriferous and keep in good leaf and flowers from spring to frost. T. Fournieri has the best habit for a bedding plant, but it may be bordered with T. flava. The plants are «asily raised from seed, but may also be grown from cuttings, which root quickly. 2532. The hand-wheel hoe. 2533. A hand s -ed-sower. A. Fls. mainly yellow. flava, Bueh.-Ham. (T. Bailloni, Godefr.). Usually decumbent and creeping: Ivs. 1-2 in. long, ovate to ob- long, coarsely crenate; petiole half as long as the blade tvr less: fls. axillary and solitary or scattered at the ends of the branches in pairs on an erect rachia; co- rolla-tube red -purple above, yellow beneath; corella limb bright golden yellow with a purple eye. India and E.Asia. B.M. 6700. F. 1883:55. AA. Fls. mainly blue or white. Asiatica, Linn. Annual, erect or diffuse: stem quad- rangular: Ivs. ovate or ovate - lanceolate, long -acumi- nate, serrate, obtuse, not cordate at the base, rough to the touch: peduncles axillary, single-fld. : corolla large; tube dark purple; limb 4-lobed, of a delicate pale pur- ple-blue, with a dark blotch on 3 of the lobes, without a yellow eye; stamens 4, the 2 longer with a subulate spur. India. B.M. 4249. Fournieri, Linden (T. edentula, Hort., not Benth.). Fig. 2534. Low, bushy, usually annual, becoming nearly 1ft. high: stem 4-angled: Ivs. petioled, cordate-lanceo- late, 1-1^2 in. long, crenate-serrate; petiole % in. long; corolla-tube narrow, yellow; corolla-limb 2-lipped, the posterior lip not cut, pale blue, the anterior 3-lobed: lobes round obtuse, dark purplish blue, the anterior lobe marked with a yellow blotch. I.H. 23:249. R.H. 1876, p. 465. B.M. 6747.— Var. alba, Hort. (var. White Wings) has pure white flowers. A. F. 5:401. G.M. 36:87. Var. grandiflora has somewhat larger fls. and is more free-flowering. In the neighborhood of Philadelphia, self-sown seed sometimes germinates in the spring ; also seeds of T. flava. Y. W. BARCLAY. Torenia Fournieri in Florida is an excellent substi- tute for the pansy, which is cultivated only with diffi- culty so far south. Young plants come up by the hun- dreds around the old plants from self-sown seed during the rainy season. The species can also be propagated with great ease by cut- tings. The Torenia shows its full beauty when planted in beds or borders or in masses in front of small ever- green shrubs. It flow- ers abundantly throughout the sum- mer, and even late in fall isolated flowers may be found. The best results are ob- tained by treating it as an annual. Any good and rich light soil seems to meet its requirements. It suc- ceeds almost every- where but prefers shade and moisture. 2534' T°rema Fournieri. It even grows luxuri- Detached flower (X%). antly in wet places along ditches and water-courses where forget-me-nots grow in the North. If such localities, however, are very shady, the flowers, though much larger, are neither pro- duced as abundantly nor are they colored so brightly as in sunny situations. On the other hand, it is sometimes found in such dry positions, where only cacti and yuc- cas manage to live, that one can scarcely understand how it is able to succeed. In good soil the Torenia attains a height of from 8 to 10 inches, and when planted about 8 inches apart soon cover the ground en- tirely. There is already a great variety in colors, but the typical plant has beautiful light blue and royal purple flowers, with a bright yellow throat, in texture rivaling the most exquisite velvet. jj_ NEHRLING TORNILLO. See Prosopls jmbescens. TORRJSYA (after Dr. John Torrey, one of the most distinguished of the earlier American botanists: 1796- 1873). Syn., Tumion, Caryotdxus. Coniferce. Orna- mental evergreen trees, with spreading, usually whorled branches, clothed with yew-like, two-ranked, dark green foliage; the fruits are drupe-like and about 1 in. long. The Torreyas are but little known in cultivation and rarely seen in a flourishing condition. The southern TORREYA T. taxifolia survives the winters in very sheltered posi- tions in the vicinity of Boston, but T. Californica is not hardy north. The Japanese T. nucifera is probably the hardiest and most desirable species, but seems not yet to have been tested north. Torreyas will probably grow best in shaded and sheltered positions and in a somewhat moist loamy soil. Prop, by seeds; also by cuttings and by grafting on Cephalotaxus. Plants raised from cuttings grow very slowly and usually re- main bushy. For cions, terminal shoots should be selected. There are 4 species in N. America andE. Asia. Trees, rarely shrubs: Ivs. 2-ranked, linear or linear-lanceolate, with 2 narrow glaucous lines beneath, becoming fulvous with age; when bruised the foliage emits a disagree- able odor: fls. dioecious, rarely monoecious; staminate fls. ovoid or oblong, composed of 6-8 whorls of stamens, surrounded at the base by bud-scales; pistillate fls. consisting of a solitary ovule surrounded at the base by a fleshy aril and several scales: fr. drupe-like, consisting of a rather large seed, with thick woody shell entirely covered by a thin fleshy aril. The hard, strong and close-grained wood is much valued in Japan for cabinet-making and building. It is very durable in soil. In this country it has been used for fence posts. Raflnesque's Tumion has recently been taken up as the proper name for this genus, since the name Torreya was used for other genera before being applied to this; but there are good reasons why none of these older Tor- reyas can stand, and no useful purpose can be served by replacing the present name. A. Z/rs. linear, about % in. broad or less. B. Length of h'S. %-!% in. taxifdlia, Arnott ( Tumion tarifdlium, Greene). Fig. 2535. Tree, attaining 40 ft., with spreading, slightly pendulous branches, forming a rather open pyramidal head: bark brown, tinged orange: Ivs. linear, acumi- nate, dark or dark yellowish green above, with narrow white lines beneath, %-!% in. long: fr. obovate, dark purple, 1-1M in. long. Fla. S.S. 10:512. BB. Length of Ivs. 1-3% in. Calif6rnica, Torr. (T. Myristica, Hook. f. Tumion Calif ornicvm, Greene). CALIFORNIA NUTMEG. Tree, attaining 70, or occasionally 100 ft., with spreading, slightly pendulous branches, forming a pyramidal or in old age round-topped head: bark grayish brown, tinged with orange: Ivs. linear, slightly falcate, acuminate, lustrous and dark green above, 1-3*^ in. long: fr. ob- long-oval or oval, light green, streaked with purple, 1-1^ in. long. Calif. S.S. 10:513. B.M. 4780. F.S. 9:925. G.C. II. 24:553; III. 5:800, 801. R.H. 1875, pp. 76, 77; 1879, pp. 171, 172. AA. />.«. lanceolate, one-sixth in. broad or somewhat less. nucifera, Sieb. & Zucc. Tree, usually 30 ft., but oc- casionally 80 ft. high, with spreading branches, forming a compact head, sometimes shrubby: bark bright red: Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate, rigid and spiny pointed, very dark green above, with 2 white lines beneath, %-!% in. long: fr. ovoid, oblong, less than an inch long. Japan. S.Z. 2:129. R.H. 1873, p. 315. -The Chinese T.grdndis, Fort., is very similar in foliage, but said to lack the disagreeable odor of the other species. R.H. 1879, p. 173. G.C. II. 22:681. ALFRED REHDER. TORTOISE PLANT. Testudinaria Elephantipes. TOUCH-ME-NOT. Impatiens aurea and biflora. TOURNEFORTIA (Jos. Pitton de Tournefort, 1656- 1708; one of the earliest systematic botanists). Borra- ginacea;. A large genus comprising possibly 100 ape- oirs widely scattered about the warmer portions of the world. Mostly trees and shrubs, rarely subshrubs, with alternate simple leaves and small flowers in terminal cymes. heliotropioides, Hook. Properly Heliotrdpium anohu- flaefolium, Poir. A hairy, shrubby perennial, with asptct 115 TOXYLOX 1823 of garden heliotrope but not sweet-scented: Ivs. ellipti- cal, obtuse, wavy -margined: peduncles terminal, 2-3 times branched, bearing a 1-sided, 2-ranked raceme of many fls.: calyx 5-lobed, hairy; corolla-tube yellow, the limb 5-lobed, lilac. Buenos Ayres. B.M. 30%. — Self- sows and comes up in the garden spontaneously. Not popular North, but a good shrubby plant in the South. F. W. BARCLAY. TOWNSENDIA (David Townsend, botanical associ- ate of Wm. Darlington, of Pennsylvania). Comp6sitce. About 17 species of low, many-stemmed herbs, nearly 2535. Torreya taxifolia (X %".. all of which are natives of the Rocky Mts., with linear or spatulate, entire Ivs. and rather large heads resem- bling those of Aster; the numerous rays from violet to rose -purple or white; flowering from early spring to summer. The annual or biennial species have larger heads than most of the perennials. Judging from the literature, the largest fld. of the perennials are T. con- densata, Wilcoxiana and Kothrockii, three species which seem not to be in cultivation as yet. The species mentioned below are presumably among the most de- sirable of the genus. They are offered by collectors of Colorado wild flowers. As a genus Townsendia is distinguished mainly by its akene, which is commonly beset with bristly duplex hairs, having a forked or glochidiate-capitellate apex. Townsendia is practically unknown to floriculture. For fuller account see Gray's Synoptical Flora of North America. grandifldra, Nutt. Biennial or annual, 9-18 in. high: stems spreading from the base: upper Ivs. often linear: bracts of involucre conspicuously attenuate-acuminate: heads large; rays % in. long, bright blue or violet. Summer. Foothills western Neb. to Colo, and New Mex. sericea, Hook. Nearly stemless perennial with ses- sile heads surrounded and surpassed by the linear Ivs. : heads % in. across; rays white or purplish tinged. April, May. Dry hills, plains or mountains, Saskatche- wan to Rockies, south to New Mex. and Ariz. -Known as "Easter Daisy " in Colorado. W. M. TOXICOPHL.SA. See Acokanthera T6XYLON (Bow-wood, from the Greek). Urtic&cea. OSAGE ORANGE. One species, a thorny North American small tree, much used for hedges. Formerly known by Nuttall's name Madura (named for Wm. Maclure, American geologist), but Kaflnesque's Toxylon has a vear's prioritv. The orange-like, inedible fruit is famil- iar to children. See Fig. 2536. The tree thrives in moist and rich or in ordinary or dry soils. Its roots 1824 TOXYLON TRACHELOSPERMUM are voracious feeders ana rapidly deplete the soil. Hardy as far north as Massachusetts. A tree with deciduous, simple, alternate, petiolate, entire leaves and milky sap: branches, particularly the lower, beset with numerous straight, axillary spines 2-3 in. long: fls. minute, dkecious, apetalous, axillary, appearing in May to June, the staminate borne on the short spur-like branchlets of the previous year, racemose, pedicillate, pendulous; calyx 4-parted, with its segments valvate: stamens 4, the pistillate borne on branches of the cur- rent year, sessile, capitate; peduncle short, the 4-cleft calyx inclosing the sessile ovary: style simple, filiform, long and exserted: ovary superior, one-loculed; ovule solitary: fr. a dense aggregation of enlarged, fleshy ca- lices into a globular syncarp with a maramillate sur- face, light green or yellowish in color: syncarp 4-5 in. in diameter, falling as soon as ripe in the autumn. 2536. Osage Orange— Toxy Ion pomiferum (X 1-5). pomiferum, Raf. (Madura attranfiaca,Nutt. ). OSAGE ORANGE. Fig. 2530. Tree, 30-50 ft. high: Ivs. ovate to oblong - lanceolate. E. Kansas to N. Texas. Wood orange-colored. G.C. III. 16:693. G.M. 33:808,809. R.H. 1896, p. 33 (var. inermis). V. 4:37. EMIL MISCHE. Before the advent of wire fences the Osage Orange was an extremely popular hedge plant, meeting general requirements better than any other plant suitable to our climate. It is used considerably, and where prop- erly attended to from the start makes a hedge in a short time of a fairly defensive nature. Most dealers in tree seeds keep seeds of the Osage Orange, and those who grow the plants procure the seed in spring, drilling it in rows. The Osage Orange grows readily from seed, even when the latter is a year old. The sowing in rows gives the seedlings a chance to become stocky by fall and plants two feet high the first year are not uncom- mon. These one-year-old plants are quite good enongh for hedging. Nurserymen who grow them for sale usu- ally dig the plants in the fall, storing them away in a cool cellar, the roots buried in sand. They are then sorted into two grades, which compose first- and sec- ond-class plants. At the time of grading, the tops are chopped off somewhat, leaving about six inches of length only. This fits them for planting without more cutting. The place where a hedge is desired should be well cleared of all weeds. If cultivated for a year in ad- vance, so much the better, as it will make the keeping down of weeds a much easier task. There are two ways of planting a hedge; viz., single row and double row. The double row is made by set- ting the plants nine inches apart each way, the plants in the second row coming between those in the first row, forming a zigzag line. The single row, however, is good enough, and is much easier to cultivate and keep clear of weeds. In single rows set the plants six inches apart. The soil need not be overrich for the Osage Orange. The plant is a strong grower naturally, and soil in fair condition will give a growth more tractable to form a good hedge than a rank growth from rich soil. When dug the Osage plants have very long roots, and the ends of these may be chopped off without disadvan- tage. If the plants are held in bunches and the roots chopped to an even length the setting will be an easy task. The tops will have been already cut off if treated in the way above suggested. Beyond cultivation of the plants, nothing is required the first year. By fall a good growth should have been made, and towards spring this should be cut back, leav- ing about six inches of the young growth. The season following more care must be given to forming a hedge. When in full growth, say in July, shear off the tops of the plants. This will cause the side shoots to develop; and it is these side shoots which will form the base of the hedge. Another light trimming should be given when growth is over for the season, to bring the plants into a hedge shape. Much the same work will be re- quired every year— a trimming when growth is in full swing to make the hedge bushy, and another later on to shape it. The proper shape for a hedge is the conical form, though it may be flat-sided or in any shape desired, provided the upper branches never overlap the lower. Of late years a system of planting the Osage Orange differing from the one described has been followed by some. Strong two-year-old plants are procured and are planted in a slanting position. As the new growth is made it rises in an upright way as iisual, and this pro- duces a lattice-like appearance of the branches, and a very strong hedge. It is certainly stronger than a com- mon hedge, and yet a common one properly looked after forms a defensive fence, meeting all requirements, and costs not nearly as much as the other. See Hedges. JOSEPH MEEHAN. TKACHfiLIUM (Greek, trachelos, neck; from its supposed efficacy in diseases of the throat). Campanu- lacece. THROATWORT. A genus of 4 or 5 species of perennial herbs or low shrubs with usually somewhat simple stems and terminal panicles of small blue flowers. The species are native to the Mediterranean region of Europe. Calyx adnate: lobes 5, narrow; co- rolla narrowly tubular; stamens free from the corolla: capsule nearly globose: seeds small. caeruleum, Linn. A half-hardy biennial or perennial, 1-3 ft. high: Ivs. ovate, acuminate, unequally serrate: fls. blue or white, in dense, terminal cymes, in late summer. Shaded places in S. Europe. B.R. 1:72. Gn. 28, p. 181; 47, p. 303; 51, p. 84.— An attractive late- flowering perennial suited to culture as an annual. According to Gn. 28, p. 181, the species is fairly hardy in England, but young plants are more floriferous than old ones. Seed may be sown in March. The plant is easily propagated by cuttings. According to Gn. 47, p. 303, plants from cuttings are dwarfer than seedlings. F. W. BARCLAY. TRACHELOSP£RMUM (Greek, referring to the fact that the seed has a neck). Apocyndeeue. Trachelosper- mum is a genus of 8 species of climbing shrubs native to eastern Asia and Malaya. They have opposite Ivs. and white or purplish fls. in lax cymes. Generic char- acters : calyx 5-parted, glandular or scaly within : co- rolla salver-shaped; mouth constricted; lobes oblique, overlapping to the right, twisted to the left: stamens inserted above the'middle of the tube; anthers conniv- ing over and adhering to the stigma; cells spurred at the base: disk annular or of oblong glands: carpels 2, distinct, many-ovuled. T. jasminoides, the STAR JASMINE, is a tender, evergreen, shrubby climber from China, with fragrant, white, 5-lobed flowers. It is a favorite in the South, where it is grown out of doors and known as the "Con- federate Jessamine." In northern conservatories it is generally known under its synonym, Rhynchospermum. Handsome specimens may be grown in large tubs, mak- ing dense bushes 3 or 4 ft. high and as much in diame- ter. In May such specimens are covered with flowers and fill a greenhouse with their delightful fragrance. The blossoms are about an inch across, 5 or 6 in a clus- ter, pendulous, and of a very spirited appearance, which is largely due to the manner in which the 5 wavy-mar- gined petals (or rather corolla-lobes) are rolled back. See Fig. 2537. "Rhynchospermum" is amost satisfactory greenhouse shrub for a general collection. It requires no special treatment, except that the plants should be kept on the dry side during the winter. , It requires several years to work up a good-sized specimen. Young plants should be given warmhouse treatment and encouraged to grow. Large, well-estab- lished specimens thrive in a coolhouse. During sum- TRACHELOSPER31UM mer the pots may be plunged outdoors in a partially shaded position. The species is propagated by cuttings of half-ripened wood taken with a heel in spring. The Star Jasmine is one of the many good old standard greenhouse plants that are too little seen nowadays. The writer knows of two large specimens trained to a bush form that are the chief shrubby ornaments of a cool greenhouse from late April to early June. Every year they are loaded with flowers throughout the month of May. The specimens require considerable room, and the gardener is sometimes compelled to keep them in a cold pit until the chrysanthemum season is over, although this treatment is not to be advised. jasminoides, Lem. (Khynehospfrmwm jasminoldes Lindl.) STAR JASMINE. Also called "Confederate," "Malayan "or "African Jessamine." Fig. 2537. Tender, evergreen, climbing shrub described above: Ivs. short- stalked, ovate-lanceolate, acute, glabrous : peduncles much longer than Ivs.: calyx-lobes reflexed: corolla-tube contracted below the middle: several jagged scales at base of corolla: 5 large gland's at base of ovary, 2 united, 3 free. Southern China. B.M. 4737. Gng. 5:132. Gn. 41, p. 507. — Var. variegatum, Hort., has Ivs. of green and white, tinged red. ROBERT SHORE and W. M. Star Jasmine (Trachelospermum jasminoides) is a very choice and beautiful woody climber for the South. Being a native of the southern part of China, it is well adapted to the climate of the extreme South. It com- mences to bloom early in April and the last flowers can be enjoyed late in May. Even in October and Novem- ber one may find numerous scattered flower-clusters. When in full bloom the plant seems to be covered with a white sheet, the flowers almost hiding the dark green foliage and filling the air for many yards away with a peculiar and most delicious fragrance. The Star Jas- mine is beautiful even without flowers. It is not easily propagated and therefore it is not a common plant in gardens. Even plants with good roots require a great deal of intelligent care, and it is no easy matter to bring transplanted specimens into a flourishing condition. It should be transplanted into the garden in November or December, pot-plants always being preferable for this purpose. The soil should be kept moist all the time, and especially during the dry spells in April and May. If the soil is not naturally rich a moderate amount of fertilizer should be applied. When once established, the plant does not need any more care than the Carolina jas- mine (see Gelsemium). In summer, during the rainy season, a mulch of grass and fresh cow manure is exceed- ingly beneficial. It is best grown on a trellis of two, three or even four posts about ten feet high, with strong galva- nized wire all around; or strong laths can be used in- TRACHYCARPUS 1825 2537. Trachelospermum jasminoides (X %). stead of wire. If the specimen is a strong and healthy one it will soon cover the trellis in a dense tangled mass and the new shoots will gracefully protrude to all sides. The propagation is best affected in Florida by layering, and strong plants can be raised in this way in about two years. H. NEHKLING. TEACHYCAEPUS (Greek, rough or harsh fruit). Palmfu-iie. I-'OKTI'NK'S PAI,M, known under many tech- nical names, is of unique interest to the horticulturist, as it is the hardiest of all palms. It is a spineless fan- palm which grows 30 ft. high. It is slightly hardier than Chamceropii humili.t, the only palm native to Ku- rope. Fortune's Palm is the only trunk-producing palm which grows outdoors the year round in the southern 2538. Fortune's Palm— Trachycarpus excelsus (or T. Fortune!) . The leaves finally become 4-5 feet across. and western parts of England. In some sheltered spots in these favored regions it has flowered regularly year after year. It is also called the Chusan Palm. For practical purposes Trachycarpus is best consid- ered a genus of four species, two of which are natives of the Himalayan region and two native respectively to China and Japan. The Himalayan species have their trunks clothed with the old leaf-sheaths, while the far- eastern species have beautiful, smooth, polished trunks. In each group one species has the tips of the leaf -seg- ments pendulous and the other has them straight. These are the most obvious and important differences to the horticulturist, except that T. Fortunei is the hardiest of the whole genus. The differences above cited mark extreme types only. Intermediates occur. Much study has been given to this genus of palms and many char- acters to separate four species have been proposed at various times and subsequently abandoned. The latest botanical conception of the group ( Beccari and Hooker in the Flora of British India, 6:436 [1894]) unites the Himalayan species into one and the far-eastern forms into another. In support of this view may be urged the important facts that smooth-trunked forms have lately been discovered as far west as Upper Burma, and also that the straight-tipped Japanese form may be merely cultivated or run wild in Japan. Its origin and nativity are not yet certain. Both points of view are given on the next page, each being correct for its own point of Tiew. The horticultural account is based upon Hooier's notes in B.M. 7128, and the botanical is taken from the Flora of British India. Some botanists prefer the mas- culine case endings, others the feminine. Fortune's Palm is grown indoors and outdoors in America wherever palms are grown, but it is not one of the most popular species with northern florists. It seems to reach perfection in California, where it is one of the most popular of all palms. Ernest Braunton writes that it is hardy throughout the southern half of the state, where it is commonly known by the appropri- ate name of Chinese Windmill Palm. It attains a height of 30 ft. Braunton adds that it is hardier than the native Washingtonia and will stand more abuse. It grows well near San Francisco. A new palm has recently come into California under the name of Chamarops or Trachy- carpus Phcedomia, a name unknown to botany. All the specific names cited in the synonymy below have also been combined with Chameerops. Generic characters: spadices many, interfoliar, stout, branched: spathes embracing the peduncle and branches of spadix, coriaceous, compressed, tomentose: bracts and bracteoles minute: fls. small, polygamo-mono?cious; sepals 3, ovate; petals 3, broadly ovate, valvate; sta- mens 6; carpels 3; stigmas 3, recurved • ovules basilar; drupes 1-3, globose or oblong : seed erect, ventrally grooved; albumen equable. 1826 TRACHYCARPUS TRADESCANTIA Horticultural View of Trachycarpus. A. Trunk clothed until old leaf-sheaths. Himalayan species. B. Tips of (vs. drooping: Ivs. very glau- cous beneath Martianus BB. Tips of Ivs. straight: Ivs. hardly glaucous beneath Khasyanus AA. Trunk not clothed with old leaf-sheaths. Chinese and Japanese species. B. Tips of Ivs. pendulous Fortune! BB. Tips of Ivs. straight excelsus Following is the Latest Uotanical View of Trachycarpus. Martianus, H. Wendl. ( T. Khasianus, H. Wendl. T. Griffithii, Decne.). Trunk for the most part naked, annulate : female fls. soli- tary, sessile: drupe oblong, equally rounded at both ends: seed grooved through- out its entire length; em- bryo opposite the middle of the groove. Himalayas. B.M. 7128. R. H. 1879, p. 212. excelsus, H. Wendl. (T. F6rtunei, H. Wendl.). Fig. 2538. Trunk clothed throughout with the old leaf -sheaths : fls. clustered, triparted, with linear, acute, 3-cut lobes : peduncles long, bearing an umbel 2-3 in. across of very numerous blue fls.; calyx-teeth obsolete; petals unequal, the ex- ternal being longer. July-Oct. Australia. B.M. 2875. 3539. Three kinds of Wandering Jew. (XH.) A, Tradescantia fluminensis : tender, sheaths hairy at top; flowers white. B, Ze- brina pendula : tender ; sheaths hairy at top and bottom; flowers rose -red. C, Commelina nudiflora : hardy ; sheaths "labrous ; flowers blue. 2-4 on a tubercle: drupe reniform, deeply hollowed on one side; embryo opposite the umbilicus. China, Japan, Upper Burma. B.M. 5221. F.S. 22:2368. R.H. 1868:370; 1870, p. 329. Gn. 47, p. 312; 52, p. 490. G.C. II. 24:305; III. 21:405; 24:420. w M Trachycarpus Fortunei is not a popular florist's palm for three reasons: First, it is not as beautiful as Livis- tona C'hinensis; second, it is a slower grower, and this is an unpardonable fault to the average florist; third, there is a greater demand, generally speaking, for pin- nate-leaved palms than for fan-leaved palms. The un- dersigned has not seen a plant of it for several years, but it was cult, in America more than 20 years ago. It is dwarf in habit, rather slow-growing, the foliage dark green and somewhat stiff, and in texture decidedly tough. In a young state it bears much resemblance to Livistona australis, though the latter is more spiny and has longer footstalks. -^ j TRACHYMENE (Greek, rough membrane; alluding to the fruit). Umbelliferce. A genus of 14 species, 12 of which aie Australian annual, biennial or perennial herbs, usually hirsute, with ternately divided leaves and blue or white flowers in terminal umbels. Calyx-teeth minute ; petals entire, obtuse, imbricated : fr. com- pressed. Flora Australiensis, Vol. 3. caerulea, R. Grah. (Didiscus cceruleus, DC.). An erect annual about 2 ft. high, somewhat hairy: Ivs. 1-2- B.R. 15:1225. F. W. BARCLAY. TKADESCANTIA (John Tradescant, gardener to Charles I.; died about 1638). Commelinacece. SPIDER- WORT. Thirty-six species are admitted by C. B. Clarke, the latest monographer, 1881 (DC. Monogr. Phaner. 3). This enumeration does not include T. Jiegince and other recent species. They are all American perennial herbs, ranging from Manitoba to Argentina. In habit they are various, varying from erect bushy species to trailing plants rooting at the nodes. The plants are more or less soft and succulent in texture, although usually not fleshy. The leaves are alternate, sheathing, varying from ovate to long-linear-lanceolate. The flowers vary from red to blue and white, sometimes solitary but usu- ally in simple cymes or umbels; sepals and petals each 3, free, the sepals sometimes colored ; stamens 6, in some species the alternate ones shorter, the filaments usually more or less bearded at the base or above: ovary 3-loculed, with 2 ovules in each locule, the style single; fr. a 3-loculed dehiscent capsule. The geiius Zebrina, usually confounded with this by gardeners, differs, among other things, in having a tubular perianth. To horticulturists, Tradescantias are known as hardy herbs, coolhouse plants and warmhouse plants. T. Virginica is the best known of the hardy species, with- standing the climate of the northern states. The Wan- dering Jew of greenhouses and hanging baskets, usu- ally known as T. tricolor, is partly T. fluminensis and partly Zebrina pendula. T. Keqince is perhaps the best known warmhouse species at present, although various species may be' expected in botanic gardens and the collections of ama- teurs. The glasshouse species are essentially foliage plants. Several species have handsomely striped leaves. All Trades- fantias are free growers, propagating with ease from cuttings of the growing shoots. A. Plant prostrate, rooting at the joints. fluminensis, Veil. (T. mundula and T. albiflbra, Kunth. T. repens, ripens vittata, viridis, viridis vittata, prostrata, procumbens, striata, Hort. T. tri- color, Hort., in part). WANDERING JEW in part. Figs. 2539-41. Glabrous, with shining stems and leaves, the nodes conspicuous, trailing, or the ends of the shoots ascending: Ivs. ovate-acute, without distinct petiole, ciliate at the very base, the sheaths %-% in. long: fls. white, hairy inside, the 6 stamens all alike, borne sev- eral together in a sessile cluster subtended by 2 un- equal Ivs. or bracts, the pedicels not all of same age. Central Brazil to Argentina. — One of the commonest of greenhouse and basket plants. In greenhouses, usually grown under the benches. When the plants grow very vigorously and have little light, they are usually green, and this is the form commonly known as Viridis. There are forms with Ivs. striped yellow and white, but these colors usually do not hold unless there is abundance of sunlight. In light places, the Ivs. become red- purple beneath. Very easily propa- gated by cuttings or pieces of shoots at any time of the year. The plant needs plenty of moisture in order to grow vigorously. Three plants are known as Wandering Flower of Trades- Jew, and although they belong to cantia fluminensis. three genera, it is not easy to tell Natural size, them apart when not in flower (Fig. 2539). These plants are Tradescantia fluminen- sis, sheaths hairy or ciliate only at the top, fls. white; Zebrina pendula, sheaths hairy throughout or at least at base and top, Ivs. redder beneath and always colored above, fls. rose-red; Commelhia nudiflora, sheaths gla- brous, fls. blue. The two first are tender to frost; the 2540. TRADESCANTIA last is hardy in the open ground in central New York. All of them are used for baskets and vases. The two first are best known and are the plants commonly known as Wandering Jew. All of them may have striped foliage. See Comtnelina and Zebrina. AA. Plant erect, or ascending from a decumbent base. B. Species grown primarily for the colored foliage: greenhouse kinds. C. 'Stem none, or scarcely rising above the ground. fuscata, Lodd. (properly Pyrrhelma L6ddigesii, Hassk.). Stemless, brown-tomentose or hairy : Ivs. ob- long-ovate, entire, about 7-nerved, short-petioled: fls. blue or blue-purple, 1 in. or more across, borne in the midst of the Ivs. on very short pedicels, stamens 6. S. Anier. L.B.C. 4:374. B.R. 0:482. B.M. 2330.-Lvs. 6-8 in. long. Now referred to Pyrrheima, being the only species. cc. Stem evident, usually branching. D. Lvs. distichous (in 2 rows). Begins, Lind. & Rod. Stiff -growing upright plant: Ivs. lanceolate-acuminate, sessile, set closely on opposite sides of the stem and spreading nearly horizontally, about 6 in. long, the center purplish crimson, with feathered border, the space towards the margins silvery, the very edge of the leaf darker, the under side purple. Peru. I. H. 39:147; 40:173 (3); 41, p. 14. G.C. III. 11:699; 13:477. R.B. 19:113. -Introd. into Belgium from Peru in 1870. Named for the Queen of the Belgians. Perhaps a Dichorisandra. DD. Lvs. not ^-ranked. E. Stamens all equal and similar. Warscewicziana, Kunth & Bouche" (Dichorisdndra Warscewicziana, Planch.). Fig. 2542. Dichorisandra- like, having a stout caudex or trunk, marked by leaf- scars and finally branching: Ivs. green, stiffish, 1 ft. or less long, clustered at the top of the stem, recurving, lanceolate-acuminate: fls. lilac-purple, numerous in small crowded clusters along the branches of a panicle- like cluster. Guatemala. B.M. 5188. R.H. 1860, p. 136. 2541. Wandering Jew — Tradescantia fluminensis. Natural size. EE. Stamens unequal,— 5 long and 3 short. elongata, Meyer. Nearly glabrous, procumbent and rooting at the base, then suberect to the height of 1-2 ft.: Ivs. lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, sessile, light glaucous-green above and striped with silver, reddish purple beneath: peduncles 1-5, terminal : fls. rose-colored, the sepals green. Tropical Amer. 3542. Tradescantia Warscewicziana. TRAGOPOGON 1827 BB. Species grown as bordir phmtx for their flowers: natii-i hinds, c. Umbels sessile. Virginiana, Linn. COMMON SPIDERWORT. Erect, branching, 1-3 ft., glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. condupli- cate, very long linear-lanceolate (6-15 in. long), clasping: um- bels several-fld., terminal, the pedicel recurving when not in bloom: fls. violet-blue, in vari- ous shades, 1-2 in. across, pro- duced freely nearly all summer. N. Y. to S. Dakota, Va. and Ark. B.M. 105; 3546 (as T. carici- folia). L.B.C. 16: 1513 (as T. elata).— An exceedingly varia- ble plant. Var. occidentalis, Britt., is in the trade. It has much narrower Ivs. and smaller fls. and is usually dwarf. There are several horticultural forms. Var. alba has white fls. B.M. 3501. Var. atrosanguinea has dark red fls. Var. coccinea has bright red fls. Var. caerulea has bright blue fls. Some of the forms would better be regarded as species. See Rose, Contr. Nat. Herb. 5:204. brevicaulis, Raf . Villous, 1 ft. or less high, sometimes nearly acaulescent: Ivs. mostly from near the ground, linear-lanceo- late, more or less ciliate: fls. about 1 in. across, blue or rose- purple. Ky. to Mo. CC. Umbels peduncled. rosea. Vent. Slender and nearly or quite simple, glabrous, 12 in. or less tall: Ivs. very narrow-linear: bracts short and scale-like: fls. %-% in. ..cross, rose- colored. Md. to Mo. ami south. Mn. 2, p. 30. T. crassifblia, Cav. Something like T. Virginiana, but Ivs. short and broad (oblong-ovate, ciliate, as also the stem: fls. 1% in. across, blue-purple, in terminal and axillary sessile umbels, the stamens all equal. Mex. B.M. 1598.— T. Crdtsula, Link & Otto. Somewhat succulent, ascending: Ivs. thick, ob- long and nearly or quite obtuse, glabrous except on the edges: fls. about %-/^in. across, white, in terminal and lateral often stalked umbels, the calyx and pedicels hairy. Brazil. B.M. 2935. L.B.C. 16:1560.— T. decora. Bull. Foliage plant: Ivs. long-lanceolate, dark olive-green with a central gray band. Brazil. — T. discolor is Rhoeo discolor, which see (p. 1526).— T. draccenaefdlia. "A noble and rapid-growing plant, with luxuri- ant and handsome foliage The leaves in many respects resem- ble a dracaena and are a deep green, marked with chocolate or black. . . When fully grown the plant will send out long runners, bearing out tufts of leaves at the end." John Lewis Childs, Catalogue 1900. — T. multicolor, Hort. See Zebrina.— T. naviculdris, Ort. Much like T. Virgiuianii: stoloniferons: stem much branched: Ivs. ovate-acute, sessile, boat-shaped: umbel terminal, many-fid., with 2 folinceous bracts: fls. rose- colored, the stamens all equal. Peru. Mentioned in European literature as a warmhouse subject. - T. viadricolor, Hort. See Zebrina.— T. superba, Lind. & Rod Lvs. oval-oblong-acuminate, sessile, purple beneath, dark metallic green with a white band on either side of midrib. Pern. I.H. 39:155: 40:173 (6). Ot. 46, p. 163. Perhaps not a Tradescantia.— T. zebrina, Hort., is Zebrina pendula. L. H. B. TBAGOPOGON (Greek for goat's beard). Compdsita. GOAT'S BEARD. Between 30 and 40 species of erect bi- ennial or perennial herbs with narrow grass-like leaves and heads of yellow or purple flowers, heloiming to the ligulate section of the composite family (tribe Cichori- acete). Florets perfect, with slender style branches and sagittate anthers; pappus composed of bristles in a single series and mostly raised on a beak; involucre cylindric or nearly so, with approximately equal bracts in a single row. The Tragopogons are mostly weedy plants with a tap-root. They are native to outhern Europe, northern Africa and central and southern Asia. One of them is cultivated for its edible tap-root (salsify) and another is now a frequent weed in this country. The flowers of these open only in the morn- ing. 1828 TRAGOPOGON TRANSPLANTING A. Flowers purple porri!61ius, Linn. SALSIFY. VEGETABLE OYSTER. OYSTER PLANT. Pigs. 2238, 2543. Tall strict biennial, sometimes 4 ft. high when in bloom, glabrous: fis. showy, closing at noon or before, the outer rays ex- ceeded bv the involucre scales : peduncle thickened and 2543. Flowers of Salsify or Oyster Plant — Tragopogon porrifolius (X %). hollow beneath the heads. S. Eu. Naturalized in many parts of the country, often becoming a persistent weed. See Salsify. AA. Flowers yellow. prat6nsis, Linn. GOAT'S BEARD. More or less branched, 3 ft. or less tall : outer rays exceeding the involucre scales: peduncle scarcely swollen. A weed from Eu- r°pe- L. H. B. TRAILERS. See Vines. TRAILING ARBUTUS. Epigcea, repens. TRAILING BEGONIA. Cissus discolor. TRAINING. See Priming. TRANSPIRATION is the process by which water is given off in the form of vapor from leaves and stems. Instead of a circulation of the sap in plants similar to the movements of the blood of animals, water contain- ing mineral salts is taken in at the roots in liquid form and carried upward to the leaves through the woody tissue, and then evaporated, leaving the mineral or ash behind in the leaf, where it serves in making food. The chief purpose of transpiration is, therefore, to carry a stream of mineral food from the soil to the green parts of the plant, although it also serves to aid in the ex- change of gases with the air, and preserves more equable temperatures of the body of the plant. Minerals may be absorbed by the plant only in very dilute solutions. Hence it is necessary for the plant to lift several thousand pounds of water to the leaves in order to obtain one pound of minerals. After the mineral- laden water reaches the green organs it is of no further use and must be evaporated. It is estimated that 98 per cent of the energy received from sunlight by the plant is used in this important work. That an enormous amount of work is performed by the plant in transpira- tion may be seen when it is known that a single sun- flower plant will evaporate a pint of water from its leaves in a single day, and about seventy times this much in the course of its development. A birch tree with 200,000 leaves will transpire from 700 to 1,000 pounds of water daily in the summer. A single oak tree will throw 120 or 130 tons of water into the air during the course of a season, and an acre of beech trees con- taining 400-600 specimens will transpire about 2,000,000 pounds in a single summer. To determine the exact amount of water transpired by a plant, a specimen not more than a yard in height growing in a pot may be used. Set the pot on a square of oil-cloth, then bring the cloth up around the pot and tie closely to the stem of the plant. This will prevent evaporation except from the shoot. Now set the pre- pared plant on one pan of a scale, together with a small measuring glass, and balance. Allow the plant to remain in the warm sunshine for eight hours, then pour water into the measuring glass until the scale shows original position or reading. The water in the glass will represent the amount of transpiration. To demonstrate that water vapor does actually come from the leaf, cut off a small leafy shoot of any conve- nient plant and thrust the base of the stem through a piece of cardboard into a tumbler of water; now cover the exposed part of the shoot with another tumbler and set in a warm, light place. Moisture, which could have come only from the leaves, will soon gather on the glass. Some transpiration occurs over the entire surface of the plant, although only about one-thirtieth as much is given off by a stem as from the same amount of leaf surface. The leaves are specially adapted to carry on this function. The interior of the leaf is made up of a great number of loosely arranged cells which evaporate water into the air between them. The air in the leaf communicates with the atmosphere through openings called stomata, which are generally placed on the lower side of the leaf. Consequently the watery vapor dif- fuses put through the stomatal opening. The stomata are controlled by guard-cells which may completely close them up, and the action of the guard-cells is under the control of the plant. When the plant is losing too much water the stomata close; and they are variously affected by winds and sunshine. Species growing in very dry localities adapt them- selves to the conditions by building only limited sur- faces from which transpiration may take place and by reducing the number of stomata. The cactus is an ex- ample of this type, and this plant transpires only about one three-hundredth as much water as a leafy plant of the same volume. As might be expected, the character and amount of the mineral salts in the soil also affect the amount of transpiration. j)_ ip< MACDOUGAL. TRANSPLANTING is a general term used to desig- nate the removal of living plants whereby they may be- come established in new quarters. Transplanting may be performed when the plant is in a dormant condition, as in winter, or when it is still actively growing. Small herbaceous plants are usually the only ones that are transplanted when in a growing condition, and this only when the plants are living under special garden condi- tions where they may have the best of attention as to watering and shading. Considered from the stand- point of the plant, transplanting is always a violent oper- ation, for it destroys a considerable part of the root- system, loosens the plant's attachment to the soil and arrests for the time being a large part of its pro- gressive vital activities. In order to overcome these dangers the earth into which the plant is set should be well prepared and moist, so that the plant may quickly reestablish itself; part of the top usually should be re- moved in order to lessen transpiration, and with succu- lent and growing plants some shade should be pro- vided for a time. The deeper and finer the soil, and the greater the quantity of moisture it holds, the more successful the transplanting operation will be, other things being equal. The operation is also more successful in humid regions, as in the Atlantic states, than it is in dry regions, as on the plains and westward. In the more arid parts of the country transplanting is performed as little as possible, whereas in the eastern part great quantities of annual and other garden plants are transferred from seed-beds to the open ground. The successful transplanting of any plant depends in part on the condition of the plant itself. The younger the plant, as a rule, the better it withstands the opera- TRANSPLANTING tion. Herbaceous or growing plants that are relatively short and stocky and compact in growth transplant better than those that are long, "leggy," and weak. The stocky plants are better able to withstand the vicissi- tudes of inclement weather when they are transferred from a protected place to the open air, and they prob- ably also have more recuperative power to make new roots and to attach themselves again to the earth. M:uiy plants may be "hardened off" or gradually inured to sun and cold before they are transplanted. The more frequently a given plant is transplanted the more readily it endures transplanting. The root-system be- comes close and compact and there is relatively less injury to the roots at each subsequent removal, pro- viding a long interval does not take place between the operations. The success of transplanting also depends to some extent on the weather at the time the removal is per- formed. If cool, cloudy and damp weather follows the transplanting, the plants are much more likely to live. Plants usually establish themselves more quickly in freshly turned soil, because it contains a relatively large amount of moisture. In order to bring the earth into contact with the roots, it should be firmed closely about the plants. This packing of the soil tends to bring the subterranean moisture upwards where it may supply the roots; it also tends to increase evaporation from the surface of the soil and thereby to waste the water, although much of the moisture is utilized by the plant as it passes upwards. In order to prevent the escape of moisture from the surface of the soil, it is customary to cover the ground with a mulch, from one to three inches in depth, of litter, sawdust, leaves or coarse manure. When practicable the water may be saved by keeping the surface well tilled, thereby providing a mulch of earth. In dry weather it may be advisable to water newly set plants, particularly if they are green and growing fast, as tomatoes, cabbages and other annuals. The watering may best be done at nightfall. The water should be ap- plied in a hole or depression about the plant or at one side of it, rather than on the surface; and the following morning the loose, fresh earth should be drawn over the roots in order to provide a surface mulch and to prevent the soil from packing. All kinds of plants can be transplanted, but some of them remove with great difficulty. In these cases the special skill which is born of experience with these par- ticular plants must be in- voked for success. The difficulties are of various kinds. In some cases the difficulty may be a tap-root system, as in the case of the black walnut and the hickories. In these instances the plant may be prepared a year or two in advance by severing the tap-root some distance below the ground by means of a spade or other sharp instrument that is thrust underneath the crown. In other cases the difficulty is the inability of the plant to make new feed- ing roots quickly, as in some of the asiminas or pa- paws. Such plants often may be treated like the tap- rooted plants; that is, the long, cord-like roots may be severed at some distance from the crown a year or two before the plants are to be removed. In other cases the inability to be trans- planted is probably due to the excessive rate of transpiration from the foliage. In these instances cutting back the top rather severely and providing shade may contribute to success. In some cases the difficulties are so great as practically to prohibit transplanting. TRANSPLANTING 1829 2544. A dibber. One of the most useful implements to aid in the transplanting of small plants. The plant is dropped into a hole made by the dibber; this hole is closed by inserting the dib- ber at the side and moving it against the plant. So-called transplanting machines have i,,-,-n |>. rfected within the last few years for setting small herbaceous stuff, as cabbages, tobacco and tomatoes. These are really vehicles, drawn by horses, that open a furrow and drop a small quantity of water when the plant is in- serted in the furrow by the hands of an operator who rid. -s on the machine. The plants, already prepared for setting, are carried in a tray or hopper, and the opera- tor places these between guards which automatically measure the distance. These machines are particularly 2515. A transplanting box, specially designed for melons. It is made of a "flat" or splint 14 in. long and 3% in. wide, bent at four corners and held in place by a tack. It has no bottom. valuable in large areas where great quantities of plants are to be set, and also in hard and dry land where it is difficult to make the proper openings with the hand and also otherwise to supply the plant with sufficient water. For most small plants that are to be reset in small quan- tity, the dibber is a most useful implement to expedite the operation. Fig. 2544. Plants grown in pots and small shallow boxes trans- plant more readily than those grown in the open soil. Particularly is this true of pot-grown plants, for the bevel or slope of the pot allows the ball of earth to be "knocked out" readily. See Potting. Special trans- planting boxes are on the market, to be used instead of pots, for purposes of economy. These boxes are usu- ally made of thin basket stuff and are thrown away when the plants are taken from them for transplanting. Fig. 2445. The seeds are sown directly in these boxes. Melons, cucumbers and other plants that are difficult to transplant are often grown on pieces of inverted turf, taken from old pastures. In the case of large trees and shrubs, success often may be attained by transplanting in the winter, when a ball of frozen earth may be removed. Fig. 2546. It is usually better to give the transplanting of large trees into the hands of an expert, than to attempt to perform it with unskilled help and inefficient appliances. Only a small proportion of the efforts in transplanting very large trees are really successful. The trees may live for several years and yet never fully recover nor make satisfactory subjects. The surest and best results are usually secured only when the trees are nursery-grown and have been transplanted two or three times within a few years of their final removal. There are some species that remove from the wild with relative ease when they are of large size, among which are elms, maples, pin oak, basswood; but the large number of species do not readily recuperate from the operation. It is sometimes said that a plant cannot recover from the transplanting operation, that the severing of the roots inflicts injuries that are not outgrown, and that a new type of root-system develops. These fears appear to be ungrounded. In many cases the plant does not regain itself, but these instances are probably due to lack of skill in the operation rather than to any in- herent difficulty in the transplanting process itself. But even if the transplanting process were to be found to be theoretically injurious, nevertheless it must be employed in the practice of modern horticulture. L. H. B. 1830 TRANSPLANTING TRANSPLANTING Transplanting Large Trees (Plate XLI1I).— The prin- ciples of transplanting large or small trees are the same, excepting as regards the mechanics of transpor- tation. Types of machinery for moving deciduous trees may be classified as follows : The most primitive device is a two-wheeled cart with a pole. The tree is dug, and the cart is secured to it with the trunk resting in a notch in the axle or bolster, 2546. Moving a tree in winter, with a large ball of frozen earth. and the pole lashed up among the branches. The tree is pulled over and dragged root foremost. In a modification of the above, a platform under the ball connects the rear axle, bearing the tree, with the front axle. Of this type are the Hall, Estes, Santimer, Rutherford and other patents. In one form the tree is loaded top foremost, and by means of a turn-table above the rear axle, swung around to position. These ma- chines usually carry a ball of earth and roots, 7 to 9 ft. in diameter, cut shorter on the side next to the platform. For moving trees in an upright position, there are low platform trucks, and trucks with two high perches. In the latter, one perch or a section of the axle is re- moved to admit the trunk between the perches. This form is used in England; also a similar one in which the tree is swung vertically beside the axle of a two- wheeled cart drawn by one horse. When carried verti- cally, the top interferes with electric wires and the tops of other trees, and the roots are injured by the platform or other support. It is not practicable to carry a spread of 30 or 40 ft. of roots between the wheels. House-mover's rigging is adapted to moving trees for short distances, but is so slow that the fine feeding roots outside the central ball of earth are likely to dry out, and get broken by the work. Trees are carried horizontally with the trunk resting on two benches on a low truck. The tree may be tipped over on the benches by tackle, or loaded and unloaded by derrick. The derrick legs usually interfere with the full circle of roots, and as the derrick has to be set up twice for each tree moved, the operation is slow, and, with the tree swinging in midair, somewhat dangerous. For moving trees a few feet, a derrick may be used, with or without small wheels in the base of the derrick legs. Many kinds of machines may be used, but in order to make this discussion concrete, the following account has reference to the device shown in Plate XLIII. Other successful moving operations are shown in Figs. 2547, 2548. For operating the mover shown in Plate XLIII, the tree, of say 14-26 in. diameter of trunk, is dug by starting a circular trench with a diameter of 30-40 ft. An under cut is made beneath the roots with a light prospecting pick, and the soil picked out and caved down with a spading fork or picking rod, the points of which are rounded to avoid cutting off the -roots. The loose dirt is shoveled out of the bottom of the trench. The roots, as uncovered, are tied in bundles with lath yarn and bent up, out of the way of the diggers. See Fig. 2549. If the roots are to be out of the ground over one day in dry weather the bundles may be wrapped in clay mud, damp moss and straw, or burlap. When the digging has progressed to within 4 to 8 ft. of the center, the tree is slightly tipped over to loosen the central jball, which cleaves from the subsoil near the extremi- ties of the downward roots. On sand or hard-pan sub- soil this is at a depth of 2 to 5 feet. In deep soil it may be necessary to cut some downward roots. A ball of earth is left in the center from 5 to 12 ft. in diameter, or as heavy as can be drawn by four to eight horses. This ball is not essential with deciduous trees, but it is easier to leave it than to remove and replace the soil. With fine-rooted trees like the red maple, it is difficult to pick out the soil, while with coarse-rooted trees, like ihe beech, in gravelly soil, the ball drops to pieces. For loading, the cradle which is pivoted above or back of the axle is swung over to the tree, the trunk having first been wrapped with cushions and slafs. The trunk is clamped to the cradle by chains and screws without injuring the bark. By means of a screw 9 ft. long operated by a ratchet lever or hand-brake wheel, the cradle lifts the tree from the hole and swings it over in a horizontal position. Pulling in the same direc- tion, by tackle fastened in the top of the tree, aids the work of the screw. After the tree is loaded, the roots on the under side of the axle are tied up to the perches. The front wheels are on pivots, therefore the roots are not broken by the swinging of the axle. The roots are drawn aside to put in the pole and driver's seat. Planks are placed under the wheels, and the mover is pulled out of the hole by tackle. The hole to receive the tree is prepared with a layer of soft mud in the bottom, which partly fills the crev- ices as the tree is lowered into it. The weight of the tree is not allowed to rest upon and crush the down- ward roots, but is supported by the mover until fine earth is packed in. Soil is worked down between the roots in the form of mud by means of a stream of water and packing sticks. One man shoveling, two or three with packing sticks, and one with hose is the right operation until the center is made solid. The packing sticks are 2 in. in diameter, 6 ft. long, and pointed at one end and round at the other. The side roots are next unwrapped and covered at their natural depth. 2547. A large tree removed from its place. The roots are now to be wound in burlaps or other material. While the tree is horizontal, it may be most conven- iently pruned. Th outside should be cut back 1 to 3 ft., cutting to a crotch or bud, and the remaining twigs thinned out about one-third. Hardwood trees and trees with few roots need the most severe pruning. TRANSPLANTING The soil should be friable loam, not baking clay nor sterile sand, and it should be made fertile. The surface should be covered with :i soil or straw mulch ,'i inches deep and the earth kept moist by watering once a week or less frequently, as required. The roots may be dam- 2548. The roots wrapped, and the tree being moved on skids. aged by too thick mulch, deep planting, excess of water or lack of drainage, all of which exclude the air. De- caying manure and caustic fertilizers in direct contact with the roots are injurious. The tree may be secured by guy wires. Anchor posts are set slanting, 434 ft. in the ground, with a cross- piece just below the surface. Two to six strands of No. 11 galvanized steel wire are used. The wire is run from the post, through a piece of hose around the tree, and back to the post. It is twisted tight, with two sticks turning in the same direction and moving toward each other. To prevent the sun from drying out the bark on the south side of the tree, the trunk should be wrapped with straw, especially thin-barked trees, like beech and silver maple. The best trees for moving are those with abundant small roots. These have fibers branching from them which take in the water and plant-food. The large roots in the center of the root-system are conduits for the sap, and braces for the tree. Trees which transplant successfully are the maple, horsechestnut, elm, catalpa, ash, linden, willow, poplar and pin oak. Trees with few fine roots and hard wood, as the hickory and white oak, TRANSPLANTING ure difficult to transplant, with good results, as well as the tender-rooted trees like magnolia and tulip. Trees grown in the open an- much better for moving than those in flic woods. The roots are more numcrou-. and not mixed with the roots of other trees, the bark is thicker and does not dry out so quickly, the branches and twigs are closer and better developed to stand ex- posure, and may be thinned out without destroying the beauty of the tree, and more plant-food is stored for the new growth of leaves and roots. A young tree of large size is better to move than an old tree. In friable loam the roots are straighter and tougher and less liable to injury in digging, than in hard or rocky soil. The popular prejudice that moving large trees is an ultimate failure, or that small trees quickly overtake them, arises from moving trees 1 to 2 feet in diameter with 6 to 8 feet diameter of roots. As this mass of roots is mainly the large roots, and from 70-90 per cent of the feeding roots are lost, the tree, after send- ing out the leaves with its stored plant-food, fails to support all the foliage and bark. In successive seasons its branches die. or the growth is short and yellow and the bark dies on the south side. For moving large coniferous ever- greens, it is usually considered neces- sary to keep a hall of earth intact. The foliage is constantly transpiring, and if the roots become dry, the sap does not flow again. As it is not generally feasible to move balls of over 12 feet diameter and 3 feet in depth, the size of evergreens which it is practicable to transplant is smaller than of deciduous trees. The digging is started as in Fig. 2550. The flexible roots are wrapped against the ball by twisting them with a cord, and the large, stiff roots are cut off. The ball may be held by frost, or by upright staves, iron bands, or irons in the form of a pot split in halves and held by bolts or clamps. The best method is the use of a can- vas band, wider than the depth of the ball, cut to fit. It has draw ropes operated by levers which firmly com- press the earth, without damaging the small roots wrapped against the ball. A hammock, consisting of several ropes to distribute the pressure, is attached to a windlass. A platform is placed with a chisel edge in • the under cut. By means of the windlass, the ball is cut off from the subsoil and the platform, with the tree, loaded upon a truck. In planting, the hammock is reversed and holds the ball, while the platform is pulled out by the windlass, leaving the tree in the hole. By this method, trees 20-40 feet high and 6-12 inches in diameter may be moved. Trees grown in fertile clay loam are best for trans- planting, but with care the. canvas will hold balls of sand or gravel. Root-pruning, one or more years pre- ~ BUNOLt OF ROOK TlfD TO RADIATING ARHS Of- T HOUHH OUTOfW Of MMMM 2549. Diagram to illustrate the operations in the removal of a large tree for transplanting. 1832 TRANSPLANTING vious to moving, all or part way around the tree at a diameter less than the size of the ball to be moved, is beneficial. With very large balls, freezing aids in keep- ing the soil solid, although it destroys the fine roots outside the ball. Evergreens may J>e moved any month in the year. In June and July, the new growth is likely to wilt more than in August, after it has hardened. It is well to pro- tect from deep freezing and drying winds in winter. HENRY HICKS. Another View of Transplanting Large Trees.— The modern demand for immediate effect in landscape work has been met by the successful transplanting of large trees. The method employed about Chicago differs somewhat from that in vogue in the east. This is due to a considerable degree to the condition of the soil in which the trees are found. near the apex. The fruit is about % in. across and has 4 spiiiescent angles. It is roasted and eaten in some parts of Europe like the common chestnut. The Indian species, T. bispinosa, is said to yield very large and sweet nuts which are commonly sold in the East under the name of Singhara Nut. The name Trapa is abbre- viated from calcitrapa, which is the same as caltrops, an instrument of war used to impede the progress of mounted warriors. It had 4 spine-like projections, like the fruit of the Water Caltrops. Generic characters: fls. small, axillary, solitary, short-peduncled: calyx 4-parted, the segments persist- ent, sometimes spinescent; petals and stamens 4: ovary 2-loculed; ovules solitary, long, pendulous, af- fixed to the septum: fr. top-shaped, leathery or some- what bony, 1-loculed, 1-seeded. About 5 species, native to the warmer parts of the eastern hemisphere. 2550. Diagram to show how and where the digging is begun. Select a shapely tree with well-balanced crown and which has stood in the open so that all its branches are equally thrifty. A bushy top is preferred that the necessary amount of trimming can be done by thinning out whole branches and not disturbing the terminal shoots, thus preserving the original outline of the tree. Crowded forest trees are too tall and it is difficult to get the sap to carry to the top. A light sandy soil often produces fibrous roots spread- ing over a large area, but this generally slips off in transplanting and, if frozen, cracks badly when the ball is rolled. When resetting a tree, care must be taken to sift in new soil between the fine hair-roots and get it in direct contact with each rootlet, because if crowded to- gether the roots are likely to rot. When practicable, it is undoubtedly best to move the roots in their native soil. A hard ball can be rolled at will and easily supports the weight of the trunk, Vhich otherwise would crush the roots when rolled or handled. The prevailing soil about Chicago is two feet of rich black loam and a subsoil of clay. This is ideal for giving plenty of fibrous roots near the trunk, and a body to the ball of earth encasing the roots, without waiting for the ground to freeze. This allows a longer planting season and makes it easy to have loose soil to tamp around the tree. After the tree has been dug loose, rock back and forth, filling under it each time with soil, until the whole ball is standing flush with the surface. It de- pends upon the weight of the load what style of a wagon is to be used. A hardwood tree of thirty inches in diameter weighs, with proper ball, about fifteen tons. This is the limit of practical construction for a low-hung stone truck. Simply pull the tree over and rest it on the high support over the rear axle and with block and tackle roll the ball on the wagon. When at the desired location roll off again, letting} the ball rest on the ground before dropping into the hole. A counter check should be maintained to keep the tree always under control. Straighten up and thoroughly tamp so as to anchor it well and the work is complete. WM. A. PETERSON. TRAPA (name explained below). Onagracece. Trapa natans, the WATER CHESTNUT or WATER CALTROPS, is an interesting plant for the aquarium. It has two kinds of leaves. The submerged ones are root-like, long, slender and feathery. The floating Ivs. form a loose rosette. The leaf-stalks are swollen and spongy natans, Linn. WATER CHESTNUT. WATER CALTROPS. JESUIT'S NUT. Petiole of floating Ivs. 2-4 in. long, nearly glabrous: blade rhombic-orbicular, dentate in upper half, slightly villous along the nerves beneath: fr. 4-spined, but the 2 lateral ones shorter. Eu., Orient. Gn. 24, p. 557. G.C. II. 10:212. B.R. 3:259. bispinosa, Roxb. SINGHARA NUT. Petiole of floating Ivs. 4-G in. long, woolly: blade 2x3 in., slightly crenate in the upper half, very villous beneath: fr. % in. thick, •with 2 of the spines sometimes absent. India, Ceylon. W. M. Trapa natans is one of the daintiest aquatics in cultivation. It is perfectly hardy and very desirable for aquaria, pools, ponds or tub culture. Its beautifully mottled or variegated foliage is very attractive. The flowers are white, small and inconspicuous. The fruits are very large in comparison with the flowers and leaves, but they are hidden beneath the foliage until they ripen, when they drop off. They are good to eat raw, like chestnuts, and are sweeter and more palatable before the shell becomes hard. The nut is not likely to become of commercial importance in America. The seeds drop from the plant and remain in the pond all winter. WM. THICKER. TKAUTVETTfiRIA (Trautvetter, a Russian botanist). HanunculacecR. A genus of but two species of North America and eastern Asia. Tall, erect, perennial herbs: Ivs. broad, palmately lobed : fls. white, small, corymbose- paniculate; sepals 3 to 5, caducous; petals none; carpels many, forming 1-seeded akenes. Very hardy, thriving in ordinary or rich soil. Propagated by division of roots. Offered by dealers in native plants. Carolin6nsis, Vail. (Hydrdstis Carolininsis, Walt. T. palmata, Fisch. & Mey.). Stems 2-3 feet high: Ivs. alternate, reticulated, radical ones very large, with lobes much toothed and cut. July. Pa. , south and west. B.M. 1630 (as Cimicifnga palmata). grandis, Nutt. (Actaia palmata, Hook. A. grdndis, Dietr. ). Much like the above species. Lvs. membran- aceous, more deeply lobed, often to the base, thin, sparsely hairy beneath along the ribs; reticulations less distinct: styles longer and somewhat curled. Wash., Idaho, Brit. Col. K. C. DAVIS. TRAVELER'S JOY. Clematis vilalba. TRAVELER'S TREE TRAVELER'S TREE. See Ravenala. TREASURE VINE. Name proposed by J. L. Childs for llidalgoa Wercklei or C'hildsia Werckli i. TREE. Candelabrum, or Chandelier T., Pandnnus Candelabrum. TREE OF HEAVEN. See Ailantlius. TREES. Plate XLIV. Figs. 2551-2566. -What is a tree ? is a question to which it is not easy to give a short and well-defined answer. The same species may assume a tree-like habit or remain shrubby, according to the climatic conditions, soil and other circumstances. Usually a tree is defined as a woody plant rising from TREES 1833 more. The Sequoias are of more majestic ami irigantic appearance than the Eucalyptus on account of its mas- sive trunk (see Sequoia, p. Kitid). /».„-, •„•!>, txmja Douglasi and Pt,nus Lambrrt'«ti«t occasionally RtUta 300 feet. A number of other conifers, chiefly American, grow to a height of 150 to 300 feet. Some deciduous trees, as Pla- tanus occidentals*, several species of oak and Lirioden- dron fuhpifera exceed 150 feet in height. The jequitiba of Southern Brazil (Couratari legalis, one of the Myr- taceae) is also a gigantic tree (see Bot. Gaz. 31, p. 352). I he greatest diameter has been observed in Castanea vesca, of which a tree with a partly decayed trunk at the foot of Mt. Etna in Sicily measures more than 60 feet in diameter. After this the greatest diameter ob- served is in Taxodium mueronatum, about 40 feet, and in Platanus orientalis about the same, in Sequoia 2551. A pasture elm. the ground under normal conditions with a single stem and attaining a certain height, fixed by some at 20, by others at 15 feet, or even less. A more exact definition has been given by B. E. Fernow: "Trees are woody plants the seed of which has the inherent capacity of producing naturally within their native limits one main erect axis continuing to grow for a number of years more vigorously than the lateral axes and the lower branches dying off in time." Trees are the most prominent feature of the vegetable world and surpass all other organic beings in height, magnitude and longevity. The greatest height known has been reached by Eucalyptus ,. a very ornamental tree. M. tripetala is objectionable in gar- dens owing to the unpleasant odor of its flowers. Few Chinese species, with the exception of M. hypolewca, attain the size of a tree. M. Y«l,ni mid M. Soulange- ana can be trained to a single stem and made to attain a height of 15 feet. All the other varieties may be classed as shrubs. The flowers are often injure. I l.y late spring frosts. — Melia Azfdarach (Pride of India, Chinaberry). Almost naturalized south. It is of very rapid growth and begins to flower at an early stage. The flowers are delightfully fragrant with the perfume 1838 TREES TREES of the lilac. Extensively planted for shade trees. The umbrella form, known as Texas Umbrella, assumes a dense, spreading head with drooping foliage. It is of unique appearance and can be used with great effect in landscape work. — Morus. M. rubra is frequently planted for shade; it is valuable for its wood, which is of great durability for posts. M. alba is naturalized in many sections. A form of M. rubra discovered in middle Georgia some years ago and called Stubbs from the discoverer, produces enormous crops of large, rich vinous fruit. This and the Hicks and Multicaulis (latter of Chinese type) are often planted for feeding poultry and hogs. They should not be planted near dwellings, owing to the dropping of the fruit. — Nyssa sylvatica. Only desirable in landscape work for the brilliant red tint of its autumn foliage. — Oxydendrum 2555. Apple, one of our most picturesque trees. arboreutn. Desirable for its flowers and highly colored autumn foliage. — Parkinsonia aculeata. Retoma or Horse bean of southern Texas. A small tree with green bark, feathery foliage and yellow flowers. Valuable for shrubberies. — Paulownia imperialis. Rapid-growing. Almost naturalized in some sections of the South. The foliage in young trees is very large. Flowers pale violet, very fragrant, in long panicles; they open before the leaves appear. — Pea ch. There are many ornamental varieties which are exceedingly handsome while in bloom, especially the double-flowering crimson, white and pink; others are desirable for their peculiar growth, as Pyramidalis, which is as erect as a Lombardy poplar. Weeping, willow-leaved and golden-leaved varieties are interesting. — Prunus. Hortulana or Chicasaw plums are sometimes planted for ornament, though commonly for fruit. P. Virginiana is abundant everywhere but not valued owing to being usually infested with tent caterpillars. Primus Pissardi is the best purple-leaved tree for the South, as it retains its color during sum- mer. — Pinckneya pubens. This very ornamental small tree is seldom seen under cultivation, as it grows natur- ally in wet and boggy soils. — Pyrus coronaria. The crab apple, a small tree with very fragrant flowers in spring, is excellent for shrubberies.— Platanus occi- dentnlis. One of the most desirable trees for street plnnting. — PnnnJus. The variety winch is of greatest value for street planting is P. deltoides or monolifera, commonly known south as cottonwood. It is of rapid growth and grows in nearly all soils that are not too arid. All southern nurserymen catalogue the Carolina Poplar, but the stock is not always true to name.— Pterocarya fraxinifolia, or Caucasian Wing -fruited Walnut, is a very rapid-growing tree, with spreading branches and pinnate foliage. Very ornamental when covered with pendulous racemes of small winged nuts, which, however, are of no economic value. — Quercus. Nearly all the species of the middle and eastern states are found more or less abundant in the middle South, but the most valuable purely southern species are as follows: Q. Phetlos, or Willow Oak, with lanceolate leaves; Q. aquatica, or Water Oak, with leaves almost perennial, oblong and obtusely lobed. Both are largely planted for streets and shade, as they grow very rapidly and in almost any soil. Q. falcata, Q. laurifolia, Q. Phellos and Q.Muhlenbergi are desirable. Q. Virginiana, or Live Oak, is a very large tree, seldom exceeding 50 feet in height but covering a large circumference. It is native along the seacoast and adapts itself to inland sections, where it does not attain the great size of the coast region. There is no southern tree, except Mag- nolia graudiflora, that is more admired, especially when planted in avenues. — Sapindus marginatus. The glo- bose yellow berries are retained during winter. Berries when boiled produce a saponaceous fluid. — StiUingia sebifera. Naturalized on the coast of Georgia and South Carolina. The acuminate rhomboidal leaves give the tree a unique appearance. Requires rich soil and is valuable in landscape work. — Symplocos tinctoria. Not common. Could be available for shrubberies. — Tilia pnbescens. A large tree occasionally found in rich soils along the seacoast. Differs little in general from T. Americana, but seems to be better suited to the middle South. Very desirable for street planting or shade.— Toxylon, or Madura, is naturalized in many sections of the middle South. Grows to a height of 80 feet and the fertile trees are very ornamental when laden with their large, globular fruit. The wood is very lasting when used for posts and takes a beautifvil polish.— Ulmus Americana is perhaps more largely planted for streets and avenues than any other deciduous tree. — Viburnum pmnifolium (Black Haw or Possum Haw). In very rich soils sometimes attains a height of 15 to 20 feet. The dark blue berries are retained during winter. Desirable for shrubberies. II. BROAD-LEAVED EVERGREEN TREES. Camellia J'iponica. Although these magnificent plants are usu- ally seen in bush form, they can be trained to single s >ms and attain a height of 20 or more feet in the coast region, where they have found a congenial soil and cli- mate. The typical single red variety, a tree of which is growing at Charleston, S. C., and planted in 1808, being the first introduced, is now upwards of 20 feet high. The double-flowering sorts, while usually of vigorous growth, do not attain the size of the single red. — Cinna- momum Camphora. In southern Louisiana and middle Florida trees grow to a height of 50 feet; in the middle South they affect the bush form or when trained to single stems seldom exceed 15 to 20 feet. For the ex- treme South it is recommended for street planting.— Cyrilla racemiflora. Specimens are occasionally found on shady banks of streams, where the soil is very rich, that will grow 20 feet high, but the tree form must be secured by pruning. The foliage assumes a bright red or bronze tint in winter. — Eriobotrya Jfiponica. Flowers produced in January, and if not frost-killed are followed by a golden yellow plum-like fruit of good flavor. Reaches a height of 20 or more feet in the coast belt. — Gordonia Lasianfhus. A stately tree found only in shallow swamps or turfy soils. The roots spread al- most entirely near or upon the surface of the ground, which makes it difficult to transplant trees taken from the woods. Trees grown from seed in pots are best for planting, but a rich moist soil is necessary to their growth. — Ilex. I. opaca and /. Dahoon are among the most valuable evergreen trees, the former being the best where a large tree is desired. Specimens taken from the woods should not exceed one foot in height, as larger sizes almost always fail in transplanting.— Ligustrum. L. ,/aponicrim often forms a tree 25 feet high. Berries blue-black, retained during winter.— TREES Magnolia. M. grandiflora is justly considered the glory of southern broad-leaved evergreen trees. There are many forms, based on the size and shape of the leaves and the flowers. The superb white flowers, which are seen from May until August and occasionally upon some trees as late as October, vary from 4 to 12 inches in diameter. Thrives as far north as Washington, D. (J. M. glauca has white flowers 2 to 3 inches in diameter and delightfully fragrant. — Osmuntluts fragrans, var. r uber and O. Aqui folium, var. ilicifoliits, can be trained to single stem. The flowers of the first are delicately fragrant and produced twice a year. — Pet-sea Carol i- nensis. Planted for shade in rich soils in the coast belt. — Pliotinia serrulata, or Chinese Evergreen Thorn, has white flowers and dark red autumn foliage.— Primus Carolinensis. Known south as Carolina Cherry, Carolina Laurel, Mock Orange, etc. One of the most ornamental south- ern trees. — Quercus Suber. Acorns were distributed by the U. S. Patent Office in I860 and many large trees are now found in several sections of the South, where they have fruited. Some small plantations are made for the purpose of produc- ing cork. It grows well in comparatively poor and stony soils. — Sabal Pal- tni'tto is now freely used for street and avenue planting on the coast. It is conspic- uous for its tropical appear- ance. It is not successful further than 40 miles from the seashore. III. CONIFERS OR NAR- ROW - LEAVED EVERGREENS. — Abies. Of this section few specimens are found below the Piedmont region. Oc- casionally the Norway spruce grows to a moderate size. — Cedrns Deodara. An admirable tree and of rapid growth, 40 to 50 feet. C. Atlantica. 25 to 30 feet. — Cmni i ti j. BERCKMAJJS. Trees on the Great Plains. — The Plains are not abso- lutely treeless, as strangers often suppose, but the whole vast area is dotted here and there with small groves, or narrow belts which fringe the borders of the streams. The number of native species, however, is much smaller than in the rich tree flora of the northeastern United States. The number of species cultivated for shade and ornament, for a long time, at least, must be relatively small owing to climatic and other causes. In general the people of the Plains are necessarily more interested at present in planting trees for profit than for pleasure, but in the older parts are already to be found many fine public parks and private grounds. To a large extent, however, their point of view is that of forestry rather than horticulture. In studying the forest trees of the Great Plains of central North America we find that most of the species have migrated out upon the Plains from the great for- est body of the Mississippi valley. These trees found their way upon the Plains by way of the forests which border the Missouri river and its tributaries. As we pass down the river, along the ea-irrn edge of the Plains, the forest belt becomes larger and larger, until 1840 TREES TREES it eventually merges into the great body of forest trees lying on the easterly side of the Mississippi valley. The principal trees which have come upon the Plains by this route are the common red cedar, papaw, half a dozen willows, one cottonwood, basswood, two or three elms, hackberry, mulberry, three ashes, wild apple, four species of hawthorns, Juneberry, wild cherry, choke cherry, wild plum, coffee bean, honey locust, red- bud, sycamore, two species of buckthorns, buckeye, one maple, box-elder, sumach, two species of walnuts, five or six hickories, nine or ten oaks, iron wood, blue beech, and one birch. But ten species of trees have come from the Rocky Mountain forests, and these have made much less impression upon the forests of the Plains than those which came from the eastern forests. In this list are the bull-pine, the western red cedar, four species of cottonwoods, the buffalo berry, a maple, and two birches. Although the present forest area of the Plains is not relative!}' great, it is large enough to be seriously con sidered in regard to its preservation. There is danger that with the habits acquired by our people in the thickly wooded portions of the United States of cutting down forest trees wherever found, much of this small forest area will be destroyed. It is much easier to preserve an area of forest land than to create it anew. First, all forest fires must be kept down. Where a mass of woodland adjoins the open prairie, fire - guards should be made so that the fires will not sweep into the forest growth. The greatest de- stroyer of the forests of the Plains in the past has been tire, as it swept over the prairies into wood- land. Second, it is ab- solutely necessary to keep out certain kinds of stock. Swine, if herded in large numbers, will inevitably destroy the trees. They prevent the growth of small trees, and eventu- ally destroy those of larger growth. Cattle, in large numbers, are equally destructive. In fact, where the attempt is made to preserve uninjured the trees in a forest it is necessary to keep out stock of all kinds, excepting possibly during limited portions of the year. Third, it is necessary to cut out the trees for use with very great care. A forest should be a permanent crop, and the cuttings should be so made that the forest as a whole is not injured. Trees should be cut here and there in such a way that the young trees which are left have an opportunity for growing into usable timber. Care should be taken to encourage the tendency to spreading which is so strong in nearly all parts of the Plains. With a little care every present living forest area may be made to extend itself spontaneously, or nearly so. The forest should be effectually inclosed by a fence placed at some distance from its outer border, leaving a belt of unoccupied land between the trees and the fence. This will grow up with weeds, and mingled with these will be the seedling trees springing from the seeds blown or carried from the forest area. In this way the border of the forest will be gradually extended. This can be helped by plowing up these inclosed belts 2557. of land, giving better opportunity for the starting of seedling trees. With the weeds and little trees will spring up low shrubs of various kinds. These need give no trouble, for this is merely nature's way of taking possession of the soil. Little if any cultivation need be given to such a nursery belt, as the weeds which spring up, while unsightly, will serve the useful purpose of sheltering the little trees, and eventually the trees will rise above, and choke them out. Grass, however, form- ing a tough sod, is harmful to the little trees, far more so than the ordinary weeds. There are many places where actual planting must be resorted to. In looking about for a site for the new for- est plantation, we must remember that the best condi- tions for tree growth are usually to be found near the natural forests. Where there are natural forests the planting should be around their borders, so as to extend them in much the same way as indicated in the preced- ing paragraph in regard to natural spreading. Where there are no natural forests at all it is nec- essary to select the more favorable places for planting. Since the nat- ural forests on the Plains oc- cupy the depressions rather than the hill-tops or the slopes, this should give us a hint as to what we must do. Wher- ever the land slopes into a depression one may find favorable condi- tions for grow- ing trees. These depres- sions, gener- ally called "draws, "may be filled with trees, and when once a growth of a few acres is secured it will not be difficult to extend the forest far up the hillside slopes. On the western portions of the Plains simi- lar positions should be taken under the irrigation ditches. In the selection of trees for the formation of for- est areas we should also take a hint from nature. The rule, which is a very excellent one for the plainsman to follow, is to plant on his farm the kinds which he finds in the nearest forest, and to give his planted trees as nearly as possible the same conditions as those un- der which they grew in the native forest. On the east ern third of the Plains, the walnut, white oak, shell bark hickory, white elm, red elm, hackberry, white ash. wild cherry, catalpa and honey locust are recommended for planting. On the extreme eastern portions border ing the Missouri river, many more kinds can be planted, but as we pass westward toward the borders of the Sand Hill region the list grows smaller. On the cen- tral Plains the list is reduced, and also somewhat changed in species. The two elms may be planted, as also the hackberry, the green ash in place of the white ash, wild cherry, honey locust, and in many places the bull-pine. On the western Plains, especially that por- tion lying west of the main body of the Sand Hills, and having an elevation above the sea of from 3,000 to 4,000 feet, the list is still smaller. The white elm is still included, also the hackberry, the bull-pine, and in many places the red cedar. The trees mentioned are of the more durable and profitable kinds. But on all parts of the Plains people Avenue of live oaks in Audubon Park. New Orleans. TREES must often have quick-growing trees which soon pro- duce fuel, but which have little, if auy, value for other purposes. In the eastern part of the Plains the hlack willow, almond willow, common cottonwood, silver maple, and box elder are useful trees for this purpose. We should not condemn the use of these easily grown soft-wooded trees. A forest is a crop, and there is no reason why a farmer may not plant a more quickly growing crop if he wishes, but he should at the same time plant the more enduring kinds given in the preced- ing lists. On the central Plains the quickly-grown trees may include the same willows and cottonwood and also the box elder. The silver maple will not do well in the greater part of this central region. On the western Plains the list is essentially the same as for the central portion: namely, the willows, cottonwood, and the box elder, to which may be added, here and there, one or more of the western species of cottonwood. Now for the horticultural point of view. About the country homes the first trees are usually cottonwood, silver maple and box elder, followed later by green ash and white elm. Very commonly the red cedar is planted with the first mentioned species, and often Scotch and Austrian pines are soon added. It must be remembered that the settler's house on the Plains stands in the open instead of being hemmed in by forest trees, as in the eastern portions of the American continent. The settler's problem is to surround his house with trees, not to clear the trees away. In towns and cities the cottonwood, silver maple and box elder are generally the pioneer trees, since they produce a shade sooner than any others, and later these are gradually replaced by green ash and white elm. Hackberry, black walnut and buttonwood are occasionally planted with good success. The species which are most largely used for wind-breaks for orchards arid other plantations are com- mon cottonwood, willow (a variety of Salix alba), sil- ver maple and box elder. The first mentioned, because of its easy propagation, rapid growth and extreme har- diness, is the favorite tree for this purpose. Where landscape gardening is attempted, the Scotch and TREES 1S41 2558. A tree group dominated by a leaning oak, which is a remnant of the forest. Austrian pines, Norway spruce and red cedar are gen- erally used, and to these are often added one or more species of the Rocky Mountain spruces. The most generally used deciduous tree for this purpose is the white elm (which here attains to a singular beauty of form and foliage), to which are occasionally added l.ur oak, black walnut and Russian olive (Elwagnus), and in proper situations, the white willow. The coniferous trees of greatest value for ornamental purposes on the Plains are the Austrian pine, Scotch pine and red cedar. With proper care these may be grown on all parts of the Plains where water enough to main- tain life may be ob- tained. On the extreme eastern border the Nor- way spruce and even the balsam fir have proved valuable. Among decid- uous trees the white elm holds first place, fol- lowed by the hackberry (which is not as much planted as it deserves) and the green ash. C. E. BESSEY. Trees Grown for Shade and Ornament in Cali- fornia. — The mild and equable climate of Cali- fornia allows a wide range of available spe- cies from which to .se- lect trees for shade, or- nament and shelter. On account of the long rainy season, the low humid- ity of the atmosphere, and the relatively high mean, and freedom fiom low winter minima in temperatures, the trees which thrive best in mid- dle California are those indigenous to the arid and semi-arid warm -temperate regions of the globe, e. g., southern Australia, the Medi- terranean region, South Africa, northern Mexico and Chile. Many trees of the temperate humid regions also thrive in this state, particularly in the relatively humid climate of the coast, and are offered by our nurserymen. Several of the species mentioned in this list are not described in this Cyclopedia, as they did not appear to be in the general trade when the pages were written. I. THE SPECIES MOST EXTENSIVELY PLANTED. — The three following are the trees most frequently met with as shade and ornamental trees in middle California: 1. Eucalyptus Olobulus. 2. Cupressus maciocarpa. 3. Pinus radiata. The relative abundance of the succeeding species is only approximately indicated by their sequence. 4. Robinia Psendacacia, probably more widely distributed and occurring in more remote and out-of-the-way places than any other MMM-M'S < except, perhaps, Eucalyptus Olobulus). The seeds may have been brought across the I'liiins liy the curliest settlers at the mines. Melia Azedarach.var. umbraculiformis. Phoenix Ciinariensis. Schinus Molle. Acacia melanoxylon. Acacia mollissinui. Magnolia grandiflora. Populus deltoides. vnr. Carolincnsis. Washingtonia rolmsta. Cordyline austral is and other species. Araucaria Bidwillii. Araueariaexrelsa. (irevillea robnsta. Jnglans Califomica and spp. Ulnms raoemosa and spp. Acer Negundo and var. Califoraicum. Salix Babylonica. 2559. Two types of conifers — pine and spruces. 1842 TREES TREES 21. Eucalyptus robusta. 22. Eucalyptus viminalis. 23. Eucalyptus rpstrata. 24. Acer saccharinum. 25. Pittosporum spp. 26. Washingtonia filifera. 27. Betula alba. 28. Cedrus Deodara. II. TREES BEING MOST EXTENSIVELY PLANTED AT THE PKESENT TIME. — The following list, arranged in sequence according to the actual number of sales made during the planting season of 1900-1901, is compiled from data furnished by John Rock, of the California Nursery Com- pany, at Niles. The percentages refer only to the seventeen species here enumerated, and not to the total number of trees sold by the nursery, which has a large and varied assortment of species many of which are more suitable and more effective than those for which there is, at present, the greatest demand. Per cent. 1. Eucalyptus Globulus 35.24 2. Cupressus macrocarpa 26.43 3. Eucalyptus viminalis 15.00 4. Finns radiata 4.07 ?. Melia Azedarach, var. umbracnlii'ormis 2.75 ti. Phoenix Canariensis (Fig. 236.3) 2.71 7. Acacia melanoxylon 2.20 8. Acacia mollissima 1.76 9. Robinia Pseudacacia 1.65 10. Magnolia grandittora 1.65 11. Acer saccharinum 1.43 12. Juglans Californica 1-14 13. Acer Negundo, var. Oalifornicum 89 14. Populus deltoides Carolinensis 81 15. Ulmus Americana 81 16. Betula alba 81 17. Washingtonia flHfera 65 100.00 III. SELECTIONS FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES.— The diver- sity of choice, rendered possible by the extent of desira- ble material that is available, makes it somewhat difficult 2560. Picturesque field pine, remnant of a forest. to readily select the most suitable species for various specific purposes. The following classified lists are intended as suggestions to aid in making a suitable selection; they are almost entirely restricted to species offered in the Californian trade, and are intended to be suggestive only, and not by any means complete. New species and varieties are constantly being added to the nursery stocks, some of which will be found particularly well adapted to certain conditions of climate and soil, and will doubtless replace others now in use. 2561. Leaning tree in a clearing, showing its effort to regain itself by producing upright branches. 1. For Subtropical Effect. — That there is in California strong appreciation of subtropical effects in gardening is shown by the great demand for dracsenas and such large-leaved plants as palms, magnolias, bananas and rubber-trees. That the effect produced by the planting of such trees so often fails to be satisfactory is largely due to one or both of two causes, — either unsuitable location of the specimens or choice and association of unsuitable species. To prevent a repetition of the first- named error, the prospective tree-planter is recom- mended to consult the article on Landscape Gardening in Volume II; and to avoid the second, a selection from the following list is suggested, with the addition of such large-leaved herbaceous plants as cannas, colocasia, yynaras, funkias, Gunnera scabra, pampas grass, ver- atrums, agaves, yuccas, aloes, Woodicnrdia radicans and Rodaersia podophylla, together with such shrubby plants as bamboos, giant reed, the choicer varieties of castor-bean, Sf.necio qrandifolius, Polygonum Sachali- nense and P. Sieboldi. A. Small Trees or Acanthopanax ricinifolium, Aralia Chinensis, Aralia Chinensis, var. Mandshurica, Aralia spinosa, AruiuKnaria falcata, Chamsprops humilis, Dioksonia antarctica, Eriobotrya Japouica, AA. Larger Catalpa bignoiiioides, Catalpa ovata, Catalpa speciosa, Cordyline australis, Cordyliue Baiiksii, Cordyline indivisa, Cordyline stricta, Corynocarpus Izeviga, Erythea ediilis, Eucalyptus calophylla, Eucalyptus ficifolia, Ficus Carif.-t, Ficus macrophylla, Gyinnocladus Canadensis. Tall Shrubs. Erythea armata, Fatsia Japonica, Fatsia papyrifera, Musa Ensete, Prurnis Laurocerasus, Rieinus Cambodgensis, Rieinus macrophyllux, Rieinus sanguincus. Rieinus Zanzibarensis, Trees. .Tuba>a speetabilis, Ijivislona australis, Magnolia grandirtora, Paulowuia imperialis, Phoenix Canariensis, Phoenix dactylifcra, Phoenix reclinata, Phoenix sylvestris, Phytolacca dioica, Trachycarpus excelsus, Tristania conferta, Washingtonia filifera, Washingtonia robusta. Eucalyptus Globulus can also be used effectively if cut down periodically when the falcate leaves begin to appear; it will continue to shoot up vigorously from the same root for several years. Eucalyptus robitxta is useful for screen purposes if cut out before it becomes straggling, TREES 2. Trees with Ortunnviitnl Flowers. — In making the following grouping, arranged according to relative hardiness, it has been impossible to give precise in- formation as to the exact degree of frost-tolerance of the several species, as we can rind but meager published data on the subject. A. Susceptible to Ui/Jit front. The following would probably succumb to a tempera- ture of 28° Fahr. : Eucalyptus calophylla, Eucalyptus ficifolia, Jacaranda ovalifolia. AA. Susceptible to heavy frost. The following are not likely to stand a temperature of 20° Pain-. Some of them may succumb at 25° Fahr. particularly while young: Acacia Baileyana, Bursuria spiriosa. Acacia cyunophylla, Eucalyptus cormita, Acacia elata, Eucalyptus corymbosa, Acacia falcata, Eucalyptus polyanthema, Acacia longifolia, Eucalyptus sideroxylon, var Acacia moUissims,- pallens, Acacia neriitolia, Hymenosporum flavum, Acacia pendula, Pittosporum undulatum. Acacia salicina, etc. AAA. Hard;/. Acacia pycnantha, Magnolia Soulangeana ./Esculus carnea, Magnolia stellata, ^Esculus Hippocastanum, Paulownia imperialis, Albizzia Julibrissin, Primus Armeuiaca (double- Catalpa bignouioides, fld.), Catalpa ovata, Primus cerasifera, var. atro- Catalpa speciosa, purpurea, Cercis Oanadensis, Prunus Japonica, Cercis Siliquastrum, Prunus Persica (white -fld Cratasgus mollis, double red -fid., dark -fld., Gratpagtu monogyna (vars. etc.), Pauli, puiiicea, alba plena, Prunus spinosa (double-fld.), etc.), Pyrus Halliana, Koelreutena paniculata, Pyrus loensis ( Bechtel's double Laburnum vnlgare, crab), Liriodendron Tulipifera, Robinia hispida, Magnolia acuminata, Robinia Pseudacacia, Magnolia grandiflora, Sophora Japonica, Magnolia Kobus, Sorbus Aucuparia. 3. Trees with Colored Foliage. A. Glaucous. B. Susceptible to frost (20° Fahr. and perhaps less). Acacia Baileyana, Eucalyptus polyanthema, Acacia dealbata, Eucalyptus Risdoni, Acacia glaucescens, Eucalyptus sideroxylon, var. Acacia salicina, pallens, Erythea armata, Leucadendron argenteum, Eucalyptus Glohulus(pollarded Phoenix daetylifera, to produce suckers), Washingtonia Sonera. BB. Hardy. Cedrus Atlantica, var. glauca, Picea pungens, var. glanca, Cedrus Deodara, var. glauca, Sequoia sempervirens, var. Picea pungens, var. coerulea, glauca. AA. Purple or bronze. B. Susceptible to 25° Fahr. Ricinus Cambodgensis, Ricinus communis, var. Gib- sonii. BB. Hardy. Acer platanoides, var. Reiten- Fagus sylvatica, var. purpurea bachi, Riversi, Acer platanoides, var. Schwed- Prunus cerasifera, var. atro- leri, purpurea, Betula alba, var. atropurpurea, Prunus Persica var. Fagus sylvatica, var. purpurea, 4. Wide-spreading Trees for Shade, Mostly with. Bounded Outline. — It frequently happens that the owner of a garden desires a wide-spreading tree in the back or one corner of his domain, under which to swing a hammock on a hot day; such trees are also useful in the school yard, affording welcome shade in which the children can eat their lunch. A. Deciduous, all hard*/. B. Growth rapid or medium. c. Suckers likely to be troublesome. Populus alba, Ulmus Americana, Robinia Pseudacacia, Ulmus racemosa. TREES 1843 CC. Suckers not troublesome. D. Bequirimi /. Betula alba, Ginkgo hiloba, Betula lenta, Quercns Cerrls Betnla lutea, Quercus nigra, Betula papyrifera, Sorbus Aucuparia. Betnla populifolia, 1844 TREES TREES CC. Evergreen. D. Susceptible to severe frost (probably 20° Fahr. and even less), Cinnamomum Camphora, Grevillea robusta. Corynocarpus Isevigatas, Sterculia diversifolia, Cryptocarya Miersii, Tristania conferta. DD. Hardy. Acacia melanoxylon, Lauriis nobilis, Cerasus Lusitanica, Pittosporum cra,ssifolium, Ilex Aquifolium, Quercus Suber, Laguiiaria Patersonii, Umbellularia Californica. AAA. Outline more or less rounded, but trees not as wide-spreading nor as shade -git- in;/ as in class 4. B. Deciduous. C. Susceptible to frost (25° Fahr.). Phytolacca dioica. CC. Hardy. .iEsculus glabra, Fraxinus Americana, Fraxinus excelsior, J-'raxinus Ornus, Gymnocladus Canadensis, Juglans Californica, Jnglans nigra, Koslreuteria paniculata, Paulownia imperlalis, Robinia Pseudacacia. BB. Evergreen. C. Probably susceptible to severe frost (20° Fahr. or less). Acacia eyanophylla, Alectryon excelsum, Bursaria spinosa, Eucalyptus calophylla. Eucalyptus cornuta, Eucalyptus corymbosa, Eucalyptus corynocalyx, cc. Hardy. Acacia pycnantha, Eucalyptus amygdalina. Eucalyptus' Gunnii, Eucalyptus leucoxylon, Eucalyptus obliqua, Eucalyptus rostrata, Eucalyptus rudis, Eucalyptus viminalis, Eucalyptus ftcifolia, Eucalyptus Globulus, Eucalyptus maculata, var. citriodora, Eucalyptus robusta, Hymenosporum fiavum, Maytenus Boaria. Jubsea speetabilis, Phoenix Canariensis, Phoenix reclinata, Phoenix sylvestris, Pittosporum eugenioides, Pittosporum tenuifolium, Pittosporum undulatum. AAAA. Drooping trees. B. Deciduous. Acer saccharinum, var. Wieri Morus alba (Teas' Weeping), laciniatum, Populus grandidentata, var. Betula alba, var. pendula ele- pendula, gans, Prunus fruticosa.var. pendula, Betula alba, var. pendula la- Quercus lobata, ciuiata, Salix Babylonica, Betula alba, var. pendula Salix Babylonica. var. Lickii, Youngi, Sophora Japonica pendula, Cratsegus monogyna, var. pen- Sorbus Aucuparia, var. pen- dula, dula, Fagus sylvatica.var. pendula, Tilia Americana, var. pendula, Fraxinus excelsior, var. aurea Tilia Europ.-ea, var. pendula, pendula, TJlmus Americana, var. pen- Fraxinus excelsior, var. pen- dula, dula. Ulmus catnpestris, var. pen- Juglans regia, var. pendula, dula, Laburnum vulgare, var. pen- Ulmus glabra, var pendula, dulum, Ulmus montaua, var. pendula. BB. Evergreen. Cupressus funebris. Schinus Molle. 6. Trees for Streets , Avenues and Roadsides. — The number of tree species suitable for street planting is limited by the necessarily heavy restrictions, as to height, spread, sewer-penetration and sidewalk-raising, imposed by municipal street departments. In European . 4562. Weeping elm. type of a grotesque horticultural variety, Ulmus scabra var. horizontalis. 2563. Cordyline australis. Often called Dracaena Palm. California. cities the first-named objections are overcome by means of frequent and systematic pruning to a uniform stand- ard ; where this necessity can be obviated by the selec- tion of trees which naturally keep within the desired bounds, the labor of maintaining them in a sightly con- dition is minimized and the result much more pleasing. For town streets not more than GO feet in width, it is important to have trees that will not give too much shade and prevent the rapid drying of the roadway after showers, nor be so tall nor wide-spreading as to obstruct the view and shut out sunshine, rendering the adjacent houses dark, cold and damp. On this account trees with narrow or pyramidal outline are in many cases preferable to those with wide -spreading habit, and, generally speaking, deciduous trees are more suit- able than evergreen, although at the time of losing their leaves they make more litter. Exception may be made in favor of such evergreen species as certain palms and cordylines, some acacias and a few other species mentioned below. It is not wise to use trees of very rapid growth on town streets; they soon become too large and require frequent trimming, which is usually equivalent to muti- lation, and are likely to interfere with sewers. It cannot be said that street planting in California towns has, in most cases, been satisfactory. In spite of the much larger variety of suitable material than is available in most of the states, there are few examples of good street-planting to be met with. In most of our towns the eye is greeted with a few straggling trees, of which perhaps not more than two are of one kind, re- calling Professor Waugh's apt simile of "nine mon- strously different Jtmttons in a row down the front of a Prince Albert coat." There are many pleasing exceptions, however, although few are entirely satisfactory. Tlie re- peated attempts to improve the appearance of a town by planting trees along the streets should be encouraged on every occasion, and the object of this article is to render TREES 1845 ..•tt • ••f- , »•" #* , :' - j 2564. Abiea venusta, one of the California firs. assistance by pointing out how some of the mistakes may j>e avoided. The unsatisfactory results of street-plant- ing, so often met with, can generally be traced to one or all of three causes : 1. Selection of unsuitable species. 2» The mixing of several species on the same block and even in front of the same lot. 3. Crowding the trees. This last-mentioned source of trouble is perhaps«.the cause of more failure than the first. When trees are once growing, few persons have the heart to thin out the specimens to the proper distance apart; finally a newcomer, without personal feeling in the matter and noting only that there is too much shade and too little light, enta down the whole row and a gap is left in what may have been a fairly uniform block. Spreading avenue trees of large size should not stand closer than 50 ft. apart; smaller trees, on narrower streets should have 40 or at the very least 30 ft., unless they are slen- der species such as cordylines or washingtonias, when 1846 TREES TREES 20 ft. may be sufficient. As a rule, three small trees to a 50-foot lot will be found ample, and the center one of these three should be taken out when they begin to meet at the sides; if the whole street is planted uni- formly with the same species, and at this same dis- tance, the result will be much more pleasing than if four or five trees are planted in front of every house. A. For city and town streets. B. Small trees suitable for streets 60 ft. wide or less. c. Deciduous. D. Growth'rapid or moderate. Betul.-t alba, Koelreuteria paniculata, Betula lutea, Melia Azedarach, var. urn- Betula papyrifera, braculiformis, Betula populifolia, Paulownia imperialis, Catalpa bignonioides, Rhus typhina, Catalpa ovata. Sorbus Aucuparia. Catalpa speeiosa, DD. Growth slow. Crataagus mollis, Ginkgo biloba. Cratasgus mouogyna, cc. Evergreen. D. Growth rapid or moderate. E. Palms and arborescent Liliacea?. Cordyliue australis (Fig. 2563), Livistona australis, Cordyline Banksii, Traehycarpus excelsus, Cordyline indivisa, Washingtonia fllifera, Cordyline stricta, Washingtonia robusta. Erytbea edulis, EE. Evergreen trees other than palms and arborescent Liliacea!. Acacia Baileyana, Acacia cyanophylla, Acacia falcata, Acacia lineata. Acacia longifolia, Acacia neriifolia, Myoporum laetum, Pittosporum eugenioides, Pittosporum tennifolium, Sterculia diversifolia. DD. Growth slow. Alectryon excelsum, Bursaria spinosa, Cinnamomum Camphora, Eucalyptus fieifolia, Ilex Aquifolium, Lagunaria Patersonii, Ligustrum lucidum, Magnolia grandiflora, Maytenus Boaria, Olea Europaea, Pittosporum crassifolium, Tristania conferta. Larger trees for streets, avenues and boulevards 80 to 100 ft. wide. C. Deciduous. D. Growth rapid or moderate. Acer saccharinum, Fraxinus Americana, Fraxinus velutina, Gymnocladus Canadensis, Hieoria Pecan, DD. Growth slow. Gleditschia triacanthos, Tilia Americana, Platanus orientalis, Quercus pedunculata, Robinia Pseudacacia, Ulmus campestris. Liriodendron Tulipifera, Sophora J apouica. Tilia Europsea. CC. Evergreen. D. Palms and bananas. Erythea edulis, Livistoiia australis, Musa Ensete, Traehycarpus excelsus, Washingtonia fllifera, Washingtonia robusta. DD. Evergreen trees other than palms and bananas. Acacia elata, Eucalyptus flcifolia, Acacia melanoxylon. Eucalyptus polyanthema, Acacia pycnantha, Angophora intermedia, Angophora subvelutina, Eucalyptus amygdalina.var. angustifolia, Eucalyptus calophylla, Eucalyptus eorymbosa, Eucalyptus rudis, Eucalyptus sideroxylon, var. pallens, Fieus macrophylla, Syncarpia laurifolia, Tristania conferta. Umbellularia Calif or nica, BBB. For avenues and boulevards without sidewalks or with wide spaces between sidewalk and driveway. For this purpose almost any of the larger and more ornamental species enumerated in the other lists maybe selected. Spreading coniferous trees, with broad bases (such as Sequoia gigantea, etc.) can often be used to advantage, as well as the wide-spreading feather-palma (Phoenix and Jubsea). AA. For country roads. B. Deciduous. Acer campestre, Acer macropliyllum, Acer Negundo, Acer Negundo, var. Cali- fornicum, Acer platanoides, Acer saccharinum, ^Esculus carnea, uEsculus Hippocastanum, Ginkgo biloba, Hieoria Pecan, Juglans Californica, Juglans nigra, Juglans Sieboldianu, BB. E Acacia melanoxylon, Acacia mollissima, Arbutus Menziesii, Cinnamomum Camphora. Cryptomeria Japoniea, Eucalyptus botryoides, Eucalyptus calophylla, Eucalyptus capitellata, Eucalyptus cornuta, Eucalyptus diversicolor, Eucalyptus leucoxyion, Eucalyptus rostrata (Fig. 2566), Liriodendron Tulipifera, Paulownia imperialis, Phytolacca dioica, Populus nigra, var. Italica, Quercus lobata, Quercus pedunculata, Robinia Pseudacacia, Sophora Japoniea, Taxodiuin distichum, Tilia Americana, Tilia Europaea, Ulmus Americana, Ulmus campestris, Ulmus racemosa. vergreen. Eucalyptus rudis, Eucalyptus vhninalis, Ficus macrophylla, Olea Europaea, Pinus radiata, Quercus Suber, Schinus Molle, Sequoia gigantea, Sequoia sempervirens, Sterculia diversifolia, Tristania conferta. Umbellularia Californica, 7. Trees which have been tried but have proved un- satisfactory.—There are many species which have failed to give satisfaction in some localities because of local peculiarities of climate or soil; there are some, also, which have proven unsatisfactory on account of habit, etc.; from among these may be mentioned: Eucalyptus robusta, a species which is exceedingly handsome as a young tree and has been extensively planted along roadsides and streets in the warmer parts of the state; when mature it becomes straggling and exceedingly brittle, breaking up in an unsightly manner. 2565. Phoenix Canariensis, one of the best palms for outdoor planting. Berkeley, California. Eucalyptus corynocalyx also becomes straggling and unsightly with age. Schinus Molle should be avoided in the Citrous belt, as it is found to harbor and become a nursery for scale insects. As a street tree it is also unsatisfactory, be- coming too large and straggling and requires too much pruning to keep it within bounds; its large surface roots often break cement and asphalt sidewalks. TREES .I/. I'm Azedaruch, var. itmbracHlifonnix, is found un- satisfactory in the immediate vicinity of the coast; as a sidewalk tree it is exceedingly untidy when losing its leaves, and is also much subject to scale insects. Ai-ddd melanoxylon is generally debarred from the Citrous belt, as a breeder of scale; when mature it is said to suffer quickly from the effects of drought. In the moister climate of the immediate vicinity of the coast, near San Francisco, however, it proves entirely satisfactory. Populus alba, Eobinia Pneudacacia and Ulmus racemosa are exceedingly troublesome when used as sidewalk trees on narrow streets; their surface roots often break the cement or asphalt sidewalks, and the suckers come up in the midst of lawns several yards away from the parent tree. Ficus macrophylld is another tree injuri- ous to sidewalks. Eucalyptus Globu- lus, and in fact almost all species of the ge- nus , are frequently debarred by town ordi- nance from growth within 60 or even 70 feet of a sewer, on ac- count of the remarka- ble length and pene- trating power of their roots. Paiilownia imperi- alis is sometimes ob- jected to on account of the somewhat un- tidy appearance of the persistent seed - pods, which require no little labor if all are to be removed after flower- ing. Grevillea robust a has brittle wood and is usually much broken in heavy winds, but can be used with satisfac- tion if kept well cut back. The species of Phoe- nix and Jubffia should be avoided on account of their low, wide- spreading habit, ex- cept for avenues and boulevards where there is no sidewalk or where there is from 20 to 80 feet space between sidewalk and drive- way. Ailanthus glandu- losa has a bad reputa- tion on account of its disagreeable odor, but as this is only found in the stami- nate trees, it can be avoided by planting the pistillate (fruit-bearing) trees only. 8. Trees for Alkali Soils. — There are many places in those parts of the state that enjoy a high temperature and low rainfall, where the percentage of alkali salts in the soil is too great for the cultivation of most of our ornamental trees, and where it is very important that some shade-producing species be grown. A. Tolerant of strong "black" alkali (Sodium car- bonate). The most alkali-tolerant tree of those yet tested is Kwlreuteria paniculata, a small species 15 to 30 feet high, with feathery, pinnate leaves and ornamental yellow blossoms. TRKKS 1847 . Tolerant of medium alknli (<•!,,', fhj ",/•/«' Acacia melanoxylon, Ailaiitus glandulosa, Alliizzia lophantha, Casuarina cQiiisi-tifolia, Eucalyptus amygdalina. var. angustifolia (appa- rently the least SCUM tiveof theEucalyjii- Eaealypta* rostrat., Eucalyptus sideroxylon, var. rosea, Phoenix dactylifera, Platanus oriental is. Populus Fremonti, Quercus lobata. Robinia Pseudacacia. AAA. Only fairly tolerant. Acer macrophylhun. Acer Negundo, var. Ca!i- fornicum, Cinnamomum Camphora, Gleditschia triacanthos, Ulmus spp. Washingtonia fllifera. AAAA. Tested and found unsuitable. Most of those trees of the humid regions, e. g. , the eastern states and N. Europe, which have been tried on al- kali soils, have been found to suffer and to remain dwarf and stunted. This is par- ticularly true of Liri- odendron Tulipifera, Quercus pedunculata and species of Tilia. Since writing the above, the following additional information on the alkali tolerance of ornamental trees has been brought to light through the in- vestigations of Dr. R. H. Loughridge of the Agricultural Experi- ment Station at Berke- ley, and has courte- ously been placed at my disposal. Total amount of salts actually found in the upper four feet of soil in which the following trees were growing, ex- pressed in tons per acre : Tong ^ apre in depth of 4 feet. Kcelreuteria pani- cnlata 32 Plntanus orientalis 21% Kucalyptus amyg- dalina 20 Kucalyptus angus- tifolia 20 Wnshingtonia(spe- cies not stated).. 7% Phoenix dactylifera 5 Cinnam o m u in Camphora 3% Jos. BURTT DAVY. 2566. One of the gum trees— Eucalyptus rostrata. Eleven years planted; 86 feet high. California. IV. TREES FOR SOUTHERN CALI- FORNIA.— Street Trees: Sterculia diversifolia, Australian Bottle Tree; Acacia Melanoxylon, Blackwood Acacia; Cinnamomum Cam- phora, Camphor Tree; Sterculia acerifolia, Australian Flame Tree ; Eucalyptus robusta, Swamp Mahogany Gum; Grevillea robusta, Silk Oak; Acacia deaUxitn, Black Wattle; J-acaranda oralifolia ; Liyustrum Ja- ponicum, Japan Privet; Pinus radiata, Monterey Pine. The above are the best ten trees for street purposes, but among these might be placed Cordyline australis and C. indivisa, and several kinds of palms. One de- ciduous tree is much used^JfeJm Azfderach, vnr. um- braculiformis, the Umbrella Tree. Though less known or used, Eucalyptus calopJiylla is by far a better street or sidewalk tree than E. robnxta. Very few conifers other than those noted do well in this climate. Any ex- tension of the above list must be made almost entirely 1848 TREES TRICHOLuENA through palms, eucalypti and acacias, among which there is plenty of room tor personal preference. Lawn and Shade Trees: Araucaria excelsa, Nor- folk Island Pine; Araucaria Bidivillii, The Bunya- Bunya ; Jacaranda ovalifolia ; Cinnamomiim Cam- phora, Camphor Tree; Ficus macrophylla, Rubber Tree; Ficus elastica (where hardy), Rubber Tree; StercuHa acerifolia, Australian Flame Tree; Magnolia fcetida, Bull Bay; Sequoia gigantea, California Big Tree; Cedrus Deodara, Deodar. The above list contains ten of the best ornamental trees. It might be extended indefinitely if all our good trees were included. The ornamental eucalypti and acacias would at least treble this list, and the palms alone would easily double it. ERNEST BRAUNTON. TREE TOMATO. See Cyphomandra. TREFOIL. See Clover, Trifolium. TREVESIA (after the family Treves di Bonflgli of Padua, patrons of botany). Araliacece. About 9 species of small trees or shrubs from tropical Asia and the islands in that region, with large Ivs. either palmately cut and simple or digitately or pinnate compound, and flowers which are rather large for the family and borne in panicled umbels: petals 8-12, valvate, somewhat thick ; stamens 8-12 : ovary 8-12-loculed : fruit large, ovoid. Greenhouse subject. palmata, Vis. (Gastdnia palmata, Roxb. ). A small tree, with the ends of the branches sparingly prickly and the young parts tomentose: Ivs. crowded at the ends of the branches, 1-1 % ft. across, palmately 5-9- lobed to below the middle; petioles 1-1% ft. long: panicles long-peduncled: umbels 6 in. through, long- peduncled: fls. 1 in. across, greenish white. Himalayas. B.M. 7008. F. W. BARCLAY. TRlANEA Bogotensis, Karst., is Limnobium Bogo- tensis, Benth. & Hook. See Vol. II, page 925. Also G.C. II. 15:467. TRIARTEA. Error in a nursery catalogue. See Iriartea. TRICAL"?SIA (Greek, triple calyx; true of some spe- cies). Hubidcece. Here belong the two shrubs from Natal which are cult, in S. Fla. under the name of Kraussia. When Kraussia was written for this Cyclo- pedia the undersigned treated it in the manner sug- fested by Bentham and Hooker, Index Kewensis and lora Capensis. Since then the writer has had access to the Flora of Tropical Africa, which throws a new light on the relationship of these plants. In Vol. 3 of that work Kraussia is made a section of Tricalysia characterized by having the calyx -limb 4-6-lobed; the other species have a truncate calyx-limb which is entire or nearly so. Tricalysia is a genus of erect or climbing shrubs, with small axillary flowers. It contains a few species from Natal and Madagascar in addition to 21 from tropical Africa. The two species mentioned be- low have funnel-shaped fls. which are about a quarter of an inch long. Their color is not stated ; it is prob- ably white. The fls. are borne in clusters, which are much shorter than the leaves. It is not clear why these plants should be cultivated at all. They bloom in S. Calif., but have not bloomed in S. Fla. Geaeric characters of Tricalysia: calyx-tube in many species girt at the base with a single or double epi- calyx of involucral bracts : corolla funnel - shaped or shortly salver - shaped ; throat bearded or glabrous; lobes 4-8; stamens 4-8, inserted at the mouth of the corolla ; ovary 2-loculed, rarely 3-loculed. Kroussia lanceolata is here removed to Tricalysia and Hiern is cited as the author of the combination Tricalysia lan- ceolata, though the combination has probably never been formally made previous to this occasion. A. Lvs. lanceolate, acuminate. lanceolata, Hiern (Kraussia lanceolata, Sond.). Shrub: Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate: cymes many-fld.: calyx 5 -toothed: throat of corolla densely bearded: stigma deeply 2-lobed, lobes revolute: fr. globose, the size of a pea. Natal. AA. Lvs. elliptic, obtuse. Sonderiana, Hiern (Kraussia coriacea, Sond.). Shrub : Ivs. elliptical, obtuse or minutely apiculate, wedge-shaped at the base, coriaceous, lK-3% in. long: cymes about 4-fld.; fls. pentamerous; pedicels %-% in. long ; throat densely bearded; stigmas deeply 2- jobed, lobes revolute. Natal. -^y jyj TRlCHARIS. A section of Dipcadi. TRICHlNIUM (Greek, hairy; alluding either to the plant in general or to the fl. -heads). Amarantacece. A genus of 47 species of Australian herbs or shrubs, often hairy, with alternate narrow or rarely obovate leaves and pink or straw-colored flowers in terminal simple spikes or heads, with shining scarious bracts. Perianth- tube short; segments 5, equal, linear, rigid, usually flumose; stamens 5, but usually 1-3 of them small and antherless: fr. an indehiscent utricle. exaltatum, Benth. (Ptilbtus exaltatus, Nees). A ten- der perennial, 2-3 ft. high, erect, usually branching above: lower Ivs. 2-5 in. long, oblong-lanceolate rather thick, contracted into a long petiole; upper Ivs. smaller: spikes erect, long-peduncled, at first ovoid-conical, be- coming longer: perianth % in. or less long, yellowish, with dull red tips. B.R. 25:28 (as T. alopecuroides).— Lately introduced in this country as a greenhouse sub- ject. T. Mdnglesii, Lindl., is perhaps the choicest species. It has violet-purple fls. in large pyramidal heads 3 in. long and 2 in. wide at base. It could probably be grown as a summer annual. B.M. 5448. F.S. 23:2396. R.H. 1866:291. F. 1864:217. I.H. 13:464. G.C. 1864:555. F. W. BARCLAY. TRICHLORIS (Greek for tliree and green}. Grami- nete. Under the name of Chlordpais, or Chloridopsis, Blanchardiana, seedsmen offer a tender perennial ornamental gi-ass, growing 1-2% ft. high and useful for edgings. Its proper name is Trichloris Blanchardiana, Hackel. It comes from Argentina. There are four other species of Trichloris, 2 from Chile and 2 from the southwestern U. S. There are no such recognized ge- neric names as Chloropsis and Chloridopsis. Triehloiis has the flowers arranged in long rather slender mostly erect spikes which are umbellate or panicled: spike- lets 1-3-fld., the sterile bracts produced into prominent awns. T. Blanchardiana is a useful grass, its umbel- like clusters of soft - awned silvery spikes being very pleasing. It is readily grown from seeds. L. H. B. TRICHOCENTRUM (Greek, hair and slender; allud- ing to the long, slender spur). Orchiddcece. A small genus allied to Rodriguezia (Burlingtonia). The plants grow in dense matted tufts. Pseudobulbs very small, each bearing a broad, fleshy leaf. Inflorescence a few- fid, raceme on which usually only one flower opens at a time: sepals and petals free, spreading; labellum larger, spurred, with 2 lateral lobes and a 2-parted mid- dle lobe; column short: pollinia 2, on a wedge-shaped stipe. Sixteen species. Epiphytes of dwarf stature, growing best on blocks ; free-flowering ; they suffer from too much water at the root; give them a warm- house temperature. Prop, by division. albo-purpureum, Reichb. f. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, 3 in. long, tufted: fls. on short peduncles, 2 in. across; sepals and petals obovate-lanceolate, inside maroon- brown, with greenish tips, outside greenish; labellum subquadrate, white, with a large purple spot on each of the lateral lobes. Brazil. B.M. 5688. A.F. 6:609. tigrinum, Lindl. and Reichb. f. Similar in habit to the preceding: Ivs. oblong, obtuse, speckled with red: fls. pendulous, nearly 3 in. across; sepals and petals broadly linear, yellow, speckled with red; labellum cuneate-obovate, emarginate, white, rose toward the disk. May. Cent. Amer. B.M. 7380. I.H. 24:282. HEINRICH HASSELBKING. TRICHOL2ENA (Greek, trichos, hair, chlaina, or in Latin, Uvna, a mantle; referring to the covering of silky hairs on the spikelets). Graminea>. A genus of 10 African species, one of which is cultivated for the ornamental inflorescence, which is used in making dry bouquets. Spikelets in loose panicles, very silky hairy, TRfCHOL^NA TRICHOP1LIA 1849 2367. Fructification of Tricho- manes. to which fact the cultivated species owes its ornamental appearance. Allied to Panicum, from which it differs in having the second empty glume (which, on account of the first glume being small or wanting, is apparently the first) provided at the base with a conical callus, and this and the third glume more or less awned between the cleft apex. rdsea, Nees (T. violacea, Hort. Panicum Teneriffce, R. Br. ). First glume wanting; spikelets (second and third glumes) clothed with violet silky hairs; awns short or wanting; culm 2-3 ft. South Africa. A. S. HITCHCOCK. TKICH6MANES (Greek, soft Mir}. Hymenophyl- lacece. A genus of filmy ferns distinguished by its tubular, cup-like indusium and filiform elongate recep- tacle. Fig. 2567. Very delicate in texture and capable of being grown successfully only un- der shaded glass. Over 100 species are known. Various species may be found in the collec- tions of fanciers, but the following appear to be the only ones regularly in the Amer- ican trade. For cul- ture, see Ferns. radicans, Swz. Lvs. 2-8 in. long, 1-1% in. wide, bipinnatifld ; pinnse ovate, obtuse; indusia terminal, on snort lobes. Tropical regions, extending into our southern states as far as Kentucky. Prieiirii, Kunze (T. dnceps. Hook.). Lvs. 12-18 in. long, 6-12 in. wide, tri-quadripinnatifid; pinnae ovate- lanceolate; sori 2-12 to a pinnule, small, axillary; indu- sium with a much dilated lip. Tropical America. L. M. UNDERWOOD. TBJCHONfcMA. See Romulea. TBICHOPtLIA (Greek, hair and cap,- the anther is concealed under a cap surmounted by three tufts of hair). Orchiddcea?. About 20 species, ranging from Mexico to South America. Pseudobulbs crowded on the short rhizome, flattened, and often elongate, 1-lvd., sur- rounded with dry scales at the base: Ivs. large, solitary, erect, fleshy, keeled : fls. abundantly produced on short, nodding or decumbent scapes; sepals and petals nar- row, spreading, often twisted; labellum large, forming the most conspicuous part of the flower, united with the column below, lateral lobes convolute, middle lobe spreading; anther bent over; pollinia on a triangular caudicle; clinandrum fimbriately winged. The flowers keep fre^h a long time, both on the plant and when cut. Handsome orchids, usually grown in pots, although epiphytal. They need an intermediate or greenhouse temperature. If grown too warm, they suffer. Prop, by division. Galeottiana, A. Rich. & Gal. Pseudobulbs narrow, flattened, 5 in. long: Ivs. oblong, acute, about 6 in. long: scapes short, mostly 1-fld. : sepals and petals cuneate- lanceolate, yellowish green, sometimes with a band of cinnamon down the middle; labellum trumpet-shaped, whitish with some purple streaks and dots in the center, and yellow in the throat. Aug., Sept. Costa Rica, Mexico. I.E. 6:225 (as T. picta). B.M. 5550 (as T. Turialwe). fragrans, Reichb. f. (PiUmna fragrans, Lindl.). Pseudobulbs clustered, flattened, 3-5 in. long, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, acute, 6-8 in. long: scape pen- dent. 1 ft. long, about 6-fld.: fls. on pedicels 3 in. long; sepals and petals spreading, linear-lanceolate, 2K-3 in. long, wavy and twisted, greenish white; labellum folded over the 'column, spreading in front, and somewhat lobed. white with •'» yellow stain in the throat. Summer. Colombia. 'B.M. 5035.-Fls. almond-scented. n6bilis, Reichb. f. (Pilumna it6bili*, Reichb. f. ' • cdndida, Linden). Pseudobulbs large: Ivs. broadly oblong-acute: fls. white; sepals and petals linear-oblong, acute, 2 in. long, scarcely twisted; Inlx-llum : white with a yellow spot in the throat. Venezuela. I.H. 19:94 (as T. frnyrans, var. nobilis). F.M. 1872:21 (as T. fragrans), — This has larger, stouter pseudobulbs and shorter broader Ivs. than T. fragranx. The labellum is larger and the petals shorter compared with the size of the flower. tbrtilis, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong, compressed, somewhat curved, 2-4 in. long: Ivs. solitary, oblong, acute, 6 in. long: fls. solitary, on decumbent stalks shorter than the Ivs.: sepals and petals linear-lanceo- late, 2 in. long, spirally twisted, brown with yellowish margins; labellum forming a tube around the column, upper portion expanded, 4-lobed, white with crimson spots, becoming entirely crimson within. Fls. pro- fusely in summer and sometimes again in winter. Mexico. B.M. 3739. B.R.22:1863. F.C. 3:101. B. 3:122. —Var. dlba is advertised. suavis, Lindl. Fig. 2568. Pseudobulbs thin, com- pressed, 2 in. long: Ivs. broadly oblong, 8 in. long: scape pendent, about 3-fld. : fls. on long, curved stalks, large; sepals and petals lanceolate-acuminate, wavy, nearly straight, 2 in. long, white or cream -colored; labellum large, projecting forward, white or cream- colored, spotted with pale purple, yellow in the throat; limb large-lobed, wavy and crenate. May, June. Cent. America. B.M. 4654. F.S. 8:761. R.H. 1859, pp. 220, 221; 1887, p. 454. Gn. 4, p. 511; 31, p. 452; 38, p. 185; 48, p. 79; 51, p. 371. R.B. 23:256. G.M. 38:281. -Var. alba, Warner. Fls. white with a yellow spot in the throat of the labellum. marginata, Henfr. (T. coccinea, Warsc. T. crtspa, var. marginata, Hort.). Pseudobulbs clustered, oblong, compressed: Ivs. broadly lanceolate, suddenly acuminate, subauriculate at the base: scape about 3-fld.: fls. large, whitish outside, reddish purple within; sepals and petals linear-lanceolate, margined with white, the former slightly twisted; labellum trumpet-shaped, with a large, 0568. Trichopilia suavis (X X). rounded, wavy, 4-lobed blade. May, June. Cent. Amer- ica. B.M. 4857. F.S. 14:1490; 18:1925. G.C. III. 20:456. F.M. 1874:98 (as T. lepida). crlspa, Lindl. This plant was described by Lindley in Linden's catalogue. It is closely related to T. 1850 TRICHOPILIA TRICYRTIS which is sometimes classed as a variety of T. crispa. The following description is taken from Watson's Orchids. Pseudobulbs ovate, flattened, 2-3 in. long, dark green, 1-lvd. : Ivs. leathery, 6x2 in., keeled, acute- pointed: flower-spikes basal, drooping, short, 3-fld.: fls. with pedicels 2 in. long; sepals and petals spreading, 2% in. long, % in. wide, wavy-edged, twisted, brownish yellow; lip folded over the column, spreading in front, 1^2 in. across, colored deep crimson with a white margin. May, June. Costa Rica. HEINRICH HASSELBRING. TEICHOSANTHES (Greek, hair and flower,- alluding to the fringed edge of the petals). Cucurbit acete. SNAKE GOURD. About 40 species of climbing herbs, annual or perennial by tuber-like roots, natives of south- eastern Asia and Australia. They are tender plants with usually large, roundish, lobed leaves and white axillary flowers. The male fls. are usually in racemes, while the female are nearly always solitary. The fruit is often ornamental and highly colored. In T. Anguina it is exceedingly long, having been noted over 6 ft. in length. Calyx long, tubular, 5-toothed; petals 5, united at the base, ovate to lanceolate, longly flmbriate: sta- mens 3 (in the male flower). D. C. Mon. Phaner. 3:351. The plants flower in July from seed sown in March. They may be treated as tender annuals. A. Bracts small or none on the racemes .of male fls. B. Fruit ovoid. cucumeroides, Maxim. Root fleshy, tuberous: stem slender, 12-15 ft. : Ivs. ovate in outline, 4-6 in. long, more or less palmately 3-5-lobed, margin crenulate: peduncle bearing the male fls. 1-4 in. long and 3-15-flcl. : petals about % in. long, oblong, acute, longly fringed: fr. oblong, shortly rostrate, nearly 3 in. long, vermilion- colored. Japan. Offered by importers of Japanese plants. BB. Fruit oblong. Anguina, Linn. (T. colubrlna, Jacq.). SERPENT or SNAKE GOURD. Stem slender, tall-growing: Ivs. nearly circular in outline, 5-7 in. across, 3-7 lobed; lobes round; margin undulate or wavy: peduncle bearing the male fls. 4-10 in. long, 8-15-fld. : body of petals oblong, less than % in. long, fringes % in. long: fr. slender, contorted, often exceeding 3 ft. in length. India. B.M. 722. B.R. 32:18 (as T. colubrina). R.H. 1859, p. 595. AA. Bracts large on the male raceme. B. Calyx-segments entire. c. Lvs. lobed. Kirilowii, Maxim. (Eopepon vitifdlius, Naud.). Per- ennial root tuber-like: stem annual, high climbing, 20-30 ft.: Ivs. nearly circular in outline, 3-8 in. across, deeply 5-7-lobed, the lobes oblong, acute, coarsely ser- rate: racemes bearing the male fls. 4-8 in. long, 3-8-, rarely only 1-fld.: petals triangular-wedge-shaped, deeply cut and the segments much cut and longly flmbriate, ovoid, somewhat acute; base shortly attenuate, yellowish orange, about 4 in. long, 2% thick. Mongolia. cc. Lvs. not lobed. cordata, Roxb. ( T. palmata, Wall.). Root tuberous: stem robust, high climbing: Ivs. wide, ovate-cordate, acute or shortly acuminate, 5-8 in. long, rarely some- what angled or obscurely lobed; margin slightly dentate: peduncle bearing male fls. 5-8 in. long, 4-8-fld.: calyx- segments finely acute: fr. globose, red, orange-streaked, not acute at the apex. India. BB. Calyx-segments toothed. bracteata, Voigt (T. palmata. Roxb.). Stem stout, climbing to 30 ft. : Ivs. broadly ovate in outline, scabrous above, usually deeply 3-7-lobed; lobes acute; margin dentate: peduncle bearing the male fls. 4-8 in. long, 5-10-fld. : fr. globose, red with orange stripes about 2 in. long. India. F w BARCLAY. TRICH6SMA (Greek, hair and ornament). Orchida- cece. Sepals and petals similar, erect- spreading, the lateral pair forming a distinct mentum with the project- ing foot of the column; labellum 3-lobed. the lateral lobes erect, convolute over the column, middle lobe with longitudinal ridges: stems slender, 2-lvd.: inflores cence racemose. Resembles Ccelogyne. suavis, Lindl. Lvs. lanceolate, undulate, 3-nerved: fls. few in a terminal raceme, white, yellowish or pur- plish, fragrant; sepals ovate-lanceolate; petals oblong; labellum ovate-oblong, streaked with purple; disk yel- low, middle lobe with several crenate ridges. Himalaya. B.R. 28:21. T. albo-marginata of the trade is unidentified. HEINRICH HASSELBRING. TBICHOSTfcMA (Greek, hair and stamen; referring to the filaments). Labiaice. BLUE CURLS. A genus of 8 species of American plants, mostly low, aromatic, an- nual herbs with entire leaves and blue flowers. Calyx oblique and 2-lipped ; corolla -tube shorter than the limb. Offered by some dealers in native plants. For fuller account, see Gray's Syn. Flora of North America. A. Calyx bell-shaped, regular, almost equally 5-cleft. lanatum, Benth. A perennial shrubby plant with rosemary-like leaves and cymes of fls. in a naked ter- minal thyrse: Ivs. narrow linear, 1-nerved, sessile, n.ar- gins revolute : calyx and corolla covered with dei.se violet or purple wool; corolla % in. long. S. Calif. A very handsome shrub. Known as "Ramero." AA. Calyx oblique, 2-lipped. dich6tomum, Linn. BASTARD PENNYROYAL. Low, viscid annual: Ivs. oblong or lanceolate-oblong, obtuse, short-petioled : corolla blue or pink, sometimes white. Sandy fields, Mass, to Ky., Fla. and Texas. F. W. BARCLAY. TBICYRTIS (Greek, three convexities; referring to .the nectar-bearing sacs at the base of the three outer perianth-segments). Liliaceas. "TOAD-LILIES," as the Japanese call them, are autumn-blooming perennial herbs with 6-parted fls. which are generally an inch or more across, and of whitish color, spotted with purple. They are very distinct members of the lily family by reason of their season of bloom, quaintly spotted tiow- ers, and the prominent nectar sacs mentioned above. They are not bulbous plants, but have a short rootstock emitting tufts of branched fibers. All the species are desirable, but if only one can be afforded the amateur should select T. hirta,\&r. nigra. T. hirta is perfectly hardy and has more fls. and larger ones than the other species, and with good management it blooms in Sep- tember. Sometimes, however, it blooms so late that its flowers are prematurely destroyed by frost. For this reason some gardeners prefer to grow the plant in pots, which may be brought indoors when the fls. are at their best. The variety nigra, which differs in having darker colored spots, is said to bloom two or three weeks earlier than the type and can therefore be recommended to lovers of choice hardy plants, but with one reserva- tion: it should not be placed in the ordinary mixed border where it will have to struggle against stronger- growing plants. It should be established in a bed where the plants need not be disturbed for years. Half a dozen plants in a circular bed could be made by divi- sion to spread into a solid mass in the course of a few seasons. Such a mass is much more desirable than one plant each of all the kinds. The bed should be made in a slightly shaded position. For soil, try a light fibrous loam mixed with leaf-mold and sand. An English ex- pert, W. Goldring, has suggested as a companion to the Toad Lilies, either Lady Slippers (Cypripedium spet- tabile) or Wood Lilies (Trillium grandiflorum) . This happy idea is worth a trial, as the species named bloom at different seasons and would probably not compete with one another. In this country, the leaves of Tri- cyrtis often do not remain in good condition throughout the season. Tricyrtis is a genus of 6 species native to Japan, China and the Himalayas. The plants average 2 or 3 ft. in height and have numerous Ivs., green on both sides and with many parallel nerves. Fls. bell-shaped, then spreading ; perianth-segments lanceolate, acute: ovary sessile, 3-celled; ovules crowded, superposed: capsule leathery, 3-valved: seeds minute. Tricyrtis is one of the aberrant types of the lily family. It is placed by Bentham and Hooker in the Uvularia tribe TRICYRTIS in which it is the only genus with a septicidal capsule Monographed in Latin by J. U. Baker in Journ. Linn. Soc. 17:403 (1880). In this account the Ivs. of T. IHH <•>•<>- poda are said not to be stem-clasping, but in B.M. 5 :::>:, they are described and figured as stem-clasping. All the names given below are American trade names, except T. flu rn, Formosana and latifolia. The writer has been tempted to include these, partly because there has been no account in English of all the species, but chiefly because they are desirable plants likely to come into cultivation. A. Base of h's. not stem-clasping 1. Formosana AA. Huxe of Irx. cluxpiny the stem. B. Stempilose, u-tth spreading hairs. 2. hirta BB. Stem not prominently Jiuiry, pu- berulous or very sliyJit/y pilose. c. Fls. yellow, unspotted 3. flava cc. Fls. spotted, not yellow. D. Spots ratlier large 4. pilosa DD. Spots minute. E. Style as long as the, stigmas. 5. latifolia EE. Style half as long as stigmas. 6. macropoda Formosana, Baker. Stem flexuous, 1 ft. high: Ivs. sessile, oblanceolate, wedge-shaped at the base: fls. few- ill a lax corymb, whitish purple, scarcely spotted. 'For- mosa.—Unique by reason of its Ivs. not being stem- clasping. hirta, Hook. (T. Jap6nica, Miq.). Fig. 2569. Stem 1-3 ft. high, everywhere clad with soft, whitish, spread- ing hairs: fls. 6-15, racemose or subcorymbose, whitish, the outer segments covered with rather large purple spots. Wide-spread in- the woods of Japan B M 5355. Gn. 30, p. 431; 49:1062. V. 12:204. -Var. nigra' Hort. (T. nigra, Hort.), has black instead of purple spots. Gn. 49:1062. A form with variegated Ivs. was once offered by Pitcher & Mandn. TR1 FOLIUM L86] 2S69. Tricyrtis hirta (X Y*). flava, Maxim. Stem dwarf: Ivs. oblong -lanceolate: fls. racemose, yellow, not spotted. Seen by Maximo- wicz in the gardens of Yedo only. pildsa. Wall. Stem 2-4 ft. high, very slightly pilose: Ivs. oblong: fle. numerous, loosely corymbose, whitish, witli large purple spots; style half as Jong as the stig- mas. Himalayas, 5,000-6,000 ft. B.M. 4955 (perianth- Segments narrow, oblong). F.8. 12:1219. latifolia, Maxim. Stem glabrous, flexuous, 2-3 ft high: Ivs. broadly oblong or the uppermost ovate: fls' few ma terminal corymb, whitish, with minute purple spots; style as long as the stigmas. Japan. macrtpoda, Miquel. Stem 2-3 ft. high, puberulou* above: Ivs. oblong: fls. in a loose corymb, whitish pur- ple, with minute purple spots: style half as long as the stigmas. Blooms in June and July, according to J. B Keller. Japan, China. B.M. 6544 (segments broadly ovate, decidedly yellow, spotted red and veined red near tips). -In F.S. 18:1820 is figured a plant with ses- sile Ivs. striated with white, and no fls., which he refers to f. macropoda. This was sent out by Van Houtte as 1. hirstita, but it is a glabrous plant and probably lost to cultivation. T. grandiflbra, Hort., should be compared with T. hirta, var nigra. It is a name scarcely known to botany. Ellwanger& Barry say it has orchid-like, fragrant fls. in Oct. and Nov (Baker says the genus has no fragrant fls.) Krelage says that T. grandiflora has white fls. mottled with black. -yf jj TEIENTALIS (Latin for the third of a foot; refer- ring to the height of the plant). Primulacetx. STAB FLOWER. CHICKWEED-WINTEKGREEN. A genus of two species of low, glabrous, hardy perennial herbs: stems simple, with small scales on leaves below and a whorl- like cluster of larger, nearly sessile leaves at the sum- mit, from the axils of which in spring the star-like white or pink flowers are borne singly on slender pe- duncles. Sometimes grown in wild garden borders A. Lvs. acuminate at both ends. Americana, Pursh. Stem naked below, 5-9-lvd. at the summit: Ivs. lanceolate: divisions of the white corolla finely acuminate. Damp woods, Labrador to Va. V. 8:380. AA. Lvs. obtuse (acute in var. latifolia). Europaea, Linn. Stem either naked or with a few scattered Ivs. below the cluster of obovate or lanceolate, oblong, obtuse or abruptly somewhat pointed Ivs.: di- visions of the white or pink corolla abruptly acuminate or mucronate. Alaska, Eu. and Asia. — Var. arctica, Ledeb. Dwarf: Ivs. 1 in. long, decreasing below: corolltr white. Var. latifolia, Torr. Stem naked below the clus- ter of 4-7 oblong-obovate, or oval, mostly acute Ivs. : corolla, white to rose-red. Woods, western California to Vancouver's Island. p ^ BARCLAY TKIFdLIUM (name refers to the three leaflets). Le- r/HHii name. CLOVER. Trifolium is a large genus, com- prising between 200 and 300 species, most abundant in the north temperate zone. They are low herbs, with digitately 3-foliolate (rarely 5-7-foliolate) Ivs., stipules adnate to the base of the petiole, and small papiliona- ceous flowers mostly in dense terminal heads or spikes. The calyx is 5-toothed, the 2 upper teeth sometimes connate; petals 5, mostly withering rather than falling, more or less adnate to the base of the stamen-tube; stamens 9 and 1: ovary small, ripening into a little few-seeded, mostly indehiscent pod. The flowers are usually in shades of red and running into white, rarely yellow. The Clovers are very important agricultural plants, but they have little distinctly horticultural value except as cover-crops and green manures. See Clover, p. 337. For the role of Clovers as nitrogen-fixers, see Legumes, p. 897. The species described below are offered mostly as forage plants. Many (Movers are perennial, although they are of relatively short life, so that frequent resow- ing is necessary if plants are to be kept in robust con- dition. Some of the species are annual, and these tend to become weeds. All are propagated readily by means of seeds; but as the seeds are small and oily, they may not germinate well in dry, hot soils. Three annual yel- low-flowered species are weeds in some parts, particu- larly in the East, where they have been introduced from Europe: T. agrarium, Linn., Yellow or Hop Clover, with oblong-obovate sessile Ifts. ; T. procumbent, Linn., Low Hop Clover, more spreading, Ifts. obovate and the terminal one stalked; T, dfilnnm, Sibth., with Ifts. truncate or emarginate at apex and the terminal one stalked. A silky-pubescent white-fld. annual species, from Europe, T. an-ense, Linn., is the Rabbit-foot 1852 TKIFOLIUM TRILISA Clover of fields and waste places. The T. odoratum of some seedsmen is evidently Melilotus. Allied genera are Lespedeza, Medicago and Melilotus. A. Flowers in a long spike. incarnatum, Linn. CRIMSON or SCARLET CLOVER. Fig. 499, Vol. I. Annual, erect, 1-3 ft. high, soft-hairy: Ivs. long-stalked, the Ifts. broadly obovate and denticu- late and sessile or nearly so by a cuneate base, the stipules large and thin and veiny and somewhat toothed : heads becoming 2-8 in. long, very dense: fls. sessile, bright crimson and showy, the calyx sharp-toothed and 2570. Trifolium repens— the White Clover (X %). hairy. S. Eu. B.M. 328.— An escape in some places. Now much used as a cover-crop in orchards. See Cover Crops. It is very showy when in bloom. If seeds are sown at midsummer or later, the plants may be expected to survive the winter and bloom early in spring. rubens, Linn. Perennial, 20 in. or less tall, in clumps, •the stems erect: Ivs. short-stalked, the Ifts. oblong- lanceolate and strongly denticulate, the stipules long- lanceolate: heads usually in pairs, becoming 3-4 in. long: fls. purplish red, showy.— Eu. Attractive orna- mental species. The heads become silky after flower- ing. There is a white-fld. form. AA. Floivers in globular or ovate heads. B. Corolla yellow. filiforme, Linn. YELLOW SUCKLING CLOVER. Annual, of diffuse growth: Ifts. obovate or obcordate, somewhat denticulate, the terminal one stalked, the stipules broadly ovate: peduncles long and filiform, bearing ses- sile yellow fls. in iimbel-like heads, the calyx-lobes un- equal. Eu. — Sometimes used for forage or grazing. BB. Corolla white or ochroleucous (yellowish white). Alexandrinum, Linn. EGYPTIAN CLOVER. Annual, with few appressed hairs, the stems tall, erect or as- cending and branching: Ivs. numerous, the Ifts. oblong or lanceolate and somewhat denticulate, the stipules lanceolate-subulate and partly free from the petiole: head stalked or sessile, ovate, becoming oblong-conic in fr. : fls. ochroleucous. Egypt, Syria, etc. Pann6nicum, Jacq. HUNGARIAN CLOVER. Perennial, very hairy, the stems usually simple, 2 ft.: Ifts. lance- oblong and subacute to retuse, ciliate and entire, the stipules narrow and longer than the short petioles: heads ovate-oblong stalked : fls. pale yellowish white or creamy yellow. Eu., Asia. — Handsome plant for the border; also recommended for forage. ripens, Linn. WHITE CLOVER. Fig. 2570. Low creep- ing srlabrous perennial: Ivs. long-stalked, the Ifts. ob- cordate and obscurely toothed, the stipules small and scale-like: heads long-peduncled from the ground, small and loose: fls. white, fragrant. Eu. and thought to be native in the northern part of the U. S. and in Canada, but naturalized everywhere. — Much used in lawns, and in some parts prized for pasture. There are forms with red and purplish foliage. This is thought by most authorities to be the shamrock of Ireland. A form of it is offered by Blanc, as T. minus, "the genu- ine Irish shamrock." See Shamrock. BBB. Corolla rose-tinted or red. c. Individual fls. pediceled. hybridum, Linn. ALSIKE or SWEDISH CLOVEK. As- cending or nearly erect, 1-3 ft. high, branching, gla- brous : Ivs. long-stalked, the Ifts. obovate and serrulate, stipules ovate-lanceolate and thin: heads small and loose, nearly globular, long-stalked: fls. rose-colored or sometimes white on the top of the head. Eu. B.M. 3702.— A good forage plant; also naturalized. Thrives best on moist lands. Very hardy. Perennial. cc. Individual fls. sessile. D. Plant perennial. pratense, Linn. (T. pratense perdnna, Hort.). COM- MON RED CLOVER. PEA-VINE CLOVER. COW-GRASS. Fig. 2571. Ascending and somewhat hairy, 1-1}^ ft. : Ivs. long-stalked, the Ifts. oval or obovate and sometimes notched at the end and the blade marked with a large spot, the stipules broad but with a bristle point: heads globular ovate, sessile: fls. red-purple. Eu., but every- where introduced, and much grown for pasturage hay, and green manuring. medium, Linn. MAMMOTH or ZIGZAG CLOVER. Stouter and less erect: Ifts. oblong and entire and without spots: heads usually stalked, and fls. rather deeper colored. Eu., and introduced, and much grown by farmers. DD. Plant annual. resupinatum, Linn. (T. suave.olens, Willd.). Annual, diffuse or trailing glabrous plant: Ifts. obovate and ser- rulate and as long as the petiole, the stipules lanceolate- acuminate: heads globose, with rudimentary involucre: fls. purple. Greece, Egypt to Persia. — Grown for orna- ment- L. H. B. TRIGONELLA (Latin, a little triangle,- probably re- ferring to the shape of the tts.). Legiimitibsce. Include* Fenugreek, which see. Trigonella is a polymorphous genus of about 50 species widely scattered in the eastern hemisphere. The genus belongs to the Trifolium trile of the legume family, being distinguished from the clovers and allied plants mainly by the fact that the Ivs. are pinnately trifoliolate and by the obtuse keel of the flower. The inflorescence and pod are too various to be described here. Bentham and Hooker divide the genus into 6 sections, of which Fenugreek and other species form a section characterized by having whitish, subses- sile fls. and a thick, oblong or linear pod which has a long beak and obliquely longitudinal veins. Foenum-Graecum, Linn. FENUGREEK, which see. White-fld. annual, 1-2 ft. high, blooming in June and August. Distinguished from other species in its sec- tion by the erect, unbranched stem and obovate Ifts., which are obscurely dentate. Stipules lanceolate-fal- cate, entire: calyx pilose: pods falcate, twice as long: as the beak. Eu., Orient. \y. M. 2571. Day and night positions of red clover leaf; unfolding young leaf at the right. TRfLISA (anagram of Liatris). Comp6sitce. Here belongs a native perennial herb known as the Vanilla Plant, from the odor which the leaves emit when bruised. It is not, however, the vanilla plant of com- merce (see Manilla). Trilisa is a genus of two species TRILISA closely related to Liatris. The species are autumn- blooming plants 2-3 ft. high, with numerous small flower-heads of purple or white. They differ from Lia- tris as follows: The roots are fibrous (those of Liatris being tuberous); the inflorescence is panicled instead of racemose or spicate, and the involucral bracts are in only 2 or 3 series, while those of Liatris are in many series. Trilisa is not so well known to gardens as the Blazing Star. Although a native of the low pine bar- rens from Va. to Fla. and La., it is perhaps hardy. Twenty years ago it was advertised by a Massachusetts dealer in native plants. It is mentioned in some Eng- lish books as a hardy plant, thriving in light soil and prop, by division or by seeds sown in autumn. It is more fully described in our native botanies. odoratissima, Cass. (Liatris odoratissima, Miehx.). VANILLA PLANT. Also called Carolina Vanilla, Dog's- tongue, etc. Rather stout, glabrous, perennial herb, 2-15 ft. high: Ivs. thick, entire or sometimes dentate, obtuse, 4-10 x 1-1^ in., oblong, ovate or oval: inflores- cence corymbose paniculate: fl. -heads about % in. long. Aug., Sept. B B. 3:319. — The other species ( T. pani'- culatii, Cass.) has a similar range and is distinguished by its viscid-pubescent stem and thyrsoid-paniculate inflorescence. -^ »j TRILLIUM (Latin, triplum, triple: leaves and floral parts in threes). Lilidcea'. WAKE-ROBIN. BIRTHROOT. WHITE WOOD LILY. GROUND LILY. Twelve species of tuberous -rooted spring-flowering herbs in North Amer- ica, and about half as many more in Asia from Hima- laya to Japan. All the American species and none of the others are in the trade in this country. The stem is simple and erect, 3-leaved near the summit and bearing one flower with 3 green sepals, 3 white or colored dis- tinct petals, 6 short stamens, and a 3-loculed ovary which ripens into a red or purple berry-like fruit. For a botanical account of the American species, see S. Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci. 14 (1879). Trilliums are amongst the characteristic flowers of American woods. The best known species is T. grandi- florum, which ranges from Canada to the mountains of North Carolina and extends westward beyond the Great Lakes. All Trilliums delight in moist, rich soil. They thrive in woods mold. The root is a deep-seated perpen- dicular tuber or rhizome (Fig. 2572). It is customary to transplant Trilliums from the woods when in bloom. This is because the plants can be found readily at that time and because the desire to grow them is strongest when the plants are in bloom. It is better to transplant in midsummer, or later, however, when the growth is completed, although the plants are difficult to find after the tops have died. The bloom is made largely from the energy stored in the tuber the previous season. After flower- ing, the plant stores energy for the succeeding year. By mid- summer this work is accom- plished and the tops die: then the plants are at rest and they are in proper condition to be moved. However, good results are sometimes obtained by mov- ing them in spring. These re- marks will apply to most early spring- blooming small herbs. Give Trilliums a rich, deep, rather moist soil in partial shade. Plant deep. A colony will last for years. Trilliums force well. See Forcing. Plants may be propagated by seeds sown as soon as ripe. Bloom- ing plants may be expected in two or three years. Trilliums are among the choicest of all early spring plants, and they should be more common in gardens. They can be made to thrive well in borders about-city yards. They may also be colonized in grass where the lawn mower is not used. Best results are usually attained, however, when they are planted alone in masses. Trilliums are amongst the relatively few plants that are very showy and yet not coarse. TKILLIl'.M 2572. Vertical rhizome oi Trillium (XK). INI>KX. allnnn, 9. Rrandirtonini. 7 angustipetalum. 3. l.-uicciilntiiin. 1 Calif oniievm, 3. nervovtnn. 11. Catesbcei, 11. nivalc. 1 cernuum, 10. Nnttallii, 3. discolor, 3. ovatum. 8. erectum, 9 rrythrttrari tun, •_', 7. pendulum, «.i. p^tiolatuiii, (i. fn-t ilium. '.I. pietum, 2. gigauteum, 3. purpureum, 9. 1853 pusillnm, 12. recurviitiiin. 1, .".. rubruin, ;i. sessile. 8. stylosuin. 11. undulatnm, 2. viridetceiit, 3. viridiflorum, 0. Wrayi, 3. A. Ovary S-anylnl, n»t icinged. 1. nivale, Ridd. A dwarf species, 5 in. or less high, early: Ivs. narrow and obtuse, 1-2 in. long: fls white on a short erect or de- clined pedicel, the pet- als about 1 in. long, narrow and nearly or quite obtuse. Low woods, Pa. and Ky. to Minn, and Iowa. B.M. 6449. 2. undulatum, Willd. (T. erythrocdr- pum, Michx. T. plc- tiitn, Pursh). Of me- dium to large size, 1 ft. or more high : Ivs. large, ovate and acute or acuminate, short- stalked: fls. rather large, white, on a short but slender erect or inclined pedicel, the petals oblanceolate and wavy, about 1 in. long 2573. Flower of Trillium grandi- and usually purplish florum (X %). at the base. Woods, Nova Scotia to Missouri and Georgia. B.M. 3002. L. B.C. 13:1232. AA. Ovary 6-angJed, often winged. B. Flowers sessile (and mostly colored). c. Leaves sessile. 3. sessile, Linn. Strong-growing, 1 ft. or less high: Ivs. broadly ovate or rhomboidal, acute, more or less spotted: fl. sessile in the whorl of Ivs., small, purple or greenish, the petals narrow and acute. Woods, Pa. to Minn., Ark., and Fla. B.M. 40. L.B.C. 9:875. F.S. 22:2311. -Variable. Var. giganteum, Torr. (var. Califomicum, Wats.). Much stouter, the Ivs. often 6 in. long and spotted, and the petals sometimes 4 in. long: fls. purple, rose-color or white, the petals rhombic-ovate or narrower. Calif, and Ore. G.F. 3:321. Var. angustipetalum, Torr. Similar to Var. gigan- t fii in , but the Ivs. somewhat petiolate and the petals narrower. Calif., Ore. Apparently not in the trade. This and var. giganteum appear to be the only Trilliums native to California, except T. ovatum. Var. rubrum, Hort. A form of Var. giganteum with fls. deep red -purple. Var. Wra'yi/Wats. (T. discolor, Wray). Petals spatu- late-obtuse, 1 in. long, greenish. Georgia. B.M. 3097. Nuttallii, Wats. (T. viridtscens, Nutt.). Lvs. pubes- cent beneath, as also the upper part of tin- stt-m : petals linear- lanceolate, purplish green with brown base. Ark. 4. lanceolatum, Boykin (T. recurvatum, var. lanceo- t<)titni, Wats.). Plant often more than 1 ft. tall: Ivs. lanceolate, sessile: fls. dull or brown-purple, an inch or more long, narrow - lanceolate or linear, the M-f. cending or somewhat reflexed, the filaments usually exceeding % in. in length. Ga., Ala. — Little known in cult. CC. Leaves stalkrd. 5. recurvatum, Beck. Strong-growing, usually 1 ft. or more higli : Ivs. ovate or ovate-oblong, tup: i-inir to both ends, on short but slender i>(ti<>lc-: H-. l>rown- purple or dull-purple, about 1 in. or more long, the 1854 TRILLIUM 2574. Trillium ffrandiflorum. the commonest Wake Robin. Nearly full size. WoodaMhM-A,- as lonS as the blade or even IonSer the petalg j_2 ^ lmg &nd Qarrow. o. penoiatum, lursh. Stem scarcely arising above oblanceolate, the sepals erect. Idaho, Ore., and Wash, the ground: Ivs. ovate-elliptic to reniform, with stalks Little known in cult. TRILLIUM TKIIMIAM A 1S.V, BB. Flowers stalked. C. Pedicel longer than (he flon-fr: Ivs. nearly or quite sessile. 1. grandifldrum, Salisb. Figs. 854 (Vol. II), 2573, 2571. Stout, 1 ft. or more high: Ivs. broad-ovate or rhombic-ovate, narrowed to both ends, often wavy: fls. erect or nearly so, pure white, changing to rosy pink as they fade, 2-3 in. long, the petals broadly oblanceolate and spreading and much longer than the sepals. Quebec to Minn., Pla. and Mo. B.M. 855 (as T. erythrocarpum) . L.H.C. 14:1349. Gn. 29. p. 257: 36, p. 394; 40:821. G.M. :i:::i:U. Mn. 4:17. A. G. 17:243. Gng. 4:305; 6:161.- 2575. Trillium erectum (X %). Sporting forms are not uncommon. Sometimes forms occur with petiolate Ivs. A. G. 1892:206. T. grandiflo- rum is the best and handsomest species for cultivation. 8. ovatum, Pursh. Much like T. grandiflorum, but the petals narrow-lanceolate or narrow ovate, the sepals usually nearly as long as the petals: plants 1 ft. or less hisdi: Ivs. ovate to nearly orbicular, often somewhat rhombic. Calif, to B. C. — The Pacific coast representa- tive of T. grandiflorum. 9. erectum, Linn. (T. pendulum, Willd. T. purpu- ri'iiiii, Kinn. T. faetidum, Salisb.). Figs. 2575, 2576- Stout, 1 ft. or more high: Ivs. broadly rhombic-ovate: pedicel usually bent over or inclined but sometimes erect: fls. brown-purple to greenish purple, the petals usually about 1 in. long, ovate to lanceolate, not much if any exceeding the sepals. Nova Scotia to Manitoba, N Car. and Mo. B.M. 470. L.B.C. 19:1838. F.S. 10:990. Mn. 2:49. G.C. II. 19:605. The fls. of T. erectum are ill-smelling. Var. album, Lodd., has white fls. B.M. 1027. L.B.C. 19:1850. Var. viridillbrum, Hook. Fls. greenish. B.M. 3250. Not known to be in the trade. CC. Pedicel generally not exceeding and usually shorter than the flower. D. Fl. declinate under the Ivs. 10. cernuum, Linn. Plant 1 ft. or more high: Ivs. very broadly rhombic -ovate, nearly or quite sessile: fls. white, the petals 1 in. or less long, ovate-lanceolate, wide-spreading or reflexed, undulate, equaling or ex- ceeding the sepals. Newfoundland to Ga. and Mo. H..M. 954. Mn. 10:49. 11. styldsum, Nutt. (T. nervbsum and T. Cdtesbai, Ell.). Slender, 12-18 in. high: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, narrow at each end, short-stalked: fls. rose-color, the petals oblong, obtuse or acute, curved, undulate, some- times 2 in. long. N. C. to Fla. 117 DD. Flou-er erect. 12. pusillum, Michx. Small, usually not 1 ft. high: Ivs. lanceolate or oblong, obtuse, sess'ik: Us. p!t|e flesh color, less than 1 in. long, on a short erect pedicel, the petals lanceolate and exceeding the obtuse sepals. T. Govenidnum, Wall. A species of temperate Himalaya, little known and described by Hooker as follows: shortly petioled, ovate or ovate-cordate, acute: sepals sub- equal, narrowly linear."—!', obovatum, Pursh. Founded on a Canadian plant, which has been referred to T. i-n-i-tuin. Maxi- mowicz keeps it distinct, however, cxt.-ndiiii; its range to Kamtschatka and Japan. It is the T. erectum, var. Japonir-im, (iray. According to Watson, the Japanese plant "is distin- guished by a somewhat produced connective [between the an- ther-cells J and very short stigmas." Maximowicz says that the plant differs from T. erectum in the petals being Immilcr :md more obtuse and longer than the calyx, the fls. nodding from the first, and the Ivs. broader than long, sessile, not attenuate at the base.— T. Smdllii, Maxim. One of the T. erectum series (T. erectum, var. Japonicum flore pleno. Gray;, of Japan. Fls. smaller than those of T. obovatum (2 in. across), deep tawny red, the petals not exceeding the sepals, nearly orbicu- lar or obovate.— T. Tsekotn'inkii, M.-ixim. About 1 ft. tall: Ivs. sessile, broad-ovate or orbicular, somewhat rhombic, acumi- nate: fls. dull purple, 1 in. or less across, the petals oblong- lanceolate. According to Hooker, this differs from T. erectum chiefly in the longer filaments." Himalaya to Japan. L. H. B. TRlOSTEUM (name shortened by Linnaeus from Tri- osteospermum, which is from Greek for three bony seeds). Caprifoliacete. FEVERWOET. HOBSE GENTIAN. A genus of 3 species of coarse perennial herbs, of which 2 are American and 1 Himalayan. Stems simple: Ivs. rather large, pinnately veined, entire or sinuate: fls. dull-colored, sessile, solitary or in small clusters in the leaf-axils, followed by orange or reddish fruits. perfoliatum, Linn. Stem 2-4 ft. high, stout: Ivs. ovate, shortly acuminate, narrowed below into connate- perfoliate or simply connate base: corolla dull brown- purple. Rich soil, New England and Canada to 111. and Ala. B.B. 3:234. —Is occasionally offered by collectors. It is a weedy plant of very easy cultivation. F. W. BARCLAY. TRIPHASIA (triple; alluding to the make-up of the flowers), ttutacece. A small spiny shrub grown for hedges and for ornament, and sometimes for its small berrii->. which are used for preserves : Ivs. alternate, sessile, dark, evergreen, trifoliolate, with small ovate lateral leaflets and much larger obovate central leaflet: thorns slender, about V* in. long, one or two in the axil of each leaf: fls. white, about % in. long, solitary, or in 3-fld. cymes, axillary; calyx cupulate, 3-4-lobed; petals 3-4, linear- oblong, free", imbricate; stamens 6, free, inserted around a fleshy disk: ovary ovoid, 3-loculed: fr. a small 1-3-seeded berry: seeds oblong, exalbuminous, im- mersed in mucilage; testa coriaceous, embryo often with unequal plano-convex cotyledons. Only one species. 2576. Trillium erectum. aurantlola, Lour. (T. tritoliata, DC.). BKBOAMOT LIME or LIME BERRY. Fig. 2577. A glabrous spiny shrub with straggling evergreen branehei and leaves. Hindostan.- Cultivated in many tropical countries and 1856 TRIPHASIA TRITELEIA in greenhouses. Produces an abundance of elliptical or nearly globular, gland-dotted red berries about %-% in. across. They are sweet and agreeable and are said to be delicious when preserved. In trade catalogues the 2577. Triphasia aurantiola (X names Triphasia anrantiola and T. trifoliata are sometimes erroneously applied to the hardy trifoliolate orange (Citrus trifoliata). In the U. S., little known except in S. Fla. It withstands some frost. H. J. WEBBER. TRlPSACUM (Greek, tribo, to rub or thresh; probably alluding to the ease with which the fertile spike can be broken up). Oramlnece * Species 2 or 3, of the wanner parts of North America, one extentfing north to central U. S. and in many places furnishing considerable na- tive fodder. Fls. monoecious, in the same spike, the staminate above; spikes terminal and axillary; stami- nate spikelets 2-fld., in pairs at each joint; pistillate single, 1-fld., imbedded in each joint of the rachis, so that the smooth cartilaginous axis and the outer glume form a nearly cylindrical mass. At maturity the pistil- late spikes separate into the joints. dactyloides, Linn. ( T. violdceum and T. Ddctylis of the trade). GAMA GRASS. SESAME GRASS. Culms in bunches, 4-7 ft. : spikelets 2-3 at summit and often single from the upper axils. Moist soil, Conn., 111., Kans. and south- Ward.— A wild fodder grass, sometimes cultivated for the same purpose and also in gardens as a curiosity. Raised from seed, or more certainly from cuttings of the rootstocks. A> g. HITCHCOCK. TEISTAGMA (Greek, three drops; alluding to the three nectar glands of the ovary). Including StepTia- nolirion. Lilidcece. A genus of 3 species of bulbous plants from Chile. Radical Ivs. few, narrowly linear; scape naked, bearing rather numerous salver-shaped pedicellate fls. in an umbel: perianth-tube cylindrical, sometimes with a crown in the throat; lobes 6, spread- ing, nearly equal; stamens 6: ovary sessile, 3-loculed, ovoid. Fall-blooming bulbs. nivale, Poepp. (Milla nivdlis, Baker). Lvs. 6-9 in. long, about 2 lines wide ; scape slender, about 1 ft. long : fls. 1 in. long, 2-8 in an umbel, the segments linear and greenish; crown none. —Offered by Dutch bulb growers. T. narrissoldes, Benth. & Hook., does not appear to be in the Amer. trade. It is 1 ft. or more high, with short narrow-linear Ivs., and white fls. bearing a bright orange narcissus - like crown of !i-6 broad unequal more or less connate scales. F. W. BARCLAY. TRISTANIA (in honor of Jules M. C. Tristan, 1776- 1861, a French botanist). Myrtdcece. A small genus of subtropical evergreen Australasian trees or small shrubs. Lvs. alternate or rarely opposite, somewhat whorled: fls. axillary, pedunculate, cymose, often fra- grant; bracts obovate or caducous ; calyx-tube turbin- ate-campanulate, lobes 5; petals 5, spreading; stamens numerous, united in bundles opposite the petals: cap- sule 3-loculed, many-seeded, partly exserted or inclosed : seeds numerous, wingless, usually linear-cuneate. Cul- tivated as greenhouse shrubs in N. Europe; hardy in Calif, north to San Francisco, also in Fla. Propagated by half-ripened cuttings in sand under glass, or by seeds. conferta, R. Br. (Lophostemon arborescent, Schott. ). BRISBANE Box. Fig. 2578. An umbrageous tree attain- ing 150 ft.: young shoots and calyx hoary-pubescent: Ivs. 3-6 in. long, ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, usually crowded at the ends of the branches and apparently verticillate : ids. mostly on the branches well below the Ivs.; petals about % in. long, white and spotted, fringed. Queensland. B.R. 22:1839 (as T. macro- phylla). — A handsome evergreen shade tree, valuable for avenues in hot, dry regions, as it withstands great drought; it also produces timber valued for strength and durability. Much grown in New South Wales as a boulevard tree. Hardy in middle California, with- standing an exceptional temperature of 26° Fahr. at Berkeley. JOSEPH BURTT DAVY. TRITELEIA (three and complete; referring to the 3- merous fls.). LilidcecK. Triteleia has been referred to Milla and Brodiffla; but when the group is restricted to the South American species, it seems to be advisable to keep it distinct. In Brodiasa proper the pedicels are articulated at the apex; in Milla and Triteleia they are not articulated. In Milla the stamens are inserted in one series in the throat of the perianth ; in Triteleia they are distinctly in two series in the tube of the peri- anth. See Brodicea and Milla. About 16 Triteleias are known (see Baker, G.C. III. 20, p. 459). These are of two series, — those with .peri- anth-tube usually as long as the segments, and those with tube shorter than segments. To the former sec- tion belongs the common T. uniflora, the only species in general cultivation. The species are native to the Andes and Argentina as far east as Buenos Ayres. They are all low grass-leaved bulbous plants, hardy or 2578. Tristania conferta (X %). half-hardy, useful for planting in the border or for spring blooming in pots. Sometimes the odor is un- pleasant. unifldra, Lindl. (Milla unifldra, Grah. Broduea uni- flora, Baker). SPRING STAR-FLOWER. Fig. 2579. Lvs. TRITELEIA narrow -linear, 1 ft. or less long: scapes 8 in. or less talebearing a bract-like spathe towards the top: fl. 1 (rarely 2), 1-1% in. across, pale lilac or pale blue, with pointed segments violet-streaked through the center Argentina. B.B. 23:1921. B.M. 3327. R.H. 1859, pp. 350, 351. (intr. 2:59. -Hardy in most of the northern states, although it does not persist long. Grown chiefly as a pot-plant for spring bloom. Var. caerulea, Hort., lias porcelain-blue flowers. There are other horticul- tural forms. T. violacea, with "delicate violet flowers," is probably a form of this species rather than the T. rinliicea, Kunth, a Chilean species. L H B TRITHRlNAX (apparently triple Thrinax; applica- tion not obvious). Palmdcece. Pour species of South American fan palms, one of which was offered for cult, in Fla. in 1889 and is now advertised in southern Cali- fornia. The genus belongs to the Corypha tribe and is distinguished from allied genera chiefly by the follow- ing characters: fls. hermaphrodite; petals imbricate; filaments connate into a tube: carpels distinct; styles long, distinct, terminal in fruit. T. Braslliensis is a little-known palm. It seems to have been confused in the trade with Thrinnx Chuco, which is referred in this work to Acanthorhiza Chuco. The leaf-segments of the former are bifid ; of the latter apparently not. Andre' says the species described be- low is unique by reason of its sheaths at the base of the leaves. These, he says, "are composed of fibers which are at first parallel and longitudinal, then obliquely in- tercrossed and finally plaited at right angles like the mats of pandanus in which the coffee of the Antilles and Bourbon is exported. At the summit these narrow strips unite and form a series of very long, robust, re- curved spines which are evidently designed to protect the fls. and fruits against climbing animals." Brasiliensis, Mart. Trunk slender, 6-10 ft. high, 2-3 in. thick: leaf - segments 22-27, linear, free for two- thirds their whole length, bifid. Brazil. I.H. 22:202. W. M. TKiTTCUM (old Latin name for wheat). Oramlnece- The genus as now limited comprises two sections, ^Egilops, with 12 species of southern Europe and Asia, one of which is thought by some to be the original of our cultivated wheats; and Triticum proper, which in- cludes our cultivated wheats and spelts, that are re- ferred by Hackel to 3 species. Annual grasses with flowers in a terminal spike. Spikelets 2-5-fld. placed flat-wise, singly on opposite sides of a zigzag rachis; empty glumes ovate, 3-many-nerved, these and the fl. glumes more or less awned: grain free. The three species of our cultivated wheats are: monococcum, Linn. ONE-GRAINED WHEAT. Spikes compact, the joints readily separating at maturity; spikelets with one awn and usually maturing but one fruit. — The wild form occurs in southern Eu- rope. Cultivated from prehistoric times but now only to a limited extent, and mostly for mush and "cracked wheat," and for fodder. Pol6nicum, Linn. POLISH WHEAT. Spikes very large, compressed, mostly blue-green. — Original form unknown. It is thought to be a true species because it rarely produces fertile crosses with T. sativum, as is also the case with T. monococcum, while the races of T. Kdtivum among themselves produce fertile crosses. Cultivated in Spain, but not extensively elsewhere. sativum, Lam. WHEAT and SPELT. Hackel divides the numerous varieties into 3 races: (a) SPELTS (T. s/irltn, Linn.). Spikes loose, 4-sided: rachis articu- late at maturity. (This race and the next are easily distinguished by the fact that the grain does not fall out when threshed. ) One of the oldest of the cultivated grains, the culture of which has decreased till now it is grown only to a limited extent In a few countries in southern Europe. (6) EMMERS (T. dic6ccum, Schrank). Spike very dense, laterally compressed, rachis 'articu- late at maturity. This species has a history similar to Spelt and its cultivation is now confined to certain countries of S. Europe, where it is used chiefly for mush and in making starch. Both of these races are being tested in this country by the Department of Ag- TRITONIA 1S.V7 nculture, and they may prove valuable in the drier regions, (r) Wheats. Rachis not articulate at maturity Gram easily falling out when threshed. There are 4 more or less well-marked sub -races. (1) ENGLISH WHEAT (T. turgidum, Linn.). Empty glumes sharply 2579. Triteleia uniflora (X W, keeled at base; grain broadly truncate above; leaves usually velvety ; flour poor in gluten. To this belong the MIRACLE or EGYPTIAN WHEATS (T. compdsitum, Linn.), having branched spikes, which originated as a sport. (2) HARD or FLINT WHEATS, MACARONI WHEATS (T. durum, Desf. ). Empty glumes sharply keeled at base; grain narrow and tapering, very hard; awns long and bristly like barley, in some varieties black. Culti- vated in Mediterranean countries, especially for making macaroni and similar products, and in Russia, whore it is used for making bread, when it is mixed with 10-25 per cent of soft red wheat. (3) DWARF and HEDGEHOG WHEATS. Empty glumes keeled only in upper half. Spikes short and dense, only 3-4 times longer than broad: culms rigid. Grown in mountainous regions of Europe, Chile and Abyssinia. The awned kinds are called Hedgehog wheat. (4) COMMON WHEAT (T. vulgdre, Vill.). Glumes as in preceding, but spikes longer and looser. There are many varieties grown in this country, — some naked or awnless ("smooth"), others awned or bearded, some with glumes smooth, others with glumes pubescent ("velvet chaff"). Spring wheats are planted in the spring and winter wheats in the fall, the former group of varieties being grown in the more northerly regions. _A^ g> HITCHCOCK. TRlTOMA. See Kniphof'ui. TRIT.ONIA (name explained as follows by Ker-Gawler, its author: "Name derived from Triton, in the signifi- cation of a vane or weathercock; in allusion to the variable direction in the stamens of the different spe- cies"). Including Montbrttia. Iriddcece. BLAZING STAR. A genus of South African bulbs (plants really cormous), allied to Crocosmia, Acidanthera, Sparaxis and Gladiolus. Baker admits 31 species (Handbook of the IridesB, 1892). Few of them are in general cultiva- tion, although many of the species have been introduced at one time or another. Those of the Montbretia class are showy, hardy summer-flowering bulbs, to be handled like Gladioli; or they may bo left in the ground pt-rina 1858 TRITONIA THOLLIUS nently if given protection of mulch in cold climates. As far north as New York and Mass., however, they are usu- ally best wintered in damp (not wet) earth indoors. The best known kinds are T. crocosmceflora and T. Pottsii. Most of the Latin names in catalogues belong to these, as sulphured, Tigridia pyramidalis, grandiflora, elegans, floribunda. To gardeners, Tritonias are usually known as Montbretias. Garden Tri- tonias grow 1 ft. or more tall, pro- ducing several to many showy flow- ers of a yellow, orange or red color, and bearing several stiffish linear or sword-shaped leaves. Corms small, covered with strongly reticulated sheaths or tu- nics. The peri- anth is tubular, with a spread- 2581. Tritonia crocosmaeflora (X K). 2580. Tritonia Pottsi (X ing limb of obovate or oblong, nearly equal segments. The stamens are 3, inserted in the perianth-tube, with mostly ver- satile anthers and filiform fila- ments. The pistil has a 3- 1 o c u 1 e d ovary, filiform 3- branched style, ripening into a 3-valved capsule. A. Perianth -segments obovate. crocata, Ker-Gawl. Slender, simple or branched from near the base, bearing few fls. in loose 1-sided racemes: fl. about 2 in. across, tawny yel- low or orange-red, the stamens one -third the length of the perianth-limb. Cape Colony. B.M. 184 (as Ixia crocata). Gn. 54:1181.— Var. miniata, Baker (T. min- iata, Ker-Gawl.), has light red fls. B.M. 609. There are color varieties, as purpurea, coccinea, aurantiaca. These plants are usually treated as greenhouse bulbs in the North. AA. Perianth-segments oblong. rbsea, Klatt. Tall and branched, with short linear Ivs. and loose 6-15-fld. racemes: fl. bright red, with oblong segments (the three lower ones yellow blotched at the base) as long as the tube and anthers just protruding from the tube. Cape Colony. B.M. 7280. —Can be left in the open as far north as Mass., if well protected, but are usually safer if taken up. P6ttsii, Benth. (Montbretia P6ftsii, Baker) . Fig. 2580. Strong, branching plant 2-4 ft. tall, with several lax ra- cemes, and few or several firm narrow Ivs.: fl. about 1 in. long, bright yellow tinged red, the tube broadly funnelform and twice longer than the oblong unequal ascending segments, the stamens about half the height of the limb. Natal, Transvaal, etc. B.M. 6722. G.C. III. 7:301, showing how the conns form one above the other. crocosmaeflora, Lemoine (T. Pottsii x pollen of Cro- cosmia aurea [Pig. 582, Vol. I]). Fig. 2581. Slender, much branching, erect plant 3-4 ft. high, with several or many sword-shaped Ivs., and loose, more or less dis- tichous racemes: fls. 2 in. across, orange-crimson, with a slender curved tube nearly or quite equaling the ob- long spreading segments. R.H. 1882:124. Gn. 25, p. 363; 31:598. G.M. 36:484. — Crocosma aurea was introduced (into England) in 1847, and Tritonia Pottsii (into Scot- land) in 1877 by G. H. Potts. Victor Lemoine, Nancy, France, hybridized the two, and the product, T. crocos- mceflora, bloomed in 1880. This hybrid is now the most popular of Tritonias (or Montbretias). T. aurea, Pappe. See Crocosmia aurea.— T. crlspa, Ker- Gawl. Fl. whitish or pale pink, with oblong obtuse segments, and with crisped Ivs. B.M. 678. — T. deiista,'Ker- Gawl. Differs from T. crocata in having a purple- black blotch on tho claw of the ii outer segments. B.M. 622.— T. flava, Ker-Gawl. Fls. bright yellow, the segments oblong and the 3 lower ones with a callus in the throat: Ivs. very short. B.R. 9:747.— T. hyallna. Baker. Differs from T. crocata in hav- ing the perianth-segments narrowed at the lower part into a claw with hyaline margin. B.M. 704, as T. feiiestralis.— T. lineata, Ker-Gawl. Fls. white or pink, with short oblong segments and protrud- ing anthers, of the shape of gladiolus flowers. B. M. 487 (as Gladiolus lineatus). — T. scillaris, Baker. Small and slender: fls. pink, with wide-flaring nar- row segments, ixia-like. B.M. 629 (as Ixia poly- stechya). — T. securigera, Ker-Gawl. Lvs. short: fls. red or copper -colored, the 3 lower segments with a callus on the claw. B.M. 383 (as Gladiolus securiger). — T. undulata, Baker. Lvs. short and narrow, much crisped: fls. pink, with oblong equal segments. B.M. 599 (as Ixia crispa). — T. viridis, Ker-Gawl. Lvs. plane or crisped, linear: fls. green, with nearly equal oblanceolate segments. B.M. 1275. — T. Wilsnni, Baker. Lvs. very narrow linear; racemes simple or forked, lax, few-fld.: fls. white, tinged with purple, the segments obovate-cuspidate. L. H. B. TROLLIUS (old German trol, something round; in allusion to the shape of the flow- ers. ) Ranunculacew. GLOBE FLOWER. A group of neat, hardy, herbaceous perennials of about 10 species, mostly found in marshy places, of the north temperate zone. Roots fibrous, thickened: Ivs. palmately divided or lobed: fls. large, solitary, yellowish or pur- plish; petals 5 to many, small, unguiculate, with a nectariferous pit at the base of the blade: stamens many: carpels 5 to many, ses- sile, many-ovuled: follicles in a head. Plants of this genus grow freely in a mixture of sandy loam and peat, and in rather damp situations. They may be increased either by seeds, or by dividing the old plants; but the voting plants grow slowly at first, and will not flower before the second season from seed. A. True petals shorter than the stamens. B. Plant with true stem, Yi to 2 ft. high . . 1. laxus BB. Plant with scapes or scape-like stems seldom over 8 or 4 in. high 2. acaulis AA. True petals longer than the stamens. B. Lvs. only 5-parted: Ifts. somewhat lobed, cleft and toothed: sepals hardly spreading 3. Europseus BB. Lvs. smaller, bronze-green ; Ifts. more finely lobed, cleft and toothed: sepals spreading 4. Asiaticus laxus, Salisb. Slender, weak stems, K-2 ft. long, somewhat ascending: radical and lower stem Ivs. long- or ghort-petioled: all the Ivs. 5-7-parted; Ifts. cuneate and much cleft and toothed: fls. usually solitary, 1 to 2 in. across; sepals ."-7, entire or toothed at the end, more spreading than the other species; petals many, much shorter than the stamens: follicles % in. long, straight TROLLIUS oeak one-fourth as long: head of fruit % in across Bogs and damp places, Mich, to New Eng. and Del May-July or Aug. B.M. 1988. B.C. 56 (both as T Amerieanuii). Var. albifldrus, Gray. (T. Americans, Hook.) Much like the type but usually lower, more slender- Ifts usually 5: fls. pale or white: petals nearly equaling the stamens. Mountain tops, Colo., northward and west- ward. acaulis, Lindl. Plant only 3 or 4 in. high: Ivs. as in the above, or only 5-parted: fls. lemon-yellow, spreading on steins hardly reaching from the ground; sepals 9,' nearly lanceolate, acute, sometimes toothed; petals spatulate, shorter than the stamens. Northern India. B.R 129:32. Europaus, Linn. {T. globbsus, Lam.). Stems erect 15 in. or more high, often branching; lowerlvs. petioled others sessile; Ifts. only 5-parted, lobed, cleft and toothed, those of the root-leaves on short petioles; fls. of a lemon -yellow color, solitary or in twos, 1-2 in across, globular in form; sepals 10-15, ovate: petals spatulate, often longer than the stamens: fr. much as in T. laxus. Wet upland meadows of N. Eu. May-July. Gn. 40:816. — Var. Loddigesii, Hort., has deep yellow fls. Asiaticus, Linn. Fig. 2582. Plant much like T. JSuropwus, often taller, the smaller bronze-green Ivs. more finely lobed and cleft, fls. a rich orange color with sepals spreading. May. Siberia. B.M. 235. — The blos- soms of this are well suited for cut-flower purposes. The plants thrive best and produce richest colors if partially exposed to the sun. T. giganteus, found in garden lists, is a very tall form of this species. T. Japtinicus, Hort., with large orange fls. in early spring, is by some referred to this species. R Q DAVIS TROP-iEOLUM 1859 growing herbs, mostly climbing, of South America chiefly of the cooler parts of Peru and Chile Thly are grown for their showy odd flowers The con n"n species, T. rmnus and T. majus, are also grown for their young pods and seeds, which are mad! into pickles. The peppery-tasting leaves are sometimes used like cress, in salads, whence the name "Indian cress" in England. In America this use of the plant is little known. Certain kinds, par- ticularly T. tuberocttm, pro- duce edible sub- terranean tu- bers. The flow- ers of Tropaeo- lum are very irregular: se- pals 5, connate at the base, the posterior one produced into a long slender spur: petals 5 (sometimes fewer by abor- tion (.usually narrowed into distinct claws, the two upper ones smaller or otherwise dissimilar and inserted in the mouth of the spur; stamens 8, unequal, with declined usually curving filaments; pis- til with one style and a 3-lobed ovary, which ripens into 3 1-seeded indehiscent carpels (the carpels constitute the "seed" of commerce). The flowers yellow or orange, rarely blue or pur- leaves are alternate and usually though often deeply lobed or even usually peltate; stipules none or very species climb by means of the coil- oles. For references to recent botanical literature on Tropseolum, see F. Buchenau in Engler s Bot. Jahrb. 26, p. 580. TroptBolums thrive in any warm, sunny, fairly moist place. The tops are tender to frost. For early effects, seeds may be started indoors in pots or boxes. The common climbing species are T. maju.t and T. Lob- bianuin, both of which are very useful for window boxes, balconies, for covering banks and walls, and for growing amongst shrubbery. The common dwarf species, T. minus, is earlier and usually more floriferous, and is very useful for the front row in the border. T. peregrinum, the Canary-bird Flower, is grown either indoors or in the open. Probably most species are per- ennial. Many of them are tuberous and withstand some frost at the root; but the half-hardy species are little known in this country. are usually pie. The simple, al- dissected, small. The i n g peti- atropurpureum, 12. atrosanguineum, 12. azureum, 1. brachyceras, 4. Canariense, 9. fuii liriu tu in, 11. INDEX. Jarrnttii. 3.1 I^iditlinl, 8. Lobbianum, 11. majus, 12. minus. 13. peregrinnm. 9. polyphylluni, 7. spefiosiim, 5. tricolor. '2. trieolorum, 2. 2582. Trollius Asiaticus (X %), TROPJEOLUM (from Greek word for trophy: the leaves are shield-shaped and the flowers helmet-shaped). Gerani&cece. NASTURTIUM. About 40 species of soft- peiitaphyllum, 6. tuborosum, 10. A. Flowers blue. 1. azureum, Miers. Very slender glasshouse cliniln-r: Ivs. peltate, 5-parted nearly or quite t<> the base, into narrow-obovate or oblanceolate divisions: fls. small, the calyx and short spur green, the wide-spreading corolla azure-blue, the petals 2-lobed or emarginate. Chile. 1860 TROP^OLUM TKOP^OLUM B.R. 28:65. R.H. 1843:300. F.S. 2:110. P.M. 9:247. R.B. 20:157. Var. grandifldrum, Hort., has larger fls. F.S. 11:1160. I.H. 3:85. AA. fls. red or yellow. B. Petals small, protruding from the constricted mouth of the calyx. 2. tricoldrum, Sweet (T. tricolor, Lindl.). Fig. 2583. Perennial from a fleshy or tuberous root, half-hardy, climbing: Ivs. peltate, orbicular, divided into 6 oblong villous leaflets: fls. about 1 in. long, somewhat cornu- copia-shaped, the calyx being the conspicuous part; main part of the calyx vermilion, the short lobes pur- plish, the small petals yellow. Chile. B.M. 3169. B.R. 23:1935. F.S. 4:369. P.M. 2:123. -Very choice half- hardy plant and probably the best known in this coun- try of the tuberous-rooted kinds. Usually grown in- doors. Its growth is very delicate. 3. Jarrattii, Paxt. Much like T. tricolontm, but more robust, the fls. larger, more brilliant in color, the upper part of the calyx with bright spots of yellow, the two upper petals penciled with brown. Chile. P.M. 5:29. BB. Petals conspicuous and mostly wide-spreading. c. Spur not as long as the calyx-lobes. 4. brachyceras. Hook. & Arn. A very slender climber, resembling T. tricolorum in habit: Ivs. peltate, nearly orbicular, deeply parted into 6 or 7 oblong or obovate obtuse lobes: fls. small, on short pedicels, the calyx green and very short-spurred, the corolla with spread- ing yellow petals. Chile. B.M. 3851. B.R. 23:1926. F.S. 4:368. P.M. 4:55. -Half-hardy perennial. cc. Spur much longer than calyx-lobes. D. Lvs. parted nearly or quite to the base, or distinctly compound. E. Blossoms essentially red. 5. specidsum, Poepp. & Endl. Half-hardy slender climbing vine: Ivs. peltate at the base, short-petioled, parted to the base into 6 obovate-oblong obtuse divisions or leaflets: pedicels very slender, red, fls. shaped much like those of T. majus, but smaller, vermilion-red, showy. Chile. B.M. 4323. F.S. 3:281. P.M. 14:173. Gn. 37, pp. 253, 545.— A perennial fleshy-rooted plant, hardy in England. 3584. Tropaeolum peregrinum— the Canary-bird Flower (X %). 2585. Tropaeolum majus, the common Climbing Nasturtium. (XX.) 6. pentaphyllum, Lam. Slender climber, the glabrous colored -stems arising from a tuberous root: Ivs. di- vided to the base into 5 oblong or obovate segments or leaflets: fls. small (about 1% in. long), the large red spur being the conspicuous part, the lobes green, and the 2 small petals red. Argentina. B.M. 3190. B.H. 22:73.— A half-hardy species, showy because of the great number of bright small flowers. EE. Blossoms yellow. 1. polyphyllum, Cav. Perennial, half-hardy: stem succulent, prostrate or climbing: Ivs. peltate, orbicular, cut beyond the center into 7-9 narrow divisions : fls. much like T. majus in shape, but smaller; spur slender but rather short, the calyx -lobes triangular; petals unguiculate, yellow, wavy or emarginate, the 2 upper ones streaked with red. Chile. B.M. 4042. P.M. 10:175. F.S. 20:2066. G.C. II. 20:241. Cm. 45, p. 158.— It is a tuberous-rooted species, the stem naturally prostrate. 8. Leichtlini, Hort. Hybrid of T. polyphyllum and T. edule (see suppl. list), raised by Max Leichtlin, Baden-Baden. Much like T. polyphyllum, but the fls. of brighter color, and the Ivs. larger. DD. Lvs. lobed, the divisions usually not extending much, if any, beyond the middle, and the si- nuses usually broad. E. Petals fringed. 9. peregrinum, Linn. (T. CanariSnse, Hort.). CA- NARY-BIRD FLOWER. Fig. 2584. Annual, tall-climbing; glabrous: Ivs. peltate near the margin, cordate-orbicu- lar, divided to about the middle into 5 lobes, which are mostly apiculate: fls. canary -yellow, odd and very ir- regular; spur green, hooked; 2 upper petals erect and large, obovate-clawed, much fringed: 3 lower petals small and narrow and ciliate. Colombia. B.M. 1351. B.R. 9:718.— An excellent quick-growing vine, although the fls. can scarcely be called showy. TROP^EOLUM EE. Petals entire. 10. tuberbsum, Ruiz. & Pav. Root producing a pyri- forni irregular tuber 2-3 in. long: stein climbing, gla- brous; h-s. peltate near tbe base, cordate-orbicular, 5- lobfd nearly or quite to tbe middle: fls. rather small, the calyx and long spur red, the petals yellow, small and nearly erect and little exceeding the calyx. Peru B.M. 3714. F.S. 5:452. P.M. 5:49. R.H. 1853:341 (tubers). J.H. III. 30:385.-Plant stands some frost. In Peru, the tubers are eaten, and the plant is some- times cult, in Europe for the tubers. It appears in the Amer. catalogues of European dealers. The tubers are usually boiled. ODD. Lvs. entire or only undulate. E. Plant pilose. 11. Lobbianum, Veitch. Annual, climbing, hairy all over except the under parts of the Ivs. and the petals : Ivs. very long-stalked, peltate, nearly orbicular, undu- late and with points on the margin: fls. large, long- spurred, orange-red, the two upper petals large, broad and entire, the three lower ones small and clawed and coarsely toothed and also fringed on the claws. Colom- bia. B.M. 4097. F.S. 2:67. P.M. 11:271. Var. fimbri- atum, Hort., has all the petals toothed or fringed. R.H. 1856:101. — Seldom seen in its pure state. EE. Plant glabrous. 12. majus, Linn. Figs. 2585, 2586. Strong-growing, somewhat succulent climbing annual : Ivs. peltate, nearly orbicular and undulate-angled: fls. large, mostly in shades of yellow or orange, with straight spur, the 2 upper petals entire or undulate (not apiculate), the 3 lower ones narrower and fringes on the claws. Peru. B.M. 23:3375 (var. atrosanguineum). F.S. 12:1286 (var. atropurpureum nanum). 'P.M. 1:176 (var. atrosangui- neum). There are double-fld. forms. G.C. II. 11:665. These appear to have been introduced into this country about 1885 or 6. There are also dwarf forms. — This spe- cies has been in cult, in Europe since 1684. It is the foundation of the common climbing Nasturtiums. Some of these garden forms are probably the offspring of hy- bridization with T. Lobbinnnm TROPICAL FRUITS 1861 2587. Flower of Tropaeo- lam minus (X /£). One of the lower petals shown at a. 2386. Tropxolum majus. 13. minus, Linn. Fig. 2587. Dwarf annual, not climb- ing, smaller in all its parts: Ivs. apiculate at the ends of the veins : fle. with narrow apiculate petals. Peru. B.M.98.-Very likely blended with T. mains bv hybridi- zation, in garden forms. T.digitAtum, Karst. Climber, with root fibrous: Ivs. peltate -7-lobed: fls yellow. 1 in. in ilium., the spur long and ml. the petals flmbriate. Venezuela.-?', edule, Paxt. Climber; Ivs orbicular, with 5 or 6 narrow Ifts • ns. in shape like those of T. //<«>«, but smaller, yellow. Pro- duties tuberous edible roots Chile. P.M. 9:127.-" T. hedtrte- folia"is offered by A. Blanc In 1901.— T. Undent. Q. Wall. Beau- tiful climber with large, peltate, uiuliilate-lobed Ivs. that are pur- plish beneath and beautifully veined with white above: fls. on long pedicels, the long tube red and the calyx-lobes green. Co- lombia. I.H. 41:287. L. H. B. TROPICAL FRUITS. Trav- elers hailing from the temper- ate zone are generally -ur prised and delighted, at first, with the fruits they find in tropical markets. This is due to the fact that such things are for the most part new to them. They taste everything they see and not infrequently publish their ex- periences in language where praise is not stinted. Some, on the other hand, view nearly every tropical fruit with prej- udice and disdain and cannot be persuaded to taste, and if eventually persuaded, only to condemn with aversion. Under such circumstances it is not to be wondered at that in some quarters tropical fruits should be held in high esteem, and in others be considered of doubtful value. That good tropical fruits do really exist cannot he disputed, although on careful examination they are found to be few in number, and some kinds far from common even in the local markets. True tropical fruits may be described as those requiring a temperature from 16° to 32° centigrade or 60° to 90° Fahr. Among the subtropical fruits there are some which appear to thrive in the tropics as well as In their native place, but whether this is -really so may be questioned. Any differences in the conditions of the fruits on reaching the ripening stage will account for difficulties often met with in preparing them for export. Such Is the orange, for instance; it thrives well under tropical conditions and gives (when the class of plant grown has been well selected) fruit excellent in appearance, large in size, and possessing a fine flavor. If such fruit is grown for export, it must of necessity be packed at seasons of the year when our tropical atmosphere is charged with hu- midity to within 15 per cent of the saturation point, and this fact constitutes an important difficulty often over- looked by beginners in the export trade. Such difficul- ties can, however, be overcome by careful methods of packing and preparation, and by selecting fruit whirh ripens in the "dry season" when packing facilities are as good as those of a temperate climate. It is very doubtful, however, whether subtropical fruits grown in a humid climate can ever equal in their keeping qualities those produced in a lower temperature and drier cli- mate. It has been proved that fruit can be safely trans- ported to long distances if properly handled, but the treatment to be undergone differs considerably from that which the fruits of temperate climates require. Many tropical fruits are nothing more than what should be called wayside morsels, that is to say, although edi- ble, they are seldom of a quality suitable for dessert, and are consumed mostly by children and wayfarers. By selection and cross-breeding these same fruits are being much improved, and strains will probably be pro- duced which in the future will be largely sought for, as there are good indications of success in varieties which have already appeared. This is work which must be systematically adopted to sustain a regular export trade in tropical fruits, and a good start has been made from several points 1862 TROPICAL FRUITS TROPICAL FRUITS The fact is that tropical fruits with but few exceptions, have until very recently been almost exclusively grown from seed, with the natural result that variety in the quality, form, size, and color of the fruit is the univer- sal rule ; and although there are seedling strains of well- marked types, buyers know that no reliance can in the main be placed upon securing fruits of uniform quality and flavor. In the case of the orange, the class of fruit raised in some districts is good as a whole, but in others the produce is of a low grade and even in the best dis- tricts inferior fruit is allowed to develop which often spoils the better samples. This is being rapidly remedied by the planting of grafted kinds. The same variation ob- tains with all kinds of fruit without exception. In no fruit is this feature more clearly apparent than in the mango, Mangifera Indica. Fig. 2589. Kinds exist which are 2588. Flower of the Rose Apple or Jambos, one of the minor Tropical Fruits. Natural size. (Seep. 557.) fit for the table of a king, but at the same time there are fruits grown which the poorest beggar would refuse. The variety is almost endless, and little dependence can be placed upon quality, except those produced by trees grafted from selected kinds. These are now becoming more common, but as yet there are no large orchards planted with selected kinds, and consequently no regu- larity can as yet be expected in the quality and character of the fruit available for export. The mango, like the orange, easily yields to grafting; it grows rapidly and there is no reason why large quantities of this excellent fruit should not be placed upon the markets. The botani- cal departments of the British colonies, and elsewhere, have many selected kinds under cultivation and great effort is being made to induce the people to plant se- lected kinds, instead of the worthless seedlings. Man- goes have been shipped with success from the West Indies, and there would appear to be nothing of impor- tance to prevent their being regularly placed upon the markets of Europe and America. All that is needed is to select fine strains, known both for their keeping qualities and good flavor, and to grow them in quanti- ties that would pay. The mango, as a rule, takes many years to establish if grown from seed; but if grafted plants are cultivated, fruit is obtained in four or five years. The Julie, Divine, No. UMartin, Malda, Gordon, Peters, Pere Louis, and Mango d'Or are varieties which are worthy of the table of the richest, and would be well suited for extensive cultivation for purposes of export. The people are slow to recognize the value of the art of budding and grafting, but education in this direction is rapidly extending under the auspices of: the Depart- ments of Agriculture and Education in the West Indies. Many fruits practically unknown in northern latitudes are readily available here in small quantities, but insuf- ficient to maintain a paying export trade. If they were grown in larger quantity and in uniform quality, there is no serious obstacle to their being regularly placed upon the northern market. The system of transportation now in use is not thoroughly efficient, but would soon adapt itself to the circumstances of a profitable trade. The success of the banana as an export fruit has long been a recognized fact; and the trade is yearly increas- ing. In this case the propagation is carried on by suck- ers, and there is no variation in the quality of the pro- duce; the market always gets the same quality, hence the success. Among the best of all tropical fruits is the Mango- steen,Qarcinia Mangostana, native of the Straits Settle- ments. This has been fruited in Jamaica and Trinidad, and the fruit has been sent in good order to the English market. It is, however, slow-growing, and as yet only very few trees of it are in existence in the West Indies. It has grown well in Trinidad, and has produced excel- lent crops of fruit of the finest flavor and there can be no doubt that many of the islands in the West Indies are quite capable of growing this fruit to perfection; and there is no doubt that it could be carried to market without serious loss in transit. Writings upon tropical fruits are much scattered and there is as yet no book dealing solely with the subject. The most important tropical fruits are detailed in the order of their local value in the following list (see the various entries in this Cyclopedia) : TROPICAL FRUITS OF THE WEST INDIES AND CENTRAL. AMERICA : 1. Banana, Musa species. Figs. 187-8. 2. Cocoanut, Cocos nucifera. Figs. 506-7, 1497. 3. Pineapple, Ananas sativus. Figs. 83, 1810-11. 4. Mango, Mangifera Indica. Figs. 2589, 1360-1. 5. Mangosteen, Garcinia Mangostana. Fig. 893. 6. Sapodilla, Achras Sapota. Fig. 2249. 7. Pear (Alligator Pear), Per sea gratissima. Fig. 1724. 8. Sugar Apple, Anona squamosa. Fig. 94. 9. Custard Apple, Anona reticulata. 10. Sour-sop, Anona mnricata. 11. Governor's Plum, Flacourtia. Hamontchi. P. 589. 12. Akee, Cupania sapida. 13. Cashew, Anacardium occidentale. P. 60. 14. Guava, Psidium Qua Java. Fig. 2008. 15. Pomme Cythere, Spondias dulcis. 16. Granadilla, Passiflora macrocarpa. 17. Water Lemon, Passiflora lanrifolia. 18. Star Apple, Chrysophyllum Cainito. Fig. 469. 19. Genip, Melicocca Mjuga. Fig. 1388. Of this list probably not more than half the number are cultivated in selected varieties, and some are mere wayside fruits, as the guava, genip and cashew. The banana, cocoanut and pineapple are largely exported. The mango is capable of being grown to any extent for export to temperate climates. The mangosteen is a fruit the cultivation of which should be largely ex- tended. The sapodilla if grown from the finest selected varieties is one of the choicest of tropical fruits. It is tender when ripe but carries well when "full," a West- Indian term for maturity. The pear (Persea) is a fruit which also carries well when mature. It is what should be called a salad fruit and is eaten with pepper and salt. In the East it is often served with sherry and sugar as fruit at dessert. The anonas, Nos. 8, 9 and 10, are good additions to the dessert when well grown from selected kinds. The last, or sour-sop, is particularly well suited for flavor- ing ices, it being considered by many as the best of all the fruit flavors for this purpose. It could be easily TROPICAL FRUITS exported in ice. The akee might be exported if pre- served. The part used is the large arillus attached to the seed, and it is served as a relish with meat dishes. The governor's plum is a fruit the size of a green-gage and makes fine jellies. The cashew is useful when pre- served, but is too tender for export. The large seeds roasted and bottled for preservation, form one of the best table nuts known. The guava can only be exported in the form of the well-known guava jelly. When a good variety is to hand the Ponune Cythere is an excel- lent and well-flavored table fruit. The granadilla makes excellent ices, and the water lemon is much used as dessert, having the appearance and flavor of a huge ripe gooseberry, though generally somewhat sweeter. Meli- cocca bijuga, or the genip, is a children's fruit, and is seldom seen at table. Like all similar fruits there has practically been no selection, and a large amount of variation appears. This is very prominent in the genip. Some are very acid, while others are deliciously sweet. This variation, as shown in seedlings, is fully sufficient to account for the diverse opinions as to the qualities of tropical fruits. The citrous tribes are, of course, sub-tropical fruits, but it is possible to grow them to great perfection in the tropics. When grown upon the sour orange stock, the trees are capable of reaching a large size, and will afford regular crops. An excellent start has been made in many West Indian islands in the cultivation of grafted plants of the best kinds. Trees in the tropics usually have their regular season of fruiting, but many trees, such as the mango and the orange, produce fruit out of season, or in the coolest season of the year. Trees which fruit at such a season are generally the most inferior kinds. Most visitors to the tropics choose this season for making their tour, and in consequence never have the opportunity of seeing or tasting the best qualities of the fruit produced, and only get inferior kinds, which the regular resident would not trouble to eat. When a mango is described as "all tow and turpentine," the writers were writing traly of the ordinary "out of season" mango, but all-the-year-round residents know that these kinds are as different from the selected varie- ties as is the quince from a jargonelle or a pear or a crab apple from a Ribston pippin. j jj |jART Another View o! Tropical Fruits. - The fruits most grown for export from the West Indies are bananas, oranges, grape fruit or pomelo, pineapples and cocoa- nuts. Others that are prized, but not exported to any extent, are mangoes, grapes, star-apples, naseberry or sapodilla, avocado pear, granadilla, cherimoya, sweet sop and mangosteen. Banana. — There are between 20 and 30 different va- rieties of banana, and about half as many of the plan- tain, which is the form of banana used as a vegetable. The enormous export of over 8,000,000 ounches of ba- nanas annually from Jamaica is almost entirely of one particular variety, which goes under various names,— "Jamaica," "Martinique," "Gros Michel, "etc. A small quantity of a red - skinned variety is occasionally ex- ported. It is prized rather for its color and effective- ness in a dish of fruit than for its quality. There are others, such as "Lady's Finger,'' which are superior in flavor to the Jamaica, and are destined to obtain in time special prices in the markets. These superior varieties have mostly been collected by the Royal Gardens, Kew, from India, Java, Straits Settlements, etc., and have been sent out from time to time to the Botanic Gardens of the West Indies. The soil most suitable for banana culture is a deep loam with a large proportion of humus. Good drainage is essential. Bananas grow well under irrigation, but the application of the water must be carefully watched. The only disease that is known is a species of Maras- mius, a fungus which attacks the petiole of the leaf. It has not done much harm, and in fact has not attracted any notice except in Trinidad. Insects do not interfere with plant or fruit. Nematode worms are known in other countries to have caused great destruction, but no cases are reported from any part of tropical America. Citrous Fruits (more properly sub-tropical). — Until a few years ago no attention was paid to the cultivation TROPICAL FRUITS 1863 of any of the citrous fruits: th, v simply grew wild - seeds were dropped by birds, and w!,,Y,.v,r the soil was suitable trees sprung up. Naturally many hybrids and mferior -kinds exist, but the great mass of the tree* h«y« ,-mue ni,., and the fruit is of excellent quality Since Florid* has suffered so much in it* orange groves '•ultivati,,,, in the West Indies has become general, and all the best kinds of Citrus have been imported from rlorida, California and England. In Jamaica the navel orange was introduced direct from Bahia many years ago, and there is good evidence that it occurs spontan- eously in the island at the most favorable elevation for the orange, -about 2,800 feet. A natural hybrid between the sweet orange and the tangierineis also known in the same district. The general excellence of the orange in Jamaica is partly due to the large numbers of grafted St. Michaels that were distributed from the Botanic Gar- S589. -^s*,^ Fruits of the Mango. Mangifera Indica (X 1-5). See also Atangifera. Vol. II. dens at Castleton. A limestone soil seems to suit the orange best. At low elevations both the orange and the grape fruit are rather sweet, but this fault gradually disappears and the flavor improves the higher the ele- vation,—the limit in Jamaica being somewhere about 4,000 feet for the orange, and 3,000 feet for the grape fruit. The diseases and insect pests that attack the citrous tribe in other countries are known in the West Indies, and the roots of trees are also attacked by the grub of a beetle, a species of Prwpodes. Trees that have grown wild are not subject to disease or insect pests. Pineapples. — Pineapples are indigenous in tropical America, and although it is scarcely possible to say whether they are truly native in any of the West In- dian islands, they are spoken of as being grown not very long after the discovery by Columbus. Joseph Acosta, in his "Natural! and Morail Historic of the East and West Indies" (London, 16C4), says: "The first Spaniards named many things at the Indies with such Spanish names as they did most resemble, as Pines . . . although they be very different fruits to those which are so-called in Spaine . . . The best [pines] are those of the Islands of Barlovente [Greater Antilles]." The Botanic Gardens in Jamaica are making experiments in crossing different varieties. The Ripley is the general favorite in Jamaica for its exquisite flavor, but the Smooth Cayenne is being cultivated largely for export, as its finer appearance ensures a higher price in the 1864 TROPICAL FRUITS TROXIMON markets. Mealy bug attacks the cultivated pine-apple, and blight and tangle-foot occur as in Florida, but in suitable situations it grows wild without any cultivation quite free from disease. Cocoanuts. — There is a large export of cocoanuts in the shell from the \V. Indies, and in Jamaica there is a factory for making cocoanut oil. The palms are sub- ject in some districts to a disease which attacks the terminal bud. So far as can be judged, it is of a bacterial nature, and probably infection is caused by beetles and other insects. In the West Indies cocoanuts flourish even in the interior of the islands and at a con- siderable elevation— 2,000 feet. They require an abund- ance of water at their roots. Mangoes were introduced into the West Indies towards the end of the eighteenth century, and to-day they are the commonest trees — the reason being that the seeds germinate readily and at once take root in almost any soil. The trees will grow even at elevations of 5,000 feet, but they do not bear fruit above 3,500 feet, nor do they bear at all in wet districts. There are numerous varieties, most of them being somewhat fibrous, even the esteemed "No. 11" containing some thread-like fiber. In the year 1869 several of the best grafted varieties of India were imported from Bombay for the Botanic Gardens of Jamaica; these are of superior excellence and without fiber. The seedlings of these Bombay mangoes do not come true, but the majority of them bear good fruit. Grafted plants are distributed from the various botanic gardens of the West Indies. Experi- ments in budding are being carried on with a view to bud the numerous inferior kinds. Even the coarse mangoes which are worthless as fruit, if picked before ripe, make excellent tarts, preserves, pickles, etc., and there is a wide field for enterprise in utilizing such fruit in various ways. The pineapple, cashew, ginep, naseberry or sapodilla, sweet sop, sour sop, custard apple, avocado pear, cherimoya, Spanish plum (Spondias), Barbados cherry, papaw, Fig. 2590, cocoa -plum, star apple, granadilla, .,.,. .(Mfft-'i J.v;,;»'j '~S. . 'h 'cyj$k ~^^&mhtb&&- !w* 2590. Papaw tree— Carica Papaya. A tropical fruit of secondary importance. (See also p. 246.) This picture shows a specimen grown in the open in southern Florida; Fig. 363 shows one grown in a northern greenhouse. sweet cup, pomme d'or, guava, mammee and mammee sapota are all natives of tropical or subtropical America or the West Indies, or are indigenous on both the main- laud and some of the islands. The banana, citrous fruits, cocoanut, man.»osteen, carambola, bilimbi, Nilgiri blackberry, tamarind, pome- granate, grape, akee, bread-fruit, and jack-fruit are introduced from other countries. The akee, bread-fruit, jack-fruit, cho-cho (Sechium edule, Fig. 2281), ochra and avocado pear are fruits used as vegetables. Great improvements have lately been made in the mode of packing fruits for export. The Government of Jamaica is about to appoint inspectors of fruit for export, who will stamp all packages that pass as well- graded, well-packed, etc., with the Government mark. It will be optional for exporters to take advantage of such inspection. The Imperial Department of Agriculture in the Lesser Antilles, and the Botanic Gardens of Jamaica, Trinidad, and British Guiana are devoting a considerable amount of attention to fruit with gratifying results. The inauguration in January, 1901, of a new line of steamers, with a subsidy of $200,000 annually, specially built for the fruit trade, and sailing direct from Jamaica to England, has already had a great effect in increasing the area under cultivation. This is only the first step in a regular and systematic export of fruit from the West Indies to Europe, and the development of the trade to an enormous extent is confidently anticipated. WM. FAWCETT. Botany of Tropical Fruits. All the tropical fruits mentioned above are described in this work at their proper places, with the exception of some of the follow- ing: Barbadoes Cherry is Malpigliia glabra, which see. Nilgiri Blackberry is Rubus racemosits. Ochra is another spelling for Okra. Pomme Cythere is Spondias dulcis, described below. Pomme d'Or is Passiflora laurifolia. Spanish Plum. Consult Spondias purpurea, below. Sweet Cup is Passiflora edulis and P. maliformis. The genus Spondias of the family Anacardiacece takes its name from an old Greek word used by Theophrastus for some kind of plum. It contains about 8 species of tropical trees with alternate odd-pinnate Ivs., numer- ous opposite Ifts., minute whitish fls. and yellow fruits as large as common plums. Botanically the fruit is a fleshy drupe with a 1-5-loculed bony endocarp. The ge- nus is distinguished by the following characters: ovary 3-5-loculed; ovule pendulous: Ivs. pinnate: fls. polyga- mous; stamens 8-10: styles 4-5, free at apex. The fol- lowing are widely cult, in the tropics. A. Locules of the echinate nut distant, connected only by the common base. dulcis, Forst. POMME CYTHERE. SWEET OTAHEITE APPLE. FRUIT DE CYTHERE. HEVI. Wi FRUIT, in Ta- hite. Height 50 ft.: Ifts. 11-13, oval-oblong, acuminate, serrate: fr. golden yellow, tastes something like a pine- apple. Society Islands. AA. Locules of the smoothish nut contiguous and more or less adnate. B. Racemes panicled, often exceeding the Ivs.: fls. yellowish white. lutea, Linn., (S. Mombin, Jacq., not Linn.). GOLDEN APPLE. JAMAICA PLUM. Tall tree: Ifts. 7-17, ovate-lan- ceolate or lanceolate, subentire or serrulate: panicle %-l ft. long: fr. ovoid, 2 in. long, yellow. Cosmopoli- tan in tropics. BB. Racemes unbranched, few-fid., much shorter than Ivs.: fls. purplish. purpurea, Linn.(the time the stems are cut. When the flowers are cut it will not do to leave them on the beds; they must be carried to some place where bulbs are not to be grown. If left upon the beds they will, as the Dutch say, "make .the soil sick," and sound, healthy bulbs cannot again be produced on it until after a succession of grain and grasses. Tulips must not be returned to the same soil annually, a rotation of at least two other crops being necessary to the production of sound, vigorous bulbs. A hundred thousand salable bulbs can be grown on a single acre. They require three years from the sets. 'The first year double that number can be grown. The average yield or output will be 66,000 bulbs to the acre. In this country where land admirably adapted to the cultivation of Tulip bulbs can be had at not more than fifty dollars per acre, in comparison with land in Hol- land worth $5,000 per acre, the' industry could be made .a profitable one. C. L. ALLEN. It is a matter of great regret that the key used be- low is based upon a technical botanical character of no interest to the horticulturist, but it seems to be impos- sible to group the species according to the color and shape of the flowers. SUMMARY OF GROUPS. 1-2 III. Outer bulb-tunic glabrous inside. . .Species Outer bulb-tunic with a few oppressed hairs inside towards the top Species 3-12 Outer bulb-tunic with scattering oppressed hairs all over inside Species 13-20 IV. Outer bulb-tunic pubescent inside, densely so at apex Species 21-23 V. Outer bulb-tunic pilose inside Species 24-26 VI. Outer bulb-tunic woolly at base inside. Species 27-30 VII. Outer bulb-tunic everyivhere woolly inside. * Species 31-32 VIII. Outer bulb-tunic ahvays hairy at base in- side around root crown, and usually with a few scattering hairs above but sometimes without them Species 37-42 acutifolia, 20. fulgens, 40. montana, 29. acuminata, 21. Gesneriana, 42. Oculus-solis, 34. alba, 20. Greigi, 3. Ostrowskiana, 11. albo-maculata, 42. Hageri, 2. Persica, S. L. Aleppica, 34. Kaufmanniana, 18. planifolia, 20. Armena, 24. Kesselringi, 15. platystigma, 25. australis, 38. Kolpakowskiana, 5. prsecox, 35. Batalini, 30. Korolkowi, 17. pulchella, 6. Biebersteiniana, 33. Julia, 29. retroflexa, 22. bittora, 31. lanata, S. L. saxatilis, 16. Billietiana, 19. Leichtlini, 36. spathulata, 42. carinata, 8. linifolia, 28 Sprengeri, 12. Clusiana, 32. Lorteti, 34. Strange way siana, Dammanni, 23. Lownei, 27. 42. Didieri, 20. lutescens, 20. suaveolens, 37. Dracontia, 42. Liycica, 34. sylvestris, 10. Eichleri, 4. macrospeila, 41. violacea, 7. elegans, 13. maculata, 14. viridiflora, 39. flava, S. L. Mauriana, 20. vitellina, 9. fragrans, 1. Maximowiczii, 26. GROUP I. Outer bulb-tunic glabrous inside. A. Peridnth yellow, flushed with green outside 1. fragrans AA. Perianth crimson tinged with yellow outside 2. Hageri 1. fragrans, Munby. Height 6-12 in.: proper Ivs. 3, crowded at middle of stem, linear or lorate : fls. yellow, greenish outside ; peri- anth funnelform - cam- panulate, \-VA in. long, 3 in. across, slightly fra- grant ; segments all acute; filaments bearded at base: ovary slightly narrowed at collar; stig- mas small. Algeria. Gn. 45:965. - Allied to T. sylvestris, differing in position of the leaves and segments uniformly wide. 2. Hageri, Held. Height 6 in. : Ivs. 4-5, lorate acute, not undu- late : fls. chiefly red, about 2 in. across; peri- anth broad-campanulate. 1% in., inodorous; seg- ments acute, red, with a large, green or purple- black basal blotch mar- gined with yellow ; sta- mens purple-black; fila- ments linear, bearded at base : ovary narrowed at collar; stigmas small. Hills of Parnes range in Attica. B.M. 0242. F. 2596. The open spreading torm 1877:169. 0£ Tulip (X%)- TULIPA 1871 GROUP II. Outer bttJb-tunic with a feiv oppressed hairs iiixide towards the top. A. Stem pubescent. B. Lvs. blotched with linear chestnut-brown spots: fila- >n oi fa not bearded at base. 3. Greigi BB. Lvs. not blotched: filaments bearded at base 4. Eichleri AA. Stem glabrous (T. Kolpahmr- skiana sometimes obscurely pubescent). B. Lvs. ovate or broadly lanceo- late. C. Filaments bearded at base. 5. Kolpakowskiana 6. pulchella 7. violacea cc. Filaments not bearded 8. carinata 9. vitell.na BB. Lvs. J invar or linear-lanceo- late. C. Filaments bearded at, bane. 10. sylvestris CC. Filaments not bearded 11. Ostrowskiana 12. Sprengeri 3. Greigi, Regel. Height 2-8 in.: Ivs. usually 4, obscurely downy, much undulate toward cartilaginous border: perianth campanulate, 3-3 % in. long, 5 in. across, spreading abruptly from about the middle, bright crimson with a large dark basal blotch, margined with yellow; segments uniform, obovoid, cus- pidate or emarginate ; anthers yellow; fil- aments black, glabrous: ovary narrowed at collar: stigmas yellow, twice as broad as neck of ovary, reflexed. Turkestan. B.M. 6177. F. 8.21:2201. P. 1876:217. - Early -blooming. 4. Eichleri, Regel. Height 6 in. : Ivs. 12-15 in. long, lanceolate acuminate, mar- gins plane and smooth: peri- anth broadly campanulate, 2- %-%/& in- across, deep scarlet with a broad, cuneate, dark violet - blue ba- sal blotch mar- gined with yel- low; segments rounded at top with a mucro; anthers violet- b ro wn ; fila- ments black; stigmas very thick, undulate, pale yellow. Georgia in Asia. B.M. 6191. F. 1877:169. -Allied to T. Greigi. 5. Kolpakowskiana, Regel. Height 12 in.: Ivs. 3-4, ob- scurely ciliate on margin: bud nodding: perianth cam- panulate, 2-2% in. long, 4% in. across, faintly scented, varying from bright scarlet to bright yellow, typically red with a faint yellow - black blotch at base; segments ob- long, acute, the outer-spread- ing away from the inner as the flower expands; anthers dark purple : ovary large, stout: stigmas large, crisped. Turkestan and Central Asia, 1877. B.M. 6710. Gn. 60, p. 182. — A near ally of T. Gexneriana, which it bids fair to rival in beauty and variability under cultivation. 6. pulchella, Fenzl. Height 4 in. : Ivs. 2-3, crowded and spreading close to the surface of the ground, chan- neled, obscurely ciliate on edges: perianth funnelform, erect. l-\% in. long, 2% in. across, bright mauve-red 118 2599. A Parrot Tulip — Tulipa Gesneriana, var. Dracontia (X%). 2598. Acute-petaled style of Tuli 2597. A Darwin Turnip See No. 42. above, passing downward into a slaty lilac without any dark-colored blotch, but bright yellow «• rOMOta all acute, densely pilose at base; filaments linear: ovary clavate: stigmas less than ovary-diameter. Alpine re- gion of Cilician Taurus, 1877. H..M. 6304. -A dwarf species near to T. Ilayeri. 1. violacea, Boiss. & Buhse. Less than 12 in. high: Ivs. :)-.">, crowded: perianth campanulate with a contracted base, 1}$ in. long, 2 in. wide, fragrant, typi- cally bright mauve-red or rosy crimson flushed with purple, varying to white with a slight flush of red outside, with a large brown or black basal blotch, usually bordered with white; segments uniformly ob- long, subacute; stamens black or purple; stigmas small. Per- sia. Int. to cult. 1890. B.M. 7440. G.M. 39:390. -Allied to T. Hageri and pulchella. 8. carinata, Hort. Krelage. Lvs. 3, not crowd- ed, as long as fl.- stalk, slightly un- dulate, slightly ciliate on edge near base; peri- anth open-campa- nulate, 3 in. long, dark scarlet, tinged with green just above and blending into a bright yellow ba- sal blotch; segments acute, cuspidate ; stamens yellow: ovary prismatic:* stig- mas white, not undulated. Habitat un- known. Vars. rubra and violacea, Hort., are offered. 9. vitelllna, Hort. Lvs. 4, not crowded, as long as fl. -stalk, not undulated, thinly ciliate on edge: peduncle slightly tinged with red near fl. : perianth carapanulate, 2 in. long, sulfur-yellow, no basal blotch; inner segments rounded, outer acute; filaments yellowish white; stigmas not undulated. — Said to be "hybrids be- tween T. suaveolens and T. Gesneriana." It is one of the "Cottage Garden *• Tulips, a class of old-fashioned Tulips which" have been preserved from oblivion in the gardens of the poor. Attempts have been made recently to restore them to popular favor. Well worth attention. 10. sylvfistris, Linn. Fig. 2601. Height 9-15 in. : Ivs. usually 3, at base of scape, channeled, linear-lorate: peduncle sometimes 2-fld. in cultivation: bud nodding; perianth funuelform-campanulate, 1X-2 in. long, yel- low; segments all acute, inner narrower: ovary bladder- form (narrowed at collar) : stigmas smaller than ovary- diameter, yellow. Said to be native in England and widely so in Europe. — In cultivation as T. Florrntiim and T. Florentina, var. odorata. 11. Ostrowskiana, Regel. Height 12 in.: Ivs. 3, flat, ciliate on edge : perianth open-r'ampanulate, 2-3 in. across, non-odorous, scarlet with small brown basal spot, margined with yellow at top; segments tapering at base and top; filaments dark wine-red: ovary pris- matic, white striped with green, red near top: stigmas equal to ovary-diameter, scarlet. Introduced from Turkestan in 1881. B.M. 6895. Gn. 45:965.— Allied to T. Oculus-solis. 12. Bprengeri, Baker. Height 10-18 in.: Ivs. 4, close together, long, linear-lanceolate, stiff: peduncle wiry, tinged \\-itli deep red under fl.: perianth open-eanipanu- late (star-shaped), 2 in. long, bright scarlet with a somewhat dull brown basal blotch margined all around with dull orange-yellow, all blending into one another; 1872 TULIPA TULIPA segments all oblong-ovate and cuspidate; filaments red- dish brown: ovary pyramidal, reddish: stigmas equal to narrow collar. Hab. (?). Imported by Dammann & Co., of Naples, in 1894. Gn. 56:1251. Gt. 44:1411. GROUP III. Outer bulb -tunic with scattering appressed hairs all over inside. A. Stem pubescent (T. maculata finely so and sometimes gla- brous ) . B. Perianth usually bright red with a yellow basal blotch... 13. elegans BB. Perianth orange -scarlet or red, with a dark brown, purplish or bluish black basal blotch. 14. maculata AA. Stem glabrous. B. Lower Ivs. lorate or linear - lanceolate 15. Kesselringi BB. Lower Ivs. lanceolate or broadly so. C. Filaments bearded at base.. 16. saxatilis CC. Filaments not bearded. D. The perianth segment's all rounded at top 17. Korolkowi DD. The perianth segments all acute at top 18. KauJmanniana DDD. The inner perianth seg- ments rounded : outer acute at top 19. Billietiana 20. Didieri 13. Slogans, Hort. Height 12-18 in. : Ivs. 3-4, below middle of stem, lorate - lanceolate, finely ciliate upon upper face: perianth campanulate, 3-3% in. long: seg- ments uniform, narrowed gradually to a very acute 2600. A pan of Murillo Tulips, one of the few double varieties that are really desirable (X %)• point; anthers violet ; filaments glabrous ; stigmas larger than ovary-diameter, yellowish, — Known in gar- dens only. Krelage catalogues a variety as "Cottage elegans picotee," which has larger Ivs. and white flowers edged with rose, and without basal blotch. "Probably a hybrid between T. acuminata and suaveolens." 14. maculata, Hort. Height 12-18 in. : Ivs. 3-4, lorate- lanceolate: perianth campanulate, 2-2% in.; segments obovate, cuspidate, very wide beyond middle; anthers purple; filaments glabrous; stigmas small.— "A well- marked garden race" (Baker). 15. Kesselringi, Regel. Lvs. 4-5, crowded at base of stem, lorate-lanceolate, channeled: peduncle some- times obscurely puberulent: perianth campanulate, l%-2 in. long, bright yellow, flushed with red and green out- side; inner segments subobtuse, outer acute; stamens bright yellow; filaments glabrous; stigmas not equal to ovary-diameter. Turkestan. B.M. 6754. 16. saxatilis, Sieber. Height 12 in. or more: stem usually branched low down and bearing 2 fls. : Ivs. usually 3, sometimes lowest 12 in. long: perianth ob- long-funnelform, 2-2% in. long, 3 in. across, light mauve-purple, at base bright yellow; segments pubes- cent at base, inner obovate, outer oblong ; anthers blackish; filaments bright yellow: ovary prismatic: stigmas small. Crete, 1878. B.M. 6374. Gn. 56:1234. 17. Korolkdwi, Regel. Height 6-9 in. : Ivs. 2-3, fal- cate, margin crisped: perianth campanulate, red, with a distinct black basal blotch ; inner segments oblong, outer obovate ; .filaments lanceolate; stigmas small. Turkestan, 1875. 18. Kaufmanniana, Regel. Less than 12 in. high: Ivs. 2-3; perianth subcampanulate, 2-3 in. long, 2%-4 in. across, bright yellow in original form, tinged with red outside, without basal blotch ; in cultivation very vari- ble in color and nearly always with a deep yellow ba- sal blotch ; anthers lemon-yellow, linear ; filaments bright orange, linear flattened: ovary pyramidal: stig- mas small in cultivated form, but described as large. Turkestan, 1877. B.M. 6887. 19. Billietiana, Jord. & Four. Lvs. 3-4, undulate, not ciliate on edge: perianth open-campanulate, 2 in. long, 3% in. across, inodorous, bright yellow, flushed with scarlet -pink, especially outside, with obscure basal blotch striated with blue-black lines ; anthers dark gray or blackish; filaments yellow, with dark striations : ovary narrowed at collar : stigmas light yellow, very large and crisped. Savoy, Italy. B.M. 7253. G.M. 38:311. -One of the late Tulips. 20. Dididri, Jord. Height 12-18 in. : Ivs. 3-4, undulate, acuminate: perianth campanulate, 2-2% in. long, 4% in. across, bright crimson, with purple basal blotch margined with yellow or yellowish white; outer segments reflexed; stamens same color as basal blotch : ovary narrowed at collar: stigmas larger than collar- diameter, white. Savoy, Italy and Alps. B.M. 6639. — Var. Mauriana, Jord. Lvs. narrower, slightly undulate: perianth brilliant red, with wide yellow blotch. Var. planifolia, Jord. Stem slender: Ivs. narrow, not undulated: perianth deep red, faintly marked with yellowish red or blackish blotch. Var. acutifolia, DC. A cultivated form: peduncle 5-8 in. long: Ivs. oblong -lanceolate. Var. alba, Krelage. Peduncle stiff, mottled with red: perianth light lemon- yellow, or white tinged green outside, basal blotch lim- ited to a few dark striations ; filaments same color as flower. Var. lutescens, Krelage. Lvs. 3, slightly fal- cate: perianth light yellowish white streaked with red, with a bluish violet," dark basal blotch; filaments col- ored like spot. GROUP IV. Outer bulb-tunic pubescent inside, densely so at apex. A. Perianth segments very long, linear and acuminate 21. acuminata AA. Perianth segments oblong, all uni- form, and acuminate 22. retroilexa AAA. Perianth segments all narrowly ob- long; inner acute, outer rounded at top 23. Dammanni 21. acuminata, Vahl. Figs. 2602, 2603. Height 12-18 in.: Ivs. 4, lowest lanceolate, all undulated at margins: peduncle shining: perianth very open, light yellow splotched with red lines; segments sometimes 4% in. long, less than % in. wide, with edges rolled in; sta- mens yellow; filaments flattened, glabrous: ovary pris- matic: stigmas very large, yellow, not undulated. Turkey (?). 22. retroflSxa, Hort. Lvs. long-lanceolate, sometimes linear-lanceolate, slightly ciliate on edge, otherwise glabrous: peduncle somewhat shining: bud nodding; perianth open funnelform-campanulate, yellow, a shade darker at base— a trace of a very obscure basal blotch; segments uniform in width, linear-lanceolate acumi- nate, twisted, with undulated edges; stamens yellow; filaments flattened, glabrous.— A supposed garden hy- brid between T. Gesneriana and acuminata. 23. Dammanni, Regel. Height 6 in.: Ivs. 4, placed •whorl-like at middle of stem, linear-lanceolate, recurved, obscurely bristly, ciliate on margin, otherwise glabrous: peduncle glabrous: perianth spreading, star-shaped, purplish or reddish with an oblong-lanceolate black TULIPA blotch without yellow border; segments narrowly ob- long; filaments filiform, glabrous; stigmas broader than ovary -diameter. Mt. Lebanon. 1889. Gt. 38:1300. — Allied to T. linifolia and Maximowiczii. GROUP V. Outer bulb-tunic pilose inside. A. Lower Ivs. lanceolate. B. Lvs. slightly or not at all un- uulated 24. Armena BB. Lt's. vcr\i much undulated 25. platystigma AA. Lower Ivs. linear 20. Maximowiczii 24 Armena, Boiss. Lvs. 5, crowded at base of stem, falcate, glaucous and glabrous, slightly undulated, long, ciliate on edge all around, longer than fl. -stalk: pedun- cle glabrous, finely dotted, perianth open campanulate, slightly sweet-scented, 2 in. long, dark scarlet with black basal blotch margined all around with yellow; inner segments rounded, outer acute; anthers purple; fila- ments flattened, black, not bearded. — This species is referred by Baker without hesitation to T. Gesneriana, but the plants in the trade as T. Armena differ as indi- cated above. 25. platystigma, J o r d . Height 18 in.: stem slen- der, glabrous : Ivs. 3-4, very much undulated: peduncle glabrous: perianth campan- ulate, 2 in. long, violet- scented, magenta-red; seg- ments obovate-oblong; claw aeOl.Tulipasylvestris.known blue tinted with a yellow spot m the middle ; filaments not bearded : anthers violet- colored: ovary prismatic: stigmas very large and undulated. France. 26. Maximowiczii, Regel. Lvs. erect: peduncle gla- brous: perianth crimson, with a black basal blotch; segments obtuse, ending in a short, sharp point; an- thers light purple; filaments linear, not bearded. East- ern Bokhara, 1889. Closely allied to T. linifolia, from which it differs in having outer bulb-tunic hairy at apex (not woolly), erect Ivs. and sharp-pointed perianth-seg- ments. Gt. 38:1307. G.C. III. 19:757. GROUP VI. Outer bulb-tunic woolly at apex inside. A. Filaments bearded at base 27. Lownei AA. filaments not bearded. B. Perianth crimson or scarlet, with a distinct basal blotch 28. linifolia 29. montana BB. Perianth yellow, without basal blotch. 30. Batalini 27. L6wnei, Baker. Height 2-4 in.: stem glabrous, sometimes 2-headed: Ivs. 2, lanceolate, acuminate, fal- cate, glabrous: peduncle slender, glabrous: bud slightly nodding; perianth funnelform, small, white with a bright yellow basal blotch, tinged outside with light pur- ple or purplish pink, inner segments wider; stamens yellow: ovary narrowed at collar: stigmas very small. Mts. of Syria" and Palestine, 1874. 28. linifdlia, Regel. Stem somewhat shining, some- times 2-headed: Ivs. 7, linear and grass-like, spirally arranged, spreading, glabrous: perianth open-campanu- late, small, bright scarlet; basal blotch bluish black; inner segments oblanceolate, outer ovate and slightly wider; anthers pinkish; pollen gray; filaments bluish black: ovary pyramidal : stigmas very small, yellowish white. Bokhara. 29. montana, Lindl. Height 4-8 in.: lower Ivs. ob- long-lanceolate, acuminate, undulated, very glaucous: peduncle glabroils: perianth campanulate, l%-2in. long, 2 in. across, deep crimson, paler outside; segments ovate or oblong, flat, acute, the inner often obovate ob- tuse; filaments purplish: ovary prismatic: stigmas small. Mts. of Persia. B.R. 13:1106.-Var. Julia, K. Koch. Dwarf, from Caucasus. Not more than 3-4 in. TULIPA 1873 also as T. Plorentina, var. odorata (X%). tail: fls. bright red. 1 in. ,,r less long; all 6 segments obovate and obtuse. 30. Batalini, Kcg.-l. Height 5 in.: stem glabrous: Ivs. 5, crowded into a sort of whorl just below middle of stem, linear-lanceolate, glabrous, slightly undulate.!: perianth campanulate, slightly funnelform; segments oblong-ovate, obtuse, sometimes deeply incised on the edge near the top; filaments linear, terete, yellow: ovary elliptic-oblong, compressed, trigonous: stigmas coroniform. Eastern Bokhara, 1889. Gt. 38:1307. G.C. III. 19: 759. -One of the early Tulips. 2602. One of the acuminate-petaled form* — the old Turkish-garden ideal (X %). No. 21. GROUP VII. Outer bulb-tunic everywhere woolly inside. A. Filaments bearded at base. B. The filaments flattened 31. biflora BB. The filaments cylindric .'{'_'. Clusiana AA. Filaments not bearded. B. Perianth bright yellow, with obscure basal blotch or none .33. Biebersteiniana BB. Perianth bright scarlit, with a distinct black or purplish basal blotch margined with yellow 34. Oculus-solii :'.'<. praecox BBB. Perianth with outer segments rich, bright purple or pur- plish red broadly margined with white: inner segments yellowish white 3G. Leichtliai 1874 TULIPA TULIPA 31. biflora, Linn. Height 3-6 in. : stem glabrous or slightly pilose, usually 2- or 3-fld., rarely 4- or 5-tid. : Ivs. often 2, sometimes 3, linear, long: perianth fun- nelform-campamilate, 1 in. long, 2 in. across, pale yellow or white inside, tinged with green or red or even pur- plish outside; segments acute; filaments flattened, ciliated at base: ovary narrowed at collar: stigmas small. Mts. of Central Siberia and the Caucasus. B.R. 7:535. B.M. 6518. 32. Clusiana, Vent. Height 12-18 in. : stem slender, glabrous: Ivs. 4-5, very long and narrow and folded double, linear-acuminate, pendent: peduncle slender, tinged with brown directly under fl. : perianth small, when open 2 in. across, funnelform-campanulate, very fragrant, bright lemon-yellow tinged with green out- side, or white flushed with red; segments acute; claw hirsute on edge; stamens yellow; filaments cylindric, densely bearded at base: ovary pyramidal: stigmas small, tinged with red. Portugal, through Mediterranean region to Greece and Persia. B.M. 1390. 2603. Tulipa acuminata (X %). 33. Biebersteiniana, Schult. f. Height 6 in.: stem slender, glabrous: Ivs. 2-4, crowded together, long, channeled, glabrous, slightly ciliated on edge; bud slightly nodding; perianth open-campanulate, 2% in. long, bright yellow tinged with scarlet-pink on edges and sometimes green outside; at base a brownish yellow discoloration; inner segments obtuse, outer acute; anthers gray; pollen yellow; filaments yellow: ovary prismatic: stigmas yellow, undulated. Asia Minor. 34. Cculus-sdlis, St. Aman. Height, 12-18 in.: stem slender, glabrous: Ivs. 3-4, lorate -lanceolate, acute, glabrous: perianth funnelform-campanulate, 2%-3 in. long, 4% in. across, scentless, erect; segments very acute, the inner ones often less so; anthers yellow; filaments purple: ovary prismatic. South of France, Italy and Switzerland. B.R. 5:380 (as T. Gesneriana). — Var. Lorteti, Baker. A slight variety, the basal spot oblanceolate and black. Marseilles. Var. Lycica, Baker. Stem 6-8 in. long: Ivs. crowded: perianth-segments all acute, inner oblanceolate-oblong; apex subdeltoid ; blotch black; anthers and filaments dark purple. Lycia, Asia Minor. Var. Aleppica, Baker. A form with fls. con- siderably smaller than W. European type, with a smaller black basal blotch. Asia Minor, Syria and Palestine. 35. praecox, Tenore. Height, 12-18 in. : stem slender, glabrous: Ivs. 3-5, lorate-lanceolate, acute, undulated at margin: perianth campanulate, 2-3 in. long, 3 in. across, erect, scentless: basal blotch purplish black, margined with yellow; segments widely imbricated, outer slightly longer, acute, puberulent at apex; inner shorter, obtusely cuspidate; anthers yellow; filaments long, dark purple, glabrous: ovary prismatic: stigmas pubescent, reddish. Italy and Southern France; also Algeria, Greece, Syria, Palestine and Persia. Very closely allied to last, and figured as such in B.R. 3:204; 14:1143; 17:1419. — One of the oldest known species. 36. Lelchtlini, Regel. Height 9-18 in. : stem glabrous: lower Ivs. linear-lanceolate: perianth between campanu- late and funnelform, outer segments narrow and acute, inner much shorter and obtuse at apex. Kashmir. Gn. 40:819. GROUP VIII. Outer bun-tunic always hairy at base inside around root crown, and usually furnished with a few scattering hairs above, but sometimes with- out them. A. Stem and Ivs. pubescent 37. suaveolens AA. Stem and Ivs. glabrous. B. Leafy only at base of stem. c. Lvs. lanceolate 38. australis cc. Lvs. linear or lorate 39. viridiflora BB. Leafy to middle of stem or above. C. Perianth uniformly dark scar- let with a bright yellow basal blotch 40. fulgens CC. Perianth uniformly icitli a blackish basal blotch, bordered with bright yellow 41. macrospeila CCC. Perianth variable, but rarely with a bordered dark basal blotch 42. Gesneriana 37. suaveolens, Roth. EARLY GARDEN TULIPS. Height 3-6 in. : Ivs. 3-4, mostly at base of stem, lowest lorate- lanceolate and broad: perianth campanulate, 1-2% in. long, erect, fragrant, bright red 'or yellow or variegated : segments all acute; filaments glabrous; anthers yellow: ovary prismatic : stigmas very large. Southern Russia and Southern Europe, but possibly only a naturalized form of old introduced Turkish garden varieties. F.S. 12:1223. B.M. 839. 38. australis, Link. Height 12-18 in.: stem slender: Ivs. 2-3, crowded together at lower portion of scape, channeled: bud nodding; perianth \% in. across, funnel- form-campanulate, yellow, outside reddish ; segments oblanceolate-oblong acute, at apex slightly puberulent; anthers yellow; filaments flattened, bearded at base: ovary narrowed at collar. Savoy, France, Spain, Portugal and Algeria. B.M. 7171. Gn. 45:965. 39. viridifldra, Hort. (?). Outer bulb tunic glabrous except around root-crown, where there is a dense fringe: stem glabrous and glaucous: Ivs. lorate-lanceolate, un- dulated, glabrous, glaucous, edges slightly ciliated near base: fl. large, soft green, edged with yellow or white. Gn. 32:625. — Garden form. Bears some resemblance to a Parrot Tulip. 40. fulgens, Hort. Garden form. Height 8-18 in.: Ivs. 3, lanceolate or ovate, very wavy: perianth - seg- ments all oblong ovate, acute; anthers yellow; pollen yellow; filaments white, flattened, glabrous : ovary prismatic: stigmas small, not wavy. 41. macrospeila, Baker. A supposed hybrid of un- known origin: height 10-18 in.: Ivs. 3-4, long and nar- row, lowest long - lanceolate, flat, pendent : peduncle wiry: perianth campanulate, slightly funnelform, emit- ting a heavy, sweetish, unpleasant odor, bright crimson to cerise or cherry red, with a distinct, nearly black cuneate basal blotch broadly margined with yellow or yellowish white at top ; segments obtuse or outer some- times acute, outer reflexed, inner erect; filaments di- lated, white at base, black, violet or striated above, glabrous: ovary prismatic, creamy white: stigmas same color, large, slightly undulated. 42. Gesneriana, Linn. COMMON GARDEN or LATE TU- LIPS. Figs. 2594-2600. Height 6-24 in. : stem erect: Ivs. 3-4 or more, lower lorate-lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, often undulated, glaucous, pubescence variable : pe- duncle erect: perianth campanulate, 1-2% in. long, in- odorous, bright red or vari-colored, when bright red, with only an obscure basal blotch, which is usually yel- low, but may be dark or even blackish or mixed, some- times white; segments all obovate -oblong, obtuse, broadly rounded at apex, often with a small cusp in the SWfc Plate XL VI. Flat Turnips and Rutabagas The Turnips (Brassica Rapa] are the two tubers showing in front and on the left. The Rutabagas (Brassica, campestris) are the three top-shaped tubers, with many roots TULIPA center; filaments glabrous, flattened: ovary prismatic: stigmas large and usually crisped. Origin uncertain. Introduced from the Turkish gardens in 1554. Long since hybridized and cultivated out of all semblance to any wild forms. Supposed original form (Baker) in H.M. (U.'W (as T. Schrenki). Darwin tulips (Fig. 2597) are a recent strain of long-stemmed, late, self-colored tulips. Tl'KNII> 1875 2604. Tunica Saxifraga, Flower about natural size. Var. Drac6ntia, Baker (Fig. 2599). PARROT TULIP. Similar in habit : perianth usually yellow and red striped and splotched; segments deeply cleft and la- ciniately dentate. F.S. 21:2211 (as T. Turcica). Var. spathuteta ( T. spathuldia, Bertol.). This differs from the type in its larger fls. of a brilliant red color, with a large purplish black blotch at the base of each of the segments. Italy. — Probably the largest of the wild Tulips. Catalogued by many bulb growers as nT. G. vera." Var. Strangewaysiana, Reboul. Very large, brilliant, dar.k scarlet flowers, with a handsome dark basal blotch. One of the naturalized Tulips found without disposi- tion to vary in fields near Florence, Italy. F. 1880:65. Var. albo-oculata, Krelage. Deep campanulate fl., with a slight sweetish mawkish odor, bright red, with a distinct white basal blotch ; inner segments obtuse, outer acute; filaments white. T. fldva, Hort., Krelage, is "often confused with vitellina in gardens, though perfectly distinct. Flava is yellow, very ro- bust, tall, and at least a fortnight later in blooming. Vitellina is almost white when old " Imperfectly known.— T. lanata. Regel. Dwarf: fls. large, goblet-shaped, rich vermilion, with a large black spot at the base of each of the segments. Imper- fectly known.— T. Persica, Willd., is a synonym of T. patens, Agardh, a Siberian species not known to the trade. It has fls. about 3 in. across, greenish outside, whitish inside, with a yellow eye. The outer segments are narrower. It is figured in B.M. 3887 as T. tricolor. T. Persica of the trade has been confused by the Dutch with T. Breyniana, Linn., the proper name of which is Bseometra Columellaris, Salisb. Baeometra is a monotypic genus native to South Africa. There are no true Tulips in South Africa. The important generic distinctior. between BaBometra and Tulipa lies in the dehiseence of the capsule; that of the former is septicidal, of the latter loculicidal. Baeometra is figured in B.M. 767 as Melanthium uniflornm. It is a dwarf plant 4-6 in. high with funnel-shaped fls. about 1 in. across, yellow within, tinged with deep brownish red outside. The segments are oblong and snbequal. Although a native of the Cape, the plant is supposed to be hardy. ARNOLD V. STUBENRAUCH. TULIP, BUTTERFLY. Calochortus. Tulip Poppy. Hunnetnannia. Tulip Tree. Liriodendron. TUNA. Opuntia Tuna. TUNICA (Latin, a tunic or coat, from the imbricated involucre). Oaryophyllacea. Small slender herbs with linear opposn,. (eaves, u,il, habit ,,f <;Vps,,phila. but botanically more nearly allied to Diamhus. From Di- anthus they differ in smalln.-ss. tin- <-,.,,tral (lower of the duster not bracteate. the calyx top-shaped or cylin- drical rather than short-tubular And ;V ,,r l.Vribh.-d" the calyx-teeth obtuse; petals 5 and styles 2. There are about 10 species in Southern Europe and in Asia T Saxifraga, Scop. (Fig. 2604), apparently the only'spe- cies in cultivation in this country, is a tufted spreading hardy species suitable for rockwork and blooming in summer and fall (see bottom p. 737). It is a wiry- stemmed perennial, growing 0-10 in. high: fls. small with rosy white, lilac or pale purple notched petals. A recent novelty is a double flowered variety. It is more compact and dwarf than the type, and "the fls. last longer. Tunicas are propagated by seeds or division. T. Saxifraga has become adventive in some parts of the east. T „ _ J-j. 11. B. TUPA. See Lobelia. TUPELO. See Nynsa. TUBE'S HEAD. Melocactus communis. TUENIP (Plate XLVI) is a name somewhat loosely applied to two species of vegetables. In this country, and apparently properly, it is applied to vegetables characterized by thick light-fleshed roots that are usu- ally more or less flattened or at least not greatly elon- gated, with leaves that are hairy and not glaucous. These vegetables belong to the species Brassica Rapa (see page 178). In the term is sometimes included the Swedish Turnip or Rutabaga, a plant that is character- ized by having a more uniformly elongated-oval yellow- fleshed tuber with roots springing from its lower portion, a thick elongated leafy neck, and glaucous-blue leaves that are not hairy. This plant, however, is considered to be Braasica campestris. Whether these two species exist separately in wild nature is not positively known, but they appear to be well defined under cultivation. Both species tend to run wild in old fields and to lose their thickened roots. They are then sometimes, though erroneously, known as charlock. The nativity of these species is unknown, but they are almost certainly 2605. Turnip— Brassica Rapa. 2606. Rutabaga— Brauica campestrit. European or Asian in origin. Characteristic tubers of these two plants are contrasted in Figs. 2605 and 2606. The former is commonly known here as "flat turnip" and the latter as rutabaga or merely "baga." According to Vilmorin. the plant that we know as Rutabaga is known to the French as chou-navet and in England an Swedish Turnip and turnip-rooted cabbage. 1876 TURNIP The culture of Turnips and Rutabagas is very simi- lar, except that the Rutabaga requires a longer season in which to grow. The Rutabaga is nearly always grown as a main - season crop, whereas the Turnip may be sown very late for winter use or very early for late spring or summer use. Usually the flat Turnip is not grown during the hot weather of summer. In the north- ern states it is sown from the middle of July to the mid- dle of August for late crop, or on the first approach of spring in order that tubers may be had for the early vegetable market. The late or winter crop is ordinarily used for storing in cellars and also for feeding, where- as the early crop is often sold in bunches in the open market, and later by the basket or bushel. The Turnips and Rutabagas are hardy; that is, the young plants can withstand some frost. They are cold weather plants and demand loose, moist soil. Usually the seeds are sown in drills which stand from 10 to 20 inches apart. In the drills the plants are thinned until they stand from 6 to 10 inches apart, depending on the variety that is to be grown. For general field operations the rows are sometimes placed as far as 30 inches apart, in order to allow horse tillage. Sometimes the late or winter crop is raised from seed sown broadcast, but this method gives good results only when the soil is well supplied with moisture, very thoroughly tilled beforehand and is free from weeds, since subsequent tillage is impossible. The seeds of Turnips and Ruta- bagas are of similar size, two or three pounds being required for broadcasting to the acre. When sown in drills one-half or one-third this amount may be suffi- cient. The yields will sometimes reach 1,000 bushels to the acre, although the average is much less than this. The Turnip needs no special care as to cultivation. The greatest difficulties are the root maggot, which is the larva of a small fly, and the flea beetle. The mag- got may be killed by injecting bisulfide of carbon into the soil about the roots before the grubs have burrowed deeply into the tissues. In general field operations, however, this treatment is impracticable and one must rely on growing the crop in fields which are not in- fested with the maggot; that is, rotation is the chief recourse. The flea beetle may be kept in check by spraying the plants with Bordeaux mixture, or perhaps better by sprinkling them with Paris green diluted with landplaster (one part by bulk of Paris green to 50 of plaster). Rutabagas have firmer and richer flesh than the Tur- nips. They are usually more prized for consumption in winter, and Turnips are usually more popular in the spring and early fall markets. Rutabagas are also more prized for stock-feeding. They yield heavily, are rich and succulent and keep well in any ordinary cellar. Rutabagas started in the middle or last of June in the northern states will reach their full growth by October. They are usually not harvested until heavy frosts have come. The roots of Rutabagas and Turnips sometimes persist through the winter, even though they have been solidly frozen, and send up flower-stalks in the spring; but unlike salsify and parsnips the roots should not be left in the ground to freeze if they are to be used. L H B TURNIP, INDIAN. Ariscema triphylla. TURNIP-ROOTED CELERY. See Celeriac. TURPENTINE TREE. Syncarpia latifolia. TURPlNIA (Pierre J. P. Turpin, a French botanist and author). Celastracece. About 8 species of trees or shrubs from the tropical regions of the world, with opposite abruptly pinnate or rarely simple leaves and small white flowers in spreading terminal or axillary panicles. Fls. hermaphrodite, regular; calyx 5-cut, per- sistent; petals 5, roundish, sessile; stamens 5: ovary sessile, 3-lobed, 3-loculed: fr. subglobose indehiscent. arguta, Seem. A tender shrub: Ivs. simple, ovate- lanceolate, acuminate, serrate: fls. white, becoming yellowish. China. B.R. 21: 1819. -Advertised in S. Calif. F. W. BARCLAY. TWISTED STALK TURRJEA (Turra, 1607-1688, botanist of Padua, Italy). Meliacetf.. About 30 widely scattered species of tropical trees and shrubs with alternate, stalked, entire or lo^ed Ivs. and long white fls. in axillary clusters. Calyx 4-5- toothed or parted; petals 4-5, long and free; staminal tube 4-5-toothed; disk none: ovary 5-, 10- or 20-loculed: ovules 2 in each locule, superposed. T. heterophylla, in- troduced to S. Florida by Reasoner Bros., is probably not in cultivation. It was said to be a native of Natal. The plant described as T. heterophylla in Flora Capen- sis was probably imperfectly diagnosed and should be known as T. floribunda, as explained in the Flora of Tropical Africa. A. Fls. solitary or in pairs, axillary. heterophylla, Sm., not Sonder. Lvs. more or less obovate-cuneate, 3-lobed above, varying to subentire: fls. Vi-% in. long. Upper Guinea. B.R. 30:4 (as T. lobata). — Not cult. AA. Fls. clustered at ends of branches. floribunda, Hochst. (heterophylla, Sond.). Shrub: foliage falls away before flowering season: Ivs. ovate, acute or produced into a short obtuse point, undivided or 3-lobed: fls. clustered at ends of branches: peduncles and calices silky tomentose. Natal. -yjr ]yj TURTLE-HEAD. Species of Chelone. TUS8ILA60 (Latin, tussis, cough, and ago; referring to the medicinal use of the Ivs.). Compdsitce. Here be- longs the COLTSFOOT, the flowers of which look much like the dandelion. It resembles the dandelion in having scapes bearing solitary yellow flower-heads composed of rays, but the scapes are scaly and the heads are smaller, lighter colored and borne in early spring before the "main crop" of dandelions. Also the flowers close up in the hot sunshine towards noon, contrary to the custom of dandelions. When the fruit is mature, they hang their heads prettily. The Coltsfoot has a downy head of fruit, but it is not as large, round and attrac- tive as a dandelion's. After the flowers have lost their beauty, the leaves appear. They are heart-shaped and rounded at first, but as they grow they become more and more angled. Tuey are covered with a soft cottony matting which diminishes toward the end of the season. The Coltsfoot is generally considered rather coarse and plebeian, and it is rarely offered for sale, except by collectors of wild plants. It spreads too fast to be a denizen of the flower garden, but it is desirable for wild gardening operations. It grows naturally in moist places and thrives on steep raw banks in the stiffest clay. A mass of its soft, cot- tony foliage is a pleasant and restful sight in early summer. The variegated form is more commonly culti- vated than the type. Tussilago fragrans, the "Winter Heliotrope," is a Petasites, which see. The leaves of the Coltsfoot are said to be used in making cigars which are smoked in cases of asthma. Tussilago is a genus of one species. It is more closely related to Petasites than to Taraxacum. For generic description, see Gray's Manual and Brittonand Brown's Illustrated Flora. Farfara, Linn. COLTSFOOT. Described above. Spreads rapidly by underground stems. Fls. in March. Native to Europe, India and northwestern Asia. Naturalized in America. Gn. 23, p. 113. Var. variegata, Hort., has Ivs. margined and more or less blotched with white or yellow. Gn. 37, p. 435. Lowe 56. ^ ]yj TUTSAN. Hypericum Androscemum. TWAYBLADE. Liparis liliifolice. TWIN FLOWER. Linncea borealis. TWIN LEAF. Jeffersonia. TWISTED STALK. Streptopus. TYD.KA TYD2EA. Now included in Isoloma. TYPH A (ancient name). Typhacece. CAT-TAIL. REED BlAct. A genus of about 10 species of marsh plants with creeping rootstocks and erect, round stems, with long, linear sheathing leaves and monoecious flowers in densely crowded, terminal spikes which are subtended by a fugacious bract. The following are hardy aquatic or bog perennial herbs of easy culture in wet soil or in water. They spread rapidly and are likely to become too plentiful unless care is" taken to pull such of them up as are not wished before they become firmly established. Forms intermediate between the following two species some- times occur. TYPHA is?? A. Staminate and pistillate spikes contiguous. latifdlia, Linn. Fig. 2607. Stem stout, 4-8 ft. high: Ivs. wider than in the following apecies, usually 1 in. wide: pistillate spikes becoming about 1 in. in diara. June, July. N. Amer., Eu., Asia. B.B. 1 :-loln,y THE PKAIRIE. Height 2-8 ft., glabrous: terminal 1ft. large, 7-9-parted, with oblong, acuminate incisely ser- rate lobes; lateral Ifts. smaller, 3-5-lobed, on the upper Ivs. missing, green on both sides, only pubescent on the veins beneath: fls. pink, in a rather large paniculate cynic- akenes 6-10, glabrous. June, July. Pa. to Ga west to Mich, and Ky. Mn. 2:145. — Beautiful. Var! venusta, Hort. Fls. deep pink or carmine. Var. albicans Hort. Fls. light pink, or almost white. R.B. 3:169 - ULMUS 1879 2609. Ulmaria Filipendula (plant about 2 feet high). Commonly known as Spircea Filipendula. One of the plants called Meadow Sweet. 3. palmata, Focke (Spircea palmata, Pall. Filip6n- dulce palmata, Max. Spiraea digitata, Willd.). Height 2-3 ft.: Ivs. whitish tomentose beneath or glabrous; terminal Ifts. 7-9-parted; stipules large, semi-cordate: fls. pale pink at first, changing to white: akenes 5-8. July. Siberia, Kamschatka and Sacchalin. — This spe- cies is but rarely cult.; the plant common under the name Spircea palmata belongs to f.purpurea. BB. Lateral Ifts. none, or few and ovate. 4. Camtschatica, Rehd. (Spircea Camtschdtica, Pall. Spircea gigantea, Hort. Filipendula Camschdtica, Maxim.). Height 5-10 ft. : Ivs. glabrous or villous be- neath, often with rufous veins; terminal 1ft. very large cordate, 3-5-lobed, with broadly ovate, doubly serrate lobes, lateral Ifts. usually none; stipules large, semi- cordate: fls. white : akenes usually 5, ciliate. July. Manchuria, Kamschatka. 5. purpurea, Rehd. (Spircea palmata, Thunb. Fill- ptndnla purpurea, Maxim.). Height 2-4 ft., glabrous: terminal 1ft. very large, cordate, 5-7-lobed, with oblong, acuminate, doubly serrate lobes; lateral Ifts. none or few, oblong -ovate; stipules narrow: fls. carmine or deep pink, in large paniculate cymes with crimson pe- duncles and stems: akenes usually 5, ciliate. June- Aug. Japan. B.M. 5726. I.H. 15:577. F.S. 18:1851. Gn. 17:36. — This is undoubtedly the finest species of this genus. It is also sometimes grown in pots and forced. Var. alba, Hort., has white rts. and var. ele- gans, Hort., white fls., with red stamens and usually several lateral Ifts. ; the latter is said to be a hybrid. R.B. 4:7. 6. pentapetala, Gilib. ( U. paUtstrit, Moench. Fill- t»»,,,/,, fimaria !_,;„,, , QUBBM OF THE MEADOWS. HH^ht L'-)i ft. : Ivs. glabrous and green on both sides or whitish tom.-ntos,. b,-ii«-ath- terminal Ifts. 3-5-lobed, 2-4 in. long, lateral Ifts. smaller ovate, coarsely doubly serrate: \\*. whit,, in rath.-r dense paniculate cymes: akenes about 10, semi-cordate, almost glabrous, twisted. June-Aug. Europe, W. Asia to .Mongolia; naturalized in some places in the eastern states. B.B. 2:224. -Var. aftrea variegata, Hort.. has the Ivs. variegated with yellow. Var. fibre pleno. Fls. double. U. angtutifblia. Rehd. (Spinea angnstifolia, Turcz. Filipen- dula angustifolia, Maxim.). .Similar to F. lobata: rts white- Ivs. glabrous or whitish tomentose beneath. D.-ilmria. Man- churia.—F. vestlta, Rehd. (Filipendula vestita. Maxim Spi- raea vestita, Wall.). Similar to F. Camtsrhatir.-t, l,,,t only 1 ft high and Ivs. grayish tomentose beneath: rts whit,-. Hima- layas. B.R. 27:4 (as S. Kamschatica. var. Himalensis). ALFRED REHDER. tJLMTJS (ancient Latin name of the Elm). Urticdcea, tribe Ultnece. ELM. Ornamental deciduous, rarely half- evergreen trees, sometimes shrubby, with alternate, short-petioled, serrate Ivs. and with inconspicuous, gen- erally greenish brown flowers appearing mostly before the leaves. Most of the cultivated species are hardy north, but U. eras si folia and alata are tender ; U. parvifolia and U. serotina are of dotibtful hardiness, although they have persisted near Boston. The Elms are mostly tall and long-lived trees and .very valu- able for park planting and for avenue trees, espe- cially U. Americana, which is the favorite tree for street planting and as a shade tree for dwelling houses in the northeastern states. It is the most characteristic tree of this region and one of the most beautiful. Its habit is at once majestic and graceful, and the wide- spreading head, borne usually at a considerable height on a straight and shapely trunk, affords ample shade and shelter. Besides the American Elm several other species are used as avenue trees, as Ulnntu fulva, ra- cemosa and the European U. campestris and scabra. Of U. campestris, thevars. Clemmeri, Comubiensis and regeta are among the best for street planting; of U. scabra, the vars. Helgica, Dovcei and Pitteursi. In the- southern states U. serotina, crassifoUa and alata are sometimes used as avenue trees. There are several vars. of striking and peculiar habit, as U. scabra, var. fastigiata and U . campestris, var. monumentalis, with narrow columnar head; U. scabra, var. horiiontalis, with horizontal limbs forming widespreading tiers; U. scabra. var. pendnla, with long, pendulous branches. 17. campestris, var. umbracHlifera, with a dense, glo- bose and rather small head, may be used as an avenue tree for formal gardens. Several species and vars. are interesting in winter on account of their branches being 2610. Flowers of Amer- ican Elm — U I m u s Americana (X ,':i). 2611. Fruit of Ulmus Americana. (X2.) furnished with broad corky wings. The foliage of most species turns pale yellow in fall, but that of the Eu- ropean species remains green much longer. Unfortunately many insects and fungi prey upon the Elm, especially on the American Elm. One of the most, destructive is the elm leaf-lxM-tlc, which destroys the foliage. The Canker-worm is also serious; to keep it from doing damage, band the tninks a few feet above 1880 ULMUS the ground with cloth covered with a sticky substance, which prevents the ascent of the wingless female. Spray. A borer, Saperda tridentata, sometimes does consider- able damage to the wood. The Elms grow best in rich and rather moist soil, and the American Elm especially requires such a soil to attain its full beauty, but some species, as U. racemosa and U. alata, do well in drier situations. Elm trees are not difficult to transplant, and rather large trees may be moved successfully if the work is done carefully. They bear pruning well, but generally do not need much attention of this kind. Propagated by seeds ripening usually in May or June and sown at once. Most of the seeds will germinate after a few days, but some remain dormant until the following spring. Increased also by layers, which are usually put down.in autumn and are fit to be removed in one year. A moist and rather light soil is best for this method. Trees raised from layers are said to bear seed less early and less profusely and are therefore espe- cially recommended for street trees, as the foliage of trees that fruit slightly or not at all is larger and more abundant. Dwarf forms of U. campestris and also U. parvifolia and pumila may be raised from greenwood cuttings under glass, the cuttings growing most readily if taken from forced plants. U. campestris and some of its vars. are also propagated by suckers. In nurseries most of the vars. are propagated by grafting, either by budding in summer or by whip- or splice-grafting in spring outdoors or on potted stock in the greenhouse. U. Americana, campestris and scabra are used for stocks. About 18 species of Ulmus are known, distributed through the colder and temperate regions of the north- ern hemisphere, in North America south to southern Mex- ico, but none west of the Rocky Mts., and in Asia south to the Himalayas. Trees with watery juice: Ivs. short- petioled, usually unequal at the base, with caducous stipules: fls. perfect or rarely polygamous, apetalous, in axillary clusters or racemes; calyx campanulate, 4-9- lobed, with an equal number of stamens (Fig. 2610): ovary superior, with a 2-lobed style, usually 1-loculed and with 1 ovule: fr. a slightly compressed dry nutlet, with a broad, rarely narrow membranous wing all around. Pigs. 2011-16. The wood is heavy, hard and tough and often difficult to split. It is especially useful in the jnanufacture of wagon-wheels, agricultural im- plements and for boat-building. The inner mucilaginous bark of the branches of U. fulva is used medicinally and that of some Chinese species is made into meal and used for food. The tough inner bark of some species furnishes a kind of bass which is sometimes woven into a coarse cloth, especially that of (j . campestris, var. laciniata, in Japan. alata, 4. fastigiata. 6, 7. Red, 5. alba. 1. Feathered, 1. Rock, 3. American, 1. fulva, 5. Jiosseelsii. 7. Americana. 1. glabra, 6, 7. rubra, 5. Antarctica, 7. Guernsey, 7. Rueppellii, 7. argenteo - variegata, Heyderi, 5. Sarniensis, 7. 7. horizontalis, 6. sativa, 7. asplenifolia, 6. Japoniea, 7. scabra, 6. atropurpurea, 6. Koopmanni, 1. Scotch, 6. aurea, 1. laeiniata, 6. serotina, 11. Belgica, 6. laevis, 2, 7. Slippery, 5. Berardi, 7. latifolia, 7. Sibirica, 5, 8. Camperdowni, 6. Louis Van Houtte, stricta, 7. campestris, 7. 7, suberosa, 7. carpinifolia, 7. major, 7. superba, 6. Cedar, 10. microphylla, 7, 8. surculosa, 1. Chinensis, 9. minor, 7. tricuspis, 6. ciliata, 2. montana, 6, 7. tridens, 6. Clemmeri, 7. Monumental, 7. triserrata, 6. concavcefolia, 7. monumentalis, 7. Turkestanica, 7. Corky barked, 1, 7. myrtifolia, 7. umbraculifera, 7. Cornish, 7. nana, 16. vegeta, 7. Cornubiensis, 7. nitenn, 7. viminalis, 7. corylifolia, 7. parvifolia, 8, 9. vulgaris, 7. crassifolia, 10. pedunculata, 2. Wahoo, 4. crispa. 6. pendula, 1, 6, 7, 8. Water, 1. cucullata, 7. pinnata-ramosa, 8. Webbiana, 7. Dampieri, 6. Pitteursi, 6. Wheatleyi, 7. Dov.-ei, 6. pumila, 8. White, 1. effusi, 2. purpurea, 8. Winged, 4. elliptic, 5 pyramidalis, 6. Wredei, 6. Exoniensis. 6. racemosa, 2, 3. Wych, 5. A. Blooming in spring, before the Ivs.: calyx not divided below the middle. B. Fls. on slender pedicels, droop- ing: fr. ciliate. c. fr. glabrous except the ciliate margin: branches without corky wings cc. Fr. pubescent : branches often with corky wings BB. Fls. short -pediceled in dense clusters, not pendulous, .c. Buds covered with rusty hairs, obtuse: fr. pubescent in the middle CC. Buds glabrous or pale pubes- cent: fr. quite glabrous. D. Lvs. doubly serrate, very un- equal at base Americana pedunculata racemosa alata 5. fulva scabra campestris DD. Lvs. simply serrate, small, almost equal at the base... 8. pumila AA. Blooming in the axils of this year's Ivs. in summer or fall: calyx di- vided below the middle. B. Lvs. simply serrate, small: fr. gla brous BB. Lvs. doubly serrate: fr. pubescent. parvifolia crassifolia serotina 1. Americana, Linn. (U. dlba, Rafin.). WHITE ELM. WATER ELM. AMERICAN ELM. Figs. 2610, 2611, 2617, 2618. Tall, wide-spreading tree, attaining 120 ft., usually with high, light gray trunk, limbs gradually outward- curving with pendulous branches : branchlets pubescent when young, glabrous in fall: buds acute, glabrous: Ivs. obovate-oblong, very unequal at the base, acumi- nate, doubly serrate, pubescent when young, at length glabrous and rough above, pubescent or almost glabrous be.neath, 3-6 in. long: fls. in many-fld. clusters; stamens 7-8, exserted : fr. oval or elliptic, veined, deeply notched, incision reaching to the nutlet. Newfoundland to Fla., west to the base of the Rocky Mts. S.S. 7:311. Em. 2:322. G.F. 3:443, 467; 6:175. Mn. 7, p. 125; 8, p. 71. V. 14:79; 20:10. M.D.G. 1900:392-394. -One of the fa- vorite avenue trees in the northeastern states. The Elm varies considerably in habit, and the following forms have been distinguished. The ''vase form ": the main trunk separates at 15 to 30 ft. into several almost equal branches, which diverge at first slightly and gradually, but at the height of 50-70 ft. sweep boldly outwards and form a broad, flat head, with the branches drooping at the extremities. This is the most beautiful and also the commonest form. Fig. 2617. The "plume form" is much like the foregoing, but the trunk is less divided and the limbs form few feathery plumes or rarely one. The "weeping-willow form" usually has a rather short trunk with limbs curving outward more rapidly and with long and very slender pendulous branches, forming usually a broad and round head. The "oak-tree form " is distinguished by its limbs spreading abruptly and in sharp turns and the branches being usually less pendu- lous. The name "Feathery" or "Fringed" Elm is ap- plied to trees which have the limbs and the main trunk clothed with short, somewhat pendent branchlets thrown out usually in clusters at short intervals. This may ap- pear in any of the forms named, but is most conspicuous in trees of the plume form. Fig. 2618. There are a few named varieties in nurseries: Var. aurea, Temple, with yellow foliage, found in Vermont by F. L. Temple; var. nana, Hort., a dwarf, compact form, which may perhaps not belong to this species, and var. pgndula, Ait., with slender pendulous branches. 2. pedunculata, Foug. ( U. Icevis, Pall. U. efftixa, Willd. U. ciliata, Ehrh. U. racemosa, Borkh., not Thomas). Tree, attaining 100 ft., with spreading branches, forming a broad open head: branchlets pu- bescent, usually until the second year: buds glabrous, acute: Ivs. oval or obovate, very unequal at base, acu- minate, sharply doubly serrate, usually glabrous above, pubescent beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. slender-pediceled; calyx with 6-8 exserted stamens: fr. ovate, notched, the 2612. Ulmus racemosa. (X2.) ULMUS incision not reaching the nutlet. Middle Europe to western Asia. — Rarely cultivated and with less valuable wood. The trunk and the limbs are, as in the Ameri- can Elm, often clothed with short brauchlets. 3. racemdsa, .Thomas, not Borkh. CORK ELM. ROCK ELM. Fig. 2612. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with short spreading branches, forming an oblong round-topped head: branchlets pubescent usually until the second year and mostly ir- regularly corky winged when older: buds acute, pubescent: Ivs. oval to ob- long-obovate, unequal at the base, shortly acumi- u ite, sharply and doubly serrate, glabrous or some- what rough above, pubes- cent beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. in slender pendulous racemes ; calyx with 5-8 exserted stamens : fr. oval or obovate, with a shallow notch at the apex, pale, pubescent, %-% in. long. Quebec to Tennessee, west to Nebraska. S.S. 7:312. 4. alata, Michx. WAHOO or WINGED ELM. Fig. 2613. Tree, attaining 50 ft., with spreading branches forming an oblong, round-topped or rather open head: branches usually with 2 opposite very broad wings; branchlets almost glabrous: buds acute, glabrous: Ivs. ovate-ob- long to oblong-lanceolate, often falcate, acute or acumi- nate, doubly serrate, subcoriaceous, glabrous above, pubescent beneath, l%-2% in. long: fls. in short, few- fld. racemes; stamens usually 5: fr. elliptic-ovate, with narrow wing and with 2 incurved horns at the apex, villous, % in. across. Va. to Fla., west to 111. and Tex. S.S. 7 ::U3.— Handsome round-headed tree, sometimes used as an avenue tree in the southern states; not hardy north. • 5. fiilva, Michx. ( U. rfibra, Michx.). SLIPPERY ELM. RED ELM. Figs. 2614, 2615. Tree, attaining 70 It., with spreading branches, forming usually a broad, open, flat-topped head: branchlets pubescent: Ivs. obovate to oblong, very unequal at base, long-acuminate, doubly serrate, of firm texture, very rough above, pubescent beneath, 4-7 in. long: fls. in dense clusters; stamens 5-9: fr. orbicular-oval, little notched at the apex, % in. across. Quebec to Fla., west to Dakotas and Tex. S.S. 7:314. Em. 2:334.— The reddish brown pubescence of the bud -scales is very conspicuous in spring, when the buds are unfolding. An allied species similar in foliage and fr. is U. elliptica, Koch ( U. H?i)deri, Spath. U. Sibirica, Hort.), a native of western Siberia, Turkes- tan and Persia, with longer and larger Ivs. and grayish pubescent buds. 3614. Fruit of Slippery Elm-Ulmus fulva (X V*}. 6. scabra, Mill. (U. moni&na. With. U. gl&bra, Huds.). WYCH ELM. SCOTCH KLM. Fig. 2616. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with spreading branches forming a oblong or broad round-topped head : without toeken ULMUS branchlets pubescent: buds pubescent, rather Ivs. very short-petioU-d and uiiei(iial at base, broadly obovate to oblong-obovate, abruptly acuminate or some- times 3-lobed at the apex, sharply ami doubly serrate, rough above, pubescent beneath, 8-4 in. long: fls. clus- tered; stamens 5-6, little exserted: fr. oval or roundish obovate, little notched at the apex, with the seed in the middle, %-l in. long. Europe to Japan. — A variable species of which many forms are cultivated ; the follow- ing are some of the most important: Var. atropurpurea, Spath. With dark purple foliage. Var. Belgica, Hort. Of vigorous growth, forming a broad pyramidal head; Ivs. dark green. Var. crispa, Loud. ( ~U anplfnifolin, Hort.). A rather slow-growing form with narrow ob- long curved Ivs. incisely serrate with twisted teeth, giving the margin a fringed appearance. Var. Dam- pieri, Koch. Similar to var. fastigiatn, but with slen- der branches, smaller and lighter foliage. Var. Dam- pieri Wredei, Hort. Differs from the foregoing by its yellow young leaves. M.D.G. 1898:160. Var. Dovtei, Hort. Of vigorous growth and upright pyramidal habit. Var. fastigiata. Loud. ( If. pyramidAUs, Hort. U. JExo- nitnsis, Hort.). Of columnar habit with strictly up- right branches and somewhat twisted, broad dark green leaves. Var. horizontalis, Kirchn. With horizontally spreading limbs and, more or less drooping branches. Gn. 17, p. 539. M.D.G. 1901 :163. Var. laciniata, Trautv. Lvs. broadly obovate, 3- or sometimes 5-lobed at the wide apex, large, light green: branches little pubescent, light - col- ored. E. Asia. Var. nana, Hort. Dwarf form. Var. pendula, Loud. (If. Cdmper- downi, Hort.). CAM- PERDOWN ELM. Fig. 2619. With long pendu- lous branches, the limbs often spreading horizontally. Gn. 40, p. 158. Var. Ktteursi, Hort. Pyramidal tree of vigorous growth with deeply serrate Ivs. often purplish when unfolding. Var. purpurea, Koch. Lvs. purple when young, chang- ing tp dark green. Var. superba, Hort. Of vigorous growth, with large and long, dark green leaves. Var. tricuspis, Koch. ( If. triserr&ta or tridens, Hort.). Lvs. obovate, 3-lobed at the apex. 7. campestris, Smith (U. snberbxa, Willd., U. sitrcu- 7<>.x«, Stokes). ENGLISH ELM. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with spreading branches forming an oblong round- topped or sometimes open head, usually producing suckers : branches little pubescent when young or gla- brous, sometimes becoming corky: buds acute, pubes- cent or glabrous : Ivs. distinctly petioled, broadly ovate to ovate-oblong, unequal at the base, acuminate, doubly serrate, usually glabrous and smooth above at length, pubescent or glabrous beneath, l%-5 in. long: ris. short-pediceled; stamens 4-6: fr. obovate, with the nutlet much above the middle, reaching almost the incision at the apex. Middle Europe and northern Africa to Japan. Em. 2:336. M.D.G. 1900:577. - This tree is often planted as an avenue tree; it succeeds very well and fine old trees may be occasionally seen in the northeastern states. The foliage remains green several weeks longer than that of the American Klin. /'. cirnipestris is still more variable than the fore- going species and four vars., very distinct in their ex- treme forms and sometimes considered distinct species, can be distinguished. Var. vulgaris, Planch. (U. suberdsa, Ehrh. U. mi- nor, Mill.). Small tree or shrub, with often corky branches: Ivs. broadly oval or rhombic obov»te, rough 3616. Ulmus scabra. (XU 2617. One of many nat- ural forms of the American Elm — the vase-form type. 1882 ULMUS ULMUS above, pubescent beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. with 5-6 stamens: fr. obovate to oblong-obovate. Var. major, Planch. ( U. major, Smith, not Reichb. U. saliva, Mill. U. latifolia, Hort.). Large tree: Ivs. rather long-petioled, ovate to ovate- or obovate-ob- long, usually glabrous and smooth or sometimes slightly rough above, pubescent beneath, 2-5 in. long: fls. with usually 4 stamens ; fr. broadly obovate. 2618. A Feathered Elm— Ulmus Americana. "% Var. laevis, Spach ( U. nltens, Monch. U. gldbra, Mill., not Huds. U. carpinifdlia, Lindl.). Tree with- out suckers : branches spreading, sometimes pendulous, not corky: Ivs. ovate or obovate to obovate-oblong, gla- brous and smooth above, glabrous or pubescent only at the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. distinctly petioled, with 5-6 exserted stamens: fr. obovate. Var. Japbnica, Sarg. in herb. Tree, attaining 80 ft. : branches light yellowish gray, covered with short pu- bescence when young: petioles densely pubescent, K in. long: Ivs. oblong-obovate, glabrous above, grayish pu bescent beneath, 4-6 in. long: fls. almost sessile. Japan. G.F. 6:327. — This form very much resembles the Ameri- can Elm in habit, foliage and pubescence, but the fls. and fr. are like those of U. campestris; it may prove to be a distinct species. The following are the most important horticultural forms : Var. Antarctica, Arb. Kew. Shrub or small tree, with slender often pendulous branches: Ivs. slen- der-petioled, obovate, incisely doubly serrate, some- what curled, 1-2K in. long. Var. Antarctica aurea, Hort. ( U. campestris aurea, Morr. U. Bdsseelsii, Hort.). Similar to the preceding but with yellow Ivs. Var. Berardi, Sim.-Louis. Bushy shrub, with slender, upright branches: Ivs. oblong to narrow-oblong, with few coarse teeth, %-l in. long; it belongs, perhaps, to Zelkowa. Var. Clemmeri, Hort. Narrow pyramidal tree with spreading short branches and oval, somewhat rough Ivs. Var. Cornubiensis, Loud. (var. SarnUnsis, Loud. U. Wheatleyi, Hort. U. stricta, Lindl.). GUERNSEY ELM. CORNISH ELM. Tree, with short as- cending branches forming a dense, narrow pyramid: Ivs. rather small, broad, dark green, obtusely serrate. Var. corylifdlia purpurea, Hort. Lvs. large, purplish when unfolding, becoming bright green with reddish petioles, slightly rough above, pubescent beneath. Var. cucullata, Loud. (Var. concavce folia, Loud. ) . Lvs. curled, somewhat like a hood. Var. microphylla pendula, Hort. With small Ivs. and pendulous branches. Var. monu- mentalis, Rinz ( U. fastigiata, Hort.). MONUMENTAL ELM. Of columnar habit: Ivs. rather short-petioled, with broad often almost simple teeth somewhat rough above. Var. myrtifdlia purpurea, Hort., with small broad Ivs. purplish when young, dark green later, sharply serrate and somewhat rough above. Var. p6n- dula, Hort. With pendulous branches. Var. Eueppellii, Hort. Of compact habit, with corky branches and small foliage. Var. suberdsa, Loud. ENGLISH CORKY-BARKED ELM. Branches corky: Ivs. rather small and rough above. Var. suberosa alata, Hort., has very broad corky wings and var. suberosa pendula, Hort., has corky pendulous branches. M.D.G. 1901:166. Var. umbracu- liJera, Spath. Shrub or tree, with slender branches forming a dense, round head: Ivs. small, obtusely ser- rate, rather smooth. M.D.G. 1900:579. Similar forms are U. Turkestdnica, Hort., and U . Kobpmanni, Hort. Var. vegeta, Dipp. (U. montana, var. vegeta, Loud.). Of vigorous growth, with bright green, large, oblong- obovate Ivs., somewhat rough above. Supposed to be a hybrid of U. campestris, var. lasvis and U. scabra, and has more the habit of the latter. Var. viminalis, Loud. ( U. scabra, var. viminalis, Koch. U. stricta, Hort. ). Small tree, with slender spreading branches: Ivs. elliptic to oblong, incisely serrate, 2-3 in. long. Var. Webbiana, Hort. Lvs. small and broad, somewhat curled, dark green. There are also several variegated vars., of which var. argenteo-variegata, with the Ivs. striped and spotted white, and var. Louis van Houtte, with yel- low foliage, sometimes spotted green, are the most cul- tivated. 8. pumila, Linn. ( U. microphylla, Pers. U. Sibirica, Hort.). Small tree or shrub, with slender pubescent, sometimes pendulous branches: Ivs. oval-elliptic to el- liptic-lanceolate, short-petioled, acute, firm, dark green and smooth above, pubescent when young beneath, %-2 in. long: fls. short-pediceled; stamens 4-5, with violet anthers: fr. obovate, with the nutlet somewhat above the middle, incision at the apex reaching about half way to the nutlet. Turkestan to Siberia and N. China. — A graceful small hardy tree. Var. pendula, Hort. ( U.par- vifblia pendula, Hort. Pldnera repetis, Hort.), has 'slender, more pendulous branches. U.pinnato-ramdsa, Dieck, with the slender branches very regularly pin- nately branched, is probably only a form of this species. 9. parvilolia, Jacq. (17. CMntnsis, Pers.). CHINESE ELM. Half-evergreen small tree or shrub, with spread- ing pubescent branches : Ivs. ovate to obovate or oblong, very short-petioled and little unequal at base, acute or obtusish, subcoriaceous, glabrous and glossy above, pu- bescent beneath when young, usually glabrous at length, %-2 in. long: fls. short-pediceled in clusters; stamens 4-5, much exserted: fr. oval to elliptic, notched at the apex, with the seed in the middle, %-K in. long. July-Sept. N. China, Japan. — Has proved hardy near Boston. 10. crassifdlia, Nutt. CEDAR ELM. Tree, attaining 80 ft., with spreading limbs and slender, often pendulous branches, often furnished when older with 2 opposite corky wings: Ivs. short-petioled, ovate to ovate-oblong, 2619. Camperdown Elm — Ulmus scabra. var. pendula. usually very unequal at the base, obtuse or acute, doubly and obtusely, sometimes almost simply serrate, subcoriaceous, somewhat rough and lustrous above, pu- bescent beneath, 1-2 in. long: fls. in few-fld. very short racemes; stamens 5-8, little exserted: fr. oval-elliptic, pubescent, notched, ^ in. long. Aug. Miss, to Ark. and Tex. S.S. 7:315.-Tender north. . 11. ser6tina, Sarg. Tree, with short spreading and pendulous branches, often furnished with irregular corky wings: Ivs. oblong to obovate, unequal at the base, acuminate, doubly serrate, glabrous and lustrous above, pubescent on the veins beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. ULMUS in yz-\ in. long pendulous racemes; calyx 5-6-parted to the base: fr. elliptic, deeply notched, densely ciliate, ]., in. long. Sept. Tenn. to Ga. ; sometimes planted in avenues in Ga. ; has proved hardy at the Arnold Ar- boretum, Boston. r. Ki'ak-i, Sieb.=Zelkova Keaki.— U. Verschaffeltii. Hort.= Zelkova Japonica, var. Versehaffeltii. ALFRED REHDER UMBELLULARIA (from Latin umbella, a sunshade; having reference to the form of the inflorescence). JjCiuracea'. CALIFORNIA LAUREL. A monotypic genus, comprising a single Pacific coast tree with alternate, simple, exstipulate Ivs.: tls. small, greenish, in simple pedunculate umbels, which in the bud are surrounded with an involucre of 6 caducous bracts; petals none; stamens 9; filaments with an orange-colored gland at base; anthers opening by uplifted valves: fr. a sub- globose or ovoid drupe with hard endocarp. Propagated by seeds. URARIA 1883 2620. California Laurel— Umbellularia Californica (X %). Califdrnica, Xutt. (Oreoddphne Califdrnica, Nees). Pig. 2620. Handsome evergreen tree, 20 to 30 or even 80 to 90 ft. high, with erect or suberect slender branches, conical outline and dense foliage: Ivs. containing a highly aromatic and volatile essential oil, and burning vigorously in the camp fire, even while green: fls. fra- grant: drupes at first yellowish green, becoming purple when ripe. Dec. to May. — One of the most abundant and characteristic of Californian trees, common in moist places, particularly along streams in the Coast Range foothills and mountains, and attaining its greatest size in the cool, fog -moistened alluvial valleys of the coast of northern California and southern Oregon; it is but rarely seen in the drier interior valleys of the state. It often crowns the highest points of the coast range hills, up to about 2,500 feet altitude and far from the nearest spring or other visible sign of moisture, but in such cases the rock strata are nearly vertical and easily penetrated by the long roots which are able thus to reach hidden supplies of water. In such places it usu- ally forms dense clumps or thickets of shrubs or small trees which are frequently shorn by the cutting ocean •winds as though by a gardener's shears, suggesting its adaptability for clipped -hedge and wind-break work. The wood takes a beautiful polish and is considered "tho most valuable wood produced in the forests of Pacific North America, for the interior finish of houses and furniture," for which purposes it is extensively used. It is also used in boat-building for jaws, bits, cleats, cross-trees, etc. The branches are occasionally used for poles for chicken -roosts, as the strong odor, pervading wood and bark as well as leaves, is said to keep away lice. The leaves are used for flavoring soups and blancmanges but are too strong to give as agreeable a flavor as those of Laurus nobilis or Prunus Lauro- cerasit.t. The tree is sometimes cultivated for ornament in south European parks and gardens. Professor Sar- gent describes it as "one of the stateliest and most beautiful inhabitants of the North American fol and no evergreen tree of temperate reui-.n- sin; t in the beauty of its dark dense crown of lustrous foliage and in the mussiveness of habit which make it one of the most striking features of the California landscape and fit it to stand in any park or garden." JOSEPH BCRTT DAW. UMBRELLA LEAF. See Diphylleia. UMBRELLA PINE. Sciadopitys. UMBRELLA PLANT or UMBRELLA PALM. Cy- perus alternifolinx. UNGNADIA (Baron Ungnad, am- bassador of Emperor Rudolph II to the Ottoman Porte, who in the year 1576 introduced the common horse chestnut to western Europe by send- ing seeds to Clusius at Vienna). Sapinddcece. A genus of one species, the MEXICAN BUCKEYE, a small tree closely related to the horse chestnut but with foliage like a hickory, the Ivs. being alternate and pinnate, and rose-colored fls. which are borne in small lateral clusters or simple corymbs, appearing with the Ivs. in early spring. The seed, or "bean," has a sweet taste, but is considered emetic and poisonous. The fmit does not have a prickly husk like the horse chestnut: it is a smooth, leathery capsule and strongly 3- lobed. The fls. are about % of an inch across, polygamous, 4-petaled, and the staminate ones have 8 stamens. For fuller account, see Sargent's Silva. specidsa, Endl. SPANISH or MEXICAN BUCKEYE. Commonly a slender deciduous shrub, 5-10 ft. high or sometimes a small tree: wood brittle: Ivs. alternate, odd -pinnate; Ifts. 5-7, ovate - lanceolate, acuminate. Common in southwest Texas ; winter-kills in northern Texas at a temperature of zero. S.S. 2:73. F.S. 10:1039. Gn. 19, p. 309. -Int. by P. J. Berckmans. W. M. UNICORN PLANT. Martynia proboscidea. UNlOLA (an ancient Latin name of some unknown plant, derived from unus, one, and said to have been applied by Linnaeus to this genus on account of the union of the glumes). Graminece. Perennials with creeping rootstocks. Species 5, all American. Spike- lets broad and very flat, in loose panicles, several fld., with some of the lower glumes empty; glumes keeled, nerved, pointed, but awnless. Cultivated for the orna- mental panicles, which are suitable for dry bouquets. latifdlia, Michx. SPIKE-GRASS. Fig. 2621. Culms 2-4 ft.: Ivs. broad and flat, often 1 in. wide: spikelets large and thin, at maturity drooping on slender pedicels, forming a very graceful and ornamental panicle. Pa. to Kan. and southward. — Often grown in hardy borders. One of the best of our hardy native, perennial grasses. paniculata, Linn. SEA OATS. Culm taller, 4-8 ft. : Ivs. narrow and convolute: spikelets narrower, upright on short pedicels, forming an elongated panicle. Sand- hills along the seashore of the southern states. A. S. HITCHCOCK. URARIA (Greek oura, tail, referring to br< Leguminbsas. Eight species of perennial herbs with woody bases, all of which are accounted for in the Flora of British India. They have 1-9 Ifts. and very numer- ous, small or minute fls. in racemes. Standard broad: wings adhering to the obtuse keel; stamens diadel- phous: ovary sessile or short-stalked, few-ovuleil: style inflexed: pod of 2-C small, turgid, 1-seeded, indehiscent joints, often placed face to face. The following species is the most desirable of the genus. It grows about 5 ft. high and is crowned by a single terminal raceme sometimes 2 ft. long, densely 1884 URAR1A crowded with 200 or more pea-shaped fls. each K in. long. In the Flora of British India this plant is erro- neously said to ascend the Himalayas to an altitude of 9,000 ft. A corrected account of this plant is found in B M. 7377, from which source one infers that the plant is not hardy. The first plants flowered in Europe bloomed in September and the annual stems then died down to the base. Seeds of this plant have been im- ported by a northern amateur who has a winter home in Florida. crinita, Desv. Erect, little - branched, subshrubby perennial, 3-6 ft. high, distinguished from other species by having its upper Ivs. composed of 3-7 oblong Ifts. and pedicels clothed withlong bristles. Lfts. 4-6xl%-2 in.: racemes dense, 1 ft. long, 1-1% in. thick; standard ovate, violet-purple within, pale blue outside: wings pinkish. Bengal to Assam, eastward through Burma to China, south to Malacca and the Malay Islands to Timor Laut, but not Australia and not indigenous in Ceylon. B.M. 7377. \\T. jf. 2621. Uniola latifolia (X K). (See page 1883.) UBCECCHARIS (hybrid name, suggesting that the plant ,8 a hybrid between Urceolina and Eucharis) 6 °D1 SecieS' Urceocharis CU- and large, white, bell-shaped, 6-lobed flowers a dozen or so m an umbel, and each 2 'in. across The pfant is a URCEOLINA hybrid, introduced about 1892, between Urceolina pen- dula and Eucharis grand i flora, or in gardener's lan- guage Urceolina aurea and Eucharis Amazonica. A flower of the hybrid and of each of its parents is shown in Fig. 2G22. The hybrid gets its white color from Eu- charis, the flowers of Urceolina being yellow. The shape of its flower is so singular a mixture of the two as to be very different in appearance from either. The hybrid lacks the beautiful staminal cup of Eucharis, and has a distinctly bell-shaped perianth. The showy part of Urceolina is the urn-shaped portion of the flower, the spreading tips being very short. The perianth of Eucharis 'is funnelform, the spreading portion being- large and showy. The perianth-tube and ovary of the hybrid are like those of Urceolina, the ovary being deeply 3-lobed instead of globose as in Eucharis. The pedicels are ascending, as in Eucharis, not pendulous as in Urceolina. The appendages at the base of the stamens are more distinctly marked than in either of the parents. The parents of Urceocharis belong to the Pancratium tribe, characterized by having the stamens appendaged toward the base and often united into a distinct cup. Twelve of the 17 genera in this tribe are from the An- des and 8 of these, including Eucharis and Urceolina, have broad and petioled Ivs. and the ovules are super- posed. Eucharis and Urceolina have a long, slender tube which is suddenly swollen above. The flowers of Eucharis are white and those of Urceolina colored, but the essential difference between the two genera lies in the stamens, which are minutely appendaged in Urceo- lina, while in Eucharis they are quadrate and sometimes united to make a cup. This bigeneric hybrid was introduced to the trade under the name of Eucharis Clibrani, but the changes wrought in the structure of the flower by the cross are so great that Dr. Masters was justified in giving the plant a new genus. Clibrani, Mast. (Eucharis Clibrani, Hort.). Tender bulbous hybrid of Urceolina pendula and Eucharis grandiflora, with petioled Ivs. 1x1% ft. and umbels of white bell-shaped 6-lobed fls. each 2 in across and a dozen in an umbel. Anthers depauperate. Blooms in early winter. For culture, see Urceolina. G.C. III. 12:215; 26:251. Gn. 44, p. 459. G.M. 35:790.-Int. about 1892 by Messrs. Clibran, Oldfield Nurseries, Al- trincham, England. w M URCEOLINA (Latin, pitcher; alluding to the pitcher- or urn-shaped flowers) . Amaryllidacea? . A genus of 'A species of South American bulbous herbs, with thin ob- long to long lanceolate, petioled leaves and a naked scape bearing an umbel of pendulous red or yellow flowers. Perianth-tube often narrow and often some- what stem-like at the base, suddenly dilated; stamens inserted at or below the throat of the tube, indistinctly appendiculate at the base. The species of Urceolina are attractive plants and easily grown, flowering every year, but for some reason they are rather scarce. The bulbs are about 3 in. across and during the growing season have 1 or 2 Ivs. The plants flower in December. After flowering the bulbs may be removed from the stove to the intermediate house and placed in a spot where they will be kept dry. Just before growth begins in the spring the bulbs should be taken out of the pots and the exhausted soil removed. The bulbs may then be replaced, one bulb in a 5-in. pot, using clean pots, plenty of drainage material and a rich, light, porous soil. Place the top of the bulb level with the soil. Remove the pots to the stove, and as soon as growth begins water freely. In the fall when the Ivs. turn yellow, water sparingly and finally with- hold water altogether. The flower scapes appear a few weeks after the Ivs. disappear. A. Fls. red. miniata, Benth. & Hook. (Pentldndia miniata, Herb.). Bulb about 1% in. through: Ivs. produced after the fls., short-petioled, about 1 ft. long, 1% in. wide, narrowed at both ends: scape over 1 ft. long: fls. 2-6, bright scarlet. Andes of Peru and Bolivia. B.R. 25:68. R.B. 23: 49. -Offered by Dutch bulb-growers. URCEOLIXA AA. Fls. yellow. pendula, Herb. (U.aitreu, Lindl.). Bulb about 1% in. through: Ivs. 1-li to it stein produced after the fls., ob- lotitr. acute, 1 ft. lone; by 4-5 in. broad: scape about 1 ft. Ion "• Ms. 4-6, bright yellow tipped with green. Andes of Peru. B..M. 5464. G.C. III. 12:211. F. W. BARCLAY and ROBERT CAMERON. URfiRA (meaning not obvious). Urticdcece. About is species of shrubs and small trees, rarely subshrubs, native to tropical regions, with alternate Ivs., entire or variously cut, palraately or pinnately nerved, and nu- merous small fls. borne in cymes which are often re- peatedly forked. DC. Prod. vol. 1(>, part 1, pp. 88-98 (1809). The following has been offered in America as an ornamental greenhouse shrub. UiSlNlA II 2622. At the left. Eucharis grandiflora ; next, Urceolina pendula; at the right, the hybrid Urceocharis Clibrani. All half size. alcefflfdlia, Gaud. ( Urtica Caracas&na, Jacq.). Tree or shrub: Ivs. broadly ovate, acuminate, basal sinus wide and open, crenate-dentate: fls. dioecious, in regu- larly dichotomous cymes ; male cymes 4-6 times dichoto- mous, stinging or not, rose-colored: female fls. many times dichotomous, the fls. solitary or in 3's. Trop. America. W. M. UEGlNEA (from the name of an Arabian tribe in Algeria). Lili&cete. The SEA ONION, known to drug stores by the name of Squill, and to gardens as Urginea maritima, is a bulbous plant native to the Mediterranean region, which grows 2 or 3 ft. high and has a long ra- ceme of small, whitish, 6-parted flowers. The raceme is often 114 ft. long and contains 50-100 or more fls. each % in. across. It has the same style of beauty as Orni- thogalum pt/ramidale but unfortunately it is only half- hardy. As an ornamental plant it is little known ir America. The name seems not to appear in American catalogues, but the Dutch bulb-growers offer the bulbs in at least 5 sizes. A plant erroneously called Sea Onion is Ornithoqalum caudatum. There is considerable dif- ference of opinion as to when the Sea Onion blooms, but the plant is generally considered an autumn bloomer, and it is clear that the leaves appear after the flowers. In England the plant is said to have flowered as early as July and August. Baker writes that the Ivs. appear in winter. Some English cultivators say the Ivs. appear as early as October and November; others say not until spring. The plant grows near the seashore and inland, in dry sandy places from the Canaries to Syria. It is also found in South Africa, which is unusual, as the North and South African species of any genus are usually identical. The'proper name of the Sea Onion is Vrglnta BeW The plant is closely related to the genus Scilla, but in t'io opinion of the undersigned it is much closer to L iiitbo-ralum, especially in habit, inflorescence and color of flowers. The seeds of Urginea are iiuii:en>u~ M; > locule (in the Sea Onion Ki-12 1. strongly c,,mp;. ami winged; in ( )rnitlioi;ahim and Scilla they arc not compressed or winged and in Scilla they are .solitary or few in each locule. Urginea is a genus of 40 s|,e. bulbous plants native to the eastern hemisphere. Typi- cally, the species have narrow or lorate Ivs. which 'fol- low the fls., and racemes of numerous whitish, rarely pale yellow or rosy fls., each segment of which is keeled with green or purplish. Monographed by J. G. Baker in Latin in .lourn. Linn. Soc. 13:215 |lH~:t|. At that time Baker recognized a total of 24 species, but in Flora Capensis 6:462 (1896-97) he describes 27 species from South Africa alone. The bulbs of Urginea are collected in large quantities in the Mediterranean region for the drug trade. They some- times attain a maximum weight of 15 pounds. The bulbs contain about 22 per cent of sugar and are used in Sicily in the manufacture of whis- key. Squills have emetic and cathartic properties. Syrup of squills is a popu- lar croup medicine. The bulb, as it appears in the wholesale drug market, has been deprived of its outer scales and cut into thin slices, the central portions being rejected. Scllla, Steinh. ( U. marl- timii, Baker). SEA ONION. Syrn.L. Height 1-3 ft.: bulb 4-6 in. thick: Ivs. ap- pearing after the fls., lance- olate, somewhat fleshy and glaucous, glabrous, 1-1 % ft. long, 2-4 in. wide above middle : racemes 1-1% ft. long, 1-1% in. wide, 50- 100-fld.: fls. % in. across, whitish, with the oblong segments keeled greenish purple. Autumn. Cana- ries to Syria, S. Africa. B.M. 918 (as Omithogalum Squilla). \v. M. TJRSlNIA (John Ursinus. of Regensburg, 1608-1666; author of "Arboretum Biblicum"). Comp6sitw. Here belongs the hardy annual known to the trade as Spheno- gyne speciosa. It grows about a foot high, has finely cut foliage and yellow or orange flower-heads l%-2 in. across. The heads have about 22 rays. Both yellow and orange-colored flowers are sometimes found on the same plant. When well managed it blooms all summer. It is supposed to be a native of the Cape. It has been in cultivation since 1836 but was not correctly described until 1887. It is much praised by connoisseurs, though it is not known to the general public. It seems to have enjoyed a longer continuous period of cultivation than many other showy composites, in which the Cape if wonderfullv rich, particularly in subshrubby kinds. I Flora Capensis, vol. 3 (1864-65), Sphenogyne and Ursinia are treated as separate genera, the distin being as follows: the akene is cylindrical in bphenp- gyne but obovate or pear-shaped in Ursinia, distinctly tapering to the base: the pappus is uniseriate ir former, biseriate in the latter, the inner series conais ing of 5 slender white bristles. In the course of time these distinctions have been dropped and Sphenogyne included in Ursinia. Ursinia is a genus of about 60 species, all native t S Africa. One species, U. ann»». is also found in Abyssinia. The species are annuals, perennials or s shrubs : Ivs. alternate, serrate, pinnatifld or usually pinnatisect: rays the same color on both sides or pur pllafa brown beneath: involucre bemisp herica or broadly campanulate: akenes often 10-nbbed. For fur- ther particulars, see Flora Capensis vol 3 There are said to be many other desirable species besides the 1 lowing: niilchra \ F,. Hr. i8j&e*&W»* *r>ecid*a, Knowles Annual, l-'J ft. hi^l, with Ivs. l,i,,inn»tely 1886 URS1NIA dissected into linear lobes and yellow or orange fl. - f 2 in across: rays about 22, 3-toothed spotted SurphJ-brown at base: stem glabrous, branched: Ivs. alternate: scapes nearly leafless, about five times as nJ as Ivs : involucre 4-rowed ; scales increasing in S from the base, outer rows with a brown sca^ border, inner with a white scarious border. P.O. - • : and vacillans. The first of these, the High-bush Blueberry, or Swamp Blueberry, or " Huckleberry " of the middle west, is of firm texture, good size and ex- cellent flavor. The shrub is easily transplanted, grows rapidly on any good soil, and more than any other spe- cies shows a marked tendency to vary in the si/.e, shape and quality of its fruit. It is the natural starting point in attempts to add the Blueberry to the list of cultivated fruits. During the past few years it has re- ceived considerable attention as a garden fruit, espe- cially in New England. The other species named grow mostly on uplands,— V. Pennsi/lvinurxm, especially, on dry sandy "barrens" — and form the bulk of the Blue- berry crop as seen in the cities or at the canning fac- tories. In many of the northern and eastern states— particu- larly in New England, New York, New Jersey, Michi- gan and the mountain districts of Pennsylvania and West Virginia— there are many thousand acres of land, worthless for agricultural purposes, which after the pine is removed send up an abundant growth of Blue- berry bushes, alders, poplars, gray birches and spireas. These lands are, for the most part, considered as puMic property and are recklessly burned over by irresponsi- ble parties to promote the growth of the Blueberries. In New England, particularly in Maine, the manage- ment of such lands has been systematized and Blue- berry canning has become an important industrial operation. In some instances the whole business is un- der the management of the landowners, but in must cases the land is divided into several tracts, encli of which is leased to some responsible party who assumes the whole care of burning, keeping off trespassers, har- vesting and marketing the fruit; the owner, in such cares, receiving as rental one-half cent per quart for all fruit gathered. Pickers receive l%-3 cents per quart. Those who lease the land and haul the fruit to canning factory or station for shipment receive K-l cent per quart. These rates are determined in accordance with the market value of the crop. Every year a certain section of each lease is burned over. This burning must be done very early in the spring, before the soil becomes dry; otherwise the flre goes too deep, the humus is burned from the ground and most of the bushes are killed. Many hundred acres on what should be the best part of tin- Blueberry plains have thus been ruined. The method most commonly used in burning a given area is for the operator to pass around the section to be burned, dragging after him an ordinary torch or mill-lamp. He then retraces his step-, and follows over the burned area, setting new fires in the portions which have escaped and back-firing il there is danger of spreading unduly over areas which it is desired to leave unburned. A device occasionally used consists of a pie.-e of ',. im-h -as-pipe, bent ni-ar the end at an angle of about 60°. The ond opposite the bent part is closed with a cap or plug and in the other end. after filling the pipe with k.-n.sene. is placed a plug of cotton waste or tow. This device is by many (1889) 1890 VACCINIUM considered superior to the lamp or torch, as it is more easily handled. Each section of the lease is usually burned over every third year. In this way the birches and alders are subdued and the Blueberries spring up quickly and bear a maximum crop the year following the burning. The Blueberries have an advantage over other small fruits in that they will stand shipment better and will keep longer than the others, with the exception of cur- rants and gooseberries. By far the largest proportion of the fruit is taken to the factories for canning. Early 2626. " Buckboard " used in Maine to carry Blueberries fr:m the fields to the cannery. in the season, however, before the factories are opened, a considerable amount is shipped to the larger cities for use while fresh. This fruit is usually shipped in quart boxes, as shown in Fig. 2627. All of the early fruit is picked by hand and only ripe berries are gathered. Later in the season, particularly on "old burns," i. e., on areas which will have to be burned over the next year, the fruit is gathered with a "blueberry rake." This is an implement somewhat simi- lar to the cranberry rake in use on Cape Cod, and may be likened to a dust-pan, the bottom of which is com- posed of stiff parallel wire rods. See Fig. 2628. The fruit may be gathered much more quickly and more cheaply by means of the rake. The bushes are, how- ever, seriously injured by the treatment. In no case should the rake be used in gathering the High-bush Blueberries. As the berries are gathered they are passed through a fanning mill to eliminate leaves and twigs before being sent to the canning factory. At the factory they are again submitted to a much stronger winnowing. This is the only preparation required for market. The financial importance of the Blueberry industry is very difficult to estimate at the present time In Maine the canning of Blueberries is largely in the hands of a few packers. The largest of the factories has a daily capacity of 700 bushels and the average annual output is 8,300 cases of 2-dozen cans each, represent- ing 6,250 bushels of fresh fruit. The average price per case for the canned fruit is $1.90. The value of the «?-nnnn *%?"££ this °ne factory is not far from $lo,000. The total canned product of Maine's "Blue- berry barrens " in 1899 was about 50,000 cases and the price per case was $2.20, making the value of the Blue- erry*Cin0A«n tliis one sma11 section considerably more than $100,000. In northern Michigan the annual ship- 2627. A quart box of fancy Blueberries, prepared for market. ss: sns VACCINIUM calities. In some cases these are albino forms; in others the color is due to a fungus. Albino forms of V. Myr- tillus were recorded as early as 1578 by Dodoens. The other species thus far recorded are: V. Vitis-Id&a Pennsylvanicum, corymbosum and vacillans. It is' probable, however, that many other species exhibit this variation. No special reason can be assigned for this difference in color. The white forms are found growing (usually in colonies) by the side of the normal type. If exposed to full sunlight, the fruit is very likely to have a blush cheek, or even to be of a scarlet color. The al- bino forms must, however, be carefully distinguished from the "white berries " caused by the presence of a fungous growth (Sclerotinia baccarutn). Propagation. — In the past one chief drawback in the dissemination of the Blueberries has been the difficulty or supposed difficulty, of propagation. The few nur- serymen who have offered them for sale have usually depended upon the native heaths and pastures for their supply of plants, rather than upon the nursery rows. The results have been most discouraging, and the Blue- berries, though among the finest of fruits, are almost unknown in cultivation. In the case of the cranberries, propagation is effected almost exclusively by cuttings (see Cranberry). With the Blueberries, grafting is easily performed, and in this way specially choice individuals may be perpetuated For general purposes, however, seedlings or division may be used. Propagation by seed naturally requires care and skill, but is entirely feasible. The method fol- lowed at the Arnold Arboretum, and at the Maine Agri- cultural Experiment Station, where for several years seedling Blueberries have been grown, is essentially as follows: Seed-pans or boxes about 4 in. deep are half filled with potsherds and covered with a layer of sphagnum, after which a compost consisting of one- third each of fibrous peat, well - rotted sod and fine sand, is used; the whole be- ing firmed with the hand or with a mallet. The seed, washed free from the pulp of freshly gathered fruit, is then sown thickly, pressed down lightly and covered with a slight sprinkling of sphagnum. The boxes are placed in a coldframe until January, when they are brought to a house with a temperature of 55°-60° and a range of 10° higher by day. As the young seedlings appear, the sphagnum is gradually removed and a quantity of compost sifted in among the plants. The young plants are treated like other delicate seed- lings, and handled about twice during the first season. After Sept. 1 they are hardened off and later removed to a coldframe for winter, the frames being protected to retain the foliage as late as possible and covered with hay or litter during the winter. The next spring the plants are set about 6 inches apart in a well-prepared bed and shaded until thoroughly established. Clean tillage is given during the season. At the approach of winter, a few inches of loam between the plants to prevent heav- ing is the only protection required. The following spring, or two years from seed, they may be planted out permanently. Seed which is kept until dry and then sown, even if given the best of care, will seldom germi- nate until the second year. The low Blueberry ( V. Pennsylvfinicum) will usually fruit in three to four years from seed; but V. corymbosum requires four to six years. See Bull. 76, Maine Exp. Sta. 2628. Blueberry rake. INDEX. albiflorum, 18. erythrocarpon, 5. Oxycoccus, 1. amoenum, 18. angustit'olium, 10, 11. arboreum, 24. arbuseula, 10. atrococcum, 19. fuseatum, 17, 18. hirsutum, 14. maerocarpon, 3. melanocarpum, 25. Myrsinites, 7. pallidum, 18. parvifolium, 4. Pennsylvanicum. 11. Sprengelii, 1. caespitosum, 10. Canadense, 13. Constablcei, 18. corymbosttm, 18. myrtilloides, 15. Myrtillus, 9. nigrum, 12. nitidum, 6. stamineum, 25. tenellum, 17. uliginosum, 21. vacillans, 8. crassifolium, 20. erythrinum, 22. ovalifolium, 16. ova turn, 23. virgatum, 17. Vitis-Id«a. 3. VACCINIUM VAUCINIUM BOTANICAL CLASSIFICATION. — In the following scheme the species are separated on the basis of natural char- acters. When two closely related forms occur over wide range in latitude, however, the assigned dif- ferences are liable to fail at some point. The key will be found useful in determining herbarium speci- A. Ovary 4~5-loculed(rarely 8-10- loculed in V. Vitis-Idcea). B. Stamens long-exserted. c. Filaments villous 5. erythrocarpon CC. filaments puberulent. D. Stems very slender, creeping 1. Oxycoccus DJ>. Stems stouter, with as- cending branches 2. macrocarpon BB. Stamens included. C. filaments glabrous or pu- bescent. D. Corolla commonly 4- lobed: stamens 8 21. uliginosum DD. Corolla commonly 5- lobed: stamens 10. E. Plants dwarf, a foot or less high. F. Branchesnotangled.lQ. caespitosum FF. Branches sharply niujled 9. Myrtillus EE. Plants taller, 1-12 ft. hiah. F. Margins of leaves xharply serrulate.15. myrtilloides FF. Man; ins of leaves entire (except in V. ovalifolium). G. Length of Ivs. 1- 2 inches 1C. ovalifolium GG. Length of Ivs. %- % inches 4. parvifolium CC. Filaments pilose. D. Twigs red. Here prob- ably belongs 22. erythrinum DD. Twigs not red. E. Stamens 10: ovary 5- loculed. F. Branchlets pubes- cent 23. ovatum FF. Bran chiefs gla- brous 20. crassifolium EE. Stamens 8: ovary 4- loculed 3. Vitis-Idsea AA. Ovary 10-loculed (sometimes imperfectly so}. B. Anthers with 2 awns on the back. C. Stamens included 24. arboreum cc. Stamens exserted 25. stamineurn BB. Anthers awnless. c. foliage evergreen, coria- ceous. D. Calyx -teeth roundish and very dense 6. nitidum DD. Calyx-teeth acute 7. Myrsinites CC. foliage deciduous (some- times tardily so in south- ern forms). D. Corolla cylindraceous . .17. virgatum DD. Corolla short and usu- ally broad. E. Branchlets hirsute. . .14. hirsutum EE. Branchlets glabrous or glaucous (except in V. Canadense). F. Lvs. glaucous and pale beneath. a. fruit blue 8. vacillans GG. fruit black 12. nigrum FF. Lvs. strongly pubes- cent both sides.. .13. Canadense FFF. Lrs. glabrous, often hairy on midrib beneath. G. Margin of Ivs. bristly -serru- l"ti' 11. Fenusylvanicum GG. Margins of Ivs. en- tire or at most ciliate. H. Berry blue, glaucous 18. corymbosum HH. Berry black, not glaucous. 19. atrococcum HORTICULTURAL CLASSIFICATION.— The following key to the more commonly known species is based upon horticultural or garden characters : A. Species cultivated chiefly for fruit. B. Color of fruit red. C. Stems slender, trailing: Ivs. evergreen. D. Apex of leaves acute 1. Oxy coccus DD. Apex of leaves obtuse or refuse 2. macrocarpon cc. Stems stouterthough creep- ing: branches erect, tufted 3. VitiB-Idaea CCC. Stems erect, much taller, 2-10 ft. D. Lvs. small, %-% in. long. 4. parvifolium DD. Lvs. larger, lY^-S in. long 5. erythrocarpon BB. Color of fruit blue or black. c. Plant low, %-S ft. high. D. Foliage evergreen. E. Lvs. small, %-% in. long C. nitidum EE. Lvs. larger, %-l in.. 7. Myrsinites DD. Foliage deciduous. E. Surface of I vs. gla- brous. F. Lvs. pale beneath, not shining above. (See also No. IS. Here might be sought V. corym- bosum, var. palli- dum,No.l8.) ,v vacillans FF. Lvs. not paler be- neath, shining, at least above. (Ex- ceptions : No. It always paler be- neath; No. 11 rarely paler be- neath.) G. Fls. solitary in the axils. H. Branches sharply an- gled 9. MyrtillM HH. Branches not angled 10. caespitosum GG. fls. in fascicles or short racemes. H. '/'//< //•.«. not paler beneath. 11. Pennsylvanicum HH. The Ivs. paler beneath 12. nigrum EE. Surface of the Ivs. hairy. F. Ovary and fr. glau- cous 1:1. Canadente FF. Ovary and fr. h i r- sute 14. hirsutum cc. Plant taller, S-lt ft spreading. D. Fls. solitary in axils. X. Lvs. sharply serrate .15. myrtilloides EE. Lvs. entire or slightly serrulate 16. ovalilolium PD. Fls. in racemes or co- rymbs. E. Racemes elongated on naked branches.... 17. virgatum 1892 VACCINIUM EE. Racemes shorter. F. Corolla cylindric: fr. Hue 18. corymbosum FF. Corolla urn-shaped: fr. black 19- atrococcum AA. Species cultivated chiefly for ornament. B. Plants low, 1-8 ft. high. c. Stems creeping, with branches erect, or as- cending. D. Lvs. small, shining 20. crassifohum DD. Lvn. larger, pale or glau- cescent 21. uliginosum CO. Stems erect: twigs red 22. erythrinum BB. Plants taller, 2-20 ft. high. 0. Foliage evergreen, rigid. .23. ovatum oc. Foliage deciduous. D. Surface shining above, more or less pubescent beneath 24. arboreum DD. Surface paler above, glaucous beneath 25. stamineum DDD. Surface bright green both sides. (Here might be sought No. 5.) 5. erythrocarpon 1. Oxycdccus, Linn. SMALL CRANBERRY. CRANBERRY of the Old World. Slender creeping plants with short, filiform stems 4-10 in. long: Ivs. ovate acute or acumi- nate, % in. long, with revolute margins: pedicels 1-4, terminal: corolla deeply 4-parted, the lobes reflexed; anthers exserted, with very long terminal tubes : berry red, globose, Y^-Vz in. in diam., 4-loculed. Sphagnum swamps in subarctic and alpine regions. — Though smaller, its fruit is by many considered superior to that of the next. 2. macrocarpon, Ait. LARGER AMERICAN CRANBERRY. Stems slender, creeping, elongated (1-4 ft.), the flower- ing branches ascending: Ivs. oblong or oval, obtuse or retuse, Yz-Vt in. long, whitened beneath : pedicels sev- eral, axillary and lateral: berry red or reddish, globose or pyriform, %-\ in. long. N. America. B.M. 2586. Em. 2:456. See Cranberry. 2629. Cowberry or Mountain Cranberry - Vaccinium Vitis-Ideea (X about %). i. Vitis-Idfea, Linn. COWBERRY. MOUNTAIN CRAN- BERRY. FOXBERRY. Fig. 2629. Plants low (6-10 in )• Ivs. coriaceous, persistent, obovate or oval, V^-% in long dark green and shining above, with blackish ?orr£ Ph-?tS beneath: fls- ^ short, terminal racemes; Jorolla white or rose-colored, 4-cleft: berries dark red acid, rather bitter. Arctic regions, south to coast of VACCINIUM New England, Minn, and Brit. Col. B.B. 2:580. L.B.C. 7:616 (as var. major) ; ll:1023(var. minor). — The fruits, which are rather larger than currants, acid and some- what bitter when uncooked, are largely used in the more northern regions for tarts, jellies and preserves, or as a substitute for the common cranberry. According to Macoun, the fishermen's families along the Gasp6 coast and the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence gather the fruit of this species in large quantities for their own use and for sale, calling it "Low -bush Cranberry." Throughout the whole of northern Canada hunters and trappers, as well as the native Indians, have frequently to depend upon it for food. It is valuable for the shrub- bery border, where the strong contrast of the dark green foliage and the bright-colored persistent fruit is very striking. 4. parvifdlium, Smith. Shrub, 6-12 ft. high, strag- gling, with slender, green, sharply angled branches: Ivs. oblong or oval, obtuse, entire, dull or pale, %-% in. long: fls. solitary in the axils; corolla globular, nearly white; calyx 5-lobed: berries light red, rather dry. Northern Calif, to Alaska. — Offered by only one nurseryman. T. J. Howell, of Oregon, characterizes the fruit as "of good flavor, excellent for tarts," while Gray says "rather dry, hardly edible." 5. erythrocarpon, Michx. Shrub, erect, divergently branching, 1-4 ft. high: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, acumi- nate, serrate, thin, 1K-3 in. long: pedicels solitary, axillary, bractless: corolla flesh - colored, K in. long, 4-cleft, revolute: berries globose, % in. in diam., light red, turning to deep blue-black at full maturity, watery, slightly acid, scarcely edible. July. Higher Allegha- nies, Va. to Ga. B.M. 7413. 6. nitidum, Andr. A diffusely much branched shrub, with smooth branchlets: Ivs. thick, coriaceous, shining above, obovate or oblong: fls. in fascicles on short ra- cemes, the almost persistent bracts as well as the roundish or obtuse calyx-teeth reddish; corolla short- * campanulate, 5-toothed: berry "somewhat pear-shaped, black." Fla. and Ga. —Near to or passing into V. Mijr- sinites. 7. Myrsinites, Lam. Low, evergreen shrub erect or decumbent: Ivs. exceedingly variable, %-l in. long, en- tire or serrulate, sometimes denticulate, mostly shining above ; bracts and calyx-teeth acute or acutish : berries "globose, blue." Sandy pine barrens N.Car.to Fla. and La. B.M. 1550 (as V. nitidum, var. decumbens ) . — The differ- ence between this species and the preceding is obscure. The chief points of distinction seem to be that V. Mi/rxi- nites has puberulent branchlets, prominently veined Ivs. and acute calyx-teeth and bracts, while V. nitidum has smooth branchlets, smaller and faintly veined Ivs., with obtuse or roundish calyx-teeth and bracts. Grown as a pot-plant in coolhouses in England under the name of V. Sprengelii. 8. vacillans, Kalm. Low BLUEBERRY. BLUE HUCKLE- BERRY. Erect, glabrous: Ivs. obovate or oval, entire or sparingly serrulate: fls. in rather loose clusters, gener- ally on leafless summits of twigs; corolla campanulate or cylindraceous, contracted at the mouth : berries large, blue, with much bloom, of excellent flavor, ripening with V. Canadense. Dry, sandy, or rocky places, N. Amer. B.B. 2:579. Em. 1 :454. -One of the most com- mon species of the northern and central states, particu- larly west of the Alleghanies. The fls. are quite showy, while the fruit is particularly valuable. 9. Myrtillus, Linn. WHORTLEBERRY. BILBERRY. Low shrubs, glabrous: Ivs. ovate or oval, serrate, conspicu- ously veined, %-% in. long: calyx almost entire: ber- ries black, nodding. Mountainous regions, N. Amer., Eu., Asia. —The most widely distributed species and very generally used as an article of diet and in the mak- ing of drinks, particularly in the Old World. It is from this species that the common name Whortleberry is de- rived. Not of special importance in America. 10. caespitdsum, Michx. DWARF BILBERRY. A dwarf tufted shrub, 3-12 in. high, nearly glabrous throughout: Ivs. obovate, obtuse or acutish, serrulate, shining on both sides: fls. solitary; corolla obovoid, pink or white, slightly 5-toothed (rarely 4-toothed): berries large, globose, blue with bloom, sweet. N. Amer. B.B. 2:576 VACCINIUM B.M. 3429— It is doubtful if varieties can be distin- guished. Var. arhuscula, (iray, passes into the ordinary form; while vars. angustifolium, Gray, and cuneifolium, Nutt., are found to he simply forms produced by shade. The last form, particularly, is common in New Eng- land, and early in the season the Ivs. are of the ordinary obovate type, while later they become elongated. Recommended by Warren H. Manning for the rock garden. 11. Pennsylvanicum, Lam. Low BLUEBERRY. Fig. 2G30. A dwarf shrub, 6-15 in. high: Ivs. membrana- ceous, oblong-lanceolate or oblong, distinctly serrulate with bristle-pointed teeth, mostly shining on both sides but often hairy on midrib beneath: fls. on short pedi- cels; corolla campanulate-cylindrical, short: berries large, globose, bluish black with bloom, sweet, the earliest to ripen north. N. Amer. B.M. 3434. B.B. 2:578. Em. 2:456. Rep. Me. Exp. Sta. 1898: 171. -Var. •2630. Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum — Low Blueberry (X%). angustifolium, Gray. A dwarf form, with more decid- edly lanceolate Ivs. Lake Superior and northward.— This species is extremely variable in size and shape of fruit and flowers, but with the exception of the va- riety noted and the black -fruited form often asso- ciated with it. which is set off as V. niijnim, the varia- tions do not appear sufficiently constant to warrant mak- ing separations. In general, "the plant is of low, semi- prostrate habit, is extremely prolific and thrives on dry, sandy hills. It furnishes the bulk of the Blueberries found iii tin- eastern markets. When mown down or burned, the new erect shoots produce, the following year, a long, spike-like mass of bloom and fruit which may be stripped off by handfuls. Because of its charac- ter and early-ripening habit, it is known on the Blue- berry plains as "Early Sweet" or "Low Sweet." 12. nigrum, Britton. Low BLACK BLUEBERRY. Low shrub, similar to \'. Pennsylvanicum, and often asso- ciated with it: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate to obovate, finely serrulate, green above, pale and glaucous beneath: fls. few in the clusters, white or cream-colored, appearing earlier than those of V. PetniKiilnniii-um: berries rather small, black without bloom. Dry rocky soil, N. Amer. B.B. •_>:.-) 7! I. Hep. Me. Exp. Sta., 1898:171. -This species is distinguished from the preceding by the glaucous under surfaces of the leaves and by the characteristic shining black fruit. It is usually found in colonies in the same situations as I'. Pintuylvanieumf but occa^ aionally the two species will be found intermingled. VACCINIUM 13. Canad6nse, Hichards. CAN.M.A BI.I M.KKUV. I shrubs, 1-2 ft. high, tin- crowded branc-hlets downy- pubescent: Ivs. oblong-lai date or ellipti. downy on both sides: corolla short, open-campanulate. greenish white, often tinged with red: berries ^ or oblate, blue with much bloom, of excellent flavor. Low woods, Hudson Bay to Bear Lake and the north- ern Rocky Mts.; south to New Eng., nits, of Pa. and 111. B.M. 344G. B.B. 2:578. -This specie-, commonly known as "Velvet Leaf "or "Sour Top" becuu-e of the character of its foliage and the somewhat acid fruit, usually grows in rather moist, rocky, not swampy, lo- calities. The fruit is larger and more acid than the other low forms and matures from one to three weeks later. It is not so popular in the general market as the sweeter kinds, but it is very prolific and its lateno- in ripening is a point in its favor. 14. hirsutum, Buckley. HAIRY HUCKLEBERRY. BEAR HUCKLEBEKKY. Low shrub, 1-2 ft. high: steins green, grooved, obscurely 4-angled, those of the current year covered with stout, spreading white hairs: Ivs. ovate, entire and, together with the pure white campanulate corolla, the calyx and the dark blue globose fruit, hirsute. Very local in N. C., Ga. and Tenn. G.F. 2:'M5.— This species, discovered about 1840, was lost sight of for half a century until rediscovered by Sargent and transferred to the Arnold Arboretum. It is readily distinguished by the hairy flower and fruit. The fruit is described as fully as large as that of Gaylussacia rexinosa, shining black, and of an agreeable flavor. Under cultivation not so densely hairy as in the wild state. Gives prom- ise of being valuable under cultivation as one of the latest of its kind to ripen, — at the Arnold Arboretum the best period of fruitage being the middle of August, berries remaining into September. 15. myrtilloides, Hook. An erect, branching shrub, mostly glabrous throughout, the twigs slightly angled: Ivs. oval, oblong or ovate, acute, serrate, membranous, green on both sides but not shining, 1-2 in. long: calyx entire; corolla depressed-globular, yellowish or green- ish white: berries large, oblate, black, rather acid. Lake Superior westward. B.M. 3447. — The berries are large, %-% in., oblate, with broad calyx, of excellent flavor; much relished by the natives of the northwest. 16. ovalifdlium, Smith. A slender, straggling, branched shrub 3-12 ft. high, with slender more or less angled branchlets: Ivs. oval, obtuse, glabrous, green above, glaucous beneath : fls. solitary, on short, re- curved pedicels; corolla globose-ovoid: berry large, Vy-Vi in., bluish purple, with bloom. Woods, Quebec to Mich., Ore. and Alaska. B.B. 2:577. -This species is very abundant in the northwest, forming a large part of the undergrowth along the southern coast of Ala-k:i (Funston). The berries, rather larger than peas, are collected in great quantities by the Indians, who use them fresh and dry them for winter. The exception- ally large berries and vigorous habit of this species suggest its value for cultivation and particularly for crossing with the low -growing species, such as V. Pennsylvanicum and Canadense. 17. virgatum, Ait. A shrub 3-12 ft. high, with slen- der green branches, the young twiirs pul.erulent . l\-. narrowly oval-oblong, acute, often mucronate, entire or minutely serrulate, green and glabrous above, pale or glaucous beneath, %-2 in. long: fls. in short racemes on naked twigs, appearing before the Ivs.; corolla nearly cylindiical, white or pink: bracts small, decidu- ous- berrv black, with or without bloom. Swamps, southern Va. to Fla. and La. B.B. 2::.77. B.M. :::,±.'. B.R. 4:302 (as V. fuscatum).— The distinction between this species and the next is very slight. It is probable that, possibly excepting var. trnellmii, this is only a southern form of V. c<>rymbosum and should be re- duced to varietal rank. Var. tenellum, Gray ( V. tentllum, Att., not Pursh). A low form, mostly less than 2 ft., with smaller Ivs. and nearly white IN in short, close rlnsier*. Southern Va. to Ark., Fla. and Ala. — Probably a distinct species. 18 corymbosum, Linn. HIOH-BUSH BLUEBERRY. BWAHF Mr. KI.K.HKKKY. Fig. 2631. A tall, straggling shrub 4-12 ft. high, with yellowish green warty branch- 1894 VACCINIUM lets which later turn brownish : Ivs. ovate or oblong to elliptical -lanceolate, usually entire: fls. in short ra- cemes on naked twigs; corolla ovate to urn-shaped, or oblong-cylindrical, white or pinkish: berries blue-black, with much bloom, of excellent flavor. Moist woods or swamps, N. Amer. Em. 2:454. American Agriculturist 1886:364. B.B. 2:577. -Exceedingly variable, and nu- merous gradations unite the several varieties. V. co- rymbosum is one of the most valuable species both for fruit and as an ornamental shrub. It thrives in the gar- den and is readily susceptible of improvement by culti- vation. Var. amoenum, Gray ( V. amatmcm, Ait.). A form with bristly ciliate, serrulate leaves, bright green on both sides, shining above, often pubescent on veins be- neath. Mainly in the Middle Atlantic states. B.R. 5:400. B.M. 3433 (as V. corymbosum). Var. pallidum, Gray ( F. pdllidum, Ait. V. albifld- rum. Hook. V. C6nslabla>i, Gray). A pale and glaucous or glaucescent form, with or without some pubescence : ovary more completely inferior, generally low, other- wise resembling var. amcennm. Common in mountain- ous regions southward. B.M. 3428. B.B. 2:579. Var. fuscatum, Gray ( F. fusc&tum, Ait.). A tall form with the mature and entire Ivs. fuscous-pubescent be- neath : fls. virgate, somewhat spicate on the naked flowering twigs. Ala. and Fla. to La. and Ark. 19. atroc6ccum, Heller ( F. corymbdsum, var. atrocdc- cum, Gray). BLACK BLUEBERRY. A branching shrub with shreddy bark, similar to V. corymbosum: Ivs. oval or oblong, dark green above, densely pubescent be- neath, entire, acute, often mucronate: fls. in short ra- cemes, appearing with the Ivs.: berry black, without bloom, sweet. Moist woods and swamps, northeastern N. Amer. B.B. 2:578. 20. crassifdlium, Andr. Slender, trailing shrub: stems 2-3 ft. long, glabrous: Ivs. small, %-% in. long, oval or narrowly oblong, sparsely serrulate or entire, shining: fls. few, almost sessile, in small, axillary clus- ters, nearly white or tinged with red: berries black. Sandy bogs, N. C. to Ga. B.M. 1152. -Useful for the shrubbery border south. 2631. Hieh-bush Blueberry -Vaccmium corymbosum. (spray X%). 21. uligindsum, Linn. BOG BILBERRY. A stiff, much- branched shrub Ji-2 ft. high: Ivs. thick, obovate or oval obtuse or retuse, K-l in. long, nearly sessile: fls 2-4 together, or sometimes solitary ; calyx 4-narted sometimes 5-parted; corolla urn-shaped, 4- or 5 lobed! N JjJrT118 A" °= b£r£eS bluish black, with bloom L £ er'i! EKK' Asiu' B'B- 2 =576. -The plant is useful for the shrubbery border in cold, wet locations, and its 8 ™* '<" An erect' *1»D«««, evergreen ceous enr fl . igS: lvs< Ovate' obtuse> ™ria- ms, entire: fls. m long, 1-sided, terminal racemes- VALERIANA corolla cylindraceous, 5-toothed, % in. long, purple, reddish. Mountainous regions, Java. B.M. 4688. J.H! III. 34:39. — Sent to England in 1852 and since grown by various nurserymen as a greenhouse pot-plant. It is a strong plant, furnishing an abundance of bloom in Dec. and Jan. Not remarkable, but worthy a place in collec- tions. A very distinct type. 23. ova turn, Pursh. An erect, rigid, evergreen shrub 3-8 ft. high, with pubescent branchlets: Ivs. very numer- ous, thick, shining, ovate or oblong, acute, serrate: fls. numerous, in short, axillary clusters, followed by dark purple fruit of agreeable flavor. Vancouver's Island to Monterey, Calif. B.R. 16:1354.-A distinctly western species, and one of California's most beautiful hedge plants, but not well known. V. ovatum is very tena- cious of life and bears pruning well; propagated from suckers, cuttings and seeds, which last it bears freely. 24. arbdreum, Marshall. FARKLEBERRY. SPARKLE- BERRY. Spreading shrub or small tree, 6-25 ft. high with glabrous or somewhat pubescent branchlets: Ivs.' thinnish, coriaceous, smooth and shining above, obovate to oblong, entire or obscurely denticulate: fls. profuse, axillary and leafy racemose; corolla white, 5-lobed- berry small, globose, rather astringent. Sandy soil along river banks, Fla. and Tex. to N. C. and 111 L.B.C. 19:1885. B.M. 1607 (as V. diffusum). B.B.' 2:580. — It forms an irregular shrub too diffuse and straggling to be of value except in masses, for which purpose it is useful at the South. 25. stamfneum, Linn. DEERBERRY. SQUAW HUCKLE- BERRY. A divergently branched shrub, 2-5 ft high, with pubescent or glabrous twigs: Ivs. oval to oblong- lanceolate, acute, entire, pale, glaucous or sometimes slightly pubescent beneath, 1-4 in. long, %-!% wide: fls. very numerous, in large leafy -bracted racemes; corolla green, 5-cleft; anthers and style exserted: fr. large globose or pyriform, greenish or yellowish, few-seeded, almost inedible. Dry woods and thickets, N. Amer B.B. 2:580. Var. melanocarpum, Mohr. SOUTHERN GOOSEBERRY. Shrub, 2-3 ft. high, branched from near the base : Ivs. as in the type: fls. in loosely 4-8-fld. elongated racemes: berries twice the size of the typical form, shining black, with a juicy purple pulp, sweetish, with slightly tart, flavor. S. States. — Probably a distinct species. Will thrive on any good, well-drained soil and is a valuable shade-enduring ornamental shrub. w. M. MUNSON VAGAEIA (meaning obscure). Amarylliddcece. A single species, a bulbous autumn-flowering plant from Syria with strap-shaped leaves produced after the flow- ers, which are quite freely produced in 6-8-fld. umbels on naked scapes about 1 ft. high: perianth-tube short, funnel-shaped at the apex; segments equal, lanceolate, stamens inserted on throat of tube; filaments quadrate: ovary globose, 3-loculed, with 2-3 ovules in each locule. parvifldra, Herb. Bulb globose, about 1% in. through : fls. white. Offered by European bulb-growers. F. W. BARCLAY. VALERIAN. See Valeriana. Greek V. is Polemo- nium. Bed V. is Centranthus.. VALERIANA (Latin valeo, to be strong, in allusion to medicinal uses). VALERIAN. Valeriandcece. A large genus (probably more than 150 species) of widespread herbs, mostly of the northern hemisphere. Less than a dozen species are North American. The Valerians are erect-growing, mostly tall perennials, with strong- smelling roots, and bearing many small white, pink or rose-colored flowers in terminal cymose or cymose-pani- culate clusters. Corolla tubular or trumpet- shaped, the limb nearly equally 5-toothed or lobed, the tube usually swollen at the base; stamens 3: ovary 1-loculed (by abortion), bearing an entire or somewhat 2-3-lobed style, ripening into an akene : calyx of bristle-form lobes: Ivs. opposite, various. The Valerians in the American trade are hardy per- ennials of easiest culture. Only V. officinaUs is well known. This is one of the characteristic plants of old gardens, being prized for the spicy fragrance of its numerous flowers in spring. It spreads rapidly from VALERIANA VALEJtlAMELLA suckers arising from the roots, soon forming large colonies. The common species are often grown from seeds. I', alba and V. rubra of the trade are no doubt Ctutranthus ruber. A. Rootstocks horizontal or ascending, with small fibrous roots. R. Stem-leaves (at least the lower ones) pinnate or pinnately lobed. officinalis, Linn. COMMON VALERIAN. GARDEN HE- LIOTROPE. CAT'S VALERIAN. ST. GEORGE'S HERB. Fig. 2632. Somewhat pubescent: stem erect, simple below but somewhat branching above, 2-5 ft.: Ivs. all pinnate, with several to many lanceolate to linear acuminate toothed or notched leaflets: fls. numerous, whitish, pinkish or lavender, very fragrant. Eu- rope, N. Asia. — The medicinal valerian is obtained mostly from the roots of this spe- cies. Phu, Linn. Gla- brous, usually less tall than the above: root - Ivs. simple ; stem - Ivs. lobed or bearing 5-7 entire leaflets: fls. whitish. Caucasus. Var. au- rea, Hort., has young shoots golden yellow. didica. Linn. MARSH VALERIAN. About 1-2 ft.: root- Ivs. oval, elliptic or spatulate and entire, long - stalked ; stem- Ivs. mostly pinnate with entire leaflets or divisions, the ter- minal leaflet oval or oblong and the lat- eral ones smaller and narrower: fls. mostly unisexual, the sterile ones the larger, all pale rose color. Eu- rope, in moist soil. Sitchensis, Bong. A foot or less, the rootstocks thick and ascending : root-lvs. ovate or oblong, sim- ple or somewhat lobed ; stem - Ivs. mostly 3-5-foliolate, the divisions or leaf- lets orbicular to ob- long-ovate: fls. white, very fragrant, in contracted cymes, the corolla about % in. long. Rocky Mts. to Alaska. G.F. 9:515.-A very early bloomer. BB. Stem-leaves. not compound nor lobed, but some- times dentate. montana, Linn. Usually one ft. or less high, glabrous or nearly so: root-lvs. oblong, oval or orbicular-oblong, usually obtuse, somewhat dentate; stem-lvs. lanceola acuminate, dentate or nearly entire : fls. bright i >se, dioacious. Eu. L.B.C. 4:317. AA. Rootstocks perpendicular, branching below. edulis, Nutt. Two-4 ft., glabrous or nearly so: root- lvs. oblanceolate or spatulate with margined pet entire to pinnatifid; stem-lvs. few, sessile, parted into linear or lanceolate divisions: fls. yellowish white, n an elongated panicle, more or less dioecious. Ul Arizona and British Columbia, in wet or moist lands. - The roots are eaten by Indians. The leaves an- thirki-b, and strongly veined. The African or Algerian Valerian is Frdia Cornucbpicr. Gaertn. (Valeriana Oomeopto, I. inn. Valeriam-lla Curiiu copiae, Loisel.). It is an Algerian annual used for salad, after the manner of corn salad. It does not appear to b« in the Amer. trade. Glabrous, branching, 1% ft. or less high: Ivs. oval-oblong, thickish, simple, somewhat toothed, thus.- of the stem clasping: fls. long-tubular, pink, in terminal clusters. Cult, as for corn salad, although it endures less cold. It thrives well in warm weather when not allowed to suffer for water. B.R. 2:155.— F. tripterit. Linn., ot Europe, appears to have been offered in this country, although little known here: about 1 ft, tall, glabrous: radical Ivs. oval or cordate, dentate: stem- Ivs. with 3 leaflets or lobes, the terminal one large: fls. rote- colored, polygamous. L. fj. g. VALERIANELLA (diminutive of Valeriana). Vale- riandcea. Including CORN SALAD or FKTTICUS. A genus of nearly 50 species of annual, dichotomously branched herbs, with a basal rosette of entire Ivs. and small white, bluish or pinkish fls. borne in terminal cymes, which form compact globular or flat ti-h clus- ters. Corolla nearly regular, 5-lobed; stamens 3: fr. 3-loculed, 2 of the locules being empty. These plants are mostly native to the Mediterranean region. V. oli- toria is the common Corn Salad and V. eriocarpa the Italian Corn Salad. To the account given in this work at page 376, the following may be added: Corn Salad is both a salad plant and a pot-herb, chiefly the former. The name "Corn Salad" is prob- ably derived from the fact that the plant grows spon- taneously in the grain fields of Europe, large quantities of it being gathered in early spring. It is rather taste- less compared with lettuce, and is little known in America. Abroad it is prized as a fall and winter salad. It is a cool-season crop, grown like lettuce and matures in 6-8 weeks. Plants should stand about 6 in. apart in the row. An ounce of seed should give 2,000-3,000 plants. The following description of the varieties is derived from Vilmorin's Vegetable Garden. olitdria, Moench. CORN SALAD. LAMB'S LETTUCE. FET- Ticus. Fig. 2633. An "autumnal annual " herb, the seed of which ripens in April or May, soon falls to the ground, and germinates in August. The plant makes its growth in the fall and flowers the following spring. In cultiva- tion the seed is generally sown in early spring or late summer. The plant forms a dense rosette of spoon- shaped Ivs. which grow in a decussate fashion, and has an angular, forking stem bearing small bluish white fls. in terminal clusters. Eu., Orient. -The Round- Leaved variety has much shorter Ivs. than the 2632. Garden Heliotrope —Valeri- ana officinalis (XK). 2633. ValerianeHa olitoria— Corn s*l»d. common type and they are half-erect £«tMdaC MMM* 'nT and less prominently veined. This kind is the one' grown almost exclusively for the £"*•«-*•*• The Large-Seeded variety is more robust than t common type and the seed is nearly twice as large Lvs marked with numerous secondary veins. Much crown " Holland and Germany. The fitampes variety is ver? dark-colored Ivs., which are often undulate or folded back at the margins. Lvs. narrow promi- nently veined, thicker and more fleshy than the other 1896 VALERIANELLA kinds and specially suited to cold weather and long : dis- tance shipment. The cabbaging T^f ?/f ersflf™m the others in forming a heart or head of fine flavor Unfortunately it is the least productive type, but i bears shipment well. eriocarpa, Desv. ITALIAN CORN SALAD. Distin- guished from the common species by the lighter color of the Ivs., which are slightly hairy and somewhat toothed on the edges towards the base. The plant n native to the south of Europe, where it is highly es- teemed because it does not run to seed as quickly in a warm climate. It is undesirable for northern climates. . W. M. VALLISNllBIA (Antonio Vallisneri, 1661-1730, Italian naturalist). Hydrocharid&cew. About 4 species of aquatic plants, including the well-known Eel-grass or Tape-grass. This is found in fresh water all over the world. It is a submerged plant with linear Ivs. %-G ft. long, depending on the depth of the water. The Ivs. originate in a tuft at the bottom of the water, and the plant spreads by runners sent out from these tufts. Eel-grass is usually found in quiet waters. It has no horticultural rank, except as an aquarium plant. Like many other aquarium plants, it has special interest for students of botany. The pistillate fls. are borne on very long spiral threads and come to the surface as shown in Pig. 2634. The staminate fls. are borne on very short stalks near the bottom of the water. At the proper time the staminate fls. break away from their stalks and rise to the surface of the water. As they float about, some of the pol- len is conveyed to the pistillate fls., and in this haphazard way the blossoms are fertilized and seed is produced. Both kinds of fls. are very small, and they are borne on separate plants. Eel-grass is readily col- lected, or can be pro- cured from dealers in aquarium supplies or from collectors of native plants. The plant is sometimes called "wild celery," because it is said to impart a celery- like flavor to wild ducks that feed on it. For ge- n e r i c characters, see Gray's Manual or Brit- ton and Brown's Illus- trated Flora. spiralis, Linn. EEL- GRASS. . TAPE - GRASS. Fig. 2634. Hardy sub- merged aquatic plant : Ivs. thin, linear, 5- nerved, sometimes ser- rate near the apex: fls. white. Aug., Sept. B.B. 1:93. E.B. 20, p. 194. V. 4:157. WM. THICKER and W. M. VALLOTA (Pierre Vallot, French botanist; wrote an account of the garden of Louis XIII in 1623). Amaryl- liddcece. The SCARBOROUGH LILY, Vallota purpurea, is a South African representative of the American genus Hippeastrum, popularly known as "Amaryllis." It is a bulbous plant with large, red, funnel-shaped, C-lobed flowers, blooming in September and later. A pair of well- grown specimens in large pots or tubs make a showy ornament for the porch. Plants have been grown with over 50 flower trusses, each truss bearing an um- bel of 4-9 fls., the individual fls. being 3-4 in. or more across. Vallota is a genus of only one species and is distinguished from Hippeastrum by the seeds being winged at the base. The tube of the flower is longer than in the typical Hippeastrums and at the base of ach perianth-segment is a cushion-shaped callus some- what different from the minute scales or distinct neck that is often found at the throat of a Hippeastrum. 2634. Eel-erass-Vallisneria spiralis. (Reduced.' VALLOTA Other generic characters : Perianth erect; tube broadly funnel-shaped; segments equal, ascending, broad, connivent; stamens inserted below the throat: ovules many, superposed: stigma capitate: seeds black, com- pressed. It has recently been proposed that Vallota be considered a subgenus of Cyrtantlms. The latter is a group of about 20 species of plants with fls. of various colors and naked at the throat. Cyrtanthus proper and 2635. Scarborough Lily — Vallota purpurea. (From a specimen 2 feet high) the subgenus Monella have beautiful pendulous fls. in umbels, but the plants are not as easy to grow as Val- lota. It has been suggested that they be crossed with the more robust Vallota in the hope of combining their varied colors and pendulous grace with the strong con- stitution of the Vallota. Such a process would be simi- lar to the one by which the noble race of Hippeastrum hybrids has been given to the world. Vallota is un- doubtedly related to Cyrtanthus through the subgenus Gastronema, which has erect fls. and differs chiefly in the stamens. Of this subgenus C. sanguineus is in the trade now. The best form of Vallota seems to be the variety magnified. purpurea, Herb. SCARBOROUGH LILY. Fig. 2635. Bulb large: Ivs. appearing with the fls., strap-shaped, l%-2 ft. long, dying down in autumn: peduncle hollow, slightly 2-edged, 2-3 ft. long: fls. scarlet. Gn. 30, p. 245; 42, p. 273. R.H. 1870:50 ( V. grandiflora). A.F. 9:211. Gng. 2:361. A.G. 1893:81. -The typical form has scapes about \Y, linear - spathulate; sta- mens 6: follicle oblong, membranous, unequally 2- valved: seeds arillate. Van- couverias demand a rich soil in rather shady posi- tions. They are not showy plants, but have foliage of an elegant and refined type. A. Ist'x. ilthi, m r HI branous : fls. whitish. hexandra, Morr. & Decne. About 1 foot high : root- stock woody, slender: Ifts. roundish, mostly angulately 3-lobed and cordate : scape naked or 1-lvd. : panicle simple or loose-branched: fls. white or cream-colored. May. June. Coniferous woods, Brit. Col. to N. Calif, near the coast. Gn. 30, p. 2G3. VANDA is; 17 AA. Lvs. rather thick: fix. yrli chrysantha, (in-ene | I'. hi-.'iinil,-ial roots, which are freely emitted from the sides of the stems, may ramble among the foliage and thereby retain moisture a long time after syringing. A few species, such as V. Amesiana, V. ccerulea and V. Kimballiana, with one or two other alpine species, re- quire about ten degrees cooler temperature, but other- wise similar treatment to other species of the genus. Stock is increased by removing a foot or more of the leading growth with a sharp knife, allowing several roots to remain attached to each growth and .basketing them in the usual manner. These new pieces should be frequently syringed overhead until they become es- tablished or they are likely to shrivel. The old stems will nearly always send out several new growths. The principal insect enemies to Vandas are several species of scale, which breed fast in a dry atmosphere. They can be kept in check by syringing with strong tobacco water and by sponging the plants with a 20 per cent solution of alcohol. jjf Mt GREY. Amesiana, 15. Hookeriana, 18. Roxburghii, 11. Andersoni, 17. illustre, 14. Sanderiana, 20. Bensoni, 8. insignis, 9. Schroederiana, £ Boxalli, 1, 5. Kimballiana, 16. spathulata, 3. Cathearti, 19. lamellata, 4. splendens, 10. cserulea, 6, 11. limbata, 12. suavis, 10. oserulescens, 1. Mariottiana, 13. superba, 10. Cnrningii, 10. Parishii, 13. teres, 17. Denisoniana, 7. parviflora, 2. tessellata, 11. densiflora, 14. Patersoni, 10. tricolor, 10. grandis, 10. Robinsoniana, 10. Veitchii, 10. A. Labellum spurred. B. Lvs. flat, or channeled and keeled, toothed or lobed at the apex. C. Racemes loose: labellum with lateral lobes. D. Fls. 1-1% in. across. E. Color blue ................ 1. EE. Color yellow .............. 2. 3. EEE. Color white or pale yellow, but streaked and shaded with brown .............. 4. 5. DD. Fls. 2 in. or more across (sometimes less in Nos. 8 and 11). E. Color blue ................. 6. EE. Color white ............... 7. EEE. Color white or yellowish, but spotted with purple or brown. F. Middle lobe of the label- lum dilated, rent form. 8. 9. FF. Middle lobe slightly di- lated, truncate or emar- ginate. G. Apex emarginate or %-lobed .............. 10. 11. GG. Apex truncate and ob- scurely mucronate...l2. FFF. Middle lobe shorter than the sepals, flabelliform.rs. cc. Raceme dense, cylindrical: la- bellum without lateral lobes . .U BB. Lvs. semi -terete and deeply channeled, pointed ............. 15. , r. . 16. BBB. Lvs. terete ....................... 17> AA. Labellum not spurred ............. JJ.' 20. 1. Cffirulescens, Griff. Stem 1-2 ft. high: long, deeply channeled, truncate and 2-lobed caerulescens parviflora spathulata lamellata Boxalli caerulea Denisoniana Bensoni insignia tricolor Boxburghii limbata Parishii densiflora Amesiana Kimballiana teres Sanderiana Ivs 5-7 in at the apex:' VANDA racemes many, slender and'pendulous,each bearing about 12 fls. : fls. 1 in. across; sepals and petals obovate, sub- acute, undulate or twisted, pale lilac-blue; labellum shorter than the sepals, middle lobe cuneate-obovate, with a delicate 2-lobed tip, violet with fleshy dark blue ridges, side lobes small, dark blue. Spring. Burma. B.M. 5834. F.M. 1877:256. G.C. 1870:529. -Color varies from blue to nearly white. Var. B6xalli, Reichb. f. Fls. pale violet or nearly white: disc of the labellum deep violet with white lines on the sides. B.M. 6328. 2. parviHdra, Lindl. Stem 4-6 in. high: Ivs. strap- shaped, 4-8 in. long, unequally obtusely 2-lobed: ra- cemes erect, many-fld.: fls. small, yellow; sepals and petals obovate- spatulate; labellum shorter than the se- pals, middle lobe obovate, dilated, truncate and 2-lobed at the apex, yellow below, white above, spotted and dashed with purple and having thick fleshy ridges. Himalayas. B.M. 5138 (as Aerides Wightianum). 3. spathulata, Spreng. Stem 2 ft. high: Ivs. 2-4 in. long, obtusely 2-lobed: peduncle robust, 12-18 in. tall, few-fld.: fls. 1% in. across, golden yellow; sepals and petals oblong-spatulate, flat; labellum as long as the sepals, clawed, side lobes very small, broadly obovate, middle lobe sub-orbicular, obscurely 3 -fid. Ceylon, India. 4. lamellata, Lindl. Lvs. channeled, leathery, ob- liquely and acutely bifid at the apex: fls. pale yellow, stained with red; sepals and petals obovate, obtuse, undulate, the lower sepal larger and somewhat incurved ; middle lobe of the labellum obcuneate, retuse, auricu- late, having a pair of red elevated plates and 2 red tu- bercles just below the apex. Aug.-Nov. Philippines. 5. B6xalli, Reichb. f. ( V. lamellata, var. Bdxalli, Reichb. f. ). Stem tall, with long recurved Ivs.: raceme longer than the Ivs., bearing 14-20 fls.: sepals white, with the lower margins of the lateral pair sepia-brown; petals white, with violet streaks which are also found on the sepals, pandurate with large lamellae and square auricles, mostly lilac. Nov., Dec. Philippines. G.C. II. 15:87. Gn. 19:574. 6. cserulea, Griff. Fig. 2636. Stem 1-2 ft. high : Ivs. rigid, linear, 6-10 in. long, obliquely truncate and toothed at the tip: raceme 1-2 ft. long: fls. 3-4 in. across, pale blue; lateral sepal obovate; petals broadly obovate, clawed; labellum less than one-third the length of the sepals, dark blue, linear-oblong, side lobes small, rounded, middle lobe with 2 thickened ridges. Late autumn. India. F.S. 6:609. I.H. 7:246.' Gn. 21:254; 31, p. 566; 47, p. 145; 50, pp. 59 and 418; 52, p. 410. R.B. 17:265. G.C. III. 3:41; 7:17; 11:272. Gng. 3:135. G.F. 3:77. A.F. 6:685. F.R. 1:371. R.H. 1881:290 (var. grandif/ora). — This is considered to be one of the best species in cultivation. The fls. are often tessellated. 7. Denisoniana, Benson & Reichb. f. Stem short: Ivs. linear, 6-10 in. long, recurved, deeply notched at the apex: peduncles short, stout, bearing 4-6-fld. ra- cemes: fls. white, 2 in. across; sepals and petals waved and twisted, the lateral sepals broadly obovate, falcate; petals clawed, spatulate; labellum longer than the se- pals; side lobes large, subquadrate; middle lobe pan- duriform, with 2 orbicular, diverging, terminal lobes. Summer. Burma. B.M. 5811. I.H. 19:105. F. 1869, p. 250. G.C. II. 24:105. A.F. 6:607. 8. B6nsoni, Batem. Stem about 1 ft. high, very leafy: Ivs. linear, leathery, 6-8 in. long, obliquely toothed at the apex: fls. 2 in. across, 10-15 in a raceme, 1-1% ft, long; sepals and petals obovate, obtuse, clawed, whitft outside, yellowish green with numerous brown dots in- side; labellum violet, with white spur and side lobes, middle lobe terminating in a reniform, bifid apex. Sum- mer. Burma. B.M. 4612. F.S. 22:2329. G.C. 1867:180. 9. insignis, Blume. Stem erect: Ivs. linear, 10 in. long, apex with 2 or 3 teeth : raceme rather short, 6-10- fld. : fls. 2-2% in. across; sepals and petals obovate, fleshy, the petals narrower, ochraceous brown, with darker brown blotches inside, almost white on the out- side; labellum pandurate, the apical lobe being broadly reniform, concave, white tinted with rose. Summer. Malaya. B.M. 5759. Gn. 25:168. -Var. Schroederiana has yellow fls. with a white labellum. Gn. 25:168. VAN DA VANDA 10. tricolor, Lindl. Stem branched, tall, erect and leafy: I vs. strap -shaped, 10-12 in. long, channeled: raci'mt' drooping, longer than the Ivs.: fls. 2-3 in. across; sepals obovate. attenuated at the base, yellow with numerous brownish crimson spots; petals similar to the sepals in form and color but narrower; labellum about as long as the sepals, lateral lobes small, rounded; middle lobe lyrate, notched, purple, with elevated lines. F.S. ii:<>41. I.H. 42, p. 161. B.M. 4432.- Var. suavis, Hort. ( T. snarls, Lindl.). Ground color of the tts. white; sepals and petals spotted with purple; labellum deep purple. Fls. irregular from March to May. Java. H M 5174. F.S. 5, p. 510; 6:641. Gn. 3, p. 103; 23, p. i:U (as \'. tricolor); 31, p. 242; 47:1010. I.H. 42, p. 162. (l.C. 11. 22:237 (var.); III. 7:133 and 135. Var. Veitchii, Hort. Fls. with rather large spots of deep rose; label- lum deep rose. R.B. 20:145. Var. Patersoni, Hort. Si-pals and petals creamy white, heavily spotted with brown; labellum magenta-crimson. Gn. 23:375. Var. Corningii. Hort. Sepals and petals bright yellow, spot- ted with deep crimson and bordered with rose-purple on both sides: labellum deep violet. Vars. Robinsoniana, grandis, splendens and superba are also advertised. 11. R6xburghii, R. Br. ( V. tesselldta. Hook.). Stem 1-2 ft., climbing: Ivs. narrow, complicate, 6-8 in. long, 2-3-toothed at the apex: racemes erect, 6-8-fld.: fls. greenish yellow, tessellated with olive-brown inside, white outs'ide; sepals and petals subequal, clawed, obo- vate, waved; labellum nearly as long as the sepals, lateral lobes small, acute, middle lobe panduriform, violet, truncate. May-Aug. Bengal. B.R. 6:506. B.M. 2245. F.S. 2:2; 6, p. 330. I.H. 32:579 (var. rubra). P.M. 7.-26S.— Var. caerulea is advertised. 12. limbata, Blume. Stem about 3 ft. high: Ivs. linear, keeled, 6-8 in. long, unequally bifid at the apex: racemes 10-12-fld., 6-8 in. long on peduncles of equal length: fls. 2 in. across; sepals and petals spatulate, bright cinna- mon, tessellated, bordered with golden yellow, white suffused with lilac outside; middle lobe of the labellum oblong-pandurate, truncate, mucronate, pale lilac. June, July. Java. B.M. 6173. brown; sepals broadly ovate-ol.lonir: petals orbicular; labellum one-half »* I«I\K as ih.- -.-puK whit.- -triped with orange at the ba-e; lat.-ral lol.e* roimd.-d. middle lobes flabelliform. Summer. Moulmt-in. India. -Var. 2637. Vanda Kimballiana (X%). 13. Parishii, Reichb. f. Stem very short: Ivs. few, 8-10 in. long. 2-3 in. wide, obtusely 2-lobed: raceme drooping, 6-8-fld., on a short peduncle: fls. 2 in. across, fleshy, greenish yellow, freely spotted with reddish 3638. Vanda teres (detached dower Xl-5). Mariottiana, Reichb. f. Sepals pale mauve with numer- ous darker blotches outside, petals mauve; both sepals and petals are mauve inside; labellum, white at base, with yellow spots and mauve lines. 14. densifldra, Lindl. (Saccol&biumgigantlum, Lindl.). Stem short, thick : Ivs. very thick, 6-12 in. long, notched : raceme dense, cylindrical, about as long as the Ivs., nod- ding: sepals white, cuneate-ovate, subacute; petals nar- rower, with few purple spots at the base; labellum cuneate, obtusely 3-lobed, with two pubescent ridge? at the base, terminal lobes bright shining purple. Winter. Burma. B.M. 5635. F.S. 17: 1765. -Var. illtistre, Reichb. f. Raceme and fls. larger: sepals and petals spotted with purple; labellum bright purple. I.H. 31:517. 15. Amesiana, Reichb. f . Stem very short and stout : Ivs. fleshy, rigid, almost terete, with a groove down the center, 6-12 in. long: raceme simple or branched, erect, 1-2 ft. long and bearing 20-80 fls. : fl. l%in. across, white, with rose-colored ridges on the labellum, sepals and petals ovate-oblong, obtuse; labellum with a broadly cuneate, undulate middle lobe, having 5 ridges converg- ing into a reflexed callus, side lobes small, rounded. Flowers at various seasons. India. B.M. 7139. J.H. III. 29:491; 33:271. A.F. 6:441. 16. Kimballiana, Reichb. f. Fig. 2637. Stem 6 in. high, probably climbing to a great height: Ivs. 6-10 in. long, terete, with a deep, narrow furrow: peduncle slender, 6-10 in. long, bearing a drooping raceme 8 in. long: fls. 2-3 in. across; petals and dorsal sepal o ovate-spatulate, lateral sepals very much larger, oblong, falcate all pure white; labellum smaller than the lat- eral sepals, middle lobe orbicular, notched, rose-purple with darker veins, margin erosely toothed, lateral lobes small, yellow; spur 1 in. long, curved. Autumn. Burma. BM. 7112. Gn. 37:747. R.H. 1897:352. Gt. 45:1428 and p 338. J.H. III. 20, p. 41; 29, p. 53. G.C. III. 6:335; 17:69. A.G. 1891:89. 17 Mres, Lindl. Fig. 2f38. Stem long, climbing: Ivs. terete, 6-8 in. long: peduncle «-r_' in. long, bearing a 3-6-fld. raceme: fls. 4 in. across; sepals nearly orbi ular, white tinged with rose; petals a little larger, deep rose- side lobes of the labellum broad, incurved, yellow spotted with crimson, middle lobe exceeding the sepals, fan-shaped, reniform, purple or rose-colored. 1900 VANDA B.M. 4114. B.R. 21:1809. P.M. 5:193. fls larger and more highly colored. 18 Hookeriana, Reichb. f. Stem and Ivs. terete as in V " °* but the latter only 2-3 in. long, and slender fls 3-5 in across; dorsal sepal and petals white, dotted wHh purple; lateral sepals narrower, oblong or some- what obovate, white; labellum as large as the rest of the flower, side lobes incurved, white and purple, middle lobe fan- shaped, with 3 large lobes, white spotted with purple. Sept. Borneo. I.H. 30:484. Gn. 23:370. G.M. 40:645. — In cultivation the racemes are usually 2-fld. 19. Cathcarti, Lindl. Stem 1-2 ft • Ivs. linear-oblong, 6-8 in. long, unequally bifid at the tips: ra- cemes longer than the Ivs., 3-6- fld.: fls. 2% in. across, orbicular in outline ; sepals and petals nearly equal, orbicular - oblong, concave, pale straw-colored, trans- versely streaked with numerous narrow red-brown lines; labellum shorter than the sepals ; lateral lobes quadrate, incurved, white with red streaks; middle loberen- iform, margin white, slightly crenate, center thick, yellow with a crenate border. Spring. Himalaya. B. M. 5845. F. S. 12:1251. G. C. 1870:1409. Gn. 19, p. 351; 33, p. 224; 42, p. 276. — Found near waterfalls, where it is al- ways kept damp. 20. Sanderi- aiia, Reichb. f. Stem very leafy: Ivs. rigid, fleshy, recurved, 1 ft. long, strap- shaped, trun- cate, with 2-3 teeth at the apex : raceme bearing about 12 fls. each 5 in. across, with the broad sepals and petals over- lapping: sepals orbicular, the dorsal one smaller, pale lilac, dotted at the base, the lower pair tawny yellow veined and tessellated with brownish crimson; petals smaller, rhomboid obovate, colored like the dorsal sep- als; lateral lobes of the labellum forming a cup- like base, middle lobe subquadrate, reniform, much smaller than the sepals, dull crimson. Sept. Philippines. B. M. G983. I.H. 31:532. R.H. 1885:372. Gn. 25:426; 32, p. 399; 49, p. 88; 50:480. J.H. III. 35:55. G.C. II. 203:440. Gng. 6: 115.— A very remarkable free-flowering species. Synonyms and imperfectly known species : V. Batemanni, Lindl. = Vandopsis lissochiloides. — V. Cathartica, Hort , is presumably an error for V. Cathcartii (No. 19 above).— V. gigantea, Lindl. = Vandopsis gigantea.— V. Lowei, Lindl.=Re- nanthera Lo\vei.— V. Niimanii.— V. prcem6rsa. HEINKICH HASSELBRTNG 2639. Vanilla plant.— Vanilla planifolia. The detached flowers were about 4 inches across. Drawn in Jamaica (The pod X %..) VANGUERIA VAND6PSIS (like Vanda). Orchidacecc. Includes 2 or 3 species which until recently have been united with Vanda or with Stauropsis. They are distinguished from allied genera by the labellum, which is firmly united with the column, not spurred, concave at the base, with the terminal lobe compressed laterally. In appearance these plants resemble robust Vandas, with which they are usually classed for horticultural pur- poses. Treatment the same as for Vanda. lissochiloides, Pfitz. (Vanda Batemanni, Lindl.). Stem 4-5 ft. high: Ivs. strap-shaped, obliquely emarginate, 2 ft. long: raceme tall, erect, bear- ing 20-30 fls. : sepals and petals obovate, yel- low, spotted with brownish crimson, purple- outside; labellum crimson -purple. July-Sept. Philippines. B.R. 32:59. F.S. 18:1921. gigantea, Pfitz. (Vdnda gigantea, Lindl.). Stem pendulous: Ivs. 1-2 ft. long, thick, flat, obtusely notched: raceme 10-15 in. long, de- curved, many-fld.: fls. 3 in. across, golden yellow, blotched with cinna- mon; sepals and petals spatulate-ob- ovate; labellum white. Burma. B. M. 5189. I.H. 8:277. R.H. 1874:290. HEINBICH HASSELBRING. VANGU£EIA( Voa-Vanguer, Mad- agascar name of V. Madagascarioi- sis). Rubiacece. The VGA VANGA of Madagascar is a tropical fruit that has been recommended by the Ameri- can Pomological Society as worthy of cultivation in southern Florida. The fruit is imperfectly described in horticultural writings. It is said to- be a delicious berry 34 in. thick, but in Mauritius it becomes 1% in. thick. It is a globose drupe, shaped something like an apple and contains 5 large "stones" or bony pyrenes. The plant is a, shrub 10-15 ft. high. The spe- cies is widely spread in the tropics of the Old World. It was intro- duced to American horticulture by A. 1. Bidwell, of Orlando, Fla. In 1887 Van De- man reported that the shrub grew exceed- ingly well, sprouting- readily from the roots when frozen down. It has probably never fruited in America. It grows readily from, imported seeds. Vangueria is a ge- nus of 20 species na- tive to the warmer parts of Asia and Africa. Shrubs or trees, sometimes spiny or somewhat climbing in habit: Ivs. opposite or rarely pseudo-verticillate in 4's, oval:1 fls. small, white or greenish in axillary clus- ters; calyx 5- or 4-lobed, lobes deciduous or rarely persistent; corolla hairy or not outside, usually fur- nished inside with a ring of deflexed pilose hairs; lobes spreading or reflexed ; stamens 5, rarely 4; disc fleshy or depressed : ovary 5-3-loculed ; stigma capitate • ovules solitary: fr. drupaceous; pyrenes 5-3 in number or putamen 5-3-loculed. Madagascari6nsis, J. F. Gmel. ( V. Sdulis, Vahl.) Glabrous shrub, 10-15 ft. high: Ivs. very large, oblong, obtuse or acute, membranous, short-petioled: fls. in copious, peduncled, axillary dichotomous cymes ; co- rolla funnel-shaped, % in. long, with 5 spreading deltoid teeth. Madagascar. \v. M. VANILLA VANlLLA (Spanish, little sheath or pod). Orchidacetr. VANILLA. Climbing orchids whose branched sterns ascend to a height of many feet. The nodes bear leaves or scales and aerial roots in alternate arrangement. Fls. in axil- lary racemes or spikes, without an involucre at the top of the ovary; sepals and petals similar, spreading; la- belluin united with the column, the limb enveloping the upper portion of the latter; column not winged. About 20 species in the tropics. The most important species is V. planifolia, the Va- nilla of commerce. It is a native of Mexico, but is now widely cultivated in the West Indies, Java, Bourbon, Mauritius and other islands of the tropics, its chief requirement being a hot, damp climate. The plants are propagated by cuttings varying in length from 2 to about 12 ft., the longer ones being the more satisfac- tory. These are either planted in the .ground or merely tied to a tree so that they are not in direct connection with the earth. They soon send out aerial roots, by which connection with the soil is established. They are usually trained on trees so that the stems are supported by the forked branches, but posts and trellises are also used as supports. In most places where Vanilla culture is carried on pollinating insects are lacking and the flowers must be pollinated by hand. Plants bear their first fruit about three years after setting. They then continue to fruit for 30 or 40 years, bearing up to 50 pods annually. The Vanilla pods are picked before they are ripe, and dried. The vanillin crystallizes on the outside. For a full description of Vanilla cul- ture and methods of curing the pods, see Bull. No. 21, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, Div. of Botany, by S. J. Galbraith. Vanillin is also made from other sources by chemical means. The genus was monographed in 18% by B. A. Rolfe in Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. 32. planifdlia, Andrews (V. aromdtica, Willd. in part). Pig. 2039. COMMON VANILLA. VANILLA BEAN (from the pjds). Tall climbing herbs with stout stems: Ivs. thick, oblong -lanceolate, acuminate, with short, stout petioles: fls. yellow, large, in axillary racemes of 20 or more blossoms; sepals and petals oblanceolate; labellum trumpet-shaped, with small, reflexed, crenulate lobes. Winter. A native of Mexico but widely cultivated throughout the tropics and in greenhouses. B.M. 7167. L.B.C. 8:733. G.C. III. 25:213. Gn. 57, p. 35. aromatica, Sw. Stem angular: Ivs. broadly ovate, with a bluntish point, contracted at the base: fls. green- ish and white. Jamaica, Colombia, Trinidad. HEINRICH HASSELBRING. VANILLA PLANT. Trilisu, odoratissima; see, also, Vanilla, above. VAHIEGATION. This term is usually applied to a class of variations, especially in leaf coloration, in which the leaves become striped, banded, spotted, blotched, etc., with yellow, white, red and various other colors in connection with the normal green of other portions of the leaves. In the case of yellow and white variegation, the term albinism is sometimes used, especially when the plants are largely marked with white or yellow, as in Abutilon Sellowiantim, Pelargonium zonale, and va- riegated forms of Enonymus Japonicits, Hydrangea hortensis, Hedera Helix, Panax Victorias and others. Among the dracseuas, caladiums and coditeums, be- sides the white variegation, there are developed beauti- ful reds, pinks, yellow, etc. As a rule, the term varie- gation is not used in cases of color variation in which only the surface of the leaf is involved, as in many of the begonias, sansevierias (S. Guineensis and S. Zey- lanica), Alocasia cuprea, Ciftsus discolor,^ and others. Fig. 2641. In many such plants the markings are due in part to hairs, scales, or air in the cuticle or epider- mal cells, as in Sansevieria and Begonia. In some be- gonias, many varieties of Calathea (as C. ornata, var. albo-lineata), etc., the epidermal cells develop decided and definite color variation, though the changes do not usually involve the mesophyll or inner cells of the leaf. In some genera, however, especially Calathea, we find all gradations between purely epidermal variegation and changes involving the deeper layers of the leaf, as in C. Veitcliii and "C, Makoyana. The same is true of VARIEGATION 190] many other genera. Different kinds of variegation are shown in Figs. 2640-1. True variegations may be distinguished from ordinary colorations, bleaching, chlorosis, etc., by tin- fur-t that the colored areas are usually quite sharply lorn,-,,, nnkunioides. Another choice plant for this purpose is Heltckrywm 2642. Stone flower vase 4 or 5 feet high, used in formal gar- dening. 1904 VASES petiolatum, known to gardeners as Gnaphahum lana- titm. This is an "everlasting" plant which is not truly a vine; it does not flower in vases but is valued for its silvery foliage and pendulous habit. Between the center piece and the rim of drooping vines are used such standard plants of medium height as gerani- ums, dusty millers, petunias and the common bedding material, as Lobelia JErinus, coleus, achyranthes and acalypha. Centaurea Cineraria and (7. gymnocarpa are also useful plants for vases. The soil in a vase may vary from 6 to 18 inches in depth. It should be a strong, solid compost, about 3 parts of loam to one of manure. If the bowl seems too shallow and becomes filled with roots add a top-dress- ing of well-rotted manure, or of moss with a little bone meal added. Such a mulch will add plant-food and conserve moisture. Considerable forethought and taste may be required to keep the vases attractive during early spring, in the interval after the last frost and time when the tender bedding material is set out. Pansies have been sug- gested for this period, and make a good effect when seen from above. A better effect can be produced by using conifers in pots which have been wintered in a frame. These may be bordered with pansies if the gar- dener thinks best and can find the time at this season. Rustic vases are much less expensive than stone, iron or earthenware ones and in some situations are very suitable. It is an excellent idea to elevate a rustic vase on a cheaply constructed pedestal of tree trunk or boards, which will soon be hidden by Ampelopsis Veitchii. ROBERT SHORE. VAUX, CALVEKT (1824-1895), an American land- scape gardener. Together with Frederick Law Olm- sted he planned Central Park, New York, the proto- type of large, accessible, nature-like city narks. The following account of his life-work is taken with slight changes from an obituary notice by Wm. A. Stiles in Garden and Forest 8:480: Calvert Vaux was born in London in 1824. He had achieved success in ar- chitecture before the age of twenty - four, when he came to America as business associate of Andrew Jack- son Downing. At the time of Downing's untimely death in 1854 the two men were designing and constructing the grounds about the capitol and Smithsonian Institu- tion, the most important work of the kind that had yet been attempted in America. Meanwhile, the gathering sentiment in favor of spacious and accessible city parks which had found expression in the eloquent letters of Downing at last secured, through legislative action, the purchase for a public pleasure-ground of the rectangu- lar piece of ground now known as Central Park, New York. In 1858 the city authorities selected, out of thirty- three designs offered in competition for the new park, the one signed "Greensward," which was the joint work of Frederick Law Olmsted and Calvert Vaux, and Cen- tral Park as we know it to-day is the realization of this design in its essential features. This was the earliest example in this country of a public park conceived and treated as a consistent work of landscape art, and the first attempt in any country to plan a spacious pleasure- ground which should have the charm of simple natural scenery while it met the requirements of complete in- closure by a compactly built city. No one can read the original plan as presented for competition without feel- ing how thoroughly an experience of nearly half a cen- tury has justified the forethought of the young artists, or without a sense of gratitude to them 'that our first great park, which has to such an extent furnished a stimulus and a standard to other American cities for similar undertakings, was a work of such simplicity, dignity, refinement and strength. It may be added that this "Greensward" plan, together with other re- ports on Central Park, on Morningside and Riverside Parks, in New York, on parks in Brooklyn, Albany Chicago, San Francisco and other cities, both in this country and the Dominion of Canada, by the same authors, contain a consistent body of doctrine relat- C to public pleasure-grounds which is unique and invaluable. Calvert Vaux was a member of many im- portant commissions, and he acted as landscape gar- dener for the Niagara Falls Reservation, but for more VEGETABLE GARDENING than thirty years his best work and thought were stead ily given to the parks of New York city. He had the genuine creative faculty which gave the stamp of origi- nality to all his work, and a severity of taste which pre- served it from anything like eccentricity or extrava- gance. As a city official he was a model of intelligent zeal and sturdy integrity. Several times he resigned his lucrative position rather than see his art degraded, but he was always quickly reinstated by a demand of the people. To Calvert Vaux, more than to any other one man, New York owes a debt of gratitude for the fact that Central Park, in spite of attacks on every side, has been held so secure against harmful invasion and h;is been developed so strictly on the lines of its origi- nal conception. In private life Calvert Vaux was a man of singular modesty, gentleness and sincerity. He lacked the graces of manner and magnetism of social intercourse which carry many men in various walks of life to a brilliant position that much exceeds their real merits. Never- theless, he had many accomplishments and culture of the best type. It is a sad and singular coincidence that both Downing and Vaux met their death by accidental drowning. The career of Calvert Vaux is an inspiring one for all struggling young artists and for all public- spirited citizens in America who are laboring in the work of civic and village improvement. Amid the changing policies of municipal governments, the life- work of Calvert Vaux is a shining example. ^r jj_ VEGETABLE FIRE-CRACKER. See Brevoortia Ida- Mnin. V. Hair. See Tillandsia • usneoides. V. Horse- hair. Fiber of Chamcerops humilis. V. Ivory. Nuts of Phytelephas, VEGETABLE GARDENING. In horticultural usage a vegetable is an edible herbaceous plant or part thereof that is commonly used for culinary purposes. The pro- duct may or may not be directly associated, in its de- velopment, with the flower. This definition does not clearly include all the products which ordinarily are con- sidered to be vegetables. Some vegetables, as melons, are properly dessert articles. Only usage can delimit the term. What are considered to be vegetables in one country may be regarded as fruits in another country. However, the use of the term is so well understood that there is no difficulty in making proper application of it in common speech. All the art and science that has to do with the grow- ing of these plants is popularly known as vegetable- gardening. Recently a Latin-made term, olericulture, has been invented to designate the industry, the word being coordinate with pomology and floriculture. It is not likely, however, that this term will ever come into general use, although it may be useful in formal writings. Vegetable-gardening is ordinarily considered to be a branch of horticulture rather than of agri- culture. However, a number of crops may be either horticultural or agricultural subjects, depending on the extent to which they are grown. When grown in estab- lishments that are devoted primarily to a horticultural business, squashes, pumpkins, potatoes and tomatoes are usually regarded as horticultural commodities; but when they are grown on farms where mixed husbandry is practiced and are made a part of the general farm system in rotation, with equal propriety they may be called agricultural crops. There are certain vegetable- gardening crops that are practically always associated with a horticultural rather than an agricultural busi- ness. They are such as demand intensive culture and are used for special markets. Of such are lettuce, par- sley, cauliflower and radish. Some of the crops may be classified as horticultural or agricultural, depending upon the uses for which they are to be employed. For instance, beans that are grown for the green pods are horticultural subjects, but if the same varieties were to be grown for the mature seed for selling in the general market, they would be known as agricultural products. In like manner turnips may be horticultural subjects when grown in small areas for home use, but agricul- tural subjects when grown on large areas for stock- feeding, VEGETABLE GARDENING There seems to be a growing tendency in this country for vegetable-gardening to become a part of general farming schemes. A generation ago a large part of the vegetable-gardening for profit was conducted in rela- tively small areas by men who devoted their entire time to the business. At present much of the vegetable- gardening enterprise is merely an adjunct to farming proper. This is in part due to the development of the canning industry, because of which enormous quanti- ties of certain products, as of tomatoes, are desired. It is partly due also to the extension of agriculture into the newer regions whereby lands are discovered that are particularly well adapted to the growing of special commodities; as, for example, the raising of squashes in some of the prairie states and the recent extension of VKliKTABLE GARDENING 1905 Census, 1890. According to a bulletin issued l,v that census the investment in commercial or pun-lv truck- gardening interests of the country lying beyond the ILnme<:(. On. 21, p. 405.— Opinions differ as to its merits. Some con- sider it coarse and weedy -^ ^j VENTILATION. See Greenhouse Management, p. 694, VENUS' FLY-TRAP. Dionua muscipuht. VENUS' HAIR. Adiantum Capillnx-l'etieris. VENUS' LOOKING-GLASS. Specularia Speculum. VENUS' or VENICE SUMACH. Jfhits Cotinus. VEPRIS. See Toddal'ui. VERATRUM (ancient name of Hellebore). Liliaceai. FALSE HELLEBORE. A genus of about 10 species of tall, perennial herbs from the tem- perate regions of the northern hemisphere with short, thick, ..%•' ; poisonous root - stocks and ;. . '. rather stout simple stems y Pliny). Seropfatortt**. Mi I.I.KIN. A genus of over a hundred species, mostly co;,r~,.. woolly, weedy yellow- fld. biennials native to tin- .Mfditi-rmiu-an region. Con- sidering the fact that the familiar Mullein ( V. Than- sus) is everywhere known and despised in America, the popularity of the genus in English wild gardens is highly surprising. Over 30 kinds are cultivated, and some of them have been pictured many times. A little study of the group shows how much pleasure can be missed by any one who persists in one point of view. The English farmer has no dread of the Mullein. The Mullein is actually a favorite border plant in England, especially for the back row and for shrubberies. One connoisseur after growing many kinds of Verbascums discarded them all except the common species. The plant probably came to America from England, certainly from Europe, but not long ago it was sold in England under the name of "American Velvet Plant." The "Soldierly Mullein" has often been praised by Ameri- 2647. False Hellebore — Veratrum viride Showing the handsome foliage of early spring when the leaves are about a foot high. can writers for its sturdy habit and resistance to the wintry winds; and even a Mullein has its poetic moment, for the young rosette of leaves in the early morning is undeniably beautiful. There are a few true perennials and some subshrubs among the Verbascums, but the species mentioned below (except No. 17) are believed to be biennials. Yellow is the dominant color, with pale yellow and white variations. The origin of the other colors is explained under No. 12 below. Mulleins usually self-sow freely. Their large symmetrical rosettes are very satisfactory the first year, especially in the case of the silvery-leaved species. The second year they send up stalks 2-10 ft. high and give scattering bloom over a long season, in some cases June to Nov., being at their best in August. The best species are V. phceniceum (see No. 12), T. Olympian* (No. 17) and V. phlomoides (No. 3), the last two de- serving special notice. The Olympian Mullein is the showiest of all \ erbas- cums because of its short season of bloom. It is pecu- liar in the fact that three and sometimes four years are necessary to bring it into bloom. Meanwhile it makes noble tufts of silvery foliage, the Ivs. often attaining 3 ft. in length. The species is tin- l>i-st of the candela- brum type, by reason of its great height (6-10 ft.) and tli.- symmetrical branching of the spike. The fls. are produced in multitudes for three weeks and they are 1910 VERBASCUM VERBASCUM smaller than in F. phlomoides. The plant has the dis- advantage of being sensitive to wetness, its soft, woolly Ivs. damping off in wet situations over winter. V. phlomoides, though less popular than the preced- ing, is probably the best of all the yellow-fld. species. It has the advantage over V. Olympicum of being a true biennial of easier cul- ture with larger fls. and a longer season of bloom, 8- ^ 10 weeks, and even then if \ y cut half way down it will throw out lateral bloom in late autumn. ,*-.> Generic description: bien- & k| nial herbs, rarely perennial or suffruticose, more or less woolly: racemes or spikes terminal, simple or branched: pedicels clustered or solitary: calyx 5-cut or 5 -parted; corolla with al- most no tube, rotate, rarely concave, with 5 broad lobes; stamens 5, affixed at base of corolla ; style entire : ovules numerous : capsule globose ovoid or oblong. DC. Prod., vol. 10. Boissier Flora Orientalis, vol. 4. Gar- den 27, p. 172 ; 41, p. 551. American trade names are : V. Chaixii, nigrum, Olym- picum, pannosum, phlomo- ides, phosniceum. J?4 - 2648. Verbascum Thapsus, the common mullein. INDEX. album, 13. Blattaria, 9. blattarioides, 8. Boerhaavii, 11. Linncei, 1. longifolium, 4. Lychnitis, 18. macrurum, 2. pyramidatum, 15. rubiginosum, 16. Schraderi, 1. semi-lanatum, 19. canescens, 1. nigrum, 13. sinuatum, 14. Chaixii, 19. collinum, 1. erassifolium, 5. cupreum, 12. densiflorum, 6. ferrugineum, 12, 16. Freynianum, 19. glabrum, 8. Lamotei, 1. niveum, 10. Olympicum, 17. orientate, 19. ovalifolium, 7. longifolium, 4. pallidwm, 1. pannosum, 4. phlomoides, 3. phoeniceum, 12. thapsiforrne, 2. Thapso-floccosum, t, Thapso-nigrum, 1. thapsoides, 1. Thapsus, 1. vernale, 13, 19. virgatum, 8. viscidulum, S. A. Anthers of the longer stamens ad- n ate -decurrent. SECTION I THAPSUS. B. Fls. clustered. (Group 1. Eu- thapsus.) C. Anthers short-decurrent: co- rolla concave at the throat. 1. Thapsus CO. Anthers longer adnate-decur- rent: corolla flattened out. D. The fls. scarcely pediceled. E. Stem-lvs. long-decurrent. 2. thapsiforme EE • Stem-lvs. short-decurrent. 3. phlomoides DD. 1 he fls. spicate, pedicels sometimes as long as or longer than the calyx. 4. ' . . . 5. erassifolium C. Plants woolly. (Group 2 7- Blattaria.} D. Pedicels in g's or S's... 8 DD. Pedicels solitary... g . Anthers all kidney-shaped and of about equal size. SECTION II LiYCHNITIS. B. Racemes simple, or slightly branched. C. Calyx rather large. D. Teeth of c.alyx ovate ...... 10. niveum DD. Teeth of calyx linear-lan- ceolate n. Boerhaavii CC. Calyx small. D. Fls. purple 12. phceniceum DD. Fls. yellow i;{. nigrum BB. JKacemes branched or pani- cled. c. Clusters of fls. finally remote. U. sinuatum CC. Clusters of fls. near together. D. Pedicels rarely as long as calyx ; 15. pyramidatum DD. Pedicels as long as calyx or longer. E. Plant green and nearly glabrous 10. rubiginosum EE. Plants more or less woolly. F. Filaments wliite- woolly. G. Tomentum fleecy: Ivs. tomentose on both sides 17. Olympicum GG. Tomentum mealy: Ivs. greenish above.18. Lychnitis FF. Filaments purple- woolly 19. Chaixii 1. Thapsus, Linn. COMMON MULLEIN. Fig. 2648 Familiar weed in woods and in uncultivated fields' 9-6 ft. high, densely woolly, with large oblong root-lvs 'a"nd long racemes of yellow flowers. Eu., Orient, Hima- layas B.B 3:143. Gn. 28, p. 148. -Natural varie^es have been observed with pale yellow and white fls. and hybrids with V. sinuatum, Lychnitis, nigrum etc Other variations are: inflorescence dense or lax, simple or branched: fls. large or small: wool dense or loose- filaments glabrous or pilose. The following European trade names are said to be referable to this species- V. canescens, Linnati, pallidum, Schraderi, and thap- soides, all nearly synonymous; V. collinum, Lamotlei 2hapso-floccosum and var. Oordoni, Thapso-nigrum. 2. thapsif6rme, Schrad. European species with yel lowish tomentum and narrowly decurrent stem - Ivs Var. macrurum, Benth. ( V. macriirum, Ten ) has white tomentum and more widely decurrent leaves. 3. phlomoides, Linn. A clasping-lvd. species valued for its long season of bloom. It has clustered fls with pedicels shorter than calyx. Naturalized in Mass. Gn. 40, p. 561; 41, p. 555. 4 longifdlium, Ten. ( V. pannosum, Vis. & Pane ) Italian species known by its very long root-lvs long interrupted racemes which are somewhat branched the lower clusters of fls. spicate. 5. crassifdlium, Hoffm. & Link. Spanish plant, with long-decurrent Ivs., spicate raceme, clustered Ivs flat- tened corolla and glabrous filaments. -One of the few species that thrives in a light, sandy soil. 6. densifldrum, Bertol. Italian mountain species known by its decidedly yellow wool and long dense racemes. 7. oyalifdlium, Sims. Showy Caucasian species with fls. 1« m. across. Distinguished by its oval, white- «>Uy Ivs. and solitary, sessile flowers. B.M 1037 a.ti. 1:008 (as V. formosum). 8. virgatum, With. ( V. blattarioides, Lam.). This and the next are two of the very few Verbascums that are green throughout. V. glabrum, Willd., and V. viscidu- lum Pers., represents its glabrous and sticky-pilose variations. Cosmopolitan. 9 Blattaria, Linn. MOTH MULLEIN. Blattaria is from blatta, cockroach, which the plant is said to repel Plant is frequented by moths, whence popular name. Nativeof Europe and N.Asia; naturalized in America. Une of the few green-leaved Verbascums, distinguished •om V. virgatum by solitary pedicels. Fls. rarely white. 10. niveum, Ten. Imperfectly known Italian species •itn white wool, very dense raceme of solitarv, sub- sessile fls. and a 5-parted woolly calvx having ovate lobes. VERBASCUM 11. Boerhaavii, Linn. Beautiful lar^o-fld. Mediterra- nean species with copious, snow-whin- deciduous wool and clusters of sessile flowers. 12. phceniceum, Linn. (V. ferrugineum, And.). Pru- PLE MULLEIN. Very distinct and desirable species, being practically the only purple-fld. species in cultivation and parent of nearly all varieties and hybrids having shades of purple, violet, rose, pink and lilac. The white-fld. form is also common. It is a species of southeastern Eu. and Asia. The name phceniceum was doubtless suggested by the Phcenicean purple and not by the na- tivity of the plant. The species grows about 5 "ft. high, and is one of the few green species, the Ivs. being nearly glabrous or only pubescent. Lvs. ovate : fls. long- stalked, solitary, about 1 in. across, which open poorly in sunshine, preferring damp weather. The species should, therefore, be placed where only the morning and evening sun strike the flowers. L.B.C. 7:6:57. Gn. 22, p. 377; 27:481: 46, p. 519. A.G. 1892:630. -Var. cupreum, Beuth. ( V. cupreum, Sims), is a garden hy- brid raised from seeds of V. ovalifolium, showing in- fluence of V. phcenicum in its copper-colored fls. It has long been a favorite. B.M. 122(5. 13. nigrum, Linn. A common European species, with stem angled above, Ivs. nearly glabrous above, long ra- ceme rarely branched and purple woolly filaments. Gn. 27, p. 173; 41, p. 551 (var. album, showing the wonderful improvement made by cultivation). V. vernale, Wierz. & Rochel, is referred to this species by Index Kewensis. 14. sinuatum, Linn. Mediterranean species 2-3 ft. high, with sinuate-pinnatifid root-lvs., divaricate, pyra- midate panicles and lax, remote, many-fld. clusters. 15. pyramidatum, Bieb. Tall and beautiful species, with doubly crenate Ivs. nearly glabrous above, pyrami- date, canescent panicle, violet-woolly filaments and a very distinct calyx. Caucasus. 16. rubigindsum, Waldst. & Kit. Stem glabrous or pubescent above: Ivs. green, crenate: racemes lax, branched: pedicels 2-3, rarely solitary, twice or many times as long as calyx. — Var. ferrugineum, Benth. ( V. ferrugineum, Mill.), has a long, simple raceme: fls. a little larger and longer than in V. ph&niceum, and usu- ally in pairs. Either a natural or garden hybrid. 17. Olympicum, Boiss. Tall Grecian species, 3-5 ft., white-woolly: Ivs. tomentose on both sides: panicles with a few very long, erect branches: clusters many- fld.: fls. 1 in. across, filaments white-woolly. The gar- den merits of this species are discussed above. Gng. 1:273. Gn. 30, p. 213; 31, p. 125; 38, pp. 55, 66; 41, p. 555; 47, p. 147. 18. Lychnitis, Linn. Tomentum slight and mealy: Ivs. greenish above, crenate: panicles pyramidate, erect- spreading: clusters lax, many-fld.: fls. yellow, rarely white. 19. Chaixii, Vill. ( V, orientate, Bieb.). Lvs. green or tomentose beneath, crenate, lower ones cuneate at base, truncate or incised: racemes panicled. filaments purple- woolly. V. vernale of the trade belongs under V. ni- grum instead of here, as commonly stated. Gn. 27, p. 172. — Vars. semi-lanatum and Fre'ynianum, Hort., are hybrids. Often attains 10 feet, and acts like a true per- ennial on warm soils. W. M. VERBfiNA (ancient Latin name of the common Eu- ropean vervain, V. officinal is). Verbendcea?. Verbenas rank very high among garden "annuals." Their clusters of showy and often fragrant flowers are borne in constant succession from June till frost. They vary from white through lilac and rose to purple and dark purplish blue, with shades of pink and pale yellow. The clusters are about 2 in. across and contain a dozen or more fls. each %-V& in. across. The fls. have a tube and 5 spreading lobes, each lobe being notched at the apex. When special colors or named varieties are desired ir is necessary to propagate Verbenas by cuttings. To propagate a particularly choice variety by cuttings, shorten back the plants about September 1. keep them well watered, and by the end of the month there will be plenty of quick, tender growth suitable for cutting. Put the cuttings in the propagating house or even in flats with some soil in bottom and sand on surface. VERBENA 11)11 Place the flats in a roldframi . and keep th-m moist and lhaded until the cutting, are rooted. \Vlit-n r. transfer to Mat- in a c.,,,1, n^hi i, ,„,-,. IIIItj| after New Year's. Then pot them, u- : |-.t -. and ull..w a temperature of 50J R, which will soon give plenty of material for additional cuttings. Verbena* increased from cuttings tend to flower early, and those pn.|..-i in February or March will require at least one pinch- ing. When planting-out in beds for -unmier bl..oin. bend the plant over nearly to the hori/ontal, so that the new growth will spread along the surface of the soil. These shoots will quickly take root, thereby covering the ground. The old method was to peg the plants- down. In propagating general stock, sow the seed in Febru- ary and pot into 2-inch pots as soon as the seedlings are up an inch. A temperature of 45-50° will answer, but they should have full light. There is no place equal to a mild hotbed for young Verbenas. About April 15 plunge the pots in a few inches of soil in a mild hotbed. Lift them now and then and rub off the roots which go through the bottom of the pot, in order to check growth and hasten flowering. Customers want to see them in Mower before luiying, and most of them wait till the end of May. However, Verbenas can be planted out early in May, as a slight frost will not injure them. Verbena is a genus of about 110 species, one Mediter- ranean, the others American and often weedy. Herbs or subshrubs, decumbent or erect: Ivs. opposite, rarely in 3's or alternate: spikes terminal, densely imbricate or long and distant-fld., sometimes corymbose or pani- cled: corolla-tube straight or incurved; limb somewhat 2-lipped, lobes 5, oblong or broader, obtuse or retuse; stamens 4, didynamous: ovary 4-loculed, 1-ovuled. DC. Prod. 11:535-556 (1847). ' \yM. SCOTT and W. M. The following account of Verbenas is extracted from a thesis by J. H. Cowen, whose untimely death deprived American horti- culture of a most promising worker. Mr. Cowen was a grad- uate of the Colorado Agricultural College and hud been an as- sistant in the horticultural department there. After two years' work at Cornell University he received the degree of Master of Arts in June, 1900, and was elected to the fellowship in the College of Agriculture. A few days later he was notified of his election to the chair of horticulture in the state of Washington and also at Colorado. He accepted the position at his alma mater. The day before his intended departure he was stricken by appendicitis. He died July 12. 1900. The work in Colorado was very touch to his heart. It was his native state. He knew the people and the conditions. No man was ever better fitted for the work he expected to undertake. It was Mr. Cowen's intention to recast his thesis in cyclo- pedic form. The following account has been changed as little as possible. The botanical part at the end Bs entirely recast, bnt the readable portion contains Mr. Cowen's own words, with a few slight verbal changes and some omissions. In 1836 London styled the Verbenas "a genus of weedy plants." The lapse of a few years was sufficient to prove this remark to be inapplicable in many , for on the plains and prairies of South America grew a number of species of such surpassing beauty as to set at naught all preconceived notions of the inherent ugliness and "weediuess" of the genus. Introduction of Parent Species, 18S6-1838. — 'Tbe first of this noble race to be introduced was Verbena chamcr- ih-i/ folia, a dazzling scarlet. This species has had a profound influence upon the "selfs" of V. hybrida, par- ticularly the scarlets, and is one of the predominant parent species of the "compactas." The second important South American species to be- in t reduced was Verbena phlogi flora, in 1834. The flow- ers are inclined to rose or purple rather than to scarlet, and, according to early plates, are more regular; they are elevated on longer peduncles and the cluster is oval or oblong instead of flat or merely convex. This species and V. chamadry folia seem to be the principal parents of the various red, scarlet and rose-colored forms in cultivation. Verbena incisa flowered in England for the first time in 1836. This species is characterized by rosy or j.ur- pli-h. rather regular flowers, borne in a flat or slightly convex cluster. The corolla is strikingly lighter colored below than above. The leaves are much more deeply cut than in the two preceding species. The habit of growth resembles that of I', phlogiflora, but i* rather tall and weak, three feet high in cultivation. This spe- 1912 VERBENA cies was doubtless used in hybridizing, but its distinc- tive characters are now practically obliterated a/./,; was that pro- duced by the palisade of white hairs in the throat and the yellowish color of the inside of the tube. At present we have numerous races of "ooulatas " with distinct white or yellowish eyes of various sizes. Two different kinds of color markings are spoken of as "eyes;- vi« dark centers and lemon or white centers. In this dis- cussion the term is applied only to the latter. In a list of 48 select varieties published in 1848 several are de- 2650. An ideal type of Verbena. Adapted from an English colored plate of 1872. scribed as having dark centers, two have lemon eyes, and two have white or "light" eyes. It seems evident from the plates of this period, however, that these "light " or "white" eyes were very small and would now be unworthy of the name. The "clear yellow eye "of "Lord Leigh" is probably the largest distinct eye produced prior to 1863. Previous to this time many varieties had been admired for their dark centers which were doubtless very pleasing; since 1863 less attention seems to have been given to the dark centers and more to the development of distinct white or lemon-colored eyes. The recognition of a distinct class of oculatas does not seem to antedate 1870, and it is the impression of the undersigned that the French and German Verbena fanciers deserve most of the credit for the recent de- velopment of the important oculata class. The ideal oculata of to-day has a clear, distinct, white eye of only medium size. Very large eyes are not so pleasing. They have a tendency to give a "chopped " appearance. Red*. — The first stem pan-tit, I', rlinmtrdry folia, had red flowers, and red in its various modifications of crim- son, scarlet, rose, etc., has been predominant through- out the entire history of the Verbena. Every accessible list of varieties from 1845 to the present shows a pre- ponderance of reds. Robinson's Defiance, a brilliant crimson, very popular in the fifties, has left so strong an influence as to give the class name "Defiance" to numerous varieties and strains, some of which are doubtless direct derivatives of this historic variety. 1914 VERBENA 2651. Old style (on the left) and new style of color markings in Verbena. That at the left was popular at least from 1849 to 1865. The Italian or modern striped race at the right was introduced about 1862, and is the only one known to-day. Blues and Purples. — It seems that different shades of purple were occasionally represented in the wild forms of V. incisa and phlogiflora; however, there were no distinctly blue ones, and in the early history of the Verbena there is a dearth of blue varieties. We find in the Florist of 1854, that "Bluebeard" is "really blue" and that "a good blue has long been wanted, most of the so-called blues being of a blue-purple color." Subsequent to the fifties the number of blue varieties recorded in lists appreciably increase, but they by no means equal the reds, being little if at all in excess of the number of whites. Our best blues of to-day (for example Blue Boy) are of a deep, royal purple (per Ridge way's color plates) rather than really blue. A great variety of tints and shades of purple are represented. In the blue varieties which the writer has grown, especially the ones from European seed, there has been a striking resemblance to V, teucrioides in foli- age, pubescence, habit of growth, etc. They also resem- ble this species in having many that are very fragrant. Yellow.— A. good yellow has been the dream of many a Verbena lover, but it is doubtful whether the dream will ever be fully realized. Gartenflora of 1890 reports a V. hybrida lutea, but it is not constant and the yellow is dim. Gartenflora of 1896 reports that V. teucrioides > lutea, Vilm., was produced from V. teucrioides, that it is "bright yellow," and that it will be "joyfully received by Verbena lovers." VERBENA The Striped Varieties. — Two classes of so-called striped Verbenas have arisen: one sort having the me- dian portion of each lobe of the corolla of a dark color, usually red or rose, and the margin white; the other sort having irregular stripes, dots and dashes of red, rose or purple upon a white ground color. See Fig. 2651. The former class seems to have originated with the British florists somewhat previous to 1849, and was the most popular "striped" class with them for many years after the introduction of the second class of striped ones. The true striped or Italian Verbenas were introduced into France and England from Italy about 1862. Cavagnini Brothers, of Brescia, are given the credit of having originated this unique race. It is the general opinion of writ- ers that the Italians are derivatives in part of V. tenera. Surely the foliage of the Italian va- rieties portrayed in Flora, des Serres and of striped varieties now grown shows no " pinnatifld laciniate" foliage of V. tenera. Neither has the undersigned been able to find any evidence of the anther appendages of V. tenera. However, it is impossible to determine with certainty the paren- tage of hybrids on struc- tural characters alone. The true explanation may be that the V. pul- chella which is said to have been used, was not V. tenera, Spreng., but some form of V. liybrida, Hort. The striped va- rieties are unstable and: have a strong tendency to revert to " selfs," whether propagated by seed or by cuttings. In the writer's own experi- ence, a seedling with blue and white striped corolla reverted in four generations of cuttings, so that some of the plants produced only flowers that were solid blue ; others, flowers that were white with only an occasional small mark of blue. Striped Ver- benas afford excellent opportunity for the study of bud- variation. . Production of Leaf -Variegation (yellow foliage).— Comparatively little attention has been given to leaf- variegation among the Verbenas. However, a number of varieties having leaves variegated with yellow were introduced about 1865, during the period when varie- gated plants were so popular. At present we have a strain of yellowish leaved Verbenas which come true to this character from seed. Development of the Compactas. — Early in the history of the Verbenas their " straggling and uncontrollable" habit of growth was lamented. Considerable pegging was necessary in order to keep the plants in any de- sired position and repeated efforts were made to secure bedding varieties of closer, more upright habit. Con- siderable progress was made by British florists during the sixties. Most of the progress, however, has been made subsequent to 1870 and the German Verbena- growers of Erfurt deserve much of the credit for the production of this splendid little race that has done so much to help restore the Verbena again to popularity. Compactas have been fixed in various colors so that they will come true from seed. In most botanical char- acters they resemble V. chamcedry folia and phlogiflora. Development of Treatment as Annuals. Seed-Fixing, — When the Verbenas were first introduced they were VERBENA propagated to a considerable extent by separating the prostrate, rooting branches and potting them. This method was soon abandoned in favor of propagation by cuttinirs. Verbenas root very readily and they were grown from cuttings almost exclusively up to 1880, ex- hat seed propagation was employed for the pro- duction of now varieties. During all this pe- riod, as a consequence of much fortuitous and intentional hybridizing, and of no effort hav- ing been made to tix varieties, seedlings were very variable and untrue to parent varieties. Soon after th'e decline of the Verbena in 1868- TH seed propagation was more extensively employed. It obviated the very troublesome experience of wintering over stock plants, which were so susceptible to attacks of mildew and aphis. Soon efforts were made to fix strains that would come true to color and habit from seed. This has been most successfully accomplished, and the Verbena is gaining much of its popularity through treatment as an annual. Seeds are sown in March. The plants are hardened off in a coldframe and set out in the latter part of May. They flower profusely from June to October. Striped varieties are not easily fixed. S a i» in firi/ of Present Horticultural Types ( I'. hybrida).— lt is impossible to satisfac- torily classify the hybrid garden Verbenas. ac- cording to their botanical derivation. They are conveniently classed according to color of flowers into: (1) Selfs, or one-colored varieties; C2) Oculatas. or eyed varieties; and C<) Ital- ians, or striped varieties. As to habit they may be divided into: (1 ) Standards, those of the ordinary loose, spreading growth; and (2) Compactas, which are much reduced in stature and of more condensed form. Verbenas now in cult, are shown in Figs. 2652-4. INDEX. Atibletia, 9. incisa, 3. phlogiflora. 2. l.'pinnatiftda, 8. Lamberti,9. ' pulchella, 6,7, 8. Cinadeimis, 9. Melindres, 1. tenera, 6. •ohanwdryfolia, 1. melindroides, 1. teucrioides, 4. ])nntnnrmdii,9. montana,S,9. Twredifnna, 2. •erinoides, 7 multifida, 7. venosa, 5. A. Connective of the upper anthers not appendaged. B. Clusters not panicled. Proto- types of the Garden Verbenas (V.hybrida,Hort. Fig. 2652). C. Fls. scarlet 1. CC. Fls. rose or purple. D. Clusters oval to oblong: I vs. saw-toothed 2. DD. Clusters flat or convex: Ivs. more deeply and sharply cut 3. CCC. Fls. white 4. BB. Clusters panicled 5. AA. Connective of the upper anthers furnished with a glandular ap- pendage. B. Fls. violet or rosy purple. C. Bracts half as long as calyx: plant a sub shrub 6. CC. Bracts about as long as calyr or a little shorter: plant annual 7. BB. Fls. lilac: plants annual. c. Lrs. twice pinnatifid 8. cc. Lvs. once pinnatifid 9. VERBENA 1915 subincisely serrate, serrations often unequal, strigose above, below hairy, especially on nerve-: p,-,| elongated, ascending: spikes solitary, capitate: bracts lanceolate-subulate, ciliate: calyx hirsute cunt sparingly glandular, more than twice as long as the bracts: corolla crimson, limb irregular. — Occurs in two chamaedryfoha phlogiflora incisa teucrioides veiiosa tenera erinoides bipinnatiiida Aubletia 1. chamsedryfdlia, Juss. (V. Melindres, Gill. V. m*Undroldes,Cbun.). Fig. 2649. Characterized by red fls. in flattish clusters, oblong, coarsely scalloped, nearly sessile Ivs. and rather stiff pubescence, t slender, forking, creeping at base, hirsute: branches somewhat ascending: Ivs. oblong or ovate, base broad cuneate, contracted into the short petiole, crenate o 2652. The common garden Verbena — V. hybrida (XI). rather distinct forms: var. Melindre§ has oblong to ob- long-lanceolate Ivs., which are unequally incised-serrate. This form is less hirsute and is more graceful and vig- orous. It was the form first introduced to cultivation. Var melindroides has shorter, broader Iv-. and is more hairy. Different forms occur over southern Brazil, Uruguay, Paraguay, and the whole of the Pampas. B.R 14:1184. L.B.C. 16:1514. B.M. 3333. P.M. 1:173. B. 3:129. 2 phlogifldra, Cham. ( V. Twetdi^lim. Niven). Fig. 2649. Characterized by rosy or purple tts. in oblong or oval clusters; resembles No. 1, but has more upright habit softer pubescence and larger, longer-pointed, distinctly petioled Ivs. Stems ascending: branches rather erect, much subdivided, angled. retrorsely hirsute: Ivs oblong or lanceolate-triangular, acute, base entire, cuneately long-attenuate into the evident petiole, un- e»<,»<\\\. Hort. V. Ldrnberti, Sims. V. monttinn. Hurl., in part). Fig. 2655. Perennial, pubescent, with rather si ill1 hairs or glabrate: branches slender and ascending from a sometimes creeping rooting base, 6-18 in. high: Ivs. ovate or ovate-oblong in outline, 1-3 in. long, truncate, broadly cuneate or subcordate at base and the petiole more or less margined, incisely lobed and toothed, often deeply 3-cleft: spikes peduncled, dense, short and capi- tate in early flower, becoming 2-4 in. long in fruit: bracts subulate, mostly shorter than the calyx— these and the calyx densely glandular pubescent: calyx-teeth unequal, filiform-subulate; corolla 6-10 lines long, from bluish purple or lilac to rosy purple or white, frequently approaching blue in dried specimens; limb %-'% in. broad, lobes oblong or obovate, emarginate and more or less revolute near the sinuses, throat provided with pali- sade of short white hairs: upper anthers bearing each a light brown, oblong gland which is barely exserted. Colo, and Mex. eastward across the continent. B.B. 3:72. B.M. 308:2200. B.R. 4:294; 23: 1925. -Reported as producing many garden and spontaneous hybrids. Garden forms are of stouter habit, less inclined to root at base; Ivs. larger, dark shiny green above, more conspicuously veiny, clusters and individual fls. larger, and the color variation more striking. Many forms have a rich spicy fragrance quite different from that of the hybrid Verbenas. On account of the robust, healthy nature of V. Aubletia it has been frequently recom- mended in horticultural literature as desirable for hy- bridizing with the hybrid Verbenas to improve their constitution. The cross would probably be too radical for best results. It is to be regretted that this charming species which is thought well of in Europe should be neglected in its native America. V. bracteata and hastata, two weedy North American spe- cies, have also been offered for cultivation, but they have small garden value. Descriptions are easily obtained. J. H. COWEN. VERBENA, LEMON. lAppia. VERBENA, SAND. See Abronia. VERBESlNA (probably a meaningless alteration of Verbena). Composite. CROWNBEARD. About 50 spe- cies of American herbs, annual or perennial (some tropical species shrubby), with alternate or opposite, often decurrent Ivs. and corymbose or solitary heads of yellow or white flowers; rays sometimes wanting, pis- tillate or neutral: akenes flattened or those of the rays 3-sided, their margins winged or not; pappus of 2 (1-3) awns, sometimes with 2 or 3 intermediate scales. About half a dozen hardy perennial Verbesinas have slight rank as garden plants, but the competition among yellow-fld. autumn-blooming composites is so great that Verbesinas have little chance. The following species is a robust and rather coarse plant, growing 4-8 ft. high, and suitable only for the wild gardens and the back row of the hardy border. It is doubtless of the easiest cul- ture. It blooms from Aug. to Oct., and has numerous yellow fls. %-l in. across in flattish clusters. occidentalis, Walt. ( V. Siegesbtckia, Michx. ). Hardy perennial herb, 4-8 ft. high: Ivs. ovate (uppermost ob- long-lanceolate), acuminate, serrate, the larger ones 8 in. long, contrasted into a marginal petiole: rays styliferous and usually fertile: awns of pappus not hooked. Dry hillsides, eastern U. S. B.B. 3:430. W. M. VERMONT, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 2656. Ver- mont has no reputation as a horticultural state, either amongst her own citizens or outside her boundaries, yet there is not one important fruit or vegetable crop of the temperate zone, not even excepting apricots and peaches, which cannot be grown to perfection here. With the exception of apricots, peaches and sweet cher- ries ;ill the temperate fruits can be produced in great I- < HV.-tion. The only reason which can account for the non-development of Vermont's horticultural resources is the fact that the possibilities are not appreciated by her land -owners. Vermont farmers are extremely VKIiMONT 1917 conservative and slow to make a change in their meth- ods of tanning, so that the signal raeeVM of thi who have taken up fruit-growing makes but small im- pression on the many who are still busy making butter and growing hay, potatoes, and little pcftdlM of grain. The home markets for fruit and vegetable* are unu- sually good. Strawberries rarely sell for less than 12% cents a quart, and the average price for good fruit is probably nearer 15 cents. Blackberries usu- ally bring 10 cents and raspberries 10-12K cents. Cherries are hardly to be bought, though sour cherries thrive and cherry pie is popular. The price for cherries is always $3 to $4 a bushel. Good vegetables sell equally well. With such favorable markets, supported by nu- merous small manufacturing villages and a horde of summer boarders, horticultural industries certainly ought to thrive. The horticultural regions of Vermont are, roughly, three. The first and most important is the Champlain valley district, including several large islands in Lake Champlain. This region reaches off toward Montreal on the north; and the general character of its horticulture is much like that in the St. Lawrence valley between Montreal and Lake Ontario. Winter apples are the most important crop in this section. The second region lies in the southwestern part of the state and belongs to the upper Hudson valley. Apples will grow readily when attended, but they are seldom cared for. Greater success is secured with small fruits, the growing of which is greatly encouraged by the large annual immi- gration of summer residents. The third district com- prises the valley of the Connecticut. It is the least de- veloped of the three, horticulturally. The reason for this fact is not plain. Soil and climate are admirably adapted to all sorts of fruits. Even peaches are suc- cessfully grown in orchards. The few men who are growing plums, cherries, strawberries, etc., are proving every year that the Connecticut valley in Vermont is naturally as much a fruit region as any other. The apple crop offers the single semi-exception to the statement that Vermont has no horticultural repu- tation at home. There are a few commercial apple or- chards in the Champlain valley which grow as fine apples and yield as handsome cash profits as any or- chards in America. Grand Isle county, made up of land lying in Lake Champlain, has the principal reputation for apples. The best orchards and the best orchard- ists are found there; but Addison county ships about double the quantity of apples. The varieties of apples grown for market are princi- pally Greening, Spy, Baldwin and Fameuse. Next to these come Mclntosh, King, Ben Davis, Spitzenburgb, Seek-no-further and Arctic. A few old orchards con- tain many of the old-time favorites, such as Fall Har- vey, Dutch Mignonne, Gilpin, Grimes Golden, and the like. But such collections are few and uncherished. The modern commercial varieties are the only ones in repute. Vermont has had some experience with the Russian apples. In fact, Dr. T. H. Hoskins, of Newport, on the northern boundary of the state, has been one of the most famous experimenters with the Russian importations. Nevertheless the Russian varieties have made small impression on the pomology of the state. Plums are grown just enough to prove that they will succeed admirably. Lombard, Green Gage, Bradshaw, the Damsons and other old-fashioned sorts still retain the preference of conservative Vermonters, though other growers are planting chiefly of the Japanese va- rieties, especially Burbank and Abundance. In the northern and mountain towns only the Americana and Nigra types are hardy enough ; but even these are sel- dom grown. Among cherries Morello, Montmorency and Richmond are favorites. Raspberries are mostly red, the black- caps being seldom grown. Cuthbert is the leading variety, though Schaffer and Columbian are gaining friends rapidly. Blackberries r.re not carefully grown usually. Fine blueberries are picked from the fields in .•onsid'erable quantities. Early varieties of grapes can be ripened for home use. Concord, Worden, Moore Early, Green Mountain and Delaware being leading varieties. 1918 VERiAIONT I J3I" liT^. AC A/ WA "N> 2656. Outline of Vermont. Truck gardening is practiced, of course, in the neigh- borhood of all the principal cities ; but it cannot be said to be a well-managed business. Those crops which grow in special perfection are beans, potatoes, peas, tomatoes, salsify and parsnips. Those which cannot be grown, or which are, as a rule, unsuccessful, are melons, okra, sweet potatoes, turnips and Lima beans. Special crops which are sometimes grown in quantities for export are seed peas, white beans and onions. On account of the long, cold winters and the short, cloudy days of that season, greenhouses are operated at a great disadvantage. The production of hothouse vege- tables is, therefore, very small, and florists find it diffi- cult to grow roses and lilies, or even violets and carna- tions, at a profit. The Vermont Horticultural Society was organized December 3, 1896. It is, therefore, a young, though an active and useful society. p ^ WAUGH. VERNONIA (after Win. Vernon, an English botanist who traveled in North America). Comp6sitce. IRON- WEED. A genus of nearly 500 species of perennial herbs or rarely shrubs, with alternate, pinnately veined leaves and usually purple or rose flowers borne in the follow- ing species in terminal cymes. The genus is widely scattered about the world, but is possibly most plentiful in South America. The following species are native of the United States, and are hardy perennial herbs of at- tractive appearance, with rather large heads of purple flowers in terminal clusters in late summer or early fall. Heads not glomerate, several- tomany-fld.: involucre of dry or partly herbaceous, much -imbricated bracts: corolla regularly 5-cleft into narrow lobes: akenes VERNONIA mostly 10-costate, with a truncate apex and a cartilaginous, callous base- pappus double (at least in American species). Vernonias are of easy culture in any good, rich border, being easily propagated by division. A. Heads 50-70-floivered. Arkansana, DC. Stem 8-10 ft. high: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, 4-12 in. long, alternate-acuminate: peduncles not branched: involucre green, the filiform tips often reddish. Plains, Mo., Kan. to Texas. July-Sept. B. B. 3:302. AA, Heads 15-40- fid. B. Lvs. narrowly linear, c. Plant about 1 ft. 'high. Lindheimeri, Gray & Engelm. Stem excessively leafy up to the in- florescence: Ivs. l%-3 in. long by 1-2 lines wide, with revolute mar- gins : fls. in a corymbiform cvme. July-Sept. Rocky hills, W. Texas. cc. Plant 2-4 ft. high. Lettermani, Engelm. Stem fas- tigiately and cymosely much branched at the summit: Ivs. 2-4 in. long, only 1 line wide, margins not revolute: fl. -heads numerous, % in. long, 10-14-fld. July-Sept. Sandy soil, Arkansas. BB. Lvs. not narrowly linear. C. Bracts of involucre tipped with slender awns. Noveborac6nsis, Willd. Fig. 2657. Stem 3-6 ft. : Ivs. oblong to oblong- lanceolate, 3-9 in. long: heads in an open cyme : involucre commonly brownish or dark purplish : fls. rarely white, usually in moist soil. July-Sept. B.B. 3:302. -The more common species of the eastern United States. cc. Bracts not awned. D. Plant tomentose. Baldwin!, Torr. Stem 2-5 ft. high: Ivs. lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, 4-8 in. long: bracts greenish acute or acuminate, tips spreading or reflexed. Fls. earlier than most species, in July and August. Prairies, east- ern Mo. to Tex. B.B. 3:302. DD. Plant glabrous. E. Lvs. thin. altissima, Nutt. Stem 5-10 ft. high: Ivs. veiny lanceolate or lanceolate- oblong, 4-12 in. long : bracts obtuse or merely mucronate -tipped, closely appressed. July- Sept. Western Pa. to 111., La. and Fla. B.B. 3:303. E. Lvs. fhickish. f asciculata, M i c h x . Stem 2-5 ft. high: Ivs. somewhat obscurely veined, linear to oblong- lanceolate, 3-6 in. long: heads numerous and 2657. Isolated specimen clump of Ironwee d— Vernonia Noveboracensis. crowded on the branches of the cyme: bracts ob- tuse or some of the upper mucronate-acute, closely ap- pressed. July-Sept. Ohio and Ky. to the Dakotas and south to Texas. B.B. 3:303. p\ \\r. BARCLAY. VERONICA VERONICA (after St. Veronica). Scrophulariacece. SPEEDWELL. The Speedwells are mostly herbs, with a few exotic shrubs, best known by their usually long ra- cemes of small blue flowers. About 200 species, mostly in the northern hemisphere, a few species in the tropics and southern hemisphere. In New Zealand they are a dominant feature of the country. Plants in cultivation are mostly hardy at the North, usually low-growing and occasionally prostrate. Lvs. opposite, rarely verticillate or alternate: tls. in axillary or terminal racemes and bracted; calyx 4-o-parted; corolla usually blue, rarely pink or white, wheel-shaped or salver-shaped, the lateral lobes or the lowermost one commonly narrower than the others; stamens 2. exserted, one on each side of the upper lobe of the corolla; style entire, subcapi- tate: capsule flattened, obtuse or notched at apex, 2- furrowed: seeds few or many. All are showy, free-flowering plants, used, except the shrubs, as garden perennials or annuals, and are propa- gated by seeds, the perennials also by division, the shrubs by cuttings in spring or summer. They succeed in any good garden soil in a sunny situation. The lower-growing forms are good rock-plants; the taller are adapted to the herbaceous border. The shrubby forms are greenhouse plants or grown only in warmer parts of the country, particularly California, where they are everblooming, and where they do well along the coast even in exposed places by the sea. The shrubby species are mostly natives of New Zealand. They are well re- viewed in The Garden 45, p. 506, and 28, p. 292. Some of them have enjoyed a considerable popularity in Eng- land, where they are generally seen in cool conserva- tories, but they survive the winters outdoors in the most favored parts of the British Isles. The first hy- brid was raised in 1848 by Isaac Anderson-Henry (then Isaac Anderson), a noted hybridizer. This gentleman continued his experiments for several years, using V. Kjx'i'itisa, snlicifolia and elliptica. His work was con- tinued by others, and most of the hybrid Veronicas of to-day have the parentage above indicated, with the blood of V. speciosa generally much in evidence. If a collective name for Veronica hybrids is desired, V. spe- ciosa var. hybrida is the best name for the whole group. Unfortunately all these hybrids are unfit for general cultivation out-of-doors in northern climes, but a hardier race will probably be secured by using V. Traversii and its allies, which have been introduced more recently. Some of these are V. Colensoi, Rakaiensis, anomala, •>ni»iticola and pinie loides, — all unknown to the Ameri- can trade. A third and still hardier group of the New Zealand Speedwells is the truly alpine group known as Whipcord Veronicas. These should be quite hardy in northern rockeries. They are unknown in America now. The best of the group 'is said to be V. cupressoides, var. variability, known to English trade as V. saH- comoides. Others in cultivation are V. Hectori, Arm- xtrnngi and lycopodioides. Veronica was monographed by Bentham in Latin in DC. Prod. 10:458-491 (1846), 158 species being then known. An excellent account of cultivated Veronicas is found in Vilmorin's Blumengartnerei. alba. 12. 18. gentianoides, 12. Purple Queen, 4. alpinii. 11. Hendersoni, 4. repens, 13. ali>t>stris, 9. Hulkeana, 1. rosea, 17, 18. aintthystina, 16. imperialis, 4. salicifoliu, 5. Amlersonii, 4. incana, 14. serpyllifolia, 9. Austriaca, 25. Japonica, 10. speciosa. 4. Buxbaumii, 7. longifolia, 17. spicata, 18. ciniilida, 14. inacrocarpn, 6. spuria. 16. Chamaedrys, 23. inontana. 20. subsessilis, 17. circaeoides. 19. officinalis, 21. Syriaca, 8. crenulata, 17. paniculata. 18. Teucrium, 24. dfc'issata, 3. pectinata, 22. Traversii, 2. Hfsjans, 16. ' pinnata, 15. villosa, 17. elliptica, 3. prostrata, 24. Virginica, 10. foliis variegatis, 12. A. Plants shrubby, all from New Zealand and oil u'itli opposite leaves; tender in the North. B.' Margin of Ivs. coarsely serrate.. 1. Hulkeana BB. Margin of Ivs. entire. 0. Pairs of Ivs. crowded. D. Racemes suMermimil 2. Traversii VERONICA 1919 DD. Racemes axillary ;i. elliptica CC. Pairs of Irs. rather distant 4. speciosa D. Height i-G ft.: Ivs. 1-1% in. if ill, . DD. Height 10-15 ft. or more: frx. 4-8 Ihi' .< a ill, . E. Capsule scarcely twice at tony 2-3 in. long; root-lvs. more or less in rosettes; upper Ivs. bract-like, smaller and narrower: raceme elongated, leafy, many-fld., hairy: fls. pale blue, with darker streaks on long pedi- cels: capsule nearly round, slightly notched, exceeding the calyx. Wet alpine fields, S. E." Eu. B.M. 1002.-A hardy species in any soil or location, shade-enduring though not necessarily shade-loving, blooming early. Prop, by division. Forms a mat and makes a good ground cover for bare spots in midsummer. Also a valuable border plant. One of the earliest. Var. foliis variegatis is a dwarf form with variegated Ivs. used in formal bedding. Another variety has longer flower- stems and larger fls. which are light lavender. Var. alba has white flowers. 13. repens, DC. CREEPING SPEEDWELL. Prostrate, slender, compact plant growing in dense masses: Ivs. %-% in. long, ovate, slightly crenate, shining green and moss-like: racemes slender, few-fld.: fls. nearly white, with a trace of blue: capsules broader than long, deeply notched, exceeding the sepals. May. Forests of Corsica. Hardy in Mass. — Grows in the sun. Will cover the ground where grass does not grow, forming a sod in a short time Prefers moist corners but thrives on a moderately dry soil. 14. incana, Linn. ( V. cdndida, Hort.). HOARY SPEED- WELL. Strong, upright or ascending, white-woolly plant 12-18 in. high, with many sterile matted branches and fewer fertile erect branches: Ivs. opposite, acute, lower oblong, upper lanceolate, 1-3 in. long, white-to- mentose: racemes erect, numerous, 3-6 in. long: fls. many, blue, short-pediceled: capsule longer than broad, thick, exceeding the woolly calyx. July-Sept. Fields and mountain regions. N. Asia, and southwestern Eu. — Resembles V. spicata in habit. Has a good VERONICA appearance both in and out of bloom. Useful in the rockery, border or geometrical garden. 15. pinnata, Linn. Strong, upright plant 2-H ft. hi^h, glabrous or pubescent: Ivs. sparse or somewhat clus- tered, finely cut, the lower pinnate with spreading seg- ments, the upper pinnatitid, thickish, shining, smooth: racemes slender, many-fld., elongated: fls. blue. June, July. Open mountain lands, Russia. 16. spuria, Linn. ( V. panicttlfUa, Linn. F. ameihys- ttnn, Willd.). BASTARD SPEEDWELL. Upright, slender, densely pubescent species 2 ft. high: Ivs. mostly oppo- site or ternate, 1 in. long, linear, acute, serrate-crenate to\vard the apex, entire below, smooth, narrowed at the )ia*e. thickish: racemes numerous, panicled, long, densely many-fld.: fls. blue, pediceled: capsule nearly round, thick, exceeding the sepals. May, June. Woods, southeastern Eu. and southern Russian Asia. — Becomes weedy late in the season. Var. elegans, Voss. Lvs. pubescent on both sides: habit much branched and more slender than the type. A form with variegated Ivs. and flesh-colored fls. is known to the trade as F. eleyans cornea varivgata. 17. longifdlia, Linn. Strong, leafy, upright, densely growing species 2% ft. high, with usually a smooth stem: Ivs. lanceolate or oblong-acuminate, sharply ser- rate, lower opposite, upper more or less verticillate, pubescent below, very acute, 2K-4. in. long: racemes long, erect, spiciform, dense: fls. lilac, numerous: capsules longer than broad, notched, a little exceeding the linear sepals or sometimes exceeded by them. Be- comes black in drying. July-Sept. Wet fields, middle and eastern Eu. and northern Asia. — Much cultivated and hybridized. Has several varieties. A fine border plant and the most common species, growing and flow- ering freely in any good soil. Var. subsessilis, Miq. Fig. 2(!59. More erect, compact and robust than the type, 2-3 ft. high, growing in clumps with numerous side branches and of a good habit: Ivs. 2-4 in. long, ac- cording to the richness of the soil: spikes longer and fls. larger than of the type and of an intense lustrous blue. Aug.-Oct. Japan. B.M. C407. R.H. 1881:270. G.C. II. 16:788. A good border plant and considered the best Speedwell. Best in deep, rich soil in an open position. Var. rdsea, Hort. ( F. rosea, Hort.), a probable va- riety with pink fls., 2 ft. high and much branched. Hardy in Mass. Prop, by division and cuttings. Var. villosa ( F. villdsa, Schrad. V. crenuldta, Hoffrn.). A Siberian form with narrower Ivs. than the type and large blue fls. Lvs. serrate or doubly notched or incised. 18. spicata, Linn. Ascending or erect, slender stems 2-4 ft. high, growing from a shortly creeping, almost woody rootstock: Ivs. lanceolate, lance-oblong or the lower ovate, opposite or verticillate, crenate, downy, l%-2 in. long, thick: racemes long, upright, densely many-fld.: fls. pediceled, clear blue or sometimes pale pink; stamens very long, purple: capsule longer than broad, notched, thick, exceeding the broad hairy sepals. June-Aug. Hilly pastures, Eu. and N. Asia. — Thrives in an open soil away from shade. Regarded as one of the better border Speedwells. Var. alba has white fls. Var. rdsea, Hort., has showy pink fls. in early autumn. 19. circaeoides, G. Don. Low, trailing perennial, grow- ing in a dense mass: Ivs. lanceolate, crenate toward the apex, small, dark green, numerous: racemes many, 6 in. high: ns. small, dark blue. May, June. Switzer- land.-Rare. Considered one of the best. Valuable as a ground cover, as a rock plant or at the front of a her- baceous border. 20. montana, Linn. MOUNTAIN SPEEDWELL. Slender, trailing, hairy plant, 12-18 in. long, rooting from the stem : Ivs. ovate, petioled, coarsely crenate, hairy, sparse: racemes slender, few-fld., on long pedicels: capsule large, broader than long, slightly notched, ex- ceeding the hairy sepals. May, June. Moist woods, temperate Europe. 21. off icinalis, Linn. COMMON SPEEDWELL. FLUELLEN. < J i.i it ND-HELE. Prostrate, leafy native with a pubescent stem rooting at the nodes, slender, 6-18 in. long: Ivs. elliptic, oblong or broad 'y oblonjj, %-l in. long, hairy, serrate at base, evergreen, retaining color where most VERONICA 1921 exposed: racemes slender, densely many-fld.: flu pale blue, rarely pink, sessile: capsule broader than \,,,tK wedge-shaped, broadly notched, hairy, exceedii.K the hairy sepals. May-July. Forests and mountain,, of &u. and N. Amer.-Grows under trees and in shade where no grass will grow, covering the ground with a permanent sod. Spreads rapidly and ia easily grown Prop, by cuttings. 22. pectinata, Linn. SCALLOPED-LEAVED SPEEDWELL. Prostrate, white-pubescent, hairy, spreading plant root- ing at the nodes, the ascending branches producing single elongated racemes: Ivs. obovate or oblong-linear sometimes pinnatifld, crenate, narrow at the base ses- 2659. Veronica longifolia. var. subsetsilit (X %). sile, pubescent, % in. long: racemes elongated, many- fld. : lower bracts like Ivs. : fls. deep blue with a white center: capsule large, longer than broad, notched, pu- bescent, thick, exceeding the sepals. May, June. Dry, shady hills. Asia Minor. — Suitable to dry spots in a rock-garden. Grows in almost any soil and position. 23. Chamaedrys, Linn. ANGEL'S EYES. BIBD'S EVES. GERMANDER SPEEDWELL. Slender, compact, pubescent species 12-18 in. high, densely ascending from a creep- ing base: Ivs. broadly ovate, sometimes narrower, sub- sessile, crenate or incised, rounded or cordate at base, hairy, thick, 1% in. long- racemes IWi in. long: fls. large, blue, long-pediceled : capsule longer than broad, widely notched, exceeded by the sepals. May, June. Woods and roadsides, N. and mid-Europe and Canaries. Adventive in this country. -A good border plant. 24. Teucrimn, Linn. HUNGARIAN SPEEDWELL. SAW- LEAVED SPEEDWELL. Stems produced from rhizomes, the sterile prostrate, the floral ascending or erect, white- pubescent, 1 ft. high : Ivs. lanceolate or oblong, crenate, sometimes somewhat pinnate, sessile: racemes several, elongated: tts. large, blue, numerous: capsule longer than broad, slightly notched, thick, exceeding the se- pals. June. Middle and S. Eu. and Middle Asia.- V. prostr&ta, Linn., formerly considered a separate spe- cies by reason of its narrow Ivs. and prostrate sterile stems, is connected with V. Teucrium by intermedi- ate forms. V. prostrata is still u-ed in the trade for a plant with light blue fls. B.M. 36S3 ( V. prostrata. var. satureice folia). 1922 VERONICA 25. Austriaca, Linn. Strong, upright perennial 18-24 in high, with woolly stems: Ivs. mostly deeply pinnati- fid, rarely entire or dentate, 2-3 in. long, linear to ovate, the lobes linear or suboblong, narrow at the base: ra- cemes elongated, loosely many-fld., spreading: fls. large, blue- capsule longer than broad, slightly acutely notched, exceeded by the calyx. S. E. Eu. and Asia Minor. —A border plant. The following trade names cannot be accounted for by the writer- V inarmorata.— V. rupestris of the American trade is apparently not V. rupestris of the botanists. This name was first used by Salisbury in 1796 and is a synonym of V. fruticulosa, a plant with terminal racemes. V. rupestris of the trade has axillary, many-fld. racemes. It is a low plant with woody hori- zontal stem and erect flowering branches 4 or 5 in. high with strict racemes of purplish fls. borne in June and a 4-parted ca- lyx. The capsule is obcordate. This plant has been offered by Rochester nurserymen ever since 1894 and was cult, at Harvard Botanic Garden as far back as 1883. Lvs. narrowly oblong, en- tire or serrate, %-l in. long: calyx segments strongly unequal: pedicels longer than calyx: stem pubescent: Ivs. sparsely cili- ate, short-petioled.— V. scahriiiscula, John Saul. — V. steviat- fdlia, John Saul.— V. verbenncea, a name .unknown to Kew authorities in 1901, has been offered by Rochester nurserymen since 1894. Lvs. short-stalked, narrowly elliptic, serrate in upper half: racemes lateral. A. PHELPS WYMAN. VERSCHAFFfcLTIA (Ambroise Verschaffelt, 1825- 1886, distinguished Belgian horticulturist ; founded L'lllustration Horticole at Ghent in 1854 and intro- duced many choice plants, particularly palms and other foliage plants). PalmacecK. A genus of only 1 species, from the Seychelles, allied to Dypsis but the former is armed and the latter not. The two genera are alike in having 6 stamens and a ruminate albumen, but in Ver- schaffeltia the ovary is 1-loculed, while in Dypsis it is 3-Ioculed. Verschaffeltia is a tall palm, spinose throughout or at length spineless, the slender ringed trunks arising from epigeous roots: Ivs. terminal, recurved; blade ob- long or cuneate-obovate, bifid, plicate -nerved, usually laciniate nearly to the rachis; segments incised; mid- rib and nerves strong, scaly; petiole half -cylindrical; sheath long, scaly, deeply split: spadix 3-6 feet long, paniculately branched, long-peduncled, recurved, scaly, its rachis long, and branches and branchlets spreading, slender: spathes 2 or 3, long, sheathing, the lower per- sistent, the upper deciduous: fls. very small: fr. glo- bose, smooth, 1 in. long. sp!6ndida, H. Wendl. Caudex 80 ft. high, 6-12 in. in diarn., very spiny when young, with many aerial roots: Ivs. 5-8 ft. long ; petiole 6-12 in. long, pale green; sheath 2%-3% ft. long, white-granular; blade cuneate obovate, bright green, 4-7 ft. long, 3-5 ft. wide, bifid, deeply incised on the edges. I.H. 12:430; 43:31. F.R. 2:483. R.H. 1869, p. 14.8, V. melanochcetes, H. Wendl. See Roscheria. W. M. VERVAIN. Verbena. VESICARIA (Latin, bladder ; referring to the shape of the pods). Cruciferce. About 20 species of widely scattered herbs with racemes of large, rarely small, yel- low or purple flowers of various forms. Sepals equal at the base or laterally subsaccate: silique globose or inflated, many-seeded, and with a slender style: Ivs. entire, wavy or pinnately cut. The genus has small horticultural standing, but some of the hardy peren- nials are said to be well adapted for rockwork and of easy culture. Some are like wall flowers; others re- semble alyssum. Both seeds and plants of V. sinuata are offered by American dealers, but the plant is imper- fectly known. DeCandolle says it is an annual or bien- nial, while Koch says it is perennial or subshrubby. In the American trade it is considered an early-flower- ing yellow annual, about 1 ft. high, blooming in May and June. • sinuata, Poir. Lvs. softly tomentose, oblong-lanceo- late, narrowed toward the base, sinuate-dentate or sub- entire. Spain. -According to DeCandolle the petals nnally become whitish. w M VETCH. See Vicia. VIBURNUM VETCH, CEOWN. Coronilla. Vetch, Milk. Astrag- alus, VETRIS. See Salix. VIBtJKNUM (the ancient Latin name). Caprifolia- cece. Ornamental, deciduous or evergreen shrubs, rarely small trees with opposite, petioled and entire, dentate or lobed Ivs. and with white fls. in showy cymes, followed by decorative red or blackish berry-like fruits. The Viburnums rank among our most valuable ornamental shrubs. Besides showy flowers and decora- tive fruits they possess handsome foliage which mostly assumes a bright fall coloring. The plants are of good compact habit. Most of the deciduous species are hardy north, but V. macrocephalum, var. sterile and V. obova- tum are tender; also V. tomentosum, Wrightii, plilebo- trichum, cotinifolium, nudum and dilatatum . are not quite hardy farther north than New England. Of the evergreen species V. Japonicum is the hardiest and stands some degrees of frost. The Viburnums are well suited for borders of shrubberies or planting along roads, and the more showy ones are handsome as single specimens on the lawn. They are mostly medium-sized shrubs, 5-10 ft. hign, but Viburnum Lentago, pruni fo- lium and rufidulum sometimes grow into small trees, 30 ft. high, while V. acerifolium hardly reaches 5 ft. The most decorative in fruit are V. Opulus, dilatatum and Wrightii, with scarlet or red berries which remain a long time on the branches. Besides the Snowball forms, V. dilatatum, tomentosum, Sieboldi,prunifolium, rufidulum, molle and dentatum are very handsome in bloom. Varieties with all the flowers of the cymes ster- ile and enlarged are known in the case of Opulus, to- mentosum and macrocephalum, the Common, the Japa- nese and the Chinese Snowballs. The foliage of most species turns purple or red in fall, that of V. Opulus and acerifolium being especially brilliant. V. dilata- tum and phlebotrichum assume a dull yellow color. V . macrocephalum and Sieboldi keep the bright green of their foliage until late in autumn. The Viburnums are not very particular as to soil and position, but most of them prefer a rather moist and sunny situation. Some, as T'. acerifolium, Lantana, dilatatum, Tinus. pubes- cens and pruni folium., grow well in drier places, while V. alnifolium and pauciflorum require shade and a po- rous soil of constant moisture. V. acerifolium does well under the shade of trees in rocky and rather dry soil. V. Tinus is often grown in pots and thrives in any good loamy and sandy soil. With a little heat it may be forced into bloom at any time in the winter; if not in- tended for forcing, it requires during the winter a tem- perature only a little above the freezing point and even an occasional slight frost will not hurt it. The Common and the Japanese Snowball are also sometimes forced and require the same treatment in forcing as other hardy shrubs. Prop, by seeds sown in fall or stratified; also by greenwood cuttings under glass, especially V. tomento- sum, macrocephalum, molle, cassinoides and the ever- green species; V. dentatum and Opulus grow readily from hardwood cuttings and all species can be increased 2650. A layer of Viburnum Opulus, the Common Snowball. by layers (Pig. 2660); grafting is also sometimes prac- ticed and \'. Opulus, dentatum and Lantana are used as stock, r' About 100 species in N. and C. America and in the Old World from Europe and N. Africa to E. Asia, dis- tributed as far south as Java. Shrubs or sometimes small trees, with opposite stipulate or exstipulate Ivs.; fls. small in terminal paniculate or mostly umbel-like VIBURNUM cymes; calyx with 5 minute teeth ; corolla rotate or campanulate, rarely tubular; stamens 5: ovary usually 1-loculed: fr. a drupe with a one-seeded, usually com- pressed stone. In several species the marginal fis. of the cymes are sterile and radiant; such are I", macro- cephahnn, fomentosum, Opultis, Sunjruti and n I »i fo- lium, and of the three first named garden forms are known with all fls. sterile and enlarged. ALFRED REHDER. VIBURNUM 1923 2661. Viburnum Sieboldi (X %). The familiar Snowball of delightful memory seems to be doomed. It is too much trouble to try to keep off the aphids. Fortunately its place can be taken by a Japa- nese species that is even more satisfactory. Fig. 2663. The berries of the Japanese species, V. tomentosum, are a brilliant scarlet, changing to black. The foliage of this Snowball is also remarkably beautiful. The leaves are olive-green with brownish purple or bronzy margins, and their plicate character makes them very distinct and attractive. The bush is entirely free from insect pests. The single and double forms of the Japanese species differ in the same way that is shown in Figs. 2664 and 2666. Unfortunately they have been confused in many nurseries, and only the trained eye can tell them apart in the nursery row. The double or Snow- ball type is, of course, the one destined to the greater popularity, though the single form is a shrub of great value, especially for large estates and parks. The dou- ble form is known to nurseries as Viburnum plicatum, but its proper name is V. tomentosum, var. plir. 11 n-iMMilatum, 1. anaustifiiliinn, 7. l^entago, 9. rlgidni A II (Iflllt'k , , ,{_ luridum, 4. rotacni AwafuH, 3. niacnicephalum, 12. ••assinoides, 8. macrophy Hit in. 17. rotundifolium, 16. '•otinifolium, 15. cuspidatum, 16. Demetrionis, 23. dentatum, 21. dilatatum, 18. molle, 22. inultratuin, 15. 11:11111111. 28. Nepalense, 22. nitiilum, 7. nuilum, 7. nifldulum, 10. rnfu-ti,mrntoitnn ,10. niKoRum. 5, 14. SiiTulankwa, 2. Sargentii. 29. icabrellnm. 22. edule, 28. obovatum, 6. Sieboldi. 1. 17. erosum, 25. terruginewn, 10. odoratigKimnm, 3. opuloidft, 28. t'luamatinn, 8. sterile, 28. Fortunei, 12. Opulug, 28. strictum, 4, 5. Frcebeli, 4. grandiflorum, 4. Oxycoecus, 28. parvifolium, 16. ttispcntvtn. 2. Tinus, 4. Hanceanum, 22 and paueiflorum, 27. tomentosum, 16. snppl. ligt. phlebotrichum. 20. trilobum, 28. hirtnm, 4. Japonicum. 1,16,17. pirifolium, 9, 11. plenum, 16. variegatum, 4. Vetteri, 9. Keteleeri, 12. Ifevigatnin . 6, 21. Lantana. 14. plicatum, 16. prnnifolinm, 9, 10, virgatura, 4. WrightH, 19. A. Lvs. penninerved, not lobed. B. Cymes paniculate, broadly pyramidal or semi-globose. c. Foliage deciduous .......... 1. Sieboldi cc. Foliage evergreen. D. Corolla with cylindrical tube .................... '2. Sandankwa DD. Corolla rotate-campanu- late .................... ::. odoratissimum BB. Cymes umbel-like, flat (ex- cept in the Siiotrball forms. See Nos. 12, 16, £8.) C. Secondary ve ins cnr ring and anastomosing before reach- ing the margin: margin entire or finely serrate. D. Foliage persistent, entire. K. Branches and Irs. gla- brous or slightly pu- bescent ............... 4. EE. Branches and Irs. hir- 5. DD. Foliage decidtuntx. E. Branches and Ivs^ gla- brous or ferriiyin- eously scurfy, v. Lvs. entire or slightly undulate-dentate. G. Cymes sessile: Ivs. small 6. GO. Cymes peduncled... 7. 8. FF. Lvs. finely and sharply serrate : cymes sessile, sub- tended by the upper leaves. G. Petioles mostly with wavy, rather broad margin 9. GG. Petioles without or irifh narrow, not irnry margin. H. Winters-buds and petioles rusty- l>ir almost entire, wrinkled above and nearly gla- brous at length, tomentose beneath, 2-5 in. long: fls. white, tinged with pink, in cymes 2-3 in. broad, with usually 5 rays; corolla rather larger, f unnel form -cam- panulate, tube longer than limbs: fr. ovoid-oblong, red, changing to black. May, June. Northwest Himalayas. B.R. 19:1650. G.F. 5:245.-Not quite hardy north, re- quiring protection near Boston. 266J. Viburnum Lentago. Nearly full size. 16. tomentdsum, Thunb. ( V. plic&tum, Miq. ) . Strong- growing shrub, attaining 8 ft., with spreading branches, tomentose when young: Ivs. broadly ovate to oblong- ovate, sometimes obovate, acute or abruptly acuminate, dentate-serrate, dark green and almost glabrous above, stellate-pubescent beneath, sometimes only on the veins, 1W-4 in. long: cymes 2-3 in. broad, long-peduncled; sterile fls. long-pediceled : fr. ovoid, red. changing to bluish black. June. China, Japan. 8.Z. 1:38. G.P. 4:594, 595. A.F. 12:1101. Gng. 5:311. M.D.G. 1898:400. S H. 2:502.— A beautiful hardy shrub, with handsome foliage and showy fls. ; the fruits, too, are decorative, especially before they change to black. In some nur- series erroneously named r. J*p**ie*m. Viir. cuspi- datum, Sieb. & Zucc. ( »'. pfirdfiim, var. pari-ifdltum, Miq ). Lvs. elliptic to oblong, long-acuminate, 1-2 in. long Of slow growth and blooms sparingly. Var. pli- catum, Maxim. | I". /./->.//«».. var. pfhMM», Mi<|. I . pit cAricm, Thunb.). JAPANESE SNOWBALL. Fig. 2663. All fls. sterile, forming large, globose balls 2>{-3 in. across. FS 3-278. B.R. 33:51. A.G. 18:357. Gng. 1 :-'••.(. VM (i::"». M.D.G. 1898:401. S.H. Var. rotundifblium, Hort. Much like the premdbu var., but Ivs. broader and blooming about 2 weeks earlier. Tn. n is also a variegated form. 1926 VIBURNUM 17. Jap6nicum, Spreng. ( V. macrophyllum, Blume). Upright shrub, to 6 ft., with glabrous branches: Ivs. broadly or rhombic - ovate to oblong-ovate, acute or shortly acuminate, remotely dentate except at the base, 3-6 in. long: fls. in short-peduncled, glabrous cymes 2-4 in. broad: fr. globose, red. June. Japan. — Hand- some large-leaved shrub, but not hardy north. Ever- green. c' *r^A^Osv\\ \ - --:.^\\\^' > ''-'^ ^ • • «.»W.A*"--^ ,_. - -i^-^ !j\\ /»'*'V">'/ v..' "-' "*' .ikllll^:; 2663. Viburnum tomentosum, var. plicatum- Japaness Snowball, V. plicatum of gardens (X %). Shrub' attain- ronnh „ K n irsute when young: Ivs. short nnlt ,br°adly °7ate °r obo™te, usually abruptly sides P2^i' ,COarSel2 t0othed' P^escent on both cvmes tfi ?; h°ng:, fls> Pure white> in short-stalked ov™te s^.t vr?a(V COr°Ila Pubescent outside: fr. B M ('6215 G F t J?« g< J^yA June" China> JaPan- 15-12q w ? :i°°- M-D-G- 1899:241, 242. A.F. VIBURNUM 19. Wrightii, Miq, Upright shrub, to 10 ft. high, with the branches almost glabrous : Ivs. almost orbicular or broadly obovate to ovate, abruptly acuminate, coarsely dentate, almost glabrous except on the veins beneath, 3-5 in. long: fls. rather large, white, in usually short- stalked, 2-4 in. broad cymes; corolla glabrous outside: fr. globose, red. May, June. China, Japan.— Hardy shrub, similar to the preceding, but of less dense habit, with larger fruits in nodding cymes. 20. phleb6trichum, Sieb. & Zucc. Upright shrub, at- taining 5 ft., with glabrous branches: Ivs. ovate to ob- long, acuminate, dentate except at the base, glabrous above, with long appressed hairs on the veins beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. white, with purple calyx, mostly slender-pediceled and nodding, in few-fld., long-pedun- cled cymes: fr. globose. May, June. Japan, China.— Not quite hardy north. 21. dentatum, Linn. ARROW-WOOD. Upright bushy shrub, attaining 15 ft., with glabrous branches: Ivs'. rather long-petioled, orbicular to ovate, acute or shortly acuminate, coarsely den- tate, glabrous or pubescent only in the axils of the veins beneath, l%-3 in. long: fls. in long-peduncled, glabrous cymes, 2-3 in. broad: fr. sub -globose, bluish black, glaucous. May, June. New Bruns- wick to Minn., south to Ga. G.F. 10:332. Em. 2:414. — Handsome native „._. shrub, thriving best in moist soil. V. Icevigatum of some nurseries, not Ait., has some- what larger Ivs. and seems to bloom later. 22. m611e, Michx. (V. sca- brtllum, Chapm. V. JVepa- lense, Hort. ). Similar to the preceding, but branchlets, cymes and under side of Ivs. stellate - pubescent : Ivs. larger, with stouter petioles, dark green : peduncles stouter: teeth of calyx more prominent: fr. large and more pointed : blooms 2-3 weeks later. Mass, to Fla. and Tex. G.F. 4:30.- Handsomer than the preceding on account of its larger darker green foliage and more robust habit. In gardens sometimes con- founded with V, pubescens and sometimes found under the erroneous name of V. Hanceanum. See supplementary list. 23. Demetridnis, Deane & Rob. Shrub, attaining 12 ft. : Ivs. orbicular or broadly ovate, cordate, shortly acuminate, coarsely dentate, pubescent beneath or almost gla- brous, 2%-4% in. long: cymes long-peduncled, puberu- lous, about 2% in. broad: fr. oblong, almost % in. long. Mo. B.B. 3:231. 24. pub6scens, Pursh. Bushy shrub, 3-6 ft. high, with slender, upright branches: Ivs. oval to ovate, rounded or cordate at base, acute or acuminate, coarsely dentate, almost glabrous above, pubescent beneath, l%-2% in. long: cymes short-peduncled, dense, 1^-2% in. broad: stamens exceeding the corolla about one-half: fr. oval, almost black, slightly flattened. June, July. Quebec to Ga., west to Manitoba and 111. G.F. 3:125. A.F. 12:1101. Gng. 5:311. — Handsome shrub of compact habit. 25. erdsum, Thunb. Upright shrub, attaining 6 ft., with slender, much-forked branches: Ivs. oblong-ovate oroblong-obovate, narrowed toward the base, acuminate, dentate-serrate, pubescent beneath at least on the veins, 2-3% in. long: cymes 2%-3 in. broad, rather loose, long-peduncled: stamens little or not exceeding the corolla: fr. subglobose, red. May. Japan, China. G.F. 9:85. 26. acerifdlium, Linn. DOCKMACKIE. Shrub, attain- ing 5 ft., with slender, upright branches: Ivs. orbicu- lar or ovate, 3-lobed, with acute or acuminate lobes, coarsely dentate-serrate, pubescent or at length almost VIBURNUM V1C1A 1927 glabrous, 2-5 in. long: fls. yellowish white: cymes long- peduncled, terminal, l%-3 in. broad: fr. almost black. ovoid. May, June. New Brunswick to Minn., south to N. C. Em. 2:414. — It grows fairly well in drier situa- 2664. Viburnum Opulus (X %). Single form of the common Snowball as it grows in the wild. tions under trees. The foliage assumes a handsome dark purple fall color. 27. paucifldrum, Raf. Straggling shrub, attaining 5 ft.: Ivs. orbicular to oval, coarsely dentate, with 3 short lobes above the middle or often without, glabrous or slightly pubescent beneath when young, 2-3% in. long: cymes few-fld., small, on lateral, short, usually 2-lvd. branchlets: fr. scarlet, subglobose. June. Labrador to Alaska, south to Vt. and Colo, in the mountains. G.F. 3:5.— It does not usually succeed well in cultivation; requires shade and moist porous soil. 28. OpulUB, Linn. ( V. Americ&num, Mill. V. trilobum, Marsh. V. opuloldes, Miihl. V. tdttle, Pursh. V. Oxy- cdccus, Pursh.). CRANBERRY-BUSH. HIGH CRANBERRY. Figs. 2664, 2665. Shrub, attaining 12 ft., with rather smooth light gray branches and stems: Ivs. broadly ovate, 3-lobed, with coarsely dentate-serrate, acumi- nate lobes, pubescent or almost glabrous beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. white, in peduncled cymes, 3-4 in. broad: fr. subglobose to oval, scarlet. May, June. New Bruns- wick to Brit. Col., south to N. J. and Ore.; also in Eu. and Asia. — Handsome native shrub, very decorative in fruit, which begins to color by the end of July, remains on the branches and keeps its bright scarlet color until the following spring. The berries are not eaten by birds. Var. nanum, Jacq. A very dwarf, compact, small- leaved form; flowers but very rarely. Var. sterile, DC. ( V, rdsetim. and rosd- ceum, Hort.). GUELDER ROSE, SNOW - BALL. Fig. 2666. All fls. sterile, form- ing large, globose heads. Gng. 1:9. Gn. 56, p. 83.— This is a very showy var., but it lacks the decorative fruits. There are also variegated forms of the type and of the sterile va- riety. The American Cran- berry-bush is considered by some botanists a dis- tinct species under the name V. A merica it u m , Mill., but differs little from the European form, chiefly by the more vigorous growth, by the petioles having a shallow rather broad channel and small glands, and by the shorter peduncles and shorter stamens. 29. Sargentii, Koehne. Similar to the preceding, of more upright, denser habit: bark of stems darker, fis- sured and somewhat corky, young branchlets with prom- 2665. Fruits of Viburnum opuius (x yj. inent lenticels: Ivs. <.f thicker texture, pubes.-ent <>r glabrous beneath, the upper Ivs. with mm-h elongated and usually entire middle lube mill small, short. -; ing lateral lobe-: petioles with large glands; sterile Ms. larger, sometimes to 1*4 in. across; anthers purple: fr. globose, in usually upright cymes. N. China, .lapan. — Introduced under the name Viburnum Opulu* from Pekin. It does not seem to fruit as profusely as I . Opulus. V.Kurejceticum, Herd. & Regel (V. Burejanum, Herd.). Similar to V. Lantana. Lvs. narrower toward the base, vena- tion like that of V. macrocephalum : cyme with 5 ray*: fr. pinkish or yellowish. May, .lune. Eastern Siberia, A murland. Gt. ll::m.— V. eordifblium. Wall. Similar to V. alnifolium. but cymes without radiant fls.: Ivs. narrow: blooming before the Ivs. Himalayas.— F. Dahuricum, Pall. Shrnb. attaining 6 ft.: Ivs. broadly ovate to oval, l%-'2% in.: fls. funnelform, in short, small panicles: fr. finally black. Dnhur. to W. < hinn. — F. densifldrum, Chapm. Closely allied to V. acerifolium. Lower: Ivs. smaller, 1-2 in., with mostly shorter lobes or none: cymes denser. W. Fla.— V. ellipticum, Hook. Shrnb, attain- ing 5 ft., allied to V. aeerifolium, but Ivs. not lotted, oval to el- liptic-oblong : fr. oblong-oval, almost % in. long. Wash, to Calif.— F". furc&tum, Blume. Closely allied to V. alnifolium. but of upright habit and stamens shorter than corolla. Jap., China. — V. Hanctanum, Max. Allied to V. tomentosum: Ivs. broader, with few teeth above the middle. S. China. Tender. Seems not in cultivation. See No. 22.— V. oritntAle. Pall. Al- lied to V. acerifolium: shrub, attaining 4 ft.: Ivs. witJ simple, not fascicled hairs on the veins beneath and not glandular dotted beneath : fr. red. June, July. W.Asia. Gt. 17:567. ALFRED UEHDER. 2666. Snowball— Viburnum Opulus, var. «terile(X Ji). All the fertile flowers are changed to sterile, showy ones. VlCIA (classical Latin name). VETCH. TARE. More than 100 species of herbs, mostly climbing, with pinnate foliage, closely allied to Lathyrus, Pisum and Lens, but differing in minute floral characters: wings adhering to the keel; style very slender, with beards or hairs all around the upper part or only at the apex; pod flat. 2- many-seeded, 2-valved and dehiscent, the seeds either globular or flattish; stamens diadelphous (9 and 1). Flowers mostly blue or violet, sometimes yellowish or white. The Vicias are widely spread in the northern hemisphere and some of them in South America. About two dozen species occur in North America, some of the species introduced. Most of the Vicias are weedy or la- significant looking plants, but a few are grown for the bright (lowers, others of late for green-manure crops (see Cover-Crops), and one I I'. Faba ) is a garden bean. The species are mostly cool-season plants of easy cul- ture. The interest in the Vet.-he- in this country i* mostlv for their value as soil covers and for foliage. > satiw and V. villosa are the important species here at present. 1928 VICIA A. Plant stiff and erect, usually bearing no tendrils, cultivated for the beans (Faba). Faba, Linn. (Faba vulgaris, Moeneh. F. satlva, Bernh ). BROAD BEAN. WINDSOR BEAN. ENGLISH DWARF BEAN. Figs. 190, 191, Vol. I. Strong, erect an- nual, 2-4 ft., glabrous or nearly so, very leafy: leaflets 2-6, the lower ones not opposite on the rachis, the ter- minal one wanting or represented by a rudimentary tendril, oval to elliptic and obtuse or mucronate-pointed : fls. in the axils, dull white and with a large blue-black spot; pods large and thick, from 2 or 3 inches even to 18 in. long, the seeds large and often flat. Probably na- tive to northern Africa and S.W. Asia.— Much grown in the Old World, but the hot dry summers prevent its cultivation in most parts of the U. S. It is grown suc- cessfully in parts of Canada, particularly in the mari- time provinces. The plant is grown mostly for cattle feeding, although the beans may be used, both full grown and immature, for human food. This bean has been cult, from prehistoric times and its nativity is in doubt. The plant is hardy and seeds should be sown early, when the season is cool. AA. Plant weak, usually climbing by means of ten- drils that represent leaflets. B. Fls. about 2 in the axils, sessile or nearly so. sativa, Linn. SPRING VETCH or TARE. Annual or bi- ennial, not surviving the winter in the North, more or less pubescent, 2-3 ft. high: Ifts. 7 pairs or less, ellip- tic, oblong or oblanceolate, mostly truncate and apicu- late at the top, the tendril part of the leaf extended: fls. usually 2 in each axil, about 1 in. long, purplish: pods 2-3 in. long when mature. Eu., and naturalized in some parts of the U. S. — Much cult, abroad as a for- age plant; in this country grown for similar purposes and also somewhat as a cover-crop for orchards. Seeds sometimes used for making flour. Thfre is a white- seeded and also a large-seeded variety. 2667. Vicia villosa. the Hairy Vetch (X %). BB. Fls. several to many in peduncled clusters. C. Blossoms small and usually not very snowy, mostly bluish, in loose often 1-sided clusters: plants grown mostly for forage or in wild gardens. D . Leaflets usually less than 9 pairs. villdsa, Roth. HAIRY or WINTER VETCH. Fig 2667 Annual or biennial (sometimes perennial1?), enduring the winters in the North, villous-pubescent: Ifts. 5-7 or :e pairs, elliptic-oblong, rounded at the tip but usu- VICTORIA ally ending in a very minute point: fls. violet-blue, in long 1-sided axillary racemes. Eu., Asia. — Now con- siderably used as a cover-crop. Americana, Muhl. Perennial, nearly or quite gla- brous: Ifts. elliptic to oblong, obtuse or sometimes emarginate at the apex: fls. purplish, about % in. long, in few-fld. loose racemes. Moist lands across the conti- nent and as far south as Ky. — Has been offered by dealers in native plants. Caroliniana, Walt. Perennial, nearly or quite gla- brous: Ifts. oblong to linear-oblong, usually obtuse or emargiiiate: fls. nearly white, % in. or less long, in several- to many-fld. loose racemes. Minn, and Kans. eastward. — Has been offered. oroboides, Wulf. (Orobus latliyroldes , Sibth. & Sm.). Perennial, 2-3 ft. tall: Ivs. 3-5 pairs, oval-lanceolate, very acute : fls. handsome, violet-blue, small, in 2 or 3 short clusters each axil. DD. Leaflets usually 9 or more pairs on full-sized Irs. gigantea, Hook. Perennial, pubescent, high-climb- ing: Ifts. ,.10-15 pairs, narrow-oblong, obtuse and mu- cronulate: tts. about % in. long, pale purple, in 7-18- fld. racemes. Calif, and north. — Has been offered by dealers in natives. Cracca, Linn. Perennial, usually pubescent: Ifts. 9-12 pairs, thin, linear to oblong, mucronate: fls. pur- plish, about % in. long in a rather dense raceme. Across the continent and south to Ky. ; also in Eu. and Asia. — Offered by some dealers. Gerardi, Vill. Described as a hardy annual: pubes- cent: lifts, numerous, narrow-oblong, very obtuse but with a short mucro: fls. violet, small, in short racemes. S. Eu. — Offered by seedsmen as a flower-garden sub- ject. CO. Blossoms red and showy, in dense spikes or spike- like racemes: flower-garden subject. fulgens, Batt. Annual, 3-5 ft., pubescent: Ifts. 8-12 pairs, oblong or lance-linear, mucronate: fls. small, red or nearly scarlet and purple-striped, in a compact ra- ceme or spike. Algeria. — Recently introduced. L. H. B. VICK, JAMES (Plate XLI), seedsman and editor, was born at Portsmouth, Eng., Nov. 23, 1818, and died at Rochester, N. Y., May 16, 1882. He came to America at the age of 12, learned the printer's trade, and in 1850 became editor of the " Genesee Farmer," then published at Rochester by Luther Tucker and subsequently absorbed by "The Cultivator." In 1853 he purchased Downing's magazine, "The Horticulturist," and published it fora time, the editor being Patrick Barry. In 1860 Vick en- tered the seed business and his trade soon grew to large proportions. For about 20 years his name was a house- hold word, being associated especially with flowers. In 1878 he founded "Vick's Magazine," which is still pub- lished. Vick's personality was thoroughly amiable, and his letters in " Vick's Magazine "to children and to garden lovers everywhere show the great hold he had on the hearts of the people. -^ jj VICT&BIA (in honor of Queen Victoria). Nymplice- acece. ROYAL WATER-LILY. This remarkable aquatic genus may be recognized by its huge, round, floating leaves often 6 feet or more in diameter, with the mar- gin turned up at right angles to the water surface to a height of 3-8 inches, making a basin-like object. The fls. (12-18 in. across) are nocturnal, opening on two suc- cessive days about 4.30 p. M. and remaining1 open until the middle of the following morning. The first evening the inner floral Ivs. remain loosely closed over the stigma, the flower is pure creamy white, and exhales a delicious fragrance somewhat resembling a rich pine- apple; the second evening the floral Ivs. spread widely open, and the color changes to pink or even a deep red. The ovary is inferior, densely prickly, and surmounted by a short, broad tube, on the sides and summit of which the floral Ivs. are situated. Sepals 4; petals 50- 70, obtuse, oblong-ovate to sublinear, rather thin and delicate in texture; staminodia about 20; stamens 150- 200, linear-lanceolate: paracarpels about 25, forming a ring of thick, fleshy bodies between the stamens and VICTORIA the styles: carpels 30-40; stigma forming a broad, ba- sin-like depression, 2-2 '.; in. wide, in the midst of the flower, with a central conical continuation of the floral axis, the basin filled with fluid on the first evening of opening: carpellary styles broad and fleshy in the lower part, produced upward to a fleshy, subulate, incurved process about % in. long. In fruit all of the floral 1\ s. have decayed away, leaving the basal tube of the torus at the top of a great prickly berry, half the size of one's head. The seeds are greenish or brownish black, about the size of a pea. The genus is represented by 2 well- defined species, inhabiting still waters of South Amer- ica from British Guiana to Argentina. In its native haunts Victoria grows in 4-6 ft. of water, VICTORIA 1929 spite of the cup-like form of the leaves, water from rain or other sources does not remain on the surface : it doubtless runs down at once through the tiny perfora- tions. This would be an indispensable protection to the leaf against fungous foes and in the fuii<-timi c,f n-simi lation. A single leaf, by its buoyancy, may sustain a weight of 150 or 200 pounds. Not the least remarkable feature of these leaves is their rate of growth, t'aspary found the maximum growth in length to be about 1 inch per hour when the leaf is just expanding; the surface in- creases 4 or 5 sq. ft. in 24 hours, and a plant will pro duce in 21 to 25 weeks 600 or 700 sq. ft. of leaf-surface. A great development of heat has been observed in the 2668. Victoria regia. the giant Water-lily of the Amazon. in great patches miles in extent, and is perennial. The tuberous rhizome stands erect in the mud, where it is anchored by innumerable spongy roots which spring from the bases of the Ivs. in groups of 10-30 or 40. The tuber may be as much as 6 in. in diameter and 2 ft. long. It decays below as it grows above. The Ivs. are arranged in 55-144 order, and the flowers arise in a parallel but independent spiral of the same order (Planchon). Each leaf after the first seedling leaf has a broadly ovate, fused pair of stipules, these organs serving to protect the apex of the stem. The petioles and peduncles are terete, about 1 in. in diam., covered with stout, fleshy prickles, and traversed internally by 4 large, and a number of smaller, air canals. The pet- ioles attain to a length much greater than the depth of the water, so that the Ivs. can adjust themselves to changes of the water-level, though Banks states that they may be completely submerged in times of flood. The gigantic Ivs. are covered beneath with a close net- work of prickly veins, the larger of which project an inch or more from the leaf -surface; the tissues are full of air-spaces and canals, thus buoying, up the mass of cellular matter. Besides many stomata on the upper surface of the leaf, which open into the air-chambers of the mesopbyll, there are innumerable tiny depressions, in each of which one can see with a hand-lens that the leaf is perforated with a fine hole; these holes were termed by Planchon "stomatodes" (F.S. 6:249). He considered them to be useful as air - holes to let out gases which, rising from the water or mud, might be caught in the deep meshes of the netted veins on the Under side of the leaf. It is also to be noted that, in opening flowers of Victoria. About 8 P.M., when the anthers are shedding their pollen (in second-day flow- ers), the stamens may reach and maintain a tempera- ture 10° F. above that of the surrounding air. Though doubtless known to Spanish traders and mis- sionaries, and certainly of use to savages as food in quite early times, Victoria was first noticed botanically by Haenke in Bolivia about 1801; but he died in the Philippines without recording his discover}-. Bonpland, the companion of Humboldt, also saw it, near Corrientes, Argentina, in 1819, but still it was neglected. In 1832 Poeppig found it on the Amazon, and described it as Euryale Amazonica. D'Orbigny saw the plant in 1827 at Corrientes, and in 1833 in Bolivia, and several years later published accounts of his find. Robert H. Schom- burgk, finding it again in 1836 on the Berbice river in British Guiana, sent home specimens and figures from which Lindley in 1837 (published in 1838) established the genus Victoria and described the species V. rtgia. This name has settled upon the northern species, while the one found at Corrientes was named In 1840, by d'Orbigny, V. Criuiana in honor of General Santa Cm/, of Bolivia. The struggle to bring the "Queen of Water-lilies" into captivity beg:m with Schomburgk. He removed living plants from inland lakes and bayous to Demerara, 1930 VICTORIA British Guiana, but they soon died. In 1840 Bridges obtained seed in the Bolivia locality Province of MO.XOS ind sent them in a jar of wet clay to England. Out c 22 Leds obtained at Kew, three germinated and grew vigorously as small seedlings until October, but died in December7 In 1848 dry seeds were sent to England from the Essequibo river, along with rhizomes, the latter in Wardian cases; the rhizomes rotted, and the seeds refused to germinate. In 1849 an expedition from Demerara succeeded in bringing back to that town thirty-five living plants, but these all died. Finally some seeds were sent to Kew from British Guiana in bottles of fresh water by two English physicians, Kodie and Luckie. The first sending arrived Feb. 28, 1849, and on Nov. 8 a plant flowered at Chatsworth; the blossom was appropriately presented to Queen Victoria. From this stock Victoria regia was distributed to gar- dens in Europe, Asia and America. Van Houtte, of Ghent first flowered it on the continent, and Caleb Cope, of Philadelphia, was the earliest successful cultivator in this country. His gardener was the late Thomas Meehan. The first flower opened Aug. 21, 1851. The next notable importation of seed from teouth America was sent by Edward S. Band, Jr., from Para, Brazil, to Mr. Sturtevant, then at Bordentown, N. J. The resulting plants proved to be slightly different from the former type, and were called V. regia, var. Randii. It is doubtless the same form that was described by Planchon as V. Amazonica, and retained with grave doubts by Caspary; subsequent cultivation has shown it not even varietally distinct from V. regia of British Guiana. In 1894, however, Mr. Tricker received seed of quite another species, which was provisionally named V. regia, var. Trickeri; it is much more amenable to out-of- door culture than the older type, and has received a well- deserved popularity. Specimens grown from seeds sent by Mr. Tricker to Kew were regarded simply as garden forms of V. regia, but recent investigation by Mr.Tricker and the writer shows that it is truly the V. Cruziana of d'Orbigny, dried specimens of which (including seeds) had been sent to Paris over 60 years before. Its far south- ern habitat (27° S.) explains its hardiness. The large starchy seeds of this species are used as food in Para- guay under the name of Mais del Agua, "water-corn." For much interesting information on Victoria, see Hooker, B.M. 4275-78; Planchon, in F.S. 6:193-224, etc.; Caspary in Flora Brasiliensis 4, part 2, p. 143 et seq. In 1854 John Fisk Allen published in Boston a quarto work (pages 21 x 27 in.) with colored plates, entitled: "Victoria regia; or the great water lily of America. With a brief account of its discovery and introduc- tion into cultivation : with illustrations by William Sharp, from specimens grown at Salem, Massachusetts, U. S. A." regia, Lindl. (including V. regia, var. Randii). Fig. 2668. Lvs. sparingly pubescent beneath, upturned mar- gins reddish, 3-8 in. high : fls. becoming dull crimson the second evening; sepals prickly almost or quite to the tips: prickles of the ovary about two-fifths in. (10-11 mm.) long: seed elliptic-globose, nearly % in. long, less in diam. (7-8 mm. long, 5%-6 mm. diam.) : raphe indis- tinct; operculum elliptic-orbicular, with the micropyle at its center and hilum at the margin. British Guiana, Amazon and tributaries. B.M. 4275 (poor); 4276-78 (incorrect in some details). F.S. 6:595-602. Kerner, Natural History of Plants, pi. XI. Tricker, Water Gar- den pi. 1 and 2; p. 21, 35. Caspary, Fl. Brasil. 4, part 2, pi. 38, fig. 15 (seed). Cruziana, d Orbigny (known in cultivation as V. regia, var. Trickeri, and V. Trickeri). Lvs. densely villous beneath, upturned margins green, 6-8 in. high: fls. becoming deep red-pink the second evening; sepals prickly only at base, smooth above: prickles of ovary over % in. (15-16 mm.) long, crowded: seed subglobose, about%in.(7%-9mm.) in diam.; raphe stout; operculum elongate-ovate, with hilum and micropyle equidistant from the margin. Parana river and tributaries, Para- guay. Tricker, Water Garden, pi. 1; pp. 51,55. Caspary, PI. Brasil. 4, part 2, pi. 38, fig. 16 (seed).-Introd. by Wm. Tricker in 1894. HENRY g> CQNARD< Victoria regia at first was cultivated at a great ex- pense in conservatories and tanks built especially for VICTORIA the purpose. Then it was grown in artificially heated1, ponds in the open air. The Victoria is largely grown in private and public gardens throughout the United States at the present time, together with tropical nym- phaeas, and in some cases without artificial heat, but this method of culture is uncertain and often unsatisfactory. For many years but one type of Victoria was known, but in 1886 Mr. E. D. Sturtevant, of Bordentown, N. J., introduced another form that produced a deep crim- son flower; it also possessed darker foliage and the upturned rim was deeper. It was known as Victoria Randii. Having grown this variety and the original for several seasons in the open air, the writer is unable to discern any difference, and two seasons ago he decided to drop V. Randii. In 1894 the iimlersigned received, seed of what is now known to the trade as V. Trickeri. This is by far the best kind for out-of-door culture. Moreover, it can be grown where V. regia fails to grow, as it revels in a temperature of only 75°-80°. Victoria regia is now considered of easy culture. Its. requirements are heat, light and a rich, mellow loam in abundance. The seed should be sown during February and March. The temperature of the water should range between 85° to 90° F. The seed may be planted in pots or seed-pans and placed in shallow water. A tank 8-12 in. deep, having a metal lining, copper preferred, is very serviceable for seedlings and young plants. Where sufficient heat is not attained from the heating pipes, an addition can be made by the use of an oil-lamp. It is altogether unnecessary and unnatural to file or chip the seed to assist or hasten germination. The seedlings will appear in about twenty days, though occasionally a few may appear in ten days. These should be potted off singly into 2%-in. pots, using fine, loamy soil. The water temperature for the young plants should be the same as directed for the seed pots. As soon as the young plants acquire their first floating leaf they will doubtless be benefited by repotting. From the very be- ginning, as sprouted seeds, they should be kept steadily growing, repotting at intervals, until they are planted out in their summer quarters. As the young plants ad- vance they will require more space, so that the leaves are not crowded and overlap each other. To raise plants of V. Trickeri is altogether a different matter. The seed will not germinate in a high tempera- ture; 65° to 70° is sufficient. The seed may be sown in February, but there is a great uncertainty as to how long one must wait for the seedlings to appear, and also' as to what percentage of seeds will germinate. As soon as the seedlings appear they should be treated like seed- lings of V. regia, except as to temperature, which should be kept as above stated for seedlings and small plants, and as the season advances may be raised to 75° and 80°. The rationality of the cool treatment here advo- cated is borne out by the fact that early in June quanti- ties of seedlings appear in the pond in the open where a plant has grown the preceding season, the seed hav- ing remained in the pond during the winter. Planting in summer quarters may be done early in June or when- ever it is safe to plant out tender nymphseas, that is, when the pond is not artificially heated. Where it is desired to plant out in unheated ponds it is not safe to plant before the middle or latter end of June. The con- ditions of the weather, earliness or lateness of the sea- son, locality, etc., must all be taken into account. The best results are to be obtained from an artificially heated pond, or pits in the pond specially constructed to start the Victorias, these pits to be heated by hot water or steam and covered with frames and sashes. By this method plants may be set in their summer quarters early in May and heat applied until the middle of June, or rather a temperature of 85° maintained until the advent of summer weather. Very gratifying results are obtained when the Vic- toria is grown under glass, as it is thus grown in sev- eral places in the United States, notably at Schenley Park, Pittsburg, and Allegheny Park; also at "Grey- stone," the estate of Samuel Untermyer, Esq., Yonkers, N. Y. ; also at many notable gardens in Europe. Plants grown under glass usually attain to larger dimensions, as they are protected against climatic changes and the elements, besides enjoying more of a tropical atmos- phere. There is, however, more than one disadvantage- VICTORIA Setting aside the costly construction, labor, etc., it is hv no means inviting even on a warm day to spend manv minutes in such a structure. Compare this with a nat'- ural pond and its surroundings and a cool shady seat where these gorgeous plants may be viewed at leisure Whether grown indoors or out, these plants are onlv annuals, and seedlings arc of necessity raised every spring. They form no tubers as do the tender nvni- phieas, or rootstock as do the hardy nyinphroas. Pew. if any, insects are troublesome on these plants The worst is the black Hy or aphis. The use of insec- ticides should not be resorted to. as they are most likely to damage the foliaire. The safest remedy is to introduce a colony or two of the well-known "lady bug." They and their larvje will soon clear off all the aphides without any injury to the plant. WM THICKER. VlGNA ( Dominic Vigni,Paduan commentator on Theo- phrastua in the seventeenth century) is a leguminous genus of :*0 or more species, closely allied to Phaseolus It is distinguished under Cow pea in Vol. I. The Cowpea is known both as V. Catjang, Walpers, and V. Sinr'n*!*, Endlicher. The former name, however, dates from 1839 •and the latter from 1848, and the former should be used. The Cowpea is an annual bean-like rambling vine with three rhomboid-ovate stalked leaflets, the lateral ones un- equal-sided, the petioles long. The flowers are bean- like white or pale, borne two or three together on the summit of a long axillary peduncle. The pods are slen- der, .usually curved, a few inches to a foot or more long. Seeds small, kidney-shaped, bean-like, white or dark, usually with a different color about the eye. The Cow- pea varies much in stature, and particularly in the ffered in S. Calif. It is a tall, bushy plant with silvery foliage and small yellow fls. like single sunflowers, but borne in ample corymbs. The plant blooms both winter and summer. For generic •characters see Gray's Synoptical Flora or Bot. Calif. tomentdsa, Gray. Shrub or branching subshrub: Ivs. opposite, subcordate, serrate, tomentose on both sides, 3-5 in. long: heads corymbose: akenes villous, with 2 long awns and many small scales. \V\ jf. VILLAGE IMPROVEMENT AND CIVIC IMPROVE- MENT. An improvement association is an organiza- tion of persons who band themselves together in or- der to promote the civic beauty and hygiene of the town wherein they live. Such associations have no legislative power outside their own bodies, yet they may rightfully use their influence to promote laws af- fecting the general welfare. The secret of their suc- cess in the long run is in educating public opinion to demand good officials, and then in cooperating with the officials, not antagonizing them. A few notable associa- tions are composed entirely of women. Those of Hones- dale, Pa., and Petaluma, Cal., are good examples. Other associations equally noted are composed of both sexes, Bar Harbor, Me., and Stockbridge, Mass., having ex- amples of the best type of mixed associations. The Merchants Association of San Francisco, with a metn- IMI'KOYKMKNT 1931 bership of more than a UHWmd, b an excellent exam- PIC ot HI, et ective society c, „„ posed w|l,,||v ,,f „ experience has taught, the older orirani/.ut i',,n* that a .luvemle auxiliary is a valuable adjunct. The*,- juvenile branches are worked through the public .schools, and their promotion is the must practical WMV know,, of teaching civics. These associations are Organized by one or more in- terested persona calling a meeting and' electing ofliccrs Ihe officers are president, vice-presjd,.,,t. recording an, I corresponding •eeretariM, a treasurer, i.n.i :,n executive committee, all elected annually. Th,- duty of tl,e last is to pan the work, make the contracts and expend the funds. The funds are raised by annual dues ,,f the membership, by contributions and by entertainment- 2669. Glimpse of a village street in a community where the idea of village improvement flourishes, showing that a central lawn with border planting is adapted even to small areas. The usual and most successful mode of work done by these associations is to form as many committees as are desired, and place every member of the association on one of these committees. Each committee has a chairman, who calls its meetings independent of any meetings of the central body. This placing of each member upon a committee assures the working inter- est of the entire membership. In large cities it has been found best to have section or ward organizations, which work for the especial needs of their ward or section, while delegates from these sections are elected to the central body, which works for the general good of the whole city. Denver, Col., Oakland and San Francisco, Cal., and the famous Woman's Civic Club of St. Paul, Minn., work upon these lines. The standing committees are never quite alike in any two associations. They necessarily vary with the needs of the community. While the avowed object of these associations is the improvement and ornamentation of public streets and highways, the cleaning and beautifying of premises, school yards, library grounds, railway stations, and other public buildings, the formation of parks and the preservation of natural beauties, yet in an association of progressive, broad-minded people, much kindred work naturally creeps in. For example, the Montclair, N. .1.. association has ten standing committees and con- stitutional power to add special committees n.s need arises. The names of these committees are as follows: street, sanitary, finance, humane, railroad, children's auxiliary, park, preservation of natural beauties, pre- vention of cruelty to children, prevention of cruelty to animals. The work of committees may be well set forth by specific examples from the Montclair society. T'nder the supervision of the gtrttt committee, galvani/ed iron barrels were placed at intervals along the main 1932 VILLAGE IMPROVEMENT '1U1 lilt! leuucat, iuv i^,T r- - - sends a man with a wheelbarrow (the latter labeled T. I A ) and with broom and hoe a general housecleaning takes place. After two or three visits of the r.LJL man, the proprietor generally takes the hint and at- tends to his premises himself. The sanitary committee reports to the health board any nuisance. The milk sup- ply has been carefully looked after, the dairies inspected, and a map showing the locations of all the dairies placed on file in the office of the town clerk, where it may be seen by any householder who cares to examine it. finance committee looks after the funds. Annual dues are fifty cents a member. The work of the humane committee is to inspect the police station, see that it kept in sanitary condition, and the prisoners properly treated The railroad committee keeps a watchtul eye J670. A vista of improved backyards in Dayton, Ohio. upon the stations and sees that they are as neat as pos- sible and the surroundings made attractive. The chil- dren's auxiliary is formed of eleven hundred school children, who have pledged themselves to "work to- gether to make Montclair a happier place in which to live, by doing everything we can to make the town more healthful and beautiful." The different classes from the school take charge of the flower-beds around the buildings, attend to the planting and keep them in order. All this fosters early the love of attractive sur- roundings, engenders habits of neatness, and devel- ops local pride and patriotism. The committee for the preservation of natural beau- ties has much to keep it busy. Its members watch the fine trees of the town, and if any are splitting, the owners are notified to mend them. Dead trees are cut down, and the owners of unsightly fences are requested to remove them. The burning of hedge-rows is forbid- den, as it destroys the wild flowers and leads to forest fires. The duties of the committees for prevention of cruelty to children and animals are self-explanatory. They are auxiliary to the state association, and have full power to act. The park committee takes charge of any waste pieces of ground, generally at the intersec- tion of roads, keeps them in order, and plants shrub- bery or makes flower-beds, as the case may be. Montclair boasts of the most humanely equipped jail in the state, with a separate apartment for women, and a sanitary and padded cell for the insane. The com- mittee for the prevention of cruelty to animals has placed the sign posts, "Please uncheck your horses going up this hill," at the top and bottom of the moun- tain road. The paving of the plaza in front of the rail- way station is due to the efforts of the railway committee, which visited the officials at least once a month for three years before the work was undertaken. Newton Center and Stockbridge, Mass., contend for VILLAGE IMPROVEMENT the honor of forming the first improvement association. Center's association claims to be older by a the Laurel Hill Association of Stockbridge. organization was founded in 1853 through the efforts of Miss Mary Gross Hopkins, afterwards Mrs. J. Z. Goodrich, and was caused by overhearing the caustic comments of a summer visitor upon the untidy, unhygienic condition of the village and its undesira- bility from these causes as a summer residence. Miss Hopkins reported the visitor's remarks to her towns- people, and after a year's agitation the Laurel Hill Asso- ciation of Stockbridge was formed. The first year $1 ,000 was raised, 400 shade trees planted, the village green put in order and prizes offered for the longest and best strip of sidewalk. The offer of these prizes, together with a reward for the detection and punishment of any one caught destroying any of these improvements, had such a marvelous effect in arousing civic pride in the appearance of the village that interest in the associa* tion has never failed. The beauty of the village had much to do with the selec- tion of the famous Lenox neighborhood, part of which pays taxes in Stockbridge. So pleased were the townspeople and summer visitors with the work of the as- sociation that it became necessary to ob- tain a state charter before the association could legally inherit the funds, parks and other gifts to the value of more than one hundred thousand dollars left in its charge. Bar Harbor, Maine, regards its im- provement association in the light of a commercial investment. The summer visitors demand that the village be kept clean and pretty, and they give liberally to the association. This association makes paths over the island and keeps them in repair. It also keeps patrols on these paths in summer to put out camp-fires, well knowing that if the forests are de- stroyed the charm of the island would be greatly lessened. The value of an improvement society's work as a commercial investment is clearly perceived by Europeans. The Schwarzwald Improvement Society of Germany num- bers 3,500 members, who are assessed an annual due of $1.25. This association was formed for the purpose of "making the Black Forest known and accessible to the public, of preserving and protecting ruins, of im- proving pleasure-grounds, erecting pavilions, towers, etc., and generally promoting intercourse." There are thirty-nine sections in this immense association, each sec- tion working for its own interest after the manner of the American ward associations. Both the German and Eng- lish associations work to attract capital to their towns. River-sides are made into a continuous parkway through the town, paths are opened to points where beautiful views may be had, and cards in the hotels and public buildings draw visitors' attention to these matters, and to the fact that comfortable seats will be found in these places. German children are urged to be polite to strangers, and in London the public schools have or- ganized a League of Courtesy. English laws do not permit the pollution of streams by sewage or factory waste, and in Europe good roads and clean streets have for so long been a national and municipal concern that they are looked upon as a matter of course. In general, European associations are not obliged to consider these problems, but are free to turn their attention to the promotion of civic beauty in all its various forms. It is the leading men and women of each country who are promoting these associations. The society called Scapa, the mission of which is the checking of the abuse of public advertising, has more than one thousand members enrolled, some of them members of Parlia- ment. The work of this notable society has attracted the favorable attention of almost every government in Europe. In America, the "National League of Improvement Associations " was organized at Springfield, Ohio, Oct. 10, 1900. It is now known as the "American League for VILLAGE IMPROVEMENT Civic Improvement." The object of the organization, as stated in the constitution, "shall be to bring into communication for acquaintance and mutual helpful- ncss all organizations interested in the promotion of outdoor art, public beauty, town, village and neighbor- hood improvement." The headquarters of the national organization are at Springfield, Ohio. As in Europe, the commercial possibilities of the work arc beginning to appeal to the American business man. Laixe owners of real estate and tenant houses are adopting as business methods some of the special fea- tures of improvement associations. Commercial clubs and boards of trade are awakening to the fact that a cleanly and beautiful city containing fine boulevards, riverside drives and parks, public baths and swimming pools, is as much of an inducement to new firms desir- ing to locate as is a cash bonus or good shipping facilities. Firms and good citizens seeking new loca- tions and finding these advantages are assured without further search that the schools will be good, the resi- .dence district fine, and that a minimum of undesirable residents will be found. Nurserymen, florists and dealers in paint are the first to reap material benefit from the formation of these associations. Usually the first step in improving property is the planting of trees and flowers, then the house receives a coat of paint. It is an excellent idea for an improvement association to encourage floral shows, with prizes to schools and school children, for through the latter medium the in- fection of beautifying is carried into homes that can be reached no other way. These associations in no way interfere with the work of the city officers. Rather they supplement it by do- ing the things for which the town laws make no provi- sion. The officers of towns having one or more of these associations find the enforcement of laws made easier, and should a large sum be needed for necessary im- provements, they are likely to find an intelligent public knowledge upon the subject in place of the oftentimes exasperating stupidity*. The results obtained from an active and prosperous association are manifold. These societies make far better citizenship: they create an intelligent civic pride. They make possible practical civics in the public schools. The commercial benefits of such work appeal to the lib- eral and progressive element among all business men. JESSIE M. GOOD. The limitations of space do not allow an historical sketch of the various movements culminating in the organization of the American League for Civic Improve- ment, nor a list of the various periodicals which are de- voted partly or wholly to the work. A great work for village and civic improvement is done by general agen- cies as well as by the special societies devoted to the work. An analysis of these complex social forces is be- yond the scope of this Cyclopedia, but the following out- line sent, by Charles Mulford Robinson, author of "The Improvement of Towns and Cities," will be found very suggestive. The work outside the special societies may be roughly summarized as that done. — I. By committees (1) Of women's clubs (a) local, (6) federated; (2) Of boards of trade, etc.; (3) Of real estate exchanges. II. By political organizations, in securing better officials. III. By the organizations of these officials, (1) The American Society of Municipal Improvements, (2) The League of American Municipalities, (3) The State Leagues of Municipalities. IV. By corporations, (1) Model communities, (2) Improvement of home grounds, neighborhoods. V. By individuals (1) For private pro- fit, (2) Out of public spirit. L. H. R. VILLA.RSIA nymphoides is the plant described at p. 925 of this work as Limnanthemum nymphoides. The plant is probably to be referred to Limnanthemum pel- tnhuii, however. To the list of pictures add Gn. 48:1036 and 48, p. 300. VIMINARIA (Latin, vimen, a slender twig or withe, alluding to the branches). Leguminbtce. A single spe- cies, an Australian shrub with rush-like stems and long, wiry "leafless " branches, i.e., the leaves for the most part reduced to long, filiform petioles, although at the VINVA 1933 ends of the more vigorous or lower branches ,t f. w oval or lanceolate Ivs. are often found. The rath, r -.„;,!! B are pea-shaped, orange-yellow at,.! are prodix-.d in l,,,,* terminal racemes. Calyx-teeth .short ; |.,-i:,K ,,„ rather long claws; standard roundish; wings oblong, ehorter than the standard; keel slightly curved, as |,.iltr M the wings; stamens free: ovary nearly sessile; style fili- form: pod ovoid-oblong, usually indehiscent: seeds denudata, Smith. The name Leafless Rush -broom has been proposed for this. Leafless yellow-fld. shrub at- taining 10-20 ft., formerly cult, in European green- houses as a small tender shrub: Ivs. 3-8 in. long: pod 2-:nines long. Australia. B.M. 1190. PM 14 1':- Offered in S. Calif. p VlNCA (pervinca, old Latin name of Periwinkle, used by Pliny). Apocynacece. A genus of 10 species including the common Periwinkle or Trailing Myrtle, Tinea minor. This is one of the commonest and best plants for covering the ground in deep shade, especially under trees and in cemeteries. It is a hardy trailing plant with shining evergreen foliage and blue, salver- shaped, 5-lobed fls. about an inch across, appearing in spring or early summer. It forms a dense carpet to the exclusion of other herbs. It thrives best in moist, half- shaded positions, but will grow in the deepest shade even in poor soil, especially if it be stony. It is a capi- tal plant for clothing steep banks, covering rocks and carpeting groves. It can be planted successfully ..n ;i large scale any time from spring to fall during mild or rainy weather. It is propagated by division or by cuttings, as seeds very rarely mature. The Periwinkle will live in city yards under trees where grass will not thrive. V. minor is the commonest and perhaps most variable species. Varieties with white, purple and double fls. are kept in most nurseries, as also a form with variegated foliage. Vinca major is larger in all its parts than the com- mon Periwinkle and not so hardy. It is well known to florists. A variegated form of it is seen in nearly every veranda box in the country. V. rosea is a tender plant of erect habit which is used chiefly for summer bedding. It grows about a foot high and has rosy purple or white fls. with or without a reddish eye, and often 2 in. across. The plants bloom continuously from the time they are set out until frost. It can be grown in large masses for public parks with somewhat less expense than geraniums. Mr. Strom- back, head gardener of Lincoln Park, Chicago, has re- corded his experience with Vinca rosea in Florists' Re- view 1:141 as follows: The seed is sown in Jan. or Feb. in flats of sandy soil in a temp, of 65°-70°. \\\u-n the seedlings show the second leaf, they are pricked out about an inch apart in trays of the same soil, and when the little plants have 5 or 6 Ivs. they are potted into 2-in. rose pots, and later shifted to 3-in. pots. The majority are bedded out from the 3-in. pots. The soil of the bed should be a sandy loam if possible, and the plants will not do well in a very heavy soil. In bedding, set the plants about a foot apart. They require more water than a geranium, and when the bed is watered it should be given a good soaking and then left alone for a few days. The plants require no trimming. The amateur will find Vinea rosea a satisfactory window plant that can be grown with little trouble from seeds started as late as April, but of course such plants will not bloom as early as the bedding stock propagated in .Tan. or Feb. V. rosea is the largest flowered Vinca, and it seeds freely. ^. jf. finra major and varieties are the most useful of the genus to the commercial florist. Some plants from 2-inch or 3-inch pots should be planted out in May. They will make large plants by September. For decorat- ing purposes, some of these plants can be lifted and put in 5-inch pots and will winter in a very i ..... 1 bouse. To obtain useful sized plants in 3-inch pots the following spring for veranda, box and vases, ,-nttin-- should In- put into sand end of September. The long trailing growths will give an abundance of material. Always make the cutting with two eyes, choosing neither the hard growth at base nor the very soft tips. They root 1934 VINCA VINCA slowly but surely in about a month, and until February dark purple fls.; aurea variegata, with golden variega- will do very well in a 2%-inch pot. About the middle of February shake off the soil and give them a 3-inch pot tion ; caerulea, with single blue fls. ; plena, with double blue fls.; rosea, with single rosy fls.; purpurea plena, and they will make a fine growth bv middle of May. In with purple double fls. Gn. 50:1078. Some of these are 2671. Vinca minor, the Common Periwinkle, or Running Myrtle. Natural size. growing these trailing Vincas in pots the principal point to observe is never to let them want for water. WILLIAM SCOTT. Vinca is a genus of herbs or subshrubs, erect or pro- cumbent: Ivs. opposite: fls. rather large, axillary, soli- tary; corolla salver-shaped, with a narrow throat which is pilose inside or thickened-calloused; stamens in- cluded above the middle of the tube; carpels 2, distinct; stigma annular, thick, viscid; ovules 6-many in each •carpel, in 2 series: follicles 2, erect or divergent. The genus may be divided into 2 sections: 1. Pervinca, in which the anther-cells are short and divided by a wide connective; 2. Lochnera, in which the anther-cells are normal. V. rosea belongs to Section 2 ; the others men- tioned below are included in Section 1. alba, 1, 4. elegantissima, 1,2. purpurea, 1. argentea, 1. herbacea, 3. retieulata, 2. atropurpurea, 1. major, 2. rosea, 4. aurea, 2. Bride, The, 1. minor, 1. oculata, 4. variegata, 2. varius, 4. caerulea, 1. plena, 1. Trailing herbs, hardy or nearly so, only the short flowering stems ascending: fls. produced in spring or early summer, mostly blue or white. European B. Foliage evergreen. C. Lvs. ovate or oblong -nvate: corolla-lobes wedge- shaped: calyx glabrous. 1. minor, Linn. COMMON PERIWINKLE. BLUE, RUN- NING or TRAILING MYRTLE. Fig. 2671. Hardy evergreen trailing herb, m all country gardens and running wild in cemeteries and shady places, the blue-fld. or typical n»le Eu 1" obtusely in advertised without reference to V. minor, as if they were good species, thus V. ccerulea and purpurea, V. elegantissima alba belongs here, also "The Bride," a white variety with a pink center. CC. Lvs. subcordate-ovate: corolla-lobes obovate: calyx ciliate. 2. major, Linn. LARGER PERIWINKLE. Larger in all its parts than V. minor, not quite hardy north, and root- ing only at the tips of the sterile steins. Lvs. broader below the middle than in V. minor, subcordate-ovate, often 2-3 in. long, ciliate; petiole with 2 glands near the apex : fls. blue ; calyx-lobes narrowly linear, ciliate ; corolla-lobes obovate. Eu.-This species is much sub- ject to mealy bug. The va- riegated forms are popular for veranda boxes and hanging baskets. Some are blotched with yellow, oth- ers are margined. Here seem to belong V. aurea marginata and T. aurea maculata, Hort. I", major, vars. variegata and reticu- lata, are also advertised. Var. elegantissima, Hort., is a handsome form with Ivs. bordered and blotched with yellowish white. It seems to be common with the florists, although it is rarely, if ever, advertised in American trade cata- logues. It is one of the best forms for vases for baskets and for decora- tion indoors. The sprays should be allowed to grow long, in order to develop their characteristics. Cut- tings should be struck early in the fall and if kept growing steadily will make satisfactory specimens in five-inch pots. It is a good idea to plant this variety „,_„ , in the front part of a sunny 367.2' Vmca rosea- greenhouse bench where x nearly %). the long sprays may reach down to the walk. As a window -box plant it has the merit of withstanding considerable neglect. « OF THE UNIVERSITY Of 2 * VINCA BB. Foliage deciduous, or less evergreen. 3. herbacea.Waldst. & Kit. HERBACEOUS PEKIWINKI.K. Hanly trailing herb, which generally loses its foliage in winter, sends up short flowering stems in spring, fol- lowed by sterile creeping stems which root at tin- tip.-,. The fls. are purpler than in the common Periwinkle, later, and the corolla-lobes are narrower: Ivs. elliptical or lanceolate, margin revolute, ciliate; petiole with L' glands near the middle: calyx-lobes narrowly lanceo- late, ciliolate; corolla-lobes oblong-obovate, dimidiate. Eastern Eu., Asia Minor. B.M. 2002. B.R. 4:301. AA. Tender, erect subshrub (herb N.), u-ith rosy or white fls. produced all summer. 4. rosea, Linn. MADAGASCAR PERIWINKLE. Fig. 2672. Tender, erect, everblooming plant, somewhat shrubby at the base, cosmopolitan in the tropics: Ivs. oblong, narrowed at base, veiny: petiole glandular at the base! fls. with a very small orifice, rosy purple or white, the latter with or without a reddish eye; calyx-lobes linear, corolla-lobes dimidiate-obovate, mucronulate. Gn. 36* p. 455; 43, p. 389. V. 13:49; 16:49. B.M. 248. P.R! 1:141. — This is commonly called the "Madagascar Peri- winkle," but V. rosea is probably not native to the Old World, while the only species of Vinca that is really na- tive to Madagascar, viz., V. lancea, is not in c-iltiva- tion. The plant is sometimes called "Cape Periwinkle " and "Old Maid." The three main types should be known as V. rosea, V. rosea, var. alba, and V. rosea, var. oculata, the latter being a white flower with pink or red center. As a matter of fact, these appear in American catalogues as \". alba, V. alba pura, I', alba nova, V. oculata and V. variuft, the latter being a trade VINES 1935 Vines are really climbing plants. They get up in the world in three general ways: by ttrambUuc "r '•!'"''- bering uv.-r other plants without any special device, for aiding them in the ascent; by twfaiBf about the support; by ascending by BMUU of special orirans, as i.»,ts or tendrils. The larger number of cultivated climbing plants belong to the last two categories. However, there are many useful Climbers amongst the scramblers, as, for example, some of the long- stemmed roses. These plants usually have to be tied to a support unless they are allowed to ramble at will over some expanded surface, as the top of a bush or a broad stone wall. Each species of twining plant has its own direction of winding about the support, and the species follows this direction under all ordinary circumstances. Some of them, as the hops, wind about the support in the direc- name for seed of mixed varieties. W. M. VINCET6XICTJM. The Mosquito Plant or Cruel Plant, known in the trade as Vineetoxicum acumina- i it in and V. Japonicum, is Cynanchum acuminatifo- lium, which see. VINE-CACTUS. f'ouquieria splendens. VINE, GLORY. Clianthus. VINE PEACH. See under Cucumis Melo. VINE, PIPE. Aristolochia Kipho. VINE, SILK. See Periploca Orceca. VINE, WONGA WONGA. Tecoma australis. VINES. In horticultural parlance, a vine is a weak- stemmed, more or less tall-growing plant that needs to have the support of some rigid object to hold it above the earth. Many plants that are grown for their eco- nomic uses are vines, although they are ordinarily not so classified in horticultural works; for example, some of the beans, the hop and the sweet potato plant. When vines are mentioned in horticultural writings, plants that are used for ornament are commonly understood. In general literature the term "vine," when used spe- cifically, designates the grape. Sometimes vegetable- gardeners, when speaking of vines, mean cucurbita- ceous plants, as melons, cucumbers and squashes. Vines belong to many natural orders and represent very many types of plant beauty. The larger part of them are useful in horticultural operations as screens for covering unsightly objects or for shading verandas and summer houses. Many of them are shrubs,the plant body being woody and persisting year after year; others are perennial herbs, dying to the ground but the root persisting from year to year, as some dioscoreas; others are true annual herbs, as morning-glories. Some of them are valued chiefly for foliage, as the Virginia creeper, Japanese ivy, grapes and the true or English ivy; others are prised largely for their flowers, as morn- ing glories, moonflowers and scarlet runners. Vines represent all degrees of hardiness or tenderness; they are also of various heights and differ in rapidity of growth : therefore it is impossible to make a list of vines that shall apply to the whole country. 122 2673. Hop (Humulus Japon- icus), twining from the observer's right to his left, or with the sun. 2674. Morning-glory, twining from the observer's left to his right, or against the sun. tion of the movement of the sun, or from the observer's right to his left. Fig. 2673. Others, as the morning glory, twine in a direction opposed to the daily move- ment of the sun, or from the observer's left to his right. Fig. 2674. The constancy of these directions of climb- ing was observed long ago. It is interesting to know that Paul Dudley, Chief Justice of Massachusetts, made this observation as long ago as 1724 and reported it to the Royal Philosophical Society. A full discussion of this and related topics concerning climbing plants may be found in Darwin's book, "The Movements and Habits of Climbing Plants." The special organs by means of which plants climb are of many kinds. In general they may be referred to three general categories: roots, as the trumpet creeper and ivies; coiling petioles or leaf-stalks, as t!ie clematis (Fig. 487) and the nasturtium ; temlriU. The tendrils are of various morphological origin. Some of them, as 1936 VINES of the grape, are modified branches or stems ; others as those of the pea and cobwa, are modified leaflets ; still others, as in some species of lathyrus, are modified stip- ules True tendrils are always definitely arranged with reference to the position of the leaves. The young ex- tended tendril usually swings about in a circle °r ellipse, its end being somewhat bent or coiled. When this end 3675. The coiling of tendrils ; a shows the tendril hooks ready to grasp a support ; b, shows the coiling of the tendril-branches and the straight or not-coiled spaces where the direction of the coil is reversed. Cassa- banana (Sicana). strikes a support it fastens itself securely, and then the plant is drawn to the support or held to it by the coiling of the tendril. This coil also serves as a spring whereby the plant is held to its support during winds. The con- tinuous coiling of the tendril in one direction would twist the tendril in two; therefore, tendrils usually coil in more than one direction, one part of the length being coiled from right to left and another part from left to right. Some of these phenomena may be seen in Fig. 2675, which represents the tendrils of one of the Cucur- bitacese. All members of this family, as cucumbers, melons, pumpkins and wild balsam apple, are excellent subjects on which to observe these phenomena. Of the very many vines that may be used with good results in the open air in the North the following are common and therefore to be commended. Many green- house vines can also be used in the open during the summer, but these are not included in the present list. AA. Top shrubby. Ampelopsis quinquefolia, Virginia creeper. Pigs. 80, 1866. The best single vine for covering buildings and arbors, since it is perfectly hardy and thrives under many conditions. Plants should be selected from vines of known habit, as some individuals cling much better than others. Ampelopsis tricuspidata (A. Veitchi). Fig. 2676; also Fig. 81, Vol. I. A neater and handsomer vine than the Virginia creeper, clinging closer, but it is often in- jured by winter in exposed places, especially when young. It is best adapted to stone and brick buildings. Clematis of various species. C. paniculata and C. Virgmiana are best for general use. Tecoma radicans, trumpet creeper. Vitis or grapes of various species. The wild species are preferable. Fig. 2677. Hedera Helix, true ivy. Fig. 1023. The English ivy does not endure the bright sun of northern winters. VINES Hardy in middle states, and often does well on the north side of buildings farther north. Actinidia arguta. Fig. 29. One of the best arbor vines. Akebia qninata. Figs. 56, 57. Graceful and pretty. Lonicera sempervirens, L. flava and other honey- suckles. L. Japonica (or L. Halliana) is half evergreen in the North and is popular. Aristolochia macrophylla, Dutchman's pipe. Figs. 138-140. A robust grower, with enormous leaves. Use- ful for covering verandas and arbors. Celastrus scandens, waxwork or false bittersweet. Wistaria Sinensis and W. speciosa. Figs. 2475, 2476. AA. Top dying to the ground, or nearly so, in winter. Some are annuals. Menispermum Canadense, moonseed. A small but attractive native twiner useful for wild gardens. Humulus Lupulus and H. Japonicus. The former is the common perennial hop; the latter is a sturdy and useful annual. Dioscorea divaricata, yam, Chinese potato, cinnamon vine. The large, deep-seated tuberous roots withstand freezing. Climbs high, bnt does not produce foliage enough to cover unsightly objects. Dioscorea villosa is a small but handsome native species. Pueraria Thunbergiana (known also as Dolichos Ja- ponicus), while not yet common, deserves to be better known. It is an herbaceous perennial in the North, but makes a woody top in the South. Very vigorous grower. Phaseolus multiflorus, scarlet runner bean, Dutch case-knife bean. Red- and white-fld. varieties. Peren- nial in the South. Tender. Ipomoea, various species. Moonflowers and morning- glories belong here. Some are perennials far south; all useful and interesting. Tender. Tropceoltim majus, nasturtium. Tender annual. T. peregrinum, canary-bird flower. Tender annual. Lathyrus odoratus, sweet pea. Hardy annual. Thunbergia alata. Tender annual. Dolichos Lablab, hyacinth bean. Tender annual. Cardiospermum Halicacabum, balloon vine. Tender annual. Adlumia cirrhosa, Allegheny vine. Tender perennial. CoboRa scandens. Tender. L_ jj_ g_ Vines for the South. I. DECIDUOUS. Ampelopsis tri- cuspidata and quinquefolia are exceedingly popular for covering brick walls, stumps, or dead trees. Being de- ciduous, they are free from the objection of evergreen ivies, whose foliage often accumulates dust and is a harbor for sparrows' nests. A. arborea retains its black ber- ries all winter; the form with variegated foliage is most desirable. — JBerchemia scandens has small, greenish flowers; not showy, but of rapid growth in moist soil. — Celastrus scandens is desirable for its orange-colored 2676. Ampelopbis tricuspidata on a stone building. capsules and scarlet seeds, which are retained during a part of the winter. — Centrosema Virginianum, a twin- ing herb, is a very desirable small vine. The large, pea-shaped lavender flowers are produced from May until autumn. — Clematis. The best native species are C. crispa, with dark bluish purple campanulate flowers, C. coccinea with scarlet campanulate flowers, and C. holosericca, conspicuous for the silky plumose tails of the akenes. All these are herbaceous and lose their stems during winter. Of the hybrid garden varieties VINES which retain their stems there are only a few that can stand the long, dry summers of the middle South. The most resistant are C. Jackntnui, Fairy (^ueen, Henryi, liinmjiiioiHi, Otto Fra-bel, Duchess of Edinburgh, veln- tin«,but all should be planted where free from the direct glare of the afternoon sun.—Decumaria barbara, a tall climber usually found in rich moist bottoms and bear- ing numerous fragrant white flowers, is a very showy plant. — Lyeium liarburum is frequently used for trel- lises; the red berries, which are retained during winter, are its main attraction. — Passiflora incarnata is often a troublesome weed in newly cultivated lands, but its flowers are remarkably showy and the lemon-like fruits, called may-pops south, are edible, the seeds being coated with a mucilaginous acidulated pulp. P. littea has very small greenish yellow flowers and also a very small, purple-colored fruit. — Periploca Grceca is of exceedingly rapid growth, and when covered in spring with myriads of flowers is an attractive plant for trellises or rustic summer-houses.— Pueraria Thunbergiana is a most vigorous climber, a single plant frequently covering an enormous space. The pea- shaped flowers appear in spring, are of a • — violet color and very fragrant. No better plant can be found for covering a large space in a short time. It is excellent for covering dead trees. — Tecoma grandi flora is one of the best exotic climbers, with very large and showy orange-red flowers, which are produced from spring until autumn. It can be trained with a single stem if supported for a few years. Sev- eral forms differ only in the size and color of the flowers, as coccinea, deeper red ; speciosa flora, yellowish ; hybrida, blood-red. The native species, T. radicans, is frequently considered a nuisance south in cultivated fields, but when trained to a pillar or frame few of our native climbers are as desirable.— Wistarias. Al- though the Japanese species fre- quently produces clusters more than a yard in length, the Chin- ese species is the favorite, being cultivated in purple, white and double forms. The double flow- ers are very full and of a beauti- ful shane, but the variety is un- fortunately a shy bloomer. Our native species, W. specioxa, is superseded by an improved Eu- ropean form. Var. magnifica has flowers of a light lavender-blue, which are produced at intervals during the summer. Its growth is unusually vigorous. II. EVERGREEN. Akebia lo- bata, with its large leaflets in 3's, yields an abundance of banana- shaped mucilaginous fruit, found in the markets of Japan, but here considered of indifferent value. A very robust climber. The "five -leaved akebia," A. quinata, is one of the most valu- able rapid-growing climbers.— Hignonia capreolata, or Cross Vine, is found in rich woodlands: flowers brown -red, with yellow throat: blooms in spring. — Clematis paniculata is al- most an evergreen, as it retains its foliage nearly all winter. Flowers are produced in the greatest profu- sion during midsummer and are very fragrant. One of the most desirable climbers. — Cocculus Carolinus twines to a height of 10-15 feet. When covered during winter with a profusion of coral-red berries there is no climber that is more graceful. Once known, in higher latitudes it would prove to be one of the most attractive greenhouse plants.— JSl&agHii.i piotgens, var. reflexa, or Japan oleaster, in good soil frequently makes a growth of 8 to 10 feet. The brownish bark contrasts well with the bright green and silvery reflexed leaves, while the clove-shaped flowers are very fragrant. Ex- YIM;> 1937 cellent for covering arbors.-/',™, pumila, although considered a tender exotic plant, has withstood severe •desirable for coverinir brick soil.— Gelsemiutn aetnj jasmine, is the glory of southern woods in spring, when plants climbing upon lofty trees are cov- ered with myriads of gol- den yellow funnel-shaped flowers that are exceed- ingly fragrant. The form with double flowers has the additional merit of blooming during a much longer period than the type, and when cultivated in a cool greenhouse 2677. A grape-vine arbor. flowers are produced during winter. — Hrdera. Of the many varieties of this genus there are few of the variegated - leaved that stand the southern summers, but the Irish and Algerian, the latter with unusually large leaves, are hardy and desirable. — Jasminum mull riorum expands its bright yellow flowers in late winter and is valued as the earliest harbinger of spring; it is frequently used as a hedge plant \vnen supported by a wire. J. ofticinale has white flowers >iira is valued chiefly for tin- reddish tint of its autumn folinire. The MI UJ while flowers are rather inconspicuous. — Lonicera. 1938 VINES The following native species are all desirable; viz., L. sempervirens, with scarlet and orauge flowers, and L,. flaw, with bilabiate buff-yellow flowers. In many sec- tions of the South are found large patches of the exotic species,//. Japonica, vars. flexuosa, Chuiensts and Hal- liana: these are frequently troublesome, as they choke out surrounding plants. Its Var. aureo-reticulata, with its attractive foliage, and L. Periclymenum,v&r.Belgica, which yields a continuous crop of pink and butt flow- ers are the most valuable of the exotic sorts. -Ipo- mcea. I. Bonariensis (Sellowii) and Leari are the besl of the tuberous section, the roots remaining sound dur- ing winter if slightly covered with litter. /. pandu- rata, known south as Indian bread, is frequently found in large quantities in newly cleared rich oakwood lands, the tubers often weighing 10 to 15 pounds. It is very showy with its large white flowers and purple inner tube. -Passi flora. Both Arc-en-ciel, with flowers com- bining white, citron and blue, and Constance Elliott, with pure white flowers, are perfectly hardy and pro- fuse bloomers. -Roues. Of the climbing varieties there is a great profusion. Most varieties are either perfect •evergreens or retain their foliage nearly all winter. The White and Yellow Banksias are wonderfully attrac- tive in early spring when laden with innumerable small violet- scented flowers, while the climbing Tea, China, Noisette and Bourbon yield a profusion of variously colored flowers from early spring until winter. The Wichuraiana section will hardly become popular, as plants bloom only in spring, while the Cherokee and Ma- cartney are still used fo,r making evergreen hedges.— Smilax. Of the many species growing south, the S. laurifolia is highly valued for its large, shiny leaves; it is of great decorative value for ornamenting ball- rooms. Other kinds are desirable both for leaves and berries. — Trachelospermum jasminoides is an excel- lent white - flowering climber. The variegated form e»c«n». M.niraiidift scandens. Fig. i-. , I • 1 1 1 in lia«o Capensis. H«. 1H60. Rosa Banksiw. 1940 VINES Tecoma jasminoides, Tecoma Thunbergii, Teeoma radieans. Wistaria Chinensis, Wistaria speciosa. Wistaria multijuga. Tender. Buddleia Madagascariensis, Eccremocarpus scaber, — Heliotropium Peruvianum. Fig. 10B2. Hoya earnosa, Lapageria rosea. Fig. 1240. Lap.-igeria rosea, var. alba, Phaseolus Carracalla, Solanum Wendlandii. Fig. 2342. Tecoma australis. Rosa laevigata. Figs. 2166 2167. Rosa, various species. Solanum jasminoides, Stauntonia hexaphylla. Fig. 2395. Tecoma grandiflora, BB. Allamanda Hendersonii. Fig. 81. Antigonon leptopus, Bignonia venusta. Fig. 235. Bignonia speciosa, Bougainvillaea glabra. Fig. 249. Bougainyillea glabra, var. Sanderiana, Bougainvillaea spectabilis, Bougainvillaea spectabilis, var. lateritia. AA. Low-growing climbers suitable for planting along a fence or wall or the base of a tree, or for massing against a house. B. Hardy. VINES BB. Deciduous. Pueraria Thunbergiana. AA. Tender. Passiflora alato-cserulea, Tacsonia Exoniensis, Tacsonia manicata. Fig. 2680. Tacsonia Van Volxemii. Asparagus medeoloides. Fig. 152. Clianthus puniceus, ~ Convolvulus luteolus, var. purpuratus, "" Convolvulus macrostegius, Ipomcea purpurea. Fig. 1167. Ipomoea Quamoclit. 1166. Jasminum humile, Lautana Camara. Fig. 1239. Lathyruslatifolius. Fig. 1243. Lathyrus odoratus, Lathyrus sylvestris, Maurandia Barclaiana, Muehlenbeckia complexa, Pelargonium peltatum. Fig. 1702. Swainsona galegifolia, Vinca major. Asparagus lucidus, Asparagus plumosus, Asparagus plumosus, var. tenuissimus. Fig. 156. Asparagus Sprengeri. Fig. 153, 154. Ficus pumila, BB. Tender. Heliotropium Peruvianum. Fig. 1032. Lathyrus splendens, Lycium Riehii, Manettia bicolor. Fig. 1359. . Pereskia aeuleata, Russellia juncea, Tropseolum Canariense. 2680. Tacsonia manicata (X%). Section 2. For arbors, porches and trellises where a dense and rapid growth is desirable. A. Hardy. B. Evergreen. ?P±«aSCSnSFiSg26^- ™a0?™ peltatum. Fig. Passiflora caerulea. Fig. 1653. Tacsonia mixta, Tacsonia mollissima. 3. For tree -trunks, unsightly poles, etc.— For such places the English ivy, Hedera Helix, is one of the very best plants; it can be used with advantage to cover the trunks of eucalypts and to prevent the un- sightly shedding of the bark without injury to the tree. The English ivy seems to be thoroughly at home in the coast climate of middle California. Clematis montana can be used with good effect to climb up among the branches of Cupressus sempervirens or ChamcKcyparis Lawsoniana, against the dark foliage of which the white flowers of the Clematis contrast beautifully. Roses are often treated in the same manner. Ampelop- sis quinquefolia is sometimes made to climb a rugged old specimen of Cordyline australis, and, often reach- ing the tufts of leaves which crown the short branches of the latter, the young lianas of the creeper hang down in beautiful festoons. In Golden Gate Park. Tac- sonia Exoniensis has been allowed to wander at will over the rounded heads of live oaks (Quercus agrifo- lia). T. mollissima is sometimes used in the same way. 4. For slopes, retaining walls and banks of creeks. — For long, sloping banks nothing has yet been found more effective than English ivy, which withstands the dryness of a warm southern exposure without irriga- tion. Pelargonium peltatum, Tropceolum majus, Junip- erus Chinensis, var. procumbens, and J. Sabina, var. prostrata, are also used satisfactorily. Along the banks of creeks, Senecio mikanioides (here called German ivy), Vinca major and Zebrina pendula are frequently used, growing with the great- est luxuriance. The German ivy has escaped from these special situations and has established itself as a denizen in several places. For low retaining walls and fences, English ivy is sometimes used, but is not nearly as effective as the following, all of which are met with: Ficus pumila, Fragaria Californica, Fragaria Chiloensis, Fragaria Indica, Fuchsia procumbens, Linaria Cymbalaria, Lotus Bertholetii, Mahernia gliibrata, Pelargonium peltatum, Sollya heterophylla, Tropseolum majus. Of the above, Pelargonium peltatum is by far the most satisfactory and most freely used; in fact, it may be consid- ered one of the characteristic features of gardening in middle California. 5. For fences. — Vines are frequently used to form live hedges by planting them thickly alongside a fence. The favorites for such situations are Rosa Icevigata, Muehlenbeckia complexa, Lycium Richii, Pelargonium peltatum, the hardy tac- sonias and Solanum jasminoides. Convolvulus pur- puratus and C. macrostegius can also be used to ad- vantage in this way, and even Tropveolum majus is sometimes requisitioned for the purpose. For 6- or 8-foot woven wire fences, around tennis- courts, etc., nothing has been found more satisfactory than the delicate tracery of Eccremocarpus scaber and the maurandias; Tropceolum Canariense may also be used, but is less satisfactory because an annual and requiring a shady place. Ipomwa purpurea and /. Quamoclit may also be used for this purpose. JOSEPH BURTT DAVY. VINICULTURE, Wine-making and the subjects as- sociated therewith. The subject is not primarily horti- cultural. It is essentially manufacture. The growing of the grapes is Viticulture. See Grape and Vitis. VIOLA VlOLA (classical name). Violacece. VIOLET. There are probably 150 species of Violets. They are widely distributed perennial or rarely annual herbs (or even subshrubs) with interesting irregular flowers on 1- or 2-nowered axillary peduncles. They are plants of the northern and southern temperate zones. About 40 spe- cies are native to North America north of Mexico. The flowers are 5-merous as to envelopes and stamens: sepals all similar, persistent with the fruit: corolla irregular, the lower petal spurred, the others similar but usually not alike; stamens short and included, the anthers more or less coherent and two of them with an appendage projecting into the spur : fr. a capsule, 3-valved, with several to many globular seeds. Some of the species (particularly the common eastern V. pal- mata) have cleistogamous flowers, which are borne at the base of the plant (often under the mold) and are pollinated in the bud. The structure of the corolla of the Violet is shown in Fig. 2C81. In Fig. 2682, repre- senting the same species, the cleistogamous flowers are shown at a a. Three species of Viola are well known in gardens. The Common Sweet Violet is V. odorata. From this the florists' Violet, in many forms, has been evolved. The Pansy is V. tricolor. See Pansy. The Horned or Butterfly Violet is V. cornufa. These are all European species, and are now considerably modified by cultiva- tion. Many of the native Violas are offered by dealers in hardy plants, but only V'.pedata and V. palmata (with its var. cucullata) are really known to any extent as garden plants; and even these are not frequently seen. V. pedata, the Bird's-foot Violet, is a most worthy spe- cies, and it will some day, no doubt, be the parent of an important garden race. It is very variable even in the VIOLA 11)41 2681. The structure of the corolla of Viola palmata var. cucullata. Somewhat enlarged. wild state. Since the native species are really not hor- ticultural subjects, and the descriptions of them i easily accessible in the writings of Gray, Bntton, Greene and others, and, moreover, the kinds are no many, they are n,,t de-.-rit.ed in thi* :ic-.-,nnit ; but a Hit of those which are or have been offered in the trade is 2682. The two kinds of Violet flowers,— the common showy flowers at the right, natural size, and the cleistoEa- mous flowers at a a (X '3). Viola palmata var. cucullata. given below as a matter of record. In the nomencla- ture of this list, the monograph of Gray has been fol- lowed (Gray's Syn. Flora, vol. 1, pp. 195-204). Violets are easy to grow, particularly if an effort is made to imitate the conditions under which they natur- ally occur. Some of them are woods species, others swamp species, and others inhabit dry plains. They are propagated readily by means of division and in some species by runners. Sometimes seeds are used but not commonly. Many species that grow mostly t.. single stems in the wild make large full clump* when given good opportunity in the garden. Fig. 2(i8:{. A. Plant perennial. B. Spur short and obtuse. hederacea. Labill. (Erpetion reniformt, Sweet. E. hederaceum , petiolare and spathulattim, G. Don). AUS- TRALIAN VIOLET. Tufted, and creeping by stolons, glabrous or pubescent : Ivs. reniform or orbicular or spatulate, small, entire or toothed, usually not equaling the scapes : fls. small, usually blue, some- times white, the spur almost none. Aus- tralia.-Offered inS. Calif. odorata, Linn. SWEET VIOLET. Figs. •_'•;*». JU Tufted, somewhat pubescent, producing stolons: root- stock short: Ivs. cordate-ovate to reniform, obt\i-ely serrate, the stipules glandular: fls. blue, fragrant i run ning into white and reddish purple forms), the -]""• nearly or quite straight and obtuse. Eu., Afr. and Asia. -It runs into many forms, varying in stature, size of flowers and color. There are double-flowered forms. The parent of florists' Violets. BB. Spur long and acute. cornuta, Linn. HORNED VIOLET. BEDDING PANSY. Phint tufted, glabrous or nearly so, producing evident stems with long peduncles in the leaf-ajcils: Ivs. cor- 2683. Clump of common blue Vio- let of the eastern states.— Viola palmata, var cucullata. 1942 VIOLA date-ovate and usually acuminate obtusely serrate, the stipules large and laciniate: fls. large, pale blue, tt "Kate- obtuse petals standing well apart the spur half or more as long as the petals and acute, b. J^u. B M 791 -Frequently seen in gardens and much prized for its large, bright flowers. Good for spring bloom. Hardy. There are several colors, represented in Alba, Purpurea, Mauve Queen and Papilio. The last has very large flowers, violet in color, with small dark eye. Fig. 2685. AA. Plant annual, or imperfectly perennial in culti- vation. tricolor, Linn. PANSY. HEARTSEASE. Figs. 1634, 1635 Glabrous or nearly so, the stems becoming long and 'branched: Ivs. cordate or round-cordate, those of the stem becoming lanceolate, all stalked and crenate- dentate, the stipules large and laciniate: fls. large, usually about three colors represented (except in highbred self va- rieties), the spur short and inconspic- uous. Eu. — When strayed from culti- vation, the flowers become small and lose the markings characteristic of the highbred Pansies. A small - flowered field form, thought by some to be indige- nous to this country as well as to Europe, is var. arv6nsis, DC. See Pansy. Following are North American Vi- olas that have been offered to the trade : A. Blue Violets (sometimes run- ning into .white and s triped forms ) . BeckwitMi, Torr. & Gray. Nevada, Calif., Oregon. Canadensis, Linn. Very pale violet or almost white. Gen- erally distributed. canina, Linn., var. Muhlenbergii, Trautv. (V. canina, var. sylvestris, Regel). Minn., east. Var. adunca, Gray ( V. adunca, Smith). Mostly western. cognata, Greene. Offered in Colorado. Hallii, Gray. Calif, and Oregon. palmata, Linn. ( V. cucullata, v&r. palmata, Hort.). Eastern states. Var. cucullata, Gray ( V. cucullata, Ait. V. obliqua, Hill). Figs. 2681, 2682. On the Atlantic slope. By Brit- ton & Brown regarded as a distinct species for which Hill's name V. obliqua (1769) is used rather than Alton's V. cucullata (1789). The commonest Violet in the northeastern states. V. obliqua, var. striata, is a striped form now in the trade, and not uncommon wild. There are forms known as vars. picta and variegata. One of the most variable species in stature, form of leaves, and color of flowers. It is easily colonized in the garden. pedata, Linn., Bird's-foot Violet, and one of the hand- somest species. Sandy soil, Atlantic states and west to Ind. Terr, and Minn. It runs into very distinct forms. Var. bicolor, Pursh. Two upper petals much darker. Var. alba, Hort. Flowers nearly white. rostrata, Muhl. Michigan, east. sayittata, Ait. Minn, and Texas, east. Var. picta, Hort., has striped flowers. SelkirJeii, Pursh Northeastern states and Canada. Mnervata, Howoll. Washington. 2684. Viola odorata (XI). VIOLET AA. White Violets. blanda, Willd. Fig. 2686. Low places, across the continent. Pretty little species, fragrant. Var. retii- folia, Gray. Northeastern states and Canada. lanceolata, Linn. Nova Scotia to Florida and Texas. primultefolia, Linn. Canada to Florida and Louisiana. striata, Ait. Yellowish white. Mo., east. AAA. Yellow Violets. glabella, Nutt Rocky Mts. to Calif, and Alaska. 'lobata, Benth. Calif., Oregon. Nuttallii, Pursh. Kans. to Calif, and north. pedunculata, Gray. California seeds are gathered for export. pubescens, Ait. Fig. 2687. Dakota, east and south. rotundifolia, Michx. Nova Scotia to N. Car. sarmentosa, Dougl. Idaho to British Columbia and Calif. STieltowii, Torr. Calif, to Washington. L. H. B. VIOLET. Commer- cial Cultivation.— The Violet probably ranks third in com- mercial importance among florists' flow- ers in America. It has risen greatly in horticultural import- ance within recent years. The Violet season is only about seven months, while the season of roses and carnations is fully nine months. As with the other leading flower crops, — roses, carnations and chrysanthe- mums, — the Violet requires very close attention the year round. Though Vio- lets require no stak- ing, tying or disbud- ding, other laborious practices are neces- \ \ sary. The status of \\ Violet culture has » been below that of the other important florists' flowers as regards general care and efficiency of management, and consequently quality of product. For many years a crop worth millions of dollars annually was raised with scarcely any discussion in the trade papers con- cerning methods. There are national societies devoted to the rose, carnation and chrysanthemum, but none to the Violet. So low had the interest sunk in Violet cul- ture on its professional side that the "Violet disease" was spoken of by the florists as if it were only one thing, whereas there are at least eight distinct and im- portant kinds of troubles that devastate Violet plants. At last the tide has turned. The various diseases have been investigated by scientists, especially those of the Divi- sion of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology, in the U. S. Department of Agriculture, and there is considerable free literature available concerning the nature of these diseases and the methods of controlling them. The wonderful success of certain Violet specialists has awak- ened general interest and emulation. Violet culture now receives something like its proper share of attention in the trade papers. The practical experiments in Violet culture by Galloway and Dorsett, based upon a knowl- edge of plant diseases, the introduction of the cyanide method of fumigation, a rigorous system of plant-breed- ing and a close study of actual market conditions have had an important influence in raising the standard of commercial Violet culture. There is a popular impression that Violets are an easy VIOLET. VIOLET 1043 2685. Viola cornuta var. Papilio (X crop to grow. This is true only of blooms of ordinary quality and only as regards the total amount of work required per year as compared with a crop of roses, car- nations or chrysanthemums. The best Violets are pro- duced only under the best conditions, and it is a singu- lar fact that many persons who have thought they had mastered Violet culture after a few years' success have failed subsequently. The Violet is still everywhere grown by local florists, but good Violet culture has been the latest to attain a high degree of specialization. The present status of the subject is admirably presented in Galloway's Commercial Violet Culture, New York, 1899. Varieties. — From Viola odorata, a species indigenous to Europe, parts of Asia and Japan, many cultivated sorts, botft single and double, and of different colors, have been derived. The varieties most highly prized and <|f the greatest commercial value to American flor- ists are, in the order named: of the double varieties, Marie Louise (Pig. 2688), Farquhar, Imperial, New York ( Fig. 2690 ) , and King of Violets, dark blue flowers ; Lady Hume Campbell, Neapolitan (Fig. 2689) and De Parme, light blue;'Swanley White (Fig. 2691), Queen of Vio- lets and Belle de Chatenay, white, and Madame Millet, Odorata Rubra and Double Red, red or pink. Of the single sort the varieties most highly prized are, in the order named : California, Princesse de Galles, Luxonne and La France, purple; White Czar and Rawsou's White, white, and single red or pink. Propa are lifted with a ball of earth and transplanted into beds or benches in the house, where they bloom during the winter. House culture: The plants are grown under glass, either on benches or in solid beds, during the entire season. This method should take the place of all others, for with it the very best conditions mid • attention can be given the plants at all tinu-s, and as 1944 VIOLET VIOLET ** than from taken not to injure the roots of the plants. During the a rule the results obtained are much bett( summer the temperature should be kept as low as pos- any other method. «.jfi,,:Di hpat- The sible and in the winter as nearly as possible at 45° to 50° Frame culture with or without artificial heat in ^ ^ 5QO ^ GQO ^ the daytime The ventila. young plants are placed either directly 11 t.Qn Q£ ^fl houses should receive careful attention at all times, so that an abundance of fresh air can be sup- plied to the plants when needed. Watering is a difficult problem, usually taxing to the utmost the best judg- ment of the grower. No fixed rules can be laid down as to the proper amount to apply or when to apply it, this depending upon a number of factors, such as the character of the soil, temperature and moisture of the atmosphere, amount of light, etc. As a rule, however, the soil should be kept moist at all times, and the wa- tering should be thorough, but never to such an extent as to cause the soil to remain saturated for any consid- erable length of time. Violet Hotises and Frames (Fig. 2692). — There is probably little choice between any of the standard styles of greenhouses, provided certain features are observed in their construction. Provision should be made for supplying an abundance of fresh air, either from the sides or top, whenever it is needed, the venti- lators being so arranged as to be easily operated either from within the house or from the outside, the inside arrangement to be used in general ventilation of the houses, the outside whenever fumigation with hydro- cyanic acid gas is necessary. The arrangement and location of the house should be such as to secure the maximum amount of sunshine during December and January, and the minimum amount during the growing season, when it is necessary to maintain as low a temperature as possible so as to in- sure good, vigorous, healthy-grow- ing plants. The location of the house and the direction in which it should run depend largely on the 2689. Neapolitan (XI). 2688. Violet. Marie Louise (XI). where they are to grow and flower, or else in beds, where they are cul- tivated during the summer and the frames placed over them in the fall, or as soon as they require protection ; or they are grown in the field as in the case of field and house cul- ture, and transplanted to the frames some time in September or October. This method is still used to consider- able extent by commercial growers, especially in regions where the temperature seldom if ever falls below zero for any length of time. Amateur growers usually adopt this method because of its sim- plicity and inexpensiveness. Pot culture: The young rooted cuttings are planted in thumb-pots and gradually shifted to larger sizes as growth demands until they are in 7-in. pots. Here they are kept and flowered, or the plants are taken up from the field in the fall and put into 7- or 9-in. pots, accord- ing to the size and vigor of the plants. This method is seldom used in commercial growing, being expensive, inconvenient and usually unsatisfactory. Time of planting: This varies somewhat with differ- ent growers and in different sections. Generally, how- ever, the best results are obtained where planting is done in early spring. Plants set out at this time get well established, and as a rule are stronger, healthier and 'more vigorous than those set out later, when the weather is usually hot and dry. Proper distance in planting: As a rule, the double Violets are planted 8 or 9 in. apart in rows 10 in. apart, and thp single ones 12 in. apart in rows 12 to 18 in. apart, the distance depending somewhat on conditions and varieties. Planting too close is liable to induce disease, and too far apart is unprofitable. Care and management: The plants should be kept free from all weeds, runners and old decaying leaves, and the earth should be frequently stirred, care being 2690. New York (X 1). section of the country, the character of the ground on which it is to be erected, and the style of house selected. Generally speaking, the even -span h^use should run north and south, the three-quarter span and the lean-to east and west. The best site for the house is a level piece of land or one sloping gently to the south. Three kinds of greenhouse framework are in common use in this country; viz., wood, wood and iron, and iron. On account of its comparative cheap- ness and durability the wood and iron framework is coming into general use. VIOLET The Violet frames, which are either stationary or movable, are made of rough boards, and are about 5 ft. 10 in. wide, of any desired length, from 12 to 15 in. high in front and 18 to 20 in. high at the back. The best location for the frames is a piece of ground slop- ing to the south, with a wind-break of some kind to the north and northwest to protect them during the winter from the cold winds. Marketing is one of the most important fac- tors connected with commercial Violet-growing and is seldom understood in all its details. The grower should be thoroughly familiar with the many needs and requirements of the market and be able to supply these demands, for upon his ability to do this depends largely his success or failure from a financial stand- point. Violets are prized chiefly for their deli- cate perfume, and as this diminishes in proper tion to the length of time they are picked, the best market, other things being equal, is the one which requires the least possible delay be- tween picking the flowers and placing them in the hands of the customer. The crop may be disposed of at retail or wholesale or through a commission merchant. Each method has its advantages and disadvan- tages, and in deciding which one to adopt '!., grower must be guided by existing conditions. He must in any event have a thorough knowl- edge of the requirements or the market as re- gards quality '>f the flowers, size, shape and arrangement of the bunch, and should at all times exercise the utmost! care in picking, packing and shipping, so that the flowers may reach the customer in the best and most attractive condition. The kind of bunch varies from year to year, and each large city is likely to have its own style. The various styles are wonderfully exact in their requirements and great skill is required to bunch the flowers properly. Diseases. The cultivated Violets are subject to a VIOLET 1945 pox, is the most widespread and destructive known in America. It attacks principally the foliar, normally pro- ducing definite circular whitish spot*, frequently" with concentric rinirs, of adarker shade. very often with'a light central portion resembling the bite or Bttag of an insect. Cercospora i-i,,l,i . I'hi/llosticta viola, beptoriu 2691. Swanley (X 1). number of diseases, each of which is characterized by »ne or more distinct symptoms. The principal diseases are as follows, their destructiveness being in fte order in which they are discussed : Spot disease (AUernaria tuote).-This disease, also called the disease, leaf-spot, leaf-mst and small- 0692. House of VioleU. etc., produce spots very similar in outline and appear- ance to those caused by AUernaria viola, but only under conditions peculiarly favorable to these fungi do they cause any serious loss. For recent information on this disease, see "Spot Disease of the Violet," Bull. 23, Div. Veg. Physiology and Pathology-, U. S. Dept. Agric. Root rot (Thielavia basicola.). — This disease is very troublesome and destructive in some localities espe- cially to young plants that are transplanted during hot, dry weather. It causes the browning or blackening of the parts attacked and the final death of the plant. Wet rot (Botrytis up.).— This fungus attacks leaves, detioles, flower-stalks and flowers, causing a wet or soft rot. It is sometimes very destructive, especially with large plants growing in a damp, stagnant atmosphere, where there is insufficient ventilation and light. Leaf-fading or yellowing. — This is induced by a va- riety of conditions, but as yet little that is definite has been ascertained regarding its cause. Remedies. -It is difficult to exterminate any of the diseases named after they once gain a foothold. How- ever, they can be held in check and often entirely pre- vented by selecting and propagating exclusively from strong, vigorous, disease-resistant plants, and by keep- ing them in the best possible growing condition. Care- ful attention must be given to watering, cultivation and ventilation, and the dead and dying leaves and all run- ners should be destroyed as fast as they appear. A n i m a I Enemies.— Although Violets are attacked by a number of insects and other animal enemies, only a few do sufficient injury towarrant discussion here. Aphides (Aphis ? sp. and Rhopalosiphum violtr).— These pests are generally known as the green and the black aphis or the green and the black fly. They cause the young, growing parts to curl and twist, resulting in a stunted,' ill-formed plant. They work their \v»y into the young, unopened flower-buds, and, thrusting their bills through the overlapping petals, feed on the juice. Each puncture produces a greenish white blotch on the petal and the flower becomes dwarfed, distorted and worthless for market. Aphides can be easily con- trolled by fumigating with hydrocyanic acid gas, and this is the method of treatment which should come into general use. To each cubic foot of space in the house or frame use .15 gram of 98 per cent cyanide of potash for double varieties and .10 gram for single varieties. Handle the cyanide and gas with utmost caiv , as both are very poisonous. Divide the total amount of cyanide into as'titany e.|iial parts as there are ji.rs used, which latter should be one for every 50 to 7r> lineal feet of a house 12 to 18 feet wide. Put each part into a 2-pound 1946 VIOLET manila paper bag and this into a second bag Attach each package to a string or wire so arranged as to allow it to be lowered from the outside of the house into its respective jar. Pour into each jar an amount of water about equal to the bulk of cyanide in the bag, add com- mercial sulfuric acid until steam is evolved, then from the outside lower the bass into the jars beneath. FumI Kate double varieties thirty minutes and single varieties twenty minutes, after which open ventilators from out- side, leaving them open at least sixty minutes before entering the house (for full information, see Circular 37 Dept. of Agric.,Div. of Entomology). Aphides may also be combated by using tobacco in some one of i many forms, but tobacco is likely to weaken the leaves and make them more liable to the attack of fungi, and on this account is very objectionable. Red spider (TetraitycJins Mariu»).—TDU pest lives on the under surface of the leaves, and when present m sufficient number causes considerable damage. It is widely distributed on a great variety of plants, and when established in the Violet house is most difficult to com- bat. It can be held in check, and often the plants may be kept en- tirely free from it, by frequent syringing with clear water un- der a pressure of 20 to 30 pounds per square inch. Care must be taken to syringe early in the morning and on bright days, so that the plants may dry off before night. Neglect may be the means of inducing disease. VIRGINIA VIKGINIA CREEPER is Ampelopsis quinquefolia, VIRGINIA, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 2693. His- torically Virginia horticulture began with the earliest settlers, plantings being made on Jamestown Island in. 1007. The London Company sent vines in 1619 and scions and trees in 1622 which were rapidly dissemi- nated, so that before 1700, orchards of considerable size had been planted. As the settlers pushed west- ward into the Piedmont section, favorable results with the tree fruits became more common. In this section Thomas Jefferson took an active interest in horticul- ture, and from the vicinity of "Monticello," apples first won their supremacy in the markets of the world. Virginia is separated into six main physical divisions known as Tidewater, Middle Virginia, Piedmont, The Valley, Blue Ridge and Appalachian. These are sec- tions of varying width, extending northeast and south- west through the state, with marked variations in soil, altitude and climate. 2693. Map of Virginia. Showing the six regions of interest to farmer and fruit-grower. Eel worms, or nematodes (Anguillula sp.). — This causes swellings on the roots of the plants known as root galls. Another species attacks the buds, causing them to "go blind." There is no known method of ex- terminating these pests, but their injurious effects may be reduced to a minimum by adopting the methods recommended for controlling fungous diseases. Gall fly (Diplosis vioUcola), violet sawfly (JSmphytus Canadensis), greenhouse leaf tier (Phlyctcenia rubi- galis) and several species of cutworms (Agrotis et al .). —In some parts of the country the larvae of these in- sects injure the plants to some extent by feeding on the foliage. Fumigating with hydrocyanic acid gas is the best means of combating them. Slugs, snails, sow bugs, etc. — Under certain condi- tions these pests do considerable damage, especially to the flowers. They also can be controlled by the hydro- cyanic acid gas treatment. p jj DORSETT. VIOLET, AFRICAN. Saintpaulia. V., Damask or Dame's, is fTesperis matronalis. V.,Dog. Viola canina. V., Dog' s Tooth. Erythronium Dens-Canis. V., Water. See Hottoi'ia. VIPER GOURD. Trichosanthes Angelina. VIPER'S BUGLOSS. See EcUum. VIRGlLIA lutea. See Cladrastis tinctoria. VIRGINIA COWSLIP or V. Lungwort = M ertensia pulmoiiarioides. Orcharding. — It is in the larger fruits that Virginia horticulture has won most renown. The present pro- duction of apples is about 500,000 barrels, the bulk of which is produced in The Valley and Piedmont sections. Piedmont, Virginia, with a varying altitude of 500 to over 1,000 feet, and a soil ranging from dark red to black, is famous as the producer of the most perfect type of Albemarle Pippin and Winesap apples. Situated in mountain coves, and on hillsides in many instances barely arable, these orchards enjoy specially favored conditions, and yield almost fabulous returns, an in- dividual tree having produced $100 worth of fruit in a season though practically uncared for. In this section the apple probably reaches its greatest development of tree growth, with a maximum of 9 ft. 5 in. in circum- ference of trunk; 90 ft. spread of branches, and a yield of 130 bus. at one picking. The Valley leads in apple production, and here the largest orchards are found with 40,000 or more trees under one management. Limestone in formation and with an altitude of from 500 to 2,500 feet, this section is admirably adapted to fruit culture. It grows York Imperial and many other apples to perfection. The Blue Ridge and Appalachian sections, with alti- tudes of from 2,000 to 4,000 feet and rich limestone soils, have been practically undeveloped horticulturally, but so far as tested are a field of rich promise. Among- the cultivated fruits of Virginia the apple takes first rank. Early May, Red June. Early Harvest and Yellow Transparent as the leading first earlies, open the sea- son the latter part of June and carry the season into July, when the succession is taken up by Sweet Bough, VIRGINIA .Astrachan, Maiden's Blush. Summer (^ueen arid Pen- nock, followed by Botium, Smoke House, Fall Pippin, Ful la water, Sweet Winter Paradise, and Virginia Beauty as leading fall apples, and concluded by York Imperial, All>emarle Pippin. Ben Davis and Winesap. which extend the season through winter. The planting of pears for commercial purposes has largely increased with the introduction of Kieffer, I,e Conte and others of this type, while Seckel, Bartlett, and Duchess remain the favorites for garden purposes. In peaches the varieties largely planted are Sneed, .Alexander, (ireensboro, Mountain Rose, Early Rivers, Bishop Early, Chinese Cling, Crawford Early and Late Elberta, Stump the World, Heath Cling, Levy Late. Bilyeu October and Albright Winter. It is the general experience that in early peaches white-fleshed varieties do best. Sweet cherries probably grow to greater perfection in Virginia than elsewhere east of the Rocky Mountains, $60 worth of fruit from an indi- vidual tree in a season being no unusual occurrence. The most popular varieties are Early Purple, Black Tartarian, Napoleon Windsor and Gov. Wood. It is considered among observant growers that Mahaleb is a failure as a stock for sweet cherries for orchard pur- poses in Virginia, and the most successful stock is the Ma/.zard, which grows with such luxuriance as often to become a striking feature of a Virginia landscape. With the advent of the Japanese types, the plum in- dustry is taking on renewed life and plum orchards of considerable size are being planted. Red June, Abun- dance, Yellow Japan, Burbank, and Wickson have proved profitable about in order named. Satsuma pre- serves well. The Damson and a blue plum of the "Horse" plum type are very commonly disseminated throughout the state. The latter reproduces itself in the same manner as the Damson, and seems to be ex- empt from black knot. Only a few trees of the last two kinds are grown at any one place, but the aggregate of fruit is considerable. Nearly all the pome and stone fruits adaptable to this climate are grown in the state, but few on a commercial scale except as noted. Vineyards. -That section of Piedmont Virginia near Charlottesville has taken the lead in grape-growing, and extensive vineyards of wine grapes have been planted, and a wine cellar established, whose product has been favorably compared with the best French wines of same character. Small fruits. — Raspberries are grown in sufficient quantities to supply local demands, with Cuthbert as the leading variety. The same may be said as to goose- berries and currants, with Hough ton and Downing popu- lar varieties of the former and Cherry and Fay of the latter. Strawberries are grown extensively in a number of localities both for local and distant markets, with the vicinity of Norfolk the center of production. From Norfolk they are shipped by boat- and train-loads, and "the patches" are often 100 acres or more in size. Blackberries and dewberries are furnished so bounti- fully by nature that stimulus for cultivation is held in check, as is the case so far as home consumption goes with many other fruits, for from early spring strawber- ries, service berries, dewberries, blackberries, huckle- berries, Mazzard cherries, haws, wild grapes, plums, seedling apples, pears and peaches follow each other in such reckless profusion in field and forest that all who wish have but to pluck to eat. Commercially, however, the horticulture of Virginia is making rapid strides in methods and increased plantings. TrH<-l;hn.t. -Tidewater ranks first in its trucking and small fruit interest. With its mild climate, tractable soil, abundance of labor, thorough transportation facih ties, low freight rates, and nearness to great eastern markets, it has in the last 36 years become the "Market (iarden of the World," the section adjacent to Norfolk producing over six millions of dollars worth of truck per annum. See Veget«lil* Cnr-7 lanceolate, acuminate, narrowed at the t into a short stalk, entire or with few coarse teeth, gray- ish tomentose beneath, the middle one 3-4 in. long, th fls in dense, sessile clusters, forming terminal, offer panicled racemes :,-7 in. long: corolla usually pale ,, U,, .ravish outside. '/, in. long; stamens and style exserted. .lulv-Sept. S. Ku.. tt . Asia. Mn. 2. p. 44. _V:.r. alba, flort/i T. ..IhiflAra, Hort.). FN. white, Var. caerulea, Ilort. FN. blue. inclsa. Lam. [T. ^-.'..MM, Hort.). Flir.2f.94. Simi- lar to the preceding: Ifts. incisely serrate or almost 1948 pinnatifid, grayish tomentulose beneath, the middle one 93 i long! the smallest ones often entire: fls smaller scarcely 3 'in. long, in more slender and looser terminal SSffi; .fmenf' shorter than limb; < -oat -lions July, Aug. N. China, Mongolia. B.M. Jb4 (as v. i\e 26rld except No. 28 (Nos. 5-28) B. Skin *e/>. Green-leaved Grapes (Nos. 7-19) E. Viilpina-like (Nos. 7-13) F. Lvs. broader than long (No. 7) FF. Lvs. ovate ( Nos. 8-13) G. Diaphragms tJiin (Nos. 8-12) GG. Diaphragms very thick.. (No. 13) KE. Cordifolia-like, (Nos. 14-18) F. Plant strong and climbing. (Nos. 14-17) G. Young shoots terete (No. 14) (;<;. Young shoots angled.... (Nos. 15-17) FF. Plant scarcely climbing (No. 18) EEE. Orbicular-scallop-leaved spe- cies (No. 19) DD. Colored-leaved Grapes (Nos. 20-27) E. Mature Irs. only flocculent or cobwebby or glaucous be- neath (Nos. 20-24) F. Ends of growing shoots white-tipped (Nos. 20, 21 ) FF. Ends of shoots rusty-tipped. (Nos. 22-24) EE. Mature Irs. densely tomentose beneath .' (Nos. 25-27) F. Tendrils intermittent (Nos. 25, 26) FF. Tendrils continuous (at every joint) (No. 27) BB. Skin and pulp firmly cohering ... (No. 28) A. Species grown wholly for ornament, recently intro- duced from various parts of the Old World. B. Lvs. simple, cissus-like. 1. antarctica, Benth. (Ctssus antarctica, Vent. Vitis Baudinidna, F. Muell. Cissus Baudinidna, Brouss.). Vigorous tall woody climber, the young growths red-hairy or sometimes glabrous: Ivs. ovate to oblong, on hairy petioles, toothed, glandular in the axils of veins beneath : fls. greenish, tomentose, in short cymes, the petals 4 and falling separately: berry globular. Australia. B.M. 2488. — Offered in southern California and said to be suitable for covering rocks and walls. BB. Lrs. simple, often lobed, vitis-like. 2. Coignetiae, Pulliat. Very strong-growing vine, cov- ering trees and arbors with a thatch of heavy showy foliage: branches floccose-tomentose when young: ten- drils intermittent: Ivs. cordate - orbicular, with 3-5 lobe -like points, the margins shallowly apiculate- toothed, dull above, thickly gray-pubescent beneath: thyrse stalked, short: fr. globular, about % in. indiam., practically inedible, although said to be eaten after being frozen by the Japanese. N.Japan. Gn. 49, p. 48; 50, p. 449. R.H. 1898, p. 426-28. -One of the best of all strong-growing vines, and hardy in the northern states. Its foliage becomes brilliant scarlet in the fall, whence it has been called the "Crimson Glory Vine." In gen- eral appearance it much resembles Vitis Labriisca. I is not yet well known. It grows readily from imported tee As. It can also be propagated by layering and by grafting on other stocks. Named for, Mme. Coignet, of Lyons, France. BBB. Lvs. icith 3-o leaflets. 3. hypoglauca, F. Muell. (Cissus hypoglauca, Gray). Foliage handsome and persistent, dark green above and glaucous beneath; leaflets usually 5, obovate to elliptic, acuminate, stalked, entire or toothed towards the apex: fls. yellowish : fr. rather small and nearly globular. Australia. — Offered in S. Calif. vrris 1049 4. pter6phora, linker ( V. (/on,/.///,,/,*, Lyn.-h. DOt Baker). A must reinurkul.le sp,. <•!.•.., tl,.. l.ranrl,.--* bear- ing cylindrical or club • shaped tul.i-rs at tin ir which fall and produce new plants: tall, rliinl.ii means of long forking dim-ifemu.. t.-mlril-, the stem winged and hairy: Ivs. large, of 3 Ifts. .\\hi.-h maybe again lobed, the stipules large and purple on one side, the petiole winged: cyme pedunculate: floral. n\. of a thickened calyx and 4 minute petals. Brazil. II. 19 :r>3. B.M. 6803. Gn. fir,, p. 1 70. -Offered in 8. Calif. 2696. Vitis rotundifolia. the Muscadine grape of the South (X X). AA. Species grown primarily for their pomologieal (fruit) interest, all native except No. t8. B. Skin of the mature berry usually separating freely from the pulp (Nos. 5-27). C. Bark bearing prominent lenticels, never shredding: nodes without diaphragms: tendrils simple: flower-clusters small and not much elongated: .11- i'ils oral or oblong, without a distinct stipe-like beak. (Muscadlnia.) 5. rotundifdlia, Michx. ( V. taurlna, Bartram. V. vul- plna, Authors, not Linn. V. muscadlna, angulata, ver- rucdsa,peltata,Floridana,R&t.). Mrs. A LINK. S.TTHKRN Fox GRAPE, BULLACE or BULLIT or BCLL GRAPE. Fig. 2696. Vine with hard, warty wood, running rampantly even 60 to 100 ft. over bushes and trees, and in the shade often sending down dichotomous aerial roots: Ivs. rather small to medium (2 to 6 in. long), dense in tex- ture and glabrous both sides (sometimes pubescent along the veins beneath), cordate-ovate and not lobed, mostly with a prominent and sometimes an acuminate point (but somewhat contracted above the termination of the two main side veins), the under surface finely reticulated between the veins, the teeth and the apex angular, coarse and acute, the basal sinus shallow, broad and edentate; petiole slender and (like the young growth) fine-scurfy, about the length of the leaf-blade: tendrils (or flower-clusters) discontinnou-. every third node being bare: fruit-bearing clusters smaller than the sterile ones, and ripening from 3 to 20 grapes in a nearly globular bunch : berries falling from the clusters when ripe, spherical or nearly so and large ( V,-\ in. in diameter), with very thick and tough skin and a tough muskv flesh, dull purple in color without UOOOH (in the Scuppernong variety silver}' amber- green ), ripe I summer and early autumn: seeds M-% in. long, shaped something like a coffee I.erry. Hiver bank*. "WMiipii, and rieh woodlands and thicket*. S. Delaware to N. Ha. and ^est to Kans. and Texas. 1950 VITIS 6 Munsoniana, Simpson. MUSTANG GRAPE of Florida, BIRD or EVERBEARING GRAPE. Very slender grower, preferring to run on the ground or over low bushes, more nearly evergreen than the last, flowering more or £°s continuously? Ivs. smaller, thinner and more shin- to* more nearly circular in outline and less prominently Jointed the teeth broader in proportion to the blade and nTore open or spreading: clust ers larger and more thvrse-like: berries a half smaller than in the last and Kn more numerous, shining black with a more tender pulp, acid juice, no muskiness, and thinner skin . seeds half smaller than in the last. Dry woods and sands, Florida, at Jacksonville, Lake City, and southwards apparently the only Grape on the reef keys; gotalge Bahamas. -Difficult to distinguish from V. rotundifoha in herbarium specimens, but distinct in the fl VITIS in. in diam.), purple-black and somewhat glaucous, pleasant-tasted, ripe in late summer: seeds small and broad. Sandy banks, low hills and mountains, District of Columbia and S. Pa. to Tenn., Indiana, Mo., and S. W. Texas. Var. diss6cta, Eggert, is a form with more ovate Ivs. and very long teeth, and a strong tendency towards ir- regular lobing. Mo. FF. Lvs. ovate in outline, with a mostly well-marked sinus. G. Diaphragms (in the nodes) thin: young shoots not red: Ivs. not deeply lobed. 8. monticola, Buckley ( V, Texana, Munson. V Foexeana, Planch). SWEET MOUNTAIN GRAPE. Fig. 2697. Vitis monticola (on the left) and V. vulpina (X /^/. CO. Bark without distinct lenticels, on the old wood separating in long thin strips and fibers: nodes provided with diaphragms: tendrils forked: flower-clusters mostly large and elongated: seeds pyriform . ( Euvitis . ) D. Green-leaved Grapes, mostly marked at maturity by absence of prominent white, rusty, or blue tomen- tum or scurf or conspicuous bloom on the Ivs. beneath (under surface sometimes thinly pubes- cent, or minute patches of floccose ivool in the axils of the veins, or perhaps even cobwebby): foliage mostly thin: tendrils intermittent, i. e., every third joint bearing no tendrils (or inflores- cence). V. cinerea and \'. Arizonica are partial exceptions and might be looked for in DD (Nos. 7-19). E. Vulpina -like Grapes, characterized by thin light or bright green mostly glossy Ivs. (which are gener- ally glabrous below at maturity except perhaps in the axils of the veins and in V. Champini), with a long or at least a prominent point and usually long and large sharp teeth or the edges even iagged (Nos. 7-18). p. Lvs. broader than long, with truncate-oblique base. ( V. Treleasei might be sought here.) 7. rupestris, Scheele. SAND, SUGAR, ROCK, BUSH, or MOUNTAIN GRAPE. Shrub, 2 to 6 ft. high, or sometimes slightly climbing, the tendrils few or even none, dia- phragms plane and rather thin : Ivs. reniform to reniform- ovate (about 3 to 4 in. wide and two-thirds as long), rather thick, smooth and glabrous on both sui-faces at maturity, marked by a characteristic light glaucescent tint, the sides turned up so as to expose much of the under surface, the base only rarely cut into a well- marked sinus, the margins very coarsely angle-toothed, the boldly rounded top bearing a short, abrupt point and sometimes 2 lateral teeth enlarged and suggesting lobes: stamens in fertile fls. recurved laterally or rarely ascending, those in the sterile fls. ascending: cluster small, slender, open and branched: berries small (%-% 2697. A slender trailing or climbing plant (reaching 20 to 30 ft. in height, with very long and slender branches, the young growth angled and floccose (sometimes gla- brous), the diaphragms plane and rather thin: Ivs. small and thin (rarely reaching 4 in. in width and gen- erally from 2 to 3 in. high), cordate-ovate to triangular- ovate, with the basal sinus ranging from nearly trun- cate-oblique to normally inverted U-shaped, rather dark green but glossy above and grayish green below, when young more or less pubescent or even arachnoid below, the blade either prominently notched on either upper margin or almost lobed, the point acute and often pro- longed, margins irregularly notched with smaller teeth than in V. rupestris : clusters short and broad, much branched : berries medium or small (averaging about Yz in. in diam.), black or light-colored, seedy, sweet: seeds large (about % in. long) and broad. Limestone hills in S. W. Texas. — This species has been the sub- ject of much misunderstanding. 9. vulpina, Linn. (V. riparia, Michx. V. odoratis- sima, Donn. V. Illinoensis and V. Missouriensis, Prince? V. tenuifdlia, Le Conte 1 V. cordifdlia, var. riparia. Gray). RIVERBANK or FROST GRAPE. Figs. 2697, 2698. A vigorous tall - climbing plant, with a bright green cast to the foliage, normally glabrous young shoots, large stipules, and plane very thin dia- phragms: Ivs. thin, medium to large, cordate-ovate, with a broad but usually an evident sinus, mostly Show- ing a tendency (which is sometimes pronounced) to 3 lobes, generally glabrous and bright green below, but the veins and their angles often pubescent, the margins variously deeply and irregularly toothed and sometimes cut, the teeth and the long point prominently acute: fertile fls. bearing reclining or curved stamens, and the sterile ones long and erect or ascending stamens: clus- ters medium to large, on short peduncles, branched (often very compound), the fls. sweet-scented: berries small (less than % in. in diam.), purple-black with a heavy blue bloom, sour and usually austere, generally ripening late (even after frost) : seeds rather small and distinctly pyriform. New Brunswick, according to VITIS Macoun, toN. Dak., Kans. and Colo, and south to W Va Mo. and N.W.Texas. B.M 2429. -The commonest Grape in the northern states west of New England, abundant along streams. Variable in the flavor and maturity of tin- fruit. Forms with petioles and under surfaces of Ivs. pubescent sometimes occur. Occasionally hybridizes with V. Labrusca eastward, the liy brid being known by the tomentose youiig shoots and unfolding leaves, and the darker foli- age, which is marked with rusty tomentum along the veins of the less jagged leaves. Var. prJecox, Bailey, is the JCNE GRAPE of Missouri, the little sweet fruits ripening in July. 10. Treleasei, Munson. Plant shrubby and much branched, climbing little, the small and mostly short (generally shorter than the Ivs.) ten- drils deciduous the first year unless finding support, in- ternodes short, the dia- phragms twice thicker (about one - sixteenth in.) than in V. vulpina and shal- low-biconcave: stipules less than one-fourth as large as in V. I'ltlpinn : Ivs. large and green, very broad-ovate or eve n reniform - ovate (often wider than long), thin glabrous and shining on both surfaces, the basal sinus very broad and open and making no distinct an- gle with the petiole, the margin unequally notch - toothed (not jagged as in I". vulpina} and indistinctly 3- lobed, the apex much shorter than in V. rufphiti : fertile fls. with very short, recurved stamens, sterile with as- cending stamens: cluster small (2 to 3 in. long) : ber- ries l/s in. or less thick, black with a thin bloom, ripening three weeks later than I'. vulpina when grown in the same place, thin-skinned: pulp juicy and sweet: seeds small. Breu-sti'i- county, S. VY. Texas and New Mexico to Brad shaw Mountains. Arizona. — Little known, and pos- 'ffl sibly a dry-coun- try ' form of V. r'l/pina. In habit it sug- gests r. Arizonica, var. gla- brii. from which it is dis- tinguished, among other things, by its earlier flower- ing and larger leaves with coarser teeth and less pointed apex. 11. L6ngii, Prince (V. Solonis, Planch. I'. Nuevo- M>>.i-ic,\n, of its forms it would be tak, for « I"""!'t "I" I". r,,,,rsM, and K. vutpino bu t he 1 , r species is not known to occur in most of its range It 2698. Vitis vulpina (or V. riparia). Natural size. Probably the most widespread of American native grapes. was very likely originally a hybrid between I', rupestrii (which it sometimes closely resembles in herbarium specimens except for its woolline.ss) and some tomentose 1952 VITIS species (possibly with V. Arizonica or V. Doaniana), but it is now so widely distributed and grows so far removed from its supposed parents and occurs in such great quantity in certain areas, that for tax- onomic purposes it must be kept distinct. It is not unlikely that it has origi- nated at different places as the product of unlike hybridizations. Late French writers designate the jagged leaved forms as V. Solonis, and the den- tate forms as V. Nuevo- Mexicana. This interest- ing Grape was found some thirty years ago by Engel- mann in the Botanic Gar- den of Berlin under the name of Vitls Solonis, without history. Engel- n 1:111 n guesses (Bushberg Cat. ed. 3, 18) the name to be a corruption of "Long's." It is probable that the plant was sent to European gardens as Vitis Longii—very likely from Prince's nursery— and the name was misread on the label. The original name, which was duly published by Prince with description, may now be restored. Var. microsperma, Bailey ( V. Solonis, var. micro- sptrma, Munson), is a very vigorous and small - seeded form, which is very resistant to drought. Red River, N. Texas. 12. Champini, Planch. Prob- ably a hybrid of V. rupestris or V. Berlandieri and V. can- dicans, bearing medium to large reniform or reniform- cordate Ivs. which are var- iously pubescent or cobwebby but become glabrous, the growing tips mostly white-to- mentose: berries very large and excellent. S. W. Texas. A.G.1891 :579. — In some places associated with V. candicans, Berlandieri and monticola only, and in others with the above and V. rupestris. Often composing dense thickets in the wild. GG. Diaphragms very thick and strong : young shoots bright red: Ivs. often strongly lobed. 13. rubra, Michx. ( V. mono- sperma, Michx.). RKD or CAT GRAPE. A slender but strong -growing vine, with small, long -jointed angled red glabrous herb-like shoots and red petioles: Ivs. small to medium, ovate-acuminate, dark green and glossy, some- times indistinctly pubescent on the nerves below, the sinus obtuse, the blade either nearly continuous in out- line or (commonly) prominently lobed or even parted coarsely notched : stamens in the sterile fls Ion" and erect: clusters loose and long-peduncled, branched, the fls. opening very late : berries small and late 2699. Vitis cine re a (above) and V. Berlandieri. VITIS (%-% in. in diam.), black without bloom, with little juice and commonly contain- ing but a single seed, which is large and broad. Illinois and Missouri to Louisiana and Texas. G.F. 2:341.— A handsome plant. V. palmata, Vahl, founded on Virginian specimens, is probably V. vulpina, although it is sometimes made to replace the name V. rubra. EE. Cordi folia - like Grapes, with tliick- ish and dull-colored or grayish green Ivs. often holding some close, dull pubes- cence below at ma- turity and the shoots and Ivs. nearly al- ways more or less pubescent when young, the teeth mostly short, the point mostly rectang- ular and conspicu- ous (Nos. 14-18). F. Plant strong and climb - in bearin* a Prominent n .ipex' th1 smus either deep or shallow, the nr £ Vet? larg?' angular' notch-like teeth and ln ,Pr0m,ment lobes' the under surface "snally « T d«nS6ly Pubescent and the upper surface or less floccose: cluster medium to small, bearing VITIS large (% in. and less in diarn.), black, glaucous berries of excellent quality : seeds large (M-% in. long), dis- tinctly pyriform. Chiefly in N. W. Texas, but ranging from Greer Co., Oklahoma, to beyond the Pecos river in New Mexico. G.F. 9:455. — The species varies greatly in pubescence, some specimens being very nearly gla- brous at maturity and others densely white-tomentose. The plant would pass at once as a hybrid of V. vulpina and V. candicans, except that the former does not often occur in its range. It is very likely a hybrid, however and V. candicans seems to be one of the parents. FF. Busty -tipped Grapes, comprising the cestivalian group, the unfolding Ivs. and (except in V. bi- color) the young shoots distinctly ferrugine'ous, and the mature Ivs. either rusty or bluish below', or sometimes becoming green in V. bicolor. 22. BBStivalis, Michx. ( V. sylvestris, occidentalis and Americana, Bartram. V. Nortoni, Prince. F, La- brusca, var. (estivalis, Regel. V. bracteata and V. aranedsiis, LeCoute). SUMMER, BUNCH, or PIGEON GRAPE. Strong, tall-climbing vine, with medium short internodes, thick diaphragms, and often pubescent petioles : Ivs. mostly large' thinnish at first but becoming rather thick, ovate-cordate to round-cordate in outline, the sinus either deep (the basal lobes often over- lapping) or broad and open, the limb always lobed or prominently angled, the lobes either 3 or 5, in the latter case the lobal sinuses usu- ally enlarged and rounded at the extremity, the apex of the leaf broadly and often obtusely triangular, the upper surface dull and becom- ing glabrous and the under surface retaining a covering of copious rusty or red -brown pu- bescence which clings to the veins and draws together in many small, tufty masses: stamens in fertile fls. reflexed and laterally bent: clus- ters mostly long and long- peduncled, not greatly branched or even nearly simple (mostly interrupted when in flower), bearing small (% in. or less in diam.), black, glaucous berries, which have a tough skin and a pulp ranging from dryish and astringent to juicy and sweet: seeds medium size (% in. or less long), two to four. South- ern New York to central Fla. and westward to the Mis- sissippi and Missouri. -A marked type among American Grapes, being readily distinguished from other species by the reddish fuzz of the under sides of the leaves. Var. glauca, Bailey ( V. Lincecumii, var. glaiica, Munson). Lvs. and mature wood glaucous-blue on the body beneath, but the veins rusty: berries and seeds larger. S. W. Missouri to N. Texas. -Much like V. bi- color,. but Ivs. thicker and more pubescent below, and tips of shoots rusty-tomentose. Var. Linsecomii, Munson ( V. diversifblia . Prince V. Linsecomii, Buckley). POST-OAK, PINE- WOOD or TURKEY GRAPE. More stocky than V. cestivalis, climb- ing high upon trees but forming a bushy clump when not finding support: Ivs. densely tomentose or velvety below: berries large (%-% in. in diameter), black and glaucous, mostly palatable: seeds mostly much larger than in V. cestivalis (often % in. long). High post-oak (Quercus stellata) lands, S. W. Missouri to N. Texas and E. La. -Very likely derived from the cestivalis type through adaptation to dry soils and climates. Perhaps worth recognition as a geographical species. The name of this Grape was spelled Linsecomii by Buckley, with whom the name originated. The name of the person whom he commemorated was spelled Lincecum, and Munson has therefore changed the spelling of the name of the Grape. However, Buckley's spelling should per- sist, as a matter of nomenclatorial priority. Var. Bourquiniana, Bailey ( V. Bourqidniana, Mun- son). A domestic offshoot, represented in such culti- vated varieties as Herbemont and Le Noir, differing from V. (estivalis in its mostly thinner leaves which (like the young shoots) are only slightly red-brown below, the pubescence mostly cinerous or dun-colored or the under surface sometimes blue-green: berries large and juicy, black or amber-colored. -A mixed type, some of it probably a direct amelioration of V. ce'stiv- «Zis,and some hybridized with the wine Grape ( V vini- fera). Much cultivated south. VITIS 23. bicolor, LeConte ( V. argentifhlia.'Mnnson). BLUE GKAPE, or SUMMEK GRAPE of the North. Fig. 2<"01. A strong, high-climbing vine, with mostly long imerno.ies and thick diaphragms, the young growth and canes generally perfectly glabrous and mostly (but not always) glaucous -blue, tendrils and petioles very long: Ivs. large, round cordate- ovate in outline, glabrous and dull above and very heavily glaucous -blue below, but losing the bloom and becoming dull green very late in the season, those on the young growth deeply 3- 5-lobed and on the older growths shallowly .'{- lobed, the basal sinus running from deep to shallow, the margins mostly shallow - toothed or sinuate -toothed (at least not so prominently notch-toothed as in V. cestivalis) : cluster mostly long and nearly simple (sometimes forked), generally with a long or prominent peduncle: the purple and densely glaucous berries of medium size (Kin. or less in diam.), sour but pleasant-tasted when ripe (just before fro*t i : seeds rather small. Abundant northwards along streams and on banks, there taking the place of V. testivalix. Ranges from New Eng. and 111. to the mountains of W. North Carolina and to W. Tenn. — Well distinguished from V. (estivalis (at least in its northern forms) by the absence of rufous tomentum, the blue-glaucous small- toothed leaves, and long petioles and tendrils. It has been misunderstood because it loses its glaucous char- acter in the fall. 24. Caribaea, DC. Fig. 2702. Climbing, with flocculent- woolly (or rarely almost glabrous) and striate shoots: tendrils rarely continuous : Ivs. cordate-ovate or even broader and mostly acuminate-pointed, sometimes ob- scurely angled above (but never lobed except now and then on young shoots), becoming glabrous above but generally remaining rufous-tomentose below, the mar- gins set with very small, mucro-tipped sinuate teeth: cluster long and long-peduncled, generally large and very compound: berry small and globose, purple: seed obovate, grooved on the dorsal side. A widely distributed and variable species in the American tropics, running into white-leaved forms (as in V. Blancoi, Munson). Little known in the United States: La., Lake City, N. Fla., swamp near Jacksonville, Fla. EE. Lvs. densely to- mentose or felt- like beneath throughout the season, the cov- ering white or rusty white. F. Tendrils intermit- tent (every third joint with neither tendril nor in- florescence oppo- site the leaf). 25. candicans, En- gelm. ( V. Mugtamji'ii- sis, Buckl.). MUSTANG GRAPE. Plant strong and high climbing, with densely woolly young growth (which is gener- ally rusty-tipped), and very thick diaphragms: Ivs. medium in size and more or less poplar-like, ranging from reniform- ovate to cordate-ovate or triangular-ovate, dull above but very densely white-tomentose below and on the petioles," the basal sinus very broad and open or usually none whatever (the base of the leaf then nearly trun- VITIS cate), deeply 5-7-lol,td (with enlarging roun,!. on the strong shoots and more or li--- imli-tim-ti , or only angled on the normal growth-, the mnrginB wiivy or sinuate-toothed: stamens in th. long and strong, those in the fertile fls. very short and 2703. Vitis Caribaea (X 2703. Vitis candicans, var. coriacea (X %). laterally reflexed: cluster small, mostly branched, bear- ing a dozen to twenty large ('% in. or less in diam.) purple or light-colored or even whitish berries, which have a thick skin and a very disagreeable flery flavor: seeds large, pyriform. E. Texas, mostly on limestone soils. Var. coriacea, Baileyf V. coridcea, Shuttl.). LEATHER- LEAP or CALLOOSA GRAPE Fig. 2703. Differs from the species chiefly in bearing much smaller (about % in. in diam.) thinner-skinned and more edible Grapes with mostly smaller seeds, and perhaps a less tendency to very deep lobing in the Ivs. on young shoots and pos- sibly rather more marked rustiness on the young growths. Florida, chiefly southward, in which range various Texan plants reappear. — The more agreeable quality of the fr. is probably the result of a more equable and moister climate. 26. Simpson!, Munson. Distinguished by mostly much-cut Ivs. on the young shoots and comparatively thin, large and large-toothed ones on the main shoots, rusty -white tomentum below and very prominently brown-tomentose young growths, — the character of the Ivs. and tomentum varying widely, the foliage some- times becoming almost blue-green below. Fla. — This is likely a hybrid of V. cestiralis and I', cnndicans, var. coriacea. Some forms of it are very like V. Labrusca, and might be mistaken for that species. FP. Tendrils mostly continuous (a tendril or inflor- escence at every node). 27. Labrnsca, Linn. ( V. Bldndi, Prince). Fox GRAPE. SKUNK GRAPE. Figs. 949, 950, Vol. II. A strong vine, climbing high on thickets and trees: young shoots tawny or fuscous, with much scurfy down : Ivs. large and thick, strongly veined (especially beneath), broadly cordate-ovate, mostly obscurely 3-lobed towards th.- t..p (on strong growths the sinuses sometimes extending a third or even half the depth of the blade, and rounded and edentate at the bottom) or sometimes nearly con- tinuous in outline and almost deltoid-ovatf. th. ].. -tiolar sinus mostly shallow and very open (ranging to narrow and half or more the length of the iM-tiol.-i. tin- margins shallowly scallop-toothed with BIMTO-pdlBtod t.-ctli n.r sometimes almost entire), and the apex and lobes acute. the upper surface dull green i.nd becoming glal>r..u* but the lower surface densely covered with a lawny white, dun-colored or red-brown tomentuni: st: long and erect in the sterile (Is. and (in wild f..rm*i short and recurved in the fertile one*: raceme short (berries usually less than 20 in wild types), generally 1956 VITIS simple or very nearly so, in anthesis about the length «f the peduncle: berries large and nearly spherical, ranging from purple-black (the common color) to red- ibrown and amber -green, generally falling from the pedicel when ripe, variable in taste but mostly sweetish musky and some- times slightly astringent, the skin thick and tough : seeds very large and thick. New England and southwards in the Alleghany re- gion and highlands to west-central Georgia. Not known to occur west of E. New York in the North, but reported from S. Indiana.— The parent of the greater part of American cultivated Grapes. It is often confounded with V. (fstivalis in the South, from which it is distinguished by the habitually continuous tendrils, the more felt - like Ivs. which are not floccose, and espe- cially by the small- toothed Ivs., .very short clusters and large berries and seeds. BB. Skin and pulp firmly cohering in the ripe fruit. 28. vinifera, Linn. WINE GRAPE. EUROPEAN GRAPE. Fig. 2704. Young growth smooth or floccose, the plant not so high climbing as most American species: ten- drils intermittent: Ivs. mostly thinnish, rounded, with a deep sinus and the basal lobes usually overlapping, tomentose or glabrous beneath, the margins coarsely notched or jagged: clusters large and long, the berries usually oval or oblong, although many varieties are glob- ular-fruited. Probably native to the Caspian or Cau- casus region and western India. Var. lacinidsa, Hort., has much-cut foliage; handsome. Gn. 54, p. 425. — Cult, from the earliest times, and the Grape of history. Now greatly varied. The hothouse Grapes, as Black Ham- burg, Barbarossa, are of this species; also the vineyard •Grapes of California. Not hardy in the northern states and very subject to phylloxera (root-louse) and mildew. Kegel, a Russian botanist, considered the Wine Grape to be a hybrid of two species that he characterized as V. Jjabrusca and V. vulpina, but this view is not accepted. V. Amurensis, Rupr., is much like V. vinifera, sometimes ""22? ailroad for the Purple tint of its young growth. Gn. 54 D.425.-F. Bainesii, Hook. (Cissus Bainesii, Planch., and by VITTARIA him referred to C. 1'urrori). A most remarkable species, the trunk being condensed into a turnip-like body a few inches in diam.: Ivs. mostly compound, the 3 It'ts. dentate, Ivs. all borne on short, succulent branches: tendrils none: fls. greenish, in clusters usually raised above the leaves. S. Afr. B.M. 5472.— V. hetervphylla, Thunb.=Ampelopsis heterophylla.— V. incon- stans, Miq.=Ampelopsis tricuspidata.— V. Japvnica, Thunb. See Cissus Japonica. — V. lanata, Roxbg. Vigorous species with large, cordate-ovate Ivs., with small apiculate teeth and very white-tomentose beneath. China. Assumes handsome color in fall.— V. Lindeni, Hort. See Cissus Lindeni.— V. Pag- nucrii, Romanet (Ampelopsis Davidiana, Mott. Ampelovitis Davidiaiia, Carr. Vitis Davidiana, Hort. in part ?). Climbing: tendrils intermittent: Ivs. mostly small, very various, some- times 3-5-foliolate but usually only 3-lobed or even ovate-cor- date and the margin nearly or quite continuous, the edges mu- cronate-dentate, whitish beneath. China. Has much the as- pect of an Ampelopsis.— V. Romaneti, Romanet (Spinovitis Davidii, Carr. ? Ampelovitis intermedia, Carr. Vitis Davidiana, Hort. in part ?). Steins very hairy or almost spiny, the hairs glandular and purplish: tendrils intermittent: Ivs. large, cor- date-orbicular, shallowly 3-lobed. strongly crenate-dentate, be- coming nearly or quiteglabrous above, hairy beneath: clusters 3-4 in. long, the berries black, small, edible. Vigorous vine from China, little known in this country and its hardiness in the northern states not yet tested. R.H. 1885, p. 55. 189 <: 232 (variegated form said to belong to this species). Apparently closely allied to V Coignetias, from which the hairiness distin- guishes it. — V. rfitilans, Carr., R.H. 1890:444, belongs with V. Romaneti. — V. serjancefolia, Maxim., is Ampelopsis serjana?fo- lia. Gn. 54, p 427.— V. striata, Miq., see Cissus atriata.— F. Thuribergii, Regel, is V. Amurensis. — V. tricuspidata, Lynch= Ampelopsis tricuspidata. L H B VITTADINIA (Dr. C. Vittadini, an Austrian who wrote on fungi 1826-1842). Comp6sitit. About 14 spe- cies of perennial plants, natives of Australia, New Zea- land, S. Amer. and Hawaiian Islands. Herbs, with a thick caudex, or branching subshrubs: Ivs. alternate, entire or variously cut: heads rather small, with a yel- low disk and white or blue rays, terminal, solitary or in loose, leafy corymbs: involucre of several rows: rays pistillate, numerous, crowded, in more than one row: akenes narrow, compressed or flat, with or without ribs on the faces: pappus of numerous, often unequal capil- lary bristles. The genus is closely related to Erigeron, differing in habit and in the appendages of the style- branches, those of Erigeron being short, while those of Vittadinia are awl-shaped. Vittadinia triloba of the California trade is said by Dr. Franeeschi, of Santa Barbara, to be "a charming dwarf plant, well suited for rockeries, borders and hanging baskets; covered with myriads of daisy-like white flowers." However, V, triloba of the trade is not V. triloba of the botanists; the latter is a synonym of V. australis, of which a description taken from Flora Australiensis is here given for comparison. The plant known to the California trade as V. triloba has been examined by J. Burtt Davy, who sends the following account: " V. triloba, Hort., not DC., the MEXICAN DAISY, is really an Erigeron and should be known as Erigeron mucronatus, DC. Fig. 2705. It is a much- branched perennial, 6-12 in. high: Ivs. alternate, vari- able, M-l in. long, from linear-subulate or lanceolate to obovate or oblanceolate-cuneate, entire, toothed, or 3-sev- eral lobed: peduncles 1-2 in. long, solitary: heads daisy- like, about % in. diam.; rays numerous, narrow, white above, purple on the back, especially in age; style-tips obtuse. A useful border-plant, looking best in a maas or as an edging; drought-resistant, hardy and becom- ing naturalized near San Francisco; readily propagated by cuttings. The freshly broken stems smell strongly of Prussic acid. Fls. July-Sept. " australis, A. Rich. ( V. triloba, DC., not Hort.). Herbaceous plant of uncertain duration, 1 ft. high or less, tomentose: Ivs. obovate or spatulate to linear- cuneate, entire or coarsely 3-toothed or lobed: heads solitary: rays narrow: said to be revolute (which may apply only to dried specimens). Australia, Tasmania. — Has 4 distinct botanical varieties. \\r. M. VITTABIA (Latin, a fillet or head-band). Polypo- didcece. A genus of ferns with narrow, grass-like foli- age, growing pendent from trees. V. lineata, Swz., is a tropical American species which is found as far north as central Florida, where it grows on the cabbage pal. metto. Rare in cultivation. L> M. UNDERWOOD. VOLKAMERIA VOLKAMERTA.. Consult Clerodendron. VRIESIA (named for Dr. W. de Vriese, of Amster- dam). Bromeli&cece. Often spelled Vriesea, but not so spelled by Lindley, who founded the genus. According to Mez (DC. Monogr. Phaner. 9), 84 species are to be referred to this genus. They are very like tillandsias, with which they are united by Bentham & Hooker and others. The chief technical difference is the presence in Vriesia of 2 ligules or a single cleft or emarginate ligule on the inside of the base of petals. Culturally Vriesias are like tillandsias. They run to forms with marbled and banded leaves. They are tropical Ameri- can stiff-leaved plants, with mostly distichous spikes bearing large and showy bracts. Several species have been introduced in recent years, and many garden hybrids have been produced. Few kinds are offered in the American trade, and only these kinds are described here. For other kinds, see the monographs of Baker and Mez; also the Kew List of introductions for 1876-1896. For culture, see Tillandsia. A. Stamens longer than the petals. B. Inflorescence branched. Saundersii, Morr. (Tillandsia Saundersii, C. Koch. Encholirion Saundersii, Andr4). About 1% ft. high when in bloom : Ivs. many in a rosette, rather short, strongly recurving, grayish and somewhat white-dotted above, spotted with red-brown beneath: fls. in a branched open inflorescence, sulfur-yellow, cylindrical inform. Brazil. I. H. 20:132. BB. Inflorescence simple, c. Bracts of inflorescence strongly imbricate. splendens, Lena. ( V. specidsa, Hook. Tillandsia spUndens, Brongn. T. picta, Hort. T. zebrlna, Hort., in part). Fig. 2706. Strong-growing plant, with broad, strong, arching-ascending Ivs. 1 ft. or more long, which are bright green and marked with dark brown trans- verse bands : spike with densely imbricated bright red- acuminate bracts, the scape spotted: fls. exserted, yel- lowish white. Guiana. B.M. 4382. F.S. 2:107; 6, p. 162. R.H. 1846:41. — One of the best and most showy species. A robust form is var. major, Hort. — See Supplementary List below for additional note on V. zebrina. carmata, Wawra ( V. brachystachys, Regel. Tilldnd- siacarinMa, Baker). Fig. 2707. Lvs. rosulate, about 6 in. long, the base sheathing, mucronate at the tip, VRIESIA 1957 00. Bracts of inflorescence remote, not imbricate. gruttata, Lind. & Andrd (Tiltdndsia gutt.r Lvs. rosulate, erect-arching, short and rather !•• mucronate, olive-green with irregular spots of brown- purple: bracts farinose, rose-colored, the scape slender- fls. yellow. Brazil. I.H. 22:200. 2705. Erieeron mucronatus. known in the trade as Vittadinia triloba. somewhat glaucous, not spotted: spike with wide- spreading nearly divaricate acuminate bracts whi< scarlet at the base and yellowish green at the end: fls. protruding, pale yellow. Brazil. B.M. 6014. 3706. Vriesia splendens. psittaclna, Lindl. (Tillandsia psittaelna, Hook.). About 1 ft. high when in bloom: Ivs. rosulate, 6-10 in. long, dilated at the base, yellowish green: fls. large, yellow with green tips, scattered on a distichous spike, the bracts red at the base and yellow at the top. Brazil. B.R. 29:10, where the genus is founded. B.M. 2841. R.H. 1855:221.— A showy species when in bloom. AA. Stamens shorter than the petals. B. Lvs. not barred, mottled or tessellated. heliconioldeB, Lindl. ( V. b/llula, Hort. Tilldndsia heliconioldes, HBK.). Dwarf and tufted, with many rosulate recurving or arching lanceolate Ivs. (about 1 in. long), which are bright green above and purple tinged beneath. Scape overtopping the foliage, simple and erect, with wide-spr. -ail- ing distichous boat-shaped bracts that are light red at the base and greenish at the tip, showy : fls. white. Colombia. I. H. 30:490. G.C. 11. 21:140. BB. Lvs. tessellated (marked in small checker-work) or minutely variegated. tessellata, Morr. (Tilldndsia tesstllata, Lind.). Lvs. short and rather broad, n-Mi- late, dilated at base, short-pointed, rather stiff, channeled, tessellated with green and yellow: inflorescence paniculate, the green- ish bracts remote: fls. yellow. Brm- zil. I.H. 21:179. R.H. 1889, p. 573. feneitralia, Lind. & Andr£ (Til- l,in,lKia fenestrdlix. Hook Robust, densely tufted, the Ivs. stout (1-2 ft. long) and recurved, brown-tipped, with many dark green veins and cross veins: inflorescence a simple stout spike IS ft. long and bearing green-spotted bracts : H*. pale yellow. Brazil. B.M. 6898. I.H. •-"-': 'J1.V 1958 VRIESIA BBB. Lvs. marked with strong transverse bands. hieroglyphica, Morr. (Tilldndsia hieroglyphica, Bull.)- Lvs. man}-, rosulate, stout, recurved, short- acute, very strongly and irregularly marked and banded with dark green above and brown-purple be- neath: inflorescence paniculate, the bracts broadly el- liptic-ovate, the fls. yellowish. Brazil. I. H. 31:514; 42, p. 318. R.H. 1891:400. -A very striking and showy plant. Sometimes known as a Massangea. F fiiJfiida, Hort., has been catalogued in this country. It is a garden hybrid (V. incurvata X Duvali). It has short green Ivs. and an exserted simple spike with distichous bright red VRIESIA imbricated bracts. I.H. 35:67.— V. glaucophylla Hook is re ferred to Tillandsia fascieulata.— V. musdica, Cogn., is Guz- cussion under Tillandsia and Fig. 2515. L. H. B, VULNEKARIA. V. AtitlnjUis, Scop., is Anthyllis Vulneraria, which see in Vol. I. The other Vulnerarias are referred to the same genus. VYENOMUS is another spelling for Euonymus. 2707. Vriesia carinata. w WAAHOO, WAHOO, or BUKNINO BUSH \aEuonu- mux atropurpureus. /'hi/us alata, the Winged Elm 'is also called \Vh;ih<><> or Wahoo. WAFER ASH. Ptelea trifoUata. WAHLENBERGIA grandifldra. See Platycodon. WAITZIA (F. A. C. Waitz, born 17C8, state physician to the Dutch at Samarang, Java; wrote on Javanese plants). Composite. Includes one of the rarer "ever- lasting flowers," a half-hardy annual which grows about \% ft. high and bears flat-topped clusters of yellow flower-heads, with a golden disk. The clusters are about 5 in. across, and the heads 2 in. across, the showy part being the involucral bracts, which are arranged in 4 or 5 series, and are petal-like in character but of stiffer texture than ordinary petals. Waitziu is a genus of 7 species of Australian herbs, mostly annuals: Ivs. alternate, linear or nearly so: fl. -heads in terminal corymbs or rarely in oblong, leafy racemes: involucre various in outline, the bracts overlapping in many rows, all colored and petal-like : receptacle flat, without scales : anthers provided with tails of microscopic size: akenes somewhat compressed, glabrous or papillose, termi- nating in a slender beak; pappus of capillary bristles usually cohering at the base, simple, barbellate or plu- mose. The genus is distinguished from Helipterum and Helichrysum by the beaked akenes. Flora Australien- sis, vol. 3. grandifldra, W. Thompson. (The authorship of this species is credited to Naudin by Index Kewensi-. s Half-hardy everlasting or "immortelle," annual, ex- ceeding 18 in. in height: Ivs. lanceolate, long-acumi- nate, sessile, green above, slightly villous beneath, prominent midrib beneath: fls. yellow, in terminal corymbs. F. ]8(i5:41, where it was originally described. Probably the most desirable of the genus. It seems to have replaced W. a urea, the favorite of the previous generation, being larger-fld., more robust, and rather easier of cultivation. ^ jyj WALDSTElNIA (Franz Adam, Count of Waldstein- Wartenburg, born 1759 at Vienna; wrote with Kitaibel an illustrated work on rare plants of Hungary; died 1823). Kosdcete. The YELLOW or BARREN STRAW- BERRY, Waltteinia fragarioides, is a little plant that looks much like a strawberry plant, but it has yellow flowers and bears no edible fruit. It is a hardy North American tufted perennial herb, about 4 in. high, with glossy Ivs. composed of 3 wedge-shaped Ifts. and 5- petaled fls. less than % in. across. It comes with the first rush of spring, and continues to bloom until sum- mer. There is no satisfaction in growing only a few plants of this wild flower. The plant is appropriate to the rockery, where every effort should be made to in- duce it to form a dense mat. Masses of the Yellow Strawberry have been used with good effect for edging shrubbery borders, and the plant is listed by several nurserymen. Only 4 species of Waldsteinia are well known. They are hardy, creeping, perennial, strawberry-like plants: Ivs. alternate, mostly basal, long-stalked, entire, lobed, 3-5-cut or with 3-5 Ifts., the Ifts. crenate or incised: scapes bracted, bearing 2-5 yellow fls.: petals 5, obo- vate, about as long as the calyx-lobes; stamens indefi- nite : carpels 2-(>: akenes obliquely obovoid, dry or slightly fleshy. Natives of north temperate zone. fragarioides, Tratt. Fig. 2708. Popular description above. Pubescent or nearly glabrous: Ifts. dentate or crenate except at the base, 1-2 in. long: scapes corym- bosely 3-8-fld. : akenes 4-6. May, June. Woods and shaded hill-sides, New England to Minn, and Ind., along the Alleghanies to Ga. B.B. 2:218. R.H. 1890, p. 510. B.M. 1507 and L.B.C. 5:408 (both as Dalibarda fragarioides). \V. M. WAKE ROBIN. In England Arnm mncnlntum. In America, Trillium. WAL.UMEISTER is Asperula oparturiens, May- ette, Chabertf. I'arisienne, Kranqu< •IN-, .-tc. rieties are hardier in resistance of fn,M and leaf-burn from summer heat. They are largely n.oi L-rafi, d iii.nn the seedlings of the California Black" Walnut in th<- nur- sery and are also being top-grafted upon old naiiv.- trees. E. J. WlfKSON. 2711. Juglans cinerea of the eastern states. (X5i) Sometimes known White Walnut. 2712. The California Wild Walnut - Juglans California* (X Ji). WALNUT BACTERIOSIS. — Chief among the more serious diseases of Juglans regia in the United States is a bac- terial blight of the nut, branch and leaf of that tree. This blight now has its greatest development along the Pacific coast, especially in Orange and Los Angeles counties, California. The germ which causes this dis- ease is a newly described species of Pseudomonas (P. juglandis). Different effects of the disease are shown in Fig. 2714. The organism of Walnut bacteriosis winters in the fallen nuts, in the diseased tissues of affected branches, and especially in the pith cavity of the latter. New in- fections occur as soon as spring growth begins, taking place near the growing point of branches, in the open- ing leaves, and upon the young and tender nuts. The finer lateral veins of the leaves and the adjoining par- enchyma are destroyed, and the midrib is often af- fected. The injury resulting from infection of the branch will largely depend on the tenderness of the latter at the time and point of infection. If the tissue Is tender a canker-like spot will be eaten through to the pith, or the entire end of the shoot may be destroyed. If the nut is infected while small, its complete destruction usually follows, the digestive action of the germ involving hull, shell and kernel. Nuts infected early in the season mostly fall when small, while later in feet ions frequently result only in the destruction of the hull and the black- ening of the outer layers of the shell, tin- ti>*ues hav- ing become too hard for the further progress of th- ease. As in the case of pear blight, rapidly growing trees are more subject to injury than those making a slower and hardier growth. The spread of the micro- organism through infected branches is generally only local— it rarely extends more than a few inches from the point of infection. A marked blackening of the in- jured parts results from the rapid oxidation of the tan- nic acid they contain, though this is not r:ii"fl111 '" the Growth of Plants in Closely Glazed Cases - ,M,|, near the Yakima valley, the rail I lished at London in 1842. m *~* ln> Per annum. A* w,- K0 ,-a-t the rainfall be- WARCZEWICZELLA. See Zy- fopetaltim. WARREA (named for Frederick Warn- . who discovered the tir.st species in Brazil). OrcJiidi'n; „ . Lvs. few, long, plicate: scape tall. bracted, bearing a raceme of termi- nal showy fls. : sepals and petals subequal, concave, the lateral se- pals united with the base of the column : labellum not spurred, united with the base of the column. undivided, concave, with longitud- inal ridges: column without ap- pendages: pollinia 4, with a nar- row stipe. Plants with the habit of small forms of Phaius They require the same treatment as that genus. bidentata, Lindl. ( W. Lindeni- dna, Henf.). Labellum regular, slit at the end : ridges convex, the central ones thinner and deeper: bracts one-fourth as long as the pedicels. Sept. Venezuela and Colombia. A.F. G:C55. W. cyanea, Lindl. =Aganisia cyanea. HEINKICH HASSELBRINC. WASHINGTON, HORTICUL- TURE IN. Fitr. 2715. The state of Washington may be said to have two distinct climates, that to the west of the Cascades, and that to the east of this range of mountains. The climate of western Washington may, gen- erally speaking, be said to be very temperate. There are no very great variations in temper- ature. The summers are cool, and in some parts somewhat dry. The winters are warm, or at least not cold. In some parts of western Washington the rainfall is abundant, amounting to 70 or 80 inches; in other parts the annual rain- fall does not exceed 25 inches. Those portions of western Washington not bounded on tin- west by the Olympic moun- tains are subject to a much greater rainfall than those parts lying immediately east of these mountains. Thus, parts of Jef- 2714. ferson county and of Island county are comparatively dry, even though on what is known as the wet side of the mountains. The whole of western Washington is a vast forest; yet there are numerous valleys in which trees do not grow. The natural forest growth is coniferous, except along the watercourses, where there is a consid- erable growth of deciduous trees, such as alder, poplar, Willow, etc. In a few places scattering specimens of oak, ash and maple are found. Vast areas of land have been reclaimed from the sea, or at least from Puget Sound, and these tide-lands are amomrst tin- best in the state. The summers are comparatively bright and dry. the winters wet and a!m»*t snnles*. In eastern Washington a wholly different condition exists. The summers are bright, tiie temperature hiirh. and during the months of June, July and August prac- comes greater, until at the > borders of the state it is ab inches, quite sufficient in thi* Hi- mate to produce good crop*. Al- titude has a marked intluen ,n the climate of eastern \\ a-hm-ton In the valleys of the Columb Snake rivers, from 400 to »)' above sea-level, the summer- an- l"iii,' and hot, and in the-,- portions severe frosts are not felt. In th,--.- low valleys the tenderer fruit- grow to perfection, but of these there are only a few thousand acres. There are two large val- leys; viz., the Walla Walla and the Yakima, each having an altitude of about 1,000 feet, where the win- ters are more severe, and where fruit tree- often suffer in bud and twig, and where vegetation is at a standstill for a longer period in winter than in the lower altitude*. All lands in eastern Washington at a lower altitude than 1,500 feet must be irrigated to produce crops. The larger portion of eastern Washington, and especially that bordering on Idaho, is high, rang- ing from 1,800 to 2,600 feet above the sea. It is in these high por- tions that there is rainfall *ufti- cient to raise good crops without irrigation. The whole state is rolling. The Cascade range cuts the state into two very unequal part*, tin- larger part lying to the ea*t. The watercourses, for t In- most part, run in deep canons, and the table-lands are any- thing but level. The soil vane* from the deep basalt clay loam- to the volcanic ash, and to the sand and silica soils of the river bottoms. The higher lands grow the hardy fruit- to perfection; the river bottoms grow the peach, apricot and the grape, while midway between these is grown a great variety of fruits, garden [product* and alfalfa. The best wheat land* are the heavy clay soils at an altitude of about 2*000 feet. /•'niits.— The state of Wash- ington is fast coming to the front in fruit production. There are now planted within it* bor- d-r* about 80,000 acres of fruit. Whitman county, on the eastern border, ha- an a'-n atfe of 8,000 planted to fruits, mostly apples and prunes. Clark county, on the west of the range, is the greatest prune producer. The Puyallup valley, close to the Pagol Sound, is the leading small - fruit section, but the whole state is adapted to many of the fruit*. The counties producing the largest amount of fruit are Walla Walla, Yakima, Whitman, Clark, Spokane and Kittitass. The ishmds of Whidbey and Orcas are fa- mous for their fruits. Of the 80.000 acres in fruit now growing within the state, 25,000 acres are in prunes, mo*tly Italian. -10,000 in apples, and the remainder in plums, cherries and grapes. I'rinifx.— The Italian prune (Fidh-nhiTg plum) is planted in great numbers on both sides of the - Clark county has not less than 5,000 acres planted to Bacteriosis of the Walnut, as shown on fruit and leaves. See page 1961. 1964 WASHINGTON this fruit, and is still planting more. There is no other , portion of the United States, and perhaps not in the world, where this variety is so largely planted. There is a demand for a large, somewhat acid prune, and the Italian is satisfactory. The demand is growing and new markets are constantly being opened up. The French prune (Agen, Prune d'Agen, Petite, etc.), is planted in considerable numbers, but nothing like the Italian. Washington seems to be unable to compete with WASHINGTON. 2715. Washington, to illustrate the general physical features. California in the production of this fruit. Nevertheless it is fairly profitable in Washington, yielding about the same number of pounds to the tree as the Italian, and selling in the eastern markets at a good price. But the Italian usually sells for more money, as the fruit is much larger. The Silver prune, or Coe Plum (Coe Golden Drop/, is a large, handsome prune when well prepared and always brings the top market price, selling for two or three cents per pound more than Italian or French. Not a great many are planted, and in some cases the prune-growers work their silver prunes over to Italians. There are numerous varieties of prune planted on the coast, but none in so great quantities as the Italian. Much of the fruit of this prune is shipped green, i. e., in a half-ripe condition. This finds its way to the most eastern markets, and some of it even to England. The fruit of the Italian stands shipment well, better than any other variety. Most large growers have evaporators in their orchards, and the most of the fruit is preserved in this way. Apples. — The late-keeping winter apple undoubtedly leads all other fruits in the total acreage now planted in the state. The counties shipping the greatest quantity are Whitman, Walla Walla, Yakima and Spo- kane. The varieties mostly planted are Ben Davis, Gano, Northern Spy, Wagener, Esopus, Arkansas, Jonathan, Yellow Newtown and Baldwin. The lower warm valleys grow the long season apples, like Yellow Newtown and Esopus, to perfection, while the higher altitudes are best adapted to a shorter season fruit, like the Wealthy and the Gravenstein. All apples color finely, and are very fair in appearance. There are few off years, but there seem to be full years and slim years, though the crops are much more constant than in the middle or eastern states. Apple growing is amongst the most profitable of the fruit industries. Many large orchards have been planted that are not yet in bearing. At present the state grows much more fruit than it can consume. Pears. -Pears are grown to great, perfection in almost every part of the state, but there is no finer fruit than WASHINGTON that which comes from the low warm valleys of the Snake, the Columbia, Walla Walla and Yakima. The Bartlett is the great summer pear, followed closely by Flemish Beauty. For fall and winter, Anjou, Clairgeau, Easter and Winter Nelis are largely grown. Pears have been successfully shipped from the Pacific coast to Liverpool and London. The planting of pears is not re- ceiving the same attention as the planting of apples, yet a number of acres are annually added to the orchards of the state. Plums.— Certainly nowhere on this continent is the plum more at home than on the Pacific coast. Unfortunately plums are not profitable. At present there are no canneries to take care of the surplus fruit, and most of the plums are poor long-distance shippers. There is a local demand for a considerable quantity of plums, but great quantities annually go to waste under the trees. The varieties mostly planted are Washing- ton, Jefferson, Peach, Pond, Lombard and the Damsons. Cherries. — Sweet cherries grow to great perfection m all portions of the state, but espe- cially so in the Puget Sound region and in the warm valleys of the east side. Some new varieties, natives of the coast, notably Bing, Lambert and Lewelling, give great promise, and already are leaders in the markets of the West. The sour varieties also grow and yield abundantly. Sweet cherries attain their greatest perfection in the warm valleys at an altitude not much above 1,000 feet. Sour varieties do best on the high lands, at an altitude of about 2,000 feet. Cherries have bren found to be profitable, yet few new plantations are he- ing set. The reason for this is probably to be found in the labor market, it being almost impossible to get the necessary help to care for a large crop of cherries. Grapes are not planted to the same extent here as in the eastern and middle states. The native varieties do not seem to succeed so far north, except in a few fa- vored spots. In the low warm valleys of the Snake and Columbia all varieties seem to do well. Even the Eu- ropean ( Vitis vinifera) here grows to perfection, and usually receives no special winter protection. These Old World grapes are fairly profitable, the local market usually being good. Small Fruits. — The raspberry, blackberry, dewberry, strawberry and gooseberry all do well in the state. In some sections of western Washington these fruits are grown in great quantities and are mostly shipped to the Montana markets. While the prices realized are not large, the crops are so abundant that small-fruit farm- ing pays well. Cranberries grow in the coast counties and on some parts of Puget Sound. Where suitable land is found the returns from cranberry culture are said to be very satisfactory. Cauliflower and Cabbage Seed. — The production of these seeds is now carried on in an extensive way on Laconner Flats (reclaimed tide-lands) on Puget Sound. The demand is good, and the crop profitable. Cabbage and onion seed is produced in great quantities. Bulbs.— At Whatcom, Whatcom county, an attempt is now being made to cultivate what are known as Holland bulbs. There are two establishments engaged in grow- ing hyacinths, tulips, narcissus, etc., and the results are promising. Tulips make great numbers of offsets, and hyacinths propagate freely by the same methods practiced in Holland. Horticulture, as an occupation, may be said to be profitable within the state. It is true, markets are at a great distance, but the mines in Idaho, Montana and Plate XL VIII. Washingtonia filifera, the most characteristic palm in California WASHINGTON British Columbia take great quantities of fruit and vegetables. Shipments of perishable fruits have not always been found to be profitable, but the state is fast settling up, and the outlook for the horticulturist is very bright. j. A. BALMF.U. WASHINGTON GRASS. See Cabomba. WASHINGTONIA (named for George Washington). Palmaceie. Tall palms, with the robust trunks clothed above with remains of the sheaths and petioles: Ivs. terminal, ample, spreading, orbicular, flabellately pli- cate, lobed nearly to the middle: segments induplicate, filamentous on the margins : rachis short: ligule large, appressed: petiole long, stout, plano-convex, very spiny along the edges; spadices long, copiously paniculately branched, glabrous: branches slender, flexuous; spathes long, membranous, split, glabrous : fls. white : fr. small, ellipsoid, black. Species 3. Ariz., S. Calif, and Mexico. Plate XLVIII. filifera, Wendl. (Brdhea filamentdsa, Hort. B. fil- ifera, Hort. Pritfhdrdia filamentdsa, Wendl. P. filifera, Hort.). WEEPING PALM. Figs. 2716, 2717. Stem cylindrical, 20-40 ft., enlarged at the base (2-3 ft.), covered with persistent petiole bases; petioles 2-5 ft. long, 1-2/4 in. wide at the summit, glabrous, plano-con- vex, the rather thin margins with stout, hooked spines; ligule large, glabrous, lacerate; blade circular, tomen- tose on the margins of the 40-60 segments, 3-5 ft. in diam., cleft on the upper side nearly to the middle, gray-green ; segments margined with numerous fibers 6-12 in. long. S. Calif., W. Ariz. Gn. 25, p. 393. G.C. III. 12:591. R.H. 1876, p. 372; 1895, pp. 153-155. G.F. 6:535. Gt. 1896:5.— W. filifera is perhaps the most characteristic palm of California. Its immense straight bole and shaggy collar of deflexed dead leaves make a striking and picturesque object. This collar of old leaves usually burns fiercely in the dry season. robusta, H. Wendl. ( Washingtdnia Sondrce, Hort. in part). Stem more robust: petiole shorter and more densely spiny, the young plants with yellow spines and black-violet sheaths and petioles, at length brown; blade light green, 3 ft. long by 3% ft. wide; segments 60. Western Mex. G.F. 38:49. R.H. 1885, p. 403. Sonorffl, Wats. Stem 25 ft. high, 1 ft. in diam.: Ivs. 3-4 ft. in diam., somewhat glaucous, very flliferous; petioles 3 ft. long, very slender, 2 in. wide at base, %in. at apex, floccose-hairy along the margins and with stout curved spines : fr. % in. long, edible. Mex. JARED G. SMITH. FURTHER NOTES ON WASHINGTONIA.— Our nursery catalogues show that the identity of the three species of Washingtonia is a matter of conjecture in the minds of growers. In middle California there are two distinct types in general cultivation: (1) the one having very filamentous deeply cleft leaves, long (3-5 ft.) petioles with yellow margins and spines, which is the Colorado Desert species, W . filifera, Wendl.; it is less hardy in San Francisco than W. robusta, suffering from cold winds and fogs and often rotting at the center of the growing part. (2) The species with more robust habit, the growing part of the stem shorter and therefore more distinctly conical, dark leaf-sheaths, short, stout petioles with brown, often very dark margins and spines, and shorter, more rigid, less deeply cut and often less fila- mentous leaf -blades, which is the one from Mexico and Lower California, W. robusta, Wendl. ( W. Sonora, Hort. Calif, in part). This dark color of the petiole margins and spines is equally noticeable in the young as well as in older specimens. Comparative study of the inflorescence may perhaps establish this palm as a mere geographical variety of W. filifera, but we have not been able to study flowering specimens. It is cer- tain that a part of the material offered by nurserymen under the name of WatJiingtonia Sonorce is really n robusta. Its greater hardiness in the climate of ban Francisco shows that Washingtonia robusta is by far the most desirable species for cultivation along the coast of middle California. The following data give evidence that many <• specimens in cultivation in the San Francisco bay re- gion have originated from Mexican seed and are not, as WASHINGTONIA 1966 is sometimes suggested, men- cultural vun.ti.- d.-vi-l- oped from setd of the typical for t tin- Colorado Desert. According to Charles Abraham, f..r many years proprietor of the- Western Nurs.-r\ . s.-m Fnti: -••r.l of Wai&tngtonia r<>i,nxtn \v»-. introduced v,m«- twenty-five years ago by Mr. SresHovitrh, a commission merchant of San Francisco, from the coast of M. near Guaymas. Of the trees raised from tliis seed there is a specimen at Abraham's nursery, and Mr. Abraham states that there is a fine one in the grounds of st. Ignatius College, San Francis,-,), and another at the Crocker residence in Sacramento. The latter has al- ready matured seed, from which Mr. Abraham has raised a young plant. In the old Bolton garden at Greenwich and Jones streets, San Francis,-,., then- were growing until this yenr several well marked specimens. According to Miss Lizzie Bolton, these were raised from seeds presented to her mother, Mrs. James R. Bolton (formerly Mrs. Estrada) by friends who brought them from Mazatlan. These specimens are now in Mr. Abra- ham's possession. A third importation of seed was made by Mr. John Rock, manager of the California Nursery Co. at Niles, but we do not know whence it came. Washingtonia Sonorae is rarely seen in cultivation, though frequently mentioned in nurserymen's cata- logues, and it is certain that much of the material of- fered under this name is really W. robusta. In his "Flora of the Cape Region of Baja California," in I'm.-. Calif. Acad. Sci., series 2, vol.3, pp. 109-181.', Mr. T B. Brandegee records that Washingtonia Sonera occurs at La Paz and San Jos4, and notes that "a species of Washingtonia is abundant in the canons of the moun- tains and may be this one." A few years ago Dr. Gustav Eisen is reported to have collected seeds of a Washingtonia at La Paz, which were handed to a gar- dener in San Francisco for propagation: some of the seedlings were obtained by Mr. Abraham, hut only one survived; this specimen shows the characteristic slender 2716. Young plant of Washington!* filifera. petiole and glaucous leaf of the true r, This species appears to be much less hardy under cultivation than W. robust a. From the above notes it would appear that » otn W. 1966 WASHINGTONIA Sonorv and W. robusta are found along the Pacific slope of Mexico, on the mainland or on the peninsula of Baja California. While the type locality of the former is given as Guaymas, on the mainland of Mexico, the few 2/17. Old tree oi Washingtonia filifeia. specimens in cultivation have come from the peninsula, and though the type locality is not certainly known, most of the specimens in the trade apparently came from Guaymas and Mazatlan on the mainland. In cultivation in California Washingtonias respond gratefully to an abundance of water during the dry sea- son. It is a mistake to suppose that because they are desert plants they will thrive without moisture; on the borders of the Colorado desert, where they grow in abundance and luxuriance, they occur beside saline or brackish springs. - Jog BuRT DAVY WATEE ALOE. Stratiotes aloides. W, Arum is a name sometimes applied to Calla palustris. W. Beech. Carpinus Caroliniana. W. Caltrops, or Water Chestnut. Trapa natans. W. Chinkapin, or Chinquapin. Nelumbo lutea. W. Cress. See Cress and Nasturtium officinale. W. Hyacinth. See ISichhornia. WATEKING. An abundant and convenient supply of pure, fresh water should always be a first considera- tion in locating a garden or greenhouse. Having this, the next matter is knowing how to use it, for here, good gardeners say, lies nine-tenths of the elements of success. Certain it is, especially in the indoor cultiva- tion of plants, that more depends upon knowing when to give or withhold water than upon any other single matter. The art of watering is unteachable; it requires experience, judgment, skill. Some knowledge of the commoner facts of vegetable physiology, physics and soil physics will be helpful, but 'even then experience will be necessary. Two common types of watering- WATERING cans are shown in Fig. 2718. In American gardens, however, watering is usually performed with a hose from a stored water supply. General Rules.— A. fairly safe guide is: never water plants until the soil has become dry, though not "powder-dry," and then give them a thorough soaking. Plants dislike a continuously wet soil. In the care of plants in earthenware vessels, a useful test is to thump the jar. If it rings the soil is dry; if the sound pro- duced is dull the soil is sufficiently moist. Such rules, however, are only for the novice. They presuppose activity of growth, and take into account only one con- sideration aside from this, and that is the condition of the soil as regards moisture. The experienced gar- dener reads his practice in his plants and the conditions under which they are being kept. The following sug- gestions are based upon the most important considera- tions. Actively growing plants may be watered very freely, as a rule, whereas in a dormant or semidormant state the same plants will require only occasional water- ings. Soft-stemmed or rapid-growing plants ("soft-wood" and "hard-wood" plants), and those with large leaves, need, as a rule, an abundance of water when growing actively. Hard-wood or slower-growing plants, with smaller leaves, must be watered with greater care. Soft- wooded plants, with some exceptions, may at times even flag somewhat for want of water, and recover without permanent injury when a fresh supply is given. Hard- wooded plants, as camellias, azaleas and heaths, on the other hand, suffer permanent injury from becoming too dry. It is safest to allow no plant in active growth to flag. The amount of foliage affects the plant's capacity for using water. Plants which have been cut back, or which from disease, insects or other causes, have lost most of their foliage, must be kept drier until they have regained their foliage. Unhealthy plants are benefited, as a rule, by being kept rather dry until they begin to show signs of re- newed vigor. Small cuttings, or any plants freshly potted or newly transplanted, are not in condition to use much water until the root-hairs have attached themselves to the soil-particles and growth has begun. A thorough wa- tering at the time of potting or repotting the plants, especially if they are subsequently shaded for a few days, is" usually sufficient until they have become established. The character and bulk of soil should be kept in mind. Porous and warm soils dry out much sooner, while the heavier clay soils are in danger of becoming water - logged and sour, unless watered with care. When there is a large mass of soil in proportion to root development, as in the case of greenhouse beds newly set with young plants, care must be used in. watering until the soil is occupied with roots. Serious trouble often begins in the greenhouse from a heavy watering at the beginning of a period of dark, muggy weather. Not only does such watering do dam- age to the soil and roots, but the excessive humidity of the air about the plants and its weakening effect upon their tissues, invites the attacks of various mildews, fungi and insect pests. The time of day is important. In the greenhouse ii- winter free ventilation is usually impossible. At night there is a tendency toward a damp atmosphere. Careful florists, therefore, water in the early part of the day at this season, so that the house will have become somewhat dried out by nightfall. It is seldom advisable to let plants go into the night with wet foli- age. It gives the fungi a chance. Especially hazardous is it to water cutting benches or boxes of young seed- lings late in the day in the winter season. The various damping-off fungi find under such treatment the condi- tion suitable for their development. Excessive humidity on the interior of a closed plant-house is most likely to occur in moderate weather. During severe weather the condensation upon the glass is large and renders the air of the house drier. During summer, when there is free ventilation, the watering may advantageously be done late in the day. Midday watering at seasons when WATERING the sunshine is very bright is often followed by scald- ing of the foliage unless the plants are well shaded. Ferns, Rex begonias, Chinese primroses mid richardias are among plants easily injured in this way. Consider the temperature. The temperature at which the plants are kept, the position of the heating pipes, the amount of light, and the freedom of ventilation per- missible, need to be kept in mind in watering plants in glasshouses. It is better, as a rule, to have the water- ing conform to these conditions ; but frequently the prac- tice must be reversed. , Experiments by the writer show, beyond question, that the temperature of water used in watering plants exerts a marked effect upon the growth, flowering and fruiting of plants. It is now held that, in general, the water should be of a temperature close to that of the air in the house where the plants are growing, or about 10° F. below. Watering may be indirect. Shading the glass of greenhouses in summer with some suitable material is much practiced by florists for the purpose of sheltering plants from too great intensity of light, and for the purpose of reducing evaporation and transpiration. Certain kinds of plants, as palms, and some kinds of ferns, require this; also newly potted plants. Syring- ing of walks, by reducing the temperature and increas- ing the humidity of the air, also tends to reduce trans- piration and save watering. Watchfulness and atten- tion to ventilation are necessary, however, to avoid excessive humidity, which tends toward a soft watery growth and extreme sensitiveness and susceptibility to disease. Vessels to contain plants should always be provided with openings at the bottom for perfect drainage. This, in a measure, is a safeguard against overwater- ing. Investigation has shown that a soil which is kept continuously wet through bad drainage or otherwise is rapidly impoverished through loss of nitrogen. A fer- mentation is also set up in the roots, which through the formation of alcohol and other products, results in their destruction. While a constantly wet soil is always very objec- tionable, thoroughness in watering as often as the plants need water is of the greatest importance. When enough water has been supplied there will be more or less dripping from the bottom of the pot. It is a good plan to leave a space of llA-2 in. or more at the top of the pot for the reception of water. This space should be so large that when filled, the supply of water m soak- ing downward will penetrate to the bottom of the vessel. See, also, Greenhouse Ma-naqement, p. 696. WATKK.MKI.o.N L967 2718. Watering-cans. The can on the left, flattened on the. sides, U i gen- ally preferable. It can be carried in greenhous The long spout enables erally p in narrow a better spray from the rose. Snbwatering.-A method of watering knownv^"s^; watering"has been made use of m recent years fo supplying moisture to plants growing in beds. Green, of the Ohio Experiment Station, was ; one £ 'the first in this country to point out, as the result < 124 incuts, some of the advantages ,,f t|,i- ni.-lhod of apply- ing water. The essential features i,| • Q are a water-tight bench, with earthenware til.- "pln.-ed m rows upon the bottom either crosswise or l.-nirthwiae to the bed. Soil is placed aboutand ov.-r thc^.-. ( IJ..-T into the runs of tile are left at .•..nv.-iiit-nt |, Water poured into these openings run-, aloni; the length of the tile iiiul is carried outward and upward into th<- soil by capillarity-thus moistening tin- .soil from below upward. In beds over 60ft. long a fall of j in. to every 50 ft. is recommended. See Figs. 1182-:*, Vol. II. J. C. Arthur has experimented with a plan which, In many respects, is an improvement upon the "tile sys- tem." Here porous brick, having the lower edge* cracked off, are placed edgewise and i-lose together over the bottom of the bench. The shattered edge of one brick meets that of its neighbor. A network of channels is thus formed over the bottom of the bed, wh. water is distributed over the entire bottom. Capillarity carries the water upward, through the layer of bricks to the soil resting upon them. The amount of water ap- plied at a given time is indicated by a gauge near the edge of the bench. This consists of a U-shaped tube, placed at some convenient place, having one end in- serted through and on a level with the bottom of the bench; the other rises an inch or so higher outside the edge of the bed. Carnations and lettuce have given excellent results grown by this method of subwatering. Subwatering in connection with flower-beds and borders in the open ground has also proved very ad- vantageous. It tends to prevent the formation of a crust on the surface of the soil, and keeps it loose and porous, carrying the soluble plant-foods upward instead of downward. For further notes, consult the article Irrigation. Watering Lawns and Flower-Beds. — In watering beds in the open ground, and lawns, the chief thing is thoroughness. Superficial waterings induce the forma- tion of roots near the surface. Neglect and subsequent drought then prove more disastrous than ever. The evening is the best time for surface sprinkling. Wa- tered in the heat of the day, grass and various other plants are likely to have the foliage injured. Ordina- rily it is better to avoid watering beds of plants in the open ground if possible or delay it until really neces- sary, and then water thoroughly. ERNEST WALKEK. Plung ing. — While it is true that most of the water given to the plant passes through the soil and escapes from the hole in the bottom of the pot, yet much that is left in the soil, -which is considerable if the soil is saturated as it should be,— is evaporated from the porous sides of the earthenware pots. In warm sunny weather plants in small pots, standing on a bench, dry out very quickly. This can be avoided by plung- ing the pots in some material, as coal ashes, tan bark, or, better than all, spent hops. When plunged to the rims, only half of the surface watering is needed, and the advantage of less watering is shown by a marked improvement in the health and vigor of the plant- Such a benefit is this plunging that plants which would otherwise need a shift into a size larger pot, can be car- ried along another month in perfect health. This ap- plies more particularly to quick-growing, soft-wooded plants, geraniums more especially, for these are quickly exhausted by too frequent waterings. WILLIAM SCOTT. WATEKLEAF. Hiidrophyllum. W. Lemon. See Pas- siflora laurifolia. W. Lettuce. n»Ha Stratiotes. W. Lily. See Nymphaa. W. Milfoil. Jfyriophyltum. W. Oak. Quercui nigra, commonly known as y. aquatt, W. Oat. Zizania aquatica. W. Plantain. Alisma Plantago. W. Plants. $*> Aquatic*. *•***•£***• W Pest. Klndea Canadensis. W. Shield. Hrasetna peltata. W. Soldier. Stratiotes aloides. W. Tl Elodea Canadenti*. W. Weed, h'lodea Ca*aden$i>. WATEEMELON. Figs. 2719-20. Plate XLIX. The Watermelon (Citrvllus rulgaris, which see) I of the wanner parts of Africa. It is a tender annual It DM I „ cultivated from prehistoric time.. I .reach, its hi-hest development in warm and sunny cl 1968 WATERMELON There is probably no country in which the Watermelon is grown to such a large extent as in the United States. All the central and southern states can grow Water- melons to perfection, and there are some of the short- season varieties that thrive well as far north as Ontario. It is always important that light and "quick" soils be selected for the Watermelon, but this is particularly true in the northern part of the country, since the plants must secure a very early start and grow rapidly in order to mature in the short seasons. It is probabl that a well-matured Watermelon raised in the North has as good quality as one grown in the South, borne persons believe that seeds from melons grown for several generations in the North give earlier and better results in the North than southern-grown seeds; but the subject yet needs further experiment. However, the Watermelon is generally not so adaptable to the northern parts of the country as the muskmelon is, and is not so largely grown. The Watermelon can be so cheaply grown in the South and the West, and it transports so readily, that there is practically no Watermelon growing for profit in the northern states. Nearly every home garden can grow its own supply. The seeds may be sown directly in the open ground; or, in the northern sections, it is better to start them indoors in transplant- ing boxes or on sods, as explained under Muskmelon and Transplanting. It is well, also, in the northern states, to use rather freely of some quickly available fertilizer in the hill, in order to start the plants off early. If the lands are loose and leachy and likely to dry out, or, on the other hand, if they are hard and tend to become lumpy, it is well to make "hills" by mixing one or two large shovelfuls of manure with the earth; but it is important that this manure be short and well rotted and then very thoroughly mixed with the soil. If the manure is coarse and not well in- corporated with the soil, the hill is likely to dry out and the fertilizing elements are usually so tardily available that the plant does not get a quick start. The smaller- growing varieties may be planted as close as 6x8 feet, but it is customary not to plant them closer than 8 feet either way. In the South, where general field practice is employed, the melons are usually planted about 10 feet apart. The flea beetle and the striped cucumber beetle are likely to be serious on the young plants. Hand-picking and thorough spraying with Bordeaux mixture and Paris green are the most available remedies. In the northeastern states, the Georgia Watermelon is chiefly known, although nearly all parts of the South grow the melon with satisfaction. Lately very large melon industries have developed in Colo- rado. A very large part of the United States is really well adapted to the commercial growing of the Water- melon. The common Watermelons are used as dessert fruits. However, there is a race of hard-fleshed very firm melons that are used for the making of preserves (Fig. 2720). Since these are used for the same purposes as the true citron of commerce, they are commonly known as citrons. They come true from seed. L H B Watermelon Culture in Georgia.— The Watermelon is the only important fruit or vegetable that has no valu- able by-products. Its saccharine matter cannot be profitably converted into sugar. Its enormous reservoir of juice or sap refuses to be turned into vinegar or wine, as putrefactive instead of acetic or alcoholic fermentation results. For this reason, also, it does not, like the cantaloupe, produce a good brandy when dis- tilled. Its substance cannot be successfully used in animal nutrition- serving, at best, as a mere diuretic or digestive. Habitat and Distribution. -Throughout the entire tertiary region of the Atlantic and Gulf states, from the seacoast to a curved line marked by the Piedmont Escarpment which sweeps diagonally southwest from Richmond to Vicksburg on the Mississippi- throughout this vast area-"the land of the long-leaf pine" (and of the wiregrass) -the Watermelon flourishes unrivaled attaining there its serenest, fullest perfection. And of ««T aiea.v,Geurfiia ln Particular ^ noted as producing not only the bulk of the crop shipped to northern trade centers, but the choicest selection as well. WATERMELON To a certain limit perfection in the melon is found to directly parallel latitude — regulated and modified, of course, by die corrections imposed by isotherms, geological formation and local conditions and environ- ment. Every mile traveled southward from New Eng- land toward this limit, which corresponds, practically, to the boundary between Georgia and Florida on the Atlantic slope and to the Brazos river in Texas, the possibilities of the melon enlarge— its size improves, its sugar content increases, its flavor refines and intensi- fies. Beyond the limit southward, deterioration again begins, progressing with even greater rapidity than in the opposite direction, or northward from the climactic or focal "line of perfection;" so it happens that the melon of extreme South Florida or of the Rio Grand6 country is little if any superior to its colder and more impassive sister of New Jersey or Long Island. In this the melon but follows a fixed morphological rule, prom- inently emphasized by many familiar products of the garden and orchard. The "line of perfection" referred to— which, indeed, is ultimately reducible to a focal "point" of perfection — is, like the center of population, liable to change as conditions and methods vary or improve under local development. At present this point or center may per- haps be located with more reason at Valdosta, in South Georgia, near the Florida line, than anywhere else. Augusta, however, in eastern Georgia, was formerly considered the great center of southern melon produc- tion—its very "throne of empire"— and was, for many years, noted for shipping the largest, choicest and most succulent specimens found in the markets of the North and West. Varieties. — Twenty years ago, and for many ypars previous, the tempting if rather startling announce- ment, "Augusta Rattlesnakes " could be seen invitingly placarded over every progressive ice-dealer's door in all of the big cities of the land. Then crept in the "Kolb Gem," an Alabama product, somewhat superseding, though not displacing the famed "Rattlesnake" as a market favorite, and the public began to prefer the round to the oblong form, though still partial to the "striped rind." In ante-bellum days, besides the Rattlesnake only two varieties obtained general recognition at the South for excellence — the Lawton and Cuba melons, with their evolved offspring— the former dark green, the latter belonging to the white or gray type (pale green rind with delicate, darker green tracery) but both of them of oblong shape. These were in great measure gradually displaced by the Georgia (or Augusta) Rattlesnake, and it, as stated, was in turn forced to partially yield prec- edence to the Kolb Gem. The round or ovoid form became fully established in public favor by the later advent of the "Jones " type, which soon dominated the market, its refreshing dark green color proving par- ticularly attractive. Selections of this strain, culminat- ing with Duke Jones, Lord Bacon and others, have finally brought the melon up to its highest perfection, though the Girardeau innovations from Florida, such as Florida Favorite, New Favorite and Triumph, still con- test their supremacy, while the older standards, as Rattlesnake, Sugarloaf, Sheephead, Scalybark and the like are by no means "back numbers." Nor have the North and West been altogether idle in the work of development, many of the best of the recent introductions and some of the older strains coming from these sections. Indiana, for instance, gives us Sweetheart and Hoosier King; Cuban Queen, Delaware and Boss come from the Middle States; while Virginia contributes Jordan Gray Monarch. Many points combine to form the ideal melon. The scale of excellence for the southern type is probably about as follows: Per cent Shipping capacity 35 Size 25 Productiveness ]5 Quality jo Earliness g Shape 4 Color of flesh 2 Color of rind, or marking j Total .. 100 WATERMELON As southern melons are intended, primarily, for sale, a hard, thick rind, with firmness and solidity of Besh, is a paramount requisite, as it makes a safe shipper and long keeper. l"n fortunately, quality, which is based mainly upon a high sugar content, is generally inseparable from a thin rind and tender flesh — contradictory features to those requisite for a good shipper. This accounts for the relatively inferior quality of such melons as Rattle- snake, Kolb Gem and Jones, which are grown, of course, for distant markets. The metropolitan seldom realizes the supreme lusciousness which it is possible for some of the best local varieties in the South to 2719. A Georgia Watermelon. attain unless he has been lucky enough to test them in the field. Even a Lord Bacon, the best of the shipping melons, cannot stand table comparison with Ramsay, Dixie, Jordan Gray Monarch, Kleckley Sweets, Mclver Sugar, Phinney Early or Mountain Sweet. Shape is of minor consideration, if only ordinary symmetry or freedom from distinct deformity is pre- served, as preference appears to be divided between the round or ovoid and elongated forms, while the marking or color of rind is of still less moment; although of late a solid green tint seems to find a readier market than either the striped or "gray" marking, while an irregular, blotched surface, as with Scalybark or Moun- tain Sprout, though attached to good quality and size, is distinctly objected to. With regard to color of flesh, the public is united in demanding a deep red or crimson heart, with few seeds; for white or golden-fleshed varieties have never found favor. They are generally regarded as wanting in character or insipid, although some melons of this type unquestionably attain superior quality. Little difference is observable between varieties in their capacity to resist disease and insect depredation. Vigor of growth depends mainly upon individual cul- tural methods and little upon variety; nor is there much marked difference in time of maturity between the dif- ferent strains. Of all the physical features enumerated, size and shipping capacity are by far the most important- to- gether aggregating (>0 per cent of the requisites for an ideal type. Size is almost as necessary as resistant rind, and it is fatal to attempt to ship small melons. Results would be far better if stricter culling should be universally followed. To summarize: For shipping purposes the following varieties may be confidently listed as superior, in the order named: Lord Bacon, Kolb Gem, and Georgia (preferably Augusta) Rattlesnake. For table or family: Jordan Gray Monarch, Sibley Triumph and Seminole. For early melons: Memphis, Augusta Sugarloaf and Augusta Rattlesnake. For late melons: Boss, Scalybark and Sweetheart. Culture. — While the Watermelon is extremely cosmo- politan and will readily accommodate itself to a variety of soils, and, particularly in its own best region-the «Wiregrass"-will submit to an infinity of rough and unscientific treatment without rebelling, yet a warm, light, irray. sandy soil is its delicrht. especially when supplemented by a strong clay subsoil that will daily WATERMELON yield its modirunt ..f nici-iiire. little by little, when called on. Like tin- cat and the u'rape, the" melon 'cannot hear "wet feet." Mill, the -,.il should not he too dry. Sufficient capillarity must ,-xi-t to k«-ep the root- ,,f the plants well supplied with their proper amount of mois- ture-thoiiKh not enough to evaporate the entire i voir of water in the subsoil into the atnio>pheri \ soil too rich in humus is not de-.iral.le. Sufficient nitro- gen for its use can be supplied artificially where it does not exist naturally. A surplus may, and generally does, produce larger melons, but at the expense of q'u. They will prove soft, watery and insipid-poor ship pers, and with a small percentage of sugar. Therefore, an ideal location for a melon plat on a small scale will be found on the site of an abandoned cowlot, or an old garden spot. "Second bottoms "-the accumulated de- tritus of hillsides — serve admirably, hut creek hot or heavy muck of any sort would be no more admissible for the melon than for grapes or peaches. Rotation of crop area is all-important. Never should two crops of melons occupy the same plat with an inter- val of less than three years between them. In that time, insect depredators, attracted by the first melon crop, will probably have become exterminated, and the drain from the soil of specific plant-food (especially potash) will also have been, to a great extent at least, made good. Preparation of the land should be thorough, but not necessarily deep. The roots of the melon extend quite a distance under ground laterally, but close to the sur- face. The deeper the land is broken, the deeper the roots will be induced to penetrate, disturbing their nor- mal habit and producing surplus vine at the expense of fruit. But because shallow plowing is permissible, for that very reason the surface pulverization should be thorough and effective. What is saved on the subsoiler should be expended on the harrow. After breaking, two harrowings, one with a cutaway, the other with an Acme harrow, should follow. This leaves the plat in excellent condition, especially if a crop of cow-peas baa been grown on the laud the previous year, as is always advisable. The richer the soil or the higher the fertilization, the more luxuriant will be the resulting growth of vim •<. Hence, the distance apart at which the "hills" should be located must correspond. On very rich land 12 feet apart each way is none too much : indeed, many growers prefer this distance even on poor land. It is entirely a matter for individual control. Probably 10 x 10 feet is the distance most frequently employed, and in no case should it be less than 8x8, and this very rarely. What- ever the distance, the land should be checked in squares, locating the hills equidistant in both directions. Whatever the distance adopted, the plat, after its final "freshening up" with the harrow, is "laid off" with cross furrows made by a light "scooter" plow. Then, in one direction, with a wide "shovel" plow, an opening furrow is run in which the fertilizer is drilled and thoroughly mixed with a scooter— two trips to the row— on which four furrows are next "listed" with a turn-plow, thus forming the bed for planting, which will warm up sooner than the surrounding soil. The "middles" are broken out later. Many growers still cling to the obsolete practice of dragging up the dirt with a hoe into individual hills at the intersection of the furrows, and therein concentrat- ing the manure, as in garden squash culture, instead of employing the more modern and economical "continu- ous beds." Where compost is used on a small scale this may be excusable; but it is not only preferable, but on a" large scale necessary, to drill commercial ferti- lizers. A crop of cow-peas the previous year is the be»1 preparation that can be given an area Intended for melons. It leaves the soil well stored with ni'i light, porous and easily worked. In midwinter or early spring, according to latitude, the manure, if comi fertilizer is eniplox ed, should be put in: coinp..-t or stable dropping sooner, to insure partial dec..i tion by planting time. Stable manure, however, is alwavs variable in its content of plant f 1. and there- fore "for moj-e reliable results commercial fertilizers are preferable, particularly when operations are conducted 1970 WATERMELON on a large scale. The following formula will be found to be well adapted to the average soil: Lbs. Nitrateof soda |>0j} High grade superphosphate Ww» Sulfate of potash (or muriate ot potash; rf 2,000 This is rather a high grade formula and will analyze : Per cent Nitrogen (ammonia equivalent 4.0 per cent) 3.3 Phosphoric acid (available) 8.4 Potash (K2O) 7-5 It may be used advantageously at the rate of from 400 to 800 Ibs. per acre; the maximum amount, how- ever, will rarely be justified. An extra finish of nitrate of soda-say a thimbleful per hill-applied just after the plants are well up, will give them a good start. Planting is performed by hand and the seed put in quite shallow. Seeds should not be spared. Field mice, pigeons, poultry, crows, cockroaches and other depre- dators frequently prevent a perfect stand where but few seed are used, and the time lost thereby, when re- planting is necessitated, can never be regained. Twenty seeds to the hill is not too many— preferably rather more than less— each seed pushed down separately into the mellow soil with the forefinger to the depth of an inch or less. They should on no account be placed deeper. This forces the marauding agency— whatever it may be— to discover and destroy each seed in succes- sion, which gives some a chance to escape; whereas, if planted together in a mass, so soon as the pocket was found the seed would all be scattered or devoured at once. The process of planting as described seems slow and laborious, but it really takes much less time than 8720. The Preserving Watermelon, commonly known as "Citron." its details indicate. ,On dry soil, during a time of drought, it is sometimes necessary to put a "hoe-dab" of earth on each hill, after planting, to serve as a mulch and to induce germination. This is removed before the cotyledons of the young plants appear. In addition to starting under glass and transferring to paper (Neponset) pots, in order to have the young plants ready for permanent planting as soon as all dan- ger of frost is over, the growth of the vine, after final transplanting, may be forced by artificial means. A section of small sewer-pipe or tiling is embedded per- pendicularly in the hill and nightly draughts of water (liquid manure, if desired, weak, with a solution of phosphates) fed the plant. This stimulates rapid growth in early spring and development of root sur- face. When acid phosphate is used in solution, the fruit is also said to increase rapidly in size, quantity and quality. Careful thinning to one or two melons per vine^will also hasten their growth and development. "Christmas" melons — should any one care for as cold cheer at that season— may be had by selecting a thick- rinded variety, as Kolb Gem, planting late in June, handling carefully when pulled, and storing in some dry, yielding substance, like cottonseed hulls, in a cool WATERMELON cellar where the temperature is uniform and can never drop below freezing. After the plants are up they are at first thinned down to three or four to the hill, and subsequently to one, or at most two. One vigorous root system, well attended to, will usually succeed in extracting from the soil as much plant-food as will two, and will give a better account of it, also, on "settling day." Cultivation is commenced early and should cease early. It is effected with either the five-toothed or eleven-toothed cultivator or with scooter and "heel- scrape," and should invariably be shallow, except for the first plowing after planting, when the middles are customarily "run out" with a turn-plow or "twister." "Laying by," or the cessation of cultivation, should occur as soon as the vines cover the ground well. Vines are never turned at any stage, if it can be avoided, and under no circumstances after "laying by." Nor is the land ever plowed in the early forenoon. To prevent the wind from rolling and tumbling the vines, a thin bread- casting of cow-peas is usually made at the last plowing. They serve also, later, to partially shade the melons and leave the soil in excellent condition for the next crop. Marketing.— Large areas for shipment are always located directly on some line of railroad — if possible, with a spur or side-track into the plantation. The heaviest servitude attached to melon culture is the initial haul, which should invariably be on springs. A mile's jolt in a springless vehicle discounts profits more severely than a thousand-mile journey, subse- quently, in a ventilator car— the mode of shipment now almost exclusively employed where a water route is not convenient. Profits also largely depend on two other considerations: judicious and severe culling, and the proper selection of a market. The first measure cannot be practiced too severely. Undersized fruit is unsal- able, and the car-load average is invariably gauged by the smallest melons it contains, as the strength of a chain is measured by its weakest link. Nothing under sixteen pounds should ever leave the field, and it would be better to limit the minimum weight to twenty pounds. Anything over thirty pounds ranks as large, over forty quite large, and melons reaching fifty pouFds are of the first rank, although it is not uncommon to meet with monsters of sixty, seventy or even eighty pounds, while occasionally a phenomenally big one tops the hun- dred mark. It is believed that the largest melon on record (officially) attained the weight of 124 pounds. This was grown near Decatur, Ga., some twenty years ago— outside the established "Melon Belt." In shipping, the smaller melons should occupy the floor of the car, with the larger forming the upper tiers — not for the purpose of deception or for the sake of appearance, but because the smaller sizes better with- stand jolting and pressure and there is also less loss if they are injured. As the importance of avoiding glutted markets is self-apparent, and the judicious selection of his point of shipment means to the grower success or failure, it follows that shipping associations are almost an absolute necessity — the ordinary planter who depends on his in- dividual judgment generally "going to the wall." The "Shippers' Unions," however, are usually able to cope successfully with the problem and manage to distribute the season's crop over the country in such manner as to leave a living profit to the planter. Yet the industry is now by no means so remunerative as formerly. Supply seems to more than equal demand, and great complaint is made by the grower of excessive freight charges, while the transportation lines insist that their rates at present figures are not profitable. And yet the grower still continues to plant his melons, the railroads to haul, and the public to purchase them! Affections and Remedies.— After a stand is once ob- tained—spontaneously and promptly— and this, when all is said, is perhaps the main problem underlying suc- cessful melon culture— its affections are comparatively few and simple. Indeed, the Watermelon may be said to be free from any vital disease, and its maladies are almost entirely confined to those resulting from the at- tacks of a few insect pests, as follows: 1. The melon worm (Margaronia hi/alinafa).—A Plate XLIX. Watermelons. — The Orange variety WATERMELON small moth, the larvae of which, light, yellowish green caterpillars about an inch long, destroy only tin- leaves of the Watermelon, but both the foliage and fruit of the cantaloupe or muskinelou. They are "chewers," not "suckers." 2. The melon louse (Aphis goxsijpii).— This attacks the foliage, only, in the form of the adult — a small winged green liy, viviparous, whose wingless progeny attain maturity in about a week from birth, and begin to reproduce. 3. The striped cucumber beetle (Diabr»/lr,i ritlntn). —A small black and yellow-striped beetle, a quarter of an inch long, appearing in spring and attacking the young plants as they emerge from the ground, its larvte at the same time destroying the roots. 4. The flea beetle (Crepidodera cucumeris). Dimin- utive, like all of its kind, but very active, feeding on the young plants in spring, after maturing under rubbish and stones. The adult insect eats the upper surface of the leaves, in irregular patches, and tire larvse are said to burrow their way through the interior of the leaf structure under the surface. Remedies : The commercial grower is generally pre- pared to accept the fact that none of these pests is going to neglect him, and therefore makes his prepara- tions to combat all, separately and collectively, and so plans his schedule as to cover the entire list. The fol- lowing is a detail of the operations advised: 1. Apply a pinch of nitrate of soda to each hill as soon as the young plants are up to insure full vigor and power of resistance to all enemies as they arrive upon the scene. 2. For the melon worm, striped cucumber beetle and flea beetle, spray with Paris green — 4 ounces to 50 gal- lons of water— for two or three sprayings, at intervals of a week apart. 3. Spray intermediately, at intervals of a week (mid- way between the arsenite applications) if the melon louse is found to have located on the plants, with a 1 to 20 mixture of kerosene and water (using Weed kero- sene attachment to sprayer) or with kerosene emulsion, same strength. Whale-oil soap, 1 Ib. to the gallon, may be substituted for the kerosene treatment in ordinary cases, but when obdurate resort must be had to carbon bisulfide, a teaspoonful to the hill, in box-tops, clam- shells or cheap vessels of any kind, under canvas- hooped covers. This remedy is unfailing, but somewhat troublesome, and is only justified when the commercial grower is fighting desperately for his crop and liveli- hood. A detail of the methods of preparing the remedies here suggested may be obtained from the article on Insecticides, in Vol. II of this work, which see. HUGH N. STARNES. WATSONIA (Sir Wm. Watson, M.D., 1715-1787. elec- trician and professor of botany at Chelsea). Irid&ceai. A genus of 16 species of tender bulbous plants, one from Madagascar, the others from the Cape of Good Hope. They bloom from July to September and have scarlet, rose or white 6-lobed flowers, with usually a long, slender tube which is bent near the base. Wat- sonias are very much like Gladioli, having the same kind of a corm, the same sword-shaped, rigid Ivs., the same kind of a spike and the same season of bloom. I is, therefore, a great mistake to suppose that they are suited only to greenhouse cultivation. The main dif- ferences between Watsonia and Gladiolus, from the horticultural as well as botanical points of view, are the longer tube and regular flower of Watsonia; three of the six perianth-segments in Gladiolus being usually different in size, shape and direction of spread. An im- portant botanical difference is that the style-branches of Watsonia are simple, while those of Gladiolus are bifid. Great interest has been aroused in Watsonias recently by the introduction of the "White Watsonia," known to the trade as W. Ardemei. The plant might be roughly described as a white Gladiolus. It is likely to receive considerable attention within the next few years. 1 grows 3 or 4 ft. high, strong specimens being branchi and bears about a dozen fls., each 2^-3 in. long and abo 2 in. across. The purity of its color and its value ft cutting make it of exceptional interest to florists. There are other white -fld. forms of Watsonia, but none c WATSONIA 1971 them seem to be in tin- American tntdc. Pure white is the exception i,, the iris family, while it mon, if not dominant, "color" In the lily and amar\lliM families. The White Watsonia has acquired so many names that a short historical sketch of the j,i All the stock in the trade itt pr.-^en' i- -ii|.|.o-,.,l (O be descended from plants cultivated hy 11. W. Arderne, of Cape Town. The original bulb was found MI miles away in a peat boffmongvl thousands of the common pink tld. kind. In <>c'.. l.yij. Mr. Ardernc had 40(1 spik- bloom ami in March. lh!i:i, some of his plants were pic- tured in The Garden under the name of Wntxnnin alba. However, a pure white - tld. form had been previously found near Port Eli/abeth and a bulb sent to J. O'Brien. of Harrow, (lowered in England in 1889 and was then fully described as \Y . i,-ilin, var. «'/.Y-.i,,. the name adopted in this work. In the recent discussions of the plant the fact has been overlooked that T. 8. Ware, of Tottenham, cultivated a white variety in 1880, it being figured in The Garden for that year a* sonia alba. A nearly white form was cultivated in Eng- land as early as 1801, but the tube was pinkish out-ide and there was a rosy spot at the base of each perianth- segment. William Watson, of Kew, was the first to emphasize the close horticultural parallel between Watsonia and Gladiolus and to urge the whole group upon the atten- tion of the plant-breeder. This suggestion, coming from the man who may be said to have created the modern Cape Primrose or Streptocarpus, should result in an- other fine race of hybrids before many years. However, the Watsonia "bulb" is not so easily and safely stored as that of Gladiolus. Generic characters: perianth with long, curved tube. the lowest and narrowest part ascending a short dis- tance above the calyx; the tube is then dilated into a cylindrical or funnel-shaped portion which bends down, usually at a sharp angle; segments equal, oblong, spread- ing; stamens unilateral, arcuate, inserted below the throat of the tube. Baker, Handbook of the Irideae. Flora Capensis, vol. 6. nll'ii. 4. aletroides, 1. angusta, 2. Ardernei, 4. INDEX. cooeinea, 8. densiflora, 5. fulgent, 2. humilis. 7. iridifolia, 4. Mcriann, 3. O'Brieni, 4. rose*, 8. A. Upper part of tube cylindrical or nar- I-IIH-II/ funnel-shaped. B. Length of perianth-segments %-K i'»i.l. aletroidei BB. Li'n'uHi <>f />< -rinnth -segments %-l in. C. Stems (nil, S-4 ft., often branch. to of W. anausta reaches to the tip of the pcriaT.th segment* While in W. Mrri,n,n it does not. H.M. COO. Gn. 1 (as W. Meriana, var. coccinta), 4i 1972 WATSONIA 3. Meriana, Mill. This seems to be the dominant species of the genus anil hence the most variable and the one most interesting to the plant-breeder. In its -widest sense it includes W. iridifolia, but for horti- cultural purposes it will be convenient to consider the latter a distinct species. W. Meriana is best restricted to the commonest type at the Cape, which is a rose-fld. species 3-4 ft. high, the stem usually branched, Ivs. %-% in. wide and the spikes 12-20-fld. This is the plant figured in B.M. 418 as Antholyza Meriana. Gn. 17:230 is more typical in color. The white-fld. form, which is rarer in nature, is treated under W. iridifolia. Baker says that there are scarlet-fld. forms of this spe- cies, but he gives them no name, and it is probable that all such should be referred to W. angusta. 4. iridifolia, Ker. This is treated by Baker as a va- riety of W. Meriana characterized by broader Ivs. than the type: fls. closer and more numerous, white or pink- ish. For horticultural purposes it will be convenient to treat it as a distinct species and restrict the name to the pink or rose-colored type. Var. O'Brleni, N. E. Br. ( W. alba, Hort. W. O'Brleni, Mast. W.iridifdlia,v&r. alba,Vfm. Robinson. W.Arder- yiei, Hort. W. Meriana, var. alba, Hort.). WHITE WATSONIA. A variety with pure white fls. discussed ahov. Gn. 17:230; 43, p. 229; 51, p. 284. J.H. III. :2J:219. G.C. III. 11:305; 19:143. A.G. 20:573. 5. densifldra, Baker. This very distinct and hand- rsome rose-colored species more nearly resembles a gladiolus than any other by reason of the density and reg- ularity of itspyramidal inflorescence. Stems unbranched, '.2-3 ft. high: spikes a foot long: fls. bright rosy red. B.M. 6400. — There is a choice variety with pure white ifls. Var. alba, Hort., was introduced as early as 1891. 6. eoccinea, Herb. This showy scarlet-fld. species xiiffers from W. Meriana in its stem being shorter and unbranched, the spikes fewer-fld. and the styles a trifle longer. Stem 1 ft. high: spikes 4-6-fld. B.M. 1194 ( W. Meriana variety). 7. humilis, Mill. This species has rose-red fls. ap- parently the same size and color as W. densiflora but only 4-6 in a spike and the stem only a foot or so high. B.M. 631.— A variegated form figured in B.M. 1193 as W. roseo-alba has a spike of 8 flesh-colored fls. with broad bands and splashes of scarlet. 8. rosea, Ker. Robust rose-colored species, growing 4-6 ft. high and the fls., though fewer than those of W. densiflora, are perhaps capable of greater size. Spikes about 15-fld. B.M. 1072. W. argiita, Hort. John Saul, 1893, is presumably a catalogue •error, as no such name appears in Baker's latest monograph. W. M. WATTLE. See Acacia. WAX BEKEY. Symphoricarpus. W. Flower. See Hoya. W. Palm. Consult Diplotnemium. W. Plant. Hoya carnosa. Waxwork. Celastrus scandens. WAYFARING TREE. Viburnum Lantana. WEATHER PLANT. See Abrus. WEEDS. It would have been a sorry thing for agri- culture if there had been no weeds. They have made us stir the soil, and stirring the soil is the foundation of good farming. Even after we have learned that crops are benefited by the stirring of the land, we are likely to forget the lesson or to be neglectful of it un- less the weeds constantly remind us of it. Necessity is always the best schoolmaster; and of these necessities weeds are amongst the chief. A weed is a plant that is not wanted. There are, therefore, no species of weeds, for a plant that is a weed in one place may not be in another. There are, of course, species that are habitual weeds; but in their wild state, where they do not intrude on cultivated areas, they can scarcely be called weeds. The common pigweed and the purslane are sometimes vegetables, in which case potato plants would be weeds if thev grew .among them. The one way to destroy weeds is to practice good WESTRINGIA farming. Judicious tillage should always keep weeds down in cultivated lands. In idle lands weeds are likely to be a serious nuisance. In sod lands they are also likely to take the place of grass when for any reason the grass begins to fail. The remedy for weeds in grass lands, therefore, is to secure more grass. In order to do so, it may be necessary to plow the land and reseed. In some cases, however, it is only necessary to give the land a light surface tillage, to add clean and quickly available fertilizers and to sow more grass seed. This is the fundamental remedy for weeds on lawns. If such weeds are perennial, as dandelion and plantain, it is advisable to pull them out; but in order to keep them out, a stiffer sod should be secured. The annual weeds that come in the lawn the first year are usually de- stroyed by frequent use of the lawn mower. Foul lands may usually be cleared of weeds by a short and sharp system of rotation of crops, combined with good tillage in some of the crops of the series. When the land for any reason is fallow, — as when it is waiting for a crop, — surf ace tillage with harrows or cultivators will serve to keep down the weeds and to make the land clean for the coming crop. Often lands that are perfectly clean in spring and early summer become foul in the fall after the crops are removed. Cleaning the land late in the season, therefore, may be one of the most efficient means of ridding the land of weeds. Coarse and rough stable manure, which is not well rotted, may also be a conveyer of weed seed. The seeds of weeds are sometimes carried in the seed with which the land is sown, particularly in grass and grain seeds. It does not follow that weeds are always an evil, even when they are abundant. In the fall a good covering of weeds may serve as an efficient cover-crop for the orchard. They are likely to entail some extra care the next year in order to prevent them from gaining a mastery, but this extra care benefits the orchard at the same time. It is, of course, far better to sow the cover- crop oneself, for then the orchardist secures what he wants and of the proper quantity and at the right sea- son; but a winter cover of weeds is usually better than bare earth. From the above remarks it will be seen that weeds are scarcely to be regarded as fundamental difficulties in farming, but rather as incidents. In the most inten- sive and careful farming the weeds bother the least. There should be a careful oversight of all waste areas, as roadsides and vacant lots. Experience has shown that the greatest difficulty arises on commons and waste land, not on farms. Weeds are often troublesome in walks, particularly in those made of gravel. If the walk were excavated two feet deep and filled with stones, rubble or coal fishes, weeds cannot secure a foothold. It is particularly im- portant that gutters be not laid directly on the soil, else they become weedy. There are various preparations that can be applied to walks to kill the weeds, although, of course, they also kill the grass edgings if carelessly applied. Strong brine, applied hot, is one of the best (1 Ib. of salt to 1 gal. of water). There are also prepa- rations of arsenic, vitriol, lime and sulfur. L. H. B. WEEPING TREES. Consult Trees. WEIGELA. Referred to Diervilla. WEST INDIA RATTLE BOX. Crotalaria retusa. WESTERN CENTAURY. Hesperocliirnn. WESTRlNGIA (J. C. Westring, physician and au- thor). Labiatce. An Australian genus of 11 species of shrubs with entire whorled leaves and solitary, 2-lipped, white or purple-spotted flowers in the leaf-axils or rarely in terminal heads. Calyx bell-shaped, 5-toothed; corolla with a short tube and dilated throat: the upper lip flat and broadly 2-lobed, the lower 3-lobed: fertile stamens 2- staminodia 2, short. rosmarinifdrmis, Sm. VICTORIAN ROSEMARY. A bushy shrub with the branches and under side of the leaves silvery white with appressed hairs : Ivs. in whorls of 4, WESTR1NGIA oblong- lanceolate to linear, ^-1 in. long- fls white axillary, almost sessile; calyx .'{ lines long- corolla not twice as long as the calyx. Sandy hills, near the sea- coast. Australia. — Offered in S. Calif. F. W. BARCLAY. YIKCIMA growing or stock-raising in most sections of the O.»,c In some localities where towns have sprung up as the result of coal, oil or railroad operations, the demand for vegetables and small fruits has been largely met by local producers. The market-garden work, aside from the growing of watermelons, pea.s and tomatoes, is such as has been encouraged by the growth of the neighbor- in- towns. Melon-growing, which has an extensive acreage along the Ohio river bottom, is the only branch of vegetable-gardening which seeks markets outside the state. What has been said of vegetable-gardening ap- plies equally well to small-fruit culture, but the tree fruits — notably apples and peaches — fall under quite a different category. The apple industry in West Virginia is chiefly of two characters and has two regions, — the lower,and the north- ern Ohio valley counties of the state. The former region gives considerable attention to the production of early apples for the northern markets. Several early harves't varieties are grown, Yellow Transparent, Red Astrachan and Pomme Royal predominating; these are followed by Maiden Blush, Grimes Golden and Rome Beauty. Because of the favorable climate in this region, the pro- duction of this class of fruits has grown to be a profit- able, although not a large industry. The northern Ohio river valley counties, including what is known as the Northern Panhandle, and the counties in the eastern part of the state, bordering on the Potomac, form the present areas for the commercial growing of winter apples. The Hancock county orchards (northern end of Pan- handle) are unique in storage facilities. Here nearly every grower with any considerable acreage (fifty or more acres) is provided with a storage-house, so that in seasons of greatest fruit production there is sufficient capacity for storing the crop. Previous to the fall of 1896 all the houses were constructed of stone and provided with ice chambers for maintaining artificial cold. In 18% one house was built of wood on the principle of confined air between walls constructed of wood and paper. In this house, which has been used two years, no ice is carried, and good results have followed. These houses are of various capacities, ranging from 2,500 up to ::'), 000 barrels. The plan most in vogue is to have the fruit removed from the trees by expert pickers, placed in barrels in the orchard, headed and then transferred immediately to the storage-house. In general, the barrels are stored in tiers on the side. They are left in this position until shipping season arrives, which usually begins in March or early April and extends well into May. Before ship- ment each barrel is opened, the contents placed in a sorter and the fruits carefully assorted and graded. The barrels are stenciled with the grower's trade-mark and with the grade of the fruit. Through a series of years these practices have been strictly adhered to and as a result tlie fruit, the bulk of which goes south and west, has a reputation in the markets to which it finds its way. This region along the upper Ohio is peculiar also in possession of a variety suited to its climate and to the practices of the growers. This is known as the Willow Twig, an apple of good size, good appear- ance and fair quality, a long keeper and a good cooker. Willow Twig and Ben Davis yield the greater part of the crop of this region, although among varieties of minor importance the Rome Beauty and Bentley Sweet are some of the best. The varieties chiefly grown in the eastern counties differ quite as much from those of the Hancock region as do the varieties of New York. In the eastern coun- ties York Imperial or Johnson Fine Winter is the va- riety upon which most dependence is placed. If is not only a sure cropper, but is a good market variety, pos- sessing high color with good flavor and fair keeping qualities. It is one of the ten varieties included bv Taylor in his export list. Tl,,s rartety, ,d.-,,-,-,i „, store in October, can be moved from the ,-;,|,| r,,.im ju peb. ruary, with little or no shrinkage from los* ,,i i,., and an equally small loss from decay. H.-n |i.,\ ,. |,,.n. as well as in Hi.ncock county, forms a valuable second' although the crop in better in the northern than in the fast-Tii counties. Among fall varieties f,,r both scions 01 .he state none exceeds the i;rime., i, olden. This apple, ns well as the Willow Twig, is a native of the ;v;'" Commercial apple •MM. Com'l. apple and peach area*. Suited to apples. Peach districts. 2721. West Virginia, to illustrate the pomological region*. state. Another apple belt in which young orchards give much promise lies at the extreme southern border of the state. Peaches thrive in various sections of the state. In fact, hardly a locality is without its supply; but strange to say, in many instances the trees are chance seedlings, and the quality of the fruit is correspondingly low. In the five counties bordering upon the Potomac, however, the industry has grown to important commercial pro- portions. The orchards under the control of the Alle- gheny Orchard Company aggregate nearly 150,000 trees. Besides this there are numerous private enterprises with orchards ranging from 500 to 5,000 trees. The most successful orchards are situated upon the first terrace of the mountain, usually three to five miles from the Potomac, and at an elevation of from 900 to 1,500 feet above tide. The soil is gravelly in nature, resulting from the breaking down of shale and sandy rocks. The methods of the Orchard Company above mentioned mark a new era in the manner of handling the peach crop. Instead of sending their product to some commission house to be again scattered over the country to the small towns, this company has a head office in the city of Cumberland, and from there, as a distributing point, peaches go direct to the dealers in the small towns and cities, tin- commission of the mid- dleman is saved, the retailer gets a fresh product direct from the orchard, and the consumer is provided with a better article. In West Virginia, where lack of transportation is often an obstacle, canneries are valuable ns furnishing a market for horticultural products. In the city of Wheeling there are three extensive pickling and can- ning factories where large quantities of cucumbers, tomatoes and onions, ns well as various fruits, are pre- pared for winter consumption. In Martinsburg, in con- nection with the cold storage house already mentioned, a modern cannery of large capacity is operated, which furnishes an annual market for the products of both orchards and irardcn*. Besides these There are several smaller concerns which confine their packing to one or at most to two vegetables, tomatoes being the favorite. 1974 WEST VIRGINIA WIGANDIA It becomes evident that a state with the limited terri- tory of West Virginia must have some other compensat- ing feature to render it capable of such varied products. A glance at its geographical location, at the varied alti- tudes and exposures, is sufficient to account for the va- riety of climate. Persimmons, papaws and watermelons thrive on the lowland, cranberries on the mountain glades, and in the higher altitudes the huckleberry finds a congenial home. Huckleberries are annually gathered in great quantities both for domestic uses and for ship- ment. Certain local areas are expressly adapted to the cultivation of sweet cherries, others to pears of the better sorts, and nearly every corner of the state fur- nishes ideal conditions for the blackberry and dewberry —the Lucretia dewberry being a native. The mountainous character of the state has been a barrier to cheap railroad construction, and as a result facilities for moving perishable products are not good, and to-day lack of railroad facilities is the greatest check to commercial horticulture. L_ Q> CORBETT. WHAHOO or WINGED ELM is (Tlmus alata. WHEAT. See Triticum. WHEAT, INDIA. Fagopyrum Tataricum. WHIN. See Ulex. WHlPPLEA (Lieut, [afterward General] A. W. Whipple, commander of the Pacific Railroad Expedi- tion from the Mississippi to Los Angeles in 1853-54). Saxifragdcece. A genus of one species, a trailing sub- shrub with clusters of small w"hite fls. which soon be- come greenish. The clusters have 4-9 fls. and the petals are a little more than a twelfth of an inch long. The plant blooms in March and April and is native to woods in the Coast Ranges of Calif. W. modesta, Torr., was offered in the East for western collectors in 1881, but the plant is horticulturally. unknown. It is fully de- scribed in Bot. Calif, and in Jepson's Flora of Western Middle California. WHITANIA. Catalogue error for Withania. WHITE ALDEE. Sometimes applied in America to Clethra alni folia. White-and-Blue Flower is Cuphea Llavea. White Cedar. Chamwcyparis sphceroidea. See also Thuya. -W. Cup. Nierembergia rivularis. W Hellebore. Veratrum. W. Thorn. Cratagus. Whiteweed Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum. Whitewood. Tulip- tree and Linden (Liriodendron, Tilia). WHITFIELDIA (after Thomas Whitfield, intrepid naturalist who made several explorations into tropical western Africa and brought back many choice plants) Acanthacea;. A genus of 2 species of tropical African herbs, one with white, the other with brick-red flowers Ihe latter is a bushy evergreen plant with numerous branches terminated by racemes of about 8 dull red fls each an inch long. The calyx and corolla and often the large bracts are all colored alike. This species has been considered a desirable stove plant, and the first speci- men known to cultivation bloomed from October to icT IthasbeenTaT611' praC*ically unkn.°^ in Amer- seems to be little known. obkfnTor fharaC,te,rS: Caivx5-Parted; segments colored, oblong or lanceolate; corolla-tube swelled almost from Mae, or slender and cylindrical below and abruptly « Inhpf* «* ?Ve> wi<]ening into a bell -shaped throat; lobes 5, ovate or oblong-lanceolate; stamens 4, didyna- o v1 , out J tt. high: Ivs. , red-fld. subshrub entire, ovate or oblong WHITLAVIA. SeePhacelia. WHITLOW GEASS. Draba. WHITLOW- WOET. See ParonycMa. WHOETLEBEEEY. See Vaccinium. WIDDEINGTONIA (Capt. Widdrington, formerly Cook, who traveled in Spain). Conlferce. W. Whytei, M. Wood, is a coniferous tree from southeastern Africa' probably not hardy N. It grows at an altitude of 5,000 to 7,000 ft. on Mt. Milanji in Nyassaland and is known as the Milanji Cypress or Cedar. Seedlings of it were first cultivated in 1894 at Kew, and plants have recently been offered in Calif. According to Davy, it is proving to be quite hardy near San P'rancisco. The wood is dull reddish white, strongly aromatic, and locally used for furniture and for doors and windows. The tree attains a maximum height of 140 ft., with a girth of 5% ft. at a point 6 ft. above the ground, the trunk being clear for 90 ft. The species has glaucous, linear, juniper- like foliage and a cone smaller than a chestnut and longer than broad. Widdringtonia is considered by Bentham and Hooker as a subgenus of Callitris. Franceschi how- ever, reports that it has proved quite delicate to' raise in S. Calif. WIGANDIA (Johannes Wigand, Pomeranian bishop; wrote on plants in 1590). HydrophyJlAcece. About 7 species of tall, coarse perennial herbs or subshrubs native to mountainous regions from Mexico to the Argentine Republic. The fls. are 5-lobed, mostly violet -I A m. across and borne to the number of 30 or more m lax, terminal, cymose panicles. Wigandias are chiefly valued as foliage plants for subtropical bedding, because of their very showy character. Their leaves are cov- ered with stinging hairs, similar to nettles. Many large specimens may be seen in California, but the plants are considered to be rather coarse and straggling 2722. Wigandia Caracasana (X %). They are generally raised from seed every year, the seed being started indoors as early as January The plants attain a height of 6-10 ft. in a single season. Ihey are unsatisfactory greenhouse plants, as they do not grow vigorously indoors. The roots may be kept over winter in a frostless place and stock may be se- cured in spring by cuttings. Wigandias have large, alternate, wrinkled Ivs. with VVIGANDIA 1975 doubly crenate margins and lux, terminal, cymose pani- cles the branches of which lire 1 -sided spikes or ra- cemes: calyx - segments linear; corolla broadly bell- shaped, with a short tube and ."> spreading lobes; stamens 5. \isually exserted: styles 2, distinct at base: capsule 2-valved: seeds small and numerous, pitted-wrinkled. The species of Wigandia are endlessly confused In current reference books, as well as in the trade, and Index Kewensis reflects the general perplexity. The following account is based upon Andre's revision of the genus in R.H. 1861:371, with an important change in the name of one species which requires a somewhat tedious explanation. In respect to W. urens, Andre1 follows the previous revision by Choisy in DC. Prod. 10:184. The name Wiyamliu nrens was first used by Kunth, who applied it to a Mexican plant. Before this, however, another plant of the same family but a native of Peru had been called JIyli'. are lilai- blue, passim: through vinous red to fawn-color before fading. In the A can trade the red color of the tl-. i- considered strong and crowded out many slender-habited plants •of delicate beauty. It seemed a pity to exclude thr-c American plants from English estates. The important question was to find a proper environment for them. In the wild garden such plants require less care than in the hardy border, and they present nature-like •effects, ami are in place. Asters and goldenrods are only two examples of the •class of plants for which the wild garden was created. There are literally thousands of hardy plants from all over the world that will take care of themselves when once established in wild gardens. Many of these plants are unfit for intensive cultivation. They will never be- come general garden favorites. Some of them crowd out weaker-growing plants. Many of them have their '"dramatic moment" and then lapse into the common- place or unsightly. Others are too tall or rank or coarse or weedy for conspicuous and orderly positions. Again, many plants are insignificant as individuals but very effective in masses. There are hundreds of interesting plants that fail when measured by the conventional standards. Their foliage may be ill-smelling, sticky or prickly, but usually their flowers are too small or their WILD r;.\m>i:x 1977 2724. Silphium perfoliatum. Allied to the Compass Plant. Both are tall herbs, excelled for wild ganfc 2725. Sacaline naturalized in a wild garden. This hardy herb grows 8 to 10 feet high in a single season. season of bloom not long enough. The garden gate is locked against them all. Among our common native plants that revel in the wild garden are yarrow, Joe-Pye-weed, milkweed, rudbeckias, compass plants, sunflowers and a host of other perennial yellow-flowered composites, Bounc- ing Bet, bed-straw, evening primrose, St. .lohn's- wort, lupines, button snakeroot, certain lilies, Oswego tea, orange hawkweed, asters, bugbane, goldenrods. All such plants tend to improve wonderfully when the strug- gle for existence is somewhat eased for them. Nor does this list exclude such treasures as the forget-me-nots, cardinal-flowers, blue flags, water lilies, pitcher plants and other marsh and aquatic subjects which properly belong to the moist or bog garden, though that is merely a department of the wild garden. Then there =re tli«' vines; and what wonders can be accomplished in a wild garden with wild grape, clematis, Virginia creeper, perennial pea, trumpet creeper and bitter-sweet! Think, too, of all the spring flowers and delicate woodsy things, — anem. • columbines, moss pink, Jaok-in-the- pnlpit, blood root. hepaticu, Solomon's seal, dutchman's breeches, fern-, trilliums and viol.-t-! Brldeotly there is sufficient material for a wild warden (••imposed exclusively of AniiTican plants, and naturally such ma'. -rial is least, expen-ive. Hut the wild garden spirit is e«sentiall) mopolitan. Many of the exotics can be raised from seed. f..r it is not wan ih. -it all the subjects be perennUL Some of the exotic mui- j.'ins, for example, nre bold and striking plant-: n.-arly all of them are biennial, but they n-..w t1 • selv.-s. Finally there is a vast num- ber of rare plants that are dear in the heart <-f tin- collector, but their names niran nothing '" the uniniii- Thi- native -hrnbs nnd tree* may also have their places in the wild garden. 1978 WILD GARDEN While the wild garden was created to make a place for plants outside the garden proper, it does not dude he garden favorites. For example an mdivic ual Srkspi r foxglove or harebell in rich garden soil often grow so taH and slender as to require staking, and Stakes are always objectionable. In the wild garden a lusty colony of any of these species may be self-support- nV All the leading border favorites can be used in ihf'wM garden-peony, poppy, phlox, larkspur, ins, columbine and thereat. The tall-growing plants that are used in the back row of borders are nearly all suit- 3736. Jerusalem Artichoke, one of the perennial sunflowers. A nuisance in cultivated ground, but often useful in the wild garden. able for wild gardens, — Polygonum Sachalinense (Fig. 2725), Bocconia cordata, Cimicifuga, racemosa, Hera- cleum, Arundo (Fig. 2727), Rheum, hollyhocks, sil- phiums (Fig. 2724) and perennial sunflowers (Fig. 2726). There are only three tests which a candidate for the wild garden must pass, — hardiness, vigor and interest, for of course every cultivated plant should have some- thing to make it worth while. To the many amateurs who wish to cultivate a few colonies of flowers in a small space, the naturalizing of free-growing hardy things is especially attractive. Give the wild flowers a bed by themselves. Avoid mixing cultivated and wild plants in the same border, for the hand of the stranger may " weed out " the wild things in favor of the others. The place of the wild garden is somewhere near the WIND-BREAKS borders, preferably well towards the rear of the place. However, there are degrees of wild gardening, and it is often in place against the rear buildings or even against the rear of the house. Figs. 2723, 2728. Everyone who desires a wild garden should own a copy of that charming book "The Wild Gard«n," by Wm. Robinson. The latest edition, illustrated by Alfred Parsons, is the most desirable. The wild garden should not be confined to "wild" things, but may well include many exotics. In this way the wild garden be- comes something more than an epitome of the local flora; and there is practically no limit to its in- terest and development. \y m. WILD ALLSPICE. See Benzoin. W. Balsam- Apple or Wild Cucumber. EcMnoeystis lobata. W. Ginger. Asarum. W. Hyacinth, in England Scilla nutans ; in America, Camassia fraseri. W. Indigo. Baptisia thictoria, Tpomoea pandu- rata. WILLOW. See Salix. WILLOW, DESERT or FLOWERING. See Chilopsis. WILLOW HERB. EpiloUum. WILLOW, VIRGINIAN. Itea Vwginica. WIND-BREAKS, in horticultural usage, are plantations of trees or other plants designed to check the force of the wind or to deflect it to other directions. Wind-breaks are often of the greatest use, and at other times they are detri- mental. In regions of very strong prevailing winds, they may be necessary in order to pre- vent positive injury to the plants. This is true along seashores. In the dry interior regions, wind-breaks are often useful, also, to check the force of dry winds that would take the moisture from the land. In other cases, they are employed for the purpose of sheltering the homestead in order to make it more comfortable for human occupancy: such wind-breaks are usually known under the name of shelter-belts. Whether wind-breaks shall be used for orchard plantations, depends wholly on circumstances. In regions of very strong prevailing winds, as near large bodies of water or on the plains, such breaks are usually necessary on the windward side of the orchard. However, if the prevailing winds are habitually warmer than the local tempera- ture, the winds should not be stopped or wholly deflected, but they should be allowed to pass through the windbreak with diminished power in order that, while their force may be checked, they may still prevent too low temperature. In re- gions that are very liable to late spring and early fall frosts, a tight wind-break is usually a disad- vantage, since it tends to confine the air— to make it still — and thereby to increase the danger of light frosts. If windbreaks are employed in such instances, it is best to have them somewhat open so that atmos- pheric drainage may not be checked. In most regions, the greatest value of the windbreak for orchard plan- tations is to protect from the mechanical injuries that result from high winds and to enable workmen to pursue their labors with greater ease. The lessening of wind- fall fruit is often sufficient reason for the establish- ment of a windbreak. Usually very cold and very dry winds should be turned from the orchard; very strong winds should be checked ; temperate winds should nearly always be allowed to pass through the orchard, if their velocity is not too great; care must be taken to allow of adequate atmospheric drainage. Wind-breaks for orchards require much land, and crops near them are likely to suffer for lack of food and moisture, and also from shade. In small places, there- fore, it may be impossible to establish large wind-breaks. It is well to plant the wind-break at some distance from Wl XI) -BREAKS tlu> last T>\V of orchard trees, if possible. It is usually best to '»se native trees for the wind-break, since they are hardy and well adapted to the particular climate. Wind-breaks often harbor injurious insects ami fungi, and care must be taken that species of trees liable tu these difficulties be not used. In the northeastern states, for example, it would be bad practice to plant the wild cherry tree, since it is so much infested with the tent caterpillar. In some cases, very low wind- breaks may be as desirable as high ones. This is true in the open farming lands in the dry regions, since it may be necessary only to check the force of the wind near the surface of the ground. Wind-breaks only two or three feet high, placed at intervals, may have this effect. Fence-rows sometimes act as efficient wind- breaks. Along the sea-coast, gardeners often plant low hedges for the purpose of protecting the surface of the garden. Along the Atlantic coast, the California privet is considerably used. This is Lii/imtium ov d against frost. The door is at either end or side. By taking advantage of sloping ground it is possible to enter on the ground-floor level, which is important when large plants in tubs must be handled. In such cases a concrete floor may be built. The monitor roof provides plenty of light and ventilation; wooden shutters cover the glass in cold weather. This form of pit is not only well adapted to plants, but also is excellent for storing vegetables and fruits. The forms of buildings larger than those above described vary much with different circumstances. Sometimes the cellar of a stable, tool- house or other outbuilding can he utilized. The chief consideration is pro- tection against frost, but provision must be made for thorough ven- tilation, and against a too high temperature in the autumn and early spring. It is he- cause it is hardly pos- sible to provide for these matters that dwelling-house cellars do not make good pits; they cannot be suffi- ciently ventilated to keep the temperature low enough except in the middle of winter. Growth is incited and cannot be maintained owing to lack of light. Construction of the Pits. — Owing to their position, pits cannot well be made of wood, plank and cedar posts lasting from 4-6 years W1NTKU PKOTF.CTION pits have stood 10 or 12 years without showing any sign of deterioration. It is not neee-.~ary to use priced Portland cement-., because the structures are «e- 2738. Nurseryman's cold pit. A cheap device for wintering plants that require comparatively little light. cured against frost by the winter protection required for their contents. An excavation of the required dimen- sions is made, with due allowance for the walls. Inside the excavation a plank molding frame is built at the proper distance; viz., the thickness of the walls, from the walls of earth which should have been cut as true as possible. This frame, which should also be true and plumb, is carried to the required height for the inside face of wall and another frame is made at the proper distance on the surface of the ground, tin- inner face <>f which will be the outside face of the <-onii'leted wall. These frames must be well braced; they carry a heavy load until tin- ce- ment hardens. It is not necessary to make a complete frame for 2737. An outside cellar, in which to store roots and tubers, and pots of resting stuff. the whole pit at once; mly. "For large pits, stone and brick are most eco- one end and a half of both sides can be built first, and the nomical for walls and ceilings; for small ones concrete same frame reversed will serve for the remainder probably makes the cheapest and best wall. At the concrete is made by mixing dry one part Butey institution the concrete walls of several small good ^^^^^£S^iJS.}^&^ thorough mixture, add enough water to make a thick paste. Add to this paste three parts (sometimes four are used) of clean gravel. Broken stone is better but more expensive. No stones larger than a goose egg should be used. The whole sh >uld be completely and quite carefully blended with hoe or shovel until each stone is coated. Throw this mass into the space between the molding frame and earth wall and settle compactly with a rammer. It is not advisable to mix more than a barrel at once, nor so much as this unless at least six men are employed. Continuous batches are made until the work is finished. When the top layers are going in, Insert 5i-in. iron bolts 6-« in. long at intervals of sir ft. These secure the wooden sills. In warm dry weather the frames can be removed within twenty- four hours or less, but first examine care- fully the condition of the cement. Aft- r removal, smooth off any roughness and grout in with a whitewash brush a coat of Portland cement mixed with water, but without sand, thu- obtaining a good and a more homogeneous surface. For 2736. Deep pit built like a coldframe. for carrying half several days the work should be shaded plants over winter. 125 1984 WINTER PROTECTION and occasionally sprinkled with the hose. Do not attach the woodwork until the concrete is fully hardened. One and one-half barrels of cement make about one cubic yard of concrete, that costs, in place, between five and six dollars, somewhat less if the cost of labor, sand and gravel is moderate. Build in June or July, so that the concrete will be thoroughly dry before frost. The construction of a brick roof is shown in Fig. 2741, No. 4. Con- crete could also be used. A good grade hotbed sash makes the best glass roof. All sills, cross-bars, etc., should be made of cypress and painted. The woodwork must be made strong to endure the continual ex- posures. It is false econ- omy to stint in quan- tity or quality. In cel- lars for nursery stock, Figs. 2737-41, a compara- tively small amount of light is required, and the low roof is boarded in and shingled, building paper being used. Planks may be substituted for boards, or the roof may be double. Sand or gravel, one foot deep, makes the best floor, or half sand and half loam where plants are to be heeled-in. A concrete floor should be used only where the drainage is absolutely perfect. The sides and ends should be banked with leaves or other material. See Fig. 2738. In the vicinity of Bos- ton this should be done about November 15. The same covering can also be given to low roofs. The glass is protected by mats and shutters. See Hotbeds. It is a good plan to have on hand an extra supply of dry meadow hay to give additional shelter in zero weather. Care and Management. — Pits, e.g. Nos. 1, 2 and 3, in Fig. 2741, like greenhouses, should carry more than one "crop." In early autumn they hold chrysanthemums, carnations, stevias, etc. ; nextthe-4s«Zea Indica,Cytisus Canariensis, heaths, etc., some of which re- main for the winter, while others are replaced by hardy shrubs, bulbs and other plants for forcing. For spring and summer use, see above. In eastern Massachusetts gardeners begin to use them in September, but the final storage some- times is not finished un- til Christmas. The longer the plants can be kept in the open air the better fitted they are for their winter quarters. In the care of pits, watering and ventilation are of prime importance. When first housed the plants should be well watered, and, if this is carefully done, it will often be found that no further water is required for plants in tubs and large pots (10 in. or more). This also is true of heeled-in stock. Everything, however, should be so arranged that inspection is easy, and water should be given when necessary. Plants on the shelves, particu- larly m small pots (4-inch), will go dry oftener than those placed on the gravel floor. It is best to water on bright days, when the sashes can be removed. The 2739. A durable storing pit or cellar for very large plants. 2740. A doorway in Fie. 7739. WINTER PROTECTION great difficulty in keeping plants in good condition is owing to the condensation of moisture within the pits at times when it is impossible to open them on account of severe weather; therefore no more water should be given than is absolutely needed. As long as the weather permits, keep the sashes off or the windows open night and day, and after- wards open up whenever possible. On sunny days ventilate whenever the thermometer registers over 20° F., but do not begin untiL . the sun strikes the frames, and shut off early in the afternoon. On mild days, with the mercury above freezing, remove the sashes entirely. This is the best way to get rid of the moisture-laden air, and is essential for keeping evergreen plants with soft foliage in good condition. To change the air in large cellars is more troublesome; here it is advisable to build an open fireplace, in which a brisk fire may be kindled on mild days when all windows can be unclosed, thus obtaining a better circula- tion than is otherwise possible. Sometimes these large cellars have a line of hot-water pipes or other means of heating, by which not only is better ventilation secured but also additional protection in severe weather. Occa- sionally in heavy snows the pits must remain closed for a week or more. This is undesirable but unavoidable. At such times there is special danger from field mice and other vermin. Concrete walls give them a poor harbor, but they must also be trapped or poisoned. If the plants are clean when housed, there is nothing to be feared from ordinary greenhouse pests, either insect or fungous, except the moulds. For related discussions, see Nursery and Storage. Following is a list of plants that may be wintered in pits and frames with satisfactory results. The list is made for the neighbor- hood of Boston. LIST OF PLANTS THAT CAN BE WINTERED IN PITS. A. Hardy plants. 1. Nursery stock of every description that may be required for ship- ment in winter and early spring. 2. Stocks, cions and cuttings for working during the winter. 3. Young nursery stock, — seedlings, cut- tings or grafts too deli- cate for planting in au- tumn. 4. Hardy plants of all kinds for forcing or win- ter decoration. The temperature of pit or cellar for the above plants should be 35° F. or even lower occasion- ally. The larger plants should be heeled-in on the floor in sandy loam or in bunk-like shelves along the sides. Instead of loam, sphagnum can be used and is particularly good for cuttings and grafting stock. The very young stock is stored in flats or pans in which it has been grown. Particular care mvist be given to ventilation when evergreen plants are handled. For forcing stock, see Forcing, pages 600-602. WINTEK PROTECTION AA. Tender and half h«rili/-j>l frost. Then should also be kr/>l in tlif driest part of the pit. 1. Alstroemeria, canna, dahlia, gladiolus, Mil In bi flora, inoiitbre- tia, oxalis for summer bedding, tuberose, tigridia, JSt'i>lii/ra>itlirs A t«-s (Boml.'.ii. NJiii-. tie, China, Bi-n^al :ind otln-r tender varieties), Jtotmarinui old- einalis, Sequoia gigantea, Taxim, '"«permum jatminoidei, Ulex KuropifUK. Tli>- above plantn are commonly handled in pits for various rea- sons. In eastern Massachusetts, with the possible exception of those marked thun (•), they will bear a few degrees of frost, if not too long continued, without harm. The average temperature of the pit should be just above freezing, say 35° P. The value of these plants depends upon not only carrying them through the winter in good condition, but also in giving them a good start in the spring. For this purpose a cool greenhouse must be pro- vided; a cold grapery or a house constructed from the sashes used on the pits is equally good, in which the plants can be properly grown until it is warm enough to put them out-of- doors. 4. Anemone Japonica and A. coronaria, Belli* perennis,DianthtiA Caryo- nhi/lltis (clove pinks and European carnations from seeds), Oalax aphylla, myosotis sorts, primula in variety, including auric- ula, Persian ranunculus, \'inla odorata (tender sorts), pansies, wall-flow- ers, lettuce, cabbage, cauli- flower and parsley. These plants are advantageously wintered in coldframes, which should vary in depth with the size of the plant; sometimes the plants are grown and flow- ered in the frame, at others they are bedded out when the season per- mits. 5. ArisH>ma, arum, calo- chortusf different species), freesia in variety, iris (tender species), izia, sparaxis. The above plants can be potted, November to December, and carried in a pit until wanted in the greenhouse. B. M. WATSON. WISCONSIN, HORTI- CULTURE IN. Fig.'JTIX The surface of Wi*<-on-in mostly varies between iretitly rolling plains and hill* of moderate height. Small lakes are numerous, particularly in the north. The soil presents all va- riations, and with tl ,-i j.tion of somo rather large sandy and niarshj tracts, is mostly very fer 1986 WISCONSIN tile Owing to the proximity of Lakes Superior and Michigan, t*he climadc extremes are less severe than might be expected in a region so remote Horn tl ocean The skies, while clearer than in the eastern states, are somewhat more cloudy than m Iowa and Mm- ^Damaging frosts are not common in Wisconsin ex- ceptTn Serum districts of comparatively small extent As in all of the northwestern states, summer droughts are rather frequent, but are rarely so severe as to seri- ously injure crops that are properly cared for. Ine numerous lakes and streams offer excellent opportuni- ties for irrigation, which has, however, received little 2742. The roof of No. 4. Fig. 2741. (See Winter Protection, pages 1981-5.) attention as yet. The prevailing winds are westerly, hence the influence of the Great Lakes in tempering the climate is less marked than in the southern penin- sula of Michigan, but the climate of the eastern coun- ties, and especially that of Door county, which lies be- tween Green Bay and Lake Michigan, is comparatively mild. The winters of Wisconsin are such as to preclude the extensive cultivation of the tree fruits, except of the hardier species and varieties, save in the eastern coun- ties. But the summers are very favorable to annual crops, and to fruits that are readily protected in winter. The change from winter to summer is often rather abrupt. This brings on an exuberant growth early in the season, which while satisfactory for most crops, pro- motes blight in the pome fruits. An equally precipitous advent of winter sometimes causes damage to nursery stock. These sudden changes, with the rather frequent droughts in summer, combine to render the Wisconsin climate severe for most perennial plants. When an ex- ceptionally dry summer is followed by a winter of un- usual severity, a disastrous thinning out of fruit trees is likely to occur. The pioneer fruit planters, coming mainly from New York and New England, with par- donable ignorance of the severity of the Wisconsin climate, planted freely of eastern varieties, most of which proved too tender for the new conditions. As the natural result, the first orchards were mainly short- lived, and the idea gained wide credence that Wisconsin would never produce the tree fruits successfully. But the experience of a few persistent planters has dis- proved, in a measure, this hasty conclusion. Wisconsin is one of the newer states in horticultural development. A large part of its northern half is still forest-clad. The cities are mostly small, hence the local demands for horticultural products are not large. But Minneapolis and St. Paul to the west, and the cities bordering Lake Superior, make an export demand for truits and vegetables, for which the markets are gen- erally good. The hardiest varieties of the apple succeed in south- ern and eastern Wisconsin, when planted on sites some- WISCONSIN what higher than the surrounding country, especially those inclining to the north or northeast. The principal orchards are located in Fond du Lac, Green Lake, Rich- land, Sank, Door and Waupaca counties. The first named county has one orchard of about 6,000 trees, mostly Oldenburgh, located near Ripon, and a second of about 4,000 trees of various sorts at Eureka. These orchards are supposed to be the largest in the state. The older orchards of Wisconsin are the outcome of a long process of climatic selection. But the farmers who were most anxious to grow apples continued to plant trees in the hope of finding some that would prove satisfactory, and these hopes have been in part realized. Occasional seedling trees that grew up in fence corners and elsewhere, from chance seeds, or from seeds planted by pioneer farmers who felt unable to purchase trees, were found to endure the severer winters, while whole orchards of old varieties were destroyed. Several of these have been adopted into cultivation, and a few, as the Pewaukee, Wolf River, McMahon, Northwestern Greening and Newell, have become standard varieties of the northwest. The Wealthy apple, from Minnesota, is also a standard win- ter sort in Wisconsin, The orchards now being planted are largely of these sorts, and the Oldenburgh. The Russian apples imported by the United States Depart- ment of Agriculture and the Iowa Agricultural College have been quite largely planted experimentally in Wis- consin, but thus far very few if any of them have proved superior in any respect to our best natives. Crab apples are considerably grown for market in Waupaca and Eau Claire counties. The chief hin- drances to apple culture in Wisconsin, aside from win- ter-killing, are the fire-blight, which destroys the tips of the growing shoots in early summer, and sunscr.ld, which causes damage to the trunk in early spring or during hot weather in summer. The latter is readily prevented by shading the trunk. The codlin-moth is destructive unless prevented by spraying or otherwise. The apple scab is often serious in too closely-planted orchards. It is controlled to a degree by spraying. The apples of Wisconsin are, as a rule, highly colored imd of large size, and the trees are very prodxictive. The pear is not grown to any great extent in Wiscon- sin, owing to the liability of the trees to fire-blight and winter- killing. The varieties imported from Russia have not proved more resistant to these affections than the hardier sorts of American origin, or from western Europe. Pears are frequently grown for home use in the eastern counties, and the trees are sometimes quite productive and long-lived. The Flemish Beauty has perhaps been more successful than any other sort. The quince is less hardy in Wisconsin than the pear. Trees are occasionally found in gardens in the eastern counties that sometimes bear fruit after exceptionally mild winters. The Americanas are the only plums that can be de- pended upon to bear fruit regularly in all parts of Wis- consin. The hardier sorts of the European plum, Pntinis domestica, and of the Japanese plum, Prunus triflora, are fairly fruitful in the eastern part, notably in Door and Kewaunee counties. The trees of the last two species, as of those of Prunus hortnlana and Prunus avt/usti- folia, endure the winters without harm throughout the state, but the flower-buds are destroyed whenever the thermometer registers much lower than 20° below zero. Few plum orchards have been plimted in Wisconsin, and these are mainly of the European class. A plum orchard of 14 acres at Sturgeon Bay is supposed to be the largest in the state. The early Richmond and Morello cherries are fairly suc- cessful in Wisconsin, in localities suitable to the apple. The flower-buds of these cherries appear to be some- what more hardy than those of the European and Japa- nese plums. The trees are, however, subject to sunscald , and unless protected are usually short-lived. Several varieties of Prunus Ceraxus, introduced from Russ ia, have been tested at various points in the state. While the flower-buds of these do not appear to be hardier than those of the above-named sorts, their fruit matures over a longer period, which will give them value. Sweet cherries (Prunus Avium) are not successful in Wiscon- sin. WISCONSIN The peach and apricot are not fruitful in any part of Wisconsin except after unusually mild winters. The trees are frequently thrown in gardens, and sometimes attain considerable size, but they freeze back more or less in the average winter. Trees of the apricot imported from Kussia have been frequently planted in Wisconsin. by way of experiment, but are nowhere fruitful. Even if the flower-buds escape destruc- tion, the fruit almost invariably falls soon after setting. The grape, with winter protec- tion, is successfully grown through- out southern and eastern Wiscon- sin when planted on light soil, with southern exposure. The later va- rieties are, however, liable to be caught by frost, unless the site is chosen with special care. The small fruits are grown with marked success, on favorable soils, throughout Wisconsin. Winter pro- tection is generally given to all but the currant and gooseberry, but in the southern and eastern counties this precaution is not absolutely necessary. The strawberry and raspberry are grown in excess of home demands, and many thousand cases of these fruits are annually shipped to other states. Black- berries were largely destroyed by the severe freeze of 1899. Huckle- berries and blueberries are exten- sively gathered from wild plants in certain parts of \vest-central Wisconsin, and are shipped in large quantities to cities of the northwest. Wisconsin is one of the chief cranberry producing states. In parts of Wood, Adams and Juneau counties, and in less degree in Waupaca and Green counties, the cranberry plant was native over very large areas, and before the settlement of the coun- try, the Indians gathered the fruit extensively in bearing years. Lat- terly, the wild marshes have been largely improved by clearing and providing flooding facilities. In some seasons the total output of cranberries from Wisconsin has aggregated nearly 100,000 barrels. The varieties grown are mostly na tive, and the quality and keeping of the fruit are excellent. During the years 1894 and 1895 the cran- berry industry of Wisconsin suf- fered a serious check by the de- struction of many marshes by fire during an exceptionally dry period. But the business is rallying, and may, in a few years, recover its former magnitude. Market- gardening is carried on in the neighborhood of cities and towns to a sufficient extent to supply local demands, except in the extreme northern part of the state. The ordinary garden crops of the temperate zone are all successful. Melons are grown rather extensively for shipment in a few localities. Peas are extensively grown for seed, for market and for canning in Kewaunee and Door counties, this section being free from the pea weevil. Lentils are considerably grown in Kewaunee and Manitowoo counties. Several vegetable canning fa tories are in operation in Wisconsin, peas, sweet < and tomatoes being chiefly consumed. Kitchen-garder in!,' is less practiced in Wisconsin than it should he. The farmers irenerally employ little hand labor, and the hot summers render city gardening more or less unsat i-_ fnctorv. For the same reason the private growing < flow-rs receives less attention than in the easU states. W18TABLA L987 Horticulture i- taught ut Die agricultural • nected with tin- rmv.-rsity of Wisconsin, at Opening! are good fnr ••••nmierriul culture of »; Cherries, native plums and cranl.erri.- in Hi.- p;. • Wisconsin b.-st suited to these crops, and in the i borhoodof northern citi.-s the grouin-.,! \ •,-gi-tal. .- market is at present remunerative. ('orr 2743. Map of Wisconsin. The shaded areas include most of the region adapted to apple culture. Cherries do fairly well in the apple district*. WISTABIA (Caspar Wistar, 1761-1818, professor of anatomy in t'niv. of Pa.). Legvtninbtcr. As a genus Wistaria is a small and imperfectly understood group. A complete study of the pods and seeds of this and allied genera will eventually result in a great shaking up of names. The present treatment is as conservative as possible, out of deference to trade interests. The oldest generic name is Krannhia. Fora more radical point of view see B.M. 7522 and B.B. '_':•_".•». B.-id.- those mentioned below, there are thr.e sp.-.-ies. hut tl all of doubtful botanical status. I, vs. odd-pirn, at. : Ifts. entire: racemes terminal: calyx with the J -hort and Mibconnatc: standard large: wings Oblong- falcate, free from the keel, often coherent at the apex: keel incurved, ohtnse. U'iittitrfit r/ii ii •• ii M'.< is on.- of the best and commc of hardy climbers. It has pale green, pinnate foliage and 1988 WISTARIA bears profusely dense, drooping clusters of purpiisn pea-shaped flowers. The clusters are about a foot long. This is the commonest and best form. The others fur- nish the connoisseur with variety in habit, color and season of bloom, but they are not as prolific, and doub- ling adds nothing to the beauty of the flowers. More- over, the double flowers decay quickly in wet weather. The Chinese Wistaria was introduced into England about 1816. Twenty-five years later there was a specimen in England with branches attaining 100 ft. on each side of the main stem, and another specimen that covered 905 square feet of wall space. The Chinese Wistaria blooms in May and usually gives a smaller crop of flowers in August or September. The spring crop is borne on spurs, while the autumn crop is borne on terminal shoots of the season. There are several ideas about training a Wistaria. A good way WISTARIA Uhinensis, May 10-30; W. multijuga , May 15-31; W. speeiosa, June 1-8. Wistarias will live in rather dry and sandy soil, but they prefer a deep and rich earth. Cuttings root with difficulty and the common nursery practice is to graft a small shoot on a piece of root. The roots are long and few and go down deep, making few fibers. They resem- ble licorice root. Wistarias are hard to transplant, un- less they have been pot-grown for the purpose or fre- quently transplanted in the nursery row. Unless ma- nured heavily when transplanted, they are very slow in starting into vigorous growth. The most satisfactory method of propagation for the amateur is layering. Those who wish to give a young Wistaria an extra good start may sink a bottomless tub in the ground and fill it with good soil. If a Wistaria is to be trained to a tree, select an old tree, if possible, which is past the height of its vigor. alba, 1, 2, 3, 4. albitiora, 1. brachybotrys, 4. Chinensis, 1. conseguana, 1. INDEX. flore-pleno, 1. frutcscens, 3. mjiorobotrys, 1. magnifica, 3. multijuga, 2. rubra, 4. Sinensis, 1. speeiosa, 3. variegata, 1. 2744. Wistaria Chinensis. is to let it alone. This produces rugged, twisted and picturesque branches and gives a certain oriental ef- fect, but it is not the best method for covering a wall space solidly or for making the best display of bloom. To cover a wall completely it is necessary to keep the leaders taut and to train outside branches wherever they are needed. If quantity of bloom is the first consideration the vines should be pruned back every year to spurs, a common method in Japan. The Japa- nese chiefly use another species, W. multijuga, which often passes in our nurseries under the name of W. Sinensis, the clusters of the Japanese favorite some- times attaining 3 or 4 feet. The low, one-storied Japa- nese building will have a Wistaria so trained that the vine follows the eaves all round the house. The foli- age is all above, and the yard-long clusters of purple blossoms depend therefrom in solid, unbroken, linear masses, 2 or 3 ranks deep. W. multijuga is said to be less vigorous and productive in America and Europe than Japan When trained as a standard the Wis- taria requires much care. Probably the finest stand- ard Wistaria is that figured in G.F. 6:256 and Gng. 1:321, where full directions for cultivation may be found. The following dates of bloom will be useful to those who reckon from the latitude of New York : \V. A. Clusters moderately long and dense, 7-13 in. long, 25-50- fid., : fls. odorless 1. Chinensis AA. Clusters 2-3 ft. long and looser: fls. odorless. .2. multijuga AAA. Clusters short, 2-8 in., 12-25-fld.: fls. fra- grant. B. Lfts. glabrous above. 3. speeiosa BB. Lfts. silky 4. brachybotrys 1. Chinensis, DC. ( W. Sinensis, Sweet. W. consequana, Loud. W. polystdchya, C. Koch. ) . CHINESE WISTARIA. Figs. 2744, 2745. Hardy, fast and tall growing climber with pale green compound foliage and foot-long clus- ters of purplish pea-shaped fls. borne pro- fusely in May. Lfts. about 11, ovate-lanceo- late, 2-3 in. long, silky : racemes 7-12 in. long, about 25-50-fld. : fls. odorless, % in. - long, 1% in. across: fr. borne very sparingly, especially on the var. albiflora. May and Aug. China. Clusters in B.M. 2083 (adapted in Fig. 2745), L. B.C. 8:773, P.M. 7:127 and B.R. 8:650 (as Glycine Sinensis), and Gn. 39, p. 409. Habit in Gn. 4, p. 173 ; 11, p. 380; 12, p 469: 34, p. 376; 44, p. 7; 48, p. 157; 49, p. 43; 50, p. 183; 51, p. 396; 52, p. 310; 53, p. 471; G.C. III. 21:7 and Gn. 51, p. 286, the last .showing the spur system of pruning. V. 14:162 (pot -plant). G.F. 6:256 and Gng. 1:321 show "standards." The typical form has single purple fls. and is some- times called var. purpurea, Hort. Var. albiflora. Lemaire (var. alba, Hort.), has single white flowers. I.H. 5:166. Gn. 53, pp. 325, 470. Var. alba plena, Hort,, has double white flowers. Var. Hore-pleno, Hort., has double purple flowers. F. 1882:33. Gn. 17, p. 105; 34, p. 373. Var. macrobdtrys, Beau. ( W. macrobotrys, Hort.), has fls. of a paler shade of blue-purple, the clus- ters longer and looser, not adv. in America. Var. va- riegata, Hort., has variegated foliage and is inferior to the common form in habit and productiveness. Un- desirable except for foliage effects. 2. multijuga, Van Houtte ( W. Chinensis, var. multi- iiiga, Hook.). LOOSE-CLUSTERED WISTARIA. Fig. 2746. Distinguished from W. Chinensis by the longer and looser raceme and smaller fls. which appear a week later. Lfts. 17-21, silky when young, nearly glabrous when old, pale green, larger than W. Chinensis: ra- cemes 2-3 ft. long, twice as long as in W. Chinensis, looser and sometimes 100-fld. : fls. about half as large as in W. Chinensis: pods oblanceolate, flattened, with rigid, flat, thinly woody valves: seeds orbicular. Long supposed to be native to Japan, but probably native to north China. F.S. 19:2002. R.H. 1891, pp. 176, 177. B.M, 7522. Gng 2:161. G.C. Ill 13:233 and S.H. WISTARIA 2:463 (both erroneously as W. Chinensis). M.D.Q. 1898:477. Botanically this is a variety of \V. Chinensis, but for horticultural purposes its distinctness needs emphasis. It is often cult, under the name of W. Chinensis. Var. alba, Hort.. is also cult. WONGA WONOA 1989 across: pods tom«ntose. Late bloomer. Japan. 1 :45. F.S. i WITCH ELM. Ulmus tcabra. WITCH HAZEL. Hamamelis. WITHANIA. Consult Salpiehroa. 2745. Wistaria Chinensis. ( X about %.) 3. speciosa, Nutt. ( W. fruttscens, Poir.). AMERICAN WISTARIA. KIDNEY BEAN TREE. Not as vigorous as the Chinese Wistaria hut climbing over trees and bushes to a length of 30-40 ft., with dark green foliage and short racemes of lilac -purple fls. borne about . weeks after W. Chinensis. Lfts. 9-15, glabrous and dark green above, pale and sometimes slightly pubes- cent beneath : racemes 2-7 in. long, about 14-fld. : fls. Y9-*A in. long: pods long, torulose, hardly coriaceous, with convex valves; seeds reniform, freely produced. June. Low grounds, Va. to Kans., south Fla. to La. B.M. 2103 (as Glycine frutescens). B.B. 2:294.-Var. alba, Hort., has white flowers. Var. magnihca, t ( Hr. magnified, Hort.), has racemes 6-8 in. long and 50-60-fld'., with fls. 1 in. across. The fls. are lilac with i yellow spot, and borne earlier than the type, clusters are larger and denser. A great improvement. F.S. 11:1151. 4. brachybdtrys, Sieb. & Zucc. SHORT - CLUSTERED WISTARIA. Japanese species, djatlnguiahed from all others l>v its low growth. It is said to attain only * It. .-mil shonl.l therefore be particularly desirabK standards and bushy specimens. Lfts. 9-1.1, siiKy. cemes about G in. long, about 25-fld.: fls. purple, I in. 2746. Wistaria multijuga. often called Japanese Wistaria. (X%.) WITLOOF. A form of Chicory (which see). WOAD. See Itatrit. WOLFBEBBY. Sympkoricarpot occidtntalit. WOLFSBANE. Sec .ImnitHt*. WONOA WONOA VINE. Tecoma avitralii. 1990 WOOD BETONY 2747. Woodsia Ilvensis (X >s). WOOD BETONY. Stachys Betonica. WOODBINE. In England, Lonicera Perichymenum; in America, Ampelopsis quinque folia. WOODRUFF. WOOD LILY. See Asperula. Trillium. WOODSIA(Joseph Woods, an English botanist). Poly- podiaceai. A genus of mainly rock-loving ferns character- ized by their inferior indu- sium, which is attached be- neath the sorus, inclosing it at first but soon splitting into star - like lobes, and later hidden beneath the sorus. Some fifteen spe- cies are known, of which seven grow wild in this country. The following na- 2749, Pods known as " Worm WOKMWOOD pinnae; sporophylls with narrowly linear pinnae 3-4 in. long. Mich, to Fla., mostly near the coast. AA. Lvs. uniform. B. Veins forming one or more series of areolce. radicans, Sin. Lvs. rising from a caudex 3-5 ft. long, gracefully curved; pinnae 8-15 in. long, 2-4 in. wide, pinnatifld nearly to the midrib. The true W. rudicans from Europe bears scaly buds toward the apex of the leaf and roots to form new plants. The California!! and Mexican species, which has often been referred to this species, is really distinct and never roots. orientalis, Swz. Lvs. 4-8 ft. long, 12-18 in. wide, with lanceolate pinnae and sinuate pinnules; veins uniting freely. Japan and Formosa. BB. Veins free between the sori and the margin. Virginica, Smith. Fig. 2748. Lvs. 12-18 in. long, 6-9 in. wide on stout stipes; pinnae linear-lanceolate, 4-6 in. long, cut nearly to the rachis into oblong lobes. Can. to Mich., Ark. and Fla. L. j\jg UNDERWOOD. WOOLLY BUTT. Eucalyptus longifolia. WOEMS. Fig. 2749. Under the name of "Worms," "Snails" and "Caterpillars," various odd fruits of legu- minous plants are grown as curiosities. The pods are often put in soups as a practical joke, not for their edible qualities. The plants chiefly grown for this pur- pose are Scorpiurus vermiculata, Linn., S. subvillosa, Linn., S. muricata, Linn., S. sulcata, Linn., Medicago scutellata, Mill., and Astragalus hamosus, Linn. The last is the one usually known as "Worms." The pic- ture, Fig. 2749, shows spe- cies of Scorpiurus, chiefly 8. verm icu lata( beneath ) and S. subvillosa (above). All these various plants are an- nuals of the easiest culture. They are practically un- known in -this country, al- though offered by seedsmen. See Caterpil- lars. L. H. B. tive species are sometimes cultivated in borders. Treat- ment given other hardy ferns will suit them well. Both grow best amongst rocks. Ilv6nsi8, R.Br. Fig. 2747. Lvs. growing in rosettes or tufts, 3-8 in. long, 1 in. or more wide, bipinnatifid; segments crowded, obscurely cre- nate: sori confluent when old. Eu. and N. Amer. north of Va. obttisa, Torrey. Lvs. clustered, 6-15 in. long, 2-4 in. wide, minute- ly glandular -hairy, bipinnate ; pinnae rather remote, triangular- ovate. New England to Arizona. L. M. UNDERWOOD. WOOD SORREL. Oxalis Ace- tosella. WOODWARDIA (Thomas J. Woodward, an English botanist). Polypodiacece. A genus of rather coarse-foliaged ferns of diverse habit and structure, but all bear- ing the sori in rows arranged parallel to the midrib like links of sausages. Commonly known as the CHAIN FERN. See Fern. s" and "Caterpillars." some- times grown for curiosity. WORMSEED. See C'henop o- d i n in . WORMWOOD Fig. 2750. An 2748. Fruiting lobe of Woodwardia V i r - ginica (X 1%). A. LVS. of two sorts, the veins everywhere forming areol(t. areplata, Moore ( W. angustiFblia, Sm.). Sterile Ivs. deltoid-ovate, with numerous oblong-lanceolate sinuate (Artemisia Absinthium}. erect, hardy herbaceous perennial, native of middle and western Europe and the countries that bound the Mediterranean, and sometimes found in waste places as an escape from American gardens, having an- gular, rather shrubby stems 2-4 ft. tall, which bear abundant, much divided, hoary leaves of in- tensely and per- sistently bitter flavor, and pani- cles of greenish or yellowish fl.- heads. The seed, grayish and very small, retains its vitality for about four years, but is usually sown soon after harvesting. The tops and leaves, gathered and dried in July and August when the plant is in flower, are offi- cially credited in America with aro- matic, tonic, and, ^S\ 2750. Wormwood (X WORMWOOD as its name implies, anthelniintic properties, although now, for 110 apparent reason other than caprice of prac- tice, they ure less popular with the profession than for- merly. In domestic medicine they are employed as men- tioned and as a diuretic; locally as a fomentation or as a decoction with vinegar to ulcers, sprains and bruises. In the dry state they are occasionally placed among clothing as a moth repellant. Formerly \Vormwood was used by brewers to embitter and preserve liquors, but at the present time it finds its most extensive use as the principal ingredient in absinthe, in the manufacture of which peppermint, angelica, anise, cloves and cinna- mon are also ingredients. According to Blythe, the green color of this liquor is due not to Wormwood but to the chlorophyll of spinach, parsley or nettles. The plant may be grown without trouble iii light, dry, rather \\VO.MIN.; L991 titude. I his include^ tl,e high mountain run*.-,. as a rule are covered with forest- that c«t,-|, ,,,1(| hold the winter snow, the ine]tintr of w|,jch ,,,,,,,11,... , men.us perennial Itreuxu ilowi,,^ ,„ ,.Verv ,li,. Iroin the mountain summit-.. In the m.rti rated areas at less than :I.:,IHI fee. ,,m,,,,i,-. and farming i- practiced on high plateau- Of in mountain vallev- up to 8,000 feet. Wyoming eml-n, from east, to we* and '.'Tii miles fp,,,, north to south in the very heart of the Rocky Mountain region. As would be expected, there is great diversity of soil, climate and exposure. There are wind-swept plains, rolling up- lands, protected mountain valleys and bottom-lands along streams, with corresponding lengths of the grow- ing season, free from frost, of from eighty days or less to more than one hundred and fifty days. The mean UTAH] C 2751. Map of Wyoming, showing horticultural possibilities. The areas marked by semi-circles are deserts. The areas shaded by diagonal lines have an altitude of less than 6,000 feet. poor garden soil from seed which, owing to its small size, should be started where it may not be washed out or packed down by rain. When large enough to set out the few specimens necessary to furnish a family supply should be placed not closer than 15 in. each way the first year. If alternate plants be removed with a good ball of earth early in the following spring and planted 30 in. apart, they will be sufficiently close together and the transplanted ones should suffer from no check. Ripened cuttings taken in March or October may be used for propagation. Clean cultivation and slight an- nual dressings of manure are the only other requisites. In the middle western states there are several localities where Wormwood is grown for export. ]yj. G. KAINS. WREATH, PURPLE. See Petrea volubilis. St. Peter's W. See Spircea. WYCH ELM. Ulmus scabra. WYOMING, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 2751. The agricultural land in Wyoming is at a higher avenge altitude than that in any other state, being about 6,00( feet above the sea. As shown in the accompanying map more than one-half the total area is above 6,000 feet al- annual temperature varies from less than 40° F. to about 50° K The rainfall Is as little as 4 or 6 inches per annum in the Red Desert and reaches a maximum of 30 inches or more on the high mountains. The average for the agri- cultural regions is about 1'J inches. With the «-xr< ption of a very small area in the northeastern part of the state, and small valleys at high altitudes in the moun- tains, where some quickly growing plants will mature without being artificially watered, no crops can be raised without irrigation. It ha-- Minted that there is sufficient water supply to reclaim about 12.000,- 000 acres of agricultural land, and about '_', 000,000 acres are already covered by irrigation canals. The natural conditions make live-stock husbandry of paramount importance. The soil i« cultivated princi- pally to increase the amount of stock food and little intensive fanning has been inaugurated. Some ranches extend 10-15 miles alone tin- streams, and some of them have not yet known the use <>f a plow except in the construction of the ditches to irrigate the native meadow-. The state is yet in the transition period be- tween the time of the nomadic itockmaa, or the large stock ranch ami range business, and the time of perma- nent home -building and a stable agriculture, lu the 1992 WYOMING last decade the sentiment of the people m regard to cultivating the soil has changed in a marked degree. They are turning their attention to a better agriculture and the production of horticultural crops, both for profit and for greater home comfort. The state will not reach great commercial importance through her horticultural products, but the people are beginning to appreciate the value of the home1 -garden and some are raising hardy apples, cherries, grapes, small fruits and vegetables to supply local markets. At the present rate of increase the production of fruits for home consumption will soon be of great importance. The agricultural land lies along the watercourses, and naturally the first areas to be brought under culti- vation were the bottom-lands along the smaller streams where the canals necessary to bring water to the soil could be easily and cheaply constructed. The bench areas, or uplands, have better drainage both for water and air, and are more likely to be free from injurious late and early frosts, than the lowlands near the streams. With the extension of agriculture to the higher bench lands horticultural plants can be raised with more success. The modifying influence of wind- breaks makes it possible to grow fruits in a way that was not dreamed of when the country was first settled. Many early plantings of fruit trees failed because of drying winds or late frosts, and in some instances be- cause the plants were drowned by over-irrigating the lowlands where first attempts were made. Because of the varying conditions, the kinds and varieties of fruits which can be successfully pro- duced vary in different parts of the state. The high plateaus are characterized by frost every month in the year except July, and only such crops can be grown as will stand a degree of frost in the spring months. In the warmer valleys, even up to 5,000 feet altitude, such tender vegetables as tomatoes, melons, sweet potatoes and peanuts have been successfully raised. Where the season is short because of the alti- tude, plants grow very rapidly, reach maturity in a short time and do not seem to be so seriously affected WYOMING by light frost as they do where the season of growth is long. In those portions of the state which are below 6,000 feet in altitude (see map) many varieties of apples, Morello and Rocky Mountain dwarf cherries and plums (varieties from Prunus Americana) are fruiting, and hardier kinds are successful at much higher altitudes in protected locations. The Wealthy apple has been successfully fruited on the Laramie Plains at an alti- tude of 7,400 feet. Tree fruits have been most success- fully raised in Fremont, Sheridan, Natrona and Lara- mie counties, which also produce all the varieties of small fruits usually grown in this altitude. Above 7,000 feet the only small fruits that succeed well are currants, strawberries, dewberries and goose- berries, named in the order of their apparent hardiness. Because there is not sufficient snowfall to cover the ground and keep it covered during the winter, it is necessary to give winter protection to raspberries, blackberries and grapes by laying down and covering with earth to prevent their parts above ground drying out and dying in the dormant season. Under unfavor- able conditions such treatment becomes necessary with strawberries and gooseberries. Under irrigation the kinds of fruit suitable to the climate produce large crops. Years of failure are rare, and when they do come are traceable to sudden unsea- sonable changes of temperature, such as late spring frosts or early fall storms before the plants are mature and ready for winter. The first trees were set out in Wyoming between 1882 and 1885. Planting began in earnest in 1892, and every year there is good increase in the area devoted to fruits. Following is a list of apples which have fruited in the state, arranged as nearly as possible in the order of their apparent hardiness and present abundance : Standard— Wealthy, Oldenburg, Antonovka, Gideon, Fameuse, Wolf, Tetofsky, Ben Davis, Transparent, Pewaukee, Pippin. Crabs — Siberian, Montreal, Whit- ney, Martha, Van Wyck, Soulard, Transcendent. B. C. BUFFUM. X XANTHlSMA (Greek, dyed yellow, referring to the color of the tls.). Composite, A genus of only one spe- cies, a summer-blooming, yellow-flowered composite with heads 1-1 K in. across, composed of a small disk and about 20 rather slender rays. This plant is known to flower-seed catalogues as Urntauridinni Drummondii. In cultivation the plant is treated like a hardy annual, the seed being sown in the open border early in spring. Generic diameters: fls. all fertile: akenes top-shaped, 4-5-ribbed or angled; pappus persistent, composed of 10 or 12 rigid bristles which are minutely scabrous above, gradually chaffy-dilated towards the base, and longer than the disk-corolla, as many more one-half shorter, and usually 5 still smaller and shorter external ones. Texanum, DO. (Centauridium Drummondii, Torr. & Gray). Fig. 2752. Nearly glabrous biennial or annual, 1-4 ft. high: Ivs. narrowly oblong to lanceolate; stem- Ivs. entire or with a few teeth toward the apex: fls. at- taining a diam. of 2 in. even in the wild. \y, jj. XANTHOCfiRAS (Greek, xanthos, yellow, and keras, horn, alluding to the yellow horn-like processes of the disc). Sapinddcece. Ornamental deciduous shrub or small tree with alternate, odd-pinnate Ivs., showy white fls. in terminal and axillary racemes, appearing with the leaves in spring on last year's branches. The large greenish fruits are similar to those of the buckeye. X. sorbifolia, the only species, is hardy as far north as Mass., and is a very handsome shrub well suited for solitary planting on the lawn. The dark green, glossy foliage is not attacked by insects and retains its bright color until frost sets in. The flowers are very showy and appear even on small plants. Xanthoceras is also sometimes used for forcing. It is not very particular as to soil. A porous, loamy soil and a sunny position seem to suit it best. Prop, by seeds, stratified and sown in spring, and by root-cuttings, which succeed best with moderate bottom-heat. A monotypic genus from N. China, allied to Ungnadia and Koelreuteria: fls. polyga- mous, the upper ones of the terminal raceme pistillate, the lower ones staminate, those of the lateral racemes staminate, with rarely a few pistillate ones at the apex; sepals and petals 5; disc with 4 suberect cylindric horns about half as long as stamens; stamens 8: ovary su- perior, 3-loculed, with a rather short, thick style: fr. a capsule, with thick walls dehiscent into 3 valves, each locule with several globose, dark brown seeds. sorbifblia, Bunge. Figs. 2753, 2754. Shrub or small tree, attaining 15 ft., with rather stout upright branches, glabrous: Ivs. (5-12 in. long; Ifts. 9-17, usually oppo- site, sessile, narrow-elliptic to lanceolate, sharply ser- rate, dark green above, paler beneath, 1-2 in. long: ra- cemes 6-10 in. long: fls. on slender pedicels, white, about % in. across, each petal with a blotch at the base changing from yellow to red: fr. green, l%-2% in. long; seeds % in. across. May. N. China. B.M. 6923. F.fc. 18:1899. R.H. 1872:290; 1898, p. 356. Gn. 8, p. 524 (col. pi. not numbered); 34, p. 372; 50, p. 227. G.C. .II. 26:205; 111.2:274,275; 11:533; 17:197. GLP. 6:285 -A F. 3:109; 12:36. A.G. 18:357. Gng. 2:292-293; 3:289. Mn. 1, p. 27. M.D.G. 1900:592, 593. I.E. 24:29o. ALFRED REHDER. XANTEORBEtEA (Greek, yellow flow, referring to the resin which exudes from the trunks) . Jitncdcea. 1 h "Grass Trees," "Grass Gums "or "Black Boys," v form a conspicuous feature of the Australian landscape, are among those strange member of the nisi famil that have a decided trunk or caudex. The Grass often have a trunk 2 or 3 feet high, surmounted by a dense, symmetrical crown of foliage, composed • multitude of brittle, linear leaves 2-4 ft. long ^wh eh spread or curve gracefully in a 1 directions From the center of this tuft of leaves arises a solitary, : sceptre like flower-stalk, terminating in a dense cylindrical spik of numerous, closely packed greenish flowers. These picturesque desert plants are well worth trial in the warmer and more arid regions of tin- r. s Tin- trunk varies from almost nothing in some s|» tt in the case of aged specimens of X. Preisiii. The tall and palm-like trunks are thickly covered with the bn- the old dead leaves, which are cemented together by tbe 275J. XanthUma Texanum (X X). black or yellow resinous gum that flows freely from the stems. In Australia the trunks are often charred and discolored by bush fires. The following species have been offered in southern Fla. and southern Calif are practically unknown to cultivation in this countrj Ml he species are long-lived perennials native to dry and rocky places. They are said to thrive in a com- post of peat and loam and to be propagated by offsets. X. Preittii seems to be the most desirabh 8PXant8horrhoea is a genus of 11 species of Australia* (1993) 1994 XANTHORRHCEA plants of the general appearance described above : peri- anth persistent, of 6 distinct segments, the 3 outer glume-like, erect, concave or almost hooded, 3- or 5- nerved, the 3 inner much thinner, usually 5-nerved. erect, but more or less protruded beyond the outer seg- ments into a short, hyaline or white, petal-like, spread- ing lamina. Flora Australiensis 7:112. 2753. Xanthoceras sorbifolia (X%). (Seep. 1993.) A. Trunk very short. B. Spike 3-8 in. long. minor, R.Br. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, 1-2 lines wide: scape D ^ e VS>: SpC eSS thal1 % in- Wlde- B'M. -. — Belongs to the group in which the inner perianth- segments have a white blade conspicuously spreading above the outer ones, while in the next two species the inner segments have a short whitish tip, little longer tnan the outer and scarcely spreading. XANTHORRH1ZA BB. Spike lYv-2 ft. long. hastilis, R.Br. Lvs. 3-4 ft. long, 2-3 lines broad: scape often 6 8 ft. long, not counting the spike. Readily distinguished by the dense, rusty tomentum covering the ends of the bracts and outer perianth-segments. B.M. 4722. G.C. III. 17:196. F.S. 9:868. AA. Trunk becoming 5 or 6, 01 even 15 ft. long. Preissii, Endl. Lvs. 2-4 ft. long, 1-2 lines broad, rigid, very brittle when young: scapes 2-6 ft. long, in- cluding the spike, which occupies one-half to nearly all its length. B.M. 6933. w M XANTHORRHlZA (Greek, yellow root). Often spelled Zanthorrhiza. Jlanunculdcece. A genus of only one species, native in the eastern United States from New York to Florida. Plant shrubby: Ivs. pinnate or bipinnate: tts. in drooping racemes or panicles; sepals 5, petal-like, deciduous ; petals 5, smaller than the sepals, and 2-lobed; stamens 5-10; carpels 5-10, ses- sile, forming only one-seeded follicles, one ovule of each usually not maturing. The plants are cult, mostly for their handsome foliage, which is much like that of Actsea, and which changes to a beautiful golden color in the autumn. The plants will grow readily in any good soil but usually prefer damp and shady places, although it often thrives in loose, sandy soil. Propagated both by seed and root division in fall or early spring. Often not hardy in Massachusetts. apiifblia, L'Herit. SHRUB YELLOW ROOT. Fig. 2755. Stems of bright yellow wood, 1-20 ft. high: roots yel- 8754. Fruit of Xanthoceras sorbifolia (X low, sending up suckers in spring: Ivs. in clusters from. terminal buds; Ifts. about 5. cut-toothed or lobed, with wedge-shaped bases and entire sinuses: fls. small, dark or purple. April. Damp and shady places, southwestern New York southward. A. G. 1891:289. B.B. 2:55.-Var. ternata, Huth. Lvs. only ternate; Ifts. often more deeply lobed, the sinuses entire. Same distribution. K. C. DAVIS. XANTHOSOMA XANTHOXYLUM known as "Malanga," a crop to which two per cent of the arable land in Porto Rico is devoted. Many species of the arum family are noted for their huge tubers, some of which are edible "after the acrid and more or less poisonous properties are dispersed by the expression of the juice, or by its dissipation through heat" (B. M. 4989). Of this class the best known is the Elephant's Ear, or Coloctmia es- culenta. The Mahmira is said to be "lit- tle, if at all, inferior to Cultidiiim escu- li'iitmn; in wholesoineness and delicacy far superior to spinach: and in this re- spect it may vie with any European vege- table whatever."— Hot. Mag. The"Yantia Malanga" of Porto Rico is, according to Cook, i'dluraxin aiitiqiiorum, var. es- culentn. Other Yantias are species of Xanthosoma. The botany of them is con- fused. Xanthosoma is a mentis of 25 species, / according to Engler, who has given an account of them in Latin in DC. on Phaner. vol.2 (187!)). They are milky herbs of South and Central America with a tuberous or tall and thick rhizome: Ivs. arrow-shaped, 3-cut or pedately cut : fls. unisexual, naked : males with 4-G sta- mens connate in an inversely pyramidal synandrium with 5 or 6 faces: ovary 2-4- loculed; ovules anatropous. A. Candex a short, thick, erect rhizome. sagittifdlium, Schott (Arum sayittifd- Uttin, Linn.). MAJ.ANGA. A tropical vegetable. "Young plants of this are stemless, but in age, from the decay of the old Ivs.. an annulated caudex is formed some inches in height, each throwing out stout fibers from the base, and from time to time producing offsets, by which the plant is easily propagated, or if suffered to remain the 2755. Xanthorrhiza apiifolia (X plant becomes tufted, and numerous Ivs. are produced from the summit of the short, yet stem-like trunks" (.B.M. 4dd- pinnate or sometimes simple leaves anil small nr- or whitish flowers in axillary clusters or terminal pani cles followed by small e'apsular, often ornamental fruits. A". . I i/i. •»•/•••» » »/»i is the only -pe.'i. s which in hardy north, but some of the species from E. Asia will probably prove fairly hnrdy in the middle Atlantic - iirnameiital slirubs they are valued rhietly for their fruits, but some have hand-ome foliage also, and A", •lil'iiithniitr* is .'ailed by Siirt'ent one of the most beautiful trees of Japan. They seem to be not 1996 XANTHOXYLUM very particular as to soil ^position. Prop, by seeds i species in the tropical and s'hrubs, with mostly prickly branches : most parts, particularly the fruits, emit a strong aromatic odor when bruised: Ivs. odd-pinnate, 3- foliolate or rarely simple: fls. dkEcious or polygamous, small, in cymes or panicles; sepals, petals and stamens 3- 8, sepals often wanting; pis- tils 3-5: fr. composed of 1-5 separate small dehiscent cap- sules each with 1-2 shining black seeds. Several species are used medicinally. The wood of some W. Indian spe- cies and that of the Austra- lian X. brachyacanthum is considered valuable. The fruits of X. piperitum are used like pepper in Japan. Americanum, Mill. ( X. frax- {neu*n,Willd. X. ramiflorum, Michx.). PRICKLY ASH. Fig. 2757. Shrub or small tree, at- taining 25 ft., with prickly 3757. Leaf of Prickly Ash. branches: Ifts. 5-11, opposite, Xanthoxylum Ameiica- almost sessile, ovate, entire num (X %). or crenulate, dark green Showing paired prickles re- above, lighter and pubescent sembling stipular spines, beneath, l%-2 in. long: fls. small, greenish, in axillary sessile cymes, appearing shortly before the Ivs.: seeds black Quebec to Neb. and Va. B.B. 2:353. piperitum, DC. CHINESE or JAPANESE PEPPER. Bushy shrub, rarely small tree: branches with slender prickles: Ifts. 11-13, narrow-elliptic to elliptic-lanceo- late, serrulate, glabrous, dark green and lustrous above, paler beneath, %-!% in. long: fls. in terminal, rather dense, umbel-like corymbs. July, Aug. Japan, Corea. X. ailantholdes, Sieb. & Zucc. Tree, attaining 60 ft.: branches with numerous short prickles: Ivs. 1-4 ft. long; Ifts. oblong-ovate, glabrous, glaucous beneath, 3-6 in. long: fls. and fr. in terminal corymbs. Japan. Handsome tree. — X. Bunged- num, Maxim. Shrub, with stout, compressed prickles: Ivs. prickly; Ifts. 7-11, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, %-!% in. long: fls. and t'r. in terminal corymbs. N. China. — X. Clava- Herculis, Linn. (X. Carolinianum, Lam.). TOOTHACHE-TREE. PEPPER-WOOD. Small tree, attaining 30 or occasionally 50 ft.: Ifts. 7-17, ovate-lanceolate, pubescent beneath when young, 1-2% in. long: fls. and fr. in terminal panicles. April, May. S. Va. to Pla. and Tex. S.S. \:<®.—X.planisplnum, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub, with stout, compressed spines: Ifts. 3-5, elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, serrulate, glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls. and fr. in small panicles on short lateral branchlets. Japan.— X. schinifblium, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub, with sparingly prickly branches: Ifts. 13-19, elliptic-lanceolate, crenate, emarginate at the apex, %-!% in. long: fls. and fr. in large, terminal co- rymbs. Japan. ALFRED REHDSR. XENIA. The immediate influence of pollen— the influence on the fruit that results directly from a given pollination. XEBANTHEMUM (Greek, dry flower: it is one of the "everlastings"). Comp6sitce. There are four or five species of Xeranthemum, of which X. annuum is one of the oldest and best known of the "everlastings" or immortelles. They are inhabitants of the Mediterranean region. They are annual erect herbs, densely pubescent or tomentose. The heads are rayless, but the large in- volucre scales are petal-like and persistent, giving the plant its value as a subject for dry bouquets. Outer flow- ers few and sterile, inner ones fertile; receptacle chaffy; involucral scales in many series, of various lengths, gla- brous; heads solitary on long naked peducles. The culture of Xeranthemum is very simple. Seeds are usually sown in the open, where the plants are to stand; but they may be started indoors arid the seed- lings transplanted. Hardy or half-hardy annuals. XERANTHEMUM annuum, Linn. Fig. 2758. Annual, 2-3 ft. tall, erect, white -tomentose : Ivs. alternate, oblong -lanceolate, acute, entire: heads purple, 1-1% in. across, tba longer scales wide-spreading and ray-like. S. Europe. — Runs into many varieties. Var. liguldsum, Voss ( X. plenis- simum and X. imperi&le, Hort. ). A double or half- J758. Xeranthemum annuum (X %). double form. Var. perligulosum, Voss (X. superblssi- mum, Hort.), has very full double heads. In these and the single types there are white-fld. (var. album), rose- fld. (var. roseum) and purple-fld. (var. purpureum) va- rieties. There are also violet-fld. forms. Var. multifld- rum, Hort. (var. compactum) has a more compact and XERANTHEMUM bushy habit, with somewhat smaller her,, Is. A', rarius, Hort., is a trade name for mixed varieties. X. indpterum, Mill. (X. erectum, Presl.) has white ho.-nN of which the scales are little or not at all open or spreading. 8. Eu. to S. W. Asia. L H B " XEROPHt'LLTJM (Greek, dry leaf). Liliacea;. TUB- KEY'S BEARD. The Turkey's Beard of our eastern states is a strong perennial herb, 3 or 4 ft. high, resembling the asphodel. It lias a dense tuft of numerous long, wiry leaves from the center of which springs a stately shaft sometimes 5 ft. high, with an oval or oblong raceme 6 in. long, crowded with yellowish white 6 -parted fls., each % in. across. It blooms from May to Jul)", fls. with delicate fragrance lasting a long time. It is a hand- somer plant than the as- phodel, but, like many other native plants, its beauty was first appreci- ated in England and it has only lately found favor in American gardens. X. setifolium,oca«phodeloides as it is known to the trade, is considered one of the choicest plants for English bog gardens. The posses- sion of several large clumps is especially to be desired, as each plant flowers so freely that it requires a year or two to recover. Unfortunately the plant does not seed freely and propagation by division is a slow process which must be performed with great care in the spring. It needs a moist and some- what shaded situation and a peaty soil. The probabil- ity is that the Turkey's Beard can be grown in any sandy soil that has been liberally enriched with well-rotted leaf -mold in a spot that is reasonably dry in winter. The species is a native of the dry pine barrens from southern N. J. to eastern Tenn. and Ga. The chief species of the Pacific coast, X. tenax, has white and violet flowers, the latter color supplied by the stamens. Each region should cultivate its own species. The forms are too much alike for the same garden. A third spe- cies, S. Doufflasii, is a rare plant ranging from Mon- tana to Oregon. It is dis- tinguished by its 6-valved capsule and is said to be inferior as a garden plant to the other species. Xerophyllums are tall perennial herbs with short thick, woody rootstocks, unbranched leafy stems and Mnear, rough-edged leaves, the upper ones shorter chan the lower: fls. small, white, in a large, dense ra- ceme, the lower fls. opening first; perianth-segments oblong or ovate, 5-7-nerved, devoid of glands; stamens 6: ovary 3-grooved; styles 3, reflexed or recurved: capsule 'locnlicidally and sometimes also septicidally dehiscent. Watson in Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sci. 14:284. XF.KOI'HYI.Lr.M I'.I'JT r morr : }>rrianth-iegmentt ex- •ne line or leit wide. A. Raceme S-fi in. I feeding tJt< *ti Div. of Hot., U. S. Dept. Agric., has valuable cultural notes on the introduction of West Indian Yams (Dios coreas) to subtropical agriculture in the U. S. YAKKOW. Consult Achillea. YATE. See Eucalyptus occidentalis. YELLOW BOOT SHRUB. Xanfhorrhiza. YELLOW-WOOD. Cladrastis tinctoria. YEBBA BUENA. Micromeria Douglasii. YEW. See Taxus. YOUTH-AND-OLD-AGE. Zinnia, Us forms and glauca are hardy In the northern states, fro«t Th Tr'culeana show» considerable resistance to WP] ',.r™e iend^ S?ecie" are kePt in the cact»" housed Well-drained sandy loam suits them best. l,,,t with good drainage they are tolerant of a large range of soil £ exposure. Prop, by seeds, offsets, stem -cutting, wd the rhizomes that several species produce, which may be cut into short lengths and rooted in the cutting be™ch ««, wSCM£? n° b'°9msxilsually in March in plant houses, as when wild, and the Mexican species when brought to flower are usually Springbloo,n,rs, !,m ,»H.v iSmSSul Lf T,Cr °r °ng Period» and then suddenly and unex- pectedly produce an abundance of simultaneous bloom, even on the smaller plants. Of the hardy specie Y. glanea flowers in June and it is quickly followed by Y hlamentosa and F. flaccida, while the forms of 1-. gloriosa, which usually flower only at intervals of several years, bloom from late August to so late in the autumn as to be cut down by frost. .'•/•:*;. > J761. Yucca Whipplei. YtJCCA (Indian 'name for the Manihot, erroneously pplied by Gerarde). Lili&cece. About a dozen species, hiefly of the arid North American table-land and con- ned to the United States, Mexico and adjacent islands, ivergreens with long, narrow, usually spiny-pointed taves and panicles of large white nocturnal flowers requently shaded with green or purple. Y, filamentosa, flaccida, baccata, gloriosa in some of Most species may be fertilized if fresh pollen is trans- ferred directly from the anther to the stigmatic cavity of anewly opened flower, preferably one st-attil dir.-<-tly on the mnin shaft, where nutrition ismorecfrriiin. }'.nloi- folia commonly fruits fn-Hy, but the others rarely fruit spontaneously in cultivation except 1". filamentota and }'. f/nrcida, which are pollinated by a small white tn«th (Protwba yuccastlta) that accompanies them when cul- 126 (1999) 2000 YUCCA tivated in the western states, but emerges from the pupa Joo late to pollinate Y glauca ~**Sgg'Sff£Bt for Y. gloriosa. See Kept. Mo. Bot. Gard. 3.99, 4.IH- The great Yuccas, or "Yucca Palms," of southern California (Fig. 2760) are chiefly Y. arborescent. They 2762. Flower of Yucca filamentosa (X %). 2763. Flower of Yucca Whipplei. Three petals removed to show structure of blossom. grow in the higher lands bordering the Mojave and ad- jacent deserts, reaching a height of 15-20 ft. The old plants are exceedingly weird and picturesque. Occa- sionally this species is transferred to gardens, but it is apparently not in the trade. aloifolia, 6. ensifera. 5. medio-striata, 5. Andreana, 5. exigua, 3. nobilis, 5. angustifolia, 4. filamentosa, 2. orchioides, 3. argospatha, 8. flaceida, 3. Ortgiesiana, 1. aspera, 8. flexilis, 5. pendula, 5. baccata, 9. glauca, 4. plicata, 5. Galifornica, I. gloriosa, 5. puberula, 3. canaliculata, 8. graminifolia, 1. quadrieolor, 6. Oarrierei, 5. Guatemalensis, 7. reeurvifolia, 5. concava, 2. Hanburyi, 4. striatula, 5. conspicua, 6. Integra, 3. stricta, 4. Deleuili, 5. juncea, 5. sulcata, 5. draccenoides, 5. laevigata, 5. Treeuleana, 8. Draconis, 6. longifolia, 8. Vandervinniana, 8. elegans, 5. inurgiiiittH, 5, 6. variegata, 2, 5. Ellacotnbei, 5. Massiliensis, 5. Whipplei, 1. A. Fr. erect, capsular: seeds thin and flat B. Stigma capitate, on a slender BB. Stigma 8- or 6-lobed, termi- nating a stout style A. Fr. pendent, not dehiscent. B. Seeds thin: fr. wall thin and soon dry: Ivs. usually en- tire BB. Seeds thick: fr. pulpy, sweet and edible. c. The fr. without a core, pur- ple - fleshed : Ivs. rough- margined CC. The fr. with papery core and yellowish flesh. D. Lvs. rough-margined PD. Lvs. with detaching mar- ginal fibers when adult. 1. Whipplei filamentosa flaceida glauca 5. gloriosa 6. aloifolia 7. Guatemalensis Treeuleana baccata 1. Whipplei, Torrey (Y. graminifdlia,Wood. Y.Cali- fdrnica and Y. Ortgiesiana, Hort. ). Figs. 2761, 2763. Acaulescent: Ivs. % in. wide, stiff, flat, striate, glau- cous, needle-pointed, rough-margined : panicle very tall, narrow, long- stalked. Coast Range, California. G.C. II. 6:196. Gn. 35, p. 561. R.H. 1886, p. 61. B.M. 7662. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 3, pi. 11, 12, 54. R.H. 1884:324 (as var. violacea). G.F. 8:415. — Grows everywhere in southern Calif, and is a glorious sight when in bloom. It is an easy plant to handle and has been known to flower in three years from seed. Because of its peculiar stigma, this is sometimes placed in a distinct genus, Hespero- yucca. YUCCA 2. filamentdsa, Linn. Figs. 2762, 2764-5; 1052. Some- times called ADAM'S NEEDLE, BEAK GRASS, SILK GKASS, or THREADY YUCCA. Acaulescent: Ivs. 1 in. wide, rather weak, somewhat concave, glaucous when young, short and stout, pointed from the acute apex, with curly mar- ginal fibers: panicle loose, long- stalked : fls. creamy white; style white. Southeastern U. S. B.M. 900. A yellow- or white-margined form is var. variegata, Carr. B.B. 1:427. Var. concava, Engelm. (Y. concava, Haw.). Lvs. broadly spatulate, plicate, concave. N. C. 3. flaceida, Haw. ( Y. pubtrula, Haw. Y. orchio'ides, Carr.). Lvs. more flexible, recurving, not pungent, gradually tapering, with thinner and less curly tibers. Eastern U. S. B.R. 22:1895. B.M. 6316. -Usually culti- vated for the preceding, and comprising several forms. Vars. exigua and Integra have the leaf -margin brown, without detaching fibers. 4. glauca, Nutt. (Y. angustifolia, Pursh. Y. Hdn- buryi, Baker). Fig. 2766. Lvs. less than % in. wide, thin but stiff, flat, acutely and pungently pointed, with white margin from which slender fibers detach them- selves, whitish green : panicle with 1 or 2 short branches within the cluster of leaves, or usually reduced to a ra- ceme : fls. greenish ; style green. Rocky mountain region and plains. B.M. 2236. G.F. 2:247. Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard. 6, p. 7. B.B. 1 :427.-Var. stricta, Trel. ( Y. stricta, Sims). Inflorescence freely branched at top of the leaf-cluster. Southern plains. B.M. 2222. 5. gloriosa, Linn. Nearly stemless or with slender trunk, 10-15 ft. high: Ivs. 1-2 in wide, thin but not re- 2764. Adam's Needle — Yucca filamentosa. From a plant 4 feet high. curved, somewhat concave, glaucous when young, pun- gently pointed, brown-margined : panicle with ascend- ing branches, short-peduncled: fls. often with a reddish or brownish shading. Carolina coast region. — A form YUCCA YUCCA 2001 with median whitish stripe on the Ivs. is var. ircdio- striata, 1'hiiich. Among the numerous varieties and forms into which this, the first-cultivated Yucca, lias sported, the following are most worthy: Var. plicata, Carr. LvV very glaucous, strongly plicate. G.C. III. T5:304. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 3, pi. (5. Var. recurvifolia, Engelm. ( Y. rtnn-ri :• fdlia, Siilisl). }'. re- cur nt, Haw. )". /ii'n- dula, Hort. Has the Ivs. less plicate, soon green, gracefully re- curved, occasionally with a few detaching marginal threads. Car- olina coast region. Gn. 47, p. 337. R.H. 1858, p. 433; 1859, p. 488. Variegated forms of this are the following: Var. marginata, Carr. Lvs. yellow-margined: var. variegata, Can. Lvs. with yellow me- dian band : and var. Slogans, Hort. Lvs. with reddish median band. Var.n6biliB,Carr. ..Kllacbmbti, Bak.). Lvs. glaucous, not pli- cate, less recurved. Var. Ilexilis, Trel. ( Y. fUxilis, Carr.). Lvs. long, narrow, less than an inch wide, scarcely plicate, glossy green, gracefully recurved, occasionally a little rough on the margin. - Hybrids of Y.gloriosa with both capsular and fleshy - fruited species have been artificially produced in Europe, and are in some European gardens under the names F. Deleuili, Y. sulcata, Y. Carrierei, Y. Andreana, Y. draccenoides, Y. striatula, Y. Massiliensis, Y. ensi- fera, Y. la>riroad and arching, less pungent. H. K. L"J: 1M»». Var. conipicua, Knirelni. ( }'. - ,,,,.-I/M'.-I«». Haw. I. Tall, the stem* elua- tered at ba-c: Iv-. broad, recurved, softly green-pointed. 7. Guatemalensis, Baker. Tall, swollen at bane, br.incliing above in age: Iva. about .'( in. wiw, from a stout running caudex: Ivs. of a yellower green, with very thick marginal threads : panicle rather loose within the leaf-cluster : Hs. and fruit very large. 8. Colo, to Ariz. B.B. 1:426. WM. TBILKAS*. — ' f Yucca ttlauca. better known • Y. aneustifolia. ZALUZlANSKYA (after a Pole, who wrote Methodus Herbaria^ Prague, 1592). Including Nycterinia, Scroph- ularidceat. About 16 species of S.African herbs and subshrubs, including three plants known as Night Bal- sams or Star Balsams, from their night-blooming habit. The name Night-blooming Phlox would be better, as the flowers are salver-shaped and 5-lobed. each lobe being deeply cut. These plants are generally treated as half- hardy annuals, the seed being sown indoors in early spring. The plants bloom in about ten weeks after being set out and continue in flower through July and August. Some cultivators declare that this method is very un- satisfactory and urge that the seed be sown in the au- tumn and the young plants wintered in a coldframe. They will then begin to flower by June. The blossoms are closed by day and are fragrant by night. Zaluzianskyas are more or less viscous plants : lowest Ivs. opposite, upper ones alternate, usually few-toothed : fls. sessile but long-tubed, disposed in leafy spikes which are cylindrical or flattish; calyx 5-toothed, 2- lipped or 2-parted; corolla persistent, the 5 lobes entire or 2-ftd, equal or the 2 posterior ones a little wider; stamens usually 4; style club-shaped: capsule oblong, leathery or membranous. The Zaluzianskyas are little known in American gardens. The botanical status of the group is in need of revision. A promise was made to give some account under Zaluzianskya of the puzzling trade names Erinus duplex, gracilis, Paxtoniana and speciosa. It is probable that these are all varieties of Erinus alpinus. In the American trade they are considered as trailing plants suitable for hanging-baskets, vases and window boxes, uses to which Erinus alpinus is eminently adapted. E. speciosa is said to have ultramarine blue fls. ; E. gracilis, light blue fls* and a spreading habit: E. Pax- toniana, pure white fls., blue-edged; E. duplex, double blue fls. Erinus gracilis of the botanists is a true Zaluzianskya, being a synonym of Z. lychnidea, a plant of erect habit with white fls. that are violet outside Although Erinus and Zaluzianskya are placed in dif- ferent tribes of the figwort family, it is difficult to sepa- rate them by any one important botanical character un- less it be the shape of the stamens, which is oblong in Zaluzianskya, reniform in Erinus. The horticulturist, however, may readily distinguish them by the lowest leaves, those of the former being opposite, those of the latter tufted. To the account of Erinus in Vol. II, p. 543, should be added the fact that the genus has only one species. The other names which appear to be good species of Erinus in Index Kewensis are presumably to be referred to other genera, as they are mostly South African plants, — Europe and the Cape having few genera in common. All the species mentioned below have their corolla- lobes bifid. A. Corolla-tube slightly pubescent. B. Duration perennial : bracts broadly lanceolate : Ivs. oblong -linear. lychnidea, Walp. (Nycterinia lychnidea, D. Don. Erinus grdcilis, Lehm., not Hort.). Subshrub, 2 ft. high, with fls. 1% in. long, % in. across, white, violet outside. B.M. 2504. B.R. 9:748 (both as Erinus lych- nidea). . BB. Duration annual: bracts oblong -lanceolate: Ivs. linear or the lower ones lanceolate. Cap6nsis, Walp. (Nycterinia Capensis, Benth.). Dif- fers from the above, according to Bentham, in stature, duration, strict stems and smaller Ivs., but unfortu- nately Bentham does not give the height of the plant or color of the fls. According to R.H. 1851:221, the plant has white or lilac flower-clusters on the same plant, each flower having an orange eye. The spikes, accord- ing to Bentham, are commonly short and 4-8-fld., some- times long and 15-20-fld. There is some evidence that this species and the next are confused in the trade. In R.H. 1851:221 the fls. are %-l in. long and less than % in. across. AA. Corolla-tube glabrous. selaginoides, Walp. (Nycterinia selaginoldes, Benth.). Dwarf annual, branched at the base, 3-5 in. high, rarely 6 in., with spatulate Ivs. and fls. %-l in. long, color of tts. not stated by Bentham, but in R.H. 1896, p. 308 (same picture as Grn. 24, p. 89) the fls. are said to range from white to lilac and darker depending upon their stage of development, with an orange-colored eye which be- comes crimson later. This suggests the preceding spe- cies, and it is evident that the two must be distinguished by technical characters until the colors can be verified. The plant advertised in America as Nycterinia selagi- noides is said to be a pink-fld., half-hardy perennial, growing 9 in. high, which does not agree with authentic descriptions. A species passing under this name is hardy at San Francisco. \y. M. ZAMIA (name used by Pliny, meaning loss or dam- age, and first applied to barren pine cones, and trans- ferred to these plants apparently because of the cone- like fructification). Cycaddcece. One of the nine genera of the Cycas family, as constituted by Alphonse De Candolle (Prodr. 16, pt. 2, pp. 522-547). Other genera of horticultural interest and discussed in this Cyclope- dia are Ceratozamia, Cycas, Dioon, Encephalartos and Macrozamia. The Zamias are stocky short- and usu- ally simple-stemmed cycas-like plants, the trunk some- times subterranean, with long-pinnate evergreen leaves or fronds, the leaflets being thickened and usually broadened at the base, and jointed. There are about 30 species in the American tropics, and two are native to Florida. The flowers of cycads are dioecious, without en- velopes; the pistillate flowers are mere naked ovules in- serted under scales in cones, and the staminate flowers 2768. Zamia Floridana. are simple anthers under similar scales. The plants are therefore gymnosperms (seeds naked or not inclosed in a pericarp or ripened ovary) and are allied to the conifers. The fruit is a berry-like drupe. In Zamia the floral scales are peltate (and not horned) and form a cylindrical cone; the anthers are numerous, and the ovules pendulous in pairs. Leaves nearly straight in venation. The fecundation of Zamia has been studied by H. J. Webber (Bull. 2, Bureau of Plant Ind. U. S. Dept. Agr. ). His conclusions respecting the Floridian species are accepted below. Zamias are warmhouse plants, to be treated like spe- cies of Cycas or Encephalartos, which see. The plants are propagated by means of seeds and offsets; also by division when there is more than one crown. (2002) ZAMIA A. Petiole prick?}/. furfuracea, Ait. Trunk cylindrical, 1-2 ft. tall: peti- oles dilated and concave at the base, with several small prickles: Ifts. about 10-12 pairs, opposite or alternate, oblanceolate, entire on the lower half but serrate or jagged towards the top, acute or obtuse, scurfy beneath (as also the rachis): cone oval-conical, downy, pedunculate, pale yellowish brown, the pistillate ones 4 in. or less long. Mexico. B.M. 1969. Lindeni. Regel. Trunk cylindrical, 2- 4 ft. or more tall when well grown : petioles long, cylin- drical, sparsely pro- vided with tawny wool, the prickles short conical and spreading: Ifts. 20 or more pairs, glabrous or somewhat puber- ulous, nearly or quite opposite, sessile, long - lanceolate and acuminate, dentate- serrate towards the top. Ecuador. I.H. 22:195. /.ArsrilXF.KIA 2769. Staminate cone of Zamia Floridana. 2770. Pistillate cone of Zamia Floridana. AA. Petiole not prickly. B. Species growing beyond the limits of the U. S integrifolia, Ait. Trunk 12-18 in. tall, erect, globular or oblong: Ivs. glabrous: Ifts. alternate, 7-16 pairs, oblong to linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, mostly ob- tuse, entire or somewhat dentate towards the apex: cones oblong and obtuse, short -peduncled. West Indies. B.M. 1851. — The Florida plants, usually re- ferred here, are apparently all Z. Floridana and Z. Mexicana, Miq. Distinguished by DeCandolle as fol- lows: scales of the leaf-buds tomentose and also the petioles at the base, the petioles 3-cornered, unarmed, glabrous, somewhat warty : Ifts. of 9 or more pairs, sub -opposite, narrow - lanceolate, straight or slightly curved, acute or acutish, rigidly coriaceous, dark green, many-nerved, spinulose - serrulate from the middle to the apex. Mex. — By Index Kewensis referred to Z. Loddigesii, a species with prickly petioles. Pseudo-parasitica, Yates (Z. Soezlii, Regel). Distin- guished as follows by DeCandolle: truntf cylindrical: Ifts. lanceolate, sinuose - falcate, entire, glabrous, acute at the base, cuspidate at the apex, with 18 strong nerves which are twice bifurcate. Panama. -Grows on tree trunks. angustifdlia, Jacq. Foliage glabrous when mature: Ifts. 5 in. long, 4-20 pairs, usually alternate, elongated and narrowly linear, the apex obtuse and very obscurely serrulate or entire, fhe base not narrowed, 6-8-nerved: pistillate cone obtuse but cuspidate. Bahamas, Cuba. BB. Species native to Florida. Floridana, DC. COONTIE. COMPTIE. Figs. 2768-71. Lvs. ovate or ovate-lanceolate; petiole triangular in out- line, sericeo-tomentose at base, with scattered hairs above; Ifts. mostly opposite, 14-20 pairs, glabrous above and with scattered hairs beneath, linear, falcate and somewhat twisted, narrowed at the base and obtuse at the apex, the margin revolute and with a few obscure teeth: mature pistillate cones oblong, 5-6 in. (12-16/6 cm.) long, markedly umbonate (projection on the scales), densely tomentose. -Very abundant in southern Florida on the east coast below lat. 26° 30', in open comparatively dry pine woods. pumila, Linn. Differs, according to Webber, in hav- ing shorter and broader leaflets which are less twisted and not so erect and rigid, and in its shorter and non- umbonate cones with seed-bearing scales thinner and more flattened at outer end. — Abundant in central Florida, ranging from J,v no' :i.,rth for one degree of latitude, in dense moist woods. «/ L'('OKN. Fu 2778. Plate VII. In this group each kernel is inclosed in a pod or husk, and the ear thus formed is inclosed in husks. Var. everta (Z. evtrta, Sturt.). POPCORN. Fm. :>.~>l, Vol. I. Plate VII. This group is characterized by the excessive proportion of the corneous endosperm and the small size of the kernels and ear. The best varieties have a corneous endosperm throughout. This gives the property of popping, which is the complete eversion or turning inside out of the kernel through the explosion of the contained moisture on application of heat. A small deposit of starchy endosperm does not greatly in- terfere with this property of popping, but when the starchy endosperm is in excess, as in a flint Corn, the kernel does not evert, but the corneous portion only ex- plodes or splits, leaving the starchy portion unchanged. The true Pop Corn is bi>n«-e tender in its eating; the false Pop Corn has a ten- der portion of limited ex- tent only. This class of Corns is even more readily recognized by inspection than by description. Var. indurata ('/.. >»- durdta, Sturt.). FUST CORN. Plate VII. Fii:. •>779. A group readily re- cognized by the occurrence of a starchy endosperm. inclosed in a corneous en- ilo-perm, as shown in a split seed. This corneous endosperm varies in thickness with v»rieues. When very thin M the summit of the kernel the s nkage ( the starohv endosperm may cause a depreuioo, thus simulating' externally a .lent from which Its structure at once differentiates it. ^ 2778 Cro«« lection of ear of Husk Corn (X KK 2006 ZEA Var. indentata (Z. indentata, Sturt. ). DENT CORN. Fig. 2780. Plate VII. A group recognized by the pres- ence of corneous endosperm at the sides of the kernel, the starchy endosperm extending to the summit. By the drying and shrinkage of the starchy matter the summit of the kernel is drawn in or together, and indented in various forms. In different varieties the corneous endosperm varies in height and thickness, thus determining the char- acter of the indented sur- face. 2780. Dent Corn — Zea Mays, var. indentata (XX). 2779. Flint Corn. Var. indu- rata(X^). Var. amylacea (Z. amylA- eea, Sturt.). SOFT CORNS. This group is at once recog- nized by the absence of cor- neous endosperm. Through the uniformity of the shrink- age in ripening there is usu- ally no indentation, yet in some varieties an indentation may more or less frequently appear, but splitting the ker- nel infallibly determines the class. Var. saccharata (Z. saccha- rdta, Sturt.). SWEET CORN. Figs. 2781, 2782, 551. Plate VII. A well-defined group characterized by the translu- cent, horny appearance of the kernels and their more or less crinkled, wrinkled, or shriveled condition. Var.^amylea-saccharata (Z. ami)lea-saccha- rata, Sturt.). STARCHY-SWEET CORN. This group is founded upon three varieties found in the San Pedro Indian collection of Dr. Palmer and sent in 1886. The external ap- pearance of the kernel is that of a sweet, but examination shows that the lower half of the kernel is starchy, the upper half horny and translucent. These varieties all had a white cob, the kernels deeper than broad. L. H. B. ZEBRlNA (name refers to the striped leaves). CommelinAcece. Differs from Tra- descantia chiefly in the fact that the corolla is tubular (petals not free); stamens 6, equal; fls. few, sessile, in 2 conduplicate bracts, species. p6ndula, Schnizl (Tradescdntia sebrlna, Hort T tricolor, Hort., in part. Cyandtis vittata, Lindl. Com- F/LrV^ T ^•rt>)V. WANDERING JEW, in part. tigs. 2783-84. Trailing, half-succulent perennial herb oting at the. joints: Ivs. lance-ovate, sessile, the leaf- iheath about % m. long and hairy at top and bottom md sometimes throughout its length; under surface of eat : red-purple; : upper surface silvery white, suffused rit& purplish, the central part and the margins purple- ZELKOVA striped: fls. about 2, rose-red, contained in two boat- shaped bracts, one of which is much smaller than the other. Mexico.— A very common greenhouse plant, much used for baskets and for covering the ground un- derneath benches. Commonly confused with Trades- cantia fluminensis, Fig. 2785, and some- times with C'omme- lina nudiflora. See Tradescantia. The Ivs. of Z. pendula seem never to be green. They vary somewhat in color. All forms are easily grown, and they propagate readily from pieces of 2783. Flower stem. Var. quadri- of Zebrina color, Voss (Tra- pendula, descdntia quadri- Slightly en- color and T. multi- larged. color, Hort. ) . Lvs. with metallic green undertone and striped with green, red and white. Handsome. T.I H R 2784. Zebrina pendula. , ZELKOVA (after the verna- cular name Zelkoua in Crete, or Selkwa in the Caucasus). Syn., Abelicea. Urticacece. Ornamental deciduous trees, with alternate, short-peti- oled, toothed leaves and insignificant flowers in axillary clusters or solitary, followed by small drupe-like fruits. Z. acuminata is hardy north and Z. crenata hardy as far north as Mass., at least in sheltered positions. The Zelkovas, particularly Z. acuminata, are handsome trees of graceful habit, much resembling a small-leaved elm tree. They seem not to be very particular as to soil and posi- tion. Prop, by seeds sown soon after ripening; also by layers and by grafting on Ulmus. Four species are known, natives of Crete, the Caucasus and E. Asia. They are allied to Celtis and Aphananthe and are chiefly distinguished by the con- nate sepals. From the elms, which they much resemble in foliage, they are easily distinguished by the drupe - like fruits. 2781. Sugar or Sweet Corn — Zea Mays, var. saccharata (X %). A green ear, with unshrunken kernels, Two Trees, sometimes shrubby, with pen- ninerved, stipulate Ivs.: fls. polygam- ous, the perfect ones solitary in the axils of the upper Ivs., the staminate ones clus- tered in the axils of 2782. Sweet Corn when mature and lower Ivs. or bracts; dry, showing the shrinking of calyx 4-5-lobed; sta- the kernels (X ^). ZELKOVA mens 4-5; styles 2: fr. a 1-seeded drupe, usually broader than high, oblique, with the style eccentric. Z. l. lKr>. G.C. III. 23, suppl. 28 May. — Var. pulverulenta. Michx. (Andrt eda pulverultnta, Bartr. A. glaiiea, Hort. A. edndiu> bloom. Gn. 24:420. B.M. 667. A. dratl.nt.i. Lindl., is a form with similar foliage and the corolla 5-parted al- most to the base. B.R. 12:1010. Var. nltid*. Michx. (Var. nuda, Vent. Var. viridit, Hort.), has green fo age without bloom. ALFRED REHDIR. ZEPHYKANTHE8 (Greek, Hover of the \rr»t >• Amarylliddcev. ZKI-HYK FU>WER. FAIKY I.II.Y. Al-ut three dozen species of bulbous plant* iiattvr to the warmer parts of Aroerir,,. rnf.irtnnnt.-ly they are not quite hardy, but some of them are very satis plants for window-ganl.-ns. n-tinc MNMIWBal in wint and blooming In summ«-r un.l.-r mah tr.-ntment. 1 all have linear Ivs. aootemponMOU with tl slender scapes about 6-9 in. high, crowned by solitary 6-lobed fls. of white, rose or yellow. The fls. are 1- across. Other grm-ri.- ,-hani." '» n>.^lla'' erect or suberect : corona none : anthers donUM, versatile: ovules many, superposed: seeds black, flat. 2008 ZEPHYRANTHES The latest revision of Zephyranthes is found in Baker's Handbook of Ihe Amaryllidea,, 1888, where the tollow- PROPER. Flower erect; tube short ; stamens inserted near its throat (Eighteen species, including all described below except No. 11.) 2788. Zenobia speciosa (X%). (See page 2007.) SUBGENUS ZEPHYRITES. Flower slightly inclined; tube short; stamens inserted near its throat; style more declinate than in the other two subgenera. (Eleven species, including No. 11 below.) SUBGENUS PYROLIRION. Flowers erect; tube longer, dilated in the upper half; stamens inserted at the mid- dle of the perianth-tube. ( Five species, none in cult. ) For the further separation of the species Baker uses the characters which appear in the key below, except the foliage characters and the color of the flowers. However, the genus may be readily separated into three sections based upon the color of the fls., and this ar- rangement is here used as being more convenient to the horticulturist. The seasons of bloom indicated below are those for localities where the plants will thrive out- doors the year round. The Zephyr Lilies must be wintered in a place free from frost, and as the best, kinds are natives of swampy places it is fair to presume that they will need more moisture during the resting period than the generality of bulbous plants. The four best species are: Z. Can- dida, white, autumn; Z. Atamasco, white, spring; Z. carinata, rosy, summer; Z. rosea, autumn. All of these will probably survive the winter out of doors in our middle states if given a fair degree of protection. Z. Candida deserves special notice. William Watson, of Kew, England, writes in Gn. 37, p. 174: "The most satisfactory of all is Z. Candida. This species differs from all others known to us in several particulars, the chief being its hardiness and ease of management under ordinary cultivation in a sunny border out of doors. We have tried almost all the other species of Zephyranthes with this treatment, but they every one failed, whilst Z. Candida flourished and multiplied rapidly, until we now have a border filled with it. This border is against the south wall of a greenhouse and it is always moist. The soil is ordinary loam, in which the bulbs were planted about 4 inches apart. They have each since become crowded tufts, their eaves completely hiding the soil. This border was as gay with the flowers of Zephyranthes last autumn as any" border of crocuses in spring. On very sunny days the flowers opened quite flat, and glistened like snow in the sunshine. Another character which distinguishes this species from the ZEPHYRANTHES others is its evergreen foliage." It is said that the river La Plata was so called (the name meaning "silver") because of the profusion of these white flowers on its shore. Andersoni, 11. Atamasco, 1. Candida, 5. carinata, 6. INDEX. erubescens, 3. grandiflora, 6. Lindleyana, 7. longifolia, 9. rosea, 8. Texana, 10. Treatise. 2. verecunda 4. A. Fls. white, often tinged rose out- side. B. Stigma 3-loled. C. Ovary stalked. D. Perianth 3 in. long. E. LVS. channeled, bright green, shining, with acute margins 1. Atamasoo EE. Lvs. thick, semi -terete, deep green, not shining, with rounded margins.. . 2. Treatise DD. Perianth 2 in. long 3. erubescena cc. Ovary sessile 4. verecunda BB. Stigma capitate, obscurely 3- lobed 5. Candida AA. Flu. bright rose-colored. B. Perianth 2%,-S in. long C. carinata BB. Perianth 1%-% in. long 7. Lindleyana BBB. Perianth about 1 in. long 8. rosea AAA. Fls. yellow, often reddish outside. B. Style slightly declinate. C. Pedi'cel much shorter than spathe 9. longifolia cc. Pedicel much longer than spathe 10. Texana BB. Style strongly declinate 11. Andersoni 1. Atamasco, Herb. (Amaryllis Atamasco, Linn.). ATAMASCO LILY. Fig. 2789, 2790. Most popular and larg- est of the spring-blooming white-fld. species; the com- monest Zephyr Lily native to the U. S. Bulb short- necked, less than 1 in. thick : Ivs. 4-6, linear: scape 6-12 2789. Atamasco Lily— Zephyranthes Atamasco (X %). in. high: fls. pure white, about 3 in. long. March-June. Va. to Fla. and Ala. B.B. 1:444. B.M. 239. L.B.C. 19:1899. Gn. 24, p. 199; 37, p. 155. 2. Treatise, Wats. Closely allied to Z. Alamasco and best distinguished by the Ivs. as indicated in the ZEPHYBANTHES key. The perianth-segments are sometimes keeled with rose, but in both species the fls. turn pinkish with age. It is a Florida species, found in damper localities and blooming several weeks later than Z. Atamaico V €:299. Gn. 33, p. 11. 3. erub6scens, Wats. (Amaryllis eruMace.ni, Hors- ford). Rare white-fld., August-blooming species sup- posed to be native to sandy plains of Texas, but per- haps from northern Mexico. Distinguished from the two preceding species by the larger, longer-necked bulb, shorter perianth and fls. strongly tinged with rose outside. Bulb over 1 in. thick; neck as long: spathe bifid above; tube •equaling and closely embracing the pedicel (about 1 in. long). — Int. by Horsford 1889 and probably lost to cultivation. 4. verecunda, Herb. Rare spring- and summer-blooming species, dis- tinguished from other white-fld. spe- cies in cult, by the sessile ovary and long-necked bulb. Bulb 1 in. or less thick; neck 1-2 in. long: fls. l%-2 in. long, greenish white, more or less tinged outside or keeled with rose. Highlands of central Mex. B. M. 2583. -Offered by Dutch dealers. 5. Candida, Herb. Fig. 2790. Most popular of white-fld. Zephyr Lilies, toeing distinguished from the others by its autumn-blooming habit and •capitate stigma. Lvs. appearing in autumn with the fls. and lasting through the winter in favored locali- ties, over 1 ft. long: fls. pure white or slightly tinged rose outside, 1%- 2 in. long. Marshes of La Plata. Gn. 37:740. B. M. 2607. L. B. C. 15:1419. 6. carinata, Herb. (Z. grandifldra, Lindl.). Largest and choicest of the rosy-fld. species and said by Baker (1888) to be the commonest Zephyranthes in cultivation ; how- ever, the name Z. rosea is far com- moner in American catalogues. It is a summer-blooming species with fls. 2K-4K in. across, and about 3 in. long. Bulb 1 in. thick, short-necked: ovary stalked : stigma trifld. Ja- maica, Cuba, Mexico, Guatemala. B.R. 11:902. Gn. 33:630 (erroneously as Z. Atamasco). I. H. 35:49. J.H. III. 29:339. 7. Lindleyana, Herb. Rare sum- mer-blooming rose-colored species from the mountains of Mexico, in- ferior to Z. carinata for general cul- ture. Bulb globose, % in. thick ; neck short: fls. l%-2 in. long: ovary stalked; stigma 3- fld: spathe 3-fid only at tip. -Once offered by Lovett, •of Little Silver, N. J. 8. rdsea, Lindl. Autumn-blooming rosy-fld. species, with much smaller fls. than Z. carinata but, accord- ing to American catalogues, the most popular rosy-fld. species. The fls. are only about an inch long and IK in. broad: bulb globose, % in. thick; neck scarcely any: spathe 2-fid at tip only: ovary stalked: stigma 3-fld. •Oct. Cuba. B.M. 2537." B.R. 10:821. Gn. 12, p. 84 (col. plate). — Trade plants of Z. rosea should be compared with Z, carinata. 9. longifdlia, Hemsley. Summer-blooming, yellow-fld. species. Distinguished from the next by characters ..i pedicel and spathe. Bulb ovoid; neck l%-2 in. long; spathe tubular in the lower half: pedicel much shorter than spathe: fls. yellow, coppery outside, %-\ in. long. New Mex. Int. by Horsford, 1889, and probably lost to cult. 10. Texana, Herb. Yellow-fld. Texan species. Bulb globose; neck !-!>£ in. long: spathe bifid only at the ZINGIHKU tip: pedicel much longer than tho spathe- H* coppery outside. 1 i,,. long, 1* in. 14<.rcl,, ' gj, -.^ (Habranthus Andemoni, var. '/'>j-rinu$). 11. Andersoni, Baker. Y-llow-fld. S. American sne- eto.of ui,,..-rt«in blooming time. The fl«. are usuaFv Hushed and vine.l with n-,1 oumi.i, lin,| ,!„.„ ,8 m ^ with copper-colored fls., inside and out. Bulb ovoid' short-necked: fls. 1-1* ln. long, 2 in. across. Monte- video. Buenos Ayres. L.B.C. 17:1677 and B.R 16-1345 2790, Zephyranthes Candida above and Z. Atamasco below (X %). (both as ffabranthus A ndrrsoni).— Apparently the only representative in cultivation of it* gubgenus, which is characterized by strongly declinate stamens. Z. Alba, flariMnda and mlphnrra of the American trad* seem to be unknown to botanists. They can probably be re- ferred to some of the above species. W. M. ZEPHYB FLO WEB. Zephyrantket. ZlNOIBEB ( name ultimately derived from a Sanskrit word meaning horn-shaped; probably referring to the Ginger root). Scitaminace*. GINGER. The Ginger plant is a small reed-like plant about 2 ft. high, as cultivated in greenhouses, with tuberou* rhizomes, aromatic leaves and dense roue -likr clusters of bracts. The flowers, however, are very rarely produced in cul- tivation, and Roxburgh wrote that he never saw the seeds. The plant is supposed to be native to In. I in and China, but, like many other tropical plant* >•( the. highest economic importance, its nativity i> 1111- oertain. Some Idea of the Importune.- of (tintr>-r t.. the world may be gained by the fact that in 1884 Great 2010 ZINGIBER Britain imported 5,600,000 pounds of Ginger valued at $620,000. Medicinal Ginger is prepared from the dried "root;" condimental Ginger from the green. Candied Ginger is made from carefully selected, succulent young rhizomes which are washed and peeled and then pre- served in jars of syrup. Housewives often preserve their own Ginger; it is important to have the hands pro- tected while scraping the roots or they will "burn" for days. Ginger probably could be cultivated commer- cially in southern Florida and California. In Florida it thrives in rich soil and partial shade, and the roots can be dug and used at any time. The plant is cultivated 2791. Zingiber officinale commercially even in localities where it is necessary to Ih« n6 r°°w- and St°re them over the co°l season, al in the lower Himalayas. In the West Indies Ginger may be cultivated up to an altitude of 3,500 feet 2792. Flower of the Ginger plant (X %). whichthi f », e P°tted in flbrous loam to -h a third of well-decomposed cow or sheep manure ZINNIA has been added. Water should be given sparingly until the shoots have well developed, when they should have an abundance. They are also benefited by an occasional watering with weak liquid manure water. Towards the end of summer the shoots will begin to mature, when the water supply should be di- minished, and as soon as the plants are ripened off the pots may be stored either under the greenhouse stages or in some other convenient place, where they should be kept almost dry for the winter. Zingiber may be taken as the typical genus of the sin- gular family Scitaminacese, with its 36 genera and 450 species. Bentham and Hooker state that it is an extremely natural group, well marked in leaf as well as flower, and not connected with any other family by a single intermediate genus. The dis- tinguishing feature of the fam- ily largely resides in the sta- mens. Sometimes there are 5 stamens and a sixth im- perfect one; sometimes there is only one perfect stamen and all the staminodes are petal-like. The anthers are sometimes 2-celled, sometimes composed of one cell borne on the margin of the connective. In Zingiber and others the connective is produced into a long spur Ge- neric characters: rhizome horizontal, tuberous: Ivs ob- long-lanceolate, clasping the stem by their long sheaths- spikes usually radical, rarely lateral or terminal on the leafy stem: calyx cylindric, shortly 3-lobed; corolla- segments lanceolate, upper concave; lateral staminodes none or adnate to the lip; anther-cells contiguous- crest ™r,r?,y' f8 long. as the cells' Thirty species, native to Old World tropics. Compare Canrta and Musa Officinale, Rose. GINGER. Figs. 2791-93. Rootstock- biennial, bearing many sessile tubers: stem 3-4 ft. high. in tropics: Ivs. 6-13, in. long, lanceolate, glabrous be- neath: spike 2-3x1 in., oblong, produced from the root- stock on peduncles %-l ft. long, with sheathing, scari- pus bracts about 1 in. long: corolla-segments under 1 in long; stamen dark purple. Gn. 26, p. 284. Z. coralllnum, Hance, is a Chinese species offered by Rea- souer Bros, in 1889 but probably not in cultivation now. It is not described in anv work to which the undersigned have ac- cess.—Z. Zerumbet, Roscoe, is cult, and escaped in Porto Rico. It has broadly lanceolate Ivs. and large pale yellow fls.; about 4 feet. B.M. 2000. E. J. CANNING and W. M. ZINNIA (Johann Gott- fried Zinn, 1727-1759, pro- fessor of botany at Gottin- gen). Compdsitce. YOUTH - AND - OLD - AGE. Plate L. The familiar Zinnias, Figs. 2794-96, are hardy annual plants, growing a foot or more high and covered from July until the first hard frost with double flowers 2 in. or more across. At least fifteen well-marked colors are commonly seen in Zin- nias,—white, sulfur, yellow, golden yellow, orange, scar- let-orange, scarlet, flesh- color, lilac, rose, magenta, 2793- crimson, violet, purple and dark purple. There are also variegated forms, but the solid colors are most popular. The Zinnia is rich in shades of purple and orange, but lacks the charming blue and pink of the China aster and is poor in reds Commercial roots of Ginger, as seen in the stores (X %). ZINNIA •compared with the dahlia. Among garden composites its only rivals in point of color range are the chrysan- themum, dahlia, China aster and cineraria. Among (far den annuals in general the Zinnia ranks with th,.~m,',M useful kinds, and many persons would place it among the twelve most popular of annual flowers Zinnias are formal flowers, rather stiff in lial.it, with' excep- tional depth of flower, and in technical perfection a lit- tle short of the dahlia: the rays are rather rigid mid overlap one another with somewhat monotonous pre- cision, and the colors are metallic as compared with the soft hues of the China aster. Historical Sketch. -The Zinnia (Z. elegans), with its £reat range of color and perfection of form, is now so much a matter of course that the present generation is surprised to learn that it is one of the most recent of "florists' flowers." A double Zinnia probably was not seen in America before the Civil War. In the early six- ties, the Zinnia was a sensation of the floral world- in the seventies it ceased to be fashionable and as early as 1882 it was spoken of as an "old-fashioned" flower. Its course was run in twenty years. The single form of the Zinnia is now cultivated only for its scientific or amateur interest. Single Zinnias are not offered by tradesmen and occur only as degen- erates from the double form. The first double forms appeared in 1858 at the nursery of M. Grazau, at Bagneres, France, amongst a number of plants raised from seed received from the West Indies. The double forms were introduced to the public by Vilmorin in I860 Probably the earliest colored plate of double Zinnias is that in Flore des Serres published toward the end of 18. A maximum diameter of 6 inches is recorded for flowers of this strain. In G.C. II. 26:461 is shown a flower measuring 4x4 in., with about 18 se- ries of rays, the latter being so numerous and crowded "that the flower is less regular than the common type. A specimen Zinnia plant ,'{ ft. high is attained in the North only by starting the seed early and giving per- fect culture. II. MEDifM-sizED ZINNIAS range from 12-20 inches in height. They are available in about 8 colors. Here be- long most of the forms known to trade catalogues as pumila, nana and fi»nfini'tn. III. DWARF ZINNIAS range from 3-12 inches in height :and are of two sub-types, the pompons and the Tom Thumbs. The pompons, or '' Liliputians," are taller growing and smaller flowered, generally about 9 inrh.-s Elghi with a profusion of flowers about - inches across. The Tom Thumb type represents the largest possible aflower on the smallest possible plant. Both types are ZINNIA 201] "/' Ifaageana is second a an.-e to /. ,/,. • less showy than tl, ..... ,',„„„ first race of hybrids betwe* lla^-.^.a ,,„, .,. peared in 1876 under the name of Z. DarSi 2794. Single Zinnia (X X). group is said to resemble Z. elegans in sire and color of fls., and to recede from '/.. elegans in habit, being more branched and forming a broader and thicker bush. However, this race has never been adequately described and it is little known in America to-day. Several va- rieties of the Darwin class are figured in The Florist and Pomologist 1876, pp. 28, 29. Some recent hybrid! of Haageaua and elegans not yet introduced are said to be full of promise. Culture of Zinnias. — Zinnias are of the easiest cul- ture, thriving in any deep, rich soil, whether loamy or sandy. The seeds may be sown about May 1, or when- ever the soil is in fit condition for hardy annuals. Such treatment will give flowers from the first of July until frost. The young plants should be thinned >o aa to stand a foot or two apart, depending on whether they are of medium or tall-growing habit. My midsummer the foliage should obscure the ground. F«r the very best results the seed may be start itl indoors about April 1, and the seedlings transplanted once or • before being placed outdoors in permanent qu»r Sin-h pains tire, however, n.>t worth while for in..-; pi.-. In IMH it was considered the n-cular thing to *t»rt the single Zinnias indoors, but tli,- bother i> no longer 2012 ZINNIA necessary. Dwarf varieties should be set 14-16 in. apart: taller kinds 2 ft. each way. Zinnias have two kinds of seeds, triangular and heart- shaped. The triangular seeds are long, narrow, thick 2795. Double Zinnias (X %). and ridged. The heart-shaped seeds are short, broad and flat. Some growers believe that the heart-shaped seeds tend to produce single flowers; others hold the opposite opinion. Generic Description. — Zinnia is a genus of 16 species of annual, perennial and subshrubby plants, mostly Mexican but ranging from Texas and even Colorado to Chile. They have oppo- site, mostly entire Ivs. and terminal heads of fls. which are peduncled or sessile. Rays pistillate, fertile : disk yellow or purple, its fls. herma- phrodite, fertile: involucre ovate -cylindric or campanulate, the scales in 3 to many series, broad, obtuse or rounded, more or less colored: akenes laterally compressed. 2-toothed at the ZINNIA summit and frequently 1-awned from the inner angle,, rarely 2-awned. Latest botanical revision by Robinson and Greenman in Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 32:14 (1897). There is a good summary of cultivated Zinnias- by Voss in Vilmorin's Blumengartneri. Illustrated his- torical sketch in Gn. 48, pp. 464, 465. A. Plant annual. B. Akenes of the disk fls. short and broad, obovate, 2-2% lines long. C. Colors various: It's, clasping, cor- date-ovate or elliptic elegans CO. Color orange: Ivs. sessile, nar- rower, lanceolate Haageana BB. Akenes longer, narrower, oblong, 3-4 lines long. c. Color of rays yellow: disk yellow, pauciflora CO. Color of rays red or purple. D. Jtays suberect or scarcely spread- ing: disk yellow multiflora DD. Hays revolute; disk dark-colored, tenuiflora AA. Plant perennial graudiflora 61egans, Jacq. YOUTH-AND OLD-AGE. The common species from which most of the garden Zinnias are de- rived. Figs. 2794-96. Erect annual, a foot or more high, but varying from 3 in. to 3 ft. : Ivs. ovate or ellip- tic, clasping, about 1 in. wide: rays reflexed, originally purple or lilac, but now of nearly every color except blue and green: disk originally yellow or orange, but nearly or quite absent in the common double forms: fls. 2-5 in. across. July to Oct. Mexico. — Single forms ill. in B.M. 527, P.M. 1:223 and B.R. 15:1294 (the last two as Z. violacea). Double forms, F.S. 13:1394, R.H. 1861:251; 1864:331. Pompons in Gn. 48, p. 464 (Liliput) ; 30:562 (deceptive as to size). R.B. 20, p. 152. HaageStna, Regel (Z. Mexicana, Hort.). Fig. 2797. Distinguished from Z. elegans by the orange-colored fls., which are generally smaller; also the plant is dwarfer, as a rule, and the leaves are merely sessile, not clasping. Tropical America. Single forms, Gn. 30, p. 270; 48, p. 464. Double, Gn. 30, p. 271; 48, p. 301. F. 1871, p. 229. A.G. 1892:218.-This is considered by Robinson and Greenman as a horticultural species not certainly distinguishable from Z. angustifolia in spite of its broader leaves, pauciflora, Linn. An erect annual, with yellow heads about 1 in. across, with rather broad, spreading rays. Plant hirsute, with spreading hairs; 2796. Youth-and-old-age. Common garden Zinnias, single and semi-double. ZINNIA somewhat corymbosely branched above: peduncles at maturity enlarged upwards and hollow. Mexico, Peru- vian Andes. multifldra, Linn. This and the next are included by most writers in Z.paueiflora, but X. mnltiflora may l>e distinguished from Z. panel flora by tin- pubescence of the stem being much finer, appressed or rarely spread ing, and the rays red or pur- ple, mostly narrow and suberect or scarcely spreading. B. M. 149. tenuif lor a , J a c q . Fig. 2798. Very dis- tinct by reason of its revolute, linear rays which are cardinal- red in color. It has a dainty flower about 1 in. across hardly comparable with the showy /.. cli'i/i. •»/*. This species has been cult, in America but seems to be no longer advertised here. It is referred to Z. pauciflora by most writers, and to Z. mnltiflora by Robinson and Green- man. B.M. 555. A. G. 1890:243. grandiflora, Nutt. Hardy, low-growing, Colorado perennial, with woody root, shrubby base, lineai Ivs. and sulfur-yel- low rays which are very broad, almost round in outline. Lvs. less than 1 in. long and 3 -nerved. Colo., New Mex., Ariz..Mex. Int. 1900 by D. M. Andrews. W. M. ZIT-KWA. Benincasa cerifera. ZIZANIA (an old Greek name). Gramlnece. A single species of annual swamp grass found in northern N. A. and northern Asia. Spikelets 1-fld., monoecious, in large, terminal panicles, the pistillate upper portion narrow and appressed, the staminate lower portion spreading: pistillate spikelets long awned. The plant is a stately and graceful grass, deserving to be better known. aquatica, Linn. INDIAN RICE. WATER OATS. WILD RICE. Culms tall, as much as 9 ft.: Ivs. broad and flat. Recommended for borders of lakes and ponds. The grain is excellent for fish and water fowl. Wild Rice lakes and ponds are favorite resorts of sportsmen in the fall. Before sowing, put the seeds in coarse cotton bags and sink them in water for twenty-four hours. Sow in water from 6 in. to 5 ft. deep, with soft mud bottom, or on low marshy places which are covered with water the year round. In running water, sow as much out of the cur- rent as possible. Sportsmen are not generally aware that seed can be obtained in large quantities and at a reasonable price from seedsmen. Wild Rice is very de- sirable for aquatic gardens, being one of the handsom- est of tall hardy grasses for the margins of ponds. A. S. HITCHCOCK. ZlZIA (I. B. Ziz, Rhenish botanist). UmbeUitertt . A genus of three species of hardy perennial North Ameri- can herbs 1-2% ft. high, with ternate or ternately com- 2798. Zinnia tenuiflora. The rays are typically more rey- olute than they are shown in this figure. /I/.YPlirs pound leaves and compound umbels ••<. wers. The ircim* hit- in. horticultural .status, the two follow- ing species being adverli-eii only by collector* of : plants. For full a.-,-., mil. -ee Bri'tton and Urown's Illus- trated Flora, Coulter and Hose's Monograph • North American CniKelliferH', Contri). ili-rb. T:'.MI 1 1900), and Manuals. Xizins are mostly r. : to Thaspium by previous liotani-ts. l,iit tli.- authors cited above retain it as a separate genus mainly on ac- count of the wingless fruit. A. Says of umbel* 9-S5, stout, ascending. aurea, Koch. EARLY or GOLDEN MEADOW \'\, Height 1-2% ft.: basal and lower Ivs. •_'-:i-ternate|y com- pound: upper Ivs. ternate: fr. oblong, 2x1X1 lines. April-June. Fields, meadows and swamps, New Brunft. and S. Dak. to Fla. and Tex. B.B. 2:534. AA. Rays of umbels 2-12, slender, diverging. Bebbii, Britton. Distinguished from /.. n»mi < rays and by the fr., which Is oval or broader, 1-15* lines. May. Mountain woods, Va. and W. Va. to N. C. un.l (!a. B.B. 2:534. ^ M ZlZYPHUS (from Zizouf , the Arabian name of Z. Lo- tus}. Jihamnacea. JUJUBE. Deciduous or evergreen shrubs, or sometimes trees usually with prickly 2797. Zinni* Ha*«eana (X %). branches, alternate, short-petioled, 3-5-nerved, en' serrate l\s. and small greenish or whitish flow axillary cymes followed by drupe-like sometimes edible fruits." they are not much cultivated in thin country 2014 ZIZYPHUS and none of the species is hardy north; the tardiest seems to be ^. vulgaris, but it is tender north of Wash- in-ton D C Most kinds have handsome foliage and are" well adapted for planting in shrubberies in the southern states and California. They seem to thrive in any well-drained soil. Prop, by seeds, by greenwood cuttings under glass and by root-cuttings. A genus of about g40 specie! distributed through the tropica and btropical regions of both hemispheres, allied to Pa- UuruT^it ehiefly distinguished by the drupe-like fruit. Shrubs with slender often procumbent branches or trees; stipules mostly transformed into spines, often only one stipule spiny or one a straight and the other a hooked spine: ns. 5-merous: ovary 2-4, usua lly 2- loculed; style usually 2 parted: fr. a subglobose to ob- longdrupe? The fruit of Z. Jujuba, vulgaris and Z. Lotus are edible and the first named is much cult, in China. Juiuba, Lam. Tree, 30-50 ft. high : branches usually nricklv young branchlets, petioles and infloreso.ence densely rusty tomentose: Ivs. broadly oval or ovate to oblong, obtuse, sometimes emarginate serrate or entire, dark green and glabrous above, tawny or nearly white tomentose beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. in short-stalked many-fld. axillary cymes: fr. subglobose to oblong, orange-red, K-% in. long, on a stalk about half its length. March-June. S. Asia, Africa, Australia. Gn. 13, p. 194. saliva, Gartn. (Z. vulgaris, Lam.). COMMON JUJUBE. Shrub or small tree, attaining 30 ft. : prickly or un- armed : glabrous branchlets often fascicled, slender and having frequently the appearance of pinnate Ivs.: Ivs. ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute or obtuse, oblique at the base, sometimes emarginate, serrulate, glabrous, %- 2 in. long: fls. fascicled, in axillary cymes: fr. ovoid to oblong, dark red or almost black, %-% in. long, short- stalked. March-June. S. Eu., S. and E. Asia; natur- alized in Ala. A.G. 1891:79 (as var. inermis). The Ju- jube is somewhat planted in Florida and California, al- though it yet has no commercial rating as a fruit plant. According to Wickson, it was introduced into California in 1876 by G. P. Rixford, and is "fruiting regularly and freely in several parts of the state." The fruits or ber- ries are ripe in November and December, and the plant begins to bear at three years from planting. The Jujube fruit is used in confectionery. Z. Lbtu*, Lam. Prickly shrub, 3-4 ft. high: Ivs. ovate-ob- long, crenulate, glabrous: fls. in few-fld. axillary cymes: fr. subglobose, yellow. S. Eu., N. Afr.— Z. Paliurus, Willd.=Pa- liurus Spina-Christi.— Z. Spina-Christi, Willd. Small prickly tree: Ivs. oval to oblong, crenulate, glabrous or pubescent on the veins beneath: fls. in axillary clusters; pedicels tomentose: fr. ovoid-globose, red. N. Afr., W.Asia. This species is sup- posed by some to have furnished Christ's crown of thorns; see also Paliurus Spina-Christi. Z. Pdrryi, Torr. Belongs to the genus Condalia, which is easily distinguished by not having spiny stipules but the branchlets transformed into slender thorns and by its entire, usually penninerved Ivs. — Z. Parryi, Weberb., is a much branched, glabrous thorny shrub, 4-15 ft. high: Ivs. elliptic to obovate, obtuse, cuneate at the base, %-/•£ in. long: fls. slender pediceled, in sessile clusters: fr. ovoid, K in- long S. Calif. This plant was once offered by a collector of native plants, but it is probably not in the trade now. ALFRED REHDER. ZYGA.DENTIS (Greek, yoke and gland, some ot the species having two glands in the base of the perianth). Liliacece. As outlined by Bentham & Hooker, the genus has 12 species, one of which is Siberian and the re- mainder North American and Mexican. This disposi- tion includes Amianthium in Zygadenus, but most au- thors do not unite the two. They are smooth, rhizom- atous or bulbous plants, with simple erect stems bear- ing a raceme or panicle of white, yellowish or greenish flowers ; Ivs. mostly crowded at the base of the flower- stem, long-linear. The fls. are perfect or polygamous, the segments many -nerved and often adnate to the base of the ovary, the parts withering and persistent; sta- mens 6; capsule 3-loculed, the locules in fruit separate at the top or for their entire length. The species of Zygadenus are little known in cultiva- tion. They are sometimes recommended for the wild garden, where they thrive in wet or boggy places. In- creased by division; also rarely by seeds. Some of the species have poisonous bulbs, rhizomes and foliage. ZYGOPETALUM Monographed by Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci. 14:278 (1879,). A. Locules of the capsule dehiscing to the base: stamens free from perianth-segments: glands usually 1 or 2 in the base of the perianth. Zygadenus proper. B. Glands large, covering nearly the whole base of the perianth segments: bulb tunicated. C. Fls. usually perfect, rather large. elegans, Pursh (Z. glaiicus, Nutt. Helonias glabSr- rima, Ker. ). Three ft. or less tall, the Ivs. %in. or less broad and very glaucous : bracts purplish : fls. greenish, in simple or sparingly branched racemes, the segments broad and less than Kin. long, coherent to the ovary, the fl. opening about Kin. across. Across the continent from New Brunswick and south to New Mexico. B.M. 1C80. B.R. 24:67. Fremontii, Torr. Lvs. an inch or less broad, less glaucous than the above: bracts green: fls. usually larger, rotate, the segments free from the ovary. Cali- fornia, from San Diego north, in the Coast Range.— One of the "Soap plants." Said to be the best of the genus for cultivation. Nuttallii, Gray. Lvs. from %-% in. wide, scarcely glaucous, light green: bracts scarious: fls. % in. across, in a simple or branched raceme, the segments free from the ovary. Kans. to Colo, and Texas. cc. Fls. polygamous, small. venendsus, Wats. Slender, 2 ft. or less tall: Ivs. very narrow (M in. or less), scabrous, not glaucous, the stem- Ivs. not sheathing: bracts narrow, scarious: fls. in a short simple raceme, the perianth free from the ovary, the segments M in. or less long, triangular-ovate to elliptic, short-clawed. S. Dakota to California. — Bulb poisonous. paniculatUB, Wats. Usually stouter, the Ivs. broader and sheathing: raceme compound: perianth-segments deltoid, acute, short-clawed. Saskatchewan to Calif. — Bulb poisonous. BB. Glands very obscure: bulb somewhat fibrous, narrow. leimanthoides, Gray. Stem slender and leafy, 4 ft. or less tall: Ivs. % in. or less wide, green on both sides: racemes panicled: fls. about % in. across, the segments oblong, not clawed. N. J. to Ga. AA. Locules dehiscing only above the middle: stamens inserted on the perianth-segments: glands none: bulbous. muscitbxicuin, Regel (ffeldnias Iveta, Ker. Amidn- thium musccttdxicum, Gray. Chrosperma musc is distinguished from /. erinitttm by its smooth labellnm and IK, Vurs. sup6rbum. grandilldnim, majus tlaed. 3. Qautteri, hem. I'-eudobulbs oblong -ulrntf 4 in high: scape •_'-;{- tld. : Us. :t in. across; s,.,,ai - men blotched with brown; lnbeiluin bnmdh r.-i, deep purple at the base, white in froid. nearly all deep purple with a darker .T. -t. AI.' Hray.il. I.M. U :.-,:{.-,. < in. 4!l: HI:,:;. - The lv>. are f:, - late, narrowly oblong, keeled, 1'J Hi in. long: ii • o-nce shorter than the l\s. 4. maxillare, Lodd. Pseudobulbs 2 in. long: lv». lanceolate, 1 ft. long: scape '.I in. long. 1,-c Hd. : ]! in. across: sepals and petals ovate oblong, acute. . with transverse brown blotches; labellum hori. • purple, with a very large, glossy-purple, notched horae- shoe-sliaped crest, middle lobe roundish, waved, and obscurely lobed. Winter. Brazil, 'l: !. I', r. I*:177»;. .1.11. III. I' M I -T! IHstingnisheil by its small H*. ntid very large crest Burtii, 12. eoeleste, 9. eseruleHm, 5. crinituui, 5. discolor, 13. INDEX. Gautieri, :f. intermedium, 6. Lalindei, 11. Mackaii. '_'. maxillare, 4. A. Sctipr lull, .irwr«!-fld. B. Anther lony-roxtmt? 1. BB. A nther not rostra t? c. Pftdls spotted jr blotched. D. Labellum glabrous 2. 3. 4. DD. Labellum pubescent 5. 6. CC. Peta Is a n itortn ly colored 7. AA. Scape shorter than the Ivs., 1-fld. B. Column hood-like, arching over the crest. c. Jf THE MACMILLAN COMPANY NEW YORK CHICAGO BOSTON SAN FRANCISCO The Garden- Craft Series WRITTEN BY PROFESSOR L. H. BAILEY Of Cornell University, Editor of the Cyclopedia of American Horticulture PRACTICAL handbooks for the horticulturist, explaining and illustrating in detail the various important methods. They may be called manuals of practice, and, although nearly all are written by Professor BAILEY, of Cornell University, they include the opinions and methods of successful specialists in many lines. The fact should be emphasized that the GARDEN -CRAFT MANUALH are summaries of principles and of the best practice in the lead- ing American horticulture methods. The volumes are compact, uniform, and are illustrated as the subject demands. They are of convenient shape for the pocket, and are bound in flexible green cloth. THE HORTICULTURIST'S RULE BOOK. By L. H. BAILEY 312 pp, 75 cts. THE NURSERY-BOOK. By L. H. BAILEY. 3G5 pp. $1. PLANT-BREEDING. By L. H. BAILEY. 293 pp. $1. THE FORCING-BOOK. By L. H. BAILEY. 266 pp. $1. GARDEN-MAKING. By L. H. BAILEY. 417 pp. $1. THE PRUNING-BOOK. By L. H. BAILEY. 545 pp. $1.50. THE PRACTICAL GARDEN -BOOK. By C. E. HUNN and L. H. BAILEY. 250 pp. $1. Other Works by Professor Bailey THE CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN HORTICULTURE. 4 vols. Sold by sub- scription. $20 net. THE EVOLUTION OF OUR NATIVE FRUITS. 472 pp. $2. THE SURVIVAL OF THE UNLIKE. .115 pp. $2. LESSONS WITH PLANTS. 491 pp. $1.10 net. FIRST LESSONS WITH PLANTS. 117 pp. 40 cts. net. BOTANY: AN ELEMENTARY TEXT FOR SCHOOLS. 372 pp. $1.10 net- THE MACMILLAN COMPANY NEW YORK CHICAGO BOSTON SAN FRANCISCO THIS BOOK YE UNIVERSITY OF CAUFORNIA LIBRARY